From 3a9b6a3bf0269231bef7de74757a910dedd04e0c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Thomas E. Dickey" Date: Wed, 14 May 1997 23:00:00 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 1/1] ncurses 4.1 --- ANNOUNCE | 231 + Ada95/Makefile.in | 56 + Ada95/README | 29 + Ada95/TODO | 25 + Ada95/ada_include/Makefile.in | 207 + .../terminal_interface-curses-aux.adb | 81 + .../terminal_interface-curses-aux.ads | 90 + ...erface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.adb | 88 + ...erface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.ads | 46 + ...nal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.adb | 182 + ...nal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.ads | 50 + ...interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.adb | 81 + ..._interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.adb | 68 + .../terminal_interface-curses-forms.adb | 1693 ++ ..._interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.adb | 57 + ..._interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.adb | 67 + .../terminal_interface-curses-menus.adb | 984 ++ .../terminal_interface-curses-mouse.adb | 152 + ...inal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.adb | 58 + .../terminal_interface-curses-panels.adb | 150 + .../terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.adb | 114 + .../terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.ads | 40 + ...al_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.adb | 59 + ...al_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.ads | 56 + ...al_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.adb | 61 + ...al_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.ads | 52 + ...nterface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.adb | 66 + ...nterface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.ads | 49 + ...inal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.adb | 61 + ...inal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.ads | 52 + ...inal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.adb | 62 + ...inal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.ads | 52 + ...al_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.adb | 56 + ...al_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.ads | 49 + ...al_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.adb | 56 + ...al_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.ads | 49 + .../terminal_interface-curses-text_io.adb | 327 + .../terminal_interface-curses-text_io.ads | 124 + .../ada_include/terminal_interface-curses.adb | 2271 +++ Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface.ads | 31 + Ada95/gen/Makefile.in | 285 + Ada95/gen/gen.c | 977 ++ Ada95/gen/normal.m4 | 8 + ...erface-curses-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 | 59 + ...terface-curses-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 | 60 + .../terminal_interface-curses-forms.ads.m4 | 812 + ...terface-curses-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 | 54 + ...terface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 | 59 + .../terminal_interface-curses-menus.ads.m4 | 519 + .../terminal_interface-curses-mouse.ads.m4 | 125 + ...l_interface-curses-panels-user_data.ads.m4 | 50 + .../terminal_interface-curses-panels.ads.m4 | 120 + Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses.ads.m4 | 1187 ++ Ada95/html/Makefile | 19 + Ada95/html/curs_addch.3x.html | 176 + Ada95/html/curs_addchstr.3x.html | 70 + Ada95/html/curs_addstr.3x.html | 70 + Ada95/html/curs_attr.3x.html | 172 + Ada95/html/curs_beep.3x.html | 70 + Ada95/html/curs_bkgd.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/curs_border.3x.html | 120 + Ada95/html/curs_clear.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/curs_color.3x.html | 226 + Ada95/html/curs_delch.3x.html | 70 + Ada95/html/curs_deleteln.3x.html | 70 + Ada95/html/curs_getch.3x.html | 226 + Ada95/html/curs_getstr.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/curs_getyx.3x.html | 70 + Ada95/html/curs_inch.3x.html | 68 + Ada95/html/curs_inchstr.3x.html | 70 + Ada95/html/curs_initscr.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/curs_inopts.3x.html | 226 + Ada95/html/curs_insch.3x.html | 70 + Ada95/html/curs_insstr.3x.html | 120 + Ada95/html/curs_instr.3x.html | 70 + Ada95/html/curs_kernel.3x.html | 172 + Ada95/html/curs_mouse.3x.html | 174 + Ada95/html/curs_move.3x.html | 70 + Ada95/html/curs_outopts.3x.html | 172 + Ada95/html/curs_overlay.3x.html | 70 + Ada95/html/curs_pad.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/curs_print.3x.html | 70 + Ada95/html/curs_printw.3x.html | 68 + Ada95/html/curs_refresh.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/curs_scanw.3x.html | 68 + Ada95/html/curs_scr_dmp.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/curs_scroll.3x.html | 70 + Ada95/html/curs_slk.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/curs_termattrs.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/curs_termcap.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/curs_terminfo.3x.html | 226 + Ada95/html/curs_touch.3x.html | 120 + Ada95/html/curs_util.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/curs_window.3x.html | 176 + Ada95/html/dft_fgbg.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/form.3x.html | 176 + Ada95/html/form_cursor.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/form_data.3x.html | 70 + Ada95/html/form_driver.3x.html | 280 + Ada95/html/form_field.3x.html | 124 + Ada95/html/form_field_attributes.3x.html | 124 + Ada95/html/form_field_buffer.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/form_field_info.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/form_field_just.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/form_field_new.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/form_field_opts.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/form_field_userptr.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/form_field_validation.3x.html | 176 + Ada95/html/form_fieldtype.3x.html | 124 + Ada95/html/form_hook.3x.html | 124 + Ada95/html/form_new.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/form_new_page.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/form_opts.3x.html | 124 + Ada95/html/form_page.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/form_post.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/form_requestname.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/form_userptr.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/form_win.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/index.html | 179 + Ada95/html/menu.3x.html | 176 + Ada95/html/menu_attribs.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/menu_cursor.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/menu_driver.3x.html | 176 + Ada95/html/menu_format.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/menu_hook.3x.html | 124 + Ada95/html/menu_items.3x.html | 124 + Ada95/html/menu_mark.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/menu_new.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/menu_opts.3x.html | 124 + Ada95/html/menu_pattern.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/menu_post.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/menu_requestname.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/menu_spacing.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/menu_userptr.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/menu_win.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/mitem_current.3x.html | 122 + Ada95/html/mitem_name.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/mitem_new.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/mitem_opts.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/mitem_userptr.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/mitem_value.3x.html | 72 + Ada95/html/mitem_visible.3x.html | 70 + Ada95/html/ncurses.3x.html | 490 + Ada95/html/panel.3x.html | 180 + Ada95/html/resizeterm.3x.html | 70 + Ada95/html/table.html | 311 + ...ace-curses-forms-choice_field_types_s.html | 64 + ..._interface-curses-forms-field_types_s.html | 68 + ...erface-curses-forms-field_user_data_s.html | 77 + ...terface-curses-forms-form_user_data_s.html | 78 + .../terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html | 920 + ...terface-curses-menus-item_user_data_s.html | 72 + ...terface-curses-menus-menu_user_data_s.html | 77 + .../terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html | 617 + .../terminal_interface-curses-mouse_s.html | 158 + ...l_interface-curses-panels-user_data_s.html | 68 + .../terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html | 139 + ...interface-curses-text_io-complex_io_s.html | 74 + ...interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io_s.html | 70 + ...rface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io_s.html | 67 + ...l_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io_s.html | 70 + ...l_interface-curses-text_io-float_io_s.html | 70 + ...interface-curses-text_io-integer_io_s.html | 67 + ...interface-curses-text_io-modular_io_s.html | 67 + .../terminal_interface-curses-text_io_s.html | 142 + Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses_s.html | 1541 ++ Ada95/html/terminal_interface_s.html | 49 + Ada95/html/wresize.3x.html | 70 + Ada95/samples/Makefile.in | 112 + Ada95/samples/README | 6 + Ada95/samples/explain.txt | 185 + .../samples/sample-curses_demo-attributes.adb | 113 + .../samples/sample-curses_demo-attributes.ads | 31 + Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-mouse.adb | 207 + Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-mouse.ads | 31 + Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo.adb | 116 + Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo.ads | 31 + Ada95/samples/sample-explanation.adb | 395 + Ada95/samples/sample-explanation.ads | 49 + Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-aux.adb | 241 + Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-aux.ads | 78 + Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-handler.adb | 85 + Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-handler.ads | 50 + Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo.adb | 124 + Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo.ads | 31 + Ada95/samples/sample-function_key_setting.adb | 199 + Ada95/samples/sample-function_key_setting.ads | 68 + Ada95/samples/sample-header_handler.adb | 166 + Ada95/samples/sample-header_handler.ads | 39 + Ada95/samples/sample-helpers.adb | 55 + Ada95/samples/sample-helpers.ads | 40 + Ada95/samples/sample-keyboard_handler.adb | 175 + Ada95/samples/sample-keyboard_handler.ads | 41 + Ada95/samples/sample-manifest.ads | 53 + Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-aux.adb | 190 + Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-aux.ads | 57 + Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-handler.adb | 74 + Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-handler.ads | 50 + Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo.adb | 386 + Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo.ads | 31 + Ada95/samples/sample-my_field_type.adb | 49 + Ada95/samples/sample-my_field_type.ads | 51 + Ada95/samples/sample-text_io_demo.adb | 168 + Ada95/samples/sample-text_io_demo.ads | 31 + Ada95/samples/sample.adb | 204 + Ada95/samples/sample.ads | 29 + Ada95/samples/tour.adb | 32 + Ada95/samples/tour.ads | 27 + INSTALL | 467 + MANIFEST | 581 + Makefile.glibc | 224 + Makefile.in | 70 + NEWS | 1503 ++ README | 170 + README.glibc | 5 + TO-DO | 254 + aclocal.m4 | 1219 ++ announce.html | 258 + announce.html.in | 258 + c++/Makefile.in | 88 + c++/NEWS | 17 + c++/PROBLEMS | 8 + c++/README-first | 57 + c++/cursesm.cc | 314 + c++/cursesm.h | 621 + c++/cursesp.cc | 95 + c++/cursesp.h | 130 + c++/cursesw.cc | 344 + c++/cursesw.h | 730 + c++/demo.cc | 240 + c++/etip.h | 148 + c++/internal.h | 14 + c++/modules | 24 + configure | 4829 ++++++ configure.in | 658 + dist.mk | 56 + form/Makefile.in | 126 + form/READ.ME | 19 + form/fld_def.c | 661 + form/fld_stat.c | 63 + form/fld_type.c | 222 + form/fld_user.c | 57 + form/form.h | 380 + form/form.priv.h | 94 + form/frm_adabind.c | 61 + form/frm_data.c | 171 + form/frm_def.c | 391 + form/frm_driver.c | 4307 +++++ form/frm_hook.c | 130 + form/frm_opts.c | 103 + form/frm_req_name.c | 153 + form/frm_user.c | 57 + form/frm_win.c | 91 + form/fty_alnum.c | 137 + form/fty_alpha.c | 138 + form/fty_enum.c | 287 + form/fty_int.c | 160 + form/fty_ipv4.c | 81 + form/fty_num.c | 195 + form/fty_regex.c | 257 + form/headers | 20 + form/llib-lform | 580 + form/modules | 40 + include/Caps | 1302 ++ include/MKhashsize.sh | 14 + include/MKparametrized.sh | 34 + include/MKterm.h.awk.in | 237 + include/Makefile.in | 93 + include/capdefaults.c | 72 + include/config_h.in | 26 + include/curses.h.in | 1285 ++ include/edit_cfg.sh | 49 + include/headers | 23 + include/nc_alloc.h | 60 + include/term_entry.h | 77 + include/termcap.h.in | 54 + include/tic.h | 199 + include/unctrl.h.in | 54 + install-sh | 238 + man/MKterminfo.sh | 36 + man/Makefile.in | 57 + man/captoinfo.1m | 159 + man/clear.1 | 19 + man/curs_addch.3x | 146 + man/curs_addchstr.3x | 55 + man/curs_addstr.3x | 48 + man/curs_attr.3x | 172 + man/curs_beep.3x | 34 + man/curs_bkgd.3x | 74 + man/curs_border.3x | 80 + man/curs_clear.3x | 65 + man/curs_color.3x | 162 + man/curs_delch.3x | 39 + man/curs_deleteln.3x | 55 + man/curs_getch.3x | 239 + man/curs_getstr.3x | 73 + man/curs_getyx.3x | 43 + man/curs_inch.3x | 44 + man/curs_inchstr.3x | 55 + man/curs_initscr.3x | 87 + man/curs_inopts.3x | 183 + man/curs_insch.3x | 39 + man/curs_insstr.3x | 61 + man/curs_instr.3x | 56 + man/curs_kernel.3x | 123 + man/curs_mouse.3x | 151 + man/curs_move.3x | 34 + man/curs_outopts.3x | 135 + man/curs_overlay.3x | 46 + man/curs_pad.3x | 82 + man/curs_print.3x | 45 + man/curs_printw.3x | 47 + man/curs_refresh.3x | 84 + man/curs_scanw.3x | 48 + man/curs_scr_dmp.3x | 64 + man/curs_scroll.3x | 49 + man/curs_slk.3x | 104 + man/curs_termattrs.3x | 78 + man/curs_termcap.3x | 80 + man/curs_terminfo.3x | 213 + man/curs_touch.3x | 64 + man/curs_util.3x | 85 + man/curs_window.3x | 123 + man/dft_fgbg.3x | 74 + man/form.3x | 170 + man/form_cursor.3x | 45 + man/form_data.3x | 34 + man/form_driver.3x | 244 + man/form_field.3x | 68 + man/form_field_attributes.3x | 62 + man/form_field_buffer.3x | 63 + man/form_field_info.3x | 51 + man/form_field_just.3x | 49 + man/form_field_new.3x | 67 + man/form_field_opts.3x | 90 + man/form_field_userptr.3x | 44 + man/form_field_validation.3x | 99 + man/form_fieldtype.3x | 94 + man/form_hook.3x | 71 + man/form_new.3x | 50 + man/form_new_page.3x | 48 + man/form_opts.3x | 61 + man/form_page.3x | 66 + man/form_post.3x | 61 + man/form_requestname.3x | 40 + man/form_userptr.3x | 44 + man/form_win.3x | 66 + man/infocmp.1m | 298 + man/man_db.renames | 103 + man/menu.3x | 162 + man/menu_attribs.3x | 71 + man/menu_cursor.3x | 44 + man/menu_driver.3x | 122 + man/menu_format.3x | 54 + man/menu_hook.3x | 72 + man/menu_items.3x | 62 + man/menu_mark.3x | 55 + man/menu_new.3x | 50 + man/menu_opts.3x | 75 + man/menu_pattern.3x | 54 + man/menu_post.3x | 61 + man/menu_requestname.3x | 40 + man/menu_spacing.3x | 55 + man/menu_userptr.3x | 44 + man/menu_win.3x | 66 + man/mitem_current.3x | 72 + man/mitem_name.3x | 35 + man/mitem_new.3x | 49 + man/mitem_opts.3x | 55 + man/mitem_userptr.3x | 43 + man/mitem_value.3x | 48 + man/mitem_visible.3x | 30 + man/ncurses.3x | 631 + man/panel.3x | 155 + man/resizeterm.3x | 69 + man/term.5 | 179 + man/term.7 | 175 + man/terminfo.head | 67 + man/terminfo.tail | 1387 ++ man/tic.1m | 211 + man/toe.1m | 52 + man/tput.1 | 209 + man/tset.1 | 218 + man/wresize.3x | 60 + menu/Makefile.in | 131 + menu/READ.ME | 18 + menu/eti.h | 42 + menu/headers | 21 + menu/llib-lmenu | 483 + menu/m_adabind.c | 46 + menu/m_attribs.c | 172 + menu/m_cursor.c | 79 + menu/m_driver.c | 512 + menu/m_format.c | 115 + menu/m_global.c | 473 + menu/m_hook.c | 139 + menu/m_item_cur.c | 156 + menu/m_item_nam.c | 58 + menu/m_item_new.c | 242 + menu/m_item_opt.c | 133 + menu/m_item_use.c | 62 + menu/m_item_val.c | 90 + menu/m_item_vis.c | 56 + menu/m_items.c | 93 + menu/m_new.c | 97 + menu/m_opts.c | 156 + menu/m_post.c | 356 + menu/m_req_name.c | 109 + menu/m_spacing.c | 88 + menu/m_userptr.c | 62 + menu/m_win.c | 136 + menu/menu.h | 240 + menu/menu.priv.h | 99 + menu/mf_common.h | 85 + menu/modules | 42 + misc/Makefile.in | 89 + misc/hackguide.doc | 723 + misc/hackguide.html | 855 + misc/makellib | 151 + misc/ncurses-intro.doc | 2508 +++ misc/ncurses-intro.html | 2639 +++ misc/run_tic.sh | 138 + misc/shlib | 62 + misc/tabset/std | 1 + misc/tabset/stdcrt | 1 + misc/tabset/vt100 | 3 + misc/tabset/vt300 | 3 + misc/tdlint | 100 + misc/terminfo.src | 13911 ++++++++++++++++ mk-0th.awk | 70 + mk-1st.awk | 165 + mk-2nd.awk | 75 + mkinstalldirs | 32 + ncurses.lsm | 30 + ncurses/MKcaptab.awk | 66 + ncurses/MKexpanded.sh | 96 + ncurses/MKfallback.sh | 68 + ncurses/MKkeyname.awk | 32 + ncurses/MKkeys.awk | 1 + ncurses/MKlib_gen.sh | 212 + ncurses/MKnames.awk | 98 + ncurses/MKunctrl.awk | 54 + ncurses/Makefile.in | 180 + ncurses/README | 19 + ncurses/SigAction.h | 83 + ncurses/alloc_entry.c | 160 + ncurses/captoinfo.c | 791 + ncurses/comp_error.c | 108 + ncurses/comp_hash.c | 320 + ncurses/comp_parse.c | 492 + ncurses/comp_scan.c | 696 + ncurses/curses.priv.h | 541 + ncurses/hardscroll.c | 420 + ncurses/hashmap.c | 319 + ncurses/keys.list | 150 + ncurses/lib_acs.c | 133 + ncurses/lib_adabind.c | 220 + ncurses/lib_addch.c | 310 + ncurses/lib_addstr.c | 90 + ncurses/lib_baudrate.c | 135 + ncurses/lib_beep.c | 81 + ncurses/lib_bkgd.c | 52 + ncurses/lib_box.c | 160 + ncurses/lib_clear.c | 42 + ncurses/lib_clrbot.c | 72 + ncurses/lib_clreol.c | 77 + ncurses/lib_color.c | 380 + ncurses/lib_data.c | 79 + ncurses/lib_delch.c | 58 + ncurses/lib_delwin.c | 60 + ncurses/lib_dft_fgbg.c | 48 + ncurses/lib_doupdate.c | 1208 ++ ncurses/lib_endwin.c | 68 + ncurses/lib_erase.c | 68 + ncurses/lib_freeall.c | 123 + ncurses/lib_getch.c | 381 + ncurses/lib_getstr.c | 162 + ncurses/lib_inchstr.c | 45 + ncurses/lib_initscr.c | 106 + ncurses/lib_insch.c | 56 + ncurses/lib_insdel.c | 48 + ncurses/lib_insstr.c | 63 + ncurses/lib_instr.c | 56 + ncurses/lib_isendwin.c | 39 + ncurses/lib_kernel.c | 173 + ncurses/lib_longname.c | 46 + ncurses/lib_mouse.c | 670 + ncurses/lib_move.c | 50 + ncurses/lib_mvcur.c | 1448 ++ ncurses/lib_mvwin.c | 57 + ncurses/lib_newterm.c | 155 + ncurses/lib_newwin.c | 259 + ncurses/lib_options.c | 400 + ncurses/lib_overlay.c | 139 + ncurses/lib_pad.c | 248 + ncurses/lib_print.c | 84 + ncurses/lib_printw.c | 95 + ncurses/lib_raw.c | 435 + ncurses/lib_refresh.c | 180 + ncurses/lib_restart.c | 154 + ncurses/lib_scanw.c | 95 + ncurses/lib_screen.c | 182 + ncurses/lib_scroll.c | 111 + ncurses/lib_scrreg.c | 49 + ncurses/lib_set_term.c | 281 + ncurses/lib_setup.c | 300 + ncurses/lib_slk.c | 443 + ncurses/lib_termcap.c | 226 + ncurses/lib_ti.c | 67 + ncurses/lib_touch.c | 70 + ncurses/lib_tparm.c | 533 + ncurses/lib_tputs.c | 213 + ncurses/lib_trace.c | 179 + ncurses/lib_traceatr.c | 230 + ncurses/lib_tracechr.c | 52 + ncurses/lib_tracedmp.c | 115 + ncurses/lib_tracemse.c | 82 + ncurses/lib_tstp.c | 282 + ncurses/lib_twait.c | 267 + ncurses/lib_vidattr.c | 215 + ncurses/lib_window.c | 222 + ncurses/llib-lncurses | 2560 +++ ncurses/modules | 117 + ncurses/parse_entry.c | 896 + ncurses/read_entry.c | 327 + ncurses/read_termcap.c | 966 ++ ncurses/resizeterm.c | 99 + ncurses/sigaction.c | 86 + ncurses/vsscanf.c | 47 + ncurses/wresize.c | 159 + ncurses/write_entry.c | 408 + panel/Makefile.in | 121 + panel/headers | 20 + panel/llib-lpanel | 102 + panel/modules | 21 + panel/panel.c | 664 + panel/panel.h | 71 + panel/panel.priv.h | 52 + progs/MKtermsort.sh | 121 + progs/Makefile.in | 246 + progs/capconvert | 190 + progs/clear.c | 47 + progs/clear.sh | 1 + progs/dump_entry.c | 848 + progs/dump_entry.h | 49 + progs/infocmp.c | 1169 ++ progs/modules | 27 + progs/progs.priv.h | 136 + progs/tic.c | 570 + progs/toe.c | 284 + progs/tput.c | 277 + progs/tset.c | 1161 ++ sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/Makefile | 10 + sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/configure | 273 + sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sed | 100 + sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sh | 37 + sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/run_tic.sh | 132 + test/Makefile.in | 133 + test/README | 22 + test/blue.c | 436 + test/bs.6 | 42 + test/bs.c | 1248 ++ test/configure.in | 182 + test/firework.c | 154 + test/gdc.6 | 22 + test/gdc.c | 215 + test/hanoi.c | 297 + test/hashtest.c | 193 + test/knight.c | 565 + test/lrtest.c | 49 + test/modules | 37 + test/ncurses.c | 3000 ++++ test/newdemo.c | 357 + test/rain.c | 106 + test/tclock.c | 177 + test/test.priv.h | 76 + test/testcurs.c | 495 + test/tracemunch | 98 + test/view.c | 297 + test/worm.c | 371 + test/xmas.c | 1069 ++ 581 files changed, 135278 insertions(+) create mode 100644 ANNOUNCE create mode 100644 Ada95/Makefile.in create mode 100644 Ada95/README create mode 100644 Ada95/TODO create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/Makefile.in create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/gen/Makefile.in create mode 100644 Ada95/gen/gen.c create mode 100644 Ada95/gen/normal.m4 create mode 100644 Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 create mode 100644 Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 create mode 100644 Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms.ads.m4 create mode 100644 Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 create mode 100644 Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 create mode 100644 Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus.ads.m4 create mode 100644 Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.ads.m4 create mode 100644 Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.ads.m4 create mode 100644 Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels.ads.m4 create mode 100644 Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses.ads.m4 create mode 100644 Ada95/html/Makefile create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_addch.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_addchstr.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_addstr.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_attr.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_beep.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_bkgd.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_border.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_clear.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_color.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_delch.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_deleteln.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_getch.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_getstr.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_getyx.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_inch.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_inchstr.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_initscr.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_inopts.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_insch.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_insstr.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_instr.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_kernel.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_mouse.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_move.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_outopts.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_overlay.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_pad.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_print.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_printw.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_refresh.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_scanw.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_scr_dmp.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_scroll.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_slk.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_termattrs.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_termcap.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_terminfo.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_touch.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_util.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/curs_window.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/dft_fgbg.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_cursor.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_data.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_driver.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_field.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_field_attributes.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_field_buffer.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_field_info.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_field_just.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_field_new.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_field_opts.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_field_userptr.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_field_validation.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_fieldtype.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_hook.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_new.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_new_page.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_opts.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_page.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_post.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_requestname.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_userptr.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/form_win.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/index.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/menu.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/menu_attribs.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/menu_cursor.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/menu_driver.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/menu_format.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/menu_hook.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/menu_items.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/menu_mark.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/menu_new.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/menu_opts.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/menu_pattern.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/menu_post.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/menu_requestname.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/menu_spacing.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/menu_userptr.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/menu_win.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/mitem_current.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/mitem_name.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/mitem_new.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/mitem_opts.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/mitem_userptr.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/mitem_value.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/mitem_visible.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/ncurses.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/panel.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/resizeterm.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/table.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-mouse_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/terminal_interface_s.html create mode 100644 Ada95/html/wresize.3x.html create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/Makefile.in create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/README create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/explain.txt create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-attributes.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-attributes.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-mouse.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-mouse.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-explanation.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-explanation.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-aux.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-aux.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-handler.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-handler.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-function_key_setting.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-function_key_setting.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-header_handler.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-header_handler.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-helpers.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-helpers.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-keyboard_handler.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-keyboard_handler.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-manifest.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-aux.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-aux.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-handler.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-handler.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-my_field_type.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-my_field_type.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-text_io_demo.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample-text_io_demo.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/sample.ads create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/tour.adb create mode 100644 Ada95/samples/tour.ads create mode 100644 INSTALL create mode 100644 MANIFEST create mode 100644 Makefile.glibc create mode 100644 Makefile.in create mode 100644 NEWS create mode 100644 README create mode 100644 README.glibc create mode 100644 TO-DO create mode 100644 aclocal.m4 create mode 100644 announce.html create mode 100644 announce.html.in create mode 100644 c++/Makefile.in create mode 100644 c++/NEWS create mode 100644 c++/PROBLEMS create mode 100644 c++/README-first create mode 100644 c++/cursesm.cc create mode 100644 c++/cursesm.h create mode 100644 c++/cursesp.cc create mode 100644 c++/cursesp.h create mode 100644 c++/cursesw.cc create mode 100644 c++/cursesw.h create mode 100644 c++/demo.cc create mode 100644 c++/etip.h create mode 100644 c++/internal.h create mode 100644 c++/modules create mode 100755 configure create mode 100644 configure.in create mode 100644 dist.mk create mode 100644 form/Makefile.in create mode 100644 form/READ.ME create mode 100644 form/fld_def.c create mode 100644 form/fld_stat.c create mode 100644 form/fld_type.c create mode 100644 form/fld_user.c create mode 100644 form/form.h create mode 100644 form/form.priv.h create mode 100644 form/frm_adabind.c create mode 100644 form/frm_data.c create mode 100644 form/frm_def.c create mode 100644 form/frm_driver.c create mode 100644 form/frm_hook.c create mode 100644 form/frm_opts.c create mode 100644 form/frm_req_name.c create mode 100644 form/frm_user.c create mode 100644 form/frm_win.c create mode 100644 form/fty_alnum.c create mode 100644 form/fty_alpha.c create mode 100644 form/fty_enum.c create mode 100644 form/fty_int.c create mode 100644 form/fty_ipv4.c create mode 100644 form/fty_num.c create mode 100644 form/fty_regex.c create mode 100644 form/headers create mode 100644 form/llib-lform create mode 100644 form/modules create mode 100644 include/Caps create mode 100755 include/MKhashsize.sh create mode 100755 include/MKparametrized.sh create mode 100644 include/MKterm.h.awk.in create mode 100644 include/Makefile.in create mode 100644 include/capdefaults.c create mode 100644 include/config_h.in create mode 100644 include/curses.h.in create mode 100755 include/edit_cfg.sh create mode 100644 include/headers create mode 100644 include/nc_alloc.h create mode 100644 include/term_entry.h create mode 100644 include/termcap.h.in create mode 100644 include/tic.h create mode 100644 include/unctrl.h.in create mode 100755 install-sh create mode 100755 man/MKterminfo.sh create mode 100644 man/Makefile.in create mode 100644 man/captoinfo.1m create mode 100644 man/clear.1 create mode 100644 man/curs_addch.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_addchstr.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_addstr.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_attr.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_beep.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_bkgd.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_border.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_clear.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_color.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_delch.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_deleteln.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_getch.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_getstr.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_getyx.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_inch.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_inchstr.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_initscr.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_inopts.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_insch.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_insstr.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_instr.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_kernel.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_mouse.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_move.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_outopts.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_overlay.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_pad.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_print.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_printw.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_refresh.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_scanw.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_scr_dmp.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_scroll.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_slk.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_termattrs.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_termcap.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_terminfo.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_touch.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_util.3x create mode 100644 man/curs_window.3x create mode 100644 man/dft_fgbg.3x create mode 100644 man/form.3x create mode 100644 man/form_cursor.3x create mode 100644 man/form_data.3x create mode 100644 man/form_driver.3x create mode 100644 man/form_field.3x create mode 100644 man/form_field_attributes.3x create mode 100644 man/form_field_buffer.3x create mode 100644 man/form_field_info.3x create mode 100644 man/form_field_just.3x create mode 100644 man/form_field_new.3x create mode 100644 man/form_field_opts.3x create mode 100644 man/form_field_userptr.3x create mode 100644 man/form_field_validation.3x create mode 100644 man/form_fieldtype.3x create mode 100644 man/form_hook.3x create mode 100644 man/form_new.3x create mode 100644 man/form_new_page.3x create mode 100644 man/form_opts.3x create mode 100644 man/form_page.3x create mode 100644 man/form_post.3x create mode 100644 man/form_requestname.3x create mode 100644 man/form_userptr.3x create mode 100644 man/form_win.3x create mode 100644 man/infocmp.1m create mode 100644 man/man_db.renames create mode 100644 man/menu.3x create mode 100644 man/menu_attribs.3x create mode 100644 man/menu_cursor.3x create mode 100644 man/menu_driver.3x create mode 100644 man/menu_format.3x create mode 100644 man/menu_hook.3x create mode 100644 man/menu_items.3x create mode 100644 man/menu_mark.3x create mode 100644 man/menu_new.3x create mode 100644 man/menu_opts.3x create mode 100644 man/menu_pattern.3x create mode 100644 man/menu_post.3x create mode 100644 man/menu_requestname.3x create mode 100644 man/menu_spacing.3x create mode 100644 man/menu_userptr.3x create mode 100644 man/menu_win.3x create mode 100644 man/mitem_current.3x create mode 100644 man/mitem_name.3x create mode 100644 man/mitem_new.3x create mode 100644 man/mitem_opts.3x create mode 100644 man/mitem_userptr.3x create mode 100644 man/mitem_value.3x create mode 100644 man/mitem_visible.3x create mode 100644 man/ncurses.3x create mode 100644 man/panel.3x create mode 100644 man/resizeterm.3x create mode 100644 man/term.5 create mode 100644 man/term.7 create mode 100644 man/terminfo.head create mode 100644 man/terminfo.tail create mode 100644 man/tic.1m create mode 100644 man/toe.1m create mode 100644 man/tput.1 create mode 100644 man/tset.1 create mode 100644 man/wresize.3x create mode 100644 menu/Makefile.in create mode 100644 menu/READ.ME create mode 100644 menu/eti.h create mode 100644 menu/headers create mode 100644 menu/llib-lmenu create mode 100644 menu/m_adabind.c create mode 100644 menu/m_attribs.c create mode 100644 menu/m_cursor.c create mode 100644 menu/m_driver.c create mode 100644 menu/m_format.c create mode 100644 menu/m_global.c create mode 100644 menu/m_hook.c create mode 100644 menu/m_item_cur.c create mode 100644 menu/m_item_nam.c create mode 100644 menu/m_item_new.c create mode 100644 menu/m_item_opt.c create mode 100644 menu/m_item_use.c create mode 100644 menu/m_item_val.c create mode 100644 menu/m_item_vis.c create mode 100644 menu/m_items.c create mode 100644 menu/m_new.c create mode 100644 menu/m_opts.c create mode 100644 menu/m_post.c create mode 100644 menu/m_req_name.c create mode 100644 menu/m_spacing.c create mode 100644 menu/m_userptr.c create mode 100644 menu/m_win.c create mode 100644 menu/menu.h create mode 100644 menu/menu.priv.h create mode 100644 menu/mf_common.h create mode 100644 menu/modules create mode 100644 misc/Makefile.in create mode 100644 misc/hackguide.doc create mode 100644 misc/hackguide.html create mode 100755 misc/makellib create mode 100644 misc/ncurses-intro.doc create mode 100644 misc/ncurses-intro.html create mode 100755 misc/run_tic.sh create mode 100755 misc/shlib create mode 100644 misc/tabset/std create mode 100644 misc/tabset/stdcrt create mode 100644 misc/tabset/vt100 create mode 100644 misc/tabset/vt300 create mode 100755 misc/tdlint create mode 100644 misc/terminfo.src create mode 100644 mk-0th.awk create mode 100644 mk-1st.awk create mode 100644 mk-2nd.awk create mode 100755 mkinstalldirs create mode 100644 ncurses.lsm create mode 100644 ncurses/MKcaptab.awk create mode 100755 ncurses/MKexpanded.sh create mode 100755 ncurses/MKfallback.sh create mode 100644 ncurses/MKkeyname.awk create mode 100644 ncurses/MKkeys.awk create mode 100755 ncurses/MKlib_gen.sh create mode 100644 ncurses/MKnames.awk create mode 100644 ncurses/MKunctrl.awk create mode 100644 ncurses/Makefile.in create mode 100644 ncurses/README create mode 100644 ncurses/SigAction.h create mode 100644 ncurses/alloc_entry.c create mode 100644 ncurses/captoinfo.c create mode 100644 ncurses/comp_error.c create mode 100644 ncurses/comp_hash.c create mode 100644 ncurses/comp_parse.c create mode 100644 ncurses/comp_scan.c create mode 100644 ncurses/curses.priv.h create mode 100644 ncurses/hardscroll.c create mode 100644 ncurses/hashmap.c create mode 100644 ncurses/keys.list create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_acs.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_adabind.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_addch.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_addstr.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_baudrate.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_beep.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_bkgd.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_box.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_clear.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_clrbot.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_clreol.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_color.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_data.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_delch.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_delwin.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_dft_fgbg.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_doupdate.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_endwin.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_erase.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_freeall.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_getch.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_getstr.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_inchstr.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_initscr.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_insch.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_insdel.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_insstr.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_instr.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_isendwin.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_kernel.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_longname.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_mouse.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_move.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_mvcur.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_mvwin.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_newterm.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_newwin.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_options.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_overlay.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_pad.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_print.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_printw.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_raw.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_refresh.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_restart.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_scanw.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_screen.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_scroll.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_scrreg.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_set_term.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_setup.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_slk.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_termcap.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_ti.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_touch.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_tparm.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_tputs.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_trace.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_traceatr.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_tracechr.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_tracedmp.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_tracemse.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_tstp.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_twait.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_vidattr.c create mode 100644 ncurses/lib_window.c create mode 100644 ncurses/llib-lncurses create mode 100644 ncurses/modules create mode 100644 ncurses/parse_entry.c create mode 100644 ncurses/read_entry.c create mode 100644 ncurses/read_termcap.c create mode 100644 ncurses/resizeterm.c create mode 100644 ncurses/sigaction.c create mode 100644 ncurses/vsscanf.c create mode 100644 ncurses/wresize.c create mode 100644 ncurses/write_entry.c create mode 100644 panel/Makefile.in create mode 100644 panel/headers create mode 100644 panel/llib-lpanel create mode 100644 panel/modules create mode 100644 panel/panel.c create mode 100644 panel/panel.h create mode 100644 panel/panel.priv.h create mode 100755 progs/MKtermsort.sh create mode 100644 progs/Makefile.in create mode 100755 progs/capconvert create mode 100644 progs/clear.c create mode 100755 progs/clear.sh create mode 100644 progs/dump_entry.c create mode 100644 progs/dump_entry.h create mode 100644 progs/infocmp.c create mode 100644 progs/modules create mode 100644 progs/progs.priv.h create mode 100644 progs/tic.c create mode 100644 progs/toe.c create mode 100644 progs/tput.c create mode 100644 progs/tset.c create mode 100644 sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/Makefile create mode 100644 sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/configure create mode 100644 sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sed create mode 100644 sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sh create mode 100755 sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/run_tic.sh create mode 100644 test/Makefile.in create mode 100644 test/README create mode 100644 test/blue.c create mode 100644 test/bs.6 create mode 100644 test/bs.c create mode 100644 test/configure.in create mode 100644 test/firework.c create mode 100644 test/gdc.6 create mode 100644 test/gdc.c create mode 100644 test/hanoi.c create mode 100644 test/hashtest.c create mode 100644 test/knight.c create mode 100644 test/lrtest.c create mode 100644 test/modules create mode 100644 test/ncurses.c create mode 100644 test/newdemo.c create mode 100644 test/rain.c create mode 100644 test/tclock.c create mode 100644 test/test.priv.h create mode 100644 test/testcurs.c create mode 100755 test/tracemunch create mode 100644 test/view.c create mode 100644 test/worm.c create mode 100644 test/xmas.c diff --git a/ANNOUNCE b/ANNOUNCE new file mode 100644 index 00000000..95ae5be2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ANNOUNCE @@ -0,0 +1,231 @@ + + Announcing ncurses 4.1 + + The ncurses (new curses) library is a freeware emulation of System V + Release 4.0 curses. It uses terminfo format, supports pads and color + and multiple highlights and forms characters and function-key mapping, + and has all the other SYSV-curses enhancements over BSD curses. + + In mid-June 1995, the maintainer of 4.4BSD curses declared that he + considered 4.4BSD curses obsolete, and is encouraging the keepers of + Unix releases such as BSD/OS, freeBSD and netBSD to switch over to + ncurses. + + The ncurses code was developed under Linux. It should port easily to + any ANSI/POSIX-conforming UNIX. It has even been ported to OS/2 Warp! + + The distribution includes the library and support utilities, including + a terminfo compiler tic(1), a decompiler infocmp(1), clear(1), + tput(1), tset(1), and a termcap conversion tool captoinfo(1). Full + manual pages are provided for the library and tools. + + The ncurses distribution is available via anonymous FTP at: + [1]ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses. and + [2]ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/zm/zmbenhal/ncurses. It is also carried on + the GNU distribution site at [3]ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu. + + Features of ncurses + + The ncurses package is fully compatible with SVr4 curses: + + * All 257 of the SVr4 calls have been implemented (and are + documented). + * Full support for SVr4 curses features including keyboard mapping, + color, forms-drawing with ACS characters, and automatic + recognition of keypad and function keys. + * An emulation of the System V Release 4 panels library, supporting + a stack of windows with backing store, is included. + * An emulation of the System V Release 4 menus library, supporting a + uniform but flexible interface for menu programming, is included. + * An emulation of the System V Release 4 form library, supporting + data collection through on-screen forms, is included. + * Binary terminfo entries generated by the ncurses tic(1) + implementation are bit-for-bit-compatible with the entry format + SVr4 curses uses. + * The utilities have options to allow you to filter terminfo entries + for use with less capable curses/terminfo versions such as the + HP/UX and AIX ports. + + The ncurses package also has many useful extensions over SVr4: + + * The API is 8-bit clean and base-level conformant with the X/OPEN + curses specification, XSI Curses (that is, it implements all BASE + level features, but not all EXTENDED features). Most + EXTENDED-level features not directly concerned with wide-character + support are implemented, including many function calls not + supported under SVr4 curses (but portability of all calls is + documented so you can use the SVr4 subset only). + * Unlike SVr4 curses, ncurses can write to the rightmost-bottommost + corner of the screen if your terminal has an insert-character + capability. + * (PC-clone boxes only) Support for access to the IBM PC ROM + characters 0-32 through the highlight A_ALTCHARSET. + * Support for mouse event reporting under xterm. + * The function wresize() allows you to resize windows, preserving + their data. + * Better cursor-movement optimization. The package now features a + cursor-local-movement computation more efficient than either BSD's + or System V's. + * Super hardware scrolling support. The screen-update code + incorporates a novel, simple, and cheap algorithm that enables it + to make optimal use of hardware scrolling, line-insertion, and + line-deletion for screen-line movements. This algorithm is more + powerful than the 4.4BSD curses quickch() routine. + * Real support for terminals with the magic-cookie glitch. The + screen-update code will refrain from drawing a highlight if the + magic- cookie unattributed spaces required just before the + beginning and after the end would step on a non-space character. + It will automatically shift highlight boundaries when doing so + would make it possible to draw the highlight without changing the + visual appearance of the screen. + * It is possible to generate the library with a list of pre-loaded + fallback entries linked to it so that it can serve those terminal + types even when no terminfo tree or termcap file is accessible + (this may be useful for support of screen-oriented programs that + must run in single-user mode). + * The tic(1)/captoinfo utility provided with ncurses has the ability + to translate many termcaps from the XENIX, IBM and AT&T extension + sets. + * A BSD-like tset(1) utility is provided. + * The ncurses library and utilities will automatically read terminfo + entries from $HOME/.terminfo if it exists, and compile to that + directory if it exists and the user has no write access to the + system directory. This feature makes it easier for users to have + personal terminfo entries without giving up access to the system + terminfo directory. + * You may specify a path of directories to search for compiled + descriptions with the environment variable TERMINFO_DIRS (this + generalizes the feature provided by TERMINFO under stock System + V.) + * In terminfo source files, use capabilities may refer not just to + other entries in the same source file (as in System V) but also to + compiled entries in either the system terminfo directory or the + user's $HOME/.terminfo directory. + * A script (capconvert) is provided to help BSD users transition + from termcap to terminfo. It gathers the information in a TERMCAP + environment variable and/or a ~/.termcap local entries file and + converts it to an equivalent local terminfo tree under + $HOME/.terminfo. + * Automatic fallback to the /etc/termcap file can be compiled in + when it is not possible to build a terminfo tree. This feature is + neither fast nor cheap, you don't want to use it unless you have + to, but it's there. + * The table-of-entries utility toe makes it easy for users to see + exactly what terminal types are available on the system. + * The library meets the XSI requirement that every macro entry point + have a corresponding function which may be linked (and will be + prototype-checked) if the macro definition is disabled with + #undef. + * An HTML "Introduction to Programming with NCURSES" document + provides a narrative introduction to the curses programming + interface. + + State of the Package + + Numerous bugs present in earlier versions have been fixed; the library + is far more reliable than it used to be. Bounds checking in many + `dangerous' entry points has been improved. The code is now type-safe + according to gcc -Wall. The library has been checked for malloc leaks + and arena corruption by the Purify memory-allocation tester. + + The ncurses code has been tested with a wide variety of applications + including: + + ded + directory-editor [4]ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ded. + + dialog + the underlying application used in Slackware's setup, and the + basis for similar applications on Linux. + + lynx-2.7 + the character-screen WWW browser + + ncftp 2.0 + file-transfer utility + + nvi + New vi versions 1.50 are able to use ncurses versions 1.9.7 and + later. + + taper + tape archive utility + + vh-1.6 + Volks-Hypertext browser for the Jargon File + + as well as some that use ncurses for the terminfo support alone: + + minicom-1.75 + terminal emulator + + tin-unoff + tin (unofficial) newsreader, supporting color, MIME + [5]ftp://ftp.akk.uni-karlsruhe.de/pub/news/clients/tin-unoff. + + vile + vi-like-emacs [6]ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/vile. + + The ncurses distribution includes a selection of test programs + (including a few games). + +Who's Who and What's What + + The original maintainer of ncurses is [7]Zeyd Ben-Halim. + Unfortunately, he can only work on the package part time. As a result, + since 1.8.1, much of the enhancement work and documentation has been + done by [8]Eric S. Raymond. The current primary maintainers are + [9]Thomas Dickey and [10]Juergen Pfeifer. + + There is an ncurses mailing list. It is a majordomo list; to join, + write to ncurses-request@mailgate.bsdi.com with a message containing + the line: + + subscribe @ + + This list is open to anyone interested in helping with the development + and testing of this package. + + Beta versions of ncurses and patches to the current release are made + available at [11]ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses. + +Future Plans + + * Extended mouse support via Alessandro Rubini's gpm package. + * Extended-level XPG4 conformance, with internationalization + support. + * Ports to more systems, including DOS and Windows. + + We need people to help with these projects. If you are interested in + working on them, please join the ncurses list. + +The terminfo/termcap Database + + The distribution includes and uses a copy of the terminfo-format + terminal description file maintained by Eric Raymond. You can download + either the [12]termcap or [13]terminfo versions of the terminal-type + database from Eric's ncurses page, + [14]http://www.ccil.org/~esr/ncurses.html. + +Other Related Resources + + You can find lots of information on terminal-related topics not + covered in the terminfo file at [15]Richard Shuford's archive. + +References + + 1. ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses + 2. ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/zm/zmbenhal/ncurses + 3. ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu + 4. ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ded + 5. ftp://ftp.akk.uni-karlsruhe.de/pub/news/clients/tin-unoff + 6. ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/vile + 7. mailto:zmbenhal@netcom.com + 8. http://www.ccil.org/~esr/home.html + 9. mailto:dickey@clark.net + 10. mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de + 11. ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses + 12. http://www.ccil.org/~esr/terminfo/termtypes.tc.gz + 13. http://www.ccil.org/~esr/terminfo/termtypes.ti.gz + 14. http://www.ccil.org/~esr/ncurses.html + 15. http://www.cs.utk.edu/~shuford/terminal_index.html diff --git a/Ada95/Makefile.in b/Ada95/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4f6a816 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# -- +# GNAT ncurses Binding -- +# Makefile -- +# -- +# Version 00.92 -- +# -- +# The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +# Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +# -- +# Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +# binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +# of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +# this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +# removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +# author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +# highly appreciated. -- +# -- +# This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Version Control +# $Revision: 1.3 $ +# +SHELL = /bin/sh +THIS = Makefile + +SUBDIRS = @ADA_SUBDIRS@ + +all :: + for d in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + (cd $$d ; $(MAKE) $@) ;\ + done + +clean :: + for d in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + (cd $$d ; $(MAKE) $@) ;\ + done + +distclean :: + for d in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + (cd $$d ; $(MAKE) $@) ;\ + done + rm -f Makefile + +realclean :: + for d in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + (cd $$d ; $(MAKE) $@) ;\ + done + rm -f Makefile + +mostlyclean :: + for d in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + (cd $$d ; $(MAKE) $@) ;\ + done + +install :: diff --git a/Ada95/README b/Ada95/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a5362df --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/README @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by Juergen Pfeifer +Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de + +Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this +binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part +of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED +this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not +removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the +author of this binding in any applications linked with it is +highly appreciated. + +This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. +---------------------------------------------------------------------- +Caveats: + + This is the first delivery of this binding. It has not been + extensively tested. So I declare this as BETA level software, + although it is delivered with an official release of ncurses. + + You should install the ncurses distribution around this binding + first before you try to run the sample. + + This Binding is currently strictly for the GNAT compiler, because + in one place I use a GNAT specfic runtime module (see doc.) + + +The documentation is provided in HTML format in the ./html +subdirectory. The main document is named index.html + diff --git a/Ada95/TODO b/Ada95/TODO new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8516d227 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/TODO @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +-- Intensive testing + Perhaps the delivery of the Beta will help a bit. + +-- Documentation + Like most WEB pages: under continous construction + +-- Style cleanup + +-- Alternate functions for procedures with out params + Comfort purpose + +-- Sample program + Under continous construction (and it's not a WEB page!!!) + +-- Make the binding objects a shared libray + They are rather large, so it would make sense, otherwise Ada95 + would look too large, although the generated code is as compact + as C or C++. I'll wait a bit until the GNAT people provide some + better support to construct shared libraries. + +-- Think about more inlining + +-- Check for memory leaks. + Oh I would like it so much if the GNAT guys would put an optional + GC into their system. diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/Makefile.in b/Ada95/ada_include/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7cb92304 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# -- +# GNAT ncurses Binding -- +# src/Makefile -- +# -- +# Version 00.92 -- +# -- +# The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +# Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +# -- +# Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +# binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +# of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +# this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +# removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +# author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +# highly appreciated. -- +# -- +# This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Version Control +# $Revision: 1.6 $ +# +.SUFFIXES: + +SHELL = /bin/sh +THIS = Makefile + +MODEL = ../../@DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +libdir = @libdir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +AWK = @AWK@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ + +CC = @CC@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ + +CPPFLAGS = @ACPPFLAGS@ \ + -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I$(srcdir) + +CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) + +CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS) +CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE +CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg +CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@ + +CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@) + +LINK = $(CC) +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LD_MODEL@ @LIBS@ + +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +################################################################################ +ADA = @nc_ada_compiler@ +ADAFLAGS = @ADAFLAGS@ -I. -I$(srcdir) + +ADAMAKE = @nc_ada_make@ +ADAMAKEFLAGS = + +CARGS = -cargs $(ADAFLAGS) +LARGS = + +ALIB = @nc_ada_package@ +ABASE = $(ALIB)-curses + +ADA_OBJDIR = ../ada_objects +OBJDIR = ../objects + +LIBALIS=$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ALIB).ali \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-aux.ali \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE).ali \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ali \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.ali \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.ali \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.ali \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io.ali \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ali + +LIBOBJS=$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ALIB).o \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-aux.o \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE).o \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.o \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.o \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.o \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.o \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io.o \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.o + + +all :: $(LIBALIS) + @echo done + +clean :: + rm -f *.o *.ali b_t*.* *.s $(PROGS) a.out core b_*_test.c *.xr[bs] *.a + +mostlyclean :: clean + rm -f $(LIBALIS) $(LIBOBJS) + +distclean :: mostlyclean + rm -f Makefile + +realclean :: distclean + +BASEDEPS=$(ABASE).ads $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-aux.ads + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ALIB).o: $(srcdir)/$(ALIB).ads + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ALIB).ads + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ALIB).ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ALIB).o + if [ -f $(ALIB).ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ALIB).ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ALIB).ali ;\ + fi + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-aux.o: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-aux.adb $(BASEDEPS) + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-aux.adb + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-aux.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-aux.o + if [ -f $(ABASE)-aux.ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ABASE)-aux.ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ABASE)-aux.ali ;\ + fi + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE).o: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE).adb $(BASEDEPS) + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE).adb + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE).ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE).o + if [ -f $(ABASE).ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ABASE).ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ABASE).ali ;\ + fi + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.o: \ + $(ABASE)-mouse.ads \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-mouse.adb $(BASEDEPS) + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-mouse.adb + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.o + if [ -f $(ABASE)-mouse.ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ABASE)-mouse.ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ABASE)-mouse.ali ;\ + fi + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.o: \ + $(ABASE)-panels.ads \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels.adb $(BASEDEPS) + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels.adb + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.o + if [ -f $(ABASE)-panels.ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ABASE)-panels.ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ABASE)-panels.ali ;\ + fi + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.o: \ + $(ABASE)-menus.ads \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus.adb $(BASEDEPS) + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus.adb + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.o + if [ -f $(ABASE)-menus.ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ABASE)-menus.ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ABASE)-menus.ali ;\ + fi + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.o: \ + $(ABASE)-forms.ads \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms.adb $(BASEDEPS) + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms.adb + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.o + if [ -f $(ABASE)-forms.ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ABASE)-forms.ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ABASE)-forms.ali ;\ + fi + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io.o: \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io.ads \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io.adb $(BASEDEPS) + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io.adb + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io.o + if [ -f $(ABASE)-text_io.ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ABASE)-text_io.ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ABASE)-text_io.ali ;\ + fi + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.o: \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ads \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.adb $(BASEDEPS) + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.adb + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.o + if [ -f $(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ali ;\ + fi diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e6fac3b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.adb @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux is + -- + -- Some helpers + procedure Fill_String (Cp : in chars_ptr; + Str : out String) + is + -- Fill the string with the characters referenced by the + -- chars_ptr. + -- + Len : Natural; + begin + if Cp /= Null_Ptr then + Len := Natural (Strlen (Cp)); + if Str'Length < Len then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + declare + S : String (1 .. Len); + begin + S := Value (Cp); + Str (Str'First .. (Str'First + Len - 1)) := S (S'Range); + end; + else + Len := 0; + end if; + + if Len < Str'Length then + Str ((Str'First + Len) .. Str'Last) := (others => ' '); + end if; + + end Fill_String; + + procedure Eti_Exception (Code : Eti_Error) + is + begin + case Code is + when E_Ok => null; + when E_System_Error => raise Eti_System_Error; + when E_Bad_Argument => raise Eti_Bad_Argument; + when E_Posted => raise Eti_Posted; + when E_Connected => raise Eti_Connected; + when E_Bad_State => raise Eti_Bad_State; + when E_No_Room => raise Eti_No_Room; + when E_Not_Posted => raise Eti_Not_Posted; + when E_Unknown_Command => raise Eti_Unknown_Command; + when E_No_Match => raise Eti_No_Match; + when E_Not_Selectable => raise Eti_Not_Selectable; + when E_Not_Connected => raise Eti_Not_Connected; + when E_Request_Denied => raise Eti_Request_Denied; + when E_Invalid_Field => raise Eti_Invalid_Field; + when E_Current => raise Eti_Current; + end case; + end Eti_Exception; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..834ad7dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.ads @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with System; +with Interfaces.C; +with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; +with Unchecked_Conversion; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux is + + use type Interfaces.C.Int; + + subtype C_Int is Interfaces.C.Int; + subtype C_Short is Interfaces.C.Short; + subtype C_Long_Int is Interfaces.C.Long; + subtype C_Size_T is Interfaces.C.Size_T; + subtype C_Char_Ptr is Interfaces.C.Strings.Chars_Ptr; + type C_Void_Ptr is new System.Address; + + -- This is how those constants are defined in ncurses. I see them also + -- exactly like this in all ETI implementations I ever tested. So it + -- could be that this is quite general, but please check with your curses. + -- This is critical, because curses sometime mixes boolean returns with + -- returning an error status. + Curses_Ok : constant C_Int := 0; + Curses_Err : constant C_Int := -1; + + Curses_True : constant C_Int := 1; + Curses_False : constant C_Int := 0; + + subtype Eti_Error is C_Int range -14 .. 0; + -- Type for error codes returned by the menu and forms subsystem + + E_Ok : constant Eti_Error := 0; + E_System_Error : constant Eti_Error := -1; + E_Bad_Argument : constant Eti_Error := -2; + E_Posted : constant Eti_Error := -3; + E_Connected : constant Eti_Error := -4; + E_Bad_State : constant Eti_Error := -5; + E_No_Room : constant Eti_Error := -6; + E_Not_Posted : constant Eti_Error := -7; + E_Unknown_Command : constant Eti_Error := -8; + E_No_Match : constant Eti_Error := -9; + E_Not_Selectable : constant Eti_Error := -10; + E_Not_Connected : constant Eti_Error := -11; + E_Request_Denied : constant Eti_Error := -12; + E_Invalid_Field : constant Eti_Error := -13; + E_Current : constant Eti_Error := -14; + + procedure Eti_Exception (Code : Eti_Error); + -- Dispatch the error code and raise the appropriate exception + -- + -- + -- Some helpers + function CInt_To_Chtype is new + Unchecked_Conversion (Source => C_Int, + Target => Attributed_Character); + function Chtype_To_CInt is new + Unchecked_Conversion (Source => Attributed_Character, + Target => C_Int); + + procedure Fill_String (Cp : in chars_ptr; + Str : out String); + -- Fill the Str parameter with the string denoted by the chars_ptr + -- C-Style string. + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..396287ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.adb @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.5 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Interfaces.C; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types; + +-- | +-- |===================================================================== +-- | man page form_fieldtype.3x +-- |===================================================================== +-- | +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types is + + use type Interfaces.C.int; + + package Ft is new Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types + (User, User_Access, Field_Check, Character_Check); + + type N_Check is access + function (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean; + pragma Convention (C, N_Check); + + type P_Check is access + function (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean; + pragma Convention (C, P_Check); + + function Nc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean; + pragma Convention (C, Nc); + + function Pc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean; + pragma Convention (C, Pc); + + function Nc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean + is + begin + return Next_Choice (Fld, Info); + end Nc; + + function Pc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean + is + begin + return Prev_Choice (Fld, Info); + end Pc; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Set_Choice (Ft : C_Field_Type; + Nc : N_Check; + Pc : P_Check) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Choice, "set_fieldtype_choice"); + + procedure Define_Choices + is + R : Eti_Error; + begin + R := Set_Choice (Search_Type (User'Tag), Nc'Access, Pc'Access); + if (R /= E_OK) then + Eti_Exception (R); + end if; + end Define_Choices; + +begin + Define_Choices; +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..24a9375f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.ads @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.6 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- You must instantiate this package for any user defined field type +-- to make it visible to the runtime. +-- +generic + type User is new Ada_Defined_Field_Type with private; + type User_Access is access User; + with function Field_Check (Fld : Field; + Info : User_Access) return Boolean; + with function Character_Check (Ch : Character; + Info : User_Access) return Boolean; + with function Next_Choice (Fld : Field; + Info : User_Access) return Boolean; + with function Prev_Choice (Fld : Field; + Info : User_Access) return Boolean; +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types is +-- +-- Nothing public. +-- But we need the body. + pragma Elaborate_Body; +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..13d2885f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.adb @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Interfaces.C; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +with Unchecked_Deallocation; + +-- | +-- |===================================================================== +-- | man page form_fieldtype.3x +-- |===================================================================== +-- | +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types is + + use type Interfaces.C.int; + + type F_Check is access + function (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Convention (C, F_Check); + + type C_Check is access + function (Ch : Character; Info : User_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Convention (C, C_Check); + + procedure Free is new + Unchecked_Deallocation (User, User_Access); + + -- Forward decls. + procedure Register_Field_Type; + procedure Unregister_Field_Type; + + procedure Initialize (Obj : in out Tracker) + is + begin + Register_Field_Type; + end Initialize; + + procedure Finalize (Obj : in out Tracker) + is + begin + Unregister_Field_Type; + end Finalize; + + function Fc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Convention (C, Fc); + + function Cc (Ch : Character; Info : User_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Convention (C, Cc); + + function Make_Arg (U : User_Access) return User_Access; + pragma Convention (C, Make_Arg); + + function Copy_Arg (U : User_Access) return User_Access; + pragma Convention (C, Copy_Arg); + + procedure Free_Arg (U : User_Access); + pragma Convention (C, Free_Arg); + + function New_Fieldtype (Fc : F_Check; + Cc : C_Check) return C_Field_Type; + pragma Import (C, New_Fieldtype, "new_fieldtype"); + + function Fc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return C_Int + is + begin + return C_Int (Boolean'Pos (Field_Check (Fld, Info))); + end Fc; + + function Cc (Ch : Character; Info : User_Access) return C_Int + is + begin + return C_Int (Boolean'Pos (Character_Check (Ch, Info))); + end Cc; + + function Make_Arg (U : User_Access) return User_Access + is + function Fixme (U : User_Access) return User_Access; + pragma Import (C, Fixme, "_nc_ada_getvarg"); + V : constant User_Access := Fixme (U); + I : constant User_Access := new User'(V.all); + begin + return I; + end Make_Arg; + + function Copy_Arg (U : User_Access) return User_Access + is + I : constant User_Access := new User'(U.all); + begin + return I; + end Copy_Arg; + + procedure Free_Arg (U : User_Access) + is + begin + null; + end Free_Arg; + + type M_Arg is access function (U : User_Access) return User_Access; + pragma Convention (C, M_Arg); + + type C_Arg is access function (U : User_Access) return User_Access; + pragma Convention (C, C_Arg); + + type F_Arg is access procedure (U : User_Access); + pragma Convention (C, F_Arg); + + function Set_Fieldtype_Arg (Typ : C_Field_Type; + Ma : M_Arg; + Ca : C_Arg; + Fa : F_Arg) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fieldtype_Arg, "set_fieldtype_arg"); + -- | + -- | + -- | + + procedure Register_Field_Type + is + Res : Eti_Error; + Cft : C_Field_Type; + P : User_Access := new User; + -- we need an instance to call + -- the Register_Type procedure + begin + Cft := New_Fieldtype (Fc'Access, + Cc'Access); + if Cft = Null_Field_Type then + raise Form_Exception; + end if; + Res := Set_Fieldtype_Arg (Cft, + Make_Arg'Access, + Copy_Arg'Access, + Free_Arg'Access); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + + Register_Type (P.all, Cft); + Free (P); + end Register_Field_Type; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Unregister_Field_Type + is + P : User_Access := new User; + -- we need an instance to call + -- the Unregister_Type procedure + begin + Unregister_Type (P.all); + Free (P); + end Unregister_Field_Type; + + Hook : Tracker; +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types; + + + + + diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..70589948 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.ads @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Finalization; use Ada.Finalization; + +-- You must instantiate this package for any user defined field type +-- to make it visible to the runtime. +-- +generic + type User is new Ada_Defined_Field_Type with private; + type User_Access is access User; + with function Field_Check (Fld : Field; + Info : User_Access) return Boolean; + with function Character_Check (Ch : Character; + Info : User_Access) return Boolean; +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types is +-- +-- Nothing public. All happens magically. +-- +private + type Tracker is new Limited_Controlled with null record; + + procedure Initialize (Obj : in out Tracker); + procedure Finalize (Obj : in out Tracker); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types; + diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd8aba56 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.adb @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Unchecked_Conversion; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; + +-- | +-- |===================================================================== +-- | man page form_field_userptr.3x +-- |===================================================================== +-- | +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data is + + function To_Address is new Unchecked_Conversion (User_Access, + System.Address); + function To_Pointer is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, + User_Access); + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_User_Data (Fld : in Field; + Data : in User_Access) + is + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + B : Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + R : C_Int; + begin + if A = null then + raise Form_Exception; + else + if A.N > 1 then + B := new Field_User_Wrapper'(T => A.T, + N => 1, + U => To_Address (Data)); + R := Set_Field_Userptr (Fld, B); + A.N := A.N - 1; + else + A.U := To_Address (Data); + end if; + end if; + end Set_User_Data; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Get_User_Data (Fld : in Field; + Data : out User_Access) + is + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + begin + if A = null then + raise Form_Exception; + else + Data := To_Pointer (A.U); + end if; + end Get_User_Data; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9022a044 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.adb @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Unchecked_Conversion; +-- | +-- |===================================================================== +-- | man page form__userptr.3x +-- |===================================================================== +-- | +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data is + + function To_Address is new Unchecked_Conversion (User_Access, + System.Address); + function To_Pointer is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, + User_Access); + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_User_Data (Frm : in Form; + Data : in User_Access) + is + A : constant Form_User_Wrapper_Access := Form_Userptr (Frm); + begin + if A = null then + raise Form_Exception; + else + A.U := To_Address (Data); + end if; + end Set_User_Data; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Get_User_Data (Frm : in Form; + Data : out User_Access) + is + A : constant Form_User_Wrapper_Access := Form_Userptr (Frm); + begin + if A = null then + raise Form_Exception; + else + Data := To_Pointer (A.U); + end if; + end Get_User_Data; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..059ae238 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms.adb @@ -0,0 +1,1693 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.9 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Tags; use Ada.Tags; +with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; +with Unchecked_Conversion; + +with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C; +with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; + +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +with GNAT.Htable; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms is + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + -- | + -- | + -- | + -- subtype chars_ptr is Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; + + function FOS_2_CInt is new + Unchecked_Conversion (Field_Option_Set, + C_Int); + + function CInt_2_FOS is new + Unchecked_Conversion (C_Int, + Field_Option_Set); + + function FrmOS_2_CInt is new + Unchecked_Conversion (Form_Option_Set, + C_Int); + + function CInt_2_FrmOS is new + Unchecked_Conversion (C_Int, + Form_Option_Set); + + procedure Request_Name (Key : in Form_Request_Code; + Name : out String) + is + function Form_Request_Name (Key : C_Int) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Form_Request_Name, "form_request_name"); + begin + Fill_String (Form_Request_Name (C_Int (Key)), Name); + end Request_Name; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Free_Field_User_Wrapper is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Field_User_Wrapper, + Field_User_Wrapper_Access); + + procedure Release_User_Wrapper (A : in out Field_User_Wrapper_Access); + procedure Dup_User_Wrapper (A : in out Field_User_Wrapper_Access); + + procedure Release_User_Wrapper (A : in out Field_User_Wrapper_Access) + is + begin + A.N := A.N - 1; + if A.N = 0 then + Free_Field_User_Wrapper (A); + end if; + end Release_User_Wrapper; + pragma Inline (Release_User_Wrapper); + + procedure Dup_User_Wrapper (A : in out Field_User_Wrapper_Access) + is + begin + A.N := A.N + 1; + end Dup_User_Wrapper; + pragma Inline (Dup_User_Wrapper); +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Free_Form_User_Wrapper is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Form_User_Wrapper, + Form_User_Wrapper_Access); + -- | + -- | + -- | + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_field_new.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Create (Height : Line_Count; + Width : Column_Count; + Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position; + Off_Screen : Natural := 0; + More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First) + return Field + is + function Newfield (H, W, T, L, O, M : C_Int) return Field; + pragma Import (C, Newfield, "new_field"); + Fld : constant Field := Newfield (C_Int (Height), C_Int (Width), + C_Int (Top), C_Int (Left), + C_Int (Off_Screen), + C_Int (More_Buffers)); + + A : Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + if Fld = Null_Field then + raise Form_Exception; + else + A := new Field_User_Wrapper'(U => System.Null_Address, + T => null, + N => 1); + Res := Set_Field_Userptr (Fld, A); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Free_Field_User_Wrapper (A); + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end if; + return Fld; + end Create; +-- | +-- | +-- | + procedure Delete (Fld : in out Field) + is + function Free_Field (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Free_Field, "free_field"); + procedure Free_Field_Type is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Field_Type'Class, + Field_Type_Access); + + A : Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + if A /= null then + if A.T /= null then + Free_Field_Type (A.T); + end if; + Release_User_Wrapper (A); + end if; + Res := Free_Field (Fld); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + Fld := Null_Field; + end Delete; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Duplicate (Fld : Field; + Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position) return Field + is + function Dup_Field (Fld : Field; + Top : C_Int; + Left : C_Int) return Field; + pragma Import (C, Dup_Field, "dup_field"); + + A : Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + F : constant Field := Dup_Field (Fld, + C_Int (Top), + C_Int (Left)); + begin + if F = Null_Field then + raise Form_Exception; + else + Dup_User_Wrapper (A); + end if; + return F; + end Duplicate; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Link (Fld : Field; + Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position) return Field + is + function Lnk_Field (Fld : Field; + Top : C_Int; + Left : C_Int) return Field; + pragma Import (C, Lnk_Field, "link_field"); + + A : Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + F : constant Field := Lnk_Field (Fld, + C_Int (Top), + C_Int (Left)); + begin + if F = Null_Field then + raise Form_Exception; + else + Dup_User_Wrapper (A); + end if; + return F; + end Link; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_field_just.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Justification (Fld : in Field; + Just : in Field_Justification := None) + is + function Set_Field_Just (Fld : Field; + Just : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Just, "set_field_just"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := + Set_Field_Just (Fld, + C_Int (Field_Justification'Pos (Just))); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Justification; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Get_Justification (Fld : Field) return Field_Justification + is + function Field_Just (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Just, "field_just"); + begin + return Field_Justification'Val (Field_Just (Fld)); + end Get_Justification; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_field_buffer.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Buffer + (Fld : in Field; + Buffer : in Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First; + Str : in String) + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Set_Fld_Buffer (Fld : Field; + Bufnum : C_Int; + S : Char_Ptr) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Buffer, "set_field_buffer"); + + Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length); + Len : size_t; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + To_C (Str, Txt, Len); + Res := Set_Fld_Buffer (Fld, C_Int (Buffer), Txt (Txt'First)'Access); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Buffer; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Get_Buffer + (Fld : in Field; + Buffer : in Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First; + Str : out String) + is + function Field_Buffer (Fld : Field; + B : C_Int) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Field_Buffer, "field_buffer"); + begin + Fill_String (Field_Buffer (Fld, C_Int (Buffer)), Str); + end Get_Buffer; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Status (Fld : in Field; + Status : in Boolean := True) + is + function Set_Fld_Status (Fld : Field; + St : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Status, "set_field_status"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Fld_Status (Fld, Boolean'Pos (Status)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + raise Form_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Status; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Changed (Fld : Field) return Boolean + is + function Field_Status (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Status, "field_status"); + + Res : constant C_Int := Field_Status (Fld); + begin + if Res = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Changed; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Maximum_Size (Fld : in Field; + Max : in Natural := 0) + is + function Set_Field_Max (Fld : Field; + M : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Max, "set_max_field"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Max (Fld, C_Int (Max)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Maximum_Size; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_field_opts.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Normalize_Field_Options (Options : in out C_Int); + pragma Import (C, Normalize_Field_Options, "_nc_ada_normalize_field_opts"); + + procedure Set_Options (Fld : in Field; + Options : in Field_Option_Set) + is + function Set_Field_Opts (Fld : Field; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Opts, "set_field_opts"); + + Opt : C_Int := FOS_2_CInt (Options); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Normalize_Field_Options (Opt); + Res := Set_Field_Opts (Fld, Opt); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Options; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Switch_Options (Fld : in Field; + Options : in Field_Option_Set; + On : Boolean := True) + is + function Field_Opts_On (Fld : Field; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Opts_On, "field_opts_on"); + function Field_Opts_Off (Fld : Field; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Opts_Off, "field_opts_off"); + + Err : Eti_Error; + Opt : C_Int := FOS_2_CInt (Options); + begin + Normalize_Field_Options (Opt); + if On then + Err := Field_Opts_On (Fld, Opt); + else + Err := Field_Opts_Off (Fld, Opt); + end if; + if Err /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Err); + end if; + end Switch_Options; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Get_Options (Fld : in Field; + Options : out Field_Option_Set) + is + function Field_Opts (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Opts, "field_opts"); + + Res : C_Int := Field_Opts (Fld); + begin + Normalize_Field_Options (Res); + Options := CInt_2_FOS (Res); + end Get_Options; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Get_Options (Fld : Field := Null_Field) + return Field_Option_Set + is + Fos : Field_Option_Set; + begin + Get_Options (Fld, Fos); + return Fos; + end Get_Options; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_field_attributes.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Foreground + (Fld : in Field; + Fore : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + function Set_Field_Fore (Fld : Field; + Attr : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Fore, "set_field_fore"); + + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First, + Color => Color, + Attr => Fore); + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Fore (Fld, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Foreground; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Foreground (Fld : in Field; + Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set) + is + function Field_Fore (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Fore, "field_fore"); + begin + Fore := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Fore (Fld)).Attr; + end Foreground; + + procedure Foreground (Fld : in Field; + Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair) + is + function Field_Fore (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Fore, "field_fore"); + begin + Fore := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Fore (Fld)).Attr; + Color := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Fore (Fld)).Color; + end Foreground; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Background + (Fld : in Field; + Back : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + function Set_Field_Back (Fld : Field; + Attr : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Back, "set_field_back"); + + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First, + Color => Color, + Attr => Back); + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Back (Fld, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Background; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Background (Fld : in Field; + Back : out Character_Attribute_Set) + is + function Field_Back (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Back, "field_back"); + begin + Back := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Back (Fld)).Attr; + end Background; + + procedure Background (Fld : in Field; + Back : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair) + is + function Field_Back (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Back, "field_back"); + begin + Back := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Back (Fld)).Attr; + Color := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Back (Fld)).Color; + end Background; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Pad_Character (Fld : in Field; + Pad : in Character := Space) + is + function Set_Field_Pad (Fld : Field; + Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Pad, "set_field_pad"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Pad (Fld, + C_Int (Character'Pos (Pad))); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Pad_Character; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Pad_Character (Fld : in Field; + Pad : out Character) + is + function Field_Pad (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Pad, "field_pad"); + begin + Pad := Character'Val (Field_Pad (Fld)); + end Pad_Character; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_field_info.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Info (Fld : in Field; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count; + First_Row : out Line_Position; + First_Column : out Column_Position; + Off_Screen : out Natural; + Additional_Buffers : out Buffer_Number) + is + type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Fld_Info (Fld : Field; + L, C, Fr, Fc, Os, Ab : C_Int_Access) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Fld_Info, "field_info"); + + L, C, Fr, Fc, Os, Ab : aliased C_Int; + Res : constant Eti_Error := Fld_Info (Fld, + L'Access, C'Access, + Fr'Access, Fc'Access, + Os'Access, Ab'Access); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + Lines := Line_Count (L); + Columns := Column_Count (C); + First_Row := Line_Position (Fr); + First_Column := Column_Position (Fc); + Off_Screen := Natural (Os); + Additional_Buffers := Buffer_Number (Ab); + end if; + end Info; +-- | +-- | +-- | + procedure Dynamic_Info (Fld : in Field; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count; + Max : out Natural) + is + type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Dyn_Info (Fld : Field; L, C, M : C_Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Dyn_Info, "dynamic_field_info"); + + L, C, M : aliased C_Int; + Res : constant Eti_Error := Dyn_Info (Fld, + L'Access, C'Access, + M'Access); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + Lines := Line_Count (L); + Columns := Column_Count (C); + Max := Natural (M); + end if; + end Dynamic_Info; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_win.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Window (Frm : in Form; + Win : in Window) + is + function Set_Form_Win (Frm : Form; + Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Win, "set_form_win"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Form_Win (Frm, Win); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Window; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Get_Window (Frm : Form) return Window + is + function Form_Win (Frm : Form) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Form_Win, "form_win"); + + W : constant Window := Form_Win (Frm); + begin + return W; + end Get_Window; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Sub_Window (Frm : in Form; + Win : in Window) + is + function Set_Form_Sub (Frm : Form; + Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Sub, "set_form_sub"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Form_Sub (Frm, Win); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Sub_Window; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Get_Sub_Window (Frm : Form) return Window + is + function Form_Sub (Frm : Form) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Form_Sub, "form_sub"); + + W : constant Window := Form_Sub (Frm); + begin + return W; + end Get_Sub_Window; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Scale (Frm : in Form; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count) + is + type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function M_Scale (Frm : Form; Yp, Xp : C_Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, M_Scale, "scale_form"); + + X, Y : aliased C_Int; + Res : constant Eti_Error := M_Scale (Frm, Y'Access, X'Access); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + Lines := Line_Count (Y); + Columns := Column_Count (X); + end Scale; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page menu_hook.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Field_Init_Hook (Frm : in Form; + Proc : in Form_Hook_Function) + is + function Set_Field_Init (Frm : Form; + Proc : Form_Hook_Function) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Init, "set_field_init"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Init (Frm, Proc); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Field_Init_Hook; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Field_Term_Hook (Frm : in Form; + Proc : in Form_Hook_Function) + is + function Set_Field_Term (Frm : Form; + Proc : Form_Hook_Function) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Term, "set_field_term"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Term (Frm, Proc); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Field_Term_Hook; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Form_Init_Hook (Frm : in Form; + Proc : in Form_Hook_Function) + is + function Set_Form_Init (Frm : Form; + Proc : Form_Hook_Function) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Init, "set_form_init"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Form_Init (Frm, Proc); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Form_Init_Hook; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Form_Term_Hook (Frm : in Form; + Proc : in Form_Hook_Function) + is + function Set_Form_Term (Frm : Form; + Proc : Form_Hook_Function) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Term, "set_form_term"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Form_Term (Frm, Proc); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Form_Term_Hook; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_fields.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Free_Allocated_Fields is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Field_Array, Field_Array_Access); + -- | + -- | + -- | + -- This is a bit delicate if we want to manipulate an Ada created form + -- from C routines or vice versa. + -- In Ada created forms we use the low level user pointer to maintain + -- binding internal additional informations about the form. This + -- internal information contains a hook for the Ada provided user pointer. + -- Unless you understand this implementation, the safest way in mixed + -- language programs to deal with user pointers is, that only the language + -- that created the form should also manipulate the user pointer for that + -- form. + procedure Redefine (Frm : in Form; + Flds : in Field_Array) + is + function Set_Frm_Fields (Frm : Form; + Items : Field_Array) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Frm_Fields, "set_form_fields"); + + A : constant Form_User_Wrapper_Access := Form_Userptr (Frm); + I : Field_Array_Access; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + if A = null or else A.I = null then raise Form_Exception; + else + I := new Field_Array (1 .. (Flds'Length + 1)); + I.all (1 .. Flds'Length) := Flds (Flds'First .. Flds'Last); + I.all (Flds'Length + 1) := Null_Field; + Res := Set_Frm_Fields (Frm, I.all); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Free_Allocated_Fields (I); + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + Free_Allocated_Fields (A.I); + A.I := I; + end if; + end if; + end Redefine; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Fields (Frm : Form) return Field_Array_Access + is + A : constant Form_User_Wrapper_Access := Form_Userptr (Frm); + begin + if A = null or else A.I = null then + raise Form_Exception; + else + return A.I; + end if; + end Fields; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Field_Count (Frm : Form) return Natural + is + function Count (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Count, "field_count"); + begin + return Natural (Count (Frm)); + end Field_Count; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Move (Fld : in Field; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position) + is + function Move (Fld : Field; L, C : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Move, "move_field"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Move (Fld, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Move; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_new.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Create (Fields : Field_Array) return Form + is + function NewForm (Fields : Field_Array) return Form; + pragma Import (C, NewForm, "new_form"); + + M : Form; + I : Field_Array_Access; + U : Form_User_Wrapper_Access; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + I := new Field_Array (1 .. (Fields'Length + 1)); + I.all (1 .. Fields'Length) := Fields (Fields'First .. Fields'Last); + I.all (Fields'Length + 1) := Null_Field; + M := NewForm (I.all); + if M = Null_Form then + Free_Allocated_Fields (I); + raise Form_Exception; + end if; + U := new Form_User_Wrapper'(U => System.Null_Address, I => I); + Res := Set_Form_Userptr (M, U); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Free_Allocated_Fields (I); + Free_Form_User_Wrapper (U); + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + return M; + end Create; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Delete (Frm : in out Form) + is + function Free (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Free, "free_form"); + + U : Form_User_Wrapper_Access := Form_Userptr (Frm); + Res : constant Eti_Error := Free (Frm); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + if U = null or else U.I = null then + raise Form_Exception; + end if; + Free_Allocated_Fields (U.I); + Free_Form_User_Wrapper (U); + Frm := Null_Form; + end Delete; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_opts.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Normalize_Form_Options (Options : in out C_Int); + pragma Import (C, Normalize_Form_Options, "_nc_ada_normalize_form_opts"); + + procedure Set_Options (Frm : in Form; + Options : in Form_Option_Set) + is + function Set_Form_Opts (Frm : Form; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Opts, "set_form_opts"); + + Opt : C_Int := FrmOS_2_CInt (Options); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Normalize_Form_Options (Opt); + Res := Set_Form_Opts (Frm, Opt); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Options; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Switch_Options (Frm : in Form; + Options : in Form_Option_Set; + On : Boolean := True) + is + function Form_Opts_On (Frm : Form; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Form_Opts_On, "form_opts_on"); + function Form_Opts_Off (Frm : Form; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Form_Opts_Off, "form_opts_off"); + + Err : Eti_Error; + Opt : C_Int := FrmOS_2_CInt (Options); + begin + Normalize_Form_Options (Opt); + if On then + Err := Form_Opts_On (Frm, Opt); + else + Err := Form_Opts_Off (Frm, Opt); + end if; + if Err /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Err); + end if; + end Switch_Options; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Get_Options (Frm : in Form; + Options : out Form_Option_Set) + is + function Form_Opts (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Form_Opts, "form_opts"); + + Res : C_Int := Form_Opts (Frm); + begin + Normalize_Form_Options (Res); + Options := CInt_2_FrmOS (Res); + end Get_Options; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Get_Options (Frm : Form := Null_Form) return Form_Option_Set + is + Fos : Form_Option_Set; + begin + Get_Options (Frm, Fos); + return Fos; + end Get_Options; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_post.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Post (Frm : in Form; + Post : in Boolean := True) + is + function M_Post (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, M_Post, "post_form"); + function M_Unpost (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, M_Unpost, "unpost_form"); + + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + if Post then + Res := M_Post (Frm); + else + Res := M_Unpost (Frm); + end if; + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Post; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_cursor.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Position_Cursor (Frm : Form) + is + function Pos_Form_Cursor (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Pos_Form_Cursor, "pos_form_cursor"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Pos_Form_Cursor (Frm); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Position_Cursor; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_data.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Data_Ahead (Frm : Form) return Boolean + is + function Ahead (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Ahead, "data_ahead"); + + Res : constant C_Int := Ahead (Frm); + begin + if Res = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Data_Ahead; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Data_Behind (Frm : Form) return Boolean + is + function Behind (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Behind, "data_behind"); + + Res : constant C_Int := Behind (Frm); + begin + if Res = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Data_Behind; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_driver.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Driver (Frm : Form; + Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result + is + function Frm_Driver (Frm : Form; Key : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Frm_Driver, "form_driver"); + + R : Eti_Error := Frm_Driver (Frm, C_Int (Key)); + begin + if R /= E_Ok then + if R = E_Unknown_Command then + return Unknown_Request; + elsif R = E_Invalid_Field then + return Invalid_Field; + elsif R = E_Request_Denied then + return Request_Denied; + else + Eti_Exception (R); + return Form_Ok; + end if; + else + return Form_Ok; + end if; + end Driver; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_page.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Current (Frm : in Form; + Fld : in Field) + is + function Set_Current_Fld (Frm : Form; Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Current_Fld, "set_current_field"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Current_Fld (Frm, Fld); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Current; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Current (Frm : in Form) return Field + is + function Current_Fld (Frm : Form) return Field; + pragma Import (C, Current_Fld, "current_field"); + + Fld : constant Field := Current_Fld (Frm); + begin + if Fld = Null_Field then + raise Form_Exception; + end if; + return Fld; + end Current; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Page (Frm : in Form; + Page : in Page_Number := Page_Number'First) + is + function Set_Frm_Page (Frm : Form; Pg : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Frm_Page, "set_form_page"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Frm_Page (Frm, C_Int (Page)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Page; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Page (Frm : Form) return Page_Number + is + function Get_Page (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Get_Page, "form_page"); + + P : constant C_Int := Get_Page (Frm); + begin + if P < 0 then + raise Form_Exception; + else + return Page_Number (P); + end if; + end Page; + + function Get_Index (Fld : Field) return Positive + is + function Get_Fieldindex (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Get_Fieldindex, "field_index"); + + Res : constant C_Int := Get_Fieldindex (Fld); + begin + if Res = Curses_Err then + raise Form_Exception; + end if; + return Positive (Natural (Res) + Positive'First); + end Get_Index; + + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_new_page.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_New_Page (Fld : in Field; + New_Page : in Boolean := True) + is + function Set_Page (Fld : Field; Flg : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Page, "set_new_page"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Page (Fld, Boolean'Pos (New_Page)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_New_Page; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Is_New_Page (Fld : Field) return Boolean + is + function Is_New (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Is_New, "new_page"); + + Res : constant C_Int := Is_New (Fld); + begin + if Res = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Is_New_Page; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + -- We use a GNAT internal hash table mechanism to create an association + -- between an Ada_Defined_Field_Type and it's low level C_Field_Type + -- peer. + -- It shouldn´t be too complicated to reimplent this hashing mechanism + -- for other compilers. + -- + type Tag_Type_Pair; + type Tag_Pair_Access is access all Tag_Type_Pair; + pragma Controlled (Tag_Pair_Access); + + Null_Tag_Pair : constant Tag_Pair_Access := Tag_Pair_Access'(null); + + type Tag_Type_Pair is + record + Ada_Tag : Tag; + Cft : C_Field_Type; + Next : Tag_Pair_Access; + end record; + + type Htable_Headers is range 1 .. 31; + procedure Free_Tag_Type_Pair is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Tag_Type_Pair, Tag_Pair_Access); + + procedure Set_Pair_Link (T : Tag_Pair_Access; Next : Tag_Pair_Access); + function Get_Pair_Link (T : Tag_Pair_Access) return Tag_Pair_Access; + function Get_Pair_Tag (T : Tag_Pair_Access) return Tag; + + function Hash (T : Tag) return Htable_Headers; + function Equal (A, B : Tag) return Boolean; + + package External_Pair_Htable is new GNAT.Htable.Static_Htable + (Header_Num => Htable_Headers, + Element => Tag_Type_Pair, + Elmt_Ptr => Tag_Pair_Access, + Null_Ptr => Null_Tag_Pair, + Set_Next => Set_Pair_Link, + Next => Get_Pair_Link, + Key => Tag, + Get_Key => Get_Pair_Tag, + Hash => Hash, + Equal => Equal); + + procedure Set_Pair_Link (T : Tag_Pair_Access; Next : Tag_Pair_Access) + is + begin + T.all.Next := Next; + end Set_Pair_Link; + + function Get_Pair_Link (T : Tag_Pair_Access) return Tag_Pair_Access + is + begin + return T.all.Next; + end Get_Pair_Link; + + function Get_Pair_Tag (T : Tag_Pair_Access) return Tag + is + begin + return T.all.Ada_Tag; + end Get_Pair_Tag; + + function Equal (A, B : Tag) return Boolean + is + begin + return A = B; + end Equal; + + function Hash (T : Tag) return Htable_Headers + is + function H is new GNAT.Htable.Hash (Htable_Headers); + begin + return H (External_Tag (T)); + end Hash; + + function Search_Type (T : Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class) + return C_Field_Type + is + P : Tag_Pair_Access := External_Pair_Htable.Get (T'Tag); + begin + if P /= null then + return P.Cft; + else + return Null_Field_Type; + end if; + end Search_Type; + + -- Register an Ada_Defined_Field_Type given by its Tag + -- with it's associated C_Field_Type. + procedure Register_Type (T : in Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class; + Cft : in C_Field_Type) + is + C : C_Field_Type := Search_Type (T); + P : Tag_Pair_Access; + begin + if C /= Null_Field_Type then + raise Form_Exception; + else + P := new Tag_Type_Pair'(T'Tag, Cft, null); + External_Pair_Htable.Set (P); + end if; + end Register_Type; + + -- Unregister an Ada_Defined_Field_Type given by it's tag + procedure Unregister_Type (T : in Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class) + is + function Free_Fieldtype (Ft : C_Field_Type) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Free_Fieldtype, "free_fieldtype"); + + P : Tag_Pair_Access := External_Pair_Htable.Get (T'Tag); + Ft : C_Field_Type; + Res : C_Int; + begin + if P = null then + raise Form_Exception; + else + Ft := P.Cft; + External_Pair_Htable.Remove (T'Tag); + Free_Tag_Type_Pair (P); + Res := Free_Fieldtype (Ft); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end if; + end Unregister_Type; + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Type (Fld : Field; + Fld_Type : Ada_Defined_Field_Type) + is + function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld; + Ct : C_Field_Type; + Arg1 : Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type"); + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) + return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + Res : Eti_Error; + C : constant C_Field_Type := Search_Type (Fld_Type); + begin + if C = Null_Field_Type then + raise Form_Exception; + else + Res := Set_Fld_Type (Fld, C, Fld_Type); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end if; + end Set_Type; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Native_Type (Ftype : Ada_Defined_Field_Type) + return C_Field_Type + is + C : constant C_Field_Type := Search_Type (Ftype); + begin + if C = Null_Field_Type then + raise Form_Exception; + else + return C; + end if; + end Native_Type; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Field) + return C_Field_Type + is + C_Alpha_Field_Type : C_Field_Type; + pragma Import (C, C_Alpha_Field_Type, "TYPE_ALPHA"); + begin + return C_Alpha_Field_Type; + end Native_Type; + pragma Inline (Native_Type); + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Alpha_Field) + is + function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld; + Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type); + Arg1 : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type"); + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) + return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => C_Int (Fld_Type.Minimum_Field_Width)); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + A.T := new Alpha_Field'(Fld_Type); + end if; + end Set_Type; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Numeric_Field) + return C_Field_Type + is + C_Alpha_Numeric_Field_Type : C_Field_Type; + pragma Import (C, C_Alpha_Numeric_Field_Type, "TYPE_ALNUM"); + begin + return C_Alpha_Numeric_Field_Type; + end Native_Type; + pragma Inline (Native_Type); + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Alpha_Numeric_Field) + is + function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld; + Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type); + Arg1 : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type"); + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) + return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => C_Int (Fld_Type.Minimum_Field_Width)); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + A.T := new Alpha_Numeric_Field'(Fld_Type); + end if; + end Set_Type; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Native_Type (Ftype : Integer_Field) + return C_Field_Type + is + C_Integer_Field_Type : C_Field_Type; + pragma Import (C, C_Integer_Field_Type, "TYPE_INTEGER"); + begin + return C_Integer_Field_Type; + end Native_Type; + pragma Inline (Native_Type); + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Integer_Field) + is + function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld; + Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type); + Arg1 : C_Int; + Arg2 : C_Long_Int; + Arg3 : C_Long_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type"); + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) + return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => C_Int (Fld_Type.Precision), + Arg2 => C_Long_Int (Fld_Type.Lower_Limit), + Arg3 => C_Long_Int (Fld_Type.Upper_Limit)); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + A.T := new Integer_Field'(Fld_Type); + end if; + end Set_Type; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Native_Type (Ftype : Numeric_Field) + return C_Field_Type + is + C_Numeric_Field_Type : C_Field_Type; + pragma Import (C, C_Numeric_Field_Type, "TYPE_NUMERIC"); + begin + return C_Numeric_Field_Type; + end Native_Type; + pragma Inline (Native_Type); + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Numeric_Field) + is + type Double is new Interfaces.C.double; + + function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld; + Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type); + Arg1 : Double; + Arg2 : Double; + Arg3 : Double) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type"); + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) + return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => Double (Fld_Type.Precision), + Arg2 => Double (Fld_Type.Lower_Limit), + Arg3 => Double (Fld_Type.Upper_Limit)); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + A.T := new Numeric_Field'(Fld_Type); + end if; + end Set_Type; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Native_Type (Ftype : Regular_Expression_Field) + return C_Field_Type + is + C_Regexp_Field_Type : C_Field_Type; + pragma Import (C, C_Regexp_Field_Type, "TYPE_REGEXP"); + begin + return C_Regexp_Field_Type; + end Native_Type; + pragma Inline (Native_Type); + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Regular_Expression_Field) + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld; + Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type); + Arg1 : Char_Ptr) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type"); + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) + return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + Txt : char_array (0 .. Fld_Type.Regular_Expression.all'Length); + Len : size_t; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + To_C (Fld_Type.Regular_Expression.all, Txt, Len); + Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => Txt (Txt'First)'Access); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + A.T := new Regular_Expression_Field'(Fld_Type); + end if; + end Set_Type; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Native_Type (Ftype : Enumeration_Field) + return C_Field_Type + is + C_Enum_Type : C_Field_Type; + pragma Import (C, C_Enum_Type, "TYPE_ENUM"); + begin + return C_Enum_Type; + end Native_Type; + pragma Inline (Native_Type); + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Create (Info : Enumeration_Info; + Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False) + return Enumeration_Field + is + procedure Release_String is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (String, + String_Access); + E : Enumeration_Field; + L : constant size_t := 1 + size_t (Info.C); + S : String_Access; + begin + E.Case_Sensitive := Info.Case_Sensitive; + E.Match_Must_Be_Unique := Info.Match_Must_Be_Unique; + E.Arr := new chars_ptr_array (size_t (1) .. L); + for I in 1 .. Positive (L - 1) loop + if Info.Names (I) = null then + raise Form_Exception; + end if; + E.Arr (size_t (I)) := New_String (Info.Names (I).all); + if Auto_Release_Names then + S := Info.Names (I); + Release_String (S); + end if; + end loop; + E.Arr (L) := Null_Ptr; + return E; + end Create; + + procedure Release (Enum : in out Enumeration_Field) + is + I : size_t := 0; + P : chars_ptr; + begin + loop + P := Enum.Arr (I); + exit when P = Null_Ptr; + Free (P); + Enum.Arr (I) := Null_Ptr; + I := I + 1; + end loop; + Enum.Arr := null; + end Release; + + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Enumeration_Field) + is + function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld; + Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type); + Arg1 : chars_ptr_array; + Arg2 : C_Int; -- case + Arg3 : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type"); + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) + return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + if Fld_Type.Arr = null then + raise Form_Exception; + end if; + Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => Fld_Type.Arr.all, + Arg2 => C_Int (Boolean'Pos + (Fld_Type.Case_Sensitive)), + Arg3 => + C_Int (Boolean'Pos + (Fld_Type.Match_Must_Be_Unique))); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + A.T := new Enumeration_Field'(Fld_Type); + end if; + end Set_Type; + + + function Native_Type (Ftype : Internet_V4_Address_Field) + return C_Field_Type + is + C_IPV4_Field_Type : C_Field_Type; + pragma Import (C, C_IPV4_Field_Type, "TYPE_IPV4"); + begin + return C_IPV4_Field_Type; + end Native_Type; + pragma Inline (Native_Type); + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Internet_V4_Address_Field) + is + function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld; + Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type)) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type"); + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) + return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Res := Set_Fld_Type; + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + A.T := new Internet_V4_Address_Field'(Fld_Type); + end if; + end Set_Type; + + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_field_validation.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Get_Type (Fld : in Field) return Field_Type_Access + is + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + begin + if A = null then + return null; + else + return A.T; + end if; + end Get_Type; + +begin + Default_Field_Options := Get_Options (Null_Field); + Default_Form_Options := Get_Options (Null_Form); +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9e56187d --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.adb @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Interfaces.C; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data is + + use type Interfaces.C.int; + + procedure Set_User_Data (Itm : in Item; + Data : in User_Access) + is + function Set_Item_Userptr (Itm : Item; + Addr : User_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Userptr, "set_item_userptr"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Item_Userptr (Itm, Data); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_User_Data; + + procedure Get_User_Data (Itm : in Item; + Data : out User_Access) + is + function Item_Userptr (Itm : Item) return User_Access; + pragma Import (C, Item_Userptr, "item_userptr"); + begin + Data := Item_Userptr (Itm); + end Get_User_Data; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..98dc039d --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.adb @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Unchecked_Conversion; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data is + + function To_Address is new + Unchecked_Conversion (User_Access, + System.Address); + function To_Pointer is new + Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, + User_Access); + + procedure Set_User_Data (Men : in Menu; + Data : in User_Access) + is + function Menu_Userptr (Men : Menu) return Ada_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Userptr, "menu_userptr"); + + U : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access := Menu_Userptr (Men); + begin + if U = null or else U.I = null then + raise Menu_Exception; + end if; + U.U := To_Address (Data); + end Set_User_Data; + + procedure Get_User_Data (Men : in Menu; + Data : out User_Access) + is + function Menu_Userptr (Men : Menu) return Ada_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Userptr, "menu_userptr"); + + U : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access := Menu_Userptr (Men); + begin + if U = null then + raise Menu_Exception; + else + Data := To_Pointer (U.U); + end if; + end Get_User_Data; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..33f06603 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus.adb @@ -0,0 +1,984 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.7 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; + +with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C; +with Interfaces.C.Strings; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; + +with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; +with Unchecked_Conversion; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus is + + use type System.Bit_Order; + subtype chars_ptr is Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; + + function MOS_2_CInt is new + Unchecked_Conversion (Menu_Option_Set, + C_Int); + + function CInt_2_MOS is new + Unchecked_Conversion (C_Int, + Menu_Option_Set); + + function IOS_2_CInt is new + Unchecked_Conversion (Item_Option_Set, + C_Int); + + function CInt_2_IOS is new + Unchecked_Conversion (C_Int, + Item_Option_Set); + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Free_Allocated_Items is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Item_Array, Item_Array_Access); + + procedure Free_User_Wrapper is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Ada_User_Wrapper, + Ada_User_Wrapper_Access); + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Request_Name (Key : in Menu_Request_Code; + Name : out String) + is + function Request_Name (Key : C_Int) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Request_Name, "menu_request_name"); + begin + Fill_String (Request_Name (C_Int (Key)), Name); + end Request_Name; + + -- !!! W A R N I N G !!! + -- If you want to port this binding to a non ncurses version of the + -- ETI, this must be rewritten. In ncurses the menu items and + -- descriptions may be automatic variables, because ncurses copies + -- the parameters into private allocated internal structures. + -- Other implementations don't do that usually, so depending on + -- scopes you may see unexpected results. + function Create (Name : String; + Description : String := "") return Item + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Newitem (Name, Desc : Char_Ptr) return Item; + pragma Import (C, Newitem, "new_item"); + + Name_Str : char_array (0 .. Name'Length); + Desc_Str : char_array (0 .. Description'Length); + Name_Len, Desc_Len : size_t; + Result : Item; + begin + To_C (Name, Name_Str, Name_Len); + To_C (Description, Desc_Str, Desc_Len); + Result := Newitem (Name_Str (Name_Str'First)'Access, + Desc_Str (Desc_Str'First)'Access); + if Result = Null_Item then + raise Eti_System_Error; + end if; + return Result; + end Create; + + procedure Delete (Itm : in out Item) + is + function Freeitem (Itm : Item) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Freeitem, "free_item"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Freeitem (Itm); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + Itm := Null_Item; + end Delete; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Set_Value (Itm : in Item; + Value : in Boolean := True) + is + function Set_Item_Val (Itm : Item; + Val : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Val, "set_item_value"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Item_Val (Itm, Boolean'Pos (Value)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Value; + + function Value (Itm : Item) return Boolean + is + function Item_Val (Itm : Item) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Item_Val, "item_value"); + begin + if Item_Val (Itm) = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Value; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + function Visible (Itm : Item) return Boolean + is + function Item_Vis (Itm : Item) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Item_Vis, "item_visible"); + begin + if Item_Vis (Itm) = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Visible; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Normalize_Item_Options (Options : in out C_Int); + pragma Import (C, Normalize_Item_Options, "_nc_ada_normalize_item_opts"); + + procedure Set_Options (Itm : in Item; + Options : in Item_Option_Set) + is + function Set_Item_Opts (Itm : Item; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Opts, "set_item_opts"); + + Opt : C_Int := IOS_2_CInt (Options); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Normalize_Item_Options (Opt); + Res := Set_Item_Opts (Itm, Opt); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Options; + + procedure Switch_Options (Itm : in Item; + Options : in Item_Option_Set; + On : Boolean := True) + is + function Item_Opts_On (Itm : Item; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Item_Opts_On, "item_opts_on"); + function Item_Opts_Off (Itm : Item; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Item_Opts_Off, "item_opts_off"); + + Opt : C_Int := IOS_2_CInt (Options); + Err : Eti_Error; + begin + Normalize_Item_Options (Opt); + if On then + Err := Item_Opts_On (Itm, Opt); + else + Err := Item_Opts_Off (Itm, Opt); + end if; + if Err /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Err); + end if; + end Switch_Options; + + procedure Get_Options (Itm : in Item; + Options : out Item_Option_Set) + is + function Item_Opts (Itm : Item) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Item_Opts, "item_opts"); + + Res : C_Int := Item_Opts (Itm); + begin + Normalize_Item_Options (Res); + Options := CInt_2_IOS (Res); + end Get_Options; + + function Get_Options (Itm : Item := Null_Item) return Item_Option_Set + is + Ios : Item_Option_Set; + begin + Get_Options (Itm, Ios); + return Ios; + end Get_Options; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Name (Itm : in Item; + Name : out String) + is + function Itemname (Itm : Item) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Itemname, "item_name"); + begin + Fill_String (Itemname (Itm), Name); + end Name; + + procedure Description (Itm : in Item; + Description : out String) + is + function Descname (Itm : Item) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Descname, "item_description"); + begin + Fill_String (Descname (Itm), Description); + end Description; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Set_Current (Men : in Menu; + Itm : in Item) + is + function Set_Curr_Item (Men : Menu; + Itm : Item) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Curr_Item, "set_current_item"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Curr_Item (Men, Itm); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Current; + + function Current (Men : Menu) return Item + is + function Curr_Item (Men : Menu) return Item; + pragma Import (C, Curr_Item, "current_item"); + + Res : constant Item := Curr_Item (Men); + begin + if Res = Null_Item then + raise Menu_Exception; + end if; + return Res; + end Current; + + procedure Set_Top_Row (Men : in Menu; + Line : in Line_Position) + is + function Set_Toprow (Men : Menu; + Line : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Toprow, "set_top_row"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Toprow (Men, C_Int (Line)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Top_Row; + + function Top_Row (Men : Menu) return Line_Position + is + function Toprow (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Toprow, "top_row"); + + Res : constant C_Int := Toprow (Men); + begin + if Res = Curses_Err then + raise Menu_Exception; + end if; + return Line_Position (Res); + end Top_Row; + + function Get_Index (Itm : Item) return Positive + is + function Get_Itemindex (Itm : Item) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Get_Itemindex, "item_index"); + + Res : constant C_Int := Get_Itemindex (Itm); + begin + if Res = Curses_Err then + raise Menu_Exception; + end if; + return Positive (Natural (Res) + Positive'First); + end Get_Index; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Post (Men : in Menu; + Post : in Boolean := True) + is + function M_Post (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, M_Post, "post_menu"); + function M_Unpost (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, M_Unpost, "unpost_menu"); + + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + if Post then + Res := M_Post (Men); + else + Res := M_Unpost (Men); + end if; + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Post; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Normalize_Menu_Options (Options : in out C_Int); + pragma Import (C, Normalize_Menu_Options, "_nc_ada_normalize_menu_opts"); + + procedure Set_Options (Men : in Menu; + Options : in Menu_Option_Set) + is + function Set_Menu_Opts (Men : Menu; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Opts, "set_menu_opts"); + + Opt : C_Int := MOS_2_CInt (Options); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Normalize_Menu_Options (Opt); + Res := Set_Menu_Opts (Men, Opt); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Options; + + procedure Switch_Options (Men : in Menu; + Options : in Menu_Option_Set; + On : in Boolean := True) + is + function Menu_Opts_On (Men : Menu; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Opts_On, "menu_opts_on"); + function Menu_Opts_Off (Men : Menu; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Opts_Off, "menu_opts_off"); + + Opt : C_Int := MOS_2_CInt (Options); + Err : Eti_Error; + begin + Normalize_Menu_Options (Opt); + if On then + Err := Menu_Opts_On (Men, Opt); + else + Err := Menu_Opts_Off (Men, Opt); + end if; + if Err /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Err); + end if; + end Switch_Options; + + procedure Get_Options (Men : in Menu; + Options : out Menu_Option_Set) + is + function Menu_Opts (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Opts, "menu_opts"); + + Res : C_Int := Menu_Opts (Men); + begin + Normalize_Menu_Options (Res); + Options := CInt_2_MOS (Res); + end Get_Options; + + function Get_Options (Men : Menu := Null_Menu) return Menu_Option_Set + is + Mos : Menu_Option_Set; + begin + Get_Options (Men, Mos); + return Mos; + end Get_Options; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Set_Window (Men : in Menu; + Win : in Window) + is + function Set_Menu_Win (Men : Menu; + Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Win, "set_menu_win"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Win (Men, Win); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Window; + + function Get_Window (Men : Menu) return Window + is + function Menu_Win (Men : Menu) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Win, "menu_win"); + + W : constant Window := Menu_Win (Men); + begin + return W; + end Get_Window; + + procedure Set_Sub_Window (Men : in Menu; + Win : in Window) + is + function Set_Menu_Sub (Men : Menu; + Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Sub, "set_menu_sub"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Sub (Men, Win); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Sub_Window; + + function Get_Sub_Window (Men : Menu) return Window + is + function Menu_Sub (Men : Menu) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Sub, "menu_sub"); + + W : constant Window := Menu_Sub (Men); + begin + return W; + end Get_Sub_Window; + + procedure Scale (Men : in Menu; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count) + is + type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function M_Scale (Men : Menu; + Yp, Xp : C_Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, M_Scale, "scale_menu"); + + X, Y : aliased C_Int; + Res : constant Eti_Error := M_Scale (Men, Y'Access, X'Access); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + Lines := Line_Count (Y); + Columns := Column_Count (X); + end Scale; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Position_Cursor (Men : Menu) + is + function Pos_Menu_Cursor (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Pos_Menu_Cursor, "pos_menu_cursor"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Pos_Menu_Cursor (Men); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Position_Cursor; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Set_Mark (Men : in Menu; + Mark : in String) + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Set_Mark (Men : Menu; + Mark : Char_Ptr) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Mark, "set_menu_mark"); + + Txt : char_array (0 .. Mark'Length); + Len : size_t; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + To_C (Mark, Txt, Len); + Res := Set_Mark (Men, Txt (Txt'First)'Access); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Mark; + + procedure Mark (Men : in Menu; + Mark : out String) + is + function Get_Menu_Mark (Men : Menu) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Get_Menu_Mark, "menu_mark"); + begin + Fill_String (Get_Menu_Mark (Men), Mark); + end Mark; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Set_Foreground + (Men : in Menu; + Fore : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + function Set_Menu_Fore (Men : Menu; + Attr : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Fore, "set_menu_fore"); + + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First, + Color => Color, + Attr => Fore); + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Fore (Men, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Foreground; + + procedure Foreground (Men : in Menu; + Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set) + is + function Menu_Fore (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Fore, "menu_fore"); + begin + Fore := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Fore (Men)).Attr; + end Foreground; + + procedure Foreground (Men : in Menu; + Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair) + is + function Menu_Fore (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Fore, "menu_fore"); + begin + Fore := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Fore (Men)).Attr; + Color := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Fore (Men)).Color; + end Foreground; + + procedure Set_Background + (Men : in Menu; + Back : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + function Set_Menu_Back (Men : Menu; + Attr : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Back, "set_menu_back"); + + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First, + Color => Color, + Attr => Back); + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Back (Men, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Background; + + procedure Background (Men : in Menu; + Back : out Character_Attribute_Set) + is + function Menu_Back (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Back, "menu_back"); + begin + Back := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Back (Men)).Attr; + end Background; + + procedure Background (Men : in Menu; + Back : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair) + is + function Menu_Back (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Back, "menu_back"); + begin + Back := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Back (Men)).Attr; + Color := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Back (Men)).Color; + end Background; + + procedure Set_Grey (Men : in Menu; + Grey : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + function Set_Menu_Grey (Men : Menu; + Attr : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Grey, "set_menu_grey"); + + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First, + Color => Color, + Attr => Grey); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Grey (Men, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Grey; + + procedure Grey (Men : in Menu; + Grey : out Character_Attribute_Set) + is + function Menu_Grey (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Grey, "menu_grey"); + begin + Grey := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Grey (Men)).Attr; + end Grey; + + procedure Grey (Men : in Menu; + Grey : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair) + is + function Menu_Grey (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Grey, "menu_grey"); + begin + Grey := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Grey (Men)).Attr; + Color := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Grey (Men)).Color; + end Grey; + + procedure Set_Pad_Character (Men : in Menu; + Pad : in Character := Space) + is + function Set_Menu_Pad (Men : Menu; + Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Pad, "set_menu_pad"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Pad (Men, + C_Int (Character'Pos (Pad))); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Pad_Character; + + procedure Pad_Character (Men : in Menu; + Pad : out Character) + is + function Menu_Pad (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Pad, "menu_pad"); + begin + Pad := Character'Val (Menu_Pad (Men)); + end Pad_Character; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Set_Spacing (Men : in Menu; + Descr : in Column_Position := 0; + Row : in Line_Position := 0; + Col : in Column_Position := 0) + is + function Set_Spacing (Men : Menu; + D, R, C : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Spacing, "set_menu_spacing"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Spacing (Men, + C_Int (Descr), + C_Int (Row), + C_Int (Col)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Spacing; + + procedure Spacing (Men : in Menu; + Descr : out Column_Position; + Row : out Line_Position; + Col : out Column_Position) + is + type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Get_Spacing (Men : Menu; + D, R, C : C_Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Get_Spacing, "menu_spacing"); + + D, R, C : aliased C_Int; + Res : constant Eti_Error := Get_Spacing (Men, + D'Access, + R'Access, + C'Access); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + Descr := Column_Position (D); + Row := Line_Position (R); + Col := Column_Position (C); + end if; + end Spacing; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + function Set_Pattern (Men : Menu; + Text : String) return Boolean + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Set_Pattern (Men : Menu; + Pattern : Char_Ptr) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Pattern, "set_menu_pattern"); + + S : char_array (0 .. Text'Length); + L : size_t; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + To_C (Text, S, L); + Res := Set_Pattern (Men, S (S'First)'Access); + case Res is + when E_No_Match => return False; + when E_Ok => return True; + when others => + Eti_Exception (Res); + return False; + end case; + end Set_Pattern; + + procedure Pattern (Men : in Menu; + Text : out String) + is + function Get_Pattern (Men : Menu) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Get_Pattern, "menu_pattern"); + begin + Fill_String (Get_Pattern (Men), Text); + end Pattern; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Set_Format (Men : in Menu; + Lines : in Line_Count; + Columns : in Column_Count) + is + function Set_Menu_Fmt (Men : Menu; + Lin : C_Int; + Col : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Fmt, "set_menu_format"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Fmt (Men, + C_Int (Lines), + C_Int (Columns)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Format; + + procedure Format (Men : in Menu; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count) + is + type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Menu_Fmt (Men : Menu; + Y, X : C_Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Fmt, "menu_format"); + + L, C : aliased C_Int; + Res : constant Eti_Error := Menu_Fmt (Men, L'Access, C'Access); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + Lines := Line_Count (L); + Columns := Column_Count (C); + end if; + end Format; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Set_Item_Init_Hook (Men : in Menu; + Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function) + is + function Set_Item_Init (Men : Menu; + Proc : Menu_Hook_Function) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Init, "set_item_init"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Item_Init (Men, Proc); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Item_Init_Hook; + + procedure Set_Item_Term_Hook (Men : in Menu; + Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function) + is + function Set_Item_Term (Men : Menu; + Proc : Menu_Hook_Function) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Term, "set_item_term"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Item_Term (Men, Proc); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Item_Term_Hook; + + procedure Set_Menu_Init_Hook (Men : in Menu; + Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function) + is + function Set_Menu_Init (Men : Menu; + Proc : Menu_Hook_Function) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Init, "set_menu_init"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Init (Men, Proc); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Menu_Init_Hook; + + procedure Set_Menu_Term_Hook (Men : in Menu; + Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function) + is + function Set_Menu_Term (Men : Menu; + Proc : Menu_Hook_Function) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Term, "set_menu_term"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Term (Men, Proc); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Menu_Term_Hook; + + function Get_Item_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function + is + function Item_Init (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function; + pragma Import (C, Item_Init, "item_init"); + begin + return Item_Init (Men); + end Get_Item_Init_Hook; + + function Get_Item_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function + is + function Item_Term (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function; + pragma Import (C, Item_Term, "item_term"); + begin + return Item_Term (Men); + end Get_Item_Term_Hook; + + function Get_Menu_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function + is + function Menu_Init (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Init, "menu_init"); + begin + return Menu_Init (Men); + end Get_Menu_Init_Hook; + + function Get_Menu_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function + is + function Menu_Term (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Term, "menu_term"); + begin + return Menu_Term (Men); + end Get_Menu_Term_Hook; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + -- This is a bit delicate if we want to manipulate an Ada created menu + -- from C routines or vice versa. + -- In Ada created menus we use the low level user pointer to maintain + -- binding internal additional informations about the menu. This + -- internal information contains a hook for the Ada provided user pointer. + -- Unless you understand this implementation, the safest way in mixed + -- language programs to deal with user pointers is, that only the language + -- that created the menu should also manipulate the user pointer for that + -- menu. + procedure Redefine (Men : in Menu; + Items : in Item_Array) + is + function Set_Items (Men : Menu; + Items : Item_Array_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Items, "set_menu_items"); + + function Menu_Userptr (Men : Menu) return Ada_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Userptr, "menu_userptr"); + + U : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access := Menu_Userptr (Men); + I : Item_Array_Access; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + if U = null or else U.I = null then raise Menu_Exception; + else + -- create internally an array of items that contains an + -- additional place for the terminating null item. + I := new Item_Array (1 .. (Items'Length + 1)); + I.all (1 .. Items'Length) := Items (Items'First .. Items'Last); + I.all (Items'Length + 1) := Null_Item; + Res := Set_Items (Men, I); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Free_Allocated_Items (I); + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + Free_Allocated_Items (U.I); + U.I := I; + end if; + end if; + end Redefine; + + function Item_Count (Men : Menu) return Natural + is + function Count (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Count, "item_count"); + begin + return Natural (Count (Men)); + end Item_Count; + + function Items (Men : Menu) return Item_Array_Access + is + function M_Items (Men : Menu) return Item_Array_Access; + pragma Import (C, M_Items, "menu_items"); + begin + return M_Items (Men); + end Items; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + function Create (Items : Item_Array) return Menu + is + function Newmenu (Items : Item_Array_Access) return Menu; + pragma Import (C, Newmenu, "new_menu"); + + function Set_Menu_Userptr (Men : Menu; + Addr : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Userptr, "set_menu_userptr"); + + M : Menu; + I : Item_Array_Access; + U : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + I := new Item_Array (1 .. (Items'Length + 1)); + I.all (1 .. Items'Length) := Items (Items'First .. Items'Last); + I.all (Items'Length + 1) := Null_Item; + M := Newmenu (I); + if M = Null_Menu then + Free_Allocated_Items (I); + raise Menu_Exception; + end if; + U := new Ada_User_Wrapper' (System.Null_Address, I); + Res := Set_Menu_Userptr (M, U); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Free_Allocated_Items (I); + Free_User_Wrapper (U); + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + return M; + end Create; + + procedure Delete (Men : in out Menu) + is + function Free (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Free, "free_menu"); + function Menu_Userptr (Men : Menu) return Ada_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Userptr, "menu_userptr"); + + U : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access := Menu_Userptr (Men); + Res : constant Eti_Error := Free (Men); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + if U = null or else U.I = null then + raise Menu_Exception; + end if; + Free_Allocated_Items (U.I); + Free_User_Wrapper (U); + Men := Null_Menu; + end Delete; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + function Driver (Men : Menu; + Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result + is + function Driver (Men : Menu; + Key : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Driver, "menu_driver"); + + R : Eti_Error := Driver (Men, C_Int (Key)); + begin + if R /= E_Ok then + case R is + when E_Unknown_Command => return Unknown_Request; + when E_No_Match => return No_Match; + when E_Request_Denied | + E_Not_Selectable => return Request_Denied; + when others => + Eti_Exception (R); + end case; + end if; + return Menu_Ok; + end Driver; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +begin + if Generation_Bit_Order /= System.Default_Bit_Order then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + + Default_Menu_Options := Get_Options (Null_Menu); + Default_Item_Options := Get_Options (Null_Item); +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..67aa6495 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.adb @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with System; + +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +with Interfaces; +with Interfaces.C; +with Unchecked_Conversion; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse is + + use type System.Bit_Order; + use type Interfaces.C.int; + + function CInt_To_Mask is new + Unchecked_Conversion (Source => C_Int, + Target => Event_Mask); + + function Mask_To_CInt is new + Unchecked_Conversion (Source => Event_Mask, + Target => C_Int); + + function Get_Mouse return Mouse_Event + is + type Event_Access is access all Mouse_Event; + + function Getmouse (Ev : Event_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Getmouse, "getmouse"); + + Event : aliased Mouse_Event; + begin + if Getmouse (Event'Access) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + return Event; + end Get_Mouse; + + procedure Register_Reportable_Event (B : in Mouse_Button; + S : in Button_State; + Mask : in out Event_Mask) + is + type Evt_Access is access all Event_Mask; + function Register (B : C_Int; + S : C_Int; + M : Evt_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Register, "_nc_ada_mouse_mask"); + + T : aliased Event_Mask := Mask; + M : Evt_Access := T'Access; + R : constant C_Int := Register (C_Int (Mouse_Button'Pos (B)), + C_Int (Button_State'Pos (S)), + M); + begin + if R = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + Mask := T; + end Register_Reportable_Event; + + function Start_Mouse (Mask : Event_Mask := All_Events) + return Event_Mask + is + type Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function MMask (M : C_Int; O : Int_Access := null) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, MMask, "mousemask"); + R : C_Int; + begin + R := MMask (Mask_To_CInt (Mask)); + return CInt_To_Mask (R); + end Start_Mouse; + + procedure Get_Event (Event : in Mouse_Event; + Y : out Line_Position; + X : out Column_Position; + Button : out Mouse_Button; + State : out Button_State) + is + procedure Dispatch_Event (M : in C_Int; + B : out C_Int; + S : out C_Int); + pragma Import (C, Dispatch_Event, "_nc_ada_mouse_event"); + + Mask : constant Interfaces.C.int := Mask_To_CInt (Event.Bstate); + B, S : C_Int; + begin + X := Column_Position (Event.X); + Y := Line_Position (Event.Y); + Dispatch_Event (Mask, B, S); + Button := Mouse_Button'Val (B); + State := Button_State'Val (S); + end Get_Event; + + procedure Unget_Mouse (Event : in Mouse_Event) + is + function Ungetmouse (Ev : Mouse_Event) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Ungetmouse, "ungetmouse"); + begin + if Ungetmouse (Event) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Unget_Mouse; + + function Enclosed_In_Window (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Event : Mouse_Event) return Boolean + is + function Wenclose (Win : Window; Y : C_Int; X : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wenclose, "wenclose"); + begin + if Wenclose (Win, C_Int (Event.Y), C_Int (Event.X)) = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Enclosed_In_Window; + + function Mouse_Interval (Msec : Natural := 200) return Natural + is + function Mouseinterval (Msec : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Mouseinterval, "mouseinterval"); + begin + return Natural (Mouseinterval (C_Int (Msec))); + end Mouse_Interval; + +begin + if Generation_Bit_Order /= System.Default_Bit_Order then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5d1c7e94 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.adb @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Interfaces.C; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; +use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data is + + use type Interfaces.C.int; + + procedure Set_User_Data (Pan : in Panel; + Data : in User_Access) + is + function Set_Panel_Userptr (Pan : Panel; + Addr : User_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Panel_Userptr, "set_panel_userptr"); + begin + if Set_Panel_Userptr (Pan, Data) = Curses_Err then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + end Set_User_Data; + + procedure Get_User_Data (Pan : in Panel; + Data : out User_Access) + is + function Panel_Userptr (Pan : Panel) return User_Access; + pragma Import (C, Panel_Userptr, "panel_userptr"); + begin + Data := Panel_Userptr (Pan); + end Get_User_Data; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..74f7c1bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels.adb @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +with Interfaces.C; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels is + + use type Interfaces.C.int; + + function Create (Win : Window) return Panel + is + function Newpanel (Win : Window) return Panel; + pragma Import (C, Newpanel, "new_panel"); + + Pan : Panel; + begin + Pan := Newpanel (Win); + if Pan = Null_Panel then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + return Pan; + end Create; + + procedure Bottom (Pan : in Panel) + is + function Bottompanel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Bottompanel, "bottom_panel"); + begin + if Bottompanel (Pan) = Curses_Err then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + end Bottom; + + procedure Top (Pan : in Panel) + is + function Toppanel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Toppanel, "top_panel"); + begin + if Toppanel (Pan) = Curses_Err then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + end Top; + + procedure Show (Pan : in Panel) + is + function Showpanel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Showpanel, "show_panel"); + begin + if Showpanel (Pan) = Curses_Err then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + end Show; + + procedure Hide (Pan : in Panel) + is + function Hidepanel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Hidepanel, "hide_panel"); + begin + if Hidepanel (Pan) = Curses_Err then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + end Hide; + + function Get_Window (Pan : Panel) return Window + is + function Panel_Win (Pan : Panel) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Panel_Win, "panel_window"); + + Win : Window := Panel_Win (Pan); + begin + if Win = Null_Window then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + return Win; + end Get_Window; + + procedure Replace (Pan : in Panel; + Win : in Window) + is + function Replace_Pan (Pan : Panel; + Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Replace_Pan, "replace_panel"); + begin + if Replace_Pan (Pan, Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + end Replace; + + procedure Move (Pan : in Panel; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position) + is + function Move (Pan : Panel; + Line : C_Int; + Column : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Move, "move_panel"); + begin + if Move (Pan, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + end Move; + + function Is_Hidden (Pan : Panel) return Boolean + is + function Panel_Hidden (Pan : Panel) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Panel_Hidden, "panel_hidden"); + begin + if Panel_Hidden (Pan) = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Is_Hidden; + + procedure Delete (Pan : in out Panel) + is + function Del_Panel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Del_Panel, "del_panel"); + begin + if Del_Panel (Pan) = Curses_Err then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + Pan := Null_Panel; + end Delete; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8be84489 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.adb @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux is + + procedure Put_Buf + (Win : in Window; + Buf : in String; + Width : in Field; + Signal : in Boolean := True; + Ljust : in Boolean := False) + is + L : Field; + Len : Field; + W : Field := Width; + LC : Line_Count; + CC : Column_Count; + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + + procedure Output (From, To : Field); + + procedure Output (From, To : Field) + is + begin + if Len > 0 then + if W = 0 then + W := Len; + end if; + if Len > W then + -- LRM A10.6 (7) says this + W := Len; + end if; + + pragma Assert (Len <= W); + Get_Size (Win, LC, CC); + if Column_Count (Len) > CC then + if Signal then + raise Layout_Error; + else + return; + end if; + else + if Len < W and then not Ljust then + declare + Filler : constant String (1 .. (W - Len)) + := (others => ' '); + begin + Put (Win, Filler); + end; + end if; + Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X); + if (X + Column_Position (Len)) > CC then + New_Line (Win); + end if; + Put (Win, Buf (From .. To)); + if Len < W and then Ljust then + declare + Filler : constant String (1 .. (W - Len)) + := (others => ' '); + begin + Put (Win, Filler); + end; + end if; + end if; + end if; + end Output; + + begin + pragma Assert (Win /= Null_Window); + if Ljust then + L := 1; + for I in 1 .. Buf'Length loop + exit when Buf (L) = ' '; + L := L + 1; + end loop; + Len := L - 1; + Output (1, Len); + else -- input buffer is not left justified + L := Buf'Length; + for I in 1 .. Buf'Length loop + exit when Buf (L) = ' '; + L := L - 1; + end loop; + Len := Buf'Length - L; + Output (L + 1, Buf'Length); + end if; + end Put_Buf; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1582e6b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.ads @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +private package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux is + + -- This routine is called from the Text_IO output routines for numeric + -- and enumeration types. + -- + procedure Put_Buf + (Win : in Window; -- The output window + Buf : in String; -- The buffer containing the text + Width : in Field; -- The width of the output field + Signal : in Boolean := True; -- If true, we raise Layout_Error + Ljust : in Boolean := False); -- The Buf is left justified + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a71ca20c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.adb @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO is + + package FIO is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO (Complex_Types.Real'Base); + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Complex; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) + is + begin + Put (Win, '('); + FIO.Put (Win, Item.Re, Fore, Aft, Exp); + Put (Win, ','); + FIO.Put (Win, Item.Im, Fore, Aft, Exp); + Put (Win, ')'); + end Put; + + procedure Put + (Item : in Complex; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) + is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item, Fore, Aft, Exp); + end Put; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd895e97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.ads @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Numerics.Generic_Complex_Types; + +generic + with package Complex_Types is new Ada.Numerics.Generic_Complex_Types (<>); + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO is + + use Complex_Types; + + Default_Fore : Field := 2; + Default_Aft : Field := Real'Digits - 1; + Default_Exp : Field := 3; + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Complex; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp); + + procedure Put + (Item : in Complex; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp); + +private + pragma Inline (Put); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..40596004 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.adb @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Text_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO is + + package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + package DIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Decimal_IO (Num); + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) + is + Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last); + Len : Field := Fore + 1 + Aft; + begin + if Exp > 0 then + Len := Len + 1 + Exp; + end if; + DIO.Put (Buf, Item, Aft, Exp); + Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Len, False); + end Put; + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item, Fore, Aft, Exp); + end Put; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d1e92453 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.ads @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +generic + type Num is delta <> digits <>; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO is + + Default_Fore : Field := Num'Fore; + Default_Aft : Field := Num'Aft; + Default_Exp : Field := 0; + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp); + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp); + +private + pragma Inline (Put); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..633c1d87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.adb @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Text_IO; +with Ada.Characters.Handling; use Ada.Characters.Handling; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO is + + package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + package EIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO (Enum); + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Enum; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Set : in Type_Set := Default_Setting) + is + Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last); + Tset : Ada.Text_IO.Type_Set; + begin + if Set /= Mixed_Case then + Tset := Ada.Text_IO.Type_Set'Val (Type_Set'Pos (Set)); + else + Tset := Ada.Text_IO.Lower_Case; + end if; + EIO.Put (Buf, Item, Tset); + if Set = Mixed_Case then + Buf (Buf'First) := To_Upper (Buf (Buf'First)); + end if; + Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Width, True, True); + end Put; + + procedure Put + (Item : in Enum; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Set : in Type_Set := Default_Setting) + is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item, Width, Set); + end Put; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d715517c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.ads @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +generic + type Enum is (<>); + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO is + + Default_Width : Field := 0; + Default_Setting : Type_Set := Mixed_Case; + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Enum; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Set : in Type_Set := Default_Setting); + + procedure Put + (Item : in Enum; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Set : in Type_Set := Default_Setting); + +private + pragma Inline (Put); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76703f34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.adb @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Text_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO is + + package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + package FIXIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Fixed_IO (Num); + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) + is + Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last); + Len : Field := Fore + 1 + Aft; + begin + if Exp > 0 then + Len := Len + 1 + Exp; + end if; + FIXIO.Put (Buf, Item, Aft, Exp); + Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Len, False); + end Put; + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item, Fore, Aft, Exp); + end Put; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3c12647 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.ads @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +generic + type Num is delta <>; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO is + + Default_Fore : Field := Num'Fore; + Default_Aft : Field := Num'Aft; + Default_Exp : Field := 0; + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp); + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp); + +private + pragma Inline (Put); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a6403743 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.adb @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Text_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO is + + package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + package FIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Float_IO (Num); + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) + is + Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last); + Len : Field := Fore + 1 + Aft; + begin + if Exp > 0 then + Len := Len + 1 + Exp; + end if; + FIO.Put (Buf, Item, Aft, Exp); + Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Len, False); + end Put; + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) + is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item, Fore, Aft, Exp); + end Put; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..670407a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.ads @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +generic + type Num is digits <>; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO is + + Default_Fore : Field := 2; + Default_Aft : Field := Num'Digits - 1; + Default_Exp : Field := 3; + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp); + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp); + +private + pragma Inline (Put); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6f4ab6ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.adb @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Text_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO is + + package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + package IIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Integer_IO (Num); + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base) + is + Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last); + begin + IIO.Put (Buf, Item, Base); + Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Width); + end Put; + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base) + is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item, Width, Base); + end Put; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..69e9661f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.ads @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +generic + type Num is range <>; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO is + + Default_Width : Field := Num'Width; + Default_Base : Number_Base := 10; + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base); + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base); + +private + pragma Inline (Put); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4399c4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.adb @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Text_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO is + + package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + package MIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Modular_IO (Num); + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base) + is + Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last); + begin + MIO.Put (Buf, Item, Base); + Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Width); + end Put; + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base) + is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item, Width, Base); + end Put; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f0b3467 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.ads @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +generic + type Num is mod <>; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO is + + Default_Width : Field := Num'Width; + Default_Base : Number_Base := 10; + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base); + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base); + +private + pragma Inline (Put); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..794d6830 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.adb @@ -0,0 +1,327 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with System; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO is + + Default_Window : Window; + + procedure Set_Window (Win : in Window) + is + begin + Default_Window := Win; + end Set_Window; + + function Get_Window return Window + is + begin + if Default_Window = Null_Window then + return Standard_Window; + else + return Default_Window; + end if; + end Get_Window; + pragma Inline (Get_Window); + + procedure Flush (Win : in Window) + is + begin + Refresh (Win); + end Flush; + + procedure Flush + is + begin + Flush (Get_Window); + end Flush; + + -------------------------------------------- + -- Specification of line and page lengths -- + -------------------------------------------- + + -- There are no set routines in this package. I assume, that you allocate + -- the window with an appropriate size. + -- A scroll-window is interpreted as an page with unbounded page length, + -- i.e. it returns the conventional 0 as page length. + + function Line_Length (Win : in Window) return Count + is + N_Lines : Line_Count; + N_Cols : Column_Count; + begin + Get_Size (Win, N_Lines, N_Cols); + if Natural (N_Cols) > Natural (Count'Last) then + raise Layout_Error; + end if; + return Count (N_Cols); + end Line_Length; + + function Line_Length return Count + is + begin + return Line_Length (Get_Window); + end Line_Length; + + function Page_Length (Win : in Window) return Count + is + N_Lines : Line_Count; + N_Cols : Column_Count; + begin + if Scrolling_Allowed (Win) then + return 0; + else + Get_Size (Win, N_Lines, N_Cols); + if Natural (N_Lines) > Natural (Count'Last) then + raise Layout_Error; + end if; + return Count (N_Lines); + end if; + end Page_Length; + + function Page_Length return Count + is + begin + return Page_Length (Get_Window); + end Page_Length; + + ------------------------------------ + -- Column, Line, and Page Control -- + ------------------------------------ + procedure New_Line (Win : in Window; Spacing : in Positive_Count := 1) + is + P_Size : constant Count := Page_Length (Win); + begin + if Spacing not in Positive_Count then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + + for I in 1 .. Spacing loop + if P_Size > 0 and then Line (Win) >= P_Size then + New_Page (Win); + else + Add (Win, Ascii.LF); + end if; + end loop; + end New_Line; + + procedure New_Line (Spacing : in Positive_Count := 1) + is + begin + New_Line (Get_Window, Spacing); + end New_Line; + + procedure New_Page (Win : in Window) + is + begin + Clear (Win); + end New_Page; + + procedure New_Page + is + begin + New_Page (Get_Window); + end New_Page; + + procedure Set_Col (Win : in Window; To : in Positive_Count) + is + Y : Line_Position; + X1 : Column_Position; + X2 : Column_Position; + N : Natural; + begin + if To not in Positive_Count then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + + Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X1); + N := Natural (To); N := N - 1; + X2 := Column_Position (N); + if X1 > X2 then + New_Line (Win, 1); + X1 := 0; + end if; + if X1 < X2 then + declare + Filler : constant String (Integer (X1) .. (Integer (X2) - 1)) + := (others => ' '); + begin + Put (Win, Filler); + end; + end if; + end Set_Col; + + procedure Set_Col (To : in Positive_Count) + is + begin + Set_Col (Get_Window, To); + end Set_Col; + + procedure Set_Line (Win : in Window; To : in Positive_Count) + is + Y1 : Line_Position; + Y2 : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + N : Natural; + begin + if To not in Positive_Count then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + + Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y1, X); + N := Natural (To); N := N - 1; + Y2 := Line_Position (N); + if Y2 < Y1 then + New_Page (Win); + Y1 := 0; + end if; + if Y1 < Y2 then + New_Line (Win, Positive_Count (Y2 - Y1)); + end if; + end Set_Line; + + procedure Set_Line (To : in Positive_Count) + is + begin + Set_Line (Get_Window, To); + end Set_Line; + + function Col (Win : in Window) return Positive_Count + is + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + N : Natural; + begin + Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X); + N := Natural (X); N := N + 1; + if N > Natural (Count'Last) then + raise Layout_Error; + end if; + return Positive_Count (N); + end Col; + + function Col return Positive_Count + is + begin + return Col (Get_Window); + end Col; + + function Line (Win : in Window) return Positive_Count + is + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + N : Natural; + begin + Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X); + N := Natural (Y); N := N + 1; + if N > Natural (Count'Last) then + raise Layout_Error; + end if; + return Positive_Count (N); + end Line; + + function Line return Positive_Count + is + begin + return Line (Get_Window); + end Line; + + ----------------------- + -- Characters Output -- + ----------------------- + + procedure Put (Win : in Window; Item : in Character) + is + P_Size : constant Count := Page_Length (Win); + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + L : Line_Count; + C : Column_Count; + begin + if P_Size > 0 then + Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X); + Get_Size (Win, L, C); + if (Y + 1) = L and then (X + 1) = C then + New_Page (Win); + end if; + end if; + Add (Win, Item); + end Put; + + procedure Put (Item : in Character) + is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item); + end Put; + + -------------------- + -- Strings-Output -- + -------------------- + + procedure Put (Win : in Window; Item : in String) + is + P_Size : constant Count := Page_Length (Win); + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + L : Line_Count; + C : Column_Count; + begin + if P_Size > 0 then + Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X); + Get_Size (Win, L, C); + if (Y + 1) = L and then (X + 1 + Item'Length) >= C then + New_Page (Win); + end if; + end if; + Add (Win, Item); + end Put; + + procedure Put (Item : in String) + is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item); + end Put; + + procedure Put_Line + (Win : in Window; + Item : in String) + is + begin + Put (Win, Item); + New_Line (Win, 1); + end Put_Line; + + procedure Put_Line + (Item : in String) + is + begin + Put_Line (Get_Window, Item); + end Put_Line; + +begin + Default_Window := Null_Window; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7b057aaf --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.ads @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.5 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with System; +with System.Parameters; +with Ada.Text_IO; +with Ada.IO_Exceptions; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO is + + use type Ada.Text_IO.Count; + subtype Count is Ada.Text_IO.Count; + subtype Positive_Count is Count range 1 .. Count'Last; + + subtype Field is Integer range 0 .. System.Parameters.Field_Max; + subtype Number_Base is Integer range 2 .. 16; + + type Type_Set is (Lower_Case, Upper_Case, Mixed_Case); + + -- For most of the routines you will see a version without a Window + -- type parameter. They will operate on a default window, which can + -- be set by the user. It is initially equal to Standard_Window. + + procedure Set_Window (Win : in Window); + -- Set Win as the default window + + function Get_Window return Window; + -- Get the current default window + + procedure Flush (Win : in Window); + procedure Flush; + + -------------------------------------------- + -- Specification of line and page lengths -- + -------------------------------------------- + + -- There are no set routines in this package. I assume, that you allocate + -- the window with an appropriate size. + -- A scroll-window is interpreted as an page with unbounded page length, + -- i.e. it returns the conventional 0 as page length. + + function Line_Length (Win : in Window) return Count; + function Line_Length return Count; + + function Page_Length (Win : in Window) return Count; + function Page_Length return Count; + + ------------------------------------ + -- Column, Line, and Page Control -- + ------------------------------------ + procedure New_Line (Win : in Window; Spacing : in Positive_Count := 1); + procedure New_Line (Spacing : in Positive_Count := 1); + + procedure New_Page (Win : in Window); + procedure New_Page; + + procedure Set_Col (Win : in Window; To : in Positive_Count); + procedure Set_Col (To : in Positive_Count); + + procedure Set_Line (Win : in Window; To : in Positive_Count); + procedure Set_Line (To : in Positive_Count); + + function Col (Win : in Window) return Positive_Count; + function Col return Positive_Count; + + function Line (Win : in Window) return Positive_Count; + function Line return Positive_Count; + + ----------------------- + -- Characters-Output -- + ----------------------- + + procedure Put (Win : in Window; Item : in Character); + procedure Put (Item : in Character); + + -------------------- + -- Strings-Output -- + -------------------- + + procedure Put (Win : in Window; Item : in String); + procedure Put (Item : in String); + + procedure Put_Line + (Win : in Window; + Item : in String); + + procedure Put_Line + (Item : in String); + + -- Exceptions + + Status_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Status_Error; + Mode_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Mode_Error; + Name_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Name_Error; + Use_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Use_Error; + Device_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Device_Error; + End_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.End_Error; + Data_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Data_Error; + Layout_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Layout_Error; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5d2478b --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses.adb @@ -0,0 +1,2271 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.7 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with System; + +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C; +with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; +with Ada.Characters.Handling; use Ada.Characters.Handling; +with Unchecked_Conversion; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses is + + use type System.Bit_Order; + + type chtype_array is array (size_t range <>) + of aliased Attributed_Character; + pragma Pack (chtype_array); + pragma Convention (C, chtype_array); + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Key_Name (Key : in Real_Key_Code; + Name : out String) + is + function Keyname (K : C_Int) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Keyname, "keyname"); + + Ch : Character; + begin + if Key <= Character'Pos (Character'Last) then + Ch := Character'Val (Key); + if Is_Control (Ch) then + Un_Control (Attributed_Character'(Ch => Ch, + Color => Color_Pair'First, + Attr => Normal_Video), + Name); + elsif Is_Graphic (Ch) then + Fill_String (Null_Ptr, Name); + Name (Name'First) := Ch; + else + Fill_String (Null_Ptr, Name); + end if; + else + Fill_String (Keyname (C_Int (Key)), Name); + end if; + end Key_Name; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Init_Screen + is + function Initscr return Window; + pragma Import (C, Initscr, "initscr"); + + W : Window; + begin + W := Initscr; + if W = Null_Window then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Init_Screen; + + procedure End_Windows + is + function Endwin return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Endwin, "endwin"); + begin + if Endwin = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end End_Windows; + + function Is_End_Window return Boolean + is + function Isendwin return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Isendwin, "isendwin"); + begin + if Isendwin = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Is_End_Window; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Move_Cursor (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position) + is + function Wmove (Win : Window; + Line : C_Int; + Column : C_Int + ) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wmove, "wmove"); + begin + if Wmove (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Move_Cursor; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character) + is + function Waddch (W : Window; + Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Waddch, "waddch"); + begin + if Waddch (Win, Chtype_To_Cint (Ch)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Add; + + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Character) + is + begin + Add (Win, + Attributed_Character'(Ch => Ch, + Color => Color_Pair'First, + Attr => Normal_Video)); + end Add; + + procedure Add + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Ch : in Attributed_Character) + is + function mvwaddch (W : Window; + Y : C_Int; + X : C_Int; + Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, mvwaddch, "mvwaddch"); + begin + if mvwaddch (Win, C_Int (Line), + C_Int (Column), + Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Add; + + procedure Add + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Ch : in Character) + is + begin + Add (Win, + Line, + Column, + Attributed_Character'(Ch => Ch, + Color => Color_Pair'First, + Attr => Normal_Video)); + end Add; + + procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character) + is + function Wechochar (W : Window; + Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wechochar, "wechochar"); + begin + if Wechochar (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Add_With_Immediate_Echo; + + procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Character) + is + begin + Add_With_Immediate_Echo + (Win, + Attributed_Character'(Ch => Ch, + Color => Color_Pair'First, + Attr => Normal_Video)); + end Add_With_Immediate_Echo; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + function Create (Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window + is + function Newwin (Number_Of_Lines : C_Int; + Number_Of_Columns : C_Int; + First_Line_Position : C_Int; + First_Column_Position : C_Int) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Newwin, "newwin"); + + W : Window; + begin + W := Newwin (C_Int (Number_Of_Lines), + C_Int (Number_Of_Columns), + C_Int (First_Line_Position), + C_Int (First_Column_Position)); + if W = Null_Window then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + return W; + end Create; + + procedure Delete (Win : in out Window) + is + function Wdelwin (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wdelwin, "delwin"); + begin + if Wdelwin (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + Win := Null_Window; + end Delete; + + function Sub_Window + (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window + is + function Subwin + (Win : Window; + Number_Of_Lines : C_Int; + Number_Of_Columns : C_Int; + First_Line_Position : C_Int; + First_Column_Position : C_Int) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Subwin, "subwin"); + + W : Window; + begin + W := Subwin (Win, + C_Int (Number_Of_Lines), + C_Int (Number_Of_Columns), + C_Int (First_Line_Position), + C_Int (First_Column_Position)); + if W = Null_Window then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + return W; + end Sub_Window; + + function Derived_Window + (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window + is + function Derwin + (Win : Window; + Number_Of_Lines : C_Int; + Number_Of_Columns : C_Int; + First_Line_Position : C_Int; + First_Column_Position : C_Int) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Derwin, "derwin"); + + W : Window; + begin + W := Derwin (Win, + C_Int (Number_Of_Lines), + C_Int (Number_Of_Columns), + C_Int (First_Line_Position), + C_Int (First_Column_Position)); + if W = Null_Window then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + return W; + end Derived_Window; + + function Duplicate (Win : Window) return Window + is + function Dupwin (Win : Window) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Dupwin, "dupwin"); + + W : Window := Dupwin (Win); + begin + if W = Null_Window then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + return W; + end Duplicate; + + procedure Move_Window (Win : in Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position) + is + function Mvwin (Win : Window; + Line : C_Int; + Column : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Mvwin, "mvwin"); + begin + if Mvwin (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Move_Window; + + procedure Move_Derived_Window (Win : in Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position) + is + function Mvderwin (Win : Window; + Line : C_Int; + Column : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Mvderwin, "mvderwin"); + begin + if Mvderwin (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Move_Derived_Window; + + procedure Set_Synch_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := False) + is + function Syncok (Win : Window; + Mode : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Syncok, "syncok"); + begin + if Syncok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Mode)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Synch_Mode; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : in String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Waddnstr (Win : Window; + Str : Char_Ptr; + Len : Integer := -1) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Waddnstr, "waddnstr"); + + Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length); + Length : size_t; + begin + To_C (Str, Txt, Length); + if Waddnstr (Win, Txt (Txt'First)'Access, Len) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Add; + + procedure Add + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : in String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + begin + Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column); + Add (Win, Str, Len); + end Add; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Add + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : in Attributed_String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + type Chtype_Ptr is access all Attributed_Character; + function Waddchnstr (Win : Window; + Str : Chtype_Ptr; + Len : Integer := -1) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Waddchnstr, "waddchnstr"); + + Txt : chtype_array (0 .. Str'Length); + begin + for Length in 1 .. size_t (Str'Length) loop + Txt (Length - 1) := Str (Natural (Length)); + end loop; + Txt (Str'Length) := Default_Character; + if Waddchnstr (Win, Txt (Txt'First)'Access, Len) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Add; + + procedure Add + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : in Attributed_String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + begin + Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column); + Add (Win, Str, Len); + end Add; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Border + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Left_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Right_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Top_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Bottom_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Upper_Left_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Upper_Right_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Lower_Left_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Lower_Right_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character) + is + function Wborder (W : Window; + LS : C_Int; + RS : C_Int; + TS : C_Int; + BS : C_Int; + ULC : C_Int; + URC : C_Int; + LLC : C_Int; + LRC : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wborder, "wborder"); + begin + if Wborder (Win, + Chtype_To_CInt (Left_Side_Symbol), + Chtype_To_CInt (Right_Side_Symbol), + Chtype_To_CInt (Top_Side_Symbol), + Chtype_To_CInt (Bottom_Side_Symbol), + Chtype_To_CInt (Upper_Left_Corner_Symbol), + Chtype_To_CInt (Upper_Right_Corner_Symbol), + Chtype_To_CInt (Lower_Left_Corner_Symbol), + Chtype_To_CInt (Lower_Right_Corner_Symbol) + ) = Curses_Err + then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Border; + + procedure Box + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Vertical_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Horizontal_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character) + is + begin + Border (Win, + Vertical_Symbol, Vertical_Symbol, + Horizontal_Symbol, Horizontal_Symbol); + end Box; + + procedure Horizontal_Line + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line_Size : in Natural; + Line_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character) + is + function Whline (W : Window; + Ch : C_Int; + Len : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Whline, "whline"); + begin + if Whline (Win, + Chtype_To_CInt (Line_Symbol), + C_Int (Line_Size)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Horizontal_Line; + + procedure Vertical_Line + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line_Size : in Natural; + Line_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character) + is + function Wvline (W : Window; + Ch : C_Int; + Len : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wvline, "wvline"); + begin + if Wvline (Win, + Chtype_To_CInt (Line_Symbol), + C_Int (Line_Size)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Vertical_Line; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + function Get_Keystroke (Win : Window := Standard_Window) + return Real_Key_Code + is + function Wgetch (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wgetch, "wgetch"); + + C : constant C_Int := Wgetch (Win); + begin + if C = Curses_Err then + return Key_None; + else + return Real_Key_Code (C); + end if; + end Get_Keystroke; + + procedure Undo_Keystroke (Key : in Real_Key_Code) + is + function Ungetch (Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Ungetch, "ungetch"); + begin + if Ungetch (C_Int (Key)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Undo_Keystroke; + + function Has_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean + is + function Haskey (Key : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Haskey, "has_key"); + begin + if Haskey (C_Int (Key)) = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Has_Key; + + function Is_Function_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean + is + L : constant Special_Key_Code := Special_Key_Code (Natural (Key_F0) + + Natural (Function_Key_Number'Last)); + begin + if (Key >= Key_F0) and then (Key <= L) then + return True; + else + return False; + end if; + end Is_Function_Key; + + function Function_Key (Key : Real_Key_Code) + return Function_Key_Number + is + begin + if Is_Function_Key (Key) then + return Function_Key_Number (Key - Key_F0); + else + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + end Function_Key; + + function Function_Key_Code (Key : Function_Key_Number) return Real_Key_Code + is + begin + return Real_Key_Code (Natural (Key_F0) + Natural (Key)); + end Function_Key_Code; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Switch_Character_Attribute + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + On : in Boolean := True) + is + function Wattron (Win : Window; + C_Attr : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wattron, "wattr_on"); + function Wattroff (Win : Window; + C_Attr : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wattroff, "wattr_off"); + -- In Ada we use the On Boolean to control whether or not we want to + -- switch on or off the attributes in the set. + Err : C_Int; + AC : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First, + Color => Color_Pair'First, + Attr => Attr); + begin + if On then + Err := Wattron (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (AC)); + else + Err := Wattroff (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (AC)); + end if; + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Switch_Character_Attribute; + + procedure Set_Character_Attributes + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + function Wattrset (Win : Window; + C_Attr : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wattrset, "wattrset"); -- ??? wattr_set + begin + if Wattrset (Win, + Chtype_To_CInt (Attributed_Character' + (Ch => Character'First, + Color => Color, + Attr => Attr))) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Character_Attributes; + + function Get_Character_Attribute (Win : Window := Standard_Window) + return Character_Attribute_Set + is + function Wattrget (Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wattrget, "wattr_get"); + + Ch : Attributed_Character := CInt_To_Chtype (Wattrget (Win)); + begin + return Ch.Attr; + end Get_Character_Attribute; + + function Get_Character_Attribute (Win : Window := Standard_Window) + return Color_Pair + is + function Wattrget (Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wattrget, "wattr_get"); + + Ch : Attributed_Character := CInt_To_Chtype (Wattrget (Win)); + begin + return Ch.Color; + end Get_Character_Attribute; + + procedure Change_Attributes + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Count : in Integer := -1; + Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + function Wchgat (Win : Window; + Cnt : C_Int; + Attr : C_Int; + Color : C_Short; + Opts : System.Address := System.Null_Address) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wchgat, "wchgat"); + + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := + (Ch => Character'First, Color => Color_Pair'First, Attr => Attr); + begin + if Wchgat (Win, C_Int (Count), Chtype_To_CInt (Ch), + C_Short (Color)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Change_Attributes; + + procedure Change_Attributes + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position := Line_Position'First; + Column : in Column_Position := Column_Position'First; + Count : in Integer := -1; + Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + begin + Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column); + Change_Attributes (Win, Count, Attr, Color); + end Change_Attributes; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Beep + is + function Beeper return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Beeper, "beep"); + begin + if Beeper = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Beep; + + procedure Flash_Screen + is + function Flash return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Flash, "flash"); + begin + if Flash = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Flash_Screen; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Set_Cbreak_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True) + is + function Cbreak return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Cbreak, "cbreak"); + function NoCbreak return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, NoCbreak, "nocbreak"); + + Err : C_Int; + begin + if SwitchOn then + Err := Cbreak; + else + Err := NoCbreak; + end if; + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Cbreak_Mode; + + procedure Set_Raw_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True) + is + function Raw return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Raw, "raw"); + function NoRaw return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, NoRaw, "noraw"); + + Err : C_Int; + begin + if SwitchOn then + Err := Raw; + else + Err := NoRaw; + end if; + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Raw_Mode; + + procedure Set_Echo_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True) + is + function Echo return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Echo, "echo"); + function NoEcho return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, NoEcho, "noecho"); + + Err : C_Int; + begin + if SwitchOn then + Err := Echo; + else + Err := NoEcho; + end if; + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Echo_Mode; + + procedure Set_Meta_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + SwitchOn : in Boolean := True) + is + function Meta (W : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Meta, "meta"); + begin + if Meta (Win, Boolean'Pos (SwitchOn)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Meta_Mode; + + procedure Set_KeyPad_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + SwitchOn : in Boolean := True) + is + function Keypad (W : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Keypad, "keypad"); + begin + if Keypad (Win, Boolean'Pos (SwitchOn)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_KeyPad_Mode; + + procedure Half_Delay (Amount : in Half_Delay_Amount) + is + function Halfdelay (Amount : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Halfdelay, "halfdelay"); + begin + if Halfdelay (C_Int (Amount)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Half_Delay; + + procedure Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := True) + is + function Intrflush (Win : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Intrflush, "intrflush"); + begin + if Intrflush (Win, Boolean'Pos (Mode)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode; + + procedure Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Flush : in Boolean := True) + is + procedure Qiflush; + pragma Import (C, Qiflush, "qiflush"); + procedure No_Qiflush; + pragma Import (C, No_Qiflush, "noqiflush"); + begin + if Flush then + Qiflush; + else + No_Qiflush; + end if; + end Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode; + + procedure Set_NoDelay_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := False) + is + function Nodelay (Win : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Nodelay, "nodelay"); + begin + if Nodelay (Win, Boolean'Pos (Mode)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_NoDelay_Mode; + + procedure Set_Timeout_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Timeout_Mode; + Amount : in Natural) + is + function Wtimeout (Win : Window; Amount : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wtimeout, "wtimeout"); + + Time : C_Int; + begin + case Mode is + when Blocking => Time := -1; + when Non_Blocking => Time := 0; + when Delayed => + if Amount = 0 then + raise CONSTRAINT_ERROR; + end if; + Time := C_Int (Amount); + end case; + if Wtimeout (Win, Time) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Timeout_Mode; + + procedure Set_Escape_Timer_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Timer_Off : in Boolean := False) + is + function Notimeout (Win : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Notimeout, "notimeout"); + begin + if Notimeout (Win, Boolean'Pos (Timer_Off)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Escape_Timer_Mode; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Set_NL_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True) + is + function NL return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, NL, "nl"); + function NoNL return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, NoNL, "nonl"); + + Err : C_Int; + begin + if SwitchOn then + Err := NL; + else + Err := NoNL; + end if; + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_NL_Mode; + + procedure Clear_On_Next_Update + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Do_Clear : in Boolean := True) + is + function Clear_Ok (W : Window; Flag : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Clear_Ok, "clearok"); + begin + if Clear_Ok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Do_Clear)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Clear_On_Next_Update; + + procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Line + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Do_Idl : in Boolean := True) + is + function IDL_Ok (W : Window; Flag : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, IDL_Ok, "idlok"); + begin + if IDL_Ok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Do_Idl)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Use_Insert_Delete_Line; + + procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Character + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Do_Idc : in Boolean := True) + is + function IDC_Ok (W : Window; Flag : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, IDC_Ok, "idcok"); + begin + if IDC_Ok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Do_Idc)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Use_Insert_Delete_Character; + + procedure Leave_Cursor_After_Update + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Do_Leave : in Boolean := True) + is + function Leave_Ok (W : Window; Flag : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Leave_Ok, "leaveok"); + begin + if Leave_Ok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Do_Leave)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Leave_Cursor_After_Update; + + procedure Immediate_Update_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := False) + is + function Immedok (Win : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Immedok, "immedok"); + begin + if Immedok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Mode)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Immediate_Update_Mode; + + procedure Allow_Scrolling + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := False) + is + function Scrollok (Win : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Scrollok, "scrollok"); + begin + if Scrollok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Mode)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Allow_Scrolling; + + function Scrolling_Allowed (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Boolean + is + function Is_Scroll (Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Is_Scroll, "_nc_ada_isscroll"); + + Res : constant C_Int := Is_Scroll (Win); + begin + case Res is + when Curses_True => return True; + when Curses_False => return False; + when others => raise Curses_Exception; + end case; + end Scrolling_Allowed; + + procedure Set_Scroll_Region + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Top_Line : in Line_Position; + Bottom_Line : in Line_Position) + is + function Wsetscrreg (Win : Window; + Lin : C_Int; + Col : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wsetscrreg, "wsetscrreg"); + begin + if Wsetscrreg (Win, C_Int (Top_Line), C_Int (Bottom_Line)) + = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Scroll_Region; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Update_Screen + is + function Do_Update return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Do_Update, "doupdate"); + begin + if Do_Update = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Update_Screen; + + procedure Refresh (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + function Wrefresh (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wrefresh, "wrefresh"); + begin + if Wrefresh (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Refresh; + + procedure Refresh_Without_Update + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + function Wnoutrefresh (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wnoutrefresh, "wnoutrefresh"); + begin + if Wnoutrefresh (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Refresh_Without_Update; + + procedure Redraw (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + function Redrawwin (Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Redrawwin, "redrawwin"); + begin + if Redrawwin (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Redraw; + + procedure Redraw + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Begin_Line : in Line_Position; + Line_Count : in Positive) + is + function Wredrawln (Win : Window; First : C_Int; Cnt : C_Int) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wredrawln, "wredrawln"); + begin + if Wredrawln (Win, + C_Int (Begin_Line), + C_Int (Line_Count)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Redraw; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Erase (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + function Werase (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Werase, "werase"); + begin + if Werase (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Erase; + + procedure Clear (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + function Wclear (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wclear, "wclear"); + begin + if Wclear (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Clear; + + procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Screen (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + function Wclearbot (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wclearbot, "wclrtobot"); + begin + if Wclearbot (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Clear_To_End_Of_Screen; + + procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Line (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + function Wcleareol (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wcleareol, "wclrtoeol"); + begin + if Wcleareol (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Clear_To_End_Of_Line; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Set_Background + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character) + is + procedure WBackground (W : in Window; Ch : in C_Int); + pragma Import (C, WBackground, "wbkgdset"); + begin + WBackground (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)); + end Set_Background; + + procedure Change_Background + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character) + is + function WChangeBkgd (W : Window; Ch : C_Int) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, WChangeBkgd, "wbkgd"); + begin + if WChangeBkgd (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Change_Background; + + function Get_Background (Win : Window := Standard_Window) + return Attributed_Character + is + function Wgetbkgd (Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wgetbkgd, "getbkgd"); + begin + return CInt_To_Chtype (Wgetbkgd (Win)); + end Get_Background; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Change_Lines_Status (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Start : in Line_Position; + Count : in Positive; + State : in Boolean) + is + function Wtouchln (Win : Window; + Sta : C_Int; + Cnt : C_Int; + Chg : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wtouchln, "wtouchln"); + begin + if Wtouchln (Win, C_Int (Start), C_Int (Count), + C_Int (Boolean'Pos (State))) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Change_Lines_Status; + + procedure Touch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + begin + Get_Size (Win, Y, X); + Change_Lines_Status (Win, 0, Positive (Y), True); + end Touch; + + procedure Untouch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + begin + Get_Size (Win, Y, X); + Change_Lines_Status (Win, 0, Positive (Y), False); + end Untouch; + + procedure Touch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Start : in Line_Position; + Count : in Positive) + is + begin + Change_Lines_Status (Win, Start, Count, True); + end Touch; + + function Is_Touched + (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Line : Line_Position) return Boolean + is + function WLineTouched (W : Window; L : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, WLineTouched, "is_linetouched"); + begin + if WLineTouched (Win, C_Int (Line)) = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Is_Touched; + + function Is_Touched + (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Boolean + is + function WWinTouched (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, WWinTouched, "is_wintouched"); + begin + if WWinTouched (Win) = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Is_Touched; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Copy + (Source_Window : in Window; + Destination_Window : in Window; + Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position; + Non_Destructive_Mode : in Boolean := True) + is + function Copywin (Src : Window; + Dst : Window; + Str : C_Int; + Slc : C_Int; + Dtr : C_Int; + Dlc : C_Int; + Dbr : C_Int; + Drc : C_Int; + Ndm : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Copywin, "copywin"); + begin + if Copywin (Source_Window, + Destination_Window, + C_Int (Source_Top_Row), + C_Int (Source_Left_Column), + C_Int (Destination_Top_Row), + C_Int (Destination_Left_Column), + C_Int (Destination_Bottom_Row), + C_Int (Destination_Right_Column), + Boolean'Pos (Non_Destructive_Mode) + ) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Copy; + + procedure Overwrite + (Source_Window : in Window; + Destination_Window : in Window) + is + function Overwrite (Src : Window; Dst : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Overwrite, "overwrite"); + begin + if Overwrite (Source_Window, Destination_Window) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Overwrite; + + procedure Overlay + (Source_Window : in Window; + Destination_Window : in Window) + is + function Overlay (Src : Window; Dst : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Overlay, "overlay"); + begin + if Overlay (Source_Window, Destination_Window) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Overlay; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Insert_Delete_Lines + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Lines : in Integer := 1) -- default is to insert one line above + is + function Winsdelln (W : Window; N : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Winsdelln, "winsdelln"); + begin + if Winsdelln (Win, C_Int (Lines)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Insert_Delete_Lines; + + procedure Delete_Line (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + begin + Insert_Delete_Lines (Win, -1); + end Delete_Line; + + procedure Insert_Line (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + begin + Insert_Delete_Lines (Win, 1); + end Insert_Line; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Get_Size + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Number_Of_Lines : out Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : out Column_Count) + is + type Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Getmaxyx (W : Window; Y, X : Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Getmaxyx, "_nc_ada_getmaxyx"); + + Y, X : aliased C_Int; + Err : constant C_Int := Getmaxyx (Win, Y'Access, X'Access); + begin + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + else + Number_Of_Lines := Line_Count (Y); + Number_Of_Columns := Column_Count (X); + end if; + end Get_Size; + + procedure Get_Window_Position + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Top_Left_Line : out Line_Position; + Top_Left_Column : out Column_Position) + is + type Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Getbegyx (W : Window; Y, X : Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Getbegyx, "_nc_ada_getbegyx"); + + Y, X : aliased C_Int; + Err : constant C_Int := Getbegyx (Win, Y'Access, X'Access); + begin + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + else + Top_Left_Line := Line_Position (Y); + Top_Left_Column := Column_Position (X); + end if; + end Get_Window_Position; + + procedure Get_Cursor_Position + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : out Line_Position; + Column : out Column_Position) + is + type Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Getyx (W : Window; Y, X : Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Getyx, "_nc_ada_getyx"); + + Y, X : aliased C_Int; + Err : constant C_Int := Getyx (Win, Y'Access, X'Access); + begin + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + else + Line := Line_Position (Y); + Column := Column_Position (X); + end if; + end Get_Cursor_Position; + + procedure Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent + (Win : in Window; + Top_Left_Line : out Line_Position; + Top_Left_Column : out Column_Position; + Is_Not_A_Subwindow : out Boolean) + is + type Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Getparyx (W : Window; Y, X : Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Getparyx, "_nc_ada_getparyx"); + + Y, X : aliased C_Int; + Err : constant C_Int := Getparyx (Win, Y'Access, X'Access); + begin + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + else + if Y = -1 then + Top_Left_Line := Line_Position'Last; + Top_Left_Column := Column_Position'Last; + Is_Not_A_Subwindow := True; + else + Top_Left_Line := Line_Position (Y); + Top_Left_Column := Column_Position (X); + Is_Not_A_Subwindow := False; + end if; + end if; + end Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + function New_Pad (Lines : Line_Count; + Columns : Column_Count) return Window + is + function Newpad (Lines : C_Int; Columns : C_Int) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Newpad, "newpad"); + + W : Window; + begin + W := Newpad (C_Int (Lines), C_Int (Columns)); + if W = Null_Window then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + return W; + end New_Pad; + + function Sub_Pad + (Pad : Window; + Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window + is + function Subpad + (Pad : Window; + Number_Of_Lines : C_Int; + Number_Of_Columns : C_Int; + First_Line_Position : C_Int; + First_Column_Position : C_Int) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Subpad, "subpad"); + + W : Window; + begin + W := Subpad (Pad, + C_Int (Number_Of_Lines), + C_Int (Number_Of_Columns), + C_Int (First_Line_Position), + C_Int (First_Column_Position)); + if W = Null_Window then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + return W; + end Sub_Pad; + + procedure Refresh + (Pad : in Window; + Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position) + is + function Prefresh + (Pad : Window; + Source_Top_Row : C_Int; + Source_Left_Column : C_Int; + Destination_Top_Row : C_Int; + Destination_Left_Column : C_Int; + Destination_Bottom_Row : C_Int; + Destination_Right_Column : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Prefresh, "prefresh"); + begin + if Prefresh (Pad, + C_Int (Source_Top_Row), + C_Int (Source_Left_Column), + C_Int (Destination_Top_Row), + C_Int (Destination_Left_Column), + C_Int (Destination_Bottom_Row), + C_Int (Destination_Right_Column)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Refresh; + + procedure Refresh_Without_Update + (Pad : in Window; + Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position) + is + function Pnoutrefresh + (Pad : Window; + Source_Top_Row : C_Int; + Source_Left_Column : C_Int; + Destination_Top_Row : C_Int; + Destination_Left_Column : C_Int; + Destination_Bottom_Row : C_Int; + Destination_Right_Column : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Pnoutrefresh, "pnoutrefresh"); + begin + if Pnoutrefresh (Pad, + C_Int (Source_Top_Row), + C_Int (Source_Left_Column), + C_Int (Destination_Top_Row), + C_Int (Destination_Left_Column), + C_Int (Destination_Bottom_Row), + C_Int (Destination_Right_Column)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Refresh_Without_Update; + + procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It + (Pad : in Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character) + is + function Pechochar (Pad : Window; Ch : C_Int) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Pechochar, "pechochar"); + begin + if Pechochar (Pad, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It; + + procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It + (Pad : in Window; + Ch : in Character) + is + begin + Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It + (Pad, + Attributed_Character'(Ch => Ch, + Color => Color_Pair'First, + Attr => Normal_Video)); + end Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Scroll (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Amount : in Integer := 1) + is + function Wscrl (Win : Window; N : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wscrl, "wscrl"); + + begin + if Wscrl (Win, C_Int (Amount)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Scroll; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Delete_Character (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + function Wdelch (Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wdelch, "wdelch"); + begin + if Wdelch (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Delete_Character; + + procedure Delete_Character + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position) + is + function Mvwdelch (Win : Window; + Lin : C_Int; + Col : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Mvwdelch, "mvwdelch"); + begin + if Mvwdelch (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Delete_Character; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + function Peek (Win : Window := Standard_Window) + return Attributed_Character + is + function Winch (Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Winch, "winch"); + begin + return CInt_To_Chtype (Winch (Win)); + end Peek; + + function Peek + (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Line : Line_Position; + Column : Column_Position) return Attributed_Character + is + function Mvwinch (Win : Window; + Lin : C_Int; + Col : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Mvwinch, "mvwinch"); + begin + return CInt_To_Chtype (Mvwinch (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column))); + end Peek; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character) + is + function Winsch (Win : Window; Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Winsch, "winsch"); + begin + if Winsch (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Insert; + + procedure Insert + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Ch : in Attributed_Character) + is + function Mvwinsch (Win : Window; + Lin : C_Int; + Col : C_Int; + Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Mvwinsch, "mvwinsch"); + begin + if Mvwinsch (Win, + C_Int (Line), + C_Int (Column), + Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Insert; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : in String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Winsnstr (Win : Window; + Str : Char_Ptr; + Len : Integer := -1) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Winsnstr, "winsnstr"); + + Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length); + Length : size_t; + begin + To_C (Str, Txt, Length); + if Winsnstr (Win, Txt (Txt'First)'Access, Len) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Insert; + + procedure Insert + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : in String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Mvwinsnstr (Win : Window; + Line : C_Int; + Column : C_Int; + Str : Char_Ptr; + Len : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Mvwinsnstr, "mvwinsnstr"); + + Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length); + Length : size_t; + begin + To_C (Str, Txt, Length); + if Mvwinsnstr (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column), + Txt (Txt'First)'Access, C_Int (Len)) + = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Insert; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Peek (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : out String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + function Winnstr (Win : Window; + Str : char_array; + Len : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Winnstr, "winnstr"); + + N : Integer := Len; + Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length); + Cnt : Natural; + begin + if N < 0 then + N := Str'Length; + end if; + if N > Str'Length then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + Txt (0) := Interfaces.C.char'First; + if Winnstr (Win, Txt, C_Int (N)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + To_Ada (Txt, Str, Cnt, True); + if Cnt < Str'Length then + Str ((Str'First + Cnt) .. Str'Last) := (others => ' '); + end if; + end Peek; + + procedure Peek + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : out String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + begin + Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column); + Peek (Win, Str, Len); + end Peek; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Peek + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : out Attributed_String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + type Chtype_Ptr is access all Attributed_Character; + function Winchnstr (Win : Window; + Str : Chtype_Ptr; + Len : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Winchnstr, "winchnstr"); + + N : Integer := Len; + Txt : chtype_array (0 .. Str'Length); + Cnt : Natural := 0; + begin + if N < 0 then + N := Str'Length; + end if; + if N > Str'Length then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + if Winchnstr (Win, Txt (Txt'First)'Access, C_Int (N)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + for To in Str'Range loop + exit when Txt (size_t (Cnt)) = Default_Character; + Str (To) := Txt (size_t (Cnt)); + Cnt := Cnt + 1; + end loop; + if Cnt < Str'Length then + Str ((Str'First + Cnt) .. Str'Last) := + (others => (Ch => ' ', + Color => Color_Pair'First, + Attr => Normal_Video)); + end if; + end Peek; + + procedure Peek + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : out Attributed_String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + begin + Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column); + Peek (Win, Str, Len); + end Peek; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Get (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : out String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + function Wgetnstr (Win : Window; + Str : char_array; + Len : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wgetnstr, "wgetnstr"); + + N : Integer := Len; + Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length); + Cnt : Natural; + begin + if N < 0 then + N := Str'Length; + end if; + if N > Str'Length then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + Txt (0) := Interfaces.C.char'First; + if Wgetnstr (Win, Txt, C_Int (N)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + To_Ada (Txt, Str, Cnt, True); + if Cnt < Str'Length then + Str ((Str'First + Cnt) .. Str'Last) := (others => ' '); + end if; + end Get; + + procedure Get + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : out String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + begin + Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column); + Get (Win, Str, Len); + end Get; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Init_Soft_Label_Keys + (Format : in Soft_Label_Key_Format := Three_Two_Three) + is + function Slk_Init (Fmt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Init, "slk_init"); + begin + if Slk_Init (Soft_Label_Key_Format'Pos (Format)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Init_Soft_Label_Keys; + + procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key (Label : in Label_Number; + Text : in String; + Fmt : in Label_Justification := Left) + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Slk_Set (Label : C_Int; + Txt : Char_Ptr; + Fmt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Set, "slk_set"); + + Txt : char_array (0 .. Text'Length); + Len : size_t; + begin + To_C (Text, Txt, Len); + if Slk_Set (C_Int (Label), + Txt (Txt'First)'Access, + C_Int (Label_Justification'Pos (Fmt))) + = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Soft_Label_Key; + + procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys + is + function Slk_Refresh return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Refresh, "slk_refresh"); + begin + if Slk_Refresh = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys; + + procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update + is + function Slk_Noutrefresh return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Noutrefresh, "slk_noutrefresh"); + begin + if Slk_Noutrefresh = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update; + + procedure Get_Soft_Label_Key (Label : in Label_Number; + Text : out String) + is + function Slk_Label (Label : C_Int) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Label, "slk_label"); + begin + Fill_String (Slk_Label (C_Int (Label)), Text); + end Get_Soft_Label_Key; + + procedure Clear_Soft_Label_Keys + is + function Slk_Clear return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Clear, "slk_clear"); + begin + if Slk_Clear = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Clear_Soft_Label_Keys; + + procedure Restore_Soft_Label_Keys + is + function Slk_Restore return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Restore, "slk_restore"); + begin + if Slk_Restore = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Restore_Soft_Label_Keys; + + procedure Touch_Soft_Label_Keys + is + function Slk_Touch return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Touch, "slk_touch"); + begin + if Slk_Touch = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Touch_Soft_Label_Keys; + + procedure Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes + (Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set; + On : in Boolean := True) + is + function Slk_Attron (Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Attron, "slk_attron"); + function Slk_Attroff (Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Attroff, "slk_attroff"); + + Err : C_Int; + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First, + Attr => Attr, + Color => Color_Pair'First); + begin + if On then + Err := Slk_Attron (Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)); + else + Err := Slk_Attroff (Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)); + end if; + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes; + + procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes + (Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + function Slk_Attrset (Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Attrset, "slk_attrset"); + + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First, + Attr => Attr, + Color => Color); + begin + if Slk_Attrset (Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes; + + function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set + is + function Slk_Attr return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Attr, "slk_attr"); + + Attr : constant C_Int := Slk_Attr; + begin + return CInt_To_Chtype (Attr).Attr; + end Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes; + + function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Color_Pair + is + function Slk_Attr return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Attr, "slk_attr"); + + Attr : constant C_Int := Slk_Attr; + begin + return CInt_To_Chtype (Attr).Color; + end Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Un_Control (Ch : in Attributed_Character; + Str : out String) + is + function Unctrl (Ch : C_Int) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Unctrl, "unctrl"); + begin + Fill_String (Unctrl (Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)), Str); + end Un_Control; + + procedure Delay_Output (Msecs : in Natural) + is + function Delayoutput (Msecs : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Delayoutput, "delay_output"); + begin + if Delayoutput (C_Int (Msecs)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Delay_Output; + + procedure Flush_Input + is + function Flushinp return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Flushinp, "flushinp"); + begin + if Flushinp = Curses_Err then -- docu says that never happens, but... + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Flush_Input; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + function Baudrate return Natural + is + function Baud return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Baud, "baudrate"); + begin + return Natural (Baud); + end Baudrate; + + function Erase_Character return Character + is + function Erasechar return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Erasechar, "erasechar"); + begin + return Character'Val (Erasechar); + end Erase_Character; + + function Kill_Character return Character + is + function Killchar return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Killchar, "killchar"); + begin + return Character'Val (Killchar); + end Kill_Character; + + function Has_Insert_Character return Boolean + is + function Has_Ic return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Has_Ic, "has_ic"); + begin + if Has_Ic = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Has_Insert_Character; + + function Has_Insert_Line return Boolean + is + function Has_Il return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Has_Il, "has_il"); + begin + if Has_Il = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Has_Insert_Line; + + function Supported_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set + is + function Termattrs return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Termattrs, "termattrs"); + + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := CInt_To_Chtype (Termattrs); + begin + return Ch.Attr; + end Supported_Attributes; + + procedure Long_Name (Name : out String) + is + function Longname return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Longname, "longname"); + begin + Fill_String (Longname, Name); + end Long_Name; + + procedure Terminal_Name (Name : out String) + is + function Termname return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Termname, "termname"); + begin + Fill_String (Termname, Name); + end Terminal_Name; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Init_Pair (Pair : in Redefinable_Color_Pair; + Fore : in Color_Number; + Back : in Color_Number) + is + function Initpair (Pair : C_Short; + Fore : C_Short; + Back : C_Short) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Initpair, "init_pair"); + begin + if Integer (Pair) >= Number_Of_Color_Pairs then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + if Integer (Fore) >= Number_Of_Colors or else + Integer (Back) >= Number_Of_Colors then raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + if Initpair (C_Short (Pair), C_Short (Fore), C_Short (Back)) + = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Init_Pair; + + procedure Pair_Content (Pair : in Color_Pair; + Fore : out Color_Number; + Back : out Color_Number) + is + type C_Short_Access is access all C_Short; + function Paircontent (Pair : C_Short; + Fp : C_Short_Access; + Bp : C_Short_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Paircontent, "pair_content"); + + F, B : aliased C_Short; + begin + if Paircontent (C_Short (Pair), F'Access, B'Access) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + else + Fore := Color_Number (F); + Back := Color_Number (B); + end if; + end Pair_Content; + + function Has_Colors return Boolean + is + function Hascolors return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Hascolors, "has_colors"); + begin + if Hascolors = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Has_Colors; + + procedure Init_Color (Color : in Color_Number; + Red : in RGB_Value; + Green : in RGB_Value; + Blue : in RGB_Value) + is + function Initcolor (Col : C_Short; + Red : C_Short; + Green : C_Short; + Blue : C_Short) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Initcolor, "init_color"); + begin + if Initcolor (C_Short (Color), C_Short (Red), C_Short (Green), + C_Short (Blue)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Init_Color; + + function Can_Change_Color return Boolean + is + function Canchangecolor return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Canchangecolor, "can_change_color"); + begin + if Canchangecolor = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Can_Change_Color; + + procedure Color_Content (Color : in Color_Number; + Red : out RGB_Value; + Green : out RGB_Value; + Blue : out RGB_Value) + is + type C_Short_Access is access all C_Short; + + function Colorcontent (Color : C_Short; R, G, B : C_Short_Access) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Colorcontent, "color_content"); + + R, G, B : aliased C_Short; + begin + if Colorcontent (C_Short (Color), R'Access, G'Access, B'Access) = + Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + else + Red := RGB_Value (R); + Green := RGB_Value (G); + Blue := RGB_Value (B); + end if; + end Color_Content; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Save_Curses_Mode (Mode : in Curses_Mode) + is + function Def_Prog_Mode return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Def_Prog_Mode, "def_prog_mode"); + function Def_Shell_Mode return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Def_Shell_Mode, "def_shell_mode"); + + Err : C_Int; + begin + case Mode is + when Curses => Err := Def_Prog_Mode; + when Shell => Err := Def_Shell_Mode; + end case; + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Save_Curses_Mode; + + procedure Reset_Curses_Mode (Mode : in Curses_Mode) + is + function Reset_Prog_Mode return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Reset_Prog_Mode, "reset_prog_mode"); + function Reset_Shell_Mode return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Reset_Shell_Mode, "reset_shell_mode"); + + Err : C_Int; + begin + case Mode is + when Curses => Err := Reset_Prog_Mode; + when Shell => Err := Reset_Shell_Mode; + end case; + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Reset_Curses_Mode; + + procedure Save_Terminal_State + is + function Savetty return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Savetty, "savetty"); + begin + if Savetty = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Save_Terminal_State; + + procedure Reset_Terminal_State + is + function Resetty return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Resetty, "resetty"); + begin + if Resetty = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Reset_Terminal_State; + + procedure Rip_Off_Lines (Lines : in Integer; + Proc : in Stdscr_Init_Proc) + is + function Ripoffline (Lines : C_Int; + Proc : Stdscr_Init_Proc) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Ripoffline, "_nc_ripoffline"); + begin + if Ripoffline (C_Int (Lines), Proc) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Rip_Off_Lines; + + procedure Set_Cursor_Visibility (Visibility : in out Cursor_Visibility) + is + function Curs_Set (Curs : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Curs_Set, "curs_set"); + + Res : C_Int; + begin + Res := Curs_Set (Cursor_Visibility'Pos (Visibility)); + if Res /= Curses_Err then + Visibility := Cursor_Visibility'Val (Res); + end if; + end Set_Cursor_Visibility; + + procedure Nap_Milli_Seconds (Ms : in Natural) + is + function Napms (Ms : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Napms, "napms"); + begin + if Napms (C_Int (Ms)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Nap_Milli_Seconds; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + function Standard_Window return Window + is + Stdscr : Window; + pragma Import (C, Stdscr, "stdscr"); + begin + return Stdscr; + end Standard_Window; + + function Lines return Line_Count + is + C_Lines : C_Int; + pragma Import (C, C_Lines, "LINES"); + begin + return Line_Count (C_Lines); + end Lines; + + function Columns return Column_Count + is + C_Columns : C_Int; + pragma Import (C, C_Columns, "COLS"); + begin + return Column_Count (C_Columns); + end Columns; + + function Tab_Size return Natural + is + C_Tab_Size : C_Int; + pragma Import (C, C_Tab_Size, "TABSIZE"); + begin + return Natural (C_Tab_Size); + end Tab_Size; + + function Number_Of_Colors return Natural + is + C_Number_Of_Colors : C_Int; + pragma Import (C, C_Number_Of_Colors, "COLORS"); + begin + return Natural (C_Number_Of_Colors); + end Number_Of_Colors; + + function Number_Of_Color_Pairs return Natural + is + C_Number_Of_Color_Pairs : C_Int; + pragma Import (C, C_Number_Of_Color_Pairs, "COLOR_PAIRS"); + begin + return Natural (C_Number_Of_Color_Pairs); + end Number_Of_Color_Pairs; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Transform_Coordinates + (W : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in out Line_Position; + Column : in out Column_Position; + Dir : in Transform_Direction := From_Screen) + is + type Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Transform (W : Window; + Y, X : Int_Access; + Dir : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Transform, "_nc_ada_coord_transform"); + + X : aliased C_Int := C_Int (Column); + Y : aliased C_Int := C_Int (Line); + D : C_Int := 0; + R : C_Int; + begin + if Dir = To_Screen then + D := 1; + end if; + R := Transform (W, Y'Access, X'Access, D); + if R = Curses_False then + raise Curses_Exception; + else + Line := Line_Position (Y); + Column := Column_Position (X); + end if; + end Transform_Coordinates; + +begin + if Generation_Bit_Order /= System.Default_Bit_Order then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; +end Terminal_Interface.Curses; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dabec0ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface.ads @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +package Terminal_Interface is +-- +-- Everything is in the child units +-- +end Terminal_Interface; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/Makefile.in b/Ada95/gen/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..775c344f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,285 @@ +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# -- +# GNAT ncurses Binding -- +# gen/Makefile -- +# -- +# Version 00.92 -- +# -- +# The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +# Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +# -- +# Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +# binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +# of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +# this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +# removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +# author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +# highly appreciated. -- +# -- +# This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Version Control +# $Revision: 1.8 $ +# +.SUFFIXES: + +SHELL = /bin/sh +THIS = Makefile + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +libdir = @libdir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +AWK = @AWK@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ + +CC = @CC@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ + +CPPFLAGS = @ACPPFLAGS@ \ + -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I$(srcdir) + +CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) + +CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS) +CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE +CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg +CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@ + +CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@) + +LINK = $(CC) +LD_FLAGS = @LD_MODEL@ $(LOCAL_LIBS) @LDFLAGS@ @LIBS@ @LOCAL_LDFLAGS2@ $(LDFLAGS) + +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ + +LIB_CURSES = -L ../../lib -lncurses + +M4 = m4 +M4FLAGS = + +DEL_ADAMODE = sed -e '/^\-\-\ \ \-\*\-\ ada\ \-\*\-.*/d' + +################################################################################ +ALIB = @nc_ada_package@ +ABASE = $(ALIB)-curses + +ADA_SRCDIR = ../ada_include +ADA_OBJDIR = ../ada_objects +OBJDIR = ../objects + +GEN_FILES0 = Base_Defs + +GEN_FILES1 = Key_Definitions \ + Old_Keys \ + Character_Attribute_Set_Rep \ + AC_Rep \ + Color_Defs \ + ACS_Map \ + Linker_Options \ + Base_Defs + +GEN_FILES2 = Menu_Opt_Rep \ + Menu_Base_Defs \ + Menu_Linker_Options \ + Item_Rep + +GEN_FILES3 = Form_Opt_Rep \ + Form_Base_Defs \ + Form_Linker_Options \ + Field_Rep + +GEN_FILES4 = Mouse_Base_Defs \ + Mouse_Event_Rep \ + Panel_Linker_Options + +GEN_TARGETS = $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE).ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus-menu_user_data.ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus-item_user_data.ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms-form_user_data.ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms-field_user_data.ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels-user_data.ads + +GEN_SRC = $(srcdir)/$(ABASE).ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels-user_data.ads.m4 + + +all: $(GEN_TARGETS) dirs + @ + +dirs: + @-mkdir $(OBJDIR) $(ADA_OBJDIR) + +gen: gen.o + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(CFLAGS_NORMAL) gen.o $(LD_FLAGS) -o $@ $(LIB_CURSES) + +gen.o: $(srcdir)/gen.c + $(CC) $(CFLAGS_NORMAL) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/gen.c + +Character_Attribute_Set_Rep: gen + ./gen B A >$@ + +Base_Defs: gen + ./gen B B >$@ + +Color_Defs: gen + ./gen B C >$@ + +Key_Definitions: gen + ./gen B K >$@ + +Old_Keys: gen + ./gen B O >$@ + +ACS_Map: gen + ./gen B M >$@ + +AC_Rep: gen + ./gen B R >$@ + +Linker_Options: gen + ./gen B L >$@ + +Menu_Opt_Rep: gen + ./gen M R >$@ + +Menu_Base_Defs: gen + ./gen M B >$@ + +Menu_Linker_Options: gen + ./gen M L >$@ + +Item_Rep: gen + ./gen M I >$@ + +Form_Opt_Rep: gen + ./gen F R >$@ + +Form_Base_Defs: gen + ./gen F B >$@ + +Form_Linker_Options: gen + ./gen F L >$@ + +Field_Rep: gen + ./gen F I >$@ + +Mouse_Base_Defs: gen + ./gen P B >$@ + +Mouse_Event_Rep: gen + ./gen P M >$@ + +Panel_Linker_Options: gen + ./gen P L >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE).ads: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE).ads.m4 \ + $(GEN_FILES1) $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE).ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.ads: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus.ads.m4 \ + $(GEN_FILES2) $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.ads: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms.ads.m4 \ + $(GEN_FILES3) $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ads: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ads.m4 \ + $(GEN_FILES4) $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.ads: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus-menu_user_data.ads: \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus-item_user_data.ads: \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms-form_user_data.ads: \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms-field_user_data.ads: \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels-user_data.ads: \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels-user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels-user_data.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +install :: + +install.libs :: + +install.progs :: + +tags: + ctags *.[ch] + +TAGS: + etags *.[ch] + +clean :: + rm -f a.out core gen *.o $(GEN_FILES1) $(GEN_FILES2) $(GEN_FILES3) \ + $(GEN_FILES4) $(GEN_TARGETS) + +mostlyclean :: clean + +distclean :: mostlyclean + rm -f Makefile + +realclean :: distclean + +############################################################################### +# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration +############################################################################### diff --git a/Ada95/gen/gen.c b/Ada95/gen/gen.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a1426f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/gen.c @@ -0,0 +1,977 @@ +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// -- +// GNAT ncurses Binding -- +// -- +// gen.c -- +// -- +// B O D Y -- +// -- +// Version 00.92 -- +// -- +// The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +// Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +// -- +// Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +// binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +// of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +// this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +// removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +// author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +// highly appreciated. -- +// -- +// This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Version Control + $Revision: 1.8 $ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* + This program generates various record structures and constants from the + ncurses header file for the Ada95 packages. Essentially it produces + Ada95 source on stdout, which is then merged using m4 into a template + to produce the real source. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include + +#define RES_NAME "Reserved" + +static int little_endian = 0; + +typedef struct { + const char *name; + unsigned int attr; +} name_attribute_pair; + +static int find_pos (char *s, unsigned len, int *low, int *high) +{ + unsigned int i,j; + int l = 0; + + *high = -1; + *low = 8*len; + + for(i=0; i < len; i++,s++) + { + if (*s) + { + for(j=0;j<8*sizeof(char);j++) + { + if ((( little_endian && ((*s)&0x01)) || + (!little_endian && ((*s)&0x80))) ) + { + if (l > *high) + *high = l; + if (l < *low) + *low = l; + } + l++; + if (little_endian) + *s >>= 1; + else + *s <<= 1; + } + } + else + l += 8; + } + return (*high >= 0 && (*low <= *high)) ? *low : -1; +} + +static void gen_reps ( const name_attribute_pair *nap, + const char *name, + int len) +{ + int i,l,cnt = 0,low,high; + int width = strlen(RES_NAME); + int bias = 0; + unsigned int a; + unsigned int mask = 0; + char *suffix; + + assert (nap); + + if (len == sizeof(int)/2) + { + bias = little_endian ? 8 * len : 0; + suffix = " / 2"; + } + else + { + assert(len==sizeof(int)); + suffix = ""; + } + + for (i=0; nap[i].name != (char *)0; i++) + { + cnt++; + l = strlen(nap[i].name); + if (l>width) + width = l; + } + assert (width > 0); + + printf(" type %s is\n",name); + printf(" record\n"); + for (i=0; nap[i].name != (char *)0; i++) + { + printf(" %-*s : Boolean;\n",width,nap[i].name); + } + if (cnt != 8*len) + { + printf(" %-*s : Boolean;\n",width,RES_NAME); + } + printf(" end record;\n"); + printf(" pragma Pack (%s);\n",name); + printf(" pragma Convention (C, %s);\n\n",name); + + printf(" for %s use\n",name); + printf(" record\n"); + + for (i=0; nap[i].name != (char *)0; i++) + { + a = nap[i].attr; + mask |= a; + l = find_pos( (char *)&a,sizeof(a),&low,&high ); + if (l>=0) + printf(" %-*s at 0 range %2d .. %2d;\n",width,nap[i].name,low-bias,high-bias); + } + if (cnt != 8*len) + { + mask = ~mask; + assert(mask); + if (little_endian) + l = 8*len - 1; + else + l = 0; + printf(" %-*s at 0 range %2d .. %2d;\n",width,RES_NAME,l,l); + } + printf(" end record;\n"); + printf(" for %s'Size use Interfaces.C.int'Size%s;\n", name, suffix); + printf(" -- Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be\n"); + printf(" -- different on your system."); +} + + +static void chtype_rep (const char *name, int mask) +{ + int x = -1; + int t = x & mask; + int low, high; + int l = find_pos ((char *)&t, sizeof(t), &low, &high); + if (l>=0) + printf(" %-5s at 0 range %2d .. %2d;\n",name,low,high); +} + +static void gen_chtype_rep(const char *name) +{ + printf(" for %s use\n record\n",name); + chtype_rep("Ch",A_CHARTEXT); + chtype_rep("Color",A_COLOR); + chtype_rep("Attr",(A_ATTRIBUTES&~A_COLOR)); + printf(" end record;\n for %s'Size use Interfaces.C.int'Size;\n",name); + printf(" -- Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be\n"); + printf(" -- different on your system.\n"); +} + + +static void mrep_rep (const char *name, void *rec) +{ + int low, high; + int l = find_pos((char *)rec, sizeof(MEVENT), &low, &high); + if (l>=0) + printf(" %-7s at 0 range %3d .. %3d;\n",name,low,high); +} + + +static void gen_mrep_rep(const char *name) +{ + MEVENT x; + + printf(" for %s use\n record\n",name); + + memset(&x,0,sizeof(x)); + x.id = -1; + mrep_rep("Id",&x); + + memset(&x,0,sizeof(x)); + x.x = -1; + mrep_rep("X",&x); + + memset(&x,0,sizeof(x)); + x.y = -1; + mrep_rep("Y",&x); + + memset(&x,0,sizeof(x)); + x.z = -1; + mrep_rep("Z",&x); + + memset(&x,0,sizeof(x)); + x.bstate = -1; + mrep_rep("Bstate",&x); + + printf(" end record;\n"); + printf(" -- Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be\n"); + printf(" -- different on your system.\n"); +} + +static void gen_attr_set( const char *name ) +{ + static const name_attribute_pair nap[] = { +#ifdef A_STANDOUT + {"Stand_Out", A_STANDOUT}, +#endif +#ifdef A_UNDERLINE + {"Under_Line", A_UNDERLINE}, +#endif +#ifdef A_REVERSE + {"Reverse_Video", A_REVERSE}, +#endif +#ifdef A_BLINK + {"Blink", A_BLINK}, +#endif +#ifdef A_DIM + {"Dim_Character", A_DIM}, +#endif +#ifdef A_BOLD + {"Bold_Character", A_BOLD}, +#endif +#ifdef A_ALTCHARSET + {"Alternate_Character_Set", A_ALTCHARSET}, +#endif +#ifdef A_INVIS + {"Invisible_Character", A_INVIS}, +#endif +#ifdef A_PROTECT + {"Protected_Character", A_PROTECT}, +#endif +#ifdef A_HORIZONTAL + {"Horizontal", A_HORIZONTAL}, +#endif +#ifdef A_LEFT + {"Left", A_LEFT}, +#endif +#ifdef A_LOW + {"Low", A_LOW}, +#endif +#ifdef A_RIGHT + {"Right", A_RIGHT}, +#endif +#ifdef A_TOP + {"Top", A_TOP}, +#endif +#ifdef A_VERTICAL + {"Vertical", A_VERTICAL}, +#endif + {(char *)0, 0} + }; + gen_reps (nap, name, sizeof(int)/2); +} + +static void gen_menu_opt_rep(const char *name) +{ + static const name_attribute_pair nap[] = { +#ifdef O_ONEVALUE + {"One_Valued", O_ONEVALUE}, +#endif +#ifdef O_SHOWDESC + {"Show_Descriptions", O_SHOWDESC}, +#endif +#ifdef O_ROWMAJOR + {"Row_Major_Order", O_ROWMAJOR}, +#endif +#ifdef O_IGNORECASE + {"Ignore_Case", O_IGNORECASE}, +#endif +#ifdef O_SHOWMATCH + {"Show_Matches", O_SHOWMATCH}, +#endif +#ifdef O_NONCYCLIC + {"Non_Cyclic", O_NONCYCLIC}, +#endif + {(char *)0, 0} + }; + gen_reps (nap, name, sizeof(int)); +} + +static void gen_item_opt_rep(const char *name) +{ + static const name_attribute_pair nap[] = { +#ifdef O_SELECTABLE + {"Selectable", O_SELECTABLE}, +#endif + {(char *)0 , 0} + }; + gen_reps (nap, name, sizeof(int)); +} + +static void gen_form_opt_rep(const char *name) +{ + static const name_attribute_pair nap[] = { +#ifdef O_NL_OVERLOAD + {"NL_Overload", O_NL_OVERLOAD}, +#endif +#ifdef O_BS_OVERLOAD + {"BS_Overload", O_BS_OVERLOAD}, +#endif + {(char *)0 , 0} + }; + gen_reps (nap, name, sizeof(int)); +} + +static void gen_field_opt_rep(const char *name) +{ + static const name_attribute_pair nap[] = { +#ifdef O_VISIBLE + {"Visible",O_VISIBLE}, +#endif +#ifdef O_ACTIVE + {"Active",O_ACTIVE}, +#endif +#ifdef O_PUBLIC + {"Public",O_PUBLIC}, +#endif +#ifdef O_EDIT + {"Edit",O_EDIT}, +#endif +#ifdef O_WRAP + {"Wrap",O_WRAP}, +#endif +#ifdef O_BLANK + {"Blank",O_BLANK}, +#endif +#ifdef O_AUTOSKIP + {"Auto_Skip",O_AUTOSKIP}, +#endif +#ifdef O_NULLOK + {"Null_Ok",O_NULLOK}, +#endif +#ifdef O_PASSOK + {"Pass_Ok",O_PASSOK}, +#endif +#ifdef O_STATIC + {"Static",O_STATIC}, +#endif + {(char *)0, 0} + }; + gen_reps (nap, name, sizeof(int)); +} + +static void keydef(const char *name, const char *old_name, int value, int mode) +{ + if (mode==0) + printf(" %-30s : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#%3o#;\n",name,value); + else + { + const char *s = old_name; const char *t = name; + while ( *s && *t && (toupper(*s++) == toupper(*t++))); + if (*s || *t) + printf(" %-16s : Special_Key_Code renames %s;\n",old_name,name); + } +} + +static void gen_keydefs (int mode) +{ + char buf[16]; + char obuf[16]; + int i; + +#ifdef KEY_CODE_YES + keydef("Key_Code_Yes","KEY_CODE_YES",KEY_CODE_YES,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_MIN + keydef("Key_Min","KEY_MIN",KEY_MIN,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_BREAK + keydef("Key_Break","KEY_BREAK",KEY_BREAK,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_DOWN + keydef("Key_Cursor_Down","KEY_DOWN",KEY_DOWN,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_UP + keydef("Key_Cursor_Up","KEY_UP",KEY_UP,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_LEFT + keydef("Key_Cursor_Left","KEY_LEFT",KEY_LEFT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_RIGHT + keydef("Key_Cursor_Right","KEY_RIGHT",KEY_RIGHT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_HOME + keydef("Key_Home","KEY_HOME",KEY_HOME,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_BACKSPACE + keydef("Key_Backspace","KEY_BACKSPACE",KEY_BACKSPACE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_F0 + keydef("Key_F0","KEY_F0",KEY_F0,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_F + for(i=1;i<=24;i++) + { + sprintf(buf ,"Key_F%d",i); + sprintf(obuf,"KEY_F%d",i); + keydef(buf,obuf,KEY_F(i),mode); + } +#endif +#ifdef KEY_DL + keydef("Key_Delete_Line","KEY_DL",KEY_DL,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_IL + keydef("Key_Insert_Line","KEY_IL",KEY_IL,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_DC + keydef("Key_Delete_Char","KEY_DC",KEY_DC,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_IC + keydef("Key_Insert_Char","KEY_IC",KEY_IC,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_EIC + keydef("Key_Exit_Insert_Mode","KEY_EIC",KEY_EIC,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_CLEAR + keydef("Key_Clear_Screen","KEY_CLEAR",KEY_CLEAR,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_EOS + keydef("Key_Clear_End_Of_Screen","KEY_EOS",KEY_EOS,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_EOL + keydef("Key_Clear_End_Of_Line","KEY_EOL",KEY_EOL,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SF + keydef("Key_Scroll_1_Forward","KEY_SF",KEY_SF,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SR + keydef("Key_Scroll_1_Backward","KEY_SR",KEY_SR,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_NPAGE + keydef("Key_Next_Page","KEY_NPAGE",KEY_NPAGE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_PPAGE + keydef("Key_Previous_Page","KEY_PPAGE",KEY_PPAGE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_STAB + keydef("Key_Set_Tab","KEY_STAB",KEY_STAB,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_CTAB + keydef("Key_Clear_Tab","KEY_CTAB",KEY_CTAB,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_CATAB + keydef("Key_Clear_All_Tabs","KEY_CATAB",KEY_CATAB,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_ENTER + keydef("Key_Enter_Or_Send","KEY_ENTER",KEY_ENTER,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SRESET + keydef("Key_Soft_Reset","KEY_SRESET",KEY_SRESET,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_RESET + keydef("Key_Reset","KEY_RESET",KEY_RESET,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_PRINT + keydef("Key_Print","KEY_PRINT",KEY_PRINT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_LL + keydef("Key_Bottom","KEY_LL",KEY_LL,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_A1 + keydef("Key_Upper_Left_Of_Keypad","KEY_A1",KEY_A1,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_A3 + keydef("Key_Upper_Right_Of_Keypad","KEY_A3",KEY_A3,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_B2 + keydef("Key_Center_Of_Keypad","KEY_B2",KEY_B2,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_C1 + keydef("Key_Lower_Left_Of_Keypad","KEY_C1",KEY_C1,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_C3 + keydef("Key_Lower_Right_Of_Keypad","KEY_C3",KEY_C3,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_BTAB + keydef("Key_Back_Tab","KEY_BTAB",KEY_BTAB,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_BEG + keydef("Key_Beginning","KEY_BEG",KEY_BEG,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_CANCEL + keydef("Key_Cancel","KEY_CANCEL",KEY_CANCEL,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_CLOSE + keydef("Key_Close","KEY_CLOSE",KEY_CLOSE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_COMMAND + keydef("Key_Command","KEY_COMMAND",KEY_COMMAND,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_COPY + keydef("Key_Copy","KEY_COPY",KEY_COPY,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_CREATE + keydef("Key_Create","KEY_CREATE",KEY_CREATE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_END + keydef("Key_End","KEY_END",KEY_END,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_EXIT + keydef("Key_Exit","KEY_EXIT",KEY_EXIT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_FIND + keydef("Key_Find","KEY_FIND",KEY_FIND,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_HELP + keydef("Key_Help","KEY_HELP",KEY_HELP,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_MARK + keydef("Key_Mark","KEY_MARK",KEY_MARK,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_MESSAGE + keydef("Key_Message","KEY_MESSAGE",KEY_MESSAGE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_MOVE + keydef("Key_Move","KEY_MOVE",KEY_MOVE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_NEXT + keydef("Key_Next","KEY_NEXT",KEY_NEXT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_OPEN + keydef("Key_Open","KEY_OPEN",KEY_OPEN,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_OPTIONS + keydef("Key_Options","KEY_OPTIONS",KEY_OPTIONS,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_PREVIOUS + keydef("Key_Previous","KEY_PREVIOUS",KEY_PREVIOUS,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_REDO + keydef("Key_Redo","KEY_REDO",KEY_REDO,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_REFERENCE + keydef("Key_Reference","KEY_REFERENCE",KEY_REFERENCE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_REFRESH + keydef("Key_Refresh","KEY_REFRESH",KEY_REFRESH,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_REPLACE + keydef("Key_Replace","KEY_REPLACE",KEY_REPLACE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_RESTART + keydef("Key_Restart","KEY_RESTART",KEY_RESTART,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_RESUME + keydef("Key_Resume","KEY_RESUME",KEY_RESUME,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SAVE + keydef("Key_Save","KEY_SAVE",KEY_SAVE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SBEG + keydef("Key_Shift_Begin","KEY_SBEG",KEY_SBEG,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SCANCEL + keydef("Key_Shift_Cancel","KEY_SCANCEL",KEY_SCANCEL,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SCOMMAND + keydef("Key_Shift_Command","KEY_SCOMMAND",KEY_SCOMMAND,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SCOPY + keydef("Key_Shift_Copy","KEY_SCOPY",KEY_SCOPY,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SCREATE + keydef("Key_Shift_Create","KEY_SCREATE",KEY_SCREATE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SDC + keydef("Key_Shift_Delete_Char","KEY_SDC",KEY_SDC,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SDL + keydef("Key_Shift_Delete_Line","KEY_SDL",KEY_SDL,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SELECT + keydef("Key_Select","KEY_SELECT",KEY_SELECT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SEND + keydef("Key_Shift_End","KEY_SEND",KEY_SEND,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SEOL + keydef("Key_Shift_Clear_End_Of_Line","KEY_SEOL",KEY_SEOL,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SEXIT + keydef("Key_Shift_Exit","KEY_SEXIT",KEY_SEXIT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SFIND + keydef("Key_Shift_Find","KEY_SFIND",KEY_SFIND,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SHELP + keydef("Key_Shift_Help","KEY_SHELP",KEY_SHELP,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SHOME + keydef("Key_Shift_Home","KEY_SHOME",KEY_SHOME,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SIC + keydef("Key_Shift_Insert_Char","KEY_SIC",KEY_SIC,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SLEFT + keydef("Key_Shift_Cursor_Left","KEY_SLEFT",KEY_SLEFT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SMESSAGE + keydef("Key_Shift_Message","KEY_SMESSAGE",KEY_SMESSAGE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SMOVE + keydef("Key_Shift_Move","KEY_SMOVE",KEY_SMOVE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SNEXT + keydef("Key_Shift_Next_Page","KEY_SNEXT",KEY_SNEXT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SOPTIONS + keydef("Key_Shift_Options","KEY_SOPTIONS",KEY_SOPTIONS,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SPREVIOUS + keydef("Key_Shift_Previous_Page","KEY_SPREVIOUS",KEY_SPREVIOUS,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SPRINT + keydef("Key_Shift_Print","KEY_SPRINT",KEY_SPRINT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SREDO + keydef("Key_Shift_Redo","KEY_SREDO",KEY_SREDO,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SREPLACE + keydef("Key_Shift_Replace","KEY_SREPLACE",KEY_SREPLACE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SRIGHT + keydef("Key_Shift_Cursor_Right","KEY_SRIGHT",KEY_SRIGHT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SRSUME + keydef("Key_Shift_Resume","KEY_SRSUME",KEY_SRSUME,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SSAVE + keydef("Key_Shift_Save","KEY_SSAVE",KEY_SSAVE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SSUSPEND + keydef("Key_Shift_Suspend","KEY_SSUSPEND",KEY_SSUSPEND,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SUNDO + keydef("Key_Shift_Undo","KEY_SUNDO",KEY_SUNDO,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SUSPEND + keydef("Key_Suspend","KEY_SUSPEND",KEY_SUSPEND,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_UNDO + keydef("Key_Undo","KEY_UNDO",KEY_UNDO,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_MOUSE + keydef("Key_Mouse","KEY_MOUSE",KEY_MOUSE,mode); +#endif +} + +static void acs_def (const char *name, chtype *a) +{ + int c = a - &acs_map[0]; + printf(" %-24s : constant Character := ",name); + if (isprint(c) && (c!='`')) + printf("'%c';\n",c); + else + printf("Character'Val (%d);\n",c); +} + + +static void gen_acs (void) +{ +#ifdef ACS_ULCORNER + acs_def("ACS_Upper_Left_Corner",&ACS_ULCORNER); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_LLCORNER + acs_def("ACS_Lower_Left_Corner",&ACS_LLCORNER); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_URCORNER + acs_def("ACS_Upper_Right_Corner",&ACS_URCORNER); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_LRCORNER + acs_def("ACS_Lower_Right_Corner",&ACS_LRCORNER); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_LTEE + acs_def("ACS_Left_Tee",&ACS_LTEE); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_RTEE + acs_def("ACS_Right_Tee",&ACS_RTEE); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_BTEE + acs_def("ACS_Bottom_Tee",&ACS_BTEE); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_TTEE + acs_def("ACS_Top_Tee",&ACS_TTEE); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_HLINE + acs_def("ACS_Horizontal_Line",&ACS_HLINE); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_VLINE + acs_def("ACS_Vertical_Line",&ACS_VLINE); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_PLUS + acs_def("ACS_Plus_Symbol",&ACS_PLUS); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_S1 + acs_def("ACS_Scan_Line_1",&ACS_S1); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_S9 + acs_def("ACS_Scan_Line_9",&ACS_S9); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_DIAMOND + acs_def("ACS_Diamond",&ACS_DIAMOND); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_CKBOARD + acs_def("ACS_Checker_Board",&ACS_CKBOARD); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_DEGREE + acs_def("ACS_Degree",&ACS_DEGREE); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_PLMINUS + acs_def("ACS_Plus_Minus",&ACS_PLMINUS); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_BULLET + acs_def("ACS_Bullet",&ACS_BULLET); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_LARROW + acs_def("ACS_Left_Arrow",&ACS_LARROW); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_RARROW + acs_def("ACS_Right_Arrow",&ACS_RARROW); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_DARROW + acs_def("ACS_Down_Arrow",&ACS_DARROW); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_UARROW + acs_def("ACS_Up_Arrow",&ACS_UARROW); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_BOARD + acs_def("ACS_Board_Of_Squares",&ACS_BOARD); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_LANTERN + acs_def("ACS_Lantern",&ACS_LANTERN); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_BLOCK + acs_def("ACS_Solid_Block",&ACS_BLOCK); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_S3 + acs_def("ACS_Scan_Line_3",&ACS_S3); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_S7 + acs_def("ACS_Scan_Line_7",&ACS_S7); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_LEQUAL + acs_def("ACS_Less_Or_Equal",&ACS_LEQUAL); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_GEQUAL + acs_def("ACS_Greater_Or_Equal",&ACS_GEQUAL); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_PI + acs_def("ACS_PI",&ACS_PI); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_NEQUAL + acs_def("ACS_Not_Equal",&ACS_NEQUAL); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_STERLING + acs_def("ACS_Sterling",&ACS_STERLING); +#endif +} + +static void prologue(const char *name) +{ + time_t t = time(NULL); + printf("-- %s binding, generated at %s",name,ctime(&t)); + printf("-- This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!\n"); + printf("-- Run the generator instead.\n-- |"); + + printf("define(`M4_BIT_ORDER',`%s_Order_First')",little_endian ? "Low":"High"); +} + +static void basedefs (void) +{ + prologue("curses"); +#ifndef KEY_MAX +# define KEY_MAX 0777 +#endif + printf("define(`M4_KEY_MAX',`8#%o#')",KEY_MAX); +#ifndef KEY_MIN +# define KEY_MIN 0401 +#endif + if (KEY_MIN == 256) + abort(); + printf("define(`M4_SPECIAL_FIRST',`8#%o#')",KEY_MIN - 1); +} + +static void menu_basedefs (void) +{ + prologue("menu"); +} + +static void form_basedefs (void) +{ + prologue("form"); +} + +static void mouse_basedefs(void) +{ + prologue("mouse"); +} + +static void color_def (const char *name, int value) +{ + printf(" %-8s : constant Color_Number := %d;\n",name,value); +} + +static void gen_color (void) +{ +#ifdef COLOR_BLACK + color_def ("Black",COLOR_BLACK); +#endif +#ifdef COLOR_RED + color_def ("Red",COLOR_RED); +#endif +#ifdef COLOR_GREEN + color_def ("Green",COLOR_GREEN); +#endif +#ifdef COLOR_YELLOW + color_def ("Yellow",COLOR_YELLOW); +#endif +#ifdef COLOR_BLUE + color_def ("Blue",COLOR_BLUE); +#endif +#ifdef COLOR_MAGENTA + color_def ("Magenta",COLOR_MAGENTA); +#endif +#ifdef COLOR_CYAN + color_def ("Cyan",COLOR_CYAN); +#endif +#ifdef COLOR_WHITE + color_def ("White",COLOR_WHITE); +#endif +} + +static void gen_linkopts (void) +{ + printf(" pragma Linker_Options (\"-lncurses\");\n"); +} + +static void gen_menu_linkopts (void) +{ + printf(" pragma Linker_Options (\"-lmenu\");\n"); +} + +static void gen_form_linkopts (void) +{ + printf(" pragma Linker_Options (\"-lform\");\n"); +} + +static void gen_panel_linkopts (void) +{ + printf(" pragma Linker_Options (\"-lpanel\");\n"); +} + + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + int x = 0x12345678; + char *s = (char *)&x; + + if (*s == 0x78) + little_endian = 1; + + if (argc!=3) + exit(1); + + switch(argv[1][0]) + { + case 'B': + switch(argv[2][0]) + { + case 'A': + gen_attr_set("Character_Attribute_Set"); + break; + case 'K': + gen_keydefs(0); + break; + case 'B': + basedefs(); + break; + case 'C': + gen_color(); + break; + case 'M': + gen_acs(); + break; + case 'L': + gen_linkopts(); + break; + case 'O': + gen_keydefs(1); + break; + case 'R': + gen_chtype_rep("Attributed_Character"); + break; + default: + break; + } + break; + case 'M': + switch(argv[2][0]) + { + case 'R': + gen_menu_opt_rep("Menu_Option_Set"); + break; + case 'B': + menu_basedefs(); + break; + case 'L': + gen_menu_linkopts(); + break; + case 'I': + gen_item_opt_rep("Item_Option_Set"); + break; + default: + break; + } + break; + case 'F': + switch(argv[2][0]) + { + case 'R': + gen_form_opt_rep("Form_Option_Set"); + break; + case 'B': + form_basedefs(); + break; + case 'L': + gen_form_linkopts(); + break; + case 'I': + gen_field_opt_rep("Field_Option_Set"); + break; + default: + break; + } + break; + case 'P': + switch(argv[2][0]) + { + case 'B': + mouse_basedefs(); + break; + case 'M': + gen_mrep_rep("Mouse_Event"); + break; + case 'L': + gen_panel_linkopts(); + break; + default: + break; + } + break; + default: + break; + } + return 0; +} diff --git a/Ada95/gen/normal.m4 b/Ada95/gen/normal.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f884c465 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/normal.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +define(`MANPAGE',`define(`MANPG',$1)dnl +|===================================================================== + -- | Man page MANPG + -- |=====================================================================')dnl +define(`ANCHOR',`define(`CFUNAME',`$1')define(`AFUNAME',`$2')'dnl +|)dnl +define(`AKA',``AKA': CFUNAME')dnl +define(`ALIAS',``AKA': $1')dnl diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3fdeecb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +generic + type User is limited private; + type User_Access is access User; +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data is + + -- The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own + -- internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer + -- with the low level C routines for this field without taking care of + -- this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines + -- the user pointer of this field, you should get first the low level + -- user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first + -- member the Ada95 user pointer for this field. You should never change + -- the low level user pointer of an Ada created field. + -- + -- MANPAGE(`form_field_userptr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_userptr',`Set_User_Data') + procedure Set_User_Data (Fld : in Field; + Data : in User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data); + + -- ANCHOR(`field_userptr',`Get_User_Data') + procedure Get_User_Data (Fld : in Field; + Data : out User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da9b0c5f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +generic + type User is limited private; + type User_Access is access User; +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data is + + -- The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own + -- internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer + -- with the low level C routines for this form without taking care of + -- this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines + -- the user pointer of this form, you should get first the low level + -- user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first + -- member the Ada95 user pointer for this form. You should never change + -- the low level user pointer of an Ada created form. + -- + -- MANPAGE(`form_userptr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_userptr',`Set_User_Data') + procedure Set_User_Data (Frm : in Form; + Data : in User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data); + + -- ANCHOR(`form_userptr',`Get_User_Data') + procedure Get_User_Data (Frm : in Form; + Data : out User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data; + diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..998fdba1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,812 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Form -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.9 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +include(`Form_Base_Defs') +with System; +with Ada.Tags; use Ada.Tags; +with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; +with Interfaces.C; +with Interfaces.C.Strings; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms is + +include(`Form_Linker_Options') + + Space : Character renames Ada.Characters.Latin_1.Space; + + type Field is private; + type Form is private; + type C_Field_Type is private; + + Null_Field : constant Field; + Null_Form : constant Form; + Null_Field_Type : constant C_Field_Type; + + + type Field_Justification is (None, + Left, + Center, + Right); + +include(`Field_Rep') + + Default_Field_Options : Field_Option_Set; + -- The initial defaults for the field options. + +include(`Form_Opt_Rep') + + Default_Form_Options : Form_Option_Set; + -- The initial defaults for the form options. + + type Buffer_Number is new Natural; + + type Field_Array is array (Positive range <>) of aliased Field; + pragma Convention (C, Field_Array); + + type Field_Array_Access is access all Field_Array; + + subtype Form_Request_Code is Key_Code range (Key_Max + 1) .. (Key_Max + 57); + + -- The prefix F_ stands for "Form Request" + F_Next_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 1; + F_Previous_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 2; + F_First_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 3; + F_Last_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 4; + + F_Next_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 5; + F_Previous_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 6; + F_First_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 7; + F_Last_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 8; + F_Sorted_Next_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 9; + F_Sorted_Previous_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 10; + F_Sorted_First_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 11; + F_Sorted_Last_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 12; + F_Left_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 13; + F_Right_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 14; + F_Up_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 15; + F_Down_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 16; + + F_Next_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 17; + F_Previous_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 18; + F_Next_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 19; + F_Previous_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 20; + F_Next_Word : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 21; + F_Previous_Word : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 22; + F_Begin_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 23; + F_End_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 24; + F_Begin_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 25; + F_End_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 26; + F_Left_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 27; + F_Right_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 28; + F_Up_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 29; + F_Down_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 30; + + F_New_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 31; + F_Insert_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 32; + F_Insert_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 33; + F_Delete_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 34; + F_Delete_Previous : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 35; + F_Delete_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 36; + F_Delete_Word : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 37; + F_Clear_EOL : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 38; + F_Clear_EOF : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 39; + F_Clear_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 40; + F_Overlay_Mode : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 41; + F_Insert_Mode : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 42; + + -- Vertical Scrolling + F_ScrollForward_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 43; + F_ScrollBackward_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 44; + F_ScrollForward_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 45; + F_ScrollBackward_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 46; + F_ScrollForward_HalfPage : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 47; + F_ScrollBackward_HalfPage : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 48; + + -- Horizontal Scrolling + F_HScrollForward_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 49; + F_HScrollBackward_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 50; + F_HScrollForward_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 51; + F_HScrollBackward_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 52; + F_HScrollForward_HalfLine : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 53; + F_HScrollBackward_HalfLine : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 54; + + F_Validate_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 55; + F_Next_Choice : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 56; + F_Previous_Choice : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 57; + + -- For those who like the old 'C' style request names + REQ_NEXT_PAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Page; + REQ_PREV_PAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Page; + REQ_FIRST_PAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_First_Page; + REQ_LAST_PAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Last_Page; + + REQ_NEXT_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Field; + REQ_PREV_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Field; + REQ_FIRST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_First_Field; + REQ_LAST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Last_Field; + REQ_SNEXT_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Next_Field; + REQ_SPREV_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Previous_Field; + REQ_SFIRST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_First_Field; + REQ_SLAST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Last_Field; + REQ_LEFT_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Left_Field; + REQ_RIGHT_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Right_Field; + REQ_UP_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Up_Field; + REQ_DOWN_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Down_Field; + + REQ_NEXT_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Char; + REQ_PREV_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Char; + REQ_NEXT_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Line; + REQ_PREV_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Line; + REQ_NEXT_WORD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Word; + REQ_PREV_WORD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Word; + REQ_BEG_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Begin_Field; + REQ_END_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_End_Field; + REQ_BEG_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Begin_Line; + REQ_END_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_End_Line; + REQ_LEFT_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Left_Char; + REQ_RIGHT_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Right_Char; + REQ_UP_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Up_Char; + REQ_DOWN_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Down_Char; + + REQ_NEW_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_New_Line; + REQ_INS_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Char; + REQ_INS_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Line; + REQ_DEL_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Char; + REQ_DEL_PREV : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Previous; + REQ_DEL_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Line; + REQ_DEL_WORD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Word; + REQ_CLR_EOL : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_EOL; + REQ_CLR_EOF : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_EOF; + REQ_CLR_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_Field; + REQ_OVL_MODE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Overlay_Mode; + REQ_INS_MODE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Mode; + + REQ_SCR_FLINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_Line; + REQ_SCR_BLINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_Line; + REQ_SCR_FPAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_Page; + REQ_SCR_BPAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_Page; + REQ_SCR_FHPAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_HalfPage; + REQ_SCR_BHPAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_HalfPage; + + REQ_SCR_FCHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_Char; + REQ_SCR_BCHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_Char; + REQ_SCR_HFLINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_Line; + REQ_SCR_HBLINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_Line; + REQ_SCR_HFHALF : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_HalfLine; + REQ_SCR_HBHALF : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_HalfLine; + + REQ_VALIDATION : Form_Request_Code renames F_Validate_Field; + REQ_NEXT_CHOICE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Choice; + REQ_PREV_CHOICE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Choice; + + + procedure Request_Name (Key : in Form_Request_Code; + Name : out String); + + ------------------ + -- Exceptions -- + ------------------ + Form_Exception : exception; + + -- MANPAGE(`form_field_new.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`new_field()',`Create') + function Create (Height : Line_Count; + Width : Column_Count; + Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position; + Off_Screen : Natural := 0; + More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First) + return Field; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`new_field()',`New_Field') + function New_Field (Height : Line_Count; + Width : Column_Count; + Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position; + Off_Screen : Natural := 0; + More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First) + return Field renames Create; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`free_field()',`Delete') + procedure Delete (Fld : in out Field); + -- AKA + -- Reset Fld to Null_Field + + -- ANCHOR(`dup_field()',`Duplicate') + function Duplicate (Fld : Field; + Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position) return Field; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`link_field()',`Link') + function Link (Fld : Field; + Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position) return Field; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_field_just.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_just()',`Set_Justification') + procedure Set_Justification (Fld : in Field; + Just : in Field_Justification := None); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_just()',`Get_Justification') + function Get_Justification (Fld : Field) return Field_Justification; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_field_buffer.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_buffer()',`Set_Buffer') + procedure Set_Buffer + (Fld : in Field; + Buffer : in Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First; + Str : in String); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_buffer()',`Get_Buffer') + procedure Get_Buffer + (Fld : in Field; + Buffer : in Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First; + Str : out String); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_status()',`Set_Status') + procedure Set_Status (Fld : in Field; + Status : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_status()',`Changed') + function Changed (Fld : Field) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_max()',`Set_Maximum_Size') + procedure Set_Maximum_Size (Fld : in Field; + Max : in Natural := 0); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_field_opts.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_opts()',`Set_Options') + procedure Set_Options (Fld : in Field; + Options : in Field_Option_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_opts_on()',`Switch_Options') + procedure Switch_Options (Fld : in Field; + Options : in Field_Option_Set; + On : Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`field_opts_off()') + + -- ANCHOR(`field_opts()',`Get_Options') + procedure Get_Options (Fld : in Field; + Options : out Field_Option_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_opts()',`Get_Options') + function Get_Options (Fld : Field := Null_Field) + return Field_Option_Set; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_field_attributes.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_fore()',`Set_Foreground') + procedure Set_Foreground + (Fld : in Field; + Fore : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_fore()',`Foreground') + procedure Foreground (Fld : in Field; + Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_fore()',`Foreground') + procedure Foreground (Fld : in Field; + Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_back()',`Set_Background') + procedure Set_Background + (Fld : in Field; + Back : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_back()',`Background') + procedure Background (Fld : in Field; + Back : out Character_Attribute_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_back()',`Background') + procedure Background (Fld : in Field; + Back : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_pad()',`Set_Pad_Character') + procedure Set_Pad_Character (Fld : in Field; + Pad : in Character := Space); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_pad()',`Pad_Character') + procedure Pad_Character (Fld : in Field; + Pad : out Character); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_field_info.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`field_info()',`Info') + procedure Info (Fld : in Field; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count; + First_Row : out Line_Position; + First_Column : out Column_Position; + Off_Screen : out Natural; + Additional_Buffers : out Buffer_Number); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`dynamic_field_info()',`Dynamic_Info') + procedure Dynamic_Info (Fld : in Field; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count; + Max : out Natural); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_win.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_win()',`Set_Window') + procedure Set_Window (Frm : in Form; + Win : in Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`form_win()',`Get_Window') + function Get_Window (Frm : Form) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_sub()',`Set_Sub_Window') + procedure Set_Sub_Window (Frm : in Form; + Win : in Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`form_sub()',`Get_Sub_Window') + function Get_Sub_Window (Frm : Form) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`scale_form()',`Scale') + procedure Scale (Frm : in Form; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_hook.3x') + + type Form_Hook_Function is access procedure (Frm : in Form); + pragma Convention (C, Form_Hook_Function); + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_init()',`Set_Field_Init_Hook') + procedure Set_Field_Init_Hook (Frm : in Form; + Proc : in Form_Hook_Function); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_term()',`Set_Field_Term_Hook') + procedure Set_Field_Term_Hook (Frm : in Form; + Proc : in Form_Hook_Function); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_init()',`Set_Form_Init_Hook') + procedure Set_Form_Init_Hook (Frm : in Form; + Proc : in Form_Hook_Function); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_term()',`Set_Form_Term_Hook') + procedure Set_Form_Term_Hook (Frm : in Form; + Proc : in Form_Hook_Function); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_init()',`Get_Field_Init_Hook') + function Get_Field_Init_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function; + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Get_Field_Init_Hook, "field_init"); + + -- ANCHOR(`field_term()',`Get_Field_Term_Hook') + function Get_Field_Term_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function; + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Get_Field_Term_Hook, "field_term"); + + -- ANCHOR(`form_init()',`Get_Form_Init_Hook') + function Get_Form_Init_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function; + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Get_Form_Init_Hook, "form_init"); + + -- ANCHOR(`form_term()',`Get_Form_Term_Hook') + function Get_Form_Term_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function; + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Get_Form_Term_Hook, "form_term"); + + -- MANPAGE(`form_field.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_fields()',`Redefine') + procedure Redefine (Frm : in Form; + Flds : in Field_Array); + -- AKA + -- With a bit more comfort. You don´t need to terminate the Field_Array + -- with a null entry. This is handled internally in the binding. + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_fields()',`Set_Fields') + procedure Set_Fields (Frm : in Form; + Flds : in Field_Array) renames Redefine; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`form_fields()',`Fields') + function Fields (Frm : Form) return Field_Array_Access; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_count()',`Field_Count') + function Field_Count (Frm : Form) return Natural; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`move_field()',`Move') + procedure Move (Fld : in Field; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_new.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`new_form()',`Create') + function Create (Fields : Field_Array) return Form; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`new_form()',`New_Form') + function New_Form (Fields : Field_Array) return Form renames Create; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`free_form()',`Delete') + procedure Delete (Frm : in out Form); + -- AKA + -- Reset Frm to Null_Form + + -- MANPAGE(`form_opts.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_opts()',`Set_Options') + procedure Set_Options (Frm : in Form; + Options : in Form_Option_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`form_opts_on()',`Switch_Options') + procedure Switch_Options (Frm : in Form; + Options : in Form_Option_Set; + On : Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`form_opts_off()') + + -- ANCHOR(`form_opts()',`Get_Options') + procedure Get_Options (Frm : in Form; + Options : out Form_Option_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`form_opts()',`Get_Options') + function Get_Options (Frm : Form := Null_Form) return Form_Option_Set; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_post.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`post_form()',`Post') + procedure Post (Frm : in Form; + Post : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`unpost_form()') + + -- MANPAGE(`form_cursor.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`pos_form_cursor()',`Position_Cursor') + procedure Position_Cursor (Frm : Form); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_data.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`data_ahead()',`Data_Ahead') + function Data_Ahead (Frm : Form) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`data_behind()',`Data_Behind') + function Data_Behind (Frm : Form) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_driver.3x') + + type Driver_Result is (Form_Ok, + Request_Denied, + Unknown_Request, + Invalid_Field); + + -- ANCHOR(`form_driver()',`Driver') + function Driver (Frm : Form; + Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_page.3x') + + type Page_Number is new Natural; + + -- ANCHOR(`set_current_field()',`Set_Current') + procedure Set_Current (Frm : in Form; + Fld : in Field); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`current_field()',`Current') + function Current (Frm : in Form) return Field; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_page()',`Set_Page') + procedure Set_Page (Frm : in Form; + Page : in Page_Number := Page_Number'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`form_page()',`Page') + function Page (Frm : Form) return Page_Number; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_index()',`Get_Index') + function Get_Index (Fld : Field) return Positive; + -- AKA + -- Please note that in this binding we start the numbering of fields + -- with 1. So this is number is one more than you get from the low + -- level call. + + -- MANPAGE(`form_new_page.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_new_page()',`Set_New_Page') + procedure Set_New_Page (Fld : in Field; + New_Page : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`new_page()',`Is_New_Page') + function Is_New_Page (Fld : Field) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_fieldtype.3x') + + type Field_Type is abstract tagged null record; + type Field_Type_Access is access all Field_Type'Class; + + function Native_Type (Ftype : Field_Type) + return C_Field_Type is abstract; + -- This function returns the C libraries handle to the field type. + -- May be you need this if you want to interface to lower level + -- routines in the form library. + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_type()',`Set_Type') + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Field_Type) is abstract; + -- AKA + -- But: we hide the vararg mechanism of the C interface. You always + -- have to pass a single Field_Type parameter. + + type C_Defined_Field_Type is abstract new Field_Type with null record; + -- This is the root of all field typed defined in C, i.e. this are + -- the predefined field types in the form library. + + type Alpha_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type + with record + Minimum_Field_Width : Natural := 0; + end record; + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Alpha_Field); + function Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Field) + return C_Field_Type; + + type Alpha_Numeric_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with + record + Minimum_Field_Width : Natural := 0; + end record; + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Alpha_Numeric_Field); + function Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Numeric_Field) + return C_Field_Type; + + type Integer_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with + record + Precision : Natural; + Lower_Limit : Integer; + Upper_Limit : Integer; + end record; + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Integer_Field); + function Native_Type (Ftype : Integer_Field) + return C_Field_Type; + + type Numeric_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with + record + Precision : Natural; + Lower_Limit : Float; + Upper_Limit : Float; + end record; + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Numeric_Field); + function Native_Type (Ftype : Numeric_Field) + return C_Field_Type; + + type String_Access is access String; + + type Regular_Expression_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with + record + Regular_Expression : String_Access; + end record; + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Regular_Expression_Field); + function Native_Type (Ftype : Regular_Expression_Field) + return C_Field_Type; + + type Enum_Array is array (Positive range <>) + of String_Access; + + type Enumeration_Info (C : Positive) is + record + Names : Enum_Array (1 .. C); + Case_Sensitive : Boolean := False; + Match_Must_Be_Unique : Boolean := False; + end record; + + type Enumeration_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with private; + + function Create (Info : Enumeration_Info; + Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False) + return Enumeration_Field; + -- Make an fieldtype from the info. Enumerations are special, because + -- they normally don't copy the enum values into a private store, so + -- we have to care for the lifetime of the info we provide. + -- The Auto_Release_Names flag may be used to automatically releases + -- the strings in the Names array of the Enumeration_Info. + + function Make_Enumeration_Type (Info : Enumeration_Info; + Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False) + return Enumeration_Field renames Create; + + procedure Release (Enum : in out Enumeration_Field); + -- But we may want to release the field to release the memory allocated + -- by it internally. After that the Enumeration field is no longer usable. + + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Enumeration_Field); + function Native_Type (Ftype : Enumeration_Field) + return C_Field_Type; + + -- The next type defintions are all ncurses extensions. They are typically + -- not available in other curses implementations. + + type Internet_V4_Address_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type + with null record; + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Internet_V4_Address_Field); + function Native_Type (Ftype : Internet_V4_Address_Field) + return C_Field_Type; + + + type Ada_Defined_Field_Type is abstract new Field_Type with null record; + -- This is the root of the mechanism we use to create field types in + -- Ada95. You don't have to redefine the Set_Field_Type and + -- Native_Field_Type methods, because they work generically on this + -- class. + + procedure Set_Type (Fld : Field; + Fld_Type : Ada_Defined_Field_Type); + + function Native_Type (Ftype : Ada_Defined_Field_Type) + return C_Field_Type; + + -- MANPAGE(`form_field_validation.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`field_type()',`Get_Type') + function Get_Type (Fld : in Field) return Field_Type_Access; + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`field_arg()') + -- In Ada95 we can combine these + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +private + + type Field is new System.Address; + type Form is new System.Address; + type C_Field_Type is new System.Address; + + Null_Field : constant Field := Field (System.Null_Address); + Null_Form : constant Form := Form (System.Null_Address); + Null_Field_Type : constant C_Field_Type := + C_Field_Type (System.Null_Address); + + type CPA_Access is access Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr_array; + + type Enumeration_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with + record + Case_Sensitive : Boolean := False; + Match_Must_Be_Unique : Boolean := False; + Arr : CPA_Access := null; + end record; + + -- In our binding we use the fields user pointer as hook to maintain + -- our own info structure about the field type. To be able to still + -- provide a user pointer, we use this wrapper. + -- + type Field_User_Wrapper is + record + U : System.Address; -- the hook we provide for the user + T : Field_Type_Access; -- may be null + N : Natural; -- use counter + end record; + pragma Convention (C, Field_User_Wrapper); + type Field_User_Wrapper_Access is access all Field_User_Wrapper; + pragma Controlled (Field_User_Wrapper_Access); + + function Set_Field_Userptr (Fld : Field; + Wrp : Field_User_Wrapper_Access) + return Interfaces.C.int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Userptr, "set_field_userptr"); + + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + -- In our binding we use the forms user pointer as hook to maintain + -- our own info structure about the field association. To be able to still + -- provide a user pointer, we use this wrapper. + -- + type Form_User_Wrapper is + record + U : System.Address; -- the hook we provide for the user + I : Field_Array_Access; + end record; + pragma Convention (C, Form_User_Wrapper); + type Form_User_Wrapper_Access is access all Form_User_Wrapper; + pragma Controlled (Form_User_Wrapper_Access); + + function Set_Form_Userptr (Frm : Form; + Wrp : Form_User_Wrapper_Access) + return Interfaces.C.int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Userptr, "set_form_userptr"); + + function Form_Userptr (Frm : Form) return Form_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Form_Userptr, "form_userptr"); + + procedure Register_Type (T : in Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class; + Cft : in C_Field_Type); + procedure Unregister_Type (T : in Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class); + function Search_Type (T : Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class) + return C_Field_Type; + + Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.M4_BIT_ORDER; + -- This constant may be different on your system. + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c32e764a --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +generic + type User is limited private; + type User_Access is access User; +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data is + + -- The binding uses the same user pointer for menu items + -- as the low level C implementation. So you can safely + -- read or write the user pointer also with the C routines + -- + -- MANPAGE(`mitem_userptr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_item_userptr',`Set_User_Data') + procedure Set_User_Data (Itm : in Item; + Data : in User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data); + + -- ANCHOR(`item_userptr',`Get_User_Data') + procedure Get_User_Data (Itm : in Item; + Data : out User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..79a702b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +generic + type User is limited private; + type User_Access is access User; +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data is + + -- The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own + -- internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer + -- with the low level C routines for this menu without taking care of + -- this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines + -- the user pointer of this menu, you should get first the low level + -- user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first + -- member the Ada95 user pointer for this menu. You should never change + -- the low level user pointer of an Ada created menu. + -- + -- MANPAGE(`menu_userptr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_userptr',`Set_User_Data') + procedure Set_User_Data (Men : in Menu; + Data : in User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data); + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_userptr',`Get_User_Data') + procedure Get_User_Data (Men : in Menu; + Data : out User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c1c42f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,519 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menu -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.7 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +include(`Menu_Base_Defs') +with System; +with Interfaces.C; +with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus is + +include(`Menu_Linker_Options') + + + Space : Character renames Ada.Characters.Latin_1.Space; + + type Item is private; + type Menu is private; + + --------------------------- + -- Interface constants -- + --------------------------- + Null_Item : constant Item; + Null_Menu : constant Menu; + + subtype Menu_Request_Code is Key_Code + range (Key_Max + 1) .. (Key_Max + 17); + + -- The prefix M_ stands for "Menu Request" + M_Left_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 1; + M_Right_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 2; + M_Up_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 3; + M_Down_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 4; + M_ScrollUp_Line : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 5; + M_ScrollDown_Line : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 6; + M_ScrollDown_Page : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 7; + M_ScrollUp_Page : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 8; + M_First_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 9; + M_Last_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 10; + M_Next_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 11; + M_Previous_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 12; + M_Toggle_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 13; + M_Clear_Pattern : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 14; + M_Back_Pattern : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 15; + M_Next_Match : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 16; + M_Previous_Match : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 17; + + -- For those who like the old 'C' names for the request codes + REQ_LEFT_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Left_Item; + REQ_RIGHT_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Right_Item; + REQ_UP_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Up_Item; + REQ_DOWN_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Down_Item; + REQ_SCR_ULINE : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollUp_Line; + REQ_SCR_DLINE : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollDown_Line; + REQ_SCR_DPAGE : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollDown_Page; + REQ_SCR_UPAGE : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollUp_Page; + REQ_FIRST_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_First_Item; + REQ_LAST_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Last_Item; + REQ_NEXT_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Next_Item; + REQ_PREV_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Previous_Item; + REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Toggle_Item; + REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Clear_Pattern; + REQ_BACK_PATTERN : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Back_Pattern; + REQ_NEXT_MATCH : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Next_Match; + REQ_PREV_MATCH : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Previous_Match; + + procedure Request_Name (Key : in Menu_Request_Code; + Name : out String); + + ------------------ + -- Exceptions -- + ------------------ + + Menu_Exception : exception; + -- + -- Menu options + -- + +include(`Menu_Opt_Rep') + + Default_Menu_Options : Menu_Option_Set; + -- Initial default options for a menu. + + -- + -- Item options + -- +include(`Item_Rep') + + Default_Item_Options : Item_Option_Set; + -- Initial default options for an item. + + -- + -- Item Array + -- + type Item_Array is array (Positive range <>) of aliased Item; + pragma Convention (C, Item_Array); + + type Item_Array_Access is access all Item_Array; + + -- MANPAGE(`mitem_new.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`new_item()',`Create') + function Create (Name : String; + Description : String := "") return Item; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`new_item()',`New_Item') + function New_Item (Name : String; + Description : String := "") return Item + renames Create; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`free_item()',`Delete') + procedure Delete (Itm : in out Item); + -- AKA + -- Resets Itm to Null_Item + + -- MANPAGE(`mitem_value.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_item_value()',`Set_Value') + procedure Set_Value (Itm : in Item; + Value : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`item_value()',`Value') + function Value (Itm : Item) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`mitem_visible.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`item_visible()',`Visible') + function Visible (Itm : Item) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`mitem_opts.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_item_opts()',`Set_Options') + procedure Set_Options (Itm : in Item; + Options : in Item_Option_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`item_opts_on()',`Switch_Options') + procedure Switch_Options (Itm : in Item; + Options : in Item_Option_Set; + On : Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`item_opts_off()') + + -- ANCHOR(`item_opts()',`Get_Options') + procedure Get_Options (Itm : in Item; + Options : out Item_Option_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`item_opts()',`Get_Options') + function Get_Options (Itm : Item := Null_Item) return Item_Option_Set; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`mitem_name.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`item_name()',`Name') + procedure Name (Itm : in Item; + Name : out String); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`item_description();',`Description') + procedure Description (Itm : in Item; + Description : out String); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`mitem_current.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_current_item()',`Set_Current') + procedure Set_Current (Men : in Menu; + Itm : in Item); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`current_item()',`Current') + function Current (Men : Menu) return Item; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_top_row()',`Set_Top_Row') + procedure Set_Top_Row (Men : in Menu; + Line : in Line_Position); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`top_row()',`Top_Row') + function Top_Row (Men : Menu) return Line_Position; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`item_index()',`Get_Index') + function Get_Index (Itm : Item) return Positive; + -- AKA + -- Please note that in this binding we start the numbering of items + -- with 1. So this is number is one more than you get from the low + -- level call. + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_post.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`post_menu()',`Post') + procedure Post (Men : in Menu; + Post : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`unpost_menu()') + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_opts.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_opts()',`Set_Options') + procedure Set_Options (Men : in Menu; + Options : in Menu_Option_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_opts_on()',`Switch_Options') + procedure Switch_Options (Men : in Menu; + Options : in Menu_Option_Set; + On : Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`menu_opts_off()') + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_opts()',`Get_Options') + procedure Get_Options (Men : in Menu; + Options : out Menu_Option_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_opts()',`Get_Options') + function Get_Options (Men : Menu := Null_Menu) return Menu_Option_Set; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_win.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_win()',`Set_Window') + procedure Set_Window (Men : in Menu; + Win : in Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_win()',`Get_Window') + function Get_Window (Men : Menu) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_sub()',`Set_Sub_Window') + procedure Set_Sub_Window (Men : in Menu; + Win : in Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_sub()',`Get_Sub_Window') + function Get_Sub_Window (Men : Menu) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`scale_menu()',`Scale') + procedure Scale (Men : in Menu; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_cursor.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`pos_menu_cursor()',`Position_Cursor') + procedure Position_Cursor (Men : Menu); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_mark.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_mark()',`Set_Mark') + procedure Set_Mark (Men : in Menu; + Mark : in String); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_mark()',`Mark') + procedure Mark (Men : in Menu; + Mark : out String); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_attribs.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_fore()',`Set_Foreground') + procedure Set_Foreground + (Men : in Menu; + Fore : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_fore()',`Foreground') + procedure Foreground (Men : in Menu; + Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_fore()',`Foreground') + procedure Foreground (Men : in Menu; + Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_back()',`Set_Background') + procedure Set_Background + (Men : in Menu; + Back : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_back()',`Background') + procedure Background (Men : in Menu; + Back : out Character_Attribute_Set); + -- AKA + -- ANCHOR(`menu_back()',`Background') + + procedure Background (Men : in Menu; + Back : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_grey()',`Set_Grey') + procedure Set_Grey + (Men : in Menu; + Grey : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_grey()',`Grey') + procedure Grey (Men : in Menu; + Grey : out Character_Attribute_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_grey()',`Grey') + procedure Grey + (Men : in Menu; + Grey : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_pad()',`Set_Pad_Character') + procedure Set_Pad_Character (Men : in Menu; + Pad : in Character := Space); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_pad()',`Pad_Character') + procedure Pad_Character (Men : in Menu; + Pad : out Character); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_spacing.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_spacing()',`Set_Spacing') + procedure Set_Spacing (Men : in Menu; + Descr : in Column_Position := 0; + Row : in Line_Position := 0; + Col : in Column_Position := 0); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_spacing()',`Spacing') + procedure Spacing (Men : in Menu; + Descr : out Column_Position; + Row : out Line_Position; + Col : out Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_pattern.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_pattern()',`Set_Pattern') + function Set_Pattern (Men : Menu; + Text : String) return Boolean; + -- AKA + -- Return TRUE if the pattern matches, FALSE otherwise + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_pattern()',`Pattern') + procedure Pattern (Men : in Menu; + Text : out String); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_format.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_format()',`Set_Format') + procedure Set_Format (Men : in Menu; + Lines : in Line_Count; + Columns : in Column_Count); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_format()',`Format') + procedure Format (Men : in Menu; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_hook.3x') + + type Menu_Hook_Function is access procedure (Men : in Menu); + pragma Convention (C, Menu_Hook_Function); + + -- ANCHOR(`set_item_init()',`Set_Item_Init_Hook') + procedure Set_Item_Init_Hook (Men : in Menu; + Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_item_term()',`Set_Item_Term_Hook') + procedure Set_Item_Term_Hook (Men : in Menu; + Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_init()',`Set_Menu_Init_Hook') + procedure Set_Menu_Init_Hook (Men : in Menu; + Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_term()',`Set_Menu_Term_Hook') + procedure Set_Menu_Term_Hook (Men : in Menu; + Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`item_init()',`Get_Item_Init_Hook') + function Get_Item_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`item_term()',`Get_Item_Term_Hook') + function Get_Item_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_init()',`Get_Menu_Init_Hook') + function Get_Menu_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_term()',`Get_Menu_Term_Hook') + function Get_Menu_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_items.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_items()',`Redefine') + procedure Redefine (Men : in Menu; + Items : in Item_Array); + -- AKA + -- With a bit more comfort. You don´t need to terminate the Item_Array + -- with a null entry. This is handled internally in the binding. + + procedure Set_Items (Men : in Menu; + Items : in Item_Array) renames Redefine; + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_items()',`Items') + function Items (Men : Menu) return Item_Array_Access; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`item_count()',`Item_Count') + function Item_Count (Men : Menu) return Natural; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_new.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`new_menu()',`Create') + function Create (Items : Item_Array) return Menu; + -- AKA + + function New_Menu (Items : Item_Array) return Menu renames Create; + + -- ANCHOR(`free_menu()',`Delete') + procedure Delete (Men : in out Menu); + -- AKA + -- Reset Men to Null_Menu + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_new.3x') + + type Driver_Result is (Menu_Ok, + Request_Denied, + Unknown_Request, + No_Match); + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_driver()',`Driver') + function Driver (Men : Menu; + Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result; + -- AKA + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +private + type Item is new System.Address; + type Menu is new System.Address; + + Null_Item : constant Item := Item (System.Null_Address); + Null_Menu : constant Menu := Menu (System.Null_Address); + + -- This binding uses the original user pointer mechanism of a menu to store + -- specific informations about a menu. This wrapper record carries this + -- specifics and contains a field to maintain a new user pointer. Please + -- note that you must take this into account if you wan't to use the user + -- pointer mechanism of a menu created with this binding in low-level C + -- routines. + type Ada_User_Wrapper is + record + U : System.Address; + I : Item_Array_Access; + end record; + pragma Convention (C, Ada_User_Wrapper); + type Ada_User_Wrapper_Access is access all Ada_User_Wrapper; + pragma Controlled (Ada_User_Wrapper_Access); + + Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.M4_BIT_ORDER; + -- This constant may be different on your system. + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4a5928f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-mouse_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.6 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +include(`Mouse_Base_Defs') +with System; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse is + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_mouse.3x') + -- Please note, that in ncurses-1.9.9e documentation mouse support + -- is still marked as experimental. So also this binding will change + -- if the ncurses methods change. + -- + type Event_Mask is private; + No_Events : constant Event_Mask; + All_Events : constant Event_Mask; + + type Mouse_Button is (Left, -- aka: Button 1 + Middle, -- aka: Button 2 + Right, -- aka: Button 3 + Button4, -- aka: Button 4 + Control, -- Control Key + Shift, -- Shift Key + Alt); -- ALT Key + + type Button_State is (Released, + Pressed, + Clicked, + Double_Clicked, + Triple_Clicked); + + type Mouse_Event is private; + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_mouse.3x') + + procedure Register_Reportable_Event + (B : in Mouse_Button; + S : in Button_State; + Mask : in out Event_Mask); + -- Stores the event described by the button and the state in the mask. + -- Before you call this the first time, you should init the mask + -- with the Empty_Mask constant + + -- ANCHOR(`mousemask()',`Start_Mouse') + function Start_Mouse (Mask : Event_Mask := All_Events) + return Event_Mask; + -- AKA + + procedure End_Mouse; + pragma Import (C, End_Mouse, "_nc_ada_unregister_mouse"); + -- Terminates the mouse + + -- ANCHOR(`getmouse()',`Get_Mouse') + function Get_Mouse return Mouse_Event; + -- AKA + + procedure Get_Event (Event : in Mouse_Event; + Y : out Line_Position; + X : out Column_Position; + Button : out Mouse_Button; + State : out Button_State); + -- !!! Warning: X and Y are screen coordinates. Due to ripped of lines they + -- may not be identical to window coordinates. + + -- ANCHOR(`ungetmouse()',`Unget_Mouse') + procedure Unget_Mouse (Event : in Mouse_Event); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wenclose()',`Enclosed_In_Window') + function Enclosed_In_Window (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Event : Mouse_Event) return Boolean; + -- AKA + -- But : use event instead of screen coordinates. + + -- ANCHOR(`mouseinterval()',`Mouse_Interval') + function Mouse_Interval (Msec : Natural := 200) return Natural; + -- AKA + +private + type Event_Mask is new Interfaces.C.int; + No_Events : constant Event_Mask := 0; + All_Events : constant Event_Mask := -1; + + type Mouse_Event is + record + Id : Integer range Integer (Interfaces.C.short'First) .. + Integer (Interfaces.C.Short'Last); + X, Y, Z : Integer range Integer (Interfaces.C.int'First) .. + Integer (Interfaces.C.int'Last); + Bstate : Event_Mask; + end record; + pragma Convention (C, Mouse_Event); + pragma Pack (Mouse_Event); + +include(`Mouse_Event_Rep') + Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.M4_BIT_ORDER; + -- This constant may be different on your system. + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6d68cc23 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +generic + type User is limited private; + type User_Access is access all User; +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data is + + -- MANPAGE(`panel.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_panel_userptr',`Set_User_Data') + procedure Set_User_Data (Pan : in Panel; + Data : in User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data); + + -- ANCHOR(`panel_userptr',`Get_User_Data') + procedure Get_User_Data (Pan : in Panel; + Data : out User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2503b1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with System; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels is + +include(`Panel_Linker_Options') + + type Panel is private; + + --------------------------- + -- Interface constants -- + --------------------------- + Null_Panel : constant Panel; + + ------------------- + -- Exceptions -- + ------------------- + + Panel_Exception : exception; + + -- MANPAGE(`panel.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`new_panel()',`Create') + function Create (Win : Window) return Panel; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`new_panel()',`New_Panel') + function New_Panel (Win : Window) return Panel renames Create; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`bottom_panel()',`Bottom') + procedure Bottom (Pan : in Panel); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`top_panel()',`Top') + procedure Top (Pan : in Panel); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`show_panel()',`Show') + procedure Show (Pan : in Panel); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`update_panels()',`Update_Panels') + procedure Update_Panels; + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Update_Panels, "update_panels"); + + -- ANCHOR(`hide_panel()',`Hide') + procedure Hide (Pan : in Panel); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`panel_window()',`Get_Window') + function Get_Window (Pan : Panel) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`panel_window()',`Panel_Window') + function Panel_Window (Pan : Panel) return Window renames Get_Window; + + -- ANCHOR(`replace_panel()',`Replace') + procedure Replace (Pan : in Panel; + Win : in Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`move_panel()',`Move') + procedure Move (Pan : in Panel; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`panel_hidden()',`Is_Hidden') + function Is_Hidden (Pan : Panel) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`panel_above()',`Above') + function Above (Pan : Panel) return Panel; + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Above, "panel_above"); + + -- ANCHOR(`panel_below()',`Below') + function Below (Pan : Panel) return Panel; + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Below, "panel_below"); + + -- ANCHOR(`del_panel()',`Delete') + procedure Delete (Pan : in out Panel); + -- AKA + + private + type Panel is new System.Address; + Null_Panel : constant Panel := Panel (System.Null_Address); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e4f7ce9d --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,1187 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.7 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +include(`Base_Defs') +with System; +with Interfaces.C; -- We need this for some assertions. + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses is + +include(`Linker_Options') + type Window is private; + Null_Window : constant Window; + + type Line_Position is new Natural; -- line coordinate + type Column_Position is new Natural; -- column coordinate + + subtype Line_Count is Line_Position range 1 .. Line_Position'Last; + -- Type to count lines. We do not allow null windows, so must be positive + subtype Column_Count is Column_Position range 1 .. Column_Position'Last; + -- Type to count columns. We do not allow null windows, so must be positive + + type Key_Code is new Natural; + -- That is anything including real characters, special keys and logical + -- request codes. + + subtype Real_Key_Code is Key_Code range 0 .. M4_KEY_MAX; + -- This are the codes that potentially represent a real keystroke. + -- Not all codes may be possible on a specific terminal. To check the + -- availability of a special key, the Has_Key function is provided. + + subtype Special_Key_Code is Real_Key_Code + range M4_SPECIAL_FIRST .. Real_Key_Code'Last; + -- Type for a function- or special key number + + subtype Normal_Key_Code is Real_Key_Code range + Character'Pos (Character'First) .. Character'Pos (Character'Last); + -- This are the codes for regular (incl. non-graphical) characters. + + -- Constants for function- and special keys + -- + Key_None : constant Special_Key_Code := M4_SPECIAL_FIRST; +include(`Key_Definitions') + Key_Max : constant Special_Key_Code + := Special_Key_Code'Last; + + subtype User_Key_Code is Key_Code + range (Key_Max + 129) .. Key_Code'Last; + -- This is reserved for user defined key codes. The range between Key_Max + -- and the first user code is reserved for subsystems like menu and forms. + + -- For those who like to use the original key names we produce them were + -- they differ from the original. Please note that they may differ in + -- lower/upper case. +include(`Old_Keys') + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + type Color_Number is range 0 .. Integer (Interfaces.C.short'Last); + for Color_Number'Size use Interfaces.C.short'Size; + -- (n)curses uses a short for the color index + -- The model is, that a Color_Number is an index into an array of + -- (potentially) definable colors. Some of those indices are + -- predefined (see below), although they may not really exist. + +include(`Color_Defs') + type RGB_Value is range 0 .. Integer (Interfaces.C.Short'Last); + for RGB_Value'Size use Interfaces.C.short'Size; + -- Some system may allow to redefine a color by setting RGB values. + + type Color_Pair is range 0 .. 255; + for Color_Pair'Size use 8; + subtype Redefinable_Color_Pair is Color_Pair range 1 .. 255; + -- (n)curses reserves 1 Byte for the color-pair number. Color Pair 0 + -- is fixed (Black & White). A color pair is simply a combination of + -- two colors described by Color_Numbers, one for the foreground and + -- the other for the background + +include(`Character_Attribute_Set_Rep') + -- (n)curses uses half of an integer for attributes. + + Normal_Video : constant Character_Attribute_Set := (others => False); + + type Attributed_Character is + record + Attr : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : Color_Pair := 0; + Ch : Character := ' '; + end record; + pragma Convention (C, Attributed_Character); + -- This is the counterpart for the chtype in C. + +include(`AC_Rep') + Default_Character : constant Attributed_Character + := (Ch => Character'First, + Color => Color_Pair'First, + Attr => Normal_Video); + + type Attributed_String is array (Positive range <>) of Attributed_Character; + pragma Pack (Attributed_String); + -- In this binding we allow strings of attributed characters. + + ------------------ + -- Exceptions -- + ------------------ + Curses_Exception : exception; + + -- Those exceptions are raised by the ETI (Extended Terminal Interface) + -- subpackets for Menu and Forms handling. + -- + Eti_System_Error : exception; + Eti_Bad_Argument : exception; + Eti_Posted : exception; + Eti_Connected : exception; + Eti_Bad_State : exception; + Eti_No_Room : exception; + Eti_Not_Posted : exception; + Eti_Unknown_Command : exception; + Eti_No_Match : exception; + Eti_Not_Selectable : exception; + Eti_Not_Connected : exception; + Eti_Request_Denied : exception; + Eti_Invalid_Field : exception; + Eti_Current : exception; + + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + -- External C variables + -- Conceptually even in C this are kind of constants, but they are + -- initialized and sometimes changed by the library routines at runtime + -- depending on the type of terminal. I believe the best way to model + -- this is to use functions. + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + function Lines return Line_Count; + pragma Inline (Lines); + + function Columns return Column_Count; + pragma Inline (Columns); + + function Tab_Size return Natural; + pragma Inline (Tab_Size); + + function Number_Of_Colors return Natural; + pragma Inline (Number_Of_Colors); + + function Number_Of_Color_Pairs return Natural; + pragma Inline (Number_Of_Color_Pairs); + + ACS_Map : array (Character'Val (0) .. Character'Val (127)) of + Attributed_Character; + pragma Import (C, ACS_Map, "acs_map"); + -- + -- + -- Constants for several symbols from the Alternate Character Set + -- You must use this constants as indices into the ACS_Map array + -- to get the corresponding attributed character at runtime. + -- +include(`ACS_Map') + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_initscr.3x') + -- | Not implemented: newterm, set_term, delscreen + + -- ANCHOR(`stdscr',`Standard_Window') + function Standard_Window return Window; + -- AKA + pragma Inline (Standard_Window); + + -- ANCHOR(`initscr()',`Init_Screen') + procedure Init_Screen; + + -- ANCHOR(`initscr()',`Init_Windows') + procedure Init_Windows renames Init_Screen; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`endwin()',`End_Windows') + procedure End_Windows; + -- AKA + procedure End_Screen renames End_Windows; + + -- ANCHOR(`isendwin()',`Is_End_Window') + function Is_End_Window return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_move.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`wmove()',`Move_Cursor') + procedure Move_Cursor (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_addch.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`waddch()',`Add') + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character); + -- AKA + + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Character); + -- Add a single character at the current logical cursor position to + -- the window. Use the current windows attributes. + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwaddch()',`Add') + procedure Add + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Ch : in Attributed_Character); + -- AKA + + procedure Add + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Ch : in Character); + -- Move to the position and add a single character into the window + + -- ANCHOR(`wechochar()',`Add_With_Immediate_Echo') + procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character); + -- AKA + + procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Character); + -- Add a character and do an immediate resfresh of the screen. + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_window.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`newwin()',`Create') + function Create + (Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window; + -- AKA + + function New_Window + (Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window + renames Create; + + -- ANCHOR(`delwin()',`Delete') + procedure Delete (Win : in out Window); + -- AKA + -- Reset Win to Null_Window + + -- ANCHOR(`subwin()',`Sub_Window') + function Sub_Window + (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`derwin()',`Derived_Window') + function Derived_Window + (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`dupwin()',`Duplicate') + function Duplicate (Win : Window) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwin()',`Move_Window') + procedure Move_Window (Win : in Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`mvderwin()',`Move_Derived_Window') + procedure Move_Derived_Window (Win : in Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wsyncup()',`Synchronize_Upwards') + procedure Synchronize_Upwards (Win : in Window); + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Synchronize_Upwards, "wsyncup"); + + -- ANCHOR(`wsyncdown()',`Synchronize_Downwards') + procedure Synchronize_Downwards (Win : in Window); + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Synchronize_Downwards, "wsyncdown"); + + -- ANCHOR(`syncok()',`Set_Synch_Mode') + procedure Set_Synch_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := False); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_addstr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`waddnstr()',`Add') + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : in String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`waddstr()') + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwaddnstr()',`Add') + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : in String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`mvwaddstr()') + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_addchstr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`waddchnstr()',`Add') + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : in Attributed_String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`waddchstr()') + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwaddchnstr()',`Add') + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : in Attributed_String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`mvwaddchstr()') + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_border.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`wborder()',`Border') + procedure Border + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Left_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Right_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Top_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Bottom_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Upper_Left_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Upper_Right_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Lower_Left_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Lower_Right_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character + ); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`box()',`Box') + procedure Box + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Vertical_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Horizontal_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`whline()',`Horizontal_Line') + procedure Horizontal_Line + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line_Size : in Natural; + Line_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wvline()',`Vertical_Line') + procedure Vertical_Line + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line_Size : in Natural; + Line_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_getch.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`wgetch()',`Get_Keystroke') + function Get_Keystroke (Win : Window := Standard_Window) + return Real_Key_Code; + -- AKA + -- Get a character from the keyboard and echo it - if enabled - to the + -- window. + -- If for any reason (i.e. a timeout) we couldn't get a character the + -- returned keycode is Key_None. + + -- ANCHOR(`ungetch()',`Undo_Keystroke') + procedure Undo_Keystroke (Key : in Real_Key_Code); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`has_key()',`Has_Key') + function Has_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean; + -- AKA + -- | + -- | Some helper functions + -- | + function Is_Function_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean; + -- Return True if the Key is a function key (i.e. one of F0 .. F63) + + subtype Function_Key_Number is Integer range 0 .. 63; + -- (n)curses allows for 64 function keys. + + function Function_Key (Key : Real_Key_Code) return Function_Key_Number; + -- Return the number of the function key. If the code is not a + -- function key, a CONSTRAINT_ERROR will be raised. + + function Function_Key_Code (Key : Function_Key_Number) return Real_Key_Code; + -- Return the key code for a given functionkey number. + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_attr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`wattron()',`Switch_Character_Attribute') + procedure Switch_Character_Attribute + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + On : in Boolean := True); -- if False we switch Off. + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`wattroff()') + + -- ANCHOR(`wattrset()',`Set_Character_Attributes') + procedure Set_Character_Attributes + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wattr_get()',`Get_Character_Attribute') + function Get_Character_Attribute + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) return Character_Attribute_Set; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wattr_get()',`Get_Character_Attribute') + function Get_Character_Attribute + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) return Color_Pair; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wchgat()',`Change_Attributes') + procedure Change_Attributes + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Count : in Integer := -1; + Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwchgat()',`Change_Attributes') + procedure Change_Attributes + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position := Line_Position'First; + Column : in Column_Position := Column_Position'First; + Count : in Integer := -1; + Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_beep.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`beep()',`Beep') + procedure Beep; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`flash()',`Flash_Screen') + procedure Flash_Screen; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_inopts.3x') + + -- | Not implemented : typeahead + -- + -- ANCHOR(`cbreak()',`Set_Cbreak_Mode') + procedure Set_Cbreak_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`nocbreak()') + + -- ANCHOR(`raw()',`Set_Raw_Mode') + procedure Set_Raw_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`noraw()') + + -- ANCHOR(`echo()',`Set_Echo_Mode') + procedure Set_Echo_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`noecho()') + + -- ANCHOR(`meta()',`Set_Meta_Mode') + procedure Set_Meta_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + SwitchOn : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`keypad()',`Set_KeyPad_Mode') + procedure Set_KeyPad_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + SwitchOn : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + type Half_Delay_Amount is range 1 .. 255; + + -- ANCHOR(`halfdelay()',`Half_Delay') + procedure Half_Delay (Amount : in Half_Delay_Amount); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`intrflush()',`Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode') + procedure Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`qiflush()',`Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode') + procedure Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Flush : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`noqiflush()') + + -- ANCHOR(`nodelay()',`Set_NoDelay_Mode') + procedure Set_NoDelay_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := False); + -- AKA + + type Timeout_Mode is (Blocking, Non_Blocking, Delayed); + + -- ANCHOR(`wtimeout()',`Set_Timeout_Mode') + procedure Set_Timeout_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Timeout_Mode; + Amount : in Natural); -- in Miliseconds + -- AKA + -- Instead of overloading the semantic of the sign of amount, we + -- introduce the Timeout_Mode parameter. This should improve + -- readability. For Blocking and Non_Blocking, the Amount is not + -- evaluated. + + -- ANCHOR(`notimeout()',`Set_Escape_Time_Mode') + procedure Set_Escape_Timer_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Timer_Off : in Boolean := False); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_outopts.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`nl()',`Set_NL_Mode') + procedure Set_NL_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`nonl()') + + -- ANCHOR(`clearok()',`Clear_On_Next_Update') + procedure Clear_On_Next_Update + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Do_Clear : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`idlok()',`Use_Insert_Delete_Line') + procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Line + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Do_Idl : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`idcok()',`Use_Insert_Delete_Character') + procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Character + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Do_Idc : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`leaveok()',`Leave_Cursor_After_Update') + procedure Leave_Cursor_After_Update + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Do_Leave : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`immedok()',`Immediate_Update_Mode') + procedure Immediate_Update_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := False); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`scrollok()',`Allow_Scrolling') + procedure Allow_Scrolling + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := False); + -- AKA + + function Scrolling_Allowed (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Boolean; + -- There is no such function in the C interface. + + -- ANCHOR(`wsetscrreg()',`Set_Scroll_Region') + procedure Set_Scroll_Region + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Top_Line : in Line_Position; + Bottom_Line : in Line_Position); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_refresh.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`doupdate()',`Update_Screen') + procedure Update_Screen; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wrefresh()',`Refresh') + procedure Refresh (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wnoutrefresh()',`Refresh_Without_Update') + procedure Refresh_Without_Update + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`redrawwin()',`Redraw') + procedure Redraw (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wredrawln()',`Redraw') + procedure Redraw (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Begin_Line : in Line_Position; + Line_Count : in Positive); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_clear.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`werase()',`Erase') + procedure Erase (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wclear()',`Clear') + procedure Clear + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wclrtobot()',`Clear_To_End_Of_Screen') + procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Screen + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wclrtoeol()',`Clear_To_End_Of_Line') + procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Line + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_bkgd.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`wbkgdset()',`Set_Background') + procedure Set_Background + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wbkgd()',`Change_Background') + procedure Change_Background + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wbkgdget()',`Get_Background') + function Get_Background (Win : Window := Standard_Window) + return Attributed_Character; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_touch.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`touchwin()',`Touch') + procedure Touch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`untouchwin()',`Untouch') + procedure Untouch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`touchline()',`Touch') + procedure Touch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Start : in Line_Position; + Count : in Positive); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wtouchln()',`Change_Line_Status') + procedure Change_Lines_Status (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Start : in Line_Position; + Count : in Positive; + State : in Boolean); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`is_linetouched()',`Is_Touched') + function Is_Touched (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Line : Line_Position) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`is_wintouched()',`Is_Touched') + function Is_Touched (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_overlay.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`copywin()',`Copy') + procedure Copy + (Source_Window : in Window; + Destination_Window : in Window; + Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position; + Non_Destructive_Mode : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`overwrite()',`Overwrite') + procedure Overwrite (Source_Window : in Window; + Destination_Window : in Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`overlay()',`Overlay') + procedure Overlay (Source_Window : in Window; + Destination_Window : in Window); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_deleteln.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`winsdelln()',`Insert_Delete_Lines') + procedure Insert_Delete_Lines + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Lines : in Integer := 1); -- default is to insert one line above + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wdeleteln()',`Delete_Line') + procedure Delete_Line (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`winsertln()',`Insert_Line') + procedure Insert_Line (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_getyx.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`getmaxyx()',`Get_Size') + procedure Get_Size + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Number_Of_Lines : out Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : out Column_Count); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`getbegyx()',`Get_Window_Position') + procedure Get_Window_Position + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Top_Left_Line : out Line_Position; + Top_Left_Column : out Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`getyx()',`Get_Cursor_Position') + procedure Get_Cursor_Position + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : out Line_Position; + Column : out Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`getparyx()',`Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent') + procedure Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent + (Win : in Window; + Top_Left_Line : out Line_Position; + Top_Left_Column : out Column_Position; + Is_Not_A_Subwindow : out Boolean); + -- AKA + -- Instead of placing -1 in the coordinates as return, we use a boolean + -- to return the info that the window has no parent. + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_pad.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`newpad()',`New_Pad') + function New_Pad (Lines : Line_Count; + Columns : Column_Count) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`subpad()',`Sub_Pad') + function Sub_Pad + (Pad : Window; + Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`prefresh()',`Refresh') + procedure Refresh + (Pad : in Window; + Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`pnoutrefresh()',`Refresh_Without_Update') + procedure Refresh_Without_Update + (Pad : in Window; + Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`pechochar()',`Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It') + procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It + (Pad : in Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character); + -- AKA + + procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It + (Pad : in Window; + Ch : in Character); + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_scroll.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`wscrl()',`Scroll') + procedure Scroll (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Amount : in Integer := 1); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_delch.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`wdelch()',`Delete_Character') + procedure Delete_Character (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwdelch()',`Delete_Character') + procedure Delete_Character + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_inch.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`winch()',`Peek') + function Peek (Win : Window := Standard_Window) + return Attributed_Character; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwinch()',`Peek') + function Peek + (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Line : Line_Position; + Column : Column_Position) return Attributed_Character; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_winch.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`winsch()',`Insert') + procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwinsch()',`Insert') + procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Ch : in Attributed_Character); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_winch.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`winsnstr()',`Insert') + procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : in String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`winsstr()') + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwinsnstr()',`Insert') + procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : in String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`mvwinsstr()') + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_instr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`winnstr()',`Peek') + procedure Peek (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : out String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`winstr()') + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwinnstr()',`Peek') + procedure Peek (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : out String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`mvwinstr()') + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_inchstr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`winchnstr()',`Peek') + procedure Peek (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : out Attributed_String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`winchstr()') + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwinchnstr()',`Peek') + procedure Peek (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : out Attributed_String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`mvwinchstr()') + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_getstr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`wgetnstr()',`Get') + procedure Get (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : out String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`wgetstr()') + + procedure Get (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : out String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA: not specified in ncurses, should be: mvwgetnstr() + -- and mvwgetstr() (which exists) + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_slk.3x') + + type Soft_Label_Key_Format is (Three_Two_Three, + Four_Four, + PC_Style, -- ncurses specific + PC_Style_With_Index); -- " + type Label_Number is new Positive range 1 .. 12; + type Label_Justification is (Left, Centered, Right); + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_init()',`Init_Soft_Label_Keys') + procedure Init_Soft_Label_Keys + (Format : in Soft_Label_Key_Format := Three_Two_Three); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_set()',`Set_Soft_Label_Key') + procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key (Label : in Label_Number; + Text : in String; + Fmt : in Label_Justification := Left); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_refresh()',`Refresh_Soft_Label_Key') + procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_noutrefresh()',`Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update') + procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_label()',`Get_Soft_Label_Key') + procedure Get_Soft_Label_Key (Label : in Label_Number; + Text : out String); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_clear()',`Clear_Soft_Label_Keys') + procedure Clear_Soft_Label_Keys; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_restore()',`Restore_Soft_Label_Keys') + procedure Restore_Soft_Label_Keys; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_touch()',`Touch_Soft_Label_Keys') + procedure Touch_Soft_Label_Keys; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_attron()',`Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes') + procedure Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes + (Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set; + On : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`slk_attroff()') + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_attrset()',`Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes') + procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes + (Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_attr()',`Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes') + function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_attr()',`Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes') + function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Color_Pair; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_util.3x') + + -- | Not implemented : filter, use_env, putwin, getwin + -- + -- ANCHOR(`keyname()',`Key_Name') + procedure Key_Name (Key : in Real_Key_Code; + Name : out String); + -- AKA + -- The external name for a real keystroke. + + -- ANCHOR(`unctrl()',`Un_Control') + procedure Un_Control (Ch : in Attributed_Character; + Str : out String); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`delay_output()',`Delay_Output') + procedure Delay_Output (Msecs : in Natural); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`flushinp()',`Flush_Input') + procedure Flush_Input; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_termattrs.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`baudrate()',`Baudrate') + function Baudrate return Natural; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`erasechar()',`Erase_Character') + function Erase_Character return Character; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`killchar()',`Kill_Character') + function Kill_Character return Character; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`has_ic()',`Has_Insert_Character') + function Has_Insert_Character return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`has_il()',`Has_Insert_Line') + function Has_Insert_Line return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`termattrs()',`Supported_Attributes') + function Supported_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`longname()',`Long_Name') + procedure Long_Name (Name : out String); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`termname()',`Terminal_Name') + procedure Terminal_Name (Name : out String); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_color.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`start_clolor()',`Start_Color') + procedure Start_Color; + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Start_Color, "start_color"); + + -- ANCHOR(`init_pair()',`Init_Pair') + procedure Init_Pair (Pair : in Redefinable_Color_Pair; + Fore : in Color_Number; + Back : in Color_Number); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`pair_content()',`Pair_Content') + procedure Pair_Content (Pair : in Color_Pair; + Fore : out Color_Number; + Back : out Color_Number); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`has_colors()',`Has_Colors') + function Has_Colors return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`init_color()',`Init_Color') + procedure Init_Color (Color : in Color_Number; + Red : in RGB_Value; + Green : in RGB_Value; + Blue : in RGB_Value); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`can_change_color()',`Can_Change_Color') + function Can_Change_Color return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`color_content()',`Color_Content') + procedure Color_Content (Color : in Color_Number; + Red : out RGB_Value; + Green : out RGB_Value; + Blue : out RGB_Value); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_kernel.3x') + + -- | Not implemented: getsyx, setsyx + -- + type Curses_Mode is (Curses, Shell); + + -- ANCHOR(`def_prog_mode()',`Save_Curses_Mode') + procedure Save_Curses_Mode (Mode : in Curses_Mode); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`def_shell_mode()') + + -- ANCHOR(`reset_prog_mode()',`Reset_Curses_Mode') + procedure Reset_Curses_Mode (Mode : in Curses_Mode); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`reset_shell_mode()') + + -- ANCHOR(`savetty()',`Save_Terminal_State') + procedure Save_Terminal_State; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`resetty();',`Reset_Terminal_State') + procedure Reset_Terminal_State; + -- AKA + + type Stdscr_Init_Proc is access + function (Win : Window; + Columns : Column_Count) return Integer; + pragma Convention (C, Stdscr_Init_Proc); + -- N.B.: the return value is actually ignored, but it seems to be + -- a good practice to return 0 if you think all went fine + -- and -1 otherwise. + + -- ANCHOR(`ripoffline()',`Rip_Off_Lines') + procedure Rip_Off_Lines (Lines : in Integer; + Proc : in Stdscr_Init_Proc); + -- AKA + -- N.B.: to be more precise, this uses a ncurses specific enhancement of + -- ripoffline(), in which the Lines argument absolute value is the + -- number of lines to be ripped of. The official ripoffline() only + -- uses the sign of Lines to rip of a single line from bottom or top. + + type Cursor_Visibility is (Invisible, Normal, Very_Visible); + + -- ANCHOR(`curs_set()',`Set_Cursor_Visibility') + procedure Set_Cursor_Visibility (Visibility : in out Cursor_Visibility); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`napms()',`Nap_Milli_Seconds') + procedure Nap_Milli_Seconds (Ms : in Natural); + -- AKA + + -- |===================================================================== + -- | Some usefull helpers. + -- |===================================================================== + type Transform_Direction is (From_Screen, To_Screen); + procedure Transform_Coordinates + (W : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in out Line_Position; + Column : in out Column_Position; + Dir : in Transform_Direction := From_Screen); + -- This procedure transforms screen coordinates into coordinates relative + -- to the window and vice versa, depending on the Dir parmeter. + -- Screen coordinates are the position informations on the physical device. + -- An Curses_Exception will be raised if Line and Column are not in the + -- Window or if you pass the Null_Window as argument. + +private + type Window is new System.Address; + Null_Window : constant Window := Window (System.Null_Address); + + Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.M4_BIT_ORDER; + -- This constant may be different on your system. + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses; diff --git a/Ada95/html/Makefile b/Ada95/html/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 00000000..caf46e35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# Nothing to do in this directory + +all:: + @ + +clean:: + @ + +distclean:: clean + @ + +realclean:: clean + @ + +mostlyclean:: clean + @ + +install:: + @ diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_addch.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_addch.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e739fc42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_addch.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ + + +
+       addch,  waddch,  mvaddch,  mvwaddch, echochar, wechochar -
+       add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then
+       advance the cursor
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int addch(chtype ch);
+       int waddch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+       int mvaddch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
+       int mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
+       int echochar(chtype ch);
+       int wechochar(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  addch,  waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the
+       character ch into the given window at its  current  window
+       position,  which  is then advanced.  They are analogous to
+       putchar in stdio(3).  If the advance is at the right  mar-
+       gin,  the  cursor  automatically wraps to the beginning of
+       the next line.  At the bottom  of  the  current  scrolling
+       region,  if  scrollok  is enabled, the scrolling region is
+       scrolled up one line.
+
+       If ch is a tab, newline, or backspace, the cursor is moved
+       appropriately within the window.  Backspace moves the cur-
+       sor one character left; at the left edge of  a  window  it
+       does  nothing.   Newline  does  a clrtoeol, then moves the
+       cursor to  the  window  left  margin  on  the  next  line,
+       scrolling  the window if on the last line).  Tabs are con-
+       sidered to be at every eighth column.
+
+       If ch is any control character other than tab, newline, or
+       backspace,  it  is  drawn  in  ^X notation.  Calling winch
+       after adding a control character does not return the char-
+       acter  itself, but instead returns the ^-representation of
+       the control character.  (To emit control characters liter-
+       ally, use echochar.)
+
+       Video attributes can be combined with a character argument
+       passed to addch or related functions by logical-ORing them
+       into  the  character.   (Thus, text, including attributes,
+       can be copied from one place to  another  using  inch  and
+       addch.).   See the curs_attr(3X) page for values of prede-
+       fined video attribute constants that can be usefully OR'ed
+       into characters.
+
+       The  echochar  and  wechochar routines are equivalent to a
+       call to addch followed by a call to refresh, or a call  to
+       waddch followed by a call to wrefresh.  The knowledge that
+       only a single character is being output is used  and,  for
+       non-control  characters,  a  considerable performance gain
+
+   Line Graphics
+       The  following  variables  may be used to add line drawing
+       characters to the screen with routines of the  addch  fam-
+       ily.   The  default  character listed below is used if the
+       acsc  capability  doesn't   define   a   terminal-specific
+       replacement for it (but see the EXTENSIONS section below).
+       The names are taken from VT100 nomenclature.
+
+       l  l  l  _  _  _  l   l   l.    Name Default   Description
+       ACS_ULCORNER   +    upper         left-hand         corner
+       ACS_LLCORNER   +    lower         left-hand         corner
+       ACS_URCORNER   +    upper         right-hand        corner
+       ACS_LRCORNER   +    lower        right-hand         corner
+       ACS_RTEE  +    right     tee    ACS_LTEE  +    left    tee
+       ACS_BTEE  +    bottom    tee    ACS_TTEE  +    top     tee
+       ACS_HLINE -    horizontal   line   ACS_VLINE |    vertical
+       line ACS_PLUS  +    plus ACS_S1    -    scan line 1 ACS_S9
+         _    scan     line     9     ACS_DIAMOND    +    diamond
+       ACS_CKBOARD    :    checker        board         (stipple)
+       ACS_DEGREE     '    degree                          symbol
+       ACS_PLMINUS    #    plus/minus  ACS_BULLET     o    bullet
+       ACS_LARROW     <    arrow           pointing          left
+       ACS_RARROW     >    arrow          pointing          right
+       ACS_DARROW     v    arrow           pointing          down
+       ACS_UARROW     ^    arrow pointing up ACS_BOARD #    board
+       of      squares     ACS_LANTERN    #    lantern     symbol
+       ACS_BLOCK #    solid square block ACS_S3    -    scan line
+       3  ACS_S7     -    scan  line  7 ACS_LEQUAL     <    less-
+       than-or-equal-to      ACS_GEQUAL     >    greater-than-or-
+       equal-to  ACS_PI    *    greek pi ACS_NEQUAL     !    not-
+       equal ACS_STERLING   f    pound-sterling symbol
+
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on
+       success  (the  SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
+       other than ERR") upon successful completion, unless other-
+       wise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note  that  addch,  mvaddch, mvwaddch, and echochar may be
+       macros.
+
+
+
+

EXTENSIONS

+       The following extended curses features are available  only
+       on  PC-clone consoles and compatible terminals obeying the
+       ANSI.SYS de-facto standard for terminal control sequences.
+       They are not part of XSI curses.
+
+       The attribute A_ALTCHARSET actually forces literal display
+       of PC ROM characters  including  the  high-half  graphics.
+       the card-suit characters, up and down-arrow, and most oth-
+       ers in the range 0-32.  (In a terminfo entry designed  for
+       use  with  ncurses,  the high-half characters are obtained
+       using this attribute with an acsc string in which the sec-
+       ond of each pair is a high-half character.)
+
+       Giving  wechochar  an  argument with its high bit set will
+       produce the corresponding high-half  ASCII  graphic  (SVr4
+       curses also has this feature but does not document it).  A
+       control-character argument, however,  will  not  typically
+       produce  the corresponding graphic; characters such as CR,
+       NL, FF and TAB are typically interpreted  by  the  console
+       driver  itself,  and ESC will be interpreted as the leader
+       of a control sequence.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       All these functions are described in the XSI Curses  stan-
+       dard,  Issue  4.  The defaults specified for forms-drawing
+       characters apply in the POSIX locale.
+
+       The seven ACS symbols starting with ACS_S3 were not  docu-
+       mented  in  any publicly released System V.  However, many
+       publicly available terminfos include acsc strings in which
+       their key characters (pryz{|}) are embedded, and a second-
+       hand list of their  character  descriptions  has  come  to
+       light.   The ACS-prefixed names for them were invented for
+       ncurses(3X).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_attr(3X), curs_clear(3X),  curs_inch(3X),
+       curs_outopts(3X), curs_refresh(3X), putc(3S).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_addchstr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_addchstr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3572b8c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_addchstr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       addchstr,  addchnstr,  waddchstr,  waddchnstr, mvaddchstr,
+       mvaddchnstr, mvwaddchstr, mvwaddchnstr - add a  string  of
+       characters (and attributes) to a curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int addchstr(const chtype *chstr);
+       int addchnstr(const chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *chstr);
+       int waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *chstr);
+       int mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int  x,  const  chtype
+       *chstr);
+       int  mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW  *win, int y, int x, const chtype
+       *chstr, int n);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines copy chstr into the window image  structure
+       at  and  after the current cursor position.  The four rou-
+       tines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements,
+       but  no  more than will fit on the line.  If n=-1 then the
+       whole string is copied, to the maximum number  of  charac-
+       ters that will fit on the line.
+
+       The window cursor is not advanced, and these routines work
+       faster than waddnstr.  On the other hand, they don't  per-
+       form  any  kind  of  checking  (such  as  for the newline,
+       backspace, or  carriage  return  characters),  they  don't
+       advance  the  current  cursor  position, they don't expand
+       other control characters to ^-escapes, and  they  truncate
+       the  string  if  it  crosses the right margin, rather then
+       wrapping it around to the new line.
+
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUES

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on
+       success  (the  SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
+       other than ERR") upon successful completion, unless other-
+       wise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that all routines except waddchnstr may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       All  these  entry  points  are described in the XSI Curses
+       standard, Issue 4.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X).
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_addstr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_addstr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..916aafb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_addstr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       addstr,  addnstr,  waddstr, waddnstr, mvaddstr, mvaddnstr,
+       mvwaddstr, mvwaddnstr - add a string of  characters  to  a
+       curses window and advance cursor
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int addstr(const char *str);
+       int addnstr(const char *str, int n);
+       int waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
+       int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
+       int mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
+       int mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
+       int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
+       int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str,
+       int n);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These  routines  write  the characters of the (null-termi-
+       nated) character string str on the given  window.   It  is
+       similar  to  calling waddch once for each character in the
+       string.  The four routines with n  as  the  last  argument
+       write  at  most n characters.  If n is -1, then the entire
+       string will be added.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on
+       success  (the  SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
+       other than ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note  that  all  of  these  routines  except  waddstr  and
+       waddnstr may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       All  these  entry  points  are described in the XSI Curses
+       standard, Issue 4.  The XSI errors EILSEQ  and  EOVERFLOW,
+       associated  with  extended-level  conformance, are not yet
+       detected.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_addch(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_attr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_attr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6fe234c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_attr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ + + +
+       attroff,  wattroff,  attron,  wattron,  attrset, wattrset,
+       standend, wstandend, standout, wstandout - curses  charac-
+       ter and window attribute control routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+       int attroff(int attrs);
+       int wattroff(WINDOW *win, int attrs);
+       int attron(int attrs);
+       int wattron(WINDOW *win, int attrs);
+       int attrset(int attrs);
+       int wattrset(WINDOW *win, int attrs);
+       int standend(void);
+       int wstandend(WINDOW *win);
+       int standout(void);
+       int wstandout(WINDOW *win);
+       attr_t attr_get(void);
+       attr_t wattr_get(WINDOW *);
+       int attr_off(attr_t attrs);
+       int wattr_off(WINDOW *, attr_t attrs);
+       int attr_on(attr_t attrs);
+       int wattr_on(WINDOW *, attr_t attrs);
+       int attr_set(attr_t attrs);
+       int wattr_set(WINDOW *, attr_t attrs);
+       int  chgat(int  n,  attr_t  attr,  short color, const void
+       *opts)
+       int wchgat(WINDOW *, int n, attr_t attr,
+             short color, const void *opts)
+       int mvchgat(int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr,
+             short color, const void *opts)
+       int mvwchgat(WINDOW *, int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr,
+             short color, const void *opts)
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines manipulate the current  attributes  of  the
+       named window.  The current attributes of a window apply to
+       all characters that are written into the window with  wad-
+       dch,  waddstr  and  wprintw.  Attributes are a property of
+       the character, and move with  the  character  through  any
+       scrolling and insert/delete line/character operations.  To
+       the extent possible, they  are  displayed  as  appropriate
+       modifications  to  the graphic rendition of characters put
+       on the screen.
+
+       The routine attrset sets the  current  attributes  of  the
+       given  window to attrs.  The routine attroff turns off the
+       named attributes without turning any other  attributes  on
+       or  off.  The routine attron turns on the named attributes
+       without affecting any others.  The routine standout is the
+       same  as  attron(A_STANDOUT).  The routine standend is the
+       same as attrset(A_NORMAL) or attrset(0), that is, it turns
+       off all attributes.
+       the given window; attr_get returns the  current  attribute
+       for   stdscr.   The  remaining  attr_*  functions  operate
+       exactly like the  corresponding  attr*  functions,  except
+       that they take arguments of type attr_t rather than int.
+
+       The routine chgat changes the attributes of a given number
+       of characters starting at the current cursor  location  of
+       stdscr.   It  does not update the cursor and does not per-
+       form wrapping.  A character count of -1  or  greater  than
+       the  remaining window width means to change attributes all
+       the way to the end of the current line.  The wchgat  func-
+       tion generalizes this to any window; the mvwchgat function
+       does a cursor move before acting.  In these functions, the
+       color  argument  is  a  color-pair  index (as in the first
+       argument of  init_pair,  see  curs_color(3x)).   The  opts
+       argument  is  not  presently used, but is reserved for the
+       future (leave it NULL).
+
+   Attributes
+       The following video attributes, defined in <curses.h>, can
+       be passed to the routines attron, attroff, and attrset, or
+       OR'ed with the characters passed to addch.
+
+       center ; l l .  A_NORMAL  Normal  display  (no  highlight)
+       A_STANDOUT     Best  highlighting  mode  of  the terminal.
+       A_UNDERLINE    Underlining     A_REVERSE Reverse     video
+       A_BLINK   Blinking  A_DIM     Half  bright A_BOLD    Extra
+       bright or bold A_PROTECT Protected mode  A_INVIS   Invisi-
+       ble  or  blank mode A_ALTCHARSET   Alternate character set
+       A_CHARTEXT     Bit-mask    to    extract    a    character
+       COLOR_PAIR(n)  Color-pair number n
+
+       The following macro is the reverse of COLOR_PAIR(n):
+
+       PAIR_NUMBER(attrs) Returns the pair number associated
+                          with the COLOR_PAIR(n) attribute.
+
+       The  return values of many of these routines are not mean-
+       ingful (they are implemented as macro-expanded assignments
+       and  simply  return their argument).  The SVr4 manual page
+       claims (falsely) that these routines always return 1.
+
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that attroff,  wattroff,  attron,  wattron,  attrset,
+       wattrset, standend and standout may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       All  these functions are supported in the XSI Curses stan-
+       dard, Issue 4.  The standard defined  the  dedicated  type
+       for  highlights,  attr_t,  which  is  not  defined in SVr4
+       curses. The functions taking attr_t arguments are not sup-
+       tional  functions  attron/attroff/attrset  can  manipulate
+       attributes  other  than A_BLINK, A_BOLD, A_DIM, A_REVERSE,
+       A_STANDOUT, or A_UNDERLINE is "unspecified".   Under  this
+       implementation  as  well  as  SVr4 curses, these functions
+       correctly manipulate all other  highlights  (specifically,
+       A_ALTCHARSET, A_PROTECT, and A_INVIS).
+
+       XSI  Curses added the new entry points, attr_get, attr_on,
+       attr_off,  attr_set,   wattr_on,   wattr_off,   wattr_get,
+       wattr_set.   These  are intended to work with a new series
+       of highlight macros prefixed with WA_.
+
+       center ; l l .  WA_NORMAL Normal  display  (no  highlight)
+       WA_STANDOUT    Best  highlighting  mode  of  the terminal.
+       WA_UNDERLINE   Underlining  WA_REVERSE     Reverse   video
+       WA_BLINK  Blinking  WA_DIM    Half  bright WA_BOLD   Extra
+       bright or bold WA_ALTCHARSET  Alternate character set
+
+       The XSI curses standard specifies that each pair of corre-
+       sponding  A_  and WA_-using functions operates on the same
+       current-highlight information.
+
+       The XSI standard extended conformance level adds new high-
+       lights A_HORIZONTAL, A_LEFT, A_LOW, A_RIGHT, A_TOP, A_VER-
+       TICAL (and corresponding WA_ macros for each)  which  this
+       curses does not yet support.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X),        curs_addch(3X),        curs_addstr(3X),
+       curs_printw(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_beep.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_beep.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1abad227 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_beep.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       beep, flash - curses bell and screen flash routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int beep(void);
+       int flash(void);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The beep and flash routines are used to alert the terminal
+       user.  The routine beep sounds an  audible  alarm  on  the
+       terminal,  if  possible;  otherwise  it flashes the screen
+       (visible bell).  The routine flash flashes the screen, and
+       if  that  is  not  possible, sounds the alert.  If neither
+       alert is possible, nothing happens.  Nearly all  terminals
+       have  an  audible  alert (bell or beep), but only some can
+       flash the screen.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return OK if they  succeed  in  beeping  or
+       flashing, ERR otherwise.
+
+
+
+

EXTENSIONS

+       SVr4's  beep  and flash routines always returned OK, so it
+       was not possible to tell when the beep or flash failed.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These functions are defined in the  XSI  Curses  standard,
+       Issue  4.  Like SVr4, it specifies that they always return
+       OK.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_bkgd.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_bkgd.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a3396ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_bkgd.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       bkgdset,  wbkgdset, bkgd, wbkgd - curses window background
+       manipulation routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       void bkgdset(const chtype ch);
+       void wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);
+       int bkgd(const chtype ch);
+       int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);
+       chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The bkgdset and wbkgdset  routines  manipulate  the  back-
+       ground  of  the  named window.  The window background is a
+       chtype consisting of any combination of attributes  (i.e.,
+       rendition)  and  a  character.   The attribute part of the
+       background is combined (OR'ed) with all non-blank  charac-
+       ters  that  are written into the window with waddch.  Both
+       the character and attribute parts of  the  background  are
+       combined   with  the  blank  characters.   The  background
+       becomes a property of the character  and  moves  with  the
+       character   through   any   scrolling   and  insert/delete
+       line/character operations.
+
+       To the extent  possible  on  a  particular  terminal,  the
+       attribute  part  of  the  background  is  displayed as the
+       graphic rendition of the character put on the screen.
+
+       The bkgd and wbkgd functions set the  background  property
+       of  the  current  or  specified window and then apply this
+       setting to every character position in that window:
+
+              The rendition of every character on the  screen  is
+              changed to the new background rendition.
+
+              Wherever  the  former background character appears,
+              it is changed to the new background character.
+
+       The getbkgd function returns the  given  window's  current
+       background character/attribute pair.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The  routines  bkgd  and wbkgd return the integer OK.  The
+       SVr4.0 manual says "or a non-negative integer  if  immedok
+       is set", but this appears to be an error.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that bkgdset and bkgd may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       return ERR, on failure. but gives no failure conditions.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_addch(3X), curs_outopts(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_border.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_border.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1d45fa20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_border.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ + + +
+       border,  wborder, box, hline, whline, vline, wvline - cre-
+       ate curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+       int border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs,
+          chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br);
+       int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs,
+          chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr,
+          chtype bl, chtype br);
+       int box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch);
+       int hline(chtype ch, int n);
+       int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
+       int vline(chtype ch, int n);
+       int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
+       mvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+       mvwhline(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+       int mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+       int mvwvline(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the
+       edges  of  a  window.   The argument ls is a character and
+       attributes used for the left side  of  the  border,  rs  -
+       right  side,  ts  -  top  side, bs - bottom side, tl - top
+       left-hand corner, tr - top right-hand corner, bl -  bottom
+       left-hand  corner,  and br - bottom right-hand corner.  If
+       any of these arguments is zero, then the following default
+       values  (defined in curses.h) are used instead: ACS_VLINE,
+       ACS_VLINE,     ACS_HLINE,     ACS_HLINE,     ACS_ULCORNER,
+       ACS_URCORNER, ACS_BLCORNER, ACS_BRCORNER.
+
+       box(win,  verch,  horch)  is a shorthand for the following
+       call: wborder(win, verch, verch, horch, horch,  0,  0,  0,
+       0).
+
+       The  hline and whline functions draw a horizontal (left to
+       right) line using ch starting at the current cursor  posi-
+       tion  in  the  window.  The current cursor position is not
+       changed.  The line is at most n  characters  long,  or  as
+       many as fit into the window.
+
+       The  vline  and  wvline  functions draw a vertical (top to
+       bottom) line using ch starting at the current cursor posi-
+       tion  in  the  window.  The current cursor position is not
+       changed.  The line is at most n  characters  long,  or  as
+       many as fit into the window.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All  routines  return  the  integer OK.  The SVr4.0 manual
+       says "or a non-negative integer if immedok  is  set",  but
+       this appears to be an error.
+       The  borders  generated by these functions are inside bor-
+       ders (this is also true of SVr4 curses, though the fact is
+       not documented).
+
+       Note that border and box may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.  Additional functions mvhline, mvvline, mvwhline,
+       and mvwvline are described there which this implementation
+       does not yet support.  The standard  specifies  that  they
+       return  ERR on failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_outopts(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_clear.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_clear.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f2f3edf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_clear.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       erase,  werase,  clear,  wclear, clrtobot, wclrtobot, clr-
+       toeol, wclrtoeol - clear all or part of a curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       # include <curses.h>
+
+       int erase(void);
+       int werase(WINDOW *win);
+       int clear(void);
+       int wclear(WINDOW *win);
+       int clrtobot(void);
+       int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win);
+       int clrtoeol(void);
+       int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The erase and werase routines copy blanks to  every  posi-
+       tion in the window, clearing the screen.
+
+       The  clear  and wclear routines are like erase and werase,
+       but they also call clearok, so that the screen is  cleared
+       completely  on  the  next call to wrefresh for that window
+       and repainted from scratch.
+
+       The clrtobot and wclrtobot routines erase from the  cursor
+       to the end of screen.  That is, they erase all lines below
+       the cursor in the window.  Also, the current line  to  the
+       right of the cursor, inclusive, is erased.
+
+       The clrtoeol and wclrtoeol routines erase the current line
+       to the right of the cursor, inclusive, to the end  of  the
+       current line.
+
+       Blanks created by erasure have the current background ren-
+       dition (as set by wbkgdset) merged into them.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer  OK.   The  SVr4.0  manual
+       says  "or  a  non-negative integer if immedok is set", but
+       this appears to be an error.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that erase, werase, clear, wclear, clrtobot, and clr-
+       toeol may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.  The standard specifies that they return  ERR  on
+       failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+       Some  historic  curses  implementations had, as an undocu-
+       mented feature,  the  ability  to  do  the  equivalent  of
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_outopts(3X), curs_refresh(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_color.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_color.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1f877be --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_color.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ + + +
+       start_color,     init_pair,     init_color,    has_colors,
+       can_change_color,  color_content,  pair_content  -  curses
+       color manipulation routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       # include <curses.h>
+       int start_color(void);
+       int init_pair(short pair, short f, short b);
+       int init_color(short color, short r, short g, short b);
+       bool has_colors(void);
+       bool can_change_color(void);
+       int  color_content(short  color, short *r, short *g, short
+       *b);
+       int pair_content(short pair, short *f, short *b);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+   Overview
+       curses support color attributes  on  terminals  with  that
+       capability.   To  use  these  routines start_color must be
+       called, usually right after initscr.   Colors  are  always
+       used  in pairs (referred to as color-pairs).  A color-pair
+       consists of a foreground  color  (for  characters)  and  a
+       background color (for the blank field on which the charac-
+       ters are displayed).  A programmer  initializes  a  color-
+       pair  with  the routine init_pair.  After it has been ini-
+       tialized, COLOR_PAIR(n), a macro  defined  in  <curses.h>,
+       can be used as a new video attribute.
+
+       If  a  terminal  is capable of redefining colors, the pro-
+       grammer can use the routine init_color to change the defi-
+       nition   of   a   color.    The  routines  has_colors  and
+       can_change_color  return  TRUE  or  FALSE,  depending   on
+       whether  the  terminal  has color capabilities and whether
+       the  programmer  can  change  the  colors.   The   routine
+       color_content  allows  a programmer to extract the amounts
+       of red, green,  and  blue  components  in  an  initialized
+       color.   The  routine  pair_content allows a programmer to
+       find out how a given color-pair is currently defined.
+
+   Routine Descriptions
+       The start_color routine requires no arguments.  It must be
+       called  if  the programmer wants to use colors, and before
+       any other color manipulation routine  is  called.   It  is
+       good  practice  to  call this routine right after initscr.
+       start_color initializes eight basic  colors  (black,  red,
+       green,  yellow,  blue,  magenta, cyan, and white), and two
+       global variables,  COLORS  and  COLOR_PAIRS  (respectively
+       defining  the maximum number of colors and color-pairs the
+       terminal can support).  It also restores the colors on the
+       terminal to the values they had when the terminal was just
+       turned on.
+
+       pair to be changed, the foreground color number,  and  the
+       background  color number.  The value of the first argument
+       must be between 1 and COLOR_PAIRS-1.   The  value  of  the
+       second  and  third  arguments must be between 0 and COLORS
+       (the 0 color pair is wired to white on black and cannot be
+       changed).   If  the color-pair was previously initialized,
+       the screen is refreshed and all occurrences of that color-
+       pair is changed to the new definition.
+
+       The  init_color routine changes the definition of a color.
+       It takes four arguments: the number of  the  color  to  be
+       changed  followed  by three RGB values (for the amounts of
+       red, green, and blue components).  The value of the  first
+       argument  must  be between 0 and COLORS.  (See the section
+       Colors for the default color index.)   Each  of  the  last
+       three  arguments must be a value between 0 and 1000.  When
+       init_color is used, all occurrences of that color  on  the
+       screen immediately change to the new definition.
+
+       The  has_colors routine requires no arguments.  It returns
+       TRUE if the terminal can manipulate colors; otherwise,  it
+       returns FALSE.  This routine facilitates writing terminal-
+       independent programs.  For example, a programmer  can  use
+       it  to  decide  whether  to  use color or some other video
+       attribute.
+
+       The can_change_color routine requires  no  arguments.   It
+       returns  TRUE  if  the  terminal  supports  colors and can
+       change their definitions; other, it returns  FALSE.   This
+       routine facilitates writing terminal-independent programs.
+
+       The color_content routine gives programmers a way to  find
+       the intensity of the red, green, and blue (RGB) components
+       in a color.  It requires four arguments: the color number,
+       and  three addresses of shorts for storing the information
+       about the amounts of red, green, and  blue  components  in
+       the  given color.  The value of the first argument must be
+       between 0 and COLORS.  The values that are stored  at  the
+       addresses  pointed  to  by  the  last  three arguments are
+       between 0 (no component) and 1000 (maximum amount of  com-
+       ponent).
+
+       The  pair_content  routine  allows programmers to find out
+       what colors a given color-pair consists of.   It  requires
+       three  arguments: the color-pair number, and two addresses
+       of shorts for storing the foreground  and  the  background
+       color  numbers.   The  value of the first argument must be
+       between 1 and COLOR_PAIRS-1.  The values that  are  stored
+       at  the addresses pointed to by the second and third argu-
+       ments are between 0 and COLORS.
+
+   Colors
+       is the default background color for all terminals.
+
+             COLOR_BLACK
+             COLOR_RED
+             COLOR_GREEN
+             COLOR_YELLOW
+             COLOR_BLUE
+             COLOR_MAGENTA
+             COLOR_CYAN
+             COLOR_WHITE
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The routines can_change_color()  and  has_colors()  return
+       TRUE or FALSE.
+
+       All other routines return the integer ERR upon failure and
+       an OK (SVr4 specifies only "an integer  value  other  than
+       ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       In  the  ncurses implementation, there is a separate color
+       activation flag, color palette,  color  pairs  table,  and
+       associated  COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS counts for each screen;
+       the start_color function only affects the current  screen.
+       The SVr4/XSI interface is not really designed with this in
+       mind, and historical  implementations  may  use  a  single
+       shared color palette.
+
+       Note that setting an implicit background color via a color
+       pair affects only character cells that a  character  write
+       operation  explicitly  touches.   To change the background
+       color used when parts of a window are blanked  by  erasing
+       or scrolling operations, see curs_bkgd(3x).
+
+       Several  caveats  apply  on 386 and 486 machines with VGA-
+       compatible graphics:
+
+       COLOR_YELLOW  is  actually  brown.   To  get  yellow,  use
+       COLOR_YELLOW combined with the A_BOLD attribute.
+
+       The  A_BLINK  attribute  should  in theory cause the back-
+       ground to go bright.  This often fails to work,  and  even
+       some cards for which it mostly works (such as the Paradise
+       and compatibles) do the wrong thing when you try to set  a
+       bright  "yellow"  background  (you  get  a blinking yellow
+       foreground instead).
+
+       Color RGB values are not settable.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       This implementation satisfies XSI Curses's  minimum  maxi-
+       mums for COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS.
+       ground   and   background    color    to    support    the
+       use_default_colors extension, but only if that routine has
+       been first invoked.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_initscr(3X), curs_attr(3X), dft_fgbg(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_delch.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_delch.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ebc85781 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_delch.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       delch,  wdelch, mvdelch, mvwdelch - delete character under
+       the cursor in a curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int delch(void);
+       int wdelch(WINDOW *win);
+       int mvdelch(int y, int x);
+       int mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines delete the character under the cursor;  all
+       characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are
+       moved to the left one position and the last  character  on
+       the line is filled with a blank.  The cursor position does
+       not change (after moving to y, x,  if  specified).   (This
+       does  not  imply use of the hardware delete character fea-
+       ture.)
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and an OK
+       (SVr4  specifies  only  "an integer value other than ERR")
+       upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that delch, mvdelch, and mvwdelch may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue  4.   The standard specifies that they return ERR on
+       failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_deleteln.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_deleteln.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b0a74abf --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_deleteln.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       deleteln,  wdeleteln,  insdelln, winsdelln, insertln, win-
+       sertln - delete and insert lines in a curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int deleteln(void);
+       int wdeleteln(WINDOW *win);
+       int insdelln(int n);
+       int winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n);
+       int insertln(void);
+       int winsertln(WINDOW *win);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line  under
+       the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line
+       are moved up one line.  The bottom line of the  window  is
+       cleared.  The cursor position does not change.
+
+       The  insdelln  and  winsdelln  routines,  for  positive n,
+       insert n lines into the specified window above the current
+       line.   The  n  bottom  lines  are  lost.  For negative n,
+       delete n lines (starting with the one under  the  cursor),
+       and  move  the remaining lines up.  The bottom n lines are
+       cleared.  The current cursor position remains the same.
+
+       The insertln and insertln routines, insert  a  blank  line
+       above the current line and the bottom line is lost.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and an OK
+       (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value  other  than  ERR")
+       upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.  The standard specifies that they return  ERR  on
+       failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that all but winsdelln may be a macros.
+
+       These  routines  do  not require a hardware line delete or
+       insert feature in the terminal.  In fact, they  won't  use
+       hardware  line  delete/insert  unless idlok(..., TRUE) has
+       been set on the current window.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X)
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_getch.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_getch.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a89c96e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_getch.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ + + +
+       getch,  wgetch,  mvgetch, mvwgetch, ungetch - get (or push
+       back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int getch(void);
+       int wgetch(WINDOW *win);
+       int mvgetch(int y, int x);
+       int mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       int ungetch(int ch);
+       int has_key(int ch);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines  read  a
+       character  from the window.  In no-delay mode, if no input
+       is waiting, the value ERR is returned.  In delay mode, the
+       program  waits until the system passes text through to the
+       program.  Depending on the  setting  of  cbreak,  this  is
+       after one character (cbreak mode), or after the first new-
+       line (nocbreak mode).  In  half-delay  mode,  the  program
+       waits  until a character is typed or the specified timeout
+       has been reached.
+
+       If noecho has been set, then the character  will  also  be
+       echoed into the designated window according to the follow-
+       ing rules: If the character is the current  erase  charac-
+       ter,  left  arrow,  or  backspace, the cursor is moved one
+       space to the left and that screen position is erased as if
+       delch  had  been  called.   If  the character value is any
+       other KEY_ define, the user is alerted with a  beep  call.
+       Otherwise the character is simply output to the screen.
+
+       If the window is not a pad, and it has been moved or modi-
+       fied since the last call to  wrefresh,  wrefresh  will  be
+       called before another character is read.
+
+       If  keypad  is  TRUE,  and  a function key is pressed, the
+       token for that function key is returned instead of the raw
+       characters.    Possible   function  keys  are  defined  in
+       <curses.h> as macros with  values  outside  the  range  of
+       8-bit  characters  whose  names  begin  with KEY_. Thus, a
+       variable intended to hold the return value of  a  function
+       key must be of short size or larger.
+
+       When a character that could be the beginning of a function
+       key is received (which,  on  modern  terminals,  means  an
+       escape  character), curses sets a timer.  If the remainder
+       of the sequence does not come  in  within  the  designated
+       time,  the  character  is  passed  through; otherwise, the
+       function key value is returned.   For  this  reason,  many
+       terminals  experience  a  delay  between  the  time a user
+
+       The ungetch routine places ch back onto the input queue to
+       be returned by the next call to wgetch.  Note  that  there
+       is, in effect, just one input queue for all windows.
+
+
+   Function Keys
+       The  following function keys, defined in <curses.h>, might
+       be returned by getch if keypad  has  been  enabled.   Note
+       that  not  all  of  these are necessarily supported on any
+       particular terminal.
+
+       center tab(/) ; l l l l .  Name/Key name
+
+       KEY_BREAK/Break  key  KEY_DOWN/The  four  arrow  keys  ...
+       KEY_UP  KEY_LEFT  KEY_RIGHT KEY_HOME/Home key (upward+left
+       arrow) KEY_BACKSPACE/Backspace  KEY_F0/T{  Function  keys;
+       space  for 64 keys is reserved.  T} KEY_F(n)/T{ For 0 <= n
+       <=   63   T}   KEY_DL/Delete   line   KEY_IL/Insert   line
+       KEY_DC/Delete character KEY_IC/Insert char or enter insert
+       mode KEY_EIC/Exit insert char mode KEY_CLEAR/Clear  screen
+       KEY_EOS/Clear  to  end  of  screen KEY_EOL/Clear to end of
+       line KEY_SF/Scroll 1 line  forward  KEY_SR/Scroll  1  line
+       backward  (reverse) KEY_NPAGE/Next page KEY_PPAGE/Previous
+       page KEY_STAB/Set tab KEY_CTAB/Clear  tab  KEY_CATAB/Clear
+       all tabs KEY_ENTER/Enter or send KEY_SRESET/Soft (partial)
+       reset KEY_RESET/Reset or  hard  reset  KEY_PRINT/Print  or
+       copy    KEY_LL/Home   down   or   bottom   (lower   left).
+       KEY_A1/Upper left of keypad KEY_A3/Upper right  of  keypad
+       KEY_B2/Center   of  keypad  KEY_C1/Lower  left  of  keypad
+       KEY_C3/Lower  right  of  keypad  KEY_BTAB/Back   tab   key
+       KEY_BEG/Beg(inning)      key     KEY_CANCEL/Cancel     key
+       KEY_CLOSE/Close   key   KEY_COMMAND/Cmd   (command)    key
+       KEY_COPY/Copy  key  KEY_CREATE/Create  key KEY_END/End key
+       KEY_EXIT/Exit  key  KEY_FIND/Find  key  KEY_HELP/Help  key
+       KEY_MARK/Mark  key  KEY_MESSAGE/Message  key KEY_MOVE/Move
+       key   KEY_NEXT/Next   object   key    KEY_OPEN/Open    key
+       KEY_OPTIONS/Options  key  KEY_PREVIOUS/Previous object key
+       KEY_REDO/Redo    key     KEY_REFERENCE/Ref(erence)     key
+       KEY_REFRESH/Refresh     key     KEY_REPLACE/Replace    key
+       KEY_RESTART/Restart     key     KEY_RESUME/Resume      key
+       KEY_SAVE/Save key KEY_SBEG/Shifted beginning key KEY_SCAN-
+       CEL/Shifted cancel key  KEY_SCOMMAND/Shifted  command  key
+       KEY_SCOPY/Shifted  copy key KEY_SCREATE/Shifted create key
+       KEY_SDC/Shifted delete  char  key  KEY_SDL/Shifted  delete
+       line  key  KEY_SELECT/Select  key KEY_SEND/Shifted end key
+       KEY_SEOL/Shifted clear line key KEY_SEXIT/Shifted exit key
+       KEY_SFIND/Shifted  find  key  KEY_SHELP/Shifted  help  key
+       KEY_SHOME/Shifted  home  key  KEY_SIC/Shifted  input   key
+       KEY_SLEFT/Shifted left arrow key KEY_SMESSAGE/Shifted mes-
+       sage key KEY_SMOVE/Shifted move key KEY_SNEXT/Shifted next
+       key KEY_SOPTIONS/Shifted options key KEY_SPREVIOUS/Shifted
+       KEY_SRIGHT/Shifted right arrow  KEY_SRSUME/Shifted  resume
+       key  KEY_SSAVE/Shifted  save key KEY_SSUSPEND/Shifted sus-
+       pend key KEY_SUNDO/Shifted  undo  key  KEY_SUSPEND/Suspend
+       key KEY_UNDO/Undo key
+
+       Keypad is arranged like this:
+
+       center  allbox  tab(/)  ;  c c c .  A1/up/A3 left/B2/right
+       C1/down/C3
+
+       The has_key routine takes a key value from the above list,
+       and  returns TRUE or FALSE according as the current termi-
+       nal type recognizes a key with that value.
+
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon  failure  and  an
+       integer value other than ERR (OK in the case of ungetch())
+       upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Use of the escape key by a programmer for a single charac-
+       ter  function  is discouraged, as it will cause a delay of
+       up to one second while the keypad code looks for a follow-
+       ing function-key sequence.
+
+       When  using  getch, wgetch, mvgetch, or mvwgetch, nocbreak
+       mode (nocbreak) and echo mode (echo) should not be used at
+       the  same  time.  Depending on the state of the tty driver
+       when each character is  typed,  the  program  may  produce
+       undesirable results.
+
+       Note that getch, mvgetch, and mvwgetch may be macros.
+
+       Historically, the set of keypad macros was largely defined
+       by the extremely function-key-rich keyboard  of  the  AT&T
+       7300,  aka  3B1,  aka Safari 4.  Modern personal computers
+       usually have only a small subset of these.   IBM  PC-style
+       consoles   typically  support  little  more  than  KEY_UP,
+       KEY_DOWN,   KEY_LEFT,   KEY_RIGHT,   KEY_HOME,    KEY_END,
+       KEY_NPAGE, KEY_PPAGE, and function keys 1 through 12.  The
+       Ins key is usually mapped to KEY_IC.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The *get* functions are described in the XSI Curses  stan-
+       dard,  Issue  4.   They  read single-byte characters only.
+       The standard specifies that they return  ERR  on  failure,
+       but specifies no error conditions.
+
+       The  echo  behavior of these functions on input of KEY_ or
+       backspace characters was not specified in the  SVr4  docu-
+       mentation.   This  description  is  adopted  from  the XSI
+       dled  signals  is  unspecified  in the SVr4 and XSI Curses
+       documentation.  Under historical  curses  implementations,
+       it  varied  depending  on  whether  the operating system's
+       implementation of  handled  signal  receipt  interrupts  a
+       read(2)  call in progress or not, and also (in some imple-
+       mentations) depending on whether an input timeout or  non-
+       blocking mode hsd been set.
+
+       Programmers concerned about portability should be prepared
+       for either of two  cases:  (a)  signal  receipt  does  not
+       interrupt  getch;  (b) signal receipt interrupts getch and
+       causes it to return ERR with errno set  to  EINTR.   Under
+       the  ncurses  implementation, handled signals never inter-
+       rupt getch.
+
+       The has_key function is unique to ncurses.   We  recommend
+       that  any  code using it be conditionalized on the NCURSES
+       feature macro.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X),        curs_inopts(3X),         curs_move(3X),
+       curs_refresh(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_getstr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_getstr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d14eb7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_getstr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       getstr,  wgetstr,  mvgetstr,  mvwgetstr, wgetnstr - accept
+       character strings from curses terminal keyboard
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int getstr(char *str);
+       int getnstr(char *str, int n);
+       int wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
+       int mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str);
+       int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
+       int mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+       int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+       int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls  to
+       getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the
+       terminating character is  not  included  in  the  returned
+       string).   The  resulting  value  is  placed  in  the area
+       pointed to by the character pointer str.
+
+       wgetnstr reads at most n  characters,  thus  preventing  a
+       possible  overflow  of  the  input buffer.  Any attempt to
+       enter more characters (other than the terminating  newline
+       or  carriage  return)  causes  a beep.  Function keys also
+       cause a beep and are ignored.  The getnstr function  reads
+       from the stdscr default window.
+
+       The  user's erase and kill characters are interpreted.  If
+       keypad  mode  is  on  for   the   window,   KEY_LEFT   and
+       KEY_BACKSPACE are both considered equivalent to the user's
+       kill character.
+
+       Characters input are echoed only if echo is currently  on.
+       In  that case, backspace is echoed as deletion of the pre-
+       vious character (typically a left motion).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and an OK
+       (SVr4  specifies  only  "an integer value other than ERR")
+       upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that getstr, mvgetstr, and mvwgetstr may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue  4.   They  read  single-byte  characters only.  The
+       standard specifies that they return ERR  on  failure,  but
+       the  single  error  condition  EOVERFLOW  associated  with
+       extended-level conformance is not yet  returned  (the  XSI
+
+       SVr3 and early SVr4 curses implementations did not  reject
+       function keys; the SVr4.0 documentation claimed that "spe-
+       cial keys" (such as function  keys,  "home"  key,  "clear"
+       key,  etc.)  are  interpreted" without giving details.  It
+       lied.  In fact, the  `character'  value  appended  to  the
+       string  by  those  implementations was predictable but not
+       useful (being, in fact, the low-order eight  bits  of  the
+       key's KEY_ value).
+
+       The functions getnstr, mvgetnstr, and mvwgetnstr were pre-
+       sent but not documented in SVr4.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_getch(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_getyx.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_getyx.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..89231567 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_getyx.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       getyx,  getparyx,  getbegyx,  getmaxyx - get curses cursor
+       and window coordinates
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       void getyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       void getparyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       void getbegyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       void getmaxyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The getyx macro places the current cursor position of  the
+       given window in the two integer variables y and x.
+
+       If  win  is  a  subwindow,  the  getparyx macro places the
+       beginning coordinates of the  subwindow  relative  to  the
+       parent  window into two integer variables y and x.  Other-
+       wise, -1 is placed into y and x.
+
+       Like getyx, the getbegyx and  getmaxyx  macros  store  the
+       current  beginning  coordinates  and size of the specified
+       window.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The return values of these  macros  are  undefined  (i.e.,
+       they  should not be used as the right-hand side of assign-
+       ment statements).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       All of these interfaces are macros and  that  "&"  is  not
+       necessary before the variables y and x.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_inch.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_inch.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..093f99ad --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_inch.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + +
+       inch,  winch,  mvinch,  mvwinch  -  get  a  character  and
+       attributes from a curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       chtype inch(void);
+       chtype winch(WINDOW *win);
+       chtype mvinch(int y, int x);
+       chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines return the character, of  type  chtype,  at
+       the   current  position  in  the  named  window.   If  any
+       attributes are set for that  position,  their  values  are
+       OR'ed  into  the  value  returned.   Constants  defined in
+       <curses.h> can be used with the & (logical  AND)  operator
+       to extract the character or attributes alone.
+
+
+   Attributes
+       The  following  bit-masks  may  be  AND-ed with characters
+       returned by winch.
+
+       l  l  .   A_CHARTEXT     Bit-mask  to  extract   character
+       A_ATTRIBUTES   Bit-mask   to  extract  attributes  A_COLOR
+            Bit-mask to extract color-pair field information
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that all of these routines may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue 4.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_inchstr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_inchstr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c8b5fde8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_inchstr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       inchstr,   inchnstr,   winchstr,   winchnstr,   mvinchstr,
+       mvinchnstr, mvwinchstr, mvwinchnstr  -  get  a  string  of
+       characters (and attributes) from a curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int inchstr(chtype *chstr);
+       int inchnstr(chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *chstr);
+       int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *chstr);
+       int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *chstr);
+       int  mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *chstr,
+       int n);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines return a NULL-terminated  array  of  chtype
+       quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the
+       named window and ending at the right margin of the window.
+       The  four  functions with n as the last argument, return a
+       leading substring at most n characters long (exclusive  of
+       the  trailing (chtype)0).  Constants defined in <curses.h>
+       can be used with the & (logical AND) operator  to  extract
+       the  character or the attribute alone from any position in
+       the chstr [see curs_inch(3X)].
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon  failure  and  an
+       integer  value  other  than ERR upon successful completion
+       (the number of  characters  retrieved,  exclusive  of  the
+       trailing 0).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note  that  all  routines  except winchnstr may be macros.
+       SVr4 does not document whether the result string is 0-ter-
+       minated; it does not document whether a length limit argu-
+       ment includes any trailing 0; and it does not document the
+       meaning of the return value.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.  It is no more specific than the SVr4  documenta-
+       tion on the trailing 0.  It does specify that the success-
+       ful return of the functions is OK.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_inch(3X).
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_initscr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_initscr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..78d883ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_initscr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       initscr,  newterm, endwin, isendwin, set_term, delscreen -
+       curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       WINDOW *initscr(void);
+       int endwin(void);
+       int isendwin(void);
+       SCREEN  *newterm(const  char  *type,  FILE  *outfd,   FILE
+       *infd);
+       SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new);
+       void delscreen(SCREEN* sp);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       initscr  is normally the first curses routine to call when
+       initializing a program.  A few special routines  sometimes
+       need  to  be called before it; these are slk_init, filter,
+       ripoffline, use_env.  For multiple-terminal  applications,
+       newterm may be called before initscr.
+
+       The initscr code determines the terminal type and initial-
+       izes all curses data structures.  initscr also causes  the
+       first  call  to  refresh  to  clear the screen.  If errors
+       occur, initscr writes  an  appropriate  error  message  to
+       standard error and exits; otherwise, a pointer is returned
+       to stdscr.
+
+       A program that outputs to more than  one  terminal  should
+       use  the  newterm  routine  for  each  terminal instead of
+       initscr.  A program that needs to inspect capabilities, so
+       it can continue to run in a line-oriented mode if the ter-
+       minal cannot support a screen-oriented program, would also
+       use  newterm.   The  routine newterm should be called once
+       for each terminal.  It returns a variable of type SCREEN *
+       which  should  be  saved  as a reference to that terminal.
+       The arguments are the type of the terminal to be  used  in
+       place of $TERM, a file pointer for output to the terminal,
+       and another file pointer for input from the  terminal  (if
+       type  is NULL, $TERM will be used).  The program must also
+       call endwin for each terminal being  used  before  exiting
+       from  curses.  If newterm is called more than once for the
+       same terminal, the first terminal referred to must be  the
+       last one for which endwin is called.
+
+       A  program  should  always  call  endwin before exiting or
+       escaping  from  curses  mode  temporarily.   This  routine
+       restores  tty  modes,  moves the cursor to the lower left-
+       hand corner of the screen and resets the terminal into the
+       proper non-visual mode.  Calling refresh or doupdate after
+       a temporary escape causes the  program  to  resume  visual
+       mode.
+       called without any subsequent calls to wrefresh, and FALSE
+       otherwise.
+
+       The  set_term  routine is used to switch between different
+       terminals.  The screen reference new becomes the new  cur-
+       rent  terminal.   The previous terminal is returned by the
+       routine.  This  is  the  only  routine  which  manipulates
+       SCREEN  pointers;  all other routines affect only the cur-
+       rent terminal.
+
+       The delscreen routine frees storage  associated  with  the
+       SCREEN  data  structure.   The  endwin routine does not do
+       this, so delscreen should be called after endwin if a par-
+       ticular SCREEN is no longer needed.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       endwin  returns  the  integer ERR upon failure and OK upon
+       successful completion.
+
+       Routines that return pointers always return NULL on error.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that initscr and newterm may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.  It specifies that portable applications must not
+       call initscr more than once.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X),       curs_kernel(3X),       curs_refresh(3X),
+       curs_slk(3X), curs_util(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_inopts.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_inopts.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47eab78c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_inopts.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ + + +
+       cbreak, nocbreak, echo, noecho, halfdelay, intrflush, key-
+       pad, meta,  nodelay,  notimeout,  raw,  noraw,  noqiflush,
+       qiflush,  timeout,  wtimeout,  typeahead  -  curses  input
+       options
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int cbreak(void);
+       int nocbreak(void);
+       int echo(void);
+       int noecho(void);
+       int halfdelay(int tenths);
+       int intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int raw(void);
+       int noraw(void);
+       void noqiflush(void);
+       void qiflush(void);
+       int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       void timeout(int delay);
+       void wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay);
+       int typeahead(int fd);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until  a
+       newline  or  carriage return is typed.  The cbreak routine
+       disables line buffering and erase/kill  character-process-
+       ing  (interrupt  and  flow  control  characters  are unaf-
+       fected), making characters typed by the  user  immediately
+       available  to  the  program.  The nocbreak routine returns
+       the terminal to normal (cooked) mode.
+
+       Initially the terminal may or may not be in  cbreak  mode,
+       as the mode is inherited; therefore, a program should call
+       cbreak or nocbreak explicitly.  Most interactive  programs
+       using  curses set the cbreak mode.  Note that cbreak over-
+       rides raw.  [See curs_getch(3X) for a  discussion  of  how
+       these routines interact with echo and noecho.]
+
+       The  echo  and  noecho routines control whether characters
+       typed by the user are echoed by getch as they  are  typed.
+       Echoing  by  the  tty  driver is always disabled, but ini-
+       tially getch is in echo  mode,  so  characters  typed  are
+       echoed.  Authors of most interactive programs prefer to do
+       their own echoing in a controlled area of the  screen,  or
+       not  to  echo  at  all, so they disable echoing by calling
+       noecho.  [See curs_getch(3X) for a discussion of how these
+       routines interact with cbreak and nocbreak.]
+
+       user  are  immediately available to the program.  However,
+       after blocking  for  tenths  tenths  of  seconds,  ERR  is
+       returned  if  nothing has been typed.  The value of tenths
+       must be a number between 1 and 255.  Use nocbreak to leave
+       half-delay mode.
+
+       If  the intrflush option is enabled, (bf is TRUE), when an
+       interrupt key  is  pressed  on  the  keyboard  (interrupt,
+       break,  quit)  all  output in the tty driver queue will be
+       flushed, giving the  effect  of  faster  response  to  the
+       interrupt,  but  causing  curses to have the wrong idea of
+       what is on the  screen.   Disabling  (bf  is  FALSE),  the
+       option  prevents the flush.  The default for the option is
+       inherited from the tty driver settings.  The window  argu-
+       ment is ignored.
+
+       The  keypad option enables the keypad of the user's termi-
+       nal.  If enabled (bf is TRUE), the user can press a  func-
+       tion  key (such as an arrow key) and wgetch returns a sin-
+       gle value representing the function key, as  in  KEY_LEFT.
+       If  disabled (bf is FALSE), curses does not treat function
+       keys specially and the program has to interpret the escape
+       sequences  itself.   If  the keypad in the terminal can be
+       turned on  (made  to  transmit)  and  off  (made  to  work
+       locally),  turning on this option causes the terminal key-
+       pad to be turned on when wgetch is  called.   The  default
+       value for keypad is false.
+
+       Initially, whether the terminal returns 7 or 8 significant
+       bits on input depends on  the  control  mode  of  the  tty
+       driver  [see  termio(7)].  To force 8 bits to be returned,
+       invoke meta(win, TRUE); this is equivalent,  under  POSIX,
+       to  setting the CS8 flag on the terminal.  To force 7 bits
+       to be returned, invoke meta(win, FALSE); this  is  equiva-
+       lent,  under  POSIX, to setting the CS8 flag on the termi-
+       nal.  The window argument, win, is always ignored.  If the
+       terminfo capabilities smm (meta_on) and rmm (meta_off) are
+       defined for the terminal, smm is sent to the terminal when
+       meta(win,  TRUE)  is called and rmm is sent when meta(win,
+       FALSE) is called.
+
+       The nodelay option causes getch to be a non-blocking call.
+       If  no input is ready, getch returns ERR.  If disabled (bf
+       is FALSE), getch waits until a key is pressed.
+
+       While interpreting an input escape sequence, wgetch sets a
+       timer  while  waiting  for the next character.  If notime-
+       out(win, TRUE) is called,  then  wgetch  does  not  set  a
+       timer.   The  purpose  of  the timeout is to differentiate
+       between sequences received from a function key  and  those
+       typed by a user.
+
+       characters  typed  are  immediately  passed through to the
+       user program.  The differences are that in raw  mode,  the
+       interrupt,  quit, suspend, and flow control characters are
+       all passed through uninterpreted, instead of generating  a
+       signal.   The  behavior  of the BREAK key depends on other
+       bits in the tty driver that are not set by curses.
+
+       When the noqiflush routine is used, normal flush of  input
+       and  output queues associated with the INTR, QUIT and SUSP
+       characters will not be done [see termio(7)].  When qiflush
+       is  called,  the queues will be flushed when these control
+       characters are read.  You may want to call noqiflush()  in
+       a  signal handler if you want output to continue as though
+       the interrupt had not occurred, after the handler exits.
+
+       The timeout and wtimeout routines  set  blocking  or  non-
+       blocking  read  for a given window.  If delay is negative,
+       blocking  read  is  used  (i.e.,  waits  indefinitely  for
+       input).   If delay is zero, then non-blocking read is used
+       (i.e., read returns ERR if no input is waiting).  If delay
+       is  positive, then read blocks for delay milliseconds, and
+       returns ERR if there is still no input.  Hence, these rou-
+       tines  provide the same functionality as nodelay, plus the
+       additional capability of being  able  to  block  for  only
+       delay milliseconds (where delay is positive).
+
+       The  curses library does ``line-breakout optimization'' by
+       looking for  typeahead  periodically  while  updating  the
+       screen.   If  input is found, and it is coming from a tty,
+       the current update is postponed until refresh or  doupdate
+       is  called again.  This allows faster response to commands
+       typed in advance.  Normally, the input FILE pointer passed
+       to  newterm,  or  stdin in the case that initscr was used,
+       will be used to do this typeahead checking.  The typeahead
+       routine  specifies  that  the  file descriptor fd is to be
+       used to check for typeahead instead.  If fd is -1, then no
+       typeahead checking is done.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All  routines that return an integer return ERR upon fail-
+       ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an  integer  value  other
+       than  ERR")  upon  successful completion, unless otherwise
+       noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue 4.
+
+       The  ncurses  library obeys the XPG4 standard and the his-
+       torical practice of the AT&T  curses  implementations,  in
+       that  the  echo bit is cleared when curses initializes the
+       terminal state.  BSD curses differed from  this  slightly;
+       ity,  set echo or noecho explicitly just after initializa-
+       tion, even if your program remains in cooked mode.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that echo, noecho, halfdelay, intrflush, meta,  node-
+       lay,  notimeout, noqiflush, qiflush, timeout, and wtimeout
+       may be macros.
+
+       The noraw and nocbreak calls follow historical practice in
+       that  they  attempt  to  restore to normal (`cooked') mode
+       from raw and cbreak modes respectively.  Mixing  raw/noraw
+       and  cbreak/nocbreak  calls  leads  to  tty driver control
+       states that are hard to predict or understand; it  is  not
+       recommended.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_getch(3X), curs_initscr(3X), termio(7)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_insch.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_insch.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..36b7f32b --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_insch.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       insch,  winsch,  mvinsch,  mvwinsch  -  insert a character
+       before cursor in a curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int insch(chtype ch);
+       int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+       int mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
+       int mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines, insert the character ch before the charac-
+       ter  under the cursor.  All characters to the right of the
+       cursor are moved one space to the right, with  the  possi-
+       bility  of the rightmost character on the line being lost.
+       The insertion operation does not change the  cursor  posi-
+       tion.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All  routines that return an integer return ERR upon fail-
+       ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an  integer  value  other
+       than  ERR")  upon  successful completion, unless otherwise
+       noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       These routines do not necessarily imply use of a  hardware
+       insert character feature.
+
+       Note that insch, mvinsch, and mvwinsch may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_insstr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_insstr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a6fe2b45 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_insstr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ + + +
+       insstr,  insnstr,  winsstr, winsnstr, mvinsstr, mvinsnstr,
+       mvwinsstr, mvwinsnstr - insert string before cursor  in  a
+       curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+       int insstr(const char *str);
+       int insnstr(const char *str, int n);
+       int winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
+       int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
+       int mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
+       int mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
+       int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
+       int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str,
+       int n);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These  routines insert a character string (as many charac-
+       ters as will fit on the line) before the  character  under
+       the cursor.  All characters to the right of the cursor are
+       shifted right, with the possibility of the rightmost char-
+       acters  on  the line being lost.  The cursor position does
+       not change (after moving to y, x, if specified). The  four
+       routines with n as the last argument insert a leading sub-
+       string of at most n characters.  If n<=0, then the  entire
+       string is inserted.
+
+       If  a  character in str is a tab, newline, carriage return
+       or backspace, the cursor is moved appropriately within the
+       window.   A  newline  also  does a clrtoeol before moving.
+       Tabs are considered to be at every eighth  column.   If  a
+       character in str is another control character, it is drawn
+       in the ^X notation.  Calling winch after adding a  control
+       character (and moving to it, if necessary) does not return
+       the control character, but instead returns a character  in
+       the the ^-representation of the control character.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All  routines that return an integer return ERR upon fail-
+       ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an  integer  value  other
+       than  ERR")  upon  successful completion, unless otherwise
+       noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that all but winsnstr may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue  4,  which  adds  const qualifiers to the arguments.
+       The XSI Curses error  conditions  EILSEQ  and  EILOVERFLOW
+       associated  with  extended-level  conformance  are not yet
+       detected (this implementation does not  yet  support  XPG4
+       curses(3X), curs_clear(3X), curs_inch(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_instr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_instr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..487bd07c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_instr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       instr,  innstr, winstr, winnstr, mvinstr, mvinnstr, mvwin-
+       str, mvwinnstr - get a string of characters from a  curses
+       window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int instr(char *str);
+       int innstr(char *str, int n);
+       int winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
+       int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
+       int mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str);
+       int mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+       int mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
+       int  mvwinnstr(WINDOW  *win,  int y, int x, char *str, int
+       n);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines return  a  string  of  characters  in  str,
+       extracted  starting  at the current cursor position in the
+       named window.  Attributes are stripped  from  the  charac-
+       ters.   The  four  functions  with  n as the last argument
+       return a leading  substring  at  most  n  characters  long
+       (exclusive of the trailing NUL).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All  of the functions return ERR upon failure, or the num-
+       ber of characters actually read into the string.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that all routines except winnstr may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses error  conditions  EILSEQ  and  EILOVERFLOW
+       associated  with  extended-level  conformance  are not yet
+       detected (this implementation does not  yet  support  XPG4
+       multi-byte  characters).  SVr4 does not document whether a
+       length limit includes or excludes the trailing NUL.
+
+       The ncurses library extends the XSI description by  allow-
+       ing  a  negative value for n.  In this case, the functions
+       return the string ending at the right margin.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_kernel.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_kernel.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82b012f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_kernel.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ + + +
+       def_prog_mode,       def_shell_mode,      reset_prog_mode,
+       reset_shell_mode, resetty, savetty, getsyx, setsyx, ripof-
+       fline, curs_set, napms - low-level xscurses routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int def_prog_mode(void);
+       int def_shell_mode(void);
+       int reset_prog_mode(void);
+       int reset_shell_mode(void);
+       int resetty(void);
+       int savetty(void);
+       void getsyx(int y, int x);
+       void setsyx(int y, int x);
+       int ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int));
+       int curs_set(int visibility);
+       int napms(int ms);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  following  routines  give low-level access to various
+       curses capabilities.  Theses routines typically  are  used
+       inside library routines.
+
+       The  def_prog_mode  and  def_shell_mode  routines save the
+       current terminal modes as the  "program"  (in  curses)  or
+       "shell"   (not   in   curses)   state   for   use  by  the
+       reset_prog_mode and reset_shell_mode  routines.   This  is
+       done  automatically  by  initscr.   There is one such save
+       area for each screen context allocated by newterm().
+
+       The reset_prog_mode and reset_shell_mode routines  restore
+       the  terminal  to "program" (in curses) or "shell" (out of
+       curses) state.  These are  done  automatically  by  endwin
+       and,  after  an  endwin, by doupdate, so they normally are
+       not called.
+
+       The resetty and savetty  routines  save  and  restore  the
+       state  of  the  terminal modes.  savetty saves the current
+       state in a buffer and resetty restores the state  to  what
+       it was at the last call to savetty.
+
+       The  getsyx routine returns the current coordinates of the
+       virtual screen cursor in y and x.  If leaveok is currently
+       TRUE,  then -1,-1 is returned.  If lines have been removed
+       from the top of the screen,  using  ripoffline,  y  and  x
+       include  these  lines;  therefore,  y and x should be used
+       only as arguments for setsyx.
+
+       The setsyx routine sets the virtual screen cursor to y, x.
+       If y and x are both -1, then leaveok is set.  The two rou-
+       tines getsyx and setsyx are  designed  to  be  used  by  a
+       cursor.   The  library  routine  would  call getsyx at the
+       beginning, do its manipulation of its own  windows,  do  a
+       wnoutrefresh  on  its  windows, call setsyx, and then call
+       doupdate.
+
+       The ripoffline routine provides access to the same  facil-
+       ity  that  slk_init  [see curs_slk(3X)] uses to reduce the
+       size of the screen.   ripoffline  must  be  called  before
+       initscr or newterm is called.  If line is positive, a line
+       is removed from the top of stdscr; if line is negative,  a
+       line is removed from the bottom.  When this is done inside
+       initscr, the routine init (supplied by the user) is called
+       with  two arguments: a window pointer to the one-line win-
+       dow that has been allocated and an integer with the number
+       of columns in the window.  Inside this initialization rou-
+       tine, the integer variables LINES  and  COLS  (defined  in
+       <curses.h>) are not guaranteed to be accurate and wrefresh
+       or doupdate must not be called.  It is allowable  to  call
+       wnoutrefresh during the initialization routine.
+
+       ripoffline  can  be called up to five times before calling
+       initscr or newterm.
+
+       The curs_set routine sets  the  cursor  state  is  set  to
+       invisible, normal, or very visible for visibility equal to
+       0, 1, or 2 respectively.  If  the  terminal  supports  the
+       visibility   requested,   the  previous  cursor  state  is
+       returned; otherwise, ERR is returned.
+
+       The napms routine is used to sleep for ms milliseconds.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except for curs_set,  these  routines  always  return  OK.
+       curs_set  returns the previous cursor state, or ERR if the
+       requested visibility is not supported.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that getsyx is a macro, so & is not necessary  before
+       the variables y and x.
+
+       The  SVr4 man pages warn that the return value of curs_set
+       "is currently incorrect".   This  implementation  gets  it
+       right, but it may be unwise to count on the correctness of
+       the return value anywhere else.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The functions setsyx and getsyx are not described  in  the
+       XSI  Curses standard, Issue 4.  All other functions are as
+       described in XSI Curses.
+
+       The SVr4 documentation describes setsyx and getsyx as hav-
+       ing  return  type  int.  This  is  misleading, as they are
+       curses(3X),       curs_initscr(3X),      curs_outopts(3X),
+       curs_refresh(3X), curs_scr_dump(3X), curs_slk(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_mouse.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_mouse.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d328f533 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_mouse.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ + + +
+       getmouse,  ungetmouse, mousemask - mouse interface through
+       curses
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       typedef unsigned long mmask_t;
+
+       typedef struct
+       {
+           short id;         /* ID to distinguish multiple devices */
+           int x, y, z;      /* event coordinates */
+           mmask_t bstate;   /* button state bits */
+       }
+       MEVENT;
+       int getmouse(MEVENT *event);
+       int ungetmouse(MEVENT *event);
+       mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t newmask, mmask_t *oldmask);
+       bool wenclose(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+       int mouseinterval(int erval)
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These functions provide an interface to mouse events  from
+       ncurses(3x).   Mouse  events  are represented by KEY_MOUSE
+       pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream.
+
+       To make mouse events visible, use the mousemask  function.
+       This  will  set  the  mouse  events  to  be  reported.  By
+       default, no mouse events are reported.  The function  will
+       return  a  mask  to  indicate which of the specified mouse
+       events can be reported; on complete failure it returns  0.
+       If  oldmask is non-NULL, this function fills the indicated
+       location with the previous value  of  the  given  window's
+       mouse event mask.
+
+       As  a  side  effect, setting a zero mousemask may turn off
+       the mouse pointer; setting a nonzero mask may turn it  on.
+       Whether this happens is device-dependent.
+
+       Here are the mouse event type masks:
+
+       l  l  _ _ l l.  Name Description BUTTON1_PRESSED     mouse
+       button 1 down BUTTON1_RELEASED    mouse button 1  up  BUT-
+       TON1_CLICKED        mouse       button      1      clicked
+       BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED   mouse  button  1  double  clicked
+       BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED   mouse  button  1  triple  clicked
+       BUTTON2_PRESSED       mouse      button       2       down
+       BUTTON2_RELEASED    mouse   button  2  up  BUTTON2_CLICKED
+           mouse button 2 clicked  BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED   mouse
+       button  2  double  clicked  BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED   mouse
+       button 2 triple clicked BUTTON3_PRESSED     mouse button 3
+       down BUTTON3_RELEASED    mouse button 3 up BUTTON3_CLICKED
+       button 3 triple clicked BUTTON4_PRESSED     mouse button 4
+       down BUTTON4_RELEASED    mouse button 4 up BUTTON4_CLICKED
+           mouse button 4 clicked  BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED   mouse
+       button  4  double  clicked  BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED   mouse
+       button 4 triple clicked BUTTON_SHIFT   shift was down dur-
+       ing  button  state  change BUTTON_CTRL    control was down
+       during button state  change  BUTTON_ALT     alt  was  down
+       during  button state change ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS    report all
+       button state changes REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION    report mouse
+       movement
+
+       Once  a  class of mouse events have been made visible in a
+       window, calling the wgetch function  on  that  window  may
+       return  KEY_MOUSE  as  an indicator that a mouse event has
+       been queued.  To read the event data and pop the event off
+       the queue, call getmouse.  This function will return OK if
+       a mouse event is actually visible in the given window, ERR
+       otherwise.   When  getmouse returns OK, the data deposited
+       as y and x in the  event  structure  coordinates  will  be
+       screen-relative  character-cell coordinates.  The returned
+       state mask will have exactly one bit set to  indicate  the
+       event type.
+
+       The  ungetmouse  function  behaves analogously to ungetch.
+       It pushes a KEY_MOUSE event  onto  the  input  queue,  and
+       associates  with  that  event  the  given  state  data and
+       screen-relative character-cell coordinates.
+
+       The wenclose  function  tests  whether  a  given  pair  of
+       screen-relative  character-cell coordinates is enclosed by
+       a given window, returning TRUE if it is and  FALSE  other-
+       wise.   It  is  useful  for determining what subset of the
+       screen windows enclose the location of a mouse event.
+
+       The mouseinterval function sets the maximum time (in thou-
+       sands  of  a  second)  that  can  elapse between press and
+       release events in order for them to  be  recognized  as  a
+       click.  This function returns the previous interval value.
+       The default is one fifth of a second.
+
+       Note that mouse events will be ignored when  input  is  in
+       cooked mode, and will cause an error beep when cooked mode
+       is being simulated in a window by a function such as  get-
+       str that expects a linefeed for input-loop termination.
+
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All  routines  return  the  integer ERR upon failure or OK
+       upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These calls were designed for  ncurses(3x),  and  are  not
+
+       The feature macro NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION is provided so the
+       preprocessor  can  be  used to test whether these features
+       are present (its value is 1).   NOTE:  THIS  INTERFACE  IS
+       EXPERIMENTAL  AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE!  If
+       the interface is changed, the value of  NCURSES_MOUSE_VER-
+       SION will be incremented.
+
+       The  order  of the MEVENT structure members is not guaran-
+       teed.  Additional fields may be added to the structure  in
+       the future.
+
+       Under  ncurses(3x),  these  calls  are  implemented  using
+       either xterm's built-in mouse-tracking API  or  Alessandro
+       Rubini's  gpm  server.   If  you are using something other
+       than xterm there is no gpm daemon running on your machine,
+       mouse  events  will not be visible to ncurses(3x) (and the
+       wmousemask function will always return 0).
+
+       The z member in the event structure is not presently used.
+       It  is  intended  for use with touch screens (which may be
+       pressure-sensitive)   or   with   3D-mice/trackballs/power
+       gloves.
+
+
+
+

BUGS

+       Mouse  events under xterm will not in fact be ignored dur-
+       ing cooked mode, if they have been enabled by  wmousemask.
+       Instead,  the  xterm  mouse report sequence will appear in
+       the string read.
+
+       Mouse events under xterm will not be detected correctly in
+       a window with its keypad bit off.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_move.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_move.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4edbae80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_move.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       move, wmove - move curses window cursor
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int move(int y, int x);
+       int wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These  routines move the cursor associated with the window
+       to line y and column x.  This routine does  not  move  the
+       physical  cursor  of the terminal until refresh is called.
+       The position specified is relative to the upper  left-hand
+       corner of the window, which is (0,0).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4 speci-
+       fies only "an integer value other than ERR") upon success-
+       ful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that move may be a macro.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.  The standard specifies that if (y,x) is within a
+       multi-column  character,  the cursor is moved to the first
+       column of that  character;  however,  this  implementation
+       does  not  yet  support  the extended-level XSI multi-byte
+       characters.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_refresh(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_outopts.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_outopts.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54e8aa71 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_outopts.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ + + +
+       clearok,   idlok,   idcok   immedok,  leaveok,  setscrreg,
+       wsetscrreg, scrollok, nl, nonl - curses output options
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int setscrreg(int top, int bot);
+       int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bot);
+       int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int nl(void);
+       int nonl(void);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines set options that change the style of output
+       within  curses.   All  options are initially FALSE, unless
+       otherwise stated.  It  is  not  necessary  to  turn  these
+       options off before calling endwin.
+
+       If  clearok is called with TRUE as argument, the next call
+       to wrefresh with this window will clear  the  screen  com-
+       pletely  and  redraw the entire screen from scratch.  This
+       is useful when the contents of the screen  are  uncertain,
+       or  in  some  cases for a more pleasing visual effect.  If
+       the win argument to clearok is the global variable curscr,
+       the  next  call  to  wrefresh  with  any window causes the
+       screen to be cleared and repainted from scratch.
+
+       If idlok is called with TRUE as  second  argument,  curses
+       considers using the hardware insert/delete line feature of
+       terminals so equipped.  Calling idlok with FALSE as second
+       argument  disables  use  of  line  insertion and deletion.
+       This option should be  enabled  only  if  the  application
+       needs  insert/delete  line, for example, for a screen edi-
+       tor.  It is disabled by default because insert/delete line
+       tends  to  be  visually annoying when used in applications
+       where it isn't really needed.  If insert/delete line  can-
+       not  be  used,  curses redraws the changed portions of all
+       lines.
+
+       If idcok is called with FALSE as second  argument,  curses
+       no longer considers using the hardware insert/delete char-
+       acter feature of terminals so equipped.  Use of  character
+       insert/delete  is  enabled by default.  Calling idcok with
+       TRUE as second argument re-enables use of character inser-
+       tion and deletion.
+
+       If  immedok is called with TRUE as argument, any change in
+       fresh.  However, it may degrade performance  considerably,
+       due  to  repeated  calls  to  wrefresh.  It is disabled by
+       default.
+
+       Normally, the hardware cursor is left at the  location  of
+       the  window  cursor  being  refreshed.  The leaveok option
+       allows the cursor to be left wherever the  update  happens
+       to leave it.  It is useful for applications where the cur-
+       sor is not used, since it  reduces  the  need  for  cursor
+       motions.   If  possible, the cursor is made invisible when
+       this option is enabled.
+
+       The setscrreg and wsetscrreg routines allow  the  applica-
+       tion  programmer  to  set a software scrolling region in a
+       window.  top and bot are the line numbers of the  top  and
+       bottom margin of the scrolling region.  (Line 0 is the top
+       line of the window.)  If  this  option  and  scrollok  are
+       enabled,  an  attempt  to  move off the bottom margin line
+       causes all lines in the scrolling  region  to  scroll  one
+       line in the direction of the first line.  Only the text of
+       the window is scrolled.  (Note that this has nothing to do
+       with  the use of a physical scrolling region capability in
+       the terminal, like that in the VT100.  If idlok is enabled
+       and   the  terminal  has  either  a  scrolling  region  or
+       insert/delete line capability, they will probably be  used
+       by the output routines.)
+
+       The  scrollok option controls what happens when the cursor
+       of a window is  moved  off  the  edge  of  the  window  or
+       scrolling  region,  either as a result of a newline action
+       on the bottom line, or typing the last  character  of  the
+       last line.  If disabled, (bf is FALSE), the cursor is left
+       on the bottom line.  If enabled, (bf is TRUE), the  window
+       is  scrolled  up  one  line (Note that in order to get the
+       physical scrolling effect on the terminal, it is also nec-
+       essary to call idlok).
+
+       The  nl  and  nonl routines control whether the underlying
+       display device translates the return key into  newline  on
+       input,  and  whether it translates newline into return and
+       line-feed on output (in either case,  the  call  addch('0)
+       does the equivalent of return and line feed on the virtual
+       screen).  Initially, these translations do occur.  If  you
+       disable  them using nonl, curses will be able to make bet-
+       ter use of the line-feed capability, resulting  in  faster
+       cursor  motion.   Also, curses will then be able to detect
+       the return key.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The functions setscrreg and wsetscrreg return OK upon suc-
+       cess  and ERR upon failure. All other routines that return
+       an integer always return OK.
+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue 4.
+
+       The  XSI  Curses  standard is ambiguous on the question of
+       whether raw() should disable the  CRLF  translations  con-
+       trolled by nl() and nonl().  BSD curses did turn off these
+       translations; AT&T curses (at least as late as  SVr1)  did
+       not.   We choose to do so, on the theory that a programmer
+       requesting raw input wants a clean (ideally  8-bit  clean)
+       connection that the operating system does not mess with.
+
+       Some  historic  curses  implementations had, as an undocu-
+       mented feature,  the  ability  to  do  the  equivalent  of
+       clearok(...,  1)  by saying touchwin(stdscr) or clear(std-
+       scr).  This will not work under ncurses.
+
+       Earlier System V  curses  implementations  specified  that
+       with  scrollok enabled, any window modification triggering
+       a scroll also forced a physical refresh.  XSI Curses  does
+       not  require this, and ncurses avoids doing it in order to
+       perform better vertical-motion  optimization  at  wrefresh
+       time.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note  that clearok, leaveok, scrollok, idcok, nl, nonl and
+       setscrreg may be macros.
+
+       The immedok routine is useful for windows that are used as
+       terminal emulators.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X),         curs_addch(3X),        curs_clear(3X),
+       curs_initscr(3X), curs_scroll(3X), curs_refresh(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_overlay.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_overlay.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4c892d66 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_overlay.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       overlay, overwrite, copywin - overlay and manipulate over-
+       lapped curses windows
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int overlay(const WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin);
+       int overwrite(const WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin);
+       int copywin(WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin, int sminrow,
+             int smincol, int dminrow, int dmincol, int dmaxrow,
+             int dmaxcol, int overlay);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The overlay and overwrite routines overlay srcwin  on  top
+       of  dstwin.   scrwin and dstwin are not required to be the
+       same size; only text where  the  two  windows  overlap  is
+       copied.  The difference is that overlay is non-destructive
+       (blanks are not copied) whereas overwrite is  destructive.
+
+       The  copywin  routine provides a finer granularity of con-
+       trol over the overlay and overwrite routines.  Like in the
+       prefresh routine, a rectangle is specified in the destina-
+       tion window, (dminrow, dmincol)  and  (dmaxrow,  dmaxcol),
+       and  the  upper-left-corner coordinates of the source win-
+       dow, (sminrow, smincol).  If the argument overlay is true,
+       then copying is non-destructive, as in overlay.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines  that  return an integer return ERR upon failure,
+       and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value  other  than
+       ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that overlay and overwrite may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions
+       (adding the const qualifiers).  It further specifies their
+       behavior  in  the  presence  of characters with multi-byte
+       renditions (not yet supported in this implementation).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_pad(3X), curs_refresh(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_pad.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_pad.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..721b8ed9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_pad.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       newpad, subpad, prefresh, pnoutrefresh, pechochar - create
+       and display curses pads
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       WINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols);
+       WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
+             int begin_y, int begin_x);
+       int prefresh(WINDOW *pad, int pminrow, int pmincol,
+             int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol);
+       int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *pad, int pminrow, int pmincol,
+             int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol);
+       int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a  new
+       pad data structure with the given number of lines, nlines,
+       and columns, ncols.  A pad is like a window,  except  that
+       it is not restricted by the screen size, and is not neces-
+       sarily associated with a particular part  of  the  screen.
+       Pads can be used when a large window is needed, and only a
+       part of the window will be on  the  screen  at  one  time.
+       Automatic refreshes of pads (e.g., from scrolling or echo-
+       ing of input) do not occur.  It is not legal to call  wre-
+       fresh  with a pad as an argument; the routines prefresh or
+       pnoutrefresh should be called instead.   Note  that  these
+       routines require additional parameters to specify the part
+       of the pad to be displayed and the location on the  screen
+       to be used for the display.
+
+       The subpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a sub-
+       window within a  pad  with  the  given  number  of  lines,
+       nlines,  and  columns,  ncols.   Unlike subwin, which uses
+       screen coordinates, the window is  at  position  (begin_x,
+       begin_y)  on the pad.  The window is made in the middle of
+       the window orig, so that changes made to one window affect
+       both  windows.   During  the  use of this routine, it will
+       often be necessary to call touchwin or touchline  on  orig
+       before calling prefresh.
+
+       The  prefresh  and  pnoutrefresh routines are analogous to
+       wrefresh and wnoutrefresh except that they relate to  pads
+       instead  of windows.  The additional parameters are needed
+       to indicate what part of the pad and screen are  involved.
+       pminrow  and pmincol specify the upper left-hand corner of
+       the rectangle to be displayed in the pad.  sminrow,  smin-
+       col, smaxrow, and smaxcol specify the edges of the rectan-
+       gle to be displayed on the screen.  The  lower  right-hand
+       corner of the rectangle to be displayed in the pad is cal-
+       culated from the screen coordinates, since the  rectangles
+       must  be  the same size.  Both rectangles must be entirely
+       treated as if they were zero.
+
+       The pechochar routine is functionally equivalent to a call
+       to  addch  followed by a call to refresh, a call to waddch
+       followed by a call to wrefresh, or a call to  waddch  fol-
+       lowed  by  a  call  to prefresh. The knowledge that only a
+       single character is being output is taken into  considera-
+       tion  and, for non-control characters, a considerable per-
+       formance gain  might  be  seen  by  using  these  routines
+       instead  of  their equivalents.  In the case of pechochar,
+       the last location of the pad on the screen is  reused  for
+       the arguments to prefresh.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines  that  return  an integer return ERR upon failure
+       and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value  other  than
+       ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+       Routines  that  return  pointers return NULL on error, and
+       set errno to ENOMEM.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that pechochar may be a macro.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
+       tions.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X),        curs_refresh(3X),       curs_touch(3X),
+       curs_addch(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_print.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_print.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fcf16ee0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_print.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       mcprint - ship binary data to printer
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int mcprint(char *data, int len);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       This  function  uses the mc5p or mc4 and mc5 capabilities,
+       if they are present, to  ship  given  data  to  a  printer
+       attached to the terminal.
+
+       Note  that  the mcprint code has no way to do flow control
+       with the printer or to know how  much  buffering  it  has.
+       Your  application  is  responsible for keeping the rate of
+       writes to the printer below its continuous throughput rate
+       (typically  about  half  of its nominal cps rating).  Dot-
+       matrix printers and 6-page-per-minute lasers can typically
+       handle  80cps,  so a good conservative rule of thumb is to
+       sleep for a second after shipping each 80-character  line.
+
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The  mcprint  function  returns ERR if the write operation
+       aborted for some reason.  In this case, errno will contain
+       either  an  error  associated  with write(2) or one of the
+       following:
+
+       ENODEV
+            Capabilities for printer redirection don't exist.
+
+       ENOMEM
+            Couldn't allocate sufficient  memory  to  buffer  the
+            printer write.
+
+            When mcprint succeeds, it returns the number of char-
+            acters actually sent to the printer.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The mcprint call was designed for ncurses(3x), and is  not
+       found in SVr4 curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous
+       version of curses.
+
+
+
+

BUGS

+       Padding in the mc5p, mc4 and mc5 capabilities will not  be
+       interpreted.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X)
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_printw.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_printw.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..899d9741 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_printw.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + +
+       printw,  wprintw,  mvprintw,  mvwprintw,  vwprintw - print
+       formatted output in curses windows
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int printw(char *fmt [, arg] ...);
+       int wprintw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt [, arg] ...);
+       int mvprintw(int y, int x, char *fmt [, arg] ...);
+       int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x,
+             char *fmt [, arg] ...);
+
+       #include <varargs.h>
+       int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt, varglist);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw  routines  are
+       analogous  to  printf  [see  printf(3S)].   In effect, the
+       string that would be output by printf is output instead as
+       though waddstr were used on the given window.
+
+       The   vwprintw   routine  is  analogous  to  vprintf  [see
+       printf(3S)] and performs a wprintw using a variable  argu-
+       ment  list.  The third argument is a va_list, a pointer to
+       a list of arguments, as defined in <varargs.h>.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines that return an integer return  ERR  upon  failure
+       and  OK  (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+       ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
+       tions.   The  function vwprintw is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN,
+       and is to be replaced by a function  vw_printw  using  the
+       <stdarg.h> interface.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), printf(3S), vprintf(3S)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_refresh.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_refresh.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff6d9a33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_refresh.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       refresh, wrefresh, wnoutrefresh, doupdate, redrawwin, wre-
+       drawln - refresh curses windows and lines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int refresh(void);
+       int wrefresh(WINDOW *win);
+       int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win);
+       int doupdate(void);
+       int redrawwin(WINDOW *win);
+       int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int beg_line, int num_lines);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The refresh and wrefresh  routines  (or  wnoutrefresh  and
+       doupdate)  must be called to get actual output to the ter-
+       minal, as other routines  merely  manipulate  data  struc-
+       tures.   The  routine  wrefresh copies the named window to
+       the physical terminal screen, taking into account what  is
+       already  there  in order to do optimizations.  The refresh
+       routine is the same, using stdscr as the  default  window.
+       Unless  leaveok  has  been enabled, the physical cursor of
+       the terminal is left at the location  of  the  cursor  for
+       that window.
+
+       The  wnoutrefresh  and  doupdate  routines  allow multiple
+       updates with more  efficiency  than  wrefresh  alone.   In
+       addition  to  all  the window structures, curses keeps two
+       data structures representing the terminal screen: a physi-
+       cal screen, describing what is actually on the screen, and
+       a virtual screen, describing what the programmer wants  to
+       have on the screen.
+
+       The  routine wrefresh works by first calling wnoutrefresh,
+       which copies the named window to the virtual  screen,  and
+       then  calling  doupdate, which compares the virtual screen
+       to the physical screen and does the actual update.  If the
+       programmer  wishes  to  output  several windows at once, a
+       series of calls to wrefresh results in  alternating  calls
+       to  wnoutrefresh  and  doupdate, causing several bursts of
+       output to the screen.  By first calling  wnoutrefresh  for
+       each  window,  it  is then possible to call doupdate once,
+       resulting in only one burst of output,  with  fewer  total
+       characters transmitted and less CPU time used.  If the win
+       argument to wrefresh is the global  variable  curscr,  the
+       screen  is immediately cleared and repainted from scratch.
+
+       The phrase "copies the named window to the virtual screen"
+       above  is  ambiguous.   What  actually happens is that all
+       touched (changed) lines in the window are  copied  to  the
+       virtual  screen.   This affects programs that use overlap-
+       ping windows; it means that if two  windows  overlap,  you
+       see  the  section on PORTABILITY below for a warning about
+       exploiting this behavior.)
+
+       The wredrawln routine indicates to curses that some screen
+       lines  are corrupted and should be thrown away before any-
+       thing is written over them it touches the indicated  lines
+       (marking  them changed) then does a refresh of the window.
+       The routine redrawwin() touches the entire window and then
+       refreshes it.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines  that  return an integer return ERR upon failure,
+       and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value  other  than
+       ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that refresh and redrawwin may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
+       tions.
+
+       Whether wnoutrefresh() copies to the  virtual  screen  the
+       entire  contents  of a window or just its changed portions
+       has never been well-documented in historic curses versions
+       (including  SVr4).   It  might be unwise to rely on either
+       behavior in programs that might have  to  be  linked  with
+       other  curses  implementations.   Instead,  you  can do an
+       explicit touchwin()  before  the  wnoutrefresh()  call  to
+       guarantee an entire-contents copy anywhere.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_outopts(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_scanw.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_scanw.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c15106f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_scanw.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + +
+       scanw,  wscanw,  mvscanw, mvwscanw, vwscanw - convert for-
+       matted input from a curses widow
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int scanw(char *fmt [, arg] ...);
+       int wscanw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt [, arg] ...);
+       int mvscanw(int y, int x, char *fmt [, arg] ...);
+       int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x,
+             char *fmt [, arg] ...);
+       int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt, va_list varglist);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines  are  analogous  to
+       scanf [see scanf(3S)].  The effect of these routines is as
+       though wgetstr were called on the window, and the  result-
+       ing line used as input for sscanf(3).  Fields which do not
+       map to a variable in the fmt field are lost.
+
+       The vwscanw routine is similar to vwprintw in that it per-
+       forms  a wscanw using a variable argument list.  The third
+       argument is a va_list, a pointer to a list  of  arguments,
+       as defined in <varargs.h>.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       vwscanw returns ERR on failure and an integer equal to the
+       number of fields scanned on success.
+
+       Applications may use the  return  value  from  the  scanw,
+       wscanw,  mvscanw  and  mvwscanw  routines to determine the
+       number of fields which were mapped in the call.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
+       tions.   The  function  vwscanw is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN,
+       and is to be replaced by a  function  vw_scanw  using  the
+       <stdarg.h> interface.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_getstr, curs_printw, scanf(3S)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_scr_dmp.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_scr_dmp.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5565d235 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_scr_dmp.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       scr_dump,  scr_restore, scr_init, scr_set - read (write) a
+       curses screen from (to) a file
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int scr_dump(const char *filename);
+       int scr_restore(const char *filename);
+       int scr_init(const char *filename);
+       int scr_set(const char *filename);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The scr_dump routine dumps the  current  contents  of  the
+       virtual screen to the file filename.
+
+       The  scr_restore  routine  sets  the virtual screen to the
+       contents of filename, which must have been  written  using
+       scr_dump.   The  next call to doupdate restores the screen
+       to the way it looked in the dump file.
+
+       The scr_init routine reads in the contents of filename and
+       uses  them  to initialize the curses data structures about
+       what the terminal currently has on  its  screen.   If  the
+       data  is  determined  to  be  valid, curses bases its next
+       update of the  screen  on  this  information  rather  than
+       clearing  the  screen and starting from scratch.  scr_init
+       is used after initscr or  a  system  [see  system(BA_LIB)]
+       call  to  share  the screen with another process which has
+       done a scr_dump  after  its  endwin  call.   The  data  is
+       declared  invalid  if  the terminfo capabilities rmcup and
+       nrrmc exist; also if the  terminal  has  been  written  to
+       since the preceding scr_dump call.
+
+       The  scr_set  routine  is a combination of scr_restore and
+       scr_init.  It tells the program that  the  information  in
+       filename is what is currently on the screen, and also what
+       the program wants on the screen.  This can be  thought  of
+       as a screen inheritance function.
+
+       To  read (write) a window from (to) a file, use the getwin
+       and putwin routines [see curs_util(3X)].
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon  failure  and  OK
+       upon success.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note  that  scr_init,  scr_set,  and  scr_restore  may  be
+       macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4,  describes  these  func-
+       is also considered invalid "if the time-stamp of  the  tty
+       is old" but don't define "old".
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X),       curs_initscr(3X),      curs_refresh(3X),
+       curs_util(3X), system(3S)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_scroll.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_scroll.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c3ebe7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_scroll.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       scroll, srcl, wscrl - scroll a curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int scroll(WINDOW *win);
+       int scrl(int n);
+       int wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  scroll  routine scrolls the window up one line.  This
+       involves moving the lines in the  window  data  structure.
+       As  an optimization, if the scrolling region of the window
+       is the entire screen, the physical screen may be  scrolled
+       at the same time.
+
+       For  positive  n,  the  scrl and wscrl routines scroll the
+       window up n lines (line i+n becomes i);  otherwise  scroll
+       the  window  down n lines.  This involves moving the lines
+       in the window character image structure.  The current cur-
+       sor position is not changed.
+
+       For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via
+       scrollok.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return ERR upon failure, and OK (SVr4  only
+       specifies "an integer value other than ERR") upon success-
+       ful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that scrl and scroll may be macros.
+
+       The SVr4 documentation says that the optimization of phys-
+       ically  scrolling  immediately if the scroll region is the
+       entire screen "is"  performed,  not  "may  be"  performed.
+       This  implementation  deliberately does not guarantee that
+       this will occur, in order to leave open the possibility of
+       smarter  optimization  of  multiple  scroll actions on the
+       next update.
+
+       Neither the SVr4 documentation specifies whether the  cur-
+       rent  attribute  or current color-pair of blanks generated
+       by the scroll function is zeroed.  Under this  implementa-
+       tion it is.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
+       tions.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_outopts(3X)
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_slk.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_slk.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea4a16af --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_slk.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       slk_init,     slk_set,    slk_refresh,    slk_noutrefresh,
+       slk_label, slk_clear, slk_restore, slk_touch,  slk_attron,
+       slk_attrset, slk_attroff - curses soft label routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int slk_init(int fmt);
+       int slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int fmt);
+       int slk_refresh(void);
+       int slk_noutrefresh(void);
+       char *slk_label(int labnum);
+       int slk_clear(void);
+       int slk_restore(void);
+       int slk_touch(void);
+       int slk_attron(attr_t attrs);
+       int slk_attrset(attr_t attrs);
+       attr_t slk_attr(void);
+       int slk_attroff(attr_t attrs);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key
+       labels that exist on many terminals.  For those  terminals
+       that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom
+       line of stdscr, reducing the size of stdscr and the  vari-
+       able  LINES.  curses standardizes on eight labels of up to
+       eight characters each. In addition to  this,  the  ncurses
+       implementation  supports  a  mode  where  it  simulates 12
+       labels of up to five characters each. This is most  common
+       for  todays  PC  like  enduser  devices.  Please note that
+       ncurses simulates this mode by taking over up to two lines
+       at  the  bottom  of  the screen, it doesn't try to use any
+       hardware support for this mode.
+
+       The slk_init routine must  be  called  before  initscr  or
+       newterm is called.  If initscr eventually uses a line from
+       stdscr to emulate the soft labels, then fmt determines how
+       the  labels  are arranged on the screen.  Setting fmt to 0
+       indicates a 3-2-3 arrangement of the labels, 1 indicates a
+       4-4 arrangement and 2 indicates the PC like 4-4-4 mode. If
+       fmt is set to 3, it is again the PC like 4-4-4  mode,  but
+       in  addition  an index line is generated, helping the user
+       to identify the key numbers easily.
+
+       The slk_set routine requires labnum to be a label  number,
+       from 1 to 8 (resp. 12); label must be the string to be put
+       on the label, up  to  eight  (resp.  five)  characters  in
+       length.   A  null string or a null pointer sets up a blank
+       label. fmt is either 0, 1, or 2,  indicating  whether  the
+       label  is  to be left-justified, centered, or right-justi-
+       fied, respectively, within the label.
+
+
+       The  slk_label routine returns the current label for label
+       number labnum, with leading and trailing blanks  stripped.
+
+       The  slk_clear  routine  clears  the  soft labels from the
+       screen.
+
+       The slk_restore routine, restores the soft labels  to  the
+       screen after a slk_clear has been performed.
+
+       The  slk_touch  routine  forces  all the soft labels to be
+       output the next time a slk_noutrefresh is performed.
+
+       The slk_attron, slk_attrset, slk_attroff and slk_attr rou-
+       tines correspond to attron, attrset, attroff and attr_get.
+       They have an effect only if soft labels are  simulated  on
+       the  bottom line of the screen.  The default highlight for
+       soft keys is A_STANDOUT (as in System V curses, which does
+       not document this fact).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4 speci-
+       fies only "an integer value other than ERR") upon success-
+       ful  completion.  slk_attr  returns the attribute used for
+       the soft keys.
+
+       slk_label returns NULL on error.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Most applications would use slk_noutrefresh because a wre-
+       fresh is likely to follow soon.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The  XSI  Curses  standard, Issue 4, describes these func-
+       tions.  It changes the argument  type  of  the  attribute-
+       manipulation     functions     slk_attron,    slk_attroff,
+       slk_attrset to be attr_t, and adds const  qualifiers.  The
+       format  codes  2  and  3  for  slk_init() and the function
+       slk_attr are specific to ncurses.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X),        curs_attr(3X),        curs_initscr(3X),
+       curs_refresh(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_termattrs.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_termattrs.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d0a17431 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_termattrs.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       baudrate,  erasechar,  has_ic, has_il, killchar, longname,
+       termattrs, termname - curses environment query routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int baudrate(void);
+       char erasechar(void);
+       int has_ic(void);
+       int has_il(void);
+       char killchar(void);
+       char *longname(void);
+       attr_t termattrs(void);
+       char *termname(void);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the  ter-
+       minal.   The  number  returned  is in bits per second, for
+       example 9600, and is an integer.
+
+       The erasechar routine returns  the  user's  current  erase
+       character.
+
+       The has_ic routine is true if the terminal has insert- and
+       delete- character capabilities.
+
+       The has_il routine is true if the terminal has insert- and
+       delete-line  capabilities,  or  can  simulate  them  using
+       scrolling regions.  This might be used to determine if  it
+       would  be  appropriate to turn on physical scrolling using
+       scrollok.
+
+       The killchar routine returns the user's current line  kill
+       character.
+
+       The  longname  routine  returns a pointer to a static area
+       containing a verbose description of the current  terminal.
+       The maximum length of a verbose description is 128 charac-
+       ters.  It is defined only after the  call  to  initscr  or
+       newterm.   The area is overwritten by each call to newterm
+       and is not restored by set_term, so the  value  should  be
+       saved  between calls to newterm if longname is going to be
+       used with multiple terminals.
+
+       If a given terminal doesn't support a video attribute that
+       an  application  program is trying to use, curses may sub-
+       stitute a different video attribute for it.  The termattrs
+       function returns a logical OR of all video attributes sup-
+       ported by the terminal.  This information is useful when a
+       curses  program needs complete control over the appearance
+       of the screen.
+
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       longname and termname return NULL on error.
+
+       Routines that return an integer return  ERR  upon  failure
+       and  OK  (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+       ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that termattrs may be a macro.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
+       tions.  It changes the return type of termattrs to the new
+       type attr_t.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_initscr(3X), curs_outopts(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_termcap.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_termcap.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1e336333 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_termcap.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum, tgetstr, tgoto, tputs - direct
+       curses interface to the terminfo capability database
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <term.h>
+       int tgetent(const char *bp, char *name);
+       int tgetflag(const char *id);
+       int tgetnum(const char *id);
+       char *tgetstr(const char *id, char **area);
+       char *tgoto(const char *cap, int col, int row);
+       int tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putc)(int));
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines are included as a conversion aid  for  pro-
+       grams  that use the termcap library.  Their parameters are
+       the same and the routines are emulated using the  terminfo
+       database.   Thus, they can only be used to query the capa-
+       bilities of entries for which a terminfo  entry  has  been
+       compiled.
+
+       The  tgetent routine loads the entry for name.  It returns
+       1 on success, 0 if there is no such entry, and -1  if  the
+       terminfo  database  could  not  be  found.   The emulation
+       ignores the buffer pointer bp.
+
+       The tgetflag routine gets the boolean entry for id.
+
+       The tgetnum routine gets the numeric entry for id.
+
+       The tgetstr routine returns the string entry for id.   Use
+       tputs to output the returned string.
+
+       The  tgoto  routine  instantiates  the parameters into the
+       given capability.  The output from this routine is  to  be
+       passed to tputs.
+
+       The  tputs  routine  is described on the curs_terminfo(3X)
+       manual page.  It can retrieve capabilities by either term-
+       cap or terminfo name.
+
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except  where  explicitly  noted,  routines that return an
+       integer return ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4  only  speci-
+       fies  "an  integer  value other than ERR") upon successful
+       completion.
+
+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.
+
+
+
+

BUGS

+       If you call tgetstr to fetch ca or any other parameterized
+       notation.  This won't cause problems if all you do with it
+       is call tgoto or tparm, which both expand  terminfo-style.
+
+       Because  terminfo  conventions for representing padding in
+       string capabilities differ  from  termcap's,  tputs("50");
+       will  put  out a literal "50" rather than busy-waiting for
+       50 milliseconds.  Cope with it.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
+       tions.   However,  they are marked TO BE WITHDRAWN and may
+       be removed in future versions.
+
+       Neither the XSI Curses standard nor  the  SVr4  man  pages
+       documented  the return values of tgetent correctly, though
+       all three were in fact returned ever since SVr1.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_terminfo(5), putc(3S).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_terminfo.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_terminfo.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e125d997 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_terminfo.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ + + +
+       setupterm, setterm, set_curterm, del_curterm, restartterm,
+       tparm, tputs, putp, vidputs,  vidattr,  mvcur,  tigetflag,
+       tigetnum,   tigetstr   -  curses  interfaces  to  terminfo
+       database
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <term.h>
+
+       int setupterm(const char *term, int fildes, int *errret);
+       int setterm(const char *term);
+       TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *nterm);
+       int del_curterm(TERMINAL *oterm);
+       int  restartterm(const  char  *term,   int   fildes,   int
+       *errret);
+       char *tparm(const char *str, ...);
+       char  *tparam(const  char  *str,  char  *buffer, int size,
+       ...);
+       int tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putc)(int));
+       int putp(const char *str);
+       int vidputs(chtype attrs, int (*putc)(char));
+       int vidattr(chtype attrs);
+       int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol);
+       int tigetflag(const char *capname);
+       int tigetnum(const char *capname);
+       char *tigetstr(const char *capname);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These  low-level  routines must be called by programs that
+       have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle
+       certain  terminal  capabilities, such as programming func-
+       tion keys.  For all other functionality,  curses  routines
+       are more suitable and their use is recommended.
+
+       Initially,   setupterm   should   be  called.   Note  that
+       setupterm is automatically called by initscr and  newterm.
+       This  defines  the  set  of  terminal-dependent  variables
+       [listed in terminfo(5)].  The terminfo variables lines and
+       columns  are  initialized  by  setupterm  as  follows:  If
+       use_env(FALSE) has  been  called,  values  for  lines  and
+       columns specified in terminfo are used.  Otherwise, if the
+       environment variables LINES and COLUMNS exist, their  val-
+       ues are used.  If these environment variables do not exist
+       and the program is running in a window, the current window
+       size  is used.  Otherwise, if the environment variables do
+       not exist, the values for lines and columns  specified  in
+       the terminfo database are used.
+
+       The  header  files  curses.h and term.h should be included
+       (in this order) to get the definitions for these  strings,
+       numbers,  and  flags.   Parameterized  strings  should  be
+       passed through tparm to instantiate  them.   All  terminfo
+       the  tty modes before exiting [see curs_kernel(3X)].  Pro-
+       grams  which   use   cursor   addressing   should   output
+       enter_ca_mode  upon startup and should output exit_ca_mode
+       before exiting.  Programs desiring  shell  escapes  should
+       call
+
+       reset_shell_mode  and output exit_ca_mode before the shell
+       is  called  and  should  output  enter_ca_mode  and   call
+       reset_prog_mode after returning from the shell.
+
+       The setupterm routine reads in the terminfo database, ini-
+       tializing the terminfo structures, but does not set up the
+       output virtualization structures used by curses.  The ter-
+       minal type is the character string term; if term is  null,
+       the  environment  variable TERM is used.  All output is to
+       file descriptor fildes which is  initialized  for  output.
+       If  errret  is  not null, then setupterm returns OK or ERR
+       and stores a status value in the  integer  pointed  to  by
+       errret.   A  status of 1 in errret is normal, 0 means that
+       the terminal could not be found, and  -1  means  that  the
+       terminfo  database could not be found.  If errret is null,
+       setupterm prints an error message upon  finding  an  error
+       and exits.  Thus, the simplest call is:
+
+             setupterm((char *)0, 1, (int *)0);,
+
+       which  uses  all the defaults and sends the output to std-
+       out.
+
+       The setterm routine is being replaced by  setupterm.   The
+       call:
+
+             setupterm(term, 1, (int *)0)
+
+       provides  the  same  functionality  as setterm(term).  The
+       setterm routine is included here  for  BSD  compatibility,
+       and is not recommended for new programs.
+
+       The  set_curterm  routine  sets  the  variable cur_term to
+       nterm, and makes all of the terminfo boolean, numeric, and
+       string  variables  use  the values from nterm.  It returns
+       the old value of cur_term.
+
+       The del_curterm routine frees  the  space  pointed  to  by
+       oterm and makes it available for further use.  If oterm is
+       the same as cur_term, references to any  of  the  terminfo
+       boolean,  numeric,  and  string  variables  thereafter may
+       refer to invalid memory locations until another  setupterm
+       has been called.
+
+       The  restartterm  routine  is  similar  to  setupterm  and
+       initscr, except that it is called after  restoring  memory
+       and the input and output options are the same as when mem-
+       ory was saved, but the terminal type and baud rate may  be
+       different.   Accordingly, it saves various tty state bits,
+       does a setupterm, and then restores the bits.
+
+       The tparm routine instantiates the string str with parame-
+       ters  pi.  A pointer is returned to the result of str with
+       the parameters applied.
+
+       The tparam routine is included for compatibility with  the
+       GNU  termcap  implementation.  It works like tparm but you
+       specify a buffer and buffer size to  be  filled  with  the
+       expanded string.
+
+       The  tputs  routine  applies  padding  information  to the
+       string str and outputs it.  The str  must  be  a  terminfo
+       string  variable  or the return value from tparm, tgetstr,
+       or tgoto.  affcnt is the number of lines affected, or 1 if
+       not  applicable.   putc is a putchar-like routine to which
+       the characters are passed, one at a time.
+
+       The putp routine calls tputs(str, 1, putchar).  Note  that
+       the  output  of  putp  always  goes  to stdout, not to the
+       fildes specified in setupterm.
+
+       The vidputs routine displays the string on the terminal in
+       the  video  attribute mode attrs, which is any combination
+       of the attributes listed in  curses(3X).   The  characters
+       are passed to the putchar-like routine putc.
+
+       The  vidattr  routine  is like the vidputs routine, except
+       that it outputs through putchar.
+
+       The mvcur routine provides low-level  cursor  motion.   It
+       takes   effect   immediately  (rather  than  at  the  next
+       refresh).
+
+       The tigetflag, tigetnum and tigetstr routines  return  the
+       value of the capability corresponding to the terminfo cap-
+       name passed to them, such as xenl.
+
+       The tigetflag routine returns the value -1 if  capname  is
+       not a boolean capability.
+
+       The  tigetnum  routine  returns the value -2 if capname is
+       not a numeric capability.
+
+       The tigetstr routine returns the value (char *)-1 if  cap-
+       name is not a string capability.
+
+       The capname for each capability is given in the table col-
+       umn entitled capname code in the capabilities  section  of
+
+       char *numnames, *numcodes, *numfnames
+
+       char *strnames, *strcodes, *strfnames
+
+       These  null-terminated  arrays  contain  the capnames, the
+       termcap codes, and the full C names, for each of the  ter-
+       minfo variables.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines  that  return  an integer return ERR upon failure
+       and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value  other  than
+       ERR")  upon  successful completion, unless otherwise noted
+       in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+       Routines that return pointers always return NULL on error.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The  setupterm routine should be used in place of setterm.
+       It may be useful when you want to test for terminal  capa-
+       bilities  without  committing to the allocation of storage
+       involved in initscr.
+
+       Note that vidattr and vidputs may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The function setterm is not described in  the  XSI  Curses
+       standard  and  must be considered non-portable.  All other
+       functions are as described in the XSI curses standard.
+
+       In System V Release 4, set_curterm has an int return  type
+       and  returns  OK  or ERR.  We have chosen to implement the
+       XSI Curses semantics.
+
+       In System V Release 4, the third argument of tputs has the
+       type int (*putc)(char).
+
+       The XSI Curses standard prototypes tparm with a fixed num-
+       ber of parameters, rather than a variable argument list.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_initscr(3X), curs_kernel(3X),  curs_term-
+       cap(3X), putc(3S), terminfo(5)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_touch.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_touch.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b38a2566 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_touch.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ + + +
+       touchwin, touchline, untouchwin, wtouchln, is_linetouched,
+       is_wintouched - curses refresh control routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+       int touchwin(WINDOW *win);
+       int touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count);
+       int untouchwin(WINDOW *win);
+       int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed);
+       int is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line);
+       int is_wintouched(WINDOW *win);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The touchwin and touchline routines throw away  all  opti-
+       mization  information about which parts of the window have
+       been touched, by pretending that  the  entire  window  has
+       been  drawn  on.   This  is sometimes necessary when using
+       overlapping windows, since a change to one window  affects
+       the other window, but the records of which lines have been
+       changed in the other window do  not  reflect  the  change.
+       The  routine touchline only pretends that count lines have
+       been changed, beginning with line start.
+
+       The untouchwin routine marks all lines in  the  window  as
+       unchanged since the last call to wrefresh.
+
+       The wtouchln routine makes n lines in the window, starting
+       at line y, look as if they have (changed=1)  or  have  not
+       (changed=0)  been changed since the last call to wrefresh.
+
+       The is_linetouched and is_wintouched routines return  TRUE
+       if  the  specified line/window was modified since the last
+       call to wrefresh; otherwise they return FALSE.   In  addi-
+       tion,  is_linetouched returns ERR if line is not valid for
+       the given window.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon  failure  and  an
+       integer  value  other than ERR upon successful completion,
+       unless otherwise noted in the preceding  routine  descrip-
+       tions.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
+       tions.
+
+       Some historic curses implementations had,  as  an  undocu-
+       mented  feature,  the  ability  to  do  the  equivalent of
+       clearok(..., 1) by saying touchwin(stdscr)  or  clear(std-
+       scr).  This will not work under ncurses.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       curses(3X), curs_refresh(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_util.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_util.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..34d167d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_util.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       unctrl,   keyname,   filter,   use_env,   putwin,  getwin,
+       delay_output, flushinp - miscellaneous curses utility rou-
+       tines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       char *unctrl(chtype c);
+       char *keyname(int c);
+       void filter(void);
+       void use_env(char bool);
+       int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep);
+       WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep);
+       int delay_output(int ms);
+       int flushinp(void);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  unctrl macro expands to a character string which is a
+       printable representation  of  the  character  c.   Control
+       characters  are  displayed  in  the ^X notation.  Printing
+       characters are displayed as is.
+
+       The keyname routine returns a character string correspond-
+       ing to the key c.
+
+       The filter routine, if used, must be called before initscr
+       or newterm are called.  The effect is that,  during  those
+       calls,  LINES  is  set  to 1; the capabilities clear, cup,
+       cud, cud1, cuu1, cuu,  vpa  are  disabled;  and  the  home
+       string is set to the value of cr.
+
+       The  use_env routine, if used, is called before initscr or
+       newterm are called.  When called with FALSE  as  an  argu-
+       ment,  the  values  of  lines and columns specified in the
+       terminfo database will be used, even if environment  vari-
+       ables  LINES  and COLUMNS (used by default) are set, or if
+       curses is running in  a  window  (in  which  case  default
+       behavior  would  be  to  use  the window size if LINES and
+       COLUMNS are not set).
+
+       The putwin routine writes all data associated with  window
+       win into the file to which filep points.  This information
+       can be later retrieved using the getwin function.
+
+       The getwin routine reads window related data stored in the
+       file  by putwin.  The routine then creates and initializes
+       a new window using that data.  It returns a pointer to the
+       new window.
+
+       The  delay_output  routine inserts an ms millisecond pause
+       in output.  This routine should not  be  used  extensively
+       because  padding  characters  are  used  rather than a CPU
+       been  typed  by  the user and has not yet been read by the
+       program.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except for  flushinp,  routines  that  return  an  integer
+       return  ERR  upon  failure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an
+       integer value other than ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+       flushinp always returns OK.
+
+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
+       tions.
+
+       The SVr4 documentation describes the action of filter only
+       in  the  vaguest  terms.   The description here is adapted
+       from the XSI Curses standard (which erroneously  fails  to
+       describe the disabling of cuu).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note  that  unctrl  is  a macro, which is defined in <unc-
+       trl.h>.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_initscr(3X), curs_scr_dump(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_window.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_window.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..70a2236c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_window.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ + + +
+       newwin,  delwin,  mvwin, subwin, derwin, mvderwin, dupwin,
+       wsyncup, syncok, wcursyncup,  wsyncdown  -  create  curses
+       windows
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       WINDOW *newwin(int nlines, int ncols, int begin_y,
+             intbegin_x);
+       int delwin(WINDOW *win);
+       int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
+             int begin_y, int begin_x);
+       WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
+             int begin_y, int begin_x);
+       int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int par_y, int par_x);
+       WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win);
+       void wsyncup(WINDOW *win);
+       int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win);
+       void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new win-
+       dow with the given number of lines and columns.  The upper
+       left-hand  corner of the window is at line begin_y, column
+       begin_x.  If either nlines or ncols is zero, they  default
+       to  LINES - begin_y and COLS - begin_x.  A new full-screen
+       window is created by calling newwin(0,0,0,0).
+
+       Calling delwin deletes the named window, freeing all  mem-
+       ory  associated  with  it  (it does not actually erase the
+       window's screen image).  Subwindows must be deleted before
+       the main window can be deleted.
+
+       Calling mvwin moves the window so that the upper left-hand
+       corner is at position (x, y).  If the move would cause the
+       window to be off the screen, it is an error and the window
+       is not moved.  Moving subwindows is allowed, but should be
+       avoided.
+
+       Calling subwin creates and returns a pointer to a new win-
+       dow with the given number of lines, nlines,  and  columns,
+       ncols.   The  window  is at position (begin_y, begin_x) on
+       the screen.  (This position is relative to the screen, and
+       not to the window orig.)  The window is made in the middle
+       of the window orig, so that changes  made  to  one  window
+       will  affect  both  windows.   The subwindow shares memory
+       with the window orig.  When using this routine, it is nec-
+       essary  to call touchwin or touchline on orig before call-
+       ing wrefresh on the subwindow.
+
+       dow orig rather than the screen.  There is  no  difference
+       between the subwindows and the derived windows.
+
+       Calling  mvderwin  moves  a  derived window (or subwindow)
+       inside its parent window.  The screen-relative  parameters
+       of  the  window  are not changed.  This routine is used to
+       display different parts of the parent window at  the  same
+       physical position on the screen.
+
+       Calling  dupwin  creates  an exact duplicate of the window
+       win.
+
+       Calling wsyncup touches all locations in ancestors of  win
+       that  are changed in win.  If syncok is called with second
+       argument TRUE then wsyncup is called  automatically  when-
+       ever there is a change in the window.
+
+       The  wsyncdown  routine  touches each location in win that
+       has been touched in any of  its  ancestor  windows.   This
+       routine  is  called by wrefresh, so it should almost never
+       be necessary to call it manually.
+
+       The routine wcursyncup updates the current cursor position
+       of  all the ancestors of the window to reflect the current
+       cursor position of the window.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines that return an integer  return  the  integer  ERR
+       upon failure and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value
+       other than ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+       delwin returns the integer ERR upon failure  and  OK  upon
+       successful completion.
+
+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       If  many small changes are made to the window, the wsyncup
+       option could degrade performance.
+
+       Note that syncok may be a macro.
+
+
+
+

BUGS

+       The subwindow functions (subwin, derwin,  mvderwin,  wsyn-
+       cup,  wsyncdown,  wcursyncup,  syncok)  are  flaky, incom-
+       pletely implemented, and not well tested.
+
+       The System V curses documentation is  very  unclear  about
+       what wsyncup and wsyncdown actually do.  It seems to imply
+       that they are only supposed to touch exactly  those  lines
+       that are affected by ancestor changes.  The language here,
+       and the behavior of the  curses  implementation,  is  pat-
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
+       tions.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_refresh(3X), curs_touch(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/dft_fgbg.3x.html b/Ada95/html/dft_fgbg.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..02ddbcf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/dft_fgbg.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       use_default_colors - use terminal's default colors
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int use_default_colors(void);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       This  is  an  extension to the curses library.  It is used
+       with terminals that support ISO 6429 color, or equivalent.
+       These terminals allow the application to reset color to an
+       unspecified default value (e.g., with SGR 39 or  SGR  49).
+       Because  they  are  designed to support this, their design
+       usually includes features to change the default foreground
+       or background colors so that they do not match the assump-
+       tion in XSI curses of white on black.
+
+       Applications that paint  a  colored  background  over  the
+       whole  screen  are  not adversely impacted by this type of
+       terminal design.  However, there are applications that are
+       designed to work with the default background.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The  function  returns the integer ERR upon failure and OK
+       on success.  It will fail if either the terminal does  not
+       support  the  orig_pair or orig_colors capability.  If the
+       initialize_pair capability is found, this causes an  error
+       as well.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Associated with this extension, the init_pair(3x) function
+       accepts negative arguments to specify  default  foreground
+       or background colors.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  are  specific  to ncurses.  They were not
+       supported on Version 7, BSD or System  V  implementations.
+       It  is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curs_color(3x), ded(1).
+
+
+
+

AUTHOR

+       Thomas Dickey (from an analysis of  the  requirements  for
+       color xterm for XFree86 3.1.2C, February 1996).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f2c3e19e --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ + + +
+       forms - curses extension for programming forms
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The forms library provides terminal-independent facilities
+       for composing form screens  on  character-cell  terminals.
+       The  library  includes:  field  routines, which create and
+       modify form fields; and form routines, which group  fields
+       into forms, display forms on the screen, and handle inter-
+       action with the user.
+
+       The forms library uses the curses libraries, and a  curses
+       initialization  routine  such  as  initscr  must be called
+       before using any of these functions.   To  use  the  forms
+       library, link with the options -lform -lcurses.
+
+
+   Current Default Values for Field Attributes
+       The  forms  library  maintains  a  default value for field
+       attributes.  You can get or set this  default  by  calling
+       the  appropriate  get_  or  set_ routine with a NULL field
+       pointer.  Changing  this  default  with  a  set_  function
+       affects  future  field  creations, but does not change the
+       rendering of fields already created.
+
+
+   Routine Name Index
+       The following table lists each form routine and  the  name
+       of the manual page on which it is described.
+
+       l  l  l  l  .   curses  Routine  Name Manual  Page  Name =
+       current_field  form_page(3X)  data_ahead     form_data(3X)
+       data_behind    form_data(3X)  dup_field form_field_new(3X)
+       dynamic_fieldinfo   form_field_info(3X)
+       field_arg form_field_validation(3X)
+       field_back     form_field_attributes(3X)
+       field_buffer   form_field_buffer(3X)
+       field_count    form_field(3X)
+       field_fore     form_field_attributes(3X)
+       field_index    form_page(3X)
+       field_info     form_field_info(3X)
+       field_init     form_hook(3X)
+       field_just     form_field_just(3X)
+       field_opts     form_field_opts(3X)
+       field_opts_off form_field_opts(3X)
+       field_opts_on  form_field_opts(3X)
+       field_pad form_field_attributes(3X)
+       field_status   form_field_buffer(3X)
+       field_term     form_hook(3X)
+       field_type     form_field_validation(3X)
+       form_fields    form_field(3X)      form_init form_hook(3X)
+       form_opts form_opts(3X)       form_opts_off  form_opts(3X)
+       form_opts_on   form_opts(3X)       form_page form_page(3X)
+       form_request_by_name     form_requestname(3X)
+       form_request_name   form_requestname(3X)
+       form_sub  form_win(3X)             form_term form_hook(3X)
+       form_userptr   form_userptr(3X)     form_win  form_win(3X)
+       free_field     form_field_new(3X)   free_form form_new(3X)
+       link_field     form_field_new(3X)
+       link_fieldtype link_fieldtype(3X)
+       move_field     form_field(3X) new_field form_field_new(3X)
+       new_form  form_new(3X)         new_page  form_new_page(3X)
+       pos_form_cursor     form_cursor(3X)
+       post_form form_post(3X)        scale_form     form_win(3X)
+       set_current_field   form_page(3X)
+       set_field_back form_field_attributes(3X)
+       set_field_buffer    form_field_buffer(3X)
+       set_field_fore form_field_attributes(3X)
+       set_field_init form_hook(3X)
+       set_field_just form_field_just(3X)
+       set_field_opts form_field_opts(3X)
+       set_field_pad  form_field_attributes(3X)
+       set_field_status    form_field_buffer(3X)
+       set_field_term form_hook(3X)
+       set_field_type form_field_validation(3X)
+       set_field_userptr   form_field_userptr(3X)
+       set_fieldtype_arg   form_fieldtype(3X)
+       set_fieldtype_choice     form_fieldtype(3X)
+       set_form_fields     form_field(3X)
+       set_form_init  form_hook(3X)
+       set_form_opts  form_field_opts(3X)
+       set_form_page  form_page(3X)   set_form_sub   form_win(3X)
+       set_form_term  form_hook(3X)
+       set_form_userptr    form_userptr(3X)
+       set_form_win   form_win(3X)
+       set_max_field  form_field_buffer(3X)
+       set_new_page   form_new_page(3X)
+       unpost_form    form_post(3X)
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.   Rou-
+       tines  that  return an integer return one of the following
+       error codes:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_CONNECTED
+            The field is already connected to a form.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The form is already posted.
+
+       E_BAD_STATE
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       E_NO_ROOM
+            Form is too large for its window.
+
+       E_NOT_POSTED
+            The form has not been posted.
+
+       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
+            The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+       E_INVALID_FIELD
+            Contents of a field are not valid.
+
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+            No fields are connected to the form.
+
+       E_REQUEST_DENIED
+            The form driver could not process the request.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X) and 3X pages  whose  names  begin  "form_"  for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       files <curses.h> and <eti.h>.
+
+       In your library list, libform.a  should  be  before  libn-
+       curses.a; that is, you want to say `-lform -lncurses', not
+       the other way around (which would give you  a  link  error
+       using GNU ld(1) and many other linkers).
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for  ncurses
+       by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_cursor.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_cursor.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6afc48ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_cursor.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       form_cursor - position a form window cursor
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int pos_form_cursor(FORM *form);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  pos_form_cursor  restores the cursor to the
+       position required for the forms driver  to  continue  pro-
+       cessing  requests.   This  is useful after curses routines
+       have been called to do screen-painting in  response  to  a
+       form operation.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       This routine returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_NOT_POSTED
+            The form has not been posted.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_data.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_data.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..72eef44e --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_data.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       form_data -
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       bool data_ahead(const FORM *form);
+       bool data_behind(const FORM *form);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function data_ahead tests whether there is off-screen
+       data ahead in the given form.   It  returns  TRUE  (1)  or
+       FALSE (0).
+
+       The function data_behind tests whether there is off-screen
+       data behind in the given form.  It  returns  TRUE  (1)  or
+       FALSE (0).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_driver.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_driver.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..524917c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_driver.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ + + +
+       form_driver - command-processing loop of the form system
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int form_driver(FORM *form, int c);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Once a form has been posted (displayed), you should funnel
+       input events to it through form_driver.  This routine  has
+       two  major input cases; either the input is a form naviga-
+       tion request or it's a  printable  ASCII  character.   The
+       form driver requests are as follows:
+
+       REQ_NEXT_PAGE
+            Move to the next page.
+
+       REQ_PREV_PAGE
+            Move to the previous page.
+
+       REQ_FIRST_PAGE
+            Move to the first page.
+
+       REQ_LAST_PAGE
+            Move to the last field.
+
+
+       REQ_NEXT_FIELD
+            Move to the next field.
+
+       REQ_PREV_FIELD
+            Move to the previous field.
+
+       REQ_FIRST_FIELD
+            Move to the first field.
+
+       REQ_LAST_FIELD
+            Move to the last field.
+
+       REQ_SNEXT_FIELD
+            Move to the sorted next field.
+
+       REQ_SPREV_FIELD
+            Move to the sorted previous field.
+
+       REQ_SFIRST_FIELD
+            Move to the sorted first field.
+
+       REQ_SLAST_FIELD
+            Move to the sorted last field.
+
+       REQ_LEFT_FIELD
+            Move left to a field.
+            Move right to a field.
+
+       REQ_UP_FIELD
+            Move up to a field.
+
+       REQ_DOWN_FIELD
+            Move down to a field.
+
+
+       REQ_NEXT_CHAR
+            Move to the next char.
+
+       REQ_PREV_CHAR
+            Move to the previous char.
+
+       REQ_NEXT_LINE
+            Move to the next line.
+
+       REQ_PREV_LINE
+            Move to the previous line.
+
+       REQ_NEXT_WORD
+            Move to the next word.
+
+       REQ_PREV_WORD
+            Move to the previous word.
+
+       REQ_BEG_FIELD
+            Move to the beginning of the field.
+
+       REQ_END_FIELD
+            Move to the end of the field.
+
+       REQ_BEG_LINE
+            Move to the beginning of the line.
+
+       REQ_END_LINE
+            Move to the end of the line.
+
+       REQ_LEFT_CHAR
+            Move left in the field.
+
+       REQ_RIGHT_CHAR
+            Move right in the field.
+
+       REQ_UP_CHAR
+            Move up in the field.
+
+       REQ_DOWN_CHAR
+            Move down in the field.
+
+
+            Insert or overlay a new line.
+
+       REQ_INS_CHAR
+            Insert a blank at the cursor.
+
+       REQ_INS_LINE
+            Insert a blank line at the cursor.
+
+       REQ_DEL_CHAR
+            Delete character at the cursor.
+
+       REQ_DEL_PREV
+            Delete character before the cursor.
+
+       REQ_DEL_LINE
+            Delete line at the cursor.
+
+       REQ_DEL_WORD
+            Delete blank-delimited word at the cursor.
+
+       REQ_CLR_EOL
+            Clear to end of line from cursor.
+
+       REQ_CLR_EOF
+            Clear to end of field from cursor.
+
+       REQ_CLR_FIELD
+            Clear the entire field.
+
+       REQ_OVL_MODE
+            Enter overlay mode.
+
+       REQ_INS_MODE
+            Enter insert mode.
+
+
+       REQ_SCR_FLINE
+            Scroll the field forward a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_BLINE
+            Scroll the field backward a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_FPAGE
+            Scroll the field forward a page.
+
+       REQ_SCR_BPAGE
+            Scroll the field backward a page.
+
+       REQ_SCR_FHPAGE
+            Scroll the field forward half a page.
+
+       REQ_SCR_BHPAGE
+            Scroll the field forward a character.
+
+       REQ_SCR_BCHAR
+            Scroll the field backward a character.
+
+       REQ_SCR_HFLINE
+            Horizontal scroll the field forward a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_HBLINE
+            Horizontal scroll the field backward a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_HFHALF
+            Horizontal scroll the field forward half a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_HBHALF
+            Horizontal scroll the field backward half a line.
+
+
+       REQ_VALIDATION
+            Validate field.
+
+       REQ_NEXT_CHOICE
+            Display next field choice.
+
+       REQ_PREV_CHOICE
+            Display previous field choice.
+
+       If the second argument is a printable ASCII character, the
+       driver places it in the current position  in  the  current
+       field.   If  it is one of the forms requests listed above,
+       that request is executed.
+
+       If the second argument is neither printable ASCII nor  one
+       of  the above pre-defined form requests, the drive assumes
+       it  is  an  application-specific   command   and   returns
+       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND.  Application-defined commands should be
+       defined relative to  MAX_COMMAND,  the  maximum  value  of
+       these pre-defined requests.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       form_driver return one of the following error codes:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_BAD_STATE
+
+       E_NOT_POSTED
+            The form has not been posted.
+
+       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
+            The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+       E_INVALID_FIELD
+            Contents of field is invalid.
+
+       E_REQUEST_DENIED
+            The form driver could not process the request.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), forms(3x).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       files <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..df9822f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + +
+       form_field - make and break connections between fields and
+       forms
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_form_fields(FORM *form, FIELD **fields);
+       FIELD **form_fields(const FORM *form);
+       int field_count(const FORM *form);
+       int move_field(FIELD *field, int frow, int fcol);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function set_form_fields  changes  the  field  pointer
+       array  of the given form.  The array must be terminated by
+       a NULL.
+
+       The function form_fields returns the field  array  of  the
+       given form.
+
+       The  function  field_count  returns the count of fields in
+       form.
+
+       The function move_field move the given field  (which  must
+       be disconnected) to a specified location on the screen.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUES

+       The function form_fields returns NULL on error.
+
+       The  function  field_count returns ERR (the general curses
+       error return value) on error.
+
+       The functions set_form_fields and move_field return one of
+       the following codes on error:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The form is already posted.
+
+       E_CONNECTED
+            The field is already connected to a form.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The  SVr4  forms  library  documentation   specifies   the
+       field_count error value as -1 (which is the value of ERR).
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field_attributes.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field_attributes.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3cef5851 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field_attributes.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + +
+       form_field_attributes  -  color  and attribute control for
+       form fields
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_field_fore(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
+       chtype field_fore(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_field_back(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
+       chtype field_back(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_field_pad(FIELD *field, int pad);
+       chtype field_pad(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function set_field_fore sets the foreground  attribute
+       of  field. This is the highlight used to display the field
+       contents.  The function field_fore returns the  foreground
+       attribute.  The default is A_STANDOUT.
+
+       The  function set_field_back sets the background attribute
+       of form. This is the highlight used to display the  extent
+       fields  in  the form.  The function field_back returns the
+       background attribute.  The default is A_NORMAL.
+
+       The function set_field_pad sets the character used to fill
+       the  field.   The  function  field_pad  returns  the given
+       form's pad character.  The default is a blank.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X)  and  3X  pages  whose  names begin "form_" for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field_buffer.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field_buffer.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32ebdce6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field_buffer.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       form_field_buffer - field buffer control
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int  set_field_buffer(FIELD  *field,  int  buf, const char
+       *value);
+       char *field_buffer(const FIELD *field, int buffer);
+       int set_field_status(FIELD *field, bool status);
+       bool field_status(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_max_field(FIELD *field, int max);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function set_field_buffer sets the numbered buffer  of
+       the  given  field  to contain a given string.  Buffer 0 is
+       the displayed value of the field; other  numbered  buffers
+       may be allocated by applications through the nbuf argument
+       of (see field_new(3X)) but  are  not  manipulated  by  the
+       forms  library.   The  function  field_buffer  returns the
+       foreground attribute.
+
+       The function set_field_status sets the  associated  status
+       flag  of  field; field_status gets the current value.  The
+       status flag is set to a nonzero value whenever  the  field
+       changes.
+
+       The  function  set_max_field  sets  the maximum size for a
+       dynamic field.  An argument of 0  turns  off  any  maximum
+       size threshold for that field.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The field_buffer function returns NULL on error.
+
+       The field_status function returns TRUE or FALSE.
+
+       The remaining routines return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X) and 3X pages  whose  names  begin  "form_"  for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field_info.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field_info.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..334f0588 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field_info.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       form_field_info - retrieve field characteristics
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int *cols,
+                     int *frow, int *fcol, int *nrow, int *nbuf);
+       int dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows,  int
+       *cols, *max);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  field_info  returns  the  sizes  and  other
+       attributes passed in to the field at  its  creation  time.
+       The  attributes are: height, width, row of upper-left cor-
+       ner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen  rows,
+       and number of working buffers.
+
+       The function dynamic_field_info returns the actual size of
+       the field, and its maximum possible size.   If  the  field
+       has  no  size  limit,  the location addressed by the third
+       argument will be set to 0.  (A field can be  made  dynamic
+       by turning off the O_STATIC).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X) and 3X pages  whose  names  begin  "form_"  for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field_just.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field_just.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c95657ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field_just.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       form_field_just - retrieve field characteristics
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_field_just(FIELD *field, int justification);
+       int field_just(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The   function   set_field_just   sets  the  justification
+       attribute of a field; field_just returns a field's  justi-
+       fication attribute.  The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTI-
+       FICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or  JUSTIFY_CENTER.
+
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The  function field_just returns one of: NO_JUSTIFICATION,
+       JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
+
+       The function set_field_just return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X)  and  3X  pages  whose  names begin "form_" for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field_new.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field_new.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5275c1d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field_new.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       form_field_new - create and destroy form fields
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       FIELD *new_field(int height, int width,
+                        int toprow, int leftcol,
+                        int offscreen, int nbuffers);
+       FIELD *dup_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
+       FIELD *link_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
+       int free_field(FIELD *field);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function new_field allocates a new field and initial-
+       izes it from the parameters given: height, width,  row  of
+       upper-left  corner,  column  of  upper-left corner, number
+       off-screen rows, and number of additional working buffers.
+
+       The  function  dup_field duplicates a field at a new loca-
+       tion.  Most attributes (including current contents,  size,
+       validation  type, buffer count, growth threshold, justifi-
+       cation, foreground, background,  pad  character,  options,
+       and  user pointer) are copied.  Field status and the field
+       page bit are not copied.
+
+       The function link_field acts like dup_field, but  the  new
+       field  shares  buffers with its parent.  Attribute data is
+       separate.
+
+       The function free_field  de-allocates  storage  associated
+       with a field.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function, new_field, dup_field, link_field return NULL
+       on error.
+
+       The function free_field returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       It  may be unwise to count on the set of attributes copied
+       by  dup_field(3x)  being  portable;  the  System  V  forms
+       library  documents  are  not  very  explicit  on what gets
+       copied and was not.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field_opts.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field_opts.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f92e9856 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field_opts.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       form_field_opts - set and get field options
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_field_opts(FIELD *field, OPTIONS opts);
+       int field_opts_on(FIELD *field, OPTIONS opts);
+       int field_opts_off(FIELD *field, OPTIONS opts);
+       OPTIONS field_opts(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_field_opts  sets  all the given field's
+       option bits (field  option  bits  may  be  logically-OR'ed
+       together).
+
+       The function field_opts_on turns on the given option bits,
+       and leaves others alone.
+
+       The function field_opts_off turns  off  the  given  option
+       bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+       The function field_opts returns the field's current option
+       bits.
+
+       The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+
+       O_VISIBLE
+            The  field is displayed.  If this option is off, dis-
+            play of the field is suppressed,
+
+       O_ACTIVE
+            The field is  visited  during  processing.   If  this
+            option  is  off,  the  field will not be reachable by
+            navigation keys.
+
+       O_PUBLIC
+            The field contents are displayed as data is  entered.
+
+       O_EDIT
+            The field can be edited.
+
+       O_WRAP
+            Words  that  don't  fit  on a line are wrapped to the
+            next line.  Words are blank-separated.
+
+       O_BLANK
+            The field is cleared whenever a character is  entered
+            at the first position.
+
+       O_AUTOSKIP
+            Skip to the next field when this one fills
+
+       O_NULLOK
+            Field buffers are fixed to field's original size.
+
+       O_PASSOK
+            Validate field only if modified by user.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except  for  field_opts,  each  routine returns one of the
+       following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_CURRENT
+            The field is the current field.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+       NOTES  The header file <form.h> automatically includes the
+              header file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field_userptr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field_userptr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8bb557f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field_userptr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       form_field_userptr  -  associate  application  data with a
+       form field
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field, const void*userptr);
+       const void *field_userptr(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Every form field has a field that  can  be  used  to  hold
+       application-specific  data  (that is, the form-driver code
+       leaves it alone).  These functions get and set that field.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The  function  field_userptr  returns  NULL  on error. The
+       function set_field_userptr returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The user pointer should be a void pointer.  We leave it as
+       a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field_validation.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field_validation.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c33a6d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field_validation.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ + + +
+       form_field_validation - data type validation for fields
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_field_type(FIELD *field, FIELDTYPE *type, ...);
+       FIELDTYPE *field_type(const FIELD *field);
+       void *field_arg(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_field_type  declares  a data type for a
+       given form field.  This is the type checked by  validation
+       functions.  The types are as follows:
+
+       TYPE_ALNUM
+            Alphanumeric  data.  Requires a third int argument, a
+            minimum field width.
+
+       TYPE_ALPHA
+            Character data.  Requires a  third  int  argument,  a
+            minimum field width.
+
+       TYPE_ENUM
+            Accept one of a specified set of strings.  Requires a
+            third (char **) argument pointing to a string list; a
+            fourth  int flag argument to enable case-sensitivity;
+            and a fifth int flag argument  specifying  whether  a
+            partial  match  must be a unique one (if this flag is
+            off, a prefix matches the first of any  set  of  more
+            than  one  list  elements  with  that prefix). Please
+            notice that the string list is  not  copied,  only  a
+            reference to it is stored in the field. So you should
+            avoid to use a list that lives in automatic variables
+            on the stack.
+
+       TYPE_INTEGER
+            Integer  data,  parsable  to  an  integer by atoi(3).
+            Requires a third int argument controlling the  preci-
+            sion,  a  fourth  long  argument constraining minimum
+            value, and a fifth long constraining  maximum  value.
+            If  the  maximum  value  is less or equal the minimum
+            value, the range is simply  ignored.  On  return  the
+            field  buffer  is  formatted  according to the printf
+            format  specification  ".*ld",  where  the   '*'   is
+            replaced  by  the precision argument.  For details of
+            the precision handling see printf's man-page.
+
+       TYPE_NUMERIC
+            Numeric  data  (may  have  a   decimal-point   part).
+            Requires  a third int argument controlling the preci-
+            sion, a fourth double argument  constraining  minimum
+            value, and a fifth double constraining maximum value.
+            If your system supports locale's, the  decimal  point
+            the  minimum  value,  the range is simply ignored. On
+            return the field buffer is formatted according to the
+            printf  format  specification ".*f", where the '*' is
+            replaced by the precision argument.  For  details  of
+            the precision handling see printf's man-page.
+
+       TYPE_REGEXP
+            Regular  expression data.  Requires a regular expres-
+            sion (char *) third argument; the data  is  valid  if
+            the  regular  expression matches it.  Regular expres-
+            sions  are  in  the   format   of   regcomp(3x)   and
+            regexec(3X).  Please  notice that the regular expres-
+            sion must match the whole  field.  If  you  have  for
+            example  an  eight  character  wide  field, a regular
+            expression "^[0-9]*$" always means that you  have  to
+            fill  all eight positions with digits. If you want to
+            allow fewer digits, you may use for example  "^[0-9]*
+            *$" which is good for trailing spaces (up to an empty
+            field), or "^ *[0-9]* *$" which is good  for  leading
+            and trailing spaces around the digits.
+
+       TYPE_IPV4
+            An Internet Protocol Version 4 address. This requires
+            no additional argument. It is checked whether or  not
+            the  buffer  has  the form a.b.c.d, where a,b,c and d
+            are numbers between 0 and 255. Trailing blanks in the
+            buffer  are  ignored. The address itself is not vali-
+            dated. Please note that this is an ncurses extension.
+            This  field type may not be available in other curses
+            implementations.
+
+            It is possible to set up new programmer-defined field
+            types.  See the form_fieldtype(3X) manual page.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The  functions  field_type  and  field_arg  return NULL on
+       error. The function set_field_type returns one of the fol-
+       lowing:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_fieldtype.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_fieldtype.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a25187a --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_fieldtype.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + +
+       form_fieldtype - define validation-field types
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(
+           bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *, const void *),
+           bool (* const char_check)(int, const void *));
+       int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *fieldtype);
+       int set_fieldtype_arg(
+           FIELDTYPE *fieldtype,
+           void *(* const make_arg)(va_list *),
+           void *(* const copy_arg)(const void *),
+           void  (* const free_arg)(void *));
+       int set_fieldtype_choice(
+           FIELDTYPE *fieldtype
+           bool (* const next_choice)(FIELD *, const void *),
+           bool (* const prev_choice)(FIELD *, const void *));
+       FIELDTYPE *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *type1,
+                                 FIELDTYPE *type2);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function new_fieldtype creates a new field type usable
+       for data validation.  You supply it  with  field_check,  a
+       predicate  to check the validity of an entered data string
+       whenever the user attempt to leave a field.  The (FIELD *)
+       argument  is passed in so the validation predicate can see
+       the field's buffer, sizes and other attributes; the second
+       argument  is an argument-block structure, about which more
+       below.
+
+       You also supply new_fieldtype with char_check, a  function
+       to  validate input characters as they are entered; it will
+       be passed the character to be checked and a pointer to  an
+       argument-block structure.
+
+       The  function free_fieldtype frees the space allocated for
+       a given validation type.
+
+       The function set_fieldtype associates  three  storage-man-
+       agement functions with a field type.  The mak_arg function
+       is automatically applied to the list of arguments you give
+       set_field_type  when  attaching validation to a field; its
+       job is to bundle these into  an  allocated  argument-block
+       object which can later be passed to validation predicated.
+       The other two hook arguments should copy  and  free  argu-
+       ment-block  structures.   They  will be used by the forms-
+       driver code.
+
+       The   form    driver    requests    REQ_NEXT_CHOICE    and
+       REQ_PREV_CHOICE assume that the possible values of a field
+       form an ordered set, and provide the forms user with a way
+       to  move  through the set.  The set_fieldtype_choice func-
+       take the field pointer and an argument-block structure  as
+       arguments.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The pointer-valued routines return NULL on error.
+
+       The  integer-valued  routines  return one of the following
+       codes on error:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_CONNECTED
+            The field is already connected to a form.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+       All of the (char *) arguments of  these  functions  should
+       actually  be (void *).  The type has been left uncorrected
+       for strict compatibility with System V.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_hook.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_hook.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d010b959 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_hook.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + +
+       form_hook - set hooks for automatic invocation by applica-
+       tions
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_field_init(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *));
+       void (*)(FORM *) field_init(const FORM *form);
+       int set_field_term(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *));
+       void (*)(FORM *) field_term(const FORM *form);
+       int set_form_init(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *));
+       void (*)(FORM *) form_init(const FORM *form);
+       int set_form_term(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *));
+       void (*)(FORM *) form_term(const FORM *form);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These functions make it possible to set hook functions  to
+       be called at various points in the automatic processing of
+       input event codes by form_driver.
+
+       The function set_field_init sets a hook to  be  called  at
+       form-post  time  and  each time the selected field changes
+       (after the change).  field_init returns the current  field
+       init hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+
+       The  function  set_field_term  sets a hook to be called at
+       form-unpost time and each time the selected field  changes
+       (before the change).  field_term returns the current field
+       term hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+
+       The function set_form_init sets a hook  to  be  called  at
+       form-post  time  and  just  after a page change once it is
+       posted.  form_init returns the current form init hook,  if
+       any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+
+       The  function  set_form_term  sets  a hook to be called at
+       form-unpost time and just before a page change change once
+       it  is  posted.   form_init  returns the current form term
+       hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.  Other
+       routines return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_new.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_new.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7527ca97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_new.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       form_new - create and destroy forms
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       FORM *new_form(FIELD **fields);
+       int free_form(FORM *form);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  new_form  creates a new form connected to a
+       specified field pointer array (which must  be  NULL-termi-
+       nated).
+
+       The  function  free_form  disconnects  form from its field
+       array and frees the storage allocated for the form.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function new_form returns NULL on error.
+
+       The function free_form returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The form has already been posted.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_new_page.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_new_page.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b2f5deb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_new_page.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       form_new_page - form pagination functions
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_new_page(FIELD *field, bool new_page_flag);
+       bool new_page(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_new_page  sets or resets a flag marking
+       the given field as the beginning of  a  new  page  on  its
+       form.
+
+       The  function  new_page  is  a  predicate which tests if a
+       given field marks a page beginning on its form.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function new_page returns TRUE or FALSE.
+
+       The function set_new_page return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_CONNECTED
+            The given field is already connected to a form.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X) and 3X pages  whose  names  begin  "form_"  for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_opts.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_opts.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..839facd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_opts.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + +
+       form_opts - set and get form options
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_form_opts(FORM *form, OPTIONS opts);
+       int form_opts_on(FORM *form, OPTIONS opts);
+       int form_opts_off(FORM *form, OPTIONS opts);
+       OPTIONS form_opts(const FORM *form);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_form_opts  sets  all  the  given form's
+       option bits  (form  option  bits  may  be  logically-OR'ed
+       together).
+
+       The  function form_opts_on turns on the given option bits,
+       and leaves others alone.
+
+       The function form_opts_off  turns  off  the  given  option
+       bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+       The  function  form_opts returns the form's current option
+       bits.
+
+       The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+
+       O_NL_OVERLOAD
+            Overload  the  REQ_NEW_LINE  forms  driver request so
+            that calling it at the end of a  field  goes  to  the
+            next field.
+
+       O_BS_OVERLOAD
+            Overload  the  REQ_DEL_PREV  forms  driver request so
+            that calling it at the beginning of a field  goes  to
+            the previous field.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except for form_opts, each routine returns one of the fol-
+       lowing:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_page.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_page.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7715748f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_page.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       form_page - set and get form page number
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_current_field(FORM *form, FIELD *field);
+       FIELD *current_field(const FORM *);
+       int set_form_page(FORM *form, int n);
+       int form_page(const FORM *form);
+       int field_index(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_current field sets the current field of
+       the given form; current_field returns the current field of
+       the given form.
+
+       The  function  set_form_page  sets  the form's page number
+       (goes to page n of the form).
+
+       The function form_page returns  the  form's  current  page
+       number.
+
+       The function field_index returns the index of the field in
+       the field array of the form it is connected to. It returns
+       ERR  if  the  argument is the null pointer or the field is
+       not connected.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except for form_page, each routine returns one of the fol-
+       lowing:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_BAD_STATE
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       E_INVALID_FIELD
+            Contents of a field are not valid.
+
+       E_REQUEST_DENIED
+            The form driver could not process the request.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_post.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_post.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ca86909 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_post.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       form_post  -  write or erase forms from associated subwin-
+       dows
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int post_form(FORM *form);
+       int unpost_form(FORM *form);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function post_form displays a form to  its  associated
+       subwindow.   To trigger physical display of the subwindow,
+       use  refresh  or  some  equivalent  curses  routine   (the
+       implicit  doupdate  triggered  by  an curses input request
+       will do).
+
+       The function unpost_form erases form from  its  associated
+       subwindow.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The form has already been posted.
+
+       E_BAD_STATE
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       E_NO_ROOM
+            Form is too large for its window.
+
+       E_NOT_POSTED
+            The form has not been posted.
+
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+            No items are connected to the form.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_requestname.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_requestname.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ac1a5f3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_requestname.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       form_requestname - handle printable form request names
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       const char *form_request_name(int request);
+       int form_request_by_name(const char *name);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function form_request_name returns the printable name
+       of a form request code.
+       The function form_request_by_name searches  in  the  name-
+       table  for  a  request with the given name and returns its
+       request code. Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       form_request_name returns NULL on error and sets errno  to
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT.
+       form_request_by_name returns E_NO_MATCH on error.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
+       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+       It is recommended that any code depending on them be  con-
+       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_userptr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_userptr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3dda58e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_userptr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       form_userptr - associate application data with a form item
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_form_userptr(FORM *form, const void *userptr);
+       const void* form_userptr(const FORM *form);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Every form and every form item has a  field  that  can  be
+       used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-
+       driver code leaves it alone).  These functions get and set
+       the form user pointer field.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The  function  form_userptr  returns  NULL  on error.  The
+       function set_form_userptr returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The user pointer should be a void pointer.  We leave it as
+       a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_win.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_win.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3d5e94b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_win.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       form_win  - make and break form window and subwindow asso-
+       ciations
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_form_win(FORM *form, WINDOW *win);
+       WINDOW *form_win(const FORM *form);
+       int set_form_sub(FORM *form, WINDOW *sub);
+       WINDOW *form_sub(const FORM *form);
+       int scale_form(const FORM *form, int *rows, int *columns);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Every  form has an associated pair of curses windows.  The
+       form window displays any title and border associated  with
+       the  window;  the form subwindow displays the items of the
+       form that are currently available for selection.
+
+       The first four functions get and set those windows.  It is
+       not necessary to set either window; by default, the driver
+       code uses stdscr for both.
+
+       In the set_ functions, window argument of NULL is  treated
+       as  though  it  were  stsdcr.   A form argument of NULL is
+       treated as a request to change  the  system  default  form
+       window or subwindow.
+
+       The   function   scale_window  returns  the  minimum  size
+       required for the subwindow of form.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.   Rou-
+       tines  that  return an integer return one of the following
+       error codes:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The form has already been posted.
+
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+            No items are connected to the form.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/index.html b/Ada95/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6900ef37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ + + + + +Ada95 Binding for ncurses + + +

Ada95 Binding for ncurses

+The ncurses Ada95 binding is © 1996 by +Jürgen Pfeifer. +

+ +Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this +binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part +of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED +this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not +removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the +author of this binding in any applications linked with it is +highly appreciated.
+ +This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. +

+

+

General Remarks

+
    +
  • This document describes Version 00.92.00 of the binding.
    • +
  • The functionality is modelled to be compatible with the ncurses +package, a clone of the SVr4 curses model.
    +I did the development on an Intel box running +Linux 1.3.x and 2.0, +ncurses-1.9.9e and the +GNU Ada Translator +gnat-3.05. For any older versions of ncurses and gnat +it will not work.
    • +
  • You must have the m4 macroprocessor to build this package. +If you don't have this program, you can get the FSF version +here.
    • +
  • Ada programs are supposed to be readable. One of my +favourite methods to make code readable is to use expressive +names for the identifiers. You can find a list of a mapping +of the cryptic curses names to the Ada names in this table.
    • +
  • This is not a typical one-2-one interface mapping. It is +close to one-2-one on the functional level. Each (n)curses function +has it's counterpart with a more or less similar formal parameter list +in the binding. It is not one-2-one with respect to the datatypes. +I tried to make records out of the flat chtype and similar structures, +so you don't have to do bit operations to mark an attributed character +as bold. Just make the boolean member bold of the record +true. The binding also hides the structures like WINDOW, PANEL, MENU, FORM +etc. ! It's a pure functional API.
    • +
  • I try to do as much error checking as possible and feasible +in the binding. I will raise an Ada exception when something +went wrong in the low-level curses. This has the effect that - at least +first time in my life - (n)curses programs have now a very rigid error +checking, but - thanks to Ada - you don't have to code the orgiastic +error checking style of C.
    • +
  • Support for wide characters is currently not in the binding, as it +is not really in ncurses at this point in time.
    • +
+

+ +

Limitations

+
    +
  • I provide no SCREEN datatype and functions to set a new screen. +If you need this (mostly for debugging I guess), write a small +C routine doing all this and import it into your Ada program.
    • +
  • I provide no functions to switch on/off curses tracing options. +Same suggestion as above.
    • +
  • Although Ada95 is an OO Language, this binding doesn't provide +an OO abstraction of the (n)curses functionality. As mentioned above +it's a thin binding for the (n)curses functions. But without any +doubt it would be nice to build on top of this an OO abstraction +of (n)curses functionality.
    • +
  • If you use the user-pointer mechanism for most of the ncurses +structures in a mixed language environemt, i.e. Ada95 and C routines +operate on the same objects, care must be taken because the Ada +binding itself uses the user pointer mechanism for it's own purposes. +See the corresponding section in implementention +details.
    • +
  • I currently do not support the link_fieldtype functionality of the +forms subsystem.
    • +
  • The *_IO packages are currently output only.
    • +
+ + +

Hierarchy of packages

+ +

Implementation Details

+

Behind the abstraction

+All the new types like Window, Panel, +Menu, Form etc. are just +opaque representations of the pointers to the corresponding +low level (n)curses structures like +WINDOW *, PANEL *, +MENU * or FORM *. +So you can safely pass them to C routines that expect a pointer +to one of those structures. +

Item and Field Arrays

+In C you have to pass the item and field arrays to define menus or forms +terminated by a null item or null field. This is not necessary in this +binding. The binding routines will construct from an Ada95 style array +of Item or Field objects internally the properly terminated array of +C structure pointers. See the examples for more details. +

Extended ripoffline() usage

+The official documentation of (n)curses says, that the line parameter +determines only whether or not exactly one line is +stolen from the top or bottom of the screen. So essentially only the +sign of the parameter is evaluated. ncurses has internally implemented +it in a way, that uses the line parameter also to control the amount of +lines to steal. This mechanism is used in the Rip_Off_Lines +routine of the binding. + +

User Pointer mechanism

+TBD +

How user defined field types work

+TBD +

Enumeration fields handling

+The (n)curses documentation says, that the String arrays to be passed to +an TYPE_ENUM fieldtype must not be automatic variables. This is not true +in this binding, because it is internally arranged to safely copy these +values. + +

Using other Ada compilers

+This should basically not be a problem, but you have to replace a code +sequence in package +Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms +that uses a hashing package supplied with the GNAT runtime, which is not part +of the Standard Ada runtimes. This should not be too hard. I intend to remove +this dependency in the future. +

Port to other curses implementations

+Basically it should not be too hard to make all this run on a regular SVr4 +implementation of curses. The problems are probably these:
+
    +
  • ncurses has some additional features which are presented in this binding. You +have two choices to deal with this: +
      +
    • Emulate the feature in this binding
      • +
    • Raise an exception for non implemented features
      • +
    +Most likely you will follow a mixed approach. Some features are easy to simulate, +others will be hard if not impossible.
    • +
  • For menu items, the name and descriptions are internally copied by ncurses. +So the binding doesn't care for the lifetime of the strings passed to the +construction routine for items. This assumption is not true in most other implementations +of the menu library. In this case you have to modify the binding routine +New_Item to safestore the strings.
    • +
+I'm quite sure I forgot something.

+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8439ff83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ + + +

+       menus - curses extension for programming menus
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The menus library provides terminal-independent facilities
+       for composing menu systems  on  character-cell  terminals.
+       The library includes: item routines, which create and mod-
+       ify menu items; and menu routines, which group items  into
+       menus, display menus on the screen, and handle interaction
+       with the user.
+
+       The menus library uses the curses libraries, and a  curses
+       initialization  routine  such  as  initscr  must be called
+       before using any of these functions.   To  use  the  menus
+       library, link with the options -lmenu -lcurses.
+
+
+   Current Default Values for Item Attributes
+       The  menus  library  maintains  a  default  value for item
+       attributes.  You can get or set this  default  by  calling
+       the  appropriate  get_  or  set_  routine with a NULL item
+       pointer.  Changing  this  default  with  a  set_  function
+       affects  future  item  creations,  but does not change the
+       rendering of items already created.
+
+
+   Routine Name Index
+       The following table lists each menu routine and  the  name
+       of the manual page on which it is described.
+
+       l   l   .    curses   Routine   Name Manual  Page  Name  =
+       current_item   mitem_current(3X)                 free_item
+            mitem_new(3X)       free_menu            menu_new(3X)
+       item_count     menu_items(3X)
+       item_description    mitem_name(3X)
+       item_index     mitem_current(3X)                 item_init
+            menu_hook(3X) item_name      mitem_name(3X) item_opts
+            mitem_opts(3X)          item_opts_off  mitem_opts(3X)
+       item_opts_on   mitem_opts(3X) item_term      menu_hook(3X)
+       item_userptr   mitem_userptr(3X)
+       item_value     mitem_value(3X)  item_visible   mitem_visi-
+       ble(3X)          menu_back                menu_attribs(3X)
+       menu_driver    menu_driver(3X)                   menu_fore
+            menu_attribs(3X)       menu_format    menu_format(3X)
+       menu_grey               menu_attribs(3X)         menu_init
+            menu_hook(3X) menu_items     menu_items(3X) menu_mark
+            menu_mark(3X)       menu_opts           menu_opts(3X)
+       menu_opts_off  menu_opts(3X)  menu_opts_on   menu_opts(3X)
+       menu_pad        menu_attribs(3X)  menu_pattern   menu_pat-
+       tern(3X)     menu_request_by_name     menu_requestname(3X)
+            menu_win(3X)       menu_term            menu_hook(3X)
+       menu_userptr   menu_userptr(3X)                   menu_win
+            menu_win(3X)  new_item        mitem_new(3X)  new_menu
+            menu_new(3X)      pos_menu_cursor     menu_cursor(3X)
+       post_menu     menu_post(3X)    scale_menu     menu_win(3X)
+       set_current_item    menu_current_item(3X)
+       set_item_init  menu_hook(3X) set_item_opts  mitem_opts(3X)
+       set_item_term  menu_hook(3X)
+       set_item_userptr    mitem_userptr(3X)
+       set_item_value mitem_value(3X)
+       set_menu_back  menu_attribs(3X)
+       set_menu_fore  menu_attribs(3X)
+       set_menu_format     menu_format(3X)
+       set_menu_grey  menu_attribs(3X)
+       set_menu_init  menu_hook(3X) set_menu_items menu_items(3X)
+       set_menu_mark  menu_mark(3X) set_menu_opts  mitem_opts(3X)
+       set_menu_pad   menu_attribs(3X)
+       set_menu_pattern    menu_pattern(3X)
+       set_menu_spacing    menu_spacing(3X)
+       set_menu_sub   menu_win(3X)   set_menu_term  menu_hook(3X)
+       set_menu_userptr    menu_userptr(3X)
+       set_menu_win   menu_win(3X)      set_top_row    mitem_cur-
+       rent(3X)          top_row                mitem_current(3X)
+       unpost_menu    menu_post(3X)
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.   Rou-
+       tines  that  return an integer return one of the following
+       error codes:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The menu is already posted.
+
+       E_BAD_STATE
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       E_NO_ROOM
+            Menu is too large for its window.
+
+       E_NOT_POSTED
+            The menu has not been posted.
+
+            The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+       E_NO_MATCH
+            Character failed to match.
+
+       E_NOT_SELECTABLE
+            The designated item cannot be selected.
+
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+            No items are connected to the menu.
+
+       E_REQUEST_DENIED
+            The menu driver could not process the request.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X) and 3X pages  whose  names  begin  "menu_"  for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       files <curses.h> and <eti.h>.
+
+       In your library list, libmenu.a  should  be  before  libn-
+       curses.a; that is, you want to say `-lmenu -lncurses', not
+       the other way around (which would give you  a  link  error
+       using GNU ld(1) and many other linkers).
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for  ncurses
+       by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_attribs.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_attribs.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3bb11d64 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_attribs.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       menu_attributes - color and attribute control for menus
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_fore(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+       chtype menu_fore(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_back(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+       chtype menu_back(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_grey(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+       chtype menu_grey(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_pad(MENU *menu, int pad);
+       int menu_pad(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute
+       of menu. This is the  highlight  used  for  selected  menu
+       items.   menu_fore  returns the foreground attribute.  The
+       default is A_STANDOUT.
+
+       The function set_menu_back sets the  background  attribute
+       of  menu.  This  is the highlight used for selectable (but
+       not  currently  selected)  menu   items.    The   function
+       menu_back  returns  the background attribute.  The default
+       is A_NORMAL.
+
+       The function set_menu_grey  sets  the  grey  attribute  of
+       menu.  This  is  the highlight used for un-selectable menu
+       items in menus that permit more than one  selection.   The
+       function   menu_grey  returns  the  grey  attribute.   The
+       default is A_UNDERLINE.
+
+       The function set_menu_pad sets the character used to  fill
+       the space between the name and description parts of a menu
+       item.  menu_pad returns the given  menu's  pad  character.
+       The default is a blank.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X) and 3X pages  whose  names  begin  "menu_"  for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_cursor.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_cursor.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e65f687e --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_cursor.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       menu_cursor - position a menu's cursor
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int pos_menu_cursor(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  pos_menu_cursor  restores the cursor to the
+       current position associated with the menu's selected item.
+       This  is  useful after curses routines have been called to
+       do screen-painting in response to a menu select.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       This routine returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_NOT_POSTED
+            The menu has not been posted.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_driver.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_driver.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..81472363 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_driver.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ + + +
+       menu_driver - command-processing loop of the menu system
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int menu_driver(MENU *menu, int c);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Once a menu has been posted (displayed), you should funnel
+       input events to it through menu_driver.  This routine  has
+       two  major input cases; either the input is a menu naviga-
+       tion request or it's a  printable  ASCII  character.   The
+       menu driver requests are as follows:
+
+       REQ_LEFT_ITEM
+            Move left to an item.
+
+       REQ_RIGHT_ITEM
+            Move right to an item.
+
+       REQ_UP_ITEM
+            Move up to an item.
+
+       REQ_DOWN_ITEM
+            Move down to an item.
+
+       REQ_SCR_ULINE
+            Scroll up a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_DLINE
+            Scroll down a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_DPAGE
+            Scroll down a page.
+
+       REQ_SCR_UPAGE
+            Scroll up a page.
+
+       REQ_FIRST_ITEM
+            Move to the first item.
+
+       REQ_LAST_ITEM
+            Move to the last item.
+
+       REQ_NEXT_ITEM
+            Move to the next item.
+
+       REQ_PREV_ITEM
+            Move to the previous item.
+
+       REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM
+            Select/deselect an item.
+
+            Clear the menu pattern buffer.
+
+       REQ_BACK_PATTERN
+            Delete   the  previous  character  from  the  pattern
+            buffer.
+
+       REQ_NEXT_MATCH
+            Move to the next item matching the pattern match.
+
+       REQ_PREV_MATCH
+            Move to the previous item matching the pattern match.
+
+       If the second argument is a printable ASCII character, the
+       code appends it to the pattern buffer and attempts to move
+       to the next item matching the new pattern.  If there is no
+       such match, menu_driver returns E_NO_MATCH and deletes the
+       appended character from the buffer.
+
+       If  the  second  argument  is one of the above pre-defined
+       requests, the corresponding action is performed.
+
+       If the second argument is neither printable ASCII nor  one
+       of  the above pre-defined menu requests, the drive assumes
+       it  is  an  application-specific   command   and   returns
+       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND.  Application-defined commands should be
+       defined relative to  MAX_COMMAND,  the  maximum  value  of
+       these pre-defined requests.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       menu_driver return one of the following error codes:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_BAD_STATE
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       E_NOT_POSTED
+            The menu has not been posted.
+
+       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
+            The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+       E_NO_MATCH
+            Character failed to match.
+            The menu driver could not process the request.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menus(3x).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       files <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_format.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_format.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4ab46deb --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_format.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       menu_format - set and get menu sizes
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_format(MENU *menu, int rows, int cols);
+       int menu_format(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function set_menu_format sets the maximum display size
+       of the given window.  If this size is too small to display
+       all menu items, the menu will be made scrollable.
+
+       The   default  format  is  16  rows,  1  column.   Calling
+       set_menu_format with a null menu pointer will change  this
+       default.  A zero row or column argument to set_menu_format
+       is interpreted as a request  not  to  change  the  current
+       value.
+
+       The  function  menu_format  returns  the maximum-size con-
+       straints for the given menu into the storage addressed  by
+       rows and cols.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The menu is already posted.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_hook.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_hook.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f611114 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_hook.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + +
+       menu_hook - set hooks for automatic invocation by applica-
+       tions
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_item_init(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *));
+       void (*)(MENU *) item_init(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_item_term(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *));
+       void (*)(MENU *) item_term(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_init(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *));
+       void (*)(MENU *) menu_init(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_term(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *));
+       void (*)(MENU *) menu_term(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These functions make it possible to set hook functions  to
+       be called at various points in the automatic processing of
+       input event codes by menu_driver.
+
+       The function set_item_init sets a hook  to  be  called  at
+       menu-post  time  and  each  time the selected item changes
+       (after the change).  item_init returns  the  current  item
+       init hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+
+       The  function  set_item_term  sets  a hook to be called at
+       menu-unpost time and each time the selected  item  changes
+       (before  the  change).  item_term returns the current item
+       term hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+
+       The function set_menu_init sets a hook  to  be  called  at
+       menu-post  time  and  just  after  the top row on the menu
+       changes once it is posted.  menu_init returns the  current
+       menu init hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+
+       The  function  set_menu_term  sets  a hook to be called at
+       menu-unpost time and just before the top row on  the  menu
+       changes  once it is posted.  menu_term returns the current
+       menu term hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.  Other
+       routines return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_items.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_items.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..463ee587 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_items.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + +
+       menu_items  - make and break connections between items and
+       menus
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_items(MENU *menu, ITEM **items);
+       ITEM **menu_items(const MENU *menu);
+       int item_count(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function set_menu_items changes the item pointer array
+       of  the  given  menu.   The  array must be terminated by a
+       NULL.
+
+       The function menu_items returns  the  item  array  of  the
+       given menu.
+
+       The  function  item_count  returns  the  count of items in
+       menu.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUES

+       The function menu_items returns NULL on error.
+
+       The function item_count returns ERR  (the  general  curses
+       error return value) on error.
+
+       The  function  set_menu_items returns one of the following
+       codes on error:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The menu is already posted.
+
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+            No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+
+       The   SVr4   menu   library  documentation  specifies  the
+       item_count error value as -1 (which is the value of  ERR).
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_mark.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_mark.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d2e386f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_mark.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       menu_mark - get and set the menu mark string
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_mark(MENU *menu, const char *mark);
+       const char *menu_mark(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       In  order  to make menu selections visible on older termi-
+       nals without highlighting or color  capability,  the  menu
+       library  marks  selected  items  in  a  menu with a prefix
+       string.
+
+       The function set_menu_mark sets the mark  string  for  the
+       given  menu.   Calling set_menu_mark with a null menu item
+       will abolish the mark  string.   Note  that  changing  the
+       length  of  the  mark  string for a menu while the menu is
+       posted is likely to produce unhelpful behavior.
+
+       The default string is "-" (a dash). Calling  set_menu_mark
+       with a NULL menu argument will change this default.
+
+       The  function menu_mark returns the menu's mark string (or
+       NULL if there is none).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function menu_mark returns NULL on error.   The  func-
+       tion set_menu_mark may return the following error codes:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_new.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_new.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d125a476 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_new.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       menu_new - create and destroy menus
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       MENU *new_menu(ITEM **items);
+       int free_menu(MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  new_menu  creates a new menu connected to a
+       specified item pointer array (which  must  be  NULL-termi-
+       nated).
+
+       The  function  free_menu  disconnects  menu  from its item
+       array and frees the storage allocated for the menu.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function new_menu returns NULL on error.
+
+       The function free_menu returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The menu has already been posted.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_opts.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_opts.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e4362ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_opts.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + +
+       menu_opts - set and get menu options
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_opts(MENU *menu, OPTIONS opts);
+       int menu_opts_on(MENU *menu, OPTIONS opts);
+       int menu_opts_off(MENU *menu, OPTIONS opts);
+       OPTIONS menu_opts(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_menu_opts  sets  all  the  given menu's
+       option bits  (menu  option  bits  may  be  logically-OR'ed
+       together).
+
+       The  function menu_opts_on turns on the given option bits,
+       and leaves others alone.
+
+       The function menu_opts_off  turns  off  the  given  option
+       bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+       The  function  menu_opts returns the menu's current option
+       bits.
+
+       The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+
+       O_ONEVALUE
+            Only one item can be selected for this menu.
+
+       O_SHOWDESC
+            Display  the  item  descriptions  when  the  menu  is
+            posted.
+
+       O_ROWMAJOR
+            Display the menu in row-major order.
+
+       O_IGNORECASE
+            Ignore the case when pattern-matching.
+
+       O_SHOWMATCH
+            Move the cursor to within the item  name  while  pat-
+            tern-matching.
+
+       O_NONCYCLIC
+            Don't   wrap   around  next-item  and  previous-item,
+            requests to the other end of the menu.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except for menu_opts, each routine returns one of the fol-
+       lowing:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The menu is already posted.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_pattern.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_pattern.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..61286891 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_pattern.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       menu_pattern - get and set a menu's pattern buffer
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_pattern(MENU *menu, const char *pattern);
+       char *menu_pattern(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Every  menu  has  an  associated pattern match buffer.  As
+       input events that are printable ASCII characters come  in,
+       they  are  appended  to this match buffer and tested for a
+       match, as described in menu_driver(3x).
+
+       The function set_menu_pattern sets the pattern buffer  for
+       the  given menu and tries to find the first matching item.
+       If it succeeds, that item becomes  current;  if  not,  the
+       current item does not change.
+
+       The  function  menu_pattern  returns the pattern buffer of
+       the given menu.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function menu_pattern  returns  NULL  on  error.   The
+       function  set_menu_pattern  may return the following error
+       codes:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_NO_MATCH
+            Character failed to match.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_post.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_post.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a181597f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_post.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       menu_post  -  write or erase menus from associated subwin-
+       dows
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int post_menu(MENU *menu);
+       int unpost_menu(MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function post_menu displays a menu to  its  associated
+       subwindow.   To trigger physical display of the subwindow,
+       use  refresh  or  some  equivalent  curses  routine   (the
+       implicit  doupdate  triggered  by  an curses input request
+       will do). post_menu resets the  selection  status  of  all
+       items.
+
+       The  function  unpost_menu erases menu from its associated
+       subwindow.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The menu has already been posted.
+
+       E_BAD_STATE
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       E_NO_ROOM
+            Menu is too large for its window.
+
+       E_NOT_POSTED
+            The menu has not been posted.
+
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+            No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_requestname.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_requestname.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..25b3f545 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_requestname.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       menu_requestname - handle printable menu request names
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       const char *menu_request_name(int request);
+       int menu_request_by_name(const char *name);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function menu_request_name returns the printable name
+       of a menu request code.
+       The function menu_request_by_name searches  in  the  name-
+       table  for  a  request with the given name and returns its
+       request code. Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       menu_request_name returns NULL on error and sets errno  to
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT.
+       menu_request_by_name returns E_NO_MATCH on error.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
+       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+       It is recommended that any code depending on them be  con-
+       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_spacing.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_spacing.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71b88170 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_spacing.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       menu_spacing - Control spacing between menu items.
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_spacing(MENU *menu,
+                            int spc_description
+                            int spc_rows,
+                            int spc_columns);
+       int menu_spacing(const MENU *menu,
+                        int* spc_description
+                        int* spc_rows,
+                        int* spc_columns);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_menu_spacing  sets the spacing informa-
+       tions for the menu.  spc_description controls  the  number
+       of spaces between an item name and an item description. It
+       must not be larger than TABSIZE. The menu system  puts  in
+       the  middle  of  this  spacing area the pad character. The
+       remaining parts are filled with spaces.  spc_rows controls
+       the  number of rows that are used for an item. It must not
+       be larger than 3. The menu system inserts then blank lines
+       between  item rows, these lines will contain the pad char-
+       acter in the appropriate positions.  spc_columns  controls
+       the number of blanks between columns of items. It must not
+       be larger than TABSIZE.  A value of 0 for all the  spacing
+       values  resets  them to the default, which is 1 for all of
+       them.
+       The function menu_spacing passes back the spacing info for
+       the menu. If a pointer is NULL, this specific info is sim-
+       ply not returned.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Both routines return E_OK on success. set_menu_spacing may
+       return  E_POSTED  if the menu is posted, or E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       if one of the spacing values is out of range.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  are  specific  to ncurses.  They were not
+       supported on Version 7, BSD or System  V  implementations.
+       It  is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_userptr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_userptr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..85201592 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_userptr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       menu_userptr - associate application data with a menu item
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_userptr(MENU *menu, const void *userptr);
+       const void *menu_userptr(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Every menu and every menu item has a  field  that  can  be
+       used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-
+       driver code leaves it alone).  These functions get and set
+       the menu user pointer field.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except  for  menu_userptr  (which  returns NULL on error),
+       each function returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The user pointer should be a void pointer.  We leave it as
+       a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_win.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_win.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08b0517c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_win.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       menu_win  - make and break menu window and subwindow asso-
+       ciations
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_win(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win);
+       WINDOW *menu_win(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_sub(MENU *menu, WINDOW *sub);
+       WINDOW *menu_sub(const MENU *menu);
+       int scale_menu(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *columns);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Every  menu has an associated pair of curses windows.  The
+       menu window displays any title and border associated  with
+       the  window;  the menu subwindow displays the items of the
+       menu that are currently available for selection.
+
+       The first four functions get and set those windows.  It is
+       not necessary to set either window; by default, the driver
+       code uses stdscr for both.
+
+       In the set_ functions, window argument of NULL is  treated
+       as  though  it  were  stsdcr.   A menu argument of NULL is
+       treated as a request to change  the  system  default  menu
+       window or subwindow.
+
+       The  function scale_menu returns the minimum size required
+       for the subwindow of menu.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.   Rou-
+       tines  that  return an integer return one of the following
+       error codes:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The menu has already been posted.
+
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+            No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/mitem_current.3x.html b/Ada95/html/mitem_current.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d5cacd70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/mitem_current.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       mitem_current - set and get current_menu_item
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_current_item(MENU *menu, const ITEM *item);
+       ITEM *current_item(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_top_row(MENU *menu, int row);
+       int top_row(const MENU *menu);
+       int item_index(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_current_item sets the current item (the
+       item on  which  the  menu  cursor  is  positioned).   cur-
+       rent_item  returns  a  pointer  to the current item in the
+       given menu.
+
+       The function set_top_row sets the top row of the  menu  to
+       show  the  given  row  (the top row is initially 0, and is
+       reset to this value whenever the O_ROWMAJOR option is tog-
+       gled).   The  item  leftmost on the given row becomes cur-
+       rent.  The function top_row returns the number of the  top
+       menu row being displayed.
+
+       The function item_index returns the (zero-origin) index of
+       item in the menu's item pointer list.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       current_item returns NULL on error.
+
+       top_row and item_index  return  ERR  (the  general  curses
+       error value) on error.
+
+       set_current_item and set_top_row return one of the follow-
+       ing:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_BAD_STATE
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+            No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the  top_row
+       and  index_item  error  value as -1 (which is the value of
+       ERR).
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/mitem_name.3x.html b/Ada95/html/mitem_name.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7af9608d --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/mitem_name.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       mitem_name - get menu item name and description fields
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       const char *item_name(const ITEM *item);
+       const char *item_description(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function item_name returns the name part of the given
+       item.
+       The function item_description returns the description part
+       of the given item.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines returns NULL on error.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/mitem_new.3x.html b/Ada95/html/mitem_new.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54e4b030 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/mitem_new.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       mitem_new - create and destroy menu items
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       ITEM *new_item(const char *name, const char *description);
+       int free_item(ITEM *item);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function new_item allocates a new item and initializes
+       it from the name and description pointers.
+       The function free_item de-allocates an item.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function new_item returns NULL on error.
+
+       The function free_item returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_CONNECTED
+            Item is connected to a menu.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/mitem_opts.3x.html b/Ada95/html/mitem_opts.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..02fd97e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/mitem_opts.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       mitem_opts - set and get menu item options
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_item_opts(ITEM *item, OPTIONS opts);
+       int item_opts_on(ITEM *item, OPTIONS opts);
+       int item_opts_off(ITEM *item, OPTIONS opts);
+       OPTIONS item_opts(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_item_opts  sets  all  the  given item's
+       option bits  (menu  option  bits  may  be  logically-OR'ed
+       together).
+
+       The  function item_opts_on turns on the given option bits,
+       and leaves others alone.
+
+       The function item_opts_off  turns  off  the  given  option
+       bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+       The  function  item_opts returns the item's current option
+       bits.
+
+       There is only one defined option bit  mask,  O_SELECTABLE.
+       When this is on, the item may be selected during menu pro-
+       cessing.  This option defaults to on.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except for item_opts, each routine returns one of the fol-
+       lowing:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/mitem_userptr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/mitem_userptr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8f8b5ef4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/mitem_userptr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       mitem_userptr  -  associate  application  data with a menu
+       item
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_item_userptr(ITEM *item, const void *userptr);
+       const void *item_userptr(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Every menu item has a field  that  can  be  used  to  hold
+       application-specific  data  (that is, the menu-driver code
+       leaves it alone).  These functions get and set that field.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except  for  item_userptr  (which  returns NULL on error),
+       each function returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The user pointer should be a void pointer.  We leave it as
+       a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/mitem_value.3x.html b/Ada95/html/mitem_value.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..de0bd079 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/mitem_value.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       mitem_value - set and get menu item values
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_item_value(ITEM *item, bool value);
+       bool item_value(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       If  you  turn  off  the menu option O_ONEVALUE (e.g., with
+       set_menu_opts or menu_opts_off;  see  menu_opts(3x)),  the
+       menu becomes multi-valued; that is, more than one item may
+       simultaneously be selected.
+
+       In a multi_valued menu, you  can  used  set_item_value  to
+       select the given menu item (second argument TRUE) or dese-
+       lect it (second argument FALSE).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function set_item_value returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_REQUEST_DENIED
+            The menu driver could not process the request.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/mitem_visible.3x.html b/Ada95/html/mitem_visible.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf4d67cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/mitem_visible.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       mitem_visible - check visibility of a menu item
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       bool item_visible(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       A  menu  item  is  visible  when it is in the portion of a
+       posted menu that is mapped onto the screen (if the menu is
+       scrollable,  in  particular,  this portion will be smaller
+       than the whole menu).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/ncurses.3x.html b/Ada95/html/ncurses.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0db3fafb --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/ncurses.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,490 @@ + + +
+       ncurses - CRT screen handling and optimization package
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The curses library routines give the user a terminal-inde-
+       pendent method of updating character screens with  reason-
+       able  optimization.  This implementation is ``new curses''
+       (ncurses) and is the approved replacement for 4.4BSD clas-
+       sic curses, which has been discontinued.
+
+       The  ncurses  routines  emulate  the curses(3X) library of
+       System V Release 4 UNIX, and the XPG4 curses standard (XSI
+       curses)  but the ncurses library is freely redistributable
+       in source form.  Differences from the SVr4 curses are sum-
+       marized  under  the EXTENSIONS and BUGS sections below and
+       described in detail in the EXTENSIONS and BUGS sections of
+       individual man pages.
+
+       A  program  using  these  routines must be linked with the
+       -lncurses option, or (if it has been generated)  with  the
+       debugging  library  -lncurses_g.   (Your system integrator
+       may also have installed these libraries  under  the  names
+       -lcurses and -lcurses_g.)  The ncurses_g library generates
+       trace logs (in a file called 'trace' in the current direc-
+       tory) that describe curses actions.
+
+       The  ncurses  package supports: overall screen, window and
+       pad manipulation; output to windows and pads; reading ter-
+       minal  input;  control  over terminal and curses input and
+       output options; environment query routines; color  manipu-
+       lation; use of soft label keys; terminfo capabilities; and
+       access to low-level terminal-manipulation routines.
+
+       To initialize the routines, the routine initscr or newterm
+       must  be called before any of the other routines that deal
+       with windows and screens are  used.   The  routine  endwin
+       must be called before exiting.  To get character-at-a-time
+       input without echoing (most interactive,  screen  oriented
+       programs  want  this),  the  following  sequence should be
+       used:
+
+             initscr(); cbreak(); noecho();
+
+       Most programs would additionally use the sequence:
+
+             nonl();
+             intrflush(stdscr, FALSE);
+             keypad(stdscr, TRUE);
+
+       Before a curses program is run, the tab stops of the  ter-
+       the tput init command after the shell environment variable
+       TERM has been exported.  tset(1)  is  usually  responsible
+       for doing this.  [See terminfo(5) for further details.]
+
+       The  curses  library  permits  manipulation of data struc-
+       tures, called windows, which can be  thought  of  as  two-
+       dimensional  arrays of characters representing all or part
+       of a CRT screen.  A default window called stdscr, which is
+       the  size of the terminal screen, is supplied.  Others may
+       be created with newwin.
+
+       Note that curses  does  not  handle  overlapping  windows,
+       that's done by the panels(3x) library. This means that you
+       can either use stdscr or divide the screen into tiled win-
+       dows  and  not  using  stdscr  at all. Mixing the two will
+       result in unpredictable, and undesired, effects.
+
+       Windows are referred to by variables declared as WINDOW *.
+       These   data  structures  are  manipulated  with  routines
+       described here and elsewhere in the ncurses manual  pages.
+       Among  which  the  most basic routines are move and addch.
+       More general versions of these routines are included  with
+       names  beginning  with  w,  allowing the user to specify a
+       window.  The routines not beginning with w affect stdscr.)
+
+       After  using  routines  to manipulate a window, refresh is
+       called, telling curses to make the user's CRT screen  look
+       like  stdscr.   The characters in a window are actually of
+       type chtype, (character and attribute data) so that  other
+       information  about  the  character may also be stored with
+       each character.
+
+       Special windows  called  pads  may  also  be  manipulated.
+       These are windows which are not constrained to the size of
+       the screen and whose contents need not be completely  dis-
+       played.  See curs_pad(3X) for more information.
+
+       In  addition  to  drawing  characters on the screen, video
+       attributes and colors may be supported, causing the  char-
+       acters  to show up in such modes as underlined, in reverse
+       video, or in color on terminals that support such  display
+       enhancements.  Line drawing characters may be specified to
+       be output.  On input, curses is  also  able  to  translate
+       arrow  and  function  keys  that transmit escape sequences
+       into single values.  The video  attributes,  line  drawing
+       characters,   and  input  values  use  names,  defined  in
+       <curses.h>, such as A_REVERSE, ACS_HLINE, and KEY_LEFT.
+
+       If the environment variables LINES and COLUMNS are set, or
+       if  the program is executing in a window environment, line
+       and column information in the  environment  will  override
+       information read by terminfo.  This would effect a program
+
+       If  the environment variable TERMINFO is defined, any pro-
+       gram using curses checks for a local  terminal  definition
+       before  checking  in  the standard place.  For example, if
+       TERM is set to att4424, then the compiled terminal defini-
+       tion is found in
+
+             @DATADIR@/terminfo/a/att4424.
+
+       (The a is copied from the first letter of att4424 to avoid
+       creation of huge directories.)  However,  if  TERMINFO  is
+       set to $HOME/myterms, curses first checks
+
+             $HOME/myterms/a/att4424,
+
+       and if that fails, it then checks
+
+             @DATADIR@/terminfo/a/att4424.
+
+       This  is useful for developing experimental definitions or
+       when write permission in @DATADIR@/terminfo is not  avail-
+       able.
+
+       The  integer  variables  LINES  and  COLS  are  defined in
+       <curses.h> and will be filled in by initscr with the  size
+       of the screen.  The constants TRUE and FALSE have the val-
+       ues 1 and 0, respectively.
+
+       The curses routines also  define  the  WINDOW  *  variable
+       curscr which is used for certain low-level operations like
+       clearing and redrawing a screen containing  garbage.   The
+       curscr can be used in only a few routines.
+
+
+   Routine and Argument Names
+       Many  curses routines have two or more versions.  The rou-
+       tines prefixed with w require a window argument.  The rou-
+       tines prefixed with p require a pad argument.  Those with-
+       out a prefix generally use stdscr.
+
+       The routines prefixed with mv require a y and x coordinate
+       to  move to before performing the appropriate action.  The
+       mv routines imply a call to move before the  call  to  the
+       other  routine.  The coordinate y always refers to the row
+       (of the window), and x always refers to the  column.   The
+       upper left-hand corner is always (0,0), not (1,1).
+
+       The routines prefixed with mvw take both a window argument
+       and x and y coordinates.  The window  argument  is  always
+       specified before the coordinates.
+
+       In  each  case, win is the window affected, and pad is the
+
+       Option setting routines require a Boolean flag bf with the
+       value TRUE or FALSE; bf is always of type bool.  The vari-
+       ables  ch  and attrs below are always of type chtype.  The
+       types WINDOW, SCREEN, bool,  and  chtype  are  defined  in
+       <curses.h>.   The  type  TERMINAL  is defined in <term.h>.
+       All other arguments are integers.
+
+
+   Routine Name Index
+       The following table lists each curses routine and the name
+       of  the  manual  page  on which it is described.  Routines
+       flagged with `*' are ncurses-specific,  not  described  by
+       XPG4 or present in SVr4.
+
+       center  tab(/); l l l l .  curses Routine Name/Manual Page
+       Name  =  addch/curs_addch(3X)  addchnstr/curs_addchstr(3X)
+       addchstr/curs_addchstr(3X)         addnstr/curs_addstr(3X)
+       addstr/curs_addstr(3X)               attroff/curs_attr(3X)
+       attron/curs_attr(3X)       attrset/curs_attr(3X)      bau-
+       drate/curs_termattrs(3X)                beep/curs_beep(3X)
+       bkgd/curs_bkgd(3X)  bkgdset/curs_bkgd(3X) border/curs_bor-
+       der(3X)                                box/curs_border(3X)
+       can_change_color/curs_color(3X)     cbreak/curs_inopts(3X)
+       clear/curs_clear(3X)    clearok/curs_outopts(3X)    clrto-
+       bot/curs_clear(3X)    clrtoeol/curs_clear(3X)   color_con-
+       tent/curs_color(3X)               copywin/curs_overlay(3X)
+       curs_set/curs_kernel(3X)     def_prog_mode/curs_kernel(3X)
+       def_shell_mode/curs_kernel(3X)       del_curterm/curs_ter-
+       minfo(3X)  delay_output/curs_util(3X) delch/curs_delch(3X)
+       deleteln/curs_deleteln(3X) delscreen/curs_initscr(3X) del-
+       win/curs_window(3X)      derwin/curs_window(3X)      doup-
+       date/curs_refresh(3X)               dupwin/curs_window(3X)
+       echo/curs_inopts(3X)      echochar/curs_addch(3X)     end-
+       win/curs_initscr(3X)                  erase/curs_clear(3X)
+       erasechar/curs_termattrs(3X)          filter/curs_util(3X)
+       flash/curs_beep(3X)     flushinp/curs_util(3X)      getbe-
+       gyx/curs_getyx(3X)        getch/curs_getch(3X)        get-
+       maxyx/curs_getyx(3X)     getmouse/curs_mouse(3X)*     get-
+       paryx/curs_getyx(3X)      getstr/curs_getstr(3X)      get-
+       syx/curs_kernel(3X)                   getwin/curs_util(3X)
+       getyx/curs_getyx(3X)   halfdelay/curs_inopts(3X)  has_col-
+       ors/curs_color(3X)               has_ic/curs_termattrs(3X)
+       has_il/curs_termattrs(3X)          has_key/curs_getch(3X)*
+       hline/curs_border(3X)               idcok/curs_outopts(3X)
+       idlok/curs_outopts(3X)            immedok/curs_outopts(3X)
+       inch/curs_inch(3X)     inchnstr/curs_inchstr(3X)     inch-
+       str/curs_inchstr(3X)             init_color/curs_color(3X)
+       init_pair/curs_color(3X)          initscr/curs_initscr(3X)
+       innstr/curs_instr(3X)       insch/curs_insch(3X)      ins-
+       delln/curs_deleteln(3X)         insertln/curs_deleteln(3X)
+       insnstr/curs_insstr(3X)             insstr/curs_insstr(3X)
+       isendwin/curs_initscr(3X)    keyname/curs_util(3X)    key-
+       pad/curs_inopts(3X)            killchar/curs_termattrs(3X)
+       leaveok/curs_outopts(3X)       longname/curs_termattrs(3X)
+       mcprint/curs_print(3X)*  meta/curs_inopts(3X)  mouseinter-
+       val/curs_mouse(3X)*              mousemask/curs_mouse(3X)*
+       move/curs_move(3X)     mvaddch/curs_addch(3X)    mvaddchn-
+       str/curs_addchstr(3X)         mvaddchstr/curs_addchstr(3X)
+       mvaddnstr/curs_addstr(3X)         mvaddstr/curs_addstr(3X)
+       mvcur/curs_terminfo(3X)   mvdelch/curs_delch(3X)    mvder-
+       win/curs_window(3X)      mvgetch/curs_getch(3X)     mvget-
+       str/curs_getstr(3X)     mvinch/curs_inch(3X)      mvinchn-
+       str/curs_inchstr(3X)            mvinchstr/curs_inchstr(3X)
+       mvinnstr/curs_instr(3X)    mvinsch/curs_insch(3X)    mvin-
+       snstr/curs_insstr(3X)    mvinsstr/curs_insstr(3X)    mvin-
+       str/curs_instr(3X)      mvprintw/curs_printw(3X)      mvs-
+       canw/curs_scanw(3X)   mvwaddch/curs_addch(3X)   mvwaddchn-
+       str/curs_addchstr(3X)        mvwaddchstr/curs_addchstr(3X)
+       mvwaddnstr/curs_addstr(3X)       mvwaddstr/curs_addstr(3X)
+       mvwdelch/curs_delch(3X)  mvwgetch/curs_getch(3X)   mvwget-
+       str/curs_getstr(3X)                  mvwin/curs_window(3X)
+       mvwinch/curs_inch(3X)         mvwinchnstr/curs_inchstr(3X)
+       mvwinchstr/curs_inchstr(3X)       mvwinnstr/curs_instr(3X)
+       mvwinsch/curs_insch(3X)         mvwinsnstr/curs_insstr(3X)
+       mvwinsstr/curs_insstr(3X)   mvwinstr/curs_instr(3X)   mvw-
+       printw/curs_printw(3X)             mvwscanw/curs_scanw(3X)
+       napms/curs_kernel(3X)                  newpad/curs_pad(3X)
+       newterm/curs_initscr(3X)            newwin/curs_window(3X)
+       nl/curs_outopts(3X)     nocbreak/curs_inopts(3X)     node-
+       lay/curs_inopts(3X) noecho/curs_inopts(3X)  nonl/curs_out-
+       opts(3X)  noqiflush/curs_inopts(3X)  noraw/curs_inopts(3X)
+       notimeout/curs_inopts(3X)  overlay/curs_overlay(3X)  over-
+       write/curs_overlay(3X)         pair_content/curs_color(3X)
+       pechochar/curs_pad(3X)   pnoutrefresh/curs_pad(3X)    pre-
+       fresh/curs_pad(3X)  printw/curs_printw(3X)  putp/curs_ter-
+       minfo(3X)   putwin/curs_util(3X)   qiflush/curs_inopts(3X)
+       raw/curs_inopts(3X)             redrawwin/curs_refresh(3X)
+       refresh/curs_refresh(3X)   reset_prog_mode/curs_kernel(3X)
+       reset_shell_mode/curs_kernel(3X)   resetty/curs_kernel(3X)
+       resizeterm/resizeterm(3x)*   restartterm/curs_terminfo(3X)
+       ripoffline/curs_kernel(3X)         savetty/curs_kernel(3X)
+       scanw/curs_scanw(3X)            scr_dump/curs_scr_dump(3X)
+       scr_init/curs_scr_dump(3X)   scr_restore/curs_scr_dump(3X)
+       scr_set/curs_scr_dump(3X)             scrl/curs_scroll(3X)
+       scroll/curs_scroll(3X)           scrollok/curs_outopts(3X)
+       set_curterm/curs_terminfo(3X)    set_term/curs_initscr(3X)
+       setscrreg/curs_outopts(3X)   setsyx/curs_kernel(3X)   set-
+       term/curs_terminfo(3X)         setupterm/curs_terminfo(3X)
+       slk_attr/curs_slk(3X)*            slk_attroff/curs_slk(3X)
+       slk_attron/curs_slk(3X)           slk_attrset/curs_slk(3X)
+       slk_clear/curs_slk(3X)               slk_init/curs_slk(3X)
+       slk_label/curs_slk(3X)        slk_noutrefresh/curs_slk(3X)
+       slk_refresh/curs_slk(3X)          slk_restore/curs_slk(3X)
+       start_color/curs_color(3X)    subpad/curs_pad(3X)     sub-
+       win/curs_window(3X)     syncok/curs_window(3X)     termat-
+       trs/curs_termattrs(3X)  termname/curs_termattrs(3X)   tge-
+       tent/curs_termcap(3X)    tgetflag/curs_termcap(3X)   tget-
+       num/curs_termcap(3X)              tgetstr/curs_termcap(3X)
+       tgoto/curs_termcap(3X)  tigetflag/curs_terminfo(3X) tiget-
+       num/curs_terminfo(3X)   tigetstr/curs_terminfo(3X)   time-
+       out/curs_inopts(3X)     touchline/curs_touch(3X)    touch-
+       win/curs_touch(3X)                 tparm/curs_terminfo(3X)
+       tputs/curs_termcap(3X)    tputs/curs_terminfo(3X)   typea-
+       head/curs_inopts(3X)                  unctrl/curs_util(3X)
+       ungetch/curs_getch(3X) ungetmouse/curs_mouse(3X)* untouch-
+       win/curs_touch(3X) use_env/curs_util(3X) vidattr/curs_ter-
+       minfo(3X)  vidputs/curs_terminfo(3X) vline/curs_border(3X)
+       vwprintw/curs_printw(3X)    vwscanw/curs_scanw(3X)    wad-
+       dch/curs_addch(3X)   waddchnstr/curs_addchstr(3X)  waddch-
+       str/curs_addchstr(3X)             waddnstr/curs_addstr(3X)
+       waddstr/curs_addstr(3X)     wattroff/curs_attr(3X)    wat-
+       tron/curs_attr(3X)                  wattrset/curs_attr(3X)
+       wbkgd/curs_bkgd(3X)      wbkgdset/curs_bkgd(3X)      wbor-
+       der/curs_border(3X)     wclear/curs_clear(3X)      wclrto-
+       bot/curs_clear(3X)    wclrtoeol/curs_clear(3X)    wcursyn-
+       cup/curs_window(3X)                  wdelch/curs_delch(3X)
+       wdeleteln/curs_deleteln(3X)  wechochar/curs_addch(3X) wen-
+       close/curs_mouse(3X)*                werase/curs_clear(3X)
+       wgetch/curs_getch(3X)    wgetnstr/curs_getstr(3X)    wget-
+       str/curs_getstr(3X)                 whline/curs_border(3X)
+       winch/curs_inch(3X)    winchnstr/curs_inchstr(3X)   winch-
+       str/curs_inchstr(3X)      winnstr/curs_instr(3X)      win-
+       sch/curs_insch(3X)     winsdelln/curs_deleteln(3X)    win-
+       sertln/curs_deleteln(3X)          winsnstr/curs_insstr(3X)
+       winsstr/curs_insstr(3X)              winstr/curs_instr(3X)
+       wmove/curs_move(3X)          wnoutrefresh/curs_refresh(3X)
+       wprintw/curs_printw(3X)   wredrawln/curs_refresh(3X)  wre-
+       fresh/curs_refresh(3X)                wresize/wresize(3x)*
+       wscanw/curs_scanw(3X)    wscrl/curs_scroll(3X)    wsetscr-
+       reg/curs_outopts(3X)    wstandend/curs_attr(3X)    wstand-
+       out/curs_attr(3X)      wsyncdown/curs_window(3X)     wsyn-
+       cup/curs_window(3X)               wtimeout/curs_inopts(3X)
+       wtouchln/curs_touch(3X) wvline/curs_border(3X)
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines  that  return  an integer return ERR upon failure
+       and an integer value other than ERR upon  successful  com-
+       pletion,  unless  otherwise  noted in the routine descrip-
+       tions.
+
+       All macros return the  value  of  the  w  version,  except
+       setscrreg,  wsetscrreg,  getyx,  getbegyx,  getmaxyx.  The
+       return values of setscrreg, wsetscrreg,  getyx,  getbegyx,
+       and getmaxyx are undefined (i.e., these should not be used
+       as the right-hand side of assignment statements).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       terminfo(5) and 3X pages whose  names  begin  "curs_"  for
+       detailed routine descriptions.
+
+
+
+

EXTENSIONS

+       The curses library can be compiled with an option (-DTERM-
+       CAP_FILE) that falls back to  the  old-style  /etc/termcap
+       file  if  the  terminal  setup code cannot find a terminfo
+       entry corresponding to TERM.  Use of this feature  is  not
+       recommended,  as it essentially includes an entire termcap
+       compiler in the curses startup code, at  significant  cost
+       in core and startup cycles.
+
+       Compiling  with  -DTERMCAP_FILE changes the library's ini-
+       tialization sequence in a way intended to mimic the behav-
+       ior of 4.4BSD curses.  If there is no local or system ter-
+       minfo entry matching TERM,  then  the  library  looks  for
+       termcap  entries  in the following places: (1) if TERMINFO
+       is undefined, in the file named by  TERMCAP_FILE;  (2)  if
+       TERMINFO  is defined and begins with a slash, it is inter-
+       preted as the name of a termcap file to search  for  TERM;
+       (3) otherwise, if TERMINFO has a leading string that looks
+       like a terminal entry name list, and it matches TERM,  the
+       contents  of  TERMINFO is interpreted as a termcap; (4) if
+       TERMINFO looks like a termcap but doesn't match TERM,  the
+       termcap  file  is  searched  for among the colon-separated
+       paths in the environment variable  TERMPATHS  if  that  is
+       defined,  and  in  ~/.termcap  and the file value of TERM-
+       CAP_FILE otherwise.
+
+       Versions of curses compiled on PC clones  support  display
+       of  the  PC ROM characters (including ROM characters 0-31,
+       which stock SVr4 curses cannot display).  See  the  EXTEN-
+       SIONS sections of curs_addch(3x) and curs_attr(3x).
+
+       The curses library includes facilities for capturing mouse
+       events on certain terminals  (including  xterm).  See  the
+       curs_mouse(3X) manual page for details.
+
+       The  curses  library  includes  a  function  for directing
+       application output to a printer attached to  the  terminal
+       device.  See the curs_print(3X) manual page for details.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The curses library is intended to be BASE-level conformant
+       with the XSI Curses standard.   Certain  portions  of  the
+       EXTENDED  XSI  Curses  functionality (including color sup-
+       port) are supported.  The following  EXTENDED  XSI  Curses
+       calls  in  support  of wide (multibyte) characters are not
+       yet implemented: addnwstr, addwstr, mvaddnwstr,  mvwaddnw-
+       str,  mvaddwstr,  waddnwstr,  waddwstr, add_wch, wadd_wch,
+       mvwadd_wchnstr,  mvwadd_wchstr,  bkgrndset,  bkgrnd,  get-
+       bkgrnd, wbkgrnd, wbkgrndset, wgetbkgrnd, border_set, wbor-
+       der_set,  box_set,  hline_set,  mvhline_set,  mvvline_set,
+       mvwhline_set,    mvwvline_set,   whline_set,   vhline_set,
+       wvline_set,  echo_wchar,  wecho_wchar,  erasewchar,  kill-
+       wchar,    get_wch,    mvget_wch,    mvwget_ch,   wget_wch,
+       getwchtype, get_wstr,  getn_wstr,  wget_wstr,  wgetn_wstr,
+       mvget_wstr,  mvgetn_wstr, mvwget_wstr, mvwgetn_wstr, innw-
+       str,  inwstr,  winnwstr,  winwstr,  mvinnwstr,   mvinwstr,
+       mvwinnwstr,  mvwinwstr,  ins_nwstr, ins_wstr, mvins_nwstr,
+       mvins_wstr,   mvwins_nwstr,    mvwins_wstr,    wins_nwstr,
+       wins_wstr,   ins_wch,   wins_wch,  mvins_wch,  mvwins_wch,
+       in_wch, win_wch, mvin_wch, mvwin_wch, inwchstr, inwchnstr,
+       winwchstr,  winwchnstr,  mvinwchstr, mvinwchnstr, mvinwch-
+       str, mvwinwchnstr.
+
+       A small number of local differences (that  is,  individual
+       differences  between  the XSI Curses and curses calls) are
+       described in  PORTABILITY  sections  of  the  library  man
+       pages.
+
+       The routine has_key is not part of XPG4, nor is it present
+       in SVr4.  See the curs_getch(3X) manual page for  details.
+
+       The  routine  slk_attr is not part of XPG4, nor is it pre-
+       sent in  SVr4.   See  the  curs_slk(3X)  manual  page  for
+       details.
+
+       The  routines getmouse, mousemask, ungetmouse, mouseinter-
+       val, and wenclose relating to mouse  interfacing  are  not
+       part  of  XPG4,  nor  are  they  present in SVr4.  See the
+       curs_mouse(3X) manual page for details.
+
+       The routine mcprint was not present in any previous curses
+       implementation.   See  the  curs_print(3X) manual page for
+       details.
+
+       The routine wresize is not part of XPG4, nor is it present
+       in SVr4.  See the wresize(3X) manual page for details.
+
+       In  historic curses versions, delays embedded in the capa-
+       bilities cr, ind, cub1, ff and tab activated corresponding
+       delay  bits  in  the UNIX tty driver.  In this implementa-
+       tion, all padding is done by NUL sends.   This  method  is
+       slightly  more expensive, but narrows the interface to the
+       UNIX kernel  significantly  and  increases  the  package's
+       portability correspondingly.
+
+       In  the  XSI  standard  and  SVr4 manual pages, many entry
+       points have prototype arguments of the for char *const (or
+       cchar_t  *const,  or  wchar_t  *const,  or  void  *const).
+       Depending on one's interpretation of the ANSI  C  standard
+       tion const char *x is a modifiable pointer to unmodifiable
+       data, but char *const x' is  an  unmodifiable  pointer  to
+       modifiable  data.  Given that C passes arguments by value,
+       <type> *const as a formal type is at best  dubious.   Some
+       compilers  choke  on  the  prototypes.  Therefore, in this
+       implementation, they have been changed to const  <type>  *
+       globally.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The  header  file  <curses.h>  automatically  includes the
+       header files <stdio.h> and <unctrl.h>.
+
+       If standard output from a curses program is re-directed to
+       something  which  is  not  a  tty,  screen updates will be
+       directed to standard error.  This was an undocumented fea-
+       ture of AT&T System V Release 3 curses.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Zeyd  M.  Ben-Halim,  Eric  S. Raymond.  Descends from the
+       original pcurses by Pavel Curtis.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/panel.3x.html b/Ada95/html/panel.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9875c217 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/panel.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ + + +
+       panel - panel stack extension for curses
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <panel.h>
+
+       cc [flags] sourcefiles -lpanel -lncurses
+
+       PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win)
+       int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan)
+       int top_panel(PANEL *pan)
+       int show_panel(PANEL *pan)
+       void update_panels();
+       int hide_panel(PANEL *pan)
+       WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan)
+       int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *window)
+       int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx)
+       int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan)
+       PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan)
+       PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan)
+       int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *ptr)
+       const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan)
+       int del_panel(PANEL *pan)
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Panels  are  curses(3X)  windows with the added feature of
+       depth.  Panel functions allow the use of  stacked  windows
+       and  ensure  the  proper  portions  of each window and the
+       curses stdscr window are hidden or displayed  when  panels
+       are  added,  moved,  modified or removed.  The set of cur-
+       rently visible panels is the stack of panels.  The  stdscr
+       window  is  beneath all panels, and is not considered part
+       of the stack.
+
+       A window is associated with every panel.  The  panel  rou-
+       tines  enable you to create, move, hides, and show panels,
+       as well as position a panel at any desired location in the
+       stack.
+
+       Panel routines are a functional layer added to curses(3X),
+       make only high-level curses calls, and work anywhere  ter-
+       minfo curses does.
+
+
+
+

FUNCTIONS

+       new_panel(win)
+              allocates   a   PANEL structure, associates it with
+              win, places the panel  on  the  top  of  the  stack
+              (causes   it  to   be   displayed  above  any other
+              panel) and returns a pointer to the new panel.
+
+       void update_panels()
+              refreshes the virtual screen to reflect  the  rela-
+              tions between the panels in the stack, but does not
+              update_panels() may be called more than once before
+              a  call  to doupdate(), but doupdate() is the func-
+              tion responsible for updating the physical  screen.
+
+       del_panel(pan)
+              removes the given panel from the  stack and deallo-
+              cates the PANEL structure (but not  its  associated
+              window).
+
+       hide_panel(pan)
+              removes  the  given  panel from the panel stack and
+              thus hides it from view. The PANEL structure is not
+              lost, merely removed from the stack.
+
+       show_panel(pan)
+              makes  a  hidden panel visible by placing it on top
+              of the panels in the panel stack. See COMPATIBILITY
+              below.
+
+       top_panel(pan)
+              puts  the  given visible panel on top of all panels
+              in the stack.  See COMPATIBILITY below.
+
+       bottom_panel(pan)
+              puts panel at the bottom of all panels.
+
+       move_panel(pan,starty,startx)
+              moves the given panel window so that its upper-left
+              corner  is  at  starty, startx.  It does not change
+              the position of the panel in the stack.  Be sure to
+              use  this  function,  not  mvwin(), to move a panel
+              window.
+
+       replace_panel(pan,window)
+              replaces the current window of  panel  with  window
+              (useful, for example if you want to resize a panel;
+              if you're using ncurses, you can call replace_panel
+              on  the output of wresize(3x)).  It does not change
+              the position of the panel in the stack.
+
+       panel_above(pan)
+              returns a pointer to the panel above pan.   If  the
+              panel  argument is (PANEL *)0, it returns a pointer
+              to the bottom panel in the stack.
+
+       panel_below(pan)
+              returns a pointer to the panel just below pan.   If
+              the  panel  argument  is  (PANEL  *)0, it returns a
+              pointer to the top panel in the stack.
+
+       set_panel_userptr(pan,ptr)
+              sets the panel's user pointer.
+              returns the user pointer for a given panel.
+
+       panel_window(pan)
+              returns a pointer to the window of the given panel.
+
+
+
+

DIAGNOSTICS

+       Each  routine  that  returns  a pointer returns NULL if an
+       error occurs. Each  routine  that  returns  an  int  value
+       returns OK if it executes successfully and ERR if not.
+
+
+
+

COMPATIBILITY

+       Reasonable  care  has been taken to  ensure  compatibility
+       with  the  native  panel  facility  introduced  in  SVr3.2
+       (inspection of the SVr4 manual pages suggests the program-
+       ming interface is unchanged).  The PANEL  data  structures
+       are  merely   similar. The  programmer is cautioned not to
+       directly use PANEL fields.
+
+       The functions show_panel() and top_panel()  are  identical
+       in  this  implementation,  and work equally well with dis-
+       played or hidden panels.  In the native System V implemen-
+       tation, show_panel() is intended for making a hidden panel
+       visible (at the top  of  the  stack)  and  top_panel()  is
+       intended  for  making an already-visible panel move to the
+       top of the stack. You are cautioned  to  use  the  correct
+       function   to   ensure  compatibility  with  native  panel
+       libraries.
+
+
+
+

NOTE

+       In your library list, libpanel.a should  be  before  libn-
+       curses.a;  that  is,  you want to say `-lpanel -lncurses',
+       not the other way around (which  would  give  you  a  link
+       error using GNU ld(1) and some other linkers).
+
+
+
+

FILES

+       panel.h interface for the panels library
+
+       libpanel.a the panels library itself
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X)
+
+
+
+

AUTHOR

+       Originally   written   by   Warren  Tucker  <wht@n4hgf.mt-
+       park.ga.us>, primarily to assist  in  porting  u386mon  to
+       systems  without  a native panels library.  Repackaged for
+       ncurses by Zeyd ben-Halim.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/resizeterm.3x.html b/Ada95/html/resizeterm.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18401194 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/resizeterm.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       resizeterm - change the curses terminal size
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int resizeterm(int lines, int columns);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       This  is  an extension to the curses library.  It provides
+       callers with a hook into the ncurses data to  resize  win-
+       dows, primarily for use by programs running in an X Window
+       terminal (e.g., xterm).  The function  resizeterm  resizes
+       the  standard  and current windows to the specified dimen-
+       sions, and adjusts other  bookkeeping  data  used  by  the
+       ncurses library that record the window dimensions.
+
+       When  resizing  the  windows, the function blank-fills the
+       areas that are extended. The  calling  application  should
+       fill in these areas with appropriate data.
+
+       The function attempts to resize all windows.  However, due
+       to the calling convention of pads, it is not  possible  to
+       resize  these  without  additional  interaction  with  the
+       application.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function returns the integer ERR upon failure  and  OK
+       on success.  It will fail if either of the dimensions less
+       than or equal  to  zero,  or  if  an  error  occurs  while
+       (re)allocating memory for the windows.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       While  this  function  is intended to be used to support a
+       signal handler (i.e., for SIGWINCH), care should be  taken
+       to  avoid invoking it in a context where malloc or realloc
+       may have been interrupted, since it uses those  functions.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       wresize(3x).
+
+
+
+

AUTHOR

+       Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988
+       for BSD curses).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/table.html b/Ada95/html/table.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f142107e --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/table.html @@ -0,0 +1,311 @@ + + + +Correspondence between ncurses C and Ada functions + + +

Correspondence between ncurses C and Ada functions

+

Sorted by C function name

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
C nameAda nameman page
baudrate()Baudratecurs_termattrs.3x
beep()Beepcurs_beep.3x
bottom_panel()Bottompanel.3x
box()Boxcurs_border.3x
can_change_color()Can_Change_Colorcurs_color.3x
cbreak()Set_Cbreak_Modecurs_inopts.3x
clearok()Clear_On_Next_Updatecurs_outopts.3x
color_content()Color_Contentcurs_color.3x
copywin()Copycurs_overlay.3x
current_field()Currentform_page.3x
current_item()Currentmitem_current.3x
curs_set()Set_Cursor_Visibilitycurs_kernel.3x
data_ahead()Data_Aheadform_data.3x
data_behind()Data_Behindform_data.3x
def_prog_mode()Save_Curses_Modecurs_kernel.3x
del_panel()Deletepanel.3x
delay_output()Delay_Outputcurs_util.3x
delwin()Deletecurs_window.3x
derwin()Derived_Windowcurs_window.3x
doupdate()Update_Screencurs_refresh.3x
dup_field()Duplicateform_field_new.3x
dupwin()Duplicatecurs_window.3x
dynamic_field_info()Dynamic_Infoform_field_info.3x
echo()Set_Echo_Modecurs_inopts.3x
endwin()End_Windowscurs_initscr.3x
erasechar()Erase_Charactercurs_termattrs.3x
field_back()Backgroundform_field_attributes.3x
field_back()Backgroundform_field_attributes.3x
field_buffer()Get_Bufferform_field_buffer.3x
field_count()Field_Countform_field.3x
field_fore()Foregroundform_field_attributes.3x
field_fore()Foregroundform_field_attributes.3x
field_index()Get_Indexform_page.3x
field_info()Infoform_field_info.3x
field_init()Get_Field_Init_Hookform_hook.3x
field_just()Get_Justificationform_field_just.3x
field_opts()Get_Optionsform_field_opts.3x
field_opts()Get_Optionsform_field_opts.3x
field_opts_on()Switch_Optionsform_field_opts.3x
field_pad()Pad_Characterform_field_attributes.3x
field_status()Changedform_field_buffer.3x
field_term()Get_Field_Term_Hookform_hook.3x
field_type()Get_Typeform_field_validation.3x
field_userptrGet_User_Dataform_field_userptr.3x
flash()Flash_Screencurs_beep.3x
flushinp()Flush_Inputcurs_util.3x
form_driver()Driverform_driver.3x
form_fields()Fieldsform_field.3x
form_init()Get_Form_Init_Hookform_hook.3x
form_opts()Get_Optionsform_opts.3x
form_opts()Get_Optionsform_opts.3x
form_opts_on()Switch_Optionsform_opts.3x
form_page()Pageform_page.3x
form_sub()Get_Sub_Windowform_win.3x
form_term()Get_Form_Term_Hookform_hook.3x
form_userptrGet_User_Dataform_userptr.3x
form_win()Get_Windowform_win.3x
free_field()Deleteform_field_new.3x
free_form()Deleteform_new.3x
free_item()Deletemitem_new.3x
free_menu()Deletemenu_new.3x
getbegyx()Get_Window_Positioncurs_getyx.3x
getmaxyx()Get_Sizecurs_getyx.3x
getmouse()Get_Mousecurs_mouse.3x
getparyx()Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parentcurs_getyx.3x
getyx()Get_Cursor_Positioncurs_getyx.3x
halfdelay()Half_Delaycurs_inopts.3x
has_colors()Has_Colorscurs_color.3x
has_ic()Has_Insert_Charactercurs_termattrs.3x
has_il()Has_Insert_Linecurs_termattrs.3x
has_key()Has_Keycurs_getch.3x
hide_panel()Hidepanel.3x
idcok()Use_Insert_Delete_Charactercurs_outopts.3x
idlok()Use_Insert_Delete_Linecurs_outopts.3x
immedok()Immediate_Update_Modecurs_outopts.3x
init_color()Init_Colorcurs_color.3x
init_pair()Init_Paircurs_color.3x
initscr()Init_Screencurs_initscr.3x
initscr()Init_Windowscurs_initscr.3x
intrflush()Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Modecurs_inopts.3x
is_linetouched()Is_Touchedcurs_touch.3x
is_wintouched()Is_Touchedcurs_touch.3x
isendwin()Is_End_Windowcurs_initscr.3x
item_count()Item_Countmenu_items.3x
item_description();Descriptionmitem_name.3x
item_index()Get_Indexmitem_current.3x
item_init()Get_Item_Init_Hookmenu_hook.3x
item_name()Namemitem_name.3x
item_opts()Get_Optionsmitem_opts.3x
item_opts()Get_Optionsmitem_opts.3x
item_opts_on()Switch_Optionsmitem_opts.3x
item_term()Get_Item_Term_Hookmenu_hook.3x
item_userptrGet_User_Datamitem_userptr.3x
item_value()Valuemitem_value.3x
item_visible()Visiblemitem_visible.3x
keyname()Key_Namecurs_util.3x
keypad()Set_KeyPad_Modecurs_inopts.3x
killchar()Kill_Charactercurs_termattrs.3x
leaveok()Leave_Cursor_After_Updatecurs_outopts.3x
link_field()Linkform_field_new.3x
longname()Long_Namecurs_termattrs.3x
menu_back()Backgroundmenu_attribs.3x
menu_back()Backgroundmenu_attribs.3x
menu_driver()Drivermenu_new.3x
menu_fore()Foregroundmenu_attribs.3x
menu_fore()Foregroundmenu_attribs.3x
menu_format()Formatmenu_format.3x
menu_grey()Greymenu_attribs.3x
menu_grey()Greymenu_attribs.3x
menu_init()Get_Menu_Init_Hookmenu_hook.3x
menu_items()Itemsmenu_items.3x
menu_mark()Markmenu_mark.3x
menu_opts()Get_Optionsmenu_opts.3x
menu_opts()Get_Optionsmenu_opts.3x
menu_opts_on()Switch_Optionsmenu_opts.3x
menu_pad()Pad_Charactermenu_attribs.3x
menu_pattern()Patternmenu_pattern.3x
menu_spacing()Spacingmenu_spacing.3x
menu_sub()Get_Sub_Windowmenu_win.3x
menu_term()Get_Menu_Term_Hookmenu_hook.3x
menu_userptrGet_User_Datamenu_userptr.3x
menu_win()Get_Windowmenu_win.3x
meta()Set_Meta_Modecurs_inopts.3x
mouseinterval()Mouse_Intervalcurs_mouse.3x
mousemask()Start_Mousecurs_mouse.3x
move_field()Moveform_field.3x
move_panel()Movepanel.3x
mvderwin()Move_Derived_Windowcurs_window.3x
mvwaddch()Addcurs_addch.3x
mvwaddchnstr()Addcurs_addchstr.3x
mvwaddnstr()Addcurs_addstr.3x
mvwchgat()Change_Attributescurs_attr.3x
mvwdelch()Delete_Charactercurs_delch.3x
mvwin()Move_Windowcurs_window.3x
mvwinch()Peekcurs_inch.3x
mvwinchnstr()Peekcurs_inchstr.3x
mvwinnstr()Peekcurs_instr.3x
mvwinsch()Insertcurs_winch.3x
mvwinsnstr()Insertcurs_winch.3x
napms()Nap_Milli_Secondscurs_kernel.3x
new_field()Createform_field_new.3x
new_field()New_Fieldform_field_new.3x
new_form()Createform_new.3x
new_form()New_Formform_new.3x
new_item()Createmitem_new.3x
new_item()New_Itemmitem_new.3x
new_menu()Createmenu_new.3x
new_page()Is_New_Pageform_new_page.3x
new_panel()Createpanel.3x
new_panel()New_Panelpanel.3x
newpad()New_Padcurs_pad.3x
newwin()Createcurs_window.3x
nl()Set_NL_Modecurs_outopts.3x
nodelay()Set_NoDelay_Modecurs_inopts.3x
notimeout()Set_Escape_Time_Modecurs_inopts.3x
overlay()Overlaycurs_overlay.3x
overwrite()Overwritecurs_overlay.3x
pair_content()Pair_Contentcurs_color.3x
panel_above()Abovepanel.3x
panel_below()Belowpanel.3x
panel_hidden()Is_Hiddenpanel.3x
panel_userptrGet_User_Datapanel.3x
panel_window()Get_Windowpanel.3x
panel_window()Panel_Windowpanel.3x
pechochar()Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_Itcurs_pad.3x
pnoutrefresh()Refresh_Without_Updatecurs_pad.3x
pos_form_cursor()Position_Cursorform_cursor.3x
pos_menu_cursor()Position_Cursormenu_cursor.3x
post_form()Postform_post.3x
post_menu()Postmenu_post.3x
prefresh()Refreshcurs_pad.3x
qiflush()Set_Queue_Interrupt_Modecurs_inopts.3x
raw()Set_Raw_Modecurs_inopts.3x
redrawwin()Redrawcurs_refresh.3x
replace_panel()Replacepanel.3x
reset_prog_mode()Reset_Curses_Modecurs_kernel.3x
resetty();Reset_Terminal_Statecurs_kernel.3x
ripoffline()Rip_Off_Linescurs_kernel.3x
savetty()Save_Terminal_Statecurs_kernel.3x
scale_form()Scaleform_win.3x
scale_menu()Scalemenu_win.3x
scrollok()Allow_Scrollingcurs_outopts.3x
set_current_field()Set_Currentform_page.3x
set_current_item()Set_Currentmitem_current.3x
set_field_back()Set_Backgroundform_field_attributes.3x
set_field_buffer()Set_Bufferform_field_buffer.3x
set_field_fore()Set_Foregroundform_field_attributes.3x
set_field_init()Set_Field_Init_Hookform_hook.3x
set_field_just()Set_Justificationform_field_just.3x
set_field_max()Set_Maximum_Sizeform_field_buffer.3x
set_field_opts()Set_Optionsform_field_opts.3x
set_field_pad()Set_Pad_Characterform_field_attributes.3x
set_field_status()Set_Statusform_field_buffer.3x
set_field_term()Set_Field_Term_Hookform_hook.3x
set_field_type()Set_Typeform_fieldtype.3x
set_field_userptrSet_User_Dataform_field_userptr.3x
set_form_fields()Redefineform_field.3x
set_form_fields()Set_Fieldsform_field.3x
set_form_init()Set_Form_Init_Hookform_hook.3x
set_form_opts()Set_Optionsform_opts.3x
set_form_page()Set_Pageform_page.3x
set_form_sub()Set_Sub_Windowform_win.3x
set_form_term()Set_Form_Term_Hookform_hook.3x
set_form_userptrSet_User_Dataform_userptr.3x
set_form_win()Set_Windowform_win.3x
set_item_init()Set_Item_Init_Hookmenu_hook.3x
set_item_opts()Set_Optionsmitem_opts.3x
set_item_term()Set_Item_Term_Hookmenu_hook.3x
set_item_userptrSet_User_Datamitem_userptr.3x
set_item_value()Set_Valuemitem_value.3x
set_menu_back()Set_Backgroundmenu_attribs.3x
set_menu_fore()Set_Foregroundmenu_attribs.3x
set_menu_format()Set_Formatmenu_format.3x
set_menu_grey()Set_Greymenu_attribs.3x
set_menu_init()Set_Menu_Init_Hookmenu_hook.3x
set_menu_items()Redefinemenu_items.3x
set_menu_mark()Set_Markmenu_mark.3x
set_menu_opts()Set_Optionsmenu_opts.3x
set_menu_pad()Set_Pad_Charactermenu_attribs.3x
set_menu_pattern()Set_Patternmenu_pattern.3x
set_menu_spacing()Set_Spacingmenu_spacing.3x
set_menu_sub()Set_Sub_Windowmenu_win.3x
set_menu_term()Set_Menu_Term_Hookmenu_hook.3x
set_menu_userptrSet_User_Datamenu_userptr.3x
set_menu_win()Set_Windowmenu_win.3x
set_new_page()Set_New_Pageform_new_page.3x
set_panel_userptrSet_User_Datapanel.3x
set_top_row()Set_Top_Rowmitem_current.3x
show_panel()Showpanel.3x
slk_attr()Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributescurs_slk.3x
slk_attr()Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributescurs_slk.3x
slk_attron()Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributescurs_slk.3x
slk_attrset()Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributescurs_slk.3x
slk_clear()Clear_Soft_Label_Keyscurs_slk.3x
slk_init()Init_Soft_Label_Keyscurs_slk.3x
slk_label()Get_Soft_Label_Keycurs_slk.3x
slk_noutrefresh()Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Updatecurs_slk.3x
slk_refresh()Refresh_Soft_Label_Keycurs_slk.3x
slk_restore()Restore_Soft_Label_Keyscurs_slk.3x
slk_set()Set_Soft_Label_Keycurs_slk.3x
slk_touch()Touch_Soft_Label_Keyscurs_slk.3x
start_clolor()Start_Colorcurs_color.3x
stdscrStandard_Windowcurs_initscr.3x
subpad()Sub_Padcurs_pad.3x
subwin()Sub_Windowcurs_window.3x
syncok()Set_Synch_Modecurs_window.3x
termattrs()Supported_Attributescurs_termattrs.3x
termname()Terminal_Namecurs_termattrs.3x
top_panel()Toppanel.3x
top_row()Top_Rowmitem_current.3x
touchline()Touchcurs_touch.3x
touchwin()Touchcurs_touch.3x
unctrl()Un_Controlcurs_util.3x
ungetch()Undo_Keystrokecurs_getch.3x
ungetmouse()Unget_Mousecurs_mouse.3x
untouchwin()Untouchcurs_touch.3x
update_panels()Update_Panelspanel.3x
waddch()Addcurs_addch.3x
waddchnstr()Addcurs_addchstr.3x
waddnstr()Addcurs_addstr.3x
wattr_get()Get_Character_Attributecurs_attr.3x
wattr_get()Get_Character_Attributecurs_attr.3x
wattron()Switch_Character_Attributecurs_attr.3x
wattrset()Set_Character_Attributescurs_attr.3x
wbkgd()Change_Backgroundcurs_bkgd.3x
wbkgdget()Get_Backgroundcurs_bkgd.3x
wbkgdset()Set_Backgroundcurs_bkgd.3x
wborder()Bordercurs_border.3x
wchgat()Change_Attributescurs_attr.3x
wclear()Clearcurs_clear.3x
wclrtobot()Clear_To_End_Of_Screencurs_clear.3x
wclrtoeol()Clear_To_End_Of_Linecurs_clear.3x
wdelch()Delete_Charactercurs_delch.3x
wdeleteln()Delete_Linecurs_deleteln.3x
wechochar()Add_With_Immediate_Echocurs_addch.3x
wenclose()Enclosed_In_Windowcurs_mouse.3x
werase()Erasecurs_clear.3x
wgetch()Get_Keystrokecurs_getch.3x
wgetnstr()Getcurs_getstr.3x
whline()Horizontal_Linecurs_border.3x
winch()Peekcurs_inch.3x
winchnstr()Peekcurs_inchstr.3x
winnstr()Peekcurs_instr.3x
winsch()Insertcurs_winch.3x
winsdelln()Insert_Delete_Linescurs_deleteln.3x
winsertln()Insert_Linecurs_deleteln.3x
winsnstr()Insertcurs_winch.3x
wmove()Move_Cursorcurs_move.3x
wnoutrefresh()Refresh_Without_Updatecurs_refresh.3x
wredrawln()Redrawcurs_refresh.3x
wrefresh()Refreshcurs_refresh.3x
wscrl()Scrollcurs_scroll.3x
wsetscrreg()Set_Scroll_Regioncurs_outopts.3x
wsyncdown()Synchronize_Downwardscurs_window.3x
wsyncup()Synchronize_Upwardscurs_window.3x
wtimeout()Set_Timeout_Modecurs_inopts.3x
wtouchln()Change_Line_Statuscurs_touch.3x
wvline()Vertical_Linecurs_border.3x
diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b696e9a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ + + + + + +
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--              Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types          --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.6 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  You must instantiate this package for any user defined field type
+--  to make it visible to the runtime.
+--
+generic
+   type User is new Ada_Defined_Field_Type with private;
+   type User_Access is access User;
+   with function Field_Check (Fld  : Field;
+                              Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+   with function Character_Check (Ch   : Character;
+                                  Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+   with function Next_Choice (Fld  : Field;
+                              Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+   with function Prev_Choice (Fld  : Field;
+                              Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types is
+--
+--  Nothing public.
+--  But we need the body.
+    pragma Elaborate_Body;
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..28c6fa6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + + +

+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--                 Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types              --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.3 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Finalization; use Ada.Finalization;
+
+--  You must instantiate this package for any user defined field type
+--  to make it visible to the runtime.
+--
+generic
+   type User is new Ada_Defined_Field_Type with private;
+   type User_Access is access User;
+   with function Field_Check (Fld  : Field;
+                              Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+   with function Character_Check (Ch   : Character;
+                                  Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types is
+--
+--  Nothing public. All happens magically.
+--
+private
+   type Tracker is new Limited_Controlled with null record;
+
+   procedure Initialize (Obj : in out Tracker);
+   procedure Finalize   (Obj : in out Tracker);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types;
+
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ad321cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + + + +

+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data            --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.3 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+generic
+   type User is limited private;
+   type User_Access is access User;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data is
+
+   --  The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own
+   --  internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer
+   --  with the low level C routines for this field without taking care of
+   --  this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines
+   --  the user pointer of this field, you should get first the low level
+   --  user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first
+   --  member the Ada95 user pointer for this field. You should never change
+   --  the low level user pointer of an Ada created field.
+   --
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field_userptr.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_User_Data (Fld  : in Field;
+                            Data : in User_Access);
+   --  AKA: set_field_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_User_Data (Fld  : in  Field;
+                            Data : out User_Access);
+   --  AKA: field_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..be754bed --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ + + + + + +

+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--                Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data            --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.3 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+generic
+   type User is limited private;
+   type User_Access is access User;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data is
+
+   --  The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own
+   --  internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer
+   --  with the low level C routines for this form without taking care of
+   --  this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines
+   --  the user pointer of this form, you should get first the low level
+   --  user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first
+   --  member the Ada95 user pointer for this form. You should never change
+   --  the low level user pointer of an Ada created form.
+   --
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_userptr.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_User_Data (Frm  : in Form;
+                            Data : in User_Access);
+   --  AKA: set_form_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_User_Data (Frm  : in  Form;
+                            Data : out User_Access);
+   --  AKA: form_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data;
+
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..add98be2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,920 @@ + + + + + +

+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--                      Terminal_Interface.Curses.Form                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.9 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  form binding, generated at Sun Feb  2 17:21:44 1997
+--  This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!
+--  Run the generator instead.
+--  |
+with System;
+with Ada.Tags; use Ada.Tags;
+with Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
+with Interfaces.C;
+with Interfaces.C.Strings;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms is
+
+   pragma Linker_Options ("-lform");
+
+
+   Space : Character renames Ada.Characters.Latin_1.Space;
+
+   type Field        is private;
+   type Form         is private;
+   type C_Field_Type is private;
+
+   Null_Field        : constant Field;
+   Null_Form         : constant Form;
+   Null_Field_Type   : constant C_Field_Type;
+
+
+   type Field_Justification is (None,
+                                Left,
+                                Center,
+                                Right);
+
+   type Field_Option_Set is
+      record
+         Visible   : Boolean;
+         Active    : Boolean;
+         Public    : Boolean;
+         Edit      : Boolean;
+         Wrap      : Boolean;
+         Blank     : Boolean;
+         Auto_Skip : Boolean;
+         Null_Ok   : Boolean;
+         Pass_Ok   : Boolean;
+         Static    : Boolean;
+         Reserved  : Boolean;
+      end record;
+   pragma Pack (Field_Option_Set);
+   pragma Convention (C, Field_Option_Set);
+
+   for Field_Option_Set use
+      record
+         Visible   at 0 range  0 ..  0;
+         Active    at 0 range  1 ..  1;
+         Public    at 0 range  2 ..  2;
+         Edit      at 0 range  3 ..  3;
+         Wrap      at 0 range  4 ..  4;
+         Blank     at 0 range  5 ..  5;
+         Auto_Skip at 0 range  6 ..  6;
+         Null_Ok   at 0 range  7 ..  7;
+         Pass_Ok   at 0 range  8 ..  8;
+         Static    at 0 range  9 ..  9;
+         Reserved  at 0 range 31 .. 31;
+      end record;
+   for Field_Option_Set'Size use Interfaces.C.int'Size;
+   --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
+   --               different on your system.
+
+   Default_Field_Options : Field_Option_Set;
+   --  The initial defaults for the field options.
+
+   type Form_Option_Set is
+      record
+         NL_Overload : Boolean;
+         BS_Overload : Boolean;
+         Reserved    : Boolean;
+      end record;
+   pragma Pack (Form_Option_Set);
+   pragma Convention (C, Form_Option_Set);
+
+   for Form_Option_Set use
+      record
+         NL_Overload at 0 range  0 ..  0;
+         BS_Overload at 0 range  1 ..  1;
+         Reserved    at 0 range 31 .. 31;
+      end record;
+   for Form_Option_Set'Size use Interfaces.C.int'Size;
+   --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
+   --               different on your system.
+
+   Default_Form_Options : Form_Option_Set;
+   --  The initial defaults for the form options.
+
+   type Buffer_Number is new Natural;
+
+   type Field_Array is array (Positive range <>) of aliased Field;
+   pragma Convention (C, Field_Array);
+
+   type Field_Array_Access is access all Field_Array;
+
+   subtype Form_Request_Code is Key_Code range (Key_Max + 1) .. (Key_Max + 57);
+
+   --  The prefix F_ stands for "Form Request"
+   F_Next_Page                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 1;
+   F_Previous_Page            : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 2;
+   F_First_Page               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 3;
+   F_Last_Page                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 4;
+
+   F_Next_Field               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 5;
+   F_Previous_Field           : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 6;
+   F_First_Field              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 7;
+   F_Last_Field               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 8;
+   F_Sorted_Next_Field        : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 9;
+   F_Sorted_Previous_Field    : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 10;
+   F_Sorted_First_Field       : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 11;
+   F_Sorted_Last_Field        : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 12;
+   F_Left_Field               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 13;
+   F_Right_Field              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 14;
+   F_Up_Field                 : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 15;
+   F_Down_Field               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 16;
+
+   F_Next_Char                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 17;
+   F_Previous_Char            : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 18;
+   F_Next_Line                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 19;
+   F_Previous_Line            : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 20;
+   F_Next_Word                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 21;
+   F_Previous_Word            : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 22;
+   F_Begin_Field              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 23;
+   F_End_Field                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 24;
+   F_Begin_Line               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 25;
+   F_End_Line                 : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 26;
+   F_Left_Char                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 27;
+   F_Right_Char               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 28;
+   F_Up_Char                  : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 29;
+   F_Down_Char                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 30;
+
+   F_New_Line                 : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 31;
+   F_Insert_Char              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 32;
+   F_Insert_Line              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 33;
+   F_Delete_Char              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 34;
+   F_Delete_Previous          : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 35;
+   F_Delete_Line              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 36;
+   F_Delete_Word              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 37;
+   F_Clear_EOL                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 38;
+   F_Clear_EOF                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 39;
+   F_Clear_Field              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 40;
+   F_Overlay_Mode             : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 41;
+   F_Insert_Mode              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 42;
+
+   --  Vertical Scrolling
+   F_ScrollForward_Line       : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 43;
+   F_ScrollBackward_Line      : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 44;
+   F_ScrollForward_Page       : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 45;
+   F_ScrollBackward_Page      : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 46;
+   F_ScrollForward_HalfPage   : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 47;
+   F_ScrollBackward_HalfPage  : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 48;
+
+   --  Horizontal Scrolling
+   F_HScrollForward_Char      : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 49;
+   F_HScrollBackward_Char     : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 50;
+   F_HScrollForward_Line      : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 51;
+   F_HScrollBackward_Line     : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 52;
+   F_HScrollForward_HalfLine  : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 53;
+   F_HScrollBackward_HalfLine : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 54;
+
+   F_Validate_Field           : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 55;
+   F_Next_Choice              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 56;
+   F_Previous_Choice          : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 57;
+
+   --  For those who like the old 'C' style request names
+   REQ_NEXT_PAGE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Page;
+   REQ_PREV_PAGE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Page;
+   REQ_FIRST_PAGE   : Form_Request_Code renames F_First_Page;
+   REQ_LAST_PAGE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Last_Page;
+
+   REQ_NEXT_FIELD   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Field;
+   REQ_PREV_FIELD   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Field;
+   REQ_FIRST_FIELD  : Form_Request_Code renames F_First_Field;
+   REQ_LAST_FIELD   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Last_Field;
+   REQ_SNEXT_FIELD  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Next_Field;
+   REQ_SPREV_FIELD  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Previous_Field;
+   REQ_SFIRST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_First_Field;
+   REQ_SLAST_FIELD  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Last_Field;
+   REQ_LEFT_FIELD   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Left_Field;
+   REQ_RIGHT_FIELD  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Right_Field;
+   REQ_UP_FIELD     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Up_Field;
+   REQ_DOWN_FIELD   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Down_Field;
+
+   REQ_NEXT_CHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Char;
+   REQ_PREV_CHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Char;
+   REQ_NEXT_LINE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Line;
+   REQ_PREV_LINE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Line;
+   REQ_NEXT_WORD    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Word;
+   REQ_PREV_WORD    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Word;
+   REQ_BEG_FIELD    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Begin_Field;
+   REQ_END_FIELD    : Form_Request_Code renames F_End_Field;
+   REQ_BEG_LINE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Begin_Line;
+   REQ_END_LINE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_End_Line;
+   REQ_LEFT_CHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Left_Char;
+   REQ_RIGHT_CHAR   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Right_Char;
+   REQ_UP_CHAR      : Form_Request_Code renames F_Up_Char;
+   REQ_DOWN_CHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Down_Char;
+
+   REQ_NEW_LINE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_New_Line;
+   REQ_INS_CHAR     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Char;
+   REQ_INS_LINE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Line;
+   REQ_DEL_CHAR     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Char;
+   REQ_DEL_PREV     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Previous;
+   REQ_DEL_LINE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Line;
+   REQ_DEL_WORD     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Word;
+   REQ_CLR_EOL      : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_EOL;
+   REQ_CLR_EOF      : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_EOF;
+   REQ_CLR_FIELD    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_Field;
+   REQ_OVL_MODE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Overlay_Mode;
+   REQ_INS_MODE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Mode;
+
+   REQ_SCR_FLINE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_Line;
+   REQ_SCR_BLINE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_Line;
+   REQ_SCR_FPAGE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_Page;
+   REQ_SCR_BPAGE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_Page;
+   REQ_SCR_FHPAGE   : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_HalfPage;
+   REQ_SCR_BHPAGE   : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_HalfPage;
+
+   REQ_SCR_FCHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_Char;
+   REQ_SCR_BCHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_Char;
+   REQ_SCR_HFLINE   : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_Line;
+   REQ_SCR_HBLINE   : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_Line;
+   REQ_SCR_HFHALF   : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_HalfLine;
+   REQ_SCR_HBHALF   : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_HalfLine;
+
+   REQ_VALIDATION   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Validate_Field;
+   REQ_NEXT_CHOICE  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Choice;
+   REQ_PREV_CHOICE  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Choice;
+
+
+   procedure Request_Name (Key  : in Form_Request_Code;
+                           Name : out String);
+
+   ------------------
+   --  Exceptions  --
+   ------------------
+   Form_Exception : exception;
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field_new.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Create (Height       : Line_Count;
+                    Width        : Column_Count;
+                    Top          : Line_Position;
+                    Left         : Column_Position;
+                    Off_Screen   : Natural := 0;
+                    More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First)
+                    return Field;
+   --  AKA: new_field()
+
+   --  |
+   function New_Field (Height       : Line_Count;
+                       Width        : Column_Count;
+                       Top          : Line_Position;
+                       Left         : Column_Position;
+                       Off_Screen   : Natural := 0;
+                       More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First)
+                       return Field renames Create;
+   --  AKA: new_field()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Delete (Fld : in out Field);
+   --  AKA: free_field()
+   --  Reset Fld to Null_Field
+
+   --  |
+   function Duplicate (Fld  : Field;
+                       Top  : Line_Position;
+                       Left : Column_Position) return Field;
+   --  AKA: dup_field()
+
+   --  |
+   function Link (Fld  : Field;
+                  Top  : Line_Position;
+                  Left : Column_Position) return Field;
+   --  AKA: link_field()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field_just.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Justification (Fld  : in Field;
+                                Just : in Field_Justification := None);
+   --  AKA: set_field_just()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Justification (Fld : Field) return Field_Justification;
+   --  AKA: field_just()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field_buffer.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Buffer
+     (Fld    : in Field;
+      Buffer : in Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First;
+      Str    : in String);
+   --  AKA: set_field_buffer()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_Buffer
+     (Fld    : in Field;
+      Buffer : in Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First;
+      Str    : out String);
+   --  AKA: field_buffer()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Status (Fld    : in Field;
+                         Status : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: set_field_status()
+
+   --  |
+   function Changed (Fld : Field) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: field_status()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Maximum_Size (Fld : in Field;
+                               Max : in Natural := 0);
+   --  AKA: set_field_max()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field_opts.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Options (Fld     : in Field;
+                          Options : in Field_Option_Set);
+   --  AKA: set_field_opts()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Switch_Options (Fld     : in Field;
+                             Options : in Field_Option_Set;
+                             On      : Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: field_opts_on()
+   --  AKA: field_opts_off()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_Options (Fld     : in  Field;
+                          Options : out Field_Option_Set);
+   --  AKA: field_opts()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Options (Fld : Field := Null_Field)
+                         return Field_Option_Set;
+   --  AKA: field_opts()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field_attributes.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Foreground
+     (Fld   : in Field;
+      Fore  : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+      Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+   --  AKA: set_field_fore()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Foreground (Fld  : in  Field;
+                         Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set);
+   --  AKA: field_fore()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Foreground (Fld   : in  Field;
+                         Fore  : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+                         Color : out Color_Pair);
+   --  AKA: field_fore()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Background
+     (Fld   : in Field;
+      Back  : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+      Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+   --  AKA: set_field_back()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Background (Fld  : in  Field;
+                         Back : out Character_Attribute_Set);
+   --  AKA: field_back()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Background (Fld   : in  Field;
+                         Back  : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+                         Color : out Color_Pair);
+   --  AKA: field_back()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Pad_Character (Fld : in Field;
+                                Pad : in Character := Space);
+   --  AKA: set_field_pad()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Pad_Character (Fld : in  Field;
+                            Pad : out Character);
+   --  AKA: field_pad()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field_info.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Info (Fld                : in  Field;
+                   Lines              : out Line_Count;
+                   Columns            : out Column_Count;
+                   First_Row          : out Line_Position;
+                   First_Column       : out Column_Position;
+                   Off_Screen         : out Natural;
+                   Additional_Buffers : out Buffer_Number);
+   --  AKA: field_info()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Dynamic_Info (Fld     : in Field;
+                           Lines   : out Line_Count;
+                           Columns : out Column_Count;
+                           Max     : out Natural);
+   --  AKA: dynamic_field_info()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_win.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Window (Frm : in Form;
+                         Win : in Window);
+   --  AKA: set_form_win()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Window (Frm : Form) return Window;
+   --  AKA: form_win()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Sub_Window (Frm : in Form;
+                             Win : in Window);
+   --  AKA: set_form_sub()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Sub_Window (Frm : Form) return Window;
+   --  AKA: form_sub()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Scale (Frm     : in Form;
+                    Lines   : out Line_Count;
+                    Columns : out Column_Count);
+   --  AKA: scale_form()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_hook.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   type Form_Hook_Function is access procedure (Frm : in Form);
+   pragma Convention (C, Form_Hook_Function);
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Field_Init_Hook (Frm  : in Form;
+                                  Proc : in Form_Hook_Function);
+   --  AKA: set_field_init()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Field_Term_Hook (Frm  : in Form;
+                                  Proc : in Form_Hook_Function);
+   --  AKA: set_field_term()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Form_Init_Hook (Frm  : in Form;
+                                 Proc : in Form_Hook_Function);
+   --  AKA: set_form_init()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Form_Term_Hook (Frm  : in Form;
+                                 Proc : in Form_Hook_Function);
+   --  AKA: set_form_term()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Field_Init_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function;
+   --  AKA: field_init()
+   pragma Import (C, Get_Field_Init_Hook, "field_init");
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Field_Term_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function;
+   --  AKA: field_term()
+   pragma Import (C, Get_Field_Term_Hook, "field_term");
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Form_Init_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function;
+   --  AKA: form_init()
+   pragma Import (C, Get_Form_Init_Hook, "form_init");
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Form_Term_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function;
+   --  AKA: form_term()
+   pragma Import (C, Get_Form_Term_Hook, "form_term");
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Redefine (Frm  : in Form;
+                       Flds : in Field_Array);
+   --  AKA: set_form_fields()
+   --  With a bit more comfort. You don´t need to terminate the Field_Array
+   --  with a null entry. This is handled internally in the binding.
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Fields (Frm  : in Form;
+                         Flds : in Field_Array) renames Redefine;
+   --  AKA: set_form_fields()
+
+   --  |
+   function Fields (Frm : Form) return Field_Array_Access;
+   --  AKA: form_fields()
+
+   --  |
+   function Field_Count (Frm : Form) return Natural;
+   --  AKA: field_count()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Move (Fld    : in Field;
+                   Line   : in Line_Position;
+                   Column : in Column_Position);
+   --  AKA: move_field()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_new.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Create (Fields : Field_Array) return Form;
+   --  AKA: new_form()
+
+   --  |
+   function New_Form (Fields : Field_Array) return Form renames Create;
+   --  AKA: new_form()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Delete (Frm : in out Form);
+   --  AKA: free_form()
+   --  Reset Frm to Null_Form
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_opts.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Options (Frm     : in Form;
+                          Options : in Form_Option_Set);
+   --  AKA: set_form_opts()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Switch_Options (Frm     : in Form;
+                             Options : in Form_Option_Set;
+                             On      : Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: form_opts_on()
+   --  AKA: form_opts_off()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_Options (Frm     : in  Form;
+                          Options : out Form_Option_Set);
+   --  AKA: form_opts()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Options (Frm : Form := Null_Form) return Form_Option_Set;
+   --  AKA: form_opts()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_post.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Post (Frm  : in Form;
+                   Post : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: post_form()
+   --  AKA: unpost_form()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_cursor.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Position_Cursor (Frm : Form);
+   --  AKA: pos_form_cursor()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_data.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Data_Ahead (Frm : Form) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: data_ahead()
+
+   --  |
+   function Data_Behind (Frm : Form) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: data_behind()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_driver.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   type Driver_Result is (Form_Ok,
+                          Request_Denied,
+                          Unknown_Request,
+                          Invalid_Field);
+
+   --  |
+   function Driver (Frm : Form;
+                    Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result;
+   --  AKA: form_driver()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_page.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   type Page_Number is new Natural;
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Current (Frm : in Form;
+                          Fld : in Field);
+   --  AKA: set_current_field()
+
+   --  |
+   function Current (Frm : in Form) return Field;
+   --  AKA: current_field()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Page (Frm  : in Form;
+                       Page : in Page_Number := Page_Number'First);
+   --  AKA: set_form_page()
+
+   --  |
+   function Page (Frm : Form) return Page_Number;
+   --  AKA: form_page()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Index (Fld : Field) return Positive;
+   --  AKA: field_index()
+   --  Please note that in this binding we start the numbering of fields
+   --  with 1. So this is number is one more than you get from the low
+   --  level call.
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_new_page.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_New_Page (Fld      : in Field;
+                           New_Page : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: set_new_page()
+
+   --  |
+   function Is_New_Page (Fld : Field) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: new_page()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_fieldtype.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   type Field_Type is abstract tagged null record;
+   type Field_Type_Access is access all Field_Type'Class;
+
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Field_Type)
+                         return C_Field_Type is abstract;
+   --  This function returns the C libraries handle to the field type.
+   --  May be you need this if you want to interface to lower level
+   --  routines in the form library.
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : in Field;
+                       Fld_Type : in Field_Type) is abstract;
+   --  AKA: set_field_type()
+   --  But: we hide the vararg mechanism of the C interface. You always
+   --       have to pass a single Field_Type parameter.
+
+   type C_Defined_Field_Type is abstract new Field_Type with null record;
+   --  This is the root of all field typed defined in C, i.e. this are
+   --  the predefined field types in the form library.
+
+   type Alpha_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type
+      with record
+         Minimum_Field_Width : Natural := 0;
+      end record;
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : in Field;
+                       Fld_Type : in Alpha_Field);
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Field)
+                         return C_Field_Type;
+
+   type Alpha_Numeric_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with
+      record
+         Minimum_Field_Width : Natural := 0;
+      end record;
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : in Field;
+                       Fld_Type : in Alpha_Numeric_Field);
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Numeric_Field)
+                         return C_Field_Type;
+
+   type Integer_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with
+      record
+         Precision   : Natural;
+         Lower_Limit : Integer;
+         Upper_Limit : Integer;
+      end record;
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : in Field;
+                       Fld_Type : in Integer_Field);
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Integer_Field)
+                         return C_Field_Type;
+
+   type Numeric_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with
+      record
+         Precision   : Natural;
+         Lower_Limit : Float;
+         Upper_Limit : Float;
+      end record;
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : in Field;
+                       Fld_Type : in Numeric_Field);
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Numeric_Field)
+                         return C_Field_Type;
+
+   type String_Access is access String;
+
+   type Regular_Expression_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with
+      record
+         Regular_Expression : String_Access;
+      end record;
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : in Field;
+                       Fld_Type : in Regular_Expression_Field);
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Regular_Expression_Field)
+                         return C_Field_Type;
+
+   type Enum_Array is array (Positive range <>)
+      of String_Access;
+
+   type Enumeration_Info (C : Positive) is
+      record
+         Names                : Enum_Array (1 .. C);
+         Case_Sensitive       : Boolean := False;
+         Match_Must_Be_Unique : Boolean := False;
+      end record;
+
+   type Enumeration_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with private;
+
+   function Create (Info : Enumeration_Info;
+                    Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False)
+                    return Enumeration_Field;
+   --  Make an fieldtype from the info. Enumerations are special, because
+   --  they normally don't copy the enum values into a private store, so
+   --  we have to care for the lifetime of the info we provide.
+   --  The Auto_Release_Names flag may be used to automatically releases
+   --  the strings in the Names array of the Enumeration_Info.
+
+   function Make_Enumeration_Type (Info : Enumeration_Info;
+                                   Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False)
+                                   return Enumeration_Field renames Create;
+
+   procedure Release (Enum : in out Enumeration_Field);
+   --  But we may want to release the field to release the memory allocated
+   --  by it internally. After that the Enumeration field is no longer usable.
+
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : in Field;
+                       Fld_Type : in Enumeration_Field);
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Enumeration_Field)
+                         return C_Field_Type;
+
+   --  The next type defintions are all ncurses extensions. They are typically
+   --  not available in other curses implementations.
+
+   type Internet_V4_Address_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type
+     with null record;
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : in Field;
+                       Fld_Type : in Internet_V4_Address_Field);
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Internet_V4_Address_Field)
+                         return C_Field_Type;
+
+
+   type Ada_Defined_Field_Type is abstract new Field_Type with null record;
+   --  This is the root of the mechanism we use to create field types in
+   --  Ada95. You don't have to redefine the Set_Field_Type and
+   --  Native_Field_Type methods, because they work generically on this
+   --  class.
+
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : Field;
+                       Fld_Type : Ada_Defined_Field_Type);
+
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Ada_Defined_Field_Type)
+                         return C_Field_Type;
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field_validation.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Type (Fld : in Field) return Field_Type_Access;
+   --  AKA: field_type()
+   --  AKA: field_arg()
+   --  In Ada95 we can combine these
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+private
+
+   type Field        is new System.Address;
+   type Form         is new System.Address;
+   type C_Field_Type is new System.Address;
+
+   Null_Field        : constant Field        := Field (System.Null_Address);
+   Null_Form         : constant Form         := Form  (System.Null_Address);
+   Null_Field_Type   : constant C_Field_Type :=
+     C_Field_Type (System.Null_Address);
+
+   type CPA_Access is access Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr_array;
+
+   type Enumeration_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with
+      record
+         Case_Sensitive       : Boolean := False;
+         Match_Must_Be_Unique : Boolean := False;
+         Arr                  : CPA_Access := null;
+      end record;
+
+   --  In our binding we use the fields user pointer as hook to maintain
+   --  our own info structure about the field type. To be able to still
+   --  provide a user pointer, we use this wrapper.
+   --
+   type Field_User_Wrapper is
+      record
+         U : System.Address;    --  the hook we provide for the user
+         T : Field_Type_Access; --  may be null
+         N : Natural;           --  use counter
+      end record;
+   pragma Convention (C, Field_User_Wrapper);
+   type Field_User_Wrapper_Access is access all Field_User_Wrapper;
+   pragma Controlled (Field_User_Wrapper_Access);
+
+   function Set_Field_Userptr (Fld : Field;
+                               Wrp : Field_User_Wrapper_Access)
+                               return Interfaces.C.int;
+   pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Userptr, "set_field_userptr");
+
+   function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) return Field_User_Wrapper_Access;
+   pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr");
+
+   --  In our binding we use the forms user pointer as hook to maintain
+   --  our own info structure about the field association. To be able to still
+   --  provide a user pointer, we use this wrapper.
+   --
+   type Form_User_Wrapper is
+      record
+         U : System.Address;      --  the hook we provide for the user
+         I : Field_Array_Access;
+      end record;
+   pragma Convention (C, Form_User_Wrapper);
+   type Form_User_Wrapper_Access is access all Form_User_Wrapper;
+   pragma Controlled (Form_User_Wrapper_Access);
+
+   function Set_Form_Userptr (Frm : Form;
+                              Wrp : Form_User_Wrapper_Access)
+                              return Interfaces.C.int;
+   pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Userptr, "set_form_userptr");
+
+   function Form_Userptr (Frm : Form) return Form_User_Wrapper_Access;
+   pragma Import (C, Form_Userptr, "form_userptr");
+
+   procedure Register_Type   (T   : in Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class;
+                              Cft : in C_Field_Type);
+   procedure Unregister_Type (T   : in Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class);
+   function  Search_Type (T : Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class)
+                          return C_Field_Type;
+
+   Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.Low_Order_First;
+   --  This constant may be different on your system.
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5675d804 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + + + +

+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data             --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.2 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+generic
+   type User is limited private;
+   type User_Access is access User;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data is
+
+   --  The binding uses the same user pointer for menu items
+   --  as the low level C implementation. So you can safely
+   --  read or write the user pointer also with the C routines
+   --
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page mitem_userptr.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_User_Data (Itm  : in Item;
+                            Data : in User_Access);
+   --  AKA: set_item_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_User_Data (Itm  : in  Item;
+                            Data : out User_Access);
+   --  AKA: item_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2cbd2338 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + + + +

+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data             --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.2 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+generic
+   type User is limited private;
+   type User_Access is access User;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data is
+
+   --  The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own
+   --  internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer
+   --  with the low level C routines for this menu without taking care of
+   --  this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines
+   --  the user pointer of this menu, you should get first the low level
+   --  user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first
+   --  member the Ada95 user pointer for this menu. You should never change
+   --  the low level user pointer of an Ada created menu.
+   --
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_userptr.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_User_Data (Men  : in Menu;
+                            Data : in User_Access);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_User_Data (Men  : in  Menu;
+                            Data : out User_Access);
+   --  AKA: menu_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd1ce0cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,617 @@ + + + + + +

+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--                      Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menu                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.7 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  menu binding, generated at Sun Feb  2 17:21:44 1997
+--  This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!
+--  Run the generator instead.
+--  |
+with System;
+with Interfaces.C;
+with Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus is
+
+   pragma Linker_Options ("-lmenu");
+
+
+
+   Space : Character renames Ada.Characters.Latin_1.Space;
+
+   type Item is private;
+   type Menu is private;
+
+   ---------------------------
+   --  Interface constants  --
+   ---------------------------
+   Null_Item : constant Item;
+   Null_Menu : constant Menu;
+
+   subtype Menu_Request_Code is Key_Code
+     range (Key_Max + 1) .. (Key_Max + 17);
+
+   --  The prefix M_ stands for "Menu Request"
+   M_Left_Item       : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 1;
+   M_Right_Item      : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 2;
+   M_Up_Item         : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 3;
+   M_Down_Item       : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 4;
+   M_ScrollUp_Line   : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 5;
+   M_ScrollDown_Line : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 6;
+   M_ScrollDown_Page : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 7;
+   M_ScrollUp_Page   : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 8;
+   M_First_Item      : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 9;
+   M_Last_Item       : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 10;
+   M_Next_Item       : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 11;
+   M_Previous_Item   : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 12;
+   M_Toggle_Item     : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 13;
+   M_Clear_Pattern   : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 14;
+   M_Back_Pattern    : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 15;
+   M_Next_Match      : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 16;
+   M_Previous_Match  : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 17;
+
+   --  For those who like the old 'C' names for the request codes
+   REQ_LEFT_ITEM     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Left_Item;
+   REQ_RIGHT_ITEM    : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Right_Item;
+   REQ_UP_ITEM       : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Up_Item;
+   REQ_DOWN_ITEM     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Down_Item;
+   REQ_SCR_ULINE     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollUp_Line;
+   REQ_SCR_DLINE     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollDown_Line;
+   REQ_SCR_DPAGE     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollDown_Page;
+   REQ_SCR_UPAGE     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollUp_Page;
+   REQ_FIRST_ITEM    : Menu_Request_Code renames M_First_Item;
+   REQ_LAST_ITEM     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Last_Item;
+   REQ_NEXT_ITEM     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Next_Item;
+   REQ_PREV_ITEM     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Previous_Item;
+   REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM   : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Toggle_Item;
+   REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Clear_Pattern;
+   REQ_BACK_PATTERN  : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Back_Pattern;
+   REQ_NEXT_MATCH    : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Next_Match;
+   REQ_PREV_MATCH    : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Previous_Match;
+
+   procedure Request_Name (Key  : in Menu_Request_Code;
+                           Name : out String);
+
+   ------------------
+   --  Exceptions  --
+   ------------------
+
+   Menu_Exception : exception;
+   --
+   --  Menu options
+   --
+
+   type Menu_Option_Set is
+      record
+         One_Valued        : Boolean;
+         Show_Descriptions : Boolean;
+         Row_Major_Order   : Boolean;
+         Ignore_Case       : Boolean;
+         Show_Matches      : Boolean;
+         Non_Cyclic        : Boolean;
+         Reserved          : Boolean;
+      end record;
+   pragma Pack (Menu_Option_Set);
+   pragma Convention (C, Menu_Option_Set);
+
+   for Menu_Option_Set use
+      record
+         One_Valued        at 0 range  0 ..  0;
+         Show_Descriptions at 0 range  1 ..  1;
+         Row_Major_Order   at 0 range  2 ..  2;
+         Ignore_Case       at 0 range  3 ..  3;
+         Show_Matches      at 0 range  4 ..  4;
+         Non_Cyclic        at 0 range  5 ..  5;
+         Reserved          at 0 range 31 .. 31;
+      end record;
+   for Menu_Option_Set'Size use Interfaces.C.int'Size;
+   --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
+   --               different on your system.
+
+   Default_Menu_Options : Menu_Option_Set;
+   --  Initial default options for a menu.
+
+   --
+   --  Item options
+   --
+   type Item_Option_Set is
+      record
+         Selectable : Boolean;
+         Reserved   : Boolean;
+      end record;
+   pragma Pack (Item_Option_Set);
+   pragma Convention (C, Item_Option_Set);
+
+   for Item_Option_Set use
+      record
+         Selectable at 0 range  0 ..  0;
+         Reserved   at 0 range 31 .. 31;
+      end record;
+   for Item_Option_Set'Size use Interfaces.C.int'Size;
+   --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
+   --               different on your system.
+
+   Default_Item_Options : Item_Option_Set;
+   --  Initial default options for an item.
+
+   --
+   --  Item Array
+   --
+   type Item_Array is array (Positive range <>) of aliased Item;
+   pragma Convention (C, Item_Array);
+
+   type Item_Array_Access is access all Item_Array;
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page mitem_new.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Create (Name        : String;
+                    Description : String := "") return Item;
+   --  AKA: new_item()
+
+   --  |
+   function New_Item (Name        : String;
+                      Description : String := "") return Item
+     renames Create;
+   --  AKA: new_item()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Delete (Itm : in out Item);
+   --  AKA: free_item()
+   --  Resets Itm to Null_Item
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page mitem_value.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Value (Itm   : in Item;
+                        Value : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: set_item_value()
+
+   --  |
+   function Value (Itm : Item) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: item_value()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page mitem_visible.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Visible (Itm : Item) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: item_visible()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page mitem_opts.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Options (Itm     : in Item;
+                          Options : in Item_Option_Set);
+   --  AKA: set_item_opts()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Switch_Options (Itm     : in Item;
+                             Options : in Item_Option_Set;
+                             On      : Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: item_opts_on()
+   --  AKA: item_opts_off()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_Options (Itm     : in  Item;
+                          Options : out Item_Option_Set);
+   --  AKA: item_opts()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Options (Itm : Item := Null_Item) return Item_Option_Set;
+   --  AKA: item_opts()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page mitem_name.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Name (Itm  : in Item;
+                   Name : out String);
+   --  AKA: item_name()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Description (Itm         : in Item;
+                          Description : out String);
+   --  AKA: item_description();
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page mitem_current.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Current (Men : in Menu;
+                          Itm : in Item);
+   --  AKA: set_current_item()
+
+   --  |
+   function Current (Men : Menu) return Item;
+   --  AKA: current_item()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Top_Row (Men  : in Menu;
+                          Line : in Line_Position);
+   --  AKA: set_top_row()
+
+   --  |
+   function Top_Row (Men : Menu) return Line_Position;
+   --  AKA: top_row()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Index (Itm : Item) return Positive;
+   --  AKA: item_index()
+   --  Please note that in this binding we start the numbering of items
+   --  with 1. So this is number is one more than you get from the low
+   --  level call.
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_post.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Post (Men  : in Menu;
+                   Post : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: post_menu()
+   --  AKA: unpost_menu()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_opts.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Options (Men     : in Menu;
+                          Options : in Menu_Option_Set);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_opts()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Switch_Options (Men     : in Menu;
+                             Options : in Menu_Option_Set;
+                             On      : Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: menu_opts_on()
+   --  AKA: menu_opts_off()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_Options (Men     : in  Menu;
+                          Options : out Menu_Option_Set);
+   --  AKA: menu_opts()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Options (Men : Menu := Null_Menu) return Menu_Option_Set;
+   --  AKA: menu_opts()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_win.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Window (Men : in Menu;
+                         Win : in Window);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_win()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Window (Men : Menu) return Window;
+   --  AKA: menu_win()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Sub_Window (Men : in Menu;
+                             Win : in Window);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_sub()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Sub_Window (Men : Menu) return Window;
+   --  AKA: menu_sub()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Scale (Men     : in Menu;
+                    Lines   : out Line_Count;
+                    Columns : out Column_Count);
+   --  AKA: scale_menu()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_cursor.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Position_Cursor (Men : Menu);
+   --  AKA: pos_menu_cursor()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_mark.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Mark (Men  : in Menu;
+                       Mark : in String);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_mark()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Mark (Men  : in  Menu;
+                   Mark : out String);
+   --  AKA: menu_mark()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_attribs.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Foreground
+     (Men   : in Menu;
+      Fore  : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+      Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_fore()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Foreground (Men   : in  Menu;
+                         Fore  : out Character_Attribute_Set);
+   --  AKA: menu_fore()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Foreground (Men   : in  Menu;
+                         Fore  : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+                         Color : out Color_Pair);
+   --  AKA: menu_fore()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Background
+     (Men   : in Menu;
+      Back  : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+      Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_back()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Background (Men  : in  Menu;
+                         Back : out Character_Attribute_Set);
+   --  AKA: menu_back()
+   --  |
+
+   procedure Background (Men   : in  Menu;
+                         Back  : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+                         Color : out Color_Pair);
+   --  AKA: menu_back()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Grey
+     (Men   : in Menu;
+      Grey  : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+      Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_grey()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Grey (Men  : in  Menu;
+                   Grey : out Character_Attribute_Set);
+   --  AKA: menu_grey()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Grey
+     (Men   : in  Menu;
+      Grey  : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+      Color : out Color_Pair);
+   --  AKA: menu_grey()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Pad_Character (Men : in Menu;
+                                Pad : in Character := Space);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_pad()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Pad_Character (Men : in  Menu;
+                            Pad : out Character);
+   --  AKA: menu_pad()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_spacing.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Spacing (Men   : in Menu;
+                          Descr : in Column_Position := 0;
+                          Row   : in Line_Position   := 0;
+                          Col   : in Column_Position := 0);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_spacing()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Spacing (Men   : in Menu;
+                      Descr : out Column_Position;
+                      Row   : out Line_Position;
+                      Col   : out Column_Position);
+   --  AKA: menu_spacing()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_pattern.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Set_Pattern (Men  : Menu;
+                         Text : String) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: set_menu_pattern()
+   --  Return TRUE if the pattern matches, FALSE otherwise
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Pattern (Men  : in  Menu;
+                      Text : out String);
+   --  AKA: menu_pattern()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_format.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Format (Men     : in Menu;
+                         Lines   : in Line_Count;
+                         Columns : in Column_Count);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_format()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Format (Men     : in  Menu;
+                     Lines   : out Line_Count;
+                     Columns : out Column_Count);
+   --  AKA: menu_format()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_hook.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   type Menu_Hook_Function is access procedure (Men : in Menu);
+   pragma Convention (C, Menu_Hook_Function);
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Item_Init_Hook (Men  : in Menu;
+                                 Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function);
+   --  AKA: set_item_init()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Item_Term_Hook (Men  : in Menu;
+                                 Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function);
+   --  AKA: set_item_term()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Menu_Init_Hook (Men  : in Menu;
+                                 Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_init()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Menu_Term_Hook (Men  : in Menu;
+                                 Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_term()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Item_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
+   --  AKA: item_init()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Item_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
+   --  AKA: item_term()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Menu_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
+   --  AKA: menu_init()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Menu_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
+   --  AKA: menu_term()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_items.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Redefine (Men   : in Menu;
+                       Items : in Item_Array);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_items()
+   --  With a bit more comfort. You don´t need to terminate the Item_Array
+   --  with a null entry. This is handled internally in the binding.
+
+   procedure Set_Items (Men   : in Menu;
+                        Items : in Item_Array) renames Redefine;
+
+   --  |
+   function Items (Men : Menu) return Item_Array_Access;
+   --  AKA: menu_items()
+
+   --  |
+   function Item_Count (Men : Menu) return Natural;
+   --  AKA: item_count()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_new.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Create (Items : Item_Array) return Menu;
+   --  AKA: new_menu()
+
+   function New_Menu (Items : Item_Array) return Menu renames Create;
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Delete (Men : in out Menu);
+   --  AKA: free_menu()
+   --  Reset Men to Null_Menu
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_new.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   type Driver_Result is (Menu_Ok,
+                          Request_Denied,
+                          Unknown_Request,
+                          No_Match);
+
+   --  |
+   function Driver (Men : Menu;
+                    Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result;
+   --  AKA: menu_driver()
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+private
+   type Item   is new System.Address;
+   type Menu   is new System.Address;
+
+   Null_Item : constant Item := Item (System.Null_Address);
+   Null_Menu : constant Menu := Menu (System.Null_Address);
+
+   --  This binding uses the original user pointer mechanism of a menu to store
+   --  specific informations about a menu. This wrapper record carries this
+   --  specifics and contains a field to maintain a new user pointer. Please
+   --  note that you must take this into account if you wan't to use the user
+   --  pointer mechanism of a menu created with this binding in low-level C
+   --  routines.
+   type Ada_User_Wrapper is
+      record
+         U : System.Address;
+         I : Item_Array_Access;
+      end record;
+   pragma Convention (C, Ada_User_Wrapper);
+   type Ada_User_Wrapper_Access is access all Ada_User_Wrapper;
+   pragma Controlled (Ada_User_Wrapper_Access);
+
+   Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.Low_Order_First;
+   --  This constant may be different on your system.
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-mouse_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-mouse_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0b92a66a --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-mouse_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ + + + + + +

+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--                      Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.6 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  mouse binding, generated at Sun Feb  2 17:21:45 1997
+--  This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!
+--  Run the generator instead.
+--  |
+with System;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse is
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_mouse.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  Please note, that in ncurses-1.9.9e documentation mouse support
+   --  is still marked as experimental. So also this binding will change
+   --  if the ncurses methods change.
+   --
+   type Event_Mask is private;
+   No_Events  : constant Event_Mask;
+   All_Events : constant Event_Mask;
+
+   type Mouse_Button is (Left,     -- aka: Button 1
+                         Middle,   -- aka: Button 2
+                         Right,    -- aka: Button 3
+                         Button4,  -- aka: Button 4
+                         Control,  -- Control Key
+                         Shift,    -- Shift Key
+                         Alt);     -- ALT Key
+
+   type Button_State is (Released,
+                         Pressed,
+                         Clicked,
+                         Double_Clicked,
+                         Triple_Clicked);
+
+   type Mouse_Event is private;
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_mouse.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   procedure Register_Reportable_Event
+     (B    : in Mouse_Button;
+      S    : in Button_State;
+      Mask : in out Event_Mask);
+   --  Stores the event described by the button and the state in the mask.
+   --  Before you call this the first time, you should init the mask
+   --  with the Empty_Mask constant
+
+   --  |
+   function Start_Mouse (Mask : Event_Mask := All_Events)
+                         return Event_Mask;
+   --  AKA: mousemask()
+
+   procedure End_Mouse;
+   pragma Import (C, End_Mouse, "_nc_ada_unregister_mouse");
+   --  Terminates the mouse
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Mouse return Mouse_Event;
+   --  AKA: getmouse()
+
+   procedure Get_Event (Event  : in  Mouse_Event;
+                        Y      : out Line_Position;
+                        X      : out Column_Position;
+                        Button : out Mouse_Button;
+                        State  : out Button_State);
+   --  !!! Warning: X and Y are screen coordinates. Due to ripped of lines they
+   --  may not be identical to window coordinates.
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Unget_Mouse (Event : in Mouse_Event);
+   --  AKA: ungetmouse()
+
+   --  |
+   function Enclosed_In_Window (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
+                                Event  : Mouse_Event) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: wenclose()
+   --  But : use event instead of screen coordinates.
+
+   --  |
+   function Mouse_Interval (Msec : Natural := 200) return Natural;
+   --  AKA: mouseinterval()
+
+private
+   type Event_Mask is new Interfaces.C.int;
+   No_Events  : constant Event_Mask := 0;
+   All_Events : constant Event_Mask := -1;
+
+   type Mouse_Event is
+      record
+         Id      : Integer range Integer (Interfaces.C.short'First) ..
+                                 Integer (Interfaces.C.Short'Last);
+         X, Y, Z : Integer range Integer (Interfaces.C.int'First) ..
+                                 Integer (Interfaces.C.int'Last);
+         Bstate  : Event_Mask;
+      end record;
+   pragma Convention (C, Mouse_Event);
+   pragma Pack (Mouse_Event);
+
+   for Mouse_Event use
+      record
+         Id      at 0 range   0 ..  15;
+         X       at 0 range  32 ..  63;
+         Y       at 0 range  64 ..  95;
+         Z       at 0 range  96 .. 127;
+         Bstate  at 0 range 128 .. 159;
+      end record;
+      --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
+      --               different on your system.
+
+   Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.Low_Order_First;
+   --  This constant may be different on your system.
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..236b7c81 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + + +

+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--                 Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data               --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.2 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+generic
+   type User is limited private;
+   type User_Access is access all User;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data is
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page panel.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_User_Data (Pan  : in Panel;
+                            Data : in User_Access);
+   --  AKA: set_panel_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_User_Data (Pan  : in  Panel;
+                            Data : out User_Access);
+   --  AKA: panel_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c292134e --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ + + + + + +

+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--                      Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels                    --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.2 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with System;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels is
+
+   pragma Linker_Options ("-lpanel");
+
+
+   type Panel is private;
+
+   ---------------------------
+   --  Interface constants  --
+   ---------------------------
+   Null_Panel : constant Panel;
+
+   -------------------
+   --  Exceptions   --
+   -------------------
+
+   Panel_Exception : exception;
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page panel.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Create (Win : Window) return Panel;
+   --  AKA: new_panel()
+
+   --  |
+   function New_Panel (Win : Window) return Panel renames Create;
+   --  AKA: new_panel()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Bottom (Pan : in Panel);
+   --  AKA: bottom_panel()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Top (Pan : in Panel);
+   --  AKA: top_panel()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Show (Pan : in Panel);
+   --  AKA: show_panel()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Update_Panels;
+   --  AKA: update_panels()
+   pragma Import (C, Update_Panels, "update_panels");
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Hide (Pan : in Panel);
+   --  AKA: hide_panel()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Window (Pan : Panel) return Window;
+   --  AKA: panel_window()
+
+   --  |
+   function Panel_Window (Pan : Panel) return Window renames Get_Window;
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Replace (Pan : in Panel;
+                      Win : in Window);
+   --  AKA: replace_panel()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Move (Pan    : in Panel;
+                   Line   : in Line_Position;
+                   Column : in Column_Position);
+   --  AKA: move_panel()
+
+   --  |
+   function Is_Hidden (Pan : Panel) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: panel_hidden()
+
+   --  |
+   function Above (Pan : Panel) return Panel;
+   --  AKA: panel_above()
+   pragma Import (C, Above, "panel_above");
+
+   --  |
+   function Below (Pan : Panel) return Panel;
+   --  AKA: panel_below()
+   pragma Import (C, Below, "panel_below");
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Delete (Pan : in out Panel);
+   --  AKA: del_panel()
+
+   private
+      type Panel is new System.Address;
+      Null_Panel : constant Panel := Panel (System.Null_Address);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a336fce8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ + + + + + +

+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO               --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.3 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Numerics.Generic_Complex_Types;
+
+generic
+   with package Complex_Types is new Ada.Numerics.Generic_Complex_Types (<>);
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO is
+
+   use Complex_Types;
+
+   Default_Fore : Field := 2;
+   Default_Aft  : Field := Real'Digits - 1;
+   Default_Exp  : Field := 3;
+   
+   procedure Put
+     (Win  : in Window;
+      Item : in Complex;
+      Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+      Aft  : in Field := Default_Aft;
+      Exp  : in Field := Default_Exp);
+
+   procedure Put
+     (Item : in Complex;
+      Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+      Aft  : in Field := Default_Aft;
+      Exp  : in Field := Default_Exp);
+
+private
+   pragma Inline (Put);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ffe5562 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + + + +

+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO               --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.4 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+generic
+   type Num is delta <> digits <>;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO is
+
+   Default_Fore : Field := Num'Fore;
+   Default_Aft  : Field := Num'Aft;
+   Default_Exp  : Field := 0;
+
+   procedure Put
+     (Win  : in Window;
+      Item : in Num;
+      Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+      Aft  : in Field := Default_Aft;
+      Exp  : in Field := Default_Exp);
+
+   procedure Put
+     (Item  : in Num;
+      Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+      Aft  : in Field := Default_Aft;
+      Exp  : in Field := Default_Exp);
+
+private
+   pragma Inline (Put);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3b3c89b --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + + + +

+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--             Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO             --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.4 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+generic
+   type Enum is (<>);
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO is
+
+   Default_Width : Field := 0;
+   Default_Setting : Type_Set := Mixed_Case;
+
+   procedure Put
+     (Win   : in Window;
+      Item  : in Enum;
+      Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+      Set   : in Type_Set := Default_Setting);
+
+   procedure Put
+     (Item  : in Enum;
+      Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+      Set   : in Type_Set := Default_Setting);
+
+private
+   pragma Inline (Put);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c6686deb --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + + + +

+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--                Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO                --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.4 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+generic
+   type Num is delta <>;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO is
+
+   Default_Fore : Field := Num'Fore;
+   Default_Aft  : Field := Num'Aft;
+   Default_Exp  : Field := 0;
+
+   procedure Put
+     (Win  : in Window;
+      Item : in Num;
+      Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+      Aft  : in Field := Default_Aft;
+      Exp  : in Field := Default_Exp);
+
+   procedure Put
+     (Item  : in Num;
+      Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+      Aft  : in Field := Default_Aft;
+      Exp  : in Field := Default_Exp);
+
+private
+   pragma Inline (Put);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf5cc4a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + + + +

+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--                Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO                --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.4 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+generic
+   type Num is digits <>;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO is
+
+   Default_Fore : Field := 2;
+   Default_Aft  : Field := Num'Digits - 1;
+   Default_Exp  : Field := 3;
+
+   procedure Put
+     (Win  : in Window;
+      Item : in Num;
+      Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+      Aft  : in Field := Default_Aft;
+      Exp  : in Field := Default_Exp);
+
+   procedure Put
+     (Item  : in Num;
+      Fore : in Field := Default_Fore;
+      Aft  : in Field := Default_Aft;
+      Exp  : in Field := Default_Exp);
+
+private
+   pragma Inline (Put);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..052606a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + + + +

+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO               --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.4 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+generic
+   type Num is range <>;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO is
+
+   Default_Width : Field := Num'Width;
+   Default_Base  : Number_Base := 10;
+
+   procedure Put
+     (Win   : in Window;
+      Item  : in Num;
+      Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+      Base  : in Number_Base := Default_Base);
+
+   procedure Put
+     (Item  : in Num;
+      Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+      Base  : in Number_Base := Default_Base);
+
+private
+   pragma Inline (Put);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d01cad1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + + + +

+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO               --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.4 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+generic
+   type Num is mod <>;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO is
+
+   Default_Width : Field := Num'Width;
+   Default_Base  : Number_Base := 10;
+
+   procedure Put
+     (Win   : in Window;
+      Item  : in Num;
+      Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+      Base  : in Number_Base := Default_Base);
+
+   procedure Put
+     (Item  : in Num;
+      Width : in Field := Default_Width;
+      Base  : in Number_Base := Default_Base);
+
+private
+   pragma Inline (Put);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d7af6f4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ + + + + + +

+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--                     Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO                    --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.5 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with System;
+with System.Parameters;
+with Ada.Text_IO;
+with Ada.IO_Exceptions;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO is
+
+   use type Ada.Text_IO.Count;
+   subtype Count is Ada.Text_IO.Count;
+   subtype Positive_Count is Count range 1 .. Count'Last;
+
+   subtype Field is Integer range 0 .. System.Parameters.Field_Max;
+   subtype Number_Base is Integer range 2 .. 16;
+
+   type Type_Set is (Lower_Case, Upper_Case, Mixed_Case);
+
+   --  For most of the routines you will see a version without a Window
+   --  type parameter. They will operate on a default window, which can
+   --  be set by the user. It is initially equal to Standard_Window.
+
+   procedure Set_Window (Win : in Window);
+   --  Set Win as the default window
+
+   function Get_Window return Window;
+   --  Get the current default window
+
+   procedure Flush (Win : in Window);
+   procedure Flush;
+
+   --------------------------------------------
+   -- Specification of line and page lengths --
+   --------------------------------------------
+
+   --  There are no set routines in this package. I assume, that you allocate
+   --  the window with an appropriate size.
+   --  A scroll-window is interpreted as an page with unbounded page length,
+   --  i.e. it returns the conventional 0 as page length.
+
+   function Line_Length (Win : in Window) return Count;
+   function Line_Length return Count;
+
+   function Page_Length (Win : in Window) return Count;
+   function Page_Length return Count;
+
+   ------------------------------------
+   -- Column, Line, and Page Control --
+   ------------------------------------
+   procedure New_Line (Win : in Window; Spacing : in Positive_Count := 1);
+   procedure New_Line (Spacing : in Positive_Count := 1);
+
+   procedure New_Page (Win : in Window);
+   procedure New_Page;
+
+   procedure Set_Col (Win : in Window;  To : in Positive_Count);
+   procedure Set_Col (To : in Positive_Count);
+
+   procedure Set_Line (Win : in Window; To : in Positive_Count);
+   procedure Set_Line (To : in Positive_Count);
+
+   function Col (Win : in Window) return Positive_Count;
+   function Col return Positive_Count;
+
+   function Line (Win : in Window) return Positive_Count;
+   function Line return Positive_Count;
+
+   -----------------------
+   -- Characters-Output --
+   -----------------------
+
+   procedure Put (Win  : in Window; Item : in Character);
+   procedure Put (Item : in Character);
+
+   --------------------
+   -- Strings-Output --
+   --------------------
+
+   procedure Put (Win  : in Window; Item : in String);
+   procedure Put (Item : in String);
+
+   procedure Put_Line
+     (Win  : in Window;
+      Item : in String);
+
+   procedure Put_Line
+     (Item : in String);
+
+   --  Exceptions
+
+   Status_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Status_Error;
+   Mode_Error   : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Mode_Error;
+   Name_Error   : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Name_Error;
+   Use_Error    : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Use_Error;
+   Device_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Device_Error;
+   End_Error    : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.End_Error;
+   Data_Error   : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Data_Error;
+   Layout_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Layout_Error;
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6eaf8bae --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,1541 @@ + + + + + +

+

+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--                         Terminal_Interface.Curses                        --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.7 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  curses binding, generated at Sun Feb  2 17:21:42 1997
+--  This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!
+--  Run the generator instead.
+--  |
+with System;
+with Interfaces.C;   --  We need this for some assertions.
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses is
+
+   pragma Linker_Options ("-lncurses");
+
+   type Window is private;
+   Null_Window : constant Window;
+
+   type Line_Position   is new Natural; --  line coordinate
+   type Column_Position is new Natural; --  column coordinate
+
+   subtype Line_Count   is Line_Position   range 1 .. Line_Position'Last;
+   --  Type to count lines. We do not allow null windows, so must be positive
+   subtype Column_Count is Column_Position range 1 .. Column_Position'Last;
+   --  Type to count columns. We do not allow null windows, so must be positive
+
+   type Key_Code is new Natural;
+   --  That is anything including real characters, special keys and logical
+   --  request codes.
+
+   subtype Real_Key_Code is Key_Code range 0 .. 8#777#;
+   --  This are the codes that potentially represent a real keystroke.
+   --  Not all codes may be possible on a specific terminal. To check the
+   --  availability of a special key, the Has_Key function is provided.
+
+   subtype Special_Key_Code is Real_Key_Code
+     range 8#400# .. Real_Key_Code'Last;
+   --  Type for a function- or special key number
+
+   subtype Normal_Key_Code is Real_Key_Code range
+     Character'Pos (Character'First) .. Character'Pos (Character'Last);
+   --  This are the codes for regular (incl. non-graphical) characters.
+
+   --  Constants for function- and special keys
+   --
+   Key_None                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#400#;
+   Key_Code_Yes                   : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#400#;
+   Key_Min                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#401#;
+   Key_Break                      : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#401#;
+   Key_Cursor_Down                : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#402#;
+   Key_Cursor_Up                  : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#403#;
+   Key_Cursor_Left                : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#404#;
+   Key_Cursor_Right               : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#405#;
+   Key_Home                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#406#;
+   Key_Backspace                  : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#407#;
+   Key_F0                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#410#;
+   Key_F1                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#411#;
+   Key_F2                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#412#;
+   Key_F3                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#413#;
+   Key_F4                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#414#;
+   Key_F5                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#415#;
+   Key_F6                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#416#;
+   Key_F7                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#417#;
+   Key_F8                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#420#;
+   Key_F9                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#421#;
+   Key_F10                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#422#;
+   Key_F11                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#423#;
+   Key_F12                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#424#;
+   Key_F13                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#425#;
+   Key_F14                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#426#;
+   Key_F15                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#427#;
+   Key_F16                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#430#;
+   Key_F17                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#431#;
+   Key_F18                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#432#;
+   Key_F19                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#433#;
+   Key_F20                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#434#;
+   Key_F21                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#435#;
+   Key_F22                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#436#;
+   Key_F23                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#437#;
+   Key_F24                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#440#;
+   Key_Delete_Line                : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#510#;
+   Key_Insert_Line                : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#511#;
+   Key_Delete_Char                : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#512#;
+   Key_Insert_Char                : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#513#;
+   Key_Exit_Insert_Mode           : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#514#;
+   Key_Clear_Screen               : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#515#;
+   Key_Clear_End_Of_Screen        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#516#;
+   Key_Clear_End_Of_Line          : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#517#;
+   Key_Scroll_1_Forward           : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#520#;
+   Key_Scroll_1_Backward          : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#521#;
+   Key_Next_Page                  : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#522#;
+   Key_Previous_Page              : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#523#;
+   Key_Set_Tab                    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#524#;
+   Key_Clear_Tab                  : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#525#;
+   Key_Clear_All_Tabs             : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#526#;
+   Key_Enter_Or_Send              : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#527#;
+   Key_Soft_Reset                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#530#;
+   Key_Reset                      : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#531#;
+   Key_Print                      : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#532#;
+   Key_Bottom                     : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#533#;
+   Key_Upper_Left_Of_Keypad       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#534#;
+   Key_Upper_Right_Of_Keypad      : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#535#;
+   Key_Center_Of_Keypad           : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#536#;
+   Key_Lower_Left_Of_Keypad       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#537#;
+   Key_Lower_Right_Of_Keypad      : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#540#;
+   Key_Back_Tab                   : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#541#;
+   Key_Beginning                  : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#542#;
+   Key_Cancel                     : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#543#;
+   Key_Close                      : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#544#;
+   Key_Command                    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#545#;
+   Key_Copy                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#546#;
+   Key_Create                     : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#547#;
+   Key_End                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#550#;
+   Key_Exit                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#551#;
+   Key_Find                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#552#;
+   Key_Help                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#553#;
+   Key_Mark                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#554#;
+   Key_Message                    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#555#;
+   Key_Move                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#556#;
+   Key_Next                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#557#;
+   Key_Open                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#560#;
+   Key_Options                    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#561#;
+   Key_Previous                   : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#562#;
+   Key_Redo                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#563#;
+   Key_Reference                  : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#564#;
+   Key_Refresh                    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#565#;
+   Key_Replace                    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#566#;
+   Key_Restart                    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#567#;
+   Key_Resume                     : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#570#;
+   Key_Save                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#571#;
+   Key_Shift_Begin                : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#572#;
+   Key_Shift_Cancel               : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#573#;
+   Key_Shift_Command              : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#574#;
+   Key_Shift_Copy                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#575#;
+   Key_Shift_Create               : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#576#;
+   Key_Shift_Delete_Char          : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#577#;
+   Key_Shift_Delete_Line          : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#600#;
+   Key_Select                     : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#601#;
+   Key_Shift_End                  : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#602#;
+   Key_Shift_Clear_End_Of_Line    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#603#;
+   Key_Shift_Exit                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#604#;
+   Key_Shift_Find                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#605#;
+   Key_Shift_Help                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#606#;
+   Key_Shift_Home                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#607#;
+   Key_Shift_Insert_Char          : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#610#;
+   Key_Shift_Cursor_Left          : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#611#;
+   Key_Shift_Message              : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#612#;
+   Key_Shift_Move                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#613#;
+   Key_Shift_Next_Page            : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#614#;
+   Key_Shift_Options              : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#615#;
+   Key_Shift_Previous_Page        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#616#;
+   Key_Shift_Print                : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#617#;
+   Key_Shift_Redo                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#620#;
+   Key_Shift_Replace              : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#621#;
+   Key_Shift_Cursor_Right         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#622#;
+   Key_Shift_Resume               : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#623#;
+   Key_Shift_Save                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#624#;
+   Key_Shift_Suspend              : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#625#;
+   Key_Shift_Undo                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#626#;
+   Key_Suspend                    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#627#;
+   Key_Undo                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#630#;
+   Key_Mouse                      : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#631#;
+
+   Key_Max                        : constant Special_Key_Code
+     := Special_Key_Code'Last;
+
+   subtype User_Key_Code is Key_Code
+     range (Key_Max + 129) .. Key_Code'Last;
+   --  This is reserved for user defined key codes. The range between Key_Max
+   --  and the first user code is reserved for subsystems like menu and forms.
+
+   --  For those who like to use the original key names we produce them were
+   --  they differ from the original. Please note that they may differ in
+   --  lower/upper case.
+   KEY_DOWN         : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Cursor_Down;
+   KEY_UP           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Cursor_Up;
+   KEY_LEFT         : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Cursor_Left;
+   KEY_RIGHT        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Cursor_Right;
+   KEY_DL           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Delete_Line;
+   KEY_IL           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Insert_Line;
+   KEY_DC           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Delete_Char;
+   KEY_IC           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Insert_Char;
+   KEY_EIC          : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Exit_Insert_Mode;
+   KEY_CLEAR        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Clear_Screen;
+   KEY_EOS          : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Clear_End_Of_Screen;
+   KEY_EOL          : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Clear_End_Of_Line;
+   KEY_SF           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Scroll_1_Forward;
+   KEY_SR           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Scroll_1_Backward;
+   KEY_NPAGE        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Next_Page;
+   KEY_PPAGE        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Previous_Page;
+   KEY_STAB         : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Set_Tab;
+   KEY_CTAB         : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Clear_Tab;
+   KEY_CATAB        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Clear_All_Tabs;
+   KEY_ENTER        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Enter_Or_Send;
+   KEY_SRESET       : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Soft_Reset;
+   KEY_LL           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Bottom;
+   KEY_A1           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Upper_Left_Of_Keypad;
+   KEY_A3           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Upper_Right_Of_Keypad;
+   KEY_B2           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Center_Of_Keypad;
+   KEY_C1           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Lower_Left_Of_Keypad;
+   KEY_C3           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Lower_Right_Of_Keypad;
+   KEY_BTAB         : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Back_Tab;
+   KEY_BEG          : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Beginning;
+   KEY_SBEG         : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Begin;
+   KEY_SCANCEL      : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Cancel;
+   KEY_SCOMMAND     : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Command;
+   KEY_SCOPY        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Copy;
+   KEY_SCREATE      : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Create;
+   KEY_SDC          : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Delete_Char;
+   KEY_SDL          : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Delete_Line;
+   KEY_SEND         : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_End;
+   KEY_SEOL         : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Clear_End_Of_Line;
+   KEY_SEXIT        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Exit;
+   KEY_SFIND        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Find;
+   KEY_SHELP        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Help;
+   KEY_SHOME        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Home;
+   KEY_SIC          : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Insert_Char;
+   KEY_SLEFT        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Cursor_Left;
+   KEY_SMESSAGE     : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Message;
+   KEY_SMOVE        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Move;
+   KEY_SNEXT        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Next_Page;
+   KEY_SOPTIONS     : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Options;
+   KEY_SPREVIOUS    : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Previous_Page;
+   KEY_SPRINT       : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Print;
+   KEY_SREDO        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Redo;
+   KEY_SREPLACE     : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Replace;
+   KEY_SRIGHT       : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Cursor_Right;
+   KEY_SRSUME       : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Resume;
+   KEY_SSAVE        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Save;
+   KEY_SSUSPEND     : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Suspend;
+   KEY_SUNDO        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Undo;
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   type Color_Number is range 0 .. Integer (Interfaces.C.short'Last);
+   for Color_Number'Size use Interfaces.C.short'Size;
+   --  (n)curses uses a short for the color index
+   --  The model is, that a Color_Number is an index into an array of
+   --  (potentially) definable colors. Some of those indices are
+   --  predefined (see below), although they may not really exist.
+
+   Black    : constant Color_Number := 0;
+   Red      : constant Color_Number := 1;
+   Green    : constant Color_Number := 2;
+   Yellow   : constant Color_Number := 3;
+   Blue     : constant Color_Number := 4;
+   Magenta  : constant Color_Number := 5;
+   Cyan     : constant Color_Number := 6;
+   White    : constant Color_Number := 7;
+
+   type RGB_Value is range 0 .. Integer (Interfaces.C.Short'Last);
+   for RGB_Value'Size use Interfaces.C.short'Size;
+   --  Some system may allow to redefine a color by setting RGB values.
+
+   type Color_Pair is range 0 .. 255;
+   for Color_Pair'Size use 8;
+   subtype Redefinable_Color_Pair is Color_Pair range 1 .. 255;
+   --  (n)curses reserves 1 Byte for the color-pair number. Color Pair 0
+   --  is fixed (Black & White). A color pair is simply a combination of
+   --  two colors described by Color_Numbers, one for the foreground and
+   --  the other for the background
+
+   type Character_Attribute_Set is
+      record
+         Stand_Out               : Boolean;
+         Under_Line              : Boolean;
+         Reverse_Video           : Boolean;
+         Blink                   : Boolean;
+         Dim_Character           : Boolean;
+         Bold_Character          : Boolean;
+         Alternate_Character_Set : Boolean;
+         Invisible_Character     : Boolean;
+         Protected_Character     : Boolean;
+         Horizontal              : Boolean;
+         Left                    : Boolean;
+         Low                     : Boolean;
+         Right                   : Boolean;
+         Top                     : Boolean;
+         Vertical                : Boolean;
+         Reserved                : Boolean;
+      end record;
+   pragma Pack (Character_Attribute_Set);
+   pragma Convention (C, Character_Attribute_Set);
+
+   for Character_Attribute_Set use
+      record
+         Stand_Out               at 0 range  0 ..  0;
+         Under_Line              at 0 range  1 ..  1;
+         Reverse_Video           at 0 range  2 ..  2;
+         Blink                   at 0 range  3 ..  3;
+         Dim_Character           at 0 range  4 ..  4;
+         Bold_Character          at 0 range  5 ..  5;
+         Alternate_Character_Set at 0 range  6 ..  6;
+         Invisible_Character     at 0 range  7 ..  7;
+         Protected_Character     at 0 range  8 ..  8;
+         Horizontal              at 0 range  9 ..  9;
+         Left                    at 0 range 10 .. 10;
+         Low                     at 0 range 11 .. 11;
+         Right                   at 0 range 12 .. 12;
+         Top                     at 0 range 13 .. 13;
+         Vertical                at 0 range 14 .. 14;
+         Reserved                at 0 range 15 .. 15;
+      end record;
+   for Character_Attribute_Set'Size use Interfaces.C.int'Size / 2;
+   --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
+   --               different on your system.
+   --  (n)curses uses half of an integer for attributes.
+
+   Normal_Video : constant Character_Attribute_Set := (others => False);
+
+   type Attributed_Character is
+      record
+         Attr  : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+         Color : Color_Pair := 0;
+         Ch    : Character  := ' ';
+      end record;
+   pragma Convention (C, Attributed_Character);
+   --  This is the counterpart for the chtype in C.
+
+   for Attributed_Character use
+      record
+         Ch    at 0 range  0 ..  7;
+         Color at 0 range  8 .. 15;
+         Attr  at 0 range 16 .. 31;
+      end record;
+   for Attributed_Character'Size use Interfaces.C.int'Size;
+      --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
+      --               different on your system.
+
+   Default_Character : constant Attributed_Character
+     := (Ch    => Character'First,
+         Color => Color_Pair'First,
+         Attr  => Normal_Video);
+
+   type Attributed_String is array (Positive range <>) of Attributed_Character;
+   pragma Pack (Attributed_String);
+   --  In this binding we allow strings of attributed characters.
+
+   ------------------
+   --  Exceptions  --
+   ------------------
+   Curses_Exception : exception;
+
+   --  Those exceptions are raised by the ETI (Extended Terminal Interface)
+   --  subpackets for Menu and Forms handling.
+   --
+   Eti_System_Error    : exception;
+   Eti_Bad_Argument    : exception;
+   Eti_Posted          : exception;
+   Eti_Connected       : exception;
+   Eti_Bad_State       : exception;
+   Eti_No_Room         : exception;
+   Eti_Not_Posted      : exception;
+   Eti_Unknown_Command : exception;
+   Eti_No_Match        : exception;
+   Eti_Not_Selectable  : exception;
+   Eti_Not_Connected   : exception;
+   Eti_Request_Denied  : exception;
+   Eti_Invalid_Field   : exception;
+   Eti_Current         : exception;
+
+   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+   --  External C variables
+   --  Conceptually even in C this are kind of constants, but they are
+   --  initialized and sometimes changed by the library routines at runtime
+   --  depending on the type of terminal. I believe the best way to model
+   --  this is to use functions.
+   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   function Lines            return Line_Count;
+   pragma Inline (Lines);
+
+   function Columns          return Column_Count;
+   pragma Inline (Columns);
+
+   function Tab_Size         return Natural;
+   pragma Inline (Tab_Size);
+
+   function Number_Of_Colors return Natural;
+   pragma Inline (Number_Of_Colors);
+
+   function Number_Of_Color_Pairs return Natural;
+   pragma Inline (Number_Of_Color_Pairs);
+
+   ACS_Map : array (Character'Val (0) .. Character'Val (127)) of
+     Attributed_Character;
+   pragma Import (C, ACS_Map, "acs_map");
+   --
+   --
+   --  Constants for several symbols from the Alternate Character Set
+   --  You must use this constants as indices into the ACS_Map array
+   --  to get the corresponding attributed character at runtime.
+   --
+   ACS_Upper_Left_Corner    : constant Character := 'l';
+   ACS_Lower_Left_Corner    : constant Character := 'm';
+   ACS_Upper_Right_Corner   : constant Character := 'k';
+   ACS_Lower_Right_Corner   : constant Character := 'j';
+   ACS_Left_Tee             : constant Character := 't';
+   ACS_Right_Tee            : constant Character := 'u';
+   ACS_Bottom_Tee           : constant Character := 'v';
+   ACS_Top_Tee              : constant Character := 'w';
+   ACS_Horizontal_Line      : constant Character := 'q';
+   ACS_Vertical_Line        : constant Character := 'x';
+   ACS_Plus_Symbol          : constant Character := 'n';
+   ACS_Scan_Line_1          : constant Character := 'o';
+   ACS_Scan_Line_9          : constant Character := 's';
+   ACS_Diamond              : constant Character := Character'Val (96);
+   ACS_Checker_Board        : constant Character := 'a';
+   ACS_Degree               : constant Character := 'f';
+   ACS_Plus_Minus           : constant Character := 'g';
+   ACS_Bullet               : constant Character := '~';
+   ACS_Left_Arrow           : constant Character := ',';
+   ACS_Right_Arrow          : constant Character := '+';
+   ACS_Down_Arrow           : constant Character := '.';
+   ACS_Up_Arrow             : constant Character := '-';
+   ACS_Board_Of_Squares     : constant Character := 'h';
+   ACS_Lantern              : constant Character := 'I';
+   ACS_Solid_Block          : constant Character := '0';
+   ACS_Scan_Line_3          : constant Character := 'p';
+   ACS_Scan_Line_7          : constant Character := 'r';
+   ACS_Less_Or_Equal        : constant Character := 'y';
+   ACS_Greater_Or_Equal     : constant Character := 'z';
+   ACS_PI                   : constant Character := '{';
+   ACS_Not_Equal            : constant Character := '|';
+   ACS_Sterling             : constant Character := '}';
+
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_initscr.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Not implemented: newterm, set_term, delscreen
+
+   --  |
+   function Standard_Window return Window;
+   --  AKA: stdscr
+   pragma Inline (Standard_Window);
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Init_Screen;
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Init_Windows renames Init_Screen;
+   --  AKA: initscr()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure End_Windows;
+   --  AKA: endwin()
+   procedure End_Screen renames End_Windows;
+
+   --  |
+   function Is_End_Window return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: isendwin()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_move.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Move_Cursor (Win    : in Window := Standard_Window;
+                          Line   : in Line_Position;
+                          Column : in Column_Position);
+   --  AKA: wmove()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_addch.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Add (Win :  in Window := Standard_Window;
+                  Ch  :  in Attributed_Character);
+   --  AKA: waddch()
+
+   procedure Add (Win :  in Window := Standard_Window;
+                  Ch  :  in Character);
+   --  Add a single character at the current logical cursor position to
+   --  the window. Use the current windows attributes.
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Add
+     (Win    : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Line   : in Line_Position;
+      Column : in Column_Position;
+      Ch     : in Attributed_Character);
+   --  AKA: mvwaddch()
+
+   procedure Add
+     (Win    : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Line   : in Line_Position;
+      Column : in Column_Position;
+      Ch     : in Character);
+   --  Move to the position and add a single character into the window
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo
+     (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Ch  : in Attributed_Character);
+   --  AKA: wechochar()
+
+   procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo
+     (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Ch  : in Character);
+   --  Add a character and do an immediate resfresh of the screen.
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_window.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Create
+     (Number_Of_Lines       : Line_Count;
+      Number_Of_Columns     : Column_Count;
+      First_Line_Position   : Line_Position;
+      First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window;
+   --  AKA: newwin()
+
+   function New_Window
+     (Number_Of_Lines       : Line_Count;
+      Number_Of_Columns     : Column_Count;
+      First_Line_Position   : Line_Position;
+      First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window
+     renames Create;
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Delete (Win : in out Window);
+   --  AKA: delwin()
+   --  Reset Win to Null_Window
+
+   --  |
+   function Sub_Window
+     (Win                   : Window := Standard_Window;
+      Number_Of_Lines       : Line_Count;
+      Number_Of_Columns     : Column_Count;
+      First_Line_Position   : Line_Position;
+      First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window;
+   --  AKA: subwin()
+
+   --  |
+   function Derived_Window
+     (Win                   : Window := Standard_Window;
+      Number_Of_Lines       : Line_Count;
+      Number_Of_Columns     : Column_Count;
+      First_Line_Position   : Line_Position;
+      First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window;
+   --  AKA: derwin()
+
+   --  |
+   function Duplicate (Win : Window) return Window;
+   --  AKA: dupwin()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Move_Window (Win    : in Window;
+                          Line   : in Line_Position;
+                          Column : in Column_Position);
+   --  AKA: mvwin()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Move_Derived_Window (Win    : in Window;
+                                  Line   : in Line_Position;
+                                  Column : in Column_Position);
+   --  AKA: mvderwin()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Synchronize_Upwards (Win : in Window);
+   --  AKA: wsyncup()
+   pragma Import (C, Synchronize_Upwards, "wsyncup");
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Synchronize_Downwards (Win : in Window);
+   --  AKA: wsyncdown()
+   pragma Import (C, Synchronize_Downwards, "wsyncdown");
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Synch_Mode (Win  : in Window := Standard_Window;
+                             Mode : in Boolean := False);
+   --  AKA: syncok()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_addstr.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+                  Str : in String;
+                  Len : in Integer := -1);
+   --  AKA: waddnstr()
+   --  AKA: waddstr()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Add (Win    : in Window := Standard_Window;
+                  Line   : in Line_Position;
+                  Column : in Column_Position;
+                  Str    : in String;
+                  Len    : in Integer := -1);
+   --  AKA: mvwaddnstr()
+   --  AKA: mvwaddstr()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_addchstr.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+                  Str : in Attributed_String;
+                  Len : in Integer := -1);
+   --  AKA: waddchnstr()
+   --  AKA: waddchstr()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Add (Win    : in Window := Standard_Window;
+                  Line   : in Line_Position;
+                  Column : in Column_Position;
+                  Str    : in Attributed_String;
+                  Len    : in Integer := -1);
+   --  AKA: mvwaddchnstr()
+   --  AKA: mvwaddchstr()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_border.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Border
+     (Win                       : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Left_Side_Symbol          : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+      Right_Side_Symbol         : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+      Top_Side_Symbol           : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+      Bottom_Side_Symbol        : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+      Upper_Left_Corner_Symbol  : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+      Upper_Right_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+      Lower_Left_Corner_Symbol  : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+      Lower_Right_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character
+     );
+   --  AKA: wborder()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Box
+     (Win               : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Vertical_Symbol   : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
+      Horizontal_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character);
+   --  AKA: box()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Horizontal_Line
+     (Win         : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Line_Size   : in Natural;
+      Line_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character);
+   --  AKA: whline()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Vertical_Line
+     (Win         : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Line_Size   : in Natural;
+      Line_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character);
+   --  AKA: wvline()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_getch.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Keystroke (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
+                           return Real_Key_Code;
+   --  AKA: wgetch()
+   --  Get a character from the keyboard and echo it - if enabled - to the
+   --  window.
+   --  If for any reason (i.e. a timeout) we couldn't get a character the
+   --  returned keycode is Key_None.
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Undo_Keystroke (Key : in Real_Key_Code);
+   --  AKA: ungetch()
+
+   --  |
+   function Has_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: has_key()
+   --  |
+   --  | Some helper functions
+   --  |
+   function Is_Function_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean;
+   --  Return True if the Key is a function key (i.e. one of F0 .. F63)
+
+   subtype Function_Key_Number is Integer range 0 .. 63;
+   --  (n)curses allows for 64 function keys.
+
+   function Function_Key (Key : Real_Key_Code) return Function_Key_Number;
+   --  Return the number of the function key. If the code is not a
+   --  function key, a CONSTRAINT_ERROR will be raised.
+
+   function Function_Key_Code (Key : Function_Key_Number) return Real_Key_Code;
+   --  Return the key code for a given functionkey number.
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_attr.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Switch_Character_Attribute
+     (Win  : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+      On   : in Boolean := True); --  if False we switch Off.
+   --  AKA: wattron()
+   --  AKA: wattroff()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Character_Attributes
+     (Win   : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Attr  : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+      Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+   --  AKA: wattrset()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Character_Attribute
+     (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) return Character_Attribute_Set;
+   --  AKA: wattr_get()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Character_Attribute
+     (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) return Color_Pair;
+   --  AKA: wattr_get()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Change_Attributes
+     (Win   : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Count : in Integer := -1;
+      Attr  : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+      Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+   --  AKA: wchgat()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Change_Attributes
+     (Win    : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Line   : in Line_Position := Line_Position'First;
+      Column : in Column_Position := Column_Position'First;
+      Count  : in Integer := -1;
+      Attr   : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+      Color  : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+   --  AKA: mvwchgat()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_beep.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Beep;
+   --  AKA: beep()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Flash_Screen;
+   --  AKA: flash()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_inopts.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  | Not implemented : typeahead
+   --
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Cbreak_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: cbreak()
+   --  AKA: nocbreak()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Raw_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: raw()
+   --  AKA: noraw()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Echo_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: echo()
+   --  AKA: noecho()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Meta_Mode (Win      : in Window := Standard_Window;
+                            SwitchOn : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: meta()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_KeyPad_Mode (Win      : in Window := Standard_Window;
+                              SwitchOn : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: keypad()
+
+   type Half_Delay_Amount is range 1 .. 255;
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Half_Delay (Amount : in Half_Delay_Amount);
+   --  AKA: halfdelay()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode
+     (Win  : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Mode : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: intrflush()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode
+     (Win   : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Flush : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: qiflush()
+   --  AKA: noqiflush()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_NoDelay_Mode
+     (Win  : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Mode : in Boolean := False);
+   --  AKA: nodelay()
+
+   type Timeout_Mode is (Blocking, Non_Blocking, Delayed);
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Timeout_Mode (Win    : in Window := Standard_Window;
+                               Mode   : in Timeout_Mode;
+                               Amount : in Natural); --  in Miliseconds
+   --  AKA: wtimeout()
+   --  Instead of overloading the semantic of the sign of amount, we
+   --  introduce the Timeout_Mode parameter. This should improve
+   --  readability. For Blocking and Non_Blocking, the Amount is not
+   --  evaluated.
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Escape_Timer_Mode
+     (Win       : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Timer_Off : in Boolean := False);
+   --  AKA: notimeout()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_outopts.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_NL_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: nl()
+   --  AKA: nonl()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Clear_On_Next_Update
+     (Win      : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Do_Clear : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: clearok()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Line
+     (Win    : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Do_Idl : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: idlok()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Character
+     (Win    : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Do_Idc : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: idcok()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Leave_Cursor_After_Update
+     (Win      : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Do_Leave : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: leaveok()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Immediate_Update_Mode
+     (Win  : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Mode : in Boolean := False);
+   --  AKA: immedok()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Allow_Scrolling
+     (Win  : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Mode : in Boolean := False);
+   --  AKA: scrollok()
+
+   function Scrolling_Allowed (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Boolean;
+   --  There is no such function in the C interface.
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Scroll_Region
+     (Win         : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Top_Line    : in Line_Position;
+      Bottom_Line : in Line_Position);
+   --  AKA: wsetscrreg()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_refresh.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Update_Screen;
+   --  AKA: doupdate()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Refresh (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+   --  AKA: wrefresh()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Refresh_Without_Update
+     (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+   --  AKA: wnoutrefresh()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Redraw (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+   --  AKA: redrawwin()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Redraw (Win        : in Window := Standard_Window;
+                     Begin_Line : in Line_Position;
+                     Line_Count : in Positive);
+   --  AKA: wredrawln()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_clear.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Erase (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+   --  AKA: werase()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Clear
+     (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+   --  AKA: wclear()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Screen
+     (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+   --  AKA: wclrtobot()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Line
+     (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+   --  AKA: wclrtoeol()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_bkgd.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Background
+     (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Ch  : in Attributed_Character);
+   --  AKA: wbkgdset()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Change_Background
+     (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Ch  : in Attributed_Character);
+   --  AKA: wbkgd()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Background (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
+     return Attributed_Character;
+   --  AKA: wbkgdget()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_touch.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Touch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+   --  AKA: touchwin()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Untouch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+   --  AKA: untouchwin()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Touch (Win   : in Window := Standard_Window;
+                    Start : in Line_Position;
+                    Count : in Positive);
+   --  AKA: touchline()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Change_Lines_Status (Win   : in Window := Standard_Window;
+                                  Start : in Line_Position;
+                                  Count : in Positive;
+                                  State : in Boolean);
+   --  AKA: wtouchln()
+
+   --  |
+   function Is_Touched (Win  : Window := Standard_Window;
+                        Line : Line_Position) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: is_linetouched()
+
+   --  |
+   function Is_Touched (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: is_wintouched()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_overlay.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Copy
+     (Source_Window            : in Window;
+      Destination_Window       : in Window;
+      Source_Top_Row           : in Line_Position;
+      Source_Left_Column       : in Column_Position;
+      Destination_Top_Row      : in Line_Position;
+      Destination_Left_Column  : in Column_Position;
+      Destination_Bottom_Row   : in Line_Position;
+      Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position;
+      Non_Destructive_Mode     : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: copywin()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Overwrite (Source_Window      : in Window;
+                        Destination_Window : in Window);
+   --  AKA: overwrite()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Overlay (Source_Window      : in Window;
+                      Destination_Window : in Window);
+   --  AKA: overlay()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_deleteln.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Insert_Delete_Lines
+     (Win   : in Window  := Standard_Window;
+      Lines : in Integer := 1); --  default is to insert one line above
+   --  AKA: winsdelln()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Delete_Line (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+   --  AKA: wdeleteln()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Insert_Line (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+   --  AKA: winsertln()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_getyx.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_Size
+     (Win               : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Number_Of_Lines   : out Line_Count;
+      Number_Of_Columns : out Column_Count);
+   --  AKA: getmaxyx()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_Window_Position
+     (Win             : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Top_Left_Line   : out Line_Position;
+      Top_Left_Column : out Column_Position);
+   --  AKA: getbegyx()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_Cursor_Position
+     (Win    : in  Window := Standard_Window;
+      Line   : out Line_Position;
+      Column : out Column_Position);
+   --  AKA: getyx()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent
+     (Win                : in  Window;
+      Top_Left_Line      : out Line_Position;
+      Top_Left_Column    : out Column_Position;
+      Is_Not_A_Subwindow : out Boolean);
+   --  AKA: getparyx()
+   --  Instead of placing -1 in the coordinates as return, we use a boolean
+   --  to return the info that the window has no parent.
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_pad.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function New_Pad (Lines   : Line_Count;
+                     Columns : Column_Count) return Window;
+   --  AKA: newpad()
+
+   --  |
+   function Sub_Pad
+     (Pad                   : Window;
+      Number_Of_Lines       : Line_Count;
+      Number_Of_Columns     : Column_Count;
+      First_Line_Position   : Line_Position;
+      First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window;
+   --  AKA: subpad()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Refresh
+     (Pad                      : in Window;
+      Source_Top_Row           : in Line_Position;
+      Source_Left_Column       : in Column_Position;
+      Destination_Top_Row      : in Line_Position;
+      Destination_Left_Column  : in Column_Position;
+      Destination_Bottom_Row   : in Line_Position;
+      Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position);
+   --  AKA: prefresh()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Refresh_Without_Update
+     (Pad                      : in Window;
+      Source_Top_Row           : in Line_Position;
+      Source_Left_Column       : in Column_Position;
+      Destination_Top_Row      : in Line_Position;
+      Destination_Left_Column  : in Column_Position;
+      Destination_Bottom_Row   : in Line_Position;
+      Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position);
+   --  AKA: pnoutrefresh()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It
+     (Pad : in Window;
+      Ch  : in Attributed_Character);
+   --  AKA: pechochar()
+
+   procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It
+     (Pad : in Window;
+      Ch  : in Character);
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_scroll.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Scroll (Win    : in Window  := Standard_Window;
+                     Amount : in Integer := 1);
+   --  AKA: wscrl()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_delch.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Delete_Character (Win : in Window := Standard_Window);
+   --  AKA: wdelch()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Delete_Character
+     (Win    : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Line   : in Line_Position;
+      Column : in Column_Position);
+   --  AKA: mvwdelch()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_inch.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Peek (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
+     return Attributed_Character;
+   --  AKA: winch()
+
+   --  |
+   function Peek
+     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
+      Line   : Line_Position;
+      Column : Column_Position) return Attributed_Character;
+   --  AKA: mvwinch()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_winch.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+                     Ch  : in Attributed_Character);
+   --  AKA: winsch()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Insert (Win    : in Window := Standard_Window;
+                     Line   : in Line_Position;
+                     Column : in Column_Position;
+                     Ch     : in Attributed_Character);
+   --  AKA: mvwinsch()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_winch.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window;
+                     Str : in String;
+                     Len : in Integer := -1);
+   --  AKA: winsnstr()
+   --  AKA: winsstr()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Insert (Win    : in Window := Standard_Window;
+                     Line   : in Line_Position;
+                     Column : in Column_Position;
+                     Str    : in String;
+                     Len    : in Integer := -1);
+   --  AKA: mvwinsnstr()
+   --  AKA: mvwinsstr()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_instr.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Peek (Win : in  Window := Standard_Window;
+                   Str : out String;
+                   Len : in  Integer := -1);
+   --  AKA: winnstr()
+   --  AKA: winstr()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Peek (Win    : in  Window := Standard_Window;
+                   Line   : in  Line_Position;
+                   Column : in  Column_Position;
+                   Str    : out String;
+                   Len    : in  Integer := -1);
+   --  AKA: mvwinnstr()
+   --  AKA: mvwinstr()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_inchstr.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Peek (Win : in  Window := Standard_Window;
+                   Str : out Attributed_String;
+                   Len : in  Integer := -1);
+   --  AKA: winchnstr()
+   --  AKA: winchstr()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Peek (Win    : in  Window := Standard_Window;
+                   Line   : in  Line_Position;
+                   Column : in  Column_Position;
+                   Str    : out Attributed_String;
+                   Len    : in  Integer := -1);
+   --  AKA: mvwinchnstr()
+   --  AKA: mvwinchstr()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_getstr.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get (Win : in  Window := Standard_Window;
+                  Str : out String;
+                  Len : in  Integer := -1);
+   --  AKA: wgetnstr()
+   --  AKA: wgetstr()
+
+   procedure Get (Win    : in  Window := Standard_Window;
+                  Line   : in  Line_Position;
+                  Column : in  Column_Position;
+                  Str    : out String;
+                  Len    : in  Integer := -1);
+   --  AKA: wgetnstr(): not specified in ncurses, should be: mvwgetnstr()
+   --       and mvwgetstr() (which exists)
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_slk.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   type Soft_Label_Key_Format is (Three_Two_Three,
+                                  Four_Four,
+                                  PC_Style,              --  ncurses specific
+                                  PC_Style_With_Index);  --  "
+   type Label_Number is new Positive range 1 .. 12;
+   type Label_Justification is (Left, Centered, Right);
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Init_Soft_Label_Keys
+     (Format : in Soft_Label_Key_Format := Three_Two_Three);
+   --  AKA: slk_init()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key (Label : in Label_Number;
+                                 Text  : in String;
+                                 Fmt   : in Label_Justification := Left);
+   --  AKA: slk_set()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys;
+   --  AKA: slk_refresh()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update;
+   --  AKA: slk_noutrefresh()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_Soft_Label_Key (Label : in Label_Number;
+                                 Text  : out String);
+   --  AKA: slk_label()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Clear_Soft_Label_Keys;
+   --  AKA: slk_clear()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Restore_Soft_Label_Keys;
+   --  AKA: slk_restore()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Touch_Soft_Label_Keys;
+   --  AKA: slk_touch()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes
+     (Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set;
+      On   : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: slk_attron()
+   --  AKA: slk_attroff()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes
+     (Attr  : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+      Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+   --  AKA: slk_attrset()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set;
+   --  AKA: slk_attr()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Color_Pair;
+   --  AKA: slk_attr()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_util.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  | Not implemented : filter, use_env, putwin, getwin
+   --
+   --  |
+   procedure Key_Name (Key  : in  Real_Key_Code;
+                       Name : out String);
+   --  AKA: keyname()
+   --  The external name for a real keystroke.
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Un_Control (Ch  : in Attributed_Character;
+                         Str : out String);
+   --  AKA: unctrl()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Delay_Output (Msecs : in Natural);
+   --  AKA: delay_output()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Flush_Input;
+   --  AKA: flushinp()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_termattrs.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Baudrate return Natural;
+   --  AKA: baudrate()
+
+   --  |
+   function Erase_Character return Character;
+   --  AKA: erasechar()
+
+   --  |
+   function Kill_Character return Character;
+   --  AKA: killchar()
+
+   --  |
+   function Has_Insert_Character return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: has_ic()
+
+   --  |
+   function Has_Insert_Line return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: has_il()
+
+   --  |
+   function Supported_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set;
+   --  AKA: termattrs()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Long_Name (Name : out String);
+   --  AKA: longname()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Terminal_Name (Name : out String);
+   --  AKA: termname()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_color.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Start_Color;
+   --  AKA: start_clolor()
+   pragma Import (C, Start_Color, "start_color");
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Init_Pair (Pair : in Redefinable_Color_Pair;
+                        Fore : in Color_Number;
+                        Back : in Color_Number);
+   --  AKA: init_pair()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Pair_Content (Pair : in Color_Pair;
+                           Fore : out Color_Number;
+                           Back : out Color_Number);
+   --  AKA: pair_content()
+
+   --  |
+   function Has_Colors return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: has_colors()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Init_Color (Color : in Color_Number;
+                         Red   : in RGB_Value;
+                         Green : in RGB_Value;
+                         Blue  : in RGB_Value);
+   --  AKA: init_color()
+
+   --  |
+   function Can_Change_Color return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: can_change_color()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Color_Content (Color : in  Color_Number;
+                            Red   : out RGB_Value;
+                            Green : out RGB_Value;
+                            Blue  : out RGB_Value);
+   --  AKA: color_content()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page curs_kernel.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  | Not implemented: getsyx, setsyx
+   --
+   type Curses_Mode is (Curses, Shell);
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Save_Curses_Mode (Mode : in Curses_Mode);
+   --  AKA: def_prog_mode()
+   --  AKA: def_shell_mode()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Reset_Curses_Mode (Mode : in Curses_Mode);
+   --  AKA: reset_prog_mode()
+   --  AKA: reset_shell_mode()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Save_Terminal_State;
+   --  AKA: savetty()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Reset_Terminal_State;
+   --  AKA: resetty();
+
+   type Stdscr_Init_Proc is access
+      function (Win     : Window;
+                Columns : Column_Count) return Integer;
+   pragma Convention (C, Stdscr_Init_Proc);
+   --  N.B.: the return value is actually ignored, but it seems to be
+   --        a good practice to return 0 if you think all went fine
+   --        and -1 otherwise.
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Rip_Off_Lines (Lines : in Integer;
+                            Proc  : in Stdscr_Init_Proc);
+   --  AKA: ripoffline()
+   --  N.B.: to be more precise, this uses a ncurses specific enhancement of
+   --        ripoffline(), in which the Lines argument absolute value is the
+   --        number of lines to be ripped of. The official ripoffline() only
+   --        uses the sign of Lines to rip of a single line from bottom or top.
+
+   type Cursor_Visibility is (Invisible, Normal, Very_Visible);
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Cursor_Visibility (Visibility : in out Cursor_Visibility);
+   --  AKA: curs_set()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Nap_Milli_Seconds (Ms : in Natural);
+   --  AKA: napms()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Some usefull helpers.
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   type Transform_Direction is (From_Screen, To_Screen);
+   procedure Transform_Coordinates
+     (W      : in Window := Standard_Window;
+      Line   : in out Line_Position;
+      Column : in out Column_Position;
+      Dir    : in Transform_Direction := From_Screen);
+   --  This procedure transforms screen coordinates into coordinates relative
+   --  to the window and vice versa, depending on the Dir parmeter.
+   --  Screen coordinates are the position informations on the physical device.
+   --  An Curses_Exception will be raised if Line and Column are not in the
+   --  Window or if you pass the Null_Window as argument.
+
+private
+   type Window is new System.Address;
+   Null_Window : constant Window := Window (System.Null_Address);
+
+   Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.Low_Order_First;
+   --  This constant may be different on your system.
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses;
+
+
+ +

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice. +

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32d50f4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + + + +

+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--                            Terminal_Interface                            --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.3 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+package Terminal_Interface is
+--
+--  Everything is in the child units
+--
+end Terminal_Interface;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/wresize.3x.html b/Ada95/html/wresize.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c1d67b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/wresize.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +

+       wresize - resize a curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int wresize(WINDOW *win, int lines, int columns);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  wresize  function  reallocates storage for an ncurses
+       window to adjust its dimensions to the  specified  values.
+       If either dimension is larger than the current values, the
+       window's data is filled with blanks that have the  current
+       background  rendition  (as  set  by wbkgndset) merged into
+       them.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function returns the integer ERR upon failure  and  OK
+       on success.  It will fail if either of the dimensions less
+       than or equal  to  zero,  or  if  an  error  occurs  while
+       (re)allocating memory for the window.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The only restriction placed on the dimensions is that they
+       be greater than zero.  The dimensions are not compared  to
+       curses   screen   dimensions  to  simplify  the  logic  of
+       resizeterm.  The caller  must  ensure  that  the  window's
+       dimensions fit within the actual screen dimensions.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       resizeterm(3x).
+
+
+
+

AUTHOR

+       Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988
+       for BSD curses).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/samples/Makefile.in b/Ada95/samples/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2130e4a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# -- +# GNAT ncurses Binding -- +# samples/Makefile -- +# -- +# Version 00.92 -- +# -- +# The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +# Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +# -- +# Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +# binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +# of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +# this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +# removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +# author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +# highly appreciated. -- +# -- +# This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Version Control +# $Revision: 1.7 $ +# +.SUFFIXES: + +SHELL = /bin/sh +THIS = Makefile + +MODEL = ../../@DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +libdir = @libdir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +AWK = @AWK@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ + +CC = @CC@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ + +CPPFLAGS = @ACPPFLAGS@ \ + -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I$(srcdir) + +CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) + +CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS) +CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE +CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg +CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@ + +CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@) + +LINK = $(CC) +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LD_MODEL@ @LIBS@ + +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +################################################################################ +ada_srcdir=../ada_include +ada_objdir=../ada_objects + +LD_FLAGS = @LD_MODEL@ $(LOCAL_LIBS) @LDFLAGS@ @LIBS@ @LOCAL_LDFLAGS2@ $(LDFLAGS) + +ADA = @nc_ada_compiler@ +ADAFLAGS = @ADAFLAGS@ -I$(srcdir) + +ADAMAKE = @nc_ada_make@ +ADAMAKEFLAGS = -aI$(srcdir) -aI$(ada_srcdir) -aI$(srcdir)/$(ada_srcdir) -aO$(ada_objdir) + +ALIB = @nc_ada_package@ +ABASE = $(ALIB)-curses + +CARGS =-cargs $(ADAFLAGS) +LARGS =-largs -L../../lib $(LD_FLAGS) + +PROGS = tour + +TOUR_OBJS = tour.o sample.o sample-curses_demo.o sample-explanation.o \ + sample-form_demo.o sample-function_key_setting.o \ + sample-header_handler.o sample-helpers.o \ + sample-keyboard_handler.o sample-manifest.o sample-menu_demo.o \ + sample-menu_demo-aux.o sample-text_io_demo.o \ + sample-curses_demo-attributes.o sample-curses_demo-mouse.o \ + sample-form_demo-aux.o sample-my_field_type.o + +all :: demo1 + @ + +demo1: explain.msg + $(ADAMAKE) $(ADAMAKEFLAGS) tour $(CARGS) $(LARGS) + +explain.msg: $(srcdir)/explain.txt + cp $(srcdir)/explain.txt $@ + +clean :: + rm -f *.o *.ali b_t*.* *.s $(PROGS) a.out core b_*_test.c *.xr[bs] explain.msg + +distclean :: clean + rm -f Makefile + +mostlyclean :: clean + @ + +realclean :: distclean + @ + + diff --git a/Ada95/samples/README b/Ada95/samples/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ea8a18e --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/README @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +The intention of the demo at this point in time is not to demonstrate all +the features of (n)curses and it's subsystems, but to give some sample +sources how to use the binding at all. + +Ideally in the future we can combine both goals. + diff --git a/Ada95/samples/explain.txt b/Ada95/samples/explain.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..51c7d695 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/explain.txt @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +#VERSION +This is Version 00.90.00 of the demo package. +#MENUKEYS +In a menu you can use the following Keys in the whole application: + + - CTRL-Q Quit the menu + - CTRL-N Go to next item + - CTRL-P Go to previous item + - CTRL-U Scroll up one line + - CTRL-D Scroll down one line + - CTRL-F Scroll down one page + - PAGE DOWN Scroll down one page + - PAGE UP Scroll back one page + - CTRL-B Scroll back one page + - CTRL-X Clear pattern + - CTRL-H Delete last character from pattern + - Backspace Delete last character from pattern + - CTRL-A Next pattern match + - CTRL-Z Previous pattern match + - CTRL-T Toggle item in a multi-selection menu + - CR or LF Select an item + - HOME Key Go to the first item + - F3 Quit the menu + - Cursor Down Down one item + - Cursor Up Up one item + - Cursor Left Left one item + - Cursor Right Right one item + - END Key Go to last item +#FORMKEYS + - CTRL-Q Quit the form + - CTRL-F Go to the next page of the form + - CTRL-B Go to the previous page of the form + - CTRL-N Go to the next field + - CTRL-P Go to the previous field + - CTRL-L Go to the field left of the current one + - CTRL-R Go to the field right of the current one + - CTRL-U Go to the field above the current one + - CTRL-D Go to the field below the current one + - CTRL-W Go to the next word in the field + - CTRL-T Go to the previous word in the field + - CTRL-S Go to the beginning of the field + - CTRL-E Go to the end of the field + - CTRL-I Insert a blank character at the current position + - CTRL-O Insert a line + - CTRL-V Delete a character + - CTRL-H Delete previous character + - CTRL-Y Delete a line + - CTRL-G Delete a word + - CTRL-K Clear to end of field + - CTRL-X Clear the field + - CTRL-A Next choice in a choice field (Enumerations etc.) + - CTRL-Z Previous choice in a choice field. +#HELP +#HELPKEYS +You may scroll with the Cursor Up/Down Keys. +You may leave the help with the Function Key labelled 'Quit'. +#INHELP +You are already in the help system. +You may leave the help with the Function Key labelled 'Quit'. +#MAIN +This is the main menu of the sample program for the ncurses Ada95 +binding. The main intention of the demo is not to demonstate or +test all the features of ncurses and it's subsystems, but to provide +to you some sample code how to use the binding with Ada95. + +You may select this options: + + * Look at some ncurses core functions + * Look at some features of the menu subsystem + * Look at some features of the form subsystem + * Look at the output of the Ada.Text_IO like functions + for ncurses. + +#MAINPAD +You may press at any place in this demo CTRL-C. This will give you a command +window. You can just type in the Label-String of a function key, then this +key will be simulated. This should help you to run the application even if +you run it on a terminal with no or only a few function keys. With CTRL-A +and CTRL-Z you may browse through the possible values in the command window. +#MENU00 +Here we give you a selection of various menu demonstrations. +#MENU-PAD00 +This menu itself is a demo for a single valued, 1-column menu with +descriptions for the items, a marker and a padding character between +the item name and the description. +#MENU01 +This is a demo of the some of the menu layout options. One of them +is the spacing functionality. Just press the Key labelled "Flip" to +flip between the non-spaced and a spaced version of the menu. Please +note that this functionality is unique for ncurses and is not found +in the SVr4 menu implementation. + +This is a menu that sometimes doesn't fit into it's window and +therefore it becomes a scroll menu. + +You can also see here very nicely the pattern matching functionality +of menus. Type for example a 'J' and you will be positioned to the +next item after the current starting with a 'J'. Any more characters +you type in make the pattern more specific. With CTRL-A and CTRL-Z +(for more details press the Key labelled "Keys") you can browse +through all the items matching the pattern. + +You may change the format of the menu. Just press one of the keys +labelled "4x1", "4x2" or "4x3" to get a menu with that many rows +and columns. + +With the Keys "O-Row" or "O-Col" (they occupy the same label and +switch on selection) you can change the major order scheme for +the menu. If "O-Col" is visible, the menu is currently major +ordered by rows, you can switch to major column order by pressing +the key. If "O-Row" is visible, it's just the reverse situation. +This Key is not visible in "4x1" layout mode, because in this case +the functionality makes no sense. + +With the Keys "Multi" or "Singl" (they occupy the same label and +switch on selection) you can change whether or not the menu allows +multiple or only single selection. + +With the Keys "+Desc" or "-Desc" (they occupy the same label and +switch on selection) you can change whether or not the descriptions +for each item should be displayed. Please not that this key is +not visible in the "4x3" layout mode, because in this case the +menu wouldn't fit on a typicall 80x24 screen. + +With the Keys "Disab" or "Enab" (they occupy the same label and +switch on selection) you can dis- or enable the selectability of +the month with 31 days. +#MENU-PAD01 +You may press "Flip" to see the effect of ncurses unique menu-spacing. +The Keys "4x1", "4x2" and "4x3" will change the format of the menu. +Please note that this is a scrolling menu. You may also play with the +pattern matching functionality or try to change the format of the menu. +For more details press the Key labelled "Help". +#FORM00 +This is a demo of the forms package. +#FORM-PAD00 +Please note that this demo is far from being complete. It really shows +only a small part of the functionality of the forms package. Let's hope +the next version will have a richer demo (You wan't to contribute ?). +#NOTIMPL +Sorry this functionality of the demo is not implemented at the moment. +Remember this is a freeware project, so I can use only my very rare +free time to continue coding. If you would like to contribute, you +are very welcome ! +#CURSES00 +This is a menu where you can select some different demos of the ncurses +functionality. +#CURSES-PAD00 +Please note that this demo is far from being complete. It really shows +only a small part of the functionality of the curses package. Let's hope +the next version will have a richer demo (You wan't to contribute ?). +#MOUSEKEYS +In this demo you may use this keys: + + - Key labelled "Help" to get a help + - Key labelled "Keys" is what you are reading now + - Key labelled "Quit" to leave the demo + +You may click the mouse buttons at any location at the screen and look +at the protocol window ! +#MOUSE00 +A rather simple use of a mouse as demo. It's there just to test the +code and to provide the sample source. + +It might be of interest, that the output into the protocol window is +done by the (n)curses Text_IO subpackages. Especially the output of +the button and state names is done by Ads's enumeration IO, which +allows you to print the names of enumeration literals. That's really +nice. +#MOUSE-PAD00 +This is a very simple demo of the mouse features of ncurses. It's there +just to test whether or not the generated code for the binding really +works on the different architectures (seems so). +#ATTRIBDEMO +Again this is a more than simple demo and just here to give you the +sourcecode. +#ATTRIBKEYS +You may press one of the three well known standard keys of this demo. +#ATTRIB-PAD00 +Again this is a more than simple demo and just here to give you the +sourcecode. Feel free to contribute more. +#TEXTIO +#TEXTIOKEYS +#TEXTIO-PAD00 +#END diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-attributes.adb b/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-attributes.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d1eb8f71 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-attributes.adb @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Curses_Demo.Attributes -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; + +with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest; +with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers; +with Sample.Function_Key_Setting; use Sample.Function_Key_Setting; +with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler; +with Sample.Header_Handler; use Sample.Header_Handler; +with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation; + +with Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler; +with Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse; + +package body Sample.Curses_Demo.Attributes is + + procedure Demo + is + P : Panel := Create (Standard_Window); + K : Real_Key_Code; + begin + Set_Meta_Mode; + Set_KeyPad_Mode; + + Top (P); + + Push_Environment ("ATTRIBDEMO"); + Default_Labels; + Notepad ("ATTRIB-PAD00"); + + Set_Character_Attributes (Attr => (others => False)); + Add (Line => 1, Column => Columns / 2 - 10, + Str => "This is NORMAL"); + + Set_Character_Attributes (Attr => (Stand_Out => True, + others => False)); + Add (Line => 2, Column => Columns / 2 - 10, + Str => "This is Stand_Out"); + + Set_Character_Attributes (Attr => (Under_Line => True, + others => False)); + Add (Line => 3, Column => Columns / 2 - 10, + Str => "This is Under_Line"); + + Set_Character_Attributes (Attr => (Reverse_Video => True, + others => False)); + Add (Line => 4, Column => Columns / 2 - 10, + Str => "This is Reverse_Video"); + + Set_Character_Attributes (Attr => (Blink => True, + others => False)); + Add (Line => 5, Column => Columns / 2 - 10, + Str => "This is Blink"); + + Set_Character_Attributes (Attr => (Dim_Character => True, + others => False)); + Add (Line => 6, Column => Columns / 2 - 10, + Str => "This is Dim_Character"); + + Set_Character_Attributes (Attr => (Bold_Character => True, + others => False)); + Add (Line => 7, Column => Columns / 2 - 10, + Str => "This is Bold_Character"); + + Refresh_Without_Update; + Update_Panels; Update_Screen; + + loop + K := Get_Key; + if K in Special_Key_Code'Range then + case K is + when QUIT_CODE => exit; + when HELP_CODE => Explain_Context; + when EXPLAIN_CODE => Explain ("ATTRIBKEYS"); + when others => null; + end case; + end if; + end loop; + + Pop_Environment; + Clear; + Refresh_Without_Update; + Delete (P); + Update_Panels; Update_Screen; + + end Demo; + +end Sample.Curses_Demo.Attributes; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-attributes.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-attributes.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fc93e747 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-attributes.ads @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Curses_Demo.Attributes -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +package Sample.Curses_Demo.Attributes is + + procedure Demo; + +end Sample.Curses_Demo.Attributes; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-mouse.adb b/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-mouse.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8351598 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-mouse.adb @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO; + +with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers; +with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest; +with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler; +with Sample.Function_Key_Setting; use Sample.Function_Key_Setting; +with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation; + +package body Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse is + + package Int_IO is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO (Integer); + use Int_IO; + + package Button_IO is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO (Mouse_Button); + use Button_IO; + + package State_IO is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO (Button_State); + use State_IO; + + procedure Demo is + + type Controls is array (1 .. 3) of Panel; + + Frame : Window; + Msg : Window; + Ctl : Controls; + Pan : Panel; + N : constant Natural := Ctl'Length; + K : Real_Key_Code; + V : Cursor_Visibility := Invisible; + W : Window; + Note : Window; + Msg_L : constant Line_Count := 8; + Lins : Line_Position := Lines; + Cols : Column_Position; + Mask : Event_Mask; + procedure Show_Mouse_Event; + + procedure Show_Mouse_Event + is + Evt : constant Mouse_Event := Get_Mouse; + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + Button : Mouse_Button; + State : Button_State; + W : Window; + begin + Get_Event (Evt, Y, X, Button, State); + Put (Msg, "Event at"); + Put (Msg, " X="); Put (Msg, Integer (X), 3); + Put (Msg, ", Y="); Put (Msg, Integer (Y), 3); + Put (Msg, ", Btn="); Put (Msg, Button, 10); + Put (Msg, ", Stat="); Put (Msg, State, 15); + for I in Ctl'Range loop + W := Get_Window (Ctl (I)); + if Enclosed_In_Window (W, Evt) then + Transform_Coordinates (W, Y, X, From_Screen); + Put (Msg, ",Box("); + Put (Msg, Integer (I), 1); Put (Msg, ","); + Put (Msg, Integer (Y), 1); Put (Msg, ","); + Put (Msg, Integer (X), 1); Put (Msg, ")"); + end if; + end loop; + New_Line (Msg); + Flush (Msg); + Update_Panels; Update_Screen; + end Show_Mouse_Event; + + begin + Push_Environment ("MOUSE00"); + Notepad ("MOUSE-PAD00"); + Default_Labels; + Set_Cursor_Visibility (V); + + Note := Notepad_Window; + if Note /= Null_Window then + Get_Window_Position (Note, Lins, Cols); + end if; + Frame := Create (Msg_L, Columns, Lins - Msg_L, 0); + if Has_Colors then + Set_Background (Win => Frame, + Ch => (Color => Default_Colors, + Attr => Normal_Video, + Ch => ' ')); + Set_Character_Attributes (Win => Frame, + Attr => Normal_Video, + Color => Default_Colors); + Erase (Frame); + end if; + Msg := Derived_Window (Frame, Msg_L - 2, Columns - 2, 1, 1); + Pan := Create (Frame); + + Set_Meta_Mode; + Set_KeyPad_Mode; + Mask := Start_Mouse; + + Box (Frame); + Window_Title (Frame, "Mouse Protocol"); + Refresh_Without_Update (Frame); + Allow_Scrolling (Msg, True); + + declare + Middle_Column : constant Integer := Integer (Columns) / 2; + Middle_Index : constant Natural := Ctl'First + (Ctl'Length / 2); + Width : constant Column_Count := 5; + Height : constant Line_Count := 3; + Half : constant Column_Count := Width / 2; + Space : constant Column_Count := 3; + Position : Integer; + W : Window; + begin + for I in Ctl'Range loop + Position := (Integer (I) - Integer (Middle_Index)) * + Integer (Half + Space + Width) + Middle_Column; + W := Create (Height, + Width, + 1, + Column_Position (Position)); + if Has_Colors then + Set_Background (Win => W, + Ch => (Color => Menu_Back_Color, + Attr => Normal_Video, + Ch => ' ')); + Set_Character_Attributes (Win => W, + Attr => Normal_Video, + Color => Menu_Fore_Color); + Erase (W); + end if; + Ctl (I) := Create (W); + Box (W); + Move_Cursor (W, 1, Half); + Put (W, Integer (I), 1); + Refresh_Without_Update (W); + end loop; + end; + + Update_Panels; Update_Screen; + + loop + K := Get_Key; + if K in Special_Key_Code'Range then + case K is + when QUIT_CODE => exit; + when HELP_CODE => Explain_Context; + when EXPLAIN_CODE => Explain ("MOUSEKEYS"); + when Key_Mouse => Show_Mouse_Event; + when others => null; + end case; + end if; + end loop; + + for I in Ctl'Range loop + W := Get_Window (Ctl (I)); + Clear (W); + Delete (Ctl (I)); + Delete (W); + end loop; + + Clear (Frame); + Delete (Pan); + Delete (Msg); + Delete (Frame); + + Set_Cursor_Visibility (V); + End_Mouse; + + Pop_Environment; + Update_Panels; Update_Screen; + + end Demo; + +end Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse; + diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-mouse.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-mouse.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ad3e5dac --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-mouse.ads @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +package Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse is + + procedure Demo; + +end Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo.adb b/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..81ac9a5a --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo.adb @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Curses_Demo -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data; + +with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest; +with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers; +with Sample.Function_Key_Setting; use Sample.Function_Key_Setting; +with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler; +with Sample.Header_Handler; use Sample.Header_Handler; +with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation; + +with Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler; +with Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse; +with Sample.Curses_Demo.Attributes; + +package body Sample.Curses_Demo is + + procedure Demo + is + function My_Driver (M : Menu; + K : Key_Code; + Pan : Panel) return Boolean; + package Mh is new Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler (My_Driver); + + Itm : constant Item_Array (1 .. 2) := + (New_Item ("Attributes Demo"), + New_Item ("Mouse Demo")); + M : Menu := New_Menu (Itm); + + function My_Driver (M : Menu; + K : Key_Code; + Pan : Panel) return Boolean + is + Idx : constant Positive := Get_Index (Current (M)); + begin + if K in User_Key_Code'Range then + if K = QUIT then + return True; + elsif K = SELECT_ITEM then + if Idx in Itm'Range then + Hide (Pan); + Update_Panels; + end if; + case Idx is + when 1 => Sample.Curses_Demo.Attributes.Demo; + when 2 => Sample.Curses_Demo.Mouse.Demo; + when others => Not_Implemented; + end case; + if Idx in Itm'Range then + Top (Pan); + Show (Pan); + Update_Panels; + Update_Screen; + end if; + end if; + end if; + return False; + end My_Driver; + + begin + + if Item_Count (M) /= Itm'Length then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + + if not Has_Key (Key_Mouse) then + declare + O : Item_Option_Set; + begin + Get_Options (Itm (2), O); + O.Selectable := False; + Set_Options (Itm (2), O); + end; + end if; + + Push_Environment ("CURSES00"); + Notepad ("CURSES-PAD00"); + Default_Labels; + Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update; + + Mh.Drive_Me (M, " Demo "); + Pop_Environment; + + Delete (M); + + end Demo; + +end Sample.Curses_Demo; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..49e5fb6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo.ads @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Curses_Demo -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +package Sample.Curses_Demo is + + procedure Demo; + +end Sample.Curses_Demo; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-explanation.adb b/Ada95/samples/sample-explanation.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..67930911 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-explanation.adb @@ -0,0 +1,395 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Explanation -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.6 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Poor mans help system. This scans a sequential file for key lines and +-- then reads the lines up to the next key. Those lines are presented in +-- a window as help or explanation. +-- +with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO; +with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; + +with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler; +with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest; +with Sample.Function_Key_Setting; use Sample.Function_Key_Setting; +with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers; + +package body Sample.Explanation is + + Help_Keys : constant String := "HELPKEYS"; + In_Help : constant String := "INHELP"; + + File_Name : String := "explain.msg"; + F : File_Type; + + type Help_Line; + type Help_Line_Access is access Help_Line; + pragma Controlled (Help_Line_Access); + type String_Access is access String; + pragma Controlled (String_Access); + + type Help_Line is + record + Prev, Next : Help_Line_Access; + Line : String_Access; + end record; + + procedure Explain (Key : in String; + Win : in Window); + + procedure Release_String is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (String, + String_Access); + procedure Release_Help_Line is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Help_Line, + Help_Line_Access); + + function Search (Key : String) return Help_Line_Access; + procedure Release_Help (Root : in out Help_Line_Access); + + procedure Explain (Key : in String) + is + begin + Explain (Key, Null_Window); + end Explain; + + procedure Explain (Key : in String; + Win : in Window) + is + -- Retrieve the text associated with this key and display it in this + -- window. If no window argument is passed, the routine will create + -- a temporary window and use it. + + function Filter_Key return Real_Key_Code; + procedure Unknown_Key; + procedure Redo; + procedure To_Window (C : in out Help_Line_Access; + More : in out Boolean); + + Frame : Window := Null_Window; + + W : Window := Win; + K : Real_Key_Code; + P : Panel; + + Height : Line_Count; + Width : Column_Count; + Help : Help_Line_Access := Search (Key); + Current : Help_Line_Access; + Top_Line : Help_Line_Access; + + Has_More : Boolean; + + procedure Unknown_Key + is + begin + Add (W, "Help message with ID "); + Add (W, Key); + Add (W, " not found."); + Add (W, Character'Val (10)); + Add (W, "Press the Function key labelled 'Quit' key to continue."); + end Unknown_Key; + + procedure Redo + is + H : Help_Line_Access := Top_Line; + begin + if Top_Line /= null then + for L in 0 .. (Height - 1) loop + Add (W, L, 0, H.Line.all); + exit when H.Next = null; + H := H.Next; + end loop; + else + Unknown_Key; + end if; + end Redo; + + function Filter_Key return Real_Key_Code + is + K : Real_Key_Code; + begin + loop + K := Get_Key (W); + if K in Special_Key_Code'Range then + case K is + when HELP_CODE => + if not Find_Context (In_Help) then + Push_Environment (In_Help, False); + Explain (In_Help, W); + Pop_Environment; + Redo; + end if; + when EXPLAIN_CODE => + if not Find_Context (Help_Keys) then + Push_Environment (Help_Keys, False); + Explain (Help_Keys, W); + Pop_Environment; + Redo; + end if; + when others => exit; + end case; + else + exit; + end if; + end loop; + return K; + end Filter_Key; + + procedure To_Window (C : in out Help_Line_Access; + More : in out Boolean) + is + L : Line_Position := 0; + begin + loop + Add (W, L, 0, C.Line.all); + L := L + 1; + exit when C.Next = null or else L = Height; + C := C.Next; + end loop; + if C.Next /= null then + pragma Assert (L = Height); + More := True; + else + More := False; + end if; + end To_Window; + + begin + if W = Null_Window then + Push_Environment ("HELP"); + Default_Labels; + Frame := New_Window (Lines - 2, Columns, 0, 0); + if Has_Colors then + Set_Background (Win => Frame, + Ch => (Ch => ' ', + Color => Help_Color, + Attr => Normal_Video)); + Set_Character_Attributes (Win => Frame, + Attr => Normal_Video, + Color => Help_Color); + Erase (Frame); + end if; + Box (Frame); + Set_Character_Attributes (Frame, (Reverse_Video => True, + others => False)); + Add (Frame, Lines - 3, 2, "Cursor Up/Down scrolls"); + Set_Character_Attributes (Frame); -- Back to default. + Window_Title (Frame, "Explanation"); + W := Derived_Window (Frame, Lines - 4, Columns - 2, 1, 1); + Refresh_Without_Update (Frame); + Get_Size (W, Height, Width); + Set_Meta_Mode (W); + Set_KeyPad_Mode (W); + Allow_Scrolling (W, True); + Set_Echo_Mode (False); + P := Create (Frame); + Top (P); + Update_Panels; + else + Clear (W); + Refresh_Without_Update (W); + end if; + + Current := Help; Top_Line := Help; + + if null = Help then + Unknown_Key; + loop + K := Filter_Key; + exit when K = QUIT_CODE; + end loop; + else + To_Window (Current, Has_More); + if Has_More then + -- This means there are more lines available, so we have to go + -- into a scroll manager. + loop + K := Filter_Key; + if K in Special_Key_Code'Range then + case K is + when Key_Cursor_Down => + if Current.Next /= null then + Move_Cursor (W, Height - 1, 0); + Scroll (W, 1); + Current := Current.Next; + Top_Line := Top_Line.Next; + Add (W, Current.Line.all); + end if; + when Key_Cursor_Up => + if Top_Line.Prev /= null then + Move_Cursor (W, 0, 0); + Scroll (W, -1); + Top_Line := Top_Line.Prev; + Current := Current.Prev; + Add (W, Top_Line.Line.all); + end if; + when QUIT_CODE => exit; + when others => null; + end case; + end if; + end loop; + else + loop + K := Filter_Key; + exit when K = QUIT_CODE; + end loop; + end if; + end if; + + Clear (W); + + if Frame /= Null_Window then + Clear (Frame); + Delete (P); + Delete (W); + Delete (Frame); + Pop_Environment; + end if; + + Update_Panels; + Update_Screen; + + Release_Help (Help); + + end Explain; + + function Search (Key : String) return Help_Line_Access + is + Last : Natural; + Buffer : String (1 .. 256); + Root : Help_Line_Access := null; + Current : Help_Line_Access; + Tail : Help_Line_Access := null; + Save : String_Access; + + function Next_Line return Boolean; + + function Next_Line return Boolean + is + H_End : constant String := "#END"; + begin + Get_Line (F, Buffer, Last); + if Last = H_End'Length and then H_End = Buffer (1 .. Last) then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Next_Line; + begin + Reset (F); + Outer : + loop + exit when not Next_Line; + if Last = (1 + Key'Length) and then Key = Buffer (2 .. Last) + and then Buffer (1) = '#' then + loop + exit when not Next_Line; + exit when Buffer (1) = '#'; + Current := new Help_Line'(null, null, + new String'(Buffer (1 .. Last))); + if Tail = null then + Release_Help (Root); + Root := Current; + else + Tail.Next := Current; + Current.Prev := Tail; + end if; + Tail := Current; + end loop; + exit Outer; + end if; + end loop Outer; + return Root; + end Search; + + procedure Release_Help (Root : in out Help_Line_Access) + is + Next : Help_Line_Access; + begin + loop + exit when Root = null; + Next := Root.Next; + Release_String (Root.Line); + Release_Help_Line (Root); + Root := Next; + end loop; + end Release_Help; + + procedure Explain_Context + is + begin + Explain (Context); + end Explain_Context; + + procedure Notepad (Key : in String) + is + H : constant Help_Line_Access := Search (Key); + T : Help_Line_Access := H; + N : Line_Count := 1; + L : Line_Position := 0; + W : Window; + P : Panel; + begin + if H /= null then + loop + T := T.Next; + exit when T = null; + N := N + 1; + end loop; + W := New_Window (N + 2, Columns, Lines - N - 2, 0); + if Has_Colors then + Set_Background (Win => W, + Ch => (Ch => ' ', + Color => Notepad_Color, + Attr => Normal_Video)); + Set_Character_Attributes (Win => W, + Attr => Normal_Video, + Color => Notepad_Color); + Erase (W); + end if; + Box (W); + Window_Title (W, "Notepad"); + P := New_Panel (W); + T := H; + loop + Add (W, L + 1, 1, T.Line.all, Integer (Columns - 2)); + L := L + 1; + T := T.Next; + exit when T = null; + end loop; + T := H; + Release_Help (T); + Refresh_Without_Update (W); + Notepad_To_Context (P); + end if; + end Notepad; + +begin + Open (F, In_File, File_Name); +end Sample.Explanation; + diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-explanation.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample-explanation.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3eaecbe3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-explanation.ads @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Explanation -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Poor mans help system. This scans a sequential file for key lines and +-- then reads the lines up to the next key. Those lines are presented in +-- a window as help or explanation. +-- +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; + +package Sample.Explanation is + + package Curses renames Terminal_Interface.Curses; + + procedure Explain (Key : in String); + -- Retrieve the text associated with this key and display it. + + procedure Explain_Context; + -- Explain the current context. + + procedure Notepad (Key : in String); + -- Put a note on the screen and maintain it with the context + + Explanation_Not_Found : exception; + Explanation_Error : exception; + +end Sample.Explanation; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-aux.adb b/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-aux.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2f3f24e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-aux.adb @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Form_Demo.Aux -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.5 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; use Ada.Characters.Latin_1; + +with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest; +with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers; +with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler; +with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation; + +package body Sample.Form_Demo.Aux is + + procedure Geometry (F : in Form; + L : out Line_Count; -- Lines used for menu + C : out Column_Count; -- Columns used for menu + Y : out Line_Position; -- Proposed Line for menu + X : out Column_Position) -- Proposed Column for menu + is + begin + Scale (F, L, C); + + L := L + 2; -- count for frame at top and bottom + C := C + 2; -- " + + -- Calculate horizontal coordinate at the screen center + X := (Columns - C) / 2; + Y := 1; -- start always in line 1 + end Geometry; + + function Create (F : Form; + Title : String; + Lin : Line_Position; + Col : Column_Position) return Panel + is + W, S : Window; + L : Line_Count; + C : Column_Count; + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + Pan : Panel; + begin + Geometry (F, L, C, Y, X); + W := New_Window (L, C, Lin, Col); + Set_Meta_Mode (W); + Set_KeyPad_Mode (W); + if Has_Colors then + Set_Background (Win => W, + Ch => (Ch => ' ', + Color => Default_Colors, + Attr => Normal_Video)); + Set_Character_Attributes (Win => W, + Color => Default_Colors, + Attr => Normal_Video); + Erase (W); + end if; + S := Derived_Window (W, L - 2, C - 2, 1, 1); + Set_Meta_Mode (S); + Set_KeyPad_Mode (S); + Box (W); + Set_Window (F, W); + Set_Sub_Window (F, S); + if Title'Length > 0 then + Window_Title (W, Title); + end if; + Pan := New_Panel (W); + Post (F); + return Pan; + end Create; + + procedure Destroy (F : in Form; + P : in out Panel) + is + W, S : Window; + begin + W := Get_Window (F); + S := Get_Sub_Window (F); + Post (F, False); + Erase (W); + Delete (P); + Set_Window (F, Null_Window); + Set_Sub_Window (F, Null_Window); + Delete (S); + Delete (W); + Update_Panels; + end Destroy; + + function Get_Request (F : Form; + P : Panel; + Handle_CRLF : Boolean := True) return Key_Code + is + W : constant Window := Get_Window (F); + K : Real_Key_Code; + Ch : Character; + begin + Top (P); + loop + K := Get_Key (W); + if K in Special_Key_Code'Range then + case K is + when HELP_CODE => Explain_Context; + when EXPLAIN_CODE => Explain ("FORMKEYS"); + when Key_Home => return F_First_Field; + when Key_End => return F_Last_Field; + when QUIT_CODE => return QUIT; + when Key_Cursor_Down => return F_Down_Char; + when Key_Cursor_Up => return F_Up_Char; + when Key_Cursor_Left => return F_Left_Char; + when Key_Cursor_Right => return F_Right_Char; + when Key_Next_Page => return F_ScrollForward_Line; + when Key_Previous_Page => return F_ScrollBackward_Line; + when Key_Backspace => return F_Delete_Previous; + when others => return K; + end case; + elsif K in Normal_Key_Code'Range then + Ch := Character'Val (K); + case Ch is + when DC1 => return QUIT; -- CTRL-Q + when ACK => return F_Next_Page; -- CTRL-F + when STX => return F_Previous_Page; -- CTRL-B + when SO => return F_Next_Field; -- CTRL-N + when DLE => return F_Previous_Field; -- CTRL-P + when FF => return F_Left_Field; -- CTRL-L + when DC2 => return F_Right_Field; -- CTRL-R + when NAK => return F_Up_Field; -- CTRL-U + when EOT => return F_Down_Field; -- CTRL-D + when ETB => return F_Next_Word; -- CTRL-W + when DC4 => return F_Previous_Word; -- CTRL-T + when DC3 => return F_Begin_Field; -- CTRL-S + when ENQ => return F_End_Field; -- CTRL-E + when HT => return F_Insert_Char; -- CTRL-I + when SI => return F_Insert_Line; -- CTRL-O + when SYN => return F_Delete_Char; -- CTRL-V + when BS => return F_Delete_Previous; -- CTRL-H + when EM => return F_Delete_Line; -- CTRL-Y + when BEL => return F_Delete_Word; -- CTRL-G + when VT => return F_Clear_EOF; -- CTRL-K + when CAN => return F_Clear_Field; -- CTRL-X + when SOH => return F_Next_Choice; -- CTRL-A + when SUB => return F_Previous_Choice; -- CTRL-Z + when CR | LF => + if Handle_CRLF then + return F_New_Line; + else + return K; + end if; + when others => return K; + end case; + else + return K; + end if; + end loop; + end Get_Request; + + function Make (Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position; + Text : String) return Field + is + Fld : Field; + C : Column_Count := Column_Count (Text'Length); + begin + Fld := New_Field (1, C, Top, Left); + Set_Buffer (Fld, 0, Text); + Switch_Options (Fld, (Active => True, others => False), False); + if Has_Colors then + Set_Background (Fld => Fld, Color => Default_Colors); + end if; + return Fld; + end Make; + + function Make (Height : Line_Count := 1; + Width : Column_Count; + Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position; + Off_Screen : Natural := 0) return Field + is + Fld : Field := New_Field (Height, Width, Top, Left, Off_Screen); + begin + if Has_Colors then + Set_Foreground (Fld => Fld, Color => Form_Fore_Color); + Set_Background (Fld => Fld, Color => Form_Back_Color); + else + Set_Background (Fld, (Reverse_Video => True, others => False)); + end if; + return Fld; + end Make; + + function Default_Driver (F : Form; + K : Key_Code; + P : Panel) return Boolean + is + begin + if K in User_Key_Code'Range and then K = QUIT then + if Driver (F, F_Validate_Field) = Form_Ok then + return True; + end if; + end if; + return False; + end Default_Driver; + + function Count_Active (F : Form) return Natural + is + N : Natural := 0; + O : Field_Option_Set; + A : constant Field_Array_Access := Fields (F); + H : constant Natural := Field_Count (F); + begin + if H > 0 then + for I in 1 .. H loop + Get_Options (A.all (I), O); + if O.Active then + N := N + 1; + end if; + end loop; + end if; + return N; + end Count_Active; + +end Sample.Form_Demo.Aux; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-aux.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-aux.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d1927985 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-aux.ads @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Form_Demo.Aux -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; + +package Sample.Form_Demo.Aux is + + procedure Geometry (F : in Form; + L : out Line_Count; + C : out Column_Count; + Y : out Line_Position; + X : out Column_Position); + -- Calculate the geometry for a panel beeing able to be used to display + -- the menu. + + function Create (F : Form; + Title : String; + Lin : Line_Position; + Col : Column_Position) return Panel; + -- Create a panel decorated with a frame and the title at the specified + -- position. The dimension of the panel is derived from the menus layout. + + procedure Destroy (F : in Form; + P : in out Panel); + -- Destroy all the windowing structures associated with this menu and + -- panel. + + function Get_Request (F : Form; + P : Panel; + Handle_CRLF : Boolean := True) return Key_Code; + -- Centralized request driver for all menus in this sample. This + -- gives us a common key binding for all menus. + + function Make (Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position; + Text : String) return Field; + -- create a label + + function Make (Height : Line_Count := 1; + Width : Column_Count; + Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position; + Off_Screen : Natural := 0) return Field; + -- create a editable field + + function Default_Driver (F : Form; + K : Key_Code; + P : Panel) return Boolean; + + function Count_Active (F : Form) return Natural; + -- Count the number of active fields in the form + +end Sample.Form_Demo.Aux; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-handler.adb b/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-handler.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6f992b7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-handler.adb @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Form_Demo.Handler -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; use Ada.Characters.Latin_1; +with Sample.Form_Demo.Aux; +with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation; + +package body Sample.Form_Demo.Handler is + + package Aux renames Sample.Form_Demo.Aux; + + procedure Drive_Me (F : in Form; + Title : in String := "") + is + L : Line_Count; + C : Column_Count; + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + begin + Aux.Geometry (F, L, C, Y, X); + Drive_Me (F, Y, X, Title); + end Drive_Me; + + procedure Drive_Me (F : in Form; + Lin : in Line_Position; + Col : in Column_Position; + Title : in String := "") + is + Pan : Panel := Aux.Create (F, Title, Lin, Col); + V : Cursor_Visibility := Normal; + Handle_CRLF : Boolean := True; + + begin + Set_Cursor_Visibility (V); + if Aux.Count_Active (F) = 1 then + Handle_CRLF := False; + end if; + loop + declare + K : Key_Code := Aux.Get_Request (F, Pan, Handle_CRLF); + R : Driver_Result; + begin + if (K = 13 or else K = 10) and then not Handle_CRLF then + R := Unknown_Request; + else + R := Driver (F, K); + end if; + case R is + when Form_Ok => null; + when Unknown_Request => + if My_Driver (F, K, Pan) then + exit; + end if; + when others => Beep; + end case; + end; + end loop; + Set_Cursor_Visibility (V); + Aux.Destroy (F, Pan); + end Drive_Me; + +end Sample.Form_Demo.Handler; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-handler.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-handler.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..33c9f146 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-handler.ads @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Form_Demo.Handler -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; +use Terminal_Interface.Curses; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; +use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; +use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; + +generic + with function My_Driver (Frm : Form; + K : Key_Code; + Pan : Panel) return Boolean; +package Sample.Form_Demo.Handler is + + procedure Drive_Me (F : in Form; + Lin : in Line_Position; + Col : in Column_Position; + Title : in String := ""); + -- Position the menu at the given point and drive it. + + procedure Drive_Me (F : in Form; + Title : in String := ""); + -- Center menu and drive it. + +end Sample.Form_Demo.Handler; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo.adb b/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d4390f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo.adb @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Form_Demo -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; use Ada.Characters.Latin_1; +with Ada.Strings.Unbounded; use Ada.Strings.Unbounded; + +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data; + +with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler; +with Sample.My_Field_Type; use Sample.My_Field_Type; +with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest; +with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation; +with Sample.Form_Demo.Aux; use Sample.Form_Demo.Aux; +with Sample.Function_Key_Setting; use Sample.Function_Key_Setting; +with Sample.Form_Demo.Handler; + +package body Sample.Form_Demo is + + type User_Data is + record + Data : Integer; + end record; + type User_Access is access User_Data; + + package Fld_U is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data (User_Data, + User_Access); + + package Frm_U is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data (User_Data, + User_Access); + + Enums : constant Enum_Array := (new String'("alpha"), + new String'("beta"), + new String'("gamma")); + + Enum_Info : constant Enumeration_Info := (Enums'Length, Enums, + False, False); + + Enum_Field : constant Enumeration_Field := Create (Enum_Info, True); + + procedure Demo + is + + Mft : My_Data := (Ch => 'X'); + + FA : Field_Array (1 .. 9) := (Make (0, 14, "Sample Entry Form"), + Make (2, 0, "An Enumeration"), + Make (2, 20, "Numeric 1-10"), + Make (2, 34, "Only 'X'"), + Make (5, 0, + "Multiple Lines offscreen (Scroll)"), + + Make (Width => 18, Top => 3, Left => 0), + Make (Width => 12, Top => 3, Left => 20), + Make (Width => 12, Top => 3, Left => 34), + Make (Width => 46, Top => 6, Left => 0, + Height => 4, Off_Screen => 2) + ); + + Frm : Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form := Create (FA); + + I_F : constant Integer_Field := (Precision => 0, + Lower_Limit => 1, + Upper_Limit => 10); + + F1, F2 : User_Access; + + package Fh is new Sample.Form_Demo.Handler (Default_Driver); + + begin + Push_Environment ("FORM00"); + Notepad ("FORM-PAD00"); + Default_Labels; + + Set_Type (FA (6), Enum_Field); + Set_Type (FA (7), I_F); + Set_Type (FA (8), Mft); + + F1 := new User_Data'(Data => 4711); + Fld_U.Set_User_Data (FA (1), F1); + + Fh.Drive_Me (Frm); + + Fld_U.Get_User_Data (FA (1), F2); + pragma Assert (F1 = F2); + pragma Assert (F1.Data = F2.Data); + + Pop_Environment; + Delete (Frm); + + for I in FA'Range loop + Delete (FA (I)); + end loop; + end Demo; + +end Sample.Form_Demo; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42fdec6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo.ads @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Form_Demo -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +package Sample.Form_Demo is + + procedure Demo; + +end Sample.Form_Demo; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-function_key_setting.adb b/Ada95/samples/sample-function_key_setting.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4cae7275 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-function_key_setting.adb @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Function_Key_Setting -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; +with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest; + +-- This package implements a simple stack of function key label environments. +-- +package body Sample.Function_Key_Setting is + + Max_Label_Length : constant Positive := 8; + Number_Of_Keys : Label_Number := Label_Number'Last; + Justification : Label_Justification := Left; + + subtype Label is String (1 .. Max_Label_Length); + type Label_Array is array (Label_Number range <>) of Label; + + type Key_Environment (N : Label_Number := Label_Number'Last); + type Env_Ptr is access Key_Environment; + pragma Controlled (Env_Ptr); + + type String_Access is access String; + pragma Controlled (String_Access); + + Active_Context : String_Access := new String'("MAIN"); + Active_Notepad : Panel := Null_Panel; + + type Key_Environment (N : Label_Number := Label_Number'Last) is + record + Prev : Env_Ptr; + Help : String_Access; + Notepad : Panel; + Labels : Label_Array (1 .. N); + end record; + + procedure Release_String is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (String, + String_Access); + + procedure Release_Environment is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Key_Environment, + Env_Ptr); + + Top_Of_Stack : Env_Ptr := null; + + procedure Push_Environment (Key : in String; + Reset : in Boolean := True) + is + P : constant Env_Ptr := new Key_Environment (Number_Of_Keys); + begin + -- Store the current labels in the environment + for I in 1 .. Number_Of_Keys loop + Get_Soft_Label_Key (I, P.Labels (I)); + if Reset then + Set_Soft_Label_Key (I, " "); + end if; + end loop; + P.Prev := Top_Of_Stack; + -- now store active help context and notepad + P.Help := Active_Context; + P.Notepad := Active_Notepad; + -- The notepad must now vanish and the new notepad is empty. + if (P.Notepad /= Null_Panel) then + Hide (P.Notepad); + Update_Panels; + end if; + Active_Notepad := Null_Panel; + Active_Context := new String'(Key); + + Top_Of_Stack := P; + if Reset then + Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update; + end if; + end Push_Environment; + + procedure Pop_Environment + is + P : Env_Ptr := Top_Of_Stack; + begin + if Top_Of_Stack = null then + raise Function_Key_Stack_Error; + else + for I in 1 .. Number_Of_Keys loop + Set_Soft_Label_Key (I, P.Labels (I), Justification); + end loop; + pragma Assert (Active_Context /= null); + Release_String (Active_Context); + Active_Context := P.Help; + Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update; + Notepad_To_Context (P.Notepad); + Top_Of_Stack := P.Prev; + Release_Environment (P); + end if; + end Pop_Environment; + + function Context return String + is + begin + if Active_Context /= null then + return Active_Context.all; + else + return ""; + end if; + end Context; + + function Find_Context (Key : String) return Boolean + is + P : Env_Ptr := Top_Of_Stack; + begin + if Active_Context.all = Key then + return True; + else + loop + exit when P = null; + if P.Help.all = Key then + return True; + else + P := P.Prev; + end if; + end loop; + return False; + end if; + end Find_Context; + + procedure Notepad_To_Context (Pan : in Panel) + is + W : Window; + begin + if Active_Notepad /= Null_Panel then + W := Get_Window (Active_Notepad); + Clear (W); + Delete (Active_Notepad); + Delete (W); + end if; + Active_Notepad := Pan; + if Pan /= Null_Panel then + Top (Pan); + end if; + Update_Panels; + Update_Screen; + end Notepad_To_Context; + + procedure Initialize (Mode : Soft_Label_Key_Format := PC_Style; + Just : Label_Justification := Left) + is + begin + case Mode is + when PC_Style .. PC_Style_With_Index + => Number_Of_Keys := 12; + when others + => Number_Of_Keys := 8; + end case; + Init_Soft_Label_Keys (Mode); + Justification := Just; + end Initialize; + + procedure Default_Labels + is + begin + Set_Soft_Label_Key (FKEY_QUIT, "Quit"); + Set_Soft_Label_Key (FKEY_HELP, "Help"); + Set_Soft_Label_Key (FKEY_EXPLAIN, "Keys"); + Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update; + end Default_Labels; + + function Notepad_Window return Window + is + begin + if Active_Notepad /= Null_Panel then + return Get_Window (Active_Notepad); + else + return Null_Window; + end if; + end Notepad_Window; + +end Sample.Function_Key_Setting; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-function_key_setting.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample-function_key_setting.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6199094d --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-function_key_setting.ads @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Function_Key_Setting -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; + +-- This package implements a simple stack of function key label environments. +-- +package Sample.Function_Key_Setting is + + procedure Push_Environment (Key : in String; + Reset : in Boolean := True); + -- Push the definition of the current function keys on an internal + -- stack. If the reset flag is true, all labels are reset while + -- pushed, so the new environment can assume a tabula rasa. + -- The Key defines the new Help Context associated with the new + -- Environment. This saves also the currently active Notepad. + + procedure Pop_Environment; + -- Pop the Definitions from the stack and make them the current ones. + -- This also restores the Help context and the previous Notepad. + + procedure Initialize (Mode : Soft_Label_Key_Format := PC_Style; + Just : Label_Justification := Left); + -- Initialize the environment + + function Context return String; + -- Return the current context identitfier + + function Find_Context (Key : String) return Boolean; + -- Look for a context, return true if it is in the stack, + -- false otherwise. + + procedure Notepad_To_Context (Pan : in Panel); + -- Add a panel representing a notepad to the current context. + + Function_Key_Stack_Error : exception; + + procedure Default_Labels; + -- Set the default labels used in all environments + + function Notepad_Window return Window; + -- Return the current notepad window or Null_Window if there is none. + +end Sample.Function_Key_Setting; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-header_handler.adb b/Ada95/samples/sample-header_handler.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b66402d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-header_handler.adb @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Header_Handler -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Calendar; use Ada.Calendar; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO; +with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest; + +-- This package handles the painting of the header line of the screen. +-- +package body Sample.Header_Handler is + + package Int_IO is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO (Integer); + use Int_IO; + + Header_Window : Window := Null_Window; + + Display_Hour : Integer := -1; -- hour last displayed + Display_Min : Integer := -1; -- minute last displayed + Display_Day : Integer := -1; -- day last displayed + Display_Month : Integer := -1; -- month last displayed + + -- This is the routine handed over to the curses library to be called + -- as initialization routine when ripping of the header lines from + -- the screen. This routine must follow C conventions. + function Init_Header_Window (Win : Window; + Columns : Column_Count) return Integer; + pragma Convention (C, Init_Header_Window); + + procedure Internal_Update_Header_Window (Do_Update : in Boolean); + + + -- The initialization must be called before Init_Screen. It steals two + -- lines from the top of the screen. + procedure Init_Header_Handler + is + begin + Rip_Off_Lines (2, Init_Header_Window'Access); + end Init_Header_Handler; + + procedure N_Out (N : in Integer); + + -- Emit a two digit number and ensure that a leading zero is generated if + -- necessary. + procedure N_Out (N : in Integer) + is + begin + if N < 10 then + Add (Header_Window, '0'); + Put (Header_Window, N, 1); + else + Put (Header_Window, N, 2); + end if; + end N_Out; + + -- Paint the header window. The input parameter is a flag indicating + -- whether or not the screen should be updated physically after painting. + procedure Internal_Update_Header_Window (Do_Update : in Boolean) + is + type Month_Name_Array is + array (Month_Number'First .. Month_Number'Last) of String (1 .. 9); + + Month_Names : constant Month_Name_Array := + ("January ", + "February ", + "March ", + "April ", + "May ", + "June ", + "July ", + "August ", + "September", + "October ", + "November ", + "December "); + + Now : Time := Clock; + Sec : Integer := Integer (Seconds (Now)); + Hour : Integer := Sec / 3600; + Minute : Integer := (Sec - Hour * 3600) / 60; + Mon : Month_Number := Month (Now); + D : Day_Number := Day (Now); + begin + if Header_Window /= Null_Window then + if Minute /= Display_Min or else Hour /= Display_Hour + or else Display_Day /= D or else Display_Month /= Mon then + Move_Cursor (Header_Window, 0, 0); + N_Out (D); Add (Header_Window, '.'); + Add (Header_Window, Month_Names (Mon)); + Move_Cursor (Header_Window, 1, 0); + N_Out (Hour); Add (Header_Window, ':'); + N_Out (Minute); + Display_Min := Minute; + Display_Hour := Hour; + Display_Month := Mon; + Display_Day := D; + Refresh_Without_Update (Header_Window); + if Do_Update then + Update_Screen; + end if; + end if; + end if; + end Internal_Update_Header_Window; + + -- This routine is called in the keyboard input timeout handler. So it will + -- periodically update the header line of the screen. + procedure Update_Header_Window + is + begin + Internal_Update_Header_Window (True); + end Update_Header_Window; + + function Init_Header_Window (Win : Window; + Columns : Column_Count) return Integer + is + Title : constant String := "Ada 95 ncurses Binding Sample"; + Pos : Column_Position; + begin + Header_Window := Win; + if Win /= Null_Window then + if Has_Colors then + Set_Background (Win => Win, + Ch => (Ch => ' ', + Color => Header_Color, + Attr => Normal_Video)); + Set_Character_Attributes (Win => Win, + Attr => Normal_Video, + Color => Header_Color); + Erase (Win); + end if; + Leave_Cursor_After_Update (Win, True); + Pos := Columns - Column_Position (Title'Length); + Add (Win, 0, Pos / 2, Title); + -- In this phase we must not allow a physical update, because + -- ncurses isn´t properly initialized at this point. + Internal_Update_Header_Window (False); + return 0; + else + return -1; + end if; + end Init_Header_Window; + +end Sample.Header_Handler; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-header_handler.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample-header_handler.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a88b798d --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-header_handler.ads @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Header_Handler -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses; + +-- This package handles the painting of the header line of the screen. +-- +package Sample.Header_Handler is + + procedure Init_Header_Handler; + -- Initialize the handler for the headerlines. + + procedure Update_Header_Window; + -- Update the information in the header window + +end Sample.Header_Handler; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-helpers.adb b/Ada95/samples/sample-helpers.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..379b592a --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-helpers.adb @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Helpers -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses; + +with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation; + +-- This package contains some conveniant helper routines used throughout +-- this example. +-- +package body Sample.Helpers is + + procedure Window_Title (Win : in Window; + Title : in String) + is + Height : Line_Count; + Width : Column_Count; + Pos : Column_Position := 0; + begin + Get_Size (Win, Height, Width); + if Title'Length < Width then + Pos := (Width - Title'Length) / 2; + end if; + Add (Win, 0, Pos, Title); + end Window_Title; + + procedure Not_Implemented is + begin + Explain ("NOTIMPL"); + end Not_Implemented; + +end Sample.Helpers; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-helpers.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample-helpers.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6b4ef2ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-helpers.ads @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Helpers -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses; + +-- This package contains some conveniant helper routines used throughout +-- this example. +-- +package Sample.Helpers is + + procedure Window_Title (Win : in Window; + Title : in String); + -- Put a title string into the first line of the window + + procedure Not_Implemented; + +end Sample.Helpers; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-keyboard_handler.adb b/Ada95/samples/sample-keyboard_handler.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c320cdd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-keyboard_handler.adb @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Keyboard_Handler -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Strings; use Ada.Strings; +with Ada.Strings.Fixed; use Ada.Strings.Fixed; +with Ada.Strings.Maps.Constants; use Ada.Strings.Maps.Constants; +with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; use Ada.Characters.Latin_1; + +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; + +with Sample.Header_Handler; use Sample.Header_Handler; +with Sample.Form_Demo.Aux; use Sample.Form_Demo.Aux; +with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest; +with Sample.Form_Demo.Handler; + +-- This package contains a centralized keyboard handler used throughout +-- this example. The handler establishes a timeout mechanism that provides +-- periodical updates of the common header lines used in this example. +-- + +package body Sample.Keyboard_Handler is + + In_Command : Boolean := False; + + function Get_Key (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Real_Key_Code + is + K : Real_Key_Code; + + function Command return Real_Key_Code; + + + function Command return Real_Key_Code + is + function My_Driver (F : Form; + C : Key_Code; + P : Panel) return Boolean; + package Fh is new Sample.Form_Demo.Handler (My_Driver); + + type Label_Array is array (Label_Number) of String (1 .. 8); + + Labels : Label_Array; + + FA : Field_Array (1 .. 2) := (Make (0, 0, "Command:"), + Make (Top => 0, Left => 9, + Width => Columns - 11)); + + K : Real_Key_Code := Key_None; + N : Natural := 0; + + function My_Driver (F : Form; + C : Key_Code; + P : Panel) return Boolean + is + Ch : Character; + begin + if C in User_Key_Code'Range and then C = QUIT then + if Driver (F, F_Validate_Field) = Form_Ok then + K := Key_None; + return True; + end if; + elsif C in Normal_Key_Code'Range then + Ch := Character'Val (C); + if (Ch = LF or else Ch = CR) then + if Driver (F, F_Validate_Field) = Form_Ok then + declare + Buffer : String (1 .. Positive (Columns - 11)); + Cmdc : String (1 .. 8); + begin + Get_Buffer (Fld => FA (2), Str => Buffer); + Trim (Buffer, Left); + if Buffer (1) /= ' ' then + Cmdc := Buffer (Cmdc'Range); + for I in Labels'Range loop + if Cmdc = Labels (I) then + K := Function_Key_Code + (Function_Key_Number (I)); + exit; + end if; + end loop; + end if; + return True; + end; + end if; + end if; + end if; + return False; + end My_Driver; + + begin + In_Command := True; + for I in Label_Number'Range loop + Get_Soft_Label_Key (I, Labels (I)); + Trim (Labels (I), Left); + Translate (Labels (I), Upper_Case_Map); + if Labels (I) (1) /= ' ' then + N := N + 1; + end if; + end loop; + if N > 0 then -- some labels were really set + declare + Enum_Info : Enumeration_Info (N); + Enum_Field : Enumeration_Field; + J : Positive := Enum_Info.Names'First; + + Frm : Form := Create (FA); + + begin + for I in Label_Number'Range loop + if Labels (I) (1) /= ' ' then + Enum_Info.Names (J) := new String'(Labels (I)); + J := J + 1; + end if; + end loop; + Enum_Field := Create (Enum_Info, True); + Set_Type (FA (2), Enum_Field); + Set_Background (FA (2), Normal_Video); + + Fh.Drive_Me (Frm, Lines - 3, 0); + Delete (Frm); + Update_Panels; Update_Screen; + end; + end if; + for I in FA'Range loop + Delete (FA (I)); + end loop; + In_Command := False; + return K; + end Command; + + begin + Set_Timeout_Mode (Win, Delayed, 30000); + loop + K := Get_Keystroke (Win); + if K = Key_None then -- a timeout occured + Update_Header_Window; + elsif K = 3 and then not In_Command then -- CTRL-C + K := Command; + exit when K /= Key_None; + else + exit; + end if; + end loop; + return K; + end Get_Key; + + procedure Init_Keyboard_Handler is + begin + null; + end Init_Keyboard_Handler; + +end Sample.Keyboard_Handler; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-keyboard_handler.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample-keyboard_handler.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7927ac0e --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-keyboard_handler.ads @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Keyboard_Handler -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses; + +-- This package contains a centralized keyboard handler used throughout +-- this example. The handler establishes a timeout mechanism that provides +-- periodical updates of the common header lines used in this example. +-- +package Sample.Keyboard_Handler is + + function Get_Key (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Real_Key_Code; + -- The central routine for handling keystrokes. + + procedure Init_Keyboard_Handler; + -- Initialize the keyboard + +end Sample.Keyboard_Handler; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-manifest.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample-manifest.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f14246a --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-manifest.ads @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Manifest -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses; + +package Sample.Manifest is + + QUIT : constant User_Key_Code := User_Key_Code'First; + SELECT_ITEM : constant User_Key_Code := QUIT + 1; + + FKEY_HELP : constant Label_Number := 1; + HELP_CODE : constant Special_Key_Code := Key_F1; + FKEY_EXPLAIN : constant Label_Number := 2; + EXPLAIN_CODE : constant Special_Key_Code := Key_F2; + FKEY_QUIT : constant Label_Number := 3; + QUIT_CODE : constant Special_Key_Code := Key_F3; + + Menu_Marker : constant String := "=> "; + + Default_Colors : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 1; + Menu_Fore_Color : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 2; + Menu_Back_Color : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 3; + Menu_Grey_Color : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 4; + Form_Fore_Color : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 5; + Form_Back_Color : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 6; + Notepad_Color : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 7; + Help_Color : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 8; + Header_Color : constant Redefinable_Color_Pair := 9; + +end Sample.Manifest; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-aux.adb b/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-aux.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9e091b2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-aux.adb @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Menu_Demo.Aux -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; use Ada.Characters.Latin_1; + +with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest; +with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers; +with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler; +with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation; + +package body Sample.Menu_Demo.Aux is + + procedure Geometry (M : in Menu; + L : out Line_Count; + C : out Column_Count; + Y : out Line_Position; + X : out Column_Position; + Fy : out Line_Position; + Fx : out Column_Position); + + procedure Geometry (M : in Menu; + L : out Line_Count; -- Lines used for menu + C : out Column_Count; -- Columns used for menu + Y : out Line_Position; -- Proposed Line for menu + X : out Column_Position; -- Proposed Column for menu + Fy : out Line_Position; -- Vertical inner frame + Fx : out Column_Position) -- Horiz. inner frame + is + Spc_Desc : Column_Position; -- spaces between description and item + begin + Set_Mark (M, Menu_Marker); + + Spacing (M, Spc_Desc, Fy, Fx); + Scale (M, L, C); + + Fx := Fx + Column_Position (Fy - 1); -- looks a bit nicer + + L := L + 2 * Fy; -- count for frame at top and bottom + C := C + 2 * Fx; -- " + + -- Calculate horizontal coordinate at the screen center + X := (Columns - C) / 2; + Y := 1; -- always startin line 1 + + end Geometry; + + procedure Geometry (M : in Menu; + L : out Line_Count; -- Lines used for menu + C : out Column_Count; -- Columns used for menu + Y : out Line_Position; -- Proposed Line for menu + X : out Column_Position) -- Proposed Column for menu + is + Fy : Line_Position; + Fx : Column_Position; + begin + Geometry (M, L, C, Y, X, Fy, Fx); + end Geometry; + + function Create (M : Menu; + Title : String; + Lin : Line_Position; + Col : Column_Position) return Panel + is + W, S : Window; + L : Line_Count; + C : Column_Count; + Y, Fy : Line_Position; + X, Fx : Column_Position; + Pan : Panel; + begin + Geometry (M, L, C, Y, X, Fy, Fx); + W := New_Window (L, C, Lin, Col); + Set_Meta_Mode (W); + Set_KeyPad_Mode (W); + if Has_Colors then + Set_Background (Win => W, + Ch => (Ch => ' ', + Color => Menu_Back_Color, + Attr => Normal_Video)); + Set_Foreground (Men => M, Color => Menu_Fore_Color); + Set_Background (Men => M, Color => Menu_Back_Color); + Set_Grey (Men => M, Color => Menu_Grey_Color); + Erase (W); + end if; + S := Derived_Window (W, L - Fy, C - Fx, Fy, Fx); + Set_Meta_Mode (S); + Set_KeyPad_Mode (S); + Box (W); + Set_Window (M, W); + Set_Sub_Window (M, S); + if Title'Length > 0 then + Window_Title (W, Title); + end if; + Pan := New_Panel (W); + Post (M); + return Pan; + end Create; + + procedure Destroy (M : in Menu; + P : in out Panel) + is + W, S : Window; + begin + W := Get_Window (M); + S := Get_Sub_Window (M); + Post (M, False); + Erase (W); + Delete (P); + Set_Window (M, Null_Window); + Set_Sub_Window (M, Null_Window); + Delete (S); + Delete (W); + Update_Panels; + end Destroy; + + function Get_Request (M : Menu; P : Panel) return Key_Code + is + W : constant Window := Get_Window (M); + K : Real_Key_Code; + Ch : Character; + begin + Top (P); + loop + K := Get_Key (W); + if K in Special_Key_Code'Range then + case K is + when HELP_CODE => Explain_Context; + when EXPLAIN_CODE => Explain ("MENUKEYS"); + when Key_Home => return REQ_FIRST_ITEM; + when QUIT_CODE => return QUIT; + when Key_Cursor_Down => return REQ_DOWN_ITEM; + when Key_Cursor_Up => return REQ_UP_ITEM; + when Key_Cursor_Left => return REQ_LEFT_ITEM; + when Key_Cursor_Right => return REQ_RIGHT_ITEM; + when Key_End => return REQ_LAST_ITEM; + when Key_Backspace => return REQ_BACK_PATTERN; + when Key_Next_Page => return REQ_SCR_DPAGE; + when Key_Previous_Page => return REQ_SCR_UPAGE; + when others => return K; + end case; + elsif K in Normal_Key_Code'Range then + Ch := Character'Val (K); + case Ch is + when DC1 => return QUIT; -- CTRL-Q + when SO => return REQ_NEXT_ITEM; -- CTRL-N + when DLE => return REQ_PREV_ITEM; -- CTRL-P + when NAK => return REQ_SCR_ULINE; -- CTRL-U + when EOT => return REQ_SCR_DLINE; -- CTRL-D + when ACK => return REQ_SCR_DPAGE; -- CTRL-F + when STX => return REQ_SCR_UPAGE; -- CTRL-B + when CAN => return REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN; -- CTRL-X + when BS => return REQ_BACK_PATTERN; -- CTRL-H + when SOH => return REQ_NEXT_MATCH; -- CTRL-A + when SUB => return REQ_PREV_MATCH; -- CTRL-Z + when DC4 => return REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM; -- CTRL-T + when CR => return SELECT_ITEM; -- CTRL-M + when LF => return SELECT_ITEM; -- CTRL-J + when others => return K; + end case; + else + return K; + end if; + end loop; + end Get_Request; + +end Sample.Menu_Demo.Aux; + diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-aux.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-aux.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1061305 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-aux.ads @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Menu_Demo.Aux -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; + +package Sample.Menu_Demo.Aux is + + procedure Geometry (M : in Menu; + L : out Line_Count; + C : out Column_Count; + Y : out Line_Position; + X : out Column_Position); + -- Calculate the geometry for a panel beeing able to be used to display + -- the menu. + + function Create (M : Menu; + Title : String; + Lin : Line_Position; + Col : Column_Position) return Panel; + -- Create a panel decorated with a frame and the title at the specified + -- position. The dimension of the panel is derived from the menus layout. + + procedure Destroy (M : in Menu; + P : in out Panel); + -- Destroy all the windowing structures associated with this menu and + -- panel. + + function Get_Request (M : Menu; P : Panel) return Key_Code; + -- Centralized request driver for all menus in this sample. This + -- gives us a common key binding for all menus. + +end Sample.Menu_Demo.Aux; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-handler.adb b/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-handler.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa0c10ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-handler.adb @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Sample.Menu_Demo.Aux; +with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation; + +package body Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler is + + package Aux renames Sample.Menu_Demo.Aux; + + procedure Drive_Me (M : in Menu; + Title : in String := "") + is + L : Line_Count; + C : Column_Count; + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + begin + Aux.Geometry (M, L, C, Y, X); + Drive_Me (M, Y, X, Title); + end Drive_Me; + + procedure Drive_Me (M : in Menu; + Lin : in Line_Position; + Col : in Column_Position; + Title : in String := "") + is + Pan : Panel := Aux.Create (M, Title, Lin, Col); + V : Cursor_Visibility := Invisible; + begin + Set_Cursor_Visibility (V); + loop + declare + K : Key_Code := Aux.Get_Request (M, Pan); + R : Driver_Result := Driver (M, K); + begin + case R is + when Menu_Ok => null; + when Unknown_Request => + if My_Driver (M, K, Pan) then + exit; + end if; + when others => Beep; + end case; + end; + end loop; + Set_Cursor_Visibility (V); + Aux.Destroy (M, Pan); + end Drive_Me; + +end Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-handler.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-handler.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..107d1c7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-handler.ads @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; +use Terminal_Interface.Curses; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; +use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; +use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; + +generic + with function My_Driver (Men : Menu; + K : Key_Code; + Pan : Panel) return Boolean; +package Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler is + + procedure Drive_Me (M : in Menu; + Lin : in Line_Position; + Col : in Column_Position; + Title : in String := ""); + -- Position the menu at the given point and drive it. + + procedure Drive_Me (M : in Menu; + Title : in String := ""); + -- Center menu and drive it. + +end Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo.adb b/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6006fc3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo.adb @@ -0,0 +1,386 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Menu_Demo -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data; + +with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; use Ada.Characters.Latin_1; + +with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest; +with Sample.Function_Key_Setting; use Sample.Function_Key_Setting; +with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler; +with Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler; +with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers; +with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation; + +package body Sample.Menu_Demo is + + package Spacing_Demo is + procedure Spacing_Test; + end Spacing_Demo; + + package body Spacing_Demo is + + procedure Spacing_Test + is + function My_Driver (M : Menu; + K : Key_Code; + P : Panel) return Boolean; + + procedure Set_Option_Key; + procedure Set_Select_Key; + procedure Set_Description_Key; + procedure Set_Hide_Key; + + package Mh is new Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler (My_Driver); + + I : constant Item_Array (1 .. 12) := (New_Item ("January", + "31 Days"), + New_Item ("February", + "28/29 Days"), + New_Item ("March", + "31 Days"), + New_Item ("April", + "30 Days"), + New_Item ("May", + "31 Days"), + New_Item ("June", + "30 Days"), + New_Item ("July", + "31 Days"), + New_Item ("August", + "31 Days"), + New_Item ("September", + "30 Days"), + New_Item ("October", + "31 Days"), + New_Item ("November", + "30 Days"), + New_Item ("December", + "31 Days")); + + M : Menu := New_Menu (I); + Flip_State : Boolean := True; + Hide_Long : Boolean := False; + + type Format_Code is (Four_By_1, Four_By_2, Four_By_3); + type Operations is (Flip, Reorder, Reformat, Reselect, Describe); + + type Change is array (Operations) of Boolean; + pragma Pack (Change); + No_Change : constant Change := Change'(others => False); + + Current_Format : Format_Code := Four_By_1; + To_Change : Change := No_Change; + + function My_Driver (M : Menu; + K : Key_Code; + P : Panel) return Boolean + is + begin + To_Change := No_Change; + if K in User_Key_Code'Range then + if K = QUIT then + return True; + end if; + end if; + if K in Special_Key_Code'Range then + case K is + when Key_F4 => + To_Change (Flip) := True; + return True; + when Key_F5 => + To_Change (Reformat) := True; + Current_Format := Four_By_1; + return True; + when Key_F6 => + To_Change (Reformat) := True; + Current_Format := Four_By_2; + return True; + when Key_F7 => + To_Change (Reformat) := True; + Current_Format := Four_By_3; + return True; + when Key_F8 => + To_Change (Reorder) := True; + return True; + when Key_F9 => + To_Change (Reselect) := True; + return True; + when Key_F10 => + if Current_Format /= Four_By_3 then + To_Change (Describe) := True; + return True; + else + return False; + end if; + when Key_F11 => + Hide_Long := not Hide_Long; + declare + O : Item_Option_Set; + begin + for J in I'Range loop + Get_Options (I (J), O); + O.Selectable := True; + if Hide_Long then + case J is + when 1 | 3 | 5 | 7 | 8 | 10 | 12 => + O.Selectable := False; + when others => null; + end case; + end if; + Set_Options (I (J), O); + end loop; + end; + return False; + when others => null; + end case; + end if; + return False; + end My_Driver; + + procedure Set_Option_Key + is + O : Menu_Option_Set; + begin + if Current_Format = Four_By_1 then + Set_Soft_Label_Key (8, ""); + else + Get_Options (M, O); + if O.Row_Major_Order then + Set_Soft_Label_Key (8, "O-Col"); + else + Set_Soft_Label_Key (8, "O-Row"); + end if; + end if; + Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update; + end Set_Option_Key; + + procedure Set_Select_Key + is + O : Menu_Option_Set; + begin + Get_Options (M, O); + if O.One_Valued then + Set_Soft_Label_Key (9, "Multi"); + else + Set_Soft_Label_Key (9, "Singl"); + end if; + Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update; + end Set_Select_Key; + + procedure Set_Description_Key + is + O : Menu_Option_Set; + begin + if Current_Format = Four_By_3 then + Set_Soft_Label_Key (10, ""); + else + Get_Options (M, O); + if O.Show_Descriptions then + Set_Soft_Label_Key (10, "-Desc"); + else + Set_Soft_Label_Key (10, "+Desc"); + end if; + end if; + Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update; + end Set_Description_Key; + + procedure Set_Hide_Key + is + begin + if Hide_Long then + Set_Soft_Label_Key (11, "Enab"); + else + Set_Soft_Label_Key (11, "Disab"); + end if; + Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update; + end Set_Hide_Key; + + begin + Push_Environment ("MENU01"); + Notepad ("MENU-PAD01"); + Default_Labels; + Set_Soft_Label_Key (4, "Flip"); + Set_Soft_Label_Key (5, "4x1"); + Set_Soft_Label_Key (6, "4x2"); + Set_Soft_Label_Key (7, "4x3"); + Set_Option_Key; + Set_Select_Key; + Set_Description_Key; + Set_Hide_Key; + + Set_Format (M, 4, 1); + loop + Mh.Drive_Me (M); + exit when To_Change = No_Change; + if To_Change (Flip) then + if Flip_State then + Flip_State := False; + Set_Spacing (M, 3, 2, 0); + else + Flip_State := True; + Set_Spacing (M); + end if; + elsif To_Change (Reformat) then + case Current_Format is + when Four_By_1 => Set_Format (M, 4, 1); + when Four_By_2 => Set_Format (M, 4, 2); + when Four_By_3 => + declare + O : Menu_Option_Set; + begin + Get_Options (M, O); + O.Show_Descriptions := False; + Set_Options (M, O); + Set_Format (M, 4, 3); + end; + end case; + Set_Option_Key; + Set_Description_Key; + elsif To_Change (Reorder) then + declare + O : Menu_Option_Set; + begin + Get_Options (M, O); + O.Row_Major_Order := not O.Row_Major_Order; + Set_Options (M, O); + Set_Option_Key; + end; + elsif To_Change (Reselect) then + declare + O : Menu_Option_Set; + begin + Get_Options (M, O); + O.One_Valued := not O.One_Valued; + Set_Options (M, O); + Set_Select_Key; + end; + elsif To_Change (Describe) then + declare + O : Menu_Option_Set; + begin + Get_Options (M, O); + O.Show_Descriptions := not O.Show_Descriptions; + Set_Options (M, O); + Set_Description_Key; + end; + else + null; + end if; + end loop; + Set_Spacing (M); + Flip_State := True; + + Pop_Environment; + Delete (M); + + end Spacing_Test; + end Spacing_Demo; + + procedure Demo + is + -- We use this datatype only to test the instantiation of + -- the Menu_User_Data generic package. No functionality + -- behind it. + type User_Data is new Integer; + type User_Data_Access is access User_Data; + + -- Those packages are only instantiated to test the usability. + -- No real functionality is shown in the demo. + package MUD is new Menu_User_Data (User_Data, User_Data_Access); + package IUD is new Item_User_Data (User_Data, User_Data_Access); + + function My_Driver (M : Menu; + K : Key_Code; + P : Panel) return Boolean; + + package Mh is new Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler (My_Driver); + + Itm : constant Item_Array (1 .. 2) := + (New_Item ("Menu Layout Options"), + New_Item ("Demo of Hook functions")); + M : Menu := New_Menu (Itm); + + U1 : User_Data_Access := new User_Data'(4711); + U2 : User_Data_Access; + U3 : User_Data_Access := new User_Data'(4712); + U4 : User_Data_Access; + + function My_Driver (M : Menu; + K : Key_Code; + P : Panel) return Boolean + is + Idx : constant Positive := Get_Index (Current (M)); + begin + if K in User_Key_Code'Range then + if K = QUIT then + return True; + elsif K = SELECT_ITEM then + if Idx in Itm'Range then + Hide (P); + Update_Panels; + end if; + case Idx is + when 1 => Spacing_Demo.Spacing_Test; + when others => Not_Implemented; + end case; + if Idx in Itm'Range then + Top (P); + Show (P); + Update_Panels; + Update_Screen; + end if; + end if; + end if; + return False; + end My_Driver; + begin + Push_Environment ("MENU00"); + Notepad ("MENU-PAD00"); + Default_Labels; + Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update; + Set_Pad_Character (M, '|'); + + MUD.Set_User_Data (M, U1); + IUD.Set_User_Data (Itm (1), U3); + + Mh.Drive_Me (M); + + MUD.Get_User_Data (M, U2); + pragma Assert (U1 = U2 and U1.all = 4711); + + IUD.Get_User_Data (Itm (1), U4); + pragma Assert (U3 = U4 and U3.all = 4712); + + Pop_Environment; + Delete (M); + end Demo; + +end Sample.Menu_Demo; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..797ed2b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo.ads @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Menu_Demo -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +package Sample.Menu_Demo is + + procedure Demo; + +end Sample.Menu_Demo; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-my_field_type.adb b/Ada95/samples/sample-my_field_type.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5becee3d --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-my_field_type.adb @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.My_Field_Type -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; + +-- This is a very simple user defined field type. It accepts only a +-- defined character as input into the field. +-- +package body Sample.My_Field_Type is + + -- That's simple. There are no field validity checks. + function F_Check (Fld : Field; Info : My_Access) return Boolean + is + begin + return True; + end F_Check; + + -- Check exactly against the specified character. + function C_Check (Ch : Character; Info : My_Access) return Boolean + is + C : constant Character := Info.Ch; + begin + return Ch = C; + end C_Check; + +end Sample.My_Field_Type; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-my_field_type.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample-my_field_type.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf4d8f9f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-my_field_type.ads @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.My_Field_Type -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types; + +-- This is a very simple user defined field type. It accepts only a +-- defined character as input into the field. +-- +package Sample.My_Field_Type is + + type My_Data is new Ada_Defined_Field_Type with + record + Ch : Character; + end record; + type My_Access is access My_Data; + +private + + function F_Check (Fld : Field; Info : My_Access) return Boolean; + function C_Check (Ch : Character; Info : My_Access) return Boolean; + + package One_Character_Only is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types + (My_Data, My_Access, F_Check, C_Check); + +end Sample.My_Field_Type; + diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-text_io_demo.adb b/Ada95/samples/sample-text_io_demo.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d122801d --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-text_io_demo.adb @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Text_IO_Demo -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions; +with Ada.Numerics.Complex_Types; +use Ada.Numerics.Complex_Types; + +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO; +use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO; + +with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest; +with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers; +with Sample.Function_Key_Setting; use Sample.Function_Key_Setting; +with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler; +with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation; + +package body Sample.Text_IO_Demo is + + type Weekday is (Sunday, + Monday, + Tuesday, + Wednesday, + Thursday, + Friday, + Saturday); + + type Fix is delta 0.1 range 0.0 .. 4.0; + type Dec is delta 0.01 digits 5 range 0.0 .. 4.0; + type Md is mod 5; + + package Math is new + Ada.Numerics.Generic_Elementary_Functions (Float); + + package Int_IO is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO (Integer); + use Int_IO; + + package Real_IO is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO (Float); + use Real_IO; + + package Enum_IO is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO (Weekday); + use Enum_IO; + + package C_IO is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO (Ada.Numerics.Complex_Types); + use C_IO; + + package F_IO is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO (Fix); + use F_IO; + + package D_IO is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO (Dec); + use D_IO; + + package M_IO is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO (Md); + use M_IO; + + procedure Demo + is + W : Window; + P : Panel := Create (Standard_Window); + K : Real_Key_Code; + Im : Complex := (0.0, 1.0); + Fx : Fix := 3.14; + Dc : Dec := 2.72; + L : Md; + + begin + Push_Environment ("TEXTIO"); + Default_Labels; + Notepad ("TEXTIO-PAD00"); + + Set_Echo_Mode (FALSE); + Set_Raw_Mode; + Set_Meta_Mode; + Set_KeyPad_Mode; + W := Sub_Window (Standard_Window, Lines - 2, Columns - 2, 1, 1); + Box; + Refresh_Without_Update; + Set_Meta_Mode (W); + Set_KeyPad_Mode (W); + Immediate_Update_Mode (W, True); + + Set_Window (W); + + for I in 1 .. 10 loop + Put ("Square root of "); + Put (Item => I, Width => 5); + Put (" is "); + Put (Item => Math.Sqrt (Float (I)), Exp => 0, Aft => 7); + New_Line; + end loop; + + for W in Weekday loop + Put (Item => W); Put (' '); + end loop; + New_Line; + + L := Md'First; + for I in 1 .. 2 loop + for J in Md'Range loop + Put (L); Put (' '); + L := L + 1; + end loop; + end loop; + New_Line; + + Put (Im); New_Line; + Put (Fx); New_Line; + Put (Dc); New_Line; + + loop + K := Get_Key; + if K in Special_Key_Code'Range then + case K is + when QUIT_CODE => exit; + when HELP_CODE => Explain_Context; + when EXPLAIN_CODE => Explain ("TEXTIOKEYS"); + when others => null; + end case; + end if; + end loop; + + Set_Window (Null_Window); + Erase; Refresh_Without_Update; + Delete (P); + Delete (W); + + Pop_Environment; + end Demo; + +end Sample.Text_IO_Demo; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample-text_io_demo.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample-text_io_demo.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..557ce8a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample-text_io_demo.ads @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample.Text_IO_Demo -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +package Sample.Text_IO_Demo is + + procedure Demo; + +end Sample.Text_IO_Demo; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample.adb b/Ada95/samples/sample.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8b3d55d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample.adb @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.5 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Text_IO; + +with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; use Ada.Characters.Latin_1; +with Ada.Exceptions; use Ada.Exceptions; + +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; use Terminal_Interface.Curses; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data; + +with Sample.Manifest; use Sample.Manifest; +with Sample.Helpers; use Sample.Helpers; +with Sample.Function_Key_Setting; use Sample.Function_Key_Setting; +with Sample.Keyboard_Handler; use Sample.Keyboard_Handler; +with Sample.Header_Handler; use Sample.Header_Handler; +with Sample.Explanation; use Sample.Explanation; + +with Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler; +with Sample.Curses_Demo; +with Sample.Form_Demo; +with Sample.Menu_Demo; +with Sample.Text_IO_Demo; + +with GNAT.OS_Lib; + +package body Sample is + + type User_Data is + record + Data : Integer; + end record; + type User_Access is access User_Data; + + package Ud is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data + (User_Data, User_Access); + + package Id is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data + (User_Data, User_Access); + + procedure Whow is + procedure Main_Menu; + procedure Main_Menu + is + function My_Driver (M : Menu; + K : Key_Code; + Pan : Panel) return Boolean; + + package Mh is new Sample.Menu_Demo.Handler (My_Driver); + + I : constant Item_Array (1 .. 4) := + (New_Item ("Curses Core Demo"), + New_Item ("Menu Demo"), + New_Item ("Form Demo"), + New_Item ("Text IO Demo")); + + M : Menu := New_Menu (I); + + D1, D2 : User_Access; + I1, I2 : User_Access; + + function My_Driver (M : Menu; + K : Key_Code; + Pan : Panel) return Boolean + is + Idx : constant Positive := Get_Index (Current (M)); + begin + if K in User_Key_Code'Range then + if K = QUIT then + return True; + elsif K = SELECT_ITEM then + if Idx in 1 .. 4 then + Hide (Pan); + Update_Panels; + end if; + case Idx is + when 1 => Sample.Curses_Demo.Demo; + when 2 => Sample.Menu_Demo.Demo; + when 3 => Sample.Form_Demo.Demo; + when 4 => Sample.Text_IO_Demo.Demo; + when others => null; + end case; + if Idx in 1 .. 4 then + Top (Pan); + Show (Pan); + Update_Panels; + Update_Screen; + end if; + end if; + end if; + return False; + end My_Driver; + + begin + + if Item_Count (M) /= I'Length then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + + D1 := new User_Data'(Data => 4711); + Ud.Set_User_Data (M, D1); + + I1 := new User_Data'(Data => 1174); + Id.Set_User_Data (I (1), I1); + + Set_Spacing (Men => M, Row => 2); + + Default_Labels; + Notepad ("MAINPAD"); + + Mh.Drive_Me (M, " Demo "); + + Ud.Get_User_Data (M, D2); + pragma Assert (D1 = D2); + pragma Assert (D1.Data = D2.Data); + + Id.Get_User_Data (I (1), I2); + pragma Assert (I1 = I2); + pragma Assert (I1.Data = I2.Data); + + Delete (M); + end Main_Menu; + + begin + Initialize (PC_Style_With_Index); + Init_Header_Handler; + Init_Screen; + + if Has_Colors then + Start_Color; + + Init_Pair (Pair => Default_Colors, Fore => Black, Back => White); + Init_Pair (Pair => Menu_Back_Color, Fore => Black, Back => Cyan); + Init_Pair (Pair => Menu_Fore_Color, Fore => Red, Back => Cyan); + Init_Pair (Pair => Menu_Grey_Color, Fore => White, Back => Cyan); + Init_Pair (Pair => Notepad_Color, Fore => Black, Back => Yellow); + Init_Pair (Pair => Help_Color, Fore => Blue, Back => Cyan); + Init_Pair (Pair => Form_Back_Color, Fore => Black, Back => Cyan); + Init_Pair (Pair => Form_Fore_Color, Fore => Red, Back => Cyan); + Init_Pair (Pair => Header_Color, Fore => Black, Back => Green); + + Set_Background (Ch => (Color => Default_Colors, + Attr => Normal_Video, + Ch => ' ')); + Set_Character_Attributes (Attr => Normal_Video, + Color => Default_Colors); + Erase; + + Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes (Color => Header_Color); + -- This propagates the attributes to the label window + Clear_Soft_Label_Keys; Restore_Soft_Label_Keys; + end if; + + Init_Keyboard_Handler; + + Set_Echo_Mode (FALSE); + Set_Raw_Mode; + Set_Meta_Mode; + Set_KeyPad_Mode; + + -- Initialize the Function Key Environment + -- We have some fixed key throughout this sample + Main_Menu; + End_Windows; + + exception + when Event : others => + Terminal_Interface.Curses.End_Windows; + Text_IO.Put ("Exception: "); + Text_IO.Put (Exception_Name (Event)); + Text_IO.New_Line; + GNAT.OS_Lib.OS_Exit (1); + + end Whow; + +end Sample; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/sample.ads b/Ada95/samples/sample.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a385d48 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/sample.ads @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Sample -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +package Sample is + procedure Whow; +end Sample; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/tour.adb b/Ada95/samples/tour.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bbcdcd3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/tour.adb @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- tour -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Sample; use Sample; + +procedure Tour is +begin + Whow; +end Tour; diff --git a/Ada95/samples/tour.ads b/Ada95/samples/tour.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d8395c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/samples/tour.ads @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding Samples -- +-- -- +-- Tour -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +procedure Tour; diff --git a/INSTALL b/INSTALL new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0e6a92cb --- /dev/null +++ b/INSTALL @@ -0,0 +1,467 @@ +-- $Id: INSTALL,v 1.27 1997/04/26 23:48:19 tom Exp $ +--------------------------------------------------------------------- + How to install Ncurses/Terminfo on your system +--------------------------------------------------------------------- + ************************************************************ + * READ ALL OF THIS FILE BEFORE YOU TRY TO INSTALL NCURSES. * + ************************************************************ + +You should be reading the file INSTALL in a directory called ncurses-d.d, where +d.d is the current version number. There should be several subdirectories, +including `c++', `form', `man', `menu', 'misc', `ncurses', `panel', `progs', +and `test'. See the README file for a roadmap to the package. + +If you are a Linux or FreeBSD or NetBSD distribution integrator or packager, +please read and act on the section titled IF YOU ARE A SYSTEM INTEGRATOR +below. + +If you are converting from BSD curses and do not have root access, be sure +to read the BSD CONVERSION NOTES section below. + +If you are using a version of XFree86 xterm older than 3.1.2F, see the section +on RECENT XTERM VERSIONS below. + +If you are trying to build GNU Emacs using ncurses for terminal support, +read the USING NCURSES WITH EMACS section below. + +If you are trying to build applications using gpm with ncurses, +read the USING NCURSES WITH GPM section below. + +If you are trying to build Elvis using ncurses for terminal support, +read the USING NCURSES WITH ELVIS section below. + +If you are running over the Andrew File System see the note below on +USING NCURSES WITH AFS. + +If you want to build the Ada95 binding, go to the Ada95 directory and +follow the instructions there. The Ada95 binding is not covered below. + +If you are using anything but (a) Linux, or (b) one of the 4.4BSD-based +i386 Unixes, go read the Portability section in the TO-DO file before you +do anything else. + +REQUIREMENTS: + +You will need the following in order to build and install ncurses under UNIX: + + * ANSI C compiler (gcc is recommended) + * sh (bash will do) + * awk (mawk or gawk will do) + * sed + * BSD or System V style install (a script is enclosed) + +INSTALLATION PROCEDURE: + +1. First, decide whether you want ncurses to replace your existing library (in + which case you'll need super-user privileges) or be installed in parallel + with it. + + The --prefix option to configure changes the root directory for installing + ncurses. The default is in subdirectories of /usr/local. Use + --prefix=/usr to replace your default curses distribution. This is the + default for Linux and BSD/OS users. + + The package gets installed beneath the --prefix directory as follows: + + In $(prefix)/bin: tic, infocmp, captoinfo, tset, + reset, clear, tput, toe + In $(prefix)/lib: libncurses*.* libcurses.a + In $(prefix)/share/terminfo: compiled terminal descriptions + In $(prefix)/include: C header files + Under $(prefix)/man: the manual pages + + Note however that the configure script attempts to locate previous + installation of ncurses, and will set the default prefix according to where + it finds the ncurses headers. + +2. Type `./configure' in the top-level directory of the distribution to + configure ncurses for your operating system and create the Makefiles. + Besides --prefix, various configuration options are available to customize + the installation; use `./configure --help' to list the available options. + + If your operating system is not supported, read the PORTABILITY section in + the file ncurses/README for information on how to create a configuration + file for your system. + + The `configure' script generates makefile rules for one or more object + models and their associated libraries: + + libncurses.a (normal) + + libcurses.a (normal, a link to libncurses.a) + This gets left out if you configure with --disable-overwrite. + + libncurses.so (shared) + + libncurses_g.a (debug) + + libncurses_p.a (profile) + + If you do not specify any models, the normal and debug libraries will be + configured. Typing `configure' with no arguments is equivalent to: + + ./configure --with-normal --with-debug --enable-overwrite + + Typing + + ./configure --with-shared + + makes the shared libraries the default, resulting in + + ./configure --with-shared --with-normal --with-debug --enable-overwrite + + If you want only shared libraries, type + + ./configure --with-shared --without-normal --without-debug + + Rules for generating shared libraries are highly dependent upon the choice + of host system and compiler. We've been testing shared libraries on Linux + and SunOS with gcc, but more work needs to be done to make shared libraries + work on other systems. + + You can make curses and terminfo fall back to an existing file of termcap + definitions by configuring with --enable-termcap. If you do this, the + library will search /etc/termcap before the terminfo database, and will + also interpret the contents of the TERM environment variable. See the + section BSD CONVERSION NOTES below. + +3. Type `make'. Ignore any warnings, no error messages should be produced. + This should compile the ncurses library, the terminfo compiler tic(1), + captoinfo(1), infocmp(1), toe(1), clear(1) tset(1), reset(1), and tput(1) + programs (see the man pages for explanation of what they do), some test + programs, and the panels, menus, and forms libraries. + +4. Run ncurses and several other test programs in the test directory to + verify that ncurses functions correctly before doing an install that + may overwrite system files. Read the file test/README for details on + the test programs. + + NOTE: You must have installed the terminfo database, or set the + environment variable $TERMINFO to point to a SVr4-compatible terminfo + database before running the test programs. Not all vendors' terminfo + databases are SVr4-compatible, but most seem to be. Exceptions include + DEC's Digital Unix (formerly known as OSF/1). + + The ncurses program is designed specifically to test the ncurses library. + You can use it to verify that the screen highlights work correctly, that + cursor addressing and window scrolling works OK, etc. + +5. Once you've tested, you can type `make install' to install libraries, + the programs, the terminfo database and the man pages. Alternately, you + can type `make install' in each directory you want to install. In the + top-level directory, you can do a partial install using these commands: + + 'make install.progs' installs tic, infocmp, etc... + 'make install.includes' installs the headers. + 'make install.libs' installs the libraries (and the headers). + 'make install.data' installs the terminfo data. (Note: `tic' must + be installed before the terminfo data can be + compiled). + 'make install.man' installs the man pages. + + ############################################################################ + # CAVEAT EMPTOR: `install.data' run as root will NUKE any existing # + # terminfo database. If you have any custom or unusual entries SAVE them # + # before you install ncurses. I have a file called terminfo.custom for # + # this purpose. Don't forget to run tic on the file once you're done. # + ############################################################################ + + The terminfo(5) manual page wants to be preprocessed with tbl(1) before + being formatted by nroff(1). Modern man(1) implementations tend to do + this by default, but you may want to look at your version's man page + to be sure. + + If the system already has a curses library that you need to keep using + for some bizarre binary-compatibility reason, you'll need to distinguish + between it and ncurses. If ncurses is installed outside the standard + directories (/usr/include and /usr/lib) then all your users will need + to use the -I option to compile programs and -L to link them. + + If you have BSD curses installed in your system and you accidentally + compile using its curses.h you'll end up with a large number of + undefined symbols at link time. _waddbytes is one of them. + + IF YOU DO NOT HAVE ROOT: Change directory to the `progs' subdirectory + and run the `capconvert' script. This script will deduce various things + about your environment and use them to build you a private terminfo tree, + so you can use ncurses applications. + + If more than one user at your site does this, the space for the duplicate + trees is wasted. Try to get your site administrators to install a system- + wide terminfo tree instead. + + See the BSD CONVERSION NOTES section below for a few more details. + +6. The c++ directory has C++ classes that are built on top of ncurses and + panels. You need to have c++ (and its libraries) installed before you can + compile and run the demo. + +7. If you're running an older Linux, you must either (a) tell Linux that the + console terminal type is `linux' or (b) make a link to or copy of the + linux entry in the appropriate place under your terminfo directory, named + `console'. All 1.3 and many 1.2 distributions (including Yggdrasil and + Red Hat) already have the console type set to `linux'. + + The way to change the wired-in console type depends on the configuration + of your system. This may involve editing /etc/inittab, /etc/ttytype, + /etc/profile and other such files. + + Warning: this is not for the fainthearted, if you mess up your console + getty entries you can make your system unusable! However, if you are + a distribution maker, this is the right thing to do (see the note for + integrators near the end of this file). + + The easier way is to link or copy l/linux to c/console under your terminfo + directory. Note: this will go away next time you do `make install.data' + and you'll have to redo it. There is no need to have entries for all + possible screen sizes, ncurses will figure out the size automatically. + +IF YOU ARE A SYSTEM INTEGRATOR: + + Beginning with 1.9.9, the ncurses distribution includes both a tset + utility and /usr/share/tabset directory. If you are installing ncurses, + it is no longer either necessary or desirable to install tset-jv. + + Configuration and Installation: + + Configure with --prefix=/usr to make the install productions put + libraries and headers in the correct locations (overwriting any + previous curses libraries and headers). This will put the terminfo + hierarchy under /usr/share/terminfo; you may want to override this with + --datadir=/usr/share/misc; terminfo and tabset are installed under the + data directory. + + Please configure the ncurses library in a pure-terminfo mode; that + is, with the --disable-termcap option. This will make the ncurses + library smaller and faster. The ncurses library includes a termcap + emulation that queries the terminfo database, so even applications + that use raw termcap to query terminal characteristics will win + (providing you recompile and relink them!). + + If you must configure with termcap fallback enabled, you may also + wish to use the --enable-getcap option. This option speeds up + termcap-based startups, at the expense of not allowing personal + termcap entries to reference the terminfo tree. See the code in + ncurses/read_termcap.c for details. + + Keyboard Mapping: + + The terminfo file assumes that Shift-Tab generates \E[Z (the ECMA-48 + reverse-tabulation sequence) rather than ^I. Here are the loadkeys -d + mappings that will set this up: + + keycode 15 = Tab Tab + alt keycode 15 = Meta_Tab + shift keycode 15 = F26 + string F26 ="\033[Z" + + Naming the Console Terminal + + In various Linuxes (and possibly elsewhere) there has been a practice + of designating the system console driver type as `console'. Please + do not do this any more! It complicates peoples' lives, because it + can mean that several different terminfo entries from different + operating systems all logically want to be called `console'. + + Please pick a name unique to your console driver and set that up + in the /etc/inittab table or local equivalent. Send the entry to the + terminfo maintainer (listed in the misc/terminfo file) to be included + in the terminfo file, if it's not already there. See the + term(7) manual page included with this distribution for more on + conventions for choosing type names. + + Here are our recommended primary console names for the most important + freeware UNIX distributions: + + linux -- Linux console driver + freebsd -- FreeBSD + netbsd -- NetBSD + bsdos -- BSD/OS + + If you are responsible for integrating ncurses for one of these + distribution, please either use the recommended name or get back + to us explaining why you don't want to, so we can work out nomenclature + that will make users' lives easier rather than harder. + +RECENT XTERM VERSIONS + The terminfo database file included with this distribution assumes you + are running an XFree86 xterm based on X11R6 (i.e., xterm-r6). The + earlier X11R5 entry (xterm-r5) is provided as well. + + If you are running XFree86 version 3.2 (actually 3.1.2F and up), you + should consider using the xterm-xf86-v32 entry, which adds ANSI color + and the VT220 capabilities which have been added in XFree86. If you + are running a mixed network, however, where this terminal description + may be used on an older xterm, you may have problems, since + applications that assume these capabilities will produce incorrect + output on the older xterm (e.g., highlighting is not cleared). + +CONFIGURING FALLBACK ENTRIES + In order to support operation of ncurses programs before the terminfo + tree is accessible (that is, in single-user mode or at OS installation + time) the ncurses library can be compiled to include an array of + pre-fetched fallback entries. + + These entries are checked by setupterm() only when the conventional + fetches from the terminfo tree and the termcap fallback (if configured) + have been tried and failed. Thus, the presence of a fallback will not + shadow modifications to the on-disk entry for the same type, when that + entry is accessible. + + By default, there are no entries on the fallback list. After you + have built the ncurses suite for the first time, you can change + the list (the process needs infocmp(1)). To do so, use the + script MKfallback.sh. + + If you wanted (say) to have linux, vt100, and xterm fallbacks, you + would use the commands + + cd ncurses; + MKfallback.sh linux vt100 xterm >fallback.c + + Then just rebuild and reinstall the library as you would normally. + You can restore the default empty fallback list with + + MKfallback.sh >fallback.c + + The overhead for an empty fallback list is one trivial stub function. + Any non-empty fallback list is const-ed and therefore lives in sharable + text space. You can look at the comment trailing each initializer in + the generated ncurses/fallback.c file to see the core cost of the + fallbacks. A good rule of thumb for modern vt100-like entries is that + each one will cost about 2.5K of text space. + +BSD CONVERSION NOTES: + If you need to support really ancient BSD programs, you probably + want to configure with the --enable-bsdpad option. What this does + is enable code in tputs() that recognizes a numeric prefix on a + capability as a request for that much trailing padding in milliseconds. + There are old BSD programs that do things like tputs("50"). + + (If you are distributing ncurses as a support-library component of + an application you probably want to put the remainder of this section + in the package README file.) + + The following note applies only if you have configured ncurses with + --enable-termcap. + +------------------------------- CUT HERE -------------------------------- + +If you are installing this application privately (either because you +have no root access or want to experiment with it before doing a root +installation), there are a couple of details you need to be aware of. +They have to do with the ncurses library, which uses terminfo rather +than termcap for describing terminal characteristics. + +Though the ncurses library is terminfo-based, it will interpret your +TERMCAP variable (if present), any local termcap files you reference +through it, and the system termcap file. However, in order to avoid +slowing down your application startup, it will only do this once per +terminal type! + +The first time you load a given terminal type from your termcap +database, the library initialization code will automatically write it +in terminfo format to a subdirectory under $HOME/.terminfo. After +that, the initialization code will find it there and do a (much +faster) terminfo fetch. + +Usually, all this means is that your home directory will silently grow +an invisible .terminfo subdirectory which will get filled in with +terminfo descriptions of terminal types as you invoke them. If anyone +ever installs a global terminfo tree on your system, this will quietly +stop happening and your $HOME/.terminfo will become redundant. + +The objective of all this logic is to make converting from BSD termcap +as painless as possible without slowing down your application (termcap +compilation is expensive). + +If you don't have a TERMCAP variable or custom personal termcap file, +you can skip the rest of this dissertation. + +If you *do* have a TERMCAP variable and/or a custom personal termcap file +that defines a terminal type, that definition will stop being visible +to this application after the first time you run it, because it will +instead see the terminfo entry that it wrote to $HOME/terminfo the +first time around. + +Subsequently, editing the TERMCAP variable or personal TERMCAP file +will have no effect unless you explicitly remove the terminfo entry +under $HOME/terminfo. If you do that, the entry will be recompiled +from your termcap resources the next time it is invoked. + +To avoid these complications, use infocmp(1) and tic(1) to edit the +terminfo directory directly. + +------------------------------- CUT HERE -------------------------------- + +USING NCURSES WITH AFS: + AFS treats each directory as a separate logical filesystem, you + can't hard-link across them. The --enable-symlinks option copes + with this by making tic use symbolic links. + +USING NCURSES WITH EMACS: + GNU Emacs has its own termcap support. By default, it uses a mixture + of those functions and code linked from the host system's libraries. + You need to foil this and shut out the GNU termcap library entirely. + + In order to do this, hack the Linux config file (s/linux.h) to contain + a #define TERMINFO and set the symbol LIBS_TERMCAP to "-lncurses". + + We have submitted such a change for the 19.30 release, so it may + already be applied in your sources -- check for the #define TERMINFO. + +USING NCURSES WITH GPM: + Ncurses 4.1 can be configured to use GPM (General Purpose Mouse) which + is used on Linux console. Be aware that GPM is commonly installed as a + shared library which contains a wrapper for the curses wgetch() + function (libcurses.o). Some integrators have simplified linking + applications by combining all of libcurses.so (the BSD curses) into + the libgpm.so file, producing symbol conflicts with ncurses. You may + be able to work around this problem by linking as follows: + + cc -o foo foo.o -lncurses -lgpm -lncurses + + but the linker may not cooperate, producing mysterious errors. + A patched version of gpm is available: + + ftp.clark.net:/pub/dickey/ncurses/gpm-1.10-970125.tgz + +USING NCURSES WITH ELVIS: + To use ncurses as the screen-painting library for Elvis, apply the + following patch to the Elvis curses + +*** curses.c.orig Sun Jun 26 05:48:23 1994 +--- curses.c Sun Feb 11 16:50:41 1996 +*************** +*** 986,992 **** + { + if (has_IM) + do_IM(); +! do_IC(); + qaddch(ch); + if (has_EI) + do_EI(); +--- 986,995 ---- + { + if (has_IM) + do_IM(); +!#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION +! else /* ncurses does insertion in a slightly nonstandard way */ +!#endif +! do_IC(); + qaddch(ch); + if (has_EI) + do_EI(); + +This patch is for elvis-1.8pl4 but it can even be used for elvis-1.8pl3 with +an offset of -11 lines. + +BUGS: + Send any feedback to the ncurses mailing list at + ncurses@bsdi.com. To subscribe send mail to + ncurses-request@mailgate.bsdi.com with body that reads: + subscribe ncurses + + The Hacker's Guide in the misc directory includes some guidelines + on how to report bugs in ways that will get them fixed most quickly. + diff --git a/MANIFEST b/MANIFEST new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb5df407 --- /dev/null +++ b/MANIFEST @@ -0,0 +1,581 @@ +./ANNOUNCE +./Ada95/Makefile.in +./Ada95/README +./Ada95/TODO +./Ada95/ada_include/Makefile.in +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.ads +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.ads +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.ads +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.ads +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.ads +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.ads +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.ads +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.ads +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.ads +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.ads +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.ads +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.ads +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses.adb +./Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface.ads +./Ada95/gen/Makefile.in +./Ada95/gen/gen.c +./Ada95/gen/normal.m4 +./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 +./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 +./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms.ads.m4 +./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 +./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 +./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus.ads.m4 +./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.ads.m4 +./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.ads.m4 +./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels.ads.m4 +./Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses.ads.m4 +./Ada95/html/Makefile +./Ada95/html/curs_addch.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_addchstr.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_addstr.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_attr.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_beep.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_bkgd.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_border.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_clear.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_color.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_delch.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_deleteln.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_getch.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_getstr.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_getyx.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_inch.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_inchstr.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_initscr.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_inopts.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_insch.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_insstr.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_instr.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_kernel.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_mouse.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_move.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_outopts.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_overlay.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_pad.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_print.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_printw.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_refresh.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_scanw.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_scr_dmp.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_scroll.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_slk.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_termattrs.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_termcap.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_terminfo.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_touch.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_util.3x.html +./Ada95/html/curs_window.3x.html +./Ada95/html/dft_fgbg.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_cursor.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_data.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_driver.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_field.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_field_attributes.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_field_buffer.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_field_info.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_field_just.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_field_new.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_field_opts.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_field_userptr.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_field_validation.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_fieldtype.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_hook.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_new.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_new_page.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_opts.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_page.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_post.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_requestname.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_userptr.3x.html +./Ada95/html/form_win.3x.html +./Ada95/html/index.html +./Ada95/html/menu.3x.html +./Ada95/html/menu_attribs.3x.html +./Ada95/html/menu_cursor.3x.html +./Ada95/html/menu_driver.3x.html +./Ada95/html/menu_format.3x.html +./Ada95/html/menu_hook.3x.html +./Ada95/html/menu_items.3x.html +./Ada95/html/menu_mark.3x.html +./Ada95/html/menu_new.3x.html +./Ada95/html/menu_opts.3x.html +./Ada95/html/menu_pattern.3x.html +./Ada95/html/menu_post.3x.html +./Ada95/html/menu_requestname.3x.html +./Ada95/html/menu_spacing.3x.html +./Ada95/html/menu_userptr.3x.html +./Ada95/html/menu_win.3x.html +./Ada95/html/mitem_current.3x.html +./Ada95/html/mitem_name.3x.html +./Ada95/html/mitem_new.3x.html +./Ada95/html/mitem_opts.3x.html +./Ada95/html/mitem_userptr.3x.html +./Ada95/html/mitem_value.3x.html +./Ada95/html/mitem_visible.3x.html +./Ada95/html/ncurses.3x.html +./Ada95/html/panel.3x.html +./Ada95/html/resizeterm.3x.html +./Ada95/html/table.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-mouse_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-text_io_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses_s.html +./Ada95/html/terminal_interface_s.html +./Ada95/html/wresize.3x.html +./Ada95/samples/Makefile.in +./Ada95/samples/README +./Ada95/samples/explain.txt +./Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-attributes.adb +./Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-attributes.ads +./Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-mouse.adb +./Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo-mouse.ads +./Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo.adb +./Ada95/samples/sample-curses_demo.ads +./Ada95/samples/sample-explanation.adb +./Ada95/samples/sample-explanation.ads +./Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-aux.adb +./Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-aux.ads +./Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-handler.adb +./Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo-handler.ads +./Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo.adb +./Ada95/samples/sample-form_demo.ads +./Ada95/samples/sample-function_key_setting.adb +./Ada95/samples/sample-function_key_setting.ads +./Ada95/samples/sample-header_handler.adb +./Ada95/samples/sample-header_handler.ads +./Ada95/samples/sample-helpers.adb +./Ada95/samples/sample-helpers.ads +./Ada95/samples/sample-keyboard_handler.adb +./Ada95/samples/sample-keyboard_handler.ads +./Ada95/samples/sample-manifest.ads +./Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-aux.adb +./Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-aux.ads +./Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-handler.adb +./Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo-handler.ads +./Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo.adb +./Ada95/samples/sample-menu_demo.ads +./Ada95/samples/sample-my_field_type.adb +./Ada95/samples/sample-my_field_type.ads +./Ada95/samples/sample-text_io_demo.adb +./Ada95/samples/sample-text_io_demo.ads +./Ada95/samples/sample.adb +./Ada95/samples/sample.ads +./Ada95/samples/tour.adb +./Ada95/samples/tour.ads +./INSTALL +./MANIFEST +./Makefile.glibc +./Makefile.in +./NEWS +./README +./README.glibc +./TO-DO +./aclocal.m4 +./announce.html +./announce.html.in +./c++/Makefile.in +./c++/NEWS +./c++/PROBLEMS +./c++/README-first +./c++/cursesm.cc +./c++/cursesm.h +./c++/cursesp.cc +./c++/cursesp.h +./c++/cursesw.cc +./c++/cursesw.h +./c++/demo.cc +./c++/etip.h +./c++/internal.h +./c++/modules +./configure +./configure.in +./dist.mk +./form/Makefile.in +./form/READ.ME +./form/fld_def.c +./form/fld_stat.c +./form/fld_type.c +./form/fld_user.c +./form/form.h +./form/form.priv.h +./form/frm_adabind.c +./form/frm_data.c +./form/frm_def.c +./form/frm_driver.c +./form/frm_hook.c +./form/frm_opts.c +./form/frm_req_name.c +./form/frm_user.c +./form/frm_win.c +./form/fty_alnum.c +./form/fty_alpha.c +./form/fty_enum.c +./form/fty_int.c +./form/fty_ipv4.c +./form/fty_num.c +./form/fty_regex.c +./form/headers +./form/llib-lform +./form/modules +./include/Caps +./include/MKhashsize.sh +./include/MKparametrized.sh +./include/MKterm.h.awk.in +./include/Makefile.in +./include/capdefaults.c +./include/config_h.in +./include/curses.h.in +./include/edit_cfg.sh +./include/headers +./include/nc_alloc.h +./include/term_entry.h +./include/termcap.h.in +./include/tic.h +./include/unctrl.h.in +./install-sh +./man/MKterminfo.sh +./man/Makefile.in +./man/captoinfo.1m +./man/clear.1 +./man/curs_addch.3x +./man/curs_addchstr.3x +./man/curs_addstr.3x +./man/curs_attr.3x +./man/curs_beep.3x +./man/curs_bkgd.3x +./man/curs_border.3x +./man/curs_clear.3x +./man/curs_color.3x +./man/curs_delch.3x +./man/curs_deleteln.3x +./man/curs_getch.3x +./man/curs_getstr.3x +./man/curs_getyx.3x +./man/curs_inch.3x +./man/curs_inchstr.3x +./man/curs_initscr.3x +./man/curs_inopts.3x +./man/curs_insch.3x +./man/curs_insstr.3x +./man/curs_instr.3x +./man/curs_kernel.3x +./man/curs_mouse.3x +./man/curs_move.3x +./man/curs_outopts.3x +./man/curs_overlay.3x +./man/curs_pad.3x +./man/curs_print.3x +./man/curs_printw.3x +./man/curs_refresh.3x +./man/curs_scanw.3x +./man/curs_scr_dmp.3x +./man/curs_scroll.3x +./man/curs_slk.3x +./man/curs_termattrs.3x +./man/curs_termcap.3x +./man/curs_terminfo.3x +./man/curs_touch.3x +./man/curs_util.3x +./man/curs_window.3x +./man/dft_fgbg.3x +./man/form.3x +./man/form_cursor.3x +./man/form_data.3x +./man/form_driver.3x +./man/form_field.3x +./man/form_field_attributes.3x +./man/form_field_buffer.3x +./man/form_field_info.3x +./man/form_field_just.3x +./man/form_field_new.3x +./man/form_field_opts.3x +./man/form_field_userptr.3x +./man/form_field_validation.3x +./man/form_fieldtype.3x +./man/form_hook.3x +./man/form_new.3x +./man/form_new_page.3x +./man/form_opts.3x +./man/form_page.3x +./man/form_post.3x +./man/form_requestname.3x +./man/form_userptr.3x +./man/form_win.3x +./man/infocmp.1m +./man/man_db.renames +./man/menu.3x +./man/menu_attribs.3x +./man/menu_cursor.3x +./man/menu_driver.3x +./man/menu_format.3x +./man/menu_hook.3x +./man/menu_items.3x +./man/menu_mark.3x +./man/menu_new.3x +./man/menu_opts.3x +./man/menu_pattern.3x +./man/menu_post.3x +./man/menu_requestname.3x +./man/menu_spacing.3x +./man/menu_userptr.3x +./man/menu_win.3x +./man/mitem_current.3x +./man/mitem_name.3x +./man/mitem_new.3x +./man/mitem_opts.3x +./man/mitem_userptr.3x +./man/mitem_value.3x +./man/mitem_visible.3x +./man/ncurses.3x +./man/panel.3x +./man/resizeterm.3x +./man/term.5 +./man/term.7 +./man/terminfo.head +./man/terminfo.tail +./man/tic.1m +./man/toe.1m +./man/tput.1 +./man/tset.1 +./man/wresize.3x +./menu/Makefile.in +./menu/READ.ME +./menu/eti.h +./menu/headers +./menu/llib-lmenu +./menu/m_adabind.c +./menu/m_attribs.c +./menu/m_cursor.c +./menu/m_driver.c +./menu/m_format.c +./menu/m_global.c +./menu/m_hook.c +./menu/m_item_cur.c +./menu/m_item_nam.c +./menu/m_item_new.c +./menu/m_item_opt.c +./menu/m_item_use.c +./menu/m_item_val.c +./menu/m_item_vis.c +./menu/m_items.c +./menu/m_new.c +./menu/m_opts.c +./menu/m_post.c +./menu/m_req_name.c +./menu/m_spacing.c +./menu/m_userptr.c +./menu/m_win.c +./menu/menu.h +./menu/menu.priv.h +./menu/mf_common.h +./menu/modules +./misc/Makefile.in +./misc/hackguide.doc +./misc/hackguide.html +./misc/makellib +./misc/ncurses-intro.doc +./misc/ncurses-intro.html +./misc/run_tic.sh +./misc/shlib +./misc/tabset/std +./misc/tabset/stdcrt +./misc/tabset/vt100 +./misc/tabset/vt300 +./misc/tdlint +./misc/terminfo.src +./mk-0th.awk +./mk-1st.awk +./mk-2nd.awk +./mkinstalldirs +./ncurses.lsm +./ncurses/MKcaptab.awk +./ncurses/MKexpanded.sh +./ncurses/MKfallback.sh +./ncurses/MKkeyname.awk +./ncurses/MKkeys.awk +./ncurses/MKlib_gen.sh +./ncurses/MKnames.awk +./ncurses/MKunctrl.awk +./ncurses/Makefile.in +./ncurses/README +./ncurses/SigAction.h +./ncurses/alloc_entry.c +./ncurses/captoinfo.c +./ncurses/comp_error.c +./ncurses/comp_hash.c +./ncurses/comp_parse.c +./ncurses/comp_scan.c +./ncurses/curses.priv.h +./ncurses/hardscroll.c +./ncurses/hashmap.c +./ncurses/keys.list +./ncurses/lib_acs.c +./ncurses/lib_adabind.c +./ncurses/lib_addch.c +./ncurses/lib_addstr.c +./ncurses/lib_baudrate.c +./ncurses/lib_beep.c +./ncurses/lib_bkgd.c +./ncurses/lib_box.c +./ncurses/lib_clear.c +./ncurses/lib_clrbot.c +./ncurses/lib_clreol.c +./ncurses/lib_color.c +./ncurses/lib_data.c +./ncurses/lib_delch.c +./ncurses/lib_delwin.c +./ncurses/lib_dft_fgbg.c +./ncurses/lib_doupdate.c +./ncurses/lib_endwin.c +./ncurses/lib_erase.c +./ncurses/lib_freeall.c +./ncurses/lib_getch.c +./ncurses/lib_getstr.c +./ncurses/lib_inchstr.c +./ncurses/lib_initscr.c +./ncurses/lib_insch.c +./ncurses/lib_insdel.c +./ncurses/lib_insstr.c +./ncurses/lib_instr.c +./ncurses/lib_isendwin.c +./ncurses/lib_kernel.c +./ncurses/lib_longname.c +./ncurses/lib_mouse.c +./ncurses/lib_move.c +./ncurses/lib_mvcur.c +./ncurses/lib_mvwin.c +./ncurses/lib_newterm.c +./ncurses/lib_newwin.c +./ncurses/lib_options.c +./ncurses/lib_overlay.c +./ncurses/lib_pad.c +./ncurses/lib_print.c +./ncurses/lib_printw.c +./ncurses/lib_raw.c +./ncurses/lib_refresh.c +./ncurses/lib_restart.c +./ncurses/lib_scanw.c +./ncurses/lib_screen.c +./ncurses/lib_scroll.c +./ncurses/lib_scrreg.c +./ncurses/lib_set_term.c +./ncurses/lib_setup.c +./ncurses/lib_slk.c +./ncurses/lib_termcap.c +./ncurses/lib_ti.c +./ncurses/lib_touch.c +./ncurses/lib_tparm.c +./ncurses/lib_tputs.c +./ncurses/lib_trace.c +./ncurses/lib_traceatr.c +./ncurses/lib_tracechr.c +./ncurses/lib_tracedmp.c +./ncurses/lib_tracemse.c +./ncurses/lib_tstp.c +./ncurses/lib_twait.c +./ncurses/lib_vidattr.c +./ncurses/lib_window.c +./ncurses/llib-lncurses +./ncurses/modules +./ncurses/parse_entry.c +./ncurses/read_entry.c +./ncurses/read_termcap.c +./ncurses/resizeterm.c +./ncurses/sigaction.c +./ncurses/vsscanf.c +./ncurses/wresize.c +./ncurses/write_entry.c +./panel/Makefile.in +./panel/headers +./panel/llib-lpanel +./panel/modules +./panel/panel.c +./panel/panel.h +./panel/panel.priv.h +./progs/MKtermsort.sh +./progs/Makefile.in +./progs/capconvert +./progs/clear.c +./progs/clear.sh +./progs/dump_entry.c +./progs/dump_entry.h +./progs/infocmp.c +./progs/modules +./progs/progs.priv.h +./progs/tic.c +./progs/toe.c +./progs/tput.c +./progs/tset.c +./sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/Makefile +./sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/configure +./sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sed +./sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sh +./sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/run_tic.sh +./test/Makefile.in +./test/README +./test/blue.c +./test/bs.6 +./test/bs.c +./test/configure.in +./test/firework.c +./test/gdc.6 +./test/gdc.c +./test/hanoi.c +./test/hashtest.c +./test/knight.c +./test/lrtest.c +./test/modules +./test/ncurses.c +./test/newdemo.c +./test/rain.c +./test/tclock.c +./test/test.priv.h +./test/testcurs.c +./test/tracemunch +./test/view.c +./test/worm.c +./test/xmas.c diff --git a/Makefile.glibc b/Makefile.glibc new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0767871b --- /dev/null +++ b/Makefile.glibc @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +# Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is part of the GNU C Library. + +# The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +# modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as +# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the +# License, or (at your option) any later version. + +# The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, +# write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +# +# Makefile for ncurses part. +# +subdir := ncurses + +ncurses-version = 4.1 +form-version = $(ncurses-version) +menu-version = $(ncurses-version) +panel-version = $(ncurses-version) + +extras := form menu ncurses panel + +extra-libs = $(extras:%=lib%) +# These libraries will be built in the `others' pass rather than +# the `lib' pass, because they depend on libc.so being built already. +extra-libs-others = $(extra-libs) + +# The sources are found in the appropriate subdir. +subdir-dirs = $(extras) progs test +vpath %.c $(subdir-dirs) +vpath %.h $(subdir-dirs) + +libform-routines = fld_def fld_stat fld_type fld_user \ + frm_adabind frm_data frm_def \ + frm_driver frm_hook frm_opts \ + frm_req_name frm_user frm_win \ + fty_alnum fty_alpha fty_enum fty_int \ + fty_ipv4 fty_num fty_regex + +libncurses-routines = alloc_entry captoinfo comp_error comp_hash \ + comp_parse comp_scan hardscroll \ + hashmap lib_acs lib_adabind lib_addch \ + lib_addstr lib_baudrate \ + lib_beep lib_bkgd lib_box lib_clear \ + lib_clrbot lib_clreol lib_color \ + lib_data lib_delch lib_delwin \ + lib_dft_fgbg lib_doupdate lib_endwin \ + lib_erase lib_freeall lib_getch \ + lib_getstr lib_inchstr lib_initscr \ + lib_insch lib_insdel lib_insstr \ + lib_instr lib_isendwin lib_kernel \ + lib_longname lib_mouse lib_move \ + lib_mvcur lib_mvwin lib_newterm \ + lib_newwin lib_options lib_overlay \ + lib_pad lib_print lib_printw lib_raw \ + lib_refresh lib_restart lib_scanw \ + lib_screen lib_scroll lib_scrreg \ + lib_set_term lib_setup lib_slk \ + lib_termcap lib_ti lib_touch \ + lib_tparm lib_tputs lib_trace \ + lib_traceatr lib_tracechr \ + lib_tracedmp lib_tracemse lib_tstp \ + lib_twait lib_vidattr \ + lib_window names parse_entry \ + read_entry read_termcap resizeterm \ + wresize write_entry \ + codes comp_captab expanded fallback \ + lib_gen names lib_keyname unctrl + +libmenu-routines = m_adabind m_attribs m_cursor m_driver \ + m_format m_global m_hook m_item_cur \ + m_item_nam m_item_new m_item_opt \ + m_item_use m_item_val m_item_vis \ + m_items m_new m_opts m_post \ + m_req_name m_spacing m_userptr m_win + +libpanel-routines = panel + +headers = curses.h eti.h form.h menu.h panel.h term.h termcap.h \ + unctrl.h +others = clear infocmp tic toe tput tset +install-bin = $(others) + +clear-objs = clear.o +infocmp-objs = infocmp.o dump_entry.o +tic-objs = tic.o dump_entry.o +toe-objs = toe.o dump_entry.o +tput-objs = tput.o +tset-objs = tset.o dump_entry.o +extra-objs = $(tic-objs) $(toe-objs) $(infocmp-objs) $(clear-objs) \ + $(tput-objs) $(tset-objs) + +# mvcur won't compile +test-srcs = tctest thardscroll thashmap \ + blue bs firework gdc hanoi hashtest knight lrtest \ + ncurses newdemo rain tclock testcurs view worm xmas +mvcur-objs = mvcur.o dump_entry.o +tctest-objs = tctest.o +thardscroll-objs = thardscroll.o +thashmap-objs = thashmap.o hhardscroll.o + +include ../Rules + +ifndef tabsetdir +tabsetdir = $(datadir)/tabset +endif +ifndef inst_tabsetdir +inst_tabsetdir = $(install_root)/$(tabsetdir) +endif + +ifndef terminfodir +terminfodir = $(datadir)/terminfo +endif +ifndef inst_terminfodir +inst_terminfodir = $(install_root)/$(terminfodir) +endif + +ifndef mandir +mandir = $(prefix)/man +endif + +ifndef inst_mandir +inst_mandir = $(install_root)/$(mandir) +endif + +CPPFLAGS += -DTERMINFO='"$(terminfodir)"' -Iinclude -Incurses \ + -Imenu -Iprogs -Itest -I$(objpfx) + +$(objpfx)mvcur.o: ncurses/lib_mvcur.c + $(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -DTRACE -DMAIN $? + +$(objpfx)tctest.o: ncurses/captoinfo.c + $(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -DTRACE -DMAIN $? + +$(objpfx)thardscroll.o: ncurses/hardscroll.c + $(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -DTRACE -DSCROLLDEBUG $? + +$(objpfx)thashmap.o: ncurses/hashmap.c + $(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -DTRACE -DHASHDEBUG $? + +$(objpfx)hhardscroll.o: ncurses/hardscroll.c + $(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -DTRACE -DHASHDEBUG $? + +$(objpfx)mvcur: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(mvcur-objs)) +$(objpfx)tctest: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(tctest-objs)) +$(objpfx)thardscroll: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(thardscroll-objs)) +$(objpfx)thashmap: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(thashmap-objs)) + +$(objpfx)clear: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(clear-objs)) +$(objpfx)infocmp: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(infocmp-objs)) +$(objpfx)tic: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(tic-objs)) +$(objpfx)toe: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(toe-objs)) +$(objpfx)tput: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(tput-objs)) +$(objpfx)tset: $(addprefix $(objpfx),$(tset-objs)) + +ifeq ($(build-shared),yes) +$(others:%=$(objpfx)%): $(objpfx)libncurses.so +else +$(others:%=$(objpfx)%): $(objpfx)libncurses.a +endif + +$(test-srcs:%=$(objpfx)%): $(objpfx)libform.a $(objpfx)libmenu.a \ + $(objpfx)libpanel.a $(objpfx)libncurses.a + +# Depend on libc.so so a DT_NEEDED is generated in the shared objects. +# This ensures they will load libc.so for needed symbols if loaded by +# a statically-linked program that hasn't already loaded it. +$(extras:%=$(objpfx)lib%.so): $(common-objpfx)libc.so + +subdir_install: $(inst_libdir)/libtermcap.a $(inst_libdir)/libcurses.a + +$(inst_libdir)/libtermcap.a $(inst_libdir)/libcurses.a: \ + $(inst_libdir)/libncurses.a + $(make-link) + +ifeq (yes,$(build-shared)) +subdir_install: $(inst_libdir)/libtermcap.so $(inst_libdir)/libcurses.so + +$(inst_libdir)/libtermcap.so $(inst_libdir)/libcurses.so: \ + $(inst_libdir)/libncurses.so + $(make-link) +endif + +subdir_install: $(inst_mandir)/man5/terminfo.5 + +$(inst_mandir)/man5/terminfo.5: $(objpfx)terminfo.5 $(wildcard man/*.[0-9]*) + $(make-target-directory) + sh $(edit_man-sh) $(prefix) $(inst_mandir) $(edit_man-sed) $^ + +subdir_install: $(inst_tabsetdir)/std + +$(inst_tabsetdir)/std: \ + $(filter-out misc/tabset/CVS, $(wildcard misc/tabset/*)) + $(make-target-directory) + for f in $^; do \ + echo installing $$f; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$f $(inst_tabsetdir); \ + done + + +ifeq (no,$(cross-compiling)) +subdir_install: $(inst_terminfodir)/v/vt100 + +$(inst_terminfodir)/v/vt100: misc/terminfo.src $(objpfx)tic + $(make-target-directory) + sh $(run_tic-sh) $(common-objpfx) misc $(terminfodir) \ + $(install_root) +endif + +subdir_distclean subdir_realclean: + -rm -f $(addprefix $(objpfx), MKterm.h.awk codes.c \ + comp_captab.c confdefs.h config.log curses.h \ + expanded.c fallback.c hashsize.h keys.tries \ + lib_gen.c lib_keyname.c names.c ncurses_cfg.h \ + nomacros.h parametrized.h term.h termcap.h \ + terminfo.5 termsort.c unctrl.c unctrl.h) diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..368d31f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.10 1997/03/22 00:57:42 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Master Makefile for ncurses library. + +SHELL = /bin/sh + +INSTALL_PREFIX=@INSTALL_PREFIX@ +NC_MFLAGS = @nc_cv_makeflags@ INSTALL_PREFIX="$(INSTALL_PREFIX)" + +@SET_MAKE@ + +NCURSES_MAJOR = @NCURSES_MAJOR@ +NCURSES_MINOR = @NCURSES_MINOR@ +NCURSES_PATCH = @NCURSES_PATCH@ + +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ + +bindir = @bindir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +libdir = @libdir@ +mandir = @mandir@ + +DIRS_TO_MAKE = @DIRS_TO_MAKE@ + +all :: $(DIRS_TO_MAKE) + +$(DIRS_TO_MAKE) : + mkdir $@ + +preinstall : + @ echo '' + @ echo '** Configuration summary for NCURSES $(NCURSES_MAJOR).$(NCURSES_MINOR) $(NCURSES_PATCH):' + @ echo '' + @ echo ' bin directory: '$(bindir) + @ echo ' lib directory: '$(libdir) + @ echo ' include directory: '$(includedir) + @ echo ' man directory: '$(mandir) + @ echo ' terminfo directory: '$(datadir)/terminfo + @ echo '' + @ if test "$(includedir)" != "$(prefix)/include" ; then \ + echo '** Include-directory is not in a standard location'; fi + +# Put the common rules here so that we can easily construct the list of +# directories to visit. +all \ +clean \ +distclean \ +mostlyclean \ +realclean \ +install :: diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fff6125d --- /dev/null +++ b/NEWS @@ -0,0 +1,1503 @@ +This is a log of changes that ncurses has gone through since Zeyd +started working with Pavel Curtis' original work, pcurses, in 1992: + +970515 4.1 release for upload to prep.ai.mit.edu + + re-tag changes since 970505 as 4.1 release. + +970510 + + modify ncurses 'g' test to allow mouse input + + modify default xterm description to include mouse. + + modify configure script to add -Wwrite-strings if gcc warnings are + enabled while configuring --enable-const (and fixed related warnings). + + add toggle, status display for keypad mode to ncurses 'g' test to + verify that keypad and scrollok are not inherited from parent window + during a call to newwin. + + correction to MKexpanded.sh to make it work when configure --srcdir is + used (reported by H.J.Lu). + + revise test for bool-type, ensuring that it checks if builtin.h is + available before including it, adding test for sizeof(bool) equal + to sizeof(short), and warning user if the size cannot be determined + (reported by Alexander V. Lukyanov). + + add files to support configuration of ncurses as an add-on library + for GNU libc (patch by H.J.Lu ) + +970506 + + correct buffer overrun in lib_traceatr.c + + modify change to lib_vidattr.c to avoid redundant orig_pair. + + turn on 'echo()' in hanoi.c, since it is initially off. + + rename local 'errno' variable in etip.h to avoid conflict with global + (H.J.Lu). + + modify configure script to cache LD, AR, AR_OPTS (patch by H.J.Lu + ) + +970505 4.1 pre-release + + regenerate the misc directory html dumps without the link list, which + is not useful. + + correct dependency in form directory makefile which caused unnecessary + recompiles. + + correct substitution for ABI_VERSION in test-makefile + + modify install rules for shared-library targets to remove the target + before installing, since some install programs do not properly handle + overwrite of symbolic links. + + change order of top-level targets so that 'include' immediate + precedes the 'ncurses' directory, reducing the time between new + headers and new libraries (requested by Larry Virden). + + modify lib_vidattr.c so that colors are turned off only before + modifying other attributes, turned on after others. This makes the + hanoi.c program display correctly on FreeBSD console. + + modify debug code in panel library to print user-data addresses + rather than the strings which they (may) point to. + + add check to ensure that C++ binding and demo are not built with g++ + versions below 2.7, since the binding uses templates. + + modify c++ binding and demo to build and run with SGI's c++ compiler. + (It also compiles with the Sun SparcWorks compiler, but the demo does + not link, due to a vtbl problem). + + corrections to demo.cc, to fix out-of-scope variables (Juergen + Pfeifer). + +970503 + + correct memory leak in _nc_trace_buf(). + + add configure test for regexpr.h, for Unixware 1.x. + + correct missing "./" prefixing names of generated files in ncurses + directory. + + use single-quotes in configure scripts assignments for MK_SHARED_LIB + to workaround shell bug on FreeBSD 2.1.5 + + remove tabs from intermediate #define's for GCC_PRINTF, GCC_SCANF + that caused incorrect result in ncurses_cfg.h + + correct initialization in lib_trace.c, which omitted version info. + + remove ech, el1 attributes from cons25w description; they appear to + malfunction in FreeBSD 2.1.5 + + correct color attributes in terminfo.src and lib_color.c to match + SVr4 behavior by interchanging codes 1,4, 3,6 in the setf/setb + capabilities. + + use curs_set() rather than checks via tigetstr() for test programs + that hide the cursor: firework, rain, worm. + + ensure that if the terminal lacks change_scroll_region, parm_index + and parm_rindex are used only to scroll the whole screen (patch by + Peter Wemm). + + correct curs_set() logic, which did not return ERR if the requested + attributes did not exist, nor did it assume an unknown initial state + for the cursor (patch by Alexander V. Lukyanov). + + combine IDcTransformLine and NoIDcTransformLine to new TransformLine + function in lib_doupdate.c (patch by Alexander V. Lukyanov). + + correct hashmap.c, which did not update index information (patch by + Alexander V. Lukyanov). + + patch by Juergen Pfeifer for C++ binding and demo (see c++/NEWS) + + correct index in lib_instr.c (Juergen Pfeifer). + + correct typo in 970426 patch from Tom's cleanup of lib_overlay.c + (Juergen Pfeifer). + +970426 + + corrected cost computation in PutRange(), which was using + milliseconds compared to characters by adding two new members to the + SCREEN struct, _hpa_ch_cost and _cup_ch_cost. + + drop ncurses/lib_unctrl.c, add ncurses/MKunctrl.awk to generate a + const array of strings (suggested by Alexander V. Lukyanov, though + with a perl script 970118). + + rewrote ncurses 'b' test to better exercise magic-cookie (xmc), as + well as noting the attributes that are not supported by a terminal. + + trace the computation of cost values in lib_mvcur.c + + modify _nc_visbuf() to use octal rather than hex, corrected sign + extension bug in that function that caused buffer overflow. + + modify trace in lib_acs.c to use _nc_visbuf(). + + suppress trace within _traceattr2(). + + correct logic of _tracechtype2(), which did not account for repeats + or redefinition within an acsc string. + + modify debug-library version baudrate() to use environment variable + $BAUDRATE to override speed computation. This is needed for + regression testing. + + correct problems shown by "weblint -pedantic". + + update mailing-list information (now ncurses@bsdi.com). + +970419 + + Improve form_field_validation.3x manpage to better describe the + precision parameter for TYPE_NUMERIC and TYPE_INTEGER. Provide more + precise information how the range checking can be avoided. (patch by + Juergen Pfeifer, reported by Bryan Henderson) + + change type of min/max value of form types TYPE_INTEGER to long to + match SVr4 documentation. + + set the form window to stdscr in set_form_win() so that form_win() + won't return null (patch by Juergen Pfeifer, reported by Bryan + Henderson ). + +970412 + + corrected ifdef'ing of inline (from 970321) for TRACE vs C++. + + corrected toggle_attr_off() macro (patch by Andries.Brouwer). + + modify treatment of empty token in $MANPATH to /usr/man (reported by + ) + + modify traces that record functions-called so that chtype and attr_t + values are expressed symbolically, to simplify reuse of generated + test-scripts on SVr4 regression testing. + + add new trace functions _traceattr2() and _tracechtype2() + +970405 + + add configure option --enable-const, to support the use of 'const' + where XSI should have, but did not, specify. This defines + NCURSES_CONST, which is an empty token otherwise, for strict + compatibility. + + make processing of configure options more verbose by echoing the + --enable/--with values. + + add configure option --enable-big-core + + set initial state of software echo off as per XSI. + + check for C++ builtin.h header + + correct computation of absolute-path for $INSTALL that dropped "-c" + parameter from the expression. + + rename config.h to ncurses_cfg.h to avoid naming-conflict when ncurses + is integrated into larger systems (from diffs by H.J.Lu for libc). + + correct inequality in lib_doupdate.c that caused a single-char to not + be updated when the char on the right-margin was not blank, idcok() + was true (patch by Alexander V. Lukyanov 970124, also reported by + Kriang Lerdsuwanakij 970329). + + modify 'clean' rule in include/Makefile so that files created by + configure script are removed in 'distclean' rule instead. + +970328 + + correct array limit in tparam_internal(), add case to interpret "%x" + (patch by Andreas Schwab) + + rewrote number-parsing in ncurses.c 'd' test; it did not reset the + value properly when non-numeric characters were given (reported by + Andreas Schwab ) + +970321 + + move definition of __INTERNAL_CAPS_VISIBLE before include for + progs.priv.h (patch by David MacKenzie). + + add configuration summary, reordered check for default include + directory to better accommodate a case where installer is configuring + a second copy of ncurses (reported by Klaus Weide + ) + + moved the #define for 'inline' as an empty token from the + $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) symbol into config.h, to avoid redefinition warning + (reported by Ward Horner). + + modify test for bool builtin type to use 'unsigned' rather than + 'unknown' when cross-compiling (reported by Ward Horner). + +970315 + + add header dependencies so that "make install.libs" will succeed + even if "make all" is not done first. + + moved some macros from lib_doupdate.c to curses.priv.h to use in + expanded functions with ATAC. + + correct implementation of lib_instr.c; both XSI and SVr4 agree that + the winnstr functions can return more characters than will fit on one + line. + +970308 + + modify script that generates lib_gen.c to support traces of called & + return. + + add new configure option "--disable-macros", for testing calls within + lib_gen.c + + corrected logic that screens level-checking of called/return traces. + +970301 + + use new configure macro NC_SUBST to replace AC_PATH_PROG, better + addressing request by Ward Horner. + + check for cross-compiling before trying to invoke the autoconf + AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED macro (reported by Ward Horner) + + correct/simplify loop in _nc_visbuf(), 970201 changes omitted + a pointer-increment. + + eliminate obsolete symbol SHARED_ABI from dist.mk (noted by + Florian La Roche). + +970215 + + add configure option --enable-expanded, together with code that + implements an expanded form of certain complex macros, for testing + with ATAC. + + disable CHECK_POSITION unless --with-assertions is configured + (Alexander Lukyanov pointed out that this is redundant). + + use keyname() to show traced chtype values where applicable rather + than _tracechar(), which truncates the value to 8-bits. + + minor fixes to TRACE_ICALLS, added T_CREATE, TRACE_CCALLS macros. + + modify makefiles in progs and test directories to avoid using C + preprocessor options on link commands (reported by Ward Horner) + + correct ifdef/include-order for nc_alloc.h vs lib_freeall.c (reported + by Ward Horner) + + modify ifdef's to use configure-defined symbols consistently + (reported by Ward Horner) + + add/use new makefile symbols AR, AR_OPTS and LD to assist in non-UNIX + ports (reported by Ward Horner ) + + rename struct try to struct tries, to avoid name conflict with C++ + (reported by Gary Johnson). + + modify worm.c to hide cursor while running. + + add -Wcast-qual to gcc warnings, fix accordingly. + + use PutChar rather than PutAttrChar in ClrToEOL to properly handle + wrapping (Alexander Lukyanov). + + correct spurious echoing of input in hanoi.c from eric's #291 & #292 + patches (reported by Vernon C. Hoxie ). + + extend IRIX configuration to IRIX64 + + supply missing install.libs rule needed after restructuring + test/Makefile.in + +970208 + + modify "make mostlyclean" to leave automatically-generated source + in the ncurses directory, for use in cross-compiles. + + autogenerated object-dependencies for test directory + + add configure option --with-rcs-ids + + modify configuration scripts to generate major/minor/patch versions + (suggested by Alexander Lukyanov). + + supply missing va_end's in lib_scanw.c + + use stream I/O for trace-output, to eliminate fixed-size buffer + + add TRACE_ICALLS definition/support to lib_trace.c + + modify Ada95 binding to work with GNAT 3.09 (Juergen Pfeifer). + +970201 + + add/modify traces for called/return values to simplify extraction + for test scripts. + + changed _nc_visbuf to quote its result, and to dynamically allocate + the returned buffer. + + invoke ldconfig after installing shared library + + modify install so that overwrite applies to shared library -lcurses + in preference to static library (reported by Zeyd 960928). + + correct missing ';' in 961221 mod to overwrite option use of $(LN_S). + + fixes to allow "make install" to work without first doing a "make + all" (suggested by Larry Virden). + +970125 + + correct order of #ifdef for TABS_OK. + + instrumented toe.c to test memory-leaks. + + correct memory-deallocation in toe.c (patch by Jesse Thilo). + + include in configuration test for regex.h (patch by + Andreas Schwab) + + make infocmp recognize -I option, for SVr4 compatibility (reported by + Andreas Schwab ) + +970118 + + add extension 'use_default_colors()', modified test applications that + use default background (firework, gdc, hanoi, knight, worm) to + demonstrate. + + correct some limit checks in lib_doupdate.c exposed while running + worm. + + use typeCalloc macro for readability. + + add/use definition for CONST to accommodate testing with Solaris + (SVr4) curses, which doesn't use 'const' in its prototypes. + + modify ifdef's in test/hashtest.c and test/view.c to compile with + Solaris curses. + + modify _tracedump() to pad pad colors & attrs lines to match change + in 970101 showing first/last changes. + + corrected location of terminating null on dynamically allocated forms + fields (patch by Per Foreby). + +970111 + + added headers to make view.c compile on SCO with the resizeterm() + code (i.e., struct winsize) - though this compiles, I don't have a + suitable test configuration since SIGWINCH doesn't pass my network to + that machine - T.Dickey. + + update test/configure.in to supply some default substitutions. + + modify configure script to add -lncurses after -lgpm to fix problem + linking against static libraries. + + add a missing noraw() to test/ncurses.c (places noted by Jeremy + Buhler) + + add a missing wclear() to test/testcurs.c (patch by Jeremy Buhler + ) + + modify headers to accommodate compilers that don't allow duplicate + "#define" lines for NCURSES_VERSION (reported by Larry W. Virden + ) + + fix formatting glitch in curs_getch.3x (patch by Jesse Thilo). + + modify lib_doupdate to make el, el1 and ed optimization use the + can_clear_with macro, and change EmitRange to allow leaving cursor at + the middle of interval, rather than always at the end (patch by + Alexander Lukyanov originally 960929, resync 970106). + +970104 + + workaround defect in autoconf 2.12 (which terminates configuration + if no C++ compiler is found) by adding an option --without-cxx. + + modify several man-pages to use tbl, where .nf/.fi was used (reported + by Jesse Thilo). + + correct font-codes in some man-pages (patch by Jesse Thilo + ) + + use configure script's knowledge of existence of g++ library for the + c++ Makefile (reported by Paul Jackson). + + correct misleading description of --datadir configuration option + (reported by Paul Jackson ) + +970101 + + several corrections to _nc_mvcur_scrolln(), prompted by a bug report + from Peter Wemm: + > the logic for non_dest_scroll_region was interchanged between the + forward & reverse scrolling cases. + > multiple returns from the function allowed certain conditions to do + part of an operation before discovering that it couldn't be + completed, returning an error without restoring the cursor. + > some returns were ERR, where the function had completed the + operation, because the insert/delete line logic was improperly + tested (this was probably the case Peter saw). + > contrary to comments, some scrolling cases were tested after the + insert/delete line method. + + modify _tracedump() to show first/last changes. + + modify param of ClrUpdate() in lib_doupdate.c to 'curscr', fixes + refresh problem (reported by Peter Wemm) that caused nvi to not show + result of ":r !ls" until a ^L was typed. + +961229 (internal alpha) + + correct some of the writable-strings warnings (reported by Gary + Johnson ). Note that most of the remaining ones + are part of the XSI specification, and can't be "fixed". + + improve include-dependencies in form, menu, panel directories. + + correct logic of delay_output(), which would return early if + there is data on stdin. + + modify interface & logic of _nc_timed_wait() to support 2 file + descriptors, needed for GPM. + + integrate patch by Andrew Kuchling for GPM (mouse) + support, correcting logic in wgetch() and _nc_mouse_parse() which + prevented patch from working properly. + + improve performance of panel algorithm (Juergen Pfeifer 961203). + + strip RCS id's from generated .html files in Ada95 subtree. + + resync with generated .html files (Juergen Pfeifer 961223). + + terminfo.src 10.1.0 from Eric. + +961224 4.0 release + + release as 4.0 to accommodate Linux ld.so.1.8.5 + + correct syntax/spelling, regenerated .doc files from .html using + lynx 2.5 + + refined forms/menus makefiles (Juergen Pfeifer 961223). + +961221 - snapshot + + remove logic in read_entry.c that attempts to refine errno by using + 'access()' for the directory (from patch by Florian La Roche). + + correct configure test/substitution that inhibits generating + include-path to /usr/include if gcc is used (reported by Florian La + Roche). + + modify setupterm() to allocate new TERMINAL for each call, just as + solaris' curses does (Alexander Lukyanov 960829). + + corrected memory leaks in read_entry.c + + add configure options --with-dbmalloc, --with-dmalloc, and + --disable-leaks, tested by instrumenting infocmp, ncurses programs. + + move #include's for stdlib.h and string.h to *.priv.h to accommodate + use of dbmalloc. + + modify use of $(LN_S) to follow recommendation in autoconf 2.12, + i.e., set current directory before linking. + + split-out panel.priv.h, improve dependencies for forms, menus + (Juergen Pfeifer 961204). + + modify _nc_freewin() to reset globals curscr/newscr/stdscr when + freeing the corresponding WINDOW (Purify). + + modify delwin() to return ERR if the window to be deleted has + subwindows, needed as a side-effect of resizeterm() (Purify). Tested + and found that SVr4 curses behaves this way. + + implement logic for _nc_freeall(), bringing stub up to date. + +961215 + + modify wbkgd() so that it doesn't set nulls in the rendered text, + even if its argument doesn't specify a character (fixes test case by + Juergen Pfeifer for bug-report). + + set window-attributes in wbkgd(), to simplify comparison against + Solaris curses, which does this. + +961214 - snapshot + + replace most constants in ncurses 'o' test by expressions, making it + work with wider range of screen sizes. + + add options to ncurses.c to specify 'e' test softkey format, and the + number of header/footer lines to rip-off. + + add ^R (repaint after resize), ^L (refresh) commands to ncurses 'p' + test. + + add shell-out (!) command to ncurses 'p' test to allow test of + resize between endwin/refresh. + + correct line-wrap case in mvcur() by emitting carriage return, + overlooked in 960928, but needed due to SVr4 compatibility changes to + terminal modes in 960907. + + correct logic in wresize that causes new lines to be allocated, + broken for the special case of increasing rows only in 960907's fix + for subwindows. + + modify configure script to generate $(LDFLAGS) with -L and -l options + in preference to explicit library filenames. (NOTE: this may + require further amending, since I vaguely recall a dynamic loader + that did not work properly without the full names, but it should be + handled as an exception to the rule, since some linkers do bulk + inclusion of libraries when given the full name - T.Dickey). + + modify configure script to allow user-supplied $CFLAGS to set the + debug-option in all libraries (requested by lots of people). + + use return consistently from main(), rather than exit (reported by + Florian La Roche). + + add --enable-getcap-cache option to configure, normally disabled + (requested by Florian La Roche). + + make configure test for gettimeofday() and possibly -lbsd more + efficient (requested by Florian La Roche florian@knorke.saar.de) + + minor adjustments to Ada95 binding (patches by Juergen Pfeifer) + + correct attributes after emitting orig_pair in lib_vidattr.c (patch + by lav@yars.free.net). + +961208 + + corrected README wrt Ada95 (Juergen Pfeifer) + +961207 - snapshot + + integrate resizeterm() into doupdate(), so that if screen size + changes between endwin/refresh, ncurses will resize windows to fit + (this needs additional testing with pads and softkeys). + + add, for memory-leak testing, _nc_freeall() entrypoint to free all + data used in ncurses library. + + initialize _nc_idcok, _nc_idlok statically to resolve discrepancy + between initscr() and newwin() initialization (reported by + lav@yars.free.net). + + test built VERSION=4.0, SHARED_ABI=4 with Linux ld.so.1.8.5 + (set beta versions to those values -- NOTE that subsequent pre-4.0 + beta may not be interchangeable). + + modify configure script to work with autoconf 2.12 + +961130 1.9.9g release + + add copyright notices to configuration scripts (written by Thomas + Dickey). + +961127 + > patch by Juergen Pfeifer (mostly for panel): + + cosmetic improvement for a few routines in the ncurses core library + to avoid warning messages. + + the panel overlap detection was broken + + the panel_window() function was not fool-proof. + + Some inlining... + + Cosmetic changes (also to avoid warning messages when compiling with + -DTRACE). + +961126 + > patch by Juergen Pfeifer: + + eliminates warning messages for the compile of libform. + + inserts Per Foreby's new field type TYPE_IPV4 into libform. + + Updates man page and the Ada95 binding to reflect this. + + Improves inlining in libmenu and libform. + +961120 + + improve the use of the "const" qualifier in the + panel library (Juergen Pfeifer) + + change set_panel_userptr() and panel_userptr() to use void* + (Juergen Pfeifer) + +961119 + + change ABI to 3.4 + + package with 961119 version of Ada95 binding (fixes for gnat-3.07). + (Juergen Pfeifer) + + correct initialization of the stdscr pseudo panel in panel library + (Juergen Pfeifer) + + use MODULE_ID (rcs keywords) in forms and menus libraries (Juergen + Pfeifer). + > patch #324 by Eric. + + typo in curs_termcap man page (reported by Hendrik Reichel + <106065.2344@compuserve.com>) + + change default xterm entry to xterm-r6. + + add entry for color_xterm + +961116 - snapshot + + lint found several functions that had only #define implementations + (e.g., attr_off), modified curses.h.in to generate them as per XSI + Curses requirement that every macro be available as a function. + + add check in infocmp.c to guard against string compare of + CANCELLED_STRING values. + + modify firework.c, rain.c to hide cursor while running. + + correct missing va_end in lib_tparm.c + + modify hanoi.c to work on non-color terminals, and to use timing + delays when in autoplay mode. + + correct 'echochar()' to refresh immediately (reported by Adrian + Garside 94ajg2@eng.cam.ac.uk) + > patch #322 by eric: + + reorganize terminfo.src entries for xterm. + +961109 - snapshot + + corrected error in line-breakout logic (lib_doupdate.c) + + modified newdemo to use wgetch(win) rather than getch() to eliminate + a spurious clear-screen. + + corrected ifdef's for 'poll()' configuration. + + added modules to ncurses, form, menu for Ada95 binding (Juergen + Pfeifer). + + modify set_field_buffer() to allow assignment of string longer than + the initial buffer length, and to return the complete string rather + than only the initial size (Juergen Pfeifer and Per Foreby + ). + +961102 - snapshot + + configure for 'poll()' in preference to 'select()', since older + systems are more likely to have a broken 'select()'. + + modified render_char() to avoid OR'ing colors. + + minor fixes to testcurs.c, newdemo.c test programs: ifdef'd out the + resize test, use wbkgd and corrected box() parameters. + + make flushinp() test work in ncurses.c by using napms() instead of + sleep(). + + undo Eric's changes to xterm-x11r6 (it no longer matched the X11R6.1 + distribution, as stated) + + terminfo 9.13.18 (resync by Eric) + + check for getenv("HOME") returning null (Eric). + + change buffer used to decode xterm-mouse commands to unsigned to + handle displays wider than 128 chars (Juergen Pfeifer). + + correct typo curs_outopts.3x (Juergen Pfeifer). + + correct limit-checking in wenclose() (Juergen Pfeifer). + + correction to Peter Wemm's newwin change (Thomas Fehr ). + + corrections to logic that combines colors and attributes; they must + not be OR'd (Juergen Pfeifer, extending from report/patch by Rick + Marshall). + +961026 - snapshot + + reset flags in 'getwin()' that might cause refresh to attempt to + manipulate the non-existent parent of a window that is read from a + file (lib_screen.c). + + restructure _nc_timed_wait() to log more information, and to try to + recover from badly-behaved 'select()' calls (still testing this). + + move define for GOOD_SELECT into configure script. + + corrected extra '\' character inserted before ',' in comp_scan.c + + corrected expansion of %-format characters in dump_entry.c; some were + rendered as octal constants. + + modify dump_entry.c to make terminfo output more readable and like + SVr4, by using "\s" for spaces (leading/trailing only), "\," for + comma, "\^" and "\:" as well. + + corrected some memory leaks in ncurses.c, and a minor logic error + in the top-level command-parser. + + correction for label format 4 (PC style with info line), a + slk_clear(), slk_restore() sequence didn't redraw the info line + (Juergen Pfeifer). + + modified the slk window (if simulated) to inherit the background and + default character attributes from stdscr (Juergen Pfeifer). + + corrected limit-check in set_top_row (Juergen Pfeifer). + +961019 - snapshot + + correct loop-limit in wnoutrefresh(), bug exposed during pipe-testing + had '.lastchar' entry one beyond '._maxx'. + + modify ncurses test-program to work with data piped to it. + + corrected pathname computation in run_tic.sh, removing extra "../" + (reported by Tim Mooney). + + modified configure script to use previous install's location for + curses.h + + added NetBSD and FreeBSD to platforms that use --prefix=/usr as + a default. + +961013 + + revised xterm terminfo descriptions to reflect the several versions + that are available. + + corrected a pointer reference in dump_entry.c that didn't test if + the pointer was -1. + +961005 - snapshot + + correct _nc_mvcur_scrolln for terminals w/o scrolling region. + + add -x option to hashtest to control whether it allows writes to the + lower-right corner. + + ifdef'd (NCURSES_TEST) the logic for _nc_optimize_enable to make it + simpler to construct tests (for double-check of _nc_hash_map tests). + + correct ifdef's for c++ in curses.h + + change default xterm type to xterm-x11r6. + + correct quoting in configure that made man-pages installed with + $datadir instead of actual terminfo path. + + correct whitespace in include/Caps, which caused kf11, clr_eol and + clr_end to be omitted from terminfo.5 + + fix memory leaks in delscreen() (adapted from Alexander Lukyanov). + + improve appearance of marker in multi-selection menu (Juergen + Pfeifer) + + fix behaviour for forms with all fields inactive (Juergen + Pfeifer) + + document 'field_index()' (Juergen Pfeifer) + > patch #321 by eric: + + add some more XENIX keycap translations to include/Caps. + + modify newwin to set initial state of each line to 'touched' + (from patch by Peter Wemm ) + + in SET_TTY, replace TCSANOW with TCSADRAIN (Alexander Lukyanov). + +960928 - snapshot + + ifdef'd out _nc_hash_map (still slower) + + add graphic characters to vt52 description. + + use PutAttrChar in ClrToEOL to ensure proper background, position. + + simplify/correct logic in 'mvcur()' that does wrapping; it was + updating the position w/o actually moving the cursor, which broke + relative moves. + + ensure that 'doupdate()' sets the .oldindex values back to a sane + state; this was causing a spurious refresh in ncurses 'r'. + + add logic to configure (from vile) to guard against builders who + don't remove config.cache & config.status when doing new builds. + + corrected logic for 'repeat_char' in EmitRange (from #317), which + did not follow the 2-parameter scheme specified in XSI. + + corrected logic of wrefresh, wnoutrefresh broken in #319, making + clearok work properly (from report by Michael Elkins). + + corrected problem with endwin introduced by #314 (removing the + scrolling-region reset) that broke ncurses.c tests. + + corrected order of args in AC_CHECK_LIB (from report by Ami Fischman + ). + + corrected formatting of terminfo.5 tables (Juergen Ehling) + > patch 320 by eric: + + change ABI to 3.3 + + emit a carriage-return in 'endwin()' to workaround a kernel bug in + BSDI. (requested by Mike Karels ) + + reverse the default o configure --enable-termcap (consensus). + > patch 319 by eric: + + modified logic for clearok and related functions (from report by + Michael Elkins) - untested + > patch 318 by eric: + + correction to #317. + > patch 317 by eric: + + re-add _nc_hash_map + + modify EmitRange to maintain position as per original design. + + add hashtest.c, program to time the hashmap optimization. + > patch 316 by eric: + + add logic to deal with magic-cookie (how was this tested?) + (lib_doupdate.c). + + add ncurses.c driver for magic-cookie, some fixes to ncurses.c + > patch 315 by eric: + + merged A. Lukyanov's patch to use ech and rep - untested + (lib_doupdate.c). + + modified handling of interrupted system calls - untested + (lib_getch.c, lib_twait.c). + + new function _nc_mvcur_resume() + + fix return value for 'overlay()', 'overwrite()' + +960914 - snapshot + + implement subwindow-logic in wresize, minor fixes to ncurses 'g' + test. + + corrected bracketing of fallback.c (reported/suggested fix by Juergen + Ehling ). + + update xterm-color to reflect XFree86 3.1.3G release. + + correct broken dtterm description from #314 patch (e.g., spurious + newline. The 'pairs' change might work, but no one's tested it + either ;-) + + clarify the documentation for the builtin form fieldtypes (Juergen + Pfeifer) + > patch 314 by eric: + + Enhancement suggested by A. Lukyanov -- reset scroll region on + startup rather than at wrapup time. + + Fix suggested by A. Lukyanov, make storage of palette tables + and their size counts per-screen for multi-terminal applications. + + Improved error reporting for infotocap translation errors. + + Update terminfo.src to 9.13.14. + +960907 - snapshot + + rewrote wgetstr to make it erase control chars and also fix bogus use + of _nc_outstr which caused the display to not wrap properly (display + problem reported by John M. Flinchbaugh ) + + modify ncurses 'f' test to accommodate terminal responses to C1 codes + (and split up this screen to accommodate non-ANSI terminals). + + test enter_insert_mode and exit_insert_mode in has_ic(). + + removed bogus logic in mvcur that assumes nl/nonl set output modes + (XSI says they are input modes; SVr4 implements this). + + added macros SET_TTY, GET_TTY to term.h + + correct getstr() logic that altered terminal modes w/o restoring. + + disable ICRNL, etc., during initialization to match SVr4, removing + the corresponding logic from raw, cbreak, etc. + + disable ONLCR during initialization, to match SVr4 (this is needed + for cursor optimization when the cursor-down is a newline). + + replaced Eric's imitation of wresize with my original (his didn't + work). + +960831 - snapshot + + memory leaks (Alexander V. Lukyanov). + + modified pnoutrefresh() to be more tolerant of too-large screen + size (reported by Michael Elkins). + + correct handling of terminfo files with no strings (Philippe De + Muyter) + + correct "tic -s" to take into account -I, -C options. + + modify ncurses 'f' test to not print codes 80 through 9F, since they + are considered control codes by ANSI terminals. + +960824 - snapshot + + correct speed variable-type in 'tgetent()' (reported by Peter Wemm) + + make "--enable-getcap" configuration-option work (reported by + Peter Wemm ) + +960820 + + correct err in 960817 that changed return-value of tigetflag() + (reported by Alexander V. Lukyanov). + + modify infocmp to use library default search-path for terminfo + directory (Alexander V. Lukyanov). + +960817 - snapshot + + corrected an err in mvcur that broke resizing-behavior. + + correct fall-thru behavior of _nc_read_entry(), which was not finding + descriptions that existed in directories past the first one searched + (reported by Alexander V. Lukyanov) + + corrected typo in dtterm description. + > patch 313 by eric: + + add dtterm description + + clarify ncurses 'i' test (drop vscanf subtest) + +960810 - snapshot + + correct nl()/nonl() to work as per SVr4 & XSI. + + minor fixes to ncurses.c (use 'noraw()', mvscanw return-code) + + refine configure-test for -g option (Tim Mooney). + + correct interaction between O_BLANK and NEW_LINE request in form + library (Juergen Pfeifer) + +960804 + + revised fix to tparm; previous fix reversed parameter order. + > patch 312 by eric: + correct terminfo.src corrupted by #310 + > patch 311 by eric: + + fix idlok() and idcok() and the default of the idlok switch. + +960803 - snapshot + + corrected tparm to handle capability strings without explicit pop + (reported by William P Setzer) + + add fallback def for GCC_NORETURN, GCC_UNUSED for termcap users + (reported by Tim Mooney). + > patch 310 by eric: + + documentation and prototyping errors for has_color, immedok and idcok + (reported by William P Setzer ) + + updated qnx terminfo entry (by Michael Hunter) + +960730 + + eliminate quoted includes in ncurses subdirectory, ensure config.h + is included first. + + newterm initializes terminal settings the same as initscr (reported + by Tim Mooney). + +960727 - snapshot + + call cbreak() in initscr(), as per XSI & SVr4. + + turn off hardware echo in initscr() as per XSI & SVr4 + > patch 309 by eric: + + terminfo changes (9.3.10), from BRL + + add more checks to terminfo parser. + + add more symbols to infocmp. + +960720 - snapshot + + save previous-attribute in lib_vidattr.c if SP is null (reported by + Ju"rgen Fluk ) + + corrected calls on _nc_render so that background character is set + as per XSI. + + corrected wbkgdset macro (XSI allows background character to be null), + and tests that use it. + + more corrections to terminfo (xterm & rxvt) + + undid change to mcprint prototype (cannot use size_t in curses.h + because not all systems declare it in the headers that we can safely + include therein). + + move the ifdefs for errno into curses.priv.h + > patch 308 by eric: + + terminfo changes (9.3.8) + + modified logic of error-reporting in terminfo parser + +960713 - snapshot + + always check for since ISC needs it to declare + fd_set (Juergen Pfeifer) + + install shared-libraries on NetBSD/FreeBSD with ABI-version (reported + by several people: Juergen Pfeifer, Mike Long) + + add LOCAL_LDFLAGS2 symbol (Juergen Pfeifer) + + corrected prototype for delay_output() -- bump ABI to 3.2 + + terminfo patches #306/307 from Eric. + + moved logic that filters out rmul and rmso from setupterm to newterm + where it is less likely to interfere with termcap applications. + +960707 + + rollback Eric's #305 change to terminfo.src (it breaks existing + applications, e.g., 'less 290'). + + correct path of edit_man.sh, and fix typo that made all man-pages + preformatted. + + restore man/menu_requestname.3x omitted in Zeyd's resync (oops). + + auto-configure the GCC_PRINTFLIKE/GCC_SCANFLIKE macros (reported by + Philippe De Muyter). + +960706 - snapshot + + make lib_vidattr.c more readable using macros. + + filter out rmul, rmso that conflict with sgr0 when reading terminal + descriptions. + + added sanity-checking of various paired string attributes (Eric). + + work around autoconf bug, force $INSTALL to absolute path. + (reported by Zeyd). + + modify man-page install for BSDI to install preformatted .0 files + (reported by David MacKenzie). + + add/use gcc __attribute__ for printf and scanf in curses.h + + added SGR attributes test-case to ncurses + + revised ncurses 't' logic to show trace-disable effect in the menu. + + use getopt in ncurses program to process -s and -t options. + + make ncurses 'p' legend toggle with '?' + + disable scrollok during the ncurses 'p' test; if it is enabled the + stdscr will scroll when putting the box-corners in the lower-right + of the screen. + +960629 - snapshot + + check return code of _nc_mvcur_scrolln() in _nc_scroll_optimize() for + terminals with no scrolling-support (reported by Nikolay Shadrin + ) + + added ^S scrollok-toggle to ncurses 'g' test. + + added ^T trace-toggle to ncurses tests. + + modified ncurses test program to use ^Q or ESC consistently for + terminating tests (rather than ^D), and to use control keys rather + than function keys in 'g' test. + + corrected misplaced wclrtoeol calls in addch to accommodate wrapping + (reported by Philippe De Muyter). + + modify lib_doupdate.c to use effective costs to tradeoff between + delete-character/insert-character vs normal updating (reported by + David MacKenzie). + + compute effective costs for screen update operations (e.g., clr_eos, + delete_character). + + corrected error in knight.c exposed by wrap fixes in 960622; the + msgwin needed scrollok set. + + corrected last change to IDcTransformLine logic to avoid conflict + between PutRange and InsStr + + modified run_tic.sh to not use /usr/tmp (reported by David MacKenzie), + and further revised it and aclocal.m4 to use $TMPDIR if set. + + corrected off-by-one in RoomFor call in read_entry.c + +960622 - snapshot + + modified logic that wraps cursor in addch to follow the XSI spec, + (implemented in SVr4) which states that the cursor position is + updated when wrapping. Renamed _NEED_WRAP to _WRAPPED to reflect the + actual semantics. + + added -s option to tic, to provide better diagnostics in run_tic.sh + + improved error-recovery for tabset install. + + change ABI to 3.1 (dropped tparam, corrected getbkgd(), added + _yoffset to WINDOW). + + modified initialization of SP->_ofp so that init_acs() is called with + the "right" file pointer (reported by Rick Marshall + + documentation fixes (Juergen Pfeifer). + + corrected, using new SCREEN and WINDOW members, the behavior of + ncurses if one uses ripoffline() to remove a line from the top of the + screen (Juergen Pfeifer). + + modified autoconf scripts to prepare for Ada95 (GNAT) binding to + ncurses (Juergen Pfeifer). + + incorrect buffer-size in _nc_read_entry, reported by Eric Raymond. + +960617 + + corrected two logic errors in read_entry.c, write_entry.c (called by + tic, the write/read of terminfo entries used inconsistent rules for + locating the entries; the $TERMINFO_DIRS code would find only the + first entry in a list). + + refined pathname computation in run_tic.sh and shlib. + + corrected initialization of $IP in misc/run_tic.sh + +960615 - snapshot + + ifdef'd out _nc_hash_map() call because it does not improve speed. + + display version of gcc if configure script identifies it. + + modify configure script to use /usr as Linux's default prefix. + + modify run_tic.sh to use shlib script, fixes some problems installing + with a shared-library configuration. + + adjusted configure script so that it doesn't run tests with the + warnings turned on, which makes config.log hard to read. + + added 'lint' rule to top-level Makefile. + + added configure option '--with-install-prefix' for use by system + builders to install into staging locations (from request by + charles@comm.polymtl.ca) + + corrected autoconfigure for Debian man program; it's not installed + as "man_db". + + set noecho in 'worm'; it was ifdef'd for debug only + + updated test/configure.in for timing-display in ncurses 'p' test + + corrected misspelled 'getbkgd()'. + + corrected wbkgdset to work like observed syvr4 (sets A_CHARTEXT part + to blank if no character given, copies attributes to window's + attributes). + + modified lib_doupdate.c to use lower-level SP's current_attr state + instead of curscr's state, since it is redundant. + + correction to IDcTransformLine logic which controls where InsStr is + invoked (refined by lav@yars.free.net). + > patches 303 by eric + + conditionally include Chris Torek's hash function _nc_hash_map(). + + better fix for nvi refresh-bug (Rick Marshall) + + fix for bug in handling of interrupted keystroke waits, + (Werner Fleck). + +960601 - snapshot + + auto-configure man-page compression-format and renames for Debian. + + corrected several typos in curses.h.in (i.e., the mvXXXX macros). + + re-order curses.priv.h for lint. + + added rules for lintlib, lint + + corrected ifdef for BROKEN_LINKER in MKnames.awk.in + + corrected missing INSTALL_DATA in misc/Makefile.in + + flush output when changing cursor-visibility (Rick Marshall) + + fix a minor bug in the _nc_ripoff() routine and improve error checking + when creating the label window (Juergen Pfeifer). + + enhancement to the control over the new PC-style soft key format. + allow caller now to select whether or not one wants to have + the index-line; see curs_slk.3x for documentation (Juergen Pfeifer). + + typos, don't use inline with -g (Philippe De Muyter) + + fixes for menus & wattr-, slk-functions (Juergen Pfeifer) + +960526 - snapshot + + removed --with-ticdir option altogether, maintain compatibility with + existing applications via symbolic link in run_tic.sh + + patch for termio.h, signal (Philippe De Muyter) + + auto-configure gcc warning options rather than infer from version. + + auto-configure __attribute__ for different gcc versions. + + corrected special use of clearok() in hardscroll.c by resetting flag + in wrefresh(). + + include stdlib.h before defs for EXIT_SUCCESS, for OSF/1. + + include sys/types.h in case stdlib.h does not declare size_t. + + fixes for makefile (Tim Mooney) + + fixes for menus & forms (Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de) + +960518 - snapshot + + revised ncurses.c panner test, let pad abut all 4 sides of screen. + + refined case in lib_doupdate.c for ClrToEOL(). + + corrected prior change for PutRange (Alexander V. Lukyanov: + lav@yars.free.net). + + autoconf mods (Tim Mooney: mooney@dogbert.cc.ndsu.NoDak.edu). + + locale fix for forms (Philippe De Muyter: phdemuyt@ulb.ac.be) + + renamed "--with-datadir" option to "--with-ticdir" to avoid + confusion, and made this check for the /usr/lib/terminfo pre-existing + directory. + > patches 299-301 by eric: + + added hashmap.c + + mods to tracing, especially for ACS chars. + + corrected off-by-one in IDCtransform. + + corrected intermittent mouse bug by using return-value from read(). + + mods to parse_entry.c, for smarter defaults. + +960512 + + use getopt in 'tic'; added -L option and modified -e option to allow + list from a file. + +960511 + + don't use fixed buffer-size in tparm(). + + modified tic to create terminfo directory if it doesn't exist. + + added -T options to tic and infocmp (for testing/analysis) + + refined the length criteria for termcap and terminfo + + optimize lib_doupdate with memcpy, PutRange + > patches 297, 298 by eric + + implement TERMINFO_DIRS, and -o option of tic + + added TRACE_IEVENT + + removed boolean version of 'getm' + + added lib_print.c (for Rick Marshall) + + added has_key() + + added 't' to ncurses.c test. + + moved delay_output() to lib_tputs.c + + removed tparam(). + + misc cursor & optimization fixes. + +960504 - snapshot + + modified ncurses 'p' test to allow full-screen range for panner size. + + fixes for locale (phdm@labauto1.ulb.ac.be) + + don't use fixed buffer-size in fmt_entry(). + + added usage-message to 'infocmp'. + + modified install.includes rules to prepend subdirectory-name to + "#include" if needed. + +960430 + + protect wrefresh, wnoutrefresh from invocation with pad argument. + + corrected default CCFLAGS in test/Makefile. + +960428 - snapshot + + implemented logic to support terminals with background color erase + (e.g., rxvt and the newer color xterm). + + improved screen update logic (off-by-one logic error; use clr_eos if + possible) + +960426 - snapshot + + change ncurses 'a' test to run in raw mode. + + make TIOCGWINSZ configure test less stringent, in case user + configures via terminal that cannot get screen size. + > patches 295, 296 by eric: + + new "-e" option of tic. + + fix for "infocmp -e". + + restore working-directory in read_termcap.c + + split lib_kernel.c, lib_setup.c and names.c in order to reduce + overhead for programs that use only termcap features. + +960418 - snapshot + + use autoconf 2.9 + + fix for AIX 3.2.5 (must define _POSIX_SOURCE to get termios struct + definitions via , modified macros in lib_raw.c to avoid + K&R-style substitution) + > patches 293, 294 by eric: + + mods to wgetch() in cooked mode + + corrected askuser() logic in tset + + correct interaction of endwin() with mouse processing + + added trace support for TTY flags + +960406 + + fixes for NeXT, ISC and HPUX auto-configure + + autogenerate development header-dependencies (config.h, *.priv.h) + + corrected single-column formatting of "use=" (e.g., in tic) + + modify tic to read full terminfo-names + + corrected divide-by-zero that caused hang (or worse) when redirecting output + + modify tic to generate directories only as-needed (and corrected + instance of use of data from function that had already returned). + +### ncurses-1.9.8a -> 1.9.9e + +* fixed broken wsyncup()/wysncdown(), as a result wnoutrefresh() now has + copy-changed-lines behavior. +* added and documented wresize() function. +* more fixes to LOWER-RIGHT corner handling. +* changed the line-breakout optimization code to allow some lines to be + emitted before the first check. +* added option for tic to use symbolic instead of hard links (for AFS) +* fix to restore auto-wrap mode. +* trace level can be controlled by environment variable. +* better handling of NULs in terminal descriptions. +* improved compatibility with observed SVR4 behavior. +* the refresh behavior of over-lapping windows is now more efficient and + behaves like SVR4. +* use autoconf 2.7, which results in a working setup for SCO 5.0. +* support for ESCDELAY. +* small fixes for menu/form code. +* the test directory has its own configure. +* fixes to pads when optimizing scrolling. +* fixed several off-by-one bugs. +* fixes for termcap->terminfo translation; less restrictions more correct + behavior. + +### ncurses-1.9.7 -> 1.9.8a + +* teach infocmp -i to recognize ECMA highlight sequences +* infocmp now dumps all SVr4 termcaps (not just the SVr4 ones) on -C +* support infocmp -RBSD. +* satisfy XSI Curses requirement that every macro be available as a function. +* This represents the last big change to the public interface of ncurses. The + ABI_VERSION has now been set at 3.0 and should stay there barring any great + catastrophies or acts of God. +* The C++ has been cleaned up in reaction to the changes to satisfy XSI's + requirements. +* libncurses now gets linked to libcurses to help seamless emulation + (replacement) of a vendor's curses. --disable-overwrite turns this behavior + off. + +### ncurses-1.9.6 -> 1.9.7 + +* corrected return values of setupterm() +* Fixed some bugs in tput (it does padding now) +* fixed a bug in tic that made it do the wrong thing on entries with more than + one `use' capability. +* corrected the screen-size calculation at startup time to alter the + numeric capabilities as per SVr4, not just LINES and COLS. +* toe(1) introduced; does what infocmp -T used to. +* tic(1) can now translate AIX box1 and font[0123] capabilities. +* tic uses much less core, the dotic.sh kluge can go away now. +* fix read_entry() and write_entry() to pass through cancelled capabilities OK. +* Add $HOME/.terminfo as source/target directory for terminfo entries. +* termcap compilation now automatically dumps an entry to $HOME/.terminfo. +* added -h option to toe(1). +* added -R option to tic(1) and infocmp(1). +* added fallback-entry-list feature. +* added -i option to infocmp(1). +* do a better job at detecting if we're on SCO. + +### ncurses-1.9.5 -> 1.9.6 + +* handling of TERMCAP environment variables now works correctly. +* various changes to shorten termcap translations to less that 1024 chars. +* tset(1) added +* mouse support for xterm. +* most data tables are now const and accordingly live in shareable text space. +* Obey the XPG4/SVr4 practice that echo() is initally off. +* tic is much better at translating XENIX and AIX termcap entries now. +* tic can interpret ko capabilities now. +* integrated Juergen Pfeifer's forms library. +* taught write_entry() how not to write more than it needs to; this change + reduces the size of the terminfo tree by a full 26%! +* infocmp -T option added. +* better warnings about historical tic quirks from tic. + +### ncurses 1.9.4 -> 1.9.5 + +* menus library is now included with documentation. +* lib_mvcur has been carefully profiled and tuned. +* Fixed a ^Z-handling bug that was tanking lynx(1). +* HJ Lu's patches for ELF shared libraries under Linux +* terminfo.src 9.8.2 +* tweaks for compiling in seperate directories. +* Thomas Dickey's patches to support NeXT's brain-dead linker +* Eric Raymond's patches to fix problems with long termcap entries. +* more support for shared libraries under SunOS and IRIX. + +### ncurses 1.9.3 -> 1.9.4 + +* fixed an undefined-order-of-evaluation bug in lib_acs.c +* systematically gave non-API public functions and data an _nc_ prefix. +* integrated Juergen Pfeifer's menu code into the distribution. +* totally rewrote the knight test game's interface + +### ncurses 1.9.2c -> 1.9.3 + +* fixed the TERMCAP_FILE Support. +* fixed off-by-one errors in scrolling code +* added tracemunch to the test tools +* took steps to cut the running time of make install.data + +### ncurses 1.9.2c -> 1.9.2d + +* revised 'configure' script to produce libraries for normal, debug, + profile and shared object models. + +### ncurses 1.9.1 -> 1.9.2 + +* use 'autoconf' to implement 'configure' script. +* panels support added +* tic now checks for excessively long termcap entries when doing translation +* first cut at eliminating namespace pollution. + +### ncurses 1.8.9 -> 1.9 + +* cleanup gcc warnings for the following: use size_t where 'int' is not + appropriate, fixed some shadowed variables, change attr_t to compatible with + chtype, use attr_t in some places where it was confused with 'int'. +* use chtype/attr_t casts as appropriate to ensure portability of masking + operations. +* added-back waddchnstr() to lib_addstr.c (it had been deleted). +* supplied missing prototypes in curses.h +* include in lib_termcap.c to ensure that the prototypes + are consistent (they weren't). +* corrected prototype of tputs in +* rewrote varargs parsing in lib_tparm.c (to avoid referencing memory + that may be out of bounds on the stack) -- Purify found this. +* ensure that TRACE is defined in lib_trace.c (to solve prototype + warnings from gcc). +* corrected scrolling-region size in 'mvcur_wrap()' +* more spelling fixes +* use 'calloc()' to allocate WINDOW struct in lib_newwin.c (Purify). +* set default value for SP->_ofp in lib_set_term.c (otherwise SunOS dumps + core in init_acs()). +* include in write_entry.c (most "braindead" includes declare errno + in that file). + +### ncurses 1.8.8 -> 1.8.9 + +* compile (mostly) clean with gcc 2.5.8 -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes + -Wmissing-prototypes -Wconversion and using __attribute__ to flush out + non-portable use of "%x" for pointers, or for chtype data (which is declared + as a long). +* modified doupdate to ensure that typahead was turned on before attempting + select-call (otherwise, some implementations hang). +* added trace mask TRACE_FIFO, use this in lib_getch.c to allow finer + resolution of traces. +* improved bounds checking on several critical functions. +* the data directory has been replaced by the new master terminfo file. +* -F file-comparison option added to infocmp. +* compatibility with XSI Curses is now documented in the man bages. +* wsyncup/wsyncdown functions are reliable now; subwindow code in general + is much less flaky. +* capabilities ~msgr, tilde_glitch, insert_padding, generic_type, no_pad_char, + memory_above, memory_below, and hard_copy are now used properly. +* cursor-movement optimization has been completely rewritten. +* vertical-movement optimization now uses hardware scrolling, il, dl. + +### ncurses 1.8.7 -> 1.8.8 +* untic no longer exists, infocmp replaces it. +* tic can understand termcap now, especially if it is called captoinfo. +* The Linux Standard Console terminfo entry is called linux insead of console. + It also uses the kernel's new method of changing charsets. +* initscr() will EXIT upon error (as the docs say) This wil mostly happen if + you try to run on an undefined terminal. +* I can get things running on AIX but tic can't compile terminfo. I have to + compile entries on another machine. Volunteers to hunt this bug are welcome. +* wbkgd() and wbkgdset() can be used to set a windows background to color. + wclear()/werase() DO NOT use the current attribute to clear the screen. + This is the way SVR4 curses works. PDCurses 2.1 is broken in this respect, + though PDCurses 2.2 has been fixed. +* cleaned up the test/ directory. +* test/worm will segfault after quite a while. +* many spelling corrections courtesy of Thomas E. Dickey + +### ncurses 1.8.6 -> 1.8.7 +* cleaned up programs in test/ directory. +* fixed wbkgdset() macro. +* modified getstr() to stop it from advancing cursor in noecho mode. +* modified linux terminfo entry to work with the latest kernel to get + the correct alternate character set. +* also added a linux-mono entry for those running on monochrome screens. +* changed initscr() so that it behaves like the man page says it does. + this fixes the problem with programs in test/ crashing with SIGSEV if + a terminal is undefined. +* modified addch() to avoid using any term.h #define's +* removed duplicate tgoto() in lib_tparm.c +* modified dump_entry.c so that infocmp deals correctly with ',' in acsc +* modified delwin() to correctly handle deleting subwindows. +* fixed Makefile.dist to stop installing an empty curses.h +* fixed a couple of out-of-date notes in man pages. + +### ncurses 1.8.5 -> 1.8.6 +* Implemented wbkgd(), bkgd(), bkgdset(), and wbkgdset(). +* The handling of attributes has been improved and now does not turn off color + if other attributes are turned off. +* scrolling code is improved. Scrolling in subwindows is still broken. +* Fixes to several bugs that manifest them on platforms other than Linux. +* The default to meta now depends on the status of the terminal when ncurses + is started. +* The interface to the tracing facility has changed. Instead of the pair of + functions traceon() and traceoff(), there is just one function trace() which + takes a trace mask argument. The trace masks, defined in curses.h, are + as follows: + + #define TRACE_DISABLE 0x00 /* turn off tracing */ + #define TRACE_ORDINARY 0x01 /* ordinary trace mode */ + #define TRACE_CHARPUT 0x02 /* also trace all character outputs */ + #define TRACE_MAXIMUM 0x0f /* maximum trace level */ + + More trace masks may be added, or these may be changed, in future releases. +* The pad code has been improved and the pad test code in test/ncurses.c has + been improved. +* The prototype ansi entry has been changed to work with a wider variety + of emulators. +* Fix to the prototype ansi entry that enables it to work with PC emulators + that treat trailing ";m" in a highlight sequence as ";0m"; this doesn't + break operation with any emulators. +* There are now working infocmp, captoinfo, tput, and tclear utilities. +* tic can now compile entries in termcap syntax. +* Core-dump bug in pnoutrefresh fixed. +* We now recognize and compile all the nonstandard capabilities in Ross + Ridge's mytinfo package (rendering it obsolete). +* General cleanup and documentation improvements. +* Fixes and additions to the installation-documentation files. +* Take cursor to normal mode on endwin. + +### ncurses 1.8.4 -> 1.8.5 +* serious bugs in updating screen which caused erratic non-display, + fixed. +* fixed initialization for getch() related variable which cause + unpredictable results. +* fixed another doupdate bug which only appeared if you have + parm_char. +* implemented redrawln() and redrawwin(). +* implemented winsnstr() and related functions. +* cleaned up insertln() and deleteln() and implemented (w)insdeln(). +* changed Makefile.dist so that installation of man pages will + take note of the terminfo directory. +* fixed Configure (removed the mysterious 'X'). +* Eric S. Raymond fixed the script.* files so that they work with + stock awk. + +#### ncurses 1.8.3 -> 1.8.4 #### #### +* fixed bug in refreshing the screen after return from shell_mode. + There are still problems but they don't manifest themselves on + my machine (Linux 0.99.14f). +* added wgetnstr() and modified things accordingly. +* fixed the script.src script.test to work with awk not just gawk. +* Configure can now take an argument of the target system. +* added test/ncurses.c which replaces several other programs and + performs more testing. +[Thanks to Eric S Raymond for the last 4] +* more fixes to lib_overlay.c and added test/over.c to illustrate + how it works. +* fixed ungetch() to take int instead of ch. +* fixes to cure wgetch() if flushinp() is called. + +One note I forgot to mention in 1.8.3 is that tracing is off by +default starting in the version. If you want tracing output, put +traceon(); in your code and link with -ldcurses. + +#### ncurses 1.8.2 -> ncurses 1.8.3 #### #### +MAJOR CHANGES: +1) The order of capabilities has been changed in order to achieve +binary compatibility with SVR4 terminfo database. This has the +unfortunate effect of breaking application currently linked with +ncurses. To ensure correct behavior, recompile all such programs. +Most programs using color or newer capabilities will break, others +will probably continue to work ok. + +2) Pavel Curtis has renounced his copyright to the public domain. +This means that his original sources (posted to comp.sources.unix, +volume 1) are now in the public domain. The current sources are +NOT in the public domain, they are copyrighted by me. I'm +entertaining ideas on what the new terms ncurses is released under. + +3) Eric S. Raymond has supplied a complete set of man pages for +ncurses in ?roff format. They will eventually replace most of the +current docs. Both sets are included in this release. + +Other changes and notes from 1.8.2 include: +* SIGSEGV during scrolling no longer occurs. +* Other problems with scrolling and use of idl have been corrected. +* lib_getch.c has been re-written and should perform flawlessly. + please use test/getch.c and any other programs to test this. +* ripoffline() is implemented (Thanks to Eric) and slk_ functions + changed accordingly. +* I've added support for terminals that scroll if you write in the + bottom-right corner. +* fixed more bugs in pads code. If anybody has a program that uses + pads I'd love a copy. +* correct handling for terminal with back_color_erase capability + (such as Linux console, and most PC terminals) +* ^Z handling apparently didn't work (I should never trust code + sent me to me without extensive testing). It now seems to be + fixed. Let me know if you have problems. +* I've added support for Apollo and NeXT, but it may still be + incomplete, especially when dealing with the lack of POSIX + features. +* scrolling should be more efficient on terminals with idl + capabilities. Please see src/lib_scroll.c for more notes. +* The line drawing routines were offset by 1 at both ends. This + is now fixed. +* added a few missing prototypes and macros (e.g. setterm()) +* fixed code in src/lib_overlay.c which used to crash. +* added a few more programs in test/ The ones from the PDCurses + package are useful, especially if you have SVR4 proper. I'm + interested in the results you get on such a systems (Eric? ;-). + They already exposed certain bugs in ncurses. +* See src/README for porting notes. +* The C++ code should really replace ncurses.h instead of working + around it. It should avoid name-space clashes with nterm.h (use + rows instead of lines, etc.) +* The C++ should compile ok. I've added explicit rules to the + Makefile because no C++ defaults are documented on the suns. +* The docs say that echo() and nocbreak() are mutually exclusive. + At the moment ncurses will switch to cbreak() if the case above + occurs. Should it continue to do so? How about echo() and noraw()? +* PDCurses seem to assume that wclear() will use current attribute + when clearing the screen. According to Eric this is not the case + with SVR4. +* I have discovered, to my chagrin, SunOS 4.x (and probably other systems) + * doesn't have vsscanf and God knows what else! I've will do a vsscanf(). +* I've also found out that the src/script.* rely on gawk and will not + work with stock awk or even with nawk. Any changes are welcome. +* Linux is more tolerant of NULL dereferences than most systems. This + fact was exposed by hanoi. +* ncurses still seems inefficient in drawing the screen on a serial + link between Linux and suns. The padding may be the culprit. +* There seems to be one lingering problem with doupdate() after shelling + out. Despite the fact the it is sending out the correct information + to the terminal, nothing takes effect until you press ^L or another + refresh takes place. And yes, output does get flushed. + +#### ncurses 1.8.1 -> ncurses 1.8.2 #### Nov 28, 1993 #### + +* added support for SVR4 and BSDI's BSD/386. +* major update and fix to scrolling routine. +* MORE fixes to stuff in lib_getch.c. +* cleaned-up configuration options and can now generate + Config.* files through an awk script. +* changed setupterm() so it can be called more than once, + add added set_curterm(), del_curterm(). +* a few minor cleanups. +* added more prototypes in curses.h + +#### ncurses 1.8 -> ncurses 1.8.1 #### Nov 4, 1993 #### + +* added support for NeXTStep 3.0 +* added termcap emulation (not well tested). +* more complete C++ interface to ncurses. +* fixed overlay(), overwrite(), and added copywin(). +* a couple of bug fixes. +* a few code cleanups. + +#### ncurses 0.7.2/0.7.3 -> ncurses 1.8 #### Aug 31, 1993 #### + +* The annoying message "can't open file." was due to missing + terminfo entry for the used terminal. It has now been + replaced by a hopefully more helpful message. +* Problems with running on serial lines are now fixed. +* Added configuration files for SunOS, Linux, HP/UX, Ultrix, + 386bsd/BSDI (if you have others send'em to me) +* Cleaner Makefile. +* The documentation in manual.doc is now more uptodate. +* update optimization and support for hp terminals, and 386bsd + console driver(s). +* mvcur optimization for terminals without cursor addressing + (doesn't work on Linux) +* if cursor moved since last update, getch() will refresh the + screen before working. +* getch() & alarm() can now live together. in 0.7.3 a signal + interrupted getch() (bug or feature?) now the getch is + restarted. +* scanw() et all were sick, now fixed. +* support for 8-bit input (use meta()). +* added default screen size to all terminfos. +* added c++ Ncursesw class. +* several minor bug fixes. + +#### ncurses 0.7.2 -> ncurses 0.7.3 #### May 27, 1993 #### + +* Config file to cope with different platforms (386BSD, BSDI, Ultrix, SunOS) +* more fixes to lib_getch.c +* changes related to Config + +#### ncurses 0.7 -> ncurses 0.7.2 #### May 22, 1993 #### + +* docs updated slightly (color usage is now documented). +* yet another fix for getch(), this one fixes problems with ESC being swallowed + if another character is typed before the 1 second timeout. +* Hopefully, addstr() and addch() are 8-bit clean. +* fixed lib_tparm.c to use stdarg.h (should run on suns now) +* order of capabilities changed to reflect that specified in SYSV + this will allow for binary-compatibility with existing terminfo dbs. +* added halfdelay() +* fixed problems with asc_init() +* added A_PROTECT and A_INVIS +* cleaned up vidputs() +* general cleanup of the code +* more attention to portability to other systems +* added terminfos for hp70092 (wont work until changes to lib_update.c are + made) and 386BSD pcvt drivers. + +Thanks to Hellmuth Michaelis for his help. +optimization code is slated for the next major release, stay tuned! + +#### ncurses 0.6/0.61 -> ncurses 0.7 #### April 1, 1993 +Please note that the next release will be called 1.8. If you want to know about +the rationale drop me a line. + +Included are several test programs in test/. +I've split up the panels library, reversi, tetris, sokoban. They are now +available separately from netcom.com:pub/zmbenhal/ + +* color and ACS support is now fully compatible with SYSV at the terminfo + level. +* Capabilities now includes as many SYSV caps I could find. +* tigetflag,tigetnum,tigetstr functions added. +* boolnames, boolfnames, boolcodes numnames, numfnames, numcodes, + strnames, strfnames, strcodes arrays are now added. +* keyname() is added. +* All function keys can be defined in terminfo entries. +* fixed lin_tparm.c to behave properly. +* terminfo entries for vt* and xterm are included (improvements are welcome) +* more automation in handling caps and keys. +* included fixes from 0.6.1 +* added a few more missing functions. +* fixed a couple of minor bugs. +* updated docs JUST a little (still miles behind in documenting the newer + features). + +#### ncurses 0.6 -> ncurses 0.61 #### + +1) Included the missing data/console. + +2) allow attributes when drawing boxes. + +3) corrected usage of win->_delay value. + +4) fixed a bug in lib_getch.c. if it didn't recognize a sequence it would + simply return the last character in the sequence. The correct + behavior is to return the entire sequence one character at a time. + +#### ncurses0.5 -> ncurses0.6 #### March 1, 1993 #### +* removed _numchngd from struct _win_st and made appropriate changes. +* rewritten kgetch() to remove problems with interaction between alarm and + read(). It caused SIGSEGV every now and then. +* fixed a bug that miscounted the numbers of columns when updating. + (in lib_doupdate.c(ClrUpdate() -- iterate to columns not columns-1) +* fixed a bug that cause the lower-right corner to be incorrect. + (in lib_doupdate.c(putChar() -- check against columns not columns-1) +* made resize() and cleanup() static to lib_newterm.c +* added notimeout(). +* added timeout() define in curses.h +* added more function prototypes and fixed napms. +* added use_env(). +* moved screen size detection to lib_setup.c. +* fixed newterm() to confirm to prototype. +* removed SIGWINCH support as SYSV does not define its semantics. +* cleaned-up lib_touch.c +* added waddnstr() and relatives. +* added slk_* support. +* fixed a bug in wdeleteln(). +* added PANEL library. +* modified Makefile for smoother installation. +* terminfo.h is really term.h + +#### ncurses 0.4 -> ncurses 0.5 #### Feb 14, 1993 #### +* changed _win_st structure to allow support for missing functionality. +* Addition of terminfo support for all KEY_*. +* Support for nodelay(), timeout(), notimeout(). +* fixed a bug with the keypad char reading that did not return ESC until + another key is pressed. +* nl mapping no longer occur on output (as should be) + fixed bug '\n' no causing a LF. +* fixed bug that reset terminal colors regardless of whether we use color + or not. +* Better support for ACS (not quite complete). +* fixed bug in wvline(). +* added curs_set(). +* changed from signal() to sigaction(). +* re-included the contents of important.patch into source. + +#### ncurses 0.3 -> ncurses 0.4 #### Feb 3, 1993 #### +* Addition of more KEY_* definitions. +* Addition of function prototypes. +* Addition of several missing functions. +* No more crashes if screen size is undefined (use SIGWINCH handler). +* added a handler to cleanup after SIGSEGV (hopefully never needed). +* changed SRCDIR from /etc/term to /usr/lib/terminfo. +* renamed compile/dump to tic/untic. +* New scrolling code. +* fixed bug that reversed the sense of nl() and nonl(). + +#### ncurses 0.2 -> ncurses 0.3 #### Jan 20, 1993 #### +* more support for color and graphics see test/ for examples. +* fixed various files to allow correct update after shelling out. +* more fixes for updates. +* no more core dumps if you don't have a terminfo entry. +* support for LINES and COLUMNS environment variables. +* support for SIGWINCH signal. +* added a handler for SIGINT for clean exits. + +#### ncurses 0.1 -> ncurses 0.2 #### Aug 14, 1992 #### +* support for color. +* support for PC graphic characters. +* lib_trace.c updated to use stdarg.h and vprintf routines. +* added gdc.c (Great Digital Clock) as an example of using color. + +#### ncurses -> ncurses 0.1 #### Jul 31, 1992 #### +* replacing sgtty stuff by termios stuff. +* ANSIfication of some functions. +* Disabling cost analysis 'cause it's incorrect. +* A quick hack for a terminfo entry. diff --git a/README b/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8af7db77 --- /dev/null +++ b/README @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ + README file for the ncurses package + +See the file ANNOUNCE for a summary of ncurses features and ports. +See the file INSTALL for instructions on how to build and install ncurses. +See the file NEWS for a release history and bug-fix notes. +See the file TO-DO for things that still need doing, including known bugs. + +Browse the file misc/ncurses-intro.html for narrative descriptions of how +to use ncurses and the panel, menu, and form libraries. + +Browse the file misc/hackguide.html for a tour of the package internals. + +ROADMAP AND PACKAGE OVERVIEW: + +You should be reading this file in a directory called: ncurses-d.d.d, +where d.d.d is the current version number (see the dist.mk file in +this directory for that). There should be a number of subdirectories, +including `c++', `form', `man', `menu', `misc', `ncurses', `panel', +`progs', `test', and `Ada95'. + +A full build/install of this package typically installs several libraries, a +handful of utilities, and a database hierarchy. Here is an inventory of the +pieces: + +The libraries are: + + libncurses.a (normal) + libncurses.so (shared) + libncurses_g.a (debug and trace code enabled) + libncurses_p.a (profiling enabled) + + libpanel.a (normal) + libpanel_g.a (debug and trace code enabled) + + libmenu.a (normal) + libmenu_g.a (debug enabled) + + libform.a (normal) + libform_g.a (debug enabled) + +The ncurses libraries implement the curses API. The panel, menu and forms +libraries implement clones of the SVr4 panel, menu and forms APIs. The +source code for these lives in the `ncurses', `panel', `menu', and +`form' directories respectively. + +In the `c++' directory, you'll find code that defines an interface to the +curses and panels library packaged as a C++ class, and a demo program in C++ +to test it. These class definition modules are not installed anywhere by +default; it's up to you what you do with them. + +In the `Ada95' directory, you'll find code and documentation for an +Ada95 binding of the curses API, to be used with the GNAT compiler. +This binding is built by a normal top-level `make' if configure detects +an usable version of GNAT (3.05 or above). It is not installed automatically. +See the Ada95 directory for more build and installation instructions and +for documentation of the binding. + +In order to do its job, the ncurses code needs your terminal type to be set in +the environment variable TERM (normally set by your OS; under UNIX, getty(1) +typically does this, but you can override it in your .profile); and, it needs a +database of terminal descriptions in which to look up your terminal type's +capabilities. + +In older (V7/BSD) versions of curses, the database was a flat text file, +/etc/termcap; in newer (USG/USL) versions, the database is a hierarchy of +fast-loading binary description blocks under /usr/lib/terminfo. These binary +blocks are compiled from an improved editable text representation called +`terminfo' format (documented in man/terminfo.5). The ncurses library can use +either /etc/termcap or the compiled binary terminfo blocks, but prefers the +second form. + +In the `misc' directory, there is a text file terminfo.src, in editable +terminfo format, which can be used to generate the terminfo binaries (that's +what make install.data does). If the package was built with the +--with-termcap option enabled, and the ncurses library can't find a terminfo +description for your terminal, it will fall back to the termcap file supplied +with your system (which the ncurses package installation leaves strictly +alone). + +The utilities are as follows: + + tic -- terminfo source to binary compiler + infocmp -- terminfo binary to source decompiler/comparator + clear -- emits clear-screen for current terminal + tput -- shell-script access to terminal capabilities. + tset -- terminal-initialization utility + toe -- table of entries utility + +The first two are used for manipulating terminfo descriptions; the next two +are for use in shell scripts. The last is provided for 4.4BSD compatibility. +The source code for all of these lives in the `progs' directory. + +Detailed documentation for all libraries and utilities can be found in +the `man' directory. An HTML introduction to ncurses, panels, and +menus programming lives in the `misc' directory. + +The `test' directory contains programs that can be used to verify the +functions of the ncurses libraries. See test/README for descriptions of +these programs. Notably, the `ncurses' utility is designed to help you +systematically exercise the library functions. + +RELATED RESOURCES: + +This distribution now includes (and uses) a copy of the master terminfo +database maintained by Eric Raymond. This database (which is the +official descendant of the 4.4BSD termcap file) changes faster than this +code does. + +You can surf to a WWW page that carries the current terminfo master file, +and news about ncurses, at + + http://www.ccil.org/~esr/ncurses.html + +AUTHORS: + +Pavel Curtis: + wrote the original ncurses + +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim: + port of original to Linux and many enhancements. + +Thomas Dickey (maintainer since 1.9.9e): + configuration scripts, porting, mods to adhere to XSI Curses in the + areas of background color, terminal modes. Also memory leak testing, + the wresize extension and numerous bug fixes (more than half of those + enumerated in NEWS since release 1.9.2d) + +Eric S. Raymond: + the man pages, infocmp(1), tput(1), clear(1), captoinfo(1), tset(1), + toe(1), most of tic(1), src/lib_twait.c, trace levels, the HTML intro, + wgetnstr() and many other entry points, the cursor-movement + optimization, the scroll-pack optimizer for vertical motions, + the mouse interface and xterm mouse support, and the ncurses + test program. + +Juergen Pfeifer + The menu and form code, and the Ada95 binding. Ongoing support for + panel. + +CONTRIBUTORS: + +David MacKenzie + for first-class bug-chasing and methodical testing. + +Ross Ridge + for the code that hacks termcap parameterized strings into terminfo. + +Warren Tucker and Gerhard Fuernkranz, + for writing and sending the panel library. + +Hellmuth Michaelis, + for many patches and testing the optimization code. + +Eric Newton, Ulrich Drepper, and Anatoly Ivasyuk: + the C++ code. + +Jonathan Ross, + for lessons in using sed. + +Keith Bostic (maintainer of 4.4BSD curses) + for help, criticism, comments, bug-finding, and being willing to + deep-six BSD curses for this one when it grew up. + +Countless other people have contributed by reporting bugs, sending fixes, +suggesting improvements, and generally whining about ncurses :-) + +BUGS: + See the INSTALL file for bug and developer-list addresses. + The Hacker's Guide in the misc directory includes some guidelines + on how to report bugs in ways that will get them fixed most quickly. diff --git a/README.glibc b/README.glibc new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d52269b --- /dev/null +++ b/README.glibc @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +To compile this as an add-on for glibc, unpack it in the glibc source +tree and put ncurses on the add-on list when you do configure. + +hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu +03/21/1997 diff --git a/TO-DO b/TO-DO new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8e4d6f27 --- /dev/null +++ b/TO-DO @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +SHORT-TERM TO-DO ITEMS: + +Known Problems: + +* The screen optimization has been tested only in an ad hoc manner. We should + develop a good set of regression tests to cover lib_doupdate.c and + lib_mvcur.c. + +* Ncurses cursor movement does not make effective use of hard tabs, as SVr4 + does. + +* Scrolling optimization has holes: for example, the ncurses 'p' test, which + exercises scrolling in a pad does not (1996/12/24) use scrolling regions. + Also, running other tests shows that scrolling optimization forces repaints + of the screen between calls to refresh(). + +* The stacking order of windows on the screen does not match that implemented + in SVr4 (e.g., Solaris curses). XSI doesn't specify a stacking order, so + full compatibility for this behavior must be achieved by testing/analysis. + +* The ncurses 'o' test does not behave the same on SVr4 (Solaris) as with + ncurses (the latter pops windows up more). The former also produces 20% + fewer characters in a 'script' output. Further analysis is needed. + +* SVr4 uses slightly different rules for determining when softkeys are shown. + For example, they are initially displayed (before the ncurses 'e' test + activates them), and a touchwin can apparently also force them to be + displayed. + +* The code departs from perfect 8-bit cleanness in one respect; you cannot + specify a character \200 as part of a capability string, because the terminfo + library interprets \200 as a request to embed NUL (\000) at that point (the + actual code that does this is in ncurses/lib_options.c:add_keytry(). + This is a legacy terminfo property we can't mess with. + +* Recognition of xterm mouse reports is implemented by setting the kmous + capability to the mouse-report prefix. As a result, the kmous sequence is + eaten even when mouse recognition is disabled. This could be fixed if + necessary with special code that pokes the kmous value back into the + input FIFO when KEY_MOUSE is seen and the mousemask is zero, but that would + be kind of ugly. + +* The window classes defined in the c++ subdirectory need documentation. + Some C++ programmer could earn a lot of good karma by doing this... + +Portability (or lack thereof): + +* Users of older System V UNIXes (but not Solaris, and probably not SVr4) + may trip over a known problem with the signal-handling code which causes + abrupt termination of ncurses applications following resume from a ^Z + suspend (this problem was first seen running lynx). You will not see + this problem if you are running Linux or one of the 4.4BSD derivatives + like FreeBSD, NetBSD, or BSDI. For details, see the analysis in the + header comment of ncurses/lib_tstp.c. + +* In theory, vwprintw and vwscanf are supposed to use the older varargs.h + interface for handling variadic argument lists. Linux doesn't have + varargs.h, it has the newer X/Open-standard stdargs.h equivalent. So + these functions use stdargs instead. This is unlikely to be a problem + unless you're building ncurses on a System V old enough to only have + varargs.h. + +* If you're using a BSD earlier than 4.4BSD, or a Linux old enough not to + have a native vsscanf(3) in its library, vwscanw() will not work. You lose. + (It should work on any System V, however). If you want to fix this, add + an implementation to ncurses/vsscanf.c. + +* The demo build for the c++ library craps out with many link errors under gcc + 2.6.3. We're told the C++ support in 2.6.3 is broken and that the right + fix is to upgrade to 2.7.0. + +* Under Ultrix, configure craps out (Ultrix sh is lame). Run it under ksh. + +* We've not tested the configure script with cross-compilers. The autoconf + tests are supposed to be able to support this (please report bugs). You will + have to configure and build in two steps. The first step must create the + automatically-generated sources (e.g., comp_captab.c) on your host machine. + Then, run "make mostlyclean", remove config.* from the top-level directory + and configure for the cross-compiler. + +Untested features: + +* The rep optimization in lib_doupdate.c is not yet thoroughly tested. + +* The code for the HP color model using set_color_pair is untested. + +* The code for handling soft labels on a terminal type with built-in support + for them (num_labels > 0, label_height, label_width, label_format, label_off, + label_on, plab_norm, lab_f*) has not been tested. The label_format and + lab_f* capabilities aren't presently used. + +LONGER-TERM TO-DO ITEMS: + +1. Extended COSE conformance + +There is an XPG4 standard recently released which describes a superset +of the SVr4 API. The library is BASE conformant with this standard. +We would like to make ncurses fully conformant at the EXTENDED level +supporting internationalization. + +Here are page references to all material involving wide or multi-byte +characters in Issue 4 of the XSI Curses standard, with notes on their +status in this implementation: + + Page 1 (1.1.2) New Features discussion of internationalization. + Page 12 (2.4): Definition of cchar_t, wchar_t. + Page 16 (3.3.2): Introduction of multi-column characters. + Page 17-18 (3.3.5): Description of non-spacing characters. + Page 19-21 (3.4.2): Basic character operations. + Page 34 (addnstr): These should now call underlying wide- +character functions, and do (through waddnstr) if _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED is on). + Page 35 (addnwstr): wide-character add-string functions. All macros +except waddnwstr() which is not yet defined. + Page 36 (add_wch): wide-character add-char functions. All macros +except wadd_wch() which is not yet defined. + Page 39 (attr_get): implemented -- we've just made the current- +attributes field of the window an attr_t. + Page 43 (bkgrnd): None of these are implemented. + Page 45 (border_set): Neither of these is implemented. + Page 47 (box_set): box_set implemented as macro, but the underlying +wborder_set() is not yet defined. + Page 78 (echo_wchar): echo_wchar() implemented as macro, underlying +wecho_wchar() not yet implemented. + Page 81 (erasechar): Neither entry point is implemented. + Page 87 (getbkgrnd): Not implemented. + Page 88 (getcchar): Not implemented. + Page 93 (getn_wstr): All implemented (as macros) except the +underlying wgetn_wstr(). + Page 97 (get_wch): All implemented (as macros) except the +underlying wget_wch(). + Page 99 (get_wstr): Xref to page 93. + Page 105 (hline_set): All implemented (as macros) except the +underlying whline_set(), wvline_set(). + Page 114 (innstr): Multi-byte character-completeness check is +not implemented. + Page 115 (innwstr): All implemented (as macros) except the +underlying winnw_str(). + Page 119 (insnstr): Implementation may not be correct for multi-byte +characters. + Page 120 (ins_nwstr): Not implemented. + Page 121 (insstr): Xref to page 119. + Page 122 (instr): Xref to page 119. + Page 123 (ins_wch): Not implemented. + Page 124 (ins_wstr): Xref to page 120. + Page 126 (in_wch): Not implemented. + Page 127 (in_wchnstr): Not implemented. + Page 128 (inwstr): Xref to page 115. + Page 133 (killwchar): killwchar not implemented. + Page 158 (pechochar): pecho_wchar() not implemented. + Page 176 (setcchar): Not implemented. + Page 181 (slk_attroff): slk_wset not implemented. + Page 200 (ungetch): unget_wch() not implemented. + Page 203 (vidattr): vid_attr() and vid_puts() not implemented. + Page 206 (vline_set): Xref to page 105. + Page 214 (wunctrl): Not implemented. + Page 216 (curses.h): cchar_t, wint_t, wchar_t references. + Page 220 (curses.h): KEY_CODE_YES + +Basically, the macro superstructure is there but the core is absent. We +need better multi-locale support guarantees from the OS to finish this. +If you are working on internationalization support, please contact us so +we can cooperate. + +2. DOS port + +Only 16 of the 55 files in the library depend on the terminfo format. +It should be possible to further kernelize the package, then rewrite +a small number of core files to produce a functionally-compatible +port that would do updates to a memory-mapped screen area. The first +result of this would be a DOS port. + +3. X port + +It would be nice if ncurses could recognize when it was running under X and +maintain its own window. With this feature, all ncurses programs would +automatically become X programs. The challenge is to handle resize events +properly. + +4. Unused capabilities + +The currently unused capabilities fall naturally into several groups: + +A. Status-line capabilities: + + Booleans: has_status_line, status_line_esc_ok. + Numerics: width_status_line. + Strings: dis_status_line, from_status_line, to_status_line. + +System V Release 1 curses made no use of these at all. SVr4's use, if +any, is unknown. From the AT&T termcap file it looks like curses, in general, +shouldn't use them; terminal variants with status lines have their line count +decremented by 1, suggesting that curses is supposed to leave the status line +alone. + +B. Printer capabilities: + + Boolean: col_addr_glitch, cr_cancels_micro_mode, has_print_wheel, + row_addr_glitch, semi_auto_right_margin, cpi_changes_res, + lpi_changes_res. + Numeric: buffer_capacity, dot_horz_spacing, dot_vert_spacing, + max_micro_address, max_micro_jump, micro_col_size, + micro_line_size, number_of_pins, output_res_char, + output_res_line, output_res_horz_inch, print_rate, + wide_char_size, bit_image_entwining, bit_image_type. + String: down_half_line, form_feed, up_half_line, set_left_margin, + set_right_margin, clear_margins, change_char_pitch + ... set_page_length (all the SVr4 printer caps), + +Curses doesn't use these. + +C. Printer-control capabilities: + + Boolean: prtr_silent. + Strings: print_screen, prtr_on, prtr_off, prtr_non. + +Curses doesn't use these. + +D. Dialer strings: + + Strings: hangup, dial_phone, quick_dial, tone, pulse, flash_hook, + fixed_pause, wait_tone. + +Curses doesn't use these. + +E. Window and virtual-terminal capabilities: + + Numerics: maximum_windows, virtual_terminal. + Strings: req_for_input, create_window, goto_window, set_window. + +These seem to be fossils from some AT&T experiments on character-based +window systems that never escaped the lab. The virtual_terminal cap had +something to do with building terminal emulations into tty line disciplines. + +F. Unused VDT capabilities: + + Booleans: erase_overstrike, has_meta_key, insert_null_glitch, + move_insert, dest_tabs_magic_smso, transparent_underline, + needs_xon_xoff, hard_cursor. + Numerics: lines_of_memory, buttons. + Strings: pkey_key, pkey_local, pkey_xmit, underline_char, + enter_xon_mode, exit_xon_mode, xon_character, xoff_character, + display_clock, remove_clock, user[0-5], display_pc_char, + enter_scancode_mode, exit_scancode_mode, pc_term_options, + scancode_escape, alt_scancode_esc. + +These are the potentially important ones for ncurses. Notes: + + i) ncurses doesn't need move_insert; it never uses cup/hpa/vpa while + insert_mode is on. + + ii) We probably don't care about dest_tabs_magic_smso; only + Telerays used it and they're all long obsolete. + + diff --git a/aclocal.m4 b/aclocal.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..efaa3949 --- /dev/null +++ b/aclocal.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,1219 @@ +dnl***************************************************************************** +dnl Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey * +dnl All Rights Reserved. * +dnl * +dnl Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * +dnl documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * +dnl that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * +dnl copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * +dnl documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) * +dnl not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * +dnl software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED * +dnl COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, * +dnl INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO * +dnl EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY * +dnl SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER * +dnl RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF * +dnl CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN * +dnl CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * +dnl***************************************************************************** +dnl $Id: aclocal.m4,v 1.60 1997/05/10 15:56:16 tom Exp $ +dnl Macros used in NCURSES auto-configuration script. +dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Construct the list of include-options for the C programs in the Ada95 +dnl binding. +AC_DEFUN([NC_ADA_INCLUDE_DIRS], +[ +ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I. -I../../include" +if test "$srcdir" != "."; then + ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I\$(srcdir)/../../include" +fi +if test -z "$GCC"; then + ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)" +elif test "$includedir" != "/usr/include"; then + if test "$includedir" = '${prefix}/include' ; then + if test $prefix != /usr ; then + ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)" + fi + else + ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)" + fi +fi +AC_SUBST(ACPPFLAGS) +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Test if 'bool' is a builtin type in the configured C++ compiler. Some +dnl older compilers (e.g., gcc 2.5.8) don't support 'bool' directly; gcc +dnl 2.6.3 does, in anticipation of the ANSI C++ standard. +dnl +dnl Treat the configuration-variable specially here, since we're directly +dnl substituting its value (i.e., 1/0). +AC_DEFUN([NC_BOOL_DECL], +[ +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for builtin c++ bool type]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_builtin_bool,[ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([],[bool x = false], + [nc_cv_builtin_bool=1], + [nc_cv_builtin_bool=0]) + ]) +if test $nc_cv_builtin_bool = 1 +then AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) +else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) +fi +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Test for the size of 'bool' in the configured C++ compiler (e.g., a type). +dnl Don't bother looking for bool.h, since it's been deprecated. +AC_DEFUN([NC_BOOL_SIZE], +[ +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for size of c++ bool]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_type_of_bool,[ + rm -f nc_test.out + AC_TRY_RUN([ +#include +#include +#if HAVE_BUILTIN_H +#include +#endif +main() +{ + FILE *fp = fopen("nc_test.out", "w"); + if (fp != 0) { + bool x = false; + if (sizeof(x) == sizeof(int)) fputs("int", fp); + else if (sizeof(x) == sizeof(char)) fputs("char", fp); + else if (sizeof(x) == sizeof(short))fputs("short",fp); + else if (sizeof(x) == sizeof(long)) fputs("long", fp); + fclose(fp); + } + exit(0); +} + ], + [nc_cv_type_of_bool=`cat nc_test.out`], + [nc_cv_type_of_bool=unknown], + [nc_cv_type_of_bool=unknown]) + ]) + rm -f nc_test.out +AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_type_of_bool) +if test $nc_cv_type_of_bool = unknown ; then + AC_MSG_WARN(Assuming unsigned for type of bool) + nc_cv_type_of_bool=unsigned +fi +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Determine the default configuration into which we'll install ncurses. This +dnl can be overridden by the user's command-line options. There's two items to +dnl look for: +dnl 1. the prefix (e.g., /usr) +dnl 2. the header files (e.g., /usr/include/ncurses) +dnl We'll look for a previous installation of ncurses and use the same defaults. +dnl +dnl We don't use AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT, because it gets evaluated too soon, and +dnl we don't use AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM, because we cannot distinguish ncurses's +dnl programs from a vendor's. +AC_DEFUN([NC_CFG_DEFAULTS], +[ +AC_MSG_CHECKING(for prefix) +if test "x$prefix" = "xNONE" ; then + case "$nc_cv_systype" in + # non-vendor systems don't have a conflict + NetBSD|FreeBSD|Linux) prefix=/usr + ;; + *) prefix=$ac_default_prefix + ;; + esac +fi +AC_MSG_RESULT($prefix) +AC_MSG_CHECKING(for default include-directory) +test -n "$verbose" && echo 1>&6 +for nc_symbol in \ + $includedir \ + $includedir/ncurses \ + $prefix/include \ + $prefix/include/ncurses \ + /usr/local/include \ + /usr/local/include/ncurses \ + /usr/include \ + /usr/include/ncurses +do + nc_dir=`eval echo $nc_symbol` + if test -f $nc_dir/curses.h ; then + if ( fgrep NCURSES_VERSION $nc_dir/curses.h 2>&1 >/dev/null ) ; then + includedir="$nc_symbol" + test -n "$verbose" && echo $ac_n " found " 1>&6 + break + fi + fi + test -n "$verbose" && echo " tested $nc_dir" 1>&6 +done +AC_MSG_RESULT($includedir) +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl If we're trying to use g++, test if libg++ is installed (a rather common +dnl problem :-). If we have the compiler but no library, we'll be able to +dnl configure, but won't be able to build the c++ demo program. +AC_DEFUN([NC_CXX_LIBRARY], +[ +nc_cxx_library=unknown +if test $ac_cv_prog_gxx = yes; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for libg++]) + nc_save="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS -lg++ -lm" + AC_TRY_LINK([ +#include + ], + [float foo=abs(1.0)], + [nc_cxx_library=yes + CXXLIBS="$CXXLIBS -lg++ -lm"], + [nc_cxx_library=no]) + LIBS="$nc_save" + AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cxx_library) +fi +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +AC_DEFUN([NC_DIRS_TO_MAKE], +[ +DIRS_TO_MAKE="lib" +for nc_item in $nc_list_models +do + NC_OBJ_SUBDIR($nc_item,nc_subdir) + DIRS_TO_MAKE="$DIRS_TO_MAKE $nc_subdir" +done +for nc_dir in $DIRS_TO_MAKE +do + test ! -d $nc_dir && mkdir $nc_dir +done +AC_SUBST(DIRS_TO_MAKE) +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl +AC_DEFUN([NC_ERRNO], +[ +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for errno external decl]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_extern_errno,[ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([ +#include ], + [int x = errno], + [nc_cv_extern_errno=yes], + [nc_cv_extern_errno=no]) + ]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_extern_errno) +test $nc_cv_extern_errno = yes && AC_DEFINE(HAVE_EXTERN_ERRNO) +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Test for availability of useful gcc __attribute__ directives to quiet +dnl compiler warnings. Though useful, not all are supported -- and contrary +dnl to documentation, unrecognized directives cause older compilers to barf. +AC_DEFUN([NC_GCC_ATTRIBUTES], +[cat > conftest.i < conftest.$ac_ext <&AC_FD_CC + case $nc_attribute in + scanf|printf) + cat >conftest.h <conftest.h <>confdefs.h +# else +# sed -e 's/__attr.*/\/*nothing*\//' conftest.h >>confdefs.h + fi + done +else + fgrep define conftest.i >>confdefs.h +fi +rm -rf conftest* + +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Check if the compiler supports useful warning options. There's a few that +dnl we don't use, simply because they're too noisy: +dnl +dnl -Wconversion (useful in older versions of gcc, but not in gcc 2.7.x) +dnl -Wredundant-decls (system headers make this too noisy) +dnl -Wtraditional (combines too many unrelated messages, only a few useful) +dnl +AC_DEFUN([NC_GCC_WARNINGS], +[nc_warn_CFLAGS="" +if test -n "$GCC" +then + changequote(,)dnl + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <>)dnl +nc_cv_gnat_version=`$nc_ada_make -v 2>&1 | grep '[0-9].[0-9][0-9]*' |\ + sed -e 's/[^0-9 \.]//g' | $AWK '{print $<<1>>;}'` +case $nc_cv_gnat_version in + 3.0[5-9]|3.[1-9]*|[4-9].*) + ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct=yes + ;; + *) echo Unsupported GNAT version $nc_cv_gnat_version. Disabling Ada95 binding. + ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct=no + ;; +esac +changequote([, ])dnl +]) +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Construct the list of include-options according to whether we're building +dnl in the source directory or using '--srcdir=DIR' option. If we're building +dnl with gcc, don't append the includedir if it happens to be /usr/include, +dnl since that usually breaks gcc's shadow-includes. +AC_DEFUN([NC_INCLUDE_DIRS], +[ +CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I. -I../include" +if test "$srcdir" != "."; then + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I\$(srcdir)/../include" +fi +if test -z "$GCC"; then + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)" +elif test "$includedir" != "/usr/include"; then + if test "$includedir" = '${prefix}/include' ; then + if test $prefix != /usr ; then + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)" + fi + else + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)" + fi +fi +AC_SUBST(CPPFLAGS) +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Append definitions and rules for the given models to the subdirectory +dnl Makefiles, and the recursion rule for the top-level Makefile. If the +dnl subdirectory is a library-source directory, modify the LIBRARIES list in +dnl the corresponding makefile to list the models that we'll generate. +dnl +dnl For shared libraries, make a list of symbolic links to construct when +dnl generating each library. The convention used for Linux is the simplest +dnl one: +dnl lib.so -> +dnl lib.so. -> +dnl lib.so.. +AC_DEFUN([NC_LIB_RULES], +[ +AC_REQUIRE([NC_SYSTYPE]) +AC_REQUIRE([NC_VERSION]) +for nc_dir in $SRC_SUBDIRS +do + if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules; then + + nc_libs_to_make= + for nc_item in $NC_LIST_MODELS + do + NC_LIB_SUFFIX($nc_item,nc_suffix) + nc_libs_to_make="$nc_libs_to_make ../lib/lib${nc_dir}${nc_suffix}" + done + + sed -e "s@\@LIBS_TO_MAKE\@@$nc_libs_to_make@" \ + $nc_dir/Makefile >$nc_dir/Makefile.out + mv $nc_dir/Makefile.out $nc_dir/Makefile + + $AWK -f $srcdir/mk-0th.awk \ + name=$nc_dir \ + $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules >>$nc_dir/Makefile + + for nc_item in $NC_LIST_MODELS + do + echo 'Appending rules for '$nc_item' model ('$nc_dir')' + NC_UPPERCASE($nc_item,NC_ITEM) + NC_LIB_SUFFIX($nc_item,nc_suffix) + NC_OBJ_SUBDIR($nc_item,nc_subdir) + + # These dependencies really are for development, not + # builds, but they are useful in porting, too. + nc_depend="../include/ncurses_cfg.h" + if test "$srcdir" = "."; then + nc_reldir="." + else + nc_reldir="\$(srcdir)" + fi + if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/$nc_dir.priv.h; then + nc_depend="$nc_depend $nc_reldir/$nc_dir.priv.h" + elif test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/curses.priv.h; then + nc_depend="$nc_depend $nc_reldir/curses.priv.h" + fi + $AWK -f $srcdir/mk-1st.awk \ + name=$nc_dir \ + MODEL=$NC_ITEM \ + model=$nc_subdir \ + suffix=$nc_suffix \ + DoLinks=$nc_cv_do_symlinks \ + rmSoLocs=$nc_cv_rm_so_locs \ + overwrite=$WITH_OVERWRITE \ + depend="$nc_depend" \ + $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules >>$nc_dir/Makefile + test $nc_dir = ncurses && WITH_OVERWRITE=no + $AWK -f $srcdir/mk-2nd.awk \ + name=$nc_dir \ + MODEL=$NC_ITEM \ + model=$nc_subdir \ + srcdir=$srcdir \ + echo=$WITH_ECHO \ + $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules >>$nc_dir/Makefile + done + fi + + echo ' cd '$nc_dir'; $(MAKE) $(NC_MFLAGS) [$]@' >>Makefile +done + +for nc_dir in $SRC_SUBDIRS +do + if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules; then + echo >> Makefile + if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/headers; then +cat >> Makefile <> Makefile +fi +cat >> Makefile <> Makefile <> Makefile <headers.sh </<\$END\/\$NAME>/" >> ../headers.sed + done + fi + rm -f \$TMP + sed -f ../headers.sed \$SRC > \$TMP + eval \$PRG \$TMP \$DST + rm -f \$TMP + ;; +*) + eval \$PRG \$SRC \$DST + ;; +esac +NC_EOF + +chmod 0755 headers.sh + +for nc_dir in $SRC_SUBDIRS +do + if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/headers; then + cat >>$nc_dir/Makefile <>$nc_dir/Makefile + j=$i + done + echo " $j" >>$nc_dir/Makefile + for i in `cat $srcdir/$nc_dir/headers |fgrep -v "#"` + do + echo " @ ../headers.sh \$(INSTALL_DATA) \$(INSTALL_PREFIX)\$(includedir) \$(srcdir) $i" >>$nc_dir/Makefile + done + fi +done + +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Compute the library-suffix from the given model name +AC_DEFUN([NC_LIB_SUFFIX], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([NC_SYSTYPE]) + AC_REQUIRE([NC_VERSION]) + case $1 in + normal) $2='.a' ;; + debug) $2='_g.a' ;; + profile) $2='_p.a' ;; + shared) + case $nc_cv_systype in + NetBSD|FreeBSD) + $2='.so.$(ABI_VERSION)' ;; + HP_UX) $2='.sl' ;; + *) $2='.so' ;; + esac + esac +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Compute the string to append to -library from the given model name +AC_DEFUN([NC_LIB_TYPE], +[ + case $1 in + normal) $2='' ;; + debug) $2='_g' ;; + profile) $2='_p' ;; + shared) $2='' ;; + esac +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Some systems have a non-ANSI linker that doesn't pull in modules that have +dnl only data (i.e., no functions), for example NeXT. On those systems we'll +dnl have to provide wrappers for global tables to ensure they're linked +dnl properly. +AC_DEFUN([NC_LINK_DATAONLY], +[ +AC_MSG_CHECKING([if data-only library module links]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_link_dataonly,[ + rm -f conftest.a + changequote(,)dnl + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <&5 1>/dev/null + fi + rm -f conftest.$ac_ext data.o + changequote(,)dnl + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <&5 1>/dev/null + fi + rm -f conftest.$ac_ext func.o + ( eval $ac_cv_prog_RANLIB conftest.a ) 2>&5 >/dev/null + nc_saveLIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="conftest.a $LIBS" + AC_TRY_RUN([ + int main() + { + extern int testfunc(); + exit (!testfunc()); + } + ], + [nc_cv_link_dataonly=yes], + [nc_cv_link_dataonly=no], + [nc_cv_link_dataonly=unknown]) + LIBS="$nc_saveLIBS" + ]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_link_dataonly) +test $nc_cv_link_dataonly = no && AC_DEFINE(BROKEN_LINKER) +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Some 'make' programs support $(MAKEFLAGS), some $(MFLAGS), to pass 'make' +dnl options to lower-levels. It's very useful for "make -n" -- if we have it. +dnl (GNU 'make' does both :-) +AC_DEFUN([NC_MAKEFLAGS], +[ +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for makeflags variable]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_makeflags,[ + nc_cv_makeflags='' + for nc_option in '$(MFLAGS)' '-$(MAKEFLAGS)' + do + cat >ncurses.tmp </dev/null` + if test "$nc_result" != "." + then + nc_cv_makeflags=$nc_option + break + fi + done + rm -f ncurses.tmp + ]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_makeflags) +AC_SUBST(nc_cv_makeflags) +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Try to determine if the man-pages on the system are compressed, and if +dnl so, what format is used. Use this information to construct a script that +dnl will install man-pages. +AC_DEFUN([NC_MAN_PAGES], +[AC_MSG_CHECKING(format of man-pages) + if test -z "$MANPATH" ; then + MANPATH="/usr/man:/usr/share/man" + fi + # look for the 'date' man-page (it's most likely to be installed!) + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + nc_form=unknown + for nc_dir in $MANPATH; do + test -z "$nc_dir" && nc_dir=/usr/man + nc_rename="" + nc_format=no +changequote({{,}})dnl + for nc_name in $nc_dir/*/date.[01]* $nc_dir/*/date +changequote([,])dnl + do + nc_test=`echo $nc_name | sed -e 's/*//'` + if test "x$nc_test" = "x$nc_name" ; then + case "$nc_name" in + *.gz) nc_form=gzip; nc_name=`basename $nc_name .gz`;; + *.Z) nc_form=compress; nc_name=`basename $nc_name .Z`;; + *.0) nc_form=BSDI; nc_format=yes;; + *) nc_form=cat;; + esac + break + fi + done + if test "$nc_form" != "unknown" ; then + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + if test "$prefix" = "NONE" ; then + nc_prefix="$ac_default_prefix" + else + nc_prefix="$prefix" + fi + + # Debian 'man' program? + test -f /etc/debian_version && \ + nc_rename=`cd $srcdir;pwd`/man/man_db.renames + + test ! -d man && mkdir man + + # Construct a sed-script to perform renaming within man-pages + if test -n "$nc_rename" ; then + fgrep -v \# $nc_rename | \ + sed -e 's/^/s\//' \ + -e 's/\./\\./' \ + -e 's/ / /g' \ + -e 's/[ ]\+/\//' \ + -e s/\$/\\\/g/ >man/edit_man.sed + fi + if test $nc_format = yes ; then + nc_subdir='$mandir/cat' + else + nc_subdir='$mandir/man' + fi + +cat >man/edit_man.sh <>man/edit_man.sh <\$TMP +NC_EOF +else +cat >>man/edit_man.sh <\$TMP +NC_EOF +fi +if test $nc_format = yes ; then +cat >>man/edit_man.sh <\$TMP.out + mv \$TMP.out \$TMP +NC_EOF +fi +case "$nc_form" in +compress) +cat >>man/edit_man.sh <>man/edit_man.sh <>man/edit_man.sh <>man/edit_man.sh < +#include ],[ + regex_t *p; + int x = regcomp(p, "", 0); + int y = regexec(p, "", 0, 0, 0); + regfree(p); + ],[nc_cv_regex="regex.h"],[ + AC_TRY_LINK([#include ],[ + char *p = compile("", "", "", 0); + int x = step("", ""); + ],[nc_cv_regex="regexp.h"],[ + AC_TRY_LINK([#include ],[ + char *p = compile("", "", ""); + int x = step("", ""); + ],[nc_cv_regex="regexpr.h"])])]) +]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_regex) +case $nc_cv_regex in + regex.h) AC_DEFINE(HAVE_REGEX_H) ;; + regexp.h) AC_DEFINE(HAVE_REGEXP_H) ;; + regexpr.h) AC_DEFINE(HAVE_REGEXPR_H) ;; +esac +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Attempt to determine the appropriate CC/LD options for creating a shared +dnl library. +dnl +dnl Note: $(LOCAL_LDFLAGS) is used to link executables that will run within the +dnl build-tree, i.e., by making use of the libraries that are compiled in ../lib +dnl We avoid compiling-in a ../lib path for the shared library since that can +dnl lead to unexpected results at runtime. +dnl $(LOCAL_LDFLAGS2) has the same intention but assumes that the shared libraries +dnl are compiled in ../../lib +dnl +dnl The variable 'nc_cv_do_symlinks' is used to control whether we configure +dnl to install symbolic links to the rel/abi versions of shared libraries. +dnl +dnl Some loaders leave 'so_locations' lying around. It's nice to clean up. +AC_DEFUN([NC_SHARED_OPTS], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([NC_SYSTYPE]) + AC_REQUIRE([NC_VERSION]) + LOCAL_LDFLAGS= + LOCAL_LDFLAGS2= + + nc_cv_do_symlinks=no + nc_cv_rm_so_locs=no + + case $nc_cv_systype in + HP_UX) + # (tested with gcc 2.7.2 -- I don't have c89) + if test "${CC}" = "gcc"; then + CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fPIC' + else + CC_SHARED_OPTS='+Z' + fi + MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -b -o $[@]' + ;; + IRIX*) + # tested with IRIX 5.2 and 'cc'. + if test "${CC}" = "gcc"; then + CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fPIC' + else + CC_SHARED_OPTS='-KPIC' + fi + MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -shared -rdata_shared -soname `basename $[@]` -o $[@]' + nc_cv_rm_so_locs=yes + ;; + Linux) + # tested with Linux 1.2.8 and gcc 2.7.0 (ELF) + CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fPIC' + MK_SHARED_LIB='gcc -o $[@].$(REL_VERSION) -shared -Wl,-soname,`basename $[@].$(ABI_VERSION)`,-stats' + if test $DFT_LWR_MODEL = "shared" ; then + LOCAL_LDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,../lib' + LOCAL_LDFLAGS2='-Wl,-rpath,../../lib' + fi + nc_cv_do_symlinks=yes + ;; + NetBSD|FreeBSD) + CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fpic -DPIC' + MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -Bshareable -o $[@]' + ;; + OSF1|MLS+) + # tested with OSF/1 V3.2 and 'cc' + # tested with OSF/1 V3.2 and gcc 2.6.3 (but the c++ demo didn't + # link with shared libs). + CC_SHARED_OPTS='' + MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -o $[@].$(REL_VERSION) -shared -soname `basename $[@].$(ABI_VERSION)`' + if test $DFT_LWR_MODEL = "shared" ; then + LOCAL_LDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,../lib' + LOCAL_LDFLAGS2='-Wl,-rpath,../../lib' + fi + nc_cv_do_symlinks=yes + nc_cv_rm_so_locs=yes + ;; + SunOS) + # tested with SunOS 4.1.1 and gcc 2.7.0 + # tested with SunOS 5.3 (solaris 2.3) and gcc 2.7.0 + if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then + CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fpic' + else + CC_SHARED_OPTS='-KPIC' + fi + case `uname -r` in + 4.*) + MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -assert pure-text -o $[@].$(REL_VERSION)' + ;; + 5.*) + MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -d y -G -h `basename $[@].$(ABI_VERSION)` -o $[@].$(REL_VERSION)' + ;; + esac + nc_cv_do_symlinks=yes + ;; + UNIX_SV) + # tested with UnixWare 1.1.2 + CC_SHARED_OPTS='-KPIC' + MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -d y -G -o $[@]' + ;; + *) + CC_SHARED_OPTS='unknown' + MK_SHARED_LIB='echo unknown' + ;; + esac + AC_SUBST(CC_SHARED_OPTS) + AC_SUBST(MK_SHARED_LIB) + AC_SUBST(LOCAL_LDFLAGS) + AC_SUBST(LOCAL_LDFLAGS2) +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Check for datatype 'speed_t', which is normally declared via either +dnl sys/types.h or termios.h +AC_DEFUN([NC_SPEED_TYPE], +[ +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for speed_t]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_type_speed_t,[ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([ +#include +#if HAVE_TERMIOS_H +#include +#endif], + [speed_t x = 0], + [nc_cv_type_speed_t=yes], + [nc_cv_type_speed_t=no]) + ]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_type_speed_t) +test $nc_cv_type_speed_t != yes && AC_DEFINE(speed_t,unsigned) +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl For each parameter, test if the source-directory exists, and if it contains +dnl a 'modules' file. If so, add to the list $nc_cv_src_modules which we'll +dnl use in NC_LIB_RULES. +dnl +dnl This uses the configured value to make the lists SRC_SUBDIRS and +dnl SUB_MAKEFILES which are used in the makefile-generation scheme. +AC_DEFUN([NC_SRC_MODULES], +[ +AC_MSG_CHECKING(for src modules) +TEST_DEPS="${LIB_PREFIX}${LIB_NAME}${DFT_DEP_SUFFIX}" +TEST_ARGS="-l${LIB_NAME}${DFT_ARG_SUFFIX}" +nc_cv_src_modules= +for nc_dir in $1 +do + if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules; then + if test -z "$nc_cv_src_modules"; then + nc_cv_src_modules=$nc_dir + else + nc_cv_src_modules="$nc_cv_src_modules $nc_dir" + fi + # Make the ncurses_cfg.h file record the library interface files as + # well. These are header files that are the same name as their + # directory. Ncurses is the only library that does not follow + # that pattern. + if test -f $srcdir/${nc_dir}/${nc_dir}.h; then + NC_UPPERCASE($nc_dir,nc_have_include) + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_${nc_have_include}_H) + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_LIB${nc_have_include}) + TEST_DEPS="${LIB_PREFIX}${nc_dir}${DFT_DEP_SUFFIX} $TEST_DEPS" + TEST_ARGS="-l${nc_dir}${DFT_ARG_SUFFIX} $TEST_ARGS" + fi + fi +done +AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_src_modules) +TEST_ARGS="-L${LIB_DIR} $TEST_ARGS" +AC_SUBST(TEST_DEPS) +AC_SUBST(TEST_ARGS) + +SRC_SUBDIRS="man include" +for nc_dir in $nc_cv_src_modules +do + SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS $nc_dir" +done +SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS misc test" +test $nc_cxx_library != no && SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS c++" + +ADA_SUBDIRS= +if test "$ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct" = yes && test -d $srcdir/Ada95; then + SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS Ada95" + ADA_SUBDIRS="gen ada_include samples" +fi + +SUB_MAKEFILES= +for nc_dir in $SRC_SUBDIRS +do + SUB_MAKEFILES="$SUB_MAKEFILES $nc_dir/Makefile" +done + +if test -n "$ADA_SUBDIRS"; then + for nc_dir in $ADA_SUBDIRS + do + SUB_MAKEFILES="$SUB_MAKEFILES Ada95/$nc_dir/Makefile" + done + AC_SUBST(ADA_SUBDIRS) +fi +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Remove "-g" option from the compiler options +AC_DEFUN([NC_STRIP_G_OPT], +[$1=`echo ${$1} | sed -e 's/-g //' -e 's/-g$//'`])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Shorthand macro for substituting things that the user may override +dnl with an environment variable. +dnl +dnl $1 = long/descriptive name +dnl $2 = environment variable +dnl $3 = default value +AC_DEFUN([NC_SUBST], +[AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_subst_$2,[ +AC_MSG_CHECKING(for $1 (symbol $2)) +test -z "[$]$2" && $2=$3 +AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$2) +AC_SUBST($2) +nc_cv_subst_$2=[$]$2]) +$2=${nc_cv_subst_$2} +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Check for declarion of sys_errlist in one of stdio.h and errno.h. +dnl Declaration of sys_errlist on BSD4.4 interferes with our declaration. +dnl Reported by Keith Bostic. +AC_DEFUN([NC_SYS_ERRLIST], +[ +AC_MSG_CHECKING([declaration of sys_errlist]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist,[ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([ +#include +#include +#include ], + [ char *c = (char *) *sys_errlist; ], + [nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist=yes], + [nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist=no]) + ]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist) +test $nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist = yes && AC_DEFINE(HAVE_EXTERN_SYS_ERRLIST) +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Derive the system-type (our main clue to the method of building shared +dnl libraries). +AC_DEFUN([NC_SYSTYPE], +[ +AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_systype,[ +changequote(,)dnl +nc_cv_systype="`(uname -s || hostname || echo unknown) 2>/dev/null |sed -e s'/[:\/.-]/_/'g | sed 1q`" +changequote([,])dnl +if test -z "$nc_cv_systype"; then nc_cv_systype=unknown;fi +]) +AC_MSG_RESULT(System type is $nc_cv_systype) +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl On some systems ioctl(fd, TIOCGWINSZ, &size) will always return {0,0} until +dnl ioctl(fd, TIOCSWINSZ, &size) is called to explicitly set the size of the +dnl screen. +dnl +dnl Attempt to determine if we're on such a system by running a test-program. +dnl This won't work, of course, if the configure script is run in batch mode, +dnl since we've got to have access to the terminal. +dnl +dnl 1996/4/26 - Converted this into a simple test for able-to-compile, since +dnl we're reminded that _nc_get_screensize() does the same functional test. +AC_DEFUN([NC_TIOCGWINSZ], +[ +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for working TIOCGWINSZ]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz,[ + AC_TRY_RUN([ +#if HAVE_TERMIOS_H +#include +#endif +#if SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO +/* they neglected to define struct winsize in termios.h -- it's only + in termio.h */ +#include +#include +#endif +#if !defined(sun) || !defined(HAVE_TERMIOS_H) +#include +#endif +int main() +{ + static struct winsize size; + int fd; + for (fd = 0; fd <= 2; fd++) { /* try in/out/err in case redirected */ + if (ioctl(0, TIOCGWINSZ, &size) == 0 + && size.ws_row > 0 + && size.ws_col > 0) + exit(0); + } + exit(0); /* in either case, it compiles & links ... */ +} + ], + [nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz=yes], + [nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz=no], + [nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz=unknown]) + ]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz) +test $nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz != yes && AC_DEFINE(BROKEN_TIOCGWINSZ) +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl +AC_DEFUN([NC_TYPE_SIGACTION], +[ +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for type sigaction_t]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_type_sigaction,[ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([ +#include ], + [sigaction_t x], + [nc_cv_type_sigaction=yes], + [nc_cv_type_sigaction=no]) + ]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_type_sigaction) +test $nc_cv_type_sigaction = yes && AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TYPE_SIGACTION) +]) +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Make an uppercase version of a given name +AC_DEFUN([NC_UPPERCASE], +[ +changequote(,)dnl +$2=`echo $1 |tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]'` +changequote([,])dnl +])dnl +dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +dnl Get the version-number for use in shared-library naming, etc. +AC_DEFUN([NC_VERSION], +[ +changequote(,)dnl +NCURSES_MAJOR="`egrep '^NCURSES_MAJOR[ ]*=' $srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`" +NCURSES_MINOR="`egrep '^NCURSES_MINOR[ ]*=' $srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`" +NCURSES_PATCH="`egrep '^NCURSES_PATCH[ ]*=' $srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`" +changequote([,])dnl +nc_cv_abi_version=${NCURSES_MAJOR} +nc_cv_rel_version=${NCURSES_MAJOR}.${NCURSES_MINOR} +dnl Show the computed version, for logging +AC_MSG_RESULT(Configuring NCURSES $nc_cv_rel_version ABI $nc_cv_abi_version (`date`)) +dnl We need these values in the generated headers +AC_SUBST(NCURSES_MAJOR) +AC_SUBST(NCURSES_MINOR) +AC_SUBST(NCURSES_PATCH) +dnl We need these values in the generated makefiles +AC_SUBST(nc_cv_rel_version) +AC_SUBST(nc_cv_abi_version) +AC_SUBST(nc_cv_builtin_bool) +AC_SUBST(nc_cv_type_of_bool) +])dnl diff --git a/announce.html b/announce.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..27026006 --- /dev/null +++ b/announce.html @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ + + + + +Announcing ncurses 4.1 + + + + +

Announcing ncurses 4.1

+ +The ncurses (new curses) library is a freeware emulation of System V +Release 4.0 curses. It uses terminfo format, supports pads and color +and multiple highlights and forms characters and function-key mapping, +and has all the other SYSV-curses enhancements over BSD curses.

+ +In mid-June 1995, the maintainer of 4.4BSD curses declared that he +considered 4.4BSD curses obsolete, and is encouraging the keepers of +Unix releases such as BSD/OS, freeBSD and netBSD to switch over to +ncurses.

+ +The ncurses code was developed under Linux. It should port easily to +any ANSI/POSIX-conforming UNIX. It has even been ported to OS/2 Warp!

+ +The distribution includes the library and support utilities, including a +terminfo compiler tic(1), a decompiler infocmp(1), clear(1), tput(1), tset(1), +and a termcap conversion tool captoinfo(1). Full manual pages are provided for +the library and tools.

+ +The ncurses distribution is available via anonymous FTP at: +ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses. +and +ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/zm/zmbenhal/ncurses. +It is also carried on the GNU distribution site at ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu. + +

Features of ncurses

+ +The ncurses package is fully compatible with SVr4 curses:

+ +

    +
  • All 257 of the SVr4 calls have been implemented (and are documented).

    + +

  • Full support for SVr4 curses features including keyboard mapping, color, +forms-drawing with ACS characters, and automatic recognition of keypad +and function keys.

    + +

  • An emulation of the System V Release 4 panels library, supporting +a stack of windows with backing store, is included.

    + +

  • An emulation of the System V Release 4 menus library, supporting +a uniform but flexible interface for menu programming, is included.

    + +

  • An emulation of the System V Release 4 form library, supporting +data collection through on-screen forms, is included.

    + +

  • Binary terminfo entries generated by the ncurses tic(1) implementation +are bit-for-bit-compatible with the entry format SVr4 curses uses.

    + +

  • The utilities have options to allow you to filter terminfo +entries for use with less capable curses/terminfo +versions such as the HP/UX and AIX ports.
+ +The ncurses package also has many useful extensions over SVr4:

+ +

    +
  • The API is 8-bit clean and base-level conformant with the X/OPEN curses +specification, XSI Curses (that is, it implements all BASE level features, +but not all EXTENDED features). Most EXTENDED-level features not directly +concerned with wide-character support are implemented, including many +function calls not supported under SVr4 curses (but portability of all +calls is documented so you can use the SVr4 subset only).

    + +

  • Unlike SVr4 curses, ncurses can write to the rightmost-bottommost corner +of the screen if your terminal has an insert-character capability.

    + +

  • (PC-clone boxes only) Support for access to the IBM PC ROM characters +0-32 through the highlight A_ALTCHARSET.

    + +

  • Support for mouse event reporting under xterm.

    + +

  • The function wresize() allows you to resize windows, preserving +their data. + +
  • Better cursor-movement optimization. The package now features a +cursor-local-movement computation more efficient than either BSD's +or System V's.

    + +

  • Super hardware scrolling support. The screen-update code incorporates +a novel, simple, and cheap algorithm that enables it to make optimal +use of hardware scrolling, line-insertion, and line-deletion +for screen-line movements. This algorithm is more powerful than +the 4.4BSD curses quickch() routine.

    + +

  • Real support for terminals with the magic-cookie glitch. The +screen-update code will refrain from drawing a highlight if the magic- +cookie unattributed spaces required just before the beginning and +after the end would step on a non-space character. It will +automatically shift highlight boundaries when doing so would make it +possible to draw the highlight without changing the visual appearance +of the screen. + +
  • It is possible to generate the library with a list of pre-loaded +fallback entries linked to it so that it can serve those terminal types even +when no terminfo tree or termcap file is accessible (this may be useful +for support of screen-oriented programs that must run in single-user mode).

    + +

  • The tic(1)/captoinfo utility provided with ncurses has the +ability to translate many termcaps from the XENIX, IBM and +AT&T extension sets.

    + +

  • A BSD-like tset(1) utility is provided.

    + +

  • The ncurses library and utilities will automatically read terminfo +entries from $HOME/.terminfo if it exists, and compile to that directory +if it exists and the user has no write access to the system directory. +This feature makes it easier for users to have personal terminfo entries +without giving up access to the system terminfo directory.

    + +

  • You may specify a path of directories to search for compiled +descriptions with the environment variable TERMINFO_DIRS (this +generalizes the feature provided by TERMINFO under stock System V.)

    + +

  • In terminfo source files, use capabilities may refer not just to +other entries in the same source file (as in System V) but also to +compiled entries in either the system terminfo directory or the user's +$HOME/.terminfo directory.

    + +

  • A script (capconvert) is provided to help BSD users +transition from termcap to terminfo. It gathers the information in a +TERMCAP environment variable and/or a ~/.termcap local entries file +and converts it to an equivalent local terminfo tree under $HOME/.terminfo.

    + +

  • Automatic fallback to the /etc/termcap file can be compiled in +when it is not possible to build a terminfo tree. This feature is neither +fast nor cheap, you don't want to use it unless you have to, +but it's there.

    + +

  • The table-of-entries utility toe makes it easy for users to +see exactly what terminal types are available on the system.

    + +

  • The library meets the XSI requirement that every macro entry +point have a corresponding function which may be linked (and will be +prototype-checked) if the macro definition is disabled with +#undef.

    + +

  • An HTML "Introduction to Programming with NCURSES" document provides +a narrative introduction to the curses programming interface. +
+ +

State of the Package

+ +Numerous bugs present in earlier versions have been fixed; the +library is far more reliable than it used to be. Bounds checking in many +`dangerous' entry points has been improved. The code is now type-safe +according to gcc -Wall. The library has been checked for malloc leaks and +arena corruption by the Purify memory-allocation tester.

+ +The ncurses code has been tested with a wide variety of applications +including:

+

+
ded +
directory-editor +ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ded. +
dialog +
the underlying application used in Slackware's setup, and the basis +for similar applications on Linux. +
lynx-2.7 +
the character-screen WWW browser +
ncftp 2.0 +
file-transfer utility +
nvi +
New vi versions 1.50 are able to use ncurses versions 1.9.7 and later. +
taper +
tape archive utility +
vh-1.6 +
Volks-Hypertext browser for the Jargon File +
+as well as some that use ncurses for the terminfo support alone: +
+
minicom-1.75 +
terminal emulator +
tin-unoff +
tin (unofficial) newsreader, supporting color, MIME +ftp://ftp.akk.uni-karlsruhe.de/pub/news/clients/tin-unoff. +
vile +
vi-like-emacs +ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/vile. +
+

+ +The ncurses distribution includes a selection of test programs (including +a few games). + +

Who's Who and What's What

+ +The original maintainer of ncurses is Zeyd Ben-Halim. Unfortunately, +he can only work on the package part time. As a result, since 1.8.1, +much of the enhancement work and documentation has been done +by Eric S. Raymond. +The current primary maintainers are +Thomas Dickey +and +Juergen Pfeifer. +

+ +There is an ncurses mailing list. It is a majordomo list; to join, write +to ncurses-request@mailgate.bsdi.com with a message containing the line: +

+             subscribe <name>@<host.domain>
+
+ +This list is open to anyone interested in helping with the development and +testing of this package.

+ +Beta versions of ncurses and patches to the current release are made available at +ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses. + +

Future Plans

+
    +
  • Extended mouse support via Alessandro Rubini's gpm package. +
  • Extended-level XPG4 conformance, with internationalization support.

    +

  • Ports to more systems, including DOS and Windows. +
+We need people to help with these projects. If you are interested in working +on them, please join the ncurses list. + +

The terminfo/termcap Database

+ +The distribution includes and uses a copy of the terminfo-format +terminal description file maintained by Eric Raymond. + +You can download either the +termcap +or +terminfo +versions of the terminal-type +database from Eric's ncurses page, +http://www.ccil.org/~esr/ncurses.html.

+ +

Other Related Resources

+ +You can find lots of information on terminal-related topics +not covered in the terminfo file at +Richard Shuford's +archive. + + + diff --git a/announce.html.in b/announce.html.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4c643b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/announce.html.in @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ + + + + +Announcing ncurses @VERSION@ + + + + +

Announcing ncurses @VERSION@

+ +The ncurses (new curses) library is a freeware emulation of System V +Release 4.0 curses. It uses terminfo format, supports pads and color +and multiple highlights and forms characters and function-key mapping, +and has all the other SYSV-curses enhancements over BSD curses.

+ +In mid-June 1995, the maintainer of 4.4BSD curses declared that he +considered 4.4BSD curses obsolete, and is encouraging the keepers of +Unix releases such as BSD/OS, freeBSD and netBSD to switch over to +ncurses.

+ +The ncurses code was developed under Linux. It should port easily to +any ANSI/POSIX-conforming UNIX. It has even been ported to OS/2 Warp!

+ +The distribution includes the library and support utilities, including a +terminfo compiler tic(1), a decompiler infocmp(1), clear(1), tput(1), tset(1), +and a termcap conversion tool captoinfo(1). Full manual pages are provided for +the library and tools.

+ +The ncurses distribution is available via anonymous FTP at: +ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses. +and +ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/zm/zmbenhal/ncurses. +It is also carried on the GNU distribution site at ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu. + +

Features of ncurses

+ +The ncurses package is fully compatible with SVr4 curses:

+ +

    +
  • All 257 of the SVr4 calls have been implemented (and are documented).

    + +

  • Full support for SVr4 curses features including keyboard mapping, color, +forms-drawing with ACS characters, and automatic recognition of keypad +and function keys.

    + +

  • An emulation of the System V Release 4 panels library, supporting +a stack of windows with backing store, is included.

    + +

  • An emulation of the System V Release 4 menus library, supporting +a uniform but flexible interface for menu programming, is included.

    + +

  • An emulation of the System V Release 4 form library, supporting +data collection through on-screen forms, is included.

    + +

  • Binary terminfo entries generated by the ncurses tic(1) implementation +are bit-for-bit-compatible with the entry format SVr4 curses uses.

    + +

  • The utilities have options to allow you to filter terminfo +entries for use with less capable curses/terminfo +versions such as the HP/UX and AIX ports.
+ +The ncurses package also has many useful extensions over SVr4:

+ +

    +
  • The API is 8-bit clean and base-level conformant with the X/OPEN curses +specification, XSI Curses (that is, it implements all BASE level features, +but not all EXTENDED features). Most EXTENDED-level features not directly +concerned with wide-character support are implemented, including many +function calls not supported under SVr4 curses (but portability of all +calls is documented so you can use the SVr4 subset only).

    + +

  • Unlike SVr4 curses, ncurses can write to the rightmost-bottommost corner +of the screen if your terminal has an insert-character capability.

    + +

  • (PC-clone boxes only) Support for access to the IBM PC ROM characters +0-32 through the highlight A_ALTCHARSET.

    + +

  • Support for mouse event reporting under xterm.

    + +

  • The function wresize() allows you to resize windows, preserving +their data. + +
  • Better cursor-movement optimization. The package now features a +cursor-local-movement computation more efficient than either BSD's +or System V's.

    + +

  • Super hardware scrolling support. The screen-update code incorporates +a novel, simple, and cheap algorithm that enables it to make optimal +use of hardware scrolling, line-insertion, and line-deletion +for screen-line movements. This algorithm is more powerful than +the 4.4BSD curses quickch() routine.

    + +

  • Real support for terminals with the magic-cookie glitch. The +screen-update code will refrain from drawing a highlight if the magic- +cookie unattributed spaces required just before the beginning and +after the end would step on a non-space character. It will +automatically shift highlight boundaries when doing so would make it +possible to draw the highlight without changing the visual appearance +of the screen. + +
  • It is possible to generate the library with a list of pre-loaded +fallback entries linked to it so that it can serve those terminal types even +when no terminfo tree or termcap file is accessible (this may be useful +for support of screen-oriented programs that must run in single-user mode).

    + +

  • The tic(1)/captoinfo utility provided with ncurses has the +ability to translate many termcaps from the XENIX, IBM and +AT&T extension sets.

    + +

  • A BSD-like tset(1) utility is provided.

    + +

  • The ncurses library and utilities will automatically read terminfo +entries from $HOME/.terminfo if it exists, and compile to that directory +if it exists and the user has no write access to the system directory. +This feature makes it easier for users to have personal terminfo entries +without giving up access to the system terminfo directory.

    + +

  • You may specify a path of directories to search for compiled +descriptions with the environment variable TERMINFO_DIRS (this +generalizes the feature provided by TERMINFO under stock System V.)

    + +

  • In terminfo source files, use capabilities may refer not just to +other entries in the same source file (as in System V) but also to +compiled entries in either the system terminfo directory or the user's +$HOME/.terminfo directory.

    + +

  • A script (capconvert) is provided to help BSD users +transition from termcap to terminfo. It gathers the information in a +TERMCAP environment variable and/or a ~/.termcap local entries file +and converts it to an equivalent local terminfo tree under $HOME/.terminfo.

    + +

  • Automatic fallback to the /etc/termcap file can be compiled in +when it is not possible to build a terminfo tree. This feature is neither +fast nor cheap, you don't want to use it unless you have to, +but it's there.

    + +

  • The table-of-entries utility toe makes it easy for users to +see exactly what terminal types are available on the system.

    + +

  • The library meets the XSI requirement that every macro entry +point have a corresponding function which may be linked (and will be +prototype-checked) if the macro definition is disabled with +#undef.

    + +

  • An HTML "Introduction to Programming with NCURSES" document provides +a narrative introduction to the curses programming interface. +
+ +

State of the Package

+ +Numerous bugs present in earlier versions have been fixed; the +library is far more reliable than it used to be. Bounds checking in many +`dangerous' entry points has been improved. The code is now type-safe +according to gcc -Wall. The library has been checked for malloc leaks and +arena corruption by the Purify memory-allocation tester.

+ +The ncurses code has been tested with a wide variety of applications +including:

+

+
ded +
directory-editor +ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ded. +
dialog +
the underlying application used in Slackware's setup, and the basis +for similar applications on Linux. +
lynx-2.7 +
the character-screen WWW browser +
ncftp 2.0 +
file-transfer utility +
nvi +
New vi versions 1.50 are able to use ncurses versions 1.9.7 and later. +
taper +
tape archive utility +
vh-1.6 +
Volks-Hypertext browser for the Jargon File +
+as well as some that use ncurses for the terminfo support alone: +
+
minicom-1.75 +
terminal emulator +
tin-unoff +
tin (unofficial) newsreader, supporting color, MIME +ftp://ftp.akk.uni-karlsruhe.de/pub/news/clients/tin-unoff. +
vile +
vi-like-emacs +ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/vile. +
+

+ +The ncurses distribution includes a selection of test programs (including +a few games). + +

Who's Who and What's What

+ +The original maintainer of ncurses is Zeyd Ben-Halim. Unfortunately, +he can only work on the package part time. As a result, since 1.8.1, +much of the enhancement work and documentation has been done +by Eric S. Raymond. +The current primary maintainers are +Thomas Dickey +and +Juergen Pfeifer. +

+ +There is an ncurses mailing list. It is a majordomo list; to join, write +to ncurses-request@mailgate.bsdi.com with a message containing the line: +

+             subscribe <name>@<host.domain>
+
+ +This list is open to anyone interested in helping with the development and +testing of this package.

+ +Beta versions of ncurses and patches to the current release are made available at +ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses. + +

Future Plans

+
    +
  • Extended mouse support via Alessandro Rubini's gpm package. +
  • Extended-level XPG4 conformance, with internationalization support.

    +

  • Ports to more systems, including DOS and Windows. +
+We need people to help with these projects. If you are interested in working +on them, please join the ncurses list. + +

The terminfo/termcap Database

+ +The distribution includes and uses a copy of the terminfo-format +terminal description file maintained by Eric Raymond. + +You can download either the +termcap +or +terminfo +versions of the terminal-type +database from Eric's ncurses page, +http://www.ccil.org/~esr/ncurses.html.

+ +

Other Related Resources

+ +You can find lots of information on terminal-related topics +not covered in the terminfo file at +Richard Shuford's +archive. + + + diff --git a/c++/Makefile.in b/c++/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6be83aeb --- /dev/null +++ b/c++/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.20 1997/05/04 21:15:38 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Simple makefile for c++ window class demo + +# turn off _all_ suffix rules; we'll generate our own +.SUFFIXES: + +SHELL = /bin/sh + +MODEL = ../@DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +libdir = @libdir@ +includedir = @includedir@ + +CXX = @CXX@ +CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ +CXXLIBS = @CXXLIBS@ + +INCDIR = ../include +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ -I$(INCDIR) -I$(srcdir)/../c++ -DHAVE_CONFIG_H + +CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) + +CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS) +CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CXX_G_OPT@ -DTRACE +CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg +CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@ + +CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@) + +LINK = $(CXX) +LDFLAGS = -L../lib \ + -lmenu@DFT_ARG_SUFFIX@ \ + -lpanel@DFT_ARG_SUFFIX@ \ + -lncurses@DFT_ARG_SUFFIX@ \ + @LDFLAGS@ \ + @LD_MODEL@ @LIBS@ @EXTRA_LIBS@ @LOCAL_LDFLAGS@ $(CXXLIBS) + +all: demo + +OBJS_DEMO = \ + $(MODEL)/cursesm.o \ + $(MODEL)/cursesw.o \ + $(MODEL)/cursesp.o \ + $(MODEL)/demo.o + +demo: $(OBJS_DEMO) \ + ../lib/libmenu@DFT_DEP_SUFFIX@ \ + ../lib/libpanel@DFT_DEP_SUFFIX@ \ + ../lib/libncurses@DFT_DEP_SUFFIX@ + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(OBJS_DEMO) $(LDFLAGS) + +install: +install.libs: + +clean :: + -rm -f core demo $(OBJS_DEMO) + +distclean :: clean + -rm -f Makefile + +mostlyclean :: clean + +realclean :: distclean + +############################################################################### +# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration +############################################################################### diff --git a/c++/NEWS b/c++/NEWS new file mode 100644 index 00000000..525fa728 --- /dev/null +++ b/c++/NEWS @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +This is a log of changes that the ncurses C++ binding has gone +through starting with the integration of menu and forms integration +into the binding. + +970502 + + Introduced the THROW and THROWS functions/macros to prepare + a smoother transition to real exception handling. + + Exception classes provided in etip.h + + Added the NCursesMenu class to support libmenu functionality. + + The inheritace relation between NCursesWindow and NCursesColorWindow + was kind of brain damage. Monochrome is a special case of colored, so + the relation should be just the opposite. This would allow all derived + classes like NCursesPanel, NCursesMenu or NCursesForm to have colors. + To resolve that design flaw I put the color functionality into the + NCursesWindow class and it can be switched on by the static member + useColors(). NCursesColorWindow is still there for compatibility + reasons. diff --git a/c++/PROBLEMS b/c++/PROBLEMS new file mode 100644 index 00000000..709846be --- /dev/null +++ b/c++/PROBLEMS @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +This is a list of open problems. This mainly lists known missing pieces +and design flaws. + +1. Missing binding to libform + + + + diff --git a/c++/README-first b/c++/README-first new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b0c38fad --- /dev/null +++ b/c++/README-first @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ + C++ interface to ncurses routines +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +This directory contains the source code for three C++ classes which +ease the use of writing ncurses-based programs. The code is derived +from the libg++ CursesWindow class but enhanced for ncurses. + +The classes simplify the use of window specific functions by +encapsulating them in the window object. Function overloading is +used in order to narrow the interface. E.g. you don't have the +distinction between `printw' and `mvprintw' anymore. + +A second benefit is the removal of all #defines which are included in +the curses.h file. This is a steady cause of trouble because many +common identifiers are used. Instead now all #defines are inline +functions which also allows strict type checking of arguments. + +The next enhancement is color support, which is provided by a derived +class. The implementation chosen here is directed to unrestricted use +of mixes of color and monochrome windows. This is done through virtual +functions and means that you can write all of your code as if a color +window is the destination. If the destination window is monochrome these +functions calls have no effect. + + NOTE: This implementation of the color support was topic of + some discussion. The introduction of virtual functions + introduced some overhead. Please let us know what you think + about this: is it worth being able to write color supporting + functions. + +The last point to mention is the support of another package Zeyd +distributes with his ncurses package: the panels library. This support +is provided by the NCursesPanel class, which is also derived from the +NCursesWindow class. This allows building interfaces with windows. +Please see the example program for a quick introduction. + +Note that at this point, there is no documentation for these classes. +Hopefully some will be written in the not too distant future. For now, +to find out how to use the classes, read the code and the example program. + +Suggestions for enhancements and contributions of code (and docs) are +welcome. Please let us know which functionality you miss. + + ATTENTION LINUX USERS: There is currently some discussion of + replacing the BSD curses in the Linux libc with ncurses. If + this is done we could perhaps include these classes in the Linux + libg++ replacing the original CursesWindow class (and renaming it + to CursesWindow). This could be done because NCursesWindow can + be made easily to a superset of the CursesWindow class. + + +Original author: + Eric Newton for FSF's libg++ + +Authors of this release: + Ulrich Drepper + and Anatoly Ivasyuk diff --git a/c++/cursesm.cc b/c++/cursesm.cc new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8d77d19c --- /dev/null +++ b/c++/cursesm.cc @@ -0,0 +1,314 @@ +// * this is for making emacs happy: -*-Mode: C++;-*- +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu C++ binding is Copyright (C) 1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "internal.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: cursesm.cc,v 1.4 1997/05/05 20:27:32 tom Exp $") + +#pragma implementation + +#include "cursesm.h" + +const int CMD_ACTION = MAX_COMMAND + 1; +const int CMD_QUIT = MAX_COMMAND + 2; + +unsigned long NCursesMenu::total_count = 0; + +/* Internal hook functions. They will route the hook + * calls to virtual methods of the NCursesMenu class, + * so in C++ providing a hook is done simply by + * implementing a virtual method in a derived class + */ +void +NCursesMenu::mnu_init(MENU *m) +{ + getHook(m)->On_Menu_Init(); +} + +void +NCursesMenu::mnu_term(MENU *m) +{ + getHook(m)->On_Menu_Termination(); +} + +void +NCursesMenu::itm_init(MENU *m) +{ + NCursesMenu* M = getHook(m); + M->On_Item_Init (M->current_item ()); +} + +void +NCursesMenu::itm_term(MENU *m) +{ + NCursesMenu* M = getHook(m); + M->On_Item_Termination (M->current_item ()); +} + +/* Construct an ITEM* array from an array of NCursesMenuItem + * objects. + */ +ITEM** +NCursesMenu::mapItems(NCursesMenuItem* nitems[]) { + int itemCount = 0,lcv; + + for (lcv=0; nitems[lcv]->item; ++lcv) + ++itemCount; + + ITEM** items = new ITEM*[itemCount + 1]; + + for (lcv=0;nitems[lcv]->item;++lcv) { + items[lcv] = nitems[lcv]->item; + } + items[lcv] = NULL; + + my_items = nitems; + + if (menu) + delete[] ::menu_items(menu); + return items; +} + + +void +NCursesMenu::setItems(NCursesMenuItem* nitems[]) +{ + OnError(::set_menu_items(menu,mapItems(nitems))); +} + +void +NCursesMenu::InitMenu(NCursesMenuItem* nitems[], + bool with_frame) { + int mrows, mcols; + + if (total_count++==0) { + raw(); + keypad(TRUE); + } + + b_framed = with_frame; + + menu = (MENU*)0; + menu = ::new_menu(mapItems(nitems)); + if (!menu) + OnError (E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + + UserHook* hook = new UserHook; + hook->m_user = NULL; + hook->m_back = this; + hook->m_owner = menu; + ::set_menu_userptr(menu,(const void*)hook); + + ::set_menu_init (menu, NCursesMenu::mnu_init); + ::set_menu_term (menu, NCursesMenu::mnu_term); + ::set_item_init (menu, NCursesMenu::itm_init); + ::set_item_term (menu, NCursesMenu::itm_term); + + scale(mrows, mcols); + ::set_menu_win(menu, w); + + if (with_frame) { + if ((mrows > height()-2) || (mcols > width()-2)) + OnError(E_NO_ROOM); + sub = new NCursesWindow(*this,mrows,mcols,1,1,'r'); + ::set_menu_sub(menu, sub->w); + b_sub_owner = TRUE; + } + else { + sub = (NCursesWindow*)0; + b_sub_owner = FALSE; + } + setDefaultAttributes(); +} + +void +NCursesMenu::setDefaultAttributes() { + if (NumberOfColors() > 1) { + setcolor(1); + setpalette(COLOR_YELLOW,COLOR_BLUE); + setcolor(2); + setpalette(COLOR_CYAN,COLOR_BLUE); + setcolor(3); + setpalette(COLOR_WHITE,COLOR_CYAN); + ::set_menu_fore(menu, COLOR_PAIR(1)); + ::set_menu_back(menu, COLOR_PAIR(2)); + ::set_menu_grey(menu, COLOR_PAIR(3)); + } + else { + ::set_menu_fore(menu, A_BOLD); + ::set_menu_back(menu, A_NORMAL); + ::set_menu_grey(menu, A_DIM); + } +} + + +NCursesMenu::NCursesMenu(NCursesMenuItem* menu[]) + : NCursesPanel() { + InitMenu(menu); +} + +NCursesMenu::NCursesMenu(NCursesMenuItem* menu[], + int lines, + int cols, + int begin_y, + int begin_x, + bool with_frame) + : NCursesPanel(lines, cols, begin_y, begin_x) { + InitMenu(menu,with_frame); +} + +NCursesMenu::~NCursesMenu() { + UserHook* hook = (UserHook*)::menu_userptr(menu); + delete hook; + if (b_sub_owner) { + delete sub; + ::set_menu_sub(menu,(WINDOW *)0); + } + free_menu(menu); + + // It's essential to do this after free_menu() + delete[] ::menu_items(menu); + --total_count; +} + +void +NCursesMenu::setSubWindow(NCursesWindow& nsub) +{ + if (!isDescendant(nsub)) + OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + else { + if (b_sub_owner) + delete sub; + sub = ⊄ + ::set_menu_sub(menu,sub->w); + } +} + +// call the menu driver and do basic error checking. +int +NCursesMenu::driver (int c) { + int res = ::menu_driver (menu, c); + switch (res) { + case E_OK: + case E_REQUEST_DENIED: + case E_NOT_SELECTABLE: + case E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND: + case E_NO_MATCH: + break; + default: + OnError (res); + } + return (res); +} + +bool +NCursesMenu::set_pattern (const char *pat) { + int res = ::set_menu_pattern (menu, pat); + switch(res) { + case E_OK: + break; + case E_NO_MATCH: + return FALSE; + default: + OnError (res); + } + return TRUE; +} + +// Provide a default key virtualization. Translate the keyboard +// code c into a menu request code. +// The default implementation provides a hopefully straightforward +// mapping for the most common keystrokes and menu requests. +int +NCursesMenu::virtualize(int c) { + switch(c) { + case CTRL('Q') : return(CMD_QUIT); + case KEY_DOWN : + case CTRL('N') : return(REQ_NEXT_ITEM); + case KEY_UP : + case CTRL('P') : return(REQ_PREV_ITEM); + case CTRL('U') : return(REQ_SCR_ULINE); + case CTRL('D') : return(REQ_SCR_DLINE); + case CTRL('F') : return(REQ_SCR_DPAGE); + case CTRL('B') : return(REQ_SCR_UPAGE); + case CTRL('X') : return(REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN); + case CTRL('H') : return(REQ_BACK_PATTERN); + case CTRL('A') : return(REQ_NEXT_MATCH); + case CTRL('Z') : return(REQ_PREV_MATCH); + case CTRL('T') : return(REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM); + case CTRL('J') : + case CTRL('M') : return(CMD_ACTION); + case KEY_HOME : return(REQ_FIRST_ITEM); + case KEY_LEFT : return(REQ_LEFT_ITEM); + case KEY_RIGHT : return(REQ_RIGHT_ITEM); + case KEY_END : return(REQ_LAST_ITEM); + case KEY_BACKSPACE : return(REQ_BACK_PATTERN); + case KEY_NPAGE : return(REQ_SCR_DPAGE); + case KEY_PPAGE : return(REQ_SCR_UPAGE); + + default: + return(c); + } +} + +NCursesMenuItem& +NCursesMenu::operator()(void) { + int drvCmnd; + int err; + int c; + bool b_action = FALSE; + + post(); + show(); + refresh(); + + while (!b_action && ((drvCmnd = virtualize((c=getch()))) != CMD_QUIT)) { + switch((err=driver(drvCmnd))) { + case E_REQUEST_DENIED: + On_Request_Denied(c); + break; + case E_NOT_SELECTABLE: + On_Not_Selectable(c); + break; + case E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND: + if (drvCmnd == CMD_ACTION) { + NCursesMenuItem& itm = current_item(); + b_action = itm.action(); + } else + On_Unknown_Command(c); + break; + case E_NO_MATCH: + On_No_Match(c); + break; + case E_OK: + break; + default: + OnError(err); + } + } + + unpost(); + hide(); + refresh(); + return *(my_items[::item_index (::current_item (menu))]); +} diff --git a/c++/cursesm.h b/c++/cursesm.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..97825f7f --- /dev/null +++ b/c++/cursesm.h @@ -0,0 +1,621 @@ +// * This makes emacs happy -*-Mode: C++;-*- +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu C++ binding is Copyright (C) 1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef _CURSESM_H +#define _CURSESM_H + +#include +#include +#include + +extern "C" { +# include +} + +// This wraps the ITEM type of +class NCursesMenuItem +{ + friend class NCursesMenu; + +protected: + ITEM *item; + + void OnError (int err) const THROWS(NCursesMenuException) + { + if (err != E_OK) + THROW(new NCursesMenuException (err)); + } + +public: + // Create an item. If you pass both parameters as NULL, a delimiter + // item is constructed which can be used to terminate a list of + // NCursesMenu objects. + NCursesMenuItem (const char* p_name = NULL, + const char* p_descript = NULL ) + { + item = p_name ? ::new_item (p_name, p_descript) : (ITEM*)0; + if (p_name && !item) + OnError (E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + } + + // Release the items memory + virtual ~NCursesMenuItem () + { + if (item) + ::free_item (item); + } + + // Name of the item + inline const char* name () const + { + return ::item_name (item); + } + + // Description of the item + inline const char* description () const + { + return ::item_description (item); + } + + // index of the item in an item array (or -1) + inline int index (void) const + { + return ::item_index (item); + } + + // switch on an item's option + inline void options_on (Item_Options options) + { + OnError (::item_opts_on (item, options)); + } + + // switch off an item's option + inline void options_off (Item_Options options) + { + OnError (::item_opts_off (item, options)); + } + + // return the item's options + inline Item_Options options () const + { + return ::item_opts (item); + } + + // set the item's options + inline void set_options (Item_Options options) + { + OnError (::set_item_opts (item, options)); + } + + // set/reset the item's selection state + inline void set_value (bool f) + { + OnError (::set_item_value (item,f)); + } + + // return the item's selection state + inline bool value () const + { + return ::item_value (item); + } + + // return visibility of the item + inline bool visible () const + { + return ::item_visible (item); + } + + // perform an action associated with this item; you may use this in an + // user supplied driver for a menu; you may derive from this class and + // overload action() to supply items with different actions. + // If an action returns true, the menu will be exited. + virtual bool action() { + return FALSE; + }; +}; + +// Prototype for an items callback function. +typedef bool ITEMCALLBACK(NCursesMenuItem&); + +// If you don't like to create a child class for individual items to +// overload action(), you may use this class and provide a callback +// function pointer for items. +class NCursesMenuCallbackItem : public NCursesMenuItem +{ +private: + const ITEMCALLBACK* p_fct; + +public: + NCursesMenuCallbackItem(const ITEMCALLBACK* fct = NULL, + const char* p_name = NULL, + const char* p_descript = NULL ) + : NCursesMenuItem (p_name, p_descript), + p_fct (fct) { + } + + virtual ~NCursesMenuCallbackItem() { + }; + + bool action() { + if (p_fct) + return p_fct (*this); + else + return FALSE; + } +}; + + +class NCursesMenu : public NCursesPanel { +protected: + MENU *menu; + +private: + // Keep book of the number of instantiated C++ menus. + static unsigned long total_count; + + NCursesWindow* sub; // the subwindow object + bool b_sub_owner; // is this our own subwindow? + bool b_framed; // has the menu a border? + + NCursesMenuItem** my_items; // The array of items for this menu + + // This structure is used for the menu's user data field to link the + // MENU* to the C++ object and to provide extra space for a user pointer. + typedef struct { + const void* m_user; // the pointer for the user's data + const NCursesMenu* m_back; // backward pointer to C++ object + const MENU* m_owner; + } UserHook; + + // Get the backward pointer to the C++ object from a MENU + static inline NCursesMenu* getHook(const MENU *m) + { + UserHook* hook = (UserHook*)::menu_userptr(m); + assert(hook && hook->m_owner==m); + return (NCursesMenu*)(hook->m_back); + } + + // This are the built-in hook functions in this C++ binding. In C++ we use + // virtual member functions (see below On_..._Init and On_..._Termination) + // to provide this functionality in an object oriented manner. + static void mnu_init(MENU *); + static void mnu_term(MENU *); + static void itm_init(MENU *); + static void itm_term(MENU *); + + // Calculate ITEM* array for the menu + ITEM** mapItems(NCursesMenuItem* nitems[]); + +protected: + // internal routines + void set_user(const void *user) + { + UserHook* uptr = (UserHook*)::menu_userptr (menu); + assert (uptr && uptr->m_back==this && uptr->m_owner==menu); + uptr->m_user = user; + } + + const void *get_user() + { + UserHook* uptr = (UserHook*)::menu_userptr (menu); + assert (uptr && uptr->m_back==this && uptr->m_owner==menu); + return uptr->m_user; + } + + + void InitMenu (NCursesMenuItem* menu[], bool with_frame=FALSE); + + void OnError (int err) const THROWS(NCursesMenuException) + { + if (err != E_OK) + THROW(new NCursesMenuException (this, err)); + } + + // this wraps the menu_driver call. + virtual int driver (int c) ; + +public: + // make a full window size menu + NCursesMenu (NCursesMenuItem* menu[]); + + // make a menu with a window of this size. + NCursesMenu (NCursesMenuItem* menu[], + int lines, + int cols, + int begin_y, + int begin_x, + bool with_frame=FALSE); + + virtual ~NCursesMenu (); + + // Retrieve the menus subwindow + inline NCursesWindow& subWindow() const { + assert(sub!=NULL); + return *sub; + } + + // Set the menus subwindow + void setSubWindow(NCursesWindow& sub); + + // Set these items for the menu + void setItems(NCursesMenuItem* nitems[]); + + // Remove the menu from the screen + inline void unpost (void) + { + OnError (::unpost_menu (menu)); + } + + // Post the menu to the screen if flag is true, unpost it otherwise + inline void post(bool flag = TRUE) + { + flag ? OnError (::post_menu(menu)) : OnError (::unpost_menu (menu)); + } + + // Get the numer of rows and columns for this menu + inline void scale (int& mrows, int& mcols) const + { + OnError (::scale_menu (menu, &mrows, &mcols)); + } + + // Set the format of this menu + inline void set_format(int mrows, int mcols) + { + OnError (::set_menu_format(menu, mrows, mcols)); + } + + // Get the format of this menu + void menu_format(int& rows,int& cols) + { + ::menu_format(menu,&rows,&cols); + } + + // item things + NCursesMenuItem* items() const + { + return *my_items; + } + + // Get the number of items in this menu + int count() const + { + return ::item_count(menu); + } + + // Get the current item (i.e. the one the cursor is located) + NCursesMenuItem& current_item() const + { + return *(my_items[::item_index(::current_item(menu))]); + } + + // Get the marker string + inline const char* mark() const + { + return ::menu_mark(menu); + } + + // Set the marker string + inline void set_mark(const char *mark) + { + OnError (::set_menu_mark (menu, mark)); + } + + // Get the name of the request code c + inline static const char* request_name(int c) + { + return ::menu_request_name(c); + } + + // Get the current pattern + inline char* pattern() const + { + return ::menu_pattern(menu); + } + + // true if there is a pattern match, false otherwise. + bool set_pattern (const char *pat); + + // set the default attributes for the menu + // i.e. set fore, back and grey attribute + virtual void setDefaultAttributes(); + + // Get the menus background attributes + chtype back() const + { + return ::menu_back(menu); + } + + // Get the menus foreground attributes + chtype fore() const + { + return ::menu_fore(menu); + } + + // Get the menus grey attributes (used for unselectable items) + chtype grey() const + { + return ::menu_grey(menu); + } + + // Set the menus background attributes + chtype set_background(chtype a) + { + return ::set_menu_back(menu,a); + } + + // Set the menus foreground attributes + chtype foreground(chtype a) + { + return ::set_menu_fore(menu,a); + } + + // Set the menus grey attributes (used for unselectable items) + chtype set_grey(chtype a) + { + return ::set_menu_grey(menu,a); + } + + inline void options_on (Menu_Options opts) + { + OnError (::menu_opts_on (menu,opts)); + } + + inline void options_off(Menu_Options opts) + { + OnError (::menu_opts_off(menu,opts)); + } + + inline Menu_Options options() const { + return ::menu_opts(menu); + } + + inline void set_options (Menu_Options opts) + { + OnError (::set_menu_opts (menu,opts)); + } + + inline int pad() const + { + return ::menu_pad(menu); + } + + inline void set_pad (int padch) + { + OnError (::set_menu_pad (menu, padch)); + } + + // Position the cursor to the current item + inline void position_cursor () const + { + OnError (::pos_menu_cursor (menu)); + } + + // Set the current item + inline void set_current(NCursesMenuItem& I) + { + OnError (::set_current_item(menu, I.item)); + } + + // Get the current top row of the menu + inline int top_row (void) const + { + return ::top_row (menu); + } + + // Set the current top row of the menu + inline void set_top_row (int row) + { + OnError (::set_top_row (menu, row)); + } + + // spacing control + // Set the spacing for the menu + inline void setSpacing(int spc_description, + int spc_rows, + int spc_columns) { + OnError(::set_menu_spacing(menu, + spc_description, + spc_rows, + spc_columns)); + } + + // Get the spacing info for the menu + inline void Spacing(int& spc_description, + int& spc_rows, + int& spc_columns) const { + OnError(::menu_spacing(menu, + &spc_description, + &spc_rows, + &spc_columns)); + } + + // Decorations + void frame(const char *title=NULL, const char* btitle=NULL) { + if (b_framed) + NCursesPanel::frame(title,btitle); + else + OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + } + + void boldframe(const char *title=NULL, const char* btitle=NULL) { + if (b_framed) + NCursesPanel::boldframe(title,btitle); + else + OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + } + + void label(const char *topLabel, const char *bottomLabel) { + if (b_framed) + NCursesPanel::label(topLabel,bottomLabel); + else + OnError(E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + } + + // ----- + // Hooks + // ----- + + // Called after the menu gets repositioned in its window. + // This is especially true if the menu is posted. + virtual void On_Menu_Init() + { + } + + // Called before the menu gets repositioned in its window. + // This is especially true if the menu is unposted. + virtual void On_Menu_Termination() + { + } + + // Called after the item became the current item + virtual void On_Item_Init(NCursesMenuItem& item) + { + } + + // Called before this item is left as current item. + virtual void On_Item_Termination(NCursesMenuItem& item) + { + } + + // Provide a default key virtualization. Translate the keyboard + // code c into a menu request code. + // The default implementation provides a hopefully straightforward + // mapping for the most common keystrokes and menu requests. + virtual int virtualize(int c); + + + // Operators + NCursesMenuItem& operator[](int i) const + { + if ( (i < 0) || (i >= ::item_count (menu)) ) + OnError (E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + return *(my_items[i]); + } + + // Perform the menu's operation + // Return the item where you left the selection mark. + virtual NCursesMenuItem& operator()(void); + + // -------------------- + // Exception handlers + // Called by operator() + // -------------------- + + // Called if the request is denied + virtual void On_Request_Denied(int c) const { + beep(); + } + + // Called if the item is not selectable + virtual void On_Not_Selectable(int c) const { + beep(); + } + + // Called if pattern doesn't match + virtual void On_No_Match(int c) const { + beep(); + } + + // Called if the command is unknown + virtual void On_Unknown_Command(int c) const { + beep(); + } +}; + + +// This is the typical C++ typesafe way to allow to attach +// user data to an item of a menu. Its assumed that the user +// data belongs to some class T. Use T as template argument +// to create a UserItem. +template class NCursesUserItem : public NCursesMenuItem +{ +public: + NCursesUserItem (const char* p_name = NULL, + const char* p_descript = NULL ) + : NCursesMenuItem (p_name, p_descript) + {}; + + NCursesUserItem (const T* p_UserData, + const char* p_name, + const char* p_descript = NULL ) + : NCursesMenuItem (p_name, p_descript) + { + if (item) + OnError (::set_item_userptr (item, (const void *)p_UserData)); + }; + + virtual ~NCursesUserItem() {}; + + const T* UserData (void) const + { + return (const T*)::item_userptr (item); + }; + + virtual void setUserData(const T* p_UserData) { + if (item) + OnError (::set_item_userptr (item, (const void *)p_UserData)); + } +}; + +// The same mechanism is used to attach user data to a menu +template class NCursesUserMenu : public NCursesMenu +{ +public: + NCursesUserMenu (NCursesMenuItem menu[]) + : NCursesMenu (menu) + {}; + + NCursesUserMenu (const T* p_UserData, + NCursesMenuItem menu[]) + : NCursesMenu (menu) + { + if (m) + set_user ((const void *)p_UserData); + }; + + NCursesUserMenu (const T* p_UserData, + NCursesMenuItem menu[], + int lines, + int cols, + int begin_y, + int begin_x, + bool with_frame=FALSE) + : NCursesMenu (menu, lines, cols, begin_y, begin_x, with_frame) + { + if (m) + set_user ((const void *)p_UserData); + }; + + virtual ~NCursesUserMenu() {}; + + const T* UserData (void) const + { + return (const T*)get_user (); + }; + + virtual void setUserData (const T* p_UserData) { + if (m) + set_user ((const void *)p_UserData); + } +}; + +#endif // _CURSESM_H diff --git a/c++/cursesp.cc b/c++/cursesp.cc new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb5506c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/c++/cursesp.cc @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +// * this is for making emacs happy: -*-Mode: C++;-*- +/* + written and + Copyright (C) 1993 by Anatoly Ivasyuk (anatoly@nick.csh.rit.edu) + + Modified by Juergen Pfeifer, April 1997 +*/ + +#include "internal.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: cursesp.cc,v 1.6 1997/05/04 01:02:08 tom Exp $") + +#pragma implementation +#include "cursesp.h" + +NCursesPanel::NCursesPanel(int lines, + int cols, + int begin_y, + int begin_x) + : NCursesWindow(lines, cols, begin_y, begin_x) { + + p = ::new_panel(w); + if (!p) + OnError(ERR); + + UserHook* hook = new UserHook; + hook->m_user = NULL; + hook->m_back = this; + hook->m_owner = p; + ::set_panel_userptr(p, (const void *)hook); +} + + +NCursesPanel::~NCursesPanel() { + UserHook* hook = (UserHook*)::panel_userptr(p); + assert(hook && hook->m_back==this && hook->m_owner==p); + delete hook; + ::del_panel(p); + ::update_panels(); + ::doupdate(); +} + +void +NCursesPanel::redraw() { + PANEL *pan; + + pan = ::panel_above(NULL); + while (pan) { + ::touchwin(panel_window(pan)); + pan = ::panel_above(pan); + } + ::update_panels(); + ::doupdate(); +} + +void +NCursesPanel::refresh() { + ::update_panels(); + ::doupdate(); +} + +void +NCursesPanel::boldframe(const char *title, const char* btitle) { + standout(); + frame(title, btitle); + standend(); +} + +void +NCursesPanel::frame(const char *title,const char *btitle) { + int err = OK; + if (!title && !btitle) { + err = box(); + } + else { + err = box(); + if (err==OK) + label(title,btitle); + } + OnError(err); +} + +void +NCursesPanel::label(const char *tLabel, const char *bLabel) { + if (tLabel) + centertext(0,tLabel); + if (bLabel) + centertext(maxy(),bLabel); +} + +void +NCursesPanel::centertext(int row,const char *label) { + if (label) + OnError(addstr(row,(maxx() - strlen(label)) / 2, label)); +} diff --git a/c++/cursesp.h b/c++/cursesp.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ea20aeb --- /dev/null +++ b/c++/cursesp.h @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +// * This makes emacs happy -*-Mode: C++;-*- +#ifndef _CURSESP_H +#define _CURSESP_H + +#include +#include + +extern "C" { +#include +#include +} + +class NCursesPanel : public NCursesWindow { + +protected: + PANEL *p; + +private: + // This structure is used for the panel's user data field to link the + // PANEL* to the C++ object and to provide extra space for a user pointer. + typedef struct { + const void* m_user; // the pointer for the user's data + const NCursesPanel* m_back; // backward pointer to C++ object + const PANEL* m_owner; // the panel itself + } UserHook; + +protected: + void set_user(const void *user) { + UserHook* uptr = (UserHook*)::panel_userptr (p); + assert (uptr && uptr->m_back==this && uptr->m_owner==p); + uptr->m_user = user; + } + + const void *get_user() { + UserHook* uptr = (UserHook*)::panel_userptr (p); + assert (uptr && uptr->m_back==this && uptr->m_owner==p); + return uptr->m_user; + } + + void OnError (int err) const THROWS((NCursesPanelException)) { + if (err != OK) + THROW(new NCursesPanelException (this, err)); + } + +public: + NCursesPanel(int lines = 0, + int cols = 0, + int begin_y = 0, + int begin_x = 0); + + virtual ~NCursesPanel(); + + // basic manipulation + inline void hide() { + OnError (::hide_panel(p)); + } + + inline void show() { + OnError (::show_panel(p)); + } + + inline void top() { + OnError (::top_panel(p)); + } + + inline void bottom() { + OnError (::bottom_panel(p)); + } + + inline void mvpan(int y, int x) { + OnError (::move_panel(p, y, x)); + } + + inline void mvwin(int y, int x) { + OnError (::move_panel(p, y, x)); + } + + inline bool hidden() const { + return ::panel_hidden (p); + } + + static void redraw(); // redraw all panels + static void refresh(); // update screen + + // decorations + virtual void frame(const char *title=NULL, const char* btitle=NULL); + virtual void boldframe(const char *title=NULL, const char* btitle=NULL); + virtual void label(const char *topLabel, const char *bottomLabel); + virtual void centertext(int row,const char *label); + +}; + + +/* We use templates to provide a typesafe mechanism to associate + * user data with a panel. A NCursesUserPanel is a panel + * associated with some user data of type T. + */ +template class NCursesUserPanel : public NCursesPanel +{ +public: + NCursesUserPanel (int lines = 0, + int cols = 0, + int begin_y = 0, + int begin_x = 0) + : NCursesPanel (lines, cols, begin_y, begin_x) { + }; + + NCursesUserPanel (const T* p_UserData, + int lines = 0, + int cols = 0, + int begin_y = 0, + int begin_x = 0) + : NCursesPanel (lines, cols, begin_y, begin_x) { + if (p) + set_user ((const void *)p_UserData); + }; + + virtual ~NCursesUserPanel() {}; + + const T* UserData (void) const { + return (const T*)get_user (); + }; + + virtual void setUserData (const T* p_UserData) { + if (p) + set_user ((const void *)p_UserData); + } +}; + +#endif // _CURSESP_H diff --git a/c++/cursesw.cc b/c++/cursesw.cc new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d1354425 --- /dev/null +++ b/c++/cursesw.cc @@ -0,0 +1,344 @@ +// * this is for making emacs happy: -*-Mode: C++;-*- + +/* + Copyright (C) 1989 Free Software Foundation + written by Eric Newton (newton@rocky.oswego.edu) + + This file is part of the GNU C++ Library. This library is free + software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of + the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free + Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your + option) any later version. This library is distributed in the hope + that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the + implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + + modified by Ulrich Drepper (drepper@karlsruhe.gmd.de) + and Anatoly Ivasyuk (anatoly@nick.csh.rit.edu) + + modified by Juergen Pfeifer (Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de) +*/ + +#include "internal.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: cursesw.cc,v 1.5 1997/05/05 20:04:59 tom Exp $") + +#pragma implementation + +#include "cursesw.h" + +#define COLORS_NEED_INITIALIZATION -1 +#define COLORS_NOT_INITIALIZED 0 +#define COLORS_MONOCHROME 1 +#define COLORS_ARE_REALLY_THERE 2 + + +// declare static variables for the class +int NCursesWindow::count = 0; + +int +NCursesWindow::scanw(const char* fmt, ...) +{ +#if defined(__GNUG__) + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + char buf[BUFSIZ]; + int result = wgetstr(w, buf); + if (result == OK) { + strstreambuf ss(buf, BUFSIZ); + result = ss.vscan(fmt, args); + } + va_end(args); + return result; +#else + return ERR; +#endif +} + + +int +NCursesWindow::scanw(int y, int x, const char* fmt, ...) +{ +#if defined(__GNUG__) + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + char buf[BUFSIZ]; + int result = wmove(w, y, x); + if (result == OK) { + result = wgetstr(w, buf); + if (result == OK) { + strstreambuf ss(buf, BUFSIZ); + result = ss.vscan(fmt, args); + } + } + va_end(args); + return result; +#else + return ERR; +#endif +} + + +int +NCursesWindow::printw(const char * fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + char buf[BUFSIZ]; + vsprintf(buf, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + return waddstr(w, buf); +} + + +int +NCursesWindow::printw(int y, int x, const char * fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + int result = wmove(w, y, x); + if (result == OK) { + char buf[BUFSIZ]; + vsprintf(buf, fmt, args); + result = waddstr(w, buf); + } + va_end(args); + return result; +} + + +void +NCursesWindow::init(void) +{ + noecho(); + cbreak(); + leaveok(0); + keypad(1); +} + +void +NCursesWindow::err_handler(const char *msg) const THROWS(NCursesException) +{ + THROW(new NCursesException(msg)); +} + +void +NCursesWindow::initialize() { + ::initscr(); + if (colorInitialized==COLORS_NEED_INITIALIZATION) { + colorInitialized=COLORS_NOT_INITIALIZED; + count++; + useColors(); + count--; + } +} + +NCursesWindow::NCursesWindow(int lines, int cols, int begin_y, int begin_x) +{ + if (count==0) + initialize(); + + w = ::newwin(lines, cols, begin_y, begin_x); + if (w == 0) { + err_handler("Cannot construct window"); + } + init(); + + alloced = 1; + subwins = par = sib = 0; + count++; +} + +NCursesWindow::NCursesWindow(WINDOW* &window) +{ + if (count==0) + initialize(); + + w = window; + init(); + alloced = 0; + subwins = par = sib = 0; + count++; +} + + +NCursesWindow::NCursesWindow(NCursesWindow& win, int l, int c, + int by, int bx, char absrel) +{ + if (absrel == 'r') { // relative origin + by += win.begy(); + bx += win.begx(); + } + + // Even though we treat subwindows as a tree, the standard curses + // library needs the `subwin' call to link to the root in + // order to correctly perform refreshes, etc. + + NCursesWindow* root = &win; + while (root->par != 0) root = root->par; + + w = subwin(root->w, l, c, by, bx); + if (w == 0) { + err_handler("Cannot construct subwindow"); + } + + par = &win; + sib = win.subwins; + win.subwins = this; + subwins = 0; + alloced = 1; + count++; +} + +bool +NCursesWindow::isDescendant(NCursesWindow& win) { + for (NCursesWindow* p = subwins; p != NULL; p = p->sib) { + if (p==&win) + return TRUE; + else { + if (p->isDescendant(win)) + return TRUE; + } + } + return FALSE; +} + +void +NCursesWindow::kill_subwindows() +{ + for (NCursesWindow* p = subwins; p != 0; p = p->sib) { + p->kill_subwindows(); + if (p->alloced) { + if (p->w != 0) + ::delwin(p->w); + p->alloced = 0; + } + p->w = 0; // cause a run-time error if anyone attempts to use... + } +} + + +NCursesWindow::~NCursesWindow() +{ + kill_subwindows(); + + if (par != 0) { // Snip us from the parent's list of subwindows. + NCursesWindow * win = par->subwins; + NCursesWindow * trail = 0; + for (;;) { + if (win == 0) + break; + else if (win == this) { + if (trail != 0) + trail->sib = win->sib; + else + par->subwins = win->sib; + break; + } else { + trail = win; + win = win->sib; + } + } + } + + if (alloced && w != 0) + delwin(w); + + --count; + if (count == 0) + endwin(); + else if (count < 0) { // cannot happen! + err_handler("Too many windows destroyed"); + } +} + +// --------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Color stuff +// +int NCursesWindow::colorInitialized = COLORS_NOT_INITIALIZED; + +void +NCursesWindow::useColors(void) +{ + if (colorInitialized == COLORS_NOT_INITIALIZED) { + if (count>0) { + if (has_colors()) { + start_color(); + colorInitialized = COLORS_ARE_REALLY_THERE; + } + else + colorInitialized = COLORS_MONOCHROME; + } + else + colorInitialized = COLORS_NEED_INITIALIZATION; + } +} + +short +NCursesWindow::getcolor(int getback) const +{ + short fore, back; + + if (colorInitialized==COLORS_ARE_REALLY_THERE) { + if (pair_content(PAIR_NUMBER(w->_attrs), &fore, &back)) + err_handler("Can't get color pair"); + } + else { + // Monochrome means white on black + back = COLOR_BLACK; + fore = COLOR_WHITE; + } + return getback ? back : fore; +} + +int NCursesWindow::NumberOfColors() +{ + if (colorInitialized==COLORS_ARE_REALLY_THERE) + return COLORS; + else + return 1; // monochrome (actually there are two ;-) +} + +short +NCursesWindow::getcolor() const +{ + if (colorInitialized==COLORS_ARE_REALLY_THERE) + return PAIR_NUMBER(w->_attrs); + else + return 0; // we only have pair zero +} + +int +NCursesWindow::setpalette(short fore, short back, short pair) +{ + if (colorInitialized==COLORS_ARE_REALLY_THERE) + return init_pair(pair, fore, back); + else + return OK; +} + +int +NCursesWindow::setpalette(short fore, short back) +{ + if (colorInitialized==COLORS_ARE_REALLY_THERE) + return setpalette(fore, back, PAIR_NUMBER(w->_attrs)); + else + return OK; +} + + +int +NCursesWindow::setcolor(short pair) +{ + if (colorInitialized==COLORS_ARE_REALLY_THERE) { + if ((pair < 1) || (pair > COLOR_PAIRS)) + err_handler("Can't set color pair"); + + attroff(A_COLOR); + attrset(COLOR_PAIR(pair)); + } + return OK; +} diff --git a/c++/cursesw.h b/c++/cursesw.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..41026f32 --- /dev/null +++ b/c++/cursesw.h @@ -0,0 +1,730 @@ +// * This makes emacs happy -*-Mode: C++;-*- +#ifndef _CURSESW_H +#define _CURSESW_H + +#include + +#pragma interface + +#include +#include + +#if defined(__GNUG__) +# if HAVE_BUILTIN_H +# define exception builtin_exception +# include +# undef exception +# endif +#else // #elif defined (__SUNPRO_CC) +# include +# include + extern "C" { unsigned sleep(int); } +#endif + +#if HAVE_VALUES_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include + +extern "C" { +# include +} + +/* SCO 3.2v4 curses.h includes term.h, which defines lines as a macro. + Undefine it here, because NCursesWindow uses lines as a method. */ +#undef lines + +/* "Convert" macros to inlines. We'll define it as another symbol to avoid + * conflict with library symbols. + */ +#undef UNDEF +#define UNDEF(name) CUR_ ##name + +#ifdef addch +inline int UNDEF(addch)(chtype ch) { return addch(ch); } +#undef addch +#define addch UNDEF(addch) +#endif + +#ifdef addstr +/* The (char*) cast is to hack around missing const's */ +inline int UNDEF(addstr)(const char * str) { return addstr((char*)str); } +#undef addstr +#define addstr UNDEF(addstr) +#endif + +#ifdef attron +inline int UNDEF(attron)(chtype at) { return attron(at); } +#undef attron +#define attron UNDEF(attron) +#endif + +#ifdef attroff +inline int UNDEF(attroff)(chtype at) { return attroff(at); } +#undef attroff +#define attroff UNDEF(attroff) +#endif + +#ifdef attrset +inline chtype UNDEF(attrset)(chtype at) { return attrset(at); } +#undef attrset +#define attrset UNDEF(attrset) +#endif + +#ifdef border +inline int UNDEF(border)(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br) +{ return border(ls,rs,ts,bs,tl,tr,bl,br); } +#undef border +#define border UNDEF(border) +#endif + +#ifdef box +inline int UNDEF(box)(WINDOW *win, int v, int h) { return box(win, v, h); } +#undef box +#define box UNDEF(box) +#endif + +#ifdef clear +inline int UNDEF(clear)() { return clear(); } +#undef clear +#define clear UNDEF(clear) +#endif + +#ifdef clearok +inline int UNDEF(clearok)(WINDOW* win, int bf) { return clearok(win, bf); } +#undef clearok +#define clearok UNDEF(clearok) +#else +extern "C" int clearok(WINDOW*, bool); +#endif + +#ifdef clrtobot +inline int UNDEF(clrtobot)() { return clrtobot(); } +#undef clrtobot +#define clrtobot UNDEF(clrtobot) +#endif + +#ifdef clrtoeol +inline int UNDEF(clrtoeol)() { return clrtoeol(); } +#undef clrtoeol +#define clrtoeol UNDEF(clrtoeol) +#endif + +#ifdef delch +inline int UNDEF(delch)() { return delch(); } +#undef delch +#define delch UNDEF(delch) +#endif + +#ifdef deleteln +inline int UNDEF(deleteln)() { return deleteln(); } +#undef deleteln +#define deleteln UNDEF(deleteln) +#endif + +#ifdef erase +inline int UNDEF(erase)() { return erase(); } +#undef erase +#define erase UNDEF(erase) +#endif + +#ifdef flushok +inline int UNDEF(flushok)(WINDOW* _win, int _bf) { return flushok(_win, _bf); } +#undef flushok +#define flushok UNDEF(flushok) +#else +#define _no_flushok +#endif + +#ifdef getch +inline int UNDEF(getch)() { return getch(); } +#undef getch +#define getch UNDEF(getch) +#endif + +#ifdef getstr +inline int UNDEF(getstr)(char *_str) { return getstr(_str); } +#undef getstr +#define getstr UNDEF(getstr) +#endif + +#ifdef getyx +inline void UNDEF(getyx)(WINDOW* win, int& y, int& x) { getyx(win, y, x); } +#undef getyx +#define getyx UNDEF(getyx) +#endif + +#ifdef getbegyx +inline void UNDEF(getbegyx)(WINDOW* win, int& y, int& x) { getbegyx(win, y, x); } +#undef getbegyx +#define getbegyx UNDEF(getbegyx) +#endif + +#ifdef getmaxyx +inline void UNDEF(getmaxyx)(WINDOW* win, int& y, int& x) { getmaxyx(win, y, x); } +#undef getmaxyx +#define getmaxyx UNDEF(getmaxyx) +#endif + +#ifdef hline +inline int UNDEF(hline)(chtype ch, int n) { return hline(ch, n); } +#undef hline +#define hline UNDEF(hline) +#endif + +#ifdef inch +inline int UNDEF(inch)() { return inch(); } +#undef inch +#define inch UNDEF(inch) +#endif + +#ifdef insch +inline int UNDEF(insch)(char c) { return insch(c); } +#undef insch +#define insch UNDEF(insch) +#endif + +#ifdef insertln +inline int UNDEF(insertln)() { return insertln(); } +#undef insertln +#define insertln UNDEF(insertln) +#endif + +#ifdef leaveok +inline int UNDEF(leaveok)(WINDOW* win, int bf) { return leaveok(win, bf); } +#undef leaveok +#define leaveok UNDEF(leaveok) +#else +extern "C" int leaveok(WINDOW* win, bool bf); +#endif + +#ifdef move +inline int UNDEF(move)(int x, int y) { return move(x, y); } +#undef move +#define move UNDEF(move) +#endif + +#ifdef refresh +inline int UNDEF(refresh)() { return refresh(); } +#undef refresh +#define refresh UNDEF(refresh) +#endif + +#ifdef scrl +inline int UNDEF(scrl)(int l) { return scrl(l); } +#undef scrl +#define scrl UNDEF(scrl) +#endif + +#ifdef scroll +inline int UNDEF(scroll)(WINDOW *win) { return scroll(win); } +#undef scroll +#define scroll UNDEF(scroll) +#endif + +#ifdef scrollok +inline int UNDEF(scrollok)(WINDOW* win, int bf) { return scrollok(win, bf); } +#undef scrollok +#define scrollok UNDEF(scrollok) +#else +#if defined(__NCURSES_H) +extern "C" int scrollok(WINDOW*, bool); +#else +extern "C" int scrollok(WINDOW*, char); +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef setscrreg +inline int UNDEF(setscrreg)(int t, int b) { return setscrreg(t, b); } +#undef setscrreg +#define setscrreg UNDEF(setscrreg) +#endif + +#ifdef standend +inline int UNDEF(standend)() { return standend(); } +#undef standend +#define standend UNDEF(standend) +#endif + +#ifdef standout +inline int UNDEF(standout)() { return standout(); } +#undef standout +#define standout UNDEF(standout) +#endif + +#ifdef subpad +inline WINDOW *UNDEF(subpad)(WINDOW *p, int l, int c, int y, int x) +{ return derwin(p,l,c,y,x); } +#undef subpad +#define subpad UNDEF(subpad) +#endif + +#ifdef timeout +inline int UNDEF(timeout)(int delay) { return timeout(delay); } +#undef timeout +#define timeout UNDEF(timeout) +#endif + +#ifdef touchline +inline int UNDEF(touchline)(WINDOW *win, int s, int c) +{ return touchline(win,s,c); } +#undef touchline +#define touchline UNDEF(touchline) +#endif + +#ifdef touchwin +inline int UNDEF(touchwin)(WINDOW *win) { return touchwin(win); } +#undef touchwin +#define touchwin UNDEF(touchwin) +#endif + +#ifdef untouchwin +inline int UNDEF(untouchwin)(WINDOW *win) { return untouchwin(win); } +#undef untouchwin +#define untouchwin UNDEF(untouchwin) +#endif + +#ifdef vline +inline int UNDEF(vline)(chtype ch, int n) { return vline(ch, n); } +#undef vline +#define vline UNDEF(vline) +#endif + +#ifdef waddstr +inline int UNDEF(waddstr)(WINDOW *win, char *str) { return waddstr(win, str); } +#undef waddstr +#define waddstr UNDEF(waddstr) +#endif + +#ifdef waddchstr +inline int UNDEF(waddchstr)(WINDOW *win, chtype *at) { return waddchstr(win, at); } +#undef waddchstr +#define waddchstr UNDEF(waddchstr) +#endif + +#ifdef wstandend +inline int UNDEF(wstandend)(WINDOW *win) { return wstandend(win); } +#undef wstandend +#define wstandend UNDEF(wstandend) +#endif + +#ifdef wstandout +inline int UNDEF(wstandout)(WINDOW *win) { return wstandout(win); } +#undef wstandout +#define wstandout UNDEF(wstandout) +#endif + +#ifdef wattroff +inline int UNDEF(wattroff)(WINDOW *win, int att) { return wattroff(win, att); } +#undef wattroff +#define wattroff UNDEF(wattroff) +#endif + +#ifdef wattrset +inline int UNDEF(wattrset)(WINDOW *win, int att) { return wattrset(win, att); } +#undef wattrset +#define wattrset UNDEF(wattrset) +#endif + +#ifdef winch +inline chtype UNDEF(winch)(WINDOW* win) { return winch(win); } +#undef winch +#define winch UNDEF(winch) +#endif + +#ifdef mvwaddch +inline int UNDEF(mvwaddch)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch) +{ return mvwaddch(win, y, x, ch); } +#undef mvwaddch +#define mvwaddch UNDEF(mvwaddch) +#endif + +#ifdef mvwaddchnstr +inline int UNDEF(mvwaddchnstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *str, int n) +{ return mvwaddchnstr(win, y, x, str, n); } +#undef mvwaddchnstr +#define mvwaddchnstr UNDEF(mvwaddchnstr) +#endif + +#ifdef mvwaddchstr +inline int UNDEF(mvwaddchstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *str) +{ return mvwaddchstr(win, y, x, str); } +#undef mvwaddchstr +#define mvwaddchstr UNDEF(mvwaddchstr) +#endif + +#ifdef mvwaddnstr +inline int UNDEF(mvwaddnstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n) +{ return mvwaddnstr(win, y, x, (char*)str, n); } +#undef mvwaddnstr +#define mvwaddnstr UNDEF(mvwaddnstr) +#endif + +#ifdef mvwaddstr +inline int UNDEF(mvwaddstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char * str) +{ return mvwaddstr(win, y, x, (char*)str); } +#undef mvwaddstr +#define mvwaddstr UNDEF(mvwaddstr) +#endif + +#ifdef mvwdelch +inline int UNDEF(mvwdelch)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) +{ return mvwdelch(win, y, x); } +#undef mvwdelch +#define mvwdelch UNDEF(mvwdelch) +#endif + +#ifdef mvwgetch +inline int UNDEF(mvwgetch)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) { return mvwgetch(win, y, x);} +#undef mvwgetch +#define mvwgetch UNDEF(mvwgetch) +#endif + +#ifdef mvwgetstr +inline int UNDEF(mvwgetstr)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str) +{return mvwgetstr(win,y,x, str);} +#undef mvwgetstr +#define mvwgetstr UNDEF(mvwgetstr) +#endif + +#ifdef mvwinch +inline int UNDEF(mvwinch)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) { return mvwinch(win, y, x);} +#undef mvwinch +#define mvwinch UNDEF(mvwinch) +#endif + +#ifdef mvwinsch +inline int UNDEF(mvwinsch)(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char c) +{ return mvwinsch(win, y, x, c); } +#undef mvwinsch +#define mvwinsch UNDEF(mvwinsch) +#endif + +#ifdef mvaddch +inline int UNDEF(mvaddch)(int y, int x, chtype ch) +{ return mvaddch(y, x, ch); } +#undef mvaddch +#define mvaddch UNDEF(mvaddch) +#endif + +#ifdef mvaddnstr +inline int UNDEF(mvaddnstr)(int y, int x, const char *str, int n) +{ return mvaddnstr(y, x, (char*)str, n); } +#undef mvaddnstr +#define mvaddnstr UNDEF(mvaddnstr) +#endif + +#ifdef mvaddstr +inline int UNDEF(mvaddstr)(int y, int x, const char * str) +{ return mvaddstr(y, x, (char*)str); } +#undef mvaddstr +#define mvaddstr UNDEF(mvaddstr) +#endif + +#ifdef mvdelch +inline int UNDEF(mvdelch)(int y, int x) { return mvdelch(y, x);} +#undef mvdelch +#define mvdelch UNDEF(mvdelch) +#endif + +#ifdef mvgetch +inline int UNDEF(mvgetch)(int y, int x) { return mvgetch(y, x);} +#undef mvgetch +#define mvgetch UNDEF(mvgetch) +#endif + +#ifdef mvgetstr +inline int UNDEF(mvgetstr)(int y, int x, char *str) {return mvgetstr(y, x, str);} +#undef mvgetstr +#define mvgetstr UNDEF(mvgetstr) +#endif + +#ifdef mvinch +inline int UNDEF(mvinch)(int y, int x) { return mvinch(y, x);} +#undef mvinch +#define mvinch UNDEF(mvinch) +#endif + +#ifdef mvinsch +inline int UNDEF(mvinsch)(int y, int x, char c) +{ return mvinsch(y, x, c); } +#undef mvinsch +#define mvinsch UNDEF(mvinsch) +#endif + +#ifdef napms +inline void UNDEF(napms)(unsigned long x) { napms(x); } +#undef napms +#define napms UNDEF(napms) +#endif + +#ifdef fixterm +inline int UNDEF(fixterm)(void) { return fixterm(); } +#undef fixterm +#define fixterm UNDEF(fixterm) +#endif + +#ifdef resetterm +inline int UNDEF(resetterm)(void) { return resetterm(); } +#undef resetterm +#define resetterm UNDEF(resetterm) +#endif + +#ifdef saveterm +inline int UNDEF(saveterm)(void) { return saveterm(); } +#undef saveterm +#define saveterm UNDEF(saveterm) +#endif + +#ifdef crmode +inline int UNDEF(crmode)(void) { return crmode(); } +#undef crmode +#define crmode UNDEF(crmode) +#endif + +#ifdef nocrmode +inline int UNDEF(nocrmode)(void) { return nocrmode(); } +#undef nocrmode +#define nocrmode UNDEF(nocrmode) +#endif + +/* + * + * C++ class for windows. + * + * + */ + +class NCursesWindow +{ + friend class NCursesMenu; friend class NCursesForm; + +private: + static void initialize(); + void init(); + void err_handler(const char *) const THROWS(NCursesException); + + short getcolor(int getback) const; + + static int setpalette(short fore, short back, short pair); + static int colorInitialized; + +protected: + static int count; // count of all active windows: + // We rely on the c++ promise that + // all otherwise uninitialized + // static class vars are set to 0 + + WINDOW * w; // the curses WINDOW + + int alloced; // true if we own the WINDOW + + NCursesWindow* par; // parent, if subwindow + NCursesWindow* subwins; // head of subwindows list + NCursesWindow* sib; // next subwindow of parent + + void kill_subwindows(); // disable all subwindows + +public: + NCursesWindow(WINDOW* &window); // useful only for stdscr + + NCursesWindow(int lines, // number of lines + int cols, // number of columns + int begin_y, // line origin + int begin_x); // col origin + + NCursesWindow(NCursesWindow& par,// parent window + int lines, // number of lines + int cols, // number of columns + int by, // absolute or relative + int bx, // origins: + char absrel = 'a');// if `a', by & bx are + // absolute screen pos, + // else if `r', they are + // relative to par origin + virtual ~NCursesWindow(); + + static void useColors(void); + // Call this routine very early if you want to have colors. + + // terminal status + int lines() const { return LINES; } + // number of lines on terminal, *not* window + int cols() const { return COLS; } + // number of cols on terminal, *not* window + static int NumberOfColors(); + // number of available colors + int colors() const { return NumberOfColors(); } + // number of available colors + + // window status + int height() const { return maxy() + 1; } + // number of lines in this window + int width() const { return maxx() + 1; } + // number of cols in this window + int begx() const { return w->_begx; } + // smallest x coord in window + int begy() const { return w->_begy; } + // smallest y coord in window + int maxx() const { return w->_maxx; } + // largest x coord in window + int maxy() const { return w->_maxy; } + // largest x coord in window + short getcolor() const; + // actual color pair + short foreground() const { return getcolor(0); } + // actual foreground color + short background() const { return getcolor(1); } + // actual background color + int setpalette(short fore, short back); + // set color palette entry + int setcolor(short pair); + // set actually used palette entry + + // window positioning + int move(int y, int x) { return ::wmove(w, y, x); } + + // coordinate positioning + void getyx(int& y, int& x) { ::getyx(w, y, x); } + int mvcur(int sy, int ey, int sx, int ex) { + return ::mvcur(sy, ey, sx, ex); } + + // input + int getch() { return ::wgetch(w); } + int getch(int y, int x) { + return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR : ::wgetch(w); } + int getstr(char* str) { return ::wgetstr(w, str); } + int getstr(int y, int x, char* str) { + return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR : ::wgetstr(w, str); } + int scanw(const char*, ...) +#if __GNUG__ >= 2 + __attribute__ ((format (scanf, 2, 3))); +#else + ; +#endif + int scanw(int, int, const char*, ...) +#if __GNUG__ >= 2 + __attribute__ ((format (scanf, 4, 5))); +#else + ; +#endif + + // output + int addch(const chtype ch) { return ::waddch(w, ch); } + int addch(int y, int x, chtype ch) { + return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR : ::waddch(w, ch); } + int addstr(const char* str) { return ::waddstr(w, (char*)str); } + int addstr(int y, int x, const char * str) { + return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR : ::waddstr(w, (char*)str); } + int printw(const char* fmt, ...) +#if __GNUG__ >= 2 + __attribute__ ((format (printf, 2, 3))); +#else + ; +#endif + int printw(int y, int x, const char * fmt, ...) +#if __GNUG__ >= 2 + __attribute__ ((format (printf, 4, 5))); +#else + ; +#endif + int inch() { return ::winch(w); } + int inch(int y, int x) { + return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR : (int) ::winch(w); } + int insch(chtype ch) { return ::winsch(w, ch); } + int insch(int y, int x, chtype ch) { + return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR : ::winsch(w, ch); } + int insertln() { return ::winsertln(w); } + int attron(chtype at) { return ::wattron(w, at); } + int attroff(chtype at) { return ::wattroff(w, at); } + int attrset(chtype at) { return ::wattrset(w, at); } + + // borders + int box(chtype vert=0, chtype hor=0) { return ::box(w, vert, hor); } + + // lines and boxes + int hline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int len) { + return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR: ::whline(w, ch, len); } + int hline(int y, int x, int len) { + return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR: ::whline(w, 0, len); } + int hline(chtype ch, int len) { return ::whline(w, ch, len); } + int hline(int len) { return ::whline(w, 0, len); } + int vline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int len) { + return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR: ::wvline(w, ch, len); } + int vline(int y, int x, int len) { + return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR: ::wvline(w, 0, len); } + int vline(chtype ch, int len) { return ::wvline(w, ch, len); } + int vline(int len) { return ::wvline(w, 0, len); } + + // erasure + int erase() { return ::werase(w); } + int clear() { return ::wclear(w); } + int clearok(int bf) { return ::clearok(w, bf); } + int clrtobot() { return ::wclrtobot(w); } + int clrtoeol() { return ::wclrtoeol(w); } + int delch() { return ::wdelch(w); } + int delch(int y, int x) { + return (::wmove(w, y, x)==ERR) ? ERR : ::wdelch(w); } + int deleteln() { return ::wdeleteln(w); } + + // screen control + int scroll() { return ::scroll(w); } + int scrollok(int bf) { return ::scrollok(w, bf); } + int idlok(int bf) { return ::idlok(w, bf); } + int touchwin() { return ::touchwin(w); } + int refresh() { return ::wrefresh(w); } + int leaveok(int bf) { return ::leaveok(w, bf); } + int noutrefresh() { return ::wnoutrefresh(w); } + int doupdate() { return ::doupdate(); } +#ifndef _no_flushok + int flushok(int bf) { return ::flushok(w, bf); } +#endif + int keypad(int bf) { return ::keypad(w, bf); } + int standout() { return ::wstandout(w); } + int standend() { return ::wstandend(w); } + + // multiple window control + int overlay(NCursesWindow &win) { + return ::overlay(w, win.w); } + int overwrite(NCursesWindow &win) { + return ::overwrite(w, win.w); } + + + // traversal support + NCursesWindow* child() { return subwins; } + NCursesWindow* sibling() { return sib; } + NCursesWindow* parent() { return par; } + + // True if win is a child of this window. + bool isDescendant(NCursesWindow& win); +}; + + +// We leave this here for compatibility reasons. +class NCursesColorWindow : public NCursesWindow { +public: + NCursesColorWindow(WINDOW* &window) // useful only for stdscr + : NCursesWindow(window) { + useColors(); } + + NCursesColorWindow(int lines, // number of lines + int cols, // number of columns + int begin_y, // line origin + int begin_x) // col origin + : NCursesWindow(lines,cols,begin_y,begin_x) { + useColors(); } + + NCursesColorWindow(NCursesWindow& par,// parent window + int lines, // number of lines + int cols, // number of columns + int by, // absolute or relative + int bx, // origins: + char absrel = 'a') // if `a', by & bx are + : NCursesWindow(par,lines,cols, // absolute screen pos, + by,bx) { // else if `r', they are + useColors(); } // relative to par origin +}; + +#endif // _CURSESW_H diff --git a/c++/demo.cc b/c++/demo.cc new file mode 100644 index 00000000..29b60fd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/c++/demo.cc @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +/* + * Silly demo program for the NCursesPanel class. + * + * written by Anatoly Ivasyuk (anatoly@nick.csh.rit.edu) + * + * $Id: demo.cc,v 1.7 1997/05/05 20:53:41 tom Exp $ + */ + +#include + +#include "cursesm.h" + +#if HAVE_LIBC_H +# include +#endif + +class SillyDemo +{ + public: + void run(int sleeptime) { + // We need to define a full screen panel for the main screen so + // that when redraws happen, the main screen actually gets redrawn. + // I think there may be a bug in the panels code which won't redraw + // the main screen otherwise. Maybe someone out there can find it... + + NCursesPanel *std = new NCursesPanel(); + + // Make a few small demo panels + + NCursesPanel *u = new NCursesPanel(10,20,12,4); + NCursesPanel *v = new NCursesPanel(10,20,10,6); + NCursesPanel *w = new NCursesPanel(10,20,8,8); + NCursesPanel *x = new NCursesPanel(10,20,6,10); + NCursesPanel *y = new NCursesPanel(10,20,4,12); + NCursesPanel *z = new NCursesPanel(10,30,2,14); + + // Draw something on the main screen, so we can see what happens + // when panels get moved or deleted. + + std->box(); + std->move(10,0); + std->hline('a',79); + std->move(0,40); + std->vline(20); + + // Draw frames with titles around panels so that we can see where + // the panels are located. + + u->boldframe("Win U"); + v->frame("Win V"); + w->boldframe("Win W"); + x->frame("Win X"); + y->boldframe("Win Y"); + z->frame("Win Z"); + + // A refresh to any valid panel updates all panels and refreshes + // the screen. Using std is just convenient - We know it's always + // valid until the end of the program. + + std->refresh(); + + // Show that things actually come back correctly when the screen + // is cleared and the global NCursesPanel::redraw() is called. + + sleep(sleeptime); + ::clear(); // call ncurses clear() directly + ::wrefresh(stdscr); // call ncurses refresh directly + sleep(sleeptime); + NCursesPanel::redraw(); + + // Show what happens when panels are deleted and moved. + + sleep(sleeptime); + delete u; + std->refresh(); + + sleep(sleeptime); + delete z; + std->refresh(); + + sleep(sleeptime); + delete v; + std->refresh(); + + // show how it looks when a panel moves + sleep(sleeptime); + y->mvpan(5,30); + std->refresh(); + + sleep(sleeptime); + delete y; + std->refresh(); + + // show how it looks when you raise a panel + sleep(sleeptime); + w->top(); + std->refresh(); + + sleep(sleeptime); + delete w; + std->refresh(); + + sleep(sleeptime); + delete x; + std->refresh(); + + // Don't forget to clean up the main screen. Since this is the + // last thing using NCursesWindow, this has the effect of + // shutting down ncurses and restoring the terminal state. + + sleep(sleeptime); + delete std; + } +}; + + +class UserData +{ +private: + int u; +public: + UserData(int x) : u(x) {} + int sleeptime() const { return u; } + +}; + +template class MyAction : public NCursesUserItem +{ +public: + MyAction (const T* p_UserData, + const char* p_name) + : NCursesUserItem(p_UserData, p_name) + {}; + + ~MyAction() {} + + bool action() { + SillyDemo a; + a.run(UserData()->sleeptime()); + return FALSE; + } +}; + +class QuitItem : public NCursesMenuItem +{ +public: + QuitItem() : NCursesMenuItem("Quit") { + } + + bool action() { + endwin(); + return TRUE; + } +}; + +class MyMenu : public NCursesMenu +{ +private: + NCursesPanel* P; + +public: + MyMenu (NCursesMenuItem* menu[]) + : NCursesMenu (menu, 7, 8, 2, 2, TRUE) + { + if (NCursesWindow::NumberOfColors() > 2) { + setcolor(1); + setpalette(COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_BLUE); + } + + P = new NCursesPanel(1,COLS,LINES-1,0); + boldframe("Demo","Silly"); + P->show(); + } + + ~MyMenu() + { + P->hide(); + delete P; + } + + virtual void On_Menu_Init() + { + P->move(0,0); + P->clrtoeol(); + P->addstr("12345"); + NCursesPanel::refresh(); + } + + virtual void On_Menu_Termination() + { + P->move(0,0); + P->clrtoeol(); + P->addstr("Menu Exit"); + NCursesPanel::refresh(); + } + + virtual void On_Item_Init(NCursesMenuItem& item) + { + P->move(0,item.index()); + P->attron(A_REVERSE); + P->printw("%1d",1+item.index()); + P->attroff(A_REVERSE); + NCursesPanel::refresh(); + } + + virtual void On_Item_Termination(NCursesMenuItem& item) + { + P->move(0,item.index()); + P->attroff(A_REVERSE); + P->printw("%1d",1+item.index()); + NCursesPanel::refresh(); + } +}; + +main() +{ + UserData* u = new UserData(1); + + NCursesWindow::useColors(); + + NCursesMenuItem** I = new NCursesMenuItem*[6]; + I[0] = new NCursesMenuItem("One"); + I[1] = new NCursesMenuItem("Two"); + I[2] = new MyAction (u, "Silly"); + I[3] = new NCursesMenuItem("Four"); + I[4] = new QuitItem(); + I[5] = new NCursesMenuItem(); + + MyMenu m(I); + + m(); + + for(int i=0; i < 6; i++) { + delete I[i]; + } + delete I; + delete u; + + exit(0); +} diff --git a/c++/etip.h b/c++/etip.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82fb7710 --- /dev/null +++ b/c++/etip.h @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +#ifndef _ETIP_H +#define _ETIP_H + +#ifdef __GNUG__ +#if HAVE_TYPEINFO +# include +#endif +#endif + +#include + +// Forward Declarations +class NCursesPanel; +class NCursesMenu; +class NCursesForm; + +class NCursesException +{ +public: + int errorno; + const char *message; + + NCursesException (const char* msg, int err) + : message(msg), errorno (err) + {}; + + NCursesException (const char* msg) + : message(msg), errorno (E_SYSTEM_ERROR) + {}; + + virtual const char *classname() const { + return "NCursesWindow"; + } +}; + +class NCursesPanelException : public NCursesException +{ +public: + const NCursesPanel* p; + + NCursesPanelException (const char *msg, int err) : + NCursesException (msg, err), + p ((NCursesPanel*)0) + {}; + + NCursesPanelException (const NCursesPanel* panel, + const char *msg, + int err) : + NCursesException (msg, err), + p (panel) + {}; + + NCursesPanelException (int err) : + NCursesException ("panel library error", err), + p ((NCursesPanel*)0) + {}; + + NCursesPanelException (const NCursesPanel* panel, + int err) : + NCursesException ("panel library error", err), + p (panel) + {}; + + virtual const char *classname() const { + return "NCursesPanel"; + } + +}; + +class NCursesMenuException : public NCursesException +{ +public: + const NCursesMenu* m; + + NCursesMenuException (const char *msg, int err) : + NCursesException (msg, err), + m ((NCursesMenu *)0) + {}; + + NCursesMenuException (const NCursesMenu* menu, + const char *msg, + int err) : + NCursesException (msg, err), + m (menu) + {}; + + NCursesMenuException (int err) : + NCursesException ("menu library error", err), + m ((NCursesMenu *)0) + {}; + + NCursesMenuException (const NCursesMenu* menu, + int err) : + NCursesException ("menu library error", err), + m (menu) + {}; + + virtual const char *classname() const { + return "NCursesMenu"; + } + +}; + +class NCursesFormException : public NCursesException +{ +public: + const NCursesForm* f; + + NCursesFormException (const char *msg, int err) : + NCursesException (msg, err), + f ((NCursesForm*)0) + {}; + + NCursesFormException (const NCursesForm* form, + const char *msg, + int err) : + NCursesException (msg, err), + f (form) + {}; + + NCursesFormException (int err) : + NCursesException ("form library error", err), + f ((NCursesForm*)0) + {}; + + NCursesFormException (const NCursesForm* form, + int err) : + NCursesException ("form library error", err), + f (form) + {}; + + virtual const char *classname() const { + return "NCursesForm"; + } + +}; + +inline void THROW(const NCursesException *e) { +#if defined(__GNUG__) + (*lib_error_handler)(e?e->classname():"",e?e->message:""); +#else // #elif defined(__SUNPRO_CC) + genericerror(1, ((e != 0) ? (char *)(e->message) : "")); +#endif +} + +#define THROWS(s) + +#endif diff --git a/c++/internal.h b/c++/internal.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a2df9f61 --- /dev/null +++ b/c++/internal.h @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#ifndef CPLUS_INTERNAL_H +#define CPLUS_INTERNAL_H 1 + +#include + +#ifdef USE_RCS_IDS +#define MODULE_ID(id) static const char Ident[] = id; +#else +#define MODULE_ID(id) /*nothing*/ +#endif + +#define CTRL(x) ((x) & 0x1f) + +#endif diff --git a/c++/modules b/c++/modules new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3d21ec02 --- /dev/null +++ b/c++/modules @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# Program modules +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1995 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +cursesm c++ $(srcdir) $(srcdir)/cursesm.h $(srcdir)/cursesp.h $(srcdir)/cursesw.h $(srcdir)/etip.h +cursesp c++ $(srcdir) $(srcdir)/cursesp.h $(srcdir)/cursesw.h $(srcdir)/etip.h +cursesw c++ $(srcdir) $(srcdir)/cursesw.h $(srcdir)/etip.h +demo c++ $(srcdir) $(srcdir)/cursesp.h $(srcdir)/cursesw.h $(srcdir)/etip.h diff --git a/configure b/configure new file mode 100755 index 00000000..c494a667 --- /dev/null +++ b/configure @@ -0,0 +1,4829 @@ +#! /bin/sh + +# From configure.in Revision: 1.64 + + +# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. +# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12.970309 +# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. + +# Defaults: +ac_help= +ac_default_prefix=/usr/local +# Any additions from configure.in: +ac_help="$ac_help + --enable-add-ons=DIR... used to check if we are a glibc add-on." +ac_help="$ac_help + --without-cxx suppress check for C++" +ac_help="$ac_help + --with-install-prefix prefixes actual install-location" +ac_help="$ac_help + --with-shared generate shared-libraries" +ac_help="$ac_help + --with-normal generate normal-libraries (default)" +ac_help="$ac_help + --with-debug generate debug-libraries (default)" +ac_help="$ac_help + --with-profile generate profile-libraries" +ac_help="$ac_help + --with-dbmalloc test: use Conor Cahill's dbmalloc library" +ac_help="$ac_help + --with-dmalloc test: use Gray Watson's dmalloc library" +ac_help="$ac_help + --with-gpm use Alessandro Rubini's GPM library" +ac_help="$ac_help + --disable-overwrite leave out the link to -lcurses" +ac_help="$ac_help + --enable-big-core assume machine has lots of memory" +ac_help="$ac_help + --enable-termcap compile in termcap fallback support" +ac_help="$ac_help + --enable-getcap fast termcap load, no xrefs to terminfo" +ac_help="$ac_help + --enable-getcap-cache cache translated termcaps in ~/.terminfo" +ac_help="$ac_help + --enable-symlinks make tic use symbolic links not hard links" +ac_help="$ac_help + --enable-bsdpad recognize BSD-style prefix padding" +ac_help="$ac_help + --enable-const compile with extra/non-standard const" +ac_help="$ac_help + --with-rcs-ids build: compile-in RCS identifiers" +ac_help="$ac_help + --enable-echo build: display \"compiling\" commands (default)" +ac_help="$ac_help + --enable-warnings build: turn on GCC compiler warnings" +ac_help="$ac_help + --enable-assertions test: turn on generation of assertion code" +ac_help="$ac_help + --disable-leaks test: suppress permanent memory-leaks" +ac_help="$ac_help + --enable-expanded test: generate functions for certain macros" +ac_help="$ac_help + --disable-macros test: use functions rather than macros" + +# Initialize some variables set by options. +# The variables have the same names as the options, with +# dashes changed to underlines. +build=NONE +cache_file=./config.cache +exec_prefix=NONE +host=NONE +no_create= +nonopt=NONE +no_recursion= +prefix=NONE +program_prefix=NONE +program_suffix=NONE +program_transform_name=s,x,x, +silent= +site= +srcdir= +target=NONE +verbose= +x_includes=NONE +x_libraries=NONE +bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' +sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' +libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' +datadir='${prefix}/share' +sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' +sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' +localstatedir='${prefix}/var' +libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' +includedir='${prefix}/include' +oldincludedir='/usr/include' +infodir='${prefix}/info' +mandir='${prefix}/man' + +# Initialize some other variables. +subdirs= +MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS= +# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document. +ac_max_here_lines=12 + +ac_prev= +for ac_option +do + + # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. + if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option" + ac_prev= + continue + fi + + case "$ac_option" in + -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;; + *) ac_optarg= ;; + esac + + # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. + + case "$ac_option" in + + -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) + ac_prev=bindir ;; + -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) + bindir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) + ac_prev=build ;; + -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) + build="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ + | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) + ac_prev=cache_file ;; + -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ + | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) + cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da) + ac_prev=datadir ;; + -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \ + | --da=*) + datadir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -disable-* | --disable-*) + ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` + eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;; + + -enable-* | --enable-*) + ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` + case "$ac_option" in + *=*) ;; + *) ac_optarg=yes ;; + esac + eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;; + + -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ + | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ + | --exec | --exe | --ex) + ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; + -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ + | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ + | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) + exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) + # Obsolete; use --with-gas. + with_gas=yes ;; + + -help | --help | --hel | --he) + # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. + # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. + cat << EOF +Usage: configure [options] [host] +Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions] +Configuration: + --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE + --help print this message + --no-create do not create output files + --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages + --version print the version of autoconf that created configure +Directory and file names: + --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX + [$ac_default_prefix] + --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX + [same as prefix] + --bindir=DIR user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin] + --sbindir=DIR system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin] + --libexecdir=DIR program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec] + --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data in DIR + [PREFIX/share] + --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc] + --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR + [PREFIX/com] + --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var] + --libdir=DIR object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib] + --includedir=DIR C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include] + --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include] + --infodir=DIR info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info] + --mandir=DIR man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man] + --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..] + --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names + --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names + --program-transform-name=PROGRAM + run sed PROGRAM on installed program names +EOF + cat << EOF +Host type: + --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST] + --host=HOST configure for HOST [guessed] + --target=TARGET configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST] +Features and packages: + --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) + --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] + --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] + --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) + --x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR + --x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR +EOF + if test -n "$ac_help"; then + echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help" + fi + exit 0 ;; + + -host | --host | --hos | --ho) + ac_prev=host ;; + -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) + host="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ + | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) + ac_prev=includedir ;; + -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ + | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) + includedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) + ac_prev=infodir ;; + -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) + infodir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) + ac_prev=libdir ;; + -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) + libdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ + | --libexe | --libex | --libe) + ac_prev=libexecdir ;; + -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ + | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) + libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ + | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \ + | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo) + ac_prev=localstatedir ;; + -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ + | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \ + | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*) + localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) + ac_prev=mandir ;; + -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) + mandir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -nfp | --nfp | --nf) + # Obsolete; use --without-fp. + with_fp=no ;; + + -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ + | --no-cr | --no-c) + no_create=yes ;; + + -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ + | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) + no_recursion=yes ;; + + -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ + | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ + | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) + ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; + -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ + | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ + | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) + oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) + ac_prev=prefix ;; + -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) + prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ + | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) + ac_prev=program_prefix ;; + -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ + | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) + program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ + | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) + ac_prev=program_suffix ;; + -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ + | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) + program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ + | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ + | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ + | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ + | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ + | --program-trans | --program-tran \ + | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) + ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; + -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ + | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ + | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ + | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ + | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ + | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ + | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) + program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) + silent=yes ;; + + -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) + ac_prev=sbindir ;; + -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ + | --sbi=* | --sb=*) + sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ + | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ + | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ + | --sha | --sh) + ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; + -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ + | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ + | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ + | --sha=* | --sh=*) + sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -site | --site | --sit) + ac_prev=site ;; + -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) + site="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) + ac_prev=srcdir ;; + -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) + srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ + | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) + ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; + -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ + | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) + sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) + ac_prev=target ;; + -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) + target="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) + verbose=yes ;; + + -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers) + echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12.970309" + exit 0 ;; + + -with-* | --with-*) + ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` + case "$ac_option" in + *=*) ;; + *) ac_optarg=yes ;; + esac + eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;; + + -without-* | --without-*) + ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` + eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;; + + --x) + # Obsolete; use --with-x. + with_x=yes ;; + + -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ + | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) + ac_prev=x_includes ;; + -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ + | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) + x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ + | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) + ac_prev=x_libraries ;; + -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ + | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) + x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; } + ;; + + *) + if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then + echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2 + fi + if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then + { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + nonopt="$ac_option" + ;; + + esac +done + +if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi + +trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +# File descriptor usage: +# 0 standard input +# 1 file creation +# 2 errors and warnings +# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty +# 4 used on the Kubota Titan +# 6 checking for... messages and results +# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log +if test "$silent" = yes; then + exec 6>/dev/null +else + exec 6>&1 +fi +exec 5>./config.log + +echo "\ +This file contains any messages produced by compilers while +running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. +" 1>&5 + +# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. +# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters. +ac_configure_args= +for ac_arg +do + case "$ac_arg" in + -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ + | --no-cr | --no-c) ;; + -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ + | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;; + *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*) + ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;; + *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;; + esac +done + +# NLS nuisances. +# Only set these to C if already set. These must not be set unconditionally +# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO). +# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'! +# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check. +if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi +if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi +if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi +if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}" = set; then LC_CTYPE=C; export LC_CTYPE; fi + +# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. +rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h +# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline. +echo > confdefs.h + +# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that +# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct. +ac_unique_file=ncurses/lib_initscr.c + +# Find the source files, if location was not specified. +if test -z "$srcdir"; then + ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes + # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent. + ac_prog=$0 + ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=. + srcdir=$ac_confdir + if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then + srcdir=.. + fi +else + ac_srcdir_defaulted=no +fi +if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then + if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then + { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; } + else + { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi +fi +srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'` + +# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. +if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then + if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then + CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site" + else + CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site" + fi +fi +for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do + if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then + echo "loading site script $ac_site_file" + . "$ac_site_file" + fi +done + +if test -r "$cache_file"; then + echo "loading cache $cache_file" + . $cache_file +else + echo "creating cache $cache_file" + > $cache_file +fi + +ac_ext=c +# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' +ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' +cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross + +if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then + # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu. + if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then + ac_n= ac_c=' +' ac_t=' ' + else + ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t= + fi +else + ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t= +fi + + + + +NCURSES_MAJOR="`egrep '^NCURSES_MAJOR[ ]*=' $srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`" +NCURSES_MINOR="`egrep '^NCURSES_MINOR[ ]*=' $srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`" +NCURSES_PATCH="`egrep '^NCURSES_PATCH[ ]*=' $srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`" +nc_cv_abi_version=${NCURSES_MAJOR} +nc_cv_rel_version=${NCURSES_MAJOR}.${NCURSES_MINOR} +echo "$ac_t""Configuring NCURSES $nc_cv_rel_version ABI $nc_cv_abi_version (`date`)" 1>&6 + + + + + + + + + +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_systype'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + +nc_cv_systype="`(uname -s || hostname || echo unknown) 2>/dev/null |sed -e s'/[:\/.-]/_/'g | sed 1q`" +if test -z "$nc_cv_systype"; then nc_cv_systype=unknown;fi + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""System type is $nc_cv_systype" 1>&6 + + +# We need a configure script only when compiling as part of GNU C library. +# Here we have to generate one of the files we need while compiling. +# +# The only problem is that users of the package might think they have to +# run configure themself and find it irritating when nothing happens. +# +# So we try here to find out whether we are called from the glibc configure +# or by a user. +# +# Check whether --enable-add-ons or --disable-add-ons was given. +if test "${enable_add_ons+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_add_ons" + glibc_add_on=yes +else + glibc_add_on= +fi + + +if test x"$glibc_add_on" = "xyes" ; then +if test -f $srcdir/../glibcbug.in; then + rm -f $srcdir/Banner + # We are in glibc. + rm -f $srcdir/Makefile + cp $srcdir/Makefile.glibc $srcdir/Makefile + echo "ncurses `grep \"^[ ]*ncurses-version[ ]*=.*$\" \ + $srcdir/Makefile | sed -e \ + 's/^[ ]*ncurses-version[ ]*=[ ]*\([^ ^ ]*\)[ ]*$/\1/'`" > $srcdir/Banner + exit 0 +fi +fi + +### Save the given $CFLAGS to allow user-override. +nc_user_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + +### Derive the system name, as a check for reusing the autoconf cache +system_name="`(uname -s -r || hostname || echo unknown) 2>/dev/null`" +if test -n "$system_name" ; then + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +else + nc_cv_system_name="$system_name" +fi + +test -z "$system_name" && system_name="$nc_cv_system_name" +test -n "$nc_cv_system_name" && echo "$ac_t"""Configuring for $nc_cv_system_name"" 1>&6 + +if test ".$system_name" != ".$nc_cv_system_name" ; then + echo "$ac_t"""Cached system name does not agree with actual"" 1>&6 + { echo "configure: error: "Please remove config.cache and try again."" 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi + +### Default install-location + +echo $ac_n "checking for prefix""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:665: checking for prefix" >&5 +if test "x$prefix" = "xNONE" ; then + case "$nc_cv_systype" in + # non-vendor systems don't have a conflict + NetBSD|FreeBSD|Linux) prefix=/usr + ;; + *) prefix=$ac_default_prefix + ;; + esac +fi +echo "$ac_t""$prefix" 1>&6 +echo $ac_n "checking for default include-directory""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:677: checking for default include-directory" >&5 +test -n "$verbose" && echo 1>&6 +for nc_symbol in \ + $includedir \ + $includedir/ncurses \ + $prefix/include \ + $prefix/include/ncurses \ + /usr/local/include \ + /usr/local/include/ncurses \ + /usr/include \ + /usr/include/ncurses +do + nc_dir=`eval echo $nc_symbol` + if test -f $nc_dir/curses.h ; then + if ( fgrep NCURSES_VERSION $nc_dir/curses.h 2>&1 >/dev/null ) ; then + includedir="$nc_symbol" + test -n "$verbose" && echo $ac_n " found " 1>&6 + break + fi + fi + test -n "$verbose" && echo " tested $nc_dir" 1>&6 +done +echo "$ac_t""$includedir" 1>&6 + + +### Checks for programs. +# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:706: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +fi +fi +CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +if test -n "$CC"; then + echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +if test -z "$CC"; then + # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:735: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + ac_prog_rejected=no + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then + ac_prog_rejected=yes + continue + fi + ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then + # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. + set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC + shift + if test $# -gt 0; then + # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. + # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen + # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. + shift + set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "$@" + shift + ac_cv_prog_CC="$@" + fi +fi +fi +fi +CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +if test -n "$CC"; then + echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + + test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:783: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5 + +ac_ext=c +# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' +ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' +cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross + +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes + # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler. + if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=no + else + ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=yes + fi +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no +fi +rm -fr conftest* + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then + { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi +echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:817: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5 +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6 +cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross + +echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:822: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.c <&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then + ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes +else + ac_cv_prog_gcc=no +fi +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6 + +if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then + GCC=yes + ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}" + ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + CFLAGS= + echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:846: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c +if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +else + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6 + if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then + CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS" + elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then + CFLAGS="-g -O2" + else + CFLAGS="-O2" + fi +else + GCC= + test "${CFLAGS+set}" = set || CFLAGS="-g" +fi + +if test -n "$GCC" ; then +echo $ac_n "checking version of gcc""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:875: checking version of gcc" >&5 +eval "$CC --version" +fi +echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:879: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 +# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. +if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then + CPP= +fi +if test -z "$CPP"; then +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get + # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make. + CPP="${CC-cc} -E" + # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, + # not just through cpp. + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +Syntax Error +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:900: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + : +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp" + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +Syntax Error +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:917: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + : +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + CPP=/lib/cpp +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +rm -f conftest* + ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP" +fi + CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP" +else + ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP" +fi +echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6 + +if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then + echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} needs -traditional""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:941: checking whether ${CC-cc} needs -traditional" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_pattern="Autoconf.*'x'" + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +Autoconf TIOCGETP +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "$ac_pattern" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=yes +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + + + if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional = no; then + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +Autoconf TCGETA +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "$ac_pattern" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional=yes +fi +rm -f conftest* + + fi +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional" 1>&6 + if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional = yes; then + CC="$CC -traditional" + fi +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking for POSIXized ISC""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:987: checking for POSIXized ISC" >&5 +if test -d /etc/conf/kconfig.d && + grep _POSIX_VERSION /usr/include/sys/unistd.h >/dev/null 2>&1 +then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ISC=yes # If later tests want to check for ISC. + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define _POSIX_SOURCE 1 +EOF + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CC="$CC -posix" + else + CC="$CC -Xp" + fi +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 + ISC= +fi + + +# Check whether --with-cxx or --without-cxx was given. +if test "${with_cxx+set}" = set; then + withval="$with_cxx" + : +fi + +if test "X$withval" != Xno ; then +for ac_prog in $CCC c++ g++ gcc CC cxx cc++ +do +# Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1020: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CXX'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$CXX"; then + ac_cv_prog_CXX="$CXX" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_CXX="$ac_prog" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +fi +fi +CXX="$ac_cv_prog_CXX" +if test -n "$CXX"; then + echo "$ac_t""$CXX" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +test -n "$CXX" && break +done +test -n "$CXX" || CXX="gcc" + + +echo $ac_n "checking whether the C++ compiler ($CXX $CXXFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1051: checking whether the C++ compiler ($CXX $CXXFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5 + +ac_ext=C +# CXXFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. +ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='${CXX-g++} -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' +ac_link='${CXX-g++} -o conftest $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' +cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cxx_cross + +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + ac_cv_prog_cxx_works=yes + # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler. + if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then + ac_cv_prog_cxx_cross=no + else + ac_cv_prog_cxx_cross=yes + fi +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + ac_cv_prog_cxx_works=no +fi +rm -fr conftest* +ac_ext=c +# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' +ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' +cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cxx_works" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_prog_cxx_works = no; then + { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C++ compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi +echo $ac_n "checking whether the C++ compiler ($CXX $CXXFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1091: checking whether the C++ compiler ($CXX $CXXFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5 +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cxx_cross" 1>&6 +cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cxx_cross + +echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C++""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1096: checking whether we are using GNU C++" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gxx'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.C <&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then + ac_cv_prog_gxx=yes +else + ac_cv_prog_gxx=no +fi +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gxx" 1>&6 + +if test $ac_cv_prog_gxx = yes; then + GXX=yes + ac_test_CXXFLAGS="${CXXFLAGS+set}" + ac_save_CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS" + CXXFLAGS= + echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CXX-g++} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1120: checking whether ${CXX-g++} accepts -g" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cxx_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.cc +if test -z "`${CXX-g++} -g -c conftest.cc 2>&1`"; then + ac_cv_prog_cxx_g=yes +else + ac_cv_prog_cxx_g=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cxx_g" 1>&6 + if test "$ac_test_CXXFLAGS" = set; then + CXXFLAGS="$ac_save_CXXFLAGS" + elif test $ac_cv_prog_cxx_g = yes; then + CXXFLAGS="-g -O2" + else + CXXFLAGS="-O2" + fi +else + GXX= + test "${CXXFLAGS+set}" = set || CXXFLAGS="-g" +fi + +fi +if test -n "$GXX" ; then case "`${CXX-g++} --version`" in 1*|2.[0-6]*) GXX=""; CXX=""; ac_cv_prog_gxx=no; nc_cxx_library=no ; echo No: templates do not work;; esac; fi +for ac_prog in mawk gawk nawk awk +do +# Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1154: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_AWK'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$AWK"; then + ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +fi +fi +AWK="$ac_cv_prog_AWK" +if test -n "$AWK"; then + echo "$ac_t""$AWK" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +test -n "$AWK" && break +done + +echo $ac_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1183: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5 +set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftestmake <<\EOF +all: + @echo 'ac_maketemp="${MAKE}"' +EOF +# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. +eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftestmake 2>/dev/null | grep temp=` +if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes +else + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no +fi +rm -f conftestmake +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + SET_MAKE= +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 + SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" +fi + +ac_aux_dir= +for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do + if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" + break + elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" + break + fi +done +if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then + { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi +ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess +ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub +ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure. + +# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), +# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or +# incompatible versions: +# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install +# SunOS /usr/etc/install +# IRIX /sbin/install +# AIX /bin/install +# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args +# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" +# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. +echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1239: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5 +if test -z "$INSTALL"; then +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. + case "$ac_dir/" in + /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;; + *) + # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. + for ac_prog in ginstall installbsd scoinst install; do + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then + if test $ac_prog = install && + grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then + # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. + # OSF/1 installbsd also uses dspmsg, but is usable. + : + else + ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c" + break 2 + fi + fi + done + ;; + esac + done + IFS="$ac_save_IFS" + +fi + if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then + INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install" + else + # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. We don't cache a + # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will + # break other packages using the cache if that directory is + # removed, or if the path is relative. + INSTALL="$ac_install_sh" + fi +fi +echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6 + +# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. +# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. +test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' + +test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' + +case $INSTALL in +/*) + ;; +*) + nc_dir=`echo $INSTALL|sed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` + test -z "$nc_dir" && nc_dir=. + INSTALL=`cd $nc_dir;pwd`/`echo $INSTALL | sed -e 's:^.*/::'` + ;; +esac + +echo $ac_n "checking whether ln -s works""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1299: checking whether ln -s works" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_LN_S'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + rm -f conftestdata +if ln -s X conftestdata 2>/dev/null +then + rm -f conftestdata + ac_cv_prog_LN_S="ln -s" +else + ac_cv_prog_LN_S=ln +fi +fi +LN_S="$ac_cv_prog_LN_S" +if test "$ac_cv_prog_LN_S" = "ln -s"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +# Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1322: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="ranlib" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_RANLIB=":" +fi +fi +RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" +if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + echo "$ac_t""$RANLIB" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +for ac_prog in tdlint lint alint +do +# Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1353: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_LINT'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$LINT"; then + ac_cv_prog_LINT="$LINT" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_LINT="$ac_prog" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +fi +fi +LINT="$ac_cv_prog_LINT" +if test -n "$LINT"; then + echo "$ac_t""$LINT" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +test -n "$LINT" && break +done + +for ac_prog in man man_db +do +# Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1386: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_MAN'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$MAN"; then + ac_cv_prog_MAN="$MAN" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_MAN="$ac_prog" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +fi +fi +MAN="$ac_cv_prog_MAN" +if test -n "$MAN"; then + echo "$ac_t""$MAN" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +test -n "$MAN" && break +done + + + +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_subst_LD'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + +echo $ac_n "checking for loader (symbol LD)""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1421: checking for loader (symbol LD)" >&5 +test -z "$LD" && LD=ld +echo "$ac_t""$LD" 1>&6 + +nc_cv_subst_LD=$LD +fi + +LD=${nc_cv_subst_LD} + +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_subst_AR'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + +echo $ac_n "checking for archiver (symbol AR)""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1435: checking for archiver (symbol AR)" >&5 +test -z "$AR" && AR=ar +echo "$ac_t""$AR" 1>&6 + +nc_cv_subst_AR=$AR +fi + +AR=${nc_cv_subst_AR} + +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_subst_AR_OPTS'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + +echo $ac_n "checking for archiver options (symbol AR_OPTS)""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1449: checking for archiver options (symbol AR_OPTS)" >&5 +test -z "$AR_OPTS" && AR_OPTS=rv +echo "$ac_t""$AR_OPTS" 1>&6 + +nc_cv_subst_AR_OPTS=$AR_OPTS +fi + +AR_OPTS=${nc_cv_subst_AR_OPTS} + + + +echo $ac_n "checking for makeflags variable""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1461: checking for makeflags variable" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_makeflags'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + + nc_cv_makeflags='' + for nc_option in '$(MFLAGS)' '-$(MAKEFLAGS)' + do + cat >ncurses.tmp </dev/null` + if test "$nc_result" != "." + then + nc_cv_makeflags=$nc_option + break + fi + done + rm -f ncurses.tmp + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_makeflags" 1>&6 + + +echo $ac_n "checking format of man-pages""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1488: checking format of man-pages" >&5 + if test -z "$MANPATH" ; then + MANPATH="/usr/man:/usr/share/man" + fi + # look for the 'date' man-page (it's most likely to be installed!) + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + nc_form=unknown + for nc_dir in $MANPATH; do + test -z "$nc_dir" && nc_dir=/usr/man + nc_rename="" + nc_format=no + for nc_name in $nc_dir/*/date.[01]* $nc_dir/*/date + do + nc_test=`echo $nc_name | sed -e 's/*//'` + if test "x$nc_test" = "x$nc_name" ; then + case "$nc_name" in + *.gz) nc_form=gzip; nc_name=`basename $nc_name .gz`;; + *.Z) nc_form=compress; nc_name=`basename $nc_name .Z`;; + *.0) nc_form=BSDI; nc_format=yes;; + *) nc_form=cat;; + esac + break + fi + done + if test "$nc_form" != "unknown" ; then + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + if test "$prefix" = "NONE" ; then + nc_prefix="$ac_default_prefix" + else + nc_prefix="$prefix" + fi + + # Debian 'man' program? + test -f /etc/debian_version && \ + nc_rename=`cd $srcdir;pwd`/man/man_db.renames + + test ! -d man && mkdir man + + # Construct a sed-script to perform renaming within man-pages + if test -n "$nc_rename" ; then + fgrep -v \# $nc_rename | \ + sed -e 's/^/s\//' \ + -e 's/\./\\./' \ + -e 's/ / /g' \ + -e 's/ \+/\//' \ + -e s/\$/\\\/g/ >man/edit_man.sed + fi + if test $nc_format = yes ; then + nc_subdir='$mandir/cat' + else + nc_subdir='$mandir/man' + fi + +cat >man/edit_man.sh <>man/edit_man.sh <\$TMP +NC_EOF +else +cat >>man/edit_man.sh <\$TMP +NC_EOF +fi +if test $nc_format = yes ; then +cat >>man/edit_man.sh <\$TMP.out + mv \$TMP.out \$TMP +NC_EOF +fi +case "$nc_form" in +compress) +cat >>man/edit_man.sh <>man/edit_man.sh <>man/edit_man.sh <>man/edit_man.sh <&6 + + +# Check whether --with-install-prefix or --without-install-prefix was given. +if test "${with_install_prefix+set}" = set; then + withval="$with_install_prefix" + case "$withval" in #(vi + yes|no) #(vi + ;; + *) INSTALL_PREFIX="$withval" + ;; + esac +fi + + + +### Options to allow the user to specify the set of libraries which are used. +### Use "--without-normal --with-shared" to allow the default model to be +### shared, for example. +nc_list_models="" +# Check whether --with-shared or --without-shared was given. +if test "${with_shared+set}" = set; then + withval="$with_shared" + test "$withval" = "yes" && nc_list_models="$nc_list_models shared" +fi + +# Check whether --with-normal or --without-normal was given. +if test "${with_normal+set}" = set; then + withval="$with_normal" + test "$withval" = "yes" && nc_list_models="$nc_list_models normal" +else + nc_list_models="$nc_list_models normal" +fi + +# Check whether --with-debug or --without-debug was given. +if test "${with_debug+set}" = set; then + withval="$with_debug" + test "$withval" = "yes" && nc_list_models="$nc_list_models debug" +else + nc_list_models="$nc_list_models debug" +fi + +# Check whether --with-profile or --without-profile was given. +if test "${with_profile+set}" = set; then + withval="$with_profile" + test "$withval" = "yes" && nc_list_models="$nc_list_models profile" +fi + + +### Checks for special libraries, must be done up-front. +# Check whether --with-dbmalloc or --without-dbmalloc was given. +if test "${with_dbmalloc+set}" = set; then + withval="$with_dbmalloc" + echo $ac_n "checking for debug_malloc in -ldbmalloc""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1678: checking for debug_malloc in -ldbmalloc" >&5 +ac_lib_var=`echo dbmalloc'_'debug_malloc | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" +LIBS="-ldbmalloc $LIBS" +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_lib=HAVE_LIB`echo dbmalloc | sed -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g' \ + -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi + +fi + +# Check whether --with-dmalloc or --without-dmalloc was given. +if test "${with_dmalloc+set}" = set; then + withval="$with_dmalloc" + echo $ac_n "checking for dmalloc_debug in -ldmalloc""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1730: checking for dmalloc_debug in -ldmalloc" >&5 +ac_lib_var=`echo dmalloc'_'dmalloc_debug | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" +LIBS="-ldmalloc $LIBS" +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_lib=HAVE_LIB`echo dmalloc | sed -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g' \ + -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi + +fi + +# Check whether --with-gpm or --without-gpm was given. +if test "${with_gpm+set}" = set; then + withval="$with_gpm" + echo $ac_n "checking for Gpm_Open in -lgpm""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1782: checking for Gpm_Open in -lgpm" >&5 +ac_lib_var=`echo gpm'_'Gpm_Open | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" +LIBS="-lgpm -lcurses -ltermcap $LIBS" +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + + EXTRA_LIBS="$EXTRA_LIBS -lgpm -lncurses" + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_LIBGPM 1 +EOF + + for ac_hdr in gpm.h +do +ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1826: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:1836: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done + + +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +fi + + + + +echo $ac_n "checking for specified models""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1873: checking for specified models" >&5 +test -z "$nc_list_models" && nc_list_models=normal +echo "$ac_t""$nc_list_models" 1>&6 + +### Use the first model as the default, and save its suffix for use in building +### up test-applications. +DFT_LWR_MODEL=`echo $nc_list_models | $AWK '{print $1}'` + +DFT_UPR_MODEL=`echo $DFT_LWR_MODEL |tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]'` + + + + case $DFT_LWR_MODEL in + normal) DFT_DEP_SUFFIX='.a' ;; + debug) DFT_DEP_SUFFIX='_g.a' ;; + profile) DFT_DEP_SUFFIX='_p.a' ;; + shared) + case $nc_cv_systype in + NetBSD|FreeBSD) + DFT_DEP_SUFFIX='.so.$(ABI_VERSION)' ;; + HP_UX) DFT_DEP_SUFFIX='.sl' ;; + *) DFT_DEP_SUFFIX='.so' ;; + esac + esac + + case $DFT_LWR_MODEL in + normal) DFT_ARG_SUFFIX='' ;; + debug) DFT_ARG_SUFFIX='_g' ;; + profile) DFT_ARG_SUFFIX='_p' ;; + shared) DFT_ARG_SUFFIX='' ;; + esac + + case $DFT_LWR_MODEL in + normal) DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR='objects' ;; + debug) DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR='obj_g' ;; + profile) DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR='obj_p' ;; + shared) DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR='obj_s' ;; + esac + +LIB_NAME=ncurses + + +LIB_DIR=../lib +LIB_PREFIX=$LIB_DIR/lib + + + +if test X"$CC_G_OPT" = X"" ; then + CC_G_OPT='-g' + test -n "$GCC" && test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g}${ac_cv_prog_gcc_g}" != yes && CC_G_OPT='' +fi + + +if test X"$CXX_G_OPT" = X"" ; then + CXX_G_OPT='-g' + test -n "$GXX" && test "${ac_cv_prog_cxx_g}${ac_cv_prog_gxx_g}" != yes && CXX_G_OPT='' +fi + + +case $DFT_LWR_MODEL in +normal) LD_MODEL='' ;; +debug) LD_MODEL=$CC_G_OPT ;; +profile) LD_MODEL='-pg';; +shared) LD_MODEL='' ;; +esac + + + + LOCAL_LDFLAGS= + LOCAL_LDFLAGS2= + + nc_cv_do_symlinks=no + nc_cv_rm_so_locs=no + + case $nc_cv_systype in + HP_UX) + # (tested with gcc 2.7.2 -- I don't have c89) + if test "${CC}" = "gcc"; then + CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fPIC' + else + CC_SHARED_OPTS='+Z' + fi + MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -b -o $@' + ;; + IRIX*) + # tested with IRIX 5.2 and 'cc'. + if test "${CC}" = "gcc"; then + CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fPIC' + else + CC_SHARED_OPTS='-KPIC' + fi + MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -shared -rdata_shared -soname `basename $@` -o $@' + nc_cv_rm_so_locs=yes + ;; + Linux) + # tested with Linux 1.2.8 and gcc 2.7.0 (ELF) + CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fPIC' + MK_SHARED_LIB='gcc -o $@.$(REL_VERSION) -shared -Wl,-soname,`basename $@.$(ABI_VERSION)`,-stats' + if test $DFT_LWR_MODEL = "shared" ; then + LOCAL_LDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,../lib' + LOCAL_LDFLAGS2='-Wl,-rpath,../../lib' + fi + nc_cv_do_symlinks=yes + ;; + NetBSD|FreeBSD) + CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fpic -DPIC' + MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -Bshareable -o $@' + ;; + OSF1|MLS+) + # tested with OSF/1 V3.2 and 'cc' + # tested with OSF/1 V3.2 and gcc 2.6.3 (but the c++ demo didn't + # link with shared libs). + CC_SHARED_OPTS='' + MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -o $@.$(REL_VERSION) -shared -soname `basename $@.$(ABI_VERSION)`' + if test $DFT_LWR_MODEL = "shared" ; then + LOCAL_LDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,../lib' + LOCAL_LDFLAGS2='-Wl,-rpath,../../lib' + fi + nc_cv_do_symlinks=yes + nc_cv_rm_so_locs=yes + ;; + SunOS) + # tested with SunOS 4.1.1 and gcc 2.7.0 + # tested with SunOS 5.3 (solaris 2.3) and gcc 2.7.0 + if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then + CC_SHARED_OPTS='-fpic' + else + CC_SHARED_OPTS='-KPIC' + fi + case `uname -r` in + 4.*) + MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -assert pure-text -o $@.$(REL_VERSION)' + ;; + 5.*) + MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -d y -G -h `basename $@.$(ABI_VERSION)` -o $@.$(REL_VERSION)' + ;; + esac + nc_cv_do_symlinks=yes + ;; + UNIX_SV) + # tested with UnixWare 1.1.2 + CC_SHARED_OPTS='-KPIC' + MK_SHARED_LIB='$(LD) -d y -G -o $@' + ;; + *) + CC_SHARED_OPTS='unknown' + MK_SHARED_LIB='echo unknown' + ;; + esac + + + + + + +if test "$CC_SHARED_OPTS" = "unknown"; then + for model in $nc_list_models; do + if test "$model" = "shared"; then + echo '** Shared libraries are not supported in this version' + exit 1 + fi + done +fi + +### use option --disable-overwrite to leave out the link to -lcurses +echo $ac_n "checking include directory""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2039: checking include directory" >&5 +# Check whether --enable-overwrite or --disable-overwrite was given. +if test "${enable_overwrite+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_overwrite" + with_overwrite=$enableval + test "$with_overwrite" = no && \ + test "x$includedir" = 'x${prefix}/include' && \ + includedir='$(prefix)/include/ncurses' + +else + with_overwrite=yes +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$includedir" 1>&6 + +### use option --enable-big-core to make tic run faster on big machines +echo $ac_n "checking if big-core option selected""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2056: checking if big-core option selected" >&5 +# Check whether --enable-big-core or --disable-big-core was given. +if test "${enable_big_core+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_big_core" + with_big_core=$enableval +else + with_big_core=no +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$with_big_core" 1>&6 +test "$with_big_core" = "yes" && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_BIG_CORE 1 +EOF + + +### use option --enable-termcap to compile in the termcap fallback support +echo $ac_n "checking if termcap-fallback support is needed""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2073: checking if termcap-fallback support is needed" >&5 +# Check whether --enable-termcap or --disable-termcap was given. +if test "${enable_termcap+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_termcap" + with_termcap=$enableval +else + with_termcap=no +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$with_termcap" 1>&6 + +if test "$with_termcap" != "yes" ; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define PURE_TERMINFO 1 +EOF + +else + +### use option --enable-getcap to use a hacked getcap for reading termcaps +echo $ac_n "checking if fast termcap-loader is needed""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2093: checking if fast termcap-loader is needed" >&5 +# Check whether --enable-getcap or --disable-getcap was given. +if test "${enable_getcap+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_getcap" + with_getcap=$enableval +else + with_getcap=no +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$with_getcap" 1>&6 +test "$with_getcap" = "yes" && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define USE_GETCAP 1 +EOF + + +echo $ac_n "checking if translated termcaps will be cached in ~/.terminfo""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2109: checking if translated termcaps will be cached in ~/.terminfo" >&5 +# Check whether --enable-getcap-cache or --disable-getcap-cache was given. +if test "${enable_getcap_cache+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_getcap_cache" + with_getcap_cache=$enableval +else + with_getcap_cache=no +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$with_getcap_cache" 1>&6 +test "$with_getcap_cache" = "yes" && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define USE_GETCAP_CACHE 1 +EOF + + +fi + +### use option --enable-symlinks to make tic use symlinks, not hard links +echo $ac_n "checking if tic should use symbolic links""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2128: checking if tic should use symbolic links" >&5 +# Check whether --enable-symlinks or --disable-symlinks was given. +if test "${enable_symlinks+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_symlinks" + with_symlinks=$enableval +else + with_symlinks=no +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$with_symlinks" 1>&6 +test "$with_symlinks" = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define USE_SYMLINKS 1 +EOF + + +### use option --enable-bsdpad to have tputs process BSD-style prefix padding +echo $ac_n "checking if tputs should process BSD-style prefix padding""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2145: checking if tputs should process BSD-style prefix padding" >&5 +# Check whether --enable-bsdpad or --disable-bsdpad was given. +if test "${enable_bsdpad+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_bsdpad" + with_bsdpad=$enableval +else + with_bsdpad=no +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$with_bsdpad" 1>&6 +test "$with_bsdpad" = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define BSD_TPUTS 1 +EOF + + +### use option --enable-const to turn on use of const beyond that in XSI. +echo $ac_n "checking for extended use of const keyword""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2162: checking for extended use of const keyword" >&5 +# Check whether --enable-const or --disable-const was given. +if test "${enable_const+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_const" + with_ext_const=$enableval +else + with_ext_const=no +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$with_ext_const" 1>&6 +test "$with_ext_const" = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define NCURSES_CONST const +EOF + + +### Enable compiling-in rcs id's +echo $ac_n "checking if RCS identifiers should be compiled-in""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2179: checking if RCS identifiers should be compiled-in" >&5 +# Check whether --with-rcs-ids or --without-rcs-ids was given. +if test "${with_rcs_ids+set}" = set; then + withval="$with_rcs_ids" + with_rcs_ids=$enableval +else + with_rcs_ids=no +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$with_rcs_ids" 1>&6 +test "$with_rcs_ids" = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define USE_RCS_IDS 1 +EOF + + +### use option --disable-echo to suppress full display compiling commands +# Check whether --enable-echo or --disable-echo was given. +if test "${enable_echo+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_echo" + with_echo=$enableval +else + with_echo=yes +fi + +if test "$with_echo" = yes; then + ECHO_LINK= +else + ECHO_LINK='@ echo linking $@ ... ;' +fi + + +### use option --enable-warnings to turn on all gcc warnings +# Check whether --enable-warnings or --disable-warnings was given. +if test "${enable_warnings+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_warnings" + with_warnings=$enableval +fi + +if test -n "$with_warnings"; then + ADAFLAGS="$ADAFLAGS -gnatg" + nc_warn_CFLAGS="" +if test -n "$GCC" +then + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&6 +echo "configure:2227: checking for gcc warning options" >&5 + nc_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + nc_warn_CFLAGS="-W -Wall" + nc_warn_CONST="" + test "$with_ext_const" = yes && nc_warn_CONST="Wwrite-strings" + for nc_opt in \ + Wbad-function-cast \ + Wcast-align \ + Wcast-qual \ + Winline \ + Wmissing-declarations \ + Wmissing-prototypes \ + Wnested-externs \ + Wpointer-arith \ + Wshadow \ + Wstrict-prototypes $nc_warn_CONST + do + CFLAGS="$nc_save_CFLAGS $nc_warn_CFLAGS -$nc_opt" + if { (eval echo configure:2245: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + test -n "$verbose" && echo "$ac_t""... -$nc_opt" 1>&6 + nc_warn_CFLAGS="$nc_warn_CFLAGS -$nc_opt" + fi + done + rm -f conftest* + CFLAGS="$nc_save_CFLAGS" +fi + +fi +cat > conftest.i <&6 +echo "configure:2272: checking for gcc __attribute__ directives" >&5 + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5 + case $nc_attribute in + scanf|printf) + cat >conftest.h <conftest.h <&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + test -n "$verbose" && echo "$ac_t""... $nc_attribute" 1>&6 + cat conftest.h >>confdefs.h +# else +# sed -e 's/__attr.*/\/*nothing*\//' conftest.h >>confdefs.h + fi + done +else + fgrep define conftest.i >>confdefs.h +fi +rm -rf conftest* + + + +### use option --enable-assertions to turn on generation of assertion code +# Check whether --enable-assertions or --disable-assertions was given. +if test "${enable_assertions+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_assertions" + with_assertions=$enableval +fi + +if test -n "$GCC" +then + if test -z "$with_assertions" + then + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DNDEBUG" + else + ADAFLAGS="$ADAFLAGS -gnata" + fi +fi + +### use option --disable-leaks to suppress "permanent" leaks, for testing +# Check whether --enable-leaks or --disable-leaks was given. +if test "${enable_leaks+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_leaks" + test $enableval = no && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define NO_LEAKS 1 +EOF + +fi + +cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_NC_ALLOC_H 1 +EOF + + +### use option --enable-expanded to generate certain macros as functions +# Check whether --enable-expanded or --disable-expanded was given. +if test "${enable_expanded+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_expanded" + test $enableval = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define NCURSES_EXPANDED 1 +EOF + +fi + + +### use option --disable-macros to suppress macros in favor of functions +# Check whether --enable-macros or --disable-macros was given. +if test "${enable_macros+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_macros" + test $enableval = no && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define NCURSES_NOMACROS 1 +EOF + +fi + + +### Checks for libraries. +echo $ac_n "checking for gettimeofday""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2382: checking for gettimeofday" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_gettimeofday'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char gettimeofday(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_gettimeofday) || defined (__stub___gettimeofday) +choke me +#else +gettimeofday(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:2410: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_gettimeofday=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_gettimeofday=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'gettimeofday`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1 +EOF + +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 + +echo $ac_n "checking for gettimeofday in -lbsd""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2432: checking for gettimeofday in -lbsd" >&5 +ac_lib_var=`echo bsd'_'gettimeofday | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" +LIBS="-lbsd $LIBS" +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1 +EOF + + LIBS="$LIBS -lbsd" +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +fi + +### Checks for header files. +echo $ac_n "checking for ANSI C header files""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2479: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_stdc'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +#include +#include +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:2492: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=yes +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. +cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. +cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. +if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + : +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') +#define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) +#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) +int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) +if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) exit(2); +exit (0); } + +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:2559: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null +then + : +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -fr conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -fr conftest* +fi + +fi +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_stdc" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define STDC_HEADERS 1 +EOF + +fi + +ac_header_dirent=no +for ac_hdr in dirent.h sys/ndir.h sys/dir.h ndir.h +do +ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2587: checking for $ac_hdr that defines DIR" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include <$ac_hdr> +int main() { +DIR *dirp = 0; +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:2600: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_safe=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_dirent_$ac_safe=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_dirent_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done +# Two versions of opendir et al. are in -ldir and -lx on SCO Xenix. +if test $ac_header_dirent = dirent.h; then +echo $ac_n "checking for opendir in -ldir""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2625: checking for opendir in -ldir" >&5 +ac_lib_var=`echo dir'_'opendir | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" +LIBS="-ldir $LIBS" +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + LIBS="$LIBS -ldir" +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +else +echo $ac_n "checking for opendir in -lx""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2666: checking for opendir in -lx" >&5 +ac_lib_var=`echo x'_'opendir | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" +LIBS="-lx $LIBS" +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + LIBS="$LIBS -lx" +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +fi + + +echo $ac_n "checking for regular-expression headers""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2709: checking for regular-expression headers" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_regex'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + +cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +int main() { + + regex_t *p; + int x = regcomp(p, "", 0); + int y = regexec(p, "", 0, 0, 0); + regfree(p); + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:2728: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + nc_cv_regex="regex.h" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +int main() { + + char *p = compile("", "", "", 0); + int x = step("", ""); + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:2747: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + nc_cv_regex="regexp.h" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +int main() { + + char *p = compile("", "", ""); + int x = step("", ""); + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:2766: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + nc_cv_regex="regexpr.h" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_regex" 1>&6 +case $nc_cv_regex in + regex.h) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_REGEX_H 1 +EOF + ;; + regexp.h) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_REGEXP_H 1 +EOF + ;; + regexpr.h) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_REGEXPR_H 1 +EOF + ;; +esac + + +for ac_hdr in \ +fcntl.h \ +getopt.h \ +libc.h \ +limits.h \ +locale.h \ +sys/bsdtypes.h \ +sys/ioctl.h \ +sys/param.h \ +poll.h \ +sys/select.h \ +sys/stropts.h \ +sys/time.h \ +sys/times.h \ +termio.h \ +termios.h \ +ttyent.h \ +unistd.h \ +values.h \ + +do +ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2821: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:2831: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done + + +# check for HPUX's ANSI compiler +if test $nc_cv_systype = HP_UX; then +if test -z "$GCC"; then + echo $ac_n "checking for HP/UX ANSI compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2862: checking for HP/UX ANSI compiler" >&5 + nc_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Aa" + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + nc_hpux_cc=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + nc_hpux_cc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + echo "$ac_t""$nc_hpux_cc" 1>&6 + if test $nc_hpux_cc = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define _HPUX_SOURCE 1 +EOF + + else + CFLAGS="$nc_save_CFLAGS" + fi +fi;fi + +# check for ISC (this may also define _POSIX_SOURCE) +# Note: even non-Posix ISC needs to declare fd_set +if test "$ISC" = yes ; then + echo $ac_n "checking for main in -lcposix""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2898: checking for main in -lcposix" >&5 +ac_lib_var=`echo cposix'_'main | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" +LIBS="-lcposix $LIBS" +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_lib=HAVE_LIB`echo cposix | sed -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g' \ + -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi + + echo $ac_n "checking for bzero in -linet""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2941: checking for bzero in -linet" >&5 +ac_lib_var=`echo inet'_'bzero | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" +LIBS="-linet $LIBS" +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + LIBS="$LIBS -linet" +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + for ac_hdr in sys/termio.h +do +ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:2983: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:2993: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done + +fi + +# check for SCO. this is a hack, and should be split into individual +# features -- the sys/time.h and select.h conflict, and the need for +# ptem.h due to winsize struct. +echo "checking for SCO by checking on /usr/bin/scosh" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3025: checking for SCO by checking on /usr/bin/scosh" >&5 +# Extract the first word of "scosh", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy scosh; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3029: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_COULD_BE_SCO'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$COULD_BE_SCO"; then + ac_cv_prog_COULD_BE_SCO="$COULD_BE_SCO" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_COULD_BE_SCO="maybe" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_cv_prog_COULD_BE_SCO" && ac_cv_prog_COULD_BE_SCO="maybenot" +fi +fi +COULD_BE_SCO="$ac_cv_prog_COULD_BE_SCO" +if test -n "$COULD_BE_SCO"; then + echo "$ac_t""$COULD_BE_SCO" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +if test "$COULD_BE_SCO" = "maybe" +then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO 1 +EOF + +fi + +### checks for compiler characteristics +ac_ext=c +# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' +ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' +cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross + +echo $ac_n "checking for working const""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3072: checking for working const" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_const'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <j = 5; +} +{ /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */ + const int foo = 10; +} + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3126: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_c_const=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_c_const=no +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_const" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define const +EOF + +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking for inline""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3147: checking for inline" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_inline'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_cv_c_inline=no +for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 +fi +rm -f conftest* +done + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_inline" 1>&6 +case "$ac_cv_c_inline" in + inline | yes) ;; + no) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define inline +EOF + ;; + *) cat >> confdefs.h <> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define CC_HAS_INLINE_FUNCS 1 +EOF + + +### Checks for external-data + +echo $ac_n "checking for errno external decl""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3194: checking for errno external decl" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_extern_errno'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +int main() { +int x = errno +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3208: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + nc_cv_extern_errno=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + nc_cv_extern_errno=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_extern_errno" 1>&6 +test $nc_cv_extern_errno = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_EXTERN_ERRNO 1 +EOF + + + +echo $ac_n "checking declaration of sys_errlist""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3229: checking declaration of sys_errlist" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +#include +int main() { + char *c = (char *) *sys_errlist; +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3245: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist" 1>&6 +test $nc_cv_dcl_sys_errlist = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_EXTERN_SYS_ERRLIST 1 +EOF + + + +echo $ac_n "checking if data-only library module links""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3266: checking if data-only library module links" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_link_dataonly'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + + rm -f conftest.a + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; } ; then + mv conftest.o data.o && \ + ( $AR $AR_OPTS conftest.a data.o ) 2>&5 1>/dev/null + fi + rm -f conftest.$ac_ext data.o + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + mv conftest.o func.o && \ + ( $AR $AR_OPTS conftest.a func.o ) 2>&5 1>/dev/null + fi + rm -f conftest.$ac_ext func.o + ( eval $ac_cv_prog_RANLIB conftest.a ) 2>&5 >/dev/null + nc_saveLIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="conftest.a $LIBS" + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + nc_cv_link_dataonly=unknown +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null +then + nc_cv_link_dataonly=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -fr conftest* + nc_cv_link_dataonly=no +fi +rm -fr conftest* +fi + + LIBS="$nc_saveLIBS" + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_link_dataonly" 1>&6 +test $nc_cv_link_dataonly = no && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define BROKEN_LINKER 1 +EOF + + + +echo $ac_n "checking for speed_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3341: checking for speed_t" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_type_speed_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#if HAVE_TERMIOS_H +#include +#endif +int main() { +speed_t x = 0 +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3358: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + nc_cv_type_speed_t=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + nc_cv_type_speed_t=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_type_speed_t" 1>&6 +test $nc_cv_type_speed_t != yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define speed_t unsigned +EOF + + + +### Checks for library functions. +for ac_func in \ +getttynam \ +memccpy \ +poll \ +select \ +setbuf \ +setbuffer \ +setvbuf \ +sigaction \ +sigvec \ +strdup \ +tcgetattr \ +times \ +usleep \ +vfscanf \ +vsscanf \ + +do +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3398: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char $ac_func(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) +choke me +#else +$ac_func(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3426: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done + + +if test $ac_cv_func_sigaction = yes; then +echo $ac_n "checking whether sigaction needs _POSIX_SOURCE""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3453: checking whether sigaction needs _POSIX_SOURCE" >&5 +cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +int main() { +struct sigaction act; +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3463: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + sigact_bad=no +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + sigact_bad=yes cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define SVR4_ACTION 1 +EOF + +fi +rm -f conftest* +echo "$ac_t""$sigact_bad" 1>&6 +fi + +# some machines require _POSIX_SOURCE to completely define struct termios +if test $ac_cv_header_termios_h = yes ; then + case "$CFLAGS" in + *-D_POSIX_SOURCE*) + termios_bad=dunno ;; + *) termios_bad=maybe ;; + esac + if test $termios_bad = maybe ; then + echo $ac_n "checking whether termios.h needs _POSIX_SOURCE""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3488: checking whether termios.h needs _POSIX_SOURCE" >&5 + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +int main() { +struct termios foo; int x = foo.c_iflag +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3497: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + termios_bad=no +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +int main() { +struct termios foo; int x = foo.c_iflag +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3515: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + termios_bad=unknown +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + termios_bad=yes cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define SVR4_TERMIO 1 +EOF + +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi +rm -f conftest* + echo "$ac_t""$termios_bad" 1>&6 + fi +fi + +if test "$cross_compiling" = yes ; then + echo "configure: warning: cross compiling: assume setvbuf params not reversed" 1>&2 +else + echo $ac_n "checking whether setvbuf arguments are reversed""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3539: checking whether setvbuf arguments are reversed" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + { echo "configure: error: can not run test program while cross compiling" 1>&2; exit 1; } +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +/* If setvbuf has the reversed format, exit 0. */ +main () { + /* This call has the arguments reversed. + A reversed system may check and see that the address of main + is not _IOLBF, _IONBF, or _IOFBF, and return nonzero. */ + if (setvbuf(stdout, _IOLBF, (char *) main, BUFSIZ) != 0) + exit(1); + putc('\r', stdout); + exit(0); /* Non-reversed systems segv here. */ +} +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3561: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null +then + ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -fr conftest* + ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed=no +fi +rm -fr conftest* +fi + +rm -f core core.* *.core +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define SETVBUF_REVERSED 1 +EOF + +fi + +fi +echo $ac_n "checking return type of signal handlers""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3586: checking return type of signal handlers" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_signal'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +#ifdef signal +#undef signal +#endif +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" void (*signal (int, void (*)(int)))(int); +#else +void (*signal ()) (); +#endif + +int main() { +int i; +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3608: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_signal=void +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_signal=int +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_signal" 1>&6 +cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +echo "configure:3628: checking for type sigaction_t" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_type_sigaction'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +int main() { +sigaction_t x +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3642: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + nc_cv_type_sigaction=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + nc_cv_type_sigaction=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_type_sigaction" 1>&6 +test $nc_cv_type_sigaction = yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_TYPE_SIGACTION 1 +EOF + + + +echo $ac_n "checking for working TIOCGWINSZ""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3663: checking for working TIOCGWINSZ" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz=unknown +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#endif +#if SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO +/* they neglected to define struct winsize in termios.h -- it's only + in termio.h */ +#include +#include +#endif +#if !defined(sun) || !defined(HAVE_TERMIOS_H) +#include +#endif +int main() +{ + static struct winsize size; + int fd; + for (fd = 0; fd <= 2; fd++) { /* try in/out/err in case redirected */ + if (ioctl(0, TIOCGWINSZ, &size) == 0 + && size.ws_row > 0 + && size.ws_col > 0) + exit(0); + } + exit(0); /* in either case, it compiles & links ... */ +} + +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3701: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null +then + nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -fr conftest* + nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz=no +fi +rm -fr conftest* +fi + + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz" 1>&6 +test $nc_cv_use_tiocgwinsz != yes && cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define BROKEN_TIOCGWINSZ 1 +EOF + + + +case "$nc_cv_systype" in +Linux) + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define GOOD_SELECT 1 +EOF + + ;; +esac + +if test -z "$nc_user_CFLAGS" ; then + CFLAGS=`echo ${CFLAGS} | sed -e 's/-g //' -e 's/-g$//'` + CXXFLAGS=`echo ${CXXFLAGS} | sed -e 's/-g //' -e 's/-g$//'` +fi + +if test -n "$CXX" ; then + # Extract the first word of "$CXX", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $CXX; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3741: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$CXX_EXISTS"; then + ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS="$CXX_EXISTS" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS="yes" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS" && ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS="no" +fi +fi +CXX_EXISTS="$ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS" +if test -n "$CXX_EXISTS"; then + echo "$ac_t""$CXX_EXISTS" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +else + ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS=no +fi +if test "$ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS" = yes; then + ac_ext=C +# CXXFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. +ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='${CXX-g++} -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' +ac_link='${CXX-g++} -o conftest $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' +cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cxx_cross + + +nc_cxx_library=unknown +if test $ac_cv_prog_gxx = yes; then + echo $ac_n "checking for libg++""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3782: checking for libg++" >&5 + nc_save="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS -lg++ -lm" + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < + +int main() { +float foo=abs(1.0) +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3795: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + nc_cxx_library=yes + CXXLIBS="$CXXLIBS -lg++ -lm" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + nc_cxx_library=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + LIBS="$nc_save" + echo "$ac_t""$nc_cxx_library" 1>&6 +fi + + echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C++ preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3811: checking how to run the C++ preprocessor" >&5 +if test -z "$CXXCPP"; then +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_ext=C +# CXXFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. +ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='${CXX-g++} -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' +ac_link='${CXX-g++} -o conftest $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' +cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cxx_cross + CXXCPP="${CXX-g++} -E" + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:3829: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + : +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + CXXCPP=/lib/cpp +fi +rm -f conftest* + ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP="$CXXCPP" +fi +fi +CXXCPP="$ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP" +echo "$ac_t""$CXXCPP" 1>&6 + +for ac_hdr in builtin.h typeinfo +do +ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3851: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:3861: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` + cat >> confdefs.h <&6 +fi +done + + +echo $ac_n "checking for builtin c++ bool type""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3889: checking for builtin c++ bool type" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_builtin_bool'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + nc_cv_builtin_bool=1 +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + nc_cv_builtin_bool=0 +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $nc_cv_builtin_bool = 1 +then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 +else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + + +echo $ac_n "checking for size of c++ bool""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:3922: checking for size of c++ bool" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_type_of_bool'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + + rm -f nc_test.out + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + nc_cv_type_of_bool=unknown +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext < +#include +#if HAVE_BUILTIN_H +#include +#endif +main() +{ + FILE *fp = fopen("nc_test.out", "w"); + if (fp != 0) { + bool x = false; + if (sizeof(x) == sizeof(int)) fputs("int", fp); + else if (sizeof(x) == sizeof(char)) fputs("char", fp); + else if (sizeof(x) == sizeof(short))fputs("short",fp); + else if (sizeof(x) == sizeof(long)) fputs("long", fp); + fclose(fp); + } + exit(0); +} + +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:3958: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null +then + nc_cv_type_of_bool=`cat nc_test.out` +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -fr conftest* + nc_cv_type_of_bool=unknown +fi +rm -fr conftest* +fi + + +fi + + rm -f nc_test.out +echo "$ac_t""$nc_cv_type_of_bool" 1>&6 +if test $nc_cv_type_of_bool = unknown ; then + echo "configure: warning: Assuming unsigned for type of bool" 1>&2 + nc_cv_type_of_bool=unsigned +fi + +else + nc_cxx_library=no + if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_builtin_bool'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + nc_cv_builtin_bool=0 +fi + + if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'nc_cv_sizeof_bool'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + nc_cv_sizeof_bool=int +fi + +fi + + +nc_ada_make=gnatmake +# Extract the first word of "$nc_ada_make", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $nc_ada_make; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:4001: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gnat_exists'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$gnat_exists"; then + ac_cv_prog_gnat_exists="$gnat_exists" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_gnat_exists="yes" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_cv_prog_gnat_exists" && ac_cv_prog_gnat_exists="no" +fi +fi +gnat_exists="$ac_cv_prog_gnat_exists" +if test -n "$gnat_exists"; then + echo "$ac_t""$gnat_exists" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +if test "$ac_cv_prog_gnat_exists" = no; then + nc_ada_make= +else + +nc_cv_gnat_version=`$nc_ada_make -v 2>&1 | grep '[0-9].[0-9][0-9]*' |\ + sed -e 's/[^0-9 \.]//g' | $AWK '{print $1;}'` +case $nc_cv_gnat_version in + 3.0[5-9]|3.[1-9]*|[4-9].*) + ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct=yes + ;; + *) echo Unsupported GNAT version $nc_cv_gnat_version. Disabling Ada95 binding. + ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct=no + ;; +esac + + # Extract the first word of "m4", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy m4; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:4045: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_m4_exists'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$m4_exists"; then + ac_cv_prog_m4_exists="$m4_exists" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_m4_exists="yes" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_cv_prog_m4_exists" && ac_cv_prog_m4_exists="no" +fi +fi +m4_exists="$ac_cv_prog_m4_exists" +if test -n "$m4_exists"; then + echo "$ac_t""$m4_exists" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + + if test "$ac_cv_prog_m4_exists" = no; then + ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct=no + echo Ada95 binding required program m4 not found. Ada95 binding disabled. + fi +fi +if test "$ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct" = yes; then + nc_ada_compiler=gcc + nc_ada_package=terminal_interface + + + + +fi + +### It's not possible to appease gcc 2.6.3's conversion-warnings if we're +### using a 'char' for bools. gcc 2.7.0's conversion-warnings are broken too +### badly to consider using for development purposes, but 2.5.8 is okay. +if test -n "$with_warnings"; then + if test -n "$GCC"; then + case "`$CC --version`" in + 2.6.3) + if test "$nc_cv_sizeof_bool" != "char"; then + nc_warn_CFLAGS="$nc_warn_CFLAGS -Wconversion" + fi + ;; + 2.5*) + nc_warn_CFLAGS="$nc_warn_CFLAGS -Wconversion" + ;; + esac + fi +fi + +### Construct the list of include-directories to be generated + +CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I. -I../include" +if test "$srcdir" != "."; then + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I\$(srcdir)/../include" +fi +if test -z "$GCC"; then + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)" +elif test "$includedir" != "/usr/include"; then + if test "$includedir" = '${prefix}/include' ; then + if test $prefix != /usr ; then + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)" + fi + else + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)" + fi +fi + + + +ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I. -I../../include" +if test "$srcdir" != "."; then + ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I\$(srcdir)/../../include" +fi +if test -z "$GCC"; then + ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)" +elif test "$includedir" != "/usr/include"; then + if test "$includedir" = '${prefix}/include' ; then + if test $prefix != /usr ; then + ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)" + fi + else + ACPPFLAGS="$ACPPFLAGS -I\$(includedir)" + fi +fi + + + +### Construct the list of subdirectories for which we'll customize makefiles +### with the appropriate compile-rules. + +echo $ac_n "checking for src modules""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:4145: checking for src modules" >&5 +TEST_DEPS="${LIB_PREFIX}${LIB_NAME}${DFT_DEP_SUFFIX}" +TEST_ARGS="-l${LIB_NAME}${DFT_ARG_SUFFIX}" +nc_cv_src_modules= +for nc_dir in ncurses progs panel menu form +do + if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules; then + if test -z "$nc_cv_src_modules"; then + nc_cv_src_modules=$nc_dir + else + nc_cv_src_modules="$nc_cv_src_modules $nc_dir" + fi + # Make the ncurses_cfg.h file record the library interface files as + # well. These are header files that are the same name as their + # directory. Ncurses is the only library that does not follow + # that pattern. + if test -f $srcdir/${nc_dir}/${nc_dir}.h; then + +nc_have_include=`echo $nc_dir |tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]'` + + cat >> confdefs.h <> confdefs.h <&6 +TEST_ARGS="-L${LIB_DIR} $TEST_ARGS" + + + +SRC_SUBDIRS="man include" +for nc_dir in $nc_cv_src_modules +do + SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS $nc_dir" +done +SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS misc test" +test $nc_cxx_library != no && SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS c++" + +ADA_SUBDIRS= +if test "$ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct" = yes && test -d $srcdir/Ada95; then + SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS Ada95" + ADA_SUBDIRS="gen ada_include samples" +fi + +SUB_MAKEFILES= +for nc_dir in $SRC_SUBDIRS +do + SUB_MAKEFILES="$SUB_MAKEFILES $nc_dir/Makefile" +done + +if test -n "$ADA_SUBDIRS"; then + for nc_dir in $ADA_SUBDIRS + do + SUB_MAKEFILES="$SUB_MAKEFILES Ada95/$nc_dir/Makefile" + done + +fi + + +DIRS_TO_MAKE="lib" +for nc_item in $nc_list_models +do + + case $nc_item in + normal) nc_subdir='objects' ;; + debug) nc_subdir='obj_g' ;; + profile) nc_subdir='obj_p' ;; + shared) nc_subdir='obj_s' ;; + esac + + DIRS_TO_MAKE="$DIRS_TO_MAKE $nc_subdir" +done +for nc_dir in $DIRS_TO_MAKE +do + test ! -d $nc_dir && mkdir $nc_dir +done + + + +### Now that we're done running tests, add the compiler-warnings, if any +CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $nc_warn_CFLAGS" + +################################################################################ +trap '' 1 2 15 +cat > confcache <<\EOF +# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure +# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure +# scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. +# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. +# +# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file, +# creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure +# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is +# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in +# subdirectories, so they share the cache. +# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure. +# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the +# --recheck option to rerun configure. +# +EOF +# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, +# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. +# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values. +# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, +# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. +(set) 2>&1 | + case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1 | grep '^ac_space='` in + *ac_space=\ *) + # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution + # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). + sed -n \ + -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \ + -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p" + ;; + *) + # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. + sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p' + ;; + esac >> confcache +if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then + : +else + if test -w $cache_file; then + echo "updating cache $cache_file" + cat confcache > $cache_file + else + echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" + fi +fi +rm -f confcache + +trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix +# Let make expand exec_prefix. +test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' + +# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute +# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed. +# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it. +if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then + ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[^:]*$/d' +fi + +trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS. +# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules. +# Protect against Makefile macro expansion. +cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF +s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g +s%[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g +s%\[%\\&%g +s%\]%\\&%g +s%\$%$$%g +EOF +DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '` +rm -f conftest.defs + + +# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status. +: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} + +echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS +rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS +cat > $CONFIG_STATUS </dev/null | sed 1q`: +# +# $0 $ac_configure_args +# +# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging +# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists. + +ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]" +for ac_option +do + case "\$ac_option" in + -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) + echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion" + exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;; + -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v) + echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12.970309" + exit 0 ;; + -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h) + echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;; + *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;; + esac +done + +ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir +ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL" + +trap 'rm -fr `echo "include/config_h \ + include/MKterm.h.awk \ + include/curses.h \ + include/termcap.h \ + include/unctrl.h \ + $SUB_MAKEFILES \ + Makefile" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15 +EOF +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS < conftest.subs <<\\CEOF +$ac_vpsub +$extrasub +s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g +s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g +s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g +s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g +s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g +s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g +s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g +s%@prefix@%$prefix%g +s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g +s%@bindir@%$bindir%g +s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g +s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g +s%@datadir@%$datadir%g +s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g +s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g +s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g +s%@libdir@%$libdir%g +s%@includedir@%$includedir%g +s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g +s%@infodir@%$infodir%g +s%@mandir@%$mandir%g +s%@NCURSES_MAJOR@%$NCURSES_MAJOR%g +s%@NCURSES_MINOR@%$NCURSES_MINOR%g +s%@NCURSES_PATCH@%$NCURSES_PATCH%g +s%@nc_cv_rel_version@%$nc_cv_rel_version%g +s%@nc_cv_abi_version@%$nc_cv_abi_version%g +s%@nc_cv_builtin_bool@%$nc_cv_builtin_bool%g +s%@nc_cv_type_of_bool@%$nc_cv_type_of_bool%g +s%@CC@%$CC%g +s%@CPP@%$CPP%g +s%@CXX@%$CXX%g +s%@AWK@%$AWK%g +s%@SET_MAKE@%$SET_MAKE%g +s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g +s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g +s%@LN_S@%$LN_S%g +s%@RANLIB@%$RANLIB%g +s%@LINT@%$LINT%g +s%@MAN@%$MAN%g +s%@LINT_OPTS@%$LINT_OPTS%g +s%@LD@%$LD%g +s%@AR@%$AR%g +s%@AR_OPTS@%$AR_OPTS%g +s%@nc_cv_makeflags@%$nc_cv_makeflags%g +s%@INSTALL_PREFIX@%$INSTALL_PREFIX%g +s%@EXTRA_LIBS@%$EXTRA_LIBS%g +s%@DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR@%$DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR%g +s%@DFT_LWR_MODEL@%$DFT_LWR_MODEL%g +s%@DFT_UPR_MODEL@%$DFT_UPR_MODEL%g +s%@DFT_DEP_SUFFIX@%$DFT_DEP_SUFFIX%g +s%@DFT_ARG_SUFFIX@%$DFT_ARG_SUFFIX%g +s%@nc_list_models@%$nc_list_models%g +s%@LIB_NAME@%$LIB_NAME%g +s%@LIB_PREFIX@%$LIB_PREFIX%g +s%@CC_G_OPT@%$CC_G_OPT%g +s%@CXX_G_OPT@%$CXX_G_OPT%g +s%@LD_MODEL@%$LD_MODEL%g +s%@CC_SHARED_OPTS@%$CC_SHARED_OPTS%g +s%@MK_SHARED_LIB@%$MK_SHARED_LIB%g +s%@LOCAL_LDFLAGS@%$LOCAL_LDFLAGS%g +s%@LOCAL_LDFLAGS2@%$LOCAL_LDFLAGS2%g +s%@ECHO_LINK@%$ECHO_LINK%g +s%@COULD_BE_SCO@%$COULD_BE_SCO%g +s%@CXX_EXISTS@%$CXX_EXISTS%g +s%@CXXCPP@%$CXXCPP%g +s%@CXXLIBS@%$CXXLIBS%g +s%@gnat_exists@%$gnat_exists%g +s%@m4_exists@%$m4_exists%g +s%@nc_ada_make@%$nc_ada_make%g +s%@nc_ada_compiler@%$nc_ada_compiler%g +s%@nc_ada_package@%$nc_ada_package%g +s%@ADAFLAGS@%$ADAFLAGS%g +s%@ACPPFLAGS@%$ACPPFLAGS%g +s%@TEST_DEPS@%$TEST_DEPS%g +s%@TEST_ARGS@%$TEST_ARGS%g +s%@ADA_SUBDIRS@%$ADA_SUBDIRS%g +s%@DIRS_TO_MAKE@%$DIRS_TO_MAKE%g + +CEOF +EOF + +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF + +# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with +# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX. +ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script. +ac_file=1 # Number of current file. +ac_beg=1 # First line for current file. +ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file. +ac_more_lines=: +ac_sed_cmds="" +while $ac_more_lines; do + if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then + sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file + else + sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file + fi + if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then + ac_more_lines=false + rm -f conftest.s$ac_file + else + if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then + ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file" + else + ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file" + fi + ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1` + ac_beg=$ac_end + ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds` + fi +done +if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then + ac_sed_cmds=cat +fi +EOF + +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF +for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then + # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in". + case "$ac_file" in + *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'` + ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; + *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;; + esac + + # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories. + + # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname. + ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then + # The file is in a subdirectory. + test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir" + ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`" + # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. + ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` + else + ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots= + fi + + case "$ac_given_srcdir" in + .) srcdir=. + if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=. + else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;; + /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + *) # Relative path. + srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix" + top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + esac + + case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in + [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;; + *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;; + esac + + echo creating "$ac_file" + rm -f "$ac_file" + configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure." + case "$ac_file" in + *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\ +# $configure_input" ;; + *) ac_comsub= ;; + esac + + ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"` + sed -e "$ac_comsub +s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g +s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g +s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g +s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g +" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file +fi; done +rm -f conftest.s* + +EOF +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF + + + + + +for nc_dir in $SRC_SUBDIRS +do + if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules; then + + nc_libs_to_make= + for nc_item in $NC_LIST_MODELS + do + + + + case $nc_item in + normal) nc_suffix='.a' ;; + debug) nc_suffix='_g.a' ;; + profile) nc_suffix='_p.a' ;; + shared) + case $nc_cv_systype in + NetBSD|FreeBSD) + nc_suffix='.so.$(ABI_VERSION)' ;; + HP_UX) nc_suffix='.sl' ;; + *) nc_suffix='.so' ;; + esac + esac + + nc_libs_to_make="$nc_libs_to_make ../lib/lib${nc_dir}${nc_suffix}" + done + + sed -e "s@\@LIBS_TO_MAKE\@@$nc_libs_to_make@" \ + $nc_dir/Makefile >$nc_dir/Makefile.out + mv $nc_dir/Makefile.out $nc_dir/Makefile + + $AWK -f $srcdir/mk-0th.awk \ + name=$nc_dir \ + $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules >>$nc_dir/Makefile + + for nc_item in $NC_LIST_MODELS + do + echo 'Appending rules for '$nc_item' model ('$nc_dir')' + +NC_ITEM=`echo $nc_item |tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]'` + + + + + case $nc_item in + normal) nc_suffix='.a' ;; + debug) nc_suffix='_g.a' ;; + profile) nc_suffix='_p.a' ;; + shared) + case $nc_cv_systype in + NetBSD|FreeBSD) + nc_suffix='.so.$(ABI_VERSION)' ;; + HP_UX) nc_suffix='.sl' ;; + *) nc_suffix='.so' ;; + esac + esac + + + case $nc_item in + normal) nc_subdir='objects' ;; + debug) nc_subdir='obj_g' ;; + profile) nc_subdir='obj_p' ;; + shared) nc_subdir='obj_s' ;; + esac + + + # These dependencies really are for development, not + # builds, but they are useful in porting, too. + nc_depend="../include/ncurses_cfg.h" + if test "$srcdir" = "."; then + nc_reldir="." + else + nc_reldir="\$(srcdir)" + fi + if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/$nc_dir.priv.h; then + nc_depend="$nc_depend $nc_reldir/$nc_dir.priv.h" + elif test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/curses.priv.h; then + nc_depend="$nc_depend $nc_reldir/curses.priv.h" + fi + $AWK -f $srcdir/mk-1st.awk \ + name=$nc_dir \ + MODEL=$NC_ITEM \ + model=$nc_subdir \ + suffix=$nc_suffix \ + DoLinks=$nc_cv_do_symlinks \ + rmSoLocs=$nc_cv_rm_so_locs \ + overwrite=$WITH_OVERWRITE \ + depend="$nc_depend" \ + $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules >>$nc_dir/Makefile + test $nc_dir = ncurses && WITH_OVERWRITE=no + $AWK -f $srcdir/mk-2nd.awk \ + name=$nc_dir \ + MODEL=$NC_ITEM \ + model=$nc_subdir \ + srcdir=$srcdir \ + echo=$WITH_ECHO \ + $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules >>$nc_dir/Makefile + done + fi + + echo ' cd '$nc_dir'; $(MAKE) $(NC_MFLAGS) $@' >>Makefile +done + +for nc_dir in $SRC_SUBDIRS +do + if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/modules; then + echo >> Makefile + if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/headers; then +cat >> Makefile <> Makefile +fi +cat >> Makefile <> Makefile <> Makefile <headers.sh </<\$END\/\$NAME>/" >> ../headers.sed + done + fi + rm -f \$TMP + sed -f ../headers.sed \$SRC > \$TMP + eval \$PRG \$TMP \$DST + rm -f \$TMP + ;; +*) + eval \$PRG \$SRC \$DST + ;; +esac +NC_EOF + +chmod 0755 headers.sh + +for nc_dir in $SRC_SUBDIRS +do + if test -f $srcdir/$nc_dir/headers; then + cat >>$nc_dir/Makefile <>$nc_dir/Makefile + j=$i + done + echo " $j" >>$nc_dir/Makefile + for i in `cat $srcdir/$nc_dir/headers |fgrep -v "#"` + do + echo " @ ../headers.sh \$(INSTALL_DATA) \$(INSTALL_PREFIX)\$(includedir) \$(srcdir) $i" >>$nc_dir/Makefile + done + fi +done + + + +### Special editing. We generate ncurses_cfg.h directly to allow all filenames +### to be MSDOS-compatible, as well as to make the list of definitions be +### dynamically determined by the configuration script -- a consideration when +### doing type-clean development testing. + +echo creating include/ncurses_cfg.h +rm -f include/ncurses_cfg.h +echo "/* generated by configure-script + * On host: $SYS_NAME + */ +#ifndef NC_CONFIG_H +#define NC_CONFIG_H" >include/ncurses_cfg.h +sed -e '/^ -D/!d' \ + -e 's/ -D/\ +#define /g' \ + -e 's/\(#define [A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\)=/\1 /g' \ + -e 's/\\//g' \ + include/config_h | sort >>include/ncurses_cfg.h +echo " + /* The C compiler may not treat these properly, but C++ has to */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +#undef const +#undef inline +#else +#if defined(lint) || defined(TRACE) +#undef inline +#define inline /* nothing */ +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* NC_CONFIG_H */" >> include/ncurses_cfg.h +echo removing include/config_h +rm include/config_h + +exit 0 +EOF +chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS +rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files +test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1 +make preinstall diff --git a/configure.in b/configure.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e202a79 --- /dev/null +++ b/configure.in @@ -0,0 +1,658 @@ +dnl***************************************************************************** +dnl Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey * +dnl All Rights Reserved. * +dnl * +dnl Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * +dnl documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * +dnl that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * +dnl copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * +dnl documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) * +dnl not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * +dnl software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED * +dnl COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, * +dnl INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO * +dnl EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY * +dnl SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER * +dnl RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF * +dnl CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN * +dnl CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * +dnl***************************************************************************** +dnl $Id: configure.in,v 1.64 1997/05/10 15:26:07 tom Exp $ +dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. +AC_PREREQ(2.12) +AC_REVISION($Revision: 1.64 $) +AC_INIT(ncurses/lib_initscr.c) + +NC_VERSION +NC_SYSTYPE + +# We need a configure script only when compiling as part of GNU C library. +# Here we have to generate one of the files we need while compiling. +# +# The only problem is that users of the package might think they have to +# run configure themself and find it irritating when nothing happens. +# +# So we try here to find out whether we are called from the glibc configure +# or by a user. +# +dnl Check if we are a drop-in addition to glibc. +AC_ARG_ENABLE(add-ons, dnl +[ --enable-add-ons=DIR... used to check if we are a glibc add-on.], + [glibc_add_on=yes], + [glibc_add_on=]) + +dnl We need to use [ and ] for other purposes for a while now. +changequote(,)dnl +if test x"$glibc_add_on" = "xyes" ; then +if test -f $srcdir/../glibcbug.in; then + rm -f $srcdir/Banner + # We are in glibc. + rm -f $srcdir/Makefile + cp $srcdir/Makefile.glibc $srcdir/Makefile + echo "ncurses `grep \"^[ ]*ncurses-version[ ]*=.*$\" \ + $srcdir/Makefile | sed -e \ + 's/^[ ]*ncurses-version[ ]*=[ ]*\([^ ^ ]*\)[ ]*$/\1/'`" > $srcdir/Banner + exit 0 +fi +fi +changequote([,])dnl + +### Save the given $CFLAGS to allow user-override. +nc_user_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + +### Derive the system name, as a check for reusing the autoconf cache +system_name="`(uname -s -r || hostname || echo unknown) 2>/dev/null`" +if test -n "$system_name" ; then + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(SYSTEM_NAME,"$system_name") +else + system_name="`(hostname) 2>/dev/null`" +fi +AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_system_name,[nc_cv_system_name="$system_name"]) +test -z "$system_name" && system_name="$nc_cv_system_name" +test -n "$nc_cv_system_name" && AC_MSG_RESULT("Configuring for $nc_cv_system_name") + +if test ".$system_name" != ".$nc_cv_system_name" ; then + AC_MSG_RESULT("Cached system name does not agree with actual") + AC_ERROR("Please remove config.cache and try again.") +fi + +### Default install-location +NC_CFG_DEFAULTS + +### Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_CC +if test -n "$GCC" ; then +AC_MSG_CHECKING(version of gcc) +eval "$CC --version" +fi +AC_PROG_CPP +AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL +AC_ISC_POSIX + +dnl DEFECT in autoconf 2.12: an attempt to set policy, this breaks the +dnl configure script by not letting us test if C++ +dnl is present, making this option necessary. +AC_ARG_WITH(cxx, + [ --without-cxx suppress check for C++]) +if test "X$withval" != Xno ; then +AC_PROG_CXX +fi +changequote(,)dnl +if test -n "$GXX" ; then case "`${CXX-g++} --version`" in 1*|2.[0-6]*) GXX=""; CXX=""; ac_cv_prog_gxx=no; nc_cxx_library=no ; echo No: templates do not work;; esac; fi +changequote([,])dnl +AC_PROG_AWK +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET +NC_PROG_INSTALL +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_RANLIB +AC_CHECK_PROGS(LINT, tdlint lint alint) +AC_CHECK_PROGS(MAN, man man_db) +AC_SUBST(LINT_OPTS) + +dnl These are standard among *NIX systems, but not when cross-compiling +NC_SUBST(loader,LD,ld) +NC_SUBST(archiver,AR,ar) +NC_SUBST(archiver options,AR_OPTS,rv) + +NC_MAKEFLAGS +NC_MAN_PAGES + +dnl Special option for use by system-builders: the install-prefix is used to +dnl adjust the location into which the actual install is done, so that an +dnl archive can be built without modifying the host system's configuration. +AC_ARG_WITH(install-prefix, + [ --with-install-prefix prefixes actual install-location], + [case "$withval" in #(vi + yes|no) #(vi + ;; + *) INSTALL_PREFIX="$withval" + ;; + esac]) +AC_SUBST(INSTALL_PREFIX) + +### Options to allow the user to specify the set of libraries which are used. +### Use "--without-normal --with-shared" to allow the default model to be +### shared, for example. +nc_list_models="" +AC_ARG_WITH(shared, + [ --with-shared generate shared-libraries], + [test "$withval" = "yes" && nc_list_models="$nc_list_models shared"]) +AC_ARG_WITH(normal, + [ --with-normal generate normal-libraries (default)], + [test "$withval" = "yes" && nc_list_models="$nc_list_models normal"], + [nc_list_models="$nc_list_models normal"]) +AC_ARG_WITH(debug, + [ --with-debug generate debug-libraries (default)], + [test "$withval" = "yes" && nc_list_models="$nc_list_models debug"], + [nc_list_models="$nc_list_models debug"]) +AC_ARG_WITH(profile, + [ --with-profile generate profile-libraries], + [test "$withval" = "yes" && nc_list_models="$nc_list_models profile"]) + +### Checks for special libraries, must be done up-front. +AC_ARG_WITH(dbmalloc, + [ --with-dbmalloc test: use Conor Cahill's dbmalloc library], + [AC_CHECK_LIB(dbmalloc,debug_malloc)]) +AC_ARG_WITH(dmalloc, + [ --with-dmalloc test: use Gray Watson's dmalloc library], + [AC_CHECK_LIB(dmalloc,dmalloc_debug)]) +AC_ARG_WITH(gpm, + [ --with-gpm use Alessandro Rubini's GPM library], + [AC_CHECK_LIB(gpm,Gpm_Open,[ + EXTRA_LIBS="$EXTRA_LIBS -lgpm -lncurses" + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBGPM) + AC_CHECK_HEADERS(gpm.h) + ],,-lcurses -ltermcap)]) + +AC_SUBST(EXTRA_LIBS) + +AC_MSG_CHECKING(for specified models) +test -z "$nc_list_models" && nc_list_models=normal +AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_list_models) + +### Use the first model as the default, and save its suffix for use in building +### up test-applications. +DFT_LWR_MODEL=`echo $nc_list_models | $AWK '{print $1}'` +NC_UPPERCASE($DFT_LWR_MODEL,DFT_UPR_MODEL)dnl +NC_LIB_SUFFIX($DFT_LWR_MODEL,DFT_DEP_SUFFIX)dnl +NC_LIB_TYPE($DFT_LWR_MODEL,DFT_ARG_SUFFIX)dnl +NC_OBJ_SUBDIR($DFT_LWR_MODEL,DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR)dnl +AC_SUBST(DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR)dnl the default object-directory ("obj") +AC_SUBST(DFT_LWR_MODEL)dnl the default model ("normal") +AC_SUBST(DFT_UPR_MODEL)dnl the default model ("NORMAL") +AC_SUBST(DFT_DEP_SUFFIX)dnl the corresponding library-suffix (".a") +AC_SUBST(DFT_ARG_SUFFIX)dnl the string to append to "-lncurses" ("") +AC_SUBST(nc_list_models)dnl the complete list of models ("normal debug") + +LIB_NAME=ncurses +AC_SUBST(LIB_NAME) + +LIB_DIR=../lib +LIB_PREFIX=$LIB_DIR/lib +AC_SUBST(LIB_PREFIX) + +dnl Not all ports of gcc support the -g option +dnl autoconf 2.12 uses different symbol for -g option than autoconf 2.10, etc. + +if test X"$CC_G_OPT" = X"" ; then + CC_G_OPT='-g' + test -n "$GCC" && test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g}${ac_cv_prog_gcc_g}" != yes && CC_G_OPT='' +fi +AC_SUBST(CC_G_OPT) + +if test X"$CXX_G_OPT" = X"" ; then + CXX_G_OPT='-g' + test -n "$GXX" && test "${ac_cv_prog_cxx_g}${ac_cv_prog_gxx_g}" != yes && CXX_G_OPT='' +fi +AC_SUBST(CXX_G_OPT) + +case $DFT_LWR_MODEL in +normal) LD_MODEL='' ;; +debug) LD_MODEL=$CC_G_OPT ;; +profile) LD_MODEL='-pg';; +shared) LD_MODEL='' ;; +esac +AC_SUBST(LD_MODEL)dnl the type of link (e.g., -g or -pg) +NC_SHARED_OPTS + +if test "$CC_SHARED_OPTS" = "unknown"; then + for model in $nc_list_models; do + if test "$model" = "shared"; then + echo '** Shared libraries are not supported in this version' + exit 1 + fi + done +fi + +### use option --disable-overwrite to leave out the link to -lcurses +AC_MSG_CHECKING(include directory) +AC_ARG_ENABLE(overwrite, + [ --disable-overwrite leave out the link to -lcurses], + [with_overwrite=$enableval + test "$with_overwrite" = no && \ + test "x$includedir" = 'x${prefix}/include' && \ + includedir='$(prefix)/include/ncurses' + ], + [with_overwrite=yes]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($includedir) + +### use option --enable-big-core to make tic run faster on big machines +AC_MSG_CHECKING(if big-core option selected) +AC_ARG_ENABLE(big-core, + [ --enable-big-core assume machine has lots of memory], + [with_big_core=$enableval], + [with_big_core=no]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($with_big_core) +test "$with_big_core" = "yes" && AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BIG_CORE) + +### use option --enable-termcap to compile in the termcap fallback support +AC_MSG_CHECKING(if termcap-fallback support is needed) +AC_ARG_ENABLE(termcap, + [ --enable-termcap compile in termcap fallback support], + [with_termcap=$enableval], + [with_termcap=no]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($with_termcap) + +if test "$with_termcap" != "yes" ; then + AC_DEFINE(PURE_TERMINFO) +else + +### use option --enable-getcap to use a hacked getcap for reading termcaps +AC_MSG_CHECKING(if fast termcap-loader is needed) +AC_ARG_ENABLE(getcap, + [ --enable-getcap fast termcap load, no xrefs to terminfo], + [with_getcap=$enableval], + [with_getcap=no]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($with_getcap) +test "$with_getcap" = "yes" && AC_DEFINE(USE_GETCAP) + +AC_MSG_CHECKING(if translated termcaps will be cached in ~/.terminfo) +AC_ARG_ENABLE(getcap-cache, + [ --enable-getcap-cache cache translated termcaps in ~/.terminfo], + [with_getcap_cache=$enableval], + [with_getcap_cache=no]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($with_getcap_cache) +test "$with_getcap_cache" = "yes" && AC_DEFINE(USE_GETCAP_CACHE) + +fi + +### use option --enable-symlinks to make tic use symlinks, not hard links +AC_MSG_CHECKING(if tic should use symbolic links) +AC_ARG_ENABLE(symlinks, + [ --enable-symlinks make tic use symbolic links not hard links], + [with_symlinks=$enableval], + [with_symlinks=no]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($with_symlinks) +test "$with_symlinks" = yes && AC_DEFINE(USE_SYMLINKS) + +### use option --enable-bsdpad to have tputs process BSD-style prefix padding +AC_MSG_CHECKING(if tputs should process BSD-style prefix padding) +AC_ARG_ENABLE(bsdpad, + [ --enable-bsdpad recognize BSD-style prefix padding], + [with_bsdpad=$enableval], + [with_bsdpad=no]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($with_bsdpad) +test "$with_bsdpad" = yes && AC_DEFINE(BSD_TPUTS) + +### use option --enable-const to turn on use of const beyond that in XSI. +AC_MSG_CHECKING(for extended use of const keyword) +AC_ARG_ENABLE(const, + [ --enable-const compile with extra/non-standard const], + [with_ext_const=$enableval], + [with_ext_const=no]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($with_ext_const) +test "$with_ext_const" = yes && AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_CONST,const) + +### Enable compiling-in rcs id's +AC_MSG_CHECKING(if RCS identifiers should be compiled-in) +AC_ARG_WITH(rcs-ids, + [ --with-rcs-ids build: compile-in RCS identifiers], + [with_rcs_ids=$enableval], + [with_rcs_ids=no]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($with_rcs_ids) +test "$with_rcs_ids" = yes && AC_DEFINE(USE_RCS_IDS) + +### use option --disable-echo to suppress full display compiling commands +AC_ARG_ENABLE(echo, + [ --enable-echo build: display \"compiling\" commands (default)], + [with_echo=$enableval], + [with_echo=yes]) +if test "$with_echo" = yes; then + ECHO_LINK= +else + ECHO_LINK='@ echo linking $@ ... ;' +fi +AC_SUBST(ECHO_LINK) + +### use option --enable-warnings to turn on all gcc warnings +AC_ARG_ENABLE(warnings, + [ --enable-warnings build: turn on GCC compiler warnings], + [with_warnings=$enableval]) +if test -n "$with_warnings"; then + ADAFLAGS="$ADAFLAGS -gnatg" + NC_GCC_WARNINGS +fi +NC_GCC_ATTRIBUTES + +### use option --enable-assertions to turn on generation of assertion code +AC_ARG_ENABLE(assertions, + [ --enable-assertions test: turn on generation of assertion code], + [with_assertions=$enableval]) +if test -n "$GCC" +then + if test -z "$with_assertions" + then + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DNDEBUG" + else + ADAFLAGS="$ADAFLAGS -gnata" + fi +fi + +### use option --disable-leaks to suppress "permanent" leaks, for testing +AC_ARG_ENABLE(leaks, + [ --disable-leaks test: suppress permanent memory-leaks], + [test $enableval = no && AC_DEFINE(NO_LEAKS)]) +AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NC_ALLOC_H) + +### use option --enable-expanded to generate certain macros as functions +AC_ARG_ENABLE(expanded, + [ --enable-expanded test: generate functions for certain macros], + [test $enableval = yes && AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_EXPANDED)]) + +### use option --disable-macros to suppress macros in favor of functions +AC_ARG_ENABLE(macros, + [ --disable-macros test: use functions rather than macros], + [test $enableval = no && AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_NOMACROS)]) + +### Checks for libraries. +AC_CHECK_FUNC(gettimeofday, + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY),[ +AC_CHECK_LIB(bsd, gettimeofday, + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY) + LIBS="$LIBS -lbsd")])dnl CLIX: bzero, select, gettimeofday + +### Checks for header files. +AC_STDC_HEADERS +AC_HEADER_DIRENT +NC_REGEX + +dnl These are some other potentially nonportable headers. +AC_CHECK_HEADERS( \ +fcntl.h \ +getopt.h \ +libc.h \ +limits.h \ +locale.h \ +sys/bsdtypes.h \ +sys/ioctl.h \ +sys/param.h \ +poll.h \ +sys/select.h \ +sys/stropts.h \ +sys/time.h \ +sys/times.h \ +termio.h \ +termios.h \ +ttyent.h \ +unistd.h \ +values.h \ +) + +# check for HPUX's ANSI compiler +if test $nc_cv_systype = HP_UX; then +if test -z "$GCC"; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for HP/UX ANSI compiler]) + nc_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Aa" + AC_TRY_COMPILE([],[void (*f)(void)=0],[nc_hpux_cc=yes],[nc_hpux_cc=no]) + AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_hpux_cc) + if test $nc_hpux_cc = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(_HPUX_SOURCE) + else + CFLAGS="$nc_save_CFLAGS" + fi +fi;fi + +# check for ISC (this may also define _POSIX_SOURCE) +# Note: even non-Posix ISC needs to declare fd_set +if test "$ISC" = yes ; then + AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix,main) + AC_CHECK_LIB(inet,bzero,LIBS="$LIBS -linet")dnl also 'select()' + AC_CHECK_HEADERS( sys/termio.h ) +fi + +# check for SCO. this is a hack, and should be split into individual +# features -- the sys/time.h and select.h conflict, and the need for +# ptem.h due to winsize struct. +AC_CHECKING([for SCO by checking on /usr/bin/scosh]) +AC_PROGRAM_CHECK(COULD_BE_SCO, [scosh], maybe, maybenot) +if test "$COULD_BE_SCO" = "maybe" +then + AC_DEFINE(SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO) +fi + +### checks for compiler characteristics +AC_LANG_C +AC_C_CONST +AC_C_INLINE +test $ac_cv_c_inline != no && AC_DEFINE(CC_HAS_INLINE_FUNCS) + +### Checks for external-data +NC_ERRNO +NC_SYS_ERRLIST +NC_LINK_DATAONLY +NC_SPEED_TYPE + +### Checks for library functions. +AC_CHECK_FUNCS( \ +getttynam \ +memccpy \ +poll \ +select \ +setbuf \ +setbuffer \ +setvbuf \ +sigaction \ +sigvec \ +strdup \ +tcgetattr \ +times \ +usleep \ +vfscanf \ +vsscanf \ +) + +if test $ac_cv_func_sigaction = yes; then +AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether sigaction needs _POSIX_SOURCE) +AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include +#include ], [struct sigaction act;], + sigact_bad=no, sigact_bad=yes AC_DEFINE(SVR4_ACTION)) +AC_MSG_RESULT($sigact_bad) +fi + +# some machines require _POSIX_SOURCE to completely define struct termios +if test $ac_cv_header_termios_h = yes ; then + case "$CFLAGS" in + *-D_POSIX_SOURCE*) + termios_bad=dunno ;; + *) termios_bad=maybe ;; + esac + if test $termios_bad = maybe ; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether termios.h needs _POSIX_SOURCE) + AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include ], + [struct termios foo; int x = foo.c_iflag], + termios_bad=no, [ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([ +#define _POSIX_SOURCE +#include ], + [struct termios foo; int x = foo.c_iflag], + termios_bad=unknown, + termios_bad=yes AC_DEFINE(SVR4_TERMIO)) + ]) + AC_MSG_RESULT($termios_bad) + fi +fi + +dnl FIXME (may need this) AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS +if test "$cross_compiling" = yes ; then + AC_MSG_WARN(cross compiling: assume setvbuf params not reversed) +else + AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED +fi +AC_TYPE_SIGNAL +NC_TYPE_SIGACTION +NC_TIOCGWINSZ + +dnl FIXME checks we don't do (but neither does the old Configure script): +case "$nc_cv_systype" in +Linux) + AC_DEFINE(GOOD_SELECT) + ;; +esac + +dnl We'll do our own -g libraries, unless the user's overridden via $CFLAGS +if test -z "$nc_user_CFLAGS" ; then + NC_STRIP_G_OPT(CFLAGS) + NC_STRIP_G_OPT(CXXFLAGS) +fi + +dnl Check for C++ compiler characteristics (and ensure that it's there!) +if test -n "$CXX" ; then + AC_CHECK_PROG(CXX_EXISTS, $CXX, yes, no) +else + ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS=no +fi +if test "$ac_cv_prog_CXX_EXISTS" = yes; then + AC_LANG_CPLUSPLUS + NC_CXX_LIBRARY + AC_CHECK_HEADERS(builtin.h typeinfo) + NC_BOOL_DECL + NC_BOOL_SIZE +else + nc_cxx_library=no + AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_builtin_bool,[nc_cv_builtin_bool=0]) + AC_CACHE_VAL(nc_cv_sizeof_bool,[nc_cv_sizeof_bool=int]) +fi +AC_SUBST(CXXLIBS) + +dnl Check for availability of GNU Ada Translator (GNAT). +dnl At the moment we support no other Ada95 compiler. +nc_ada_make=gnatmake +AC_CHECK_PROG(gnat_exists, $nc_ada_make, yes, no) +if test "$ac_cv_prog_gnat_exists" = no; then + nc_ada_make= +else + NC_GNAT_VERSION + AC_CHECK_PROG(m4_exists, m4, yes, no) + if test "$ac_cv_prog_m4_exists" = no; then + ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct=no + echo Ada95 binding required program m4 not found. Ada95 binding disabled. + fi +fi +if test "$ac_cv_prog_gnat_correct" = yes; then + nc_ada_compiler=gcc + nc_ada_package=terminal_interface + AC_SUBST(nc_ada_make) + AC_SUBST(nc_ada_compiler) + AC_SUBST(nc_ada_package) + AC_SUBST(ADAFLAGS) +fi + +### It's not possible to appease gcc 2.6.3's conversion-warnings if we're +### using a 'char' for bools. gcc 2.7.0's conversion-warnings are broken too +### badly to consider using for development purposes, but 2.5.8 is okay. +if test -n "$with_warnings"; then + if test -n "$GCC"; then + case "`$CC --version`" in + 2.6.3) + if test "$nc_cv_sizeof_bool" != "char"; then + nc_warn_CFLAGS="$nc_warn_CFLAGS -Wconversion" + fi + ;; + 2.5*) + nc_warn_CFLAGS="$nc_warn_CFLAGS -Wconversion" + ;; + esac + fi +fi + +### Construct the list of include-directories to be generated +NC_INCLUDE_DIRS +NC_ADA_INCLUDE_DIRS + +### Construct the list of subdirectories for which we'll customize makefiles +### with the appropriate compile-rules. +NC_SRC_MODULES(ncurses progs panel menu form) +NC_DIRS_TO_MAKE + +### Now that we're done running tests, add the compiler-warnings, if any +CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $nc_warn_CFLAGS" + +################################################################################ +changequote({,})dnl +AC_OUTPUT(include/config_h \ + include/MKterm.h.awk \ + include/curses.h \ + include/termcap.h \ + include/unctrl.h \ + $SUB_MAKEFILES \ + Makefile,{ + +NC_LIB_RULES + +### Special editing. We generate ncurses_cfg.h directly to allow all filenames +### to be MSDOS-compatible, as well as to make the list of definitions be +### dynamically determined by the configuration script -- a consideration when +### doing type-clean development testing. + +echo creating include/ncurses_cfg.h +rm -f include/ncurses_cfg.h +echo "/* generated by configure-script + * On host: $SYS_NAME + */ +#ifndef NC_CONFIG_H +#define NC_CONFIG_H" >include/ncurses_cfg.h +sed -e '/^ -D/!d' \ + -e 's/ -D/\ +#define /g' \ + -e 's/\(#define [A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\)=/\1 /g' \ + -e 's/\\//g' \ + include/config_h | sort >>include/ncurses_cfg.h +echo " + /* The C compiler may not treat these properly, but C++ has to */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +#undef const +#undef inline +#else +#if defined(lint) || defined(TRACE) +#undef inline +#define inline /* nothing */ +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* NC_CONFIG_H */" >> include/ncurses_cfg.h +echo removing include/config_h +rm include/config_h +},{ +### Special initialization commands, used to pass information from the +### configuration-run into config.status + +SYS_NAME="`(uname -a || hostname) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`" +if test -z "\$SYS_NAME"; then SYS_NAME=unknown;fi + +AWK=$AWK +DFT_LWR_MODEL="$DFT_LWR_MODEL" +NC_LIST_MODELS="$nc_list_models" +WITH_ECHO="$with_echo" +WITH_OVERWRITE="$with_overwrite" +SRC_SUBDIRS="$SRC_SUBDIRS" +nc_cxx_library="$nc_cxx_library" +nc_cv_systype="$nc_cv_systype" +nc_cv_rel_version="$nc_cv_rel_version" +nc_cv_abi_version="$nc_cv_abi_version" +nc_cv_do_symlinks="$nc_cv_do_symlinks" +nc_cv_rm_so_locs="$nc_cv_rm_so_locs" + +})dnl +changequote([,])dnl +make preinstall diff --git a/dist.mk b/dist.mk new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91d0b25a --- /dev/null +++ b/dist.mk @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +# $Id: dist.mk,v 1.38 1997/05/16 00:33:41 tom Exp $ +# Makefile for creating ncurses distributions. +# +# This only needs to be used directly as a makefile by developers, but +# configure mines the current version number out of here. To move +# to a new version number, just edit this file and run configure. +# +SHELL = /bin/sh + +# These define the major/minor/patch versions of ncurses. +NCURSES_MAJOR = 4 +NCURSES_MINOR = 1 +NCURSES_PATCH = 970515 + +# We don't append the patch to the version, since this only applies to releases +VERSION = $(NCURSES_MAJOR).$(NCURSES_MINOR) + +DUMP = lynx -dump +DUMP2 = $(DUMP) -nolist + +ALL = ANNOUNCE announce.html misc/ncurses-intro.doc misc/hackguide.doc + +all : $(ALL) + +dist: $(ALL) + (cd ..; tar cvf ncurses-$(VERSION).tar `sed announce.html + +ANNOUNCE : announce.html + $(DUMP) announce.html >ANNOUNCE + +misc/ncurses-intro.doc: misc/ncurses-intro.html + $(DUMP2) misc/ncurses-intro.html > misc/ncurses-intro.doc +misc/hackguide.doc: misc/hackguide.html + $(DUMP2) misc/hackguide.html > misc/hackguide.doc + +# Prepare distribution for version control +vcprepare: + find . -type d -exec mkdir {}/RCS \; + +# Write-lock almost all files not under version control. +ADA_EXCEPTIONS=$(shell eval 'a="\\\\\|";for x in Ada95/gen/terminal*.m4; do echo -n $${a}Ada95/ada_include/`basename $${x} .m4`; done') +EXCEPTIONS = 'announce.html$\\|ANNOUNCE\\|misc/.*\\.doc\\|man/terminfo.5\\|lib_gen.c'$(ADA_EXCEPTIONS) +writelock: + for x in `grep -v $(EXCEPTIONS) MANIFEST`; do if [ ! -f `dirname $$x`/RCS/`basename $$x`,v ]; then chmod a-w $${x}; fi; done + +TAGS: + etags */*.[ch] + +# Makefile ends here diff --git a/form/Makefile.in b/form/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..054b7b58 --- /dev/null +++ b/form/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.17 1997/05/05 22:39:30 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Makefile for form source code. +# +# This makes the following: +# libraries (normal/debug/profile/shared) +# +# The variable 'srcdir' refers to the source-distribution, and can be set with +# the configure script by "--srcdir=DIR". +# +# The rules are organized to produce the libraries for the configured models, + +# turn off _all_ suffix rules; we'll generate our own +.SUFFIXES: + +SHELL = /bin/sh +THIS = Makefile + +MODEL = @DFT_LWR_MODEL@ +INSTALL_PREFIX = @INSTALL_PREFIX@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +libdir = @libdir@ +includedir = @includedir@ + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +AR = @AR@ +AR_OPTS = @AR_OPTS@ +AWK = @AWK@ +LD = @LD@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ + +CC = @CC@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ + +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ \ + -DHAVE_CONFIG_H + +CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) + +CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS) +CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE +CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg +CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@ + +CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@) + +LINK = $(CC) +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LD_MODEL@ @LIBS@ + +MK_SHARED_LIB = @MK_SHARED_LIB@ +REL_VERSION = @nc_cv_rel_version@ +ABI_VERSION = @nc_cv_abi_version@ + +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ + +LIBRARIES = @LIBS_TO_MAKE@ + +LINT = @LINT@ +LINT_OPTS = @LINT_OPTS@ +LINT_LIBS = -lform -lncurses @LIBS@ + +################################################################################ +all \ +install :: ../include/form.h $(LIBRARIES) + +$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) : + $(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs $@ + +# make copies to simplify include-paths while still keeping form's include +# file in this directory. +../include/form.h : $(srcdir)/form.h + -rm -f $@ + cp $(srcdir)/form.h $@ + +FORM_PRIV_H = \ + $(srcdir)/form.priv.h \ + $(srcdir)/form.h \ + ../include/mf_common.h \ + ../include/curses.h \ + ../include/eti.h + +tags: + ctags *.[ch] + +TAGS: + etags *.[ch] + +clean :: + -rm -f tags TAGS *~ ../include/form.h + +distclean :: clean + -rm -f Makefile + +mostlyclean :: clean + +realclean :: distclean + +../include/mf_common.h \ +../include/eti.h : + cd ../menu && $(MAKE) $@ + +############################################################################### +# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration +############################################################################### diff --git a/form/READ.ME b/form/READ.ME new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb26b1cb --- /dev/null +++ b/form/READ.ME @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +This is a clone of the form library that is available with typical +System V curses implementations (ETI). + +It is modelled after the documentation that comes for this library with +a 386 based SVR4 implementation (ESIX). This system was used together +with an NCR3000 system to compile the clone using original curses +implementation and to run various programs to check the compatibility of +this clone with the original libform library. + +The development environment was an ELF based Linux system, the German +Unifix distribution (aka Linux FT). + +For things that still need doing, see the TO-DO file in the top-level +directory. + +Juergen Pfeifer + +eMail: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de + diff --git a/form/fld_def.c b/form/fld_def.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b88ee3f --- /dev/null +++ b/form/fld_def.c @@ -0,0 +1,661 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: fld_def.c,v 1.6 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $") + +/* this can't be readonly */ +static FIELD default_field = { + 0, /* status */ + 0, /* rows */ + 0, /* cols */ + 0, /* frow */ + 0, /* fcol */ + 0, /* drows */ + 0, /* dcols */ + 0, /* maxgrow*/ + 0, /* nrow */ + 0, /* nbuf */ + NO_JUSTIFICATION, /* just */ + 0, /* page */ + 0, /* index */ + (int)' ', /* pad */ + A_NORMAL, /* fore */ + A_NORMAL, /* back */ + ALL_FIELD_OPTS, /* opts */ + (FIELD *)0, /* snext */ + (FIELD *)0, /* sprev */ + (FIELD *)0, /* link */ + (FORM *)0, /* form */ + (FIELDTYPE *)0, /* type */ + (char *)0, /* arg */ + (char *)0, /* buf */ + (char *)0 /* usrptr */ +}; + +FIELD *_nc_Default_Field = &default_field; + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static TypeArgument *Make_Argument( +| const FIELDTYPE *typ, +| va_list *ap, +| int *err ) +| +| Description : Create an argument structure for the specified type. +| Use the type-dependant argument list to construct +| it. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure. Maybe NULL. +| In case of an error in *err an errorcounter is increased. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static TypeArgument* Make_Argument(const FIELDTYPE *typ, va_list *ap, int *err) +{ + TypeArgument *res = (TypeArgument *)0; + TypeArgument *p; + + if (typ && (typ->status & _HAS_ARGS)) + { + assert(err && ap); + if (typ->status & _LINKED_TYPE) + { + p = (TypeArgument *)malloc(sizeof(TypeArgument)); + if (p) + { + p->left = Make_Argument(typ->left ,ap,err); + p->right = Make_Argument(typ->right,ap,err); + return p; + } + else + *err += 1; + } else + { + if ( !(res=(TypeArgument *)typ->makearg(ap)) ) + *err += 1; + } + } + return res; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static TypeArgument *Copy_Argument( +| const FIELDTYPE *typ, +| const TypeArgument *argp, +| int *err ) +| +| Description : Create a copy of an argument structure for the specified +| type. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure. Maybe NULL. +| In case of an error in *err an errorcounter is increased. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static TypeArgument *Copy_Argument(const FIELDTYPE *typ, + const TypeArgument *argp, int *err) +{ + TypeArgument *res = (TypeArgument *)0; + TypeArgument *p; + + if ( typ && (typ->status & _HAS_ARGS) ) + { + assert(err && argp); + if (typ->status & _LINKED_TYPE) + { + p = (TypeArgument *)malloc(sizeof(TypeArgument)); + if (p) + { + p->left = Copy_Argument(typ,argp->left ,err); + p->right = Copy_Argument(typ,argp->right,err); + return p; + } + *err += 1; + } + else + { + if (!(res = (TypeArgument *)(typ->copyarg((const void *)argp)))) + *err += 1; + } + } + return res; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void Free_Argument( +| const FIELDTYPE *typ, +| TypeArgument * argp ) +| +| Description : Release memory associated with the argument structure +| for the given fieldtype. +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void Free_Argument(const FIELDTYPE * typ, TypeArgument * argp) +{ + if (!typ || !(typ->status & _HAS_ARGS)) + return; + + if (typ->status & _LINKED_TYPE) + { + assert(argp); + Free_Argument(typ->left ,argp->left ); + Free_Argument(typ->right,argp->right); + free(argp); + } + else + { + typ->freearg((void *)argp); + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Copy_Type( FIELD *new, FIELD const *old ) +| +| Description : Copy argument structure of field old to field new +| +| Return Values : TRUE - copy worked +| FALSE - error occured ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Copy_Type(FIELD *new, FIELD const *old) +{ + int err = 0; + + assert(new && old); + + new->type = old->type; + new->arg = (void *)Copy_Argument(old->type,(TypeArgument *)(old->arg),&err); + + if (err) + { + Free_Argument(new->type,(TypeArgument *)(new->arg)); + new->type = (FIELDTYPE *)0; + new->arg = (void *)0; + return FALSE; + } + else + { + if (new->type) + new->type->ref++; + return TRUE; + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void Free_Type( FIELD *field ) +| +| Description : Release Argument structure for this field +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static void Free_Type(FIELD *field) +{ + assert(field); + if (field->type) + field->type->ref--; + Free_Argument(field->type,(TypeArgument *)(field->arg)); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : FIELD *new_field( int rows, int cols, +| int frow, int fcol, +| int nrow, int nbuf ) +| +| Description : Create a new field with this many 'rows' and 'cols', +| starting at 'frow/fcol' in the subwindow of the form. +| Allocate 'nrow' off-screen rows and 'nbuf' additional +| buffers. If an error occurs, errno is set to +| +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid argument +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error +| +| Return Values : Pointer to the new field or NULL if failure. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +FIELD *new_field(int rows, int cols, int frow, int fcol, int nrow, int nbuf) +{ + FIELD *New_Field = (FIELD *)0; + int err = E_BAD_ARGUMENT; + + if (rows>0 && + cols>0 && + frow>=0 && + fcol>=0 && + nrow>=0 && + nbuf>=0 && + ((err = E_SYSTEM_ERROR) != 0) && /* trick: this resets the default error */ + (New_Field=(FIELD *)malloc(sizeof(FIELD))) ) + { + *New_Field = default_field; + New_Field->rows = rows; + New_Field->cols = cols; + New_Field->drows = rows + nrow; + New_Field->dcols = cols; + New_Field->frow = frow; + New_Field->fcol = fcol; + New_Field->nrow = nrow; + New_Field->nbuf = nbuf; + New_Field->link = New_Field; + + if (Copy_Type(New_Field,&default_field)) + { + size_t len; + + len = Total_Buffer_Size(New_Field); + if ((New_Field->buf = (char *)malloc(len))) + { + /* Prefill buffers with blanks and insert terminating zeroes + between buffers */ + int i; + + memset(New_Field->buf,' ',len); + for(i=0;i<=New_Field->nbuf;i++) + { + New_Field->buf[(New_Field->drows*New_Field->cols+1)*(i+1)-1] + = '\0'; + } + return New_Field; + } + } + } + + if (New_Field) + free_field(New_Field); + + SET_ERROR( err ); + return (FIELD *)0; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : FIELD *dup_field(FIELD *field, int frow, int fcol) +| +| Description : Duplicates the field at the specified position. All +| field attributes and the buffers are copied. +| If an error occurs, errno is set to +| +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid argument +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error +| +| Return Values : Pointer to the new field or NULL if failure ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +FIELD *dup_field(FIELD * field, int frow, int fcol) +{ + FIELD *New_Field = (FIELD *)0; + int err = E_BAD_ARGUMENT; + + if (field && (frow>=0) && (fcol>=0) && + ((err=E_SYSTEM_ERROR) != 0) && /* trick : this resets the default error */ + (New_Field=(FIELD *)malloc(sizeof(FIELD))) ) + { + *New_Field = default_field; + New_Field->frow = frow; + New_Field->fcol = fcol; + New_Field->link = New_Field; + New_Field->rows = field->rows; + New_Field->cols = field->cols; + New_Field->nrow = field->nrow; + New_Field->drows = field->drows; + New_Field->dcols = field->dcols; + New_Field->maxgrow = field->maxgrow; + New_Field->nbuf = field->nbuf; + New_Field->just = field->just; + New_Field->fore = field->fore; + New_Field->back = field->back; + New_Field->pad = field->pad; + New_Field->opts = field->opts; + New_Field->usrptr = field->usrptr; + + if (Copy_Type(New_Field,field)) + { + size_t len; + + len = Total_Buffer_Size(New_Field); + if ( (New_Field->buf=(char *)malloc(len)) ) + { + memcpy(New_Field->buf,field->buf,len); + return New_Field; + } + } + } + + if (New_Field) + free_field(New_Field); + + SET_ERROR(err); + return (FIELD *)0; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : FIELD *link_field(FIELD *field, int frow, int fcol) +| +| Description : Duplicates the field at the specified position. The +| new field shares its buffers with the original one, +| the attributes are independent. +| If an error occurs, errno is set to +| +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid argument +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error +| +| Return Values : Pointer to the new field or NULL if failure ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +FIELD *link_field(FIELD * field, int frow, int fcol) +{ + FIELD *New_Field = (FIELD *)0; + int err = E_BAD_ARGUMENT; + + if (field && (frow>=0) && (fcol>=0) && + ((err=E_SYSTEM_ERROR) != 0) && /* trick: this resets the default error */ + (New_Field = (FIELD *)malloc(sizeof(FIELD))) ) + { + *New_Field = default_field; + New_Field->frow = frow; + New_Field->fcol = fcol; + New_Field->link = field->link; + field->link = New_Field; + New_Field->buf = field->buf; + New_Field->rows = field->rows; + New_Field->cols = field->cols; + New_Field->nrow = field->nrow; + New_Field->nbuf = field->nbuf; + New_Field->drows = field->drows; + New_Field->dcols = field->dcols; + New_Field->maxgrow= field->maxgrow; + New_Field->just = field->just; + New_Field->fore = field->fore; + New_Field->back = field->back; + New_Field->pad = field->pad; + New_Field->opts = field->opts; + New_Field->usrptr = field->usrptr; + if (Copy_Type(New_Field,field)) + return New_Field; + } + + if (New_Field) + free_field(New_Field); + + SET_ERROR( err ); + return (FIELD *)0; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int free_field( FIELD *field ) +| +| Description : Frees the storage allocated for the field. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid field pointer +| E_CONNECTED - field is connected ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int free_field(FIELD * field) +{ + if (!field) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (field->form) + RETURN(E_CONNECTED); + + if (field == field->link) + { + if (field->buf) + free(field->buf); + } + else + { + FIELD *f; + + for(f=field;f->link != field;f = f->link) + {} + f->link = field->link; + } + Free_Type(field); + free(field); + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int field_info(const FIELD *field, +| int *rows, int *cols, +| int *frow, int *fcol, +| int *nrow, int *nbuf) +| +| Description : Retrieve infos about the fields creation parameters. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid field pointer ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int field_info(const FIELD *field, + int *rows, int *cols, + int *frow, int *fcol, + int *nrow, int *nbuf) +{ + if (!field) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (rows) *rows = field->rows; + if (cols) *cols = field->cols; + if (frow) *frow = field->frow; + if (fcol) *fcol = field->fcol; + if (nrow) *nrow = field->nrow; + if (nbuf) *nbuf = field->nbuf; + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int move_field(FIELD *field,int frow, int fcol) +| +| Description : Moves the disconnected field to the new location in +| the forms subwindow. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid argument passed +| E_CONNECTED - field is connected ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int move_field(FIELD *field, int frow, int fcol) +{ + if ( !field || (frow<0) || (fcol<0) ) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (field->form) + RETURN(E_CONNECTED); + + field->frow = frow; + field->fcol = fcol; + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_field_type(FIELD *field, FIELDTYPE *type,...) +| +| Description : Associate the specified fieldtype with the field. +| Certain field types take additional arguments. Look +| at the spec of the field types ! +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_field_type(FIELD *field,FIELDTYPE *type, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + int res = E_SYSTEM_ERROR; + int err = 0; + + va_start(ap,type); + + Normalize_Field(field); + Free_Type(field); + + field->type = type; + field->arg = (void *)Make_Argument(field->type,&ap,&err); + + if (err) + { + Free_Argument(field->type,(TypeArgument *)(field->arg)); + field->type = (FIELDTYPE *)0; + field->arg = (void *)0; + } + else + { + res = E_OK; + if (field->type) + field->type->ref++; + } + + va_end(ap); + RETURN(res); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : FIELDTYPE *field_type(const FIELD *field) +| +| Description : Retrieve the associated fieldtype for this field. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to fieldtype of NULL if none is defined. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +FIELDTYPE *field_type(const FIELD * field) +{ + return Normalize_Field(field)->type; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : void *field_arg(const FIELD *field) +| +| Description : Retrieve pointer to the fields argument structure. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to structure or NULL if none is defined. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +void *field_arg(const FIELD * field) +{ + return Normalize_Field(field)->arg; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_max_field(FIELD *field, int maxgrow) +| +| Description : Set the maximum growth for a dynamic field. If maxgrow=0 +| the field may grow to any possible size. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid argument ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_max_field(FIELD *field, int maxgrow) +{ + if (!field || (maxgrow<0)) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + else + { + bool single_line_field = Single_Line_Field(field); + + if (maxgrow>0) + { + if (( single_line_field && (maxgrow < field->dcols)) || + (!single_line_field && (maxgrow < field->drows))) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + } + field->maxgrow = maxgrow; + field->status &= ~_MAY_GROW; + if (!(field->opts & O_STATIC)) + { + if ((maxgrow==0) || + ( single_line_field && (field->dcols < maxgrow)) || + (!single_line_field && (field->drows < maxgrow))) + field->status |= _MAY_GROW; + } + } + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *field, +| int *drows, int *dcols, +| int *maxgrow) +| +| Description : Retrieve informations about a dynamic fields current +| dynamic parameters. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid argument ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *field, + int *drows, int *dcols, int *maxgrow) +{ + if (!field) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (drows) *drows = field->drows; + if (dcols) *dcols = field->dcols; + if (maxgrow) *maxgrow = field->maxgrow; + + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_new_page(FIELD *field, bool new_page_flag) +| +| Description : Marks the field as the beginning of a new page of +| the form. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_CONNECTED - field is connected ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_new_page(FIELD * field, bool new_page_flag) +{ + Normalize_Field(field); + if (field->form) + RETURN(E_CONNECTED); + + if (new_page_flag) + field->status |= _NEWPAGE; + else + field->status &= ~_NEWPAGE; + + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : bool new_page(const FIELD *field) +| +| Description : Retrieve the info whether or not the field starts a +| new page on the form. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - field starts a new page +| FALSE - field doesn't start a new page ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +bool new_page(const FIELD * field) +{ + return (Normalize_Field(field)->status & _NEWPAGE) ? TRUE : FALSE; +} + +/* fld_def.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/fld_stat.c b/form/fld_stat.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..98cd3a70 --- /dev/null +++ b/form/fld_stat.c @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: fld_stat.c,v 1.3 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_field_status(FIELD *field, bool status) +| +| Description : Set or clear the 'changed' indication flag for that +| fields primary buffer. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_field_status(FIELD * field, bool status) +{ + Normalize_Field( field ); + + if (status) + field->status |= _CHANGED; + else + field->status &= ~_CHANGED; + + return(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : bool field_status(const FIELD *field) +| +| Description : Retrieve the value of the 'changed' indication flag +| for that fields primary buffer. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - buffer has been changed +| FALSE - buffer has not been changed ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +bool field_status(const FIELD * field) +{ + return ((Normalize_Field(field)->status & _CHANGED) ? TRUE : FALSE); +} + +/* fld_stat.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/fld_type.c b/form/fld_type.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dad5a115 --- /dev/null +++ b/form/fld_type.c @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: fld_type.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $") + +static FIELDTYPE const default_fieldtype = { + 0, /* status */ + 0L, /* reference count */ + (FIELDTYPE *)0, /* pointer to left operand */ + (FIELDTYPE *)0, /* pointer to right operand */ + NULL, /* makearg function */ + NULL, /* copyarg function */ + NULL, /* freearg function */ + NULL, /* field validation function */ + NULL, /* Character check function */ + NULL, /* enumerate next function */ + NULL /* enumerate previous function */ +}; + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype( +| bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *,const void *), +| bool (* const char_check) (int, const void *) ) +| +| Description : Create a new fieldtype. The application programmer must +| write a field_check and a char_check function and give +| them as input to this call. +| If an error occurs, errno is set to +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid arguments +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error (no memory) +| +| Return Values : Fieldtype pointer or NULL if error occured ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype( + bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *,const void *), + bool (* const char_check) (int,const void *) ) +{ + FIELDTYPE *nftyp = (FIELDTYPE *)0; + + if ( (field_check) && (char_check) ) + { + nftyp = (FIELDTYPE *)malloc(sizeof(FIELDTYPE)); + if (nftyp) + { + *nftyp = default_fieldtype; + nftyp->fcheck = field_check; + nftyp->ccheck = char_check; + } + else + { + SET_ERROR( E_SYSTEM_ERROR ); + } + } + else + { + SET_ERROR( E_BAD_ARGUMENT ); + } + return nftyp; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : FIELDTYPE *link_fieldtype( +| FIELDTYPE *type1, +| FIELDTYPE *type2) +| +| Description : Create a new fieldtype built from the two given types. +| They are connected by an logical 'OR'. +| If an error occurs, errno is set to +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid arguments +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error (no memory) +| +| Return Values : Fieldtype pointer or NULL if error occured. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +FIELDTYPE *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE * type1, FIELDTYPE * type2) +{ + FIELDTYPE *nftyp = (FIELDTYPE *)0; + + if ( type1 && type2 ) + { + nftyp = (FIELDTYPE *)malloc(sizeof(FIELDTYPE)); + if (nftyp) + { + *nftyp = default_fieldtype; + nftyp->status |= _LINKED_TYPE; + if ((type1->status & _HAS_ARGS) || (type2->status & _HAS_ARGS) ) + nftyp->status |= _HAS_ARGS; + if ((type1->status & _HAS_CHOICE) || (type2->status & _HAS_CHOICE) ) + nftyp->status |= _HAS_CHOICE; + nftyp->left = type1; + nftyp->right = type2; + type1->ref++; + type2->ref++; + } + else + { + SET_ERROR( E_SYSTEM_ERROR ); + } + } + else + { + SET_ERROR( E_BAD_ARGUMENT ); + } + return nftyp; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *typ) +| +| Description : Release the memory associated with this fieldtype. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_CONNECTED - there are fields referencing the type +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid fieldtype pointer ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *typ) +{ + if (!typ) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (typ->ref!=0) + RETURN(E_CONNECTED); + + if (typ->status & _RESIDENT) + RETURN(E_CONNECTED); + + if (typ->status & _LINKED_TYPE) + { + if (typ->left ) typ->left->ref--; + if (typ->right) typ->right->ref--; + } + free(typ); + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_fieldtype_arg( +| FIELDTYPE *typ, +| void * (* const make_arg)(va_list *), +| void * (* const copy_arg)(const void *), +| void (* const free_arg)(void *) ) +| +| Description : Connects to the type additional arguments necessary +| for a set_field_type call. The various function pointer +| arguments are: +| make_arg : allocates a structure for the field +| specific parameters. +| copy_arg : duplicate the structure created by +| make_arg +| free_arg : Release the memory allocated by make_arg +| or copy_arg +| +| At least one of those functions must be non-NULL. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid argument ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_fieldtype_arg(FIELDTYPE * typ, + void * (* const make_arg)(va_list *), + void * (* const copy_arg)(const void *), + void (* const free_arg)(void *)) +{ + if ( !typ || !make_arg || !copy_arg || !free_arg ) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + typ->status |= _HAS_ARGS; + typ->makearg = make_arg; + typ->copyarg = copy_arg; + typ->freearg = free_arg; + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_fieldtype_choice( +| FIELDTYPE *typ, +| bool (* const next_choice)(FIELD *,const void *), +| bool (* const prev_choice)(FIELD *,const void *)) +| +| Description : Define implementation of enumeration requests. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid arguments ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_fieldtype_choice(FIELDTYPE * typ, + bool (* const next_choice) (FIELD *,const void *), + bool (* const prev_choice) (FIELD *,const void *)) +{ + if ( !typ || !next_choice || !prev_choice ) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + typ->status |= _HAS_CHOICE; + typ->next = next_choice; + typ->prev = prev_choice; + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/* fld_type.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/fld_user.c b/form/fld_user.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c6475a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/form/fld_user.c @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: fld_user.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field, void *usrptr) +| +| Description : Set the pointer that is reserved in any field to store +| application relevant informations +| +| Return Values : E_OK - on success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_field_userptr(FIELD * field, const void *usrptr) +{ + Normalize_Field( field )->usrptr = usrptr; + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : void *field_userptr(const FIELD *field) +| +| Description : Return the pointer that is reserved in any field to +| store application relevant informations. +| +| Return Values : Value of pointer. If no such pointer has been set, +| NULL is returned ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +const void *field_userptr(const FIELD *field) +{ + return Normalize_Field( field )->usrptr; +} + +/* fld_user.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/form.h b/form/form.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e2eabe2 --- /dev/null +++ b/form/form.h @@ -0,0 +1,380 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef FORM_H +#define FORM_H + +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef int Form_Options; +typedef int Field_Options; + + /********** + * _PAGE * + **********/ + +typedef struct { + short pmin; /* index of first field on page */ + short pmax; /* index of last field on page */ + short smin; /* index of top leftmost field on page */ + short smax; /* index of bottom rightmost field on page */ +} _PAGE; + + /********** + * FIELD * + **********/ + +typedef struct fieldnode { + unsigned short status; /* flags */ + short rows; /* size in rows */ + short cols; /* size in cols */ + short frow; /* first row */ + short fcol; /* first col */ + int drows; /* dynamic rows */ + int dcols; /* dynamic cols */ + int maxgrow; /* maximum field growth */ + int nrow; /* offscreen rows */ + short nbuf; /* additional buffers */ + short just; /* justification */ + short page; /* page on form */ + short index; /* into form -> field */ + int pad; /* pad character */ + chtype fore; /* foreground attribute */ + chtype back; /* background attribute */ + Field_Options opts; /* options */ + struct fieldnode * snext; /* sorted order pointer */ + struct fieldnode * sprev; /* sorted order pointer */ + struct fieldnode * link; /* linked field chain */ + struct formnode * form; /* containing form */ + struct typenode * type; /* field type */ + void * arg; /* argument for type */ + char * buf; /* field buffers */ + const void * usrptr; /* user pointer */ +} FIELD; + + /************** + * FIELDTYPE * + **************/ + +typedef struct typenode { + unsigned short status; /* flags */ + long ref; /* reference count */ + struct typenode * left; /* ptr to operand for | */ + struct typenode * right; /* ptr to operand for | */ + + void* (*makearg)(va_list *); /* make fieldtype arg */ + void* (*copyarg)(const void *); /* copy fieldtype arg */ + void (*freearg)(void *); /* free fieldtype arg */ + + bool (*fcheck)(FIELD *,const void *); /* field validation */ + bool (*ccheck)(int,const void *); /* character validation */ + + bool (*next)(FIELD *,const void *); /* enumerate next value */ + bool (*prev)(FIELD *,const void *); /* enumerate prev value */ + +} FIELDTYPE; + + /********* + * FORM * + *********/ + +typedef struct formnode { + unsigned short status; /* flags */ + short rows; /* size in rows */ + short cols; /* size in cols */ + int currow; /* current row in field window*/ + int curcol; /* current col in field window*/ + int toprow; /* in scrollable field window */ + int begincol; /* in horiz. scrollable field */ + short maxfield; /* number of fields */ + short maxpage; /* number of pages */ + short curpage; /* index into page */ + Form_Options opts; /* options */ + WINDOW * win; /* window */ + WINDOW * sub; /* subwindow */ + WINDOW * w; /* window for current field */ + FIELD ** field; /* field [maxfield] */ + FIELD * current; /* current field */ + _PAGE * page; /* page [maxpage] */ + const void * usrptr; /* user pointer */ + + void (*forminit)(struct formnode *); + void (*formterm)(struct formnode *); + void (*fieldinit)(struct formnode *); + void (*fieldterm)(struct formnode *); + +} FORM; + +typedef void (*Form_Hook)(FORM *); + + /*************************** + * miscellaneous #defines * + ***************************/ + +/* field justification */ +#define NO_JUSTIFICATION (0) +#define JUSTIFY_LEFT (1) +#define JUSTIFY_CENTER (2) +#define JUSTIFY_RIGHT (3) + +/* field options */ +#define O_VISIBLE (0x0001) +#define O_ACTIVE (0x0002) +#define O_PUBLIC (0x0004) +#define O_EDIT (0x0008) +#define O_WRAP (0x0010) +#define O_BLANK (0x0020) +#define O_AUTOSKIP (0x0040) +#define O_NULLOK (0x0080) +#define O_PASSOK (0x0100) +#define O_STATIC (0x0200) + +/* form options */ +#define O_NL_OVERLOAD (0x0001) +#define O_BS_OVERLOAD (0x0002) + +/* form driver commands */ +#define REQ_NEXT_PAGE (KEY_MAX + 1) /* move to next page */ +#define REQ_PREV_PAGE (KEY_MAX + 2) /* move to previous page */ +#define REQ_FIRST_PAGE (KEY_MAX + 3) /* move to first page */ +#define REQ_LAST_PAGE (KEY_MAX + 4) /* move to last page */ + +#define REQ_NEXT_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 5) /* move to next field */ +#define REQ_PREV_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 6) /* move to previous field */ +#define REQ_FIRST_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 7) /* move to first field */ +#define REQ_LAST_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 8) /* move to last field */ +#define REQ_SNEXT_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 9) /* move to sorted next field */ +#define REQ_SPREV_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 10) /* move to sorted prev field */ +#define REQ_SFIRST_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 11) /* move to sorted first field */ +#define REQ_SLAST_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 12) /* move to sorted last field */ +#define REQ_LEFT_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 13) /* move to left to field */ +#define REQ_RIGHT_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 14) /* move to right to field */ +#define REQ_UP_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 15) /* move to up to field */ +#define REQ_DOWN_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 16) /* move to down to field */ + +#define REQ_NEXT_CHAR (KEY_MAX + 17) /* move to next char in field */ +#define REQ_PREV_CHAR (KEY_MAX + 18) /* move to prev char in field */ +#define REQ_NEXT_LINE (KEY_MAX + 19) /* move to next line in field */ +#define REQ_PREV_LINE (KEY_MAX + 20) /* move to prev line in field */ +#define REQ_NEXT_WORD (KEY_MAX + 21) /* move to next word in field */ +#define REQ_PREV_WORD (KEY_MAX + 22) /* move to prev word in field */ +#define REQ_BEG_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 23) /* move to first char in field */ +#define REQ_END_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 24) /* move after last char in fld */ +#define REQ_BEG_LINE (KEY_MAX + 25) /* move to beginning of line */ +#define REQ_END_LINE (KEY_MAX + 26) /* move after last char in line */ +#define REQ_LEFT_CHAR (KEY_MAX + 27) /* move left in field */ +#define REQ_RIGHT_CHAR (KEY_MAX + 28) /* move right in field */ +#define REQ_UP_CHAR (KEY_MAX + 29) /* move up in field */ +#define REQ_DOWN_CHAR (KEY_MAX + 30) /* move down in field */ + +#define REQ_NEW_LINE (KEY_MAX + 31) /* insert/overlay new line */ +#define REQ_INS_CHAR (KEY_MAX + 32) /* insert blank char at cursor */ +#define REQ_INS_LINE (KEY_MAX + 33) /* insert blank line at cursor */ +#define REQ_DEL_CHAR (KEY_MAX + 34) /* delete char at cursor */ +#define REQ_DEL_PREV (KEY_MAX + 35) /* delete char before cursor */ +#define REQ_DEL_LINE (KEY_MAX + 36) /* delete line at cursor */ +#define REQ_DEL_WORD (KEY_MAX + 37) /* delete line at cursor */ +#define REQ_CLR_EOL (KEY_MAX + 38) /* clear to end of line */ +#define REQ_CLR_EOF (KEY_MAX + 39) /* clear to end of field */ +#define REQ_CLR_FIELD (KEY_MAX + 40) /* clear entire field */ +#define REQ_OVL_MODE (KEY_MAX + 41) /* begin overlay mode */ +#define REQ_INS_MODE (KEY_MAX + 42) /* begin insert mode */ +#define REQ_SCR_FLINE (KEY_MAX + 43) /* scroll field forward a line */ +#define REQ_SCR_BLINE (KEY_MAX + 44) /* scroll field backward a line */ +#define REQ_SCR_FPAGE (KEY_MAX + 45) /* scroll field forward a page */ +#define REQ_SCR_BPAGE (KEY_MAX + 46) /* scroll field backward a page */ +#define REQ_SCR_FHPAGE (KEY_MAX + 47) /* scroll field forward half page */ +#define REQ_SCR_BHPAGE (KEY_MAX + 48) /* scroll field backward half page */ +#define REQ_SCR_FCHAR (KEY_MAX + 49) /* horizontal scroll char */ +#define REQ_SCR_BCHAR (KEY_MAX + 50) /* horizontal scroll char */ +#define REQ_SCR_HFLINE (KEY_MAX + 51) /* horizontal scroll line */ +#define REQ_SCR_HBLINE (KEY_MAX + 52) /* horizontal scroll line */ +#define REQ_SCR_HFHALF (KEY_MAX + 53) /* horizontal scroll half line */ +#define REQ_SCR_HBHALF (KEY_MAX + 54) /* horizontal scroll half line */ + +#define REQ_VALIDATION (KEY_MAX + 55) /* validate field */ +#define REQ_NEXT_CHOICE (KEY_MAX + 56) /* display next field choice */ +#define REQ_PREV_CHOICE (KEY_MAX + 57) /* display prev field choice */ + +#define MIN_FORM_COMMAND (KEY_MAX + 1) /* used by form_driver */ +#define MAX_FORM_COMMAND (KEY_MAX + 57) /* used by form_driver */ + +#if defined(MAX_COMMAND) +# if (MAX_FORM_COMMAND > MAX_COMMAND) +# error Something is wrong -- MAX_FORM_COMMAND is greater than MAX_COMMAND +# elif (MAX_COMMAND != (KEY_MAX + 128)) +# error Something is wrong -- MAX_COMMAND is already inconsistently defined. +# endif +#else +# define MAX_COMMAND (KEY_MAX + 128) +#endif + + /************************* + * standard field types * + *************************/ +extern FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ALPHA, + *TYPE_ALNUM, + *TYPE_ENUM, + *TYPE_INTEGER, + *TYPE_NUMERIC, + *TYPE_REGEXP; + + /************************************ + * built-in additional field types * + * They are not defined in SVr4 * + ************************************/ +extern FIELDTYPE *TYPE_IPV4; /* Internet IP Version 4 address */ + + /*********************** + * Default objects * + ***********************/ +extern FORM *_nc_Default_Form; +extern FIELD *_nc_Default_Field; + + + /*********************** + * FIELDTYPE routines * + ***********************/ +extern FIELDTYPE + *new_fieldtype( + bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *,const void *), + bool (* const char_check)(int,const void *)), + *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *,FIELDTYPE *); + +extern int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *), + set_fieldtype_arg(FIELDTYPE *, + void * (* const make_arg)(va_list *), + void * (* const copy_arg)(const void *), + void (* const free_arg)(void *)), + set_fieldtype_choice (FIELDTYPE *, + bool (* const next_choice)(FIELD *,const void *), + bool (* const prev_choice)(FIELD *,const void *)); + + /******************* + * FIELD routines * + *******************/ +extern FIELD *new_field(int,int,int,int,int,int), + *dup_field(FIELD *,int,int), + *link_field(FIELD *,int,int); + +extern int free_field(FIELD *), + field_info(const FIELD *,int *,int *,int *,int *,int *,int *), + dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *,int *,int *,int *), + set_max_field( FIELD *,int), + move_field(FIELD *,int,int), + set_field_type(FIELD *,FIELDTYPE *,...), + set_new_page(FIELD *,bool), + set_field_just(FIELD *,int), + field_just(const FIELD *), + set_field_fore(FIELD *,chtype), + set_field_back(FIELD *,chtype), + set_field_pad(FIELD *,int), + field_pad(const FIELD *), + set_field_buffer(FIELD *,int,const char *), + set_field_status(FIELD *,bool), + set_field_userptr(FIELD *,const void *), + set_field_opts(FIELD *,Field_Options), + field_opts_on(FIELD *,Field_Options), + field_opts_off(FIELD *,Field_Options); + +extern chtype field_fore(const FIELD *), + field_back(const FIELD *); + +extern bool new_page(const FIELD *), + field_status(const FIELD *); + +extern void *field_arg(const FIELD *); + +extern const void + *field_userptr(const FIELD *); + +extern FIELDTYPE + *field_type(const FIELD *); + +extern char* field_buffer(const FIELD *,int); + +extern Field_Options + field_opts(const FIELD *); + + /****************** + * FORM routines * + ******************/ +extern FORM *new_form(FIELD **); + +extern FIELD **form_fields(const FORM *), + *current_field(const FORM *); + +extern WINDOW *form_win(const FORM *), + *form_sub(const FORM *); + +extern Form_Hook + form_init(const FORM *), + form_term(const FORM *), + field_init(const FORM *), + field_term(const FORM *); + +extern int free_form(FORM *), + set_form_fields(FORM *,FIELD **), + field_count(const FORM *), + set_form_win(FORM *,WINDOW *), + set_form_sub(FORM *,WINDOW *), + set_current_field(FORM *,FIELD *), + field_index(const FIELD *), + set_form_page(FORM *,int), + form_page(const FORM *), + scale_form(const FORM *,int *,int *), + set_form_init(FORM *,Form_Hook), + set_form_term(FORM *,Form_Hook), + set_field_init(FORM *,Form_Hook), + set_field_term(FORM *,Form_Hook), + post_form(FORM *), + unpost_form(FORM *), + pos_form_cursor(FORM *), + form_driver(FORM *,int), + set_form_userptr(FORM *,const void *), + set_form_opts(FORM *,Form_Options), + form_opts_on(FORM *,Form_Options), + form_opts_off(FORM *,Form_Options), + form_request_by_name(const char *); + +extern const char + *form_request_name(int); + +extern const void + *form_userptr(const FORM *); + +extern Form_Options + form_opts(const FORM *); + +extern bool data_ahead(const FORM *), + data_behind(const FORM *); + +#ifdef __cplusplus + } +#endif + +#endif /* FORM_H */ diff --git a/form/form.priv.h b/form/form.priv.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b08d70d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/form/form.priv.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "mf_common.h" +#include "form.h" + +/* form status values */ +#define _OVLMODE (0x04) /* Form is in overlay mode */ +#define _WINDOW_MODIFIED (0x10) /* Current field window has been modified */ +#define _FCHECK_REQUIRED (0x20) /* Current field needs validation */ + +/* field status values */ +#define _CHANGED (0x01) /* Field has been changed */ +#define _NEWTOP (0x02) /* Vertical scrolling occured */ +#define _NEWPAGE (0x04) /* field begins new page of form */ +#define _MAY_GROW (0x08) /* dynamic field may still grow */ + +/* fieldtype status values */ +#define _LINKED_TYPE (0x01) /* Type is a linked type */ +#define _HAS_ARGS (0x02) /* Type has arguments */ +#define _HAS_CHOICE (0x04) /* Type has choice methods */ +#define _RESIDENT (0x08) /* Type is builtin */ + +/* If form is NULL replace form argument by default-form */ +#define Normalize_Form(form) ((form)=(form)?(form):_nc_Default_Form) + +/* If field is NULL replace field argument by default-field */ +#define Normalize_Field(field) ((field)=(field)?(field):_nc_Default_Field) + +/* Retrieve forms window */ +#define Get_Form_Window(form) \ + ((form)->sub?(form)->sub:((form)->win?(form)->win:stdscr)) + +/* Calculate the size for a single buffer for this field */ +#define Buffer_Length(field) ((field)->drows * (field)->dcols) + +/* Calculate the total size of all buffers for this field */ +#define Total_Buffer_Size(field) \ + ( (Buffer_Length(field) + 1) * (1+(field)->nbuf) ) + +/* Logic to determine whether or not a field is single lined */ +#define Single_Line_Field(field) \ + (((field)->rows + (field)->nrow) == 1) + + +typedef struct typearg { + struct typearg *left; + struct typearg *right; +} TypeArgument; + +/* This is a dummy request code (normally invalid) to be used internally + with the form_driver() routine to position to the first active field + on the form +*/ +#define FIRST_ACTIVE_MAGIC (-291056) + +#define ALL_FORM_OPTS ( \ + O_NL_OVERLOAD |\ + O_BS_OVERLOAD ) + +#define ALL_FIELD_OPTS ( \ + O_VISIBLE |\ + O_ACTIVE |\ + O_PUBLIC |\ + O_EDIT |\ + O_WRAP |\ + O_BLANK |\ + O_AUTOSKIP|\ + O_NULLOK |\ + O_PASSOK |\ + O_STATIC ) + + +#define C_BLANK ' ' +#define is_blank(c) ((c)==C_BLANK) diff --git a/form/frm_adabind.c b/form/frm_adabind.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9db7e9f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/form/frm_adabind.c @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module frm_adabind.c * +* Helper routines to ease the implementation of an Ada95 binding to * +* ncurses. For details and copyright of the binding see the ../Ada95 * +* subdirectory. * +***************************************************************************/ +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_adabind.c,v 1.3 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $") + +/* Prototypes for the functions in this module */ +void _nc_ada_normalize_field_opts (int *opt); +void _nc_ada_normalize_form_opts (int *opt); +void *_nc_ada_getvarg(va_list *); + + +void _nc_ada_normalize_field_opts (int *opt) +{ + *opt = ALL_FIELD_OPTS & (*opt); +} + +void _nc_ada_normalize_form_opts (int *opt) +{ + *opt = ALL_FORM_OPTS & (*opt); +} + + +/* This tiny stub helps us to get a void pointer from an argument list. +// The mechanism for libform to handle arguments to field types uses +// unfortunately functions with variable argument lists. In the Ada95 +// binding we replace this by a mechanism that only uses one argument +// that is a pointer to a record describing all the specifics of an +// user defined field type. So we need only this simple generic +// procedure to get the pointer from the arglist. +*/ +void *_nc_ada_getvarg(va_list *ap) +{ + return va_arg(*ap,void*); +} diff --git a/form/frm_data.c b/form/frm_data.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1fd79415 --- /dev/null +++ b/form/frm_data.c @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_data.c,v 1.3 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : bool data_behind(const FORM *form) +| +| Description : Check for off-screen data behind. This is nearly trivial +| becose the begin of a field is fixed. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - there are off-screen data behind +| FALSE - there are no off-screen data behind ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +bool data_behind(const FORM *form) +{ + bool result = FALSE; + + if (form && (form->status & _POSTED) && form->current) + { + FIELD *field; + + field = form->current; + if (!Single_Line_Field(field)) + { + result = (form->toprow==0) ? FALSE : TRUE; + } + else + { + result = (form->begincol==0) ? FALSE : TRUE; + } + } + return(result); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static char * After_Last_Non_Pad_Position( +| char *buffer, +| int len, +| int pad) +| +| Description : Find the last position in the buffer that doesn't +| contain a padding character. +| +| Return Values : The pointer to this position ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE +static char * After_Last_Non_Pad_Position(char *buffer, int len, int pad) +{ + char *end = buffer + len; + + assert(buffer && len>=0); + while ( (buffer < end) && (*(end-1)==pad) ) + end--; + + return end; +} + +#define SMALL_BUFFER_SIZE (80) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : bool data_ahead(const FORM *form) +| +| Description : Check for off-screen data ahead. This is more difficult +| because a dynamic field has a variable end. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - there are off-screen data ahead +| FALSE - there are no off-screen data ahead ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +bool data_ahead(const FORM *form) +{ + bool result = FALSE; + + if (form && (form->status & _POSTED) && form->current) + { + static char buffer[SMALL_BUFFER_SIZE + 1]; + FIELD *field; + bool large_buffer; + bool cursor_moved = FALSE; + char *bp; + char *found_content; + int pos; + + field = form->current; + assert(form->w); + + large_buffer = (field->cols > SMALL_BUFFER_SIZE); + if (large_buffer) + bp = (char *)malloc((size_t)(field->cols) + 1); + else + bp = buffer; + + assert(bp); + + if (Single_Line_Field(field)) + { + int check_len; + + pos = form->begincol + field->cols; + while (pos < field->dcols) + { + check_len = field->dcols - pos; + if ( check_len >= field->cols ) + check_len = field->cols; + cursor_moved = TRUE; + wmove(form->w,0,pos); + winnstr(form->w,bp,check_len); + found_content = + After_Last_Non_Pad_Position(bp,check_len,field->pad); + if (found_content==bp) + pos += field->cols; + else + { + result = TRUE; + break; + } + } + } + else + { + pos = form->toprow + field->rows; + while (pos < field->drows) + { + cursor_moved = TRUE; + wmove(form->w,pos,0); + pos++; + winnstr(form->w,bp,field->cols); + found_content = + After_Last_Non_Pad_Position(bp,field->cols,field->pad); + if (found_content!=bp) + { + result = TRUE; + break; + } + } + } + + if (large_buffer) + free(bp); + + if (cursor_moved) + wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol); + } + return(result); +} + +/* frm_data.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/frm_def.c b/form/frm_def.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b537bfa --- /dev/null +++ b/form/frm_def.c @@ -0,0 +1,391 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_def.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $") + +/* this can't be readonly */ +static FORM default_form = { + 0, /* status */ + 0, /* rows */ + 0, /* cols */ + 0, /* currow */ + 0, /* curcol */ + 0, /* toprow */ + 0, /* begincol */ + -1, /* maxfield */ + -1, /* maxpage */ + -1, /* curpage */ + ALL_FORM_OPTS, /* opts */ + (WINDOW *)0, /* win */ + (WINDOW *)0, /* sub */ + (WINDOW *)0, /* w */ + (FIELD **)0, /* field */ + (FIELD *)0, /* current */ + (_PAGE *)0, /* page */ + (char *)0, /* usrptr */ + NULL, /* forminit */ + NULL, /* formterm */ + NULL, /* fieldinit */ + NULL /* fieldterm */ +}; + +FORM *_nc_Default_Form = &default_form; + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static FIELD *Insert_Field_By_Position( +| FIELD *new_field, +| FIELD *head ) +| +| Description : Insert new_field into sorted fieldlist with head "head" +| and return new head of sorted fieldlist. Sorting +| criteria is (row,column). This is a circular list. +| +| Return Values : New head of sorted fieldlist ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static FIELD *Insert_Field_By_Position(FIELD *newfield, FIELD *head) +{ + FIELD *current, *newhead; + + assert(newfield); + + if (!head) + { /* empty list is trivial */ + newhead = newfield->snext = newfield->sprev = newfield; + } + else + { + newhead = current = head; + while((current->frow < newfield->frow) || + ((current->frow==newfield->frow) && + (current->fcol < newfield->fcol)) ) + { + current = current->snext; + if (current==head) + { /* We cycled through. Reset head to indicate that */ + head = (FIELD *)0; + break; + } + } + /* we leave the loop with current pointing to the field after newfield*/ + newfield->snext = current; + newfield->sprev = current->sprev; + newfield->snext->sprev = newfield; + newfield->sprev->snext = newfield; + if (current==head) + newhead = newfield; + } + return(newhead); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void Disconnect_Fields(FORM *form) +| +| Description : Break association between form and array of fields. +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void Disconnect_Fields( FORM * form ) +{ + FIELD **fields; + + assert(form && form->field); + + for(fields=form->field;*fields;fields++) + { + if (form == (*fields)->form) + (*fields)->form = (FORM *)0; + } + + form->rows = form->cols = 0; + form->maxfield = form->maxpage = -1; + form->field = (FIELD **)0; + if (form->page) + free(form->page); + form->page = (_PAGE *)0; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Connect_Fields(FORM *form, FIELD **fields) +| +| Description : Set association between form and array of fields. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - no error +| E_CONNECTED - a field is already connected +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - Invalid form pointer or field array +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - not enough memory ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Connect_Fields(FORM * form, FIELD ** fields) +{ + int field_cnt, j; + int page_nr; + int maximum_row_in_field, maximum_col_in_field; + _PAGE *pg; + + assert(form); + + form->field = fields; + form->maxfield = 0; + form->maxpage = 0; + + if (!fields) + RETURN(E_OK); + + page_nr = 0; + /* store formpointer in fields and count pages */ + for(field_cnt=0;fields[field_cnt];field_cnt++) + { + if (fields[field_cnt]->form) + RETURN(E_CONNECTED); + if ( field_cnt==0 || + (fields[field_cnt]->status & _NEWPAGE)) + page_nr++; + fields[field_cnt]->form = form; + } + if (field_cnt==0) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + /* allocate page structures */ + if ( (pg = (_PAGE *)malloc(page_nr * sizeof(_PAGE))) != (_PAGE *)0 ) + { + form->page = pg; + } + else + RETURN(E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + + /* Cycle through fields and calculate page boundaries as well as + size of the form */ + for(j=0;jpmin = j; + else + { + if (fields[j]->status & _NEWPAGE) + { + pg->pmax = j-1; + pg++; + pg->pmin = j; + } + } + + maximum_row_in_field = fields[j]->frow + fields[j]->rows; + maximum_col_in_field = fields[j]->fcol + fields[j]->cols; + + if (form->rows < maximum_row_in_field) + form->rows = maximum_row_in_field; + if (form->cols < maximum_col_in_field) + form->cols = maximum_col_in_field; + } + + pg->pmax = field_cnt-1; + form->maxfield = field_cnt; + form->maxpage = page_nr; + + /* Sort fields on form pages */ + for(page_nr = 0;page_nr < form->maxpage; page_nr++) + { + FIELD *fld = (FIELD *)0; + for(j = form->page[page_nr].pmin;j <= form->page[page_nr].pmax;j++) + { + fields[j]->index = j; + fields[j]->page = page_nr; + fld = Insert_Field_By_Position(fields[j],fld); + } + form->page[page_nr].smin = fld->index; + form->page[page_nr].smax = fld->sprev->index; + } + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Associate_Fields(FORM *form, FIELD **fields) +| +| Description : Set association between form and array of fields. +| If there are fields, position to first active field. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| any other - error occured ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static int Associate_Fields(FORM *form, FIELD **fields) +{ + int res = Connect_Fields(form,fields); + if (res == E_OK) + { + if (form->maxpage>0) + { + form->curpage = 0; + form_driver(form,FIRST_ACTIVE_MAGIC); + } + else + { + form->curpage = -1; + form->current = (FIELD *)0; + } + } + return(res); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : FORM *new_form( FIELD **fields ) +| +| Description : Create new form with given array of fields. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to form. NULL if error occured. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +FORM *new_form(FIELD ** fields) +{ + int err = E_SYSTEM_ERROR; + + FORM *form = (FORM *)malloc(sizeof(FORM)); + + if (form) + { + *form = *_nc_Default_Form; + if ((err=Associate_Fields(form,fields))!=E_OK) + { + free_form(form); + form = (FORM *)0; + } + } + + if (!form) + SET_ERROR(err); + + return(form); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int free_form( FORM *form ) +| +| Description : Release internal memory associated with form. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - no error +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form pointer +| E_POSTED - form is posted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int free_form(FORM * form) +{ + if ( !form ) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if ( form->status & _POSTED) + RETURN(E_POSTED); + + Disconnect_Fields( form ); + if (form->page) + free(form->page); + free(form); + + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_form_fields( FORM *form, FIELD **fields ) +| +| Description : Set a new association of an array of fields to a form +| +| Return Values : E_OK - no error +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form pointer +| E_POSTED - form is posted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_form_fields(FORM * form, FIELD ** fields) +{ + FIELD **old; + int res; + + if ( !form ) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if ( form->status & _POSTED ) + RETURN(E_POSTED); + + old = form->field; + Disconnect_Fields( form ); + + if( (res = Associate_Fields( form, fields )) != E_OK ) + Connect_Fields( form, old ); + + RETURN(res); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : FIELD **form_fields( const FORM *form ) +| +| Description : Retrieve array of fields +| +| Return Values : Pointer to field array ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +FIELD **form_fields(const FORM * form) +{ + return (Normalize_Form( form )->field); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int field_count( const FORM *form ) +| +| Description : Retrieve number of fields +| +| Return Values : Number of fields, -1 if none are defined ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int field_count(const FORM * form) +{ + return (Normalize_Form( form )->maxfield); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int scale_form( const FORM *form, int *rows, int *cols ) +| +| Description : Retrieve size of form +| +| Return Values : E_OK - no error +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form pointer +| E_NOT_CONNECTED - no fields connected to form ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int scale_form(const FORM * form, int * rows, int * cols) +{ + if ( !form ) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if ( !(form->field) ) + RETURN(E_NOT_CONNECTED); + + if (rows) + *rows = form->rows; + if (cols) + *cols = form->cols; + + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/* frm_def.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/frm_driver.c b/form/frm_driver.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..51297e5a --- /dev/null +++ b/form/frm_driver.c @@ -0,0 +1,4307 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + This is the core module of the form library. It contains the majority + of the driver routines as well as the form_driver function. + + Essentially this module is nearly the whole library. This is because + all the functions in this module depends on some others in the module, + so it makes no sense to split them into separate files because they + will always be linked together. The only acceptable concern is turnaround + time for this module, but now we have all Pentiums or Riscs, so what! + + The driver routines are grouped into nine generic categories: + + a) Page Navigation ( all functions prefixed by PN_ ) + The current page of the form is left and some new page is + entered. + b) Inter-Field Navigation ( all functions prefixed by FN_ ) + The current field of the form is left and some new field is + entered. + c) Intra-Field Navigation ( all functions prefixed by IFN_ ) + The current position in the current field is changed. + d) Vertical Scrolling ( all functions prefixed by VSC_ ) + Esseantially this is a specialization of Intra-Field navigation. + It has to check for a multi-line field. + e) Horizontal Scrolling ( all functions prefixed by HSC_ ) + Esseantially this is a specialization of Intra-Field navigation. + It has to check for a single-line field. + f) Field Editing ( all functions prefixed by FE_ ) + The content of the current field is changed + g) Edit Mode requests ( all functions prefixed by EM_ ) + Switching between insert and overlay mode + h) Field-Validation requests ( all functions prefixed by FV_ ) + Perform verifications of the field. + i) Choice requests ( all functions prefixed by CR_ ) + Requests to enumerate possible field values + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Some remarks on the placements of assert() macros : + I use them only on "strategic" places, i.e. top level entries where + I want to make sure that things are set correctly. Throughout subordinate + routines I omit them mostly. + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_driver.c,v 1.20 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $") + +/* +Some options that may effect compatibility in behavior to SVr4 forms, +but they are here to allow a more intuitive and user friendly behaviour of +our form implementation. This doesn't affect the API, so we feel it is +uncritical. + +The initial implementation tries to stay very close with the behaviour +of the original SVr4 implementation, although in some areas it is quite +clear that this isn't the most appropriate way. As far as possible this +sources will allow you to build a forms lib that behaves quite similar +to SVr4, but now and in the future we will give you better options. +Perhaps at some time we will make this configurable at runtime. +*/ + +/* Implement a more user-friendly previous/next word behaviour */ +#define FRIENDLY_PREV_NEXT_WORD (1) +/* Fix the wrong behaviour for forms with all fields inactive */ +#define FIX_FORM_INACTIVE_BUG (1) + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Forward references to some internally used static functions + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Inter_Field_Navigation ( int (* const fct) (FORM *), FORM * form ); +static int FN_Next_Field (FORM * form); +static int FN_Previous_Field (FORM * form); +static int FE_New_Line(FORM *); +static int FE_Delete_Previous(FORM *); + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Macro Definitions. + + Some Remarks on that: I use the convention to use UPPERCASE for constants + defined by Macros. If I provide a macro as a kind of inline routine to + provide some logic, I use my Upper_Lower case style. + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Calculate the position of a single row in a field buffer */ +#define Position_Of_Row_In_Buffer(field,row) ((row)*(field)->dcols) + +/* Calculate start address for the fields buffer# N */ +#define Address_Of_Nth_Buffer(field,N) \ + ((field)->buf + (N)*(1+Buffer_Length(field))) + +/* Calculate the start address of the row in the fields specified buffer# N */ +#define Address_Of_Row_In_Nth_Buffer(field,N,row) \ + (Address_Of_Nth_Buffer(field,N) + Position_Of_Row_In_Buffer(field,row)) + +/* Calculate the start address of the row in the fields primary buffer */ +#define Address_Of_Row_In_Buffer(field,row) \ + Address_Of_Row_In_Nth_Buffer(field,0,row) + +/* Calculate the start address of the row in the forms current field + buffer# N */ +#define Address_Of_Current_Row_In_Nth_Buffer(form,N) \ + Address_Of_Row_In_Nth_Buffer((form)->current,N,(form)->currow) + +/* Calculate the start address of the row in the forms current field + primary buffer */ +#define Address_Of_Current_Row_In_Buffer(form) \ + Address_Of_Current_Row_In_Nth_Buffer(form,0) + +/* Calculate the address of the cursor in the forms current field + primary buffer */ +#define Address_Of_Current_Position_In_Nth_Buffer(form,N) \ + (Address_Of_Current_Row_In_Nth_Buffer(form,N) + (form)->curcol) + +/* Calculate the address of the cursor in the forms current field + buffer# N */ +#define Address_Of_Current_Position_In_Buffer(form) \ + Address_Of_Current_Position_In_Nth_Buffer(form,0) + +/* Logic to decide wether or not a field is actually a field with + vertical or horizontal scrolling */ +#define Is_Scroll_Field(field) \ + (((field)->drows > (field)->rows) || \ + ((field)->dcols > (field)->cols)) + +/* Logic to decide whether or not a field needs to have an individual window + instead of a derived window because it contains invisible parts. + This is true for non-public fields and for scrollable fields. */ +#define Has_Invisible_Parts(field) \ + (!((field)->opts & O_PUBLIC) || \ + Is_Scroll_Field(field)) + +/* Logic to decide whether or not a field needs justification */ +#define Justification_Allowed(field) \ + (((field)->just != NO_JUSTIFICATION) && \ + (Single_Line_Field(field)) && \ + (((field)->dcols == (field)->cols) && \ + ((field)->opts & O_STATIC)) ) + +/* Logic to determine whether or not a dynamic field may still grow */ +#define Growable(field) ((field)->status & _MAY_GROW) + +/* Macro to set the attributes for a fields window */ +#define Set_Field_Window_Attributes(field,win) \ +{\ + wbkgdset((win),(chtype)((field)->pad | (field)->back)); \ + wattrset((win),(field)->fore); \ +} + +/* Logic to decide whether or not a field really appears on the form */ +#define Field_Really_Appears(field) \ + ((field->form) &&\ + (field->form->status & _POSTED) &&\ + (field->opts & O_VISIBLE) &&\ + (field->page == field->form->curpage)) + +/* Logic to determine whether or not we are on the first position in the + current field */ +#define First_Position_In_Current_Field(form) \ + (((form)->currow==0) && ((form)->curcol==0)) + +/* This are the field options required to be a selectable field in field + navigation requests */ +#define O_SELECTABLE (O_ACTIVE | O_VISIBLE) + +/* Logic to determine whether or not a field is selectable */ +#define Field_Is_Selectable(f) (((f)->opts & O_SELECTABLE)==O_SELECTABLE) +#define Field_Is_Not_Selectable(f) (((f)->opts & O_SELECTABLE)!=O_SELECTABLE) + +#define Minimum(a,b) (((a)<=(b)) ? (a) : (b)) +#define Maximum(a,b) (((a)>=(b)) ? (a) : (b)) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static char *Get_Start_Of_Data(char * buf, int blen) +| +| Description : Return pointer to first non-blank position in buffer. +| If buffer is empty return pointer to buffer itself. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to first non-blank position in buffer ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static char *Get_Start_Of_Data(char * buf, int blen) +{ + char *p = buf; + char *end = &buf[blen]; + + assert(buf && blen>=0); + while( (p < end) && is_blank(*p) ) + p++; + return( (p==end) ? buf : p ); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static char *After_End_Of_Data(char * buf, int blen) +| +| Description : Return pointer after last non-blank position in buffer. +| If buffer is empty, return pointer to buffer itself. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to position after last non-blank position in +| buffer. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static char *After_End_Of_Data(char * buf,int blen) +{ + char *p = &buf[blen]; + + assert(buf && blen>=0); + while( (p>buf) && is_blank(p[-1]) ) + p--; + return( p ); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static char *Get_First_Whitespace_Character( +| char * buf, int blen) +| +| Description : Position to the first whitespace character. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to first whitespace character in buffer. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static char *Get_First_Whitespace_Character(char * buf, int blen) +{ + char *p = buf; + char *end = &p[blen]; + + assert(buf && blen>=0); + while( (p < end) && !is_blank(*p)) + p++; + return( (p==end) ? buf : p ); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static char *After_Last_Whitespace_Character( +| char * buf, int blen) +| +| Description : Get the position after the last whitespace character. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to position after last whitespace character in +| buffer. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static char *After_Last_Whitespace_Character(char * buf, int blen) +{ + char *p = &buf[blen]; + + assert(buf && blen>=0); + while( (p>buf) && !is_blank(p[-1]) ) + p--; + return( p ); +} + +/* Set this to 1 to use the div_t version. This is a good idea if your + compiler has an intrinsic div() support. Unfortunately GNU-C has it + not yet. + N.B.: This only works if form->curcol follows immediately form->currow + and both are of type int. +*/ +#define USE_DIV_T (0) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void Adjust_Cursor_Position( +| FORM * form, const char * pos) +| +| Description : Set current row and column of the form to values +| corresponding to the buffer position. +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static void Adjust_Cursor_Position(FORM * form, const char * pos) +{ + FIELD *field; + int idx; + + field = form->current; + assert( pos >= field->buf && field->dcols > 0); + idx = (int)( pos - field->buf ); +#if USE_DIV_T + *((div_t *)&(form->currow)) = div(idx,field->dcols); +#else + form->currow = idx / field->dcols; + form->curcol = idx - field->cols * form->currow; +#endif + if ( field->drows < form->currow ) + form->currow = 0; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void Buffer_To_Window( +| const FIELD * field, +| WINDOW * win) +| +| Description : Copy the buffer to the window. If its a multiline +| field, the buffer is split to the lines of the +| window without any editing. +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void Buffer_To_Window(const FIELD * field, WINDOW * win) +{ + int width, height; + int len; + int row; + char *pBuffer; + + assert(win && field); + + width = getmaxx(win); + height = getmaxy(win); + + for(row=0, pBuffer=field->buf; + row < height; + row++, pBuffer += width ) + { + if ((len = (int)( After_End_Of_Data( pBuffer, width ) - pBuffer )) > 0) + { + wmove( win, row, 0 ); + waddnstr( win, pBuffer, len ); + } + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void Window_To_Buffer( +| WINDOW * win, +| FIELD * field) +| +| Description : Copy the content of the window into the buffer. +| The multiple lines of a window are simply +| concatenated into the buffer. Pad characters in +| the window will be replaced by blanks in the buffer. +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void Window_To_Buffer(WINDOW * win, FIELD * field) +{ + int pad; + int len = 0; + char *p; + int row, height; + + assert(win && field && field->buf ); + + pad = field->pad; + p = field->buf; + height = getmaxy(win); + + for(row=0; (row < height) && (row < field->drows); row++ ) + { + wmove( win, row, 0 ); + len += winnstr( win, p+len, field->dcols ); + } + p[len] = '\0'; + + /* replace visual padding character by blanks in buffer */ + if (pad != C_BLANK) + { + int i; + for(i=0; istatus & _WINDOW_MODIFIED) + { + form->status &= ~_WINDOW_MODIFIED; + form->status |= _FCHECK_REQUIRED; + Window_To_Buffer(form->w,form->current); + wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol); + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Field_Grown( FIELD *field, int amount) +| +| Description : This function is called for growable dynamic fields +| only. It has to increase the buffers and to allocate +| a new window for this field. +| This function has the side effect to set a new +| field-buffer pointer, the dcols and drows values +| as well as a new current Window for the field. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - field successfully increased +| FALSE - there was some error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Field_Grown(FIELD * field, int amount) +{ + bool result = FALSE; + + if (field && Growable(field)) + { + bool single_line_field = Single_Line_Field(field); + int old_buflen = Buffer_Length(field); + int new_buflen; + int old_dcols = field->dcols; + int old_drows = field->drows; + char *oldbuf = field->buf; + char *newbuf; + + int growth; + FORM *form = field->form; + bool need_visual_update = ((form != (FORM *)0) && + (form->status & _POSTED) && + (form->current==field)); + + if (need_visual_update) + Synchronize_Buffer(form); + + if (single_line_field) + { + growth = field->cols * amount; + if (field->maxgrow) + growth = Minimum(field->maxgrow - field->dcols,growth); + field->dcols += growth; + if (field->dcols == field->maxgrow) + field->status &= ~_MAY_GROW; + } + else + { + growth = (field->rows + field->nrow) * amount; + if (field->maxgrow) + growth = Minimum(field->maxgrow - field->drows,growth); + field->drows += growth; + if (field->drows == field->maxgrow) + field->status &= ~_MAY_GROW; + } + /* drows, dcols changed, so we get really the new buffer length */ + new_buflen = Buffer_Length(field); + newbuf=(char *)malloc((size_t)Total_Buffer_Size(field)); + if (!newbuf) + { /* restore to previous state */ + field->dcols = old_dcols; + field->drows = old_drows; + if (( single_line_field && (field->dcols!=field->maxgrow)) || + (!single_line_field && (field->drows!=field->maxgrow))) + field->status |= _MAY_GROW; + return FALSE; + } + else + { /* Copy all the buffers. This is the reason why we can't + just use realloc(). + */ + int i; + char *old_bp; + char *new_bp; + + field->buf = newbuf; + for(i=0;i<=field->nbuf;i++) + { + new_bp = Address_Of_Nth_Buffer(field,i); + old_bp = oldbuf + i*(1+old_buflen); + memcpy(new_bp,old_bp,(size_t)old_buflen); + if (new_buflen > old_buflen) + memset(new_bp + old_buflen,C_BLANK, + (size_t)(new_buflen - old_buflen)); + *(new_bp + new_buflen) = '\0'; + } + + if (need_visual_update) + { + WINDOW *new_window = newpad(field->drows,field->dcols); + if (!new_window) + { /* restore old state */ + field->dcols = old_dcols; + field->drows = old_drows; + field->buf = oldbuf; + if (( single_line_field && + (field->dcols!=field->maxgrow)) || + (!single_line_field && + (field->drows!=field->maxgrow))) + field->status |= _MAY_GROW; + free( newbuf ); + return FALSE; + } + assert(form!=(FORM *)0); + delwin(form->w); + form->w = new_window; + Set_Field_Window_Attributes(field,form->w); + werase(form->w); + Buffer_To_Window(field,form->w); + untouchwin(form->w); + wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol); + } + + free(oldbuf); + /* reflect changes in linked fields */ + if (field != field->link) + { + FIELD *linked_field; + for(linked_field = field->link; + linked_field!= field; + linked_field = linked_field->link) + { + linked_field->buf = field->buf; + linked_field->drows = field->drows; + linked_field->dcols = field->dcols; + } + } + result = TRUE; + } + } + return(result); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Position_Form_Cursor(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Position the currsor in the window for the current +| field to be in sync. with the currow and curcol +| values. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form pointer +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - form has no current field or +| field-window ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Position_Form_Cursor(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field; + WINDOW *formwin; + + if (!form) + return(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (!form->w || !form->current) + return(E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + + field = form->current; + formwin = Get_Form_Window(form); + + wmove( form->w, form->currow, form->curcol ); + if ( Has_Invisible_Parts(field) ) + { + /* in this case fieldwin isn't derived from formwin, so we have + to move the cursor in formwin by hand... */ + wmove(formwin, + field->frow + form->currow - form->toprow, + field->fcol + form->curcol - form->begincol); + wcursyncup(formwin); + } + else + wcursyncup(form->w); + return(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Refresh_Current_Field(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Propagate the changes in the fields window to the +| window of the form. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - on success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form pointer +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - general error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Refresh_Current_Field(FORM * form) +{ + WINDOW *formwin; + FIELD *field; + + if (!form) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (!form->w || !form->current) + RETURN(E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + + field = form->current; + formwin = Get_Form_Window(form); + + if (field->opts & O_PUBLIC) + { + if (Is_Scroll_Field(field)) + { + /* Again, in this case the fieldwin isn't derived from formwin, + so we have to perform a copy operation. */ + if (Single_Line_Field(field)) + { /* horizontal scrolling */ + if (form->curcol < form->begincol) + form->begincol = form->curcol; + else + { + if (form->curcol >= (form->begincol + field->cols)) + form->begincol = form->curcol - field->cols + 1; + } + copywin(form->w, + formwin, + 0, + form->begincol, + field->frow, + field->fcol, + field->frow, + field->cols + field->fcol - 1, + 0); + } + else + { /* A multiline, i.e. vertical scrolling field */ + int row_after_bottom,first_modified_row,first_unmodified_row; + + if (field->drows > field->rows) + { + row_after_bottom = form->toprow + field->rows; + if (form->currow < form->toprow) + { + form->toprow = form->currow; + field->status |= _NEWTOP; + } + if (form->currow >= row_after_bottom) + { + form->toprow = form->currow - field->rows + 1; + field->status |= _NEWTOP; + } + if (field->status & _NEWTOP) + { /* means we have to copy whole range */ + first_modified_row = form->toprow; + first_unmodified_row = first_modified_row + field->rows; + field->status &= ~_NEWTOP; + } + else + { /* we try to optimize : finding the range of touched + lines */ + first_modified_row = form->toprow; + while(first_modified_row < row_after_bottom) + { + if (is_linetouched(form->w,first_modified_row)) + break; + first_modified_row++; + } + first_unmodified_row = first_modified_row; + while(first_unmodified_row < row_after_bottom) + { + if (!is_linetouched(form->w,first_unmodified_row)) + break; + first_unmodified_row++; + } + } + } + else + { + first_modified_row = form->toprow; + first_unmodified_row = first_modified_row + field->rows; + } + if (first_unmodified_row != first_modified_row) + copywin(form->w, + formwin, + first_modified_row, + 0, + field->frow + first_modified_row - form->toprow, + field->fcol, + field->frow + first_unmodified_row - form->toprow - 1, + field->cols + field->fcol - 1, + 0); + } + wsyncup(formwin); + } + else + { /* if the field-window is simply a derived window, i.e. contains + no invisible parts, the whole thing is trivial + */ + wsyncup(form->w); + } + } + untouchwin(form->w); + return Position_Form_Cursor(form); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void Perform_Justification( +| FIELD * field, +| WINDOW * win) +| +| Description : Output field with requested justification +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void Perform_Justification(FIELD * field, WINDOW * win) +{ + char *bp; + int len; + int col = 0; + + bp = Get_Start_Of_Data(field->buf,Buffer_Length(field)); + len = (int)(After_End_Of_Data(field->buf,Buffer_Length(field)) - bp); + + if (len>0) + { + assert(win && (field->drows == 1) && (field->dcols == field->cols)); + + switch(field->just) + { + case JUSTIFY_LEFT: + break; + case JUSTIFY_CENTER: + col = (field->cols - len)/2; + break; + case JUSTIFY_RIGHT: + col = field->cols - len; + break; + default: + break; + } + + wmove(win,0,col); + waddnstr(win,bp,len); + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void Undo_Justification( +| FIELD * field, +| WINDOW * win) +| +| Description : Display field without any justification, i.e. +| left justified +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void Undo_Justification(FIELD * field, WINDOW * win) +{ + char *bp; + int len; + + bp = Get_Start_Of_Data(field->buf,Buffer_Length(field)); + len = (int)(After_End_Of_Data(field->buf,Buffer_Length(field))-bp); + + if (len>0) + { + assert(win); + wmove(win,0,0); + waddnstr(win,bp,len); + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Check_Char( +| FIELDTYPE * typ, +| int ch, +| TypeArgument *argp) +| +| Description : Perform a single character check for character ch +| according to the fieldtype instance. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - Character is valid +| FALSE - Character is invalid ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Check_Char(FIELDTYPE * typ, int ch, TypeArgument *argp) +{ + if (typ) + { + if (typ->status & _LINKED_TYPE) + { + assert(argp); + return( + Check_Char(typ->left ,ch,argp->left ) || + Check_Char(typ->right,ch,argp->right) ); + } + else + { + if (typ->ccheck) + return typ->ccheck(ch,(void *)argp); + } + } + return isprint((unsigned char)ch); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Display_Or_Erase_Field( +| FIELD * field, +| bool bEraseFlag) +| +| Description : Create a subwindow for the field and display the +| buffer contents (apply justification if required) +| or simply erase the field. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - on success +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - some error (typical no memory) ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Display_Or_Erase_Field(FIELD * field, bool bEraseFlag) +{ + WINDOW *win; + + if (!field) + return E_SYSTEM_ERROR; + + win = derwin(Get_Form_Window(field->form), + field->rows,field->cols,field->frow,field->fcol); + + if (!win) + return E_SYSTEM_ERROR; + else + { + Set_Field_Window_Attributes(field,win); + werase(win); + } + + if (!bEraseFlag) + { + if (field->opts & O_PUBLIC) + { + if (Justification_Allowed(field)) + Perform_Justification(field,win); + else + Buffer_To_Window(field,win); + } + field->status &= ~_NEWTOP; + } + wsyncup(win); + delwin(win); + return E_OK; +} + +/* Macros to preset the bEraseFlag */ +#define Display_Field(field) Display_Or_Erase_Field(field,FALSE) +#define Erase_Field(field) Display_Or_Erase_Field(field,TRUE) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Synchronize_Field(FIELD * field) +| +| Description : Synchronize the windows content with the value in +| the buffer. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid field pointer +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - some severe basic error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Synchronize_Field(FIELD * field) +{ + FORM *form; + int res = E_OK; + + if (!field) + return(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (((form=field->form) != (FORM *)0) + && Field_Really_Appears(field)) + { + if (field == form->current) + { + form->currow = form->curcol = form->toprow = form->begincol = 0; + werase(form->w); + + if ( (field->opts & O_PUBLIC) && Justification_Allowed(field) ) + Undo_Justification( field, form->w ); + else + Buffer_To_Window( field, form->w ); + + field->status |= _NEWTOP; + res = Refresh_Current_Field( form ); + } + else + res = Display_Field( field ); + } + field->status |= _CHANGED; + return(res); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Synchronize_Linked_Fields(FIELD * field) +| +| Description : Propagate the Synchronize_Field function to all linked +| fields. The first error that occurs in the sequence +| of updates is the returnvalue. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid field pointer +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - some severe basic error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Synchronize_Linked_Fields(FIELD * field) +{ + FIELD *linked_field; + int res = E_OK; + int syncres; + + if (!field) + return(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (!field->link) + return(E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + + for(linked_field = field->link; + linked_field!= field; + linked_field = linked_field->link ) + { + if (((syncres=Synchronize_Field(linked_field)) != E_OK) && + (res==E_OK)) + res = syncres; + } + return(res); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Synchronize_Attributes(FIELD * field) +| +| Description : If a fields visual attributes have changed, this +| routine is called to propagate those changes to the +| screen. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid field pointer +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - some severe basic error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Synchronize_Attributes(FIELD * field) +{ + FORM *form; + int res = E_OK; + WINDOW *formwin; + + if (!field) + return(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (((form=field->form) != (FORM *)0) + && Field_Really_Appears(field)) + { + if (form->current==field) + { + Synchronize_Buffer(form); + Set_Field_Window_Attributes(field,form->w); + werase(form->w); + if (field->opts & O_PUBLIC) + { + if (Justification_Allowed(field)) + Undo_Justification(field,form->w); + else + Buffer_To_Window(field,form->w); + } + else + { + formwin = Get_Form_Window(form); + copywin(form->w,formwin, + 0,0, + field->frow,field->fcol, + field->rows-1,field->cols-1,0); + wsyncup(formwin); + Buffer_To_Window(field,form->w); + field->status |= _NEWTOP; /* fake refresh to paint all */ + Refresh_Current_Field(form); + } + } + else + { + res = Display_Field(field); + } + } + return(res); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Synchronize_Options(FIELD * field, +| Field_Options newopts) +| +| Description : If a fields options have changed, this routine is +| called to propagate these changes to the screen and +| to really change the behaviour of the field. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid field pointer +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - some severe basic error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Synchronize_Options(FIELD *field, Field_Options newopts) +{ + Field_Options oldopts; + Field_Options changed_opts; + FORM *form; + int res = E_OK; + + if (!field) + return(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + oldopts = field->opts; + changed_opts = oldopts ^ newopts; + field->opts = newopts; + form = field->form; + + if (form) + { + if (form->current == field) + { + field->opts = oldopts; + return(E_CURRENT); + } + + if (form->status & _POSTED) + { + if ((form->curpage == field->page)) + { + if (changed_opts & O_VISIBLE) + { + if (newopts & O_VISIBLE) + res = Erase_Field(field); + else + res = Display_Field(field); + } + else + { + if ((changed_opts & O_PUBLIC) && + (newopts & O_VISIBLE)) + res = Display_Field(field); + } + } + } + } + + if (changed_opts & O_STATIC) + { + bool single_line_field = Single_Line_Field(field); + int res2 = E_OK; + + if (newopts & O_STATIC) + { /* the field becomes now static */ + field->status &= ~_MAY_GROW; + /* if actually we have no hidden columns, justification may + occur again */ + if (single_line_field && + (field->cols == field->dcols) && + (field->just != NO_JUSTIFICATION) && + Field_Really_Appears(field)) + { + res2 = Display_Field(field); + } + } + else + { /* field is no longer static */ + if ((field->maxgrow==0) || + ( single_line_field && (field->dcols < field->maxgrow)) || + (!single_line_field && (field->drows < field->maxgrow))) + { + field->status |= _MAY_GROW; + /* a field with justification now changes its behaviour, + so we must redisplay it */ + if (single_line_field && + (field->just != NO_JUSTIFICATION) && + Field_Really_Appears(field)) + { + res2 = Display_Field(field); + } + } + } + if (res2 != E_OK) + res = res2; + } + + return(res); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Set_Current_Field( +| FORM * form, +| FIELD * newfield) +| +| Description : Make the newfield the new current field. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form or field pointer +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - some severe basic error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Set_Current_Field(FORM *form, FIELD *newfield) +{ + FIELD *field; + WINDOW *new_window; + + if (!form || !newfield || !form->current || (newfield->form!=form)) + return(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if ( (form->status & _IN_DRIVER) ) + return(E_BAD_STATE); + + if (!(form->field)) + return(E_NOT_CONNECTED); + + field = form->current; + + if ((field!=newfield) || + !(form->status & _POSTED)) + { + if ((form->w) && + (field->opts & O_VISIBLE) && + (field->form->curpage == field->page)) + { + Refresh_Current_Field(form); + if (field->opts & O_PUBLIC) + { + if (field->drows > field->rows) + { + if (form->toprow==0) + field->status &= ~_NEWTOP; + else + field->status |= _NEWTOP; + } + else + { + if (Justification_Allowed(field)) + { + Window_To_Buffer(form->w,field); + werase(form->w); + Perform_Justification(field,form->w); + wsyncup(form->w); + } + } + } + delwin(form->w); + } + + field = newfield; + + if (Has_Invisible_Parts(field)) + new_window = newpad(field->drows,field->dcols); + else + new_window = derwin(Get_Form_Window(form), + field->rows,field->cols,field->frow,field->fcol); + + if (!new_window) + return(E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + + form->current = field; + form->w = new_window; + form->status &= ~_WINDOW_MODIFIED; + Set_Field_Window_Attributes(field,form->w); + + if (Has_Invisible_Parts(field)) + { + werase(form->w); + Buffer_To_Window(field,form->w); + } + else + { + if (Justification_Allowed(field)) + { + werase(form->w); + Undo_Justification(field,form->w); + wsyncup(form->w); + } + } + + untouchwin(form->w); + } + + form->currow = form->curcol = form->toprow = form->begincol = 0; + return(E_OK); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Intra-Field Navigation routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int IFN_Next_Character(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the next character in the field. In a multiline +| field this wraps and the end of the line. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - at the rightmost position ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int IFN_Next_Character(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + + if ((++(form->curcol))==field->dcols) + { + if ((++(form->currow))==field->drows) + { + form->currow--; + form->curcol--; + return(E_REQUEST_DENIED); + } + form->curcol = 0; + } + return(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int IFN_Previous_Character(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the previous character in the field. In a +| multiline field this wraps and the beginning of the +| line. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - at the leftmost position ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int IFN_Previous_Character(FORM * form) +{ + if ((--(form->curcol))<0) + { + if ((--(form->currow))<0) + { + form->currow++; + form->curcol++; + return(E_REQUEST_DENIED); + } + form->curcol = form->current->dcols - 1; + } + return(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int IFN_Next_Line(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the beginning of the next line in the field +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - at the last line ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int IFN_Next_Line(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + + if ((++(form->currow))==field->drows) + { + form->currow--; + return(E_REQUEST_DENIED); + } + form->curcol = 0; + return(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int IFN_Previous_Line(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the beginning of the previous line in the field +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - at the first line ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int IFN_Previous_Line(FORM * form) +{ + if ( (--(form->currow)) < 0 ) + { + form->currow++; + return(E_REQUEST_DENIED); + } + form->curcol = 0; + return(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int IFN_Next_Word(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the beginning of the next word in the field. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - there is no next word ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int IFN_Next_Word(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + char *bp = Address_Of_Current_Position_In_Buffer(form); + char *s; + char *t; + + /* We really need access to the data, so we have to synchronize */ + Synchronize_Buffer(form); + + /* Go to the first whitespace after the current position (including + current position). This is then the startpoint to look for the + next non-blank data */ + s = Get_First_Whitespace_Character(bp,Buffer_Length(field) - + (int)(bp - field->buf)); + + /* Find the start of the next word */ + t = Get_Start_Of_Data(s,Buffer_Length(field) - + (int)(s - field->buf)); +#if !FRIENDLY_PREV_NEXT_WORD + if (s==t) + return(E_REQUEST_DENIED); + else +#endif + { + Adjust_Cursor_Position(form,t); + return(E_OK); + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int IFN_Previous_Word(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the beginning of the previous word in the field. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - there is no previous word ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int IFN_Previous_Word(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + char *bp = Address_Of_Current_Position_In_Buffer(form); + char *s; + char *t; + bool again = FALSE; + + /* We really need access to the data, so we have to synchronize */ + Synchronize_Buffer(form); + + s = After_End_Of_Data(field->buf,(int)(bp-field->buf)); + /* s points now right after the last non-blank in the buffer before bp. + If bp was in a word, s equals bp. In this case we must find the last + whitespace in the buffer before bp and repeat the game to really find + the previous word! */ + if (s==bp) + again = TRUE; + + /* And next call now goes backward to look for the last whitespace + before that, pointing right after this, so it points to the begin + of the previous word. + */ + t = After_Last_Whitespace_Character(field->buf,(int)(s - field->buf)); +#if !FRIENDLY_PREV_NEXT_WORD + if (s==t) + return(E_REQUEST_DENIED); +#endif + if (again) + { /* and do it again, replacing bp by t */ + s = After_End_Of_Data(field->buf,(int)(t - field->buf)); + t = After_Last_Whitespace_Character(field->buf,(int)(s - field->buf)); +#if !FRIENDLY_PREV_NEXT_WORD + if (s==t) + return(E_REQUEST_DENIED); +#endif + } + Adjust_Cursor_Position(form,t); + return(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int IFN_Beginning_Of_Field(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Place the cursor at the first non-pad character in +| the field. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int IFN_Beginning_Of_Field(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + + Synchronize_Buffer(form); + Adjust_Cursor_Position(form, + Get_Start_Of_Data(field->buf,Buffer_Length(field))); + return(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int IFN_End_Of_Field(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Place the cursor after the last non-pad character in +| the field. If the field occupies the last position in +| the buffer, the cursos is positioned on the last +| character. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int IFN_End_Of_Field(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + char *pos; + + Synchronize_Buffer(form); + pos = After_End_Of_Data(field->buf,Buffer_Length(field)); + if (pos==(field->buf + Buffer_Length(field))) + pos--; + Adjust_Cursor_Position(form,pos); + return(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int IFN_Beginning_Of_Line(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Place the cursor on the first non-pad character in +| the current line of the field. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int IFN_Beginning_Of_Line(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + + Synchronize_Buffer(form); + Adjust_Cursor_Position(form, + Get_Start_Of_Data(Address_Of_Current_Row_In_Buffer(form), + field->dcols)); + return(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int IFN_End_Of_Line(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Place the cursor after the last non-pad character in the +| current line of the field. If the field occupies the +| last column in the line, the cursor is positioned on the +| last character of the line. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int IFN_End_Of_Line(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + char *pos; + char *bp; + + Synchronize_Buffer(form); + bp = Address_Of_Current_Row_In_Buffer(form); + pos = After_End_Of_Data(bp,field->dcols); + if (pos == (bp + field->dcols)) + pos--; + Adjust_Cursor_Position(form,pos); + return(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int IFN_Left_Character(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move one character to the left in the current line. +| This doesn't cycle. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - already in first column ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int IFN_Left_Character(FORM * form) +{ + if ( (--(form->curcol)) < 0 ) + { + form->curcol++; + return(E_REQUEST_DENIED); + } + return(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int IFN_Right_Character(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move one character to the right in the current line. +| This doesn't cycle. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - already in last column ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int IFN_Right_Character(FORM * form) +{ + if ( (++(form->curcol)) == form->current->dcols ) + { + --(form->curcol); + return(E_REQUEST_DENIED); + } + return(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int IFN_Up_Character(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move one line up. This doesn't cycle through the lines +| of the field. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - already in last column ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int IFN_Up_Character(FORM * form) +{ + if ( (--(form->currow)) < 0 ) + { + form->currow++; + return(E_REQUEST_DENIED); + } + return(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int IFN_Down_Character(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move one line down. This doesn't cycle through the +| lines of the field. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - already in last column ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int IFN_Down_Character(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + + if ( (++(form->currow)) == field->drows ) + { + --(form->currow); + return(E_REQUEST_DENIED); + } + return(E_OK); +} +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + END of Intra-Field Navigation routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Vertical scrolling helper routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int VSC_Generic(FORM *form, int lines) +| +| Description : Scroll multi-line field forward (lines>0) or +| backward (lines<0) this many lines. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - can't scroll ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int VSC_Generic(FORM *form, int lines) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + int res = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + int rows_to_go = (lines > 0 ? lines : -lines); + + if (lines > 0) + { + if ( (rows_to_go + form->toprow) > (field->drows - field->rows) ) + rows_to_go = (field->drows - field->rows - form->toprow); + + if (rows_to_go > 0) + { + form->currow += rows_to_go; + form->toprow += rows_to_go; + res = E_OK; + } + } + else + { + if (rows_to_go > form->toprow) + rows_to_go = form->toprow; + + if (rows_to_go > 0) + { + form->currow -= rows_to_go; + form->toprow -= rows_to_go; + res = E_OK; + } + } + return(res); +} +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + End of Vertical scrolling helper routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Vertical scrolling routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Vertical_Scrolling( +| int (* const fct) (FORM *), +| FORM * form) +| +| Description : Performs the generic vertical scrolling routines. +| This has to check for a multi-line field and to set +| the _NEWTOP flag if scrolling really occured. +| +| Return Values : Propagated error code from low-level driver calls ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Vertical_Scrolling(int (* const fct) (FORM *), FORM * form) +{ + int res = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + + if (!Single_Line_Field(form->current)) + { + res = fct(form); + if (res == E_OK) + form->current->status |= _NEWTOP; + } + return(res); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int VSC_Scroll_Line_Forward(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Scroll multi-line field forward a line +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data ahead ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int VSC_Scroll_Line_Forward(FORM * form) +{ + return VSC_Generic(form,1); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int VSC_Scroll_Line_Backward(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Scroll multi-line field backward a line +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data behind ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int VSC_Scroll_Line_Backward(FORM * form) +{ + return VSC_Generic(form,-1); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int VSC_Scroll_Page_Forward(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Scroll a multi-line field forward a page +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data ahead ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int VSC_Scroll_Page_Forward(FORM * form) +{ + return VSC_Generic(form,form->current->rows); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int VSC_Scroll_Half_Page_Forward(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Scroll a multi-line field forward half a page +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data ahead ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int VSC_Scroll_Half_Page_Forward(FORM * form) +{ + return VSC_Generic(form,(form->current->rows + 1)/2); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int VSC_Scroll_Page_Backward(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Scroll a multi-line field backward a page +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data behind ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int VSC_Scroll_Page_Backward(FORM * form) +{ + return VSC_Generic(form, -(form->current->rows)); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int VSC_Scroll_Half_Page_Backward(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Scroll a multi-line field backward half a page +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data behind ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int VSC_Scroll_Half_Page_Backward(FORM * form) +{ + return VSC_Generic(form, -((form->current->rows + 1)/2)); +} +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + End of Vertical scrolling routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Horizontal scrolling helper routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int HSC_Generic(FORM *form, int columns) +| +| Description : Scroll single-line field forward (columns>0) or +| backward (columns<0) this many columns. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - can't scroll ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int HSC_Generic(FORM *form, int columns) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + int res = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + int cols_to_go = (columns > 0 ? columns : -columns); + + if (columns > 0) + { + if ((cols_to_go + form->begincol) > (field->dcols - field->cols)) + cols_to_go = field->dcols - field->cols - form->begincol; + + if (cols_to_go > 0) + { + form->curcol += cols_to_go; + form->begincol += cols_to_go; + res = E_OK; + } + } + else + { + if ( cols_to_go > form->begincol ) + cols_to_go = form->begincol; + + if (cols_to_go > 0) + { + form->curcol -= cols_to_go; + form->begincol -= cols_to_go; + res = E_OK; + } + } + return(res); +} +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + End of Horizontal scrolling helper routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Horizontal scrolling routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Horizontal_Scrolling( +| int (* const fct) (FORM *), +| FORM * form) +| +| Description : Performs the generic horizontal scrolling routines. +| This has to check for a single-line field. +| +| Return Values : Propagated error code from low-level driver calls ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Horizontal_Scrolling(int (* const fct) (FORM *), FORM * form) +{ + if (Single_Line_Field(form->current)) + return fct(form); + else + return(E_REQUEST_DENIED); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int HSC_Scroll_Char_Forward(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Scroll single-line field forward a character +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data ahead ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int HSC_Scroll_Char_Forward(FORM *form) +{ + return HSC_Generic(form,1); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int HSC_Scroll_Char_Backward(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Scroll single-line field backward a character +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data behind ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int HSC_Scroll_Char_Backward(FORM *form) +{ + return HSC_Generic(form,-1); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int HSC_Horizontal_Line_Forward(FORM* form) +| +| Description : Scroll single-line field forward a line +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data ahead ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int HSC_Horizontal_Line_Forward(FORM * form) +{ + return HSC_Generic(form,form->current->cols); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int HSC_Horizontal_Half_Line_Forward(FORM* form) +| +| Description : Scroll single-line field forward half a line +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data ahead ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int HSC_Horizontal_Half_Line_Forward(FORM * form) +{ + return HSC_Generic(form,(form->current->cols + 1)/2); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int HSC_Horizontal_Line_Backward(FORM* form) +| +| Description : Scroll single-line field backward a line +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data behind ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int HSC_Horizontal_Line_Backward(FORM * form) +{ + return HSC_Generic(form,-(form->current->cols)); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int HSC_Horizontal_Half_Line_Backward(FORM* form) +| +| Description : Scroll single-line field backward half a line +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - no data behind ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int HSC_Horizontal_Half_Line_Backward(FORM * form) +{ + return HSC_Generic(form,-((form->current->cols + 1)/2)); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + End of Horizontal scrolling routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Helper routines for Field Editing + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Is_There_Room_For_A_Line(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Check whether or not there is enough room in the +| buffer to enter a whole line. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - there is enough space +| FALSE - there is not enough space ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static bool Is_There_Room_For_A_Line(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + char *begin_of_last_line, *s; + + Synchronize_Buffer(form); + begin_of_last_line = Address_Of_Row_In_Buffer(field,(field->drows-1)); + s = After_End_Of_Data(begin_of_last_line,field->dcols); + return ((s==begin_of_last_line) ? TRUE : FALSE); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Is_There_Room_For_A_Char_In_Line(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Checks whether or not there is room for a new character +| in the current line. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - there is room +| FALSE - there is not enough room (line full) ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static bool Is_There_Room_For_A_Char_In_Line(FORM * form) +{ + int last_char_in_line; + + wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->current->dcols-1); + last_char_in_line = (int)(winch(form->w) & A_CHARTEXT); + wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol); + return (((last_char_in_line == form->current->pad) || + is_blank(last_char_in_line)) ? TRUE : FALSE); +} + +#define There_Is_No_Room_For_A_Char_In_Line(f) \ + !Is_There_Room_For_A_Char_In_Line(f) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Insert_String( +| FORM * form, +| int row, +| char *txt, +| int len ) +| +| Description : Insert the 'len' characters beginning at pointer 'txt' +| into the 'row' of the 'form'. The insertion occurs +| on the beginning of the row, all other characters are +| moved to the right. After the text a pad character will +| be inserted to separate the text from the rest. If +| necessary the insertion moves characters on the next +| line to make place for the requested insertion string. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Insert_String(FORM *form, int row, char *txt, int len) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + char *bp = Address_Of_Row_In_Buffer(field,row); + int datalen = (int)(After_End_Of_Data(bp,field->dcols) - bp); + int freelen = field->dcols - datalen; + int requiredlen = len+1; + char *split; + int result = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + const char *Space = " "; + + if (freelen >= requiredlen) + { + wmove(form->w,row,0); + winsnstr(form->w,txt,len); + wmove(form->w,row,len); + winsnstr(form->w,Space,1); + return E_OK; + } + else + { /* we have to move characters on the next line. If we are on the + last line this may work, if the field is growable */ + if ((row == (field->drows - 1)) && Growable(field)) + { + if (!Field_Grown(field,1)) + return(E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + /* !!!Side-Effect : might be changed due to growth!!! */ + bp = Address_Of_Row_In_Buffer(field,row); + } + + if (row < (field->drows - 1)) + { + split = After_Last_Whitespace_Character(bp, + (int)(Get_Start_Of_Data(bp + field->dcols - requiredlen , + requiredlen) - bp)); + /* split points now to the first character of the portion of the + line that must be moved to the next line */ + datalen = (int)(split-bp); /* + freelen has to stay on this line */ + freelen = field->dcols - (datalen + freelen); /* for the next line */ + + if ((result=Insert_String(form,row+1,split,freelen))==E_OK) + { + wmove(form->w,row,datalen); + wclrtoeol(form->w); + wmove(form->w,row,0); + winsnstr(form->w,txt,len); + wmove(form->w,row,len); + winsnstr(form->w,Space,1); + return E_OK; + } + } + return(result); + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Wrapping_Not_Necessary_Or_Wrapping_Ok( +| FORM * form) +| +| Description : If a character has been entered into a field, it may +| be that wrapping has to occur. This routine checks +| whether or not wrapping is required and if so, performs +| the wrapping. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - no wrapping required or wrapping +| was successfull +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - some system error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Wrapping_Not_Necessary_Or_Wrapping_Ok(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + int result = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + bool Last_Row = ((field->drows - 1) == form->currow); + + if ( (field->opts & O_WRAP) && /* wrapping wanted */ + (!Single_Line_Field(field)) && /* must be multi-line */ + (There_Is_No_Room_For_A_Char_In_Line(form)) && /* line id full */ + (!Last_Row || Growable(field)) ) /* there are more lines*/ + { + char *bp; + char *split; + int chars_to_be_wrapped; + int chars_to_remain_on_line; + if (Last_Row) + { /* the above logic already ensures, that in this case the field + is growable */ + if (!Field_Grown(field,1)) + return E_SYSTEM_ERROR; + } + bp = Address_Of_Current_Row_In_Buffer(form); + Window_To_Buffer(form->w,field); + split = After_Last_Whitespace_Character(bp,field->dcols); + /* split points to the first character of the sequence to be brought + on the next line */ + chars_to_remain_on_line = (int)(split - bp); + chars_to_be_wrapped = field->dcols - chars_to_remain_on_line; + if (chars_to_remain_on_line > 0) + { + if ((result=Insert_String(form,form->currow+1,split, + chars_to_be_wrapped)) == E_OK) + { + wmove(form->w,form->currow,chars_to_remain_on_line); + wclrtoeol(form->w); + if (form->curcol >= chars_to_remain_on_line) + { + form->currow++; + form->curcol -= chars_to_remain_on_line; + } + return E_OK; + } + } + if (result!=E_OK) + { + wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol); + wdelch(form->w); + Window_To_Buffer(form->w,field); + result = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + } + } + else + result = E_OK; /* wrapping was not necessary */ + return(result); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Field Editing routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Field_Editing( +| int (* const fct) (FORM *), +| FORM * form) +| +| Description : Generic routine for field editing requests. The driver +| routines are only called for editable fields, the +| _WINDOW_MODIFIED flag is set if editing occured. +| This is somewhat special due to the overload semantics +| of the NEW_LINE and DEL_PREV requests. +| +| Return Values : Error code from low level drivers. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Field_Editing(int (* const fct) (FORM *), FORM * form) +{ + int res = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + + /* We have to deal here with the specific case of the overloaded + behaviour of New_Line and Delete_Previous requests. + They may end up in navigational requests if we are on the first + character in a field. But navigation is also allowed on non- + editable fields. + */ + if ((fct==FE_Delete_Previous) && + (form->opts & O_BS_OVERLOAD) && + First_Position_In_Current_Field(form) ) + { + res = Inter_Field_Navigation(FN_Previous_Field,form); + } + else + { + if (fct==FE_New_Line) + { + if ((form->opts & O_NL_OVERLOAD) && + First_Position_In_Current_Field(form)) + { + res = Inter_Field_Navigation(FN_Next_Field,form); + } + else + /* FE_New_Line deals itself with the _WINDOW_MODIFIED flag */ + res = fct(form); + } + else + { + /* From now on, everything must be editable */ + if (form->current->opts & O_EDIT) + { + res = fct(form); + if (res==E_OK) + form->status |= _WINDOW_MODIFIED; + } + } + } + return res; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FE_New_Line(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Perform a new line request. This is rather complex +| compared to other routines in this code due to the +| rather difficult to understand description in the +| manuals. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - new line not allowed +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FE_New_Line(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + char *bp, *t; + bool Last_Row = ((field->drows - 1)==form->currow); + + if (form->status & _OVLMODE) + { + if (Last_Row && + (!(Growable(field) && !Single_Line_Field(field)))) + { + if (!(form->opts & O_NL_OVERLOAD)) + return(E_REQUEST_DENIED); + wclrtoeol(form->w); + /* we have to set this here, although it is also + handled in the generic routine. The reason is, + that FN_Next_Field may fail, but the form is + definitively changed */ + form->status |= _WINDOW_MODIFIED; + return Inter_Field_Navigation(FN_Next_Field,form); + } + else + { + if (Last_Row && !Field_Grown(field,1)) + { /* N.B.: due to the logic in the 'if', LastRow==TRUE + means here that the field is growable and not + a single-line field */ + return(E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + } + wclrtoeol(form->w); + form->currow++; + form->curcol = 0; + form->status |= _WINDOW_MODIFIED; + return(E_OK); + } + } + else + { /* Insert Mode */ + if (Last_Row && + !(Growable(field) && !Single_Line_Field(field))) + { + if (!(form->opts & O_NL_OVERLOAD)) + return(E_REQUEST_DENIED); + return Inter_Field_Navigation(FN_Next_Field,form); + } + else + { + bool May_Do_It = !Last_Row && Is_There_Room_For_A_Line(form); + + if (!(May_Do_It || Growable(field))) + return(E_REQUEST_DENIED); + if (!May_Do_It && !Field_Grown(field,1)) + return(E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + + bp= Address_Of_Current_Position_In_Buffer(form); + t = After_End_Of_Data(bp,field->dcols - form->curcol); + wclrtoeol(form->w); + form->currow++; + form->curcol=0; + wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol); + winsertln(form->w); + waddnstr(form->w,bp,(int)(t-bp)); + form->status |= _WINDOW_MODIFIED; + return E_OK; + } + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FE_Insert_Character(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Insert blank character at the cursor position +| +| Return Values : E_OK +| E_REQUEST_DENIED ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FE_Insert_Character(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + int result = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + + if (Check_Char(field->type,(int)C_BLANK,(TypeArgument *)(field->arg))) + { + bool There_Is_Room = Is_There_Room_For_A_Char_In_Line(form); + + if (There_Is_Room || + ((Single_Line_Field(field) && Growable(field)))) + { + if (!There_Is_Room && !Field_Grown(field,1)) + result = E_SYSTEM_ERROR; + else + { + winsch(form->w,(chtype)C_BLANK); + result = Wrapping_Not_Necessary_Or_Wrapping_Ok(form); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FE_Insert_Line(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Insert a blank line at the cursor position +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - line can not be inserted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FE_Insert_Line(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + int result = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + + if (Check_Char(field->type,(int)C_BLANK,(TypeArgument *)(field->arg))) + { + bool Maybe_Done = (form->currow!=(field->drows-1)) && + Is_There_Room_For_A_Line(form); + + if (!Single_Line_Field(field) && + (Maybe_Done || Growable(field))) + { + if (!Maybe_Done && !Field_Grown(field,1)) + result = E_SYSTEM_ERROR; + else + { + form->curcol = 0; + winsertln(form->w); + result = E_OK; + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FE_Delete_Character(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Delete character at the cursor position +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FE_Delete_Character(FORM * form) +{ + wdelch(form->w); + return E_OK; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FE_Delete_Previous(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Delete character before cursor. Again this is a rather +| difficult piece compared to others due to the overloading +| semantics of backspace. +| N.B.: The case of overloaded BS on first field position +| is already handled in the generic routine. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - Character can't be deleted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FE_Delete_Previous(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + + if (First_Position_In_Current_Field(form)) + return E_REQUEST_DENIED; + + if ( (--(form->curcol))<0 ) + { + char *this_line, *prev_line, *prev_end, *this_end; + + form->curcol++; + if (form->status & _OVLMODE) + return E_REQUEST_DENIED; + + prev_line = Address_Of_Row_In_Buffer(field,(form->currow-1)); + this_line = Address_Of_Row_In_Buffer(field,(form->currow)); + Synchronize_Buffer(form); + prev_end = After_End_Of_Data(prev_line,field->dcols); + this_end = After_End_Of_Data(this_line,field->dcols); + if ((int)(this_end-this_line) > + (field->cols-(int)(prev_end-prev_line))) + return E_REQUEST_DENIED; + wdeleteln(form->w); + Adjust_Cursor_Position(form,prev_end); + wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol); + waddnstr(form->w,this_line,(int)(this_end-this_line)); + } + else + { + wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol); + wdelch(form->w); + } + return E_OK; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FE_Delete_Line(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Delete line at cursor position. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FE_Delete_Line(FORM * form) +{ + form->curcol = 0; + wdeleteln(form->w); + return E_OK; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FE_Delete_Word(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Delete word at cursor position +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - failure ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FE_Delete_Word(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + char *bp = Address_Of_Current_Row_In_Buffer(form); + char *ep = bp + field->dcols; + char *cp = bp + form->curcol; + char *s; + + Synchronize_Buffer(form); + if (is_blank(*cp)) + return E_REQUEST_DENIED; /* not in word */ + + /* move cursor to begin of word and erase to end of screen-line */ + Adjust_Cursor_Position(form, + After_Last_Whitespace_Character(bp,form->curcol)); + wmove(form->w,form->currow,form->curcol); + wclrtoeol(form->w); + + /* skip over word in buffer */ + s = Get_First_Whitespace_Character(cp,(int)(ep-cp)); + /* to begin of next word */ + s = Get_Start_Of_Data(s,(int)(ep - s)); + if ( (s!=cp) && !is_blank(*s)) + { + /* copy remaining line to window */ + waddnstr(form->w,s,(int)(s - After_End_Of_Data(s,(int)(ep - s)))); + } + return E_OK; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FE_Clear_To_End_Of_Line(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Clear to end of current line. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FE_Clear_To_End_Of_Line(FORM * form) +{ + wclrtoeol(form->w); + return E_OK; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FE_Clear_To_End_Of_Form(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Clear to end of form. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FE_Clear_To_End_Of_Form(FORM * form) +{ + wclrtobot(form->w); + return E_OK; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FE_Clear_Field(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Clear entire field. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FE_Clear_Field(FORM * form) +{ + form->currow = form->curcol = 0; + werase(form->w); + return E_OK; +} +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + END of Field Editing routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Edit Mode routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int EM_Overlay_Mode(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Switch to overlay mode. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int EM_Overlay_Mode(FORM * form) +{ + form->status |= _OVLMODE; + return E_OK; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int EM_Insert_Mode(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Switch to insert mode +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int EM_Insert_Mode(FORM * form) +{ + form->status &= ~_OVLMODE; + return E_OK; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + END of Edit Mode routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Helper routines for Choice Requests + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Next_Choice( +| FIELDTYPE * typ, +| FIELD * field, +| TypeArgument *argp) +| +| Description : Get the next field choice. For linked types this is +| done recursively. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - next choice successfully retrieved +| FALSE - couldn't retrieve next choice ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Next_Choice(FIELDTYPE * typ, FIELD *field, TypeArgument *argp) +{ + if (!typ || !(typ->status & _HAS_CHOICE)) + return FALSE; + + if (typ->status & _LINKED_TYPE) + { + assert(argp); + return( + Next_Choice(typ->left ,field,argp->left) || + Next_Choice(typ->right,field,argp->right) ); + } + else + { + assert(typ->next); + return typ->next(field,(void *)argp); + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Previous_Choice( +| FIELDTYPE * typ, +| FIELD * field, +| TypeArgument *argp) +| +| Description : Get the previous field choice. For linked types this +| is done recursively. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - previous choice successfully retrieved +| FALSE - couldn't retrieve previous choice ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Previous_Choice(FIELDTYPE *typ, FIELD *field, TypeArgument *argp) +{ + if (!typ || !(typ->status & _HAS_CHOICE)) + return FALSE; + + if (typ->status & _LINKED_TYPE) + { + assert(argp); + return( + Previous_Choice(typ->left ,field,argp->left) || + Previous_Choice(typ->right,field,argp->right)); + } + else + { + assert(typ->prev); + return typ->prev(field,(void *)argp); + } +} +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + End of Helper routines for Choice Requests + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Routines for Choice Requests + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int CR_Next_Choice(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Get the next field choice. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - next choice couldn't be retrieved ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int CR_Next_Choice(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + Synchronize_Buffer(form); + return ((Next_Choice(field->type,field,(TypeArgument *)(field->arg))) ? + E_OK : E_REQUEST_DENIED); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int CR_Previous_Choice(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Get the previous field choice. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - prev. choice couldn't be retrieved ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int CR_Previous_Choice(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + Synchronize_Buffer(form); + return ((Previous_Choice(field->type,field,(TypeArgument *)(field->arg))) ? + E_OK : E_REQUEST_DENIED); +} +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + End of Routines for Choice Requests + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Helper routines for Field Validations. + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Check_Field( +| FIELDTYPE * typ, +| FIELD * field, +| TypeArgument * argp) +| +| Description : Check the field according to its fieldtype and its +| actual arguments. For linked fieldtypes this is done +| recursively. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid +| FALSE - field is invalid. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Check_Field(FIELDTYPE *typ, FIELD *field, TypeArgument *argp) +{ + if (typ) + { + if (field->opts & O_NULLOK) + { + char *bp = field->buf; + assert(bp); + while(is_blank(*bp)) + { bp++; } + if (*bp == '\0') + return TRUE; + } + + if (typ->status & _LINKED_TYPE) + { + assert(argp); + return( + Check_Field(typ->left ,field,argp->left ) || + Check_Field(typ->right,field,argp->right) ); + } + else + { + if (typ->fcheck) + return typ->fcheck(field,(void *)argp); + } + } + return TRUE; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Internal_Validation(FORM * form ) +| +| Description : Validate the current field of the form. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid +| FALSE - field is invalid ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Internal_Validation(FORM *form) +{ + FIELD *field; + + field = form->current; + + Synchronize_Buffer(form); + if ((form->status & _FCHECK_REQUIRED) || + (!(field->opts & O_PASSOK))) + { + if (!Check_Field(field->type,field,(TypeArgument *)(field->arg))) + return FALSE; + form->status &= ~_FCHECK_REQUIRED; + field->status |= _CHANGED; + Synchronize_Linked_Fields(field); + } + return TRUE; +} +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + End of Helper routines for Field Validations. + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Routines for Field Validation. + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FV_Validation(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Validate the current field of the form. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - field valid +| E_INVALID_FIELD - field not valid ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FV_Validation(FORM * form) +{ + if (Internal_Validation(form)) + return E_OK; + else + return E_INVALID_FIELD; +} +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + End of routines for Field Validation. + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Helper routines for Inter-Field Navigation + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static FIELD *Next_Field_On_Page(FIELD * field) +| +| Description : Get the next field after the given field on the current +| page. The order of fields is the one defined by the +| fields array. Only visible and active fields are +| counted. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to the next field. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static FIELD *Next_Field_On_Page(FIELD * field) +{ + FORM *form = field->form; + FIELD **field_on_page = &form->field[field->index]; + FIELD **first_on_page = &form->field[form->page[form->curpage].pmin]; + FIELD **last_on_page = &form->field[form->page[form->curpage].pmax]; + + do + { + field_on_page = + (field_on_page==last_on_page) ? first_on_page : field_on_page + 1; + if (Field_Is_Selectable(*field_on_page)) + break; + } while(field!=(*field_on_page)); + return(*field_on_page); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static FIELD * First_Active_Field(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Get the first active field on the current page, +| if there are such. If there are none, get the first +| visible field on the page. If there are also none, +| we return the first field on page and hope the best. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to calculated field. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static FIELD * First_Active_Field(FORM * form) +{ + FIELD **last_on_page = &form->field[form->page[form->curpage].pmax]; + FIELD *proposed = Next_Field_On_Page(*last_on_page); + + if (proposed == *last_on_page) + { /* there might be the special situation, where there is no + active and visible field on the current page. We then select + the first visible field on this readonly page + */ + if (Field_Is_Not_Selectable(proposed)) + { + FIELD **field = &form->field[proposed->index]; + FIELD **first = &form->field[form->page[form->curpage].pmin]; + + do + { + field = (field==last_on_page) ? first : field + 1; + if (((*field)->opts & O_VISIBLE)) + break; + } while(proposed!=(*field)); + + proposed = *field; + + if ((proposed == *last_on_page) && !(proposed->opts&O_VISIBLE)) + { /* This means, there is also no visible field on the page. + So we propose the first one and hope the very best... + Some very clever user has designed a readonly and invisible + page on this form. + */ + proposed = *first; + } + } + } + return(proposed); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static FIELD *Previous_Field_On_Page(FIELD * field) +| +| Description : Get the previous field before the given field on the +| current page. The order of fields is the one defined by +| the fields array. Only visible and active fields are +| counted. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to the previous field. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static FIELD *Previous_Field_On_Page(FIELD * field) +{ + FORM *form = field->form; + FIELD **field_on_page = &form->field[field->index]; + FIELD **first_on_page = &form->field[form->page[form->curpage].pmin]; + FIELD **last_on_page = &form->field[form->page[form->curpage].pmax]; + + do + { + field_on_page = + (field_on_page==first_on_page) ? last_on_page : field_on_page - 1; + if (Field_Is_Selectable(*field_on_page)) + break; + } while(field!=(*field_on_page)); + + return (*field_on_page); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static FIELD *Sorted_Next_Field(FIELD * field) +| +| Description : Get the next field after the given field on the current +| page. The order of fields is the one defined by the +| (row,column) geometry, rows are major. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to the next field. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static FIELD *Sorted_Next_Field(FIELD * field) +{ + FIELD *field_on_page = field; + + do + { + field_on_page = field_on_page->snext; + if (Field_Is_Selectable(field_on_page)) + break; + } while(field_on_page!=field); + + return (field_on_page); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static FIELD *Sorted_Previous_Field(FIELD * field) +| +| Description : Get the previous field before the given field on the +| current page. The order of fields is the one defined +| by the (row,column) geometry, rows are major. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to the previous field. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static FIELD *Sorted_Previous_Field(FIELD * field) +{ + FIELD *field_on_page = field; + + do + { + field_on_page = field_on_page->sprev; + if (Field_Is_Selectable(field_on_page)) + break; + } while(field_on_page!=field); + + return (field_on_page); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static FIELD *Left_Neighbour_Field(FIELD * field) +| +| Description : Get the left neighbour of the field on the same line +| and the same page. Cycles through the line. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to left neighbour field. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static FIELD *Left_Neighbour_Field(FIELD * field) +{ + FIELD *field_on_page = field; + + /* For a field that has really a left neighbour, the while clause + immediately fails and the loop is left, positioned at the right + neighbour. Otherwise we cycle backwards through the sorted fieldlist + until we enter the same line (from the right end). + */ + do + { + field_on_page = Sorted_Previous_Field(field_on_page); + } while(field_on_page->frow != field->frow); + + return (field_on_page); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static FIELD *Right_Neighbour_Field(FIELD * field) +| +| Description : Get the right neighbour of the field on the same line +| and the same page. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to right neighbour field. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static FIELD *Right_Neighbour_Field(FIELD * field) +{ + FIELD *field_on_page = field; + + /* See the comments on Left_Neighbour_Field to understand how it works */ + do + { + field_on_page = Sorted_Next_Field(field_on_page); + } while(field_on_page->frow != field->frow); + + return (field_on_page); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static FIELD *Upper_Neighbour_Field(FIELD * field) +| +| Description : Because of the row-major nature of sorting the fields, +| its more difficult to define whats the upper neighbour +| field really means. We define that it must be on a +| 'previous' line (cyclic order!) and is the rightmost +| field laying on the left side of the given field. If +| this set is empty, we take the first field on the line. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to the upper neighbour field. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static FIELD *Upper_Neighbour_Field(FIELD * field) +{ + FIELD *field_on_page = field; + int frow = field->frow; + int fcol = field->fcol; + + /* Walk back to the 'previous' line. The second term in the while clause + just guarantees that we stop if we cycled through the line because + there might be no 'previous' line if the page has just one line. + */ + do + { + field_on_page = Sorted_Previous_Field(field_on_page); + } while(field_on_page->frow==frow && field_on_page->fcol!=fcol); + + if (field_on_page->frow!=frow) + { /* We really found a 'previous' line. We are positioned at the + rightmost field on this line */ + frow = field_on_page->frow; + + /* We walk to the left as long as we are really right of the + field. */ + while(field_on_page->frow==frow && field_on_page->fcol>fcol) + field_on_page = Sorted_Previous_Field(field_on_page); + + /* If we wrapped, just go to the right which is the first field on + the row */ + if (field_on_page->frow!=frow) + field_on_page = Sorted_Next_Field(field_on_page); + } + + return (field_on_page); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static FIELD *Down_Neighbour_Field(FIELD * field) +| +| Description : Because of the row-major nature of sorting the fields, +| its more difficult to define whats the down neighbour +| field really means. We define that it must be on a +| 'next' line (cyclic order!) and is the leftmost +| field laying on the right side of the given field. If +| this set is empty, we take the last field on the line. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to the upper neighbour field. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static FIELD *Down_Neighbour_Field(FIELD * field) +{ + FIELD *field_on_page = field; + int frow = field->frow; + int fcol = field->fcol; + + /* Walk forward to the 'next' line. The second term in the while clause + just guarantees that we stop if we cycled through the line because + there might be no 'next' line if the page has just one line. + */ + do + { + field_on_page = Sorted_Next_Field(field_on_page); + } while(field_on_page->frow==frow && field_on_page->fcol!=fcol); + + if (field_on_page->frow!=frow) + { /* We really found a 'next' line. We are positioned at the rightmost + field on this line */ + frow = field_on_page->frow; + + /* We walk to the right as long as we are really left of the + field. */ + while(field_on_page->frow==frow && field_on_page->fcolfrow!=frow) + field_on_page = Sorted_Previous_Field(field_on_page); + } + + return(field_on_page); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Inter-Field Navigation routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Inter_Field_Navigation( +| int (* const fct) (FORM *), +| FORM * form) +| +| Description : Generic behaviour for changing the current field, the +| field is left and a new field is entered. So the field +| must be validated and the field init/term hooks must +| be called. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_INVALID_FIELD - field is invalid +| some other - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Inter_Field_Navigation(int (* const fct) (FORM *),FORM *form) +{ + int res; + + if (!Internal_Validation(form)) + res = E_INVALID_FIELD; + else + { + Call_Hook(form,fieldterm); + res = fct(form); + Call_Hook(form,fieldinit); + } + return res; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FN_Next_Field(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the next field on the current page of the form +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| != E_OK - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FN_Next_Field(FORM * form) +{ + return Set_Current_Field(form, + Next_Field_On_Page(form->current)); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FN_Previous_Field(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the previous field on the current page of the +| form +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| != E_OK - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FN_Previous_Field(FORM * form) +{ + return Set_Current_Field(form, + Previous_Field_On_Page(form->current)); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FN_First_Field(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the first field on the current page of the form +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| != E_OK - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FN_First_Field(FORM * form) +{ + return + Set_Current_Field(form, + Next_Field_On_Page(form->field[form->page[form->curpage].pmax])); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FN_Last_Field(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the last field on the current page of the form +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| != E_OK - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FN_Last_Field(FORM * form) +{ + return + Set_Current_Field(form, + Previous_Field_On_Page(form->field[form->page[form->curpage].pmin])); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FN_Sorted_Next_Field(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the sorted next field on the current page +| of the form. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| != E_OK - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FN_Sorted_Next_Field(FORM * form) +{ + return Set_Current_Field(form, + Sorted_Next_Field(form->current)); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FN_Sorted_Previous_Field(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the sorted previous field on the current page +| of the form. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| != E_OK - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FN_Sorted_Previous_Field(FORM * form) +{ + return Set_Current_Field(form, + Sorted_Previous_Field(form->current)); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FN_Sorted_First_Field(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the sorted first field on the current page +| of the form. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| != E_OK - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FN_Sorted_First_Field(FORM * form) +{ + return Set_Current_Field(form, + Sorted_Next_Field(form->field[form->page[form->curpage].smax])); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FN_Sorted_Last_Field(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the sorted last field on the current page +| of the form. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| != E_OK - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FN_Sorted_Last_Field(FORM * form) +{ + return Set_Current_Field(form, + Sorted_Previous_Field(form->field[form->page[form->curpage].smin])); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FN_Left_Field(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Get the field on the left of the current field on the +| same line and the same page. Cycles through the line. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| != E_OK - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FN_Left_Field(FORM * form) +{ + return Set_Current_Field(form, + Left_Neighbour_Field(form->current)); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FN_Right_Field(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Get the field on the right of the current field on the +| same line and the same page. Cycles through the line. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| != E_OK - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FN_Right_Field(FORM * form) +{ + return Set_Current_Field(form, + Right_Neighbour_Field(form->current)); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FN_Up_Field(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Get the upper neighbour of the current field. This +| cycles through the page. See the comments of the +| Upper_Neighbour_Field function to understand how +| 'upper' is defined. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| != E_OK - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FN_Up_Field(FORM * form) +{ + return Set_Current_Field(form, + Upper_Neighbour_Field(form->current)); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int FN_Down_Field(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Get the down neighbour of the current field. This +| cycles through the page. See the comments of the +| Down_Neighbour_Field function to understand how +| 'down' is defined. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| != E_OK - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int FN_Down_Field(FORM * form) +{ + return Set_Current_Field(form, + Down_Neighbour_Field(form->current)); +} +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + END of Field Navigation routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Helper routines for Page Navigation + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Set_Form_Page(FORM * form, +| int page, +| FIELD * field) +| +| Description : Make the given page nr. the current page and make +| the given field the current field on the page. If +| for the field NULL is given, make the first field on +| the page the current field. The routine acts only +| if the requested page is not the current page. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| != E_OK - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Set_Form_Page(FORM * form, int page, FIELD * field) +{ + int res = E_OK; + + if ((form->curpage!=page)) + { + FIELD *last_field, *field_on_page; + + werase(Get_Form_Window(form)); + form->curpage = page; + last_field = field_on_page = form->field[form->page[page].smin]; + do + { + if (field_on_page->opts & O_VISIBLE) + if ((res=Display_Field(field_on_page))!=E_OK) + return(res); + field_on_page = field_on_page->snext; + } while(field_on_page != last_field); + + if (field) + res = Set_Current_Field(form,field); + else + /* N.B.: we don't encapsulate this by Inter_Field_Navigation(), + because this is already executed in a page navigation + context that contains field navigation + */ + res = FN_First_Field(form); + } + return(res); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Next_Page_Number(const FORM * form) +| +| Description : Calculate the page number following the current page +| number. This cycles if the highest page number is +| reached. +| +| Return Values : The next page number ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static int Next_Page_Number(const FORM * form) +{ + return (form->curpage + 1) % form->maxpage; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Previous_Page_Number(const FORM * form) +| +| Description : Calculate the page number before the current page +| number. This cycles if the first page number is +| reached. +| +| Return Values : The previous page number ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static int Previous_Page_Number(const FORM * form) +{ + return (form->curpage!=0 ? form->curpage - 1 : form->maxpage - 1); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Page Navigation routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Page_Navigation( +| int (* const fct) (FORM *), +| FORM * form) +| +| Description : Generic behaviour for changing a page. This means +| that the field is left and a new field is entered. +| So the field must be validated and the field init/term +| hooks must be called. Because also the page is changed, +| the forms init/term hooks must be called also. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_INVALID_FIELD - field is invalid +| some other - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Page_Navigation(int (* const fct) (FORM *), FORM * form) +{ + int res; + + if (!Internal_Validation(form)) + res = E_INVALID_FIELD; + else + { + Call_Hook(form,fieldterm); + Call_Hook(form,formterm); + res = fct(form); + Call_Hook(form,forminit); + Call_Hook(form,fieldinit); + } + return res; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int PN_Next_Page(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the next page of the form +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| != E_OK - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int PN_Next_Page(FORM * form) +{ + return Set_Form_Page(form,Next_Page_Number(form),(FIELD *)0); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int PN_Previous_Page(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the previous page of the form +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| != E_OK - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int PN_Previous_Page(FORM * form) +{ + return Set_Form_Page(form,Previous_Page_Number(form),(FIELD *)0); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int PN_First_Page(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the first page of the form +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| != E_OK - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int PN_First_Page(FORM * form) +{ + return Set_Form_Page(form,0,(FIELD *)0); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int PN_Last_Page(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Move to the last page of the form +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| != E_OK - error from subordinate call ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int PN_Last_Page(FORM * form) +{ + return Set_Form_Page(form,form->maxpage-1,(FIELD *)0); +} +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + END of Field Navigation routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Helper routines for the core form driver. + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Data_Entry(FORM * form,int c) +| +| Description : Enter character c into at the current position of the +| current field of the form. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Data_Entry(FORM * form, int c) +{ + FIELD *field = form->current; + int result = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + bool End_Of_Field; + + if ( (field->opts & O_EDIT) +#if FIX_FORM_INACTIVE_BUG + && (field->opts & O_ACTIVE) +#endif + ) + { + if ( (field->opts & O_BLANK) && + First_Position_In_Current_Field(form) && + !(form->status & _FCHECK_REQUIRED) && + !(form->status & _WINDOW_MODIFIED) ) + werase(form->w); + + if (form->status & _OVLMODE) + { + waddch(form->w,(chtype)c); + } + else /* no _OVLMODE */ + { + bool There_Is_Room = Is_There_Room_For_A_Char_In_Line(form); + + if (!(There_Is_Room || + ((Single_Line_Field(field) && Growable(field))))) + return E_REQUEST_DENIED; + + if (!There_Is_Room && !Field_Grown(field,1)) + return E_SYSTEM_ERROR; + + winsch(form->w,(chtype)c); + } + + if ((result=Wrapping_Not_Necessary_Or_Wrapping_Ok(form))==E_OK) + { + form->status |= _WINDOW_MODIFIED; + End_Of_Field= (((field->drows-1)==form->currow) && + ((field->dcols-1)==form->curcol)); + if (End_Of_Field && !Growable(field) && (field->opts & O_AUTOSKIP)) + result = Inter_Field_Navigation(FN_Next_Field,form); + else + { + if (End_Of_Field && Growable(field) && !Field_Grown(field,1)) + result = E_SYSTEM_ERROR; + else + { + IFN_Next_Character(form); + result = E_OK; + } + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/* Structure to describe the binding of a request code to a function. + The member keycode codes the request value as well as the generic + routine to use for the request. The code for the generic routine + is coded in the upper 16 Bits while the request code is coded in + the lower 16 bits. + + In terms of C++ you might think of a request as a class with a + virtual method "perform". The different types of request are + derived from this base class and overload (or not) the base class + implementation of perform. +*/ +typedef struct { + int keycode; /* must be at least 32 bit: hi:mode, lo: key */ + int (*cmd)(FORM *); /* low level driver routine for this key */ +} Binding_Info; + +/* You may see this is the class-id of the request type class */ +#define ID_PN (0x00000000) /* Page navigation */ +#define ID_FN (0x00010000) /* Inter-Field navigation */ +#define ID_IFN (0x00020000) /* Intra-Field navigation */ +#define ID_VSC (0x00030000) /* Vertical Scrolling */ +#define ID_HSC (0x00040000) /* Horizontal Scrolling */ +#define ID_FE (0x00050000) /* Field Editing */ +#define ID_EM (0x00060000) /* Edit Mode */ +#define ID_FV (0x00070000) /* Field Validation */ +#define ID_CH (0x00080000) /* Choice */ +#define ID_Mask (0xffff0000) +#define Key_Mask (0x0000ffff) +#define ID_Shft (16) + +/* This array holds all the Binding Infos */ +static const Binding_Info bindings[MAX_FORM_COMMAND - MIN_FORM_COMMAND + 1] = +{ + { REQ_NEXT_PAGE |ID_PN ,PN_Next_Page}, + { REQ_PREV_PAGE |ID_PN ,PN_Previous_Page}, + { REQ_FIRST_PAGE |ID_PN ,PN_First_Page}, + { REQ_LAST_PAGE |ID_PN ,PN_Last_Page}, + + { REQ_NEXT_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Next_Field}, + { REQ_PREV_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Previous_Field}, + { REQ_FIRST_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_First_Field}, + { REQ_LAST_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Last_Field}, + { REQ_SNEXT_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Sorted_Next_Field}, + { REQ_SPREV_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Sorted_Previous_Field}, + { REQ_SFIRST_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Sorted_First_Field}, + { REQ_SLAST_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Sorted_Last_Field}, + { REQ_LEFT_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Left_Field}, + { REQ_RIGHT_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Right_Field}, + { REQ_UP_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Up_Field}, + { REQ_DOWN_FIELD |ID_FN ,FN_Down_Field}, + + { REQ_NEXT_CHAR |ID_IFN ,IFN_Next_Character}, + { REQ_PREV_CHAR |ID_IFN ,IFN_Previous_Character}, + { REQ_NEXT_LINE |ID_IFN ,IFN_Next_Line}, + { REQ_PREV_LINE |ID_IFN ,IFN_Previous_Line}, + { REQ_NEXT_WORD |ID_IFN ,IFN_Next_Word}, + { REQ_PREV_WORD |ID_IFN ,IFN_Previous_Word}, + { REQ_BEG_FIELD |ID_IFN ,IFN_Beginning_Of_Field}, + { REQ_END_FIELD |ID_IFN ,IFN_End_Of_Field}, + { REQ_BEG_LINE |ID_IFN ,IFN_Beginning_Of_Line}, + { REQ_END_LINE |ID_IFN ,IFN_End_Of_Line}, + { REQ_LEFT_CHAR |ID_IFN ,IFN_Left_Character}, + { REQ_RIGHT_CHAR |ID_IFN ,IFN_Right_Character}, + { REQ_UP_CHAR |ID_IFN ,IFN_Up_Character}, + { REQ_DOWN_CHAR |ID_IFN ,IFN_Down_Character}, + + { REQ_NEW_LINE |ID_FE ,FE_New_Line}, + { REQ_INS_CHAR |ID_FE ,FE_Insert_Character}, + { REQ_INS_LINE |ID_FE ,FE_Insert_Line}, + { REQ_DEL_CHAR |ID_FE ,FE_Delete_Character}, + { REQ_DEL_PREV |ID_FE ,FE_Delete_Previous}, + { REQ_DEL_LINE |ID_FE ,FE_Delete_Line}, + { REQ_DEL_WORD |ID_FE ,FE_Delete_Word}, + { REQ_CLR_EOL |ID_FE ,FE_Clear_To_End_Of_Line}, + { REQ_CLR_EOF |ID_FE ,FE_Clear_To_End_Of_Form}, + { REQ_CLR_FIELD |ID_FE ,FE_Clear_Field}, + + { REQ_OVL_MODE |ID_EM ,EM_Overlay_Mode}, + { REQ_INS_MODE |ID_EM ,EM_Insert_Mode}, + + { REQ_SCR_FLINE |ID_VSC ,VSC_Scroll_Line_Forward}, + { REQ_SCR_BLINE |ID_VSC ,VSC_Scroll_Line_Backward}, + { REQ_SCR_FPAGE |ID_VSC ,VSC_Scroll_Page_Forward}, + { REQ_SCR_BPAGE |ID_VSC ,VSC_Scroll_Page_Backward}, + { REQ_SCR_FHPAGE |ID_VSC ,VSC_Scroll_Half_Page_Forward}, + { REQ_SCR_BHPAGE |ID_VSC ,VSC_Scroll_Half_Page_Backward}, + + { REQ_SCR_FCHAR |ID_HSC ,HSC_Scroll_Char_Forward}, + { REQ_SCR_BCHAR |ID_HSC ,HSC_Scroll_Char_Backward}, + { REQ_SCR_HFLINE |ID_HSC ,HSC_Horizontal_Line_Forward}, + { REQ_SCR_HBLINE |ID_HSC ,HSC_Horizontal_Line_Backward}, + { REQ_SCR_HFHALF |ID_HSC ,HSC_Horizontal_Half_Line_Forward}, + { REQ_SCR_HBHALF |ID_HSC ,HSC_Horizontal_Half_Line_Backward}, + + { REQ_VALIDATION |ID_FV ,FV_Validation}, + + { REQ_NEXT_CHOICE |ID_CH ,CR_Next_Choice}, + { REQ_PREV_CHOICE |ID_CH ,CR_Previous_Choice} +}; + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int form_driver(FORM * form,int c) +| +| Description : This is the workhorse of the forms system. It checks +| to determine whether the character c is a request or +| data. If it is a request, the form driver executes +| the request and returns the result. If it is data +| (printable character), it enters the data into the +| current position in the current field. If it is not +| recognized, the form driver assumes it is an application +| defined command and returns E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND. +| Application defined command should be defined relative +| to MAX_FORM_COMMAND, the maximum value of a request. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - an argument is incorrect +| E_NOT_POSTED - form is not posted +| E_INVALID_FIELD - field contents are invalid +| E_BAD_STATE - called from inside a hook routine +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - request failed +| E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND - command not known ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int form_driver(FORM * form, int c) +{ + const Binding_Info* BI = (Binding_Info *)0; + int res = E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND; + + if (!form) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (!(form->field)) + RETURN(E_NOT_CONNECTED); + + assert(form->page); + + if (c==FIRST_ACTIVE_MAGIC) + { + form->current = First_Active_Field(form); + return E_OK; + } + + assert(form->current && + form->current->buf && + (form->current->form == form) + ); + + if ( form->status & _IN_DRIVER ) + RETURN(E_BAD_STATE); + + if ( !( form->status & _POSTED ) ) + RETURN(E_NOT_POSTED); + + if ((c>=MIN_FORM_COMMAND && c<=MAX_FORM_COMMAND) && + ((bindings[c-MIN_FORM_COMMAND].keycode & Key_Mask) == c)) + BI = &(bindings[c-MIN_FORM_COMMAND]); + + if (BI) + { + typedef int (*Generic_Method)(int (* const)(FORM *),FORM *); + static const Generic_Method Generic_Methods[] = + { + Page_Navigation, /* overloaded to call field&form hooks */ + Inter_Field_Navigation, /* overloaded to call field hooks */ + NULL, /* Intra-Field is generic */ + Vertical_Scrolling, /* Overloaded to check multi-line */ + Horizontal_Scrolling, /* Overloaded to check single-line */ + Field_Editing, /* Overloaded to mark modification */ + NULL, /* Edit Mode is generic */ + NULL, /* Field Validation is generic */ + NULL /* Choice Request is generic */ + }; + int nMethods = (sizeof(Generic_Methods)/sizeof(Generic_Methods[0])); + int method = ((BI->keycode & ID_Mask) >> ID_Shft) & 0xffff; + + if ( (method < 0) || (method >= nMethods) || !(BI->cmd) ) + res = E_SYSTEM_ERROR; + else + { + Generic_Method fct = Generic_Methods[method]; + if (fct) + res = fct(BI->cmd,form); + else + res = (BI->cmd)(form); + } + } + else + { + if (!(c & (~(int)MAX_REGULAR_CHARACTER)) && + isprint((unsigned char)c) && + Check_Char(form->current->type,c, + (TypeArgument *)(form->current->arg))) + res = Data_Entry(form,c); + } + Refresh_Current_Field(form); + RETURN(res); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int post_form(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Writes the form into its associated subwindow. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form pointer +| E_POSTED - form already posted +| E_NOT_CONNECTED - no fields connected to form +| E_NO_ROOM - form doesn't fit into subwindow +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int post_form(FORM * form) +{ + WINDOW *formwin; + int err; + int page; + + if (!form) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (form->status & _POSTED) + RETURN(E_POSTED); + + if (!(form->field)) + RETURN(E_NOT_CONNECTED); + + formwin = Get_Form_Window(form); + if ((form->cols > getmaxx(formwin)) || (form->rows > getmaxy(formwin))) + RETURN(E_NO_ROOM); + + /* reset form->curpage to an invald value. This forces Set_Form_Page + to do the page initialization which is required by post_form. + */ + page = form->curpage; + form->curpage = -1; + if ((err = Set_Form_Page(form,page,form->current))!=E_OK) + RETURN(err); + + form->status |= _POSTED; + + Call_Hook(form,forminit); + Call_Hook(form,fieldinit); + + Refresh_Current_Field(form); + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int unpost_form(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Erase form from its associated subwindow. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form pointer +| E_NOT_POSTED - form isn't posted +| E_BAD_STATE - called from a hook routine ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int unpost_form(FORM * form) +{ + if (!form) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (!(form->status & _POSTED)) + RETURN(E_NOT_POSTED); + + if (form->status & _IN_DRIVER) + RETURN(E_BAD_STATE); + + Call_Hook(form,fieldterm); + Call_Hook(form,formterm); + + werase(Get_Form_Window(form)); + delwin(form->w); + form->w = (WINDOW *)0; + form->status &= ~_POSTED; + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int pos_form_cursor(FORM * form) +| +| Description : Moves the form window cursor to the location required +| by the form driver to resume form processing. This may +| be needed after the application calls a curses library +| I/O routine that modifies the cursor position. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - Success +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - System error. +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - Invalid form pointer +| E_NOT_POSTED - Form is not posted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int pos_form_cursor(FORM * form) +{ + int res; + + if (!form) + res = E_BAD_ARGUMENT; + else + { + if (!(form->status & _POSTED)) + res = E_NOT_POSTED; + else + res = Position_Form_Cursor(form); + } + RETURN(res); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_current_field(FORM * form,FIELD * field) +| +| Description : Set the current field of the form to the specified one. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form or field pointer +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - field not selectable +| E_BAD_STATE - called from a hook routine +| E_INVALID_FIELD - current field can't be left +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_current_field(FORM * form, FIELD * field) +{ + int err = E_OK; + + if ( !form || !field ) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if ( (form != field->form) || Field_Is_Not_Selectable(field) ) + RETURN(E_REQUEST_DENIED); + + if (!(form->status & _POSTED)) + { + form->current = field; + form->curpage = field->page; + } + else + { + if (form->status & _IN_DRIVER) + err = E_BAD_STATE; + else + { + if (form->current != field) + { + if (!Internal_Validation(form)) + err = E_INVALID_FIELD; + else + { + Call_Hook(form,fieldterm); + if (field->page != form->curpage) + { + Call_Hook(form,formterm); + err = Set_Form_Page(form,field->page,field); + Call_Hook(form,forminit); + } + else + { + err = Set_Current_Field(form,field); + } + Call_Hook(form,fieldinit); + Refresh_Current_Field(form); + } + } + } + } + RETURN(err); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : FIELD *current_field(const FORM * form) +| +| Description : Return the current field. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to the current field. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +FIELD *current_field(const FORM * form) +{ + return Normalize_Form(form)->current; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int field_index(const FIELD * field) +| +| Description : Return the index of the field in the field-array of +| the form. +| +| Return Values : >= 0 : field index +| -1 : fieldpointer invalid or field not connected ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int field_index(const FIELD * field) +{ + return ( (field && field->form) ? field->index : -1 ); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_form_page(FORM * form,int page) +| +| Description : Set the page number of the form. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid form pointer or page number +| E_BAD_STATE - called from a hook routine +| E_INVALID_FIELD - current field can't be left +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_form_page(FORM * form, int page) +{ + int err = E_OK; + + if ( !form || (page<0) || (page>=form->maxpage) ) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (!(form->status & _POSTED)) + { + form->curpage = page; + form->current = First_Active_Field(form); + } + else + { + if (form->status & _IN_DRIVER) + err = E_BAD_STATE; + else + { + if (form->curpage != page) + { + if (!Internal_Validation(form)) + err = E_INVALID_FIELD; + else + { + Call_Hook(form,fieldterm); + Call_Hook(form,formterm); + err = Set_Form_Page(form,page,(FIELD *)0); + Call_Hook(form,forminit); + Call_Hook(form,fieldinit); + Refresh_Current_Field(form); + } + } + } + } + RETURN(err); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int form_page(const FORM * form) +| +| Description : Return the current page of the form. +| +| Return Values : >= 0 : current page number +| -1 : invalid form pointer ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int form_page(const FORM * form) +{ + return Normalize_Form(form)->curpage; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Field-Buffer manipulation routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_field_buffer(FIELD *field, +| int buffer, char *value) +| +| Description : Set the given buffer of the field to the given value. +| Buffer 0 stores the displayed content of the field. +| For dynamic fields this may grow the fieldbuffers if +| the length of the value exceeds the current buffer +| length. For buffer 0 only printable values are allowed. +| For static fields, the value needs not to be zero ter- +| minated. It is copied up to the length of the buffer. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid argument +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_field_buffer(FIELD * field, int buffer, const char * value) +{ + char *s, *p; + int res = E_OK; + unsigned int len; + + if ( !field || !value || ((buffer < 0)||(buffer > field->nbuf)) ) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + len = Buffer_Length(field); + + if (buffer==0) + { + const char *v; + unsigned int i = 0; + + for(v=value; *v && (i len) + { + if (!Field_Grown(field, + (int)(1 + (vlen-len)/((field->rows+field->nrow)*field->cols)))) + RETURN(E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + + /* in this case we also have to check, wether or not the remaining + characters in value are also printable for buffer 0. */ + if (buffer==0) + { + unsigned int i; + + for(i=len; i= (unsigned int)(s-p)); + if (len > (unsigned int)(s-p)) + memset(s,C_BLANK,len-(unsigned int)(s-p)); + } + + if (buffer==0) + { + int syncres; + if (((syncres=Synchronize_Field( field ))!=E_OK) && + (res==E_OK)) + res = syncres; + if (((syncres=Synchronize_Linked_Fields(field ))!=E_OK) && + (res==E_OK)) + res = syncres; + } + RETURN(res); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : char *field_buffer(const FIELD *field,int buffer) +| +| Description : Return the address of the buffer for the field. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to buffer or NULL if arguments were invalid. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +char *field_buffer(const FIELD * field, int buffer) +{ + if (field && (buffer >= 0) && (buffer <= field->nbuf)) + return Address_Of_Nth_Buffer(field,buffer); + else + return (char *)0; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Field-Options manipulation routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_field_opts(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts) +| +| Description : Turns on the named options for this field and turns +| off all the remaining options. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_CURRENT - the field is the current field +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_field_opts(FIELD * field, Field_Options opts) +{ + int res = E_BAD_ARGUMENT; + if (!(opts & ~ALL_FIELD_OPTS)) + res = Synchronize_Options( Normalize_Field(field), opts ); + RETURN(res); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : Field_Options field_opts(const FIELD *field) +| +| Description : Retrieve the fields options. +| +| Return Values : The options. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +Field_Options field_opts(const FIELD * field) +{ + return ALL_FIELD_OPTS & Normalize_Field( field )->opts; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int field_opts_on(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts) +| +| Description : Turns on the named options for this field and all the +| remaining options are unchanged. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_CURRENT - the field is the current field +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int field_opts_on(FIELD * field, Field_Options opts) +{ + int res = E_BAD_ARGUMENT; + + if (!(opts & ~ALL_FIELD_OPTS)) + { + Normalize_Field( field ); + res = Synchronize_Options( field, field->opts | opts ); + } + RETURN(res); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int field_opts_off(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts) +| +| Description : Turns off the named options for this field and all the +| remaining options are unchanged. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_CURRENT - the field is the current field +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int field_opts_off(FIELD * field, Field_Options opts) +{ + int res = E_BAD_ARGUMENT; + + if (!(opts & ~ALL_FIELD_OPTS)) + { + Normalize_Field( field ); + res = Synchronize_Options( field, field->opts & ~opts ); + } + RETURN(res); +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Field-Attribute manipulation routines + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* "Template" macro to generate a function to set a fields attribute */ +#define GEN_FIELD_ATTR_SET_FCT( name ) \ +int set_field_ ## name (FIELD * field, chtype attr)\ +{\ + int res = E_BAD_ARGUMENT;\ + if ( attr==A_NORMAL || ((attr & A_ATTRIBUTES)==attr) )\ + {\ + Normalize_Field( field );\ + if ((field -> name) != attr)\ + {\ + field -> name = attr;\ + res = Synchronize_Attributes( field );\ + }\ + else\ + res = E_OK;\ + }\ + RETURN(res);\ +} + +/* "Template" macro to generate a function to get a fields attribute */ +#define GEN_FIELD_ATTR_GET_FCT( name ) \ +chtype field_ ## name (const FIELD * field)\ +{\ + return ( A_ATTRIBUTES & (Normalize_Field( field ) -> name) );\ +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_field_fore(FIELD *field, chtype attr) +| +| Description : Sets the foreground of the field used to display the +| field contents. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid attributes +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_FIELD_ATTR_SET_FCT( fore ) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : chtype field_fore(const FIELD *) +| +| Description : Retrieve fields foreground attribute +| +| Return Values : The foreground attribute ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_FIELD_ATTR_GET_FCT( fore ) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_field_back(FIELD *field, chtype attr) +| +| Description : Sets the background of the field used to display the +| fields extend. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid attributes +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_FIELD_ATTR_SET_FCT( back ) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : chtype field_back(const +| +| Description : Retrieve fields background attribute +| +| Return Values : The background attribute ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_FIELD_ATTR_GET_FCT( back ) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_field_pad(FIELD *field, int ch) +| +| Description : Set the pad character used to fill the field. This must +| be a printable character. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid field pointer or pad character +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_field_pad(FIELD * field, int ch) +{ + int res = E_BAD_ARGUMENT; + + Normalize_Field( field ); + if (isprint((unsigned char)ch)) + { + if (field->pad != ch) + { + field->pad = ch; + res = Synchronize_Attributes( field ); + } + else + res = E_OK; + } + RETURN(res); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int field_pad(const FIELD *field) +| +| Description : Retrieve the fields pad character. +| +| Return Values : The pad character. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int field_pad(const FIELD * field) +{ + return Normalize_Field( field )->pad; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_field_just(FIELD *field, int just) +| +| Description : Set the fields type of justification. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - one of the arguments was incorrect +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - system error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_field_just(FIELD * field, int just) +{ + int res = E_BAD_ARGUMENT; + + if ((just==NO_JUSTIFICATION) || + (just==JUSTIFY_LEFT) || + (just==JUSTIFY_CENTER) || + (just==JUSTIFY_RIGHT) ) + { + Normalize_Field( field ); + if (field->just != just) + { + field->just = just; + res = Synchronize_Attributes( field ); + } + else + res = E_OK; + } + RETURN(res); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int field_just( const FIELD *field ) +| +| Description : Retrieve the fields type of justification +| +| Return Values : The justification type. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int field_just(const FIELD * field) +{ + return Normalize_Field( field )->just; +} + +/* frm_driver.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/frm_hook.c b/form/frm_hook.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..60c9993d --- /dev/null +++ b/form/frm_hook.c @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_hook.c,v 1.5 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $") + +/* "Template" macro to generate function to set application specific hook */ +#define GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION( typ, name ) \ +int set_ ## typ ## _ ## name (FORM *form, Form_Hook func)\ +{\ + (Normalize_Form( form ) -> typ ## name) = func ;\ + RETURN(E_OK);\ +} + +/* "Template" macro to generate function to get application specific hook */ +#define GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION( typ, name ) \ +Form_Hook typ ## _ ## name ( const FORM *form )\ +{\ + return ( Normalize_Form( form ) -> typ ## name );\ +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_field_init(FORM *form, Form_Hook f) +| +| Description : Assigns an application defined initialization function +| to be called when the form is posted and just after +| the current field changes. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION(field,init) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : Form_Hook field_init(const FORM *form) +| +| Description : Retrieve field initialization routine address. +| +| Return Values : The address or NULL if no hook defined. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION(field,init) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_field_term(FORM *form, Form_Hook f) +| +| Description : Assigns an application defined finalization function +| to be called when the form is unposted and just before +| the current field changes. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION(field,term) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : Form_Hook field_term(const FORM *form) +| +| Description : Retrieve field finalization routine address. +| +| Return Values : The address or NULL if no hook defined. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION(field,term) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_form_init(FORM *form, Form_Hook f) +| +| Description : Assigns an application defined initialization function +| to be called when the form is posted and just after +| a page change. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION(form,init) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : Form_Hook form_init(const FORM *form) +| +| Description : Retrieve form initialization routine address. +| +| Return Values : The address or NULL if no hook defined. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION(form,init) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_form_term(FORM *form, Form_Hook f) +| +| Description : Assigns an application defined finalization function +| to be called when the form is unposted and just before +| a page change. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION(form,term) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : Form_Hook form_term(const FORM *form) +| +| Description : Retrieve form finalization routine address. +| +| Return Values : The address or NULL if no hook defined. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION(form,term) + +/* frm_hook.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/frm_opts.c b/form/frm_opts.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0adb88f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/form/frm_opts.c @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_opts.c,v 1.3 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_form_opts(FORM *form, Form_Options opts) +| +| Description : Turns on the named options and turns off all the +| remaining options for that form. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_form_opts(FORM * form, Form_Options opts) +{ + if (opts & ~ALL_FORM_OPTS) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + else + { + Normalize_Form( form )->opts = opts; + RETURN(E_OK); + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : Form_Options form_opts(const FORM *) +| +| Description : Retrieves the current form options. +| +| Return Values : The option flags. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +Form_Options form_opts(const FORM * form) +{ + return (Normalize_Form(form)->opts & ALL_FORM_OPTS); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int form_opts_on(FORM *form, Form_Options opts) +| +| Description : Turns on the named options; no other options are +| changed. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int form_opts_on(FORM * form, Form_Options opts) +{ + if (opts & ~ALL_FORM_OPTS) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + else + { + Normalize_Form( form )->opts |= opts; + RETURN(E_OK); + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int form_opts_off(FORM *form, Form_Options opts) +| +| Description : Turns off the named options; no other options are +| changed. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int form_opts_off(FORM * form, Form_Options opts) +{ + if (opts & ~ALL_FORM_OPTS) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + else + { + Normalize_Form(form)->opts &= ~opts; + RETURN(E_OK); + } +} + +/* frm_opts.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/frm_req_name.c b/form/frm_req_name.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b878147e --- /dev/null +++ b/form/frm_req_name.c @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module form_request_name * +* Routines to handle external names of menu requests * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_req_name.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $") + +static const char *request_names[ MAX_FORM_COMMAND - MIN_FORM_COMMAND + 1 ] = { + "NEXT_PAGE" , + "PREV_PAGE" , + "FIRST_PAGE" , + "LAST_PAGE" , + + "NEXT_FIELD" , + "PREV_FIELD" , + "FIRST_FIELD" , + "LAST_FIELD" , + "SNEXT_FIELD" , + "SPREV_FIELD" , + "SFIRST_FIELD" , + "SLAST_FIELD" , + "LEFT_FIELD" , + "RIGHT_FIELD" , + "UP_FIELD" , + "DOWN_FIELD" , + + "NEXT_CHAR" , + "PREV_CHAR" , + "NEXT_LINE" , + "PREV_LINE" , + "NEXT_WORD" , + "PREV_WORD" , + "BEG_FIELD" , + "END_FIELD" , + "BEG_LINE" , + "END_LINE" , + "LEFT_CHAR" , + "RIGHT_CHAR" , + "UP_CHAR" , + "DOWN_CHAR" , + + "NEW_LINE" , + "INS_CHAR" , + "INS_LINE" , + "DEL_CHAR" , + "DEL_PREV" , + "DEL_LINE" , + "DEL_WORD" , + "CLR_EOL" , + "CLR_EOF" , + "CLR_FIELD" , + "OVL_MODE" , + "INS_MODE" , + "SCR_FLINE" , + "SCR_BLINE" , + "SCR_FPAGE" , + "SCR_BPAGE" , + "SCR_FHPAGE" , + "SCR_BHPAGE" , + "SCR_FCHAR" , + "SCR_BCHAR" , + "SCR_HFLINE" , + "SCR_HBLINE" , + "SCR_HFHALF" , + "SCR_HBHALF" , + + "VALIDATION" , + "NEXT_CHOICE" , + "PREV_CHOICE" +}; +#define A_SIZE (sizeof(request_names)/sizeof(request_names[0])) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : const char * form_request_name (int request); +| +| Description : Get the external name of a form request. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to name - on success +| NULL - on invalid request code ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +const char *form_request_name( int request ) +{ + if ( (request < MIN_FORM_COMMAND) || (request > MAX_FORM_COMMAND) ) + { + SET_ERROR (E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + return (const char *)0; + } + else + return request_names[ request - MIN_FORM_COMMAND ]; +} + + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int form_request_by_name (const char *str); +| +| Description : Search for a request with this name. +| +| Return Values : Request Id - on success +| E_NO_MATCH - request not found ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int form_request_by_name( const char *str ) +{ + /* because the table is so small, it doesn't really hurt + to run sequentially through it. + */ + unsigned int i = 0; + char buf[16]; + + if (str) + { + strncpy(buf,str,sizeof(buf)); + while( (i | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_user.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_form_userptr(FORM *form, void *usrptr) +| +| Description : Set the pointer that is reserved in any form to store +| application relevant informations +| +| Return Values : E_OK - on success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_form_userptr(FORM * form, const void *usrptr) +{ + Normalize_Form(form)->usrptr = usrptr; + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : void *form_userptr(const FORM *form) +| +| Description : Return the pointer that is reserved in any form to +| store application relevant informations. +| +| Return Values : Value of pointer. If no such pointer has been set, +| NULL is returned ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +const void *form_userptr(const FORM * form) +{ + return Normalize_Form(form)->usrptr; +} + +/* frm_user.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/frm_win.c b/form/frm_win.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d96868a --- /dev/null +++ b/form/frm_win.c @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses form library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: frm_win.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:54 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_form_win(FORM *form,WINDOW *win) +| +| Description : Set the window of the form to win. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_POSTED - form is posted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_form_win(FORM * form, WINDOW * win) +{ + if (form && (form->status & _POSTED)) + RETURN(E_POSTED); + + Normalize_Form( form )->win = win; + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : WINDOW *form_win(const FORM *) +| +| Description : Retrieve the window of the form. +| +| Return Values : The pointer to the Window or stdscr if there is none. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +WINDOW *form_win(const FORM * form) +{ + const FORM* f = Normalize_Form( form ); + return (f->win ? f->win : stdscr); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : int set_form_sub(FORM *form, WINDOW *win) +| +| Description : Set the subwindow of the form to win. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_POSTED - form is posted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_form_sub(FORM * form, WINDOW * win) +{ + if (form && (form->status & _POSTED)) + RETURN(E_POSTED); + + Normalize_Form( form )->sub = win; + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : WINDOW *form_sub(const FORM *) +| +| Description : Retrieve the window of the form. +| +| Return Values : The pointer to the Subwindow. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +WINDOW *form_sub(const FORM * form) +{ + const FORM* f = Normalize_Form( form ); + return Get_Form_Window(f); +} + +/* frm_win.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/fty_alnum.c b/form/fty_alnum.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5f358042 --- /dev/null +++ b/form/fty_alnum.c @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ + +/* + * THIS CODE IS SPECIFICALLY EXEMPTED FROM THE NCURSES PACKAGE COPYRIGHT. + * You may freely copy it for use as a template for your own field types. + * If you develop a field type that might be of general use, please send + * it back to the ncurses maintainers for inclusion in the next version. + */ +/*************************************************************************** +* * +* Author : Juergen Pfeifer, Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: fty_alnum.c,v 1.6 1997/02/15 17:31:21 tom Exp $") + +typedef struct { + int width; +} alnumARG; + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void *Make_AlphaNumeric_Type(va_list *ap) +| +| Description : Allocate structure for alphanumeric type argument. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void *Make_AlphaNumeric_Type(va_list * ap) +{ + alnumARG *argp = (alnumARG *)malloc(sizeof(alnumARG)); + + if (argp) + argp->width = va_arg(*ap,int); + + return ((void *)argp); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void *Copy_AlphaNumericType(const void *argp) +| +| Description : Copy structure for alphanumeric type argument. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void *Copy_AlphaNumeric_Type(const void *argp) +{ + const alnumARG *ap = (const alnumARG *)argp; + alnumARG *new = (alnumARG *)malloc(sizeof(alnumARG)); + + if (new) + *new = *ap; + + return ((void *)new); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void Free_AlphaNumeric_Type(void *argp) +| +| Description : Free structure for alphanumeric type argument. +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void Free_AlphaNumeric_Type(void * argp) +{ + if (argp) + free(argp); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Check_AlphaNumeric_Field( +| FIELD *field, +| const void *argp) +| +| Description : Validate buffer content to be a valid alphanumeric value +| +| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid +| FALSE - field is invalid ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Check_AlphaNumeric_Field(FIELD * field, const void * argp) +{ + int width = ((const alnumARG *)argp)->width; + unsigned char *bp = (unsigned char *)field_buffer(field,0); + int l = -1; + unsigned char *s; + + while(*bp && *bp==' ') + bp++; + if (*bp) + { + s = bp; + while(*bp && isalnum(*bp)) + bp++; + l = (int)(bp-s); + while(*bp && *bp==' ') + bp++; + } + return ((*bp || (l < width)) ? FALSE : TRUE); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Check_AlphaNumeric_Character( +| int c, +| const void *argp ) +| +| Description : Check a character for the alphanumeric type. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - character is valid +| FALSE - character is invalid ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Check_AlphaNumeric_Character(int c, const void * argp GCC_UNUSED) +{ + return (isalnum(c) ? TRUE : FALSE); +} + +static FIELDTYPE typeALNUM = { + _HAS_ARGS | _RESIDENT, + 1, /* this is mutable, so we can't be const */ + (FIELDTYPE *)0, + (FIELDTYPE *)0, + Make_AlphaNumeric_Type, + Copy_AlphaNumeric_Type, + Free_AlphaNumeric_Type, + Check_AlphaNumeric_Field, + Check_AlphaNumeric_Character, + NULL, + NULL +}; + +FIELDTYPE* TYPE_ALNUM = &typeALNUM; + +/* fty_alnum.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/fty_alpha.c b/form/fty_alpha.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f24c319 --- /dev/null +++ b/form/fty_alpha.c @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ + +/* + * THIS CODE IS SPECIFICALLY EXEMPTED FROM THE NCURSES PACKAGE COPYRIGHT. + * You may freely copy it for use as a template for your own field types. + * If you develop a field type that might be of general use, please send + * it back to the ncurses maintainers for inclusion in the next version. + */ +/*************************************************************************** +* * +* Author : Juergen Pfeifer, Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: fty_alpha.c,v 1.6 1997/02/15 17:31:08 tom Exp $") + +typedef struct { + int width; +} alphaARG; + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void *Make_Alpha_Type(va_list *ap) +| +| Description : Allocate structure for alpha type argument. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void *Make_Alpha_Type(va_list * ap) +{ + alphaARG *argp = (alphaARG *)malloc(sizeof(alphaARG)); + if (argp) + { + argp->width = va_arg(*ap,int); + } + return ((void *)argp); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void *Copy_Alpha_Type(const void * argp) +| +| Description : Copy structure for alpha type argument. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void *Copy_Alpha_Type(const void * argp) +{ + const alphaARG *ap = (const alphaARG *)argp; + alphaARG *new = (alphaARG *)malloc(sizeof(alphaARG)); + + if (new) + { + *new = *ap; + } + return ((void *)new); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void Free_Alpha_Type( void * argp ) +| +| Description : Free structure for alpha type argument. +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void Free_Alpha_Type(void * argp) +{ + if (argp) + free(argp); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Check_Alpha_Field( +| FIELD * field, +| const void * argp) +| +| Description : Validate buffer content to be a valid alpha value +| +| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid +| FALSE - field is invalid ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Check_Alpha_Field(FIELD * field, const void * argp) +{ + int width = ((const alphaARG *)argp)->width; + unsigned char *bp = (unsigned char *)field_buffer(field,0); + int l = -1; + unsigned char *s; + + while(*bp && *bp==' ') + bp++; + if (*bp) + { + s = bp; + while(*bp && isalpha(*bp)) + bp++; + l = (int)(bp-s); + while(*bp && *bp==' ') + bp++; + } + return ((*bp || (l < width)) ? FALSE : TRUE); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Check_Alpha_Character( +| int c, +| const void * argp) +| +| Description : Check a character for the alpha type. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - character is valid +| FALSE - character is invalid ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Check_Alpha_Character(int c, const void * argp GCC_UNUSED) +{ + return (isalpha(c) ? TRUE : FALSE); +} + +static FIELDTYPE typeALPHA = { + _HAS_ARGS | _RESIDENT, + 1, /* this is mutable, so we can't be const */ + (FIELDTYPE *)0, + (FIELDTYPE *)0, + Make_Alpha_Type, + Copy_Alpha_Type, + Free_Alpha_Type, + Check_Alpha_Field, + Check_Alpha_Character, + NULL, + NULL +}; + +FIELDTYPE* TYPE_ALPHA = &typeALPHA; + +/* fty_alpha.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/fty_enum.c b/form/fty_enum.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0e128083 --- /dev/null +++ b/form/fty_enum.c @@ -0,0 +1,287 @@ + +/* + * THIS CODE IS SPECIFICALLY EXEMPTED FROM THE NCURSES PACKAGE COPYRIGHT. + * You may freely copy it for use as a template for your own field types. + * If you develop a field type that might be of general use, please send + * it back to the ncurses maintainers for inclusion in the next version. + */ +/*************************************************************************** +* * +* Author : Juergen Pfeifer, Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: fty_enum.c,v 1.5 1997/02/15 17:33:59 tom Exp $") + +typedef struct { + char **kwds; + int count; + bool checkcase; + bool checkunique; +} enumARG; + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void *Make_Enum_Type( va_list * ap ) +| +| Description : Allocate structure for enumeration type argument. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void *Make_Enum_Type(va_list * ap) +{ + enumARG *argp = (enumARG *)malloc(sizeof(enumARG)); + char **kp; + int cnt=0; + + if (argp) + { + int ccase, cunique; + argp->kwds = va_arg(*ap,char **); + ccase = va_arg(*ap,int); + cunique = va_arg(*ap,int); + argp->checkcase = ccase ? TRUE : FALSE; + argp->checkunique = cunique ? TRUE : FALSE; + + kp = argp->kwds; + while( (*kp++) ) cnt++; + argp->count = cnt; + } + return (void *)argp; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void *Copy_Enum_Type( const void * argp ) +| +| Description : Copy structure for enumeration type argument. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void *Copy_Enum_Type(const void * argp) +{ + const enumARG *ap = (const enumARG *)argp; + enumARG *new = (enumARG *)0; + + if (argp) + { + new = (enumARG *)malloc(sizeof(enumARG)); + if (new) + *new = *ap; + } + return (void *)new; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void Free_Enum_Type( void * argp ) +| +| Description : Free structure for enumeration type argument. +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void Free_Enum_Type(void * argp) +{ + if (argp) + free(argp); +} + +#define SKIP_SPACE(x) while(((*(x))!='\0') && (is_blank(*(x)))) (x)++ +#define NOMATCH 0 +#define PARTIAL 1 +#define EXACT 2 + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static int Compare(const unsigned char * s, +| const unsigned char * buf, +| bool ccase ) +| +| Description : Check wether or not the text in 'buf' matches the +| text in 's', at least partial. +| +| Return Values : NOMATCH - buffer doesn't match +| PARTIAL - buffer matches partially +| EXACT - buffer matches exactly ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Compare(const unsigned char *s, const unsigned char *buf, + bool ccase) +{ + SKIP_SPACE(buf); /* Skip leading spaces in both texts */ + SKIP_SPACE(s); + + if (*buf=='\0') + { + return (((*s)!='\0') ? NOMATCH : EXACT); + } + else + { + if (ccase) + { + while(*s++ == *buf) + { + if (*buf++=='\0') return EXACT; + } + } + else + { + while(toupper(*s)==toupper(*buf)) + { + s++; + if (*buf++=='\0') return EXACT; + } + } + } + /* At this location buf points to the first character where it no longer + matches with s. So if only blanks are following, we have a partial + match otherwise there is no match */ + SKIP_SPACE(buf); + if (*buf) + return NOMATCH; + + /* If it happens that the reference buffer is at its end, the partial + match is actually an exact match. */ + return ((s[-1]!='\0') ? PARTIAL : EXACT); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Check_Enum_Field( +| FIELD * field, +| const void * argp) +| +| Description : Validate buffer content to be a valid enumeration value +| +| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid +| FALSE - field is invalid ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Check_Enum_Field(FIELD * field, const void * argp) +{ + char **kwds = ((const enumARG *)argp)->kwds; + bool ccase = ((const enumARG *)argp)->checkcase; + bool unique = ((const enumARG *)argp)->checkunique; + unsigned char *bp = (unsigned char *)field_buffer(field,0); + char *s, *t, *p; + int res; + + while( (s=(*kwds++)) ) + { + if ((res=Compare((unsigned char *)s,bp,ccase))!=NOMATCH) + { + t=s; + if ((unique && res!=EXACT)) + { + while( (p = *kwds++) ) + { + if ((res=Compare((unsigned char *)p,bp,ccase))!=NOMATCH) + { + if (res==EXACT) + { + t = p; + break; + } + t = (char *)0; + } + } + } + if (t) + { + set_field_buffer(field,0,t); + return TRUE; + } + } + } + return FALSE; +} + +static const char *dummy[] = { (char *)0 }; + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Next_Enum(FIELD * field, +| const void * argp) +| +| Description : Check for the next enumeration value +| +| Return Values : TRUE - next value found and loaded +| FALSE - no next value loaded ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Next_Enum(FIELD * field, const void * argp) +{ + const enumARG *args = (const enumARG *)argp; + char **kwds = args->kwds; + bool ccase = args->checkcase; + int cnt = args->count; + unsigned char *bp = (unsigned char *)field_buffer(field,0); + + while(cnt--) + { + if (Compare((unsigned char *)(*kwds++),bp,ccase)==EXACT) + break; + } + if (cnt<=0) + kwds = args->kwds; + if ((cnt>=0) || (Compare((unsigned char *)dummy,bp,ccase)==EXACT)) + { + set_field_buffer(field,0,*kwds); + return TRUE; + } + return FALSE; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Previous_Enum( +| FIELD * field, +| const void * argp) +| +| Description : Check for the previous enumeration value +| +| Return Values : TRUE - previous value found and loaded +| FALSE - no previous value loaded ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Previous_Enum(FIELD * field, const void * argp) +{ + const enumARG *args = (const enumARG *)argp; + int cnt = args->count; + char **kwds = &args->kwds[cnt-1]; + bool ccase = args->checkcase; + unsigned char *bp = (unsigned char *)field_buffer(field,0); + + while(cnt--) + { + if (Compare((unsigned char *)(*kwds--),bp,ccase)==EXACT) + break; + } + + if (cnt<=0) + kwds = &args->kwds[args->count-1]; + + if ((cnt>=0) || (Compare((unsigned char *)dummy,bp,ccase)==EXACT)) + { + set_field_buffer(field,0,*kwds); + return TRUE; + } + return FALSE; +} + + +static FIELDTYPE typeENUM = { + _HAS_ARGS | _HAS_CHOICE | _RESIDENT, + 1, /* this is mutable, so we can't be const */ + (FIELDTYPE *)0, + (FIELDTYPE *)0, + Make_Enum_Type, + Copy_Enum_Type, + Free_Enum_Type, + Check_Enum_Field, + NULL, + Next_Enum, + Previous_Enum +}; + +FIELDTYPE* TYPE_ENUM = &typeENUM; + +/* fty_enum.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/fty_int.c b/form/fty_int.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e9850883 --- /dev/null +++ b/form/fty_int.c @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ + +/* + * THIS CODE IS SPECIFICALLY EXEMPTED FROM THE NCURSES PACKAGE COPYRIGHT. + * You may freely copy it for use as a template for your own field types. + * If you develop a field type that might be of general use, please send + * it back to the ncurses maintainers for inclusion in the next version. + */ +/*************************************************************************** +* * +* Author : Juergen Pfeifer, Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: fty_int.c,v 1.7 1997/04/19 15:22:40 juergen Exp $") + +typedef struct { + int precision; + long low; + long high; +} integerARG; + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void *Make_Integer_Type( va_list * ap ) +| +| Description : Allocate structure for integer type argument. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void *Make_Integer_Type(va_list * ap) +{ + integerARG *argp = (integerARG *)malloc(sizeof(integerARG)); + + if (argp) + { + argp->precision = va_arg(*ap,int); + argp->low = va_arg(*ap,long); + argp->high = va_arg(*ap,long); + } + return (void *)argp; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void *Copy_Integer_Type(const void * argp) +| +| Description : Copy structure for integer type argument. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void *Copy_Integer_Type(const void * argp) +{ + const integerARG *ap = (const integerARG *)argp; + integerARG *new = (integerARG *)0; + + if (argp) + { + new = (integerARG *)malloc(sizeof(integerARG)); + if (new) + *new = *ap; + } + return (void *)new; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void Free_Integer_Type(void * argp) +| +| Description : Free structure for integer type argument. +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void Free_Integer_Type(void * argp) +{ + if (argp) + free(argp); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Check_Integer_Field( +| FIELD * field, +| const void * argp) +| +| Description : Validate buffer content to be a valid integer value +| +| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid +| FALSE - field is invalid ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Check_Integer_Field(FIELD * field, const void * argp) +{ + const integerARG *argi = (const integerARG *)argp; + long low = argi->low; + long high = argi->high; + int prec = argi->precision; + unsigned char *bp = (unsigned char *)field_buffer(field,0); + char *s = (char *)bp; + long val; + char buf[100]; + + while( *bp && *bp==' ') bp++; + if (*bp) + { + if (*bp=='-') bp++; + while (*bp) + { + if (!isdigit(*bp)) break; + bp++; + } + while(*bp && *bp==' ') bp++; + if (*bp=='\0') + { + val = atol(s); + if (lowhigh) return FALSE; + } + sprintf(buf,"%.*ld",(prec>0?prec:0),val); + set_field_buffer(field,0,buf); + return TRUE; + } + } + return FALSE; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Check_Integer_Character( +| int c, +| const void * argp) +| +| Description : Check a character for the integer type. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - character is valid +| FALSE - character is invalid ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Check_Integer_Character(int c, const void * argp GCC_UNUSED) +{ + return ((isdigit(c) || (c=='-')) ? TRUE : FALSE); +} + +static FIELDTYPE typeINTEGER = { + _HAS_ARGS | _RESIDENT, + 1, /* this is mutable, so we can't be const */ + (FIELDTYPE *)0, + (FIELDTYPE *)0, + Make_Integer_Type, + Copy_Integer_Type, + Free_Integer_Type, + Check_Integer_Field, + Check_Integer_Character, + NULL, + NULL +}; + +FIELDTYPE* TYPE_INTEGER = &typeINTEGER; + +/* fty_int.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/fty_ipv4.c b/form/fty_ipv4.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..064c02c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/form/fty_ipv4.c @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ + +/* + * THIS CODE IS SPECIFICALLY EXEMPTED FROM THE NCURSES PACKAGE COPYRIGHT. + * You may freely copy it for use as a template for your own field types. + * If you develop a field type that might be of general use, please send + * it back to the ncurses maintainers for inclusion in the next version. + */ +/*************************************************************************** +* * +* Author : Per Foreby, perf@efd.lth.se * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: fty_ipv4.c,v 1.2 1997/04/26 22:06:00 tom Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Check_IPV4_Field( +| FIELD * field, +| const void * argp) +| +| Description : Validate buffer content to be a valid IP number (Ver. 4) +| +| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid +| FALSE - field is invalid ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Check_IPV4_Field(FIELD * field, const void * argp GCC_UNUSED) +{ + char *bp = field_buffer(field,0); + int num = 0, len; + unsigned int d1, d2, d3, d4; + + if(isdigit(*bp)) /* Must start with digit */ + { + num = sscanf(bp, "%u.%u.%u.%u%n", &d1, &d2, &d3, &d4, &len); + if (num == 4) + { + bp += len; /* Make bp point to what sscanf() left */ + while (*bp && isspace(*bp)) + bp++; /* Allow trailing whitespace */ + } + } + return ((num != 4 || *bp || d1 > 255 || d2 > 255 + || d3 > 255 || d4 > 255) ? FALSE : TRUE); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Check_IPV4_Character( +| int c, +| const void *argp ) +| +| Description : Check a character for unsigned type or period. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - character is valid +| FALSE - character is invalid ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Check_IPV4_Character(int c, const void * argp GCC_UNUSED) +{ + return ((isdigit(c) || (c=='.')) ? TRUE : FALSE); +} + +static FIELDTYPE typeIPV4 = { + _RESIDENT, + 1, /* this is mutable, so we can't be const */ + (FIELDTYPE *)0, + (FIELDTYPE *)0, + NULL, + NULL, + NULL, + Check_IPV4_Field, + Check_IPV4_Character, + NULL, + NULL +}; + +FIELDTYPE* TYPE_IPV4 = &typeIPV4; + +/* fty_ipv4.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/fty_num.c b/form/fty_num.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eb2d5869 --- /dev/null +++ b/form/fty_num.c @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ + +/* + * THIS CODE IS SPECIFICALLY EXEMPTED FROM THE NCURSES PACKAGE COPYRIGHT. + * You may freely copy it for use as a template for your own field types. + * If you develop a field type that might be of general use, please send + * it back to the ncurses maintainers for inclusion in the next version. + */ +/*************************************************************************** +* * +* Author : Juergen Pfeifer, Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: fty_num.c,v 1.9 1997/04/19 17:26:38 juergen Exp $") + +#if HAVE_LOCALE_H +#include +#endif + +typedef struct { + int precision; + double low; + double high; + struct lconv* L; +} numericARG; + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void *Make_Numeric_Type(va_list * ap) +| +| Description : Allocate structure for numeric type argument. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void *Make_Numeric_Type(va_list * ap) +{ + numericARG *argn = (numericARG *)malloc(sizeof(numericARG)); + + if (argn) + { + argn->precision = va_arg(*ap,int); + argn->low = va_arg(*ap,double); + argn->high = va_arg(*ap,double); +#if HAVE_LOCALE_H + argn->L = localeconv(); +#else + argn->L = NULL; +#endif + } + return (void *)argn; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void *Copy_Numeric_Type(const void * argp) +| +| Description : Copy structure for numeric type argument. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void *Copy_Numeric_Type(const void * argp) +{ + const numericARG *ap = (const numericARG *)argp; + numericARG *new = (numericARG *)0; + + if (argp) + { + new = (numericARG *)malloc(sizeof(numericARG)); + if (new) + *new = *ap; + } + return (void *)new; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void Free_Numeric_Type(void * argp) +| +| Description : Free structure for numeric type argument. +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void Free_Numeric_Type(void * argp) +{ + if (argp) + free(argp); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Check_Numeric_Field(FIELD * field, +| const void * argp) +| +| Description : Validate buffer content to be a valid numeric value +| +| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid +| FALSE - field is invalid ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Check_Numeric_Field(FIELD * field, const void * argp) +{ + const numericARG *argn = (const numericARG *)argp; + double low = argn->low; + double high = argn->high; + int prec = argn->precision; + unsigned char *bp = (unsigned char *)field_buffer(field,0); + char *s = (char *)bp; + double val = 0.0; + struct lconv* L = argn->L; + char buf[64]; + + while(*bp && *bp==' ') bp++; + if (*bp) + { + if (*bp=='-' || *bp=='+') + bp++; + while(*bp) + { + if (!isdigit(*bp)) break; + bp++; + } + if (*bp==( +#if HAVE_LOCALE_H + (L && L->decimal_point) ? *(L->decimal_point) : +#endif + '.')) + { + bp++; + while(*bp) + { + if (!isdigit(*bp)) break; + bp++; + } + } + while(*bp && *bp==' ') bp++; + if (*bp=='\0') + { + val = atof(s); + if (lowhigh) return FALSE; + } + sprintf(buf,"%.*f",(prec>0?prec:0),val); + set_field_buffer(field,0,buf); + return TRUE; + } + } + return FALSE; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Check_Numeric_Character( +| int c, +| const void * argp) +| +| Description : Check a character for the numeric type. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - character is valid +| FALSE - character is invalid ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Check_Numeric_Character(int c, const void * argp) +{ + const numericARG *argn = (const numericARG *)argp; + struct lconv* L = argn->L; + + return (isdigit(c) || + c == '+' || + c == '-' || + c == ( +#ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H + (L && L->decimal_point) ? *(L->decimal_point) : +#endif + '.') + ) ? TRUE : FALSE; +} + +static FIELDTYPE typeNUMERIC = { + _HAS_ARGS | _RESIDENT, + 1, /* this is mutable, so we can't be const */ + (FIELDTYPE *)0, + (FIELDTYPE *)0, + Make_Numeric_Type, + Copy_Numeric_Type, + Free_Numeric_Type, + Check_Numeric_Field, + Check_Numeric_Character, + NULL, + NULL +}; + +FIELDTYPE* TYPE_NUMERIC = &typeNUMERIC; + +/* fty_num.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/fty_regex.c b/form/fty_regex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ad62e9f --- /dev/null +++ b/form/fty_regex.c @@ -0,0 +1,257 @@ + +/* + * THIS CODE IS SPECIFICALLY EXEMPTED FROM THE NCURSES PACKAGE COPYRIGHT. + * You may freely copy it for use as a template for your own field types. + * If you develop a field type that might be of general use, please send + * it back to the ncurses maintainers for inclusion in the next version. + */ +/*************************************************************************** +* * +* Author : Juergen Pfeifer, Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "form.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: fty_regex.c,v 1.9 1997/05/01 16:03:17 tom Exp $") + +#if HAVE_REGEX_H /* We prefer POSIX regex */ +#include + +typedef struct +{ + regex_t *pRegExp; + unsigned long *refCount; +} RegExp_Arg; + +#elif HAVE_REGEXP_H | HAVE_REGEXPR_H +#undef RETURN +static int reg_errno; + +static char *RegEx_Init(char *instring) +{ + reg_errno = 0; + return instring; +} + +static char *RegEx_Error(int code) +{ + reg_errno = code; + return 0; +} + +#define INIT register char *sp = RegEx_Init(instring); +#define GETC() (*sp++) +#define PEEKC() (*sp) +#define UNGETC(c) (--sp) +#define RETURN(c) return(c) +#define ERROR(c) return RegEx_Error(c) + +#if HAVE_REGEXP_H +#include +#else +#include +#endif + +typedef struct +{ + char *compiled_expression; + unsigned long *refCount; +} RegExp_Arg; + +/* Maximum Length we allow for a compiled regular expression */ +#define MAX_RX_LEN (2048) +#define RX_INCREMENT (256) + +#endif + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void *Make_RegularExpression_Type(va_list * ap) +| +| Description : Allocate structure for regex type argument. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void *Make_RegularExpression_Type(va_list * ap) +{ +#if HAVE_REGEX_H + char *rx = va_arg(*ap,char *); + RegExp_Arg *preg; + + preg = (RegExp_Arg*)malloc(sizeof(RegExp_Arg)); + if (preg) + { + if (((preg->pRegExp = (regex_t*)malloc(sizeof(regex_t))) != (regex_t*)0) + && !regcomp(preg->pRegExp,rx, + (REG_EXTENDED | REG_NOSUB | REG_NEWLINE) )) + { + preg->refCount = (unsigned long *)malloc(sizeof(unsigned long)); + *(preg->refCount) = 1; + } + else + { + if (preg->pRegExp) + free(preg->pRegExp); + free(preg); + preg = (RegExp_Arg*)0; + } + } + return((void *)preg); +#elif HAVE_REGEXP_H | HAVE_REGEXPR_H + char *rx = va_arg(*ap,char *); + RegExp_Arg *pArg; + + pArg = (RegExp_Arg *)malloc(sizeof(RegExp_Arg)); + + if (pArg) + { + int blen = RX_INCREMENT; + pArg->compiled_expression = NULL; + pArg->refCount = (unsigned long *)malloc(sizeof(unsigned long)); + *(pArg->refCount) = 1; + + do { + char *buf = (char *)malloc(blen); + if (buf) + { +#if HAVE_REGEXP_H + char *last_pos = compile (rx, buf, &buf[blen], '\0'); +#else + char *last_pos = compile (rx, buf, &buf[blen], '\0'); +#endif + if (reg_errno) + { + free(buf); + if (reg_errno==50) + blen += RX_INCREMENT; + else + { + free(pArg); + pArg = NULL; + break; + } + } + else + { + pArg->compiled_expression = buf; + break; + } + } + } while( blen <= MAX_RX_LEN ); + } + if (pArg && !pArg->compiled_expression) + { + free(pArg); + pArg = NULL; + } + return (void *)pArg; +#else + return 0; +#endif +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void *Copy_RegularExpression_Type( +| const void * argp) +| +| Description : Copy structure for regex type argument. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to argument structure or NULL on error. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void *Copy_RegularExpression_Type(const void * argp) +{ +#if (HAVE_REGEX_H | HAVE_REGEXP_H | HAVE_REGEXPR_H) + const RegExp_Arg *ap = (const RegExp_Arg *)argp; + const RegExp_Arg *new = (const RegExp_Arg *)0; + + if (ap) + { + *(ap->refCount) += 1; + new = ap; + } + return (void *)new; +#else + return 0; +#endif +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static void Free_RegularExpression_Type(void * argp) +| +| Description : Free structure for regex type argument. +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void Free_RegularExpression_Type(void * argp) +{ +#if HAVE_REGEX_H | HAVE_REGEXP_H | HAVE_REGEXPR_H + RegExp_Arg *ap = (RegExp_Arg *)argp; + if (ap) + { + if (--(*(ap->refCount)) == 0) + { +#if HAVE_REGEX_H + if (ap->pRegExp) + { + free(ap->refCount); + regfree(ap->pRegExp); + } +#elif HAVE_REGEXP_H | HAVE_REGEXPR_H + if (ap->compiled_expression) + { + free(ap->refCount); + free(ap->compiled_expression); + } +#endif + free(ap); + } + } +#endif +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnform +| Function : static bool Check_RegularExpression_Field( +| FIELD * field, +| const void * argp) +| +| Description : Validate buffer content to be a valid regular expression +| +| Return Values : TRUE - field is valid +| FALSE - field is invalid ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Check_RegularExpression_Field(FIELD * field, const void * argp) +{ + bool match = FALSE; +#if HAVE_REGEX_H + const RegExp_Arg *ap = (const RegExp_Arg*)argp; + if (ap && ap->pRegExp) + match = (regexec(ap->pRegExp,field_buffer(field,0),0,NULL,0) ? FALSE:TRUE); +#elif HAVE_REGEXP_H | HAVE_REGEXPR_H + RegExp_Arg *ap = (RegExp_Arg *)argp; + if (ap && ap->compiled_expression) + match = (step(field_buffer(field,0),ap->compiled_expression) ? TRUE:FALSE); +#endif + return match; +} + +static FIELDTYPE typeREGEXP = { + _HAS_ARGS | _RESIDENT, + 1, /* this is mutable, so we can't be const */ + (FIELDTYPE *)0, + (FIELDTYPE *)0, + Make_RegularExpression_Type, + Copy_RegularExpression_Type, + Free_RegularExpression_Type, + Check_RegularExpression_Field, + NULL, + NULL, + NULL +}; + +FIELDTYPE* TYPE_REGEXP = &typeREGEXP; + +/* fty_regex.c ends here */ diff --git a/form/headers b/form/headers new file mode 100644 index 00000000..22a25341 --- /dev/null +++ b/form/headers @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +$(srcdir)/form.h diff --git a/form/llib-lform b/form/llib-lform new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7090cc13 --- /dev/null +++ b/form/llib-lform @@ -0,0 +1,580 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey * + * All Rights Reserved. * + * * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * + * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * + * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * + * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) * + * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * + * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED * + * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, * + * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO * + * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY * + * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER * + * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF * + * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN * + * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * + ******************************************************************************/ +/* LINTLIBRARY */ + +/* ./fty_regex.c */ + +#include "form.priv.h" +#include + +typedef struct +{ + regex_t *pRegExp; + unsigned long refCount; +} RegExp_Arg; + +#undef TYPE_REGEXP +FIELDTYPE *TYPE_REGEXP; + +/* ./fty_num.c */ + +#include + +typedef struct { + int precision; + double low; + double high; + struct lconv* L; +} numericARG; + +#undef TYPE_NUMERIC +FIELDTYPE *TYPE_NUMERIC; + +/* ./fty_int.c */ + +typedef struct { + int precision; + int low; + int high; +} integerARG; + +#undef TYPE_INTEGER +FIELDTYPE *TYPE_INTEGER; + +/* ./fty_enum.c */ + +typedef struct { + char **kwds; + int count; + bool checkcase; + bool checkunique; +} enumARG; + +#undef TYPE_ENUM +FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ENUM; + +/* ./fty_alpha.c */ + +typedef struct { + int width; +} alphaARG; + +#undef TYPE_ALPHA +FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ALPHA; + +/* ./fty_alnum.c */ + +typedef struct { + int width; +} alnumARG; + +#undef TYPE_ALNUM +FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ALNUM; + +/* ./fty_ipv4.c */ +#undef TYPE_IPV4 +FIELDTYPE *TYPE_IPV4; + +/* ./frm_data.c */ + +#undef data_behind +bool data_behind( + const FORM *form) + { return(*(bool *)0); } + +#undef data_ahead +bool data_ahead( + const FORM *form) + { return(*(bool *)0); } + +/* ./frm_win.c */ + +#undef set_form_win +int set_form_win( + FORM *form, + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef form_win +WINDOW *form_win( + const FORM *form) + { return(*(WINDOW **)0); } + +#undef set_form_sub +int set_form_sub( + FORM *form, + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef form_sub +WINDOW *form_sub( + const FORM *form) + { return(*(WINDOW **)0); } + +/* ./frm_user.c */ + +#undef set_form_userptr +int set_form_userptr( + FORM *form, + const void *usrptr) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef form_userptr +const void *form_userptr( + const FORM *form) + { return(*(const void **)0); } + +/* ./frm_opts.c */ + +#undef set_form_opts +int set_form_opts( + FORM *form, + Form_Options opts) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef form_opts +Form_Options form_opts( + const FORM *form) + { return(*(Form_Options *)0); } + +#undef form_opts_on +int form_opts_on( + FORM *form, + Form_Options opts) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef form_opts_off +int form_opts_off( + FORM *form, + Form_Options opts) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./frm_hook.c */ + +#undef set_field_init +int set_field_init( + FORM *form, + Form_Hook func) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef field_init +Form_Hook field_init( + const FORM *form) + { return(*(Form_Hook *)0); } + +#undef set_field_term +int set_field_term( + FORM *form, + Form_Hook func) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef field_term +Form_Hook field_term( + const FORM *form) + { return(*(Form_Hook *)0); } + +#undef set_form_init +int set_form_init( + FORM *form, + Form_Hook func) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef form_init +Form_Hook form_init( + const FORM *form) + { return(*(Form_Hook *)0); } + +#undef set_form_term +int set_form_term( + FORM *form, + Form_Hook func) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef form_term +Form_Hook form_term( + const FORM *form) + { return(*(Form_Hook *)0); } + +/* ./frm_req_name.c */ + +#undef form_request_name +const char *form_request_name( + int request) + { return(*(const char **)0); } + +#undef form_request_by_name +int form_request_by_name( + const char *str) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./fld_user.c */ + +#undef set_field_userptr +int set_field_userptr( + FIELD *field, + const void *usrptr) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef field_userptr +const void *field_userptr( + const FIELD *field) + { return(*(const void **)0); } + +/* ./fld_type.c */ + +#undef new_fieldtype +FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype( + bool (*const field_check)( + FIELD *p1, + const void *p2), + bool (*const char_check)( + int p1, + const void *p2)) + { return(*(FIELDTYPE **)0); } + +#undef link_fieldtype +FIELDTYPE *link_fieldtype( + FIELDTYPE *type1, + FIELDTYPE *type2) + { return(*(FIELDTYPE **)0); } + +#undef free_fieldtype +int free_fieldtype( + FIELDTYPE *typ) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef set_fieldtype_arg +int set_fieldtype_arg( + FIELDTYPE *typ, + void *(*const make_arg)( + va_list *p1), + void *(*const copy_arg)( + const void *p1), + void (*const free_arg)( + void *p1)) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef set_fieldtype_choice +int set_fieldtype_choice( + FIELDTYPE *typ, + bool (*const next_choice)( + FIELD *p1, + const void *p2), + bool (*const prev_choice)( + FIELD *p1, + const void *p2)) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./fld_stat.c */ + +#undef set_field_status +int set_field_status( + FIELD *field, + bool status) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef field_status +bool field_status( + const FIELD *field) + { return(*(bool *)0); } + +/* ./fld_def.c */ + +#undef _nc_Default_Field +FIELD *_nc_Default_Field; + +#undef new_field +FIELD *new_field( + int rows, + int cols, + int frow, + int fcol, + int nrow, + int nbuf) + { return(*(FIELD **)0); } + +#undef dup_field +FIELD *dup_field( + FIELD *field, + int frow, + int fcol) + { return(*(FIELD **)0); } + +#undef link_field +FIELD *link_field( + FIELD *field, + int frow, + int fcol) + { return(*(FIELD **)0); } + +#undef free_field +int free_field( + FIELD *field) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef field_info +int field_info( + const FIELD *field, + int *rows, + int *cols, + int *frow, + int *fcol, + int *nrow, + int *nbuf) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef move_field +int move_field( + FIELD *field, + int frow, + int fcol) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef set_field_type +int set_field_type( + FIELD *field, + FIELDTYPE *type, + ...) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef field_type +FIELDTYPE *field_type( + const FIELD *field) + { return(*(FIELDTYPE **)0); } + +#undef field_arg +void *field_arg( + const FIELD *field) + { return(*(void **)0); } + +#undef set_max_field +int set_max_field( + FIELD *field, + int maxgrow) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef dynamic_field_info +int dynamic_field_info( + const FIELD *field, + int *drows, + int *dcols, + int *maxgrow) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef set_new_page +int set_new_page( + FIELD *field, + bool new_page_flag) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef new_page +bool new_page( + const FIELD *field) + { return(*(bool *)0); } + +/* ./frm_def.c */ + +#undef _nc_Default_Form +FORM *_nc_Default_Form; + +#undef new_form +FORM *new_form( + FIELD **fields) + { return(*(FORM **)0); } + +#undef free_form +int free_form( + FORM *form) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef set_form_fields +int set_form_fields( + FORM *form, + FIELD **fields) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef form_fields +FIELD **form_fields( + const FORM *form) + { return(*(FIELD ***)0); } + +#undef field_count +int field_count( + const FORM *form) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef scale_form +int scale_form( + const FORM *form, + int *rows, + int *cols) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./frm_driver.c */ + +typedef struct { + int keycode; + int (*cmd)(FORM *); +} Binding_Info; + +#undef form_driver +int form_driver( + FORM *form, + int c) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef post_form +int post_form( + FORM *form) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef unpost_form +int unpost_form( + FORM *form) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef pos_form_cursor +int pos_form_cursor( + FORM *form) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef set_current_field +int set_current_field( + FORM *form, + FIELD *field) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef current_field +FIELD *current_field( + const FORM *form) + { return(*(FIELD **)0); } + +#undef field_index +int field_index( + const FIELD *field) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef set_form_page +int set_form_page( + FORM *form, + int page) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef form_page +int form_page( + const FORM *form) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef set_field_buffer +int set_field_buffer( + FIELD *field, + int buffer, + const char *value) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef field_buffer +char *field_buffer( + const FIELD *field, + int buffer) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +#undef set_field_opts +int set_field_opts( + FIELD *field, + Field_Options opts) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef field_opts +Field_Options field_opts( + const FIELD *field) + { return(*(Field_Options *)0); } + +#undef field_opts_on +int field_opts_on( + FIELD *field, + Field_Options opts) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef field_opts_off +int field_opts_off( + FIELD *field, + Field_Options opts) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef set_field_fore +int set_field_fore( + FIELD *field, + chtype attr) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef field_fore +chtype field_fore( + const FIELD *field) + { return(*(chtype *)0); } + +#undef set_field_back +int set_field_back( + FIELD *field, + chtype attr) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef field_back +chtype field_back( + const FIELD *field) + { return(*(chtype *)0); } + +#undef set_field_pad +int set_field_pad( + FIELD *field, + int ch) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef field_pad +int field_pad( + const FIELD *field) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef set_field_just +int set_field_just( + FIELD *field, + int just) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef field_just +int field_just( + const FIELD *field) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./frm_adabind.c */ + +#undef _nc_ada_normalize_field_opts +void _nc_ada_normalize_field_opts( + int *opt) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_ada_normalize_form_opts +void _nc_ada_normalize_form_opts( + int *opt) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_ada_getvarg +void *_nc_ada_getvarg( + va_list *ap) + { return(*(void **)0); } diff --git a/form/modules b/form/modules new file mode 100644 index 00000000..de5f38cf --- /dev/null +++ b/form/modules @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Library objects +fty_regex lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +fty_num lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +fty_int lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +fty_enum lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +fty_alpha lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +fty_alnum lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +fty_ipv4 lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +frm_data lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +frm_win lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +frm_user lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +frm_opts lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +frm_hook lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +frm_req_name lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +fld_user lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +fld_type lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +fld_stat lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +fld_def lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +frm_def lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +frm_driver lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) +frm_adabind lib $(srcdir) $(FORM_PRIV_H) diff --git a/include/Caps b/include/Caps new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3681387a --- /dev/null +++ b/include/Caps @@ -0,0 +1,1302 @@ +# /*************************************************************************** +# * COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +# **************************************************************************** +# * ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +# * Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +# * zmbenhal@netcom.com * +# * Eric S. Raymond * +# * esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +# * * +# * Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +# * by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +# * larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +# * this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +# * removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +# * applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +# * * +# * ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +# * * +# ***************************************************************************/ +# +# $Id: Caps,v 1.15 1996/10/05 21:26:18 tom Exp $ +# +# This is the master termcap/terminfo capability table. +# +# This table is used to generate initializers for tables that drive tic, +# infocmp, and the library compilation code used to support the termcap +# compatibility hack. It is also used to generate the tabular portion of the +# terminfo(5) man page; lines beginning with `#%' are passed through to become +# the terminfo table. +# +# This file has three major sections; a standard-capabilities table, two +# extension-capability tables, and a section of aliases declarations. +# The first two have the same format, as follows: +# +# FILE FORMAT +# +# Column 1: terminfo variable name +# Column 2: terminfo capability name +# Column 3: capability type (boolean, numeric, or string) +# Column 4: termcap capability name +# Column 5: Lead with `Y' if capability should be emitted in termcap +# translations, `-' otherwise +# Column 6: capability description +# +# The codes following [Y-] in column 5 describe the versions of termcap which +# use the given capability. This information is not used by the curses library +# proper; rather, it's there to help the terminfo maintainer avoid emitting +# termcap entry translations that are more than 1023 bytes long (and tank a +# lot of old termcap-using programs). The codes read as follows: +# B = mentioned in the BSD man page for 4.4BSD curses +# C = used by the 4.4BSD curses library +# G = mentioned in the documentation for GNU termcap +# E = used by GNU Emacs +# K = remove this terminfo capability when translating to standard format +# The important codes are C and E. A cap with C or E should be preserved in +# translation if possible. The problem is that preserving all such caps may +# lead to some termcap translations being too long. The termcap maintainer +# has a bit of a juggling act to do...potential problem cases are marked with +# a * or **. +# +# The aliases section has the following format: +# +# Column 1: either `capalias' or `infoalias' +# Column 2: name to be aliased +# Column 3: what name it should translate to. The name IGNORE means it +# should be discarded with a warning message. +# Column 4: name of the extension set (used for compiler warning messages) +# Column 5: capability description (usually an associated terminfo variable) +# +# HANDLING TERMCAP AND TERMINFO EXTENSIONS +# +# There are basically five different ways to handle termcap and terminfo +# extensions: +# +# 1. Don't list the capname here, or list it but comment it out (the latter +# is preferable; someone might want to handle it in the future). If you do +# this, the capability will be treated as unknown and raise a warning from +# the compiler. +# +# 2. Alias it. This is appropriate if the capability has the same meaning +# as an already-supported one. The compiler will handle aliasing, emitting +# an appropriate informational message whenever an alias fires. +# +# 3. List it in the standard table. You almost certainly do *not* want +# to do this -- the capabilities in that one, and their order, have been +# carefully chosen to be SVr4-binary-compatible when they're written out +# as a terminfo object, and breaking this would be bad. It's up the ncurses +# library what to do with the terminfo data after it's read in. +# +# 4. List it in the aliases table with an IGNORE target field. If you +# do this, the capability will be ignored on input (though the user will +# get a warning message about it). +# +# 5. List it in the extensions table. If you do this, the compiler will +# silently accept the capability, but the curses library proper will never +# see it (because it won't be written out as part of the terminfo object +# format). It's up to you what you have the compiler do with it. +# +# There are two opposite reasons to choose option 5. One is when you want +# to eat the capability silently and discard it when doing translations +# to terminfo with tic -I. Some very old obsolete BSD caps like :kn: are +# in this class. Nothing will ever use them again. +# +# More usually, you want the compiler to try to deduce something from the +# capability value that it can use to translate it into your output format. +# You'll need to write custom code, probably in postprocess_termcap() or +# postprocess_terminfo(), to handle the translation. +# +# CONTROLLING ENTRY LENGTH +# +# Notes on specific elisions made to fit translations within 1023 bytes: +# +# Machines with IBM PC-like keyboards want to be able to define the following +# keys: key_npage, key_ppage, key_home, key_ll (which is used for in termcap- +# only environments for End or Home-Down), key_dc, and key_ic. This is also +# the set of keys the `joe' editor will be upset if it can't see. So don't +# trim those out of the set to be translated to termcap, or various users of +# the termcap file will become irate. +# +# It might look tempting to leave those long init strings out of translations. +# We can't do it (yet); 4.4BSD tput and tset use them. +# +# We retain the sgr capability in translation in spite of the fact that neither +# 4.4BSD nor GNU Emacs uses it, because (a) some entry naming distinctions are +# hard to understand without it, and (b) the entries in which it is long tend +# to be older types that don't use up a lot of string space on function keys. +# The tic(1) translation code will complain and elide it if it makes a critical +# difference (there is special code in tic to recognize this situation). +# +# Yes, BSD tset(1) uses hpa. We elide hpa/vpa anyway because the motion +# optimizer in BSD curses didn't use them. This omission seems to be the +# single most effective one, it shortened the resolved length of all thirteen +# problem entries in the 9.9.0 version of the terminfo master below critical. +# +# It would be nice to keep f11 and f12 for Emacs use, but a couple of termcap +# translations go back over critical if we do this. As 4.4BSD curses fades +# into history and GNU termcap's application base shrinks towards being GNU +# Emacs only, we'll probably elide out some BSD-only capabilities in order +# to buy space for non-essentials Emacs is still using. Capabilities high +# on that hit list: rc, sc, uc. +# +############################################################################# +# +# STANDARD CAPABILITIES +# +#%The following is a complete table of the capabilities included in a +#%terminfo description block and available to terminfo-using code. In each +#%line of the table, +#% +#%The \fBvariable\fR is the name by which the programmer (at the terminfo level) +#%accesses the capability. +#% +#%The \fBcapname\fR is the short name used in the text of the database, +#%and is used by a person updating the database. +#%Whenever possible, capnames are chosen to be the same as or similar to +#%the ANSI X3.64-1979 standard (now superseded by ECMA-48, which uses +#%identical or very similar names). Semantics are also intended to match +#%those of the specification. +#% +#%The termcap code is the old +#%.B termcap +#%capability name (some capabilities are new, and have names which termcap +#%did not originate). +#%.P +#%Capability names have no hard length limit, but an informal limit of 5 +#%characters has been adopted to keep them short and to allow the tabs in +#%the source file +#%.B Caps +#%to line up nicely. +#% +#%Finally, the description field attempts to convey the semantics of the +#%capability. You may find some codes in the description field: +#%.TP +#%(P) +#%indicates that padding may be specified +#%.TP +#%#[1-9] +#%in the description field indicates that the string is passed through tparm with +#%parms as given (#\fIi\fP). +#%.TP +#%(P*) +#%indicates that padding may vary in proportion to the number of +#%lines affected +#%.TP +#%(#\d\fIi\fP\u) +#%indicates the \fIi\fP\uth\d parameter. +#% +#%.PP +#% These are the boolean capabilities: +#% +#%.na +#%.TS H +#%center expand; +#%c l l c +#%c l l c +#%lw25 lw6 lw2 lw20. +#%\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR +#%\fBBooleans name Code\fR +auto_left_margin bw bool bw YB-G- cub1 wraps from column 0 to last column +auto_right_margin am bool am YBCGE terminal has automatic margins +no_esc_ctlc xsb bool xb YBCG- beehive (f1=escape, f2=ctrl C) +ceol_standout_glitch xhp bool xs YBCGE standout not erased by overwriting (hp) +eat_newline_glitch xenl bool xn YBCGE newline ignored after 80 cols (concept) +erase_overstrike eo bool eo YBCG- can erase overstrikes with a blank +generic_type gn bool gn YB-G- generic line type +hard_copy hc bool hc YBCG- hardcopy terminal +has_meta_key km bool km YB-GE Has a meta key, sets msb high +has_status_line hs bool hs YB-G- has extra status line +insert_null_glitch in bool in YBCGE insert mode distinguishes nulls +memory_above da bool da YBCG- display may be retained above the screen +memory_below db bool db YB-GE display may be retained below the screen +move_insert_mode mir bool mi YBCGE safe to move while in insert mode +move_standout_mode msgr bool ms YBCGE safe to move while in standout mode +over_strike os bool os YBCG- terminal can overstrike +status_line_esc_ok eslok bool es YB-G- escape can be used on the status line +dest_tabs_magic_smso xt bool xt YBCGE tabs destructive, magic so char (t1061) +tilde_glitch hz bool hz YB-GE can't print ~'s (hazeltine) +transparent_underline ul bool ul YBCGE underline character overstrikes +xon_xoff xon bool xo YB--- terminal uses xon/xoff handshaking +needs_xon_xoff nxon bool nx ----- padding won't work, xon/xoff required +prtr_silent mc5i bool 5i ----- printer won't echo on screen +hard_cursor chts bool HC ----- cursor is hard to see +non_rev_rmcup nrrmc bool NR ----- smcup does not reverse rmcup +no_pad_char npc bool NP ----- pad character does not exist +non_dest_scroll_region ndscr bool ND ----- scrolling region is non-destructive +can_change ccc bool cc ----- terminal can re-define existing colors +back_color_erase bce bool ut ----- screen erased with background color +hue_lightness_saturation hls bool hl ----- terminal uses only HLS color notation (tektronix) +col_addr_glitch xhpa bool YA ----- only positive motion for hpa/mhpa caps +cr_cancels_micro_mode crxm bool YB ----- using cr turns off micro mode +has_print_wheel daisy bool YC ----- printer needs operator to change character set +row_addr_glitch xvpa bool YD ----- only positive motion for vpa/mvpa caps +semi_auto_right_margin sam bool YE ----- printing in last column causes cr +cpi_changes_res cpix bool YF ----- changing character pitch changes resolution +lpi_changes_res lpix bool YG ----- changing line pitch changes resolution +#%.TE +#%.ad +#% +#%These are the numeric capabilities: +#% +#%.na +#%.TS H +#%center expand; +#%c l l c +#%c l l c +#%lw25 lw6 lw2 lw20. +#%\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR +#%\fBNumeric name Code\fR +columns cols num co YBCGE number of columns in aline +init_tabs it num it YB-G- tabs initially every # spaces +lines lines num li YBCGE number of lines on screen or page +lines_of_memory lm num lm YB-G- lines of memory if > line. 0 => varies +magic_cookie_glitch xmc num sg YBCGE number of blank chars left by smso or rmso +padding_baud_rate pb num pb YB-GE lowest baud rate where padding needed +virtual_terminal vt num vt YB--- virtual terminal number (CB/unix) +width_status_line wsl num ws YB-G- columns in status line +num_labels nlab num Nl ----- number of labels on screen +label_height lh num lh ----- rows in each label +label_width lw num lw ----- columns in each label +max_attributes ma num ma YBC-- maximum combined attributes terminal can handle +maximum_windows wnum num MW ----- maxumum number of defineable windows +# These came in with SVr4's color support +max_colors colors num Co ----- maximum numbers of colors on screen +max_pairs pairs num pa ----- maximum number of color-pairs on the screen +no_color_video ncv num NC ----- video attributes that can't be used with colors +#%.TE +#%.ad +#% +#%The following numeric capabilities are present in the SVr4.0 term structure, +#%but are not yet documented in the man page. They came in with SVr4's +#%printer support. +#% +#%.na +#%.TS H +#%center expand; +#%c l l c +#%c l l c +#%lw25 lw6 lw2 lw20. +#%\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR +#%\fBNumeric name Code\fR +buffer_capacity bufsz num Ya ----- numbers of bytes buffered before printing +dot_vert_spacing spinv num Yb ----- spacing of pins vertically in pins per inch +dot_horz_spacing spinh num Yc ----- spacing of dots horizontally in dots per inch +max_micro_address maddr num Yd ----- maximum value in micro_..._address +max_micro_jump mjump num Ye ----- maximum value in parm_..._micro +micro_char_size mcs num Yf ----- character size when in micro mode +micro_line_size mls num Yg ----- line size when in micro mode +number_of_pins npins num Yh ----- numbers of pins in print-head +output_res_char orc num Yi ----- horizontal resolution in units per line +output_res_line orl num Yj ----- vertical resolution in units per line +output_res_horz_inch orhi num Yk ----- horizontal resolution in units per inch +output_res_vert_inch orvi num Yl ----- vertical resolution in units per inch +print_rate cps num Ym ----- print rate in chars per second +wide_char_size widcs num Yn ----- character step size when in double wide mode +buttons btns num BT ----- number of buttons on mouse +bit_image_entwining bitwin num Yo ----- number of passed for each bit-image row +bit_image_type bitype num Yp ----- type of bit-image device +#%.TE +#%.ad +#% +#%These are the string capabilities: +#% +#%.na +#%.TS H +#%center expand; +#%c l l c +#%c l l c +#%lw25 lw6 lw2 lw20. +#%\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR +#%\fBString name Code\fR +back_tab cbt str bt YBCGE back tab (P) +bell bel str bl YB-GE audible signal (bell) (P) +carriage_return cr str cr YBCGE carriage return (P*) (P*) +change_scroll_region csr str cs YBCGE change region to line #1 to line #2 (P) (P) +clear_all_tabs tbc str ct YB-G- clear all tab stops (P) +clear_screen clear str cl YBCGE clear screen and home cursor (P*) +clr_eol el str ce YBCGE clear to end of line (P) +clr_eos ed str cd YBCGE clear to end of screen (P*) +column_address hpa str ch -B-GE** horizontal position #1, absolute (P) +command_character cmdch str CC YB-G- terminal settable cmd character in prototype !? +cursor_address cup str cm YBCGE move to row #1 columns #2 +cursor_down cud1 str do YBCGE down one line +cursor_home home str ho YBCGE home cursor (if no cup) +cursor_invisible civis str vi YB-G- make cursor invisible +cursor_left cub1 str le YBCGE move left one space +cursor_mem_address mrcup str CM YB-G- memory relative cursor addressing +cursor_normal cnorm str ve YBCGE make cursor appear normal (undo civis/cvvis) +cursor_right cuf1 str nd YBCGE move right one space +cursor_to_ll ll str ll YBCGE last line, first column (if no cup) +cursor_up cuu1 str up YBCGE up one line +cursor_visible cvvis str vs YBCGE make cursor very visible +delete_character dch1 str dc YBCGE delete character (P*) +delete_line dl1 str dl YBCGE delete line (P*) +dis_status_line dsl str ds YB-G- disable status line +down_half_line hd str hd YB-G- half a line down +enter_alt_charset_mode smacs str as YB-G- start alternate character set (P) +enter_blink_mode blink str mb YB-G- turn on blinking +enter_bold_mode bold str md YB-G- turn on bold (extra bright) mode +enter_ca_mode smcup str ti YBCGE string to start programs using cup +enter_delete_mode smdc str dm YBCGE enter delete mode +enter_dim_mode dim str mh YB-G- turn on half-bright mode +enter_insert_mode smir str im YBCGE enter insert mode +enter_secure_mode invis str mk -B-G-* turn on blank mode (characters invisible) +enter_protected_mode prot str mp -B-G-* turn on protected mode +enter_reverse_mode rev str mr YB-G- turn on reverse video mode +enter_standout_mode smso str so YBCGE begin standout mode +enter_underline_mode smul str us YBCGE begin underline mode +erase_chars ech str ec YB-G- erase #1 characters (P) +exit_alt_charset_mode rmacs str ae YB-G- end alternate character set (P) +exit_attribute_mode sgr0 str me YB-GE turn off all attributes +exit_ca_mode rmcup str te YBCGE strings to end programs using cup +exit_delete_mode rmdc str ed YBCGE end delete mode +exit_insert_mode rmir str ei YBCGE exit insert mode +exit_standout_mode rmso str se YBCGE exit standout mode +exit_underline_mode rmul str ue YBCGE exit underline mode +flash_screen flash str vb YBCGE visible bell (may not move cursor) +form_feed ff str ff YB-G- hardcopy terminal page eject (P*) +from_status_line fsl str fs YB-G- return from status line +init_1string is1 str i1 YB-G- initialization string +init_2string is2 str is YB-G- initialization string +init_3string is3 str i3 YB-G- initialization string +init_file if str if YB-G- name of initialization file +insert_character ich1 str ic YBCGE insert character (P) +insert_line il1 str al YBCGE insert line (P*) +insert_padding ip str ip YBCGE insert padding after inserted character +key_backspace kbs str kb YB-G- backspace key +key_catab ktbc str ka -B-G-* clear-all-tabs key +key_clear kclr str kC -B-G-* clear-screen or erase key +key_ctab kctab str kt -B-G-* clear-tab key +key_dc kdch1 str kD YB-G- delete-character key +key_dl kdl1 str kL -B-G-* delete-line key +key_down kcud1 str kd YBCGE down-arrow key +key_eic krmir str kM -B-G-* sent by rmir or smir in insert mode +key_eol kel str kE -B-G-* clear-to-end-of-line key +key_eos ked str kS -B-G-* clear-to-end-of-screen key +key_f0 kf0 str k0 YBCGE F0 function key +key_f1 kf1 str k1 YBCGE F1 function key +key_f10 kf10 str k; ----E F10 function key +key_f2 kf2 str k2 YBCGE F2 function key +key_f3 kf3 str k3 YBCGE F3 function key +key_f4 kf4 str k4 YBCGE F4 function key +key_f5 kf5 str k5 YBCGE F5 function key +key_f6 kf6 str k6 YBCGE F6 function key +key_f7 kf7 str k7 YBCGE F7 function key +key_f8 kf8 str k8 YBCGE F8 fucntion key +key_f9 kf9 str k9 YBCGE F9 function key +key_home khome str kh YBCGE home key +key_ic kich1 str kI YB-GE insert-character key +key_il kil1 str kA -B-G-* insert-line key +key_left kcub1 str kl YBCGE left-arrow key +key_ll kll str kH YB-G- last-line key +key_npage knp str kN YB-GE next-page key +key_ppage kpp str kP YB-GE prev-page key +key_right kcuf1 str kr YBCGE right-arrow key +key_sf kind str kF -B-G-* scroll-forward key +key_sr kri str kR -B-G-* scroll-backward key +key_stab khts str kT -B-G-* set-tab key +key_up kcuu1 str ku YBCGE up-arrow key +keypad_local rmkx str ke YBCGE leave 'keyboard_transmit' mode +keypad_xmit smkx str ks YBCGE enter 'keyboard_transmit' mode +lab_f0 lf0 str l0 -B-G-* label on function key f0 if not f0 +lab_f1 lf1 str l1 -B-G-* label on function key f1 if not f1 +lab_f10 lf10 str la ----- label on function key f10 if not f10 +lab_f2 lf2 str l2 -B-G-* label on function key f2 if not f2 +lab_f3 lf3 str l3 -B-G-* label on function key f3 if not f3 +lab_f4 lf4 str l4 -B-G-* label on function key f4 if not f4 +lab_f5 lf5 str l5 -B-G-* lable on function key f5 if not f5 +lab_f6 lf6 str l6 -B-G-* label on function key f6 if not f6 +lab_f7 lf7 str l7 -B-G-* label on function key f7 if not f7 +lab_f8 lf8 str l8 -B-G-* label on function key f8 if not f8 +lab_f9 lf9 str l9 -B-G-* label on function key f9 if not f9 +meta_off rmm str mo YB-G-* turn off meta mode +meta_on smm str mm YB-G-* turn on meta mode (8th-bit on) +newline nel str nw YB-G-* newline (behave like cr followed by lf) +pad_char pad str pc YBCGE padding char (instead of null) +parm_dch dch str DC YB-GE delete #1 chars (P*) +parm_delete_line dl str DL YBCGE delete #1 lines (P*) +parm_down_cursor cud str DO YBCGE down #1 lines (P*) +parm_ich ich str IC YB-GE insert #1 chars (P*) +parm_index indn str SF YBCG- scroll forward #1 lines (P) +parm_insert_line il str AL YBCGE insert #1 lines (P*) +parm_left_cursor cub str LE YBCGE move #1 chars to the left (P) +parm_right_cursor cuf str RI YBCGE move #1 chars to the right (P*) +parm_rindex rin str SR YBCG- scroll back #1 lines (P) +parm_up_cursor cuu str UP YBCGE up #1 lines (P*) +pkey_key pfkey str pk -B--- program function key #1 to type string #2 +pkey_local pfloc str pl -B--- program function key #1 to execute string #2 +pkey_xmit pfx str px -B--- program function key #1 to transmit string #2 +print_screen mc0 str ps -B-G-* print contents of screen +prtr_off mc4 str pf -B-G-* turn off printer +prtr_on mc5 str po -B-G-* turn on printer +repeat_char rep str rp YB-GE repeat char #1 #2 times (P*) +reset_1string rs1 str r1 -B--- reset string +reset_2string rs2 str r2 -B--- reset string +reset_3string rs3 str r3 -B--- reset string +reset_file rf str rf -B--- name of reset file +restore_cursor rc str rc YBCG- restore cursor to last position of sc +row_address vpa str cv -B-GE** vertical position #1 absolute (P) +save_cursor sc str sc YBCG- save current cursor position (P) +scroll_forward ind str sf YBCGE scroll text up (P) +scroll_reverse ri str sr YBCGE scroll text down (P) +set_attributes sgr str sa YB-G- define video attributes #1-#9 (PG9) +set_tab hts str st YB-G- set a tab in every row, current columns +set_window wind str wi -B-GE current window is lines #1-#2 cols #3-#4 +tab ht str ta YBCGE tab to next 8-space hardware tab stop +to_status_line tsl str ts YB-G- move to status line +underline_char uc str uc YBCG- underline char and move past it +up_half_line hu str hu YB-G- half a line up +init_prog iprog str iP -B--- path name of program for initialization +key_a1 ka1 str K1 YB-GE upper left of keypad +key_a3 ka3 str K3 YB-GE upper right of keypad +key_b2 kb2 str K2 YB-GE center of keypad +key_c1 kc1 str K4 YB-GE lower left of keypad +key_c3 kc3 str K5 YB-GE lower right of keypad +prtr_non mc5p str pO -B-G-* turn on printer for #1 bytes +# +# SVr1 capabilities stop here. IBM's version of terminfo is the same as +# SVr4 up to this point, but has a different set afterwards. +# +char_padding rmp str rP ----- like ip but when in insert mode +acs_chars acsc str ac ----- graphics charset pairs - def=vt100 +plab_norm pln str pn ----- program label #1 to show string #2 +key_btab kcbt str kB ----- back-tab key +enter_xon_mode smxon str SX ----- turn on xon/xoff handshaking +exit_xon_mode rmxon str RX ----- turn off xon/xoff handshaking +enter_am_mode smam str SA ----- turn on automatic margins +exit_am_mode rmam str RA ----- turn off automatic margins +xon_character xonc str XN ----- XON character +xoff_character xoffc str XF ----- XOFF character +ena_acs enacs str eA ----- enable alternate char set +label_on smln str LO ----- turn on soft labels +label_off rmln str LF ----- turn off soft labels +key_beg kbeg str @1 ----- begin key +key_cancel kcan str @2 ----- cancel key +key_close kclo str @3 ----- close key +key_command kcmd str @4 ----- command key +key_copy kcpy str @5 ----- copy key +key_create kcrt str @6 ----- create key +key_end kend str @7 ----- end key +key_enter kent str @8 ----- enter/send key +key_exit kext str @9 ----- exit key +key_find kfnd str @0 ----- find key +key_help khlp str %1 ----- help key +key_mark kmrk str %2 ----- mark key +key_message kmsg str %3 ----- message key +key_move kmov str %4 ----- move key +key_next knxt str %5 ----- next key +key_open kopn str %6 ----- open key +key_options kopt str %7 ----- options key +key_previous kprv str %8 ----- previous key +key_print kprt str %9 ----- print key +key_redo krdo str %0 ----- redo key +key_reference kref str &1 ----- reference key +key_refresh krfr str &2 ----- refresh key +key_replace krpl str &3 ----- replace key +key_restart krst str &4 ----- restart key +key_resume kres str &5 ----- resume key +key_save ksav str &6 ----- save key +key_suspend kspd str &7 ----- suspend key +key_undo kund str &8 ----- undo key +key_sbeg kBEG str &9 ----- shifted key +key_scancel kCAN str &0 ----- shifted key +key_scommand kCMD str *1 ----- shifted key +key_scopy kCPY str *2 ----- shifted key +key_screate kCRT str *3 ----- shifted key +key_sdc kDC str *4 ----- shifted key +key_sdl kDL str *5 ----- shifted key +key_select kslt str *6 ----- select key +key_send kEND str *7 ----- shifted key +key_seol kEOL str *8 ----- shifted key +key_sexit kEXT str *9 ----- shifted key +key_sfind kFND str *0 ----- shifted key +key_shelp kHLP str #1 ----- shifted key +key_shome kHOM str #2 ----- shifted key +key_sic kIC str #3 ----- shifted key +key_sleft kLFT str #4 ----- shifted key +key_smessage kMSG str %a ----- shifted key +key_smove kMOV str %b ----- shifted key +key_snext kNXT str %c ----- shifted key +key_soptions kOPT str %d ----- shifted key +key_sprevious kPRV str %e ----- shifted key +key_sprint kPRT str %f ----- shifted key +key_sredo kRDO str %g ----- shifted key +key_sreplace kRPL str %h ----- shifted key +key_sright kRIT str %i ----- shifted key +key_srsume kRES str %j ----- shifted key +key_ssave kSAV str !1 ----- shifted key +key_ssuspend kSPD str !2 ----- shifted key +key_sundo kUND str !3 ----- shifted key +req_for_input rfi str RF ----- send next input char (for ptys) +key_f11 kf11 str F1 ----E F11 function key +key_f12 kf12 str F2 ----E F12 function key +key_f13 kf13 str F3 ----E F13 function key +key_f14 kf14 str F4 ----E F14 function key +key_f15 kf15 str F5 ----E F15 function key +key_f16 kf16 str F6 ----E F16 function key +key_f17 kf17 str F7 ----E F17 function key +key_f18 kf18 str F8 ----E F18 function key +key_f19 kf19 str F9 ----E F19 function key +key_f20 kf20 str FA ----E F20 function key +key_f21 kf21 str FB ----E F21 function key +key_f22 kf22 str FC ----E F22 function key +key_f23 kf23 str FD ----E F23 function key +key_f24 kf24 str FE ----E F24 function key +key_f25 kf25 str FF ----E F25 function key +key_f26 kf26 str FG ----E F26 function key +key_f27 kf27 str FH ----E F27 function key +key_f28 kf28 str FI ----E F28 function key +key_f29 kf29 str FJ ----E F29 function key +key_f30 kf30 str FK ----E F30 function key +key_f31 kf31 str FL ----E F31 function key +key_f32 kf32 str FM ----E F32 function key +key_f33 kf33 str FN ----E F33 function key +key_f34 kf34 str FO ----E F34 function key +key_f35 kf35 str FP ----E F35 function key +key_f36 kf36 str FQ ----E F36 function key +key_f37 kf37 str FR ----E F37 function key +key_f38 kf38 str FS ----E F38 function key +key_f39 kf39 str FT ----E F39 function key +key_f40 kf40 str FU ----E F40 function key +key_f41 kf41 str FV ----E F41 function key +key_f42 kf42 str FW ----E F42 function key +key_f43 kf43 str FX ----E F43 function key +key_f44 kf44 str FY ----E F44 function key +key_f45 kf45 str FZ ----E F45 function key +key_f46 kf46 str Fa ----E F46 function key +key_f47 kf47 str Fb ----E F47 function key +key_f48 kf48 str Fc ----E F48 function key +key_f49 kf49 str Fd ----E F49 function key +key_f50 kf50 str Fe ----E F50 function key +key_f51 kf51 str Ff ----E F51 function key +key_f52 kf52 str Fg ----E F52 function key +key_f53 kf53 str Fh ----E F53 function key +key_f54 kf54 str Fi ----E F54 function key +key_f55 kf55 str Fj ----E F55 function key +key_f56 kf56 str Fk ----E F56 function key +key_f57 kf57 str Fl ----E F57 function key +key_f58 kf58 str Fm ----E F58 function key +key_f59 kf59 str Fn ----E F59 function key +key_f60 kf60 str Fo ----E F60 function key +key_f61 kf61 str Fp ----E F61 function key +key_f62 kf62 str Fq ----E F62 function key +key_f63 kf63 str Fr ----E F63 function key +clr_bol el1 str cb ----- Clear to beginning of line +clear_margins mgc str MC ----- clear right and left soft margins +set_left_margin smgl str ML ----- set left soft margin +set_right_margin smgr str MR ----- set right soft margin +label_format fln str Lf ----- label format +set_clock sclk str SC ----- set clock, #1 hrs #2 mins #3 secs +display_clock dclk str DK ----- display clock at (#1,#2) +remove_clock rmclk str RC ----- remove clock +create_window cwin str CW ----- define a window #1 from #2, #3 to #4, #5 +goto_window wingo str WG ----- go to window #1 +hangup hup str HU ----- hang-up phone +dial_phone dial str DI ----- dial number #1 +quick_dial qdial str QD ----- dial number #1 without checking +tone tone str TO ----- select touch tone dialing +pulse pulse str PU ----- select pulse dialling +flash_hook hook str fh ----- flash switch hook +fixed_pause pause str PA ----- pause for 2-3 seconds +wait_tone wait str WA ----- wait for dial-tone +user0 u0 str u0 ----- User string #0 +user1 u1 str u1 ----- User string #1 +user2 u2 str u2 ----- User string #2 +user3 u3 str u3 ----- User string #3 +user4 u4 str u4 ----- User string #4 +user5 u5 str u5 ----- User string #5 +user6 u6 str u6 ----- User string #6 +user7 u7 str u7 ----- User string #7 +user8 u8 str u8 ----- User string #8 +user9 u9 str u9 ----- User string #9 +# +# SVr4 added these capabilities to support color +# +orig_pair op str op ----- Set default pair to its original value +orig_colors oc str oc ----- Set all color pairs to the original ones +initialize_color initc str Ic ----- initialize color #1 to (#2,#3,#4) +initialize_pair initp str Ip ----- Initialize color pair #1 to fg=(#2,#3,#4), bg=(#5,#6,#7) +set_color_pair scp str sp ----- Set current color pair to #1 +set_foreground setf str Sf ----- Set foreground color #1 +set_background setb str Sb ----- Set background color #1 +# +# SVr4 added these capabilities to support printers +# +change_char_pitch cpi str ZA ----- Change number of characters per inch +change_line_pitch lpi str ZB ----- Change number of lines per inch +change_res_horz chr str ZC ----- Change horizontal resolution +change_res_vert cvr str ZD ----- Change vertical resolution +define_char defc str ZE ----- Define a character +enter_doublewide_mode swidm str ZF ----- Enter double-wide mode +enter_draft_quality sdrfq str ZG ----- Enter draft-quality mode +enter_italics_mode sitm str ZH ----- Enter italic mode +enter_leftward_mode slm str ZI ----- Start leftward carriage motion +enter_micro_mode smicm str ZJ ----- Start micro-motion mode +enter_near_letter_quality snlq str ZK ----- Enter NLQ mode +enter_normal_quality snrmq str ZL ----- Wnter normal-quality mode +enter_shadow_mode sshm str ZM ----- Enter shadow-print mode +enter_subscript_mode ssubm str ZN ----- Enter subscript mode +enter_superscript_mode ssupm str ZO ----- Enter superscript mode +enter_upward_mode sum str ZP ----- Start upward carriage motion +exit_doublewide_mode rwidm str ZQ ----- End double-wide mode +exit_italics_mode ritm str ZR ----- End italic mode +exit_leftward_mode rlm str ZS ----- End left-motion mode +exit_micro_mode rmicm str ZT ----- End micro-motion mode +exit_shadow_mode rshm str ZU ----- End shadow-print mode +exit_subscript_mode rsubm str ZV ----- End subscript mode +exit_superscript_mode rsupm str ZW ----- End superscript mode +exit_upward_mode rum str ZX ----- End reverse character motion +micro_column_address mhpa str ZY ----- Like column_address in micro mode +micro_down mcud1 str ZZ ----- Like cursor_down in micro mode +micro_left mcub1 str Za ----- Like cursor_left in micro mode +micro_right mcuf1 str Zb ----- Like cursor_right in micro mode +micro_row_address mvpa str Zc ----- Like row_address in micro mode +micro_up mcuu1 str Zd ----- Like cursor_up in micro mode +order_of_pins porder str Ze ----- Match software bits to print-head pins +parm_down_micro mcud str Zf ----- Like parm_down_cursor in micro mode +parm_left_micro mcub str Zg ----- Like parm_left_cursor in micro mode +parm_right_micro mcuf str Zh ----- Like parm_right_cursor in micro mode +parm_up_micro mcuu str Zi ----- Like parm_up_cursor in micro mode +select_char_set scs str Zj ----- Select character set +set_bottom_margin smgb str Zk ----- Set bottom margin at current line +set_bottom_margin_parm smgbp str Zl ----- Set bottom margin at line #1 or #2 lines from bottom +set_left_margin_parm smglp str Zm ----- Set left (right) margin at column #1 (#2) +set_right_margin_parm smgrp str Zn ----- Set right margin at column #1 +set_top_margin smgt str Zo ----- Set top margin at current line +set_top_margin_parm smgtp str Zp ----- Set top (bottom) margin at row #1 (#2) +start_bit_image sbim str Zq ----- Start printing bit image braphics +start_char_set_def scsd str Zr ----- Start character set definition +stop_bit_image rbim str Zs ----- Stop printing bit image graphics +stop_char_set_def rcsd str Zt ----- End definition of character aet +subscript_characters subcs str Zu ----- List of subscriptable characters +superscript_characters supcs str Zv ----- List of superscriptable characters +these_cause_cr docr str Zw ----- Printing any of these chars causes CR +zero_motion zerom str Zx ----- No motion for subsequent character +#%.TE +#%.ad +#% +#%The following string capabilities are present in the SVr4.0 term structure, +#%but are not documented in the man page. +#% +#%.na +#%.TS H +#%center expand; +#%c l l c +#%c l l c +#%lw25 lw6 lw2 lw18. +#%\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR +#%\fBString name Code\fR +char_set_names csnm str Zy ----- List of character set names +key_mouse kmous str Km ----- Mouse event has occurred +mouse_info minfo str Mi ----- Mouse status information +req_mouse_pos reqmp str RQ ----- Request mouse position +get_mouse getm str Gm ----- Curses should get button events +set_a_foreground setaf str AF ----- Set ANSI foreground color +set_a_background setab str AB ----- Set ANSI background color +pkey_plab pfxl str xl ----- Program function key #1 to type string #2 and show string #3 +device_type devt str dv ----- Indicate language/codeset support +code_set_init csin str ci ----- Init sequence for multiple codesets +set0_des_seq s0ds str s0 ----- Shift to code set 0 (EUC set 0, ASCII) +set1_des_seq s1ds str s1 ----- Shift to code set 1 +set2_des_seq s2ds str s2 ----- Shift to code set 2 +set3_des_seq s3ds str s3 ----- Shift to code set 3 +set_lr_margin smglr str ML ----- Set both left and right margins to #1, #2 +set_tb_margin smgtb str MT ----- Sets both top and bottom margins to #1, #2 +bit_image_repeat birep str Xy ----- Repeat bit image cell #1 #2 times +bit_image_newline binel str Zz ----- Move to next row of the bit image +bit_image_carriage_return bicr str Yv ----- Move to beginning of same row +color_names colornm str Yw ----- Give name for color #1 +define_bit_image_region defbi str Yx ----- Define rectangualar bit image region +end_bit_image_region endbi str Yy ----- End a bit-image region +set_color_band setcolor str Yz ----- Change to ribbon color #1 +set_page_length slines str YZ ----- Set page length to #1 lines +# +# SVr4 added these capabilities for direct PC-clone support +# +display_pc_char dispc str S1 ----- Display PC character +enter_pc_charset_mode smpch str S2 ----- Enter PC character display mode +exit_pc_charset_mode rmpch str S3 ----- Exit PC character display mode +enter_scancode_mode smsc str S4 ----- Enter PC scancode mode +exit_scancode_mode rmsc str S5 ----- Exit PC scancode mode +pc_term_options pctrm str S6 ----- PC terminal options +scancode_escape scesc str S7 ----- Escape for scancode emulation +alt_scancode_esc scesa str S8 ----- Alternate escape for scancode emulation +#%.TE +#%.ad +#% +#%.in .8i +#%The XSI Curses standard added these. They are probably in some post-4.1 +#%version of System V curses as well, but because XSI Curses lists them in +#%strict alphabetical order we don't know if this is the right binary order. +#%The \fBncurses\fR termcap names for them are invented; according to the +#%XSI Curses standard, they have no termcap names. If your compiled terminfo +#%entries use these, they may not be binary-compatible with System V terminfo +#%entries after SVr4.1; beware! +#% +#%.na +#%.TS H +#%center expand; +#%c l l c +#%c l l c +#%lw25 lw6 lw2 lw20. +#%\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR +#%\fBString name Code\fR +enter_horizontal_hl_mode ehhlm str Xh ----- Enter horizontal highlight mode +enter_left_hl_mode elhlm str Xl ----- Enter left highlight mode +enter_low_hl_mode elohlm str Xo ----- Enter low highlight mode +enter_right_hl_mode erhlm str Xr ----- Enter right highlight mode +enter_top_hl_mode ethlm str Xt ----- Enter top highlight mode +enter_vertical_hl_mode evhlm str Xv ----- Enter vertical highlight mode +#%.TE +#%.ad +# +# The magic token below tells the tic compiler-generator code that all the caps +# past it should be ignored (not written out) when dumping terminfo objects. It +# also tells the man page table generator not to pass through following lines +# This means we can have obsolete capabilities and pseudo-capabilities that are +# recognized for termcap or terminfo compilation, but not output. +# +# %%-STOP-HERE-%% +# +# Don't move this casually! In fact, don't move it at all unless you're +# either doing it to add System V or XPG4 extensions, or have decided you +# don't care about SVr4 binary compatibility. +# +############################################################################# +# +# TERMCAP EXTENSION CAPABILITIES +# +# The capabilities below are either obsolete or extensions on certain systems. +# They are not used by SVR4 terminfo. Some are used by captoinfo to translate +# termcap sources; the rest are listed for completeness, and in case somebody +# cares about them enough to hack in code that will translate them into +# terminfo capabilities. +# +# The first part of the list is from Ross Ridge's `mytinfo' package +# (comp.sources.unix, volume 26); the variable names and terminfo names (as +# well as the termcap codes) match his list. +# +# This group of codes is not marked obsolete in 4.4BSD, but have no direct +# terminfo equivalents. The rs capability is specially translated to terminfo +# r1, and vice versa, if an entry does not already have an r1. Similarly, +# i2 is translated to r3 if there is no r3 (because SV terminfo maps is to i2). +# The ug capability is thrown away, but assumed to be whatever sg is if the +# latter is nonzero and we're dumping in termcap format. +# +termcap_init2 OTi2 str i2 YB--- secondary initialization string +termcap_reset OTrs str rs YB-G- terminal reset string +magic_cookie_glitch_ul OTug num ug YBCGE number of blanks left by ul +# +# Obsolete termcap capabilities. Some are used for termcap translation. The +# code uses the 'OT' prefix we put on obsolete capabilities to suppress +# printing them in terminfo source dumps of compiled entries. +# +backspaces_with_bs OTbs bool bs YBCGE uses ^H to move left +crt_no_scrolling OTns bool ns YBCG- crt cannot scroll +no_correctly_working_cr OTnc bool nc YBCG- no way to go to start of line +carriage_return_delay OTdC num dC YB-G- pad needed for CR +new_line_delay OTdN num dN YB-G- pad needed for LF +linefeed_if_not_lf OTnl str nl YBCGE use to move down +backspace_if_not_bs OTbc str bc YBCGE move left, if not ^H +# +# GNU termcap library extensions. The GNU termcap file distributed with +# Emacs no longer uses these, but MT showed up in pre-9.0 versions of the +# BSD termcap file. The name clash with terminfo MT is resolved by type +# info; MT is converted to km. +# +gnu_has_meta_key OTMT bool MT ----E has meta key +# gnu_tab_width OTtw num tw ----E tab width in spaces +# +# GNU termcap *does* include the following extended capability, Only the +# now-obsolete Ann Arbor terminals used it. +# +# gnu_change_scroll_region OTcS str cS ---GE alternate set scrolling region +# +# The following comments describe capnames so ancient that I believe no +# software uses them any longer. Some of these have to go because they +# clash with terminfo names in ways that cannot be resolved by type +# information. +# +# These mytinfo codes are not used in the 4.4BSD curses code. They are +# marked obsolete in the 4.4BSD manual pages. +# +# There is one conflict with terminfo; ma is in both. This conflict is +# resolved by type information. +# +# The `ko' capability is translated by special code. It should contain a +# comma-separated list of capabilities for which there are corresponding keys. +# The `kn' code is accepted but ignored. +# +# The `ma' capability seems to have been designed to map between the rogue(2) +# motion keys (including jkhl) and characters emitted by arrow keys on some +# primitive pre-ANSI terminals. It's so obsolete it's fossilized... +# +# Here is a description of memory_lock_above and memory_unlock: +# "You can 'freeze' data on the screen by turning on Memory Lock in a line of +# text. All lines above the cursor's current line become locked in place on +# the screen. Then enter data normally. When the screen fills up, any +# further data entered forces the first line of unfrozen line text to scroll +# under the frozen data. Lines scrolled off the screen are inserted into +# memory immediately preceding the first frozen line." (from the HP 700/96 +# User's manual). VT100/ANSI memory lock set is \E[>2h, reset is \E[>2l. +# +# Applications that use terminfo are supposed to behave as though xr is +# always true. +# +linefeed_is_newline OTNL bool NL YB--- move down with \n +# even_parity OTEP bool EP -B--- terminal requires even parity +# odd_parity OTOP bool OP -B--- terminal requires odd parity +# half_duplex OTHD bool HD -B--- terminal is half-duplex +# lower_case_only OTLC bool LC -B--- terminal has only lower case +# upper_case_only OTUC bool UC -B--- terminal has only upper case +backspace_delay OTdB num dB YB-G- padding required for ^H +# form_feed_delay OTdF num dF -B-G- padding required for ^L +horizontal_tab_delay OTdT num dT YB-G- padding required for ^I +# vertical_tab_delay OTdV num dV -B--- padding required for ^V +number_of_function_keys OTkn num kn -B-G- count of function keys +other_non_function_keys OTko str ko -B-G- list of self-mapped keycaps +arrow_key_map OTma str ma YBC-- map arrow keys rogue(1) motion keys +# memory_lock_above OTml str ml -B--- lock visible screen memory above the current line +# memory_unlock OTmu str mu -B--- unlock visible screen memory above the current line +has_hardware_tabs OTpt bool pt YB--- has 8-char tabs invoked with ^I +return_does_clr_eol OTxr bool xr YB--- return clears the line +# tek_4025_insert_line OTxx bool xx -BC-- Tektronix 4025 insert-line glitch +# +# mytinfo described this as a termcap capability, but it's not listed in the +# 4.4BSD man pages, and not found in the 4.4BSD termcap file. The ncurses +# package, like System V, behaves as though it is always true. +# +# rind_only_at_top OTxq bool xq ----- reverse index only works from top line +# +# University of Waterloo termcap extensions (as described in mytinfo). +# The `xl' termcap file clashes with a terminfo name; this ambiguity cannot +# be resolved by a type check. The descriptions are guesses from what was +# in the nytinfo tables. +# +# key_interrupt_char OTki str ki ----- string set by interrupt key (?) +# key_kill_char OTkk str kk ----- string set by kill key (?) +# key_suspend_char OTkz str kz ----- string set by suspend key (?) +# initialization_messy OTxc bool xc ----- initialization leaves garbage on the screen (?) +# ind_at_bottom_does_cr OTxl bool xl ----- index does a carriage return +# +# Nonstandard capabilities unique to Ross Ridge's `mytinfo' package. +# SR clashes with a terminfo name; this ambiguity cannot be resolved by a type +# check. +# +# scroll_left OTsl1 str Sl ----- scroll screen leftward +# scroll_right OTsr1 str Sr ----- scroll screen rightward +# parm_scroll_left OTsl str SL ----- scroll screen leftward #1 chars +# parm_scroll_right OTsr str SR ----- scroll screen rightward #1 chars +# +# The mytinfo capabilities end here. +# +# XENIX extensions: +# +# Xenix defined its own set of forms-drawing capabilities: +# +# cap IBM ASCII description ACS ASCII +# --- ----------- -------------------- ------------- ------ +# G1 191 \277 M-? single upper right ACS_URCORNER +# G2 218 \332 M-Z single upper left ACS_ULCORNER +# G3 192 \300 M-@ single lower left ACS_LLCORNER +# G4 217 \331 M-Y single lower right ACS_LRCORNER +# G5 187 \273 M-; double upper right +# G6 201 \311 M-I double upper left +# G7 200 \310 M-H double lower left +# G8 188 \274 M-< double lower right +# GC 197 \305 M-E single intersection ACS_PLUS _ _ +# GD 194 \302 M-B single down-tick ACS_TTEE | +# GH 196 \304 M-D single horizontal line ACS_HLINE +# GL 180 \264 M-4 single left tick ACS_RTEE -| +# GR 195 \303 M-C single right tick ACS_LTEE |- +# GU 193 \301 M-A single up tick ACS_BTEE _|_ +# GV 179 \263 M-3 single vertical line ACS_VLINE +# Gc 206 \316 M-N double intersection +# Gd 203 \313 M-K double down tick +# Gh 205 \315 M-M double horizontal line +# Gl 204 \204 M-L double left tick +# Gr 185 \271 M-9 double right tick +# Gu 202 \312 M-J double up tick +# Gv 186 \272 M-: double vertical line +# +# The compiler will translate the single-line caps and discard the others +# (via IGNORE aliases further down). We don't want to do normal pad +# translation on these, they're often single-character printable ASCII +# strings that happen to be numerics. There's awk code in parametrized.sh +# that detects the acs_ prefix and uses it to suppress pad translation. +# These terminfo names are invented. +# +acs_ulcorner OTG2 str G2 ----- single upper left +acs_llcorner OTG3 str G3 ----- single lower left +acs_urcorner OTG1 str G1 ----- single upper right +acs_lrcorner OTG4 str G4 ----- single lower right +acs_ltee OTGR str GR ----- tee pointing right +acs_rtee OTGL str GL ----- tee pointing left +acs_btee OTGU str GU ----- tee pointing up +acs_ttee OTGD str GD ----- tee pointing down +acs_hline OTGH str GH ----- single horizontal line +acs_vline OTGV str GV ----- single vertical line +acs_plus OTGC str GC ----- single intersection +# +############################################################################# +# +# TERMINFO EXTENSION CAPABILITIES +# +# This section is almost all comments. What it's mainly for is to describe +# what capabilities need to be squeezed out to get down to the XSI Curses +# standard set. They are flagged with K. +# +# HP extensions +# +# These extensions follow ptr_non (replacing everything after it) in HP +# terminfo files. Except for memory_lock and memory_unlock, they are +# functionally identical to SVr4 extensions, but they make the binary format +# different. Grrr.... +# +memory_lock meml str ml ----K memory lock above +memory_unlock memu str mu ----K memory unlock +#plab_norm pln str pn ----- program label #1 to show string #2 +#label_on smln str LO ----- turn on soft labels +#label_off rmln str LF ----- turn off soft labels +#key_f11 kf11 str F1 ----- F11 function key +#key_f12 kf12 str F2 ----- F12 function key +#key_f13 kf13 str F3 ----- F13 function key +#key_f14 kf14 str F4 ----- F14 function key +#key_f15 kf15 str F5 ----- F15 function key +#key_f16 kf16 str F6 ----- F16 function key +#key_f17 kf17 str F7 ----- F17 function key +#key_f18 kf18 str F8 ----- F18 function key +#key_f19 kf19 str F9 ----- F19 function key +#key_f20 kf20 str FA ----- F20 function key +#key_f21 kf21 str FB ----- F21 function key +#key_f22 kf22 str FC ----- F22 function key +#key_f23 kf23 str FD ----- F23 function key +#key_f24 kf24 str FE ----- F24 function key +#key_f25 kf25 str FF ----- F25 function key +#key_f26 kf26 str FG ----- F26 function key +#key_f27 kf27 str FH ----- F27 function key +#key_f28 kf28 str FI ----- F28 function key +#key_f29 kf29 str FJ ----- F29 function key +#key_f30 kf30 str FK ----- F30 function key +#key_f31 kf31 str FL ----- F31 function key +#key_f32 kf32 str FM ----- F32 function key +#key_f33 kf33 str FN ----- F33 function key +#key_f34 kf34 str FO ----- F34 function key +#key_f35 kf35 str FP ----- F35 function key +#key_f36 kf36 str FQ ----- F36 function key +#key_f37 kf37 str FR ----- F37 function key +#key_f38 kf38 str FS ----- F38 function key +#key_f39 kf39 str FT ----- F39 function key +#key_f40 kf40 str FU ----- F40 function key +#key_f41 kf41 str FV ----- F41 function key +#key_f42 kf42 str FW ----- F42 function key +#key_f43 kf43 str FX ----- F43 function key +#key_f44 kf44 str FY ----- F44 function key +#key_f45 kf45 str FZ ----- F45 function key +#key_f46 kf46 str Fa ----- F46 function key +#key_f47 kf47 str Fb ----- F47 function key +#key_f48 kf48 str Fc ----- F48 function key +#key_f49 kf49 str Fd ----- F49 function key +#key_f50 kf50 str Fe ----- F50 function key +#key_f51 kf51 str Ff ----- F51 function key +#key_f52 kf52 str Fg ----- F52 function key +#key_f53 kf53 str Fh ----- F53 function key +#key_f54 kf54 str Fi ----- F54 function key +#key_f55 kf55 str Fj ----- F55 function key +#key_f56 kf56 str Fk ----- F56 function key +#key_f57 kf57 str Fl ----- F57 function key +#key_f58 kf58 str Fm ----- F58 function key +#key_f59 kf59 str Fn ----- F59 function key +#key_f60 kf60 str Fo ----- F60 function key +#key_f61 kf61 str Fp ----- F61 function key +#key_f62 kf62 str Fq ----- F62 function key +#key_f63 kf63 str Fr ----- F63 function key +# +# IBM extensions +# +# These extensions follow ptr_non (replacing everything after it) in IBM +# terminfo files. +# +# The places in the box[12] capabilities correspond to acsc chars, here is +# the mapping: +# +# box1[0] = ACS_ULCORNER +# box1[1] = ACS_HLINE +# box1[2] = ACS_URCORNER +# box1[3] = ACS_VLINE +# box1[4] = ACS_LRCORNER +# box1[5] = ACS_LLCORNER +# box1[6] = ACS_TTEE +# box1[7] = ACS_RTEE +# box1[8] = ACS_BTEE +# box1[9] = ACS_LTEE +# box1[10] = ACS_PLUS +# +# The box2 characters are the double-line versions of these forms graphics. +# +box_chars_1 box1 str bx ----K box chars primary set +#box_chars_2 box2 str by ----K box chars secondary set +#box_attr_1 batt1 str Bx ----K attributes for box1 +#box_attr_2 batt2 str By ----K attributes for box2 +#color_bg_0 colb0 str d0 ----K background color 0 +#color_bg_1 colb1 str d1 ----K background color 1 +#color_bg_2 colb2 str d2 ----K background color 2 +#color_bg_3 colb3 str d3 ----K background color 3 +#color_bg_4 colb4 str d4 ----K background color 4 +#color_bg_5 colb5 str d5 ----K background color 5 +#color_bg_6 colb6 str d6 ----K background color 6 +#color_bg_7 colb7 str d7 ----K background color 7 +#color_fg_0 colf0 str c0 ----K foreground color 0 +#color_fg_1 colf1 str c1 ----K foreground color 1 +#color_fg_2 colf2 str c2 ----K foreground color 2 +#color_fg_3 colf3 str c3 ----K foreground color 3 +#color_fg_4 colf4 str c4 ----K foreground color 4 +#color_fg_5 colf5 str c5 ----K foreground color 5 +#color_fg_6 colf6 str c6 ----K foreground color 6 +#color_fg_7 colf7 str c7 ----K foreground color 7 +#font_0 font0 str f0 ----- select font 0 +#font_1 font1 str f1 ----- select font 1 +#font_2 font2 str f2 ----- select font 2 +#font_3 font3 str f3 ----- select font 3 +#font_4 font4 str f4 ----K select font 4 +#font_5 font5 str f5 ----K select font 5 +#font_6 font6 str f6 ----K select font 6 +#font_7 font7 str f7 ----K select font 7 +#key_back_tab kbtab str k0 ----- backtab key +#key_do kdo str ki ----K do request key +#key_command kcmd str kd ----K command-request key +#key_command_pane kcpn str kW ----K command-pane key +#key_end kend str kw ----- end key +#key_help khlp str kq ----- help key +#key_newline knl str nl ----K newline key +#key_next_pane knpn str kv ----K next-pane key +#key_prev_cmd kppn str kp ----K previous-command key +#key_prev_pane kppn str kV ----K previous-pane key +#key_quit kquit str kQ ----K quit key +#key_select ksel str kU ----- select key +#key_scroll_left kscl str kz ----K scroll left +#key_scroll_right kscr str kZ ----K scroll right +#key_tab ktab str ko ----K tab key +#key_smap_in1 kmpf1 str Kv ----K special mapped key 1 input +#key_smap_out1 kmpt1 str KV ----K special mapped key 1 output +#key_smap_in2 kmpf2 str Kw ----K special mapped key 2 input +#key_smap_out2 kmpt2 str KW ----K special mapped key 2 output +#key_smap_in3 kmpf3 str Kx ----K special mapped key 3 input +#key_smap_out3 kmpt3 str KX ----K special mapped key 3 output +#key_smap_in4 kmpf4 str Ky ----K special mapped key 4 input +#key_smap_out4 kmpt4 str KY ----K special mapped key 4 output +#key_smap_in5 kmpf5 str Kz ----K special mapped key 5 input +#key_smap_out5 kmpt5 str KZ ----K special mapped key 5 output +#appl_defined_str apstr str za ----K application-defined string +# The key_smap_in[6789] and key_smap_out[6789] capabilities aren't described in +# the IBM manual pages, so the cap name strings are guesses. The terminfo +# names are almost certainly right, the termcap ones almost certainly wrong. +#key_smap_in6 kmpf6 str k! ----K special mapped key 6 input +#key_smap_out6 kmpt6 str K@ ----K special mapped key 6 output +#key_smap_in7 kmpf7 str k# ----K special mapped key 7 input +#key_smap_out7 kmpt7 str K$ ----K special mapped key 7 output +#key_smap_in8 kmpf8 str k% ----K special mapped key 8 input +#key_smap_out8 kmpt8 str K^ ----K special mapped key 8 output +#key_smap_in9 kmpf9 str k& ----K special mapped key 9 input +#key_smap_out9 kmpt9 str K* ----K special mapped key 9 output +# Undocumented capabilities end here +#key_sf1 ksf1 str S1 ----K special function key 1 +#key_sf2 ksf2 str S2 ----K special function key 2 +#key_sf3 ksf3 str S3 ----K special function key 3 +#key_sf4 ksf4 str S4 ----K special function key 4 +#key_sf5 ksf5 str S5 ----K special function key 5 +#key_sf6 ksf6 str S6 ----K special function key 6 +#key_sf7 ksf7 str S7 ----K special function key 7 +#key_sf8 ksf8 str S8 ----K special function key 8 +#key_sf9 ksf9 str S9 ----K special function key 9 +#key_sf10 ksf10 str SA ----K special function key 10 +#key_f11 kf11 str k< ----- function key 11 +#key_f12 kf12 str k> ----- function key 12 +# The key_f13 through key_f64 capabilities aren't described in +# the IBM manual pages, so the cap name strings are guesses. The terminfo +# names are almost certainly right, the termcap ones certainly wrong. +#key_f13 kf13 str k+ ----- function key 13 +#key_f14 kf14 str k+ ----- function key 14 +#key_f15 kf15 str k+ ----- function key 15 +#key_f16 kf16 str k+ ----- function key 16 +#key_f17 kf17 str k+ ----- function key 17 +#key_f18 kf18 str k+ ----- function key 18 +#key_f19 kf19 str k+ ----- function key 19 +#key_f20 kf20 str k+ ----- function key 20 +#key_f21 kf21 str k+ ----- function key 21 +#key_f22 kf22 str k+ ----- function key 22 +#key_f23 kf23 str k+ ----- function key 23 +#key_f24 kf24 str k+ ----- function key 24 +#key_f25 kf25 str k+ ----- function key 25 +#key_f26 kf26 str k+ ----- function key 26 +#key_f27 kf26 str k+ ----- function key 26 +#key_f28 kf28 str k+ ----- function key 28 +#key_f29 kf29 str k+ ----- function key 29 +#key_f30 kf30 str k+ ----- function key 30 +#key_f31 kf31 str k+ ----- function key 31 +#key_f32 kf31 str k+ ----- function key 32 +#key_f33 kf33 str k+ ----- function key 33 +#key_f34 kf34 str k+ ----- function key 34 +#key_f35 kf35 str k+ ----- function key 35 +#key_f36 kf36 str k+ ----- function key 36 +#key_f37 kf37 str k+ ----- function key 37 +#key_f38 kf38 str k+ ----- function key 38 +#key_f39 kf39 str k+ ----- function key 39 +#key_f40 kf40 str k+ ----- function key 40 +#key_f41 kf41 str k+ ----- function key 41 +#key_f42 kf42 str k+ ----- function key 42 +#key_f43 kf43 str k+ ----- function key 43 +#key_f44 kf44 str k+ ----- function key 44 +#key_f45 kf45 str k+ ----- function key 45 +#key_f46 kf46 str k+ ----- function key 46 +#key_f47 kf47 str k+ ----- function key 47 +#key_f48 kf48 str k+ ----- function key 48 +#key_f49 kf49 str k+ ----- function key 49 +#key_f50 kf50 str k+ ----- function key 50 +#key_f51 kf51 str k+ ----- function key 51 +#key_f52 kf52 str k+ ----- function key 52 +#key_f53 kf53 str k+ ----- function key 53 +#key_f54 kf54 str k+ ----- function key 54 +#key_f55 kf55 str k+ ----- function key 55 +#key_f56 kf56 str k+ ----- function key 56 +#key_f57 kf57 str k+ ----- function key 57 +#key_f58 kf58 str k+ ----- function key 58 +#key_f59 kf59 str k+ ----- function key 59 +#key_f60 kf60 str k+ ----- function key 60 +#key_f61 kf61 str k+ ----- function key 61 +#key_f62 kf62 str k+ ----- function key 62 +#key_f63 kf63 str k+ ----- function key 63 +# Undocumented capabilities end here. +#key_action kact str kJ ----K sent by action key +# The IBM docs say these capabilities are for table-drawing, and are +# valid only for aixterm descriptions. +#enter_topline_mode topl str tp ----K start top-line mode +#enter_bottom_mode btml str bm ----K start bottom-line mode +#enter_rvert_mode rvert str rv ----K start right-vertical mode +#enter_lvert_mode lvert str lv ----K start left-vertical mode +# +############################################################################# +# +# ALIAS DECLARATIONS +# +# Here we set up aliases for translating extensions into standard terminfo. +# +#---------------------------------- Termcap aliases ------------------------- +# +# BSD aliases: +# +# This is a common error in many termcap files. We'll get notified during +# translation when this (or any other alias) fires. +# +capalias sb sr BSD scroll text down +# +# AT&T extensions: +# +# The old AT&T 5410, 5420, 5425, pc6300plus, 610, and s4 entries used a set of +# nonstandard capabilities. Its signature is the KM capability, used to name +# some sort of keymap file. EE, BO, CI, CV, XS, DS, FL and FE are in this +# set. Comments in the original, and a little cross-checking with other AT&T +# documentation, seem to establish the following mappings: +# +capalias BO mr AT&T enter_reverse_mode +capalias CI vi AT&T cursor_invisible +capalias CV ve AT&T cursor_normal +capalias DS mh AT&T enter_dim_mode +#capalias EE me AT&T exit_attribute_mode +capalias FE LF AT&T label_on +capalias FL LO AT&T label_off +capalias XS mk AT&T enter_secure_mode +# +# We comment out EE because the conflicting XENIX EE is more common in +# old entries. +# +# XENIX extensions: +# +# These are the ones we know how to translate directly: +# +capalias EE mh XENIX exit_attribute_mode +capalias GE ae XENIX exit_alt_charset_mode +capalias GS as XENIX enter_alt_charset_mode +capalias CF vi XENIX cursor_invis +capalias CO ve XENIX cursor_normal +capalias EN @7 XENIX key_end +capalias HM kh XENIX key_home +capalias LD kL XENIX key_dl +capalias PD kN XENIX key_npage +capalias PN po XENIX prtr_off +capalias PS pf XENIX prtr_on +capalias PU kP XENIX key_ppage +capalias RT @8 XENIX kent +capalias UP ku XENIX kcuu1 +capalias G6 IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_ULCORNER +capalias G7 IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_LLCORNER +capalias G5 IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_URCORNER +capalias G8 IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_LRCORNER +capalias Gr IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_LTEE +capalias Gr IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_RTEE +capalias Gu IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_BTEE +capalias Gd IGNORE XENIX double ACS_TTEE +capalias Gh IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_HLINE +capalias Gv IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_VLINE +capalias Gc IGNORE XENIX double-ACS_PLUS +capalias GG IGNORE XENIX acs-glitch +# +# IBM extensions: +# +capalias kq %1 IBM key_help +# +# Iris extensions: +# +capalias HS mh IRIS enter_dim_mode +# +# Tektronix extensions: +# +capalias KA k; Tek key_f10 +capalias KB F1 Tek key_f11 +capalias KC F2 Tek key_f12 +capalias KD F3 Tek key_f13 +capalias KE F4 Tek key_f14 +capalias KF F5 Tek key_f15 +capalias BC Sb Tek set_background +capalias FC Sf Tek set_foreground +# +# There are also the following: +# +# XENIX XENIX variable name name clash with terminfo? +# ----- ------------------- ------------------------- +# CL key_char_left +# CR key_char_right +# CW key_change_window +# HP ?? +# LF key_linefeed label_off +# NU key_next_unlocked_cell +# PL ?? +# PR ?? +# RC key_recalc remove_clock +# RF key_toggle_ref req_for_input +# WL key_word_left +# WR key_word_right +# +# If you know what any of the questionmarked ones mean, please tell us. +# +#--------------------------------- Terminfo aliases ------------------------ +# +# IBM extensions: +# +infoalias font0 s0ds IBM set0_des_seq +infoalias font1 s1ds IBM set1_des_seq +infoalias font2 s2ds IBM set2_des_seq +infoalias font3 s3ds IBM set3_des_seq +infoalias kbtab kcbt IBM key_backtab +infoalias ksel kslt IBM key_select +# +# Some others are identical to SVr4/XPG4 capabilities, in particular: +# kcmd, kend, khlp, and kf11...kf63. +# +############################################################################# +# +# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +# Local Variables: +# case-fold-search:nil +# truncate-lines:t +# End: diff --git a/include/MKhashsize.sh b/include/MKhashsize.sh new file mode 100755 index 00000000..d11d7bf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/MKhashsize.sh @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# +# MKhashsize.sh --- generate size include for hash functions +# +echo "/*" +echo " * hashsize.h -- hash and token table constants" +echo " */" + +CAPS="${1-Caps}" +TABSIZE=`grep -v '^[ #]' $CAPS | grep -v "^$" | grep -v "^capalias"| grep -v "^infoalias" | wc -l` + +echo "" +echo "#define CAPTABSIZE ${TABSIZE}" +echo "#define HASHTABSIZE (${TABSIZE} * 2)" diff --git a/include/MKparametrized.sh b/include/MKparametrized.sh new file mode 100755 index 00000000..a957229d --- /dev/null +++ b/include/MKparametrized.sh @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# +# MKparametrized.sh -- generate indirection vectors for various sort methods +# +# The output of this script is C source for an array specifying whether +# termcap strings should undergo parameter and padding translation. +# +CAPS="${1-Caps}" +cat <" + print "#define TTY struct termios" + print "" + print "#else /* !HAVE_TERMIOS_H */" + print "" + print "#if HAVE_TERMIO_H" + print "#ifndef TERMIOS" + print "#define TERMIOS 1" + print "#endif" + print "#include " + print "#define TTY struct termio" + print "#define TCSANOW TCSETA" + print "#define TCSADRAIN TCSETAW" + print "#define TCSAFLUSH TCSETAF" + print "#define tcsetattr(fd, cmd, arg) ioctl(fd, cmd, arg)" + print "#define tcgetattr(fd, arg) ioctl(fd, TCGETA, arg)" + print "#define cfgetospeed(t) ((t)->c_cflag & CBAUD)" + print "#define TCIFLUSH 0" + print "#define TCOFLUSH 1" + print "#define TCIOFLUSH 2" + print "#define tcflush(fd, arg) ioctl(fd, TCFLSH, arg)" + print "" + print "#else /* !HAVE_TERMIO_H */" + print "" + print "#undef TERMIOS" + print "#include " + print "#include " + print "#define TTY struct sgttyb" + print "" + print "#endif /* HAVE_TERMIO_H */" + print "" + print "#endif /* HAVE_TERMIOS_H */" + print "" + print "#ifdef TERMIOS" + print "#define GET_TTY(fd, buf) tcgetattr(fd, buf)" + print "#define SET_TTY(fd, buf) tcsetattr(fd, TCSADRAIN, buf)" + print "#else" + print "#define GET_TTY(fd, buf) gtty(fd, buf)" + print "#define SET_TTY(fd, buf) stty(fd, buf)" + print "#endif" + print "" + print "extern char ttytype[];" + print "#define NAMESIZE 256" + print "" + print "#define CUR cur_term->type." + print "" + } + +$2 == "%%-STOP-HERE-%%" { + print "" + printf "#define BOOLWRITE %d\n", BoolCount + printf "#define NUMWRITE %d\n", NumberCount + printf "#define STRWRITE %d\n", StringCount + print "" + print "/* older synonyms for some capabilities */" + print "#define beehive_glitch no_esc_ctlc" + print "#define teleray_glitch dest_tabs_magic_smso" + print "" + print "/* XSI synonyms */" + print "#define micro_col_size micro_char_size" + print "" + print "#ifdef __INTERNAL_CAPS_VISIBLE" + } + +/^#/ {next;} + +$3 == "bool" { + printf "#define %-30s CUR Booleans[%d]\n", $1, BoolCount++ + } + +$3 == "num" { + printf "#define %-30s CUR Numbers[%d]\n", $1, NumberCount++ + } + +$3 == "str" { + printf "#define %-30s CUR Strings[%d]\n", $1, StringCount++ + } + +END { + print "#endif /* __INTERNAL_CAPS_VISIBLE */" + print "" + print "" + printf "#define BOOLCOUNT %d\n", BoolCount + printf "#define NUMCOUNT %d\n", NumberCount + printf "#define STRCOUNT %d\n", StringCount + print "" + print "typedef struct termtype { /* in-core form of terminfo data */" + print " char *term_names; /* str_table offset of term names */" + print " char *str_table; /* pointer to string table */" + print " char Booleans[BOOLCOUNT]; /* array of values */" + print " short Numbers[NUMCOUNT]; /* array of values */" + print " char *Strings[STRCOUNT]; /* array of string offsets */" + print "} TERMTYPE;" + print "" + print "typedef struct term { /* describe an actual terminal */" + print " TERMTYPE type; /* terminal type description */" + print " short Filedes; /* file description being written to */" + print " TTY Ottyb, /* original state of the terminal */" + print " Nttyb; /* current state of the terminal */" + print "} TERMINAL;" + print "" + print "extern TERMINAL *cur_term;" + print "" + print "" + print "#ifdef __cplusplus" + print "extern \"C\" {" + print "#endif" + print "" + print "#if BROKEN_LINKER" + print "#define boolnames _nc_boolnames()" + print "#define boolcodes _nc_boolcodes()" + print "#define boolfnames _nc_boolfnames()" + print "#define numnames _nc_numnames()" + print "#define numcodes _nc_numcodes()" + print "#define numfnames _nc_numfnames()" + print "#define strnames _nc_strnames()" + print "#define strcodes _nc_strcodes()" + print "#define strfnames _nc_strfnames()" + print "" + print "extern char * const *_nc_boolnames(void);" + print "extern char * const *_nc_boolcodes(void);" + print "extern char * const *_nc_boolfnames(void);" + print "extern char * const *_nc_numnames(void);" + print "extern char * const *_nc_numcodes(void);" + print "extern char * const *_nc_numfnames(void);" + print "extern char * const *_nc_strnames(void);" + print "extern char * const *_nc_strcodes(void);" + print "extern char * const *_nc_strfnames(void);" + print "" + print "#else" + print "" + print "extern char *const boolnames[];" + print "extern char *const boolcodes[];" + print "extern char *const boolfnames[];" + print "extern char *const numnames[];" + print "extern char *const numcodes[];" + print "extern char *const numfnames[];" + print "extern char *const strnames[];" + print "extern char *const strcodes[];" + print "extern char *const strfnames[];" + print "" + print "#endif" + print "" + print "/* internals */" + print "extern int _nc_read_entry(const char * const, char * const, TERMTYPE *const);" + print "extern int _nc_read_file_entry(const char *const, TERMTYPE *);" + print "extern char *_nc_first_name(const char *const);" + print "extern int _nc_name_match(const char *const, const char *const, const char *const);" + print "extern int _nc_read_termcap_entry(const char *const, TERMTYPE *const);" + print "extern const TERMTYPE *_nc_fallback(const char *);" + print "" + print "/* entry points */" + print "extern TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *);" + print "extern int del_curterm(TERMINAL *);" + print "" + print "/* entry points */" + print "extern int putp(const char *);" + print "extern int restartterm(const char *, int, int *);" + print "extern int setupterm(const char *,int,int *);" + print "extern int tgetent(char *, const char *);" + print "extern int tgetflag(const char *);" + print "extern int tgetnum(const char *);" + print "extern char *tgetstr(const char *, char **);" + print "extern char *tgoto(const char *, int, int);" + print "extern int tigetflag(const char *);" + print "extern int tigetnum(const char *);" + print "extern char *tigetstr(const char *);" + print "extern char *tparm(const char *, ...);" + print "extern int tputs(const char *, int, int (*)(int));" + print "" + print "#ifdef __cplusplus" + print "}" + print "#endif" + print "" + print "#endif /* TERM_H */" + } diff --git a/include/Makefile.in b/include/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5d521e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.17 1997/04/05 23:38:51 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Makefile for ncurses source code. +# +# This makes/installs ncurses include-files +# +# The variable 'srcdir' refers to the source-distribution, and can be set with +# the configure script by "--srcdir=DIR". + +# turn off _all_ suffix rules; we'll generate our own +.SUFFIXES: + +SHELL = /bin/sh +THIS = Makefile + +INSTALL_PREFIX = @INSTALL_PREFIX@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +includedir = @includedir@ + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +AWK = @AWK@ + +VERSION = @nc_cv_rel_version@ + +# These files are generated by the configure script +CONFIG_SRC = \ + MKterm.h.awk \ + curses.h \ + termcap.h \ + unctrl.h + +# These files are generated by this makefile +AUTO_SRC = \ + hashsize.h \ + parametrized.h \ + term.h + +################################################################################ +all \ +install :: $(AUTO_SRC) + +term.h: $(srcdir)/Caps MKterm.h.awk + $(AWK) -f MKterm.h.awk $(srcdir)/Caps > $@ + sh $(srcdir)/edit_cfg.sh ../include/ncurses_cfg.h $@ + +hashsize.h: $(srcdir)/Caps $(srcdir)/MKhashsize.sh + sh $(srcdir)/MKhashsize.sh $(srcdir)/Caps >$@ + +parametrized.h: $(srcdir)/Caps $(srcdir)/MKparametrized.sh + sh $(srcdir)/MKparametrized.sh $(srcdir)/Caps >$@ + +tags: + ctags *.[ch] + +TAGS: + etags *.[ch] + +mostlyclean :: + -rm -f tags TAGS *~ + +clean :: mostlyclean + -rm -f $(AUTO_SRC) + +distclean :: clean + -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_SRC) + +realclean :: distclean + +############################################################################### +# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration +############################################################################### diff --git a/include/capdefaults.c b/include/capdefaults.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a7ceda19 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/capdefaults.c @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* $Id: capdefaults.c,v 1.4 1996/08/18 00:56:09 tom Exp $ */ + + /* + * Compute obsolete capabilities. The reason this is an include file + * is that the two places where it's needed want the macros to + * generate offsets to different structures. See the file Caps for + * explanations of these conversions. + * + * Note: This code is the functional inverse of the first part + * of postprocess_entry(). + */ + { + char *sp; + int capval; + +#define VALID_STRING(s) ((s) && s != CANCELLED_STRING) +#define EXTRACT_DELAY(str) (sp = strchr(str, '*'), sp ? atoi(sp+1) : 0) + + /* current (4.4BSD) capabilities marked obsolete */ + if (VALID_STRING(carriage_return) + && (capval = EXTRACT_DELAY(carriage_return))) + carriage_return_delay = capval; + if (VALID_STRING(newline) && (capval = EXTRACT_DELAY(newline))) + new_line_delay = capval; + + /* current (4.4BSD) capabilities not obsolete */ + if (!VALID_STRING(termcap_init2) && VALID_STRING(init_3string)) + { + termcap_init2 = init_3string; + init_3string = (char *)NULL; + } + if (VALID_STRING(reset_1string) + && !VALID_STRING(reset_2string) + && VALID_STRING(reset_3string)) + { + termcap_reset = reset_1string; + reset_1string = (char *)NULL; + } + if (magic_cookie_glitch_ul < 0 && magic_cookie_glitch && VALID_STRING(enter_underline_mode)) + magic_cookie_glitch_ul = magic_cookie_glitch; + + /* totally obsolete capabilities */ + linefeed_is_newline = VALID_STRING(newline) + && (strcmp("\n", newline) == 0); + if (VALID_STRING(cursor_left) + && (capval = EXTRACT_DELAY(cursor_left))) + backspace_delay = capval; + if (VALID_STRING(tab) && (capval = EXTRACT_DELAY(tab))) + horizontal_tab_delay = capval; +#undef EXTRACT_DELAY + } diff --git a/include/config_h.in b/include/config_h.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b4c65508 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/config_h.in @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * Copyright 1995 by Thomas E. Dickey * + * All Rights Reserved. * + * * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * + * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * + * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * + * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) * + * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * + * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED * + * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, * + * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO * + * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY * + * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER * + * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF * + * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN * + * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * + ******************************************************************************/ +/* + * This is a template-file used to generate the "ncurses_cfg.h" file. + * + * Rather than list every definition, the configuration script substitutes + * the definitions that it finds using 'sed'. + */ +@DEFS@ diff --git a/include/curses.h.in b/include/curses.h.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..43e474ba --- /dev/null +++ b/include/curses.h.in @@ -0,0 +1,1285 @@ +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* $Id: curses.h.in,v 1.44 1997/04/20 01:32:08 tom Exp $ */ + +#ifndef __NCURSES_H +#define __NCURSES_H +#define CURSES 1 +#define CURSES_H 1 + +/* These are defined only in curses.h, and are used for conditional compiles */ +#define NCURSES_VERSION_MAJOR @NCURSES_MAJOR@ +#define NCURSES_VERSION_MINOR @NCURSES_MINOR@ +#define NCURSES_VERSION_PATCH @NCURSES_PATCH@ + +/* This is defined in more than one ncurses header, for identification */ +#undef NCURSES_VERSION +#define NCURSES_VERSION "@NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@" + +#ifdef NCURSES_NOMACROS +#define NCURSES_ATTR_T attr_t +#endif + +#ifndef NCURSES_ATTR_T +#define NCURSES_ATTR_T int +#endif + +#ifndef NCURSES_CONST +#define NCURSES_CONST /* nothing */ +#endif + +#ifndef _UNCTRL_H +typedef unsigned long chtype; +#endif + +#include +#include +#include /* we need va_list */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +#include /* we want wchar_t */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ + +/* XSI and SVr4 specify that curses implements 'bool'. However, C++ may also + * implement it. If so, we must use the C++ compiler's type to avoid conflict + * with other interfaces. + * + * To simplify use with/without the configuration script, we define the symbols + * CXX_BUILTIN_BOOL and CXX_TYPE_OF_BOOL; they're edited by the configure + * script. + */ + +#undef TRUE +#undef FALSE +#define CXX_BUILTIN_BOOL @nc_cv_builtin_bool@ +#define CXX_TYPE_OF_BOOL @nc_cv_type_of_bool@ + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && CXX_BUILTIN_BOOL +#define TRUE ((CXX_TYPE_OF_BOOL)true) +#define FALSE ((CXX_TYPE_OF_BOOL)false) +#else +typedef CXX_TYPE_OF_BOOL bool; +#define TRUE ((bool)1) +#define FALSE ((bool)0) +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* + * XSI attributes. In the ncurses implementation, they are identical to the + * A_ attributes because attr_t is just an int. The XSI Curses attr_* and + * wattr_* entry points are all mapped to attr* and wattr* entry points. + */ +#define WA_ATTRIBUTES 0xffffff00 +#define WA_NORMAL 0x00000000 +#define WA_STANDOUT 0x00010000 +#define WA_UNDERLINE 0x00020000 +#define WA_REVERSE 0x00040000 +#define WA_BLINK 0x00080000 +#define WA_DIM 0x00100000 +#define WA_BOLD 0x00200000 +#define WA_ALTCHARSET 0x00400000 +#define WA_INVIS 0x00800000 +#define WA_PROTECT 0x01000000 +#define WA_HORIZONTAL 0x02000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */ +#define WA_LEFT 0x04000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */ +#define WA_LOW 0x08000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */ +#define WA_RIGHT 0x10000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */ +#define WA_TOP 0x20000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */ +#define WA_VERTICAL 0x40000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */ + +/* colors */ +extern int COLORS; +extern int COLOR_PAIRS; + +#define COLOR_BLACK 0 +#define COLOR_RED 1 +#define COLOR_GREEN 2 +#define COLOR_YELLOW 3 +#define COLOR_BLUE 4 +#define COLOR_MAGENTA 5 +#define COLOR_CYAN 6 +#define COLOR_WHITE 7 + +/* line graphics */ + +extern chtype acs_map[]; + +/* VT100 symbols begin here */ +#define ACS_ULCORNER (acs_map['l']) /* upper left corner */ +#define ACS_LLCORNER (acs_map['m']) /* lower left corner */ +#define ACS_URCORNER (acs_map['k']) /* upper right corner */ +#define ACS_LRCORNER (acs_map['j']) /* lower right corner */ +#define ACS_LTEE (acs_map['t']) /* tee pointing right */ +#define ACS_RTEE (acs_map['u']) /* tee pointing left */ +#define ACS_BTEE (acs_map['v']) /* tee pointing up */ +#define ACS_TTEE (acs_map['w']) /* tee pointing down */ +#define ACS_HLINE (acs_map['q']) /* horizontal line */ +#define ACS_VLINE (acs_map['x']) /* vertical line */ +#define ACS_PLUS (acs_map['n']) /* large plus or crossover */ +#define ACS_S1 (acs_map['o']) /* scan line 1 */ +#define ACS_S9 (acs_map['s']) /* scan line 9 */ +#define ACS_DIAMOND (acs_map['`']) /* diamond */ +#define ACS_CKBOARD (acs_map['a']) /* checker board (stipple) */ +#define ACS_DEGREE (acs_map['f']) /* degree symbol */ +#define ACS_PLMINUS (acs_map['g']) /* plus/minus */ +#define ACS_BULLET (acs_map['~']) /* bullet */ +/* Teletype 5410v1 symbols begin here */ +#define ACS_LARROW (acs_map[',']) /* arrow pointing left */ +#define ACS_RARROW (acs_map['+']) /* arrow pointing right */ +#define ACS_DARROW (acs_map['.']) /* arrow pointing down */ +#define ACS_UARROW (acs_map['-']) /* arrow pointing up */ +#define ACS_BOARD (acs_map['h']) /* board of squares */ +#define ACS_LANTERN (acs_map['I']) /* lantern symbol */ +#define ACS_BLOCK (acs_map['0']) /* solid square block */ +/* + * These aren't documented, but a lot of System Vs have them anyway + * (you can spot pprryyzz{{||}} in a lot of AT&T terminfo strings). + * The ACS_names may not match AT&T's, our source didn't know them. + */ +#define ACS_S3 (acs_map['p']) /* scan line 3 */ +#define ACS_S7 (acs_map['r']) /* scan line 7 */ +#define ACS_LEQUAL (acs_map['y']) /* less/equal */ +#define ACS_GEQUAL (acs_map['z']) /* greater/equal */ +#define ACS_PI (acs_map['{']) /* Pi */ +#define ACS_NEQUAL (acs_map['|']) /* not equal */ +#define ACS_STERLING (acs_map['}']) /* UK pound sign */ + +/* + * Line drawing ACS names are of the form ACS_trbl, where t is the top, r + * is the right, b is the bottom, and l is the left. t, r, b, and l might + * be B (blank), S (single), D (double), or T (thick). The subset defined + * here only uses B and S. + */ +#define ACS_BSSB ACS_ULCORNER +#define ACS_SSBB ACS_LLCORNER +#define ACS_BBSS ACS_URCORNER +#define ACS_SBBS ACS_LRCORNER +#define ACS_SBSS ACS_RTEE +#define ACS_SSSB ACS_LTEE +#define ACS_SSBS ACS_BTEE +#define ACS_BSSS ACS_TTEE +#define ACS_BSBS ACS_HLINE +#define ACS_SBSB ACS_VLINE +#define ACS_SSSS ACS_PLUS + +#if !defined(ERR) || ((ERR) != -1) +#define ERR (-1) +#endif + +#if !defined(OK) || ((OK) != 0) +#define OK (0) +#endif + +/* values for the _flags member */ +#define _SUBWIN 0x01 /* is this a sub-window? */ +#define _ENDLINE 0x02 /* is the window flush right? */ +#define _FULLWIN 0x04 /* is the window full-screen? */ +#define _SCROLLWIN 0x08 /* bottom edge is at screen bottom? */ +#define _ISPAD 0x10 /* is this window a pad? */ +#define _HASMOVED 0x20 /* has cursor moved since last refresh? */ +#define _WRAPPED 0x40 /* cursor was just wrappped */ + +/* + * this value is used in the firstchar and lastchar fields to mark + * unchanged lines + */ +#define _NOCHANGE -1 + +/* + * this value is used in the oldindex field to mark lines created by insertions + * and scrolls. + */ +#define _NEWINDEX -1 + +typedef struct screen SCREEN; +typedef struct _win_st WINDOW; + +typedef chtype attr_t; /* ...must be at least as wide as chtype */ + +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +#ifndef _WCHAR_T +typedef unsigned long wchar_t; +#endif /* _WCHAR_T */ +#ifndef _WINT_T +typedef long int wint_t; +#endif /* _WINT_T */ + +#define CCHARW_MAX 5 +typedef struct +{ + attr_t attr; + wchar_t chars[CCHARW_MAX]; +} +cchar_t; +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ + +struct _win_st { + short _cury, _curx; /* current cursor position */ + + /* window location and size */ + short _maxy, _maxx; /* maximums of x and y, NOT window size */ + short _begy, _begx; /* screen coords of upper-left-hand corner */ + + short _flags; /* window state flags */ + + /* attribute tracking */ + attr_t _attrs; /* current attribute for non-space character */ + chtype _bkgd; /* current background char/attribute pair */ + + /* option values set by user */ + bool _notimeout; /* no time out on function-key entry? */ + bool _clear; /* consider all data in the window invalid? */ + bool _leaveok; /* OK to not reset cursor on exit? */ + bool _scroll; /* OK to scroll this window? */ + bool _idlok; /* OK to use insert/delete line? */ + bool _idcok; /* OK to use insert/delete char? */ + bool _immed; /* window in immed mode? (not yet used) */ + bool _sync; /* window in sync mode? */ + bool _use_keypad; /* process function keys into KEY_ symbols? */ + int _delay; /* 0 = nodelay, <0 = blocking, >0 = delay */ + + /* the actual line data */ + struct ldat + { + chtype *text; /* text of the line */ + short firstchar; /* first changed character in the line */ + short lastchar; /* last changed character in the line */ + short oldindex; /* index of the line at last update */ + } + *_line; + + /* global screen state */ + short _regtop; /* top line of scrolling region */ + short _regbottom; /* bottom line of scrolling region */ + + /* these are used only if this is a sub-window */ + int _parx; /* x coordinate of this window in parent */ + int _pary; /* y coordinate of this window in parent */ + WINDOW *_parent; /* pointer to parent if a sub-window */ + + /* these are used only if this is a pad */ + struct pdat + { + short _pad_y, _pad_x; + short _pad_top, _pad_left; + short _pad_bottom, _pad_right; + } _pad; + + short _yoffset; /* real begy is _begy + _yoffset */ +}; + +extern WINDOW *stdscr, *curscr, *newscr; + +extern int LINES, COLS, TABSIZE; + +/* + * This global was an undocumented feature under AIX curses. + */ +extern int ESCDELAY; /* ESC expire time in milliseconds */ + +/* non-XSI extensions (dickey@clark.net) */ +extern int resizeterm (int, int); +extern int wresize (WINDOW *, int, int); +extern int use_default_colors (void); + +extern char ttytype[]; /* needed for backward compatibility */ + +/* + * GCC (and some other compilers) define '__attribute__'; we're using this + * macro to alert the compiler to flag inconsistencies in printf/scanf-like + * function calls. Just in case '__attribute__' isn't defined, make a dummy. + */ +#if !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__attribute__) +#define __attribute__(p) /* nothing */ +#endif + +/* + * We cannot define these in ncurses_cfg.h, since they require parameters to be + * passed (that's non-portable). + */ +#if GCC_PRINTF +#define GCC_PRINTFLIKE(fmt,var) __attribute__((format(printf,fmt,var))) +#else +#define GCC_PRINTFLIKE(fmt,var) /*nothing*/ +#endif + +#if GCC_SCANF +#define GCC_SCANFLIKE(fmt,var) __attribute__((format(scanf,fmt,var))) +#else +#define GCC_SCANFLIKE(fmt,var) /*nothing*/ +#endif + +#ifndef GCC_NORETURN +#define GCC_NORETURN /* nothing */ +#endif + +#ifndef GCC_UNUSED +#define GCC_UNUSED /* nothing */ +#endif + +/* + * Function prototypes. This is the complete XSI Curses list of required + * functions. Those marked `generated' will have sources generated from the + * macro definitions later in this file, in order to satisfy XPG4.2 + * requirements. + */ + +extern int addch(const chtype); /* generated */ +extern int addchnstr(const chtype *, int); /* generated */ +extern int addchstr(const chtype *); /* generated */ +extern int addnstr(const char *, int); /* generated */ +extern int addstr(const char *); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int addnwstr(const wchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +extern int addwstr(const wchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int add_wch(const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +extern int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int attroff(NCURSES_ATTR_T); /* generated */ +extern int attron(NCURSES_ATTR_T); /* generated */ +extern int attrset(NCURSES_ATTR_T); /* generated */ +extern int attr_get(void); /* generated */ +extern int attr_off(NCURSES_ATTR_T); /* generated */ +extern int attr_on(NCURSES_ATTR_T); /* generated */ +extern int attr_set(NCURSES_ATTR_T); /* generated */ +extern int baudrate(void); /* implemented */ +extern int beep(void); /* implemented */ +extern int bkgd(chtype); /* generated */ +extern void bkgdset(chtype); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int bkgrndset(const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int bkgrnd(const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int border(chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int border_set(cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int box(WINDOW *, chtype, chtype); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int box_set(WINDOW *, cchar_t, cchar_t); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern bool can_change_color(void); /* implemented */ +extern int cbreak(void); /* implemented */ +extern int chgat(int, attr_t, short, const void *); /* generated */ +extern int clear(void); /* generated */ +extern int clearok(WINDOW *,bool); /* implemented */ +extern int clrtobot(void); /* generated */ +extern int clrtoeol(void); /* generated */ +extern int color_content(short,short*,short*,short*); /* implemented */ +extern int COLOR_PAIR(int); /* generated */ +extern int copywin(const WINDOW*,WINDOW*,int,int,int,int,int,int,int); /* implemented */ +extern int curs_set(int); /* implemented */ +extern int def_prog_mode(void); /* implemented */ +extern int def_shell_mode(void); /* implemented */ +extern int delay_output(int); /* implemented */ +extern int delch(void); /* generated */ +extern void delscreen(SCREEN *); /* implemented */ +extern int delwin(WINDOW *); /* implemented */ +extern int deleteln(void); /* generated */ +extern WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *,int,int,int,int); /* implemented */ +extern int doupdate(void); /* implemented */ +extern WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *); /* implemented */ +extern int echo(void); /* implemented */ +extern int echochar(const chtype); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int endwin(void); /* implemented */ +extern char erasechar(void); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int erase_wchar(wchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern void filter(void); /* implemented */ +extern int flash(void); /* implemented */ +extern int flushinp(void); /* implemented */ +extern chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int getcchar(const cchar_t *, wchar_t*, attr_t*, short*, void*); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int getch(void); /* generated */ +extern int getnstr(char *, int); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int getn_wstr(wint_t *, int); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int getstr(char *); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int get_wch(wint_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern WINDOW *getwin(FILE *); /* not in XPG4 */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int get_wstr(wint_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int halfdelay(int); /* implemented */ +extern bool has_colors(void); /* implemented */ +extern int has_ic(void); /* implemented */ +extern int has_il(void); /* implemented */ +extern int hline(chtype, int); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int hline_set(const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern void idcok(WINDOW *, bool); /* implemented */ +extern int idlok(WINDOW *, bool); /* implemented */ +extern void immedok(WINDOW *, bool); /* implemented */ +extern chtype inch(void); /* generated */ +extern int inchnstr(chtype *, int); /* generated */ +extern int inchstr(chtype *); /* generated */ +extern WINDOW *initscr(void); /* implemented */ +extern int init_color(short,short,short,short); /* implemented */ +extern int init_pair(short,short,short); /* implemented */ +extern int innstr(char *, int); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int innwstr(wchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int insch(chtype); /* generated */ +extern int insdelln(int); /* generated */ +extern int insertln(void); /* generated */ +extern int insnstr(const char *, int); /* generated */ +extern int insstr(const char *); /* generated */ +extern int instr(char *); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +extern int ins_wch(const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int intrflush(WINDOW *,bool); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int inwstr(wchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int in_wch(const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int in_wchstr(const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int in_wchntr(const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int isendwin(void); /* implemented */ +extern int is_linetouched(WINDOW *,int); /* implemented */ +extern int is_wintouched(WINDOW *); /* implemented */ +extern const char *keyname(int); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int key_name(wchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int keypad(WINDOW *,bool); /* implemented */ +extern char killchar(void); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int killwchar(wchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int leaveok(WINDOW *,bool); /* implemented */ +extern char *longname(void); /* implemented */ +extern int meta(WINDOW *,bool); /* implemented */ +extern int move(int, int); /* generated */ +extern int mvaddch(int, int, const chtype); /* generated */ +extern int mvaddchnstr(int, int, const chtype *, int); /* generated */ +extern int mvaddchstr(int, int, const chtype *); /* generated */ +extern int mvaddnstr(int, int, const char *, int); /* generated */ +extern int mvaddstr(int, int, const char *); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int mvaddnwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +extern int mvaddwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int mvadd_wch(int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int mvadd_wchnstr(int, int, const cchar_t *, int);/* missing */ +extern int mvadd_wchstr(int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int mvchgat(int, int, int, attr_t, short, const void *); /* generated */ +extern int mvcur(int,int,int,int); /* implemented */ +extern int mvdelch(int, int); /* generated */ +extern int mvderwin(WINDOW *, int, int); /* implemented */ +extern int mvgetch(int, int); /* generated */ +extern int mvgetnstr(int, int, char *, int); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int mvgetn_wstr(int, int, wint_t *, int); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int mvgetstr(int, int, char *); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int mvget_wch(int, int, wint_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int mvget_wstr(int, int, wint_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int mvhline(int, int, chtype, int); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int mvhline_set(int, int, const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern chtype mvinch(int, int); /* generated */ +extern int mvinchnstr(int, int, chtype *, int); /* generated */ +extern int mvinchstr(int, int, chtype *); /* generated */ +extern int mvinnstr(int, int, char *, int); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int mvinnwstr(int, int, wchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int mvinsch(int, int, chtype); /* generated */ +extern int mvinsnstr(int, int, const char *, int); /* generated */ +extern int mvinsstr(int, int, const char *); /* generated */ +extern int mvinstr(int, int, char *); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int mvins_nwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +extern int mvins_wch(int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int mvins_wstr(int, int, const wchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int mvinwstr(int, int, wchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int mvin_wch(int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int mvin_wchstr(int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int mvin_wchntr(int, int, const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int mvprintw(int,int,const char *,...) /* implemented */ + GCC_PRINTFLIKE(3,4); +extern int mvscanw(int,int,const char *,...) /* implemented */ + GCC_SCANFLIKE(3,4); +extern int mvvline(int, int, chtype, int); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int mvvline_set(int, int, const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int mvwaddch(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype); /* generated */ +extern int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *, int);/* generated */ +extern int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *); /* generated */ +extern int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int); /* generated */ +extern int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *, int);/* missing */ +extern int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +extern int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int mvwchgat(WINDOW *, int, int, int, attr_t, short, const void *);/* generated */ +extern int mvwdelch(WINDOW *, int, int); /* generated */ +extern int mvwgetch(WINDOW *, int, int); /* generated */ +extern int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *, int);/* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int mvwhline(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype, int); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int);/* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int mvwin(WINDOW *,int,int); /* implemented */ +extern chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *, int, int); /* generated */ +extern int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *, int); /* generated */ +extern int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *); /* generated */ +extern int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int mvwinsch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype); /* generated */ +extern int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int); /* generated */ +extern int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *); /* generated */ +extern int mvwinstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *, int,int, const wchar_t *,int); /* missing */ +extern int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *, int,int,const cchar_t *,int); /* missing */ +extern int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int mvwprintw(WINDOW*,int,int,const char *,...) /* implemented */ + GCC_PRINTFLIKE(4,5); +extern int mvwscanw(WINDOW *,int,int,const char *,...) /* implemented */ + GCC_SCANFLIKE(4,5); +extern int mvwvline(WINDOW *,int, int, chtype, int); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *, int,int, const cchar_t *,int); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int napms(int); /* implemented */ +extern WINDOW *newpad(int,int); /* implemented */ +extern SCREEN *newterm(const char *,FILE *,FILE *); /* implemented */ +extern WINDOW *newwin(int,int,int,int); /* implemented */ +extern int nl(void); /* implemented */ +extern int nocbreak(void); /* implemented */ +extern int nodelay(WINDOW *,bool); /* implemented */ +extern int noecho(void); /* implemented */ +extern int nonl(void); /* implemented */ +extern int noqiflush(void); /* implemented */ +extern int noraw(void); /* implemented */ +extern int notimeout(WINDOW *,bool); /* implemented */ +extern int overlay(const WINDOW*,WINDOW *); /* implemented */ +extern int overwrite(const WINDOW*,WINDOW *); /* implemented */ +extern int pair_content(short,short*,short*); /* implemented */ +extern int PAIR_NUMBER(int); /* generated */ +extern int pechochar(WINDOW *, chtype); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW*,int,int,int,int,int,int);/* implemented */ +extern int prefresh(WINDOW *,int,int,int,int,int,int); /* implemented */ +extern int printw(const char *,...) /* implemented */ + GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2); +extern int putp(const char *); /* implemented */ +extern int putwin(WINDOW *, FILE *); /* implemented */ +extern int qiflush(void); /* implemented */ +extern int raw(void); /* implemented */ +extern int redrawwin(WINDOW *); /* generated */ +extern int refresh(void); /* generated */ +extern int resetty(void); /* implemented */ +extern int reset_prog_mode(void); /* implemented */ +extern int reset_shell_mode(void); /* implemented */ +extern int ripoffline(int, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int)); /* implemented */ +extern int savetty(void); /* implemented */ +extern int scanw(const char *,...) /* implemented */ + GCC_SCANFLIKE(1,2); +extern int scr_dump(const char *); /* implemented */ +extern int scr_init(const char *); /* implemented */ +extern int scrl(int); /* generated */ +extern int scroll(WINDOW *); /* generated */ +extern int scrollok(WINDOW *,bool); /* implemented */ +extern int scr_restore(const char *); /* implemented */ +extern int scr_set(const char *); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int setcchar(cchar_t *, wchar_t *, attr_t, short, const void *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int setscrreg(int,int); /* generated */ +extern SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *); /* implemented */ +extern int slk_attroff(const attr_t); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int slk_attr_off(attr_t); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int slk_attron(const attr_t); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int slk_attr_on(attr_t); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int slk_attrset(const attr_t); /* implemented */ +extern attr_t slk_attr(void); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int slk_attr_set(attr_t); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int slk_clear(void); /* implemented */ +extern int slk_init(int); /* implemented */ +extern char *slk_label(int); /* implemented */ +extern int slk_noutrefresh(void); /* implemented */ +extern int slk_refresh(void); /* implemented */ +extern int slk_restore(void); /* implemented */ +extern int slk_set(int,const char *,int); /* implemented */ +extern int slk_touch(void); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int slk_wset(int, wchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int standout(void); /* generated */ +extern int standend(void); /* generated */ +extern int start_color(void); /* implemented */ +extern WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int); /* implemented */ +extern WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *,int,int,int,int); /* implemented */ +extern int syncok(WINDOW *, bool); /* implemented */ +extern attr_t termattrs(void); /* implemented */ +extern char *termname(void); /* implemented */ +extern int tigetflag(const char *); /* implemented */ +extern int tigetnum(const char *); /* implemented */ +extern char *tigetstr(const char *); /* implemented */ +extern int timeout(int); /* generated */ +extern int typeahead(int); /* implemented */ +extern int ungetch(int); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int unget_wch(const wchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int untouchwin(WINDOW *); /* generated */ +extern void use_env(bool); /* implemented */ +extern int vidattr(chtype); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int vid_attr(attr_t); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int vidputs(chtype, int (*)(int)); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int vid_puts(attr_t, int (*)(int)); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int vline(chtype, int); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int vline_set(const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int vwprintw(WINDOW *,const char *,va_list); /* implemented */ +extern int vw_printw(WINDOW *,const char *,va_list); /* generated */ +extern int vwscanw(WINDOW *,const char *,va_list); /* implemented */ +extern int vw_scanw(WINDOW *,const char *,va_list); /* generated */ +extern int waddch(WINDOW *, const chtype); /* implemented */ +extern int waddchnstr(WINDOW *,const chtype *const,int); /* implemented */ +extern int waddchstr(WINDOW *,const chtype *); /* generated */ +extern int waddnstr(WINDOW *,const char *const,int); /* implemented */ +extern int waddstr(WINDOW *,const char *); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int waddwstr(WINDOW *,const wchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int wadd_wch(WINDOW *,const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *,const cchar_t *,int); /* missing */ +extern int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *,const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int wattron(WINDOW *, int); /* generated */ +extern int wattroff(WINDOW *, int); /* generated */ +extern int wattrset(WINDOW *, int); /* generated */ +extern attr_t wattr_get(WINDOW *); /* generated */ +extern int wattr_on(WINDOW *, const attr_t); /* implemented */ +extern int wattr_off(WINDOW *, const attr_t); /* implemented */ +extern int wattr_set(WINDOW *, attr_t); /* generated */ +extern int wbkgd(WINDOW *,const chtype); /* implemented */ +extern void wbkgdset(WINDOW *,chtype); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int wbkgrndset(WINDOW *,const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *,const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int wborder(WINDOW *,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype,chtype); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int wborder_set(WINDOW *,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t,cchar_t); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int wchgat(WINDOW *, int, attr_t, short, const void *);/* implemented */ +extern int wclear(WINDOW *); /* implemented */ +extern int wclrtobot(WINDOW *); /* implemented */ +extern int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *); /* implemented */ +extern void wcursyncup(WINDOW *); /* implemented */ +extern int wdelch(WINDOW *); /* implemented */ +extern int wdeleteln(WINDOW *); /* generated */ +extern int wechochar(WINDOW *, const chtype); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int werase(WINDOW *); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *, cchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int wgetch(WINDOW *); /* implemented */ +extern int wgetnstr(WINDOW *,char *,int); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *,wint_t *, int); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int wgetstr(WINDOW *, char *); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int wget_wch(WINDOW *, wint_t *); /* missing */ +extern int wget_wstr(WINDOW *, wint_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int whline(WINDOW *, chtype, int); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int whline_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern chtype winch(WINDOW *); /* generated */ +extern int winchnstr(WINDOW *, chtype *, int); /* implemented */ +extern int winchstr(WINDOW *, chtype *); /* generated */ +extern int winnstr(WINDOW *, char *, int); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int winnwstr(WINDOW *, wchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int winsch(WINDOW *, chtype); /* implemented */ +extern int winsdelln(WINDOW *,int); /* implemented */ +extern int winsertln(WINDOW *); /* generated */ +extern int winsnstr(WINDOW *, const char *,int); /* implemented */ +extern int winsstr(WINDOW *, const char *); /* generated */ +extern int winstr(WINDOW *, char *); /* generated */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +extern int wins_wch(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int wins_wstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int winwstr(WINDOW *, wchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int win_wch(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +extern int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +extern int win_wchstr(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int wmove(WINDOW *,int,int); /* implemented */ +extern int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *); /* implemented */ +extern int wprintw(WINDOW *,const char *,...) /* implemented */ + GCC_PRINTFLIKE(2,3); +extern int wredrawln(WINDOW *,int,int); /* implemented */ +extern int wrefresh(WINDOW *); /* implemented */ +extern int wscanw(WINDOW *,const char *,...) /* implemented */ + GCC_SCANFLIKE(2,3); +extern int wscrl(WINDOW *,int); /* implemented */ +extern int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *,int,int); /* implemented */ +extern int wstandout(WINDOW *); /* generated */ +extern int wstandend(WINDOW *); /* generated */ +extern void wsyncdown(WINDOW *); /* implemented */ +extern void wsyncup(WINDOW *); /* implemented */ +extern int wtimeout(WINDOW *,int); /* implemented */ +extern int wtouchln(WINDOW *,int,int,int); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern wchar_t wunctrl(cchar_t *); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ +extern int wvline(WINDOW *,chtype,int); /* implemented */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED +extern int wvline_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int); /* missing */ +#endif /* _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED */ + +/* attributes */ +#define A_ATTRIBUTES 0xffffff00 +#define A_NORMAL 0x00000000 +#define A_STANDOUT 0x00010000 +#define A_UNDERLINE 0x00020000 +#define A_REVERSE 0x00040000 +#define A_BLINK 0x00080000 +#define A_DIM 0x00100000 +#define A_BOLD 0x00200000 +#define A_ALTCHARSET 0x00400000 +#define A_INVIS 0x00800000 +#define A_PROTECT 0x01000000 +#define A_HORIZONTAL 0x02000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */ +#define A_LEFT 0x04000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */ +#define A_LOW 0x08000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */ +#define A_RIGHT 0x10000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */ +#define A_TOP 0x20000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */ +#define A_VERTICAL 0x40000000 /* XSI Curses attr -- not yet used */ +#define A_CHARTEXT 0x000000ff +#define A_COLOR 0x0000ff00 +#define COLOR_PAIR(n) ((n) << 8) +#define PAIR_NUMBER(a) (((a) & A_COLOR) >> 8) + +/* + * pseudo functions + */ +#define wgetstr(w, s) wgetnstr(w, s, -1) +#define getnstr(s, n) wgetnstr(stdscr, s, n) + +#define setterm(term) setupterm(term, 1, (int *)0) + +#define fixterm() reset_prog_mode() +#define resetterm() reset_shell_mode() +#define saveterm() def_prog_mode() +#define crmode() cbreak() +#define nocrmode() nocbreak() +#define gettmode() + +#define getyx(win,y,x) (y = (win)->_cury, x = (win)->_curx) +#define getbegyx(win,y,x) (y = (win)->_begy, x = (win)->_begx) +#define getmaxyx(win,y,x) (y = (win)->_maxy + 1, x = (win)->_maxx + 1) +#define getparyx(win,y,x) (y = (win)->_pary, x = (win)->_parx) +#define getsyx(y,x) getyx(stdscr, y, x) +#define setsyx(y,x) (stdscr->_cury = y, stdscr->_curx = x) + +#define wbkgdset(win, ch) \ + (((win)->_attrs = (((win)->_attrs & ~((win)->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES)) | \ + ((ch) & A_ATTRIBUTES))), \ + ((win)->_bkgd = (ch))) + +/* It seems older SYSV curses versions define these */ +#define getattrs(win) ((win)->_attrs) +#define getmaxx(win) ((win)->_maxx + 1) +#define getmaxy(win) ((win)->_maxy + 1) + +#define winch(win) ((win)->_line[(win)->_cury].text[(win)->_curx]) +#define wstandout(win) (wattr_set(win,A_STANDOUT)) +#define wstandend(win) (wattr_set(win,A_NORMAL)) +#define wattr_set(win,at) ((win)->_attrs = (at)) + +#define wattron(win,at) wattr_on(win, at) +#define wattroff(win,at) wattr_off(win, at) +#define wattrset(win,at) wattr_set(win, at) + +#define scroll(win) wscrl(win,1) + +#define touchwin(win) wtouchln((win), 0, (win)->_maxy + 1, 1) +#define touchline(win, s, c) wtouchln((win), s, c, 1) +#define untouchwin(win) wtouchln((win), 0, (win)->_maxy + 1, 0) + +#define box(win, v, h) wborder(win, v, v, h, h, 0, 0, 0, 0) +#define border(ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br) wborder(stdscr, ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br) +#define hline(ch, n) whline(stdscr, ch, n) +#define vline(ch, n) wvline(stdscr, ch, n) + +#define winstr(w, s) winnstr(w, s, -1) +#define winchstr(w, s) winchnstr(w, s, -1) +#define winsstr(w, s) winsnstr(w, s, -1) + +#define redrawwin(w) wredrawln(w, 0, w->_maxy+1) +#define waddstr(win,str) waddnstr(win,str,-1) +#define waddchstr(win,str) waddchnstr(win,str,-1) + +/* + * pseudo functions for standard screen + */ + +#define addch(ch) waddch(stdscr,ch) +#define addchnstr(str,n) waddchnstr(stdscr,str,n) +#define addchstr(str) waddchstr(stdscr,str) +#define addnstr(str,n) waddnstr(stdscr,str,n) +#define addstr(str) waddnstr(stdscr,str,-1) +#define attroff(at) wattroff(stdscr,at) +#define attron(at) wattron(stdscr,at) +#define attrset(at) wattrset(stdscr,at) +#define bkgd(ch) wbkgd(stdscr,ch) +#define bkgdset(ch) wbkgdset(stdscr,ch) +#define clear() wclear(stdscr) +#define clrtobot() wclrtobot(stdscr) +#define clrtoeol() wclrtoeol(stdscr) +#define delch() wdelch(stdscr) +#define deleteln() winsdelln(stdscr,-1) +#define echochar(c) wechochar(stdscr,c) +#define erase() werase(stdscr) +#define getch() wgetch(stdscr) +#define getstr(str) wgetstr(stdscr,str) +#define inch() winch(stdscr) +#define inchnstr(s,n) winchnstr(stdscr,s,n) +#define inchstr(s) winchstr(stdscr,s) +#define innstr(s,n) winnstr(stdscr,s,n) +#define insch(c) winsch(stdscr,c) +#define insdelln(n) winsdelln(stdscr,n) +#define insertln() winsdelln(stdscr,1) +#define insnstr(s,n) winsnstr(stdscr,s,n) +#define insstr(s) winsstr(stdscr,s) +#define instr(s) winstr(stdscr,s) +#define move(y,x) wmove(stdscr,y,x) +#define refresh() wrefresh(stdscr) +#define scrl(n) wscrl(stdscr,n) +#define setscrreg(t,b) wsetscrreg(stdscr,t,b) +#define standend() wstandend(stdscr) +#define standout() wstandout(stdscr) +#define timeout(delay) wtimeout(stdscr,delay) +#define wdeleteln(win) winsdelln(win,-1) +#define winsertln(win) winsdelln(win,1) + +/* + * mv functions + */ + +#define mvwaddch(win,y,x,ch) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : waddch(win,ch)) +#define mvwaddchnstr(win,y,x,str,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : waddchnstr(win,str,n)) +#define mvwaddchstr(win,y,x,str) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : waddchnstr(win,str,-1)) +#define mvwaddnstr(win,y,x,str,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : waddnstr(win,str,n)) +#define mvwaddstr(win,y,x,str) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : waddnstr(win,str,-1)) +#define mvwdelch(win,y,x) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wdelch(win)) +#define mvwgetch(win,y,x) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wgetch(win)) +#define mvwgetnstr(win,y,x,str,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wgetnstr(win,str,n)) +#define mvwgetstr(win,y,x,str) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wgetstr(win,str)) +#define mvwhline(win,y,x,c,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : whline(win,c,n)) +#define mvwinch(win,y,x) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? (chtype)ERR : winch(win)) +#define mvwinchnstr(win,y,x,s,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winchnstr(win,s,n)) +#define mvwinchstr(win,y,x,s) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winchstr(win,s)) +#define mvwinnstr(win,y,x,s,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winnstr(win,s,n)) +#define mvwinsch(win,y,x,c) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winsch(win,c)) +#define mvwinsnstr(win,y,x,s,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winsnstr(win,s,n)) +#define mvwinsstr(win,y,x,s) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winsstr(win,s)) +#define mvwinstr(win,y,x,s) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winstr(win,s)) +#define mvwvline(win,y,x,c,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wvline(win,c,n)) + +#define mvaddch(y,x,ch) mvwaddch(stdscr,y,x,ch) +#define mvaddchnstr(y,x,str,n) mvwaddchnstr(stdscr,y,x,str,n) +#define mvaddchstr(y,x,str) mvwaddchstr(stdscr,y,x,str) +#define mvaddnstr(y,x,str,n) mvwaddnstr(stdscr,y,x,str,n) +#define mvaddstr(y,x,str) mvwaddstr(stdscr,y,x,str) +#define mvdelch(y,x) mvwdelch(stdscr,y,x) +#define mvgetch(y,x) mvwgetch(stdscr,y,x) +#define mvgetnstr(y,x,str,n) mvwgetnstr(stdscr,y,x,str,n) +#define mvgetstr(y,x,str) mvwgetstr(stdscr,y,x,str) +#define mvhline(y,x,c,n) mvwhline(stdscr,y,x,c,n) +#define mvinch(y,x) mvwinch(stdscr,y,x) +#define mvinchnstr(y,x,s,n) mvwinchnstr(stdscr,y,x,s,n) +#define mvinchstr(y,x,s) mvwinchstr(stdscr,y,x,s) +#define mvinnstr(y,x,s,n) mvwinnstr(stdscr,y,x,s,n) +#define mvinsch(y,x,c) mvwinsch(stdscr,y,x,c) +#define mvinsnstr(y,x,s,n) mvwinsnstr(stdscr,y,x,s,n) +#define mvinsstr(y,x,s) mvwinsstr(stdscr,y,x,s) +#define mvinstr(y,x,s) mvwinstr(stdscr,y,x,s) +#define mvvline(y,x,c,n) mvwvline(stdscr,y,x,c,n) + +/* + * XSI curses macros for XPG4 conformance. + * The underlying functions needed to make these work are: + * waddnwstr(), waddchnwstr(), wadd_wch(), wborder_set(), wchgat(), + * wecho_wchar(), wgetn_wstr(), wget_wch(), whline_set(), vhline_set(), + * winnwstr(), wins_nwstr(), wins_wch(), win_wch(), win_wchnstr(). + * Except for wchgat(), these are not yet implemented. They will be someday. + */ +#define add_wch(c) wadd_wch(stsdscr,c) +#define addnwstr(wstr,n) waddnwstr(stdscr,wstr,n) +#define addwstr(wstr,n) waddnwstr(stdscr,wstr,-1) +#define attr_get() wattr_get(stdscr) +#define attr_off(a) wattr_off(stdscr,a) +#define attr_on(a) wattr_on(stdscr,a) +#define attr_set(a) wattr_set(stdscr,a) +#define box_set(w,v,h) wborder_set(w,v,v,h,h,0,0,0,9) +#define chgat(n,a,c,o) wchgat(stdscr,n,a,c,o) +#define echo_wchar(c) wecho_wchar(stdscr,c) +#define getbkgd(win) ((win)->_bkgd) +#define get_wch(c) wget_wch(stdscr,c) +#define get_wstr(t) wgetn_wstr(stdscr,t,-1) +#define getn_wstr(t,n) wgetn_wstr(stdscr,t,n) +#define hline_set(c,n) whline_set(stdscr,c,n) +#define in_wch(c) win_wch(stdscr,c) +#define in_wchnstr(c,n) win_wchnstr(stdscr,c,n) +#define in_wchstr(c) win_wchnstr(stdscr,c,-1) +#define innwstr(c,n) winnwstr(stdscr,c,n) +#define ins_nwstr(t,n) wins_nwstr(stdscr,t,n) +#define ins_wch(c) wins_wch(stdscr,c) +#define ins_wstr(t) wins_nwstr(stdscr,t,-1) +#define inwstr(c) winnwstr(stdscr,c,-1) + +#define mvadd_wch(y,x,c) mvwadd_wch(stdscr,y,x,c) +#define mvaddnwstr(y,x,wstr,n) mvwaddnwstr(stdscr,y,x,wstr,n) +#define mvaddwstr(y,x,wstr,n) mvwaddnwstr(stdscr,y,x,wstr,-1) +#define mvchgat(y,x,n,a,c,o) mvwchgat(stdscr,y,x,n,a,c,o) +#define mvget_wch(y,x,c) mvwget_wch(stdscr,y,x,c) +#define mvget_wstr(y,x,t) mvwgetn_wstr(stdscr,y,x,t,-1) +#define mvgetn_wstr(y,x,t,n) mvwgetn_wstr(stdscr,y,x,t,n) +#define mvhline_set(y,x,c,n) mvwhline_set(stdscr,y,x,c,n) +#define mvin_wch(y,x,c) mvwin_wch(stdscr,y,x,c) +#define mvin_wchnstr(y,x,c,n) mvwin_wchnstr(stdscr,y,x,c,n) +#define mvin_wchstr(y,x,c) mvwin_wchnstr(stdscr,y,x,c,-1) +#define mvinnwstr(y,x,c,n) mvwinnwstr(stdscr,y,x,c,n) +#define mvins_nwstr(y,x,t,n) mvwins_nwstr(stdscr,y,x,t,n) +#define mvins_wch(y,x,c) mvwins_wch(stdscr,y,x,c) +#define mvins_wstr(y,x,t) mvwins_nwstr(stdscr,y,x,t,-1) +#define mvinwstr(y,x,c) mvwinnwstr(stdscr,y,x,c,-1) +#define mvvline_set(y,x,c,n) mvwvline_set(stdscr,y,x,c,n) + +#define mvwadd_wch(y,x,win,c) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wadd_wch(stsdscr,c)) +#define mvwaddnwstr(y,x,win,wstr,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : waddnwstr(stdscr,wstr,n)) +#define mvwaddwstr(y,x,win,wstr,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : waddnwstr(stdscr,wstr,-1)) +#define mvwchgat(win,y,x,n,a,c,o) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wchgat(win,n,a,c,o)) +#define mvwget_wch(win,y,x,c) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wget_wch(win,n)) +#define mvwget_wstr(win,y,x,t) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wgetn_wstr(win,t,-1)) +#define mvwgetn_wstr(win,y,x,t,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wgetn_wstr(win,t,n)) +#define mvwhline_set(win,y,x,c,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : whline_set(win,c,n)) +#define mvwin_wch(win,y,x,c) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : win_wch(win,c)) +#define mvwin_wchnstr(win,y,x,c,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : win_wchnstr(stdscr,c,n)) +#define mvwin_wchstr(win,y,x,c) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : win_wchnstr(stdscr,c,-1)) +#define mvwinnwstr(win,y,x,c,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winnwstr(stdscr,c,n)) +#define mvwins_nwstr(win,y,x,t,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wins_nwstr(stdscr,t,n)) +#define mvwins_wch(win,y,x,c) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wins_wch(c)) +#define mvwins_wstr(win,y,x,t) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wins_nwstr(stdscr,t,-1)) +#define mvwinwstr(win,y,x,c) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : winnwstr(stdscr,c,-1)) +#define mvwvline_set(win,y,x,c,n) (wmove(win,y,x) == ERR ? ERR : wvline_set(win,c,n)) + +#define vline_set(c,n) vhline_set(stdscr,c,n) +#define waddwstr(win,wstr,n) waddnwstr(win,wstr,-1) +#define wattr_get(win) ((win)->_attrs) +#define wget_wstr(w,t) wgetn_wstr(w,t,-1) +#define win_wchstr(w,c) win_wchnstr(w,c,-1) +#define wins_wstr(w,t) wins_nwstr(w,t,-1) +#define winwstr(w,c) winnwstr(w,c,-1) + + +/* + * XSI curses deprecates SVr4 vwprintw/vwscanw, which are supposed to use + * varargs.h. It adds new calls vw_printw/vw_scanw, which are supposed to + * use POSIX stdarg.h. The ncurses versions of vwprintw/vwscanw already + * use stdarg.h, so... + */ +#define vw_printw vwprintw +#define vw_scanw vwscanw + +/* + * Pseudo-character tokens outside ASCII range. The curses wgetch() function + * will return any given one of these only if the corresponding k- capability + * is defined in your terminal's terminfo entry. + */ +#define KEY_CODE_YES 0400 /* A wchar_t contains a key code */ +#define KEY_MIN 0401 /* Minimum curses key */ +#define KEY_BREAK 0401 /* Break key (unreliable) */ +#define KEY_DOWN 0402 /* Down-arrow */ +#define KEY_UP 0403 /* Up-arrow */ +#define KEY_LEFT 0404 /* Left-arrow */ +#define KEY_RIGHT 0405 /* Right-arrow */ +#define KEY_HOME 0406 /* Home key (upward+left arrow) */ +#define KEY_BACKSPACE 0407 /* Backspace (unreliable) */ +#define KEY_F0 0410 /* Function keys. Space for 64 */ +#define KEY_F(n) (KEY_F0+(n)) /* Value of function key n */ +#define KEY_DL 0510 /* Delete line */ +#define KEY_IL 0511 /* Insert line */ +#define KEY_DC 0512 /* Delete character */ +#define KEY_IC 0513 /* Insert char or enter insert mode */ +#define KEY_EIC 0514 /* Exit insert char mode */ +#define KEY_CLEAR 0515 /* Clear screen */ +#define KEY_EOS 0516 /* Clear to end of screen */ +#define KEY_EOL 0517 /* Clear to end of line */ +#define KEY_SF 0520 /* Scroll 1 line forward */ +#define KEY_SR 0521 /* Scroll 1 line backward (reverse) */ +#define KEY_NPAGE 0522 /* Next page */ +#define KEY_PPAGE 0523 /* Previous page */ +#define KEY_STAB 0524 /* Set tab */ +#define KEY_CTAB 0525 /* Clear tab */ +#define KEY_CATAB 0526 /* Clear all tabs */ +#define KEY_ENTER 0527 /* Enter or send (unreliable) */ +#define KEY_SRESET 0530 /* Soft (partial) reset (unreliable) */ +#define KEY_RESET 0531 /* Reset or hard reset (unreliable) */ +#define KEY_PRINT 0532 /* Print */ +#define KEY_LL 0533 /* Home down or bottom (lower left) */ + +/* The keypad is arranged like this: */ +/* a1 up a3 */ +/* left b2 right */ +/* c1 down c3 */ + +#define KEY_A1 0534 /* Upper left of keypad */ +#define KEY_A3 0535 /* Upper right of keypad */ +#define KEY_B2 0536 /* Center of keypad */ +#define KEY_C1 0537 /* Lower left of keypad */ +#define KEY_C3 0540 /* Lower right of keypad */ +#define KEY_BTAB 0541 /* Back tab */ +#define KEY_BEG 0542 /* Beg (beginning) */ +#define KEY_CANCEL 0543 /* Cancel */ +#define KEY_CLOSE 0544 /* Close */ +#define KEY_COMMAND 0545 /* Cmd (command) */ +#define KEY_COPY 0546 /* Copy */ +#define KEY_CREATE 0547 /* Create */ +#define KEY_END 0550 /* End */ +#define KEY_EXIT 0551 /* Exit */ +#define KEY_FIND 0552 /* Find */ +#define KEY_HELP 0553 /* Help */ +#define KEY_MARK 0554 /* Mark */ +#define KEY_MESSAGE 0555 /* Message */ +#define KEY_MOVE 0556 /* Move */ +#define KEY_NEXT 0557 /* Next */ +#define KEY_OPEN 0560 /* Open */ +#define KEY_OPTIONS 0561 /* Options */ +#define KEY_PREVIOUS 0562 /* Prev (previous) */ +#define KEY_REDO 0563 /* Redo */ +#define KEY_REFERENCE 0564 /* Ref (reference) */ +#define KEY_REFRESH 0565 /* Refresh */ +#define KEY_REPLACE 0566 /* Replace */ +#define KEY_RESTART 0567 /* Restart */ +#define KEY_RESUME 0570 /* Resume */ +#define KEY_SAVE 0571 /* Save */ +#define KEY_SBEG 0572 /* Shifted Beg (beginning) */ +#define KEY_SCANCEL 0573 /* Shifted Cancel */ +#define KEY_SCOMMAND 0574 /* Shifted Command */ +#define KEY_SCOPY 0575 /* Shifted Copy */ +#define KEY_SCREATE 0576 /* Shifted Create */ +#define KEY_SDC 0577 /* Shifted Delete char */ +#define KEY_SDL 0600 /* Shifted Delete line */ +#define KEY_SELECT 0601 /* Select */ +#define KEY_SEND 0602 /* Shifted End */ +#define KEY_SEOL 0603 /* Shifted Clear line */ +#define KEY_SEXIT 0604 /* Shifted Dxit */ +#define KEY_SFIND 0605 /* Shifted Find */ +#define KEY_SHELP 0606 /* Shifted Help */ +#define KEY_SHOME 0607 /* Shifted Home */ +#define KEY_SIC 0610 /* Shifted Input */ +#define KEY_SLEFT 0611 /* Shifted Left arrow */ +#define KEY_SMESSAGE 0612 /* Shifted Message */ +#define KEY_SMOVE 0613 /* Shifted Move */ +#define KEY_SNEXT 0614 /* Shifted Next */ +#define KEY_SOPTIONS 0615 /* Shifted Options */ +#define KEY_SPREVIOUS 0616 /* Shifted Prev */ +#define KEY_SPRINT 0617 /* Shifted Print */ +#define KEY_SREDO 0620 /* Shifted Redo */ +#define KEY_SREPLACE 0621 /* Shifted Replace */ +#define KEY_SRIGHT 0622 /* Shifted Right arrow */ +#define KEY_SRSUME 0623 /* Shifted Resume */ +#define KEY_SSAVE 0624 /* Shifted Save */ +#define KEY_SSUSPEND 0625 /* Shifted Suspend */ +#define KEY_SUNDO 0626 /* Shifted Undo */ +#define KEY_SUSPEND 0627 /* Suspend */ +#define KEY_UNDO 0630 /* Undo */ +#define KEY_MOUSE 0631 /* Mouse event has occurred */ +#define KEY_MAX 0777 /* Maximum key value */ + +/* mouse interface */ +#define NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION 1 + +/* event masks */ +#define BUTTON1_RELEASED 000000000001L +#define BUTTON1_PRESSED 000000000002L +#define BUTTON1_CLICKED 000000000004L +#define BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED 000000000010L +#define BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED 000000000020L +#define BUTTON1_RESERVED_EVENT 000000000040L +#define BUTTON2_RELEASED 000000000100L +#define BUTTON2_PRESSED 000000000200L +#define BUTTON2_CLICKED 000000000400L +#define BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED 000000001000L +#define BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED 000000002000L +#define BUTTON2_RESERVED_EVENT 000000004000L +#define BUTTON3_RELEASED 000000010000L +#define BUTTON3_PRESSED 000000020000L +#define BUTTON3_CLICKED 000000040000L +#define BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED 000000100000L +#define BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED 000000200000L +#define BUTTON3_RESERVED_EVENT 000000400000L +#define BUTTON4_RELEASED 000001000000L +#define BUTTON4_PRESSED 000002000000L +#define BUTTON4_CLICKED 000004000000L +#define BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED 000010000000L +#define BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED 000020000000L +#define BUTTON4_RESERVED_EVENT 000040000000L +#define BUTTON_CTRL 000100000000L +#define BUTTON_SHIFT 000200000000L +#define BUTTON_ALT 000400000000L +#define ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS 000777777777L +#define REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION 001000000000L + +/* macros to extract single event-bits from masks */ +#define BUTTON_RELEASE(e, x) ((e) & (001 << (6 * ((x) - 1)))) +#define BUTTON_PRESS(e, x) ((e) & (002 << (6 * ((x) - 1)))) +#define BUTTON_CLICK(e, x) ((e) & (004 << (6 * ((x) - 1)))) +#define BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICK(e, x) ((e) & (010 << (6 * ((x) - 1)))) +#define BUTTON_TRIPLE_CLICK(e, x) ((e) & (020 << (6 * ((x) - 1)))) +#define BUTTON_RESERVED_EVENT(e, x) ((e) & (040 << (6 * ((x) - 1)))) + +typedef unsigned long mmask_t; + +typedef struct +{ + short id; /* ID to distinguish multiple devices */ + int x, y, z; /* event coordinates (character-cell) */ + mmask_t bstate; /* button state bits */ +} +MEVENT; + +extern int getmouse(MEVENT *); +extern int ungetmouse(MEVENT *); +extern mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t, mmask_t *); +extern bool wenclose(WINDOW *, int, int); +extern int mouseinterval(int); + +/* other non-XSI functions */ + +extern int mcprint(char *, int); /* direct data to printer */ +extern int has_key(int); /* do we have given key? */ + +/* Debugging : use with libncurses_g.a */ + +extern void _tracef(const char *, ...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2); +extern void _tracedump(const char *, WINDOW *); +extern char *_traceattr(attr_t); +extern char *_traceattr2(int, chtype); +extern char *_tracebits(void); +extern char *_tracechar(const unsigned char); +extern char *_tracechtype(chtype); +extern char *_tracechtype2(int, chtype); +extern char *_tracemouse(const MEVENT *); +extern void trace(const unsigned int); + +/* trace masks */ +#define TRACE_DISABLE 0x0000 /* turn off tracing */ +#define TRACE_TIMES 0x0001 /* trace user and system times of updates */ +#define TRACE_TPUTS 0x0002 /* trace tputs calls */ +#define TRACE_UPDATE 0x0004 /* trace update actions, old & new screens */ +#define TRACE_MOVE 0x0008 /* trace cursor moves and scrolls */ +#define TRACE_CHARPUT 0x0010 /* trace all character outputs */ +#define TRACE_ORDINARY 0x001F /* trace all update actions */ +#define TRACE_CALLS 0x0020 /* trace all curses calls */ +#define TRACE_VIRTPUT 0x0040 /* trace virtual character puts */ +#define TRACE_IEVENT 0x0080 /* trace low-level input processing */ +#define TRACE_BITS 0x0100 /* trace state of TTY control bits */ +#define TRACE_ICALLS 0x0200 /* trace internal/nested calls */ +#define TRACE_CCALLS 0x0400 /* trace per-character calls */ +#define TRACE_MAXIMUM 0xffff /* maximum trace level */ + +#if defined(TRACE) || defined(NCURSES_TEST) +extern int _nc_optimize_enable; /* enable optimizations */ +#define OPTIMIZE_MVCUR 0x01 /* cursor movement optimization */ +#define OPTIMIZE_HASHMAP 0x02 /* diff hashing to detect scrolls */ +#define OPTIMIZE_SCROLL 0x04 /* scroll optimization */ +#define OPTIMIZE_ALL 0xff /* enable all optimizations (dflt) */ +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __NCURSES_H */ diff --git a/include/edit_cfg.sh b/include/edit_cfg.sh new file mode 100755 index 00000000..cc6efcac --- /dev/null +++ b/include/edit_cfg.sh @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# $Id: edit_cfg.sh,v 1.6 1997/04/06 01:54:44 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Edit the default value of the term.h file based on the autoconf-generated +# values: +# +# $1 = ncurses_cfg.h +# $2 = term.h +# +for name in \ + HAVE_TCGETATTR \ + HAVE_TERMIOS_H \ + HAVE_TERMIO_H \ + BROKEN_LINKER +do + mv $2 $2.bak + if ( grep "[ ]$name[ ]" $1 2>&1 >/dev/null ) + then + sed -e 's/define '$name'.*$/define '$name' 1/' $2.bak >$2 + else + sed -e 's/define '$name'.*$/define '$name' 0/' $2.bak >$2 + fi + if (cmp -s $2 $2.bak) + then + echo '** same: '$name + mv $2.bak $2 + else + echo '** edit: '$name + rm -f $2.bak + fi +done diff --git a/include/headers b/include/headers new file mode 100644 index 00000000..581f8b7f --- /dev/null +++ b/include/headers @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +term.h +curses.h +unctrl.h +termcap.h diff --git a/include/nc_alloc.h b/include/nc_alloc.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..362e41dd --- /dev/null +++ b/include/nc_alloc.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey * + * All Rights Reserved. * + * * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * + * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * + * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * + * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) * + * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * + * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED * + * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, * + * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO * + * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY * + * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER * + * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF * + * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN * + * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * + ******************************************************************************/ +/* $Id: nc_alloc.h,v 1.4 1997/02/15 18:51:39 tom Exp $ */ + +#ifndef NC_ALLOC_included +#define NC_ALLOC_included 1 + +#if HAVE_LIBDMALLOC +#include /* Gray Watson's library */ +#else +#undef HAVE_LIBDMALLOC +#define HAVE_LIBDMALLOC 0 +#endif + +#if HAVE_LIBDBMALLOC +#include /* Conor Cahill's library */ +#else +#undef HAVE_LIBDBMALLOC +#define HAVE_LIBDBMALLOC 0 +#endif + +#ifndef NO_LEAKS +#define NO_LEAKS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_NC_FREEALL +#define HAVE_NC_FREEALL 0 +#endif + +#if HAVE_LIBDBMALLOC || HAVE_LIBDMALLOC || NO_LEAKS || HAVE_NC_FREEALL +struct termtype; +extern void _nc_free_and_exit(int) GCC_NORETURN; +extern void _nc_free_tparm(void); +extern void _nc_leaks_dump_entry(void); +extern void _nc_free_termtype(struct termtype *, int); +#define ExitProgram(code) _nc_free_and_exit(code) +#endif + +#ifndef ExitProgram +#define ExitProgram(code) return code +#endif + +#endif /* NC_ALLOC_included */ diff --git a/include/term_entry.h b/include/term_entry.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9045774f --- /dev/null +++ b/include/term_entry.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * term_entry.h -- interface to entry-manipulation code + */ + +#ifndef _TERM_ENTRY_H +#define _TERM_ENTRY_H + +#define MAX_USES 32 + +typedef struct entry { + TERMTYPE tterm; + int nuses; + struct + { + void *parent; /* (char *) or (ENTRY *) */ + long line; + } + uses[MAX_USES]; + long cstart, cend; + long startline; + struct entry *next; + struct entry *last; +} +ENTRY; + +extern ENTRY *_nc_head, *_nc_tail; +#define for_entry_list(qp) for (qp = _nc_head; qp; qp = qp->next) + +#define MAX_LINE 132 + +#define NULLHOOK (bool(*)(ENTRY *))0 + +/* alloc_entry.c: elementary allocation code */ +extern void _nc_init_entry(TERMTYPE *const); +extern char *_nc_save_str(const char *const); +extern void _nc_merge_entry(TERMTYPE *const, TERMTYPE *const); +extern void _nc_wrap_entry(ENTRY *const); + +/* parse_entry.c: entry-parsing code */ +extern int _nc_parse_entry(ENTRY *, int, bool); +extern int _nc_capcmp(const char *, const char *); + +/* write_entry.c: writing an entry to the file system */ +extern void _nc_set_writedir(char *); +extern void _nc_write_entry(TERMTYPE *const); + +/* comp_parse.c: entry list handling */ +extern void _nc_read_entry_source(FILE*, char*, int, bool, bool (*)(ENTRY*)); +extern bool _nc_entry_match(char *, char *); +extern int _nc_resolve_uses(void); +extern void _nc_free_entries(ENTRY *); + +#endif /* _TERM_ENTRY_H */ + +/* term_entry.h ends here */ diff --git a/include/termcap.h.in b/include/termcap.h.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..adae0b74 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/termcap.h.in @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* $Id: termcap.h.in,v 1.4 1997/02/08 21:50:39 tom Exp $ */ + +#ifndef _TERMCAP_H +#define _TERMCAP_H 1 + +#undef NCURSES_VERSION +#define NCURSES_VERSION "@NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#include + +extern char PC; +extern char *UP; +extern char *BC; +extern short ospeed; + +extern int tgetent(char *, const char *); +extern int tgetflag(const char *); +extern int tgetnum(const char *); +extern char *tgetstr(const char *, char **); + +extern int tputs(const char *, int, int (*)(int)); + +extern char *tgoto(const char *, int, int); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _TERMCAP_H */ diff --git a/include/tic.h b/include/tic.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b7485310 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/tic.h @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* + * tic.h - Global variables and structures for the terminfo + * compiler. + * + */ + +#ifndef __TIC_H +#define __TIC_H + +#include /* for the _tracef() prototype, ERR/OK, bool defs */ + +/* +** The format of compiled terminfo files is as follows: +** +** Header (12 bytes), containing information given below +** Names Section, containing the names of the terminal +** Boolean Section, containing the values of all of the +** boolean capabilities +** A null byte may be inserted here to make +** sure that the Number Section begins on an +** even word boundary. +** Number Section, containing the values of all of the numeric +** capabilities, each as a short integer +** String Section, containing short integer offsets into the +** String Table, one per string capability +** String Table, containing the actual characters of the string +** capabilities. +** +** NOTE that all short integers in the file are stored using VAX/PDP-style +** byte-order, i.e., least-significant byte first. +** +** There is no structure definition here because it would only confuse +** matters. Terminfo format is a raw byte layout, not a structure +** dump. If you happen to be on a little-endian machine with 16-bit +** shorts that requires no padding between short members in a struct, +** then there is a natural C structure that captures the header, but +** not very helpfully. +*/ + +#define MAGIC 0432 /* first two bytes of a compiled entry */ +#define MAX_NAME_SIZE 127 /* maximum legal name field size */ +#define MAX_ENTRY_SIZE 4096 /* maximum legal entry size */ +#define MAX_ALIAS 14 /* maximum size of individual name or alias */ + +/* location of user's personal info directory */ +#define PRIVATE_INFO "%s/.terminfo" /* plug getenv("HOME") into %s */ + +#define DEBUG(n, a) if (_nc_tracing & (1 << (n - 1))) _tracef a +extern unsigned _nc_tracing; +extern void _nc_tracef(char *, ...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2); +extern const char *_nc_visbuf(const char *); + +/* + * These are the types of tokens returned by the scanner. The first + * three are also used in the hash table of capability names. The scanner + * returns one of these values after loading the specifics into the global + * structure curr_token. + */ + +#define BOOLEAN 0 /* Boolean capability */ +#define NUMBER 1 /* Numeric capability */ +#define STRING 2 /* String-valued capability */ +#define CANCEL 3 /* Capability to be cancelled in following tc's */ +#define NAMES 4 /* The names for a terminal type */ +#define UNDEF 5 /* Undefined */ + +#define NO_PUSHBACK -1 /* used in pushtype to indicate no pushback */ + + /* + * The global structure in which the specific parts of a + * scanned token are returned. + * + */ + +struct token +{ + char *tk_name; /* name of capability */ + int tk_valnumber; /* value of capability (if a number) */ + char *tk_valstring; /* value of capability (if a string) */ +}; + +extern struct token _nc_curr_token; + + /* + * The file comp_captab.c contains an array of these structures, one + * per possible capability. These are indexed by a hash table array of + * pointers to the same structures for use by the parser. + */ + +struct name_table_entry +{ + const char *nte_name; /* name to hash on */ + int nte_type; /* BOOLEAN, NUMBER or STRING */ + short nte_index; /* index of associated variable in its array */ + short nte_link; /* index in table of next hash, or -1 */ +}; + +struct alias +{ + const char *from; + const char *to; + const char *source; +}; + +extern const struct name_table_entry * const _nc_info_hash_table[]; +extern const struct name_table_entry * const _nc_cap_hash_table[]; + +extern const struct alias _nc_capalias_table[]; +extern const struct alias _nc_infoalias_table[]; + +extern const struct name_table_entry *_nc_get_table(bool); + +#define NOTFOUND ((struct name_table_entry *) 0) + +/* out-of-band values for representing absent capabilities */ +#define ABSENT_BOOLEAN -1 +#define ABSENT_NUMERIC -1 +#define ABSENT_STRING (char *)0 + +/* out-of-band values for representing cancels */ +#define CANCELLED_BOOLEAN (char)(-2) +#define CANCELLED_NUMERIC -2 +#define CANCELLED_STRING (char *)-1 + +/* termcap entries longer than this may break old binaries */ +#define MAX_TERMCAP_LENGTH 1023 + +/* this is a documented limitation of terminfo */ +#define MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH 4096 + +#ifndef TERMINFO +#define TERMINFO "/usr/share/terminfo" +#endif + +/* comp_hash.c: name lookup */ +struct name_table_entry const *_nc_find_entry(const char *, + const struct name_table_entry *const *); +struct name_table_entry const *_nc_find_type_entry(const char *, + int, + const struct name_table_entry *); + +/* comp_scan.c: lexical analysis */ +extern int _nc_get_token(void); +extern void _nc_push_token(int); +extern void _nc_reset_input(FILE *, char *); +extern void _nc_panic_mode(char); +extern int _nc_curr_line; +extern int _nc_curr_col; +extern long _nc_curr_file_pos; +extern long _nc_comment_start, _nc_comment_end; +extern int _nc_syntax; +extern long _nc_start_line; +#define SYN_TERMINFO 0 +#define SYN_TERMCAP 1 + +/* comp_error.c: warning & abort messages */ +extern void _nc_set_source(const char *const name); +extern void _nc_get_type(char *name); +extern void _nc_set_type(const char *const name); +extern void _nc_syserr_abort(const char *const,...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2) GCC_NORETURN; +extern void _nc_err_abort(const char *const,...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2) GCC_NORETURN; +extern void _nc_warning(const char *const,...) GCC_PRINTFLIKE(1,2); +extern bool _nc_suppress_warnings; + +/* captoinfo.c: capability conversion */ +extern char *_nc_captoinfo(char *const, char *, int const); +extern char *_nc_infotocap(char *const, char *, int const); + +/* comp_main.c: compiler main */ +extern const char *_nc_progname; + +/* read_entry.c */ +extern const char *_nc_tic_dir(const char *); + +/* write_entry.c */ +extern int _nc_tic_written(void); + +#endif /* __TIC_H */ diff --git a/include/unctrl.h.in b/include/unctrl.h.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b3c3c1e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/include/unctrl.h.in @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* + * unctrl.h + * + * Display a printable version of a control character. + * Control characters are displayed in caret notation (^x), DELETE is displayed + * as ^?. Printable characters are displayed as is. + * + * The returned pointer points to a static buffer which gets overwritten by + * each call. Therefore, you must copy the resulting string to a safe place + * before calling unctrl() again. + * + */ + +/* $Id: unctrl.h.in,v 1.5 1997/04/26 23:04:09 tom Exp $ */ + +#ifndef _UNCTRL_H +#define _UNCTRL_H 1 + +#undef NCURSES_VERSION +#define NCURSES_VERSION "@NCURSES_MAJOR@.@NCURSES_MINOR@" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include + +extern NCURSES_CONST char *unctrl(chtype); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _UNCTRL_H */ diff --git a/install-sh b/install-sh new file mode 100755 index 00000000..ab74c882 --- /dev/null +++ b/install-sh @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# +# install - install a program, script, or datafile +# This comes from X11R5. +# +# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent +# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it +# when there is no Makefile. +# +# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written +# from scratch. +# + + +# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script + +# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. +doit="${DOITPROG-}" + + +# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars. + +mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}" +cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}" +chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}" +chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}" +chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}" +stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}" +rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}" +mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}" + +tranformbasename="" +transform_arg="" +instcmd="$mvprog" +chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755" +chowncmd="" +chgrpcmd="" +stripcmd="" +rmcmd="$rmprog -f" +mvcmd="$mvprog" +src="" +dst="" +dir_arg="" + +while [ x"$1" != x ]; do + case $1 in + -c) instcmd="$cpprog" + shift + continue;; + + -d) dir_arg=true + shift + continue;; + + -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2" + shift + shift + continue;; + + -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" + shift + shift + continue;; + + -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" + shift + shift + continue;; + + -s) stripcmd="$stripprog" + shift + continue;; + + -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'` + shift + continue;; + + -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'` + shift + continue;; + + *) if [ x"$src" = x ] + then + src=$1 + else + # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug + : + dst=$1 + fi + shift + continue;; + esac +done + +if [ x"$src" = x ] +then + echo "install: no input file specified" + exit 1 +else + true +fi + +if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then + dst=$src + src="" + + if [ -d $dst ]; then + instcmd=: + else + instcmd=mkdir + fi +else + +# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command +# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad +# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. + + if [ -f $src -o -d $src ] + then + true + else + echo "install: $src does not exist" + exit 1 + fi + + if [ x"$dst" = x ] + then + echo "install: no destination specified" + exit 1 + else + true + fi + +# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system +# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic + + if [ -d $dst ] + then + dst="$dst"/`basename $src` + else + true + fi +fi + +## this sed command emulates the dirname command +dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'` + +# Make sure that the destination directory exists. +# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script + +# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case. +if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then +defaultIFS=' +' +IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}" + +oIFS="${IFS}" +# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason. +IFS='%' +set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'` +IFS="${oIFS}" + +pathcomp='' + +while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do + pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}" + shift + + if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ; + then + $mkdirprog "${pathcomp}" + else + true + fi + + pathcomp="${pathcomp}/" +done +fi + +if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ] +then + $doit $instcmd $dst && + + if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi && + if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi && + if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi && + if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi +else + +# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now. + + if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] + then + dstfile=`basename $dst` + else + dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | + sed $transformarg`$transformbasename + fi + +# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename + + if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] + then + dstfile=`basename $dst` + else + true + fi + +# Make a temp file name in the proper directory. + + dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$# + +# Move or copy the file name to the temp name + + $doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp && + + trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 && + +# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits + +# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to +# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore +# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command. + + if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && + if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && + if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && + if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && + +# Now rename the file to the real destination. + + $doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile && + $doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile + +fi && + + +exit 0 diff --git a/man/MKterminfo.sh b/man/MKterminfo.sh new file mode 100755 index 00000000..66b58615 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/MKterminfo.sh @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# +# MKterminfo.sh -- generate terminfo.5 from Caps tabular data +# +# This script takes terminfo.head and terminfo.tail and splices in between +# them a table derived from the Caps master file. Besides avoiding having +# the docs fall out of sync with the table, this also lets us set up tbl +# commands for better formatting of the table. +# +# NOTE: The s in this script really are control characters. It translates +#  to \n because I couldn't get used to inserting linefeeds directly. There +# had better be no s in the table source text. +# +head=$1 +caps=$2 +tail=$3 +cat <<'EOF' +'\" t +.\" DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE BY HAND! +.\" It is generated from terminfo.head, Caps, and terminfo.tail. +.\" +.\" Note: this must be run through tbl before nroff. +.\" The magic cookie on the first line triggers this under some man programs. +EOF +cat $head +sed -n <$caps "\ +/%%-STOP-HERE-%%/q +/^#%/s///p +/^#/d +s/$/T}/ +s/ [Y\-][B\-][C\-][G\-][E\-]\** / T{/ +s/ bool / /p +s/ num / /p +s/ str / /p +" | tr "" "\012" +cat $tail diff --git a/man/Makefile.in b/man/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b4dbbd33 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.20 1996/08/04 01:16:40 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Makefile for ncurses manual pages. +# +# NOTE: When you add or rename a man page, make sure you update both +# the top-level MANIFEST and any man/*.renames files! + +SHELL = /bin/sh + +INSTALL_PREFIX = @INSTALL_PREFIX@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +datadir = @datadir@ +mandir = @mandir@ + +ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +all: terminfo.5 + +$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(mandir) : + $(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs $@ + +install install.man : terminfo.5 $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(mandir) + sh ./edit_man.sh $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(mandir) terminfo.5 $(srcdir)/*.[0-9]* + +# We compose terminfo.5 from the real sources... +CAPLIST=$(srcdir)/../include/Caps +terminfo.5: $(srcdir)/terminfo.head $(CAPLIST) $(srcdir)/terminfo.tail Makefile $(srcdir)/MKterminfo.sh + sh $(srcdir)/MKterminfo.sh $(srcdir)/terminfo.head $(CAPLIST) $(srcdir)/terminfo.tail >terminfo.5 + +clean mostlyclean: + rm -f terminfo.5 + +distclean realclean: clean + rm -f Makefile edit_man.* diff --git a/man/captoinfo.1m b/man/captoinfo.1m new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ee031f73 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/captoinfo.1m @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +'\" t +.TH captoinfo 1M "" +.ds n 5 +.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo +.SH NAME +\fBcaptoinfo\fR - convert a \fItermcap\fR description into a \fIterminfo\fR description +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fBcaptoinfo\fR [\fB-v\fIn\fR \fIwidth\fR] [\fB-V\fR] [\fB-1\fR] [\fB-w\fR \fIwidth\fR] \fIfile\fR . . . +.SH DESCRIPTION +\fBcaptoinfo\fR looks in \fIfile\fR for \fBtermcap\fR descriptions. For each +one found, an equivalent \fBterminfo\fR description is written to standard +output. Termcap \fBtc\fR capabilities are translated directly to terminfo +\fBuse\fR capabilities. + +If no \fIfile\fR is given, then the environment variable \fBTERMCAP\fR is used +for the filename or entry. If \fBTERMCAP\fR is a full pathname to a file, only +the terminal whose name is specified in the environment variable \fBTERM\fR is +extracted from that file. If the environment variable \fBTERMCAP\fR is not +set, then the file \fB\*d\fR is read. +.TP 5 +\fB-v\fR +print out tracing information on standard error as the program runs. +.TP 5 +\fB-V\fR +print out the version of the program in use on standard error and exit. +.TP 5 +\fB-1\fR +cause the fields to print out one to a line. Otherwise, the fields +will be printed several to a line to a maximum width of 60 +characters. +.TP 5 +\fB-w\fR +change the output to \fIwidth\fR characters. +.SH FILES +.TP 20 +\*d +Compiled terminal description database. +.SH TRANSLATIONS FROM NONSTANDARD CAPABILITIES +.PP +Some obsolete nonstandard capabilities will automatically be translated +into standard (SVr4/XSI Curses) terminfo capabilities by \fBcaptoinfo\fR. +Whenever one of these automatic translations is done, the program +will issue an notification to stderr, inviting the user to check that +it has not mistakenly translated a completely unknown and random +capability and/or syntax error. +.PP +.TS H +c c c c +c c c c +l l l l. +Nonstd Std From Terminfo +name name capability +_ +BO mr AT&T enter_reverse_mode +CI vi AT&T cursor_invisible +CV ve AT&T cursor_normal +DS mh AT&T enter_dim_mode +EE me AT&T exit_attribute_mode +FE LF AT&T label_on +FL LO AT&T label_off +XS mk AT&T enter_secure_mode +EN @7 XENIX key_end +GE ae XENIX exit_alt_charset_mode +GS as XENIX enter_alt_charset_mode +HM kh XENIX key_home +LD kL XENIX key_dl +PD kN XENIX key_npage +PN po XENIX prtr_off +PS pf XENIX prtr_on +PU kP XENIX key_ppage +RT @8 XENIX kent +UP ku XENIX kcuu1 +KA k; Tek key_f10 +KB F1 Tek key_f11 +KC F2 Tek key_f12 +KD F3 Tek key_f13 +KE F4 Tek key_f14 +KF F5 Tek key_f15 +BC Sb Tek set_background +FC Sf Tek set_foreground +HS mh Iris enter_dim_mode +.TE +.PP +XENIX termcap also used to have a set of extension capabilities +for forms drawing, designed to take advantage of the IBM PC +high-half graphics. They were as follows: +.PP +.TS H +c c +l l. +Cap Graphic +_ +G2 upper left +G3 lower left +G1 upper right +G4 lower right +GR pointing right +GL pointing left +GU pointing up +GD pointing down +GH horizontal line +GV vertical line +GC intersection +G6 upper left +G7 lower left +G5 upper right +G8 lower right +Gr tee pointing right +Gr tee pointing left +Gu tee pointing up +Gd tee pointing down +Gh horizontal line +Gv vertical line +Gc intersection +GG acs magic cookie count +.TE +.PP +If the single-line capabilities occur in an entry, they will automatically +be composed into an \fBacsc\fR string. The double-line capabilities and +\fBGG\fR are discarded with a warning message. +.PP +IBM's AIX has a terminfo facility descended from SVr1 terminfo but incompatible +with the SVr4 format. The following AIX extensions are automatically +translated: +.PP +.TS +c c +l l. +IBM XSI +_ +ksel kslt +kbtab kcbt +font0 s0ds +font1 s1ds +font2 s2ds +font3 s3ds +.TE +.PP +Additionally, the AIX \fBbox1\fR capability will be automatically translated to +an \fBacsc\fR string. +.PP +Hewlett-Packard's terminfo library supports two nonstandard terminfo +capabilities \fBmeml\fR (memory lock) and \fBmemu\fR (memory unlock). +These will be discarded with a warning message. +.SH NOTES +This utility is actually a link to \fItic\fR(1M), running in \fI-I\fR mode. + +The trace option isn't identical to SVr4's. Under SVr4, instead of following +the -v with a trace level n, you repeat it n times. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBinfocmp\fR(1M), \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) +.SH AUTHOR +Eric S. Raymond +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/clear.1 b/man/clear.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..28317e24 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/clear.1 @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +.TH clear 1 "" +.ds n 5 +.SH NAME +\fBclear\fR - clear the terminal screen +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fBclear\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +\fBclear\fR clears your screen if this is possible. It looks in the +environment for the terminal type and then in the \fBterminfo\fR database to +figure out how to clear the screen. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBtput\fR(1), \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_addch.3x b/man/curs_addch.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d00bd1b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_addch.3x @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +'\" t +.TH curs_addch 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBaddch\fR, \fBwaddch\fR, \fBmvaddch\fR, \fBmvwaddch\fR, +\fBechochar\fR, \fBwechochar\fR - add a character (with attributes) to a +\fBcurses\fR window, then advance the cursor +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint addch(chtype ch);\fR +.br +\fBint waddch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);\fR +.br +\fBint mvaddch(int y, int x, chtype ch);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);\fR +.br +\fBint echochar(chtype ch);\fR +.br +\fBint wechochar(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBaddch\fR, \fBwaddch\fR, \fBmvaddch\fR and \fBmvwaddch\fR routines put +the character \fIch\fR into the given window at its current window position, +which is then advanced. They are analogous to \fBputchar\fR in \fBstdio\fR(3). +If the advance is at the right margin, the cursor automatically wraps to the +beginning of the next line. At the bottom of the current scrolling region, if +\fBscrollok\fR is enabled, the scrolling region is scrolled up one line. + +If \fIch\fR is a tab, newline, or backspace, the cursor is moved appropriately +within the window. Backspace moves the cursor one character left; at the left +edge of a window it does nothing. Newline does a \fBclrtoeol\fR, then moves +the cursor to the window left margin on the next line, scrolling the window if +on the last line). Tabs are considered to be at every eighth column. + +If \fIch\fR is any control character other than tab, newline, or backspace, it +is drawn in \fB^\fR\fIX\fR notation. Calling \fBwinch\fR after adding a +control character does not return the character itself, but instead returns +the ^-representation of the control character. (To emit control characters +literally, use \fBechochar\fR.) + +Video attributes can be combined with a character argument passed to +\fBaddch\fR or related functions by logical-ORing them into the character. +(Thus, text, including attributes, can be copied from one place to another +using \fBinch\fR and \fBaddch\fR.). See the \fBcurs_attr\fR(3X) page for +values of predefined video attribute constants that can be usefully OR'ed +into characters. + +The \fBechochar\fR and \fBwechochar\fR routines are equivalent to a call to +\fBaddch\fR followed by a call to \fBrefresh\fR, or a call to \fBwaddch\fR +followed by a call to \fBwrefresh\fR. The knowledge that only a single +character is being output is used and, for non-control characters, a +considerable performance gain may be seen by using these routines instead of +their equivalents. +.SS Line Graphics +The following variables may be used to add line drawing characters to the +screen with routines of the \fBaddch\fR family. The default character listed +below is used if the \fBacsc\fR capability doesn't define a terminal-specific +replacement for it (but see the EXTENSIONS section below). The names are +taken from VT100 nomenclature. + +.TS +l l l +_ _ _ +l l l. +\fIName\fR \fIDefault\fR \fIDescription\fR +ACS_ULCORNER + upper left-hand corner +ACS_LLCORNER + lower left-hand corner +ACS_URCORNER + upper right-hand corner +ACS_LRCORNER + lower right-hand corner +ACS_RTEE + right tee +ACS_LTEE + left tee +ACS_BTEE + bottom tee +ACS_TTEE + top tee +ACS_HLINE - horizontal line +ACS_VLINE | vertical line +ACS_PLUS + plus +ACS_S1 - scan line 1 +ACS_S9 \&_ scan line 9 +ACS_DIAMOND + diamond +ACS_CKBOARD : checker board (stipple) +ACS_DEGREE ' degree symbol +ACS_PLMINUS # plus/minus +ACS_BULLET o bullet +ACS_LARROW < arrow pointing left +ACS_RARROW > arrow pointing right +ACS_DARROW v arrow pointing down +ACS_UARROW ^ arrow pointing up +ACS_BOARD # board of squares +ACS_LANTERN # lantern symbol +ACS_BLOCK # solid square block +ACS_S3 - scan line 3 +ACS_S7 - scan line 7 +ACS_LEQUAL < less-than-or-equal-to +ACS_GEQUAL > greater-than-or-equal-to +ACS_PI * greek pi +ACS_NEQUAL ! not-equal +ACS_STERLING f pound-sterling symbol +.TE + +.SH RETURN VALUE +All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success +(the SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon +successful completion, unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine +descriptions. +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBaddch\fR, \fBmvaddch\fR, \fBmvwaddch\fR, and +\fBechochar\fR may be macros. +.SH EXTENSIONS +The following extended \fBcurses\fR features are available only on PC-clone +consoles and compatible terminals obeying the ANSI.SYS de-facto standard for +terminal control sequences. They are not part of XSI curses. + +The attribute A_ALTCHARSET actually forces literal display of PC ROM characters +including the high-half graphics. Your console driver may still capture or +translate a few (such as ESC) but this feature should give you access to the +card-suit characters, up and down-arrow, and most others in the range 0-32. +(In a terminfo entry designed for use with \fBncurses\fR, the high-half +characters are obtained using this attribute with an \fBacsc\fR string in +which the second of each pair is a high-half character.) + +Giving \fBwechochar\fR an argument with its high bit set will produce the +corresponding high-half ASCII graphic (SVr4 curses also has this feature but +does not document it). A control-character argument, however, will not +typically produce the corresponding graphic; characters such as CR, NL, FF and +TAB are typically interpreted by the console driver itself, and ESC will be +interpreted as the leader of a control sequence. +.SH PORTABILITY +All these functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. +The defaults specified for forms-drawing characters apply in the POSIX locale. + +The seven ACS symbols starting with \fBACS_S3\fR were not documented in +any publicly released System V. However, many publicly available terminfos +include \fBacsc\fR strings in which their key characters (pryz{|}) are +embedded, and a second-hand list of their character descriptions has come +to light. The ACS-prefixed names for them were invented for \fBncurses\fR(3X). +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_attr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_clear\fR(3X), +\fBcurs_inch\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X), +\fBputc\fR(3S). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_addchstr.3x b/man/curs_addchstr.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fd5600dd --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_addchstr.3x @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +.TH curs_addchstr 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBaddchstr\fR, \fBaddchnstr\fR, \fBwaddchstr\fR, +\fBwaddchnstr\fR, \fBmvaddchstr\fR, \fBmvaddchnstr\fR, \fBmvwaddchstr\fR, +\fBmvwaddchnstr\fR - add a string of characters (and attributes) to a +\fBcurses\fR window +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint addchstr(const chtype *chstr);\fR +.br +\fBint addchnstr(const chtype *chstr, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *chstr);\fR +.br +\fBint waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *chstr, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *chstr);\fR +.br +\fBint mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *chstr, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *chstr);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *chstr, int n);\fR +.SH DESCRIPTION +These routines copy \fIchstr\fR into the window image structure at and after +the current cursor position. The four routines with \fIn\fR as the last +argument copy at most \fIn\fR elements, but no more than will fit on the line. +If \fBn\fR=\fB-1\fR then the whole string is copied, to the maximum number of +characters that will fit on the line. + +The window cursor is \fInot\fR advanced, and these routines work faster than +\fBwaddnstr\fR. On the other hand, they don't perform any kind of checking +(such as for the newline, backspace, or carriage return characters), they don't +advance the current cursor position, they don't expand other control characters +to ^-escapes, and they truncate the string if it crosses the right margin, +rather then wrapping it around to the new line. + +.SH RETURN VALUES +All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success +(the SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon +successful completion, unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine +descriptions. +.SH NOTES +Note that all routines except \fBwaddchnstr\fR may be macros. +.SH PORTABILITY +All these entry points are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_addstr.3x b/man/curs_addstr.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3859a34b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_addstr.3x @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +.TH curs_addstr 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBaddstr\fR, \fBaddnstr\fR, \fBwaddstr\fR, \fBwaddnstr\fR, +\fBmvaddstr\fR, \fBmvaddnstr\fR, \fBmvwaddstr\fR, \fBmvwaddnstr\fR - add a +string of characters to a \fBcurses\fR window and advance cursor +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint addstr(const char *str);\fR +.br +\fBint addnstr(const char *str, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);\fR +.br +\fBint waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str);\fR +.br +\fBint mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n);\fR +.SH DESCRIPTION +These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string +\fIstr\fR on the given window. It is similar to calling \fBwaddch\fR once for +each character in the string. The four routines with \fIn\fR as the last +argument write at most \fIn\fR characters. If \fIn\fR is -1, then the +entire string will be added. +.SH RETURN VALUE +All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success +(the SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon +successful completion. +.SH NOTES +Note that all of these routines except \fBwaddstr\fR and \fBwaddnstr\fR may be +macros. +.SH PORTABILITY +All these entry points are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. The +XSI errors EILSEQ and EOVERFLOW, associated with extended-level conformance, +are not yet detected. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_addch\fR(3X). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_attr.3x b/man/curs_attr.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d9568a5f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_attr.3x @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +.\" $Id: curs_attr.3x,v 1.12 1997/01/05 01:14:33 tom Exp $ +.TH curs_attr 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBattroff\fR, \fBwattroff\fR, \fBattron\fR, \fBwattron\fR, +\fBattrset\fR, \fBwattrset\fR, \fBstandend\fR, \fBwstandend\fR, \fBstandout\fR, +\fBwstandout\fR - \fBcurses\fR character and window attribute control routines +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +\fBint attroff(int attrs);\fR +.br +\fBint wattroff(WINDOW *win, int attrs);\fR +.br +\fBint attron(int attrs);\fR +.br +\fBint wattron(WINDOW *win, int attrs);\fR +.br +\fBint attrset(int attrs);\fR +.br +\fBint wattrset(WINDOW *win, int attrs);\fR +.br +\fBint standend(void);\fR +.br +\fBint wstandend(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBint standout(void);\fR +.br +\fBint wstandout(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBattr_t attr_get(void);\fR +.br +\fBattr_t wattr_get(WINDOW *);\fR +.br +\fBint attr_off(attr_t attrs);\fR +.br +\fBint wattr_off(WINDOW *, attr_t attrs);\fR +.br +\fBint attr_on(attr_t attrs);\fR +.br +\fBint wattr_on(WINDOW *, attr_t attrs);\fR +.br +\fBint attr_set(attr_t attrs);\fR +.br +\fBint wattr_set(WINDOW *, attr_t attrs);\fR +.br +\fBint chgat(int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts)\fR +.br +\fBint wchgat(WINDOW *, int n, attr_t attr, + short color, const void *opts)\fR +.br +\fBint mvchgat(int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, + short color, const void *opts)\fR +.br +\fBint mvwchgat(WINDOW *, int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, + short color, const void *opts)\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The +current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into +the window with \fBwaddch\fR, \fBwaddstr\fR and \fBwprintw\fR. Attributes are +a property of the character, and move with the character through any scrolling +and insert/delete line/character operations. To the extent possible, they are +displayed as appropriate modifications to the graphic rendition of characters +put on the screen. + +The routine \fBattrset\fR sets the current attributes of the given window to +\fIattrs\fR. The routine \fBattroff\fR turns off the named attributes without +turning any other attributes on or off. The routine \fBattron\fR turns on the +named attributes without affecting any others. The routine \fBstandout\fR is +the same as \fBattron(A_STANDOUT)\fR. The routine \fBstandend\fR is the same +as \fBattrset(A_NORMAL)\fR or \fBattrset(0)\fR, that is, it turns off all +attributes. + +The routine \fBwattr_get\fR returns the current attribute for the given +window; \fBattr_get\fR returns the current attribute for \fBstdscr\fR. +The remaining \fBattr_\fR* functions operate exactly like the corresponding +\fBattr\fR* functions, except that they take arguments of type \fBattr_t\fR +rather than \fBint\fR. + +The routine \fBchgat\fR changes the attributes of a given number of characters +starting at the current cursor location of \fBstdscr\fR. It does not update +the cursor and does not perform wrapping. A character count of -1 or greater +than the remaining window width means to change attributes all the way to the +end of the current line. The \fBwchgat\fR function generalizes this to any +window; the \fBmvwchgat\fR function does a cursor move before acting. In these +functions, the color argument is a color-pair index (as in the first argument +of \fIinit_pair\fR, see \fBcurs_color\fR(3x)). The \fBopts\fR argument is not +presently used, but is reserved for the future (leave it \fBNULL\fR). +.SS Attributes +The following video attributes, defined in \fB\fR, can be passed to +the routines \fBattron\fR, \fBattroff\fR, and \fBattrset\fR, or OR'ed with the +characters passed to \fBaddch\fR. + +.TS +center ; +l l . +\fBA_NORMAL\fR Normal display (no highlight) +\fBA_STANDOUT\fR Best highlighting mode of the terminal. +\fBA_UNDERLINE\fR Underlining +\fBA_REVERSE\fR Reverse video +\fBA_BLINK\fR Blinking +\fBA_DIM\fR Half bright +\fBA_BOLD\fR Extra bright or bold +\fBA_PROTECT\fR Protected mode +\fBA_INVIS\fR Invisible or blank mode +\fBA_ALTCHARSET\fR Alternate character set +\fBA_CHARTEXT\fR Bit-mask to extract a character +\fBCOLOR_PAIR(\fR\fIn\fR\fB)\fR Color-pair number \fIn\fR +.TE + +The following macro is the reverse of \fBCOLOR_PAIR(\fR\fIn\fR\fB)\fR: + +.DS C +\fBPAIR_NUMBER(\fIattrs\fR) Returns the pair number associated + with the \fBCOLOR_PAIR(\fR\fIn\fR\fB)\fR attribute. +.DE + +The return values of many of these routines are not meaningful (they are +implemented as macro-expanded assignments and simply return their argument). +The SVr4 manual page claims (falsely) that these routines always return \fB1\fR. + +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBattroff\fR, \fBwattroff\fR, \fBattron\fR, \fBwattron\fR, +\fBattrset\fR, \fBwattrset\fR, \fBstandend\fR and \fBstandout\fR may be macros. +.SH PORTABILITY +All these functions are supported in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. The +standard defined the dedicated type for highlights, \fBattr_t\fR, which is not +defined in SVr4 curses. The functions taking \fBattr_t\fR arguments are +not supported under SVr4. + +The XSI Curses standard states that whether the traditional functions +\fBattron\fR/\fBattroff\fR/\fBattrset\fR can manipulate attributes other than +\fBA_BLINK\fR, \fBA_BOLD\fR, \fBA_DIM\fR, \fBA_REVERSE\fR, \fBA_STANDOUT\fR, or +\fBA_UNDERLINE\fR is "unspecified". Under this implementation as well as +SVr4 curses, these functions correctly manipulate all other highlights +(specifically, \fBA_ALTCHARSET\fR, \fBA_PROTECT\fR, and \fBA_INVIS\fR). + +XSI Curses added the new entry points, \fBattr_get\fR, \fBattr_on\fR, +\fBattr_off\fR, \fBattr_set\fR, \fBwattr_on\fR, \fBwattr_off\fR, +\fBwattr_get\fR, \fBwattr_set\fR. These are intended to work with +a new series of highlight macros prefixed with \fBWA_\fR. + +.TS +center ; +l l . +\fBWA_NORMAL\fR Normal display (no highlight) +\fBWA_STANDOUT\fR Best highlighting mode of the terminal. +\fBWA_UNDERLINE\fR Underlining +\fBWA_REVERSE\fR Reverse video +\fBWA_BLINK\fR Blinking +\fBWA_DIM\fR Half bright +\fBWA_BOLD\fR Extra bright or bold +\fBWA_ALTCHARSET\fR Alternate character set +.TE + +The XSI curses standard specifies that each pair of corresponding \fBA_\fR +and \fBWA_\fR-using functions operates on the same current-highlight +information. + +The XSI standard extended conformance level adds new highlights +\fBA_HORIZONTAL\fR, \fBA_LEFT\fR, \fBA_LOW\fR, \fBA_RIGHT\fR, \fBA_TOP\fR, +\fBA_VERTICAL\fR (and corresponding \fBWA_\fR macros for each) which this +curses does not yet support. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_addch\fR(3X), \fBcurs_addstr\fR(3X), +\fBcurs_printw\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_beep.3x b/man/curs_beep.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..140f255c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_beep.3x @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +.TH curs_beep 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBbeep\fR, \fBflash\fR - \fBcurses\fR bell and screen flash routines +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint beep(void);\fR +.br +\fBint flash(void);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBbeep\fR and \fBflash\fR routines are used to alert the terminal user. +The routine \fBbeep\fR sounds an audible alarm on the terminal, if possible; +otherwise it flashes the screen (visible bell). The routine \fBflash\fR +flashes the screen, and if that is not possible, sounds the alert. If neither +alert is possible, nothing happens. Nearly all terminals have an audible alert +(bell or beep), but only some can flash the screen. +.SH RETURN VALUE +These routines return \fBOK\fR if they succeed in beeping or flashing, +\fBERR\fR otherwise. +.SH EXTENSIONS +SVr4's beep and flash routines always returned \fBOK\fR, so it was not +possible to tell when the beep or flash failed. +.SH PORTABILITY +These functions are defined in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. Like SVr4, it +specifies that they always return \fBOK\fR. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_bkgd.3x b/man/curs_bkgd.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..97b4094f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_bkgd.3x @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +.\" $Id: curs_bkgd.3x,v 1.10 1996/07/20 23:48:30 tom Exp $ +.TH curs_bkgd 3X "" +. +.SH NAME +\fBbkgdset\fR, \fBwbkgdset\fR, \fBbkgd\fR, +\fBwbkgd\fR - \fBcurses\fR window background manipulation routines +. +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBvoid bkgdset(const chtype ch);\fR +.br +\fBvoid wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);\fR +.br +\fBint bkgd(const chtype ch);\fR +.br +\fBint wbkgd(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);\fR +.br +\fBchtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +. +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBbkgdset\fR and \fBwbkgdset\fR routines manipulate the +background of the named window. +The window background is a \fBchtype\fR consisting of +any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a character. +The attribute part of the background is combined (OR'ed) with all non-blank +characters that are written into the window with \fBwaddch\fR. Both +the character and attribute parts of the background are combined with +the blank characters. The background becomes a property of the +character and moves with the character through any scrolling and +insert/delete line/character operations. + +To the extent possible on a +particular terminal, the attribute part of the background is displayed +as the graphic rendition of the character put on the screen. + +The \fBbkgd\fR and \fBwbkgd\fR functions +set the background property of the current or specified window +and then apply this setting to every character position in that window: + +.RS +The rendition of every character on the screen is changed to +the new background rendition. + +Wherever the former background character +appears, it is changed to the new background character. +.RE + +The \fBgetbkgd\fR function returns the given window's current background +character/attribute pair. +. +.SH RETURN VALUE +The routines \fBbkgd\fR and \fBwbkgd\fR return the integer \fBOK\fR. +The SVr4.0 manual says "or a non-negative integer if \fBimmedok\fR is set", +but this appears to be an error. +. +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBbkgdset\fR and \fBbkgd\fR may be macros. +. +.SH PORTABILITY +These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. The draft +does not include \fBconst\fR qualifiers on the arguments. The standard +specifies that \fBbkgd\fR and \fBwbkgd\fR return \fBERR\fR, on failure. but +gives no failure conditions. +. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_addch\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_border.3x b/man/curs_border.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a9e49151 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_border.3x @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +.\" $Id: curs_border.3x,v 1.8 1996/08/04 00:29:11 tom Exp $ +.TH curs_border 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBborder\fR, \fBwborder\fR, \fBbox\fR, +\fBhline\fR, \fBwhline\fR, \fBvline\fR, \fBwvline\fR - create +\fBcurses\fR borders, horizontal and vertical lines +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +\fBint border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, + chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br);\fR +.br +\fBint wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs, + chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr, + chtype bl, chtype br);\fR +.br +\fBint box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch);\fR +.br +\fBint hline(chtype ch, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint vline(chtype ch, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);\fR +.br +\fBmvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);\fR +.br +\fBmvwhline(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwvline(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBborder\fR, \fBwborder\fR and \fBbox\fR routines draw a box around the +edges of a window. The argument \fIls\fR is a character and attributes used +for the left side of the border, \fIrs\fR - right side, \fIts\fR - top side, +\fIbs\fR - bottom side, \fItl\fR - top left-hand corner, \fItr\fR - top +right-hand corner, \fIbl\fR - bottom left-hand corner, and \fIbr\fR - bottom +right-hand corner. If any of these arguments is zero, then the following +default values (defined in \fBcurses.h\fR) are used instead: \fBACS_VLINE\fR, +\fBACS_VLINE\fR, \fBACS_HLINE\fR, \fBACS_HLINE\fR, \fB\fBACS_ULCORNER\fR, +\fBACS_URCORNER\fR, \fBACS_BLCORNER\fR, \fBACS_BRCORNER\fR. + +\fBbox(\fR\fIwin\fR\fB, \fR\fIverch\fR\fB, \fR\fIhorch\fR\fB)\fR is a shorthand +for the following call: \fBwborder(\fR\fIwin\fR\fB,\fR \fIverch\fR\fB,\fR +\fIverch\fR\fB,\fR \fIhorch\fR\fB,\fR \fIhorch\fR\fB, 0, 0, 0, 0)\fR. + +The \fBhline\fR and \fBwhline\fR functions draw a horizontal (left to right) +line using \fIch\fR starting at the current cursor position in the window. The +current cursor position is not changed. The line is at most \fIn\fR characters +long, or as many as fit into the window. + +The \fBvline\fR and \fBwvline\fR functions draw a vertical (top to bottom) line +using \fIch\fR starting at the current cursor position in the window. The +current cursor position is not changed. The line is at most \fIn\fR characters +long, or as many as fit into the window. +.SH RETURN VALUE +All routines return the integer \fBOK\fR. The SVr4.0 manual says "or a +non-negative integer if \fBimmedok\fR is set", but this appears to be an error. +.SH NOTES +The borders generated by these functions are \fIinside\fR borders (this +is also true of SVr4 curses, though the fact is not documented). + +Note that \fBborder\fR and \fBbox\fR may be macros. +.SH PORTABILITY +These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. Additional +functions \fBmvhline\fR, \fBmvvline\fR, \fBmvwhline\fR, and \fBmvwvline\fR are +described there which this implementation does not yet support. The standard +specifies that they return \fBERR\fR on failure, but specifies no error +conditions. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_clear.3x b/man/curs_clear.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1a9efb7c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_clear.3x @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +.TH curs_clear 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBerase\fR, \fBwerase\fR, \fBclear\fR, +\fBwclear\fR, \fBclrtobot\fR, \fBwclrtobot\fR, \fBclrtoeol\fR, +\fBwclrtoeol\fR - clear all or part of a \fBcurses\fR window +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB# include \fR + +\fBint erase(void);\fR +.br +\fBint werase(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBint clear(void);\fR +.br +\fBint wclear(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBint clrtobot(void);\fR +.br +\fBint wclrtobot(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBint clrtoeol(void);\fR +.br +\fBint wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBerase\fR and \fBwerase\fR routines copy blanks to every +position in the window, clearing the screen. + +The \fBclear\fR and \fBwclear\fR routines are like \fBerase\fR and +\fBwerase\fR, but they also call \fBclearok\fR, so that the screen is +cleared completely on the next call to \fBwrefresh\fR for that window +and repainted from scratch. + +The \fBclrtobot\fR and \fBwclrtobot\fR routines erase from the cursor to the +end of screen. That is, they erase all lines below the cursor in the window. +Also, the current line to the right of the cursor, inclusive, is erased. + +The \fBclrtoeol\fR and \fBwclrtoeol\fR routines erase the current line +to the right of the cursor, inclusive, to the end of the current line. + +Blanks created by erasure have the current background rendition (as set +by \fBwbkgdset\fR) merged into them. +.SH RETURN VALUE +All routines return the integer \fBOK\fR. The SVr4.0 manual says "or a +non-negative integer if \fBimmedok\fR is set", but this appears to be an error. +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBerase\fR, \fBwerase\fR, \fBclear\fR, \fBwclear\fR, +\fBclrtobot\fR, and \fBclrtoeol\fR may be macros. +.SH PORTABILITY +These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. The +standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fR on failure, but specifies no +error conditions. + +Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocumented feature, the +ability to do the equivalent of \fBclearok(..., 1)\fR by saying +\fBtouchwin(stdscr)\fR or \fBclear(stdscr)\fR. This will not work under +ncurses. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_color.3x b/man/curs_color.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b228ebaa --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_color.3x @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +.\" $Id: curs_color.3x,v 1.8 1997/01/19 02:50:30 tom Exp $ +.TH curs_color 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBstart_color\fR, \fBinit_pair\fR, +\fBinit_color\fR, \fBhas_colors\fR, \fBcan_change_color\fR, +\fBcolor_content\fR, \fBpair_content\fR - \fBcurses\fR color +manipulation routines +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB# include \fR +.br +\fBint start_color(void);\fR +.br +\fBint init_pair(short pair, short f, short b);\fR +.br +\fBint init_color(short color, short r, short g, short b);\fR +.br +\fBbool has_colors(void);\fR +.br +\fBbool can_change_color(void);\fR +.br +\fBint color_content(short color, short *r, short *g, short *b);\fR +.br +\fBint pair_content(short pair, short *f, short *b);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +.SS Overview +\fBcurses\fR support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To +use these routines \fBstart_color\fR must be called, usually right after +\fBinitscr\fR. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to as color-pairs). +A color-pair consists of a foreground color (for characters) and a background +color (for the blank field on which the characters are displayed). A +programmer initializes a color-pair with the routine \fBinit_pair\fR. After it +has been initialized, \fBCOLOR_PAIR\fR(\fIn\fR), a macro defined in +\fB\fR, can be used as a new video attribute. + +If a terminal is capable of redefining colors, the programmer can use the +routine \fBinit_color\fR to change the definition of a color. The routines +\fBhas_colors\fR and \fBcan_change_color\fR return \fBTRUE\fR or \fBFALSE\fR, +depending on whether the terminal has color capabilities and whether the +programmer can change the colors. The routine \fBcolor_content\fR allows a +programmer to extract the amounts of red, green, and blue components in an +initialized color. The routine \fBpair_content\fR allows a programmer to find +out how a given color-pair is currently defined. +.SS Routine Descriptions +The \fBstart_color\fR routine requires no arguments. It must be +called if the programmer wants to use colors, and before any other +color manipulation routine is called. It is good practice to call +this routine right after \fBinitscr\fR. \fBstart_color\fR initializes +eight basic colors (black, red, green, yellow, blue, magenta, cyan, +and white), and two global variables, \fBCOLORS\fR and +\fBCOLOR_PAIRS\fR (respectively defining the maximum number of colors +and color-pairs the terminal can support). It also restores the +colors on the terminal to the values they had when the terminal was +just turned on. + +The \fBinit_pair\fR routine changes the definition of a color-pair. It takes +three arguments: the number of the color-pair to be changed, the foreground +color number, and the background color number. The value of the first argument +must be between \fB1\fR and \fBCOLOR_PAIRS-1\fR. The value of the second and +third arguments must be between 0 and \fBCOLORS\fR (the 0 color pair is wired +to white on black and cannot be changed). If the color-pair was previously +initialized, the screen is refreshed and all occurrences of that color-pair is +changed to the new definition. + +The \fBinit_color\fR routine changes the definition of a color. It takes four +arguments: the number of the color to be changed followed by three RGB values +(for the amounts of red, green, and blue components). The value of the first +argument must be between \fB0\fR and \fBCOLORS\fR. (See the section +\fBColors\fR for the default color index.) Each of the last three arguments +must be a value between 0 and 1000. When \fBinit_color\fR is used, all +occurrences of that color on the screen immediately change to the new +definition. + +The \fBhas_colors\fR routine requires no arguments. It returns \fBTRUE\fR if +the terminal can manipulate colors; otherwise, it returns \fBFALSE\fR. This +routine facilitates writing terminal-independent programs. For example, a +programmer can use it to decide whether to use color or some other video +attribute. + +The \fBcan_change_color\fR routine requires no arguments. It returns +\fBTRUE\fR if the terminal supports colors and can change their definitions; +other, it returns \fBFALSE\fR. This routine facilitates writing +terminal-independent programs. + +The \fBcolor_content\fR routine gives programmers a way to find the intensity +of the red, green, and blue (RGB) components in a color. It requires four +arguments: the color number, and three addresses of \fBshort\fRs for storing +the information about the amounts of red, green, and blue components in the +given color. The value of the first argument must be between 0 and +\fBCOLORS\fR. The values that are stored at the addresses pointed to by the +last three arguments are between 0 (no component) and 1000 (maximum amount of +component). + +The \fBpair_content\fR routine allows programmers to find out what colors a +given color-pair consists of. It requires three arguments: the color-pair +number, and two addresses of \fBshort\fRs for storing the foreground and the +background color numbers. The value of the first argument must be between 1 +and \fBCOLOR_PAIRS-1\fR. The values that are stored at the addresses pointed +to by the second and third arguments are between 0 and \fBCOLORS\fR. +.SS Colors +In \fB\fR the following macros are defined. These are the default +colors. \fBcurses\fR also assumes that \fBCOLOR_BLACK\fR is the default +background color for all terminals. + +.nf + \fBCOLOR_BLACK\fR + \fBCOLOR_RED\fR + \fBCOLOR_GREEN\fR + \fBCOLOR_YELLOW\fR + \fBCOLOR_BLUE\fR + \fBCOLOR_MAGENTA\fR + \fBCOLOR_CYAN\fR + \fBCOLOR_WHITE\fR +.fi +.SH RETURN VALUE +The routines \fBcan_change_color()\fR and \fBhas_colors()\fR return \fBTRUE\fR +or \fBFALSE\fR. + +All other routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an \fBOK\fR +(SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful +completion. +.SH NOTES +In the \fIncurses\fR implementation, there is a separate color activation flag, +color palette, color pairs table, and associated COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS counts +for each screen; the \fBstart_color\fR function only affects the current +screen. The SVr4/XSI interface is not really designed with this in mind, and +historical implementations may use a single shared color palette. + +Note that setting an implicit background color via a color pair affects only +character cells that a character write operation explicitly touches. To change +the background color used when parts of a window are blanked by erasing or +scrolling operations, see \fBcurs_bkgd\fR(3x). + +Several caveats apply on 386 and 486 machines with VGA-compatible graphics: + +COLOR_YELLOW is actually brown. To get yellow, use COLOR_YELLOW combined with +the \fBA_BOLD\fR attribute. + +The A_BLINK attribute should in theory cause the background to go bright. This +often fails to work, and even some cards for which it mostly works (such as the +Paradise and compatibles) do the wrong thing when you try to set a bright +"yellow" background (you get a blinking yellow foreground instead). + +Color RGB values are not settable. +.SH PORTABILITY +This implementation satisfies XSI Curses's minimum maximums +for \fBCOLORS\fR and \fBCOLOR_PAIRS\fR. +.PP +The \fBinit_pair\fP routine accepts negative values of foreground +and background color to support the \fBuse_default_colors\fP extension, +but only if that routine has been first invoked. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), +\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), +\fBcurs_attr\fR(3X), +\fBdft_fgbg\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_delch.3x b/man/curs_delch.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d7973a98 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_delch.3x @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +.TH curs_delch 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBdelch\fR, \fBwdelch\fR, \fBmvdelch\fR, \fBmvwdelch\fR - +delete character under the cursor in a \fBcurses\fR window +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint delch(void);\fR +.br +\fBint wdelch(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBint mvdelch(int y, int x);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +These routines delete the character under the cursor; all characters to the +right of the cursor on the same line are moved to the left one position and the +last character on the line is filled with a blank. The cursor position does +not change (after moving to \fIy\fR, \fIx\fR, if specified). (This does not +imply use of the hardware delete character feature.) +.SH RETURN VALUE +All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an \fBOK\fR (SVr4 +specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful +completion. +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBdelch\fR, \fBmvdelch\fR, and \fBmvwdelch\fR may be macros. +.SH PORTABILITY +These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. The +standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fR on failure, but specifies no +error conditions. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_deleteln.3x b/man/curs_deleteln.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2b471099 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_deleteln.3x @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +.TH curs_deleteln 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBdeleteln\fR, \fBwdeleteln\fR, \fBinsdelln\fR, +\fBwinsdelln\fR, \fBinsertln\fR, \fBwinsertln\fR - delete and insert +lines in a \fBcurses\fR window +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint deleteln(void);\fR +.br +\fBint wdeleteln(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBint insdelln(int n);\fR +.br +\fBint winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint insertln(void);\fR +.br +\fBint winsertln(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBdeleteln\fR and \fBwdeleteln\fR routines delete the line under the +cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line. +The bottom line of the window is cleared. The cursor position does not change. + +The \fBinsdelln\fR and \fBwinsdelln\fR routines, for positive \fIn\fR, insert +\fIn\fR lines into the specified window above the current line. The \fIn\fR +bottom lines are lost. For negative \fIn\fR, delete \fIn\fR lines (starting +with the one under the cursor), and move the remaining lines up. The bottom +\fIn\fR lines are cleared. The current cursor position remains the same. + +The \fBinsertln\fR and \fBinsertln\fR routines, insert a blank line above the +current line and the bottom line is lost. +.SH RETURN VALUE +All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an \fBOK\fR (SVr4 +specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful +completion. +.SH PORTABILITY +These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. The +standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fR on failure, but specifies no +error conditions. +.SH NOTES +Note that all but \fBwinsdelln\fR may be a macros. + +These routines do not require a hardware line delete or insert feature in the +terminal. In fact, they won't use hardware line delete/insert unless +\fBidlok(..., TRUE)\fR has been set on the current window. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_getch.3x b/man/curs_getch.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..092c8b78 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_getch.3x @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +.\" $Id: curs_getch.3x,v 1.10 1997/01/05 11:57:54 Jesse.Thilo Exp $ +.TH curs_getch 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBgetch\fR, \fBwgetch\fR, \fBmvgetch\fR, +\fBmvwgetch\fR, \fBungetch\fR - get (or push back) characters from +\fBcurses\fR terminal keyboard +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint getch(void);\fR +.br +\fBint wgetch(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBint mvgetch(int y, int x);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR +.br +\fBint ungetch(int ch);\fR +.br +\fBint has_key(int ch);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBgetch\fR, \fBwgetch\fR, \fBmvgetch\fR and \fBmvwgetch\fR, routines read +a character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the +value \fBERR\fR is returned. In delay mode, the program waits until the system +passes text through to the program. Depending on the setting of \fBcbreak\fR, +this is after one character (cbreak mode), or after the first newline (nocbreak +mode). In half-delay mode, the program waits until a character is typed or the +specified timeout has been reached. + +If \fBnoecho\fR has been set, then the character will also be echoed into the +designated window according to the following rules: +If the character is the current erase character, left arrow, or backspace, +the cursor is moved one space to the left and that screen position is erased +as if \fBdelch\fR had been called. +If the character value is any other \fBKEY_\fR define, the user is alerted +with a \fBbeep\fR call. +Otherwise the character is simply output to the screen. + +If the window is not a pad, and it has been moved or modified since the last +call to \fBwrefresh\fR, \fBwrefresh\fR will be called before another character +is read. + +If \fBkeypad\fR is \fBTRUE\fR, and a function key is pressed, the token for +that function key is returned instead of the raw characters. Possible function +keys are defined in \fB\fR as macros with values outside the range +of 8-bit characters whose names begin with \fBKEY_.\fR Thus, a variable +intended to hold the return value of a function key must be of short size or +larger. + +When a character that could be the beginning of a function key is received +(which, on modern terminals, means an escape character), \fBcurses\fR sets a +timer. If the remainder of the sequence does not come in within the designated +time, the character is passed through; otherwise, the function key value is +returned. For this reason, many terminals experience a delay between the time +a user presses the escape key and the escape is returned to the program. + +The \fBungetch\fR routine places \fIch\fR back onto the input queue to be +returned by the next call to \fBwgetch\fR. Note that there is, in effect, +just one input queue for all windows. + +.SS Function Keys +The following function keys, defined in \fB\fR, might be returned by +\fBgetch\fR if \fBkeypad\fR has been enabled. Note that not all of these are +necessarily supported on any particular terminal. +.sp +.TS +center tab(/) ; +l l +l l . +\fIName\fR/\fIKey\fR \fIname\fR + +KEY_BREAK/Break key +KEY_DOWN/The four arrow keys ... +KEY_UP +KEY_LEFT +KEY_RIGHT +KEY_HOME/Home key (upward+left arrow) +KEY_BACKSPACE/Backspace +KEY_F0/T{ +Function keys; space for 64 keys is reserved. +T} +KEY_F(\fIn\fR)/T{ +For 0 \(<= \fIn\fR \(<= 63 +T} +KEY_DL/Delete line +KEY_IL/Insert line +KEY_DC/Delete character +KEY_IC/Insert char or enter insert mode +KEY_EIC/Exit insert char mode +KEY_CLEAR/Clear screen +KEY_EOS/Clear to end of screen +KEY_EOL/Clear to end of line +KEY_SF/Scroll 1 line forward +KEY_SR/Scroll 1 line backward (reverse) +KEY_NPAGE/Next page +KEY_PPAGE/Previous page +KEY_STAB/Set tab +KEY_CTAB/Clear tab +KEY_CATAB/Clear all tabs +KEY_ENTER/Enter or send +KEY_SRESET/Soft (partial) reset +KEY_RESET/Reset or hard reset +KEY_PRINT/Print or copy +KEY_LL/Home down or bottom (lower left). +KEY_A1/Upper left of keypad +KEY_A3/Upper right of keypad +KEY_B2/Center of keypad +KEY_C1/Lower left of keypad +KEY_C3/Lower right of keypad +KEY_BTAB/Back tab key +KEY_BEG/Beg(inning) key +KEY_CANCEL/Cancel key +KEY_CLOSE/Close key +KEY_COMMAND/Cmd (command) key +KEY_COPY/Copy key +KEY_CREATE/Create key +KEY_END/End key +KEY_EXIT/Exit key +KEY_FIND/Find key +KEY_HELP/Help key +KEY_MARK/Mark key +KEY_MESSAGE/Message key +KEY_MOVE/Move key +KEY_NEXT/Next object key +KEY_OPEN/Open key +KEY_OPTIONS/Options key +KEY_PREVIOUS/Previous object key +KEY_REDO/Redo key +KEY_REFERENCE/Ref(erence) key +KEY_REFRESH/Refresh key +KEY_REPLACE/Replace key +KEY_RESTART/Restart key +KEY_RESUME/Resume key +KEY_SAVE/Save key +KEY_SBEG/Shifted beginning key +KEY_SCANCEL/Shifted cancel key +KEY_SCOMMAND/Shifted command key +KEY_SCOPY/Shifted copy key +KEY_SCREATE/Shifted create key +KEY_SDC/Shifted delete char key +KEY_SDL/Shifted delete line key +KEY_SELECT/Select key +KEY_SEND/Shifted end key +KEY_SEOL/Shifted clear line key +KEY_SEXIT/Shifted exit key +KEY_SFIND/Shifted find key +KEY_SHELP/Shifted help key +KEY_SHOME/Shifted home key +KEY_SIC/Shifted input key +KEY_SLEFT/Shifted left arrow key +KEY_SMESSAGE/Shifted message key +KEY_SMOVE/Shifted move key +KEY_SNEXT/Shifted next key +KEY_SOPTIONS/Shifted options key +KEY_SPREVIOUS/Shifted prev key +KEY_SPRINT/Shifted print key +KEY_SREDO/Shifted redo key +KEY_SREPLACE/Shifted replace key +KEY_SRIGHT/Shifted right arrow +KEY_SRSUME/Shifted resume key +KEY_SSAVE/Shifted save key +KEY_SSUSPEND/Shifted suspend key +KEY_SUNDO/Shifted undo key +KEY_SUSPEND/Suspend key +KEY_UNDO/Undo key +.TE + +Keypad is arranged like this: +.sp +.TS +center allbox tab(/) ; +c c c . +\fBA1\fR/\fBup\fR/\fBA3\fR +\fBleft\fR/\fBB2\fR/\fBright\fR +\fBC1\fR/\fBdown\fR/\fBC3\fR +.TE +.sp +The \fBhas_key\fR routine takes a key value from the above list, and +returns TRUE or FALSE according as the current terminal type recognizes +a key with that value. + +.SH RETURN VALUE +All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an integer value +other than \fBERR\fR (\fBOK\fR in the case of ungetch()) upon successful +completion. +.SH NOTES +Use of the escape key by a programmer for a single character function is +discouraged, as it will cause a delay of up to one second while the +keypad code looks for a following function-key sequence. + +When using \fBgetch\fR, \fBwgetch\fR, \fBmvgetch\fR, or +\fBmvwgetch\fR, nocbreak mode (\fBnocbreak\fR) and echo mode +(\fBecho\fR) should not be used at the same time. Depending on the +state of the tty driver when each character is typed, the program may +produce undesirable results. + +Note that \fBgetch\fR, \fBmvgetch\fR, and \fBmvwgetch\fR may be macros. + +Historically, the set of keypad macros was largely defined by the extremely +function-key-rich keyboard of the AT&T 7300, aka 3B1, aka Safari 4. Modern +personal computers usually have only a small subset of these. IBM PC-style +consoles typically support little more than \fBKEY_UP\fR, \fBKEY_DOWN\fR, +\fBKEY_LEFT\fR, \fBKEY_RIGHT\fR, \fBKEY_HOME\fR, \fBKEY_END\fR, +\fBKEY_NPAGE\fR, \fBKEY_PPAGE\fR, and function keys 1 through 12. The Ins key +is usually mapped to \fBKEY_IC\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +The *get* functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. They +read single-byte characters only. The standard specifies that they return +\fBERR\fR on failure, but specifies no error conditions. + +The echo behavior of these functions on input of \fBKEY_\fR or backspace +characters was not specified in the SVr4 documentation. This description is +adopted from the XSI Curses standard. + +The behavior of \fBgetch\fR and friends in the presence of handled signals is +unspecified in the SVr4 and XSI Curses documentation. Under historical curses +implementations, it varied depending on whether the operating system's +implementation of handled signal receipt interrupts a \fBread\fR(2) call in +progress or not, and also (in some implementations) depending on whether an +input timeout or non-blocking mode hsd been set. + +Programmers concerned about portability should be prepared for either of two +cases: (a) signal receipt does not interrupt \fBgetch\fR; (b) signal receipt +interrupts \fBgetch\fR and causes it to return ERR with \fBerrno\fR set to +\fBEINTR\fR. Under the \fBncurses\fR implementation, handled signals never +interrupt \fBgetch\fR. + +The \fBhas_key\fR function is unique to \fBncurses\fR. We recommend that +any code using it be conditionalized on the NCURSES feature macro. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_inopts\fR(3X), \fBcurs_move\fR(3X), +\fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_getstr.3x b/man/curs_getstr.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd3abf4d --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_getstr.3x @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +.TH curs_getstr 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBgetstr\fR, \fBwgetstr\fR, \fBmvgetstr\fR, +\fBmvwgetstr\fR, \fBwgetnstr\fR - accept character strings from +\fBcurses\fR terminal keyboard +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint getstr(char *str);\fR +.br +\fBint getnstr(char *str, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);\fR +.br +\fBint mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);\fR +.br +\fBint mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, char *str, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBgetstr\fR is equivalent to a series of calls to \fBgetch\fR, +until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is +not included in the returned string). The resulting value is placed in the +area pointed to by the character pointer \fIstr\fR. + +\fBwgetnstr\fR reads at most \fIn\fR characters, thus preventing a possible +overflow of the input buffer. Any attempt to enter more characters (other +than the terminating newline or carriage return) causes a beep. Function +keys also cause a beep and are ignored. The \fBgetnstr\fR function reads +from the \fIstdscr\fR default window. + +The user's erase and kill characters are interpreted. If keypad +mode is on for the window, \fBKEY_LEFT\fR and \fBKEY_BACKSPACE\fR +are both considered equivalent to the user's kill character. + +Characters input are echoed only if \fBecho\fR is currently on. In that case, +backspace is echoed as deletion of the previous character (typically a left +motion). +.SH RETURN VALUE +All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an \fBOK\fR (SVr4 +specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful +completion. +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBgetstr\fR, \fBmvgetstr\fR, and \fBmvwgetstr\fR may be macros. +.SH PORTABILITY +These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. They read +single-byte characters only. The standard specifies that they return \fBERR\fR +on failure, but the single error condition \fBEOVERFLOW\fR associated with +extended-level conformance is not yet returned (the XSI curses support for +multi-byte characters is not yet present). + +SVr3 and early SVr4 curses implementations did not reject function keys; +the SVr4.0 documentation claimed that "special keys" (such as function +keys, "home" key, "clear" key, \fIetc\fR.) are interpreted" without +giving details. It lied. In fact, the `character' value appended to the +string by those implementations was predictable but not useful +(being, in fact, the low-order eight bits of the key's KEY_ value). + +The functions \fBgetnstr\fR, \fBmvgetnstr\fR, and \fBmvwgetnstr\fR were +present but not documented in SVr4. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_getch\fR(3X). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_getyx.3x b/man/curs_getyx.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..58a3a52e --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_getyx.3x @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +.TH curs_getyx 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBgetyx\fR, \fBgetparyx\fR, \fBgetbegyx\fR, +\fBgetmaxyx\fR - get \fBcurses\fR cursor and window coordinates +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBvoid getyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR +.br +\fBvoid getparyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR +.br +\fBvoid getbegyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR +.br +\fBvoid getmaxyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBgetyx\fR macro places the current cursor position of the given window in +the two integer variables \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR. + +If \fIwin\fR is a subwindow, the \fBgetparyx\fR macro places the beginning +coordinates of the subwindow relative to the parent window into two integer +variables \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR. Otherwise, \fB-1\fR is placed into \fIy\fR and +\fIx\fR. + +Like \fBgetyx\fR, the \fBgetbegyx\fR and \fBgetmaxyx\fR macros store +the current beginning coordinates and size of the specified window. +.SH RETURN VALUE +The return values of these macros are undefined (\fIi\fR.\fIe\fR., +they should not be used as the right-hand side of assignment +statements). +.SH NOTES +All of these interfaces are macros and that "\fB&\fR" is not +necessary before the variables \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_inch.3x b/man/curs_inch.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9cfb6cef --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_inch.3x @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +.\" $Id: curs_inch.3x,v 1.7 1997/01/05 01:29:23 tom Exp $ +.TH curs_inch 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBinch\fR, \fBwinch\fR, \fBmvinch\fR, \fBmvwinch\fR +- get a character and attributes from a \fBcurses\fR window +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBchtype inch(void);\fR +.br +\fBchtype winch(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBchtype mvinch(int y, int x);\fR +.br +\fBchtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +These routines return the character, of type \fBchtype\fR, at the current +position in the named window. If any attributes are set for that position, +their values are OR'ed into the value returned. Constants defined in +\fB\fR can be used with the \fB&\fR (logical AND) operator to +extract the character or attributes alone. + +.SS Attributes +The following bit-masks may be AND-ed with characters returned by \fBwinch\fR. + +.TS +l l . +\fBA_CHARTEXT\fR Bit-mask to extract character +\fBA_ATTRIBUTES\fR Bit-mask to extract attributes +\fBA_COLOR\fR Bit-mask to extract color-pair field information +.TE +.SH NOTES +Note that all of these routines may be macros. +.SH PORTABILITY +These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_inchstr.3x b/man/curs_inchstr.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..75c02b2f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_inchstr.3x @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +.TH curs_inchstr 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBinchstr\fR, \fBinchnstr\fR, \fBwinchstr\fR, +\fBwinchnstr\fR, \fBmvinchstr\fR, \fBmvinchnstr\fR, \fBmvwinchstr\fR, +\fBmvwinchnstr\fR - get a string of characters (and attributes) from a +\fBcurses\fR window +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint inchstr(chtype *chstr);\fR +.br +\fBint inchnstr(chtype *chstr, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *chstr);\fR +.br +\fBint winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *chstr, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *chstr);\fR +.br +\fBint mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *chstr, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwinchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *chstr);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *chstr, int n);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +These routines return a NULL-terminated array of \fBchtype\fR quantities, +starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the +right margin of the window. The four functions with \fIn\fR as +the last argument, return a leading substring at most \fIn\fR characters long +(exclusive of the trailing (chtype)0). +Constants defined in \fB\fR can be used with the \fB&\fR (logical +AND) operator to extract the character or the attribute alone from any position +in the \fIchstr\fR [see curs_inch(3X)]. +.SH RETURN VALUE +All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an integer value +other than \fBERR\fR upon successful completion (the number of characters +retrieved, exclusive of the trailing 0). +.SH NOTES +Note that all routines except \fBwinchnstr\fR may be macros. SVr4 does not +document whether the result string is 0-terminated; it does not document +whether a length limit argument includes any trailing 0; and it does not +document the meaning of the return value. +.SH PORTABILITY +These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. It is no +more specific than the SVr4 documentation on the trailing 0. It does specify +that the successful return of the functions is \fBOK\fR. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_inch\fR(3X). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_initscr.3x b/man/curs_initscr.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0ede098d --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_initscr.3x @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +.TH curs_initscr 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBinitscr\fR, \fBnewterm\fR, \fBendwin\fR, +\fBisendwin\fR, \fBset_term\fR, \fBdelscreen\fR - \fBcurses\fR screen +initialization and manipulation routines +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBWINDOW *initscr(void);\fR +.br +\fBint endwin(void);\fR +.br +\fBint isendwin(void);\fR +.br +\fBSCREEN *newterm(const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd);\fR +.br +\fBSCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new);\fR +.br +\fBvoid delscreen(SCREEN* sp);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +\fBinitscr\fR is normally the first \fBcurses\fR routine to call when +initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes need to be +called before it; these are \fBslk_init\fR, \fBfilter\fR, \fBripoffline\fR, +\fBuse_env\fR. For multiple-terminal applications, \fBnewterm\fR may be +called before \fBinitscr\fR. + +The initscr code determines the terminal type and initializes all \fBcurses\fR +data structures. \fBinitscr\fR also causes the first call to \fBrefresh\fR to +clear the screen. If errors occur, \fBinitscr\fR writes an appropriate error +message to standard error and exits; otherwise, a pointer is returned to +\fBstdscr\fR. + +A program that outputs to more than one terminal should use the \fBnewterm\fR +routine for each terminal instead of \fBinitscr\fR. A program that needs to +inspect capabilities, so it can continue to run in a line-oriented mode if the +terminal cannot support a screen-oriented program, would also use +\fBnewterm\fR. The routine \fBnewterm\fR should be called once for each +terminal. It returns a variable of type \fBSCREEN *\fR which should be saved +as a reference to that terminal. The arguments are the \fItype\fR of the +terminal to be used in place of \fB$TERM\fR, a file pointer for output to the +terminal, and another file pointer for input from the terminal (if \fItype\fR +is \fBNULL\fR, \fB$TERM\fR will be used). The program must also call +\fBendwin\fR for each terminal being used before exiting from \fBcurses\fR. +If \fBnewterm\fR is called more than once for the same terminal, the first +terminal referred to must be the last one for which \fBendwin\fR is called. + +A program should always call \fBendwin\fR before exiting or escaping from +\fBcurses\fR mode temporarily. This routine restores tty modes, moves the +cursor to the lower left-hand corner of the screen and resets the terminal into +the proper non-visual mode. Calling \fBrefresh\fR or \fBdoupdate\fR after a +temporary escape causes the program to resume visual mode. + +The \fBisendwin\fR routine returns \fBTRUE\fR if \fBendwin\fR has been +called without any subsequent calls to \fBwrefresh\fR, and \fBFALSE\fR +otherwise. + +The \fBset_term\fR routine is used to switch between different +terminals. The screen reference \fBnew\fR becomes the new current +terminal. The previous terminal is returned by the routine. This is +the only routine which manipulates \fBSCREEN\fR pointers; all other +routines affect only the current terminal. + +The \fBdelscreen\fR routine frees storage associated with the +\fBSCREEN\fR data structure. The \fBendwin\fR routine does not do +this, so \fBdelscreen\fR should be called after \fBendwin\fR if a +particular \fBSCREEN\fR is no longer needed. +.SH RETURN VALUE +\fBendwin\fR returns the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR +upon successful completion. + +Routines that return pointers always return \fBNULL\fR on error. +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBinitscr\fR and \fBnewterm\fR may be macros. +.SH PORTABILITY +These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. It +specifies that portable applications must not call \fBinitscr\fR more than +once. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X), +\fBcurs_slk\fR(3X), \fBcurs_util\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_inopts.3x b/man/curs_inopts.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..64d0dad4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_inopts.3x @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +.TH curs_inopts 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBcbreak\fR, \fBnocbreak\fR, \fBecho\fR, +\fBnoecho\fR, \fBhalfdelay\fR, \fBintrflush\fR, \fBkeypad\fR, +\fBmeta\fR, \fBnodelay\fR, \fBnotimeout\fR, \fBraw\fR, \fBnoraw\fR, +\fBnoqiflush\fR, \fBqiflush\fR, \fBtimeout\fR, \fBwtimeout\fR, +\fBtypeahead\fR - \fBcurses\fR input options +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint cbreak(void);\fR +.br +\fBint nocbreak(void);\fR +.br +\fBint echo(void);\fR +.br +\fBint noecho(void);\fR +.br +\fBint halfdelay(int tenths);\fR +.br +\fBint intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR +.br +\fBint keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR +.br +\fBint meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR +.br +\fBint nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR +.br +\fBint raw(void);\fR +.br +\fBint noraw(void);\fR +.br +\fBvoid noqiflush(void);\fR +.br +\fBvoid qiflush(void);\fR +.br +\fBint notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR +.br +\fBvoid timeout(int delay);\fR +.br +\fBvoid wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay);\fR +.br +\fBint typeahead(int fd);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage +return is typed. The \fBcbreak\fR routine disables line buffering and +erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow control characters are +unaffected), making characters typed by the user immediately available to the +program. The \fBnocbreak\fR routine returns the terminal to normal (cooked) +mode. + +Initially the terminal may or may not be in \fBcbreak\fR mode, as the mode is +inherited; therefore, a program should call \fBcbreak\fR or \fBnocbreak\fR +explicitly. Most interactive programs using \fBcurses\fR set the \fBcbreak\fR +mode. Note that \fBcbreak\fR overrides \fBraw\fR. [See curs_getch(3X) for a +discussion of how these routines interact with \fBecho\fR and \fBnoecho\fR.] + +The \fBecho\fR and \fBnoecho\fR routines control whether characters typed by +the user are echoed by \fBgetch\fR as they are typed. Echoing by the tty +driver is always disabled, but initially \fBgetch\fR is in echo mode, so +characters typed are echoed. Authors of most interactive programs prefer to do +their own echoing in a controlled area of the screen, or not to echo at all, so +they disable echoing by calling \fBnoecho\fR. [See curs_getch(3X) for a +discussion of how these routines interact with \fBcbreak\fR and +\fBnocbreak\fR.] + +The \fBhalfdelay\fR routine is used for half-delay mode, which is similar to +\fBcbreak\fR mode in that characters typed by the user are immediately +available to the program. However, after blocking for \fItenths\fR tenths of +seconds, ERR is returned if nothing has been typed. The value of \fBtenths\fR +must be a number between 1 and 255. Use \fBnocbreak\fR to leave half-delay +mode. + +If the \fBintrflush\fR option is enabled, (\fIbf\fR is \fBTRUE\fR), when an +interrupt key is pressed on the keyboard (interrupt, break, quit) all output in +the tty driver queue will be flushed, giving the effect of faster response to +the interrupt, but causing \fBcurses\fR to have the wrong idea of what is on +the screen. Disabling (\fIbf\fR is \fBFALSE\fR), the option prevents the +flush. The default for the option is inherited from the tty driver settings. +The window argument is ignored. + +The \fBkeypad\fR option enables the keypad of the user's terminal. If +enabled (\fIbf\fR is \fBTRUE\fR), the user can press a function key +(such as an arrow key) and \fBwgetch\fR returns a single value +representing the function key, as in \fBKEY_LEFT\fR. If disabled +(\fIbf\fR is \fBFALSE\fR), \fBcurses\fR does not treat function keys +specially and the program has to interpret the escape sequences +itself. If the keypad in the terminal can be turned on (made to +transmit) and off (made to work locally), turning on this option +causes the terminal keypad to be turned on when \fBwgetch\fR is +called. The default value for keypad is false. + +Initially, whether the terminal returns 7 or 8 significant bits on +input depends on the control mode of the tty driver [see termio(7)]. +To force 8 bits to be returned, invoke \fBmeta\fR(\fIwin\fR, +\fBTRUE\fR); this is equivalent, under POSIX, to setting the CS8 flag +on the terminal. To force 7 bits to be returned, invoke +\fBmeta\fR(\fIwin\fR, \fBFALSE\fR); this is equivalent, under POSIX, +to setting the CS8 flag on the terminal. The window argument, +\fIwin\fR, is always ignored. If the terminfo capabilities \fBsmm\fR +(meta_on) and \fBrmm\fR (meta_off) are defined for the terminal, +\fBsmm\fR is sent to the terminal when \fBmeta\fR(\fIwin\fR, +\fBTRUE\fR) is called and \fBrmm\fR is sent when \fBmeta\fR(\fIwin\fR, +\fBFALSE\fR) is called. + +The \fBnodelay\fR option causes \fBgetch\fR to be a non-blocking call. +If no input is ready, \fBgetch\fR returns \fBERR\fR. If disabled +(\fIbf\fR is \fBFALSE\fR), \fBgetch\fR waits until a key is pressed. + +While interpreting an input escape sequence, \fBwgetch\fR sets a timer +while waiting for the next character. If \fBnotimeout(\fR\fIwin\fR, +\fBTRUE\fR) is called, then \fBwgetch\fR does not set a timer. The +purpose of the timeout is to differentiate between sequences received +from a function key and those typed by a user. + +The \fBraw\fR and \fBnoraw\fR routines place the terminal into or out of raw +mode. Raw mode is similar to \fBcbreak\fR mode, in that characters typed are +immediately passed through to the user program. The differences are that in +raw mode, the interrupt, quit, suspend, and flow control characters are all +passed through uninterpreted, instead of generating a signal. The behavior of +the BREAK key depends on other bits in the tty driver that are not set by +\fBcurses\fR. + +When the \fBnoqiflush\fR routine is used, normal flush of input and +output queues associated with the \fBINTR\fR, \fBQUIT\fR and +\fBSUSP\fR characters will not be done [see termio(7)]. When +\fBqiflush\fR is called, the queues will be flushed when these control +characters are read. You may want to call \fBnoqiflush()\fR in a signal +handler if you want output to continue as though the interrupt +had not occurred, after the handler exits. + +The \fBtimeout\fR and \fBwtimeout\fR routines set blocking or +non-blocking read for a given window. If \fIdelay\fR is negative, +blocking read is used (\fIi\fR.\fIe\fR., waits indefinitely for +input). If \fIdelay\fR is zero, then non-blocking read is used +(\fIi\fR.\fIe\fR., read returns \fBERR\fR if no input is waiting). If +\fIdelay\fR is positive, then read blocks for \fIdelay\fR +milliseconds, and returns \fBERR\fR if there is still no input. +Hence, these routines provide the same functionality as \fBnodelay\fR, +plus the additional capability of being able to block for only +\fIdelay\fR milliseconds (where \fIdelay\fR is positive). + +The \fBcurses\fR library does ``line-breakout optimization'' by looking for +typeahead periodically while updating the screen. If input is found, +and it is coming from a tty, the current update is postponed until +\fBrefresh\fR or \fBdoupdate\fR is called again. This allows faster +response to commands typed in advance. Normally, the input FILE +pointer passed to \fBnewterm\fR, or \fBstdin\fR in the case that +\fBinitscr\fR was used, will be used to do this typeahead checking. +The \fBtypeahead\fR routine specifies that the file descriptor +\fIfd\fR is to be used to check for typeahead instead. If \fIfd\fR is +-1, then no typeahead checking is done. +.SH RETURN VALUE +All routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and OK (SVr4 +specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful +completion, unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descriptions. +.SH PORTABILITY +These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. + +The ncurses library obeys the XPG4 standard and the historical practice of the +AT&T curses implementations, in that the echo bit is cleared when curses +initializes the terminal state. BSD curses differed from this slightly; it +left the echo bit on at initialization, but the BSD \fBraw\fR call turned it +off as a side-effect. For best portability, set echo or noecho explicitly +just after initialization, even if your program remains in cooked mode. +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBecho\fR, \fBnoecho\fR, \fBhalfdelay\fR, \fBintrflush\fR, +\fBmeta\fR, \fBnodelay\fR, \fBnotimeout\fR, \fBnoqiflush\fR, +\fBqiflush\fR, \fBtimeout\fR, and \fBwtimeout\fR may be macros. + +The \fBnoraw\fR and \fBnocbreak\fR calls follow historical practice in that +they attempt to restore to normal (`cooked') mode from raw and cbreak modes +respectively. Mixing raw/noraw and cbreak/nocbreak calls leads to tty driver +control states that are hard to predict or understand; it is not recommended. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_getch\fR(3X), \fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), \fBtermio\fR(7) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_insch.3x b/man/curs_insch.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11f49053 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_insch.3x @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +.TH curs_insch 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBinsch\fR, \fBwinsch\fR, \fBmvinsch\fR, \fBmvwinsch\fR - +insert a character before cursor in a \fBcurses\fR window +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint insch(chtype ch);\fR +.br +\fBint winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);\fR +.br +\fBint mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +These routines, insert the character \fIch\fR before the character under the +cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the +right, with the possibility of the rightmost character on the line being lost. +The insertion operation does not change the cursor position. +.SH RETURN VALUE +All routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and OK (SVr4 +specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful +completion, unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descriptions. +.SH NOTES +These routines do not necessarily imply use of a hardware insert character +feature. + +Note that \fBinsch\fR, \fBmvinsch\fR, and \fBmvwinsch\fR may be macros. +.SH PORTABILITY +These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_insstr.3x b/man/curs_insstr.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..efbb6d64 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_insstr.3x @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +.TH curs_insstr 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBinsstr\fR, \fBinsnstr\fR, \fBwinsstr\fR, \fBwinsnstr\fR, +\fBmvinsstr\fR, \fBmvinsnstr\fR, \fBmvwinsstr\fR, \fBmvwinsnstr\fR - insert +string before cursor in a \fBcurses\fR window +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +\fBint insstr(const char *str);\fR +.br +\fBint insnstr(const char *str, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);\fR +.br +\fBint winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str);\fR +.br +\fBint mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the +line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of +the cursor are shifted right, with the possibility of the rightmost characters +on the line being lost. The cursor position does not change (after moving to +\fIy\fR, \fIx\fR, if specified). The four routines with \fIn\fR as the last +argument insert a leading substring of at most \fIn\fR characters. If +\fIn\fR<=0, then the entire string is inserted. + +If a character in \fIstr\fR is a tab, newline, carriage return or +backspace, the cursor is moved appropriately within the window. A +newline also does a \fBclrtoeol\fR before moving. Tabs are considered +to be at every eighth column. If a character in \fIstr\fR is another +control character, it is drawn in the \fB^\fR\fIX\fR notation. +Calling \fBwinch\fR after adding a control character (and moving to +it, if necessary) does not return the control character, but instead +returns a character in the the ^-representation of the control character. +.SH RETURN VALUE +All routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and OK (SVr4 +specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful +completion, unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descriptions. +.SH NOTES +Note that all but \fBwinsnstr\fR may be macros. +.SH PORTABILITY +These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4, which adds +const qualifiers to the arguments. The XSI Curses error conditions +\fBEILSEQ\fR and \fBEILOVERFLOW\fR associated with extended-level conformance +are not yet detected (this implementation does not yet support XPG4 multi-byte +characters). +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_clear\fR(3X), \fBcurs_inch\fR(3X). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_instr.3x b/man/curs_instr.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dcc5f023 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_instr.3x @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +.\" $Id: curs_instr.3x,v 1.7 1997/03/15 23:25:24 tom Exp $ +.TH curs_instr 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBinstr\fR, \fBinnstr\fR, \fBwinstr\fR, \fBwinnstr\fR, +\fBmvinstr\fR, \fBmvinnstr\fR, \fBmvwinstr\fR, \fBmvwinnstr\fR - get a string +of characters from a \fBcurses\fR window +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint instr(char *str);\fR +.br +\fBint innstr(char *str, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);\fR +.br +\fBint winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str);\fR +.br +\fBint mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwinnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +These routines return a string of characters in \fIstr\fR, extracted starting +at the current cursor position in the named window. +Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four +functions with \fIn\fR as the last argument return a leading substring at most +\fIn\fR characters long (exclusive of the trailing NUL). +.SH RETURN VALUE +All of the functions return \fBERR\fR upon failure, +or the number of characters actually read into the string. +.SH NOTES +Note that all routines except \fBwinnstr\fR may be macros. +.SH PORTABILITY +The XSI Curses +error conditions \fBEILSEQ\fR and \fBEILOVERFLOW\fR associated with +extended-level conformance are not yet detected (this implementation does not +yet support XPG4 multi-byte characters). +SVr4 does not +document whether a length limit includes or excludes the trailing NUL. +.PP +The ncurses library extends the XSI description by allowing a negative +value for \fIn\fR. +In this case, the functions return the string ending at the right margin. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: + diff --git a/man/curs_kernel.3x b/man/curs_kernel.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ffba687f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_kernel.3x @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +.TH curs_kernel 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBdef_prog_mode\fR, \fBdef_shell_mode\fR, +\fBreset_prog_mode\fR, \fBreset_shell_mode\fR, \fBresetty\fR, +\fBsavetty\fR, \fBgetsyx\fR, \fBsetsyx\fR, \fBripoffline\fR, +\fBcurs_set\fR, \fBnapms\fR - low-level \fBxscurses\fR routines +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint def_prog_mode(void);\fR +.br +\fBint def_shell_mode(void);\fR +.br +\fBint reset_prog_mode(void);\fR +.br +\fBint reset_shell_mode(void);\fR +.br +\fBint resetty(void);\fR +.br +\fBint savetty(void);\fR +.br +\fBvoid getsyx(int y, int x);\fR +.br +\fBvoid setsyx(int y, int x);\fR +.br +\fBint ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int));\fR +.br +\fBint curs_set(int visibility);\fR +.br +\fBint napms(int ms);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The following routines give low-level access to various \fBcurses\fR +capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library +routines. + +The \fBdef_prog_mode\fR and \fBdef_shell_mode\fR routines save the +current terminal modes as the "program" (in \fBcurses\fR) or "shell" +(not in \fBcurses\fR) state for use by the \fBreset_prog_mode\fR and +\fBreset_shell_mode\fR routines. This is done automatically by +\fBinitscr\fR. There is one such save area for each screen context +allocated by \fBnewterm()\fR. + +The \fBreset_prog_mode\fR and \fBreset_shell_mode\fR routines restore +the terminal to "program" (in \fBcurses\fR) or "shell" (out of +\fBcurses\fR) state. These are done automatically by \fBendwin\fR +and, after an \fBendwin\fR, by \fBdoupdate\fR, so they normally are +not called. + +The \fBresetty\fR and \fBsavetty\fR routines save and restore the +state of the terminal modes. \fBsavetty\fR saves the current state in +a buffer and \fBresetty\fR restores the state to what it was at the +last call to \fBsavetty\fR. + +The \fBgetsyx\fR routine returns the current coordinates of the virtual screen +cursor in \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR. If \fBleaveok\fR is currently \fBTRUE\fR, then +\fB-1\fR,\fB-1\fR is returned. If lines have been removed from the top of the +screen, using \fBripoffline\fR, \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR include these lines; +therefore, \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR should be used only as arguments for +\fBsetsyx\fR. + +The \fBsetsyx\fR routine sets the virtual screen cursor to +\fIy\fR, \fIx\fR. If \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR are both \fB-1\fR, then +\fBleaveok\fR is set. The two routines \fBgetsyx\fR and \fBsetsyx\fR +are designed to be used by a library routine, which manipulates +\fBcurses\fR windows but does not want to change the current position +of the program's cursor. The library routine would call \fBgetsyx\fR +at the beginning, do its manipulation of its own windows, do a +\fBwnoutrefresh\fR on its windows, call \fBsetsyx\fR, and then call +\fBdoupdate\fR. + +The \fBripoffline\fR routine provides access to the same facility that +\fBslk_init\fR [see curs_slk(3X)] uses to reduce the size of the +screen. \fBripoffline\fR must be called before \fBinitscr\fR or +\fBnewterm\fR is called. If \fIline\fR is positive, a line is removed +from the top of \fBstdscr\fR; if \fIline\fR is negative, a line is +removed from the bottom. When this is done inside \fBinitscr\fR, the +routine \fBinit\fR (supplied by the user) is called with two +arguments: a window pointer to the one-line window that has been +allocated and an integer with the number of columns in the window. +Inside this initialization routine, the integer variables \fBLINES\fR +and \fBCOLS\fR (defined in \fB\fR) are not guaranteed to be +accurate and \fBwrefresh\fR or \fBdoupdate\fR must not be called. It +is allowable to call \fBwnoutrefresh\fR during the initialization +routine. + +\fBripoffline\fR can be called up to five times before calling \fBinitscr\fR or +\fBnewterm\fR. + +The \fBcurs_set\fR routine sets the cursor state is set to invisible, +normal, or very visible for \fBvisibility\fR equal to \fB0\fR, +\fB1\fR, or \fB2\fR respectively. If the terminal supports the +\fIvisibility\fR requested, the previous \fIcursor\fR state is +returned; otherwise, \fBERR\fR is returned. + +The \fBnapms\fR routine is used to sleep for \fIms\fR milliseconds. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Except for \fBcurs_set\fR, these routines always return \fBOK\fR. +\fBcurs_set\fR returns the previous cursor state, or \fBERR\fR if the +requested \fIvisibility\fR is not supported. +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBgetsyx\fR is a macro, so \fB&\fR is not necessary before +the variables \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR. + +The SVr4 man pages warn that the return value of \fBcurs_set\fR "is currently +incorrect". This implementation gets it right, but it may be unwise to count +on the correctness of the return value anywhere else. +.SH PORTABILITY +The functions \fBsetsyx\fR and \fBgetsyx\fR are not described in the XSI +Curses standard, Issue 4. All other functions are as described in XSI Curses. + +The SVr4 documentation describes \fBsetsyx\fR and \fBgetsyx\fR as having return +type int. This is misleading, as they are macros with no documented semantics +for the return value. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X), +\fBcurs_scr_dump\fR(3X), \fBcurs_slk\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_mouse.3x b/man/curs_mouse.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ad7d601d --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_mouse.3x @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +'\" t +.TH curs_mouse 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBgetmouse\fR, \fBungetmouse\fR, +\fBmousemask\fR - mouse interface through curses +.SH SYNOPSIS +.nf +\fB#include \fR + +\fBtypedef unsigned long mmask_t; + +typedef struct +{ + short id; \fI/* ID to distinguish multiple devices */\fB + int x, y, z; \fI/* event coordinates */\fB + mmask_t bstate; \fI/* button state bits */\fB +} +MEVENT;\fR +.fi +.br +\fBint getmouse(MEVENT *event);\fR +.br +\fBint ungetmouse(MEVENT *event);\fR +.br +\fBmmask_t mousemask(mmask_t newmask, mmask_t *oldmask);\fR +.br +\fBbool wenclose(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)\fR +.br +\fBint mouseinterval(int erval)\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +These functions provide an interface to mouse events from +\fBncurses\fR(3x). Mouse events are represented by \fBKEY_MOUSE\fR +pseudo-key values in the \fBwgetch\fR input stream. + +To make mouse events visible, use the \fBmousemask\fR function. This will set +the mouse events to be reported. By default, no mouse events are reported. +The function will return a mask to indicate which of the specified mouse events +can be reported; on complete failure it returns 0. If oldmask is non-NULL, +this function fills the indicated location with the previous value of the given +window's mouse event mask. + +As a side effect, setting a zero mousemask may turn off the mouse pointer; +setting a nonzero mask may turn it on. Whether this happens is +device-dependent. + +Here are the mouse event type masks: + +.TS +l l +_ _ +l l. +\fIName\fR \fIDescription\fR +BUTTON1_PRESSED mouse button 1 down +BUTTON1_RELEASED mouse button 1 up +BUTTON1_CLICKED mouse button 1 clicked +BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED mouse button 1 double clicked +BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED mouse button 1 triple clicked +BUTTON2_PRESSED mouse button 2 down +BUTTON2_RELEASED mouse button 2 up +BUTTON2_CLICKED mouse button 2 clicked +BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED mouse button 2 double clicked +BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED mouse button 2 triple clicked +BUTTON3_PRESSED mouse button 3 down +BUTTON3_RELEASED mouse button 3 up +BUTTON3_CLICKED mouse button 3 clicked +BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED mouse button 3 double clicked +BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED mouse button 3 triple clicked +BUTTON4_PRESSED mouse button 4 down +BUTTON4_RELEASED mouse button 4 up +BUTTON4_CLICKED mouse button 4 clicked +BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED mouse button 4 double clicked +BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED mouse button 4 triple clicked +BUTTON_SHIFT shift was down during button state change +BUTTON_CTRL control was down during button state change +BUTTON_ALT alt was down during button state change +ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS report all button state changes +REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION report mouse movement +.TE + +Once a class of mouse events have been made visible in a window, +calling the \fBwgetch\fR function on that window may return +\fBKEY_MOUSE\fR as an indicator that a mouse event has been queued. +To read the event data and pop the event off the queue, call +\fBgetmouse\fR. This function will return \fBOK\fR if a mouse event +is actually visible in the given window, \fBERR\fR otherwise. +When \fBgetmouse\fR returns \fBOK\fR, the data deposited as y and +x in the event structure coordinates will be screen-relative character-cell +coordinates. The returned state mask will have exactly one bit set to +indicate the event type. + +The \fBungetmouse\fR function behaves analogously to \fBungetch\fR. It pushes +a \fBKEY_MOUSE\fR event onto the input queue, and associates with that event +the given state data and screen-relative character-cell coordinates. + +The \fBwenclose\fR function tests whether a given pair of screen-relative +character-cell coordinates is enclosed by a given window, returning TRUE +if it is and FALSE otherwise. It is useful for determining what subset of +the screen windows enclose the location of a mouse event. + +The \fBmouseinterval\fR function sets the maximum time (in thousands of a +second) that can elapse between press and release events in order for them to +be recognized as a click. This function returns the previous interval value. +The default is one fifth of a second. + +Note that mouse events will be ignored when input is in cooked mode, and will +cause an error beep when cooked mode is being simulated in a window by a +function such as \fBgetstr\fR that expects a linefeed for input-loop +termination. + +.SH RETURN VALUE +All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure or \fBOK\fR +upon successful completion. +.SH PORTABILITY +These calls were designed for \fBncurses\fR(3x), and are not found in SVr4 +curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous version of curses. + +The feature macro \fBNCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION\fR is provided so the preprocessor +can be used to test whether these features are present (its value is 1). NOTE: +THIS INTERFACE IS EXPERIMENTAL AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE! If the +interface is changed, the value of \fBNCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION\fR will be +incremented. + +The order of the \fBMEVENT\fR structure members is not guaranteed. +Additional fields may be added to the structure in the future. + +Under \fBncurses\fR(3x), these calls are implemented using either +xterm's built-in mouse-tracking API or Alessandro Rubini's gpm server. +If you are using something other than xterm there is no gpm daemon +running on your machine, mouse events will not be visible to +\fBncurses\fR(3x) (and the \fBwmousemask\fR function will always +return \fB0\fR). + +The z member in the event structure is not presently used. It is intended +for use with touch screens (which may be pressure-sensitive) or with +3D-mice/trackballs/power gloves. +.SH BUGS +Mouse events under xterm will not in fact be ignored during cooked mode, +if they have been enabled by \fBwmousemask\fR. Instead, the xterm mouse +report sequence will appear in the string read. + +Mouse events under xterm will not be detected correctly in a window with +its keypad bit off. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_move.3x b/man/curs_move.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d915ed2 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_move.3x @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +.TH curs_move 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmove\fR, \fBwmove\fR - move \fBcurses\fR window cursor +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint move(int y, int x);\fR +.br +\fBint wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +These routines move the cursor associated with the window to line \fIy\fR and +column \fIx\fR. This routine does not move the physical cursor of the terminal +until \fBrefresh\fR is called. The position specified is relative to the upper +left-hand corner of the window, which is (0,0). +.SH RETURN VALUE +These routines return \fBERR\fR upon failure and OK (SVr4 +specifies only "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful +completion. +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBmove\fR may be a macro. +.SH PORTABILITY +These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. The +standard specifies that if (y,x) is within a multi-column character, the cursor +is moved to the first column of that character; however, this implementation +does not yet support the extended-level XSI multi-byte characters. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_outopts.3x b/man/curs_outopts.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d8e4189a --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_outopts.3x @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +.TH curs_outopts 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBclearok\fR, \fBidlok\fR, \fBidcok immedok\fR, +\fBleaveok\fR, \fBsetscrreg\fR, \fBwsetscrreg\fR, \fBscrollok\fR, +\fBnl\fR, \fBnonl\fR - \fBcurses\fR output options +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR +.br +\fBint idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR +.br +\fBvoid idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR +.br +\fBvoid immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR +.br +\fBint leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR +.br +\fBint setscrreg(int top, int bot);\fR +.br +\fBint wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bot);\fR +.br +\fBint scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR +.br +\fBint nl(void);\fR +.br +\fBint nonl(void);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +These routines set options that change the style of output within +\fBcurses\fR. All options are initially \fBFALSE\fR, unless otherwise stated. +It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling \fBendwin\fR. + +If \fBclearok\fR is called with \fBTRUE\fR as argument, the next +call to \fBwrefresh\fR with this window will clear the screen completely and +redraw the entire screen from scratch. This is useful when the contents of the +screen are uncertain, or in some cases for a more pleasing visual effect. If +the \fIwin\fR argument to \fBclearok\fR is the global variable \fBcurscr\fR, +the next call to \fBwrefresh\fR with any window causes the screen to be cleared +and repainted from scratch. + +If \fBidlok\fR is called with \fBTRUE\fR as second argument, \fBcurses\fR +considers using the hardware insert/delete line feature of terminals so +equipped. Calling \fBidlok\fR with \fBFALSE\fR as second argument disables use +of line insertion and deletion. This option should be enabled only if the +application needs insert/delete line, for example, for a screen editor. It is +disabled by default because insert/delete line tends to be visually annoying +when used in applications where it isn't really needed. If insert/delete line +cannot be used, \fBcurses\fR redraws the changed portions of all lines. + +If \fBidcok\fR is called with \fBFALSE\fR as second argument, \fBcurses\fR +no longer considers using the hardware insert/delete character feature of +terminals so equipped. Use of character insert/delete is enabled by default. +Calling \fBidcok\fR with \fBTRUE\fR as second argument re-enables use +of character insertion and deletion. + +If \fBimmedok\fR is called with \fBTRUE as argument\fR, any change +in the window image, such as the ones caused by \fBwaddch, wclrtobot, wscrl\fR, +\fIetc\fR., automatically cause a call to \fBwrefresh\fR. However, it may +degrade performance considerably, due to repeated calls to \fBwrefresh\fR. +It is disabled by default. + +Normally, the hardware cursor is left at the location of the window cursor +being refreshed. The \fBleaveok\fR option allows the cursor to be left +wherever the update happens to leave it. It is useful for applications where +the cursor is not used, since it reduces the need for cursor motions. If +possible, the cursor is made invisible when this option is enabled. + +The \fBsetscrreg\fR and \fBwsetscrreg\fR routines allow the application +programmer to set a software scrolling region in a window. \fItop\fR and +\fIbot\fR are the line numbers of the top and bottom margin of the scrolling +region. (Line 0 is the top line of the window.) If this option and +\fBscrollok\fR are enabled, an attempt to move off the bottom margin line +causes all lines in the scrolling region to scroll one line in the direction +of the first line. Only the text of the window is scrolled. (Note that this +has nothing to do with the use of a physical scrolling region capability in the +terminal, like that in the VT100. If \fBidlok\fR is enabled and the terminal +has either a scrolling region or insert/delete line capability, they will +probably be used by the output routines.) + +The \fBscrollok\fR option controls what happens when the cursor of a window is +moved off the edge of the window or scrolling region, either as a result of a +newline action on the bottom line, or typing the last character of the last +line. If disabled, (\fIbf\fR is \fBFALSE\fR), the cursor is left on the bottom +line. If enabled, (\fIbf\fR is \fBTRUE\fR), the window is scrolled up one line +(Note that in order to get the physical scrolling effect on the terminal, it is +also necessary to call \fBidlok\fR). + +The \fBnl\fR and \fBnonl\fR routines control whether the underlying display +device translates the return key into newline on input, and whether it +translates newline into return and line-feed on output (in either case, the +call \fBaddch('\n')\fR does the equivalent of return and line feed on the +virtual screen). Initially, these translations do occur. If you disable them +using \fBnonl\fR, \fBcurses\fR will be able to make better use of the line-feed +capability, resulting in faster cursor motion. Also, \fBcurses\fR will then be +able to detect the return key. +.SH RETURN VALUE +The functions \fBsetscrreg\fR and \fBwsetscrreg\fR return \fBOK\fR upon success +and \fBERR\fR upon failure. All other routines that return an integer always +return \fBOK\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These functions are described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4. + +The XSI Curses standard is ambiguous on the question of whether \fBraw\fR() +should disable the CRLF translations controlled by \fBnl\fR() and \fBnonl\fR(). +BSD curses did turn off these translations; AT&T curses (at least as late as +SVr1) did not. We choose to do so, on the theory that a programmer requesting +raw input wants a clean (ideally 8-bit clean) connection that the operating +system does not mess with. + +Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocumented feature, the +ability to do the equivalent of \fBclearok(..., 1)\fR by saying +\fBtouchwin(stdscr)\fR or \fBclear(stdscr)\fR. This will not work under +ncurses. + +Earlier System V curses implementations specified that with \fBscrollok\fR +enabled, any window modification triggering a scroll also forced a physical +refresh. XSI Curses does not require this, and \fBncurses\fR avoids doing +it in order to perform better vertical-motion optimization at \fBwrefresh\fR +time. +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBclearok\fR, \fBleaveok\fR, \fBscrollok\fR, \fBidcok\fR, \fBnl\fR, +\fBnonl\fR and \fBsetscrreg\fR may be macros. + +The \fBimmedok\fR routine is useful for windows that are used as terminal +emulators. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_addch\fR(3X), \fBcurs_clear\fR(3X), +\fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_scroll\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_overlay.3x b/man/curs_overlay.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c7b93df --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_overlay.3x @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +.TH curs_overlay 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBoverlay\fR, \fBoverwrite\fR, \fBcopywin\fR - overlay and +manipulate overlapped \fBcurses\fR windows +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint overlay(const WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin);\fR +.br +\fBint overwrite(const WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin);\fR +.br +\fBint copywin(WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin, int sminrow, + int smincol, int dminrow, int dmincol, int dmaxrow, + int dmaxcol, int overlay);\fR +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBoverlay\fR and \fBoverwrite\fR routines overlay \fIsrcwin\fR on +top of \fIdstwin\fR. \fIscrwin\fR and \fIdstwin\fR are not required +to be the same size; only text where the two windows overlap is +copied. The difference is that \fBoverlay\fR is non-destructive +(blanks are not copied) whereas \fBoverwrite\fR is destructive. + +The \fBcopywin\fR routine provides a finer granularity of control over the +\fBoverlay\fR and \fBoverwrite\fR routines. Like in the \fBprefresh\fR +routine, a rectangle is specified in the destination window, (\fIdminrow\fR, +\fIdmincol\fR) and (\fIdmaxrow\fR, \fIdmaxcol\fR), and the upper-left-corner +coordinates of the source window, (\fIsminrow\fR, \fIsmincol\fR). If the +argument \fIoverlay\fR is \fBtrue\fR, then copying is non-destructive, as in +\fBoverlay\fR. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure, and \fBOK\fR +(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful +completion. +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBoverlay\fR and \fBoverwrite\fR may be macros. +.SH PORTABILITY +The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions (adding the const +qualifiers). It further specifies their behavior in the presence of characters +with multi-byte renditions (not yet supported in this implementation). +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_pad\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_pad.3x b/man/curs_pad.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18969c94 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_pad.3x @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +.TH curs_pad 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBnewpad\fR, \fBsubpad\fR, \fBprefresh\fR, +\fBpnoutrefresh\fR, \fBpechochar\fR - create and display \fBcurses\fR +pads +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBWINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols);\fR +.br +\fBWINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, + int begin_y, int begin_x);\fR +.br +\fBint prefresh(WINDOW *pad, int pminrow, int pmincol, + int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol);\fR +.br +\fBint pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *pad, int pminrow, int pmincol, + int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol);\fR +.br +\fBint pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch);\fR +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBnewpad\fR routine creates and returns a pointer to a new pad data +structure with the given number of lines, \fInlines\fR, and columns, +\fIncols\fR. A pad is like a window, except that it is not restricted by the +screen size, and is not necessarily associated with a particular part of the +screen. Pads can be used when a large window is needed, and only a part of the +window will be on the screen at one time. Automatic refreshes of pads +(\fIe\fR.\fIg\fR., from scrolling or echoing of input) do not occur. It is not +legal to call \fBwrefresh\fR with a \fIpad\fR as an argument; the routines +\fBprefresh\fR or \fBpnoutrefresh\fR should be called instead. Note that these +routines require additional parameters to specify the part of the pad to be +displayed and the location on the screen to be used for the display. + +The \fBsubpad\fR routine creates and returns a pointer to a subwindow within a +pad with the given number of lines, \fInlines\fR, and columns, \fIncols\fR. +Unlike \fBsubwin\fR, which uses screen coordinates, the window is at position +(\fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR\fB,\fR \fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR) on the pad. The window is +made in the middle of the window \fIorig\fR, so that changes made to one window +affect both windows. During the use of this routine, it will often be +necessary to call \fBtouchwin\fR or \fBtouchline\fR on \fIorig\fR before +calling \fBprefresh\fR. + +The \fBprefresh\fR and \fBpnoutrefresh\fR routines are analogous to +\fBwrefresh\fR and \fBwnoutrefresh\fR except that they relate to pads instead +of windows. The additional parameters are needed to indicate what part of the +pad and screen are involved. \fIpminrow\fR and \fIpmincol\fR specify the upper +left-hand corner of the rectangle to be displayed in the pad. \fIsminrow\fR, +\fIsmincol\fR, \fIsmaxrow\fR, and \fIsmaxcol\fR specify the edges of the +rectangle to be displayed on the screen. The lower right-hand corner of the +rectangle to be displayed in the pad is calculated from the screen coordinates, +since the rectangles must be the same size. Both rectangles must be entirely +contained within their respective structures. Negative values of +\fIpminrow\fR, \fIpmincol\fR, \fIsminrow\fR, or \fIsmincol\fR are treated as if +they were zero. + +The \fBpechochar\fR routine is functionally equivalent to a call to \fBaddch\fR +followed by a call to \fBrefresh\fR, a call to \fBwaddch\fR followed by a call +to \fBwrefresh\fR, or a call to \fBwaddch\fR followed by a call to +\fBprefresh.\fR The knowledge that only a single character is being output is +taken into consideration and, for non-control characters, a considerable +performance gain might be seen by using these routines instead of their +equivalents. In the case of \fBpechochar\fR, the last location of the pad on +the screen is reused for the arguments to \fBprefresh\fR. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR +(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful +completion. + +Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error, and set \fBerrno\fR +to \fBENOMEM\fR. +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBpechochar\fR may be a macro. +.SH PORTABILITY +The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X), \fBcurs_touch\fR(3X), \fBcurs_addch\fR(3X). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_print.3x b/man/curs_print.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..19851b99 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_print.3x @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +.TH curs_print 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmcprint\fR - ship binary data to printer +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint mcprint(char *data, int len);\fR +.SH DESCRIPTION +This function uses the \fBmc5p\fR or \fBmc4\fR and \fBmc5\fR capabilities, +if they are present, to ship given data to a printer attached to the terminal. + +Note that the \fBmcprint\fR code has no way to do flow control with the printer +or to know how much buffering it has. Your application is responsible for +keeping the rate of writes to the printer below its continuous throughput rate +(typically about half of its nominal cps rating). Dot-matrix printers and +6-page-per-minute lasers can typically handle 80cps, so a good conservative +rule of thumb is to sleep for a second after shipping each 80-character line. + +.SH RETURN VALUE +The \fBmcprint\fR function returns \fBERR\fR if the write operation aborted +for some reason. In this case, errno will contain either an error associated +with \fBwrite(2)\fR or one of the following: +.TP 5 +ENODEV +Capabilities for printer redirection don't exist. +.TP 5 +ENOMEM +Couldn't allocate sufficient memory to buffer the printer write. + +When \fBmcprint\fR succeeds, it returns the number of characters actually +sent to the printer. +.SH PORTABILITY +The \fBmcprint\fR call was designed for \fBncurses\fR(3x), and is not found +in SVr4 curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous version of curses. +.SH BUGS +Padding in the \fBmc5p\fR, \fBmc4\fR and \fBmc5\fR capabilities will not be +interpreted. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X)\fR +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_printw.3x b/man/curs_printw.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3ac2e8d --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_printw.3x @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +.TH curs_printw 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBprintw\fR, \fBwprintw\fR, \fBmvprintw\fR, +\fBmvwprintw\fR, \fBvwprintw\fR - print formatted output in +\fBcurses\fR windows +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint printw(char *fmt\fR [\fB, arg\fR] \fB...);\fR +.br +\fBint wprintw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt\fR [\fB, arg\fR] \fB...);\fR +.br +\fBint mvprintw(int y, int x, char *fmt\fR [\fB, arg\fR] \fB...);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, + \fBchar *fmt\fR [\fB, arg]\fR ...); + +\fB#include \fR +.br +\fBint vwprintw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt, varglist);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBprintw\fR, \fBwprintw\fR, \fBmvprintw\fR and \fBmvwprintw\fR +routines are analogous to \fBprintf\fR [see \fBprintf\fR(3S)]. In +effect, the string that would be output by \fBprintf\fR is output +instead as though \fBwaddstr\fR were used on the given window. + +The \fBvwprintw\fR routine is analogous to \fBvprintf\fR [see +\fBprintf\fR(3S)] and performs a \fBwprintw\fR using a variable +argument list. The third argument is a \fBva_list\fR, a pointer to a +list of arguments, as defined in \fB\fR. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR +(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful +completion. +.SH PORTABILITY +The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions. The function +\fBvwprintw\fR is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN, and is to be replaced by a function +\fBvw_printw\fR using the \fB\fR interface. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBprintf\fR(3S), \fBvprintf(3S)\fR +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_refresh.3x b/man/curs_refresh.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77bae2ee --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_refresh.3x @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +.TH curs_refresh 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBrefresh\fR, \fBwrefresh\fR, \fBwnoutrefresh\fR, +\fBdoupdate\fR, \fBredrawwin\fR, \fBwredrawln\fR - refresh +\fBcurses\fR windows and lines +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint refresh(void);\fR +.br +\fBint wrefresh(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBint wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBint doupdate(void);\fR +.br +\fBint redrawwin(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBint wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int beg_line, int num_lines);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBrefresh\fR and \fBwrefresh\fR routines (or \fBwnoutrefresh\fR and +\fBdoupdate\fR) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other +routines merely manipulate data structures. The routine \fBwrefresh\fR copies +the named window to the physical terminal screen, taking into account what is +already there in order to do optimizations. The \fBrefresh\fR routine is the +same, using \fBstdscr\fR as the default window. Unless \fBleaveok\fR has been +enabled, the physical cursor of the terminal is left at the location of the +cursor for that window. + +The \fBwnoutrefresh\fR and \fBdoupdate\fR routines allow multiple updates with +more efficiency than \fBwrefresh\fR alone. In addition to all the window +structures, \fBcurses\fR keeps two data structures representing the terminal +screen: a physical screen, describing what is actually on the screen, and a +virtual screen, describing what the programmer wants to have on the screen. + +The routine \fBwrefresh\fR works by first calling \fBwnoutrefresh\fR, which +copies the named window to the virtual screen, and then calling \fBdoupdate\fR, +which compares the virtual screen to the physical screen and does the actual +update. If the programmer wishes to output several windows at once, a series +of calls to \fBwrefresh\fR results in alternating calls to \fBwnoutrefresh\fR +and \fBdoupdate\fR, causing several bursts of output to the screen. By first +calling \fBwnoutrefresh\fR for each window, it is then possible to call +\fBdoupdate\fR once, resulting in only one burst of output, with fewer total +characters transmitted and less CPU time used. If the \fIwin\fR argument to +\fBwrefresh\fR is the global variable \fBcurscr\fR, the screen is immediately +cleared and repainted from scratch. + +The phrase "copies the named window to the virtual screen" above is ambiguous. +What actually happens is that all \fItouched\fR (changed) lines in the window +are copied to the virtual screen. This affects programs that use overlapping +windows; it means that if two windows overlap, you can refresh them in either +order and the overlap region will be modified only when it is explicitly +changed. (But see the section on \fBPORTABILITY\fR below for a warning about +exploiting this behavior.) + +The \fBwredrawln\fR routine indicates to \fBcurses\fR that some screen lines +are corrupted and should be thrown away before anything is written over them +it touches the indicated lines (marking them changed) then does a refresh +of the window. The routine \fBredrawwin\fR() touches the entire window and then +refreshes it. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure, and \fBOK\fR +(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful +completion. +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBrefresh\fR and \fBredrawwin\fR may be macros. +.SH PORTABILITY +The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions. + +Whether \fBwnoutrefresh()\fR copies to the virtual screen the entire contents +of a window or just its changed portions has never been well-documented in +historic curses versions (including SVr4). It might be unwise to rely on +either behavior in programs that might have to be linked with other curses +implementations. Instead, you can do an explicit \fBtouchwin()\fR before the +\fBwnoutrefresh()\fR call to guarantee an entire-contents copy anywhere. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_scanw.3x b/man/curs_scanw.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ce1c0d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_scanw.3x @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +.TH curs_scanw 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBscanw\fR, \fBwscanw\fR, \fBmvscanw\fR, +\fBmvwscanw\fR, \fBvwscanw\fR - convert formatted input from a +\fBcurses\fR widow +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint scanw(char *fmt\fR [\fB, arg\fR] \fB...);\fR +.br +\fBint wscanw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt\fR [\fB, arg\fR] \fB...);\fR +.br +\fBint mvscanw(int y, int x, char *fmt\fR [\fB, arg\fR] \fB...);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, + char *fmt\fR [\fB, arg]\fR \fB...);\fR +.br +\fBint vwscanw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt, va_list varglist);\fR +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBscanw\fR, \fBwscanw\fR and \fBmvscanw\fR routines are analogous to +\fBscanf\fR [see \fBscanf\fR(3S)]. The effect of these routines is as though +\fBwgetstr\fR were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input +for \fBsscanf\fR(3). Fields which do not map to a variable in the \fIfmt\fR +field are lost. + +The \fBvwscanw\fR routine is similar to \fBvwprintw\fR in that it performs a +\fBwscanw\fR using a variable argument list. The third argument is a +\fIva\fR_\fIlist\fR, a pointer to a list of arguments, as defined in +\fB\fR. +.SH RETURN VALUE +\fBvwscanw\fR returns \fBERR\fR on failure and an integer equal to the +number of fields scanned on success. + +Applications may use the return value from the \fBscanw\fR, \fBwscanw\fR, +\fBmvscanw\fR and \fBmvwscanw\fR routines to determine the number of fields +which were mapped in the call. +.SH PORTABILITY +The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions. The function +\fBvwscanw\fR is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN, and is to be replaced by a function +\fBvw_scanw\fR using the \fB\fR interface. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_getstr\fR, \fBcurs_printw\fR, \fBscanf\fR(3S) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_scr_dmp.3x b/man/curs_scr_dmp.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c1b89f12 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_scr_dmp.3x @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +.TH curs_scr_dump 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBscr_dump\fR, \fBscr_restore\fR, +\fBscr_init\fR, \fBscr_set\fR - read (write) a \fBcurses\fR screen +from (to) a file +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint scr_dump(const char *filename);\fR +.br +\fBint scr_restore(const char *filename);\fR +.br +\fBint scr_init(const char *filename);\fR +.br +\fBint scr_set(const char *filename);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBscr_dump\fR routine dumps the current contents of the virtual screen +to the file \fIfilename\fR. + +The \fBscr_restore\fR routine sets the virtual screen to the contents +of \fIfilename\fR, which must have been written using \fBscr_dump\fR. The next +call to \fBdoupdate\fR restores the screen to the way it looked in the dump +file. + +The \fBscr_init\fR routine reads in the contents of \fIfilename\fR and uses +them to initialize the \fBcurses\fR data structures about what the terminal +currently has on its screen. If the data is determined to be valid, +\fBcurses\fR bases its next update of the screen on this information rather +than clearing the screen and starting from scratch. \fBscr_init\fR is used +after \fBinitscr\fR or a \fBsystem\fR [see \fBsystem\fR(BA_LIB)] call to share +the screen with another process which has done a \fBscr_dump\fR after its +\fBendwin\fR call. The data is declared invalid if the terminfo capabilities +\fBrmcup\fR and \fBnrrmc\fR exist; also if the terminal has been written to +since the preceding \fBscr_dump\fR call. + +The \fBscr_set\fR routine is a combination of \fBscr_restore\fR and +\fBscr_init\fR. It tells the program that the information in \fIfilename\fR is +what is currently on the screen, and also what the program wants on the screen. +This can be thought of as a screen inheritance function. + +To read (write) a window from (to) a file, use the \fBgetwin\fR and +\fBputwin\fR routines [see \fBcurs_util\fR(3X)]. +.SH RETURN VALUE +All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR +upon success. +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBscr_init\fR, \fBscr_set\fR, and \fBscr_restore\fR may be macros. +.SH PORTABILITY +The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4, describes these functions (adding the const +qualifiers). + +The SVr4 docs merely say under \fBscr_init\fR that the dump data is also +considered invalid "if the time-stamp of the tty is old" but don't define +"old". +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X), +\fBcurs_util\fR(3X), \fBsystem\fR(3S) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_scroll.3x b/man/curs_scroll.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0ac518d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_scroll.3x @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +.TH curs_scroll 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBscroll\fR, \fBsrcl\fR, \fBwscrl\fR - scroll a \fBcurses\fR window +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint scroll(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBint scrl(int n);\fR +.br +\fBint wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBscroll\fR routine scrolls the window up one line. This involves moving +the lines in the window data structure. As an optimization, if the scrolling +region of the window is the entire screen, the physical screen may be scrolled +at the same time. + +For positive \fIn\fR, the \fBscrl\fR and \fBwscrl\fR routines scroll the +window up \fIn\fR lines (line \fIi\fR+\fIn\fR becomes \fIi\fR); otherwise +scroll the window down \fIn\fR lines. This involves moving the lines in the +window character image structure. The current cursor position is not changed. + +For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via \fBscrollok\fR. +.SH RETURN VALUE +These routines return \fBERR\fR upon failure, and \fBOK\fR (SVr4 only specifies +"an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful completion. +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBscrl\fR and \fBscroll\fR may be macros. + +The SVr4 documentation says that the optimization of physically scrolling +immediately if the scroll region is the entire screen "is" performed, not +"may be" performed. This implementation deliberately does not guarantee +that this will occur, in order to leave open the possibility of smarter +optimization of multiple scroll actions on the next update. + +Neither the SVr4 documentation specifies whether the current attribute or +current color-pair of blanks generated by the scroll function is zeroed. +Under this implementation it is. +.SH PORTABILITY +The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_slk.3x b/man/curs_slk.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ac25bf3c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_slk.3x @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +.TH curs_slk 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBslk_init\fR, \fBslk_set\fR, \fBslk_refresh\fR, +\fBslk_noutrefresh\fR, \fBslk_label\fR, \fBslk_clear\fR, \fBslk_restore\fR, +\fBslk_touch\fR, \fBslk_attron\fR, \fBslk_attrset\fR, \fBslk_attroff\fR - +\fBcurses\fR soft label routines +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint slk_init(int fmt);\fR +.br +\fBint slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int fmt);\fR +.br +\fBint slk_refresh(void);\fR +.br +\fBint slk_noutrefresh(void);\fR +.br +\fBchar *slk_label(int labnum);\fR +.br +\fBint slk_clear(void);\fR +.br +\fBint slk_restore(void);\fR +.br +\fBint slk_touch(void);\fR +.br +\fBint slk_attron(attr_t attrs);\fR +.br +\fBint slk_attrset(attr_t attrs);\fR +.br +\fBattr_t slk_attr(void);\fR +.br +\fBint slk_attroff(attr_t attrs);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on +many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, +\fBcurses\fR takes over the bottom line of \fBstdscr\fR, reducing the size of +\fBstdscr\fR and the variable \fBLINES\fR. \fBcurses\fR standardizes on eight +labels of up to eight characters each. In addition to this, the ncurses +implementation supports a mode where it simulates 12 labels of up to five +characters each. This is most common for todays PC like enduser devices. +Please note that ncurses simulates this mode by taking over up to two lines at +the bottom of the screen, it doesn't try to use any hardware support for this +mode. + +The \fBslk_init\fR routine must be called before \fBinitscr\fR or \fBnewterm\fR +is called. If \fBinitscr\fR eventually uses a line from \fBstdscr\fR to +emulate the soft labels, then \fIfmt\fR determines how the labels are arranged +on the screen. Setting \fIfmt\fR to \fB0\fR indicates a 3-2-3 arrangement of +the labels, \fB1\fR indicates a 4-4 arrangement and \fB2\fR indicates the +PC like 4-4-4 mode. If \fBfmt\fR is set to \fB3\fR, it is again the PC like +4-4-4 mode, but in addition an index line is generated, helping the user to +identify the key numbers easily. + +The \fBslk_set\fR routine requires \fIlabnum\fR to be a label number, +from \fB1\fR to \fB8\fR (resp. \fB12\fR); \fIlabel\fR must be the string +to be put on the label, up to eight (resp. five) characters in length. +A null string or a null pointer sets up a blank label. \fIfmt\fR is either +\fB0\fR, \fB1\fR, or \fB2\fR, indicating whether the label is to be +left-justified, centered, or right-justified, respectively, within the +label. + +The \fBslk_refresh\fR and \fBslk_noutrefresh\fR routines correspond to +the \fBwrefresh\fR and \fBwnoutrefresh\fR routines. + +The \fBslk_label\fR routine returns the current label for label number +\fIlabnum\fR, with leading and trailing blanks stripped. + +The \fBslk_clear\fR routine clears the soft labels from the screen. + +The \fBslk_restore\fR routine, restores the soft labels to the screen +after a \fBslk_clear\fR has been performed. + +The \fBslk_touch\fR routine forces all the soft labels to be output +the next time a \fBslk_noutrefresh\fR is performed. + +The \fBslk_attron\fR, \fBslk_attrset\fR, \fBslk_attroff\fR and \fBslk_attr\fR +routines correspond to \fBattron\fR, \fBattrset\fR, \fBattroff\fR and \fBattr_get\fR. +They have an effect only if soft labels are simulated on the bottom line of +the screen. The default highlight for soft keys is A_STANDOUT (as in +System V curses, which does not document this fact). +.SH RETURN VALUE +These routines return \fBERR\fR upon failure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an +integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful completion. \fBslk_attr\fR +returns the attribute used for the soft keys. + +\fBslk_label\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error. +.SH NOTES +Most applications would use \fBslk_noutrefresh\fR because a +\fBwrefresh\fR is likely to follow soon. +.SH PORTABILITY +The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4, describes these functions. It changes the +argument type of the attribute-manipulation functions \fBslk_attron\fR, +\fBslk_attroff\fR, \fBslk_attrset\fR to be \fBattr_t\fR, and adds \fBconst\fR +qualifiers. The format codes \fB2\fR and \fB3\fR for \fBslk_init()\fR and the +function \fBslk_attr\fR are specific to ncurses. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_attr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_termattrs.3x b/man/curs_termattrs.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5c65d3c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_termattrs.3x @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +.TH curs_termattrs 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBbaudrate\fR, \fBerasechar\fR, \fBhas_ic\fR, +\fBhas_il\fR, \fBkillchar\fR, \fBlongname\fR, \fBtermattrs\fR, +\fBtermname\fR - \fBcurses\fR environment query routines +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint baudrate(void);\fR +.br +\fBchar erasechar(void);\fR +.br +\fBint has_ic(void);\fR +.br +\fBint has_il(void);\fR +.br +\fBchar killchar(void);\fR +.br +\fBchar *longname(void);\fR +.br +\fBattr_t termattrs(void);\fR +.br +\fBchar *termname(void);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBbaudrate\fR routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The +number returned is in bits per second, for example \fB9600\fR, and is an +integer. + +The \fBerasechar\fR routine returns the user's current erase character. + +The \fBhas_ic\fR routine is true if the terminal has insert- and delete- +character capabilities. + +The \fBhas_il\fR routine is true if the terminal has insert- and delete-line +capabilities, or can simulate them using scrolling regions. This might +be used to determine if it would be appropriate to turn on physical +scrolling using \fBscrollok\fR. + +The \fBkillchar\fR routine returns the user's current line kill character. + +The \fBlongname\fR routine returns a pointer to a static area +containing a verbose description of the current terminal. The maximum +length of a verbose description is 128 characters. It is defined only +after the call to \fBinitscr\fR or \fBnewterm\fR. The area is +overwritten by each call to \fBnewterm\fR and is not restored by +\fBset_term\fR, so the value should be saved between calls to +\fBnewterm\fR if \fBlongname\fR is going to be used with multiple +terminals. + +If a given terminal doesn't support a video attribute that an +application program is trying to use, \fBcurses\fR may substitute a +different video attribute for it. The \fBtermattrs\fR function +returns a logical \fBOR\fR of all video attributes supported by the +terminal. This information is useful when a \fBcurses\fR program +needs complete control over the appearance of the screen. + +The \fBtermname\fR routine returns the value of the environmental +variable \fBTERM\fR (truncated to 14 characters). +.SH RETURN VALUE +\fBlongname\fR and \fBtermname\fR return \fBNULL\fR on error. + +Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR +(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful +completion. +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBtermattrs\fR may be a macro. +.SH PORTABILITY +The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions. It changes the +return type of \fBtermattrs\fR to the new type \fBattr_t\fR. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_outopts\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_termcap.3x b/man/curs_termcap.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..23a3ba06 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_termcap.3x @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +.TH curs_termcap 3X "" +.ds n 5 +.SH NAME +\fBtgetent\fR, \fBtgetflag\fR, \fBtgetnum\fR, +\fBtgetstr\fR, \fBtgoto\fR, \fBtputs\fR - direct \fBcurses\fR +interface to the terminfo capability database +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +\fB#include \fR +.br +\fBint tgetent(const char *bp, char *name);\fR +.br +\fBint tgetflag(const char *id);\fR +.br +\fBint tgetnum(const char *id);\fR +.br +\fBchar *tgetstr(const char *id, char **area);\fR +.br +\fBchar *tgoto(const char *cap, int col, int row);\fR +.br +\fBint tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putc)(int));\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use +the \fItermcap\fR library. Their parameters are the same and the +routines are emulated using the \fIterminfo\fR database. Thus, they +can only be used to query the capabilities of entries for which a +terminfo entry has been compiled. + +The \fBtgetent\fR routine loads the entry for \fIname\fR. +It returns 1 on success, 0 if there is no such entry, and -1 if the +terminfo database could not be found. +The emulation ignores the buffer pointer \fIbp\fR. + +The \fBtgetflag\fR routine gets the boolean entry for \fIid\fR. + +The \fBtgetnum\fR routine gets the numeric entry for \fIid\fR. + +The \fBtgetstr\fR routine returns the string entry for \fIid\fR. Use +\fBtputs\fR to output the returned string. + +The \fBtgoto\fR routine instantiates the parameters into the given capability. +The output from this routine is to be passed to \fBtputs\fR. + +The \fBtputs\fR routine is described on the curs_\fBterminfo\fR(3X) manual +page. It can retrieve capabilities by either termcap or terminfo name. + +.SH RETURN VALUE +Except where explicitly noted, +routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR +(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful +completion. + +Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error. +.SH BUGS +If you call \fBtgetstr\fR to fetch \fBca\fR or any other parameterized string, +be aware that it will be returned in terminfo notation, not the older and +not-quite-compatible termcap notation. This won't cause problems if all +you do with it is call \fBtgoto\fR or \fBtparm\fR, which both expand +terminfo-style. + +Because terminfo conventions for representing padding in string capabilities +differ from termcap's, \fBtputs("50");\fR will put out a literal "50" rather +than busy-waiting for 50 milliseconds. Cope with it. +.SH PORTABILITY +The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions. However, they +are marked TO BE WITHDRAWN and may be removed in future versions. + +Neither the XSI Curses standard nor the SVr4 man pages documented the return +values of \fBtgetent\fR correctly, though all three were in fact returned ever +since SVr1. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_terminfo(\*n), putc(3S).\fR +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_terminfo.3x b/man/curs_terminfo.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1b31a02d --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_terminfo.3x @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +.\" $Id: curs_terminfo.3x,v 1.6 1996/06/15 22:45:50 tom Exp $ +.TH curs_terminfo 3X "" +.ds n 5 +.SH NAME +\fBsetupterm\fR, \fBsetterm\fR, +\fBset_curterm\fR, \fBdel_curterm\fR, \fBrestartterm\fR, \fBtparm\fR, +\fBtputs\fR, \fBputp\fR, \fBvidputs\fR, \fBvidattr\fR, \fBmvcur\fR, +\fBtigetflag\fR, \fBtigetnum\fR, \fBtigetstr\fR - \fBcurses\fR +interfaces to terminfo database +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint setupterm(const char *term, int fildes, int *errret);\fR +.br +\fBint setterm(const char *term);\fR +.br +\fBTERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *nterm);\fR +.br +\fBint del_curterm(TERMINAL *oterm);\fR +.br +\fBint restartterm(const char *term, int fildes, int *errret);\fR +.br +\fBchar *tparm(const char *str, ...);\fR +.br +\fBchar *tparam(const char *str, char *buffer, int size, ...);\fR +.br +\fBint tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putc)(int));\fR +.br +\fBint putp(const char *str);\fR +.br +\fBint vidputs(chtype attrs, int (*putc)(char));\fR +.br +\fBint vidattr(chtype attrs);\fR +.br +\fBint mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol);\fR +.br +\fBint tigetflag(const char *capname);\fR +.br +\fBint tigetnum(const char *capname);\fR +.br +\fBchar *tigetstr(const char *capname);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal +directly with the \fBterminfo\fR database to handle certain terminal +capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other +functionality, \fBcurses\fR routines are more suitable and their use is +recommended. + +Initially, \fBsetupterm\fR should be called. Note that +\fBsetupterm\fR is automatically called by \fBinitscr\fR and +\fBnewterm\fR. This defines the set of terminal-dependent variables +[listed in \fBterminfo\fR(\*n)]. The \fBterminfo\fR variables +\fBlines\fR and \fBcolumns\fR are initialized by \fBsetupterm\fR as +follows: If \fBuse_env(FALSE)\fR has been called, values for +\fBlines\fR and \fBcolumns\fR specified in \fBterminfo\fR are used. +Otherwise, if the environment variables \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR +exist, their values are used. If these environment variables do not +exist and the program is running in a window, the current window size +is used. Otherwise, if the environment variables do not exist, the +values for \fBlines\fR and \fBcolumns\fR specified in the +\fBterminfo\fR database are used. + +The header files \fBcurses.h\fR and \fBterm.h\fR should be included (in this +order) to get the definitions for these strings, numbers, and flags. +Parameterized strings should be passed through \fBtparm\fR to instantiate them. +All \fBterminfo\fR strings [including the output of \fBtparm\fR] should be printed +with \fBtputs\fR or \fBputp\fR. Call the \fBreset_shell_mode\fR to restore the +tty modes before exiting [see \fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X)]. Programs which use +cursor addressing should output \fBenter_ca_mode\fR upon startup and should +output \fBexit_ca_mode\fR before exiting. Programs desiring shell escapes +should call + +\fBreset_shell_mode\fR and output \fBexit_ca_mode\fR before the shell +is called and should output \fBenter_ca_mode\fR and call +\fBreset_prog_mode\fR after returning from the shell. + +The \fBsetupterm\fR routine reads in the \fBterminfo\fR database, +initializing the \fBterminfo\fR structures, but does not set up the +output virtualization structures used by \fBcurses\fR. The terminal +type is the character string \fIterm\fR; if \fIterm\fR is null, the +environment variable \fBTERM\fR is used. All output is to file +descriptor \fBfildes\fR which is initialized for output. If +\fIerrret\fR is not null, then \fBsetupterm\fR returns \fBOK\fR or +\fBERR\fR and stores a status value in the integer pointed to by +\fIerrret\fR. A status of \fB1\fR in \fIerrret\fR is normal, \fB0\fR +means that the terminal could not be found, and \fB-1\fR means that +the \fBterminfo\fR database could not be found. If \fIerrret\fR is +null, \fBsetupterm\fR prints an error message upon finding an error +and exits. Thus, the simplest call is: + + \fBsetupterm((char *)0, 1, (int *)0);\fR, + +which uses all the defaults and sends the output to \fBstdout\fR. + +The \fBsetterm\fR routine is being replaced by \fBsetupterm\fR. The call: + + \fBsetupterm(\fR\fIterm\fR\fB, 1, (int *)0)\fR + +provides the same functionality as \fBsetterm(\fR\fIterm\fR\fB)\fR. +The \fBsetterm\fR routine is included here for BSD compatibility, and +is not recommended for new programs. + +The \fBset_curterm\fR routine sets the variable \fBcur_term\fR to +\fInterm\fR, and makes all of the \fBterminfo\fR boolean, numeric, and +string variables use the values from \fInterm\fR. It returns the old value +of \fBcur_term\fR. + +The \fBdel_curterm\fR routine frees the space pointed to by +\fIoterm\fR and makes it available for further use. If \fIoterm\fR is +the same as \fBcur_term\fR, references to any of the \fBterminfo\fR +boolean, numeric, and string variables thereafter may refer to invalid +memory locations until another \fBsetupterm\fR has been called. + +The \fBrestartterm\fR routine is similar to \fBsetupterm\fR and \fBinitscr\fR, +except that it is called after restoring memory to a previous state (for +example, when reloading a game saved as a core image dump). It assumes that +the windows and the input and output options are the same as when memory was +saved, but the terminal type and baud rate may be different. Accordingly, +it saves various tty state bits, does a setupterm, and then restores the bits. + +The \fBtparm\fR routine instantiates the string \fIstr\fR with +parameters \fIpi\fR. A pointer is returned to the result of \fIstr\fR +with the parameters applied. + +The \fBtparam\fR routine is included for compatibility with the GNU termcap +implementation. It works like \fBtparm\fR but you specify a buffer and buffer +size to be filled with the expanded string. + +The \fBtputs\fR routine applies padding information to the string +\fIstr\fR and outputs it. The \fIstr\fR must be a terminfo string +variable or the return value from \fBtparm\fR, \fBtgetstr\fR, or +\fBtgoto\fR. \fIaffcnt\fR is the number of lines affected, or 1 if +not applicable. \fIputc\fR is a \fBputchar\fR-like routine to which +the characters are passed, one at a time. + +The \fBputp\fR routine calls \fBtputs(\fR\fIstr\fR\fB, 1, putchar)\fR. +Note that the output of \fBputp\fR always goes to \fBstdout\fR, not to +the \fIfildes\fR specified in \fBsetupterm\fR. + +The \fBvidputs\fR routine displays the string on the terminal in the +video attribute mode \fIattrs\fR, which is any combination of the +attributes listed in \fBcurses\fR(3X). The characters are passed to +the \fBputchar\fR-like routine \fIputc\fR. + +The \fBvidattr\fR routine is like the \fBvidputs\fR routine, except +that it outputs through \fBputchar\fR. + +The \fBmvcur\fR routine provides low-level cursor motion. It takes +effect immediately (rather than at the next refresh). + +The \fBtigetflag\fR, \fBtigetnum\fR and \fBtigetstr\fR routines return +the value of the capability corresponding to the \fBterminfo\fR +\fIcapname\fR passed to them, such as \fBxenl\fR. + +The \fBtigetflag\fR routine returns the value \fB-1\fR if +\fIcapname\fR is not a boolean capability. + +The \fBtigetnum\fR routine returns the value \fB-2\fR if +\fIcapname\fR is not a numeric capability. + +The \fBtigetstr\fR routine returns the value \fB(char *)-1\fR +if \fIcapname\fR is not a string capability. + +The \fIcapname\fR for each capability is given in the table column entitled +\fIcapname\fR code in the capabilities section of \fBterminfo\fR(\*n). + +\fBchar *boolnames\fR, \fB*boolcodes\fR, \fB*boolfnames\fR + +\fBchar *numnames\fR, \fB*numcodes\fR, \fB*numfnames\fR + +\fBchar *strnames\fR, \fB*strcodes\fR, \fB*strfnames\fR + +These null-terminated arrays contain the \fIcapnames\fR, the +\fBtermcap\fR codes, and the full C names, for each of the +\fBterminfo\fR variables. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR +(SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon successful +completion, unless otherwise noted in the preceding routine descriptions. + +Routines that return pointers always return \fBNULL\fR on error. +.SH NOTES +The \fBsetupterm\fR routine should be used in place of \fBsetterm\fR. +It may be useful when you want to test for terminal capabilities without +committing to the allocation of storage involved in \fBinitscr\fR. + +Note that \fBvidattr\fR and \fBvidputs\fR may be macros. +.SH PORTABILITY +The function \fBsetterm\fR is not described in the XSI Curses standard and must +be considered non-portable. All other functions are as described in the XSI +curses standard. + +In System V Release 4, \fBset_curterm\fR has an \fBint\fR return type and +returns \fBOK\fR or \fBERR\fR. We have chosen to implement the XSI Curses +semantics. + +In System V Release 4, the third argument of \fBtputs\fR has the type +\fBint (*putc)(char)\fR. + +The XSI Curses standard prototypes \fBtparm\fR with a fixed number of parameters, +rather than a variable argument list. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_kernel\fR(3X), \fBcurs_termcap\fR(3X), +\fBputc\fR(3S), \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_touch.3x b/man/curs_touch.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5b67d3f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_touch.3x @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +.TH curs_touch 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBtouchwin\fR, \fBtouchline\fR, \fBuntouchwin\fR, +\fBwtouchln\fR, \fBis_linetouched\fR, \fBis_wintouched\fR - +\fBcurses\fR refresh control routines +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +\fBint touchwin(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBint touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count);\fR +.br +\fBint untouchwin(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBint wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed);\fR +.br +\fBint is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line);\fR +.br +\fBint is_wintouched(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBtouchwin\fR and \fBtouchline\fR routines throw away all +optimization information about which parts of the window have been +touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on. This +is sometimes necessary when using overlapping windows, since a change +to one window affects the other window, but the records of which lines +have been changed in the other window do not reflect the change. The +routine \fBtouchline\fR only pretends that \fIcount\fR lines have been +changed, beginning with line \fIstart\fR. + +The \fBuntouchwin\fR routine marks all lines in the window as unchanged since +the last call to \fBwrefresh\fR. + +The \fBwtouchln\fR routine makes \fIn\fR lines in the window, starting +at line \fIy\fR, look as if they have (\fIchanged\fR\fB=1\fR) or have +not (\fIchanged\fR\fB=0\fR) been changed since the last call to +\fBwrefresh\fR. + +The \fBis_linetouched\fR and \fBis_wintouched\fR routines return +\fBTRUE\fR if the specified line/window was modified since the last +call to \fBwrefresh\fR; otherwise they return \fBFALSE\fR. In +addition, \fBis_linetouched\fR returns \fBERR\fR if \fIline\fR is not +valid for the given window. +.SH RETURN VALUE +All routines return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and an integer value +other than \fBERR\fR upon successful completion, unless otherwise noted in the +preceding routine descriptions. +.SH PORTABILITY +The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions. + +Some historic curses implementations had, as an undocumented feature, the +ability to do the equivalent of \fBclearok(..., 1)\fR by saying +\fBtouchwin(stdscr)\fR or \fBclear(stdscr)\fR. This will not work under +ncurses. +.SH NOTES +Note that all routines except \fBwtouchln\fR may be macros. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_util.3x b/man/curs_util.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d2e0b88 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_util.3x @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +.TH curs_util 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBunctrl\fR, \fBkeyname\fR, \fBfilter\fR, +\fBuse_env\fR, \fBputwin\fR, \fBgetwin\fR, \fBdelay_output\fR, +\fBflushinp\fR - miscellaneous \fBcurses\fR utility routines +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBchar *unctrl(chtype c);\fR +.br +\fBchar *keyname(int c);\fR +.br +\fBvoid filter(void);\fR +.br +\fBvoid use_env(char bool);\fR +.br +\fBint putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep);\fR +.br +\fBWINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep);\fR +.br +\fBint delay_output(int ms);\fR +.br +\fBint flushinp(void);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBunctrl\fR macro expands to a character string which is a printable +representation of the character \fIc\fR. Control characters are displayed in +the \fB^\fR\fIX\fR notation. Printing characters are displayed as is. + +The \fBkeyname\fR routine returns a character string corresponding to +the key \fIc\fR. + +The \fBfilter\fR routine, if used, must be called before \fBinitscr\fR or +\fBnewterm\fR are called. The effect is that, during those calls, \fBLINES\fR +is set to 1; the capabilities \fBclear\fR, \fBcup\fR, \fBcud\fR, \fBcud1\fR, +\fBcuu1\fR, \fBcuu\fR, \fBvpa\fR are disabled; and the \fBhome\fR string is +set to the value of \fBcr\fR. + +The \fBuse_env\fR routine, if used, is called before \fBinitscr\fR or +\fBnewterm\fR are called. When called with \fBFALSE\fR as an +argument, the values of \fBlines\fR and \fBcolumns\fR specified in the +\fIterminfo\fR database will be used, even if environment variables +\fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR (used by default) are set, or if +\fBcurses\fR is running in a window (in which case default behavior +would be to use the window size if \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR are +not set). + +The \fBputwin\fR routine writes all data associated with window \fIwin\fR into +the file to which \fIfilep\fR points. This information can be later retrieved +using the \fBgetwin\fR function. + +The \fBgetwin\fR routine reads window related data stored in the file by +\fBputwin\fR. The routine then creates and initializes a new window using that +data. It returns a pointer to the new window. + +The \fBdelay_output\fR routine inserts an \fIms\fR millisecond pause +in output. This routine should not be used extensively because +padding characters are used rather than a CPU pause. + +The \fBflushinp\fR routine throws away any typeahead that has been typed by the +user and has not yet been read by the program. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Except for \fBflushinp\fR, routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR +upon failure and \fBOK\fR (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other than +\fBERR\fR") upon successful completion. + +\fBflushinp\fR always returns \fBOK\fR. + +Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error. +.SH PORTABILITY +The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions. + +The SVr4 documentation describes the action of \fBfilter\fR only in the vaguest +terms. The description here is adapted from the XSI Curses standard (which +erroneously fails to describe the disabling of \fBcuu\fR). +.SH NOTES +Note that \fBunctrl\fR is a macro, which is defined in <\fBunctrl.h\fR>. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_initscr\fR(3X), \fBcurs_scr_dump\fR(3X). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/curs_window.3x b/man/curs_window.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9bd3facd --- /dev/null +++ b/man/curs_window.3x @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +.TH curs_window 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBnewwin\fR, \fBdelwin\fR, \fBmvwin\fR, +\fBsubwin\fR, \fBderwin\fR, \fBmvderwin\fR, \fBdupwin\fR, +\fBwsyncup\fR, \fBsyncok\fR, \fBwcursyncup\fR, \fBwsyncdown\fR - +create \fBcurses\fR windows +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBWINDOW *newwin(int nlines, int ncols, int begin_y,\fR + \fBintbegin_x);\fR +.br +\fBint delwin(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBint mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);\fR +.br +\fBWINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, + int begin_y, int begin_x);\fR +.br +\fBWINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, + int begin_y, int begin_x);\fR +.br +\fBint mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int par_y, int par_x);\fR +.br +\fBWINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBvoid wsyncup(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBint syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);\fR +.br +\fBvoid wcursyncup(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +\fBvoid wsyncdown(WINDOW *win);\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +Calling \fBnewwin\fR creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the +given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is +at line \fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR, column \fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR. If either +\fInlines\fR or \fIncols\fR is zero, they default to \fBLINES -\fR +\fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR and \fBCOLS -\fR \fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR. A new full-screen +window is created by calling \fBnewwin(0,0,0,0)\fR. + +Calling \fBdelwin\fR deletes the named window, freeing all memory +associated with it (it does not actually erase the window's screen +image). Subwindows must be deleted before the main window can be +deleted. + +Calling \fBmvwin\fR moves the window so that the upper left-hand +corner is at position (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR). If the move would cause the +window to be off the screen, it is an error and the window is not +moved. Moving subwindows is allowed, but should be avoided. + +Calling \fBsubwin\fR creates and returns a pointer to a new window +with the given number of lines, \fInlines\fR, and columns, +\fIncols\fR. The window is at position (\fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR, +\fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR) on the screen. (This position is relative to the +screen, and not to the window \fIorig\fR.) The window is made in the +middle of the window \fIorig\fR, so that changes made to one window +will affect both windows. The subwindow shares memory with the window +\fIorig\fR. When using this routine, it is necessary to call +\fBtouchwin\fR or \fBtouchline\fR on \fIorig\fR before calling +\fBwrefresh\fR on the subwindow. + +Calling \fBderwin\fR is the same as calling \fBsubwin,\fR except that +\fIbegin\fR_\fIy\fR and \fIbegin\fR_\fIx\fR are relative to the origin +of the window \fIorig\fR rather than the screen. There is no +difference between the subwindows and the derived windows. + +Calling \fBmvderwin\fR moves a derived window (or subwindow) +inside its parent window. The screen-relative parameters of the +window are not changed. This routine is used to display different +parts of the parent window at the same physical position on the +screen. + +Calling \fBdupwin\fR creates an exact duplicate of the window \fIwin\fR. + +Calling \fBwsyncup\fR touches all locations in ancestors of \fIwin\fR that are +changed in \fIwin\fR. If \fBsyncok\fR is called with second argument +\fBTRUE\fR then \fBwsyncup\fR is called automatically whenever there is a +change in the window. + +The \fBwsyncdown\fR routine touches each location in \fIwin\fR that has been +touched in any of its ancestor windows. This routine is called by +\fBwrefresh\fR, so it should almost never be necessary to call it manually. + +The routine \fBwcursyncup\fR updates the current cursor position of all the +ancestors of the window to reflect the current cursor position of the +window. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Routines that return an integer return the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and +\fBOK\fR (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than \fBERR\fR") upon +successful completion. + +\fBdelwin\fR returns the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR +upon successful completion. + +Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error. +.SH NOTES +If many small changes are made to the window, the \fBwsyncup\fR option could +degrade performance. + +Note that \fBsyncok\fR may be a macro. +.SH BUGS +The subwindow functions (\fIsubwin\fR, \fIderwin\fR, \fImvderwin\fR, +\fBwsyncup\fR, \fBwsyncdown\fR, \fBwcursyncup\fR, \fBsyncok\fR) are flaky, +incompletely implemented, and not well tested. + +The System V curses documentation is very unclear about what \fBwsyncup\fR +and \fBwsyncdown\fR actually do. It seems to imply that they are only +supposed to touch exactly those lines that are affected by ancestor changes. +The language here, and the behavior of the \fBcurses\fR implementation, +is patterned on the XPG4 curses standard. The weaker XPG4 spec may result +in slower updates. +.SH PORTABILITY +The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBcurs_refresh\fR(3X), \fBcurs_touch\fR(3X) +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/dft_fgbg.3x b/man/dft_fgbg.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92196b75 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/dft_fgbg.3x @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +.\"***************************************************************************** +.\" Copyright 1997 by Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" All Rights Reserved. * +.\" * +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * +.\" documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * +.\" that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * +.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * +.\" documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) * +.\" not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * +.\" software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED * +.\" COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, * +.\" INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO * +.\" EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY * +.\" SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER * +.\" RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF * +.\" CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN * +.\" CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * +.\"***************************************************************************** +.\" $Id: dft_fgbg.3x,v 1.1 1997/01/19 02:51:30 tom Exp $ +.TH use_default_colors 3X "" +. +.SH NAME +\fBuse_default_colors\fP \- use terminal's default colors +. +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fP + +\fBint use_default_colors(void);\fP +. +.SH DESCRIPTION +This is an extension to the curses library. +It is used with terminals that support ISO 6429 color, or equivalent. +These terminals allow the application to reset color to an unspecified +default value (e.g., with SGR 39 or SGR 49). +Because they are designed to support this, their design usually includes +features to change the default foreground or background colors so that +they do not match the assumption in XSI curses of white on black. +.PP +Applications that paint a colored background over the whole screen +are not adversely impacted by this type of terminal design. +However, there are applications that are designed to work with +the default background. +. +.SH RETURN VALUE +The function returns the integer \fBERR\fP upon failure and \fBOK\fP on success. +It will fail if either the terminal does not support +the \fIorig_pair\fP or \fIorig_colors\fP capability. +If the \fIinitialize_pair\fP capability is found, this causes an +error as well. +. +.SH NOTES +Associated with this extension, the \fBinit_pair\fP(3x) function accepts +negative arguments to specify default foreground or background +colors. +. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not supported on +Version 7, BSD or System V implementations. It is recommended that +any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION. +. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurs_color\fP(3x), +\fBded\fP(1). +. +.SH AUTHOR +Thomas Dickey (from an analysis of the requirements for color xterm +for XFree86 3.1.2C, February 1996). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form.3x b/man/form.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..36ce7612 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form.3x @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +'\" t +.TH forms 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBforms\fR - curses extension for programming forms +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBforms\fR library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing +form screens on character-cell terminals. The library includes: field +routines, which create and modify form fields; and form routines, which group +fields into forms, display forms on the screen, and handle interaction with the +user. + +The \fBforms\fR library uses the \fBcurses\fR libraries, and a curses +initialization routine such as \fBinitscr\fR must be called before using any of +these functions. To use the \fBforms\fR library, link with the options +\fB-lform -lcurses\fR. + +.SS Current Default Values for Field Attributes + +The \fBforms\fR library maintains a default value for field attributes. You +can get or set this default by calling the appropriate \fBget_\fR or \fBset_\fR +routine with a \fBNULL\fR field pointer. Changing this default with a +\fBset_\fR function affects future field creations, but does not change the +rendering of fields already created. + +.SS Routine Name Index + +The following table lists each \fBform\fR routine and the name of +the manual page on which it is described. + +.TS +l l +l l . +\fBcurses\fR Routine Name Manual Page Name += +\fBcurrent_field\fR form_page(3X) +\fBdata_ahead\fR form_data(3X) +\fBdata_behind\fR form_data(3X) +\fBdup_field\fR form_field_new(3X) +\fBdynamic_fieldinfo\fR form_field_info(3X) +\fBfield_arg\fR form_field_validation(3X) +\fBfield_back\fR form_field_attributes(3X) +\fBfield_buffer\fR form_field_buffer(3X) +\fBfield_count\fR form_field(3X) +\fBfield_fore\fR form_field_attributes(3X) +\fBfield_index\fR form_page(3X) +\fBfield_info\fR form_field_info(3X) +\fBfield_init\fR form_hook(3X) +\fBfield_just\fR form_field_just(3X) +\fBfield_opts\fR form_field_opts(3X) +\fBfield_opts_off\fR form_field_opts(3X) +\fBfield_opts_on\fR form_field_opts(3X) +\fBfield_pad\fR form_field_attributes(3X) +\fBfield_status\fR form_field_buffer(3X) +\fBfield_term\fR form_hook(3X) +\fBfield_type\fR form_field_validation(3X) +\fBfield_userptr\fR form_field_userptr(3X) +\fBform_driver\fR form_driver(3X) +\fBform_fields\fR form_field(3X) +\fBform_init\fR form_hook(3X) +\fBform_opts\fR form_opts(3X) +\fBform_opts_off\fR form_opts(3X) +\fBform_opts_on\fR form_opts(3X) +\fBform_page\fR form_page(3X) +\fBform_request_by_name\fR form_requestname(3X) +\fBform_request_name\fR form_requestname(3X) +\fBform_sub\fR form_win(3X) +\fBform_term\fR form_hook(3X) +\fBform_userptr\fR form_userptr(3X) +\fBform_win\fR form_win(3X) +\fBfree_field\fR form_field_new(3X) +\fBfree_form\fR form_new(3X) +\fBlink_field\fR form_field_new(3X) +\fBlink_fieldtype\fR link_fieldtype(3X) +\fBmove_field\fR form_field(3X) +\fBnew_field\fR form_field_new(3X) +\fBnew_form\fR form_new(3X) +\fBnew_page\fR form_new_page(3X) +\fBpos_form_cursor\fR form_cursor(3X) +\fBpost_form\fR form_post(3X) +\fBscale_form\fR form_win(3X) +\fBset_current_field\fR form_page(3X) +\fBset_field_back\fR form_field_attributes(3X) +\fBset_field_buffer\fR form_field_buffer(3X) +\fBset_field_fore\fR form_field_attributes(3X) +\fBset_field_init\fR form_hook(3X) +\fBset_field_just\fR form_field_just(3X) +\fBset_field_opts\fR form_field_opts(3X) +\fBset_field_pad\fR form_field_attributes(3X) +\fBset_field_status\fR form_field_buffer(3X) +\fBset_field_term\fR form_hook(3X) +\fBset_field_type\fR form_field_validation(3X) +\fBset_field_userptr\fR form_field_userptr(3X) +\fBset_fieldtype_arg\fR form_fieldtype(3X) +\fBset_fieldtype_choice\fR form_fieldtype(3X) +\fBset_form_fields\fR form_field(3X) +\fBset_form_init\fR form_hook(3X) +\fBset_form_opts\fR form_field_opts(3X) +\fBset_form_page\fR form_page(3X) +\fBset_form_sub\fR form_win(3X) +\fBset_form_term\fR form_hook(3X) +\fBset_form_userptr\fR form_userptr(3X) +\fBset_form_win\fR form_win(3X) +\fBset_max_field\fR form_field_buffer(3X) +\fBset_new_page\fR form_new_page(3X) +\fBunpost_form\fR form_post(3X) +.TE +.SH RETURN VALUE +Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error. Routines that return +an integer return one of the following error codes: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_CONNECTED\fR +The field is already connected to a form. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_POSTED\fR +The form is already posted. +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_STATE\fR +Routine was called from an initialization or termination function. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NO_ROOM\fR +Form is too large for its window. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NOT_POSTED\fR +The form has not been posted. +.TP 5 +\fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR +The form driver code saw an unknown request code. +.TP 5 +\fBE_INVALID_FIELD\fR +Contents of a field are not valid. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NOT_CONNECTED\fR +No fields are connected to the form. +.TP 5 +\fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fR +The form driver could not process the request. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X) and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for detailed +descriptions of the entry points. +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header files +\fB\fR and \fB\fR. + +In your library list, libform.a should be before libncurses.a; that is, +you want to say `-lform -lncurses', not the other way around (which would +give you a link error using GNU \fBld\fR(1) and many other linkers). +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_cursor.3x b/man/form_cursor.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1e9a1d90 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_cursor.3x @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_cursor 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_cursor\fR - position a form window cursor +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int pos_form_cursor(FORM *form); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBpos_form_cursor\fR restores the cursor to the position required +for the forms driver to continue processing requests. This is useful after +\fBcurses\fR routines have been called to do screen-painting in response to a +form operation. +.SH RETURN VALUE +This routine returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NOT_POSTED\fR +The form has not been posted. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_data.3x b/man/form_data.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bf8a2404 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_data.3x @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_data 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_data\fR - +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +bool data_ahead(const FORM *form); +.br +bool data_behind(const FORM *form); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBdata_ahead\fR tests whether there is off-screen data +ahead in the given form. It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0). + +The function \fBdata_behind\fR tests whether there is off-screen data +behind in the given form. It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0). +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_driver.3x b/man/form_driver.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a6acc7b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_driver.3x @@ -0,0 +1,244 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_driver 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_driver\fR - command-processing loop of the form system +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int form_driver(FORM *form, int c); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +Once a form has been posted (displayed), you should funnel input events to it +through \fBform_driver\fR. This routine has two major input cases; either +the input is a form navigation request or it's a printable ASCII character. +The form driver requests are as follows: +.TP 5 +REQ_NEXT_PAGE +Move to the next page. +.TP 5 +REQ_PREV_PAGE +Move to the previous page. +.TP 5 +REQ_FIRST_PAGE +Move to the first page. +.TP 5 +REQ_LAST_PAGE +Move to the last field. + +.TP 5 +REQ_NEXT_FIELD +Move to the next field. +.TP 5 +REQ_PREV_FIELD +Move to the previous field. +.TP 5 +REQ_FIRST_FIELD +Move to the first field. +.TP 5 +REQ_LAST_FIELD +Move to the last field. +.TP 5 +REQ_SNEXT_FIELD +Move to the sorted next field. +.TP 5 +REQ_SPREV_FIELD +Move to the sorted previous field. +.TP 5 +REQ_SFIRST_FIELD +Move to the sorted first field. +.TP 5 +REQ_SLAST_FIELD +Move to the sorted last field. +.TP 5 +REQ_LEFT_FIELD +Move left to a field. +.TP 5 +REQ_RIGHT_FIELD +Move right to a field. +.TP 5 +REQ_UP_FIELD +Move up to a field. +.TP 5 +REQ_DOWN_FIELD +Move down to a field. + +.TP 5 +REQ_NEXT_CHAR +Move to the next char. +.TP 5 +REQ_PREV_CHAR +Move to the previous char. +.TP 5 +REQ_NEXT_LINE +Move to the next line. +.TP 5 +REQ_PREV_LINE +Move to the previous line. +.TP 5 +REQ_NEXT_WORD +Move to the next word. +.TP 5 +REQ_PREV_WORD +Move to the previous word. +.TP 5 +REQ_BEG_FIELD +Move to the beginning of the field. +.TP 5 +REQ_END_FIELD +Move to the end of the field. +.TP 5 +REQ_BEG_LINE +Move to the beginning of the line. +.TP 5 +REQ_END_LINE +Move to the end of the line. +.TP 5 +REQ_LEFT_CHAR +Move left in the field. +.TP 5 +REQ_RIGHT_CHAR +Move right in the field. +.TP 5 +REQ_UP_CHAR +Move up in the field. +.TP 5 +REQ_DOWN_CHAR +Move down in the field. + +.TP 5 +REQ_NEW_LINE +Insert or overlay a new line. +.TP 5 +REQ_INS_CHAR +Insert a blank at the cursor. +.TP 5 +REQ_INS_LINE +Insert a blank line at the cursor. +.TP 5 +REQ_DEL_CHAR +Delete character at the cursor. +.TP 5 +REQ_DEL_PREV +Delete character before the cursor. +.TP 5 +REQ_DEL_LINE +Delete line at the cursor. +.TP 5 +REQ_DEL_WORD +Delete blank-delimited word at the cursor. +.TP 5 +REQ_CLR_EOL +Clear to end of line from cursor. +.TP 5 +REQ_CLR_EOF +Clear to end of field from cursor. +.TP 5 +REQ_CLR_FIELD +Clear the entire field. +.TP 5 +REQ_OVL_MODE +Enter overlay mode. +.TP 5 +REQ_INS_MODE +Enter insert mode. + +.TP 5 +REQ_SCR_FLINE +Scroll the field forward a line. +.TP 5 +REQ_SCR_BLINE +Scroll the field backward a line. +.TP 5 +REQ_SCR_FPAGE +Scroll the field forward a page. +.TP 5 +REQ_SCR_BPAGE +Scroll the field backward a page. +.TP 5 +REQ_SCR_FHPAGE +Scroll the field forward half a page. +.TP 5 +REQ_SCR_BHPAGE +Scroll the field backward half a page. + +.TP 5 +REQ_SCR_FCHAR +Scroll the field forward a character. +.TP 5 +REQ_SCR_BCHAR +Scroll the field backward a character. +.TP 5 +REQ_SCR_HFLINE +Horizontal scroll the field forward a line. +.TP 5 +REQ_SCR_HBLINE +Horizontal scroll the field backward a line. +.TP 5 +REQ_SCR_HFHALF +Horizontal scroll the field forward half a line. +.TP 5 +REQ_SCR_HBHALF +Horizontal scroll the field backward half a line. + +.TP +REQ_VALIDATION +Validate field. +.TP +REQ_NEXT_CHOICE +Display next field choice. +.TP +REQ_PREV_CHOICE +Display previous field choice. +.PP +If the second argument is a printable ASCII character, the driver places it +in the current position in the current field. If it is one of the forms +requests listed above, that request is executed. +.PP +If the second argument is neither printable ASCII nor one of the above +pre-defined form requests, the drive assumes it is an application-specific +command and returns \fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR. Application-defined commands +should be defined relative to \fBMAX_COMMAND\fR, the maximum value of these +pre-defined requests. +.SH RETURN VALUE +\fBform_driver\fR return one of the following error codes: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_STATE\fR +Routine was called from an initialization or termination function. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NOT_POSTED\fR +The form has not been posted. +.TP 5 +\fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR +The form driver code saw an unknown request code. +.TP 5 +\fBE_INVALID_FIELD\fR +Contents of field is invalid. +.TP 5 +\fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fR +The form driver could not process the request. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBforms\fR(3x). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header files +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_field.3x b/man/form_field.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e651a5a --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_field.3x @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_field 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_field\fR - make and break connections between fields and forms +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_form_fields(FORM *form, FIELD **fields); +.br +FIELD **form_fields(const FORM *form); +.br +int field_count(const FORM *form); +.br +int move_field(FIELD *field, int frow, int fcol); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBset_form_fields\fR changes the field pointer array of +the given \fIform\fR. The array must be terminated by a \fBNULL\fR. + +The function \fBform_fields\fR returns the field array of the given form. + +The function \fBfield_count\fR returns the count of fields in \fIform\fR. + +The function \fBmove_field\fR move the given field (which must be disconnected) +to a specified location on the screen. +.SH RETURN VALUES +The function \fBform_fields\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error. + +The function \fBfield_count\fR returns \fBERR\fR (the general +\fBcurses\fR error return value) on error. + +The functions \fBset_form_fields\fR and \fBmove_field\fR return one of +the following codes on error: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_POSTED\fR +The form is already posted. +.TP 5 +\fBE_CONNECTED\fR +The field is already connected to a form. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. + +The SVr4 forms library documentation specifies the \fBfield_count\fR error value +as -1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR). +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_field_attributes.3x b/man/form_field_attributes.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..610bef2d --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_field_attributes.3x @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_field_attributes 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_field_attributes\fR - color and attribute control for form fields +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_field_fore(FIELD *field, chtype attr); +.br +chtype field_fore(const FIELD *field); +.br +int set_field_back(FIELD *field, chtype attr); +.br +chtype field_back(const FIELD *field); +.br +int set_field_pad(FIELD *field, int pad); +.br +chtype field_pad(const FIELD *field); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBset_field_fore\fR sets the foreground attribute of +\fIfield\fR. This is the highlight used to display the field contents. The +function \fBfield_fore\fR returns the foreground attribute. The default is +\fBA_STANDOUT\fR. + +The function \fBset_field_back\fR sets the background attribute of +\fIform\fR. This is the highlight used to display the extent fields in the +form. The function \fBfield_back\fR returns the background attribute. The +default is \fBA_NORMAL\fR. + +The function \fBset_field_pad\fR sets the character used to fill the field. +The function \fBfield_pad\fR returns the given form's pad character. The +default is a blank. +.SH RETURN VALUE +These routines return one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X) and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for detailed +descriptions of the entry points. +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_field_buffer.3x b/man/form_field_buffer.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d1a32aaa --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_field_buffer.3x @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_field_buffer 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_field_buffer\fR - field buffer control +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_field_buffer(FIELD *field, int buf, const char *value); +.br +char *field_buffer(const FIELD *field, int buffer); +.br +int set_field_status(FIELD *field, bool status); +.br +bool field_status(const FIELD *field); +.br +int set_max_field(FIELD *field, int max); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBset_field_buffer\fR sets the numbered buffer of the given field +to contain a given string. Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field; other +numbered buffers may be allocated by applications through the \fBnbuf\fR +argument of (see \fBfield_new\fR(3X)) but are not manipulated by the forms +library. The function \fBfield_buffer\fR returns the foreground attribute. + +The function \fBset_field_status\fR sets the associated status flag of +\fIfield\fR; \fBfield_status\fR gets the current value. The status flag +is set to a nonzero value whenever the field changes. + +The function \fBset_max_field\fR sets the maximum size for a dynamic field. +An argument of 0 turns off any maximum size threshold for that field. +.SH RETURN VALUE +The \fBfield_buffer\fR function returns NULL on error. + +The \fBfield_status\fR function returns \fBTRUE\fR or \fBFALSE\fR. + +The remaining routines return one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X) and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for detailed +descriptions of the entry points. +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_field_info.3x b/man/form_field_info.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aca06fb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_field_info.3x @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_field_info 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_field_info\fR - retrieve field characteristics +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int *cols, + int *frow, int *fcol, int *nrow, int *nbuf); +.br +int dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int *cols, *max); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBfield_info\fR returns the sizes and other attributes passed in +to the field at its creation time. The attributes are: height, width, row of +upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows, and +number of working buffers. + +The function \fBdynamic_field_info\fR returns the actual size of the field, and +its maximum possible size. If the field has no size limit, the location +addressed by the third argument will be set to 0. (A field can be made dynamic +by turning off the \fBO_STATIC\fR). +.SH RETURN VALUE +These routines return one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X) and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for detailed +descriptions of the entry points. +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_field_just.3x b/man/form_field_just.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cbe2102b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_field_just.3x @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_field_just 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_field_just\fR - retrieve field characteristics +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_field_just(FIELD *field, int justification); +.br +int field_just(const FIELD *field); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBset_field_just\fR sets the justification attribute of +a field; \fBfield_just\fR returns a field's justification attribute. +The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTIFICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, +JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER. + +.SH RETURN VALUE +The function \fBfield_just\fR returns one of: NO_JUSTIFICATION, +JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER. + +The function \fBset_field_just\fR return one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X) and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for detailed +descriptions of the entry points. +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_field_new.3x b/man/form_field_new.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af2dcad5 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_field_new.3x @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_field_new 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_field_new\fR - create and destroy form fields +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +FIELD *new_field(int height, int width, + int toprow, int leftcol, + int offscreen, int nbuffers); +.br +FIELD *dup_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol); +.br +FIELD *link_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol); +.br +int free_field(FIELD *field); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBnew_field\fR allocates a new field and initializes it from the +parameters given: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left +corner, number off-screen rows, and number of additional working buffers. + +The function \fBdup_field\fR duplicates a field at a new location. Most +attributes (including current contents, size, validation type, buffer count, +growth threshold, justification, foreground, background, pad character, +options, and user pointer) are copied. Field status and the field page bit are +not copied. + +The function \fBlink_field\fR acts like \fBdup_field\fR, but the new field +shares buffers with its parent. Attribute data is separate. + +The function \fBfree_field\fR de-allocates storage associated with a field. +.SH RETURN VALUE +The function, \fBnew_field\fR, \fBdup_field\fR, \fBlink_field\fR return +\fBNULL\fR on error. + +The function \fBfree_field\fR returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. + +It may be unwise to count on the set of attributes copied by +\fBdup_field\fR(3x) being portable; the System V forms library documents are +not very explicit on what gets copied and was not. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_field_opts.3x b/man/form_field_opts.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d3dc8db1 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_field_opts.3x @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_field_opts 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_field_opts\fR - set and get field options +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_field_opts(FIELD *field, OPTIONS opts); +.br +int field_opts_on(FIELD *field, OPTIONS opts); +.br +int field_opts_off(FIELD *field, OPTIONS opts); +.br +OPTIONS field_opts(const FIELD *field); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBset_field_opts\fR sets all the given field's option bits (field +option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). + +The function \fBfield_opts_on\fR turns on the given option bits, and leaves +others alone. + +The function \fBfield_opts_off\fR turns off the given option bits, and leaves +others alone. + +The function \fBfield_opts\fR returns the field's current option bits. + +The following options are defined (all are on by default): +.TP 5 +O_VISIBLE +The field is displayed. If this option is off, display of the field is +suppressed, +.TP 5 +O_ACTIVE +The field is visited during processing. If this option is off, the field will +not be reachable by navigation keys. +.TP 5 +O_PUBLIC +The field contents are displayed as data is entered. +.TP 5 +O_EDIT +The field can be edited. +.TP 5 +O_WRAP +Words that don't fit on a line are wrapped to the next line. Words are +blank-separated. +.TP 5 +O_BLANK +The field is cleared whenever a character is entered at the first position. +.TP 5 +O_AUTOSKIP +Skip to the next field when this one fills +.TP 5 +O_NULLOK +Allow a blank field. +.TP 5 +O_STATIC +Field buffers are fixed to field's original size. +.TP 5 +O_PASSOK +Validate field only if modified by user. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Except for \fBfield_opts\fR, each routine returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_CURRENT\fR +The field is the current field. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X). +.TP 5 +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_field_userptr.3x b/man/form_field_userptr.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f2d7bd9d --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_field_userptr.3x @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_field_userptr 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_field_userptr\fR - associate application data with a form field +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field, const void*userptr); +.br +const void *field_userptr(const FIELD *field); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +Every form field has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data +(that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set +that field. +.SH RETURN VALUE +The function \fBfield_userptr\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error. The function +\fBset_field_userptr\fR returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. + +The user pointer should be a void pointer. We leave it as a char pointer for +SVr4 compatibility. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_field_validation.3x b/man/form_field_validation.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8fee91d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_field_validation.3x @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_field_validation 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_field_validation\fR - data type validation for fields +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_field_type(FIELD *field, FIELDTYPE *type, ...); +.br +FIELDTYPE *field_type(const FIELD *field); +.br +void *field_arg(const FIELD *field); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBset_field_type\fR declares a data type for a given form field. +This is the type checked by validation functions. The types are as follows: +.TP 5 +TYPE_ALNUM +Alphanumeric data. Requires a third \fBint\fR argument, a minimum field width. +.TP 5 +TYPE_ALPHA +Character data. Requires a third \fBint\fR argument, a minimum field width. +.TP 5 +TYPE_ENUM +Accept one of a specified set of strings. Requires a third \fB(char **)\fR +argument pointing to a string list; a fourth \fBint\fR flag argument to enable +case-sensitivity; and a fifth \fBint\fR flag argument specifying whether a partial +match must be a unique one (if this flag is off, a prefix matches the first +of any set of more than one list elements with that prefix). Please notice +that the string list is not copied, only a reference to it is stored in the +field. So you should avoid to use a list that lives in automatic variables +on the stack. +.TP 5 +TYPE_INTEGER +Integer data, parsable to an integer by \fBatoi(3)\fR. Requires a third +\fBint\fR argument controlling the precision, a fourth \fBlong\fR argument +constraining minimum value, and a fifth \fBlong\fR constraining maximum value. +If the maximum value is less or equal the minimum value, the range is simply +ignored. On return the field buffer is formatted according to the \fBprintf\fR +format specification ".*ld", where the '*' is replaced by the precision argument. +For details of the precision handling see \fBprintf's\fR man-page. +.TP 5 +TYPE_NUMERIC +Numeric data (may have a decimal-point part). Requires a third +\fBint\fR argument controlling the precision, a fourth \fBdouble\fR +argument constraining minimum value, and a fifth \fBdouble\fR constraining +maximum value. If your system supports locale's, the decimal point character +to be used must be the one specified by your locale. +If the maximum value is less or equal the minimum value, the range is simply +ignored. On return the field buffer is formatted according to the \fBprintf\fR +format specification ".*f", where the '*' is replaced by the precision argument. +For details of the precision handling see \fBprintf's\fR man-page. +.TP 5 +TYPE_REGEXP +Regular expression data. Requires a regular expression \fB(char *)\fR third argument; +the data is valid if the regular expression matches it. Regular expressions +are in the format of \fBregcomp\fR(3x) and \fBregexec\fR(3X). Please notice +that the regular expression must match the whole field. If you have for +example an eight character wide field, a regular expression "^[0-9]*$" always +means that you have to fill all eight positions with digits. If you want to +allow fewer digits, you may use for example "^[0-9]* *$" which is good for +trailing spaces (up to an empty field), or "^ *[0-9]* *$" which is good for +leading and trailing spaces around the digits. +.TP 5 +TYPE_IPV4 +An Internet Protocol Version 4 address. This requires no additional argument. It +is checked whether or not the buffer has the form a.b.c.d, where a,b,c and d are +numbers between 0 and 255. Trailing blanks in the buffer are ignored. The address +itself is not validated. Please note that this is an ncurses extension. This +field type may not be available in other curses implementations. + +It is possible to set up new programmer-defined field types. See the +\fBform_fieldtype\fR(3X) manual page. +.SH RETURN VALUE +The functions \fBfield_type\fR and \fBfield_arg\fR return \fBNULL\fR on +error. The function \fBset_field_type\fR returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_fieldtype.3x b/man/form_fieldtype.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a6697eed --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_fieldtype.3x @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_field 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_fieldtype\fR - define validation-field types +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype( + bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *, const void *), + bool (* const char_check)(int, const void *)); +.br +int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *fieldtype); +.br +int set_fieldtype_arg( + FIELDTYPE *fieldtype, + void *(* const make_arg)(va_list *), + void *(* const copy_arg)(const void *), + void (* const free_arg)(void *)); +.br +int set_fieldtype_choice( + FIELDTYPE *fieldtype + bool (* const next_choice)(FIELD *, const void *), + bool (* const prev_choice)(FIELD *, const void *)); +.br +FIELDTYPE *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *type1, + FIELDTYPE *type2); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBnew_fieldtype\fR creates a new field type usable for data +validation. You supply it with \fIfield_check\fR, a predicate to check the +validity of an entered data string whenever the user attempt to leave a field. +The (FIELD *) argument is passed in so the validation predicate can see the +field's buffer, sizes and other attributes; the second argument is an +argument-block structure, about which more below. + +You also supply \fBnew_fieldtype\fR with \fIchar_check\fR, +a function to validate input characters as they are entered; it will be passed +the character to be checked and a pointer to an argument-block structure. + +The function \fBfree_fieldtype\fR frees the space allocated for a given +validation type. + +The function \fBset_fieldtype\fR associates three storage-management functions +with a field type. The \fImak_arg\fR function is automatically applied to the +list of arguments you give \fBset_field_type\fR when attaching validation +to a field; its job is to bundle these into an allocated argument-block +object which can later be passed to validation predicated. The other two +hook arguments should copy and free argument-block structures. They will +be used by the forms-driver code. + +The form driver requests \fBREQ_NEXT_CHOICE\fR and \fBREQ_PREV_CHOICE\fR assume +that the possible values of a field form an ordered set, and provide the forms +user with a way to move through the set. The \fBset_fieldtype_choice\fR +function allows forms programmers to define successor and predecessor functions +for the field type. These functions take the field pointer and an +argument-block structure as arguments. +.SH RETURN VALUE +The pointer-valued routines return NULL on error. + +The integer-valued routines return one of the following codes on +error: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_CONNECTED\fR +The field is already connected to a form. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. + +All of the \fB(char *)\fR arguments of these functions should actually be +\fB(void *)\fR. The type has been left uncorrected for strict compatibility +with System V. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_hook.3x b/man/form_hook.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ed7d8c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_hook.3x @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_hook 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_hook\fR - set hooks for automatic invocation by applications +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_field_init(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *)); +.br +void (*)(FORM *) field_init(const FORM *form); +.br +int set_field_term(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *)); +.br +void (*)(FORM *) field_term(const FORM *form); +.br +int set_form_init(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *)); +.br +void (*)(FORM *) form_init(const FORM *form); +.br +int set_form_term(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *)); +.br +void (*)(FORM *) form_term(const FORM *form); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various +points in the automatic processing of input event codes by \fBform_driver\fR. + +The function \fBset_field_init\fR sets a hook to be called at form-post time +and each time the selected field changes (after the change). \fBfield_init\fR +returns the current field init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such +hook). + +The function \fBset_field_term\fR sets a hook to be called at form-unpost time +and each time the selected field changes (before the change). \fBfield_term\fR +returns the current field term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such +hook). + +The function \fBset_form_init\fR sets a hook to be called at form-post time and +just after a page change once it is posted. \fBform_init\fR returns the +current form init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such hook). + +The function \fBset_form_term\fR sets a hook to be called at form-unpost time +and just before a page change change once it is posted. \fBform_init\fR +returns the current form term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such +hook). +.SH RETURN VALUE +Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error. Other routines +return one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_new.3x b/man/form_new.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af85586d --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_new.3x @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_new 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_new\fR - create and destroy forms +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +FORM *new_form(FIELD **fields); +.br +int free_form(FORM *form); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBnew_form\fR creates a new form connected to a specified field +pointer array (which must be \fBNULL\fR-terminated). + +The function \fBfree_form\fR disconnects \fIform\fR from its field array +and frees the storage allocated for the form. +.SH RETURN VALUE +The function \fBnew_form\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error. + +The function \fBfree_form\fR returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_POSTED\fR +The form has already been posted. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_new_page.3x b/man/form_new_page.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c3d4a180 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_new_page.3x @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_new_page 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_new_page\fR - form pagination functions +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_new_page(FIELD *field, bool new_page_flag); +.br +bool new_page(const FIELD *field); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBset_new_page\fR sets or resets a flag marking the given field +as the beginning of a new page on its form. + +The function \fBnew_page\fR is a predicate which tests if a given field marks +a page beginning on its form. +.SH RETURN VALUE +The function \fBnew_page\fR returns \fBTRUE\fR or \fBFALSE\fR. + +The function \fBset_new_page\fR return one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_CONNECTED\fR +The given field is already connected to a form. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X) and 3X pages whose names begin "form_" for detailed +descriptions of the entry points. +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_opts.3x b/man/form_opts.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dc0e0c45 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_opts.3x @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_opts 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_opts\fR - set and get form options +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_form_opts(FORM *form, OPTIONS opts); +.br +int form_opts_on(FORM *form, OPTIONS opts); +.br +int form_opts_off(FORM *form, OPTIONS opts); +.br +OPTIONS form_opts(const FORM *form); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBset_form_opts\fR sets all the given form's option bits (form +option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). + +The function \fBform_opts_on\fR turns on the given option bits, and leaves +others alone. + +The function \fBform_opts_off\fR turns off the given option bits, and leaves +others alone. + +The function \fBform_opts\fR returns the form's current option bits. + +The following options are defined (all are on by default): +.TP 5 +O_NL_OVERLOAD +Overload the \fBREQ_NEW_LINE\fR forms driver request so that calling it at the +end of a field goes to the next field. +.TP 5 +O_BS_OVERLOAD +Overload the \fBREQ_DEL_PREV\fR forms driver request so that calling it at the +beginning of a field goes to the previous field. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Except for \fBform_opts\fR, each routine returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_page.3x b/man/form_page.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..27beb3d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_page.3x @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_page 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_page\fR - set and get form page number +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_current_field(FORM *form, FIELD *field); +.br +FIELD *current_field(const FORM *); +.br +int set_form_page(FORM *form, int n); +.br +int form_page(const FORM *form); +.br +int field_index(const FIELD *field); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBset_current field\fR sets the current field of the given +form; \fBcurrent_field\fR returns the current field of the given form. +.PP +The function \fBset_form_page\fR sets the form's page number (goes to page +\fIn\fR of the form). +.PP +The function \fBform_page\fR returns the form's current page number. +.PP +The function \fBfield_index\fR returns the index of the field in the +field array of the form it is connected to. It returns \fBERR\fR if +the argument is the null pointer or the field is not connected. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Except for \fBform_page\fR, each routine returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_STATE\fR +Routine was called from an initialization or termination function. +.TP 5 +\fBE_INVALID_FIELD\fR +Contents of a field are not valid. +.TP 5 +\fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fR +The form driver could not process the request. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_post.3x b/man/form_post.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42de332c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_post.3x @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_post 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_post\fR - write or erase forms from associated subwindows +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int post_form(FORM *form); +.br +int unpost_form(FORM *form); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBpost_form\fR displays a form to its associated subwindow. To +trigger physical display of the subwindow, use \fBrefresh\fR or some equivalent +\fBcurses\fR routine (the implicit \fBdoupdate\fR triggered by an \fBcurses\fR +input request will do). + +The function \fBunpost_form\fR erases form from its associated subwindow. +.SH RETURN VALUE +These routines return one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_POSTED\fR +The form has already been posted. +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_STATE\fR +Routine was called from an initialization or termination function. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NO_ROOM\fR +Form is too large for its window. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NOT_POSTED\fR +The form has not been posted. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NOT_CONNECTED\fR +No items are connected to the form. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_requestname.3x b/man/form_requestname.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..10824d3a --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_requestname.3x @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_requestname 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_requestname\fR - handle printable form request names +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +const char *form_request_name(int request); +.br +int form_request_by_name(const char *name); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBform_request_name\fR returns the printable name of a form +request code. +.br +The function \fBform_request_by_name\fR searches in the name-table for a request +with the given name and returns its request code. Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned. +.SH RETURN VALUE +\fBform_request_name\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error and sets errno +to \fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR. +.br +\fBform_request_by_name\fR returns \fBE_NO_MATCH\fR on error. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not supported on +Version 7, BSD or System V implementations. It is recommended that +any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_userptr.3x b/man/form_userptr.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b32963d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_userptr.3x @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_userptr 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_userptr\fR - associate application data with a form item +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_form_userptr(FORM *form, const void *userptr); +.br +const void* form_userptr(const FORM *form); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +Every form and every form item has a field that can be used to hold +application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone). +These functions get and set the form user pointer field. +.SH RETURN VALUE +The function \fBform_userptr\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error. +The function \fBset_form_userptr\fR returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. + +The user pointer should be a void pointer. We leave it as a char pointer for +SVr4 compatibility. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/form_win.3x b/man/form_win.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a43f9c08 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/form_win.3x @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +'\" t +.TH form_win 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBform_win\fR - make and break form window and subwindow associations +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_form_win(FORM *form, WINDOW *win); +.br +WINDOW *form_win(const FORM *form); +.br +int set_form_sub(FORM *form, WINDOW *sub); +.br +WINDOW *form_sub(const FORM *form); +.br +int scale_form(const FORM *form, int *rows, int *columns); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +Every form has an associated pair of \fBcurses\fR windows. The form window +displays any title and border associated with the window; the form subwindow +displays the items of the form that are currently available for selection. + +The first four functions get and set those windows. It is not necessary to set +either window; by default, the driver code uses \fBstdscr\fR for both. + +In the \fBset_\fR functions, window argument of \fBNULL\fR is treated as though +it were \fBstsdcr\fR. A form argument of \fBNULL\fR is treated as a request +to change the system default form window or subwindow. + +The function \fBscale_window\fR returns the minimum size required for the +subwindow of \fIform\fR. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error. Routines that return +an integer return one of the following error codes: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_POSTED\fR +The form has already been posted. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NOT_CONNECTED\fR +No items are connected to the form. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBform\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V forms library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/infocmp.1m b/man/infocmp.1m new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c714e57 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/infocmp.1m @@ -0,0 +1,298 @@ +'\" t +.\" $Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.12 1997/01/05 00:47:22 tom Exp $ +.TH infocmp 1M "" +.ds n 5 +.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo +.SH NAME +\fBinfocmp\fR - compare or print out \fIterminfo\fR descriptions +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fBinfocmp\fR [\fB-dcnpILCuV1\fR] [\fB-v\fR \fIn\fR] [\fB-s d\fR| \fBi\fR| \fBl\fR| \fBc\fR] +.br + [\fB-w\fR \fIwidth\fR] [\fB-A\fR \fIdirectory\fR] [\fB-B\fR \fIdirectory\fR] [\fItermname\fR...] +.SH DESCRIPTION +\fBinfocmp\fR can be used to compare a binary \fBterminfo\fR entry with other +terminfo entries, rewrite a \fBterminfo\fR description to take advantage of the +\fBuse=\fR terminfo field, or print out a \fBterminfo\fR description from the +binary file (\fBterm\fR) in a variety of formats. In all cases, the boolean +fields will be printed first, followed by the numeric fields, followed by the +string fields. + +.SS Default Options +If no options are specified and zero or one \fItermnames\fR are specified, the +\fB-I\fR option will be assumed. If more than one \fItermname\fR is specified, +the \fB-d\fR option will be assumed. + +.SS Comparison Options [-d] [-c] [-n] +\fBinfocmp\fR compares the \fBterminfo\fR description of the first terminal +\fItermname\fR with each of the descriptions given by the entries for the other +terminal's \fItermnames\fR. If a capability is defined for only one of the +terminals, the value returned will depend on the type of the capability: +\fBF\fR for boolean variables, \fB-1\fR for integer variables, and \fBNULL\fR +for string variables. + +The \fB-d\fR option produces a list of each capability that is different +between two entries. This option is useful to show the difference between two +entries, created by different people, for the same or similar terminals. + +The \fB-c\fR option produces a list of each capability that is common between +two entries. Capabilities that are not set are ignored. This option can be +used as a quick check to see if the \fB-u\fR option is worth using. + +The \fB-n\fR option produces a list of each capability that is in neither +entry. If no \fItermnames\fR are given, the environment variable \fBTERM\fR +will be used for both of the \fItermnames\fR. This can be used as a quick +check to see if anything was left out of a description. + +.SS Source Listing Options [-I] [-L] [-C] [-r] +The \fB-I\fR, \fB-L\fR, and \fB-C\fR options will produce a source listing for +each terminal named. + +.TS +center tab(/) ; +l l . +\fB-I\fR/use the \fBterminfo\fR names +\fB-L\fR/use the long C variable name listed in <\fBterm.h\fR> +\fB-C\fR/use the \fBtermcap\fR names +\fB-r\fR/when using \fB-C\fR, put out all capabilities in \fBtermcap\fR form +.TE + +If no \fItermnames\fR are given, the environment variable \fBTERM\fR will be +used for the terminal name. + +The source produced by the \fB-C\fR option may be used directly as a +\fBtermcap\fR entry, but not all parameterized strings can be changed to +the \fBtermcap\fR format. \fBinfocmp\fR will attempt to convert most of the +parameterized information, and anything not converted will be plainly marked in +the output and commented out. These should be edited by hand. + +All padding information for strings will be collected together and placed +at the beginning of the string where \fBtermcap\fR expects it. Mandatory +padding (padding information with a trailing '/') will become optional. + +All \fBtermcap\fR variables no longer supported by \fBterminfo\fR, but which +are derivable from other \fBterminfo\fR variables, will be output. Not all +\fBterminfo\fR capabilities will be translated; only those variables which were +part of \fBtermcap\fR will normally be output. Specifying the \fB-r\fR option +will take off this restriction, allowing all capabilities to be output in +\fItermcap\fR form. + +Note that because padding is collected to the beginning of the capability, not +all capabilities are output. Mandatory padding is not supported. Because +\fBtermcap\fR strings are not as flexible, it is not always possible to convert +a \fBterminfo\fR string capability into an equivalent \fBtermcap\fR format. A +subsequent conversion of the \fBtermcap\fR file back into \fBterminfo\fR format +will not necessarily reproduce the original \fBterminfo\fR +source. + +Some common \fBterminfo\fR parameter sequences, their \fBtermcap\fR +equivalents, and some terminal types which commonly have such sequences, are: + +.TS +center tab(/) ; +l c l +l l l. +\fBterminfo/termcap\fR/Representative Terminals += +\fB%p1%c/%.\fR/adm +\fB%p1%d/%d\fR/hp, ANSI standard, vt100 +\fB%p1%'x'%+%c/%+x\fR/concept +\fB%i/%i\fRq/ANSI standard, vt100 +\fB%p1%?%'x'%>%t%p1%'y'%+%;/%>xy\fR/concept +\fB%p2\fR is printed before \fB%p1/%r\fR/hp +.TE +.SS Use= Option [-u] +The \fB-u\fR option produces a \fBterminfo\fR source description of the first +terminal \fItermname\fR which is relative to the sum of the descriptions given +by the entries for the other terminals \fItermnames\fR. It does this by +analyzing the differences between the first \fItermname\fR and the other +\fItermnames\fR and producing a description with \fBuse=\fR fields for the +other terminals. In this manner, it is possible to retrofit generic terminfo +entries into a terminal's description. Or, if two similar terminals exist, but +were coded at different times or by different people so that each description +is a full description, using \fBinfocmp\fR will show what can be done to change +one description to be relative to the other. + +A capability will get printed with an at-sign (@) if it no longer exists in the +first \fItermname\fR, but one of the other \fItermname\fR entries contains a +value for it. A capability's value gets printed if the value in the first +\fItermname\fR is not found in any of the other \fItermname\fR entries, or if +the first of the other \fItermname\fR entries that has this capability gives a +different value for the capability than that in the first \fItermname\fR. + +The order of the other \fItermname\fR entries is significant. Since the +terminfo compiler \fBtic\fR does a left-to-right scan of the capabilities, +specifying two \fBuse=\fR entries that contain differing entries for the same +capabilities will produce different results depending on the order that the +entries are given in. \fBinfocmp\fR will flag any such inconsistencies between +the other \fItermname\fR entries as they are found. + +Alternatively, specifying a capability \fIafter\fR a \fBuse=\fR entry that +contains that capability will cause the second specification to be ignored. +Using \fBinfocmp\fR to recreate a description can be a useful check to make +sure that everything was specified correctly in the original source +description. + +Another error that does not cause incorrect compiled files, but will slow down +the compilation time, is specifying extra \fBuse=\fR fields that are +superfluous. \fBinfocmp\fR will flag any other \fItermname use=\fR fields that +were not needed. + +.SS Other Options [-s d|i|l|c] [-v] [-V] [-1] [-T] [-w \fIwidth\fR] +The \fB-s\fR option sorts the fields within each type according to the argument +below: + +.TP 5 +\fBd\fR +leave fields in the order that they are stored in the \fIterminfo\fR database. +.TP 5 +\fBi\fR +sort by \fIterminfo\fR name. +.TP 5 +\fBl\fR +sort by the long C variable name. +.TP 5 +\fBc\fR +sort by the \fItermcap\fR name. + +If the \fB-s\fR option is not given, the fields printed out will be +sorted alphabetically by the \fBterminfo\fR name within each type, +except in the case of the \fB-C\fR or the \fB-L\fR options, which cause the +sorting to be done by the \fBtermcap\fR name or the long C variable +name, respectively. + +.TP 5 +\fB-F\fR +compare terminfo files. This assumes that two following arguments are +filenames. The files are searched for pairwise matches between +entries, with two entries considered to match if any of their names do. +The report printed to standard output lists entries with no matches in +the other file, and entries with more than one match. For entries +with exactly one match it includes a difference report. +.TP 5 +\fB-p\fR +Ignore padding specifications when comparing strings. +.TP 5 +\fB-v\fR \fIn\fR +prints out tracing information on standard error as the program runs. +Higher values of n induce greater verbosity. +.TP 5 +\fB-V\fR +prints out the version of the program in use on standard error and exits. +.TP 5 +\fB-1\fR +causes the fields to be printed out one to a line. Otherwise, +the fields will be printed several to a line to a maximum width +of 60 characters. +.TP 5 +\fB-T\fR +eliminates size-restrictions on the generated text. +This is mainly useful for testing and analysis, since the compiled +descriptions are limited (e.g., 1023 for termcap, 4096 for terminfo). +.TP 5 +\fB-w\fR +changes the output to \fIwidth\fR characters. +.TP 5 +\fB-R\fR\fIsubset\fR +Restrict output to a given subset. This option is for use with archaic +versions of terminfo like those on SVr1, Ultrix, or HP/UX that don't support +the full set of SVR4/XSI Curses terminfo; and outright broken ports like AIX +that have their own extensions incompatible with SVr4/XSI. Available terminfo +subsets are "SVr1", "Ultrix", "HP", and "AIX"; see \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) for +details. You can also choose the subset "BSD" which selects only capabilities +with termcap equivalents recognized by 4.4BSD. +.TP 5 +\fB-e\fR +Dump the capabilities of the given terminal as a C initializer for a +TERMTYPE structure (the terminal capability structure in the \fB\fR). +This option is useful for preparing versions of the curses library hardwired +for a given terminal type. +.SS Changing Databases [-A \fIdirectory\fR] [-B \fIdirectory\fR] +The location of the compiled \fBterminfo\fR database is taken from the +environment variable \fBTERMINFO\fR . If the variable is not defined, or the +terminal is not found in that location, the system \fBterminfo\fR database, +in \fB@DATADIR@/terminfo\fR, will be used. The options \fB-A\fR +and \fB-B\fR may be used to override this location. The \fB-A\fR option will +set \fBTERMINFO\fR for the first \fItermname\fR and the \fB-B\fR option will +set \fBTERMINFO\fR for the other \fItermnames\fR. With this, it is possible to +compare descriptions for a terminal with the same name located in two different +databases. This is useful for comparing descriptions for the same terminal +created by different people. +.TP 5 +\fB-i\fR +Analyze the initialization (\fBis1\fR, \fBis2\fR, \fBis3\fR), and reset +(\fBrs1\fR, \fBrs2\fR, \fBrs3\fR), strings in the entry. For each string, the +code tries to analyze it into actions in terms of the other capabilities in the +entry, certain X3.64/ISO 6429/ECMA-48 capabilities, and certain DEC VT-series +private modes (the set of recognized special sequences has been selected for +completeness over the existing terminfo database). Each report line consists +of the capability name, followed by a colon and space, followed by a printable +expansion of the capability string with sections matching recognized actions +translated into {}-bracketed descriptions. Here is a list of the DEC/ANSI +special sequences recognized: + +.TS +center tab(/) ; +l l +l l. +Action/Meaning += +RIS/full reset +SC/save cursor +RC/restore cursor +LL/home-down +RSR/reset scroll region + +ISO DEC G0/enable DEC graphics for G0 +ISO UK G0/enable UK chars for G0 +ISO US G0/enable US chars for G0 +ISO DEC G1/enable DEC graphics for G1 +ISO UK G1/enable UK chars for G1 +ISO US G1/enable US chars for G1 + +DECPAM/application keypad mode +DECPNM/normal keypad mode +DECANSI/enter ANSI mode + +DEC[+-]CKM/application cursor keys +DEC[+-]ANM/set VT52 mode +DEC[+-]COLM/132-column mode +DEC[+-]SCLM/smooth scroll +DEC[+-]SCNM/reverse video mode +DEC[+-]OM/origin mode +DEC[+-]AWM/wraparound mode +DEC[+-]ARM/auto-repeat mode +.TE +.sp +It also recognizes a SGR action corresponding to ANSI/ISO 6429/ECMA Set +Graphics Rendition, with the values NORMAL, BOLD, UNDERLINE, BLINK, and +REVERSE. All but NORMAL may be prefixed with `+' (turn on) or `-' (turn off). +An SGR0 designates an empty highlight sequence (equivalent to {SGR:NORMAL}). +.SH FILES +.TP 20 +\*d +Compiled terminal description database. +.SH EXTENSIONS +The \fB-F\fR option is not supported in SVr4 curses. (It is primarily intended +to help infocmp's author, while wearing his terminfo/termcap maintainer hat, +merge termcap/terminfo files from various sources into the master.) + +The \fB-R\fR, \fB-p\fR, \fB-e\fR, \fB-T\fR and \fB-i\fR options are not +supported in SVr4 curses. + +The \fB-r\fR option's notion of `termcap' capabilities is System V Release 4's. +Actual BSD curses versions will have a more restricted set. To see only the +4.4BSD set, use -r -RBSD. +.SH BUGS +The -F option of \fBinfocmp\fR(1m) should be a \fBtoe\fR(1m) mode. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBinfocmp\fR(1m), \fBcaptoinfo\fR(1m), \fBinfotocap\fR(1m), +\fBtic\fR(1m), \fBtoe\fR(1m), +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBterminfo\fR(\*n). +.SH AUTHOR +Eric S. Raymond +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/man_db.renames b/man/man_db.renames new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f60f94ed --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man_db.renames @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +# $Id: man_db.renames,v 0.4 1996/09/07 14:53:01 tom Exp $ +# Manual-page renamings for the man_db program +# +captoinfo.1m captoinfo.1m +clear.1 clear.1m +curs_addch.3x addch.3ncurses +curs_addchstr.3x addchstr.3ncurses +curs_addstr.3x addstr.3ncurses +curs_attr.3x attr.3ncurses +curs_beep.3x beep.3ncurses +curs_bkgd.3x bkgd.3ncurses +curs_border.3x border.3ncurses +curs_clear.3x clear.3ncurses +curs_color.3x color.3ncurses +curs_delch.3x delch.3ncurses +curs_deleteln.3x deleteln.3ncurses +curs_getch.3x getch.3ncurses +curs_getstr.3x getstr.3ncurses +curs_getyx.3x getyx.3ncurses +curs_inch.3x inch.3ncurses +curs_inchstr.3x inchstr.3ncurses +curs_initscr.3x initscr.3ncurses +curs_inopts.3x inopts.3ncurses +curs_insch.3x insch.3ncurses +curs_insstr.3x insstr.3ncurses +curs_instr.3x instr.3ncurses +curs_kernel.3x kernel.3ncurses +curs_mouse.3x mouse.3ncurses +curs_move.3x move.3ncurses +curs_outopts.3x outopts.3ncurses +curs_overlay.3x overlay.3ncurses +curs_pad.3x pad.3ncurses +curs_print.3x print.3ncurses +curs_printw.3x printw.3ncurses +curs_refresh.3x refresh.3ncurses +curs_scanw.3x scanw.3ncurses +curs_scr_dmp.3x scr_dmp.3ncurses +curs_scroll.3x scroll.3ncurses +curs_slk.3x slk.3ncurses +curs_termattrs.3x termattrs.3ncurses +curs_termcap.3x termcap.3ncurses +curs_terminfo.3x terminfo.3ncurses +curs_touch.3x touch.3ncurses +curs_util.3x util.3ncurses +curs_window.3x window.3ncurses +form.3x form.3form +form_cursor.3x cursor.3form +form_data.3x data.3form +form_driver.3x driver.3form +form_field.3x field.3form +form_field_attributes.3x field_attributes.3form +form_field_buffer.3x field_buffer.3form +form_field_info.3x field_info.3form +form_field_just.3x field_just.3form +form_field_new.3x field_new.3form +form_field_opts.3x field_opts.3form +form_field_userptr.3x field_userptr.3form +form_field_validation.3x field_validation.3form +form_fieldtype.3x fieldtype.3form +form_hook.3x hook.3form +form_new.3x new.3form +form_new_page.3x new_page.3form +form_opts.3x opts.3form +form_page.3x page.3form +form_post.3x post.3form +form_requestname.3x requestname.3form +form_userptr.3x userptr.3form +form_win.3x win.3form +infocmp.1m infocmp.1m +menu.3x menu.3menu +menu_attribs.3x attribs.3menu +menu_cursor.3x cursor.3menu +menu_driver.3x driver.3menu +menu_format.3x format.3menu +menu_hook.3x hook.3menu +menu_items.3x items.3menu +menu_mark.3x mark.3menu +menu_new.3x new.3menu +menu_opts.3x opts.3menu +menu_pattern.3x pattern.3menu +menu_post.3x post.3menu +menu_requestname.3x requestname.3menu +menu_spacing.3x spacing.3menu +menu_userptr.3x userptr.3menu +menu_win.3x win.3menu +mitem_current.3x menu_current.3menu +mitem_name.3x menu_name.3menu +mitem_new.3x menu_new.3menu +mitem_opts.3x menu_opts.3menu +mitem_userptr.3x menu_userptr.3menu +mitem_value.3x menu_value.3menu +mitem_visible.3x menu_visible.3menu +ncurses.3x ncurses.3ncurses +panel.3x panel.3curses +resizeterm.3x resizeterm.3ncurses +term.5 term.5 +term.7 term.7 +terminfo.5 terminfo.5 +tic.1m tic.1m +toe.1m toe.1m +tput.1 tput.1 +tset.1 tset.1 +wresize.3x wresize.3ncurses diff --git a/man/menu.3x b/man/menu.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ace2b7d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/menu.3x @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +'\" t +.\" $Id: menu.3x,v 1.9 1997/01/05 01:23:39 tom Exp $ +.TH menus 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmenus\fR - curses extension for programming menus +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBmenus\fR library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing +menu systems on character-cell terminals. The library includes: item routines, +which create and modify menu items; and menu routines, which group items into +menus, display menus on the screen, and handle interaction with the user. + +The \fBmenus\fR library uses the \fBcurses\fR libraries, and a curses +initialization routine such as \fBinitscr\fR must be called before using any of +these functions. To use the \fBmenus\fR library, link with the options +\fB-lmenu -lcurses\fR. + +.SS Current Default Values for Item Attributes + +The \fBmenus\fR library maintains a default value for item attributes. You can +get or set this default by calling the appropriate \fBget_\fR or \fBset_\fR +routine with a \fBNULL\fR item pointer. Changing this default with a +\fBset_\fR function affects future item creations, but does not change the +rendering of items already created. + +.SS Routine Name Index + +The following table lists each \fBmenu\fR routine and the name of +the manual page on which it is described. + +.TS +l l . +\fBcurses\fR Routine Name Manual Page Name += +\fBcurrent_item\fR mitem_current(3X) +\fBfree_item\fR mitem_new(3X) +\fBfree_menu\fR menu_new(3X) +\fBitem_count\fR menu_items(3X) +\fBitem_description\fR mitem_name(3X) +\fBitem_index\fR mitem_current(3X) +\fBitem_init\fR menu_hook(3X) +\fBitem_name\fR mitem_name(3X) +\fBitem_opts\fR mitem_opts(3X) +\fBitem_opts_off\fR mitem_opts(3X) +\fBitem_opts_on\fR mitem_opts(3X) +\fBitem_term\fR menu_hook(3X) +\fBitem_userptr\fR mitem_userptr(3X) +\fBitem_value\fR mitem_value(3X) +\fBitem_visible\fR mitem_visible(3X) +\fBmenu_back\fR menu_attribs(3X) +\fBmenu_driver\fR menu_driver(3X) +\fBmenu_fore\fR menu_attribs(3X) +\fBmenu_format\fR menu_format(3X) +\fBmenu_grey\fR menu_attribs(3X) +\fBmenu_init\fR menu_hook(3X) +\fBmenu_items\fR menu_items(3X) +\fBmenu_mark\fR menu_mark(3X) +\fBmenu_opts\fR menu_opts(3X) +\fBmenu_opts_off\fR menu_opts(3X) +\fBmenu_opts_on\fR menu_opts(3X) +\fBmenu_pad\fR menu_attribs(3X) +\fBmenu_pattern\fR menu_pattern(3X) +\fBmenu_request_by_name\fR menu_requestname(3X) +\fBmenu_request_name\fR menu_requestname(3X) +\fBmenu_spacing\fR menu_spacing(3X) +\fBmenu_sub\fR menu_win(3X) +\fBmenu_term\fR menu_hook(3X) +\fBmenu_userptr\fR menu_userptr(3X) +\fBmenu_win\fR menu_win(3X) +\fBnew_item\fR mitem_new(3X) +\fBnew_menu\fR menu_new(3X) +\fBpos_menu_cursor\fR menu_cursor(3X) +\fBpost_menu\fR menu_post(3X) +\fBscale_menu\fR menu_win(3X) +\fBset_current_item\fR menu_current_item(3X) +\fBset_item_init\fR menu_hook(3X) +\fBset_item_opts\fR mitem_opts(3X) +\fBset_item_term\fR menu_hook(3X) +\fBset_item_userptr\fR mitem_userptr(3X) +\fBset_item_value\fR mitem_value(3X) +\fBset_menu_back\fR menu_attribs(3X) +\fBset_menu_fore\fR menu_attribs(3X) +\fBset_menu_format\fR menu_format(3X) +\fBset_menu_grey\fR menu_attribs(3X) +\fBset_menu_init\fR menu_hook(3X) +\fBset_menu_items\fR menu_items(3X) +\fBset_menu_mark\fR menu_mark(3X) +\fBset_menu_opts\fR mitem_opts(3X) +\fBset_menu_pad\fR menu_attribs(3X) +\fBset_menu_pattern\fR menu_pattern(3X) +\fBset_menu_spacing\fR menu_spacing(3X) +\fBset_menu_sub\fR menu_win(3X) +\fBset_menu_term\fR menu_hook(3X) +\fBset_menu_userptr\fR menu_userptr(3X) +\fBset_menu_win\fR menu_win(3X) +\fBset_top_row\fR mitem_current(3X) +\fBtop_row\fR mitem_current(3X) +\fBunpost_menu\fR menu_post(3X) +.TE +.SH RETURN VALUE +Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error. Routines that return +an integer return one of the following error codes: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_POSTED\fR +The menu is already posted. +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_STATE\fR +Routine was called from an initialization or termination function. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NO_ROOM\fR +Menu is too large for its window. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NOT_POSTED\fR +The menu has not been posted. +.TP 5 +\fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR +The menu driver code saw an unknown request code. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NO_MATCH\fR +Character failed to match. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NOT_SELECTABLE\fR +The designated item cannot be selected. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NOT_CONNECTED\fR +No items are connected to the menu. +.TP 5 +\fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fR +The menu driver could not process the request. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X) and 3X pages whose names begin "menu_" for detailed +descriptions of the entry points. +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header files +\fB\fR and \fB\fR. + +In your library list, libmenu.a should be before libncurses.a; that is, +you want to say `-lmenu -lncurses', not the other way around (which would +give you a link error using GNU \fBld\fR(1) and many other linkers). +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/menu_attribs.3x b/man/menu_attribs.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..39850c1e --- /dev/null +++ b/man/menu_attribs.3x @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +'\" t +.TH menu_attributes 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmenu_attributes\fR - color and attribute control for menus +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_menu_fore(MENU *menu, chtype attr); +.br +chtype menu_fore(const MENU *menu); +.br +int set_menu_back(MENU *menu, chtype attr); +.br +chtype menu_back(const MENU *menu); +.br +int set_menu_grey(MENU *menu, chtype attr); +.br +chtype menu_grey(const MENU *menu); +.br +int set_menu_pad(MENU *menu, int pad); +.br +int menu_pad(const MENU *menu); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBset_menu_fore\fR sets the foreground attribute of +\fImenu\fR. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. +\fBmenu_fore\fR returns the foreground attribute. The default +is \fBA_STANDOUT\fR. + +The function \fBset_menu_back\fR sets the background attribute of +\fImenu\fR. This is the highlight used for selectable (but not currently +selected) menu items. The function \fBmenu_back\fR returns the background +attribute. The default is \fBA_NORMAL\fR. + +The function \fBset_menu_grey\fR sets the grey attribute of \fImenu\fR. This is +the highlight used for un-selectable menu items in menus that permit more than +one selection. The function \fBmenu_grey\fR returns the grey attribute. +The default is \fBA_UNDERLINE\fR. + +The function \fBset_menu_pad\fR sets the character used to fill the space +between the name and description parts of a menu item. \fBmenu_pad\fR returns +the given menu's pad character. The default is a blank. +.SH RETURN VALUE +These routines return one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X) and 3X pages whose names begin "menu_" for detailed +descriptions of the entry points. +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/menu_cursor.3x b/man/menu_cursor.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d2e5e2a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/menu_cursor.3x @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +'\" t +.TH menu_cursor 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmenu_cursor\fR - position a menu's cursor +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int pos_menu_cursor(const MENU *menu); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBpos_menu_cursor\fR restores the cursor to the current position +associated with the menu's selected item. This is useful after \fBcurses\fR +routines have been called to do screen-painting in response to a menu select. +.SH RETURN VALUE +This routine returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NOT_POSTED\fR +The menu has not been posted. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/menu_driver.3x b/man/menu_driver.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d6485356 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/menu_driver.3x @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +'\" t +.TH menu_driver 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmenu_driver\fR - command-processing loop of the menu system +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int menu_driver(MENU *menu, int c); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +Once a menu has been posted (displayed), you should funnel input events to it +through \fBmenu_driver\fR. This routine has two major input cases; either +the input is a menu navigation request or it's a printable ASCII character. +The menu driver requests are as follows: +.TP 5 +REQ_LEFT_ITEM +Move left to an item. +.TP 5 +REQ_RIGHT_ITEM +Move right to an item. +.TP 5 +REQ_UP_ITEM +Move up to an item. +.TP 5 +REQ_DOWN_ITEM +Move down to an item. +.TP 5 +REQ_SCR_ULINE +Scroll up a line. +.TP 5 +REQ_SCR_DLINE +Scroll down a line. +.TP 5 +REQ_SCR_DPAGE +Scroll down a page. +.TP 5 +REQ_SCR_UPAGE +Scroll up a page. +.TP 5 +REQ_FIRST_ITEM +Move to the first item. +.TP 5 +REQ_LAST_ITEM +Move to the last item. +.TP 5 +REQ_NEXT_ITEM +Move to the next item. +.TP 5 +REQ_PREV_ITEM +Move to the previous item. +.TP 5 +REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM +Select/deselect an item. +.TP 5 +REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN +Clear the menu pattern buffer. +.TP 5 +REQ_BACK_PATTERN +Delete the previous character from the pattern buffer. +.TP 5 +REQ_NEXT_MATCH +Move to the next item matching the pattern match. +.TP 5 +REQ_PREV_MATCH +Move to the previous item matching the pattern match. +.PP +If the second argument is a printable ASCII character, the code appends +it to the pattern buffer and attempts to move to the next item matching +the new pattern. If there is no such match, \fBmenu_driver\fR returns +\fBE_NO_MATCH\fR and deletes the appended character from the buffer. +.PP +If the second argument is one of the above pre-defined requests, the +corresponding action is performed. +.PP +If the second argument is neither printable ASCII nor one of the above +pre-defined menu requests, the drive assumes it is an application-specific +command and returns \fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR. Application-defined commands +should be defined relative to \fBMAX_COMMAND\fR, the maximum value of these +pre-defined requests. +.SH RETURN VALUE +\fBmenu_driver\fR return one of the following error codes: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_STATE\fR +Routine was called from an initialization or termination function. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NOT_POSTED\fR +The menu has not been posted. +.TP 5 +\fBE_UNKNOWN_COMMAND\fR +The menu driver code saw an unknown request code. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NO_MATCH\fR +Character failed to match. +.TP 5 +\fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fR +The menu driver could not process the request. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenus\fR(3x). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header files +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/menu_format.3x b/man/menu_format.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a901a065 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/menu_format.3x @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +'\" t +.TH menu_format 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmenu_format\fR - set and get menu sizes +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_menu_format(MENU *menu, int rows, int cols); +.br +int menu_format(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBset_menu_format\fR sets the maximum display size of the given +window. If this size is too small to display all menu items, the menu will be +made scrollable. + +The default format is 16 rows, 1 column. Calling \fBset_menu_format\fR with a +null menu pointer will change this default. A zero row or column argument to +\fBset_menu_format\fR is interpreted as a request not to change the current +value. + +The function \fBmenu_format\fR returns the maximum-size constraints for the +given menu into the storage addressed by \fBrows\fR and \fBcols\fR. +.SH RETURN VALUE +These routines returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_POSTED\fR +The menu is already posted. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/menu_hook.3x b/man/menu_hook.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..36adef9f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/menu_hook.3x @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +'\" t +.TH menu_hook 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmenu_hook\fR - set hooks for automatic invocation by applications +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_item_init(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *)); +.br +void (*)(MENU *) item_init(const MENU *menu); +.br +int set_item_term(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *)); +.br +void (*)(MENU *) item_term(const MENU *menu); +.br +int set_menu_init(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *)); +.br +void (*)(MENU *) menu_init(const MENU *menu); +.br +int set_menu_term(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *)); +.br +void (*)(MENU *) menu_term(const MENU *menu); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various +points in the automatic processing of input event codes by \fBmenu_driver\fR. + +The function \fBset_item_init\fR sets a hook to be called at menu-post time and +each time the selected item changes (after the change). \fBitem_init\fR +returns the current item init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such +hook). + +The function \fBset_item_term\fR sets a hook to be called at menu-unpost time +and each time the selected item changes (before the change). \fBitem_term\fR +returns the current item term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such +hook). + +The function \fBset_menu_init\fR sets a hook to be called at menu-post time and +just after the top row on the menu changes once it is posted. \fBmenu_init\fR +returns the current menu init hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there is no such +hook). + +The function \fBset_menu_term\fR sets a hook to be called at menu-unpost time +and just before the top row on the menu changes once it is posted. +\fBmenu_term\fR returns the current menu term hook, if any (\fBNULL\fR if there +is no such hook). +.SH RETURN VALUE +Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error. Other routines +return one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/menu_items.3x b/man/menu_items.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..888ae819 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/menu_items.3x @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +'\" t +.TH menu_items 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmenu_items\fR - make and break connections between items and menus +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_menu_items(MENU *menu, ITEM **items); +.br +ITEM **menu_items(const MENU *menu); +.br +int item_count(const MENU *menu); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBset_menu_items\fR changes the item pointer array of the given +\fImenu\fR. The array must be terminated by a \fBNULL\fR. + +The function \fBmenu_items\fR returns the item array of the given menu. + +The function \fBitem_count\fR returns the count of items in \fImenu\fR. +.SH RETURN VALUES +The function \fBmenu_items\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error. + +The function \fBitem_count\fR returns \fBERR\fR (the general \fBcurses\fR error +return value) on error. + +The function \fBset_menu_items\fR returns one of the following codes on error: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_POSTED\fR +The menu is already posted. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NOT_CONNECTED\fR +No items are connected to the menu. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. + +The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the \fBitem_count\fR error value +as -1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR). +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/menu_mark.3x b/man/menu_mark.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..62f6d39c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/menu_mark.3x @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +'\" t +.TH menu_mark 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmenu_mark\fR - get and set the menu mark string +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_menu_mark(MENU *menu, const char *mark); +.br +const char *menu_mark(const MENU *menu); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +In order to make menu selections visible on older terminals without +highlighting or color capability, the menu library marks selected items +in a menu with a prefix string. + +The function \fBset_menu_mark\fR sets the mark string for the given menu. +Calling \fBset_menu_mark\fR with a null menu item will abolish the mark string. +Note that changing the length of the mark string for a menu while the +menu is posted is likely to produce unhelpful behavior. + +The default string is "-" (a dash). Calling \fBset_menu_mark\fR with +a \fBNULL\fR menu argument will change this default. + +The function \fBmenu_mark\fR returns the menu's mark string (or \fBNULL\fR if +there is none). +.SH RETURN VALUE +The function \fBmenu_mark\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error. The function +\fBset_menu_mark\fR may return the following error codes: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/menu_new.3x b/man/menu_new.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9053fdd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/menu_new.3x @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +'\" t +.TH menu_new 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmenu_new\fR - create and destroy menus +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +MENU *new_menu(ITEM **items); +.br +int free_menu(MENU *menu); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBnew_menu\fR creates a new menu connected to a specified item +pointer array (which must be \fBNULL\fR-terminated). + +The function \fBfree_menu\fR disconnects \fImenu\fR from its item array +and frees the storage allocated for the menu. +.SH RETURN VALUE +The function \fBnew_menu\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error. + +The function \fBfree_menu\fR returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_POSTED\fR +The menu has already been posted. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/menu_opts.3x b/man/menu_opts.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5b67b19 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/menu_opts.3x @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +'\" t +.TH menu_opts 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmenu_opts\fR - set and get menu options +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_menu_opts(MENU *menu, OPTIONS opts); +.br +int menu_opts_on(MENU *menu, OPTIONS opts); +.br +int menu_opts_off(MENU *menu, OPTIONS opts); +.br +OPTIONS menu_opts(const MENU *menu); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBset_menu_opts\fR sets all the given menu's option bits (menu +option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). + +The function \fBmenu_opts_on\fR turns on the given option bits, and leaves +others alone. + +The function \fBmenu_opts_off\fR turns off the given option bits, and leaves +others alone. + +The function \fBmenu_opts\fR returns the menu's current option bits. + +The following options are defined (all are on by default): +.TP 5 +O_ONEVALUE +Only one item can be selected for this menu. +.TP 5 +O_SHOWDESC +Display the item descriptions when the menu is posted. +.TP 5 +O_ROWMAJOR +Display the menu in row-major order. +.TP 5 +O_IGNORECASE +Ignore the case when pattern-matching. +.TP 5 +O_SHOWMATCH +Move the cursor to within the item name while pattern-matching. +.TP 5 +O_NONCYCLIC +Don't wrap around next-item and previous-item, +requests to the other end of the menu. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Except for \fBmenu_opts\fR, each routine returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_POSTED\fR +The menu is already posted. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/menu_pattern.3x b/man/menu_pattern.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..30bc5279 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/menu_pattern.3x @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +'\" t +.TH menu_pattern 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmenu_pattern\fR - get and set a menu's pattern buffer +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_menu_pattern(MENU *menu, const char *pattern); +.br +char *menu_pattern(const MENU *menu); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +Every menu has an associated pattern match buffer. As input events that are +printable ASCII characters come in, they are appended to this match buffer +and tested for a match, as described in \fBmenu_driver\fR(3x). + +The function \fBset_menu_pattern\fR sets the pattern buffer for the given menu +and tries to find the first matching item. If it succeeds, that item becomes +current; if not, the current item does not change. + +The function \fBmenu_pattern\fR returns the pattern buffer of the given +\fImenu\fR. +.SH RETURN VALUE +The function \fBmenu_pattern\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error. The function +\fBset_menu_pattern\fR may return the following error codes: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NO_MATCH\fR +Character failed to match. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/menu_post.3x b/man/menu_post.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0cf8dfd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/menu_post.3x @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +'\" t +.TH menu_post 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmenu_post\fR - write or erase menus from associated subwindows +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int post_menu(MENU *menu); +.br +int unpost_menu(MENU *menu); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBpost_menu\fR displays a menu to its associated subwindow. To +trigger physical display of the subwindow, use \fBrefresh\fR or some equivalent +\fBcurses\fR routine (the implicit \fBdoupdate\fR triggered by an \fBcurses\fR +input request will do). \fBpost_menu\fR resets the selection status of all items. + +The function \fBunpost_menu\fR erases menu from its associated subwindow. +.SH RETURN VALUE +These routines return one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_POSTED\fR +The menu has already been posted. +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_STATE\fR +Routine was called from an initialization or termination function. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NO_ROOM\fR +Menu is too large for its window. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NOT_POSTED\fR +The menu has not been posted. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NOT_CONNECTED\fR +No items are connected to the menu. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/menu_requestname.3x b/man/menu_requestname.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ae823e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/menu_requestname.3x @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +'\" t +.TH menu_requestname 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmenu_requestname\fR - handle printable menu request names +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +const char *menu_request_name(int request); +.br +int menu_request_by_name(const char *name); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBmenu_request_name\fR returns the printable name of a menu +request code. +.br +The function \fBmenu_request_by_name\fR searches in the name-table for a request +with the given name and returns its request code. Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned. +.SH RETURN VALUE +\fBmenu_request_name\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error and sets errno +to \fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR. +.br +\fBmenu_request_by_name\fR returns \fBE_NO_MATCH\fR on error. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not supported on +Version 7, BSD or System V implementations. It is recommended that +any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/menu_spacing.3x b/man/menu_spacing.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ece22632 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/menu_spacing.3x @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +'\" t +.TH menu_spacing 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmenu_spacing\fR - Control spacing between menu items. +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_menu_spacing(MENU *menu, + int spc_description + int spc_rows, + int spc_columns); +.br +int menu_spacing(const MENU *menu, + int* spc_description + int* spc_rows, + int* spc_columns); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBset_menu_spacing\fR sets the spacing informations for the menu. +\fBspc_description\fR controls the number of spaces between an item name and an item +description. It must not be larger than \fBTABSIZE\fR. The menu system puts in the +middle of this spacing area the pad character. The remaining parts are filled with +spaces. +\fBspc_rows\fR controls the number of rows that are used for an item. It must not be +larger than 3. The menu system inserts then blank lines between item rows, these lines +will contain the pad character in the appropriate positions. +\fBspc_columns\fR controls the number of blanks between columns of items. It must not +be larger than TABSIZE. +A value of 0 for all the spacing values resets them to the default, which is 1 for all +of them. +.br +The function \fBmenu_spacing\fR passes back the spacing info for the menu. If a +pointer is NULL, this specific info is simply not returned. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Both routines return \fBE_OK\fR on success. \fBset_menu_spacing\fR may return +\fBE_POSTED\fR if the menu is posted, or \fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR if one of the +spacing values is out of range. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines are specific to ncurses. They were not supported on +Version 7, BSD or System V implementations. It is recommended that +any code depending on them be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/menu_userptr.3x b/man/menu_userptr.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..30afd616 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/menu_userptr.3x @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +'\" t +.TH menu_userptr 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmenu_userptr\fR - associate application data with a menu item +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_menu_userptr(MENU *menu, const void *userptr); +.br +const void *menu_userptr(const MENU *menu); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +Every menu and every menu item has a field that can be used to hold +application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone). +These functions get and set the menu user pointer field. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Except for \fBmenu_userptr\fR (which returns \fBNULL\fR on error), each +function returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. + +The user pointer should be a void pointer. We leave it as a char pointer for +SVr4 compatibility. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/menu_win.3x b/man/menu_win.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ed9b4eb --- /dev/null +++ b/man/menu_win.3x @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +'\" t +.TH menu_win 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmenu_win\fR - make and break menu window and subwindow associations +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_menu_win(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win); +.br +WINDOW *menu_win(const MENU *menu); +.br +int set_menu_sub(MENU *menu, WINDOW *sub); +.br +WINDOW *menu_sub(const MENU *menu); +.br +int scale_menu(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *columns); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +Every menu has an associated pair of \fBcurses\fR windows. The menu window +displays any title and border associated with the window; the menu subwindow +displays the items of the menu that are currently available for selection. + +The first four functions get and set those windows. It is not necessary to set +either window; by default, the driver code uses \fBstdscr\fR for both. + +In the \fBset_\fR functions, window argument of \fBNULL\fR is treated as though +it were \fBstsdcr\fR. A menu argument of \fBNULL\fR is treated as a request +to change the system default menu window or subwindow. + +The function \fBscale_menu\fR returns the minimum size required for the +subwindow of \fImenu\fR. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error. Routines that return +an integer return one of the following error codes: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_POSTED\fR +The menu has already been posted. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NOT_CONNECTED\fR +No items are connected to the menu. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/mitem_current.3x b/man/mitem_current.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..52812b16 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/mitem_current.3x @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +'\" t +.TH mitem_current 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmitem_current\fR - set and get current_menu_item +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_current_item(MENU *menu, const ITEM *item); +.br +ITEM *current_item(const MENU *menu); +.br +int set_top_row(MENU *menu, int row); +.br +int top_row(const MENU *menu); +.br +int item_index(const ITEM *item); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBset_current_item\fR sets the current item (the item on which +the menu cursor is positioned). \fBcurrent_item\fR returns a pointer to the +current item in the given menu. + +The function \fBset_top_row\fR sets the top row of the menu to show the given +row (the top row is initially 0, and is reset to this value whenever the +\fBO_ROWMAJOR\fR option is toggled). The item leftmost on the given row +becomes current. The function \fBtop_row\fR returns the number of the top menu +row being displayed. + +The function \fBitem_index\fR returns the (zero-origin) index of \fIitem\fR in +the menu's item pointer list. +.SH RETURN VALUE +\fBcurrent_item\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error. + +\fBtop_row\fR and \fBitem_index\fR return \fBERR\fR (the general \fBcurses\fB +error value) on error. + +\fBset_current_item\fR and \fBset_top_row\fR return one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_STATE\fR +Routine was called from an initialization or termination function. +.TP 5 +\fBE_NOT_CONNECTED\fR +No items are connected to the menu. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. + +The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the \fBtop_row\fR and +\fBindex_item\fR error value as -1 (which is the value of \fBERR\fR). +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/mitem_name.3x b/man/mitem_name.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dcce6990 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/mitem_name.3x @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +'\" t +.TH mitem_name 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmitem_name\fR - get menu item name and description fields +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +const char *item_name(const ITEM *item); +.br +const char *item_description(const ITEM *item); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBitem_name\fR returns the name part of the given item. +.br +The function \fBitem_description\fR returns the description part of the given +item. +.SH RETURN VALUE +These routines returns \fBNULL\fR on error. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/mitem_new.3x b/man/mitem_new.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e61febfa --- /dev/null +++ b/man/mitem_new.3x @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +'\" t +.TH mitem_new 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmitem_new\fR - create and destroy menu items +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +ITEM *new_item(const char *name, const char *description); +.br +int free_item(ITEM *item); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBnew_item\fR allocates a new item and initializes it from the +\fBname\fR and \fBdescription\fR pointers. +.br +The function \fBfree_item\fR de-allocates an item. +.SH RETURN VALUE +The function \fBnew_item\fR returns \fBNULL\fR on error. + +The function \fBfree_item\fR returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_BAD_ARGUMENT\fR +Routine detected an incorrect or out-of-range argument. +.TP 5 +\fBE_CONNECTED\fR +Item is connected to a menu. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/mitem_opts.3x b/man/mitem_opts.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c430d9b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/mitem_opts.3x @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +'\" t +.TH mitem_opts 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmitem_opts\fR - set and get menu item options +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_item_opts(ITEM *item, OPTIONS opts); +.br +int item_opts_on(ITEM *item, OPTIONS opts); +.br +int item_opts_off(ITEM *item, OPTIONS opts); +.br +OPTIONS item_opts(const ITEM *item); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The function \fBset_item_opts\fR sets all the given item's option bits (menu +option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). + +The function \fBitem_opts_on\fR turns on the given option bits, and leaves +others alone. + +The function \fBitem_opts_off\fR turns off the given option bits, and leaves +others alone. + +The function \fBitem_opts\fR returns the item's current option bits. + +There is only one defined option bit mask, \fBO_SELECTABLE\fR. When this is +on, the item may be selected during menu processing. This option defaults +to on. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Except for \fBitem_opts\fR, each routine returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/mitem_userptr.3x b/man/mitem_userptr.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..931b50d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/mitem_userptr.3x @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +'\" t +.TH mitem_userptr 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmitem_userptr\fR - associate application data with a menu item +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_item_userptr(ITEM *item, const void *userptr); +.br +const void *item_userptr(const ITEM *item); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +Every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data +(that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set +that field. +.SH RETURN VALUE +Except for \fBitem_userptr\fR (which returns \fBNULL\fR on error), each function returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. + +The user pointer should be a void pointer. We leave it as a char pointer for +SVr4 compatibility. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/mitem_value.3x b/man/mitem_value.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7738767b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/mitem_value.3x @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +'\" t +.TH mitem_value 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmitem_value\fR - set and get menu item values +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +int set_item_value(ITEM *item, bool value); +.br +bool item_value(const ITEM *item); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +If you turn off the menu option \fBO_ONEVALUE\fR (e.g., with +\fBset_menu_opts\fR or \fBmenu_opts_off\fR; see \fBmenu_opts\fR(3x)), the menu +becomes multi-valued; that is, more than one item may simultaneously be +selected. + +In a multi_valued menu, you can used \fBset_item_value\fR to select the +given menu item (second argument \fBTRUE\fR) or deselect it (second argument +\fBFALSE\fR). +.SH RETURN VALUE +The function \fBset_item_value\fR returns one of the following: +.TP 5 +\fBE_OK\fR +The routine succeeded. +.TP 5 +\fBE_SYSTEM_ERROR\fR +System error occurred (see \fBerrno\fR). +.TP 5 +\fBE_REQUEST_DENIED\fR +The menu driver could not process the request. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/mitem_visible.3x b/man/mitem_visible.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1fe86846 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/mitem_visible.3x @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +'\" t +.TH mitem_visible 3X "" +.SH NAME +\fBmitem_visible\fR - check visibility of a menu item +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +bool item_visible(const ITEM *item); +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +A menu item is visible when it is in the portion of a posted menu that +is mapped onto the screen (if the menu is scrollable, in particular, this +portion will be smaller than the whole menu). +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBmenu\fR(3X). +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header file +\fB\fR. +.SH PORTABILITY +These routines emulate the System V menu library. They were not supported on +Version 7 or BSD versions. +.SH AUTHORS +Juergen Pfeifer. Manual pages and adaptation for new curses by Eric +S. Raymond. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/ncurses.3x b/man/ncurses.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0386dba4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ncurses.3x @@ -0,0 +1,631 @@ +.\" $Id: ncurses.3x,v 1.19 1997/01/05 00:42:39 tom Exp $ +.TH ncurses 3X "" +.ds n 5 +.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo +.SH NAME +\fBncurses\fR - CRT screen handling and optimization package +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBcurses\fR library routines give the user a terminal-independent method +of updating character screens with reasonable optimization. This +implementation is ``new curses'' (ncurses) and is the approved replacement for +4.4BSD classic curses, which has been discontinued. + +The \fBncurses\fR routines emulate the \fBcurses\fR(3X) library of System V +Release 4 UNIX, and the XPG4 curses standard (XSI curses) but the \fBncurses\fR +library is freely redistributable in source form. Differences from the SVr4 +curses are summarized under the EXTENSIONS and BUGS sections below and +described in detail in the EXTENSIONS and BUGS sections of individual man +pages. + +A program using these routines must be linked with the \fB-lncurses\fR option, +or (if it has been generated) with the debugging library \fB-lncurses_g\fR. +(Your system integrator may also have installed these libraries under +the names \fB-lcurses\fR and \fB-lcurses_g\fR.) +The ncurses_g library generates trace logs (in a file called 'trace' in the +current directory) that describe curses actions. + +The \fBncurses\fR package supports: overall screen, window and pad +manipulation; output to windows and pads; reading terminal input; control over +terminal and \fBcurses\fR input and output options; environment query +routines; color manipulation; use of soft label keys; terminfo capabilities; +and access to low-level terminal-manipulation routines. + +To initialize the routines, the routine \fBinitscr\fR or \fBnewterm\fR +must be called before any of the other routines that deal with windows +and screens are used. The routine \fBendwin\fR must be called before +exiting. To get character-at-a-time input without echoing (most +interactive, screen oriented programs want this), the following +sequence should be used: + + \fBinitscr(); cbreak(); noecho();\fR + +Most programs would additionally use the sequence: + + \fBnonl();\fR + \fBintrflush(stdscr, FALSE);\fR + \fBkeypad(stdscr, TRUE);\fR + +Before a \fBcurses\fR program is run, the tab stops of the terminal +should be set and its initialization strings, if defined, must be +output. This can be done by executing the \fBtput init\fR command +after the shell environment variable \fBTERM\fR has been exported. +\fBtset(1)\fR is usually responsible for doing this. +[See \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) for further details.] + +The \fBcurses\fR library permits manipulation of data structures, +called \fIwindows\fR, which can be thought of as two-dimensional +arrays of characters representing all or part of a CRT screen. A +default window called \fBstdscr\fR, which is the size of the terminal +screen, is supplied. Others may be created with \fBnewwin\fR. + +Note that \fBcurses\fR does not handle overlapping windows, that's done by +the \fBpanels(3x)\fR library. This means that you can either use +\fBstdscr\fR or divide the screen into tiled windows and not using +\fBstdscr\fR at all. Mixing the two will result in unpredictable, and +undesired, effects. + +Windows are referred to by variables declared as \fBWINDOW *\fR. +These data structures are manipulated with routines described here and +elsewhere in the \fBncurses\fR manual pages. Among which the most basic +routines are \fBmove\fR and \fBaddch\fR. More general versions of +these routines are included with names beginning with \fBw\fR, +allowing the user to specify a window. The routines not beginning +with \fBw\fR affect \fBstdscr\fR.) + +After using routines to manipulate a window, \fBrefresh\fR is called, +telling \fBcurses\fR to make the user's CRT screen look like +\fBstdscr\fR. The characters in a window are actually of type +\fBchtype\fR, (character and attribute data) so that other information +about the character may also be stored with each character. + +Special windows called \fIpads\fR may also be manipulated. These are windows +which are not constrained to the size of the screen and whose contents need not +be completely displayed. See curs_pad(3X) for more information. + +In addition to drawing characters on the screen, video attributes and colors +may be supported, causing the characters to show up in such modes as +underlined, in reverse video, or in color on terminals that support such +display enhancements. Line drawing characters may be specified to be output. +On input, \fBcurses\fR is also able to translate arrow and function keys that +transmit escape sequences into single values. The video attributes, line +drawing characters, and input values use names, defined in \fB\fR, +such as \fBA_REVERSE\fR, \fBACS_HLINE\fR, and \fBKEY_LEFT\fR. + +If the environment variables \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR are set, or if the +program is executing in a window environment, line and column information in +the environment will override information read by \fIterminfo\fR. This would +effect a program running in an AT&T 630 layer, for example, where the size of a +screen is changeable. + +If the environment variable \fBTERMINFO\fR is defined, any program using +\fBcurses\fR checks for a local terminal definition before checking in the +standard place. For example, if \fBTERM\fR is set to \fBatt4424\fR, then the +compiled terminal definition is found in + + \fB\*d/a/att4424\fR. + +(The \fBa\fR is copied from the first letter of \fBatt4424\fR to avoid +creation of huge directories.) However, if \fBTERMINFO\fR is set to +\fB$HOME/myterms\fR, \fBcurses\fR first checks + + \fB$HOME/myterms/a/att4424\fR, + +and if that fails, it then checks + + \fB\*d/a/att4424\fR. + +This is useful for developing experimental definitions or when write +permission in \fB\*d\fR is not available. + +The integer variables \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLS\fR are defined in +\fB\fR and will be filled in by \fBinitscr\fR with the size of the +screen. The constants \fBTRUE\fR and \fBFALSE\fR have the values \fB1\fR and +\fB0\fR, respectively. + +The \fBcurses\fR routines also define the \fBWINDOW *\fR variable \fBcurscr\fR +which is used for certain low-level operations like clearing and redrawing a +screen containing garbage. The \fBcurscr\fR can be used in only a few +routines. + +.SS Routine and Argument Names +Many \fBcurses\fR routines have two or more versions. The routines prefixed +with \fBw\fR require a window argument. The routines prefixed with \fBp\fR +require a pad argument. Those without a prefix generally use \fBstdscr\fR. + +The routines prefixed with \fBmv\fR require a \fIy\fR and \fIx\fR +coordinate to move to before performing the appropriate action. The +\fBmv\fR routines imply a call to \fBmove\fR before the call to the +other routine. The coordinate \fIy\fR always refers to the row (of +the window), and \fIx\fR always refers to the column. The upper +left-hand corner is always (0,0), not (1,1). + +The routines prefixed with \fBmvw\fR take both a window argument and +\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates. The window argument is always +specified before the coordinates. + +In each case, \fIwin\fR is the window affected, and \fIpad\fR is the +pad affected; \fIwin\fR and \fIpad\fR are always pointers to type +\fBWINDOW\fR. + +Option setting routines require a Boolean flag \fIbf\fR with the value +\fBTRUE\fR or \fBFALSE\fR; \fIbf\fR is always of type \fBbool\fR. The +variables \fIch\fR and \fIattrs\fR below are always of type +\fBchtype\fR. The types \fBWINDOW\fR, \fBSCREEN\fR, \fBbool\fR, and +\fBchtype\fR are defined in \fB\fR. The type \fBTERMINAL\fR +is defined in \fB\fR. All other arguments are integers. + +.SS Routine Name Index +The following table lists each \fBcurses\fR routine and the name of +the manual page on which it is described. Routines flagged with `*' +are ncurses-specific, not described by XPG4 or present in SVr4. + +.TS +center tab(/); +l l +l l . +\fBcurses\fR Routine Name/Manual Page Name += +addch/curs_addch(3X) +addchnstr/curs_addchstr(3X) +addchstr/curs_addchstr(3X) +addnstr/curs_addstr(3X) +addstr/curs_addstr(3X) +attroff/curs_attr(3X) +attron/curs_attr(3X) +attrset/curs_attr(3X) +baudrate/curs_termattrs(3X) +beep/curs_beep(3X) +bkgd/curs_bkgd(3X) +bkgdset/curs_bkgd(3X) +border/curs_border(3X) +box/curs_border(3X) +can_change_color/curs_color(3X) +cbreak/curs_inopts(3X) +clear/curs_clear(3X) +clearok/curs_outopts(3X) +clrtobot/curs_clear(3X) +clrtoeol/curs_clear(3X) +color_content/curs_color(3X) +copywin/curs_overlay(3X) +curs_set/curs_kernel(3X) +def_prog_mode/curs_kernel(3X) +def_shell_mode/curs_kernel(3X) +del_curterm/curs_terminfo(3X) +delay_output/curs_util(3X) +delch/curs_delch(3X) +deleteln/curs_deleteln(3X) +delscreen/curs_initscr(3X) +delwin/curs_window(3X) +derwin/curs_window(3X) +doupdate/curs_refresh(3X) +dupwin/curs_window(3X) +echo/curs_inopts(3X) +echochar/curs_addch(3X) +endwin/curs_initscr(3X) +erase/curs_clear(3X) +erasechar/curs_termattrs(3X) +filter/curs_util(3X) +flash/curs_beep(3X) +flushinp/curs_util(3X) +getbegyx/curs_getyx(3X) +getch/curs_getch(3X) +getmaxyx/curs_getyx(3X) +getmouse/curs_mouse(3X)* +getparyx/curs_getyx(3X) +getstr/curs_getstr(3X) +getsyx/curs_kernel(3X) +getwin/curs_util(3X) +getyx/curs_getyx(3X) +halfdelay/curs_inopts(3X) +has_colors/curs_color(3X) +has_ic/curs_termattrs(3X) +has_il/curs_termattrs(3X) +has_key/curs_getch(3X)* +hline/curs_border(3X) +idcok/curs_outopts(3X) +idlok/curs_outopts(3X) +immedok/curs_outopts(3X) +inch/curs_inch(3X) +inchnstr/curs_inchstr(3X) +inchstr/curs_inchstr(3X) +init_color/curs_color(3X) +init_pair/curs_color(3X) +initscr/curs_initscr(3X) +innstr/curs_instr(3X) +insch/curs_insch(3X) +insdelln/curs_deleteln(3X) +insertln/curs_deleteln(3X) +insnstr/curs_insstr(3X) +insstr/curs_insstr(3X) +instr/curs_instr(3X) +intrflush/curs_inopts(3X) +is_linetouched/curs_touch(3X) +is_wintouched/curs_touch(3X) +isendwin/curs_initscr(3X) +keyname/curs_util(3X) +keypad/curs_inopts(3X) +killchar/curs_termattrs(3X) +leaveok/curs_outopts(3X) +longname/curs_termattrs(3X) +mcprint/curs_print(3X)* +meta/curs_inopts(3X) +mouseinterval/curs_mouse(3X)* +mousemask/curs_mouse(3X)* +move/curs_move(3X) +mvaddch/curs_addch(3X) +mvaddchnstr/curs_addchstr(3X) +mvaddchstr/curs_addchstr(3X) +mvaddnstr/curs_addstr(3X) +mvaddstr/curs_addstr(3X) +mvcur/curs_terminfo(3X) +mvdelch/curs_delch(3X) +mvderwin/curs_window(3X) +mvgetch/curs_getch(3X) +mvgetstr/curs_getstr(3X) +mvinch/curs_inch(3X) +mvinchnstr/curs_inchstr(3X) +mvinchstr/curs_inchstr(3X) +mvinnstr/curs_instr(3X) +mvinsch/curs_insch(3X) +mvinsnstr/curs_insstr(3X) +mvinsstr/curs_insstr(3X) +mvinstr/curs_instr(3X) +mvprintw/curs_printw(3X) +mvscanw/curs_scanw(3X) +mvwaddch/curs_addch(3X) +mvwaddchnstr/curs_addchstr(3X) +mvwaddchstr/curs_addchstr(3X) +mvwaddnstr/curs_addstr(3X) +mvwaddstr/curs_addstr(3X) +mvwdelch/curs_delch(3X) +mvwgetch/curs_getch(3X) +mvwgetstr/curs_getstr(3X) +mvwin/curs_window(3X) +mvwinch/curs_inch(3X) +mvwinchnstr/curs_inchstr(3X) +mvwinchstr/curs_inchstr(3X) +mvwinnstr/curs_instr(3X) +mvwinsch/curs_insch(3X) +mvwinsnstr/curs_insstr(3X) +mvwinsstr/curs_insstr(3X) +mvwinstr/curs_instr(3X) +mvwprintw/curs_printw(3X) +mvwscanw/curs_scanw(3X) +napms/curs_kernel(3X) +newpad/curs_pad(3X) +newterm/curs_initscr(3X) +newwin/curs_window(3X) +nl/curs_outopts(3X) +nocbreak/curs_inopts(3X) +nodelay/curs_inopts(3X) +noecho/curs_inopts(3X) +nonl/curs_outopts(3X) +noqiflush/curs_inopts(3X) +noraw/curs_inopts(3X) +notimeout/curs_inopts(3X) +overlay/curs_overlay(3X) +overwrite/curs_overlay(3X) +pair_content/curs_color(3X) +pechochar/curs_pad(3X) +pnoutrefresh/curs_pad(3X) +prefresh/curs_pad(3X) +printw/curs_printw(3X) +putp/curs_terminfo(3X) +putwin/curs_util(3X) +qiflush/curs_inopts(3X) +raw/curs_inopts(3X) +redrawwin/curs_refresh(3X) +refresh/curs_refresh(3X) +reset_prog_mode/curs_kernel(3X) +reset_shell_mode/curs_kernel(3X) +resetty/curs_kernel(3X) +resizeterm/resizeterm(3x)* +restartterm/curs_terminfo(3X) +ripoffline/curs_kernel(3X) +savetty/curs_kernel(3X) +scanw/curs_scanw(3X) +scr_dump/curs_scr_dump(3X) +scr_init/curs_scr_dump(3X) +scr_restore/curs_scr_dump(3X) +scr_set/curs_scr_dump(3X) +scrl/curs_scroll(3X) +scroll/curs_scroll(3X) +scrollok/curs_outopts(3X) +set_curterm/curs_terminfo(3X) +set_term/curs_initscr(3X) +setscrreg/curs_outopts(3X) +setsyx/curs_kernel(3X) +setterm/curs_terminfo(3X) +setupterm/curs_terminfo(3X) +slk_attr/curs_slk(3X)* +slk_attroff/curs_slk(3X) +slk_attron/curs_slk(3X) +slk_attrset/curs_slk(3X) +slk_clear/curs_slk(3X) +slk_init/curs_slk(3X) +slk_label/curs_slk(3X) +slk_noutrefresh/curs_slk(3X) +slk_refresh/curs_slk(3X) +slk_restore/curs_slk(3X) +slk_set/curs_slk(3X) +slk_touch/curs_slk(3X) +standend/curs_attr(3X) +standout/curs_attr(3X) +start_color/curs_color(3X) +subpad/curs_pad(3X) +subwin/curs_window(3X) +syncok/curs_window(3X) +termattrs/curs_termattrs(3X) +termname/curs_termattrs(3X) +tgetent/curs_termcap(3X) +tgetflag/curs_termcap(3X) +tgetnum/curs_termcap(3X) +tgetstr/curs_termcap(3X) +tgoto/curs_termcap(3X) +tigetflag/curs_terminfo(3X) +tigetnum/curs_terminfo(3X) +tigetstr/curs_terminfo(3X) +timeout/curs_inopts(3X) +touchline/curs_touch(3X) +touchwin/curs_touch(3X) +tparm/curs_terminfo(3X) +tputs/curs_termcap(3X) +tputs/curs_terminfo(3X) +typeahead/curs_inopts(3X) +unctrl/curs_util(3X) +ungetch/curs_getch(3X) +ungetmouse/curs_mouse(3X)* +untouchwin/curs_touch(3X) +use_env/curs_util(3X) +vidattr/curs_terminfo(3X) +vidputs/curs_terminfo(3X) +vline/curs_border(3X) +vwprintw/curs_printw(3X) +vwscanw/curs_scanw(3X) +waddch/curs_addch(3X) +waddchnstr/curs_addchstr(3X) +waddchstr/curs_addchstr(3X) +waddnstr/curs_addstr(3X) +waddstr/curs_addstr(3X) +wattroff/curs_attr(3X) +wattron/curs_attr(3X) +wattrset/curs_attr(3X) +wbkgd/curs_bkgd(3X) +wbkgdset/curs_bkgd(3X) +wborder/curs_border(3X) +wclear/curs_clear(3X) +wclrtobot/curs_clear(3X) +wclrtoeol/curs_clear(3X) +wcursyncup/curs_window(3X) +wdelch/curs_delch(3X) +wdeleteln/curs_deleteln(3X) +wechochar/curs_addch(3X) +wenclose/curs_mouse(3X)* +werase/curs_clear(3X) +wgetch/curs_getch(3X) +wgetnstr/curs_getstr(3X) +wgetstr/curs_getstr(3X) +whline/curs_border(3X) +winch/curs_inch(3X) +winchnstr/curs_inchstr(3X) +winchstr/curs_inchstr(3X) +winnstr/curs_instr(3X) +winsch/curs_insch(3X) +winsdelln/curs_deleteln(3X) +winsertln/curs_deleteln(3X) +winsnstr/curs_insstr(3X) +winsstr/curs_insstr(3X) +winstr/curs_instr(3X) +wmove/curs_move(3X) +wnoutrefresh/curs_refresh(3X) +wprintw/curs_printw(3X) +wredrawln/curs_refresh(3X) +wrefresh/curs_refresh(3X) +wresize/wresize(3x)* +wscanw/curs_scanw(3X) +wscrl/curs_scroll(3X) +wsetscrreg/curs_outopts(3X) +wstandend/curs_attr(3X) +wstandout/curs_attr(3X) +wsyncdown/curs_window(3X) +wsyncup/curs_window(3X) +wtimeout/curs_inopts(3X) +wtouchln/curs_touch(3X) +wvline/curs_border(3X) +.TE +.SH RETURN VALUE +Routines that return an integer return \fBERR\fR upon failure and an +integer value other than \fBERR\fR upon successful completion, unless +otherwise noted in the routine descriptions. + +All macros return the value of the \fBw\fR version, except \fBsetscrreg\fR, +\fBwsetscrreg\fR, \fBgetyx\fR, \fBgetbegyx\fR, \fBgetmaxyx\fR. The return +values of \fBsetscrreg\fR, \fBwsetscrreg\fR, \fBgetyx\fR, \fBgetbegyx\fR, and +\fBgetmaxyx\fR are undefined (\fIi\fR.\fIe\fR., these should not be used as the +right-hand side of assignment statements). + +Routines that return pointers return \fBNULL\fR on error. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBterminfo\fR(\*n) and 3X pages whose names begin "curs_" for detailed routine +descriptions. +.SH EXTENSIONS +The \fBcurses\fR library can be compiled with an option (\fB-DTERMCAP_FILE\fR) +that falls back to the old-style /etc/termcap file if the terminal setup code +cannot find a terminfo entry corresponding to \fBTERM\fR. Use of this feature +is not recommended, as it essentially includes an entire termcap compiler in +the \fBcurses\fR startup code, at significant cost in core and startup cycles. + +Compiling with \fB-DTERMCAP_FILE\fR changes the library's initialization +sequence in a way intended to mimic the behavior of 4.4BSD curses. If there is +no local or system terminfo entry matching \fBTERM\fR, then the library looks +for termcap entries in the following places: (1) if \fBTERMINFO\fR is +undefined, in the file named by \fBTERMCAP_FILE\fR; (2) if \fBTERMINFO\fR is +defined and begins with a slash, it is interpreted as the name of a termcap +file to search for \fBTERM\fR; (3) otherwise, if \fBTERMINFO\fR has a leading +string that looks like a terminal entry name list, and it matches \fBTERM\fR, +the contents of \fBTERMINFO\fR is interpreted as a termcap; (4) if +\fBTERMINFO\fR looks like a termcap but doesn't match \fBTERM\fR, the termcap +file is searched for among the colon-separated paths in the environment +variable \fBTERMPATHS\fR if that is defined, and in ~/.termcap and the file +value of \fBTERMCAP_FILE\fR otherwise. + +Versions of \fBcurses\fR compiled on PC clones support display of the PC ROM +characters (including ROM characters 0-31, which stock SVr4 curses cannot +display). See the EXTENSIONS sections of \fBcurs_addch\fR(3x) and +\fBcurs_attr\fR(3x). + +The \fBcurses\fR library includes facilities for capturing mouse events on +certain terminals (including xterm). See the \fBcurs_mouse\fR(3X) +manual page for details. + +The \fBcurses\fR library includes a function for directing application output +to a printer attached to the terminal device. See the \fBcurs_print\fR(3X) +manual page for details. +.SH PORTABILITY +The \fBcurses\fR library is intended to be BASE-level conformant with the XSI +Curses standard. Certain portions of the EXTENDED XSI Curses functionality +(including color support) are supported. The following EXTENDED XSI Curses +calls in support of wide (multibyte) characters are not yet implemented: +\fBaddnwstr\fB, +\fBaddwstr\fB, +\fBmvaddnwstr\fB, +\fBmvwaddnwstr\fB, +\fBmvaddwstr\fB, +\fBwaddnwstr\fB, +\fBwaddwstr\fB, +\fBadd_wch\fB, +\fBwadd_wch\fB, +\fBmvadd_wch\fB, +\fBmvwadd_wch\fB, +\fBadd_wchnstr\fB, +\fBadd_wchstr\fB, +\fBwadd_wchnstr\fB, +\fBwadd_wchstr\fB, +\fBmvadd_wchnstr\fB, +\fBmvadd_wchstr\fB, +\fBmvwadd_wchnstr\fB, +\fBmvwadd_wchstr\fB, +\fBbkgrndset\fB, +\fBbkgrnd\fB, +\fBgetbkgrnd\fB, +\fBwbkgrnd\fB, +\fBwbkgrndset\fB, +\fBwgetbkgrnd\fB, +\fBborder_set\fB, +\fBwborder_set\fB, +\fBbox_set\fB, +\fBhline_set\fB, +\fBmvhline_set\fB, +\fBmvvline_set\fB, +\fBmvwhline_set\fB, +\fBmvwvline_set\fB, +\fBwhline_set\fB, +\fBvhline_set\fB, +\fBwvline_set\fB, +\fBecho_wchar\fB, +\fBwecho_wchar\fB, +\fBerasewchar\fB, +\fBkillwchar\fB, +\fBget_wch\fB, +\fBmvget_wch\fB, +\fBmvwget_ch\fB, +\fBwget_wch\fB, +\fBgetwchtype\fB, +\fBget_wstr\fB, +\fBgetn_wstr\fB, +\fBwget_wstr\fB, +\fBwgetn_wstr\fB, +\fBmvget_wstr\fB, +\fBmvgetn_wstr\fB, +\fBmvwget_wstr\fB, +\fBmvwgetn_wstr\fB, +\fBinnwstr\fB, +\fBinwstr\fB, +\fBwinnwstr\fB, +\fBwinwstr\fB, +\fBmvinnwstr\fB, +\fBmvinwstr\fB, +\fBmvwinnwstr\fB, +\fBmvwinwstr\fB, +\fBins_nwstr\fB, +\fBins_wstr\fB, +\fBmvins_nwstr\fB, +\fBmvins_wstr\fB, +\fBmvwins_nwstr\fB, +\fBmvwins_wstr\fB, +\fBwins_nwstr\fB, +\fBwins_wstr\fB, +\fBins_wch\fB, +\fBwins_wch\fB, +\fBmvins_wch\fB, +\fBmvwins_wch\fB, +\fBin_wch\fB, +\fBwin_wch\fB, +\fBmvin_wch\fB, +\fBmvwin_wch\fB, +\fBinwchstr\fB, +\fBinwchnstr\fB, +\fBwinwchstr\fB, +\fBwinwchnstr\fB, +\fBmvinwchstr\fB, +\fBmvinwchnstr\fB, +\fBmvinwchstr\fB, +\fBmvwinwchnstr\fB. +.PP +A small number of local differences (that is, individual differences between +the XSI Curses and \fBcurses\fR calls) are described in \fBPORTABILITY\fR +sections of the library man pages. +.PP +The routine \fBhas_key\fR is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4. See +the \fBcurs_getch\fR(3X) manual page for details. +.PP +The routine \fBslk_attr\fR is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4. See +the \fBcurs_slk\fR(3X) manual page for details. +.PP +The routines \fBgetmouse\fR, \fBmousemask\fR, \fBungetmouse\fR, +\fBmouseinterval\fR, and \fBwenclose\fR relating to mouse interfacing are not +part of XPG4, nor are they present in SVr4. See the \fBcurs_mouse\fR(3X) +manual page for details. +.PP +The routine \fBmcprint\fR was not present in any previous curses +implementation. See the \fBcurs_print\fR(3X) manual page for details. +.PP +The routine \fBwresize\fR is not part of XPG4, nor is it present in SVr4. See +the \fBwresize\fR(3X) manual page for details. +.PP +In historic curses versions, delays embedded in the capabilities \fBcr\fR, +\fBind\fR, \fBcub1\fR, \fBff\fR and \fBtab\fR activated corresponding delay +bits in the UNIX tty driver. In this implementation, all padding is done by +NUL sends. This method is slightly more expensive, but narrows the interface +to the UNIX kernel significantly and increases the package's portability +correspondingly. +.PP +In the XSI standard and SVr4 manual pages, many entry points have prototype +arguments of the for \fBchar *const\fR (or \fBcchar_t *const\fR, or \fBwchar_t +*const\fR, or \fBvoid *const\fR). Depending on one's interpretation of the +ANSI C standard (see section 3.5.4.1), these declarations are either (a) +meaningless, or (b) meaningless and illegal. The declaration \fBconst char +*x\fR is a modifiable pointer to unmodifiable data, but \fBchar *const x\fR' is +an unmodifiable pointer to modifiable data. Given that C passes arguments by +value, \fB *const\fR as a formal type is at best dubious. Some compilers +choke on the prototypes. Therefore, in this implementation, they have been +changed to \fBconst *\fR globally. +.SH NOTES +The header file \fB\fR automatically includes the header files +\fB\fR and \fB\fR. + +If standard output from a \fBcurses\fR program is re-directed to something +which is not a tty, screen updates will be directed to standard error. This +was an undocumented feature of AT&T System V Release 3 curses. +.SH AUTHORS +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric S. Raymond. Descends from the original pcurses +by Pavel Curtis. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/panel.3x b/man/panel.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cfa170ef --- /dev/null +++ b/man/panel.3x @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +.TH panel 3X "" +.ds n 5 +.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo +.SH NAME +panel - panel stack extension for curses +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR +.P +\fBcc [flags] sourcefiles -lpanel -lncurses\fR +.P +\fBPANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win)\fR +.br +\fBint bottom_panel(PANEL *pan)\fR +.br +\fBint top_panel(PANEL *pan)\fR +.br +\fBint show_panel(PANEL *pan)\fR +.br +\fBvoid update_panels();\fR +.br +\fBint hide_panel(PANEL *pan)\fR +.br +\fBWINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan)\fR +.br +\fBint replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *window)\fR +.br +\fBint move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx)\fR +.br +\fBint panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan)\fR +.br +\fBPANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan)\fR +.br +\fBPANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan)\fR +.br +\fBint set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *ptr)\fR +.br +\fBconst void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan)\fR +.br +\fBint del_panel(PANEL *pan)\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of +depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure +the proper portions of each window and the curses \fBstdscr\fR window are +hidden or displayed when panels are added, moved, modified or removed. +The set of currently visible panels is the stack of panels. The +\fBstdscr\fR window is beneath all panels, and is not considered part +of the stack. +.P +A window is associated with every panel. The panel routines enable +you to create, move, hides, and show panels, as well as position a +panel at any desired location in the stack. +.P +Panel routines are a functional layer added to curses(3X), make only +high-level curses calls, and work anywhere terminfo curses does. +.SH FUNCTIONS +.TP +\fBnew_panel(win)\fR +allocates a \fBPANEL\fR structure, associates it with +\fBwin\fR, places the panel on the top of the stack (causes it +to be displayed above any other panel) and returns a +pointer to the new panel. +.TP +\fBvoid update_panels()\fR +refreshes the virtual screen to reflect the relations between the +panels in the stack, but does not call doupdate() to refresh the +physical screen. Use this function and not wrefresh or wnoutrefresh. +update_panels() may be called more than once before a call to +doupdate(), but doupdate() is the function responsible for updating +the physical screen. +.TP +\fBdel_panel(pan)\fR +removes the given panel from the stack and deallocates the +\fBPANEL\fR structure (but not its associated window). +.TP +\fBhide_panel(pan)\fR +removes the given panel from the panel stack and thus hides it from +view. The \fBPANEL\fR structure is not lost, merely removed from the stack. +.TP +\fBshow_panel(pan)\fR +makes a hidden panel visible by placing it on top of the panels in the +panel stack. See COMPATIBILITY below. +.TP +\fBtop_panel(pan)\fR +puts the given visible panel on top of all panels in the stack. See +COMPATIBILITY below. +.TP +\fBbottom_panel(pan)\fR +puts panel at the bottom of all panels. +.TP +\fBmove_panel(pan,starty,startx)\fR +moves the given panel window so that its upper-left corner is at +\fBstarty\fR, \fBstartx\fR. It does not change the position of the +panel in the stack. Be sure to use this function, not \fBmvwin()\fR, +to move a panel window. +.TP +\fBreplace_panel(pan,window)\fR +replaces the current window of panel with \fBwindow\fR (useful, for +example if you want to resize a panel; if you're using \fBncurses\fR, +you can call \fBreplace_panel\fR on the output of \fBwresize\fR(3x)). +It does not change the position of the panel in the stack. +.TP +\fBpanel_above(pan)\fR +returns a pointer to the panel above pan. If the panel argument is +\fB(PANEL *)0\fR, it returns a pointer to the bottom panel in the stack. +.TP +\fBpanel_below(pan)\fR +returns a pointer to the panel just below pan. If the panel argument +is \fB(PANEL *)0\fR, it returns a pointer to the top panel in the stack. +.TP +\fBset_panel_userptr(pan,ptr)\fR +sets the panel's user pointer. +.TP +\fBpanel_userptr(pan)\fR +returns the user pointer for a given panel. +.TP +\fBpanel_window(pan)\fR +returns a pointer to the window of the given panel. +.SH DIAGNOSTICS +Each routine that returns a pointer returns \fBNULL\fR if an error +occurs. Each routine that returns an int value returns \fBOK\fR if it +executes successfully and \fBERR\fR if not. +.SH COMPATIBILITY +Reasonable care has been taken to ensure compatibility +with the native panel facility introduced in SVr3.2 (inspection of +the SVr4 manual pages suggests the programming interface is unchanged). +The \fBPANEL\fR data structures are merely similar. The programmer +is cautioned not to directly use \fBPANEL\fR fields. +.P +The functions \fBshow_panel()\fR and \fBtop_panel()\fR are identical +in this implementation, and work equally well with displayed or hidden +panels. In the native System V implementation, \fBshow_panel()\fR is +intended for making a hidden panel visible (at the top of the stack) +and \fBtop_panel()\fR is intended for making an already-visible panel +move to the top of the stack. You are cautioned to use the correct +function to ensure compatibility with native panel libraries. +.SH NOTE +In your library list, libpanel.a should be before libncurses.a; that is, +you want to say `-lpanel -lncurses', not the other way around (which would +give you a link error using GNU \fBld\fR(1) and some other linkers). +.SH FILES +.P +panel.h +interface for the panels library +.P +libpanel.a +the panels library itself +.SH SEE ALSO +curses(3X) +.SH AUTHOR +Originally written by Warren Tucker , +primarily to assist in porting u386mon to systems without a native +panels library. Repackaged for ncurses by Zeyd ben-Halim. + + diff --git a/man/resizeterm.3x b/man/resizeterm.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ceb49e3d --- /dev/null +++ b/man/resizeterm.3x @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +.\"***************************************************************************** +.\" Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" All Rights Reserved. * +.\" * +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * +.\" documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * +.\" that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * +.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * +.\" documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) * +.\" not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * +.\" software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED * +.\" COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, * +.\" INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO * +.\" EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY * +.\" SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER * +.\" RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF * +.\" CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN * +.\" CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * +.\"***************************************************************************** +.\" $Id: resizeterm.3x,v 1.3 1996/12/28 20:00:50 tom Exp $ +.TH resizeterm 3X "" +. +.SH NAME +\fBresizeterm\fR - change the curses terminal size +. +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint resizeterm(int lines, int columns);\fR +. +.SH DESCRIPTION +This is an extension to the curses library. +It provides callers with a hook into the \fBncurses\fR data to resize windows, +primarily for use by programs running in an X Window terminal (e.g., xterm). +The function \fBresizeterm\fR resizes the standard and current windows +to the specified dimensions, and adjusts other bookkeeping data used by +the \fBncurses\fR library that record the window dimensions. + +When resizing the windows, the function blank-fills the areas that are +extended. The calling application should fill in these areas with +appropriate data. + +The function attempts to resize all windows. +However, due to the calling convention of pads, +it is not possible to resize these +without additional interaction with the application. +. +.SH RETURN VALUE +The function returns the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success. +It will fail if either of the dimensions less than or equal to zero, +or if an error occurs while (re)allocating memory for the windows. +. +.SH NOTES +While this function is intended to be used to support a signal handler +(i.e., for SIGWINCH), care should be taken to avoid invoking it in a +context where \fBmalloc\fR or \fBrealloc\fR may have been interrupted, +since it uses those functions. +. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBwresize\fR(3x). +. +.SH AUTHOR +Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988 for BSD curses). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/term.5 b/man/term.5 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ac1fa86 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/term.5 @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +.TH TERM 5 +.ds n 5 +.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo +.SH NAME +term \- format of compiled term file. +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B term +.SH DESCRIPTION +.PP +Compiled terminfo descriptions are placed under the directory \fB\*d\fP. +In order to avoid a linear search of a huge \s-1UNIX\s+1 system directory, a +two-level scheme is used: \fB\*b/c/name\fP +where +.I name +is the name of the terminal, and +.I c +is the first character of +.IR name . +Thus, +.I act4 +can be found in the file \fB\*d/a/act4\fP. +Synonyms for the same terminal are implemented by multiple +links to the same compiled file. +.PP +The format has been chosen so that it will be the same on all hardware. +An 8 or more bit byte is assumed, but no assumptions about byte ordering +or sign extension are made. +.PP +The compiled file is created with the +.I tic +program, and read by the routine +.IR setupterm . +The file is divided into six parts: +the header, +terminal names, +boolean flags, +numbers, +strings, +and +string table. +.PP +The header section begins the file. +This section contains six short integers in the format +described below. +These integers are +(1) the magic number (octal 0432); +(2) the size, in bytes, of the names section; +(3) the number of bytes in the boolean section; +(4) the number of short integers in the numbers section; +(5) the number of offsets (short integers) in the strings section; +(6) the size, in bytes, of the string table. +.PP +Short integers are stored in two 8-bit bytes. +The first byte contains the least significant 8 bits of the value, +and the second byte contains the most significant 8 bits. +(Thus, the value represented is 256*second+first.) +The value \-1 is represented by the two bytes 0377, 0377; other negative +values are illegal. This value generally +means that the corresponding capability is missing from this terminal. +Note that this format corresponds to the hardware of the \s-1VAX\s+1 +and \s-1PDP\s+1-11 (that is, little-endian machines). +Machines where this does not correspond to the hardware must read the +integers as two bytes and compute the little-endian value. +.PP +The terminal names section comes next. +It contains the first line of the terminfo description, +listing the various names for the terminal, +separated by the `|' character. +The section is terminated with an \s-1ASCII NUL\s+1 character. +.PP +The boolean flags have one byte for each flag. +This byte is either 0 or 1 as the flag is present or absent. +The capabilities are in the same order as the file . +.PP +Between the boolean section and the number section, +a null byte will be inserted, if necessary, +to ensure that the number section begins on an even byte (this is a +relic of the PDP-11's word-addressed architecture, originally +designed in to avoid IOT traps induced by addressing a word on an +odd byte boundary). +All short integers are aligned on a short word boundary. +.PP +The numbers section is similar to the flags section. +Each capability takes up two bytes, +and is stored as a little-endian short integer. +If the value represented is \-1, the capability is taken to be missing. +.PP +The strings section is also similar. +Each capability is stored as a short integer, in the format above. +A value of \-1 means the capability is missing. +Otherwise, the value is taken as an offset from the beginning +of the string table. +Special characters in ^X or \ec notation are stored in their +interpreted form, not the printing representation. +Padding information $ and parameter information %x are +stored intact in uninterpreted form. +.PP +The final section is the string table. +It contains all the values of string capabilities referenced in +the string section. +Each string is null terminated. +.PP +Note that it is possible for +.I setupterm +to expect a different set of capabilities +than are actually present in the file. +Either the database may have been updated since +.I setupterm +has been recompiled +(resulting in extra unrecognized entries in the file) +or the program may have been recompiled more recently +than the database was updated +(resulting in missing entries). +The routine +.I setupterm +must be prepared for both possibilities \- +this is why the numbers and sizes are included. +Also, new capabilities must always be added at the end of the lists +of boolean, number, and string capabilities. +.PP +Despite the consistent use of little-endian for numbers and the otherwise +self-describing format, it is not wise to count on portability of binary +terminfo entries between commercial UNIX versions. The problem is that there +are at least three versions of terminfo (under HP-UX, AIX, and OSF/1) which +diverged from System V terminfo after SVr1, and have added extension +capabilities to the string table that (in the binary format) collide with +System V and XSI Curses extensions. See \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) for detailed +discussion of terminfo source compatibility issues. +.PP +As an example, here is a hex dump of the description for the Lear-Siegler +ADM-3, a popular though rather stupid early terminal: +.nf +.sp +adm3a|lsi adm3a, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\032$<1>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, + home=^^, ind=^J, +.sp +.ft CW +\s-20000 1a 01 10 00 02 00 03 00 82 00 31 00 61 64 6d 33 ........ ..1.adm3 +0010 61 7c 6c 73 69 20 61 64 6d 33 61 00 00 01 50 00 a|lsi ad m3a...P. +0020 ff ff 18 00 ff ff 00 00 02 00 ff ff ff ff 04 00 ........ ........ +0030 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 0a 00 25 00 27 00 ff ff ........ ..%.'... +0040 29 00 ff ff ff ff 2b 00 ff ff 2d 00 ff ff ff ff ).....+. ..-..... +0050 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........ +0060 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........ +0070 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........ +0080 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........ +0090 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........ +00a0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........ +00b0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........ +00c0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........ +00d0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........ +00e0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........ +00f0 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........ +0100 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........ +0110 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........ +0120 ff ff ff ff ff ff 2f 00 07 00 0d 00 1a 24 3c 31 ....../. .....$<1 +0130 3e 00 1b 3d 25 70 31 25 7b 33 32 7d 25 2b 25 63 >..=%p1% {32}%+%c +0140 25 70 32 25 7b 33 32 7d 25 2b 25 63 00 0a 00 1e %p2%{32} %+%c.... +0150 00 08 00 0c 00 0b 00 0a 00 ........ .\s+2 +.ft R +.fi +.sp +.PP +Some limitations: total compiled entries cannot exceed 4096 bytes. +The name field cannot exceed 128 bytes. +.SH FILES +\*d/*/* compiled terminal capability data base +.SH "SEE ALSO" +curses(3X), terminfo(\*n). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/term.7 b/man/term.7 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d0f6d35 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/term.7 @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +.TH TERM 7 +.ds n 5 +.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo +.SH NAME +term \- conventions for naming terminal types +.SH DESCRIPTION +.PP +The environment variable \fBTERM\fR should normally contain the type name of +the terminal, console or display-device type you are using. This information +is critical for all screen-oriented programs, including your editor and mailer. +.PP +A default \fBTERM\fR value will be set on a per-line basis by either +\fB/etc/inittab\fR (Linux and System-V-like UNIXes) or \fB/etc/ttys\fR (BSD +UNIXes). This will nearly always suffice for workstation and microcomputer +consoles. +.PP +If you use a dialup line, the type of device attached to it may vary. Older +UNIX systems pre-set a very dumb terminal type like `dumb' or `dialup' on +dialup lines. Newer ones may pre-set `vt100', reflecting the prevalence of DEC +VT100-compatible terminals and personal-computer emulators. +.PP +Modern telnets pass your \fBTERM\fR environment variable from the local side to +the remote one. There can be problems if the remote terminfo or termcap entry +for your type is not compatible with yours, but this situation is rare and +can almost always be avoided by explicitly exporting `vt100' (assuming you +are in fact using a VT100-superset console, terminal, or terminal emulator.) +.PP +In any case, you are free to override the system \fBTERM\fR setting to your +taste in your shell profile. The \fBtset\fB(1) utility may be of assistance; +you can give it a set of rules for deducing or requesting a terminal type based +on the tty device and baud rate. +.PP +Setting your own \fBTERM\fR value may also be useful if you have created a +custom entry incorporating options (such as visual bell or reverse-video) +which you wish to override the system default type for your line. +.PP +Terminal type descriptions are stored as files of capability data underneath +\*d. To browse a list of all terminal names recognized by the system, do + + toe | more + +from your shell. These capability files are in a binary format optimized for +retrieval speed (unlike the old text-based \fBtermcap\fR format they replace); +to examine an entry, you must use the \fBinfocmp\fR(1) command. Invoke it as +follows: + + infocmp \fIentry-name\fR + +where \fIentry-name\fR is the name of the type you wish to examine (and the +name of its capability file the subdirectory of \*d named for its first +letter). This command dumps a capability file in the text format described by +\fBterminfo\fR(\*n). +.PP +The first line of a \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) description gives the names by which +terminfo knows a terminal, separated by `|' (pipe-bar) characters with the last +name field terminated by a comma. The first name field is the type's +\fIprimary name\fR, and is the one to use when setting \fBTERM\fR. The last +name field (if distinct from the first) is actually a description of the +terminal type (it may contain blanks; the others must be single words). Name +fields between the first and last (if present) are aliases for the terminal, +usually historical names retained for compatibility. +.PP +There are some conventions for how to choose terminal primary names that help +keep them informative and unique. Here is a step-by-step guide to naming +terminals that also explains how to parse them: +.PP +First, choose a root name. The root will consist of a lower-case letter +followed by up to seven lower-case letters or digits. You need to avoid using +punctuation characters in root names, because they are used and interpreted as +filenames and shell meta-characters (such as !, $, *, ? etc.) embedded in them +may cause odd and unhelpful behavior. The slash (/), or any other character +that may be interpreted by anyone's file system (\e, $, [, ]), is especially +dangerous (terminfo is platform-independent, and choosing names with special +characters could someday make life difficult for users of a future port). The +dot (.) character is relatively safe as long as there is at most one per root +name; some historical terminfo names use it. +.PP +The root name for a terminal or workstation console type should almost always +begin with a vendor prefix (such as \fBhp\fR for Hewlett-Packard, \fBwy\fR for +Wyse, or \fBatt\fR for AT&T terminals), or a common name of the terminal line +(\fBvt\fR for the VT series of terminals from DEC, or \fBsun\fR for Sun +Microsystems workstation consoles, or \fBregent\fR for the ADDS Regent series. +You can list the terminfo tree to see what prefixes are already in common use. +The root name prefix should be followed when appropriate by a model number; +thus \fBvt100\fR, \fBhp2621\fR, \fBwy50\fR. +.PP +The root name for a PC-Unix console type should be the OS name, +i.e. \fBlinux\fR, \fBbsdos\fR, \fBfreebsd\fB, \fBnetbsd\fR. It should +\fInot\fR be \fBconsole\fR or any other generic that might cause confusion in a +multi-platform environment! If a model number follows, it should indicate +either the OS release level or the console driver release level. +.PP +The root name for a terminal emulator (assuming it doesn't fit one of the +standard ANSI or vt100 types) should be the program name or a readily +recognizable abbreviation of it (i.e. \fBversaterm\fR, \fBctrm\fR). +.PP +Following the root name, you may add any reasonable number of hyphen-separated +feature suffixes. +.TP 5 +2p +Has two pages of memory. Likewise 4p, 8p, etc. +.TP 5 +mc +Magic-cookie. Some terminals (notably older Wyses) can only support one +attribute without magic-cookie lossage. Their base entry is usually paired +with another that has this suffix and uses magic cookies to support multiple +attributes. +.TP 5 +-am +Enable auto-margin (right-margin wraparound) +.TP 5 +-m +Mono mode - suppress color support +.TP 5 +-na +No arrow keys - termcap ignores arrow keys which are actually there on the +terminal, so the user can use the arrow keys locally. +.TP 5 +-nam +No auto-margin - suppress am capability +.TP 5 +-nl +No labels - suppress soft labels +.TP 5 +-nsl +No status line - suppress status line +.TP 5 +-pp +Has a printer port which is used. +.TP 5 +-rv +Terminal in reverse video mode (black on white) +.TP 5 +-s +Enable status line. +.TP 5 +-vb +Use visible bell (flash) rather than beep. +.TP 5 +-w +Wide; terminal is in 132 column mode. +.PP +Conventionally, if your terminal type is a variant intended to specify a +line height, that suffix should go first. So, for a hypothetical FuBarCo +model 2317 terminal in 30-line mode with reverse video, best form would be +\fBfubar-30-rv\fR (rather than, say, `fubar-rv-30'). +.PP +Terminal types that are written not as standalone entries, but rather as +components to be plugged into other entries via \fBuse\fB capabilities, +are distinguished by using embedded plus signs rather than dashes. +.PP +Commands which use a terminal type to control display often accept a -T +option that accepts a terminal name argument. Such programs should fall back +on the \fBTERM\fR environment variable when no -T option is specified. +.SH PORTABILITY +For maximum compatibility with older System V UNIXes, names and aliases +should be unique within the first 14 characters. +.SH FILES +.TP 5 +\*d/?/* +compiled terminal capability data base +.TP 5 +/etc/inittab +tty line initialization (AT&T-like UNIXes). +.TP 5 +/etc/ttys +tty line initialization (BSD-like UNIXes). +.SH "SEE ALSO" +curses(3X), terminfo(\*n), term(\*d). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/terminfo.head b/man/terminfo.head new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b024f578 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/terminfo.head @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +.\" $Id: terminfo.head,v 1.6 1997/01/05 01:03:16 tom Exp $ +.TH TERMINFO 5 "" "" "File Formats" +.ds n 5 +.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo +.SH NAME +terminfo \- terminal capability data base +.SH SYNOPSIS +\*d/*/* +.SH DESCRIPTION +.I Terminfo +is a data base describing terminals, used by screen-oriented programs such as +.IR nvi (1), +.IR rogue (1) +and libraries such as +.IR curses (3X). +.I Terminfo +describes terminals by giving a set of capabilities which they +have, by specifying how to perform screen operations, and by +specifying padding requirements and initialization sequences. +.PP +Entries in +.I terminfo +consist of a sequence of `,' separated fields (embedded commas may be +escaped with a backslash or notated as \e072). +White space after the `,' separator is ignored. +The first entry for each terminal gives the names which are known for the +terminal, separated by `|' characters. +The first name given is the most common abbreviation for the terminal, +the last name given should be a long name fully identifying the terminal, +and all others are understood as synonyms for the terminal name. +All names but the last should be in lower case and contain no blanks; +the last name may well contain upper case and blanks for readability. +.PP +Terminal names (except for the last, verbose entry) should +be chosen using the following conventions. +The particular piece of hardware making up the terminal should +have a root name, thus ``hp2621''. +This name should not contain hyphens. +Modes that the hardware can be in, or user preferences, should +be indicated by appending a hyphen and a mode suffix. +Thus, a vt100 in 132 column mode would be vt100-w. +The following suffixes should be used where possible: +.PP +.TS +center ; +l c l +l l l. +\fBSuffix Meaning Example\fP +-\fInn\fP Number of lines on the screen aaa-60 +-\fIn\fPp Number of pages of memory c100-4p +-am With automargins (usually the default) vt100-am +-m Mono mode; suppress color ansi-m +-mc Magic cookie; spaces when highlighting wy30-mc +-na No arrow keys (leave them in local) c100-na +-nam Without automatic margins vt100-nam +-nl No status line att4415-nl +-ns No status line hp2626-ns +-rv Reverse video c100-rv +-s Enable status line vt100-s +-vb Use visible bell instead of beep wy370-vb +-w Wide mode (> 80 columns, usually 132) vt100-w +.TE +.PP +For more on terminal naming conventions, see the \fBterm(7)\fR manual page. +.SS Capabilities +.\" Head of terminfo man page ends here +.ps -1 diff --git a/man/terminfo.tail b/man/terminfo.tail new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5101ec3b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/terminfo.tail @@ -0,0 +1,1387 @@ +.\" $Id: terminfo.tail,v 1.12 1996/09/21 23:23:19 tom Exp $ +.\" Beginning of terminfo.tail file +.ps +1 +.PP +.SS A Sample Entry +.PP +The following entry, describing an ANSI-standard terminal, is representative +of what a \fBterminfo\fR entry for a modern terminal typically looks like. +.PP +.nf +.in -2 +.ta .3i +.ft CW +\s-2ansi|ansi/pc-term compatible with color, + mc5i, + colors#8, ncv#3, pairs#64, + cub=\\E[%p1%dD, cud=\\E[%p1%dB, cuf=\\E[%p1%dC, + cuu=\\E[%p1%dA, dch=\\E[%p1%dP, dl=\\E[%p1%dM, + ech=\\E[%p1%dX, el1=\\E[1K, hpa=\\E[%p1%dG, ht=\\E[I, + ich=\\E[%p1%d@, il=\\E[%p1%dL, indn=\\E[%p1%dS, + kbs=^H, kcbt=\\E[Z, kcub1=\\E[D, kcud1=\\E[B, + kcuf1=\\E[C, kcuu1=\\E[A, kf1=\\E[M, kf10=\\E[V, + kf11=\\E[W, kf12=\\E[X, kf2=\\E[N, kf3=\\E[O, kf4=\\E[P, + kf5=\\E[Q, kf6=\\E[R, kf7=\\E[S, kf8=\\E[T, kf9=\\E[U, + kich1=\\E[L, mc4=\\E[4i, mc5=\\E[5i, nel=\\r\\E[S, + op=\\E[37;40m, rep=%p1%c\\E[%p2%{1}%-%db, + rin=\\E[%p1%dT, s0ds=\\E(B, s1ds=\\E)B, s2ds=\\E*B, + s3ds=\\E+B, setab=\\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\\E[3%p1%dm, + setb=\\E[4%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m, + setf=\\E[3%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m, + sgr=\\E[0;10%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;%?%p8%t;11%;%?%p9%t;12%;m, + sgr0=\\E[0;10m, tbc=\\E[2g, u6=\\E[%d;%dR, u7=\\E[6n, + u8=\\E[?%[;0123456789]c, u9=\\E[c, vpa=\\E[%p1%dd,\s+2 +.in +2 +.fi +.ft R +.PP +Entries may continue onto multiple lines by placing white space at +the beginning of each line except the first. +Comments may be included on lines beginning with ``#''. +Capabilities in +.I terminfo +are of three types: +Boolean capabilities which indicate that the terminal has +some particular feature, numeric capabilities giving the size of the terminal +or the size of particular delays, and string +capabilities, which give a sequence which can be used to perform particular +terminal operations. +.PP +.SS Types of Capabilities +.PP +All capabilities have names. For instance, the fact that +ANSI-standard terminals have +.I "automatic margins" +(i.e., an automatic return and line-feed +when the end of a line is reached) is indicated by the capability \fBam\fR. +Hence the description of ansi includes \fBam\fR. +Numeric capabilities are followed by the character `#' and then the value. +Thus \fBcols\fR, which indicates the number of columns the terminal has, +gives the value `80' for ansi. +.PP +Finally, string valued capabilities, such as \fBel\fR (clear to end of line +sequence) are given by the two-character code, an `=', and then a string +ending at the next following `,'. +.PP +A number of escape sequences are provided in the string valued capabilities +for easy encoding of characters there. Both \fB\eE\fR and \fB\ee\fR +map to an \s-1ESCAPE\s0 character, +\fB^x\fR maps to a control-x for any appropriate x, and the sequences +\fB\en \el \er \et \eb \ef \es\fR give +a newline, line-feed, return, tab, backspace, form-feed, and space. +Other escapes include \fB\e^\fR for \fB^\fR, +\fB\e\e\fR for \fB\e\fR, +\fB\e\fR, for comma, +\fB\e:\fR for \fB:\fR, +and \fB\e0\fR for null. +(\fB\e0\fR will produce \e200, which does not terminate a string but behaves +as a null character on most terminals.) +Finally, characters may be given as three octal digits after a \fB\e\fR. +.PP +A delay in milliseconds may appear anywhere in a string capability, enclosed in +$<..> brackets, as in \fBel\fP=\eEK$<5>, and padding characters are supplied by +.I tputs +to provide this delay. The delay must be a number with at most one decimal +place of precision; it may be followed by suffixes `*' or '/' or both. A `*' +indicates that the padding required is proportional to the number of lines +affected by the operation, and the amount given is the per-affected-unit +padding required. (In the case of insert character, the factor is still the +number of +.IR lines +affected.) Normally, padding is advisory if the device has the \fBxon\fR +capability; it is used for cost computation but does not trigger delays. A `/' +suffix indicates that the padding is mandatory and forces a delay of the given +number of milliseconds even on devices for which \fBxon\fR is present to +indicate flow control. +.PP +Sometimes individual capabilities must be commented out. +To do this, put a period before the capability name. +For example, see the second +.B ind +in the example above. +.br +.ne 5 +.PP +.SS Fetching Compiled Descriptions +.PP +If the environment variable TERMINFO is set, it is interpreted as the pathname +of a directory containing the compiled description you are working on. Only +that directory is searched. +.PP +If TERMINFO is not set, the \fBncurses\fR version of the terminfo reader code +will instead look in the directory \fB$HOME/.terminfo\fR +for a compiled description. +If it fails to find one there, and the environment variable TERMINFO_DIRS is +set, it will interpret the contents of that variable as a list of colon- +separated directories to be searched (an empty entry is interpreted as a +command to search \fI\*d\fR). If no description is found in any of the +TERMINFO_DIRS directories, the fetch fails. +.PP +If neither TERMINFO nor TERMINFO_DIRS is set, the last place tried will be the +system terminfo directory, \fI\*d\fR. +.PP +(Neither the \fB$HOME/.terminfo\fR lookups nor TERMINFO_DIRS extensions are +supported under stock System V terminfo/curses.) +.PP +.SS Preparing Descriptions +.PP +We now outline how to prepare descriptions of terminals. +The most effective way to prepare a terminal description is by imitating +the description of a similar terminal in +.I terminfo +and to build up a description gradually, using partial descriptions +with +.I vi +or some other screen-oriented program to check that they are correct. +Be aware that a very unusual terminal may expose deficiencies in +the ability of the +.I terminfo +file to describe it +or bugs in the screen-handling code of the test program. +.PP +To get the padding for insert line right (if the terminal manufacturer +did not document it) a severe test is to edit /etc/passwd at 9600 baud, +delete 16 or so lines from the middle of the screen, then hit the `u' +key several times quickly. +If the terminal messes up, more padding is usually needed. +A similar test can be used for insert character. +.PP +.SS Basic Capabilities +.PP +The number of columns on each line for the terminal is given by the +\fBcols\fR numeric capability. If the terminal is a \s-1CRT\s0, then the +number of lines on the screen is given by the \fBlines\fR capability. +If the terminal wraps around to the beginning of the next line when +it reaches the right margin, then it should have the \fBam\fR capability. +If the terminal can clear its screen, leaving the cursor in the home +position, then this is given by the \fBclear\fR string capability. +If the terminal overstrikes +(rather than clearing a position when a character is struck over) +then it should have the \fBos\fR capability. +If the terminal is a printing terminal, with no soft copy unit, +give it both +.B hc +and +.BR os . +.RB ( os +applies to storage scope terminals, such as \s-1TEKTRONIX\s+1 4010 +series, as well as hard copy and APL terminals.) +If there is a code to move the cursor to the left edge of the current +row, give this as +.BR cr . +(Normally this will be carriage return, control M.) +If there is a code to produce an audible signal (bell, beep, etc) +give this as +.BR bel . +.PP +If there is a code to move the cursor one position to the left +(such as backspace) that capability should be given as +.BR cub1 . +Similarly, codes to move to the right, up, and down should be +given as +.BR cuf1 , +.BR cuu1 , +and +.BR cud1 . +These local cursor motions should not alter the text they pass over, +for example, you would not normally use `\fBcuf1\fP=\ ' because the +space would erase the character moved over. +.PP +A very important point here is that the local cursor motions encoded +in +.I terminfo +are undefined at the left and top edges of a \s-1CRT\s0 terminal. +Programs should never attempt to backspace around the left edge, +unless +.B bw +is given, +and never attempt to go up locally off the top. +In order to scroll text up, a program will go to the bottom left corner +of the screen and send the +.B ind +(index) string. +.PP +To scroll text down, a program goes to the top left corner +of the screen and sends the +.B ri +(reverse index) string. +The strings +.B ind +and +.B ri +are undefined when not on their respective corners of the screen. +.PP +Parameterized versions of the scrolling sequences are +.B indn +and +.B rin +which have the same semantics as +.B ind +and +.B ri +except that they take one parameter, and scroll that many lines. +They are also undefined except at the appropriate edge of the screen. +.PP +The \fBam\fR capability tells whether the cursor sticks at the right +edge of the screen when text is output, but this does not necessarily +apply to a +.B cuf1 +from the last column. +The only local motion which is defined from the left edge is if +.B bw +is given, then a +.B cub1 +from the left edge will move to the right edge of the previous row. +If +.B bw +is not given, the effect is undefined. +This is useful for drawing a box around the edge of the screen, for example. +If the terminal has switch selectable automatic margins, +the +.I terminfo +file usually assumes that this is on; i.e., \fBam\fR. +If the terminal has a command which moves to the first column of the next +line, that command can be given as +.B nel +(newline). +It does not matter if the command clears the remainder of the current line, +so if the terminal has no +.B cr +and +.B lf +it may still be possible to craft a working +.B nel +out of one or both of them. +.PP +These capabilities suffice to describe hard-copy and \*(lqglass-tty\*(rq terminals. +Thus the model 33 teletype is described as +.PP +.DT +.nf +.ft CW +.in -7 + \s-133\||\|tty33\||\|tty\||\|model 33 teletype, + bel=^G, cols#72, cr=^M, cud1=^J, hc, ind=^J, os,\s+1 +.in +7 +.ft R +.PP +while the Lear Siegler \s-1ADM\-3\s0 is described as +.PP +.DT +.nf +.ft CW +.in -7 + \s-1adm3\||\|3\||\|lsi adm3, + am, bel=^G, clear=^Z, cols#80, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + ind=^J, lines#24,\s+1 +.in +7 +.ft R +.fi +.PP +.SS Parameterized Strings +.PP +Cursor addressing and other strings requiring parameters +in the terminal are described by a +parameterized string capability, with +.IR printf (3S) +like escapes \fB%x\fR in it. +For example, to address the cursor, the +.B cup +capability is given, using two parameters: +the row and column to address to. +(Rows and columns are numbered from zero and refer to the +physical screen visible to the user, not to any unseen memory.) +If the terminal has memory relative cursor addressing, +that can be indicated by +.BR mrcup . +.PP +The parameter mechanism uses a stack and special \fB%\fP codes +to manipulate it. Typically a sequence will push one of the +parameters onto the stack and then print it in some format. +Often more complex operations are necessary. +.PP +The \fB%\fR encodings have the following meanings: +.PP +.DT +.nf +.ta .5i 1.5i + \s-1%% outputs `%' + %d print pop() as in printf + %2d print pop() like %2d + %3d print pop() like %3d + %02d + %03d as in printf + %x print pop() as in printf + %2x print pop() like %2x + %3x print pop() like %3x + %02x + %03x as in printf + %c print pop() gives %c + %s print pop() gives %s + + %p[1-9] push i'th parm + %P[a-z] set variable [a-z] to pop() + %g[a-z] get variable [a-z] and push it + %'c' char constant c + %{nn} integer constant nn + + %+ %- %* %/ %m + arithmetic (%m is mod): push(pop() op pop()) + %& %| %^ bit operations: push(pop() op pop()) + %= %> %< logical operations: push(pop() op pop()) + %A, %O logical and & or operations (for conditionals) + %! %~ unary operations push(op pop()) + %i add 1 to first two parms (for ANSI terminals) + + %? expr %t thenpart %e elsepart %; + if-then-else, %e elsepart is optional. + else-if's are possible a la Algol 68: + %? c\d1\u %t b\d1\u %e c\d2\u %t b\d2\u %e c\d3\u %t b\d3\u %e c\d4\u %t b\d4\u %e %; +\s+1 c\di\u are conditions, b\di\u are bodies. +.fi +.PP +Binary operations are in postfix form with the operands in the usual order. +That is, to get x-5 one would use "%gx%{5}%-". %P and %g variables are +persistent across escape-string evaluations. +.PP +Consider the HP2645, which, to get to row 3 and column 12, needs +to be sent \eE&a12c03Y padded for 6 milliseconds. Note that the order +of the rows and columns is inverted here, and that the row and column +are printed as two digits. +Thus its \fBcup\fR capability is \*(lqcup=6\eE&%p2%2dc%p1%2dY\*(rq. +.PP +The Microterm \s-1ACT-IV\s0 needs the current row and column sent +preceded by a \fB^T\fR, with the row and column simply encoded in binary, +\*(lqcup=^T%p1%c%p2%c\*(rq. +Terminals which use \*(lq%c\*(rq need to be able to +backspace the cursor (\fBcub1\fR), +and to move the cursor up one line on the screen (\fBcuu1\fR). +This is necessary because it is not always safe to transmit \fB\en\fR +\fB^D\fR and \fB\er\fR, as the system may change or discard them. +(The library routines dealing with terminfo set tty modes so that +tabs are never expanded, so \et is safe to send. +This turns out to be essential for the Ann Arbor 4080.) +.PP +A final example is the \s-1LSI ADM\s0-3a, which uses row and column +offset by a blank character, thus \*(lqcup=\eE=%p1%' '%+%c%p2%' '%+%c\*(rq. +After sending `\eE=', this pushes the first parameter, pushes the +ASCII value for a space (32), adds them (pushing the sum on the stack +in place of the two previous values) and outputs that value as a character. +Then the same is done for the second parameter. +More complex arithmetic is possible using the stack. +.PP +If the terminal has row or column absolute cursor addressing, +these can be given as single parameter capabilities +.B hpa +(horizontal position absolute) +and +.B vpa +(vertical position absolute). +Sometimes these are shorter than the more general two parameter +sequence (as with the hp2645) and can be used in preference to +.B cup . +If there are parameterized local motions (e.g., move +.I n +spaces to the right) these can be given as +.BR cud , +.BR cub , +.BR cuf , +and +.BR cuu +with a single parameter indicating how many spaces to move. +These are primarily useful if the terminal does not have +.BR cup , +such as the \s-1TEKTRONIX\s+1 4025. +.PP +.SS Cursor Motions +.PP +If the terminal has a fast way to home the cursor +(to very upper left corner of screen) then this can be given as +\fBhome\fR; similarly a fast way of getting to the lower left-hand corner +can be given as \fBll\fR; this may involve going up with \fBcuu1\fR +from the home position, +but a program should never do this itself (unless \fBll\fR does) because it +can make no assumption about the effect of moving up from the home position. +Note that the home position is the same as addressing to (0,0): +to the top left corner of the screen, not of memory. +(Thus, the \eEH sequence on HP terminals cannot be used for +.BR home .) +.PP +.SS Area Clears +.PP +If the terminal can clear from the current position to the end of the +line, leaving the cursor where it is, this should be given as \fBel\fR. +If the terminal can clear from the current position to the end of the +display, then this should be given as \fBed\fR. +\fBEd\fR is only defined from the first column of a line. +(Thus, it can be simulated by a request to delete a large number of lines, +if a true +.B ed +is not available.) +.PP +.SS Insert/delete line and vertical motions +.PP +If the terminal can open a new blank line before the line where the cursor +is, this should be given as \fBil1\fR; this is done only from the first +position of a line. The cursor must then appear on the newly blank line. +If the terminal can delete the line which the cursor is on, then this +should be given as \fBdl1\fR; this is done only from the first position on +the line to be deleted. +Versions of +.B il1 +and +.B dl1 +which take a single parameter and insert or delete that many lines can +be given as +.B il +and +.BR dl . +If the terminal has a settable scrolling region (like the vt100) +the command to set this can be described with the +.B csr +capability, which takes two parameters: +the top and bottom lines of the scrolling region. +The cursor position is, alas, undefined after using this command. +.PP +It is possible to get the effect of insert or delete line using +.B csr +on a properly chosen region; the +.B sc +and +.B rc +(save and restore cursor) commands may be useful for ensuring that +your synthesized insert/delete string does not move the cursor. +(Note that the \fBncurses\fR\fR(3x) library does this synthesis +automatically, so you need not compose insert/delete strings for +an entry with \fBcsr\fR). +.PP +Yet another way to construct insert and delete might be to use a combination of +index with the memory-lock feature found on some terminals (like the HP-700/90 +series, which however also has insert/delete). +.PP +Inserting lines at the top or bottom of the screen can also be +done using +.B ri +or +.B ind +on many terminals without a true insert/delete line, +and is often faster even on terminals with those features. +.PP +The boolean \fBnon_dest_scroll_region\fR should be set if each scrolling +window is effectively a view port on a screen-sized canvas. To test for +this capability, create a scrolling region in the middle of the screen, +write something to the bottom line, move the cursor to the top of the region, +and do \fBri\fR followed by \fBdl1\fR or \fBind\fR. If the data scrolled +off the bottom of the region by the \fBri\fR re-appears, then scrolling +is non-destructive. System V and XSI Curses expect that \fBind\fR, \fBri\fR, +\fBindn\fR, and \fBrin\fR will simulate destructive scrolling; their +documentation cautions you not to define \fBcsr\fR unless this is true. +This \fBcurses\fR implementation is more liberal and will do explicit erases +after scrolling if \fBndstr\fR is defined. +.PP +If the terminal has the ability to define a window as part of +memory, which all commands affect, +it should be given as the parameterized string +.BR wind . +The four parameters are the starting and ending lines in memory +and the starting and ending columns in memory, in that order. +.PP +If the terminal can retain display memory above, then the +\fBda\fR capability should be given; if display memory can be retained +below, then \fBdb\fR should be given. These indicate +that deleting a line or scrolling may bring non-blank lines up from below +or that scrolling back with \fBri\fR may bring down non-blank lines. +.PP +.SS Insert/Delete Character +.PP +There are two basic kinds of intelligent terminals with respect to +insert/delete character which can be described using +.I terminfo. +The most common insert/delete character operations affect only the characters +on the current line and shift characters off the end of the line rigidly. +Other terminals, such as the Concept 100 and the Perkin Elmer Owl, make +a distinction between typed and untyped blanks on the screen, shifting +upon an insert or delete only to an untyped blank on the screen which is +either eliminated, or expanded to two untyped blanks. You can determine the +kind of terminal you have by clearing the screen and then typing +text separated by cursor motions. Type \*(lqabc\ \ \ \ def\*(rq using local +cursor motions (not spaces) between the \*(lqabc\*(rq and the \*(lqdef\*(rq. +Then position the cursor before the \*(lqabc\*(rq and put the terminal in insert +mode. If typing characters causes the rest of the line to shift +rigidly and characters to fall off the end, then your terminal does +not distinguish between blanks and untyped positions. If the \*(lqabc\*(rq +shifts over to the \*(lqdef\*(rq which then move together around the end of the +current line and onto the next as you insert, you have the second type of +terminal, and should give the capability \fBin\fR, which stands for +\*(lqinsert null\*(rq. +While these are two logically separate attributes (one line vs. multi-line +insert mode, and special treatment of untyped spaces) we have seen no +terminals whose insert mode cannot be described with the single attribute. +.PP +Terminfo can describe both terminals which have an insert mode, and terminals +which send a simple sequence to open a blank position on the current line. +Give as \fBsmir\fR the sequence to get into insert mode. +Give as \fBrmir\fR the sequence to leave insert mode. +Now give as \fBich1\fR any sequence needed to be sent just before sending +the character to be inserted. Most terminals with a true insert mode +will not give \fBich1\fR; terminals which send a sequence to open a screen +position should give it here. +.PP +If your terminal has both, insert mode is usually preferable to \fBich1\fR. +Technically, you should not give both unless the terminal actually requires +both to be used in combination. Accordingly, some non-curses applications get +confused if both are present; the symptom is doubled characters in an update +using insert. This requirement is now rare; most \fBich\fR sequences do not +require previous smir, and most smir insert modes do not require \fBich1\fR +before each character. Therefore, the new \fBcurses\fR actually assumes this +is the case and uses either \fBrmir\fR/\fBsmir\fR or \fBich\fR/\fBich1\fR as +appropriate (but not both). If you have to write an entry to be used under +new curses for a terminal old enough to need both, include the +\fBrmir\fR/\fBsmir\fR sequences in \fBich1\fR. +.PP +If post insert padding is needed, give this as a number of milliseconds +in \fBip\fR (a string option). Any other sequence which may need to be +sent after an insert of a single character may also be given in \fBip\fR. +If your terminal needs both to be placed into an `insert mode' and +a special code to precede each inserted character, then both +.BR smir / rmir +and +.B ich1 +can be given, and both will be used. +The +.B ich +capability, with one parameter, +.IR n , +will repeat the effects of +.B ich1 +.I n +times. +.PP +It is occasionally necessary to move around while in insert mode +to delete characters on the same line (e.g., if there is a tab after +the insertion position). If your terminal allows motion while in +insert mode you can give the capability \fBmir\fR to speed up inserting +in this case. Omitting \fBmir\fR will affect only speed. Some terminals +(notably Datamedia's) must not have \fBmir\fR because of the way their +insert mode works. +.PP +Finally, you can specify +.B dch1 +to delete a single character, +.B dch +with one parameter, +.IR n , +to delete +.I n characters, +and delete mode by giving \fBsmdc\fR and \fBrmdc\fR +to enter and exit delete mode (any mode the terminal needs to be placed +in for +.B dch1 +to work). +.PP +A command to erase +.I n +characters (equivalent to outputting +.I n +blanks without moving the cursor) +can be given as +.B ech +with one parameter. +.PP +.SS "Highlighting, Underlining, and Visible Bells" +.PP +If your terminal has one or more kinds of display attributes, +these can be represented in a number of different ways. +You should choose one display form as +\f2standout mode\fR, +representing a good, high contrast, easy-on-the-eyes, +format for highlighting error messages and other attention getters. +(If you have a choice, reverse video plus half-bright is good, +or reverse video alone.) +The sequences to enter and exit standout mode +are given as \fBsmso\fR and \fBrmso\fR, respectively. +If the code to change into or out of standout +mode leaves one or even two blank spaces on the screen, +as the TVI 912 and Teleray 1061 do, +then \fBxmc\fR should be given to tell how many spaces are left. +.PP +Codes to begin underlining and end underlining can be given as \fBsmul\fR +and \fBrmul\fR respectively. +If the terminal has a code to underline the current character and move +the cursor one space to the right, +such as the Microterm Mime, +this can be given as \fBuc\fR. +.PP +Other capabilities to enter various highlighting modes include +.B blink +(blinking) +.B bold +(bold or extra bright) +.B dim +(dim or half-bright) +.B invis +(blanking or invisible text) +.B prot +(protected) +.B rev +(reverse video) +.B sgr0 +(turn off +.I all +attribute modes) +.B smacs +(enter alternate character set mode) +and +.B rmacs +(exit alternate character set mode). +Turning on any of these modes singly may or may not turn off other modes. +.PP +If there is a sequence to set arbitrary combinations of modes, +this should be given as +.B sgr +(set attributes), +taking 9 parameters. +Each parameter is either 0 or 1, as the corresponding attribute is on or off. +The 9 parameters are, in order: +standout, underline, reverse, blink, dim, bold, blank, protect, alternate +character set. +Not all modes need be supported by +.BR sgr , +only those for which corresponding separate attribute commands exist. +.PP +Terminals with the ``magic cookie'' glitch +.RB ( xmc ) +deposit special ``cookies'' when they receive mode-setting sequences, +which affect the display algorithm rather than having extra bits for +each character. +Some terminals, such as the HP 2621, automatically leave standout +mode when they move to a new line or the cursor is addressed. +Programs using standout mode should exit standout mode before +moving the cursor or sending a newline, +unless the +.B msgr +capability, asserting that it is safe to move in standout mode, is present. +.PP +If the terminal has +a way of flashing the screen to indicate an error quietly (a bell replacement) +then this can be given as \fBflash\fR; it must not move the cursor. +.PP +If the cursor needs to be made more visible than normal when it is +not on the bottom line (to make, for example, a non-blinking underline into an +easier to find block or blinking underline) +give this sequence as +.BR cvvis . +If there is a way to make the cursor completely invisible, give that as +.BR civis . +The capability +.BR cnorm +should be given which undoes the effects of both of these modes. +.PP +If the terminal needs to be in a special mode when running +a program that uses these capabilities, +the codes to enter and exit this mode can be given as \fBsmcup\fR and \fBrmcup\fR. +This arises, for example, from terminals like the Concept with more than +one page of memory. +If the terminal has only memory relative cursor addressing and not screen +relative cursor addressing, a one screen-sized window must be fixed into +the terminal for cursor addressing to work properly. +This is also used for the \s-1TEKTRONIX\s+1 4025, +where +.B smcup +sets the command character to be the one used by terminfo. +.PP +If your terminal correctly generates underlined characters +(with no special codes needed) +even though it does not overstrike, +then you should give the capability \fBul\fR. +If overstrikes are erasable with a blank, +then this should be indicated by giving \fBeo\fR. +.PP +.SS Keypad Handling +.PP +If the terminal has a keypad that transmits codes when the keys are pressed, +this information can be given. Note that it is not possible to handle +terminals where the keypad only works in local (this applies, for example, +to the unshifted HP 2621 keys). +If the keypad can be set to transmit or not transmit, +give these codes as \fBsmkx\fR and \fBrmkx\fR. +Otherwise the keypad is assumed to always transmit. +The codes sent by the left arrow, right arrow, up arrow, down arrow, +and home keys can be given as \fBkcub1, kcuf1, kcuu1, kcud1, +\fRand\fB khome\fR respectively. +If there are function keys such as f0, f1, ..., f10, the codes they send +can be given as \fBkf0, kf1, ..., kf10\fR. +If these keys have labels other than the default f0 through f10, the labels +can be given as \fBlf0, lf1, ..., lf10\fR. +The codes transmitted by certain other special keys can be given: +.B kll +(home down), +.B kbs +(backspace), +.B ktbc +(clear all tabs), +.B kctab +(clear the tab stop in this column), +.B kclr +(clear screen or erase key), +.B kdch1 +(delete character), +.B kdl1 +(delete line), +.B krmir +(exit insert mode), +.B kel +(clear to end of line), +.B ked +(clear to end of screen), +.B kich1 +(insert character or enter insert mode), +.B kil1 +(insert line), +.B knp +(next page), +.B kpp +(previous page), +.B kind +(scroll forward/down), +.B kri +(scroll backward/up), +.B khts +(set a tab stop in this column). +In addition, if the keypad has a 3 by 3 array of keys including the four +arrow keys, the other five keys can be given as +.BR ka1 , +.BR ka3 , +.BR kb2 , +.BR kc1 , +and +.BR kc3 . +These keys are useful when the effects of a 3 by 3 directional pad are needed. +.PP +.SS Tabs and Initialization +.PP +If the terminal has hardware tabs, the command to advance to the next +tab stop can be given as +.B ht +(usually control I). +A ``back-tab'' command which moves leftward to the next tab stop can +be given as +.BR cbt . +By convention, if the teletype modes indicate that tabs are being +expanded by the computer rather than being sent to the terminal, +programs should not use +.B ht +or +.B cbt +even if they are present, since the user may not have the tab stops +properly set. +If the terminal has hardware tabs which are initially set every +.I n +spaces when the terminal is powered up, +the numeric parameter +.B it +is given, showing the number of spaces the tabs are set to. +This is normally used by the +.IR tset +command to determine whether to set the mode for hardware tab expansion, +and whether to set the tab stops. +If the terminal has tab stops that can be saved in non-volatile memory, +the terminfo description can assume that they are properly set. +.PP +Other capabilities +include +.BR is1 , +.BR is2 , +and +.BR is3 , +initialization strings for the terminal, +.BR iprog , +the path name of a program to be run to initialize the terminal, +and \fBif\fR, the name of a file containing long initialization strings. +These strings are expected to set the terminal into modes consistent +with the rest of the terminfo description. +They are normally sent to the terminal, by the +.IR tset +program, each time the user logs in. +They will be printed in the following order: +.BR is1 ; +.BR is2 ; +setting tabs using +.B tbc +and +.BR hts ; +.BR if ; +running the program +.BR iprog ; +and finally +.BR is3 . +Most initialization is done with +.BR is2 . +Special terminal modes can be set up without duplicating strings +by putting the common sequences in +.B is2 +and special cases in +.B is1 +and +.BR is3 . +A pair of sequences that does a harder reset from a totally unknown state +can be analogously given as +.BR rs1 , +.BR rs2 , +.BR rf , +and +.BR rs3 , +analogous to +.B is2 +and +.BR if . +These strings are output by the +.IR reset +program, which is used when the terminal gets into a wedged state. +Commands are normally placed in +.B rs2 +and +.B rf +only if they produce annoying effects on the screen and are not +necessary when logging in. +For example, the command to set the vt100 into 80-column mode would +normally be part of +.BR is2 , +but it causes an annoying glitch of the screen and is not normally +needed since the terminal is usually already in 80 column mode. +.PP +If there are commands to set and clear tab stops, they can be given as +.B tbc +(clear all tab stops) +and +.B hts +(set a tab stop in the current column of every row). +If a more complex sequence is needed to set the tabs than can be +described by this, the sequence can be placed in +.B is2 +or +.BR if . +.SS Delays and Padding +.PP +Many older and slower terminals don't support either XON/XOFF or DTR +handshaking, including hard copy terminals and some very archaic CRTs +(including, for example, DEC VT100s). These may require padding characters +after certain cursor motions and screen changes. +.PP +If the terminal uses xon/xoff handshaking for flow control (that is, +it automatically emits ^S back to the host when its input buffers are +close to full), set +.BR xon . +This capability suppresses the emission of padding. You can also set it +for memory-mapped console devices effectively that don't have a speed limit. +Padding information should still be included so that routines can +make better decisions about relative costs, but actual pad characters will +not be transmitted. +.PP +If \fBpb\fR (padding baud rate) is given, padding is suppressed at baud rates +below the value of \fBpb\fR. If the entry has no padding baud rate, then +whether padding is emitted or not is completely controlled by \fBxon\fR. +.PP +If the terminal requires other than a null (zero) character as a pad, +then this can be given as \fBpad\fR. +Only the first character of the +.B pad +string is used. +.PP +.SS Status Lines +Some terminals have an extra `status line' which is not normally used by +software (and thus not counted in the terminal's \fBlines\fR capability). +.PP +The simplest case is a status line which is cursor-addressable but not +part of the main scrolling region on the screen; the Heathkit H19 has +a status line of this kind, as would a 24-line VT100 with a 23-line +scrolling region set up on initialization. This situation is indicated +by the \fBhs\fR capability. +.PP +Some terminals with status lines need special sequences to access the +status line. These may be expressed as a string with single parameter +\fBtsl\fR which takes the cursor to a given zero-origin column on the +status line. The capability \fBfsl\fR must return to the main-screen +cursor positions before the last \fBtsl\fR. You may need to embed the +string values of \fBsc\fR (save cursor) and \fBrc\fR (restore cursor) +in \fBtsl\fR and \fBfsl\fR to accomplish this. +.PP +The status line is normally assumed to be the same width as the width +of the terminal. If this is untrue, you can specify it with the numeric +capability \fBwsl\fR. +.PP +A command to erase or blank the status line may be specified as \fBdsl\fR. +.PP +The boolean capability \fBeslok\fR specifies that escape sequences, tabs, +etc. work ordinarily in the status line. +.PP +The \fBncurses\fR implementation does not yet use any of these capabilities. +They are documented here in case they ever become important. +.PP +.SS Line Graphics +.PP +Many terminals have alternate character sets useful for forms-drawing. +Terminfo and \fBcurses\fR build in support for the drawing characters +supported by the VT100, with some characters from the AT&T 4410v1 added. +This alternate character set may be specified by the \fBacsc\fR capability. +.PP +.TS H +center expand; +c l l c +c l l c +lw25 lw6 lw2 lw20. +.\".TH +\fBGlyph ACS Ascii VT100 +Name Name Default Name\fR +upper left corner ACS_ULCORNER + l +lower left corner ACS_LLCORNER + m +upper right corner ACS_URCORNER + k +lower right corner ACS_LRCORNER + j +tee pointing right ACS_LTEE + t +tee pointing left ACS_RTEE + u +tee pointing up ACS_BTEE + v +tee pointing down ACS_TTEE + w +horizontal line ACS_HLINE - q +vertical line ACS_VLINE | x +large plus or crossover ACS_PLUS + n +scan line 1 ACS_S1 ~ o +scan line 9 ACS_S9 \&_ s +diamond ACS_DIAMOND + ` +checker board (stipple) ACS_CKBOARD : a +degree symbol ACS_DEGREE \e f +plus/minus ACS_PLMINUS # g +bullet ACS_BULLET o ~ +arrow pointing left ACS_LARROW < , +arrow pointing right ACS_RARROW > + +arrow pointing down ACS_DARROW v . +arrow pointing up ACS_UARROW ^ - +board of squares ACS_BOARD # h +lantern symbol ACS_LANTERN # I +solid square block ACS_BLOCK # 0 +.TE +.PP +The best way to define a new device's graphics set is to add a column +to a copy of this table for your terminal, giving the character which +(when emitted between \fBsmacs\fR/\fBrmacs\fR switches) will be rendered +as the corresponding graphic. Then read off the VT100/your terminal +character pairs right to left in sequence; these become the ACSC string. +.PP +.SS Color Handling +.PP +Most color terminals are either `Tektronix-like' or `HP-like'. Tektronix-like +terminals have a predefined set of N colors (where N usually 8), and can set +character-cell foreground and background characters independently, mixing them +into N * N color-pairs. On HP-like terminals, the use must set each color +pair up separately (foreground and background are not independently settable). +Up to M color-pairs may be set up from 2*M different colors. ANSI-compatible +terminals are Tektronix-like. +.PP +Some basic color capabilities are independent of the color method. The numeric +capabilities \fBcolors\fR and \fBpairs\fR specify the maximum numbers of colors +and color-pairs that can be displayed simultaneously. The \fBop\fR (original +pair) string resets foreground and background colors to their default values +for the terminal. The \fBoc\fR string resets all colors or color-pairs to +their default values for the terminal. Some terminals (including many PC +terminal emulators) erase screen areas with the current background color rather +than the power-up default background; these should have the boolean capability +\fBbce\fR. +.PP +To change the current foreground or background color on a Tektronix-type +terminal, use \fBsetaf\fR (set ANSI foreground) and \fBsetab\fR (set ANSI +background) or \fBsetf\fR (set foreground) and \fBsetb\fR (set background). +These take one parameter, the color number. The SVr4 documentation describes +only \fBsetaf\fR/\fBsetab\fR; the XPG4 draft says that "If the terminal +supports ANSI escape sequences to set background and foreground, they should +be coded as \fBsetaf\fR and \fBsetab\fR, respectively. If the terminal +supports other escape sequences to set background and foreground, they should +be coded as \fBsetf\fR and \fBsetb\fR, respectively. The \fIvidputs()\fR +function and the refresh functions use \fBsetaf\fR and \fBsetab\fR if they are +defined." +.PP +The \fBsetaf\fR/\fBsetab\fR and \fBsetf\fR/\fBsetb\fR capabilities take a +single numeric argument each. Argument values 0-7 are portably defined as +follows (the middle column is the symbolic #define available in the header for +the \fBcurses\fR or \fBncurses\fR libraries). The terminal hardware is free to +map these as it likes, but the RGB values indicate normal locations in color +space. +.PP +.TS H +center; +l c c c +l l n l. +\fBColor #define Value RGB\fR +black \fBCOLOR_BLACK\fR 0 0, 0, 0 +red \fBCOLOR_RED\ \fR 1 max,0,0 +green \fBCOLOR_GREEN\fR 2 0,max,0 +yellow \fBCOLOR_YELLOW\fR 3 max,max,0 +blue \fBCOLOR_BLUE\fR 4 0,0,max +magenta \fBCOLOR_MAGENTA\fR 5 max,0,max +cyan \fBCOLOR_CYAN\fR 6 0,max,max +white \fBCOLOR_WHITE\fR 7 max,max,max +.TE +.PP +On an HP-like terminal, use \fBscp\fR with a color-pair number parameter to set +which color pair is current. +.PP +On a Tektronix-like terminal, the capability \fBccc\fR may be present to +indicate that colors can be modified. If so, the \fBinitc\fR capability will +take a color number (0 to \fBcolors\fR - 1)and three more parameters which +describe the color. These three parameters default to being interpreted as RGB +(Red, Green, Blue) values. If the boolean capability \fBhls\fR is present, +they are instead as HLS (Hue, Lightness, Saturation) indices. The ranges are +terminal-dependent. +.PP +On an HP-like terminal, \fBinitp\fR may give a capability for changing a +color-pair value. It will take seven parameters; a color-pair number (0 to +\fBmax_pairs\fR - 1), and two triples describing first background and then +foreground colors. These parameters must be (Red, Green, Blue) or +(Hue, Lightness, Saturation) depending on \fBhls\fR. +.PP +On some color terminals, colors collide with highlights. You can register +these collisions with the \fBncv\fR capability. This is a bit-mask of +attributes not to be used when colors are enabled. The correspondence with the +attributes understood by \fBcurses\fR is as follows: +.PP +.TS +center; +l c c +lw25 lw2 lw10. +\fBAttribute Bit Decimal\fR +A_STANDOUT 0 1 +A_UNDERLINE 1 2 +A_REVERSE 2 4 +A_BLINK 3 8 +A_DIM 4 16 +A_BOLD 5 32 +A_INVIS 6 64 +A_PROTECT 7 128 +A_ALTCHARSET 8 256 +.TE +.PP +For example, on many IBM PC consoles, the underline attribute collides with the +foreground color blue and is not available in color mode. These should have +an \fBncv\fR capability of 2. +.PP +.SS Miscellaneous +.PP +If the terminal can move up or down half a line, +this can be indicated with +.B hu +(half-line up) +and +.B hd +(half-line down). +This is primarily useful for superscripts and subscripts on hard-copy terminals. +If a hard-copy terminal can eject to the next page (form feed), give this as +.B ff +(usually control L). +.PP +If there is a command to repeat a given character a given number of +times (to save time transmitting a large number of identical characters) +this can be indicated with the parameterized string +.BR rep . +The first parameter is the character to be repeated and the second +is the number of times to repeat it. +Thus, tparm(repeat_char, 'x', 10) is the same as `xxxxxxxxxx'. +.PP +If the terminal has a settable command character, such as the \s-1TEKTRONIX\s+1 4025, +this can be indicated with +.BR cmdch . +A prototype command character is chosen which is used in all capabilities. +This character is given in the +.B cmdch +capability to identify it. +The following convention is supported on some UNIX systems: +The environment is to be searched for a +.B CC +variable, and if found, all +occurrences of the prototype character are replaced with the character +in the environment variable. +.PP +Terminal descriptions that do not represent a specific kind of known +terminal, such as +.IR switch , +.IR dialup , +.IR patch , +and +.IR network , +should include the +.B gn +(generic) capability so that programs can complain that they do not know +how to talk to the terminal. +(This capability does not apply to +.I virtual +terminal descriptions for which the escape sequences are known.) +.PP +If the terminal has a ``meta key'' which acts as a shift key, +setting the 8th bit of any character transmitted, this fact can +be indicated with +.BR km . +Otherwise, software will assume that the 8th bit is parity and it +will usually be cleared. +If strings exist to turn this ``meta mode'' on and off, they +can be given as +.B smm +and +.BR rmm . +.PP +If the terminal has more lines of memory than will fit on the screen +at once, the number of lines of memory can be indicated with +.BR lm . +A value of +.BR lm #0 +indicates that the number of lines is not fixed, +but that there is still more memory than fits on the screen. +.PP +If the terminal is one of those supported by the \s-1UNIX\s+1 virtual +terminal protocol, the terminal number can be given as +.BR vt . +.PP +Media copy +strings which control an auxiliary printer connected to the terminal +can be given as +.BR mc0 : +print the contents of the screen, +.BR mc4 : +turn off the printer, and +.BR mc5 : +turn on the printer. +When the printer is on, all text sent to the terminal will be sent +to the printer. +It is undefined whether the text is also displayed on the terminal screen +when the printer is on. +A variation +.B mc5p +takes one parameter, and leaves the printer on for as many characters +as the value of the parameter, then turns the printer off. +The parameter should not exceed 255. +All text, including +.BR mc4 , +is transparently passed to the printer while an +.B mc5p +is in effect. +.PP +Strings to program function keys can be given as +.BR pfkey , +.BR pfloc , +and +.BR pfx . +Each of these strings takes two parameters: the function key number to +program (from 0 to 10) and the string to program it with. +Function key numbers out of this range may program undefined keys in +a terminal dependent manner. +The difference between the capabilities is that +.B pfkey +causes pressing the given key to be the same as the user typing the +given string; +.B pfloc +causes the string to be executed by the terminal in local; and +.B pfx +causes the string to be transmitted to the computer. +.PP +.SS Glitches and Braindamage +.PP +Hazeltine terminals, which do not allow `~' characters to be displayed should +indicate \fBhz\fR. +.PP +Terminals which ignore a line-feed immediately after an \fBam\fR wrap, +such as the Concept and vt100, +should indicate \fBxenl\fR. +.PP +If +.B el +is required to get rid of standout +(instead of merely writing normal text on top of it), +\fBxhp\fP should be given. +.PP +Teleray terminals, where tabs turn all characters moved over to blanks, +should indicate \fBxt\fR (destructive tabs). +Note: the variable indicating this is now `dest_tabs_magic_smso'; in +older versions, it was teleray_glitch. +This glitch is also taken to mean that it is not possible to position +the cursor on top of a ``magic cookie'', +that to erase standout mode it is instead necessary to use +delete and insert line. The ncurses implementation ignores this glitch. +.PP +The Beehive Superbee, which is unable to correctly transmit the escape +or control C characters, has +.BR xsb , +indicating that the f1 key is used for escape and f2 for control C. +(Only certain Superbees have this problem, depending on the ROM.) +Note that in older terminfo versions, this capability was called +`beehive_glitch'; it is now `no_esc_ctl_c'. +.PP +Other specific terminal problems may be corrected by adding more +capabilities of the form \fBx\fIx\fR. +.PP +.SS Similar Terminals +.PP +If there are two very similar terminals, +one can be defined as being just like the other with certain exceptions. +The string capability \fBuse\fR can be given +with the name of the similar terminal. +The capabilities given before +.B use +override those in the terminal type invoked by +.BR use . +A capability can be canceled by placing \fBxx@\fR to the left of the +capability definition, where xx is the capability. +For example, the entry +.PP + 2621-nl, smkx@, rmkx@, use=2621, +.PP +defines a 2621-nl that does not have the \fBsmkx\fR or \fBrmkx\fR capabilities, +and hence does not turn on the function key labels when in visual mode. +This is useful for different modes for a terminal, or for different +user preferences. +.PP +.SS Pitfalls of Long Entries +.PP +Long terminfo entries are unlikely to be a problem; to date, no entry has even +approached terminfo's 4K string-table maximum. Unfortunately, the termcap +translations are much more strictly limited (to 1K), thus termcap translations +of long terminfo entries can cause problems. +.PP +The man pages for 4.3BSD and older versions of tgetent() instruct the user to +allocate a 1K buffer for the termcap entry. The entry gets null-terminated by +the termcap library, so that makes the maximum safe length for a termcap entry +1k-1 (1023) bytes. Depending on what the application and the termcap library +being used does, and where in the termcap file the terminal type that tgetent() +is searching for is, several bad things can happen. +.PP +Some termcap libraries print a warning message or exit if they find an +entry that's longer than 1023 bytes; others don't; others truncate the +entries to 1023 bytes. Some application programs allocate more than +the recommended 1K for the termcap entry; others don't. +.PP +Each termcap entry has two important sizes associated with it: before +"tc" expansion, and after "tc" expansion. "tc" is the capability that +tacks on another termcap entry to the end of the current one, to add +on its capabilities. If a termcap entry doesn't use the "tc" +capability, then of course the two lengths are the same. +.PP +The "before tc expansion" length is the most important one, because it +affects more than just users of that particular terminal. This is the +length of the entry as it exists in /etc/termcap, minus the +backslash-newline pairs, which tgetent() strips out while reading it. +Some termcap libraries strip off the final newline, too (GNU termcap does not). +Now suppose: +.TP 5 +* +a termcap entry before expansion is more than 1023 bytes long, +.TP 5 +* +and the application has only allocated a 1k buffer, +.TP 5 +* +and the termcap library (like the one in BSD/OS 1.1 and GNU) reads +the whole entry into the buffer, no matter what its length, to see +if it's the entry it wants, +.TP 5 +* +and tgetent() is searching for a terminal type that either is the +long entry, appears in the termcap file after the long entry, or +doesn't appear in the file at all (so that tgetent() has to search +the whole termcap file). +.PP +Then tgetent() will overwrite memory, perhaps its stack, and probably core dump +the program. Programs like telnet are particularly vulnerable; modern telnets +pass along values like the terminal type automatically. The results are almost +as undesirable with a termcap library, like SunOS 4.1.3 and Ultrix 4.4, that +prints warning messages when it reads an overly long termcap entry. If a +termcap library truncates long entries, like OSF/1 3.0, it is immune to dying +here but will return incorrect data for the terminal. +.PP +The "after tc expansion" length will have a similar effect to the +above, but only for people who actually set TERM to that terminal +type, since tgetent() only does "tc" expansion once it's found the +terminal type it was looking for, not while searching. +.PP +In summary, a termcap entry that is longer than 1023 bytes can cause, +on various combinations of termcap libraries and applications, a core +dump, warnings, or incorrect operation. If it's too long even before +"tc" expansion, it will have this effect even for users of some other +terminal types and users whose TERM variable does not have a termcap +entry. +.PP +When in -C (translate to termcap) mode, the \fBncurses\fR implementation of +\fBtic\fR(1) issues warning messages when the pre-tc length of a termcap +translation is too long. The -c (check) option also checks resolved (after tc +expansion) lengths. +.SS Binary Compatibility +It is not wise to count on portability of binary terminfo entries between +commercial UNIX versions. The problem is that there are at least two versions +of terminfo (under HP-UX and AIX) which diverged from System V terminfo after +SVr1, and have added extension capabilities to the string table that (in the +binary format) collide with System V and XSI Curses extensions. +.SH EXTENSIONS +The %x operator in parameterized strings is unique to the ncurses implementation +of \fBtparm\fR (it is required in order to support an unfortunate choice of +\fBinitc\fR format on the Linux console). +.PP +Some SVr4 \fBcurses\fR implementations, and all previous to SVr4, don't +interpret the %A and %O operators in parameter strings. +.PP +SVr4/XPG4 do not specify whether \fBmsgr\fR licenses movement while in +an alternate-character-set mode (such modes may, among other things, map +CR and NL to characters that don't trigger local motions). +The \fBncurses\fR implementation ignores \fBmsgr\fR in \fBALTCHARSET\fR +mode. This raises the possibility that an XPG4 +implementation making the opposite interpretation may need terminfo +entries made for \fBncurses\fR to have \fBmsgr\fR turned off. +.PP +The \fBncurses\fR library handles insert-character and insert-character modes +in a slightly non-standard way in order to get better update efficiency. See +the \fBInsert/Delete Character\fR subsection above. +.PP +The parameter substitutions for \fBset_clock\fR and \fBdisplay_clock\fR are +not documented in SVr4 or the XSI Curses standard. They are deduced from the +documentation for the AT&T 505 terminal. +.PP +Be careful assigning the \fBkmous\fR capability. The \fBncurses\fR wants to +interpret it as \fBKEY_MOUSE\fR, for use by terminals and emulators like xterm +that can return mouse-tracking information in the keyboard-input stream. +.PP +Different commercial ports of terminfo and curses support different subsets of +the XSI Curses standard and (in some cases) different extension sets. Here +is a summary, accurate as of October 1995: +.PP +\fBSVR4, Solaris, ncurses\fR -- +These support all SVr4 capabilities. +.PP +\fBSGI\fR -- +Supports the SVr4 set, adds one undocumented extended string +capability (\fBset_pglen\fR). +.PP +\fBSVr1, Ultrix\fR -- +These support a restricted subset of terminfo capabilities. The booleans +end with \fBxon_xoff\fR; the numerics with \fBwidth_status_line\fR; and the +strings with \fBprtr_non\fR. +.PP +\fBHP/UX\fR -- +Supports the SVr1 subset, plus the SVr[234] numerics \fBnum_labels\fR, +\fBlabel_height\fR, \fBlabel_width\fR, plus function keys 11 through 63, plus +\fBplab_norm\fR, \fBlabel_on\fR, and \fBlabel_off\fR, plus some incompatible +extensions in the string table. +.PP +\fBAIX\fR -- +Supports the SVr1 subset, plus function keys 11 through 63, plus a number +of incompatible string table extensions. +.PP +\fBOSF\fR -- +Supports both the SVr4 set and the AIX extensions. +.SH FILES +.TP 25 +\*d/?/* +files containing terminal descriptions +.SH "SEE ALSO" +tic(1m), curses(3X), printf(3S), term(\*n). +.SH AUTHORS +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric S. Raymond. Descends from the original pcurses +by Pavel Curtis. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/tic.1m b/man/tic.1m new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9bb1c0e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/tic.1m @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +.TH tic 1M "" +.ds n 5 +.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo +.SH NAME +\fBtic\fR - the \fIterminfo\fR entry-description compiler +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fBtic\fR [\fB-v\fR[\fIn\fR]] [\fB-w\fR[\fIn\fR]] [\fB-1hcpICNRrsTu\fR] [\fB-e\fR \fInames\fR] \fIfile\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The command \fBtic\fR translates a \fBterminfo\fR file from source +format into compiled format. The compiled format is necessary for use with +the library routines in \fBncurses\fR(3X). +.PP +The results are normally placed in the system terminfo +directory \fB\*d\fR. There are two ways to change this behavior. +.PP +First, you may override the system default by setting the variable +\fBTERMINFO\fR in your shell environment to a valid (existing) directory name. +.PP +Secondly, if \fBtic\fR cannot get access to \fI\*d\fR or your TERMINFO +directory, it looks for the directory \fI$HOME/.terminfo\fR; if that directory +exists, the entry is placed there. +.PP +Libraries that read terminfo entries are expected to check for a TERMINFO +directory first, look at \fI$HOME/.terminfo\fR if TERMINFO is not set, and +finally look in \fI\*d\fR. +.TP +\fB-h\fR +Print help message and exit. +.TP +\fB-c\fR +specifies to only check \fIfile\fR for errors, including syntax problems and +bad use links. If you specify \fB-C\fR (\fB-I\fR) with this option, the code +will print warnings about entries which, after use resolution, are more than +1023 (4096) bytes long. Due to a fixed buffer length in older termcap +libraries (and a documented limit in terminfo), these entries may cause core +dumps. +.TP +\fB-v\fR\fIn\fR +specifies that (verbose) output be written to standard error trace +information showing \fBtic\fR's progress. The optional integer +\fIn\fR is a number from 1 to 10, inclusive, indicating the desired +level of detail of information. If \fIn\fR is omitted, the default +level is 1. If \fIn\fR is specified and greater than 1, the level of +detail is increased. +.TP +\fB-o\fR\fIdir\fR +Write compiled entries to given directory. Overrides the TERMINFO environment +variable. +.TP +\fB-w\fR\fIn\fR +specifies the width of the output. +.TP +\fB-1\fR +restricts the output to a single column +.TP +\fB-T\fR +eliminates size-restrictions on the generated text. +This is mainly useful for testing and analysis, since the compiled +descriptions are limited (e.g., 1023 for termcap, 4096 for terminfo). +.TP +\fB-I\fR +Force source translation to terminfo format. +.TP +\fB-L\fR +Force source translation to terminfo format +using the long C variable names listed in <\fBterm.h\fR> +.TP +\fB-C\fR +Force source translation to termcap format. Note: this differs from the -C +option of \fIinfocmp\fR(1m) in that it does not merely translate capability +names, but also translates terminfo strings to termcap format. Capabilities +that are not translatable are left in the entry under their terminfo names +but commented out with two preceding dots. +.TP +\fB-N\fR +Disable smart defaults. +Normally, when translating from termcap to terminfo, the compiler makes +a number of assumptions about the defaults of string capabilities +\fBreset1_string\fR, \fBcarriage_return\fR, \fBcursor_left\fR, +\fBcursor_down\fR, \fBscroll_forward\fR, \fBtab\fR, \fBnewline\fR, +\fBkey_backspace\fR, \fBkey_left\fR, and \fBkey_down\fR, then attempts +to use obsolete termcap capabilities to deduce correct values. It also +normally suppresses output of obsolete termcap capabilities such as \fBbs\fR. +This option forces a more literal translation that also preserves the +obsolete capabilities. +.TP +\fB-R\fR\fIsubset\fR +Restrict output to a given subset. This option is for use with archaic +versions of terminfo like those on SVr1, Ultrix, or HP/UX that don't support +the full set of SVR4/XSI Curses terminfo; and outright broken ports like AIX +that have their own extensions incompatible with SVr4/XSI. Available subsets +are "SVr1", "Ultrix", "HP", "BSD" and "AIX"; see \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) for details. +.TP +\fI-r\fR +Force entry resolution (so there are no remaining tc capabilities) even +when doing translation to termcap format. This may be needed if you are +preparing a termcap file for a termcap library (such as GNU termcap up +to version 1.3 or BSD termcap up to 4.3BSD) that doesn't handle multiple +tc capabilities per entry. +.TP +\fI-s\fR +Summarize the compile by showing the directory into which entries +are written, and the number of entries which are compiled. +.TP +\fI-e\fR +Limit writes and translations to the following comma-separated list of +terminals. +If any name or alias of a terminal matches one of the names in +the list, the entry will be written or translated as normal. +Otherwise no output will be generated for it. +The option value is interpreted as a file containing the list if it +contains a '/'. +(Note: depending on how tic was compiled, this option may require -I or -C.) +.TP +\fIfile\fR +contains one or more \fBterminfo\fR terminal descriptions in source +format [see \fBterminfo\fR(\*n)]. Each description in the file +describes the capabilities of a particular terminal. +.PP +The debug flag levels are as follows: +.TP +1 +Names of files created and linked +.TP +2 +Information related to the ``use'' facility +.TP +3 +Statistics from the hashing algorithm +.TP +5 +String-table memory allocations +.TP +7 +Entries into the string-table +.TP +8 +List of tokens encountered by scanner +.TP +9 +All values computed in construction of the hash table +.LP +If n is not given, it is taken to be one. +.PP +All but one of the capabilities recognized by \fBtic\fR are documented +in \fBterminfo\fR(\*n). The exception is the \fBuse\fR capability. + +When a \fBuse\fR=\fIentry\fR-\fIname\fR field is discovered in a +terminal entry currently being compiled, \fBtic\fR reads in the binary +from \fB\*d\fR to complete the entry. (Entries created from +\fIfile\fR will be used first. If the environment variable +\fBTERMINFO\fR is set, that directory is searched instead of +\fB\*d\fR.) \fBtic\fR duplicates the capabilities in +\fIentry\fR-\fIname\fR for the current entry, with the exception of +those capabilities that explicitly are defined in the current entry. + +When an entry, e.g., \fBentry_name_1\fR, contains a +\fBuse=\fR\fIentry\fR_\fIname\fR_\fI2\fR field, any canceled +capabilities in \fIentry\fR_\fIname\fR_\fI2\fR must also appear in +\fBentry_name_1\fR before \fBuse=\fR for these capabilities to be +canceled in \fBentry_name_1\fR. + +If the environment variable \fBTERMINFO\fR is set, the compiled +results are placed there instead of \fB\*d\fR. + +Total compiled entries cannot exceed 4096 bytes. The name field cannot +exceed 128 bytes. Terminal names exceeding 14 characters will be +truncated to 14 characters and a warning message will be printed. +.SH COMPATIBILITY +There is some evidence that historic \fBtic\fR implementations treated +description fields with no whitespace in them as additional aliases or +short names. This \fBtic\fR does not do that, but it does warn when +description fields may be treated that way and check them for dangerous +characters. +.SH EXTENSIONS +Unlike the stock SVr4 \fBtic\fR command, this implementation can actually +compile termcap sources. In fact, entries in terminfo and termcap syntax can +be mixed in a single source file. See \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) for the list of +termcap names taken to be equivalent to terminfo names. + +The SVr4 manual pages are not clear on the resolution rules for \fBuse\fR +capabilities. +This implementation of \fBtic\fR will find \fBuse\fR targets anywhere +in the source file, or anywhere in the file tree rooted at \fBTERMINFO\fR (if +\fBTERMINFO\fR is defined), or in the user's \fI$HOME/.terminfo\fR directory +(if it exists), or (finally) anywhere in the system's file tree of +compiled entries. + +The error messages from this \fBtic\fR have the same format as GNU C +error messages, and can be parsed by GNU Emacs's compile facility. + +The -o, -I, -C, -N, -R, -h, -e, -T, -r and -s options +are not supported under SVr4. +The SVr4 -c mode does not report bad use links. + +System V does not compile entries to or read entries from your +\fI$HOME/.terminfo\fR directory unless TERMINFO is explicitly set to it. +.SH FILES +.TP 5 +\fB\*d/?/*\fR +Compiled terminal description database. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBinfocmp\fR(1m), \fBcaptoinfo\fR(1m), \fBinfotocap\fR(1m), \fBtoe\fR(1m), +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBterminfo\fR(\*n). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/toe.1m b/man/toe.1m new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a032217c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/toe.1m @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +.TH toe 1M "" +.ds n 5 +.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo +.SH NAME +\fBtoe\fR - table of (terminfo) entries +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fBtoe\fR [\fB-v\fR[\fIn\fR]] [\fB-huUV\fR] \fIfile...\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +.PP +With no options, \fBtoe\fR lists all available terminal types by primary name +with descriptions. File arguments specify the directories to be scanned; if no +such arguments are given, your default terminfo directory is scanned. If you +also specify the -h option, a directory header will be issued as each +directory is entered. +.PP +There are other options intended for use by terminfo file maintainers: +.TP +\fB-u\fR \fIfile\fR +says to issue a report on dependencies in the given file. This report condenses +the `use' relation: each line consists of the primary name of a terminal that +has use capabilities, followed by a colon, followed by the +whitespace-separated primary names of all terminals which occur in those use +capabilities, followed by a newline +.TP +\fB-U\fR \fIfile\fR +says to issue a report on reverse dependencies in the given file. This report +reverses the `use' relation: each line consists of the primary name of a +terminal that occurs in use capabilities, followed by a colon, followed by the +whitespace-separated primary names of all terminals which depend on it, +followed by a newline. +.TP +\fB-v\fR\fIn\fR +specifies that (verbose) output be written to standard error trace +information showing \fBtoe\fR's progress. The optional integer +\fIn\fR is a number from 1 to 10, interpreted as for \fBtic\fR(1). +.TP 5 +\fB-V\fR +prints out the version of the program in use on standard error and exits. +.SH FILES +.TP 5 +\fB\*d/?/*\fR +Compiled terminal description database. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBtic\fR(1m), \fBinfocmp\fR(1m), \fBcaptoinfo\fR(1m), \fBinfotocap\fR(1m), +\fBcurses\fR(3X), \fBterminfo\fR(\*n). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/tput.1 b/man/tput.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3dcb4680 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/tput.1 @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +'\" t +.TH tput 1 "" +.ds d @DATADIR@/terminfo +.ds n 5 +.SH NAME +\fBtput\fR - initialize a terminal or query terminfo database +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fBtput\fR [\fB-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fIcapname\fR [\fIparms\fR ... ] +.br +\fBtput\fR [\fB-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fBinit\fR +.br +\fBtput\fR [\fB-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fBreset\fR +.br +\fBtput\fR [\fB-T\fR\fItype\fR] \fBlongname\fR +.br +\fBtput -S\fR \fB<<\fR +.br +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBtput\fR utility uses the \fBterminfo\fR database to make the +values of terminal-dependent capabilities and information available to +the shell (see \fBsh\fR(1)), to initialize or reset the terminal, or +return the long name of the requested terminal type. \fBtput\fR +outputs a string if the attribute (\fIcap\fRability \fIname\fR) is of +type string, or an integer if the attribute is of type integer. If +the attribute is of type boolean, \fBtput\fR simply sets the exit code +(\fB0\fR for TRUE if the terminal has the capability, \fB1\fR for +FALSE if it does not), and produces no output. Before using a value +returned on standard output, the user should test the exit code +[\fB$?\fR, see \fBsh\fR(1)] to be sure it is \fB0\fR. (See the \fBEXIT +CODES\fR and \fBDIAGNOSTICS\fR sections.) For a complete list of capabilities +and the \fIcapname\fR associated with each, see \fBterminfo\fR(\*n). +.TP +\fB-T\fR\fItype\fR +indicates the \fItype\fR of terminal. Normally this option is +unnecessary, because the default is taken from the environment +variable \fBTERM\fR. If \fB-T\fR is specified, then the shell +variables \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR will be ignored,and the +operating system will not be queried for the actual screen size. +.TP +\fIcapname\fR +indicates the attribute from the \fBterminfo\fR database. +.TP +\fIparms\fR +If the attribute is a string that takes parameters, the arguments +\fIparms\fR will be instantiated into the string. An all numeric +argument will be passed to the attribute as a number. +.TP +\fB-S\fR +allows more than one capability per invocation of \fBtput\fR. The +capabilities must be passed to \fBtput\fR from the standard input +instead of from the command line (see example). Only one +\fIcapname\fR is allowed per line. The \fB-S\fR option changes the +meaning of the \fB0\fR and \fB1\fR boolean and string exit codes (see the +EXIT CODES section). +.TP +\fBinit\fR +If the \fBterminfo\fR database is present and an entry for the user's +terminal exists (see \fB-T\fR\fItype\fR, above), the following will +occur: (1) if present, the terminal's initialization strings will be +output (\fBis1\fR, \fBis2\fR, \fBis3\fR, \fBif\fR, \fBiprog\fR), (2) +any delays (e.g., newline) specified in the entry will be set in the +tty driver, (3) tabs expansion will be turned on or off according to +the specification in the entry, and (4) if tabs are not expanded, +standard tabs will be set (every 8 spaces). If an entry does not +contain the information needed for any of the four above activities, +that activity will silently be skipped. +.TP +\fBreset\fR +Instead of putting out initialization strings, the terminal's +reset strings will be output if present (\fBrs1\fR, \fBrs2\fR, \fBrs3\fR, \fBrf\fR). +If the reset strings are not present, but initialization +strings are, the initialization strings will be output. +Otherwise, \fBreset\fR acts identically to \fBinit\fR. +.TP +\fBlongname\fR +If the \fBterminfo\fR database is present and an entry for the +user's terminal exists (see \fB-T\fR\fItype\fR above), then the long name +of the terminal will be put out. The long name is the last +name in the first line of the terminal's description in the +\fBterminfo\fR database [see \fBterm\fR(5)]. +.SH EXAMPLES +.TP 5 +\fBtput init\fR +Initialize the terminal according to the type of +terminal in the environmental variable \fBTERM\fR. This +command should be included in everyone's .profile after +the environmental variable \fBTERM\fR has been exported, as +illustrated on the \fBprofile\fR(4) manual page. +.TP 5 +\fBtput -T5620 reset\fR +Reset an AT&T 5620 terminal, overriding the type of +terminal in the environmental variable \fBTERM\fR. +.TP 5 +\fBtput cup 0 0\fR +Send the sequence to move the cursor to row \fB0\fR, column \fB0\fR +(the upper left corner of the screen, usually known as the "home" +cursor position). +.TP 5 +\fBtput clear\fR +Echo the clear-screen sequence for the current terminal. +.TP 5 +\fBtput cols\fR +Print the number of columns for the current terminal. +.TP 5 +\fBtput -T450 cols\fR +Print the number of columns for the 450 terminal. +.TP 5 +\fBbold=`tput smso` offbold=`tput rmso`\fR +Set the shell variables \fBbold\fR, to begin stand-out mode +sequence, and \fBoffbold\fR, to end standout mode sequence, +for the current terminal. This might be followed by a +prompt: \fBecho "${bold}Please type in your name: ${offbold}\\c"\fR +.TP 5 +\fBtput hc\fR +Set exit code to indicate if the current terminal is a hard copy terminal. +.TP 5 +\fBtput cup 23 4\fR +Send the sequence to move the cursor to row 23, column 4. +.TP 5 +\fBtput longname\fR +Print the long name from the \fBterminfo\fR database for the +type of terminal specified in the environmental +variable \fBTERM\fR. +.TP 0 +\fBtput -S < clear\fR +.br +\fB> cup 10 10\fR +.br +\fB> bold\fR +.br +\fB> !\fR +.TP 5 +\& +This example shows tput processing several capabilities in one +invocation. This example clears the screen, moves the cursor to +position 10, 10 and turns on bold (extra bright) mode. The list is +terminated by an exclamation mark (\fB!\fR) on a line by itself. +.SH FILES +.TP +\fB\*d\fR +compiled terminal description database +.TP +\fB/usr/include/curses.h\fR +\fBcurses\fR(3X) header file +.TP +\fB/usr/include/term.h\fR +\fBterminfo\fR header file +.TP +\fB@DATADIR@/tabset/*\fR +tab settings for some terminals, in a format +appropriate to be output to the terminal (escape +sequences that set margins and tabs); for more +information, see the "Tabs and Initialization" +section of \fBterminfo\fR(4) +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBclear\fR(1), \fBstty\fR(1), \fBtabs\fR(\*n). \fBprofile\fR(\*n), +\fBterminfo\fR(4) in the \fISystem\fR \fIAdministrator\fR'\fIs\fR +\fIReference\fR \fIManual\fR. Chapter 10 of the +\fIProgrammer\fR'\fIs\fR \fIGuide\fR. +.SH EXIT CODES +If \fIcapname\fR is of type boolean, a value of \fB0\fR is set for +TRUE and \fB1\fR for FALSE unless the \fB-S\fR option is used. + +If \fIcapname\fR is of type string, a value of \fB0\fR is set if the +\fIcapname\fR is defined for this terminal \fItype\fR (the value of +\fIcapname\fR is returned on standard output); a value of \fB1\fR is +set if \fIcapname\fR is not defined for this terminal \fItype\fR (a +null value is returned on standard output). + +If \fIcapname\fR is of type boolean or string and the \fB-S\fR option +is used, a value of \fB0\fR is returned to indicate that all lines +were successful. No indication of which line failed can be given so +exit code \fB1\fR will never appear. Exit codes \fB2\fR, \fB3\fR, and +\fB4\fR retain their usual interpretation. + +If \fIcapname\fR is of type integer, a value of \fB0\fR is always set, +whether or not \fIcapname\fR is defined for this terminal \fItype\fR. +To determine if \fIcapname\fR is defined for this terminal \fItype\fR, +the user must test the value of standard output. A value of \fB-1\fR +means that \fIcapname\fR is not defined for this terminal \fItype\fR. + +Any other exit code indicates an error; see the DIAGNOSTICS section. +.SH DIAGNOSTICS +\fBtput\fR prints the following error messages and sets the corresponding exit +codes. + +.TS +l l. +exit code error message +\fB0\fR (\fIcapname\fR is a numeric variable that is not specified in the + \fBterminfo\fR(\*n) database for this terminal type, e.g. + \fBtput -T450 lines\fR and \fBtput -T2621 xmc\fR) +\fB1\fR no error message is printed, see the \fBEXIT CODES\fR section. +\fB2\fR usage error +\fB3\fR unknown terminal \fItype\fR or no \fBterminfo\fR database +\fB4\fR unknown \fBterminfo\fR capability \fIcapname\fR +.TE +.SH PORTABILITY +The \fBlongname\fR and \fB-S\fR options, and the parameter-substitution +features used in the \fBcup\fR example, are not supported in BSD curses or in +AT&T/USL curses before SVr4. +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/man/tset.1 b/man/tset.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..99a55f8b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/tset.1 @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +.TH tset 1 "" +.SH NAME +\fBtset\fR - terminal initialization +.SH SYNOPSIS +tset [-IQqrs] [-] [-e \fIch\fR] [-i \fIch\fR] [-k \fIch\fR] [-m \fImapping\fR] [\fIterminal\fR] +.br +reset [-IQqrs] [-] [-e \fIch\fR] [-i \fIch\fR] [-k \fIch\fR] [-m \fImapping\fR] [\fIterminal\fR] +.SH DESCRIPTION +\&\fBTset\fR initializes terminals. +\fBTset\fR first determines the type of terminal that you are using. +This determination is done as follows, using the first terminal type found. +.PP +1. The \fBterminal\fR argument specified on the command line. +.PP +2. The value of the \fBTERM\fR environmental variable. +.PP +3. (BSD systems only.) The terminal type associated with the standard +error output device in the \fI/etc/ttys\fR file. (On Linux and +System-V-like UNIXes, \fIgetty\fR does this job by setting +\fBTERM\fR according to the type passed to it by \fI/etc/inittab\fR.) +.PP +4. The default terminal type, ``unknown''. +.PP +If the terminal type was not specified on the command-line, the -m +option mappings are then applied (see below for more information). +Then, if the terminal type begins with a question mark (``?''), the +user is prompted for confirmation of the terminal type. An empty +response confirms the type, or, another type can be entered to specify +a new type. Once the terminal type has been determined, the terminfo +entry for the terminal is retrieved. If no terminfo entry is found +for the type, the user is prompted for another terminal type. +.PP +Once the terminfo entry is retrieved, the window size, backspace, interrupt +and line kill characters (among many other things) are set and the terminal +and tab initialization strings are sent to the standard error output. +Finally, if the erase, interrupt and line kill characters have changed, +or are not set to their default values, their values are displayed to the +standard error output. +.PP +When invoked as \fBreset\fR, \fBtset\fR sets cooked and echo modes, +turns off cbreak and raw modes, turns on newline translation and +resets any unset special characters to their default values before +doing the terminal initialization described above. This is useful +after a program dies leaving a terminal in an abnormal state. Note, +you may have to type + + \fBreset\fR + +(the line-feed character is normally control-J) to get the terminal +to work, as carriage-return may no longer work in the abnormal state. +Also, the terminal will often not echo the command. +.PP +The options are as follows: +.TP 5 +-q +The terminal type is displayed to the standard output, and the terminal is +not initialized in any way. The option `-' by itself is equivalent but +archaic. +.TP 5 +-e +Set the erase character to \fIch\fR. +.TP 5 +-I +Do not send the terminal or tab initialization strings to the terminal. +.TP 5 +-i +Set the interrupt character to \fIch\fR. +.TP 5 +-k +Set the line kill character to \fIch\fR. +.TP 5 +-m +Specify a mapping from a port type to a terminal. +See below for more information. +.TP 5 +-Q +Don't display any values for the erase, interrupt and line kill characters. +.TP 5 +-r +Print the terminal type to the standard error output. +.TP 5 +-s +Print the sequence of shell commands to initialize the environment variable +\fBTERM\fR to the standard output. +See the section below on setting the environment for details. +.PP +The arguments for the -e, -i, and -k +options may either be entered as actual characters or by using the `hat' +notation, i.e. control-h may be specified as ``^H'' or ``^h''. +.SH SETTING THE ENVIRONMENT +It is often desirable to enter the terminal type and information about +the terminal's capabilities into the shell's environment. +This is done using the -s option. +.PP +When the -s option is specified, the commands to enter the information +into the shell's environment are written to the standard output. If +the \fBSHELL\fR environmental variable ends in ``csh'', the commands +are for \fBcsh\fR, otherwise, they are for \fBsh\fR. +Note, the \fBcsh\fR commands set and unset the shell variable +\fBnoglob\fR, leaving it unset. The following line in the \fB.login\fR +or \fB.profile\fR files will initialize the environment correctly: + + eval \`tset -s options ... \` + +.SH TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING +When the terminal is not hardwired into the system (or the current +system information is incorrect) the terminal type derived from the +\fI/etc/ttys\fR file or the \fBTERM\fR environmental variable is often +something generic like \fBnetwork\fR, \fBdialup\fR, or \fBunknown\fR. +When \fBtset\fR is used in a startup script it is often desirable to +provide information about the type of terminal used on such ports. +.PP +The purpose of the -m option is to map +from some set of conditions to a terminal type, that is, to +tell \fBtset\fR +``If I'm on this port at a particular speed, guess that I'm on that +kind of terminal''. +.PP +The argument to the -m option consists of an optional port type, an +optional operator, an optional baud rate specification, an optional +colon (``:'') character and a terminal type. The port type is a +string (delimited by either the operator or the colon character). The +operator may be any combination of ``>'', ``<'', ``@'', and ``!''; ``>'' +means greater than, ``<'' means less than, ``@'' means equal to +and ``!'' inverts the sense of the test. +The baud rate is specified as a number and is compared with the speed +of the standard error output (which should be the control terminal). +The terminal type is a string. +.PP +If the terminal type is not specified on the command line, the -m +mappings are applied to the terminal type. If the port type and baud +rate match the mapping, the terminal type specified in the mapping +replaces the current type. If more than one mapping is specified, the +first applicable mapping is used. +.PP +For example, consider the following mapping: \fBdialup>9600:vt100\fR. +The port type is dialup , the operator is >, the baud rate +specification is 9600, and the terminal type is vt100. The result of +this mapping is to specify that if the terminal type is \fBdialup\fR, +and the baud rate is greater than 9600 baud, a terminal type of +\fBvt100\fR will be used. +.PP +If no baud rate is specified, the terminal type will match any baud rate. +If no port type is specified, the terminal type will match any port type. +For example, \fB-m dialup:vt100 -m :?xterm\fR +will cause any dialup port, regardless of baud rate, to match the terminal +type vt100, and any non-dialup port type to match the terminal type ?xterm. +Note, because of the leading question mark, the user will be +queried on a default port as to whether they are actually using an xterm +terminal. +.PP +No whitespace characters are permitted in the -m option argument. +Also, to avoid problems with meta-characters, it is suggested that the +entire -m option argument be placed within single quote characters, +and that \fBcsh\fR users insert a backslash character (``\e'') before +any exclamation marks (``!''). +.SH HISTORY +The \fBtset\fR command appeared in BSD 3.0. The \fBncurses\fR implementation +was lightly adapted from the 4.4BSD sources for a terminfo environment by Eric +S. Raymond . +.SH COMPATIBILITY +The \fBtset\fR utility has been provided for backward-compatibility with BSD +environments (under most modern UNIXes, \fB/etc/inittab\fR and \fIgetty\fR(1) +can set \fBTERM\fR appropriately for each dial-up line; this obviates what was +\fBtset\fR's most important use). This implementation behaves like 4.4BSD +tset, with a few exceptions specified here. +.PP +The -S option of BSD tset no longer works; it prints an error message to stderr +and dies. The -s option only sets \fBTERM\fR, not \fBTERMCAP\fB. Both these +changes are because the \fBTERMCAP\fR variable is no longer supported under +terminfo-based \fBncurses\fR, which makes \fBtset -S\fR useless (we made it die +noisily rather than silently induce lossage). +.PP +There was an undocumented 4.4BSD feature that invoking tset via a link named +`TSET` (or via any other name beginning with an upper-case letter) set the +terminal to use upper-case only. This feature has been omitted. +.PP +The -A, -E, -h, -u and -v options were deleted from the \fBtset\fR +utility in 4.4BSD. None of them were documented in 4.3BSD and all are +of limited utility at best. The -a, -d, and -p options are similarly +not documented or useful, but were retained as they appear to be in +widespread use. It is strongly recommended that any usage of these +three options be changed to use the -m option instead. The +-n option remains, but has no effect. The -adnp options are therefore +omitted from the usage summary above. +.PP +It is still permissible to specify the -e, -i, and -k options without +arguments, although it is strongly recommended that such usage be fixed to +explicitly specify the character. +.PP +As of 4.4BSD, executing \fBtset\fR as \fBreset\fR no longer implies the -Q +option. Also, the interaction between the - option and the \fIterminal\fR +argument in some historic implementations of \fBtset\fR has been removed. +.SH ENVIRONMENT +The \fBtset\fR command uses the \fBSHELL\fR and \fBTERM\fR +environment variables. +.SH FILES +.TP 5 +/etc/ttys +system port name to terminal type mapping database (BSD versions only). +.TP 5 +@DATADIR@/terminfo +terminal capability database +.SH SEE ALSO +csh(1), +sh(1), +stty(1), +tty(4), +termcap(5), +ttys(5), +environ(7), +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: + diff --git a/man/wresize.3x b/man/wresize.3x new file mode 100644 index 00000000..50537aef --- /dev/null +++ b/man/wresize.3x @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +.\"***************************************************************************** +.\" Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" All Rights Reserved. * +.\" * +.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * +.\" documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * +.\" that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * +.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * +.\" documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) * +.\" not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * +.\" software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED * +.\" COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, * +.\" INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO * +.\" EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY * +.\" SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER * +.\" RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF * +.\" CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN * +.\" CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * +.\"***************************************************************************** +.\" $Id: wresize.3x,v 1.2 1996/09/07 14:51:04 tom Exp $ +.TH wresize 3X "" +. +.SH NAME +\fBwresize\fR - resize a curses window +. +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fB#include \fR + +\fBint wresize(WINDOW *win, int lines, int columns);\fR +. +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBwresize\fR function reallocates storage for an \fBncurses\fR +window to adjust its dimensions to the specified values. +If either dimension is larger than the current values, the +window's data is filled with blanks that have the current background rendition +(as set by \fBwbkgndset\fR) merged into them. +. +.SH RETURN VALUE +The function returns the integer \fBERR\fR upon failure and \fBOK\fR on success. +It will fail if either of the dimensions less than or equal to zero, +or if an error occurs while (re)allocating memory for the window. +. +.SH NOTES +The only restriction placed on the dimensions is that they be greater than zero. +The dimensions are not compared to \fBcurses\fR screen dimensions to +simplify the logic of \fBresizeterm\fR. +The caller must ensure that the window's dimensions fit within the +actual screen dimensions. +. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fBresizeterm\fR(3x). +. +.SH AUTHOR +Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988 for BSD curses). +.\"# +.\"# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +.\"# Local Variables: +.\"# mode:nroff +.\"# fill-column:79 +.\"# End: diff --git a/menu/Makefile.in b/menu/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bfe248fd --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.16 1997/02/15 17:10:04 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Makefile for menu source code. +# +# This makes the following: +# libraries (normal/debug/profile/shared) +# +# The variable 'srcdir' refers to the source-distribution, and can be set with +# the configure script by "--srcdir=DIR". +# +# The rules are organized to produce the libraries for the configured models, + +# turn off _all_ suffix rules; we'll generate our own +.SUFFIXES: + +SHELL = /bin/sh +THIS = Makefile + +MODEL = @DFT_LWR_MODEL@ +INSTALL_PREFIX = @INSTALL_PREFIX@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +libdir = @libdir@ +includedir = @includedir@ + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +AR = @AR@ +AR_OPTS = @AR_OPTS@ +AWK = @AWK@ +LD = @LD@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ + +CC = @CC@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ + +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ \ + -DHAVE_CONFIG_H + +CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) + +CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS) +CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE +CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg +# Juergen Pfeifer reports: +# "Unfortunately -O crashes my linker on Linux and -O2 works" +# If your linker coughs and dies, try uncommenting the -O2 +CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@ # -O2 + +CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@) + +LINK = $(CC) +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LD_MODEL@ @LIBS@ + +MK_SHARED_LIB = @MK_SHARED_LIB@ +REL_VERSION = @nc_cv_rel_version@ +ABI_VERSION = @nc_cv_abi_version@ + +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ + +LIBRARIES = @LIBS_TO_MAKE@ + +LINT = @LINT@ +LINT_OPTS = @LINT_OPTS@ +LINT_LIBS = -lmenu -lncurses @LIBS@ + +################################################################################ +all :: ../include/menu.h ../include/eti.h ../include/mf_common.h $(LIBRARIES) + +$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) : + $(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs $@ + +# make copies to simplify include-paths while still keeping menu's include +# file in this directory. +../include/menu.h : $(srcdir)/menu.h + -rm -f $@ + cp $(srcdir)/menu.h $@ +../include/eti.h : $(srcdir)/eti.h + -rm -f $@ + cp $(srcdir)/eti.h $@ +../include/mf_common.h : $(srcdir)/mf_common.h + -rm -f $@ + cp $(srcdir)/mf_common.h $@ + +MENU_PRIV_H = \ + $(srcdir)/menu.priv.h \ + $(srcdir)/menu.h \ + $(srcdir)/mf_common.h \ + ../include/curses.h \ + $(srcdir)/eti.h + +tags: + ctags *.[ch] + +TAGS: + etags *.[ch] + +clean :: + -rm -f tags TAGS *~ ../include/menu.h ../include/eti.h \ + ../include/mf_common.h + +distclean :: clean + -rm -f Makefile + +mostlyclean :: clean + +realclean :: distclean + +############################################################################### +# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration +############################################################################### diff --git a/menu/READ.ME b/menu/READ.ME new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eb5a64cd --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/READ.ME @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +This is a clone of the menu library that is available with typical +System V curses implementations (ETI). + +It is modelled after the documentation that comes for this library with +a 386 based SVR4 implementation (ESIX). This system was used together +with an NCR3000 system to compile the clone using original curses +implementation and to run various programs to check the compatibility of +this clone with the original libmenu library. + +The development environment was an ELF based Linux system, the German +Unifix distribution (aka Linux FT). + +For things that still need doing, see the TO-DO file in the top-level +directory. + +Juergen Pfeifer + +eMail: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de diff --git a/menu/eti.h b/menu/eti.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..63028e84 --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/eti.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses Extended Terminal Interface (ETI) is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef _ETI_ERRNO_H_ +#define _ETI_ERRNO_H_ + +#define E_OK (0) +#define E_SYSTEM_ERROR (-1) +#define E_BAD_ARGUMENT (-2) +#define E_POSTED (-3) +#define E_CONNECTED (-4) +#define E_BAD_STATE (-5) +#define E_NO_ROOM (-6) +#define E_NOT_POSTED (-7) +#define E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND (-8) +#define E_NO_MATCH (-9) +#define E_NOT_SELECTABLE (-10) +#define E_NOT_CONNECTED (-11) +#define E_REQUEST_DENIED (-12) +#define E_INVALID_FIELD (-13) +#define E_CURRENT (-14) + +#endif diff --git a/menu/headers b/menu/headers new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb1ebe73 --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/headers @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +$(srcdir)/eti.h +$(srcdir)/menu.h diff --git a/menu/llib-lmenu b/menu/llib-lmenu new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0116f4c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/llib-lmenu @@ -0,0 +1,483 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey * + * All Rights Reserved. * + * * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * + * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * + * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * + * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) * + * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * + * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED * + * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, * + * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO * + * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY * + * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER * + * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF * + * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN * + * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * + ******************************************************************************/ +/* LINTLIBRARY */ + +/* ./m_attribs.c */ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +#undef set_menu_fore +int set_menu_fore( + MENU *menu, + chtype attr) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef menu_fore +chtype menu_fore( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(chtype *)0); } + +#undef set_menu_back +int set_menu_back( + MENU *menu, + chtype attr) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef menu_back +chtype menu_back( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(chtype *)0); } + +#undef set_menu_grey +int set_menu_grey( + MENU *menu, + chtype attr) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef menu_grey +chtype menu_grey( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(chtype *)0); } + +#undef set_menu_pad +int set_menu_pad( + MENU *menu, + int pad) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef menu_pad +int menu_pad( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./m_cursor.c */ + +#undef pos_menu_cursor +int pos_menu_cursor( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./m_driver.c */ + +#undef menu_pattern +char *menu_pattern( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +#undef set_menu_pattern +int set_menu_pattern( + MENU *menu, + const char *p) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef menu_driver +int menu_driver( + MENU *menu, + int c) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./m_format.c */ + +#undef set_menu_format +int set_menu_format( + MENU *menu, + int rows, + int cols) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef menu_format +void menu_format( + const MENU *menu, + int *rows, + int *cols) + { /* void */ } + +/* ./m_global.c */ + +#undef _nc_Default_Menu +MENU _nc_Default_Menu; +#undef _nc_Default_Item +ITEM _nc_Default_Item; + +#undef _nc_Connect_Items +bool _nc_Connect_Items( + MENU *menu, + ITEM **items) + { return(*(bool *)0); } + +#undef _nc_Disconnect_Items +void _nc_Disconnect_Items( + MENU *menu) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width +void _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width( + MENU *menu) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_Link_Items +void _nc_Link_Items( + MENU *menu) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_Show_Menu +void _nc_Show_Menu( + const MENU *menu) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_New_TopRow_and_CurrentItem +void _nc_New_TopRow_and_CurrentItem( + MENU *menu, + int new_toprow, + ITEM *new_current_item) + { /* void */ } + +/* ./m_hook.c */ + +#undef set_menu_init +int set_menu_init( + MENU *menu, + Menu_Hook func) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef menu_init +Menu_Hook menu_init( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(Menu_Hook *)0); } + +#undef set_menu_term +int set_menu_term( + MENU *menu, + Menu_Hook func) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef menu_term +Menu_Hook menu_term( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(Menu_Hook *)0); } + +#undef set_item_init +int set_item_init( + MENU *menu, + Menu_Hook func) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef item_init +Menu_Hook item_init( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(Menu_Hook *)0); } + +#undef set_item_term +int set_item_term( + MENU *menu, + Menu_Hook func) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef item_term +Menu_Hook item_term( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(Menu_Hook *)0); } + +/* ./m_item_cur.c */ + +#undef set_current_item +int set_current_item( + MENU *menu, + ITEM *item) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef current_item +ITEM *current_item( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(ITEM **)0); } + +#undef item_index +int item_index( + const ITEM *item) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef set_top_row +int set_top_row( + MENU *menu, + int row) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef top_row +int top_row( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./m_item_nam.c */ + +#undef item_name +const char *item_name( + const ITEM *item) + { return(*(const char **)0); } + +#undef item_description +const char *item_description( + const ITEM *item) + { return(*(const char **)0); } + +/* ./m_item_new.c */ + +#undef new_item +ITEM *new_item( + const char *name, + const char *description) + { return(*(ITEM **)0); } + +#undef free_item +int free_item( + ITEM *item) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef set_menu_mark +int set_menu_mark( + MENU *menu, + const char *mark) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef menu_mark +const char *menu_mark( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(const char **)0); } + +/* ./m_item_opt.c */ + +#undef set_item_opts +int set_item_opts( + ITEM *item, + Item_Options opts) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef item_opts_off +int item_opts_off( + ITEM *item, + Item_Options opts) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef item_opts_on +int item_opts_on( + ITEM *item, + Item_Options opts) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef item_opts +Item_Options item_opts( + const ITEM *item) + { return(*(Item_Options *)0); } + +/* ./m_item_use.c */ + +#undef set_item_userptr +int set_item_userptr( + ITEM *item, + const void *userptr) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef item_userptr +const void *item_userptr( + const ITEM *item) + { return(*(const void **)0); } + +/* ./m_item_val.c */ + +#undef set_item_value +int set_item_value( + ITEM *item, + bool value) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef item_value +bool item_value( + const ITEM *item) + { return(*(bool *)0); } + +/* ./m_item_vis.c */ + +#undef item_visible +bool item_visible( + const ITEM *item) + { return(*(bool *)0); } + +/* ./m_items.c */ + +#undef set_menu_items +int set_menu_items( + MENU *menu, + ITEM **items) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef menu_items +ITEM **menu_items( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(ITEM ***)0); } + +#undef item_count +int item_count( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./m_new.c */ + +#undef new_menu +MENU *new_menu( + ITEM **items) + { return(*(MENU **)0); } + +#undef free_menu +int free_menu( + MENU *menu) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./m_opts.c */ + +#undef set_menu_opts +int set_menu_opts( + MENU *menu, + Menu_Options opts) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef menu_opts_off +int menu_opts_off( + MENU *menu, + Menu_Options opts) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef menu_opts_on +int menu_opts_on( + MENU *menu, + Menu_Options opts) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef menu_opts +Menu_Options menu_opts( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(Menu_Options *)0); } + +/* ./m_post.c */ + +#undef _nc_Post_Item +void _nc_Post_Item( + const MENU *menu, + const ITEM *item) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_Draw_Menu +void _nc_Draw_Menu( + const MENU *menu) + { /* void */ } + +#undef post_menu +int post_menu( + MENU *menu) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef unpost_menu +int unpost_menu( + MENU *menu) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./m_req_name.c */ + +#undef menu_request_name +const char *menu_request_name( + int request) + { return(*(const char **)0); } + +#undef menu_request_by_name +int menu_request_by_name( + const char *str) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./m_spacing.c */ + +#undef set_menu_spacing +int set_menu_spacing( + MENU *menu, + int s_desc, + int s_row, + int s_col) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef menu_spacing +int menu_spacing( + const MENU *menu, + int *s_desc, + int *s_row, + int *s_col) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./m_userptr.c */ + +#undef set_menu_userptr +int set_menu_userptr( + MENU *menu, + const void *userptr) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef menu_userptr +const void *menu_userptr( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(const void **)0); } + +/* ./m_win.c */ + +#undef set_menu_win +int set_menu_win( + MENU *menu, + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef menu_win +WINDOW *menu_win( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(WINDOW **)0); } + +#undef set_menu_sub +int set_menu_sub( + MENU *menu, + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef menu_sub +WINDOW *menu_sub( + const MENU *menu) + { return(*(WINDOW **)0); } + +#undef scale_menu +int scale_menu( + const MENU *menu, + int *rows, + int *cols) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./m_adabind.c */ + +#undef _nc_ada_normalize_menu_opts +void _nc_ada_normalize_menu_opts( + int *opt) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_ada_normalize_item_opts +void _nc_ada_normalize_item_opts( + int *opt) + { /* void */ } diff --git a/menu/m_adabind.c b/menu/m_adabind.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..63735b3d --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_adabind.c @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module m_adabind.c * +* Helper routines to ease the implementation of an Ada95 binding to * +* ncurses. For details and copyright of the binding see the ../Ada95 * +* subdirectory. * +***************************************************************************/ +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_adabind.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/* Prototypes for the functions in this module */ +void _nc_ada_normalize_menu_opts (int *opt); +void _nc_ada_normalize_item_opts (int *opt); + + +void _nc_ada_normalize_menu_opts (int *opt) +{ + *opt = ALL_MENU_OPTS & (*opt); +} + +void _nc_ada_normalize_item_opts (int *opt) +{ + *opt = ALL_ITEM_OPTS & (*opt); +} diff --git a/menu/m_attribs.c b/menu/m_attribs.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..00b18776 --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_attribs.c @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_attribs * +* Control menus display attributes * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_attribs.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/* Macro to redraw menu if it is posted and changed */ +#define Refresh_Menu(menu) \ + if ( (menu) && ((menu)->status & _POSTED) )\ + {\ + _nc_Draw_Menu( menu );\ + _nc_Show_Menu( menu );\ + } + +/* "Template" macro to generate a function to set a menus attribute */ +#define GEN_MENU_ATTR_SET_FCT( name ) \ +int set_menu_ ## name (MENU * menu, chtype attr)\ +{\ + if (!(attr==A_NORMAL || (attr & A_ATTRIBUTES)==attr))\ + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT);\ + if (menu && ( menu -> name != attr))\ + {\ + (menu -> name) = attr;\ + Refresh_Menu(menu);\ + }\ + Normalize_Menu( menu ) -> name = attr;\ + RETURN(E_OK);\ +} + +/* "Template" macro to generate a function to get a menus attribute */ +#define GEN_MENU_ATTR_GET_FCT( name ) \ +chtype menu_ ## name (const MENU * menu)\ +{\ + return (Normalize_Menu( menu ) -> name);\ +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_menu_fore(MENU *menu, chtype attr) +| +| Description : Set the attribute for selectable items. In single- +| valued menus thiis is used to highlight the current +| item ((i.e. where the cursor is), in multi-valued +| menus this is used to highlight the selected items. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - an invalid value has been passed ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_MENU_ATTR_SET_FCT( fore ) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : chtype menu_fore(const MENU* menu) +| +| Description : Return the attribute used for selectable items that +| are current (single-valued menu) or selected (multi- +| valued menu). +| +| Return Values : Attribute value ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_MENU_ATTR_GET_FCT( fore ) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_menu_back(MENU *menu, chtype attr) +| +| Description : Set the attribute for selectable but not yet selected +| items. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - an invalid value has been passed ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_MENU_ATTR_SET_FCT( back ) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : chtype menu_back(const MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Return the attribute used for selectable but not yet +| selected items. +| +| Return Values : Attribute value ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_MENU_ATTR_GET_FCT( back ) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_menu_grey(MENU *menu, chtype attr) +| +| Description : Set the attribute for unselectable items. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - an invalid value has been passed ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_MENU_ATTR_SET_FCT( grey ) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : chtype menu_grey(const MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Return the attribute used for non-selectable items +| +| Return Values : Attribute value ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_MENU_ATTR_GET_FCT( grey ) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_menu_pad(MENU *menu, int pad) +| +| Description : Set the character to be used to separate the item name +| from its description. This must be a printable +| character. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - an invalid value has been passed ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_menu_pad(MENU *menu, int pad) +{ + bool do_refresh = !(menu); + + if (!isprint((unsigned char)pad)) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + Normalize_Menu( menu ); + menu->pad = pad; + + if (do_refresh) + Refresh_Menu( menu ); + + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int menu_pad(const MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Return the value of the padding character +| +| Return Values : The pad character ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int menu_pad(const MENU * menu) +{ + return (Normalize_Menu( menu ) -> pad); +} + +/* m_attribs.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/m_cursor.c b/menu/m_cursor.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ad0b12e --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_cursor.c @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_cursor * +* Correctly position a menus cursor * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_cursor.c,v 1.7 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : pos_menu_cursor +| +| Description : Position logical cursor to current item in menu +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid menu +| E_NOT_POSTED - Menu is not posted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int pos_menu_cursor(const MENU * menu) +{ + if (!menu) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + else + { + ITEM *item; + int x, y; + WINDOW *win, *sub; + + if ( !( menu->status & _POSTED ) ) + RETURN(E_NOT_POSTED); + + item = menu->curitem; + assert(item); + + x = item->x * (menu->spc_cols + menu->itemlen); + y = (item->y - menu->toprow) * menu->spc_rows; + win = menu->userwin ? menu->userwin : stdscr; + sub = menu->usersub ? menu->usersub : win; + assert(win && sub); + + if ((menu->opt & O_SHOWMATCH) && (menu->pindex > 0)) + x += ( menu->pindex + menu->marklen - 1); + + wmove(sub,y,x); + + if ( win != sub ) + { + wcursyncup(sub); + wsyncup(sub); + untouchwin(sub); + } + } + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/* m_cursor.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/m_driver.c b/menu/m_driver.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5e86843c --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_driver.c @@ -0,0 +1,512 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_driver and menu_pattern * +* Central dispatching routine and pattern matching handling * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_driver.c,v 1.8 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/* Macros */ + +/* Remove the last character from the match pattern buffer */ +#define Remove_Character_From_Pattern(menu) \ + (menu)->pattern[--((menu)->pindex)] = '\0' + +/* Add a new character to the match pattern buffer */ +#define Add_Character_To_Pattern(menu,ch) \ + { (menu)->pattern[((menu)->pindex)++] = (ch);\ + (menu)->pattern[(menu)->pindex] = '\0'; } + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : static bool Is_Sub_String( +| bool IgnoreCaseFlag, +| const char *part, +| const char *string) +| +| Description : Checks whether or not part is a substring of string. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - if it is a substring +| FALSE - if it is not a substring ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Is_Sub_String( + bool IgnoreCaseFlag, + const char *part, + const char *string + ) +{ + assert( part && string ); + if ( IgnoreCaseFlag ) + { + while(*string && *part) + { + if (toupper(*string++)!=toupper(*part)) break; + part++; + } + } + else + { + while( *string && *part ) + if (*part != *string++) break; + part++; + } + return ( (*part) ? FALSE : TRUE ); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : static int Match_Next_Character_In_Item_Name( +| MENU *menu, +| int ch, +| ITEM **item) +| +| Description : This internal routine is called for a menu positioned +| at an item with three different classes of characters: +| - a printable character; the character is added to +| the current pattern and the next item matching +| this pattern is searched. +| - NUL; the pattern stays as it is and the next item +| matching the pattern is searched +| - BS; the pattern stays as it is and the previous +| item matching the pattern is searched +| +| The item parameter contains on call a pointer to +| the item where the search starts. On return - if +| a match was found - it contains a pointer to the +| matching item. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - an item matching the pattern was found +| E_NO_MATCH - nothing found ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static int Match_Next_Character_In_Item_Name(MENU *menu, int ch, ITEM **item) +{ + bool found = FALSE, passed = FALSE; + int idx, last; + + assert( menu && item && *item); + idx = (*item)->index; + + if (ch && ch!=BS) + { + /* if we become to long, we need no further checking : there can't be + a match ! */ + if ((menu->pindex+1) > menu->namelen) + RETURN(E_NO_MATCH); + + Add_Character_To_Pattern(menu,ch); + /* we artificially position one item back, because in the do...while + loop we start with the next item. This means, that with a new + pattern search we always start the scan with the actual item. If + we do a NEXT_PATTERN oder PREV_PATTERN search, we start with the + one after or before the actual item. */ + if (--idx < 0) + idx = menu->nitems-1; + } + + last = idx; /* this closes the cycle */ + + do{ + if (ch==BS) + { /* we have to go backward */ + if (--idx < 0) + idx = menu->nitems-1; + } + else + { /* otherwise we always go forward */ + if (++idx >= menu->nitems) + idx = 0; + } + if (Is_Sub_String((menu->opt & O_IGNORECASE) != 0, + menu->pattern, + menu->items[idx]->name.str) + ) + found = TRUE; + else + passed = TRUE; + } while (!found && (idx != last)); + + if (found) + { + if (!((idx==(*item)->index) && passed)) + { + *item = menu->items[idx]; + RETURN(E_OK); + } + /* This point is reached, if we fully cycled through the item list + and the only match we found is the starting item. With a NEXT_PATTERN + or PREV_PATTERN scan this means, that there was no additional match. + If we searched with an expanded new pattern, we should never reach + this point, because if the expanded pattern matches also the actual + item we will find it in the first attempt (passed==FALSE) and we + will never cycle through the whole item array. + */ + assert( ch==0 || ch==BS ); + } + else + { + if (ch && ch!=BS && menu->pindex>0) + { + /* if we had no match with a new pattern, we have to restore it */ + Remove_Character_From_Pattern(menu); + } + } + RETURN(E_NO_MATCH); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : char *menu_pattern(const MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Return the value of the pattern buffer. +| +| Return Values : NULL - if there is no pattern buffer allocated +| EmptyString - if there is a pattern buffer but no +| pattern is stored +| PatternString - as expected ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +char *menu_pattern(const MENU * menu) +{ + return (menu ? (menu->pattern ? menu->pattern : "") : (char *)0); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_menu_pattern(MENU *menu, const char *p) +| +| Description : Set the match pattern for a menu and position to the +| first item that matches. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid menu or pattern pointer +| E_NOT_CONNECTED - no items connected to menu +| E_BAD_STATE - menu in user hook routine +| E_NO_MATCH - no item matches pattern ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_menu_pattern(MENU *menu, const char *p) +{ + ITEM *matchitem; + int matchpos; + + if (!menu || !p) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (!(menu->items)) + RETURN(E_NOT_CONNECTED); + + if ( menu->status & _IN_DRIVER ) + RETURN(E_BAD_STATE); + + Reset_Pattern(menu); + + if (!(*p)) + { + pos_menu_cursor(menu); + RETURN(E_OK); + } + + if (menu->status & _LINK_NEEDED) + _nc_Link_Items(menu); + + matchpos = menu->toprow; + matchitem = menu->curitem; + assert(matchitem); + + while(*p) + { + if ( !isprint(*p) || + (Match_Next_Character_In_Item_Name(menu,*p,&matchitem) != E_OK) ) + { + Reset_Pattern(menu); + pos_menu_cursor(menu); + RETURN(E_NO_MATCH); + } + p++; + } + + /* This is reached if there was a match. So we position to the new item */ + Adjust_Current_Item(menu,matchpos,matchitem); + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int menu_driver(MENU *menu, int c) +| +| Description : Central dispatcher for the menu. Translates the logical +| request 'c' into a menu action. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid menu pointer +| E_BAD_STATE - menu is in user hook routine +| E_NOT_POSTED - menu is not posted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int menu_driver(MENU * menu, int c) +{ +#define NAVIGATE(dir) \ + if (!item->dir)\ + result = E_REQUEST_DENIED;\ + else\ + item = item->dir + + int result = E_OK; + ITEM *item; + int my_top_row, rdiff; + + if (!menu) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if ( menu->status & _IN_DRIVER ) + RETURN(E_BAD_STATE); + if ( !( menu->status & _POSTED ) ) + RETURN(E_NOT_POSTED); + + my_top_row = menu->toprow; + item = menu->curitem; + assert(item); + + if ((c > KEY_MAX) && (c<=MAX_MENU_COMMAND)) + { + if (!((c==REQ_BACK_PATTERN) + || (c==REQ_NEXT_MATCH) || (c==REQ_PREV_MATCH))) + { + assert( menu->pattern ); + Reset_Pattern(menu); + } + + switch(c) + { + case REQ_LEFT_ITEM: + /*=================*/ + NAVIGATE(left); + break; + + case REQ_RIGHT_ITEM: + /*==================*/ + NAVIGATE(right); + break; + + case REQ_UP_ITEM: + /*===============*/ + NAVIGATE(up); + break; + + case REQ_DOWN_ITEM: + /*=================*/ + NAVIGATE(down); + break; + + case REQ_SCR_ULINE: + /*=================*/ + if (my_top_row == 0) + result = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + else + { + --my_top_row; + item = item->up; + } + break; + + case REQ_SCR_DLINE: + /*=================*/ + my_top_row++; + if ((menu->rows - menu->arows)>0) + { + /* only if the menu has less items than rows, we can deny the + request. Otherwise the epilogue of this routine adjusts the + top row if necessary */ + my_top_row--; + result = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + } + else + item = item->down; + break; + + case REQ_SCR_DPAGE: + /*=================*/ + rdiff = menu->rows - menu->arows - my_top_row; + if (rdiff > menu->arows) + rdiff = menu->arows; + if (rdiff==0) + result = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + else + { + my_top_row += rdiff; + while(rdiff-- > 0) + item = item->down; + } + break; + + case REQ_SCR_UPAGE: + /*=================*/ + rdiff = (menu->arows < my_top_row) ? + menu->arows : my_top_row; + if (rdiff==0) + result = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + else + { + my_top_row -= rdiff; + while(rdiff--) + item = item->up; + } + break; + + case REQ_FIRST_ITEM: + /*==================*/ + item = menu->items[0]; + break; + + case REQ_LAST_ITEM: + /*=================*/ + item = menu->items[menu->nitems-1]; + break; + + case REQ_NEXT_ITEM: + /*=================*/ + if ((item->index+1)>=menu->nitems) + { + if (menu->opt & O_NONCYCLIC) + result = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + else + item = menu->items[0]; + } + else + item = menu->items[item->index + 1]; + break; + + case REQ_PREV_ITEM: + /*=================*/ + if (item->index<=0) + { + if (menu->opt & O_NONCYCLIC) + result = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + else + item = menu->items[menu->nitems-1]; + } + else + item = menu->items[item->index - 1]; + break; + + case REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM: + /*===================*/ + if (menu->opt & O_ONEVALUE) + { + result = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + } + else + { + if (menu->curitem->opt & O_SELECTABLE) + { + menu->curitem->value = !menu->curitem->value; + Move_And_Post_Item(menu,menu->curitem); + _nc_Show_Menu(menu); + } + else + result = E_NOT_SELECTABLE; + } + break; + + case REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN: + /*=====================*/ + /* already cleared in prologue */ + break; + + case REQ_BACK_PATTERN: + /*====================*/ + if (menu->pindex>0) + { + assert(menu->pattern); + Remove_Character_From_Pattern(menu); + pos_menu_cursor( menu ); + } + else + result = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + break; + + case REQ_NEXT_MATCH: + /*==================*/ + assert(menu->pattern); + if (menu->pattern[0]) + result = Match_Next_Character_In_Item_Name(menu,0,&item); + else + { + if ((item->index+1)nitems) + item=menu->items[item->index+1]; + else + { + if (menu->opt & O_NONCYCLIC) + result = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + else + item = menu->items[0]; + } + } + break; + + case REQ_PREV_MATCH: + /*==================*/ + assert(menu->pattern); + if (menu->pattern[0]) + result = Match_Next_Character_In_Item_Name(menu,BS,&item); + else + { + if (item->index) + item = menu->items[item->index-1]; + else + { + if (menu->opt & O_NONCYCLIC) + result = E_REQUEST_DENIED; + else + item = menu->items[menu->nitems-1]; + } + } + break; + + default: + /*======*/ + result = E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND; + break; + } + } + else + { /* not a command */ + if ( !(c & ~((int)MAX_REGULAR_CHARACTER)) && isprint(c) ) + result = Match_Next_Character_In_Item_Name( menu, c, &item ); + else + result = E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND; + } + + /* Adjust the top row if it turns out that the current item unfortunately + doesn't appear in the menu window */ + if ( item->y < my_top_row ) + my_top_row = item->y; + else if ( item->y >= (my_top_row + menu->arows) ) + my_top_row = item->y - menu->arows + 1; + + _nc_New_TopRow_and_CurrentItem( menu, my_top_row, item ); + + RETURN(result); +} + +/* m_driver.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/m_format.c b/menu/m_format.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71b974df --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_format.c @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_format * +* Set and get maximum numbers of rows and columns in menus * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_format.c,v 1.5 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +#define minimum(a,b) ((a)<(b) ? (a): (b)) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_menu_format(MENU *menu, int rows, int cols) +| +| Description : Sets the maximum number of rows and columns of items +| that may be displayed at one time on a menu. If the +| menu contains more items than can be displayed at +| once, the menu will be scrollable. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid values passed +| E_NOT_CONNECTED - there are no items connected +| E_POSTED - the menu is already posted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_menu_format(MENU *menu, int rows, int cols) +{ + int total_rows, total_cols; + + if (rows<0 || cols<0) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (menu) + { + if ( menu->status & _POSTED ) + RETURN(E_POSTED); + + if (!(menu->items)) + RETURN(E_NOT_CONNECTED); + + if (rows==0) + rows = menu->frows; + if (cols==0) + cols = menu->fcols; + + if (menu->pattern) + Reset_Pattern(menu); + + menu->frows = rows; + menu->fcols = cols; + + assert(rows>0 && cols>0); + total_rows = (menu->nitems - 1)/cols + 1; + total_cols = (menu->status & O_ROWMAJOR) ? + minimum(menu->nitems,cols) : + (menu->nitems-1)/total_rows + 1; + + menu->rows = total_rows; + menu->cols = total_cols; + menu->arows = minimum(total_rows,rows); + menu->toprow = 0; + menu->curitem = *(menu->items); + assert(menu->curitem); + menu->status |= _LINK_NEEDED; + _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width(menu); + } + else + { + if (rows>0) _nc_Default_Menu.frows = rows; + if (cols>0) _nc_Default_Menu.fcols = cols; + } + + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : void menu_format(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols) +| +| Description : Returns the maximum number of rows and columns that may +| be displayed at one time on menu. +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +void menu_format(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols) +{ + if (rows) + *rows = Normalize_Menu(menu)->frows; + if (cols) + *cols = Normalize_Menu(menu)->fcols; +} + +/* m_format.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/m_global.c b/menu/m_global.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d0ba0ac --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_global.c @@ -0,0 +1,473 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_global * +* Globally used internal routines and the default menu and item structures * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_global.c,v 1.7 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +MENU _nc_Default_Menu = { + 16, /* Nr. of chars high */ + 1, /* Nr. of chars wide */ + 16, /* Nr. of items high */ + 1, /* Nr. of items wide */ + 16, /* Nr. of formatted items high */ + 1, /* Nr. of formatted items wide */ + 16, /* Nr. of items high (actual) */ + 0, /* length of widest name */ + 0, /* length of widest description */ + 1, /* length of mark */ + 1, /* length of one item */ + 1, /* Spacing for descriptor */ + 1, /* Spacing for columns */ + 1, /* Spacing for rows */ + (char *)0, /* buffer used to store match chars */ + 0, /* Index into pattern buffer */ + (WINDOW *)0, /* Window containing entire menu */ + (WINDOW *)0, /* Portion of menu displayed */ + (WINDOW *)0, /* User's window */ + (WINDOW *)0, /* User's subwindow */ + (ITEM **)0, /* List of items */ + 0, /* Total Nr. of items in menu */ + (ITEM *)0, /* Current item */ + 0, /* Top row of menu */ + (chtype)A_REVERSE, /* Attribute for selection */ + (chtype)A_NORMAL, /* Attribute for nonselection */ + (chtype)A_UNDERLINE, /* Attribute for inactive */ + ' ', /* Pad character */ + (Menu_Hook)0, /* Menu init */ + (Menu_Hook)0, /* Menu term */ + (Menu_Hook)0, /* Item init */ + (Menu_Hook)0, /* Item term */ + (void *)0, /* userptr */ + "-", /* mark */ + ALL_MENU_OPTS, /* options */ + 0 /* status */ +}; + +ITEM _nc_Default_Item = { + { (char *)0, 0 }, /* name */ + { (char *)0, 0 }, /* description */ + (MENU *)0, /* Pointer to parent menu */ + (char *)0, /* Userpointer */ + ALL_ITEM_OPTS, /* options */ + 0, /* Item Nr. */ + 0, /* y */ + 0, /* x */ + FALSE, /* value */ + (ITEM *)0, /* left */ + (ITEM *)0, /* right */ + (ITEM *)0, /* up */ + (ITEM *)0 /* down */ + }; + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : static void ComputeMaximum_NameDesc_Lenths(MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Calculates the maximum name and description lengths +| of the items connected to the menu +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static void ComputeMaximum_NameDesc_Lengths(MENU * menu) +{ + unsigned MaximumNameLength = 0; + unsigned MaximumDescriptionLength = 0; + ITEM **items; + + assert(menu && menu->items); + for( items = menu->items; *items ; items++ ) + { + if (items[0]->name.length > MaximumNameLength ) + MaximumNameLength = items[0]->name.length; + + if (items[0]->description.length > MaximumDescriptionLength) + MaximumDescriptionLength = items[0]->description.length; + } + + menu->namelen = MaximumNameLength; + menu->desclen = MaximumDescriptionLength; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : static void ResetConnectionInfo(MENU *, ITEM **) +| +| Description : Reset all informations in the menu and the items in +| the item array that indicates a connection +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +INLINE static void ResetConnectionInfo(MENU *menu, ITEM **items) +{ + ITEM **item; + + assert(menu && items); + for(item=items; *item; item++) + { + (*item)->index = 0; + (*item)->imenu = (MENU *)0; + } + if (menu->pattern) + free(menu->pattern); + menu->pattern = (char *)0; + menu->pindex = 0; + menu->items = (ITEM **)0; + menu->nitems = 0; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : bool _nc_Connect_Items(MENU *menu, ITEM **items) +| +| Description : Connect the items in the item array to the menu. +| Decorate all the items with a number and a backward +| pointer to the menu. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - successfull connection +| FALSE - connection failed ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +bool _nc_Connect_Items(MENU *menu, ITEM **items) +{ + ITEM **item; + unsigned int ItemCount = 0; + + if ( menu && items ) + { + for(item=items; *item ; item++) + { + if ( (*item)->imenu ) + { + /* if a item is already connected, reject connection */ + break; + } + } + if (! (*item) ) + /* we reached the end, so there was no connected item */ + { + for(item=items; *item ; item++) + { + if (menu->opt & O_ONEVALUE) + { + (*item)->value = FALSE; + } + (*item)->index = ItemCount++; + (*item)->imenu = menu; + } + } + } + else + return(FALSE); + + if (ItemCount != 0) + { + menu->items = items; + menu->nitems = ItemCount; + ComputeMaximum_NameDesc_Lengths(menu); + if ( (menu->pattern = (char *)malloc( (unsigned)(1 + menu->namelen))) ) + { + Reset_Pattern(menu); + set_menu_format(menu,menu->frows,menu->fcols); + menu->curitem = *items; + menu->toprow = 0; + return(TRUE); + } + } + + /* If we fall through to this point, we have to reset all items connection + and inform about a reject connection */ + ResetConnectionInfo( menu, items ); + return(FALSE); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : void _nc_Disconnect_Items(MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Disconnect the menus item array from the menu +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +void _nc_Disconnect_Items(MENU * menu) +{ + if (menu && menu->items) + ResetConnectionInfo( menu, menu->items ); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : void _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width(MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Calculate the length of an item and the width of the +| whole menu. +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +void _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width(MENU * menu) +{ + int l; + + assert(menu); + + menu->height = 1 + menu->spc_rows * (menu->arows - 1); + + l = menu->namelen + menu->marklen; + if ( (menu->opt & O_SHOWDESC) && (menu->desclen > 0) ) + l += (menu->desclen + menu->spc_desc); + + menu->itemlen = l; + l *= menu->cols; + l += (menu->cols-1)*menu->spc_cols; /* for the padding between the columns */ + menu->width = l; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : void _nc_Link_Item(MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Statically calculate for every item its four neighbours. +| This depends on the orientation of the menu. This +| static aproach simplifies navigation in the menu a lot. +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +void _nc_Link_Items(MENU * menu) +{ + if (menu && menu->items && *(menu->items)) + { + int i,j; + ITEM *item; + int Number_Of_Items = menu->nitems; + int col = 0, row = 0; + int Last_in_Row; + int Last_in_Column; + bool cycle = (menu->opt & O_NONCYCLIC) ? FALSE : TRUE; + + menu->status &= ~_LINK_NEEDED; + + if (menu->opt & O_ROWMAJOR) + { + int Number_Of_Columns = menu->cols; + + for(i=0; i < Number_Of_Items; i++) + { + item = menu->items[i]; + + Last_in_Row = row * Number_Of_Columns + (Number_Of_Columns-1); + + item->left = (col) ? + /* if we are not in the leftmost column, we can use the + predecessor in the items array */ + menu->items[i-1] : + (cycle ? menu->items[(Last_in_Row>=Number_Of_Items) ? + Number_Of_Items-1: + Last_in_Row] : + (ITEM *)0 ); + + item->right = ( (col < (Number_Of_Columns-1)) && + ((i+1) < Number_Of_Items) + ) ? + menu->items[i+1] : + ( cycle ? menu->items[row * Number_Of_Columns] : + (ITEM *)0 + ); + + Last_in_Column = (menu->rows-1) * Number_Of_Columns + col; + + item->up = (row) ? menu->items[i-Number_Of_Columns] : + (cycle ? menu->items[(Last_in_Column>=Number_Of_Items) ? + Number_Of_Items-1 : + Last_in_Column] : + (ITEM *)0); + + item->down = ( (i+Number_Of_Columns) < Number_Of_Items ) + ? + menu->items[i + Number_Of_Columns] : + (cycle ? menu->items[(row+1)rows ? + Number_Of_Items-1:col] : + (ITEM *)0); + item->x = col; + item->y = row; + if ( ++col == Number_Of_Columns ) + { + row++; + col = 0; + } + } + } + else + { + int Number_Of_Rows = menu->rows; + + for(j=0; jitems[i=(col * Number_Of_Rows + row)]; + + Last_in_Column = (menu->cols-1) * Number_Of_Rows + row; + + item->left = (col) ? + menu->items[i - Number_Of_Rows] : + (cycle ? (Last_in_Column >= Number_Of_Items ) ? + menu->items[Last_in_Column-Number_Of_Rows] : + menu->items[Last_in_Column] : + (ITEM *)0 ); + + item->right = ((i + Number_Of_Rows) items[i + Number_Of_Rows] : + (cycle ? menu->items[row] : (ITEM *)0); + + Last_in_Row = col * Number_Of_Rows + (Number_Of_Rows - 1); + + item->up = (row) ? + menu->items[i-1] : + (cycle ? + menu->items[(Last_in_Row>=Number_Of_Items) ? + Number_Of_Items-1: + Last_in_Row] : + (ITEM *)0); + + item->down = (row < (Number_Of_Rows-1)) + ? + (menu->items[((i+1)items[col * Number_Of_Rows] : + (ITEM *)0 + ); + + item->x = col; + item->y = row; + if ( (++row) == Number_Of_Rows ) + { + col++; + row = 0; + } + } + } + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : void _nc_Show_Menu(const MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Update the window that is associated with the menu +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +void _nc_Show_Menu(const MENU *menu) +{ + WINDOW *win; + int maxy, maxx; + + assert(menu); + if ( (menu->status & _POSTED) && !(menu->status & _IN_DRIVER) ) + { + /* adjust the internal subwindow to start on the current top */ + assert(menu->sub); + mvderwin(menu->sub,menu->spc_rows * menu->toprow,0); + win = Get_Menu_Window(menu); + + maxy = getmaxy(win); + maxx = getmaxx(win); + + if (menu->height < maxy) + maxy = menu->height; + if (menu->width < maxx) + maxx = menu->width; + + copywin(menu->sub,win,0,0,0,0,maxy-1,maxx-1,0); + pos_menu_cursor(menu); + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : void _nc_New_TopRow_and_CurrentItem( +| MENU *menu, +| int new_toprow, +| ITEM *new_current_item) +| +| Description : Redisplay the menu so that the given row becomes the +| top row and the given item becomes the new current +| item. +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +void _nc_New_TopRow_and_CurrentItem(MENU *menu, int new_toprow, + ITEM *new_current_item) +{ + ITEM *cur_item; + bool mterm_called = FALSE; + bool iterm_called = FALSE; + + assert(menu); + if (menu->status & _POSTED) + { + if (new_current_item != menu->curitem) + { + Call_Hook(menu,itemterm); + iterm_called = TRUE; + } + if (new_toprow != menu->toprow) + { + Call_Hook(menu,menuterm); + mterm_called = TRUE; + } + + cur_item = menu->curitem; + assert(cur_item); + menu->toprow = new_toprow; + menu->curitem = new_current_item; + + if (mterm_called) + { + Call_Hook(menu,menuinit); + } + if (iterm_called) + { + /* this means, move from the old current_item to the new one... */ + Move_To_Current_Item( menu, cur_item ); + Call_Hook(menu,iteminit); + } + if (mterm_called || iterm_called) + { + _nc_Show_Menu(menu); + } + else + pos_menu_cursor(menu); + } + else + { /* if we are not posted, this is quite simple */ + menu->toprow = new_toprow; + menu->curitem = new_current_item; + } +} + +/* m_global.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/m_hook.c b/menu/m_hook.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a30900cd --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_hook.c @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_hook * +* Assign application specific routines for automatic invocation by menus * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_hook.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/* "Template" macro to generate function to set application specific hook */ +#define GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION( typ, name ) \ +int set_ ## typ ## _ ## name (MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func )\ +{\ + (Normalize_Menu(menu) -> typ ## name = func );\ + RETURN(E_OK);\ +} + +/* "Template" macro to generate function to get application specific hook */ +#define GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION( typ, name ) \ +Menu_Hook typ ## _ ## name ( const MENU *menu )\ +{\ + return (Normalize_Menu(menu) -> typ ## name);\ +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_menu_init(MENU *menu, void (*f)(MENU *)) +| +| Description : Set user-exit which is called when menu is posted +| or just after the top row changes. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION( menu, init ) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : void (*)(MENU *) menu_init(const MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Return address of user-exit function which is called +| when a menu is posted or just after the top row +| changes. +| +| Return Values : Menu init function address or NULL ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION( menu, init ) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_menu_term (MENU *menu, void (*f)(MENU *)) +| +| Description : Set user-exit which is called when menu is unposted +| or just before the top row changes. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION( menu, term ) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : void (*)(MENU *) menu_term(const MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Return address of user-exit function which is called +| when a menu is unposted or just before the top row +| changes. +| +| Return Values : Menu finalization function address or NULL ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION( menu, term ) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_item_init (MENU *menu, void (*f)(MENU *)) +| +| Description : Set user-exit which is called when menu is posted +| or just after the current item changes. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION( item, init ) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : void (*)(MENU *) item_init (const MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Return address of user-exit function which is called +| when a menu is posted or just after the current item +| changes. +| +| Return Values : Item init function address or NULL ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION( item, init ) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_item_term (MENU *menu, void (*f)(MENU *)) +| +| Description : Set user-exit which is called when menu is unposted +| or just before the current item changes. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_HOOK_SET_FUNCTION( item, term ) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : void (*)(MENU *) item_init (const MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Return address of user-exit function which is called +| when a menu is unposted or just before the current item +| changes. +| +| Return Values : Item finalization function address or NULL ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +GEN_HOOK_GET_FUNCTION( item, term ) + +/* m_hook.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/m_item_cur.c b/menu/m_item_cur.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9881666f --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_item_cur.c @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_item_cur * +* Set and get current menus item * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_item_cur.c,v 1.7 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_current_item(MENU *menu, const ITEM *item) +| +| Description : Make the item the current item +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_current_item(MENU * menu, ITEM * item) +{ + if (menu && item && (item->imenu==menu)) + { + if ( menu->status & _IN_DRIVER ) + RETURN(E_BAD_STATE); + + assert( menu->curitem ); + if (item != menu->curitem) + { + if (menu->status & _LINK_NEEDED) + { + /* + * Items are available, but they are not linked together. + * So we have to link here. + */ + _nc_Link_Items(menu); + } + assert(menu->pattern); + Reset_Pattern(menu); + /* adjust the window to make item visible and update the menu */ + Adjust_Current_Item(menu,menu->toprow,item); + } + } + else + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : ITEM *current_item(const MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Return the menus current item +| +| Return Values : Item pointer or NULL if failure ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +ITEM *current_item(const MENU * menu) +{ + return (menu && menu->items) ? menu->curitem : (ITEM *)0; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int item_index(const ITEM *) +| +| Description : Return the logical index of this item. +| +| Return Values : The index or ERR if this is an invalid item pointer ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int item_index(const ITEM *item) +{ + return (item && item->imenu) ? item->index : ERR; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_top_row(MENU *menu, int row) +| +| Description : Makes the speified row the top row in the menu +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - not a menu pointer or invalid row +| E_NOT_CONNECTED - there are no items for the menu ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_top_row(MENU * menu, int row) +{ + ITEM *item; + + if (menu) + { + if ( menu->status & _IN_DRIVER ) + RETURN(E_BAD_STATE); + if (menu->items == (ITEM **)0) + RETURN(E_NOT_CONNECTED); + + if ((row<0) || (row > (menu->rows - menu->arows))) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + } + else + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (row != menu->toprow) + { + if (menu->status & _LINK_NEEDED) + _nc_Link_Items(menu); + + item = menu->items[ (menu->opt&O_ROWMAJOR) ? (row*menu->cols) : row ]; + assert(menu->pattern); + Reset_Pattern(menu); + _nc_New_TopRow_and_CurrentItem(menu, row, item); + } + + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int top_row(const MENU *) +| +| Description : Return the top row of the menu +| +| Return Values : The row number or ERR if there is no row ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int top_row(const MENU * menu) +{ + if (menu && menu->items && *(menu->items)) + { + assert( (menu->toprow>=0) && (menu->toprow < menu->rows) ); + return menu->toprow; + } + else + return(ERR); +} + +/* m_item_cur.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/m_item_nam.c b/menu/m_item_nam.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c18f9477 --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_item_nam.c @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_item_nam * +* Get menus item name and description * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_item_nam.c,v 1.5 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : char *item_name(const ITEM *item) +| +| Description : Return name of menu item +| +| Return Values : See above; returns NULL if item is invalid ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +const char *item_name(const ITEM * item) +{ + return ((item) ? item->name.str : (char *)0); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : char *item_description(const ITEM *item) +| +| Description : Returns description of item +| +| Return Values : See above; Returns NULL if item is invalid ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +const char *item_description(const ITEM * item) +{ + return ((item) ? item->description.str : (char *)0); +} + +/* m_item_nam.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/m_item_new.c b/menu/m_item_new.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d0e9844 --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_item_new.c @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_item_new * +* Create and destroy menu items * +* Set and get marker string for menu +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_item_new.c,v 1.5 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : bool Is_Printable_String(const char *s) +| +| Description : Checks whether or not the string contains only printable +| characters. +| +| Return Values : TRUE - if string is printable +| FALSE - if string contains non-printable characters ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static bool Is_Printable_String(const char *s) +{ + assert(s); + while(*s) + { + if (!isprint((unsigned char)*s)) + return FALSE; + s++; + } + return TRUE; +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : ITEM *new_item(char *name, char *description) +| +| Description : Create a new item with name and description. Return +| a pointer to this new item. +| N.B.: an item must(!) have a name. +| +| Return Values : The item pointer or NULL if creation failed. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +ITEM *new_item(const char *name, const char *description) +{ + ITEM *item; + + if ( !name || (*name == '\0') || !Is_Printable_String(name) ) + { + item = (ITEM *)0; + SET_ERROR( E_BAD_ARGUMENT ); + } + else + { + item = (ITEM *)calloc(1,sizeof(ITEM)); + if (item) + { + *item = _nc_Default_Item; /* hope we have struct assignment */ + + item->name.length = strlen(name); + item->name.str = (char *)malloc(1 + item->name.length); + if (item->name.str) + { + strcpy(item->name.str, name); + } + else + { + free(item); + SET_ERROR( E_SYSTEM_ERROR ); + return (ITEM *)0; + } + + if (description && (*description != '\0') && + Is_Printable_String(description)) + { + item->description.length = strlen(description); + item->description.str = + (char *)malloc(1 + item->description.length); + if (item->description.str) + { + strcpy(item->description.str, description); + } + else + { + free(item->name.str); + free(item); + SET_ERROR( E_SYSTEM_ERROR ); + return (ITEM *)0; + } + } + else + { + item->description.length = 0; + item->description.str = (char *)0; + } + } + else + SET_ERROR( E_SYSTEM_ERROR ); + } + return(item); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int free_item(ITEM *item) +| +| Description : Free the allocated storage for this item. +| N.B.: a connected item can't be freed. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid value has been passed +| E_CONNECTED - item is still connected to a menu ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int free_item(ITEM * item) +{ + if (!item) + RETURN( E_BAD_ARGUMENT ); + + if (item->imenu) + RETURN( E_CONNECTED ); + + if (item->name.str) + free(item->name.str); + if (item->description.str) + free (item->description.str); + free(item); + + RETURN( E_OK ); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_menu_mark( MENU *menu, const char *mark ) +| +| Description : Set the mark string used to indicate the current +| item (single-valued menu) or the selected items +| (multi-valued menu). +| The mark argument may be NULL, in which case no +| marker is used. +| This might be a little bit tricky, because this may +| affect the geometry of the menu, which we don't allow +| if it is already posted. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - an invalid value has been passed +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - no memory to store mark ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_menu_mark(MENU * menu, const char * mark) +{ + int l; + + if ( mark && (*mark != '\0') && Is_Printable_String(mark) ) + l = strlen(mark); + else + l = 0; + + if ( menu ) + { + char *old_mark = menu->mark; + unsigned short old_status = menu->status; + + if (menu->status & _POSTED) + { + /* If the menu is already posted, the geometry is fixed. Then + we can only accept a mark with exactly the same length */ + if (menu->marklen != l) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + } + menu->marklen = l; + if (l) + { + menu->mark = (char *)malloc(l+1); + if (menu->mark) + { + strcpy(menu->mark, mark); + menu->status |= _MARK_ALLOCATED; + } + else + { + menu->mark = old_mark; + RETURN(E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + } + } + else + menu->mark = (char *)0; + + if ((old_status & _MARK_ALLOCATED) && old_mark) + free(old_mark); + + if (menu->status & _POSTED) + { + _nc_Draw_Menu( menu ); + _nc_Show_Menu( menu ); + } + else + { + /* Recalculate the geometry */ + _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width( menu ); + } + } + else + { + return set_menu_mark(&_nc_Default_Menu, mark); + } + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : char *menu_mark(const MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Return a pointer to the marker string +| +| Return Values : The marker string pointer or NULL if no marker defined ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +const char *menu_mark(const MENU * menu) +{ + return Normalize_Menu( menu )->mark; +} + +/* m_item_new.c */ diff --git a/menu/m_item_opt.c b/menu/m_item_opt.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d30b08d --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_item_opt.c @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_item_opt * +* Menus item option routines * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_item_opt.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_item_opts(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts) +| +| Description : Set the options of the item. If there are relevant +| changes, the item is connected and the menu is posted, +| the menu will be redisplayed. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid item options ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_item_opts(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts) +{ + if (opts & ~ALL_ITEM_OPTS) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (item) + { + if (item->opt != opts) + { + MENU *menu = item->imenu; + + item->opt = opts; + + if ((!(opts & O_SELECTABLE)) && item->value) + item->value = FALSE; + + if (menu && (menu->status & _POSTED)) + { + Move_And_Post_Item( menu, item ); + _nc_Show_Menu(menu); + } + } + } + else + _nc_Default_Item.opt = opts; + + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int item_opts_off(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts) +| +| Description : Switch of the options for this item. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int item_opts_off(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts) +{ + ITEM *citem = item; /* use a copy because set_item_opts must detect + NULL item itself to adjust its behaviour */ + + if (opts & ~ALL_ITEM_OPTS) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + else + { + Normalize_Item(citem); + opts = citem->opt & ~opts; + return set_item_opts( item, opts ); + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int item_opts_on(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts) +| +| Description : Switch on the options for this item. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int item_opts_on(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts) +{ + ITEM *citem = item; /* use a copy because set_item_opts must detect + NULL item itself to adjust its behaviour */ + + if (opts & ~ALL_ITEM_OPTS) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + else + { + Normalize_Item(citem); + opts = citem->opt | opts; + return set_item_opts( item, opts ); + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : Item_Options item_opts(const ITEM *item) +| +| Description : Switch of the options for this item. +| +| Return Values : Items options ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +Item_Options item_opts(const ITEM * item) +{ + return (ALL_ITEM_OPTS & Normalize_Item(item)->opt); +} + +/* m_item_opt.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/m_item_use.c b/menu/m_item_use.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e4fcf15c --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_item_use.c @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_item_use * +* Associate application data with menu items * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_item_use.c,v 1.5 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_item_userptr(ITEM *item, const void *userptr) +| +| Description : Set the pointer that is reserved in any item to store +| application relevant informations. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_item_userptr(ITEM * item, const void * userptr) +{ + Normalize_Item(item)->userptr = userptr; + RETURN( E_OK ); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : const void *item_userptr(const ITEM *item) +| +| Description : Return the pointer that is reserved in any item to store +| application relevant informations. +| +| Return Values : Value of the pointer. If no such pointer has been set, +| NULL is returned. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +const void *item_userptr(const ITEM * item) +{ + return Normalize_Item(item)->userptr; +} + +/* m_item_use.c */ diff --git a/menu/m_item_val.c b/menu/m_item_val.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9bb79e59 --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_item_val.c @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_item_val * +* Set and get menus item values * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_item_val.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_item_value(ITEM *item, int value) +| +| Description : Programmatically set the items selection value. This is +| only allowed if the item is selectable at all and if +| it is not connected to a single-valued menu. +| If the item is connected to a posted menu, the menu +| will be redisplayed. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_REQUEST_DENIED - not selectable or single valued menu ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_item_value(ITEM *item, bool value) +{ + MENU *menu; + + if (item) + { + menu = item->imenu; + + if ((!(item->opt & O_SELECTABLE)) || + (menu && (menu->opt & O_ONEVALUE))) + RETURN(E_REQUEST_DENIED); + + if (item->value ^ value) + { + item->value = value ? TRUE : FALSE; + if (menu) + { + if (menu->status & _POSTED) + { + Move_And_Post_Item(menu,item); + _nc_Show_Menu(menu); + } + } + } + } + else + _nc_Default_Item.value = value; + + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : bool item_value(const ITEM *item) +| +| Description : Return the selection value of the item +| +| Return Values : TRUE - if item is selected +| FALSE - if item is not selected ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +bool item_value(const ITEM *item) +{ + return ((Normalize_Item(item)->value) ? TRUE : FALSE); +} + +/* m_item_val.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/m_item_vis.c b/menu/m_item_vis.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cea7b7ef --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_item_vis.c @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_item_vis * +* Tell if menu item is visible * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_item_vis.c,v 1.6 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : bool item_visible(const ITEM *item) +| +| Description : A item is visible if it currently appears in the +| subwindow of a posted menu. +| +| Return Values : TRUE if visible +| FALSE if invisible ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +bool item_visible(const ITEM * item) +{ + MENU *menu; + + if ( item && + (menu=item->imenu) && + (menu->status & _POSTED) && + ( (menu->toprow + menu->arows) > (item->y) ) && + ( item->y >= menu->toprow) ) + return TRUE; + else + return FALSE; +} + +/* m_item_vis.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/m_items.c b/menu/m_items.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..677a0110 --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_items.c @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_items * +* Connect and disconnect items to and from menus * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_items.c,v 1.4 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_menu_items(MENU *menu, ITEM **items) +| +| Description : Sets the item pointer array connected to menu. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_POSTED - menu is already posted +| E_CONNECTED - one or more items are already connected +| to another menu. +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - An incorrect menu or item array was +| passed to the function ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_menu_items(MENU * menu, ITEM ** items) +{ + if (!menu || (items && !(*items))) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if ( menu->status & _POSTED ) + RETURN(E_POSTED); + + if (menu->items) + _nc_Disconnect_Items(menu); + + if (items) + { + if(!_nc_Connect_Items( menu, items )) + RETURN(E_CONNECTED); + } + + menu->items = items; + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : ITEM **menu_items(const MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Returns a pointer to the item pointer arry of the menu +| +| Return Values : NULL on error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +ITEM **menu_items(const MENU *menu) +{ + return(menu ? menu->items : (ITEM **)0); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int item_count(const MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Get the number of items connected to the menu. If the +| menu pointer is NULL we return -1. +| +| Return Values : Number of items or -1 to indicate error. ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int item_count(const MENU *menu) +{ + return(menu ? menu->nitems : -1); +} + +/* m_items.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/m_new.c b/menu/m_new.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..66837061 --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_new.c @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_new * +* Creation and destruction of new menus * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_new.c,v 1.5 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : MENU *new_menu(ITEM **items) +| +| Description : Creates a new menu connected to the item pointer +| array items and returns a pointer to the new menu. +| The new menu is initialized with the values from the +| default menu. +| +| Return Values : NULL on error ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +MENU *new_menu(ITEM ** items) +{ + MENU *menu = (MENU *)calloc(1,sizeof(MENU)); + + if (menu) + { + *menu = _nc_Default_Menu; + menu->rows = menu->frows; + menu->cols = menu->fcols; + if (items && *items) + { + if (!_nc_Connect_Items(menu,items)) + { + free(menu); + menu = (MENU *)0; + } + } + } + + if (!menu) + SET_ERROR(E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + + return(menu); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int free_menu(MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Disconnects menu from its associated item pointer +| array and frees the storage allocated for the menu. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - Invalid menu pointer passed +| E_POSTED - Menu is already posted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int free_menu(MENU * menu) +{ + if (!menu) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if ( menu->status & _POSTED ) + RETURN(E_POSTED); + + if (menu->items) + _nc_Disconnect_Items(menu); + + if ((menu->status & _MARK_ALLOCATED) && menu->mark) + free(menu->mark); + + free(menu); + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/* m_new.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/m_opts.c b/menu/m_opts.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..55085901 --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_opts.c @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_opts * +* Menus option routines * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_opts.c,v 1.6 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_menu_opts(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts) +| +| Description : Set the options for this menu. If the new settings +| end up in a change of the geometry of the menu, it +| will be recalculated. This operation is forbidden if +| the menu is already posted. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid menu options +| E_POSTED - menu is already posted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_menu_opts(MENU * menu, Menu_Options opts) +{ + if (opts & ~ALL_MENU_OPTS) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if (menu) + { + if ( menu->status & _POSTED ) + RETURN(E_POSTED); + + if ( (opts&O_ROWMAJOR) != (menu->opt&O_ROWMAJOR)) + { + /* we need this only if the layout really changed ... */ + if (menu->items && menu->items[0]) + { + menu->toprow = 0; + menu->curitem = menu->items[0]; + assert(menu->curitem); + set_menu_format( menu, menu->frows, menu->fcols ); + } + } + + menu->opt = opts; + + if (opts & O_ONEVALUE) + { + ITEM **item; + + if ( ((item=menu->items) != (ITEM**)0) ) + for(;*item;item++) + (*item)->value = FALSE; + } + + if (opts & O_SHOWDESC) /* this also changes the geometry */ + _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width( menu ); + } + else + _nc_Default_Menu.opt = opts; + + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int menu_opts_off(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts) +| +| Description : Switch off the options for this menu. If the new settings +| end up in a change of the geometry of the menu, it +| will be recalculated. This operation is forbidden if +| the menu is already posted. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid options +| E_POSTED - menu is already posted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int menu_opts_off(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts) +{ + MENU *cmenu = menu; /* use a copy because set_menu_opts must detect + NULL menu itself to adjust its behaviour */ + + if (opts & ~ALL_MENU_OPTS) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + else + { + Normalize_Menu(cmenu); + opts = cmenu->opt & ~opts; + return set_menu_opts( menu, opts ); + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int menu_opts_on(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts) +| +| Description : Switch on the options for this menu. If the new settings +| end up in a change of the geometry of the menu, it +| will be recalculated. This operation is forbidden if +| the menu is already posted. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid menu options +| E_POSTED - menu is already posted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int menu_opts_on(MENU * menu, Menu_Options opts) +{ + MENU *cmenu = menu; /* use a copy because set_menu_opts must detect + NULL menu itself to adjust its behaviour */ + + if (opts & ~ALL_MENU_OPTS) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + else + { + Normalize_Menu(cmenu); + opts = cmenu->opt | opts; + return set_menu_opts(menu, opts); + } +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : Menu_Options menu_opts(const MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Return the options for this menu. +| +| Return Values : Menu options ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +Menu_Options menu_opts(const MENU *menu) +{ + return (ALL_MENU_OPTS & Normalize_Menu( menu )->opt); +} + +/* m_opts.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/m_post.c b/menu/m_post.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9f0bd4a --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_post.c @@ -0,0 +1,356 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_post * +* Write or erase menus from associated subwindows * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_post.c,v 1.12 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : void _nc_Post_Item(MENU *menu, ITEM *item) +| +| Description : Draw the item in the menus window at the current +| window position +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +void _nc_Post_Item(const MENU * menu, const ITEM * item) +{ + int i; + chtype ch; + int item_x, item_y; + int count = 0; + bool isfore = FALSE, isback=FALSE, isgrey = FALSE; + + assert(menu->win); + + getyx(menu->win,item_y,item_x); + + /* We need a marker iff + - it is a onevalued menu and it is the current item + - or it has a selection value + */ + wattron(menu->win,menu->back); + if (item->value || (item==menu->curitem)) + { + if (menu->marklen) + { + /* In a multi selection menu we use the fore attribute + for a selected marker that is not the current one. + This improves visualization of the menu, because now + always the 'normal' marker denotes the current + item. */ + if (!(menu->opt & O_ONEVALUE) && item->value && item!=menu->curitem) + { + wattron(menu->win,menu->fore); + isfore = TRUE; + } + waddstr(menu->win,menu->mark); + if (isfore) + { + wattron(menu->win,menu->fore); + isfore = FALSE; + } + } + } + else /* otherwise we have to wipe out the marker area */ + for(ch=' ',i=menu->marklen;i>0;i--) + waddch(menu->win,ch); + wattroff(menu->win,menu->back); + count += menu->marklen; + + /* First we have to calculate the attribute depending on selectability + and selection status + */ + if (!(item->opt & O_SELECTABLE)) + { + wattron(menu->win,menu->grey); + isgrey = TRUE; + } + else + { + if (item->value || item==menu->curitem) + { + wattron(menu->win,menu->fore); + isfore = TRUE; + } + else + { + wattron(menu->win,menu->back); + isback = TRUE; + } + } + + waddnstr(menu->win,item->name.str,item->name.length); + for(ch=' ',i=menu->namelen-item->name.length;i>0;i--) + { + waddch(menu->win,ch); + } + count += menu->namelen; + + /* Show description if required and available */ + if ( (menu->opt & O_SHOWDESC) && menu->desclen>0 ) + { + int m = menu->spc_desc/2; + int cy = -1, cx = -1; + + for(ch=' ',i=0; i < menu->spc_desc; i++) + { + if (i==m) + { + waddch(menu->win,menu->pad); + getyx(menu->win,cy,cx); + } + else + waddch(menu->win,ch); + } + if (item->description.length) + waddnstr(menu->win,item->description.str,item->description.length); + for(ch=' ',i=menu->desclen-item->description.length; i>0; i--) + { + waddch(menu->win,ch); + } + count += menu->desclen + menu->spc_desc; + + if (menu->spc_rows > 1) + { + int j, k, ncy, ncx; + + assert(cx>=0 && cy>=0); + getyx(menu->win,ncy,ncx); + if (isgrey) wattroff(menu->win,menu->grey); + else if (isfore) wattroff(menu->win,menu->fore); + wattron(menu->win,menu->back); + for(j=1; j < menu->spc_rows;j++) + { + if ((item_y+j) < getmaxy(menu->win)) + { + wmove (menu->win,item_y+j,item_x); + for(k=0;kwin,' '); + } + if ((cy+j) < getmaxy(menu->win)) + mvwaddch(menu->win,cy+j,cx-1,menu->pad); + } + wmove(menu->win,ncy,ncx); + if (!isback) + wattroff(menu->win,menu->back); + } + } + + /* Remove attributes */ + if (isfore) + wattroff(menu->win,menu->fore); + if (isback) + wattroff(menu->win,menu->back); + if (isgrey) + wattroff(menu->win,menu->grey); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : void _nc_Draw_Menu(const MENU *) +| +| Description : Display the menu in its windows +| +| Return Values : - ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +void _nc_Draw_Menu(const MENU * menu) +{ + ITEM *item = menu->items[0]; + ITEM *lasthor, *lastvert; + ITEM *hitem; + int y = 0; + chtype s_bkgd; + + assert(item && menu->win); + + s_bkgd = getbkgd(menu->win); + wbkgdset(menu->win,menu->back); + werase(menu->win); + wbkgdset(menu->win,s_bkgd); + + lastvert = (menu->opt & O_NONCYCLIC) ? (ITEM *)0 : item; + + do + { + wmove(menu->win,y,0); + + hitem = item; + lasthor = (menu->opt & O_NONCYCLIC) ? (ITEM *)0 : hitem; + + do + { + _nc_Post_Item( menu, hitem); + + wattron(menu->win,menu->back); + if ( ((hitem = hitem->right) != lasthor) && hitem ) + { + int i,j, cy, cx; + chtype ch = ' '; + + getyx(menu->win,cy,cx); + for(j=0;jspc_rows;j++) + { + wmove(menu->win,cy+j,cx); + for(i=0; i < menu->spc_cols; i++) + { + waddch( menu->win,ch); + } + } + wmove(menu->win,cy,cx+menu->spc_cols); + } + } while (hitem && (hitem != lasthor)); + wattroff(menu->win,menu->back); + + item = item->down; + y += menu->spc_rows; + + } while( item && (item != lastvert) ); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int post_menu(MENU *) +| +| Description : Post a menu to the screen. This makes it visible. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - not a valid menu pointer +| E_SYSTEM_ERROR - error in lower layers +| E_NO_ROOM - Menu to large for screen +| E_NOT_CONNECTED - No items connected to menu +| E_BAD_STATE - Menu in userexit routine +| E_POSTED - Menu already posted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int post_menu(MENU * menu) +{ + if (!menu) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if ( menu->status & _IN_DRIVER ) + RETURN(E_BAD_STATE); + + if ( menu->status & _POSTED ) + RETURN(E_POSTED); + + if (menu->items && *(menu->items)) + { + int y; + int h = 1 + menu->spc_rows * (menu->rows - 1); + + WINDOW *win = Get_Menu_Window(menu); + int maxy = getmaxy(win); + int maxx = getmaxx(win); + + if (maxx < menu->width || maxy < menu->height) + RETURN(E_NO_ROOM); + + if ( (menu->win = newpad(h,menu->width)) ) + { + y = (maxy >= h) ? h : maxy; + if (y>=menu->height) + y = menu->height; + if(!(menu->sub = subpad(menu->win,y,menu->width,0,0))) + RETURN(E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + } + else + RETURN(E_SYSTEM_ERROR); + + if (menu->status & _LINK_NEEDED) + _nc_Link_Items(menu); + } + else + RETURN(E_NOT_CONNECTED); + + menu->status |= _POSTED; + + if (!(menu->opt&O_ONEVALUE)) + { + ITEM **items; + + for(items=menu->items;*items;items++) + { + (*items)->value = FALSE; + } + } + + _nc_Draw_Menu(menu); + + Call_Hook(menu,menuinit); + Call_Hook(menu,iteminit); + + _nc_Show_Menu(menu); + + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int unpost_menu(MENU *) +| +| Description : Detach menu from screen +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - not a valid menu pointer +| E_BAD_STATE - menu in userexit routine +| E_NOT_POSTED - menu is not posted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int unpost_menu(MENU * menu) +{ + WINDOW *win; + + if (!menu) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + if ( menu->status & _IN_DRIVER ) + RETURN(E_BAD_STATE); + + if ( !( menu->status & _POSTED ) ) + RETURN(E_NOT_POSTED); + + Call_Hook(menu,itemterm); + Call_Hook(menu,menuterm); + + win = Get_Menu_Window(menu); + werase(win); + wsyncup(win); + + assert(menu->sub); + delwin(menu->sub); + menu->sub = (WINDOW *)0; + + assert(menu->win); + delwin(menu->win); + menu->win = (WINDOW *)0; + + menu->status &= ~_POSTED; + + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/* m_post.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/m_req_name.c b/menu/m_req_name.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..13c9e31f --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_req_name.c @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_request_name * +* Routines to handle external names of menu requests * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_req_name.c,v 1.8 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +static const char *request_names[ MAX_MENU_COMMAND - MIN_MENU_COMMAND + 1 ] = { + "LEFT_ITEM" , + "RIGHT_ITEM" , + "UP_ITEM" , + "DOWN_ITEM" , + "SCR_ULINE" , + "SCR_DLINE" , + "SCR_DPAGE" , + "SCR_UPAGE" , + "FIRST_ITEM" , + "LAST_ITEM" , + "NEXT_ITEM" , + "PREV_ITEM" , + "TOGGLE_ITEM" , + "CLEAR_PATTERN", + "BACK_PATTERN" , + "NEXT_MATCH" , + "PREV_MATCH" +}; +#define A_SIZE (sizeof(request_names)/sizeof(request_names[0])) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : const char * menu_request_name (int request); +| +| Description : Get the external name of a menu request. +| +| Return Values : Pointer to name - on success +| NULL - on invalid request code ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +const char *menu_request_name( int request ) +{ + if ( (request < MIN_MENU_COMMAND) || (request > MAX_MENU_COMMAND) ) + { + SET_ERROR(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + return (const char *)0; + } + else + return request_names[ request - MIN_MENU_COMMAND ]; +} + + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int menu_request_by_name (const char *str); +| +| Description : Search for a request with this name. +| +| Return Values : Request Id - on success +| E_NO_MATCH - request not found ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int menu_request_by_name( const char *str ) +{ + /* because the table is so small, it doesn't really hurt + to run sequentially through it. + */ + unsigned int i = 0; + char buf[16]; + + if (str) + { + strncpy(buf,str,sizeof(buf)); + while( (i | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_spacing * +* Routines to handle spacing between entries * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_spacing.c,v 1.7 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +#define MAX_SPC_DESC ((TABSIZE) ? (TABSIZE) : 8) +#define MAX_SPC_COLS ((TABSIZE) ? (TABSIZE) : 8) +#define MAX_SPC_ROWS (3) + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_menu_spacing(MENU *menu,int desc, int r, int c); +| +| Description : Set the spacing between entried +| +| Return Values : E_OK - on success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_menu_spacing(MENU *menu, int s_desc, int s_row, int s_col ) +{ + MENU *m; /* split for ATAC workaround */ + m = Normalize_Menu(menu); + + assert(m); + if (m->status & _POSTED) + RETURN(E_POSTED); + + if (((s_desc < 0) || (s_desc > MAX_SPC_DESC)) || + ((s_row < 0) || (s_row > MAX_SPC_ROWS)) || + ((s_col < 0) || (s_col > MAX_SPC_COLS))) + RETURN(E_BAD_ARGUMENT); + + m->spc_desc = s_desc ? s_desc : 1; + m->spc_rows = s_row ? s_row : 1; + m->spc_cols = s_col ? s_col : 1; + _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width(m); + + RETURN(E_OK); +} + + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int menu_spacing (const MENU *,int *,int *,int *); +| +| Description : Retrieve info about spacing between the entries +| +| Return Values : E_OK - on success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int menu_spacing( const MENU *menu, int* s_desc, int* s_row, int* s_col) +{ + const MENU *m; /* split for ATAC workaround */ + m = Normalize_Menu(menu); + + assert(m); + if (s_desc) *s_desc = m->spc_desc; + if (s_row) *s_row = m->spc_rows; + if (s_col) *s_col = m->spc_cols; + + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/* m_spacing.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/m_userptr.c b/menu/m_userptr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ac73b9f --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_userptr.c @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_userptr * +* Associate application data with menus * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_userptr.c,v 1.5 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_menu_userptr(MENU *menu, const void *userptr) +| +| Description : Set the pointer that is reserved in any menu to store +| application relevant informations. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_menu_userptr(MENU * menu, const void * userptr) +{ + Normalize_Menu(menu)->userptr = userptr; + RETURN( E_OK ); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : char *menu_userptr(const MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Return the pointer that is reserved in any menu to +| store application relevant informations. +| +| Return Values : Value of the pointer. If no such pointer has been set, +| NULL is returned ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +const void *menu_userptr(const MENU * menu) +{ + return( Normalize_Menu(menu)->userptr); +} + +/* m_userptr.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/m_win.c b/menu/m_win.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2cc5c236 --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/m_win.c @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu_win * +* Menus window and subwindow association routines * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "menu.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: m_win.c,v 1.5 1997/05/01 16:47:26 juergen Exp $") + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_menu_win(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win) +| +| Description : Sets the window of the menu. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_POSTED - menu is already posted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_menu_win(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win) +{ + if (menu) + { + if ( menu->status & _POSTED ) + RETURN(E_POSTED); + menu->userwin = win; + _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width(menu); + } + else + _nc_Default_Menu.userwin = win; + + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : WINDOW *menu_win(const MENU *) +| +| Description : Returns pointer to the window of the menu +| +| Return Values : NULL on error, otherwise pointer to window ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +WINDOW *menu_win(const MENU *menu) +{ + const MENU* m = Normalize_Menu(menu); + return (m->userwin ? m->userwin : stdscr); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int set_menu_sub(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win) +| +| Description : Sets the subwindow of the menu. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_POSTED - menu is already posted ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int set_menu_sub(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win) +{ + if (menu) + { + if ( menu->status & _POSTED ) + RETURN(E_POSTED); + menu->usersub = win; + _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width(menu); + } + else + _nc_Default_Menu.usersub = win; + + RETURN(E_OK); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : WINDOW *menu_sub(const MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Returns a pointer to the subwindow of the menu +| +| Return Values : NULL on error, otherwise a pointer to the window ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +WINDOW *menu_sub(const MENU * menu) +{ + const MENU* m = Normalize_Menu(menu); + return Get_Menu_Window(m); +} + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Facility : libnmenu +| Function : int scale_menu(const MENU *menu) +| +| Description : Returns the minimum window size necessary for the +| subwindow of menu. +| +| Return Values : E_OK - success +| E_BAD_ARGUMENT - invalid menu pointer +| E_NOT_CONNECTED - no items are connected to menu ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int scale_menu(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols) +{ + if (!menu) + RETURN( E_BAD_ARGUMENT ); + + if (menu->items && *(menu->items)) + { + if (rows) + *rows = menu->height; + if (cols) + *cols = menu->width; + RETURN(E_OK); + } + else + RETURN( E_NOT_CONNECTED ); +} + +/* m_win.c ends here */ diff --git a/menu/menu.h b/menu/menu.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b63c7406 --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/menu.h @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef ETI_MENU +#define ETI_MENU + +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef int Menu_Options; +typedef int Item_Options; + +/* Menu options: */ +#define O_ONEVALUE (0x01) +#define O_SHOWDESC (0x02) +#define O_ROWMAJOR (0x04) +#define O_IGNORECASE (0x08) +#define O_SHOWMATCH (0x10) +#define O_NONCYCLIC (0x20) + +/* Item options: */ +#define O_SELECTABLE (0x01) + +typedef struct +{ + char* str; + unsigned short length; +} TEXT; + +typedef struct tagITEM +{ + TEXT name; /* name of menu item */ + TEXT description; /* description of item, optional in display */ + struct tagMENU *imenu; /* Pointer to parent menu */ + const void *userptr; /* Pointer to user defined per item data */ + Item_Options opt; /* Item options */ + short index; /* Item number if connected to a menu */ + short y; /* y and x location of item in menu */ + short x; + bool value; /* Selection value */ + + struct tagITEM *left; /* neighbour items */ + struct tagITEM *right; + struct tagITEM *up; + struct tagITEM *down; + +} ITEM; + +typedef void (*Menu_Hook)(struct tagMENU *); + +typedef struct tagMENU +{ + short height; /* Nr. of chars high */ + short width; /* Nr. of chars wide */ + short rows; /* Nr. of items high */ + short cols; /* Nr. of items wide */ + short frows; /* Nr. of formatted items high */ + short fcols; /* Nr. of formatted items wide */ + short arows; /* Nr. of items high (actual) */ + short namelen; /* Max. name length */ + short desclen; /* Max. description length */ + short marklen; /* Length of mark, if any */ + short itemlen; /* Length of one item */ + short spc_desc; /* Spacing for descriptor */ + short spc_cols; /* Spacing for columns */ + short spc_rows; /* Spacing for rows */ + char *pattern; /* Buffer to store match chars */ + short pindex; /* Index into pattern buffer */ + WINDOW *win; /* Window containing menu */ + WINDOW *sub; /* Subwindow for menu display */ + WINDOW *userwin; /* User's window */ + WINDOW *usersub; /* User's subwindow */ + ITEM **items; /* array of items */ + short nitems; /* Nr. of items in menu */ + ITEM *curitem; /* Current item */ + short toprow; /* Top row of menu */ + chtype fore; /* Selection attribute */ + chtype back; /* Nonselection attribute */ + chtype grey; /* Inactive attribute */ + unsigned char pad; /* Pad character */ + + Menu_Hook menuinit; /* User hooks */ + Menu_Hook menuterm; + Menu_Hook iteminit; + Menu_Hook itemterm; + + const void *userptr; /* Pointer to menus user data */ + char *mark; /* Pointer to marker string */ + + Menu_Options opt; /* Menu options */ + unsigned short status; /* Internal state of menu */ + +} MENU; + + +/* Define keys */ + +#define REQ_LEFT_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 1) +#define REQ_RIGHT_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 2) +#define REQ_UP_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 3) +#define REQ_DOWN_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 4) +#define REQ_SCR_ULINE (KEY_MAX + 5) +#define REQ_SCR_DLINE (KEY_MAX + 6) +#define REQ_SCR_DPAGE (KEY_MAX + 7) +#define REQ_SCR_UPAGE (KEY_MAX + 8) +#define REQ_FIRST_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 9) +#define REQ_LAST_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 10) +#define REQ_NEXT_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 11) +#define REQ_PREV_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 12) +#define REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM (KEY_MAX + 13) +#define REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN (KEY_MAX + 14) +#define REQ_BACK_PATTERN (KEY_MAX + 15) +#define REQ_NEXT_MATCH (KEY_MAX + 16) +#define REQ_PREV_MATCH (KEY_MAX + 17) + +#define MIN_MENU_COMMAND (KEY_MAX + 1) +#define MAX_MENU_COMMAND (KEY_MAX + 17) + +/* + * Some AT&T code expects MAX_COMMAND to be out-of-band not + * just for menu commands but for forms ones as well. + */ +#if defined(MAX_COMMAND) +# if (MAX_MENU_COMMAND > MAX_COMMAND) +# error Something is wrong -- MAX_MENU_COMMAND is greater than MAX_COMMAND +# elif (MAX_COMMAND != (KEY_MAX + 128)) +# error Something is wrong -- MAX_COMMAND is already inconsistently defined. +# endif +#else +# define MAX_COMMAND (KEY_MAX + 128) +#endif + + +/* --------- prototypes for libmenu functions ----------------------------- */ + +extern ITEM **menu_items(const MENU *), + *current_item(const MENU *), + *new_item(const char *,const char *); + +extern MENU *new_menu(ITEM **); + +extern Item_Options item_opts(const ITEM *); +extern Menu_Options menu_opts(const MENU *); + +Menu_Hook item_init(const MENU *), + item_term(const MENU *), + menu_init(const MENU *), + menu_term(const MENU *); + +extern WINDOW *menu_sub(const MENU *), + *menu_win(const MENU *); + +extern const char *item_description(const ITEM *), + *item_name(const ITEM *), + *menu_mark(const MENU *), + *menu_request_name(int); + +extern char *menu_pattern(const MENU *); + +extern const void *menu_userptr(const MENU *), + *item_userptr(const ITEM *); + +extern chtype menu_back(const MENU *), + menu_fore(const MENU *), + menu_grey(const MENU *); + +extern int free_item(ITEM *), + free_menu(MENU *), + item_count(const MENU *), + item_index(const ITEM *), + item_opts_off(ITEM *,Item_Options), + item_opts_on(ITEM *,Item_Options), + menu_driver(MENU *,int), + menu_opts_off(MENU *,Menu_Options), + menu_opts_on(MENU *,Menu_Options), + menu_pad(const MENU *), + pos_menu_cursor(const MENU *), + post_menu(MENU *), + scale_menu(const MENU *,int *,int *), + set_current_item(MENU *menu,ITEM *item), + set_item_init(MENU *,void(*)(MENU *)), + set_item_opts(ITEM *,Item_Options), + set_item_term(MENU *,void(*)(MENU *)), + set_item_userptr(ITEM *, const void *), + set_item_value(ITEM *,bool), + set_menu_back(MENU *,chtype), + set_menu_fore(MENU *,chtype), + set_menu_format(MENU *,int,int), + set_menu_grey(MENU *,chtype), + set_menu_init(MENU *,void(*)(MENU *)), + set_menu_items(MENU *,ITEM **), + set_menu_mark(MENU *, const char *), + set_menu_opts(MENU *,Menu_Options), + set_menu_pad(MENU *,int), + set_menu_pattern(MENU *,const char *), + set_menu_sub(MENU *,WINDOW *), + set_menu_term(MENU *,void(*)(MENU *)), + set_menu_userptr(MENU *,const void *), + set_menu_win(MENU *,WINDOW *), + set_top_row(MENU *,int), + top_row(const MENU *), + unpost_menu(MENU *), + menu_request_by_name(const char *), + set_menu_spacing(MENU *,int,int,int), + menu_spacing(const MENU *,int *,int *,int *); + + +extern bool item_value(const ITEM *), + item_visible(const ITEM *); + +void menu_format(const MENU *,int *,int *); + +#ifdef __cplusplus + } +#endif + +#endif /* ETI_MENU */ diff --git a/menu/menu.priv.h b/menu/menu.priv.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e478e0c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/menu.priv.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*************************************************************************** +* Module menu.priv.h * +* Top level private header file for all libnmenu modules * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include "mf_common.h" +#include "menu.h" + +/* Backspace code */ +#define BS (8) + +extern ITEM _nc_Default_Item; +extern MENU _nc_Default_Menu; + +/* Normalize item to default if none was given */ +#define Normalize_Item( item ) ((item)=(item)?(item):&_nc_Default_Item) + +/* Normalize menu to default if none was given */ +#define Normalize_Menu( menu ) ((menu)=(menu)?(menu):&_nc_Default_Menu) + +/* Normalize menu window */ +#define Get_Menu_Window( menu ) \ + ( (menu)->usersub ? (menu)->usersub : (\ + (menu)->userwin ? (menu)->userwin : stdscr )) + +/* menu specific status flags */ +#define _LINK_NEEDED (0x04) +#define _MARK_ALLOCATED (0x08) + +#define ALL_MENU_OPTS ( \ + O_ONEVALUE | \ + O_SHOWDESC | \ + O_ROWMAJOR | \ + O_IGNORECASE | \ + O_SHOWMATCH | \ + O_NONCYCLIC ) + +#define ALL_ITEM_OPTS (O_SELECTABLE) + +/* Move to the window position of an item and draw it */ +#define Move_And_Post_Item(menu,item) \ + {wmove((menu)->win,(menu)->spc_rows*(item)->y,((menu)->itemlen+(menu)->spc_cols)*(item)->x);\ + _nc_Post_Item((menu),(item));} + +#define Move_To_Current_Item(menu,item) \ + if ( (item) != (menu)->curitem)\ + {\ + Move_And_Post_Item(menu,item);\ + Move_And_Post_Item(menu,(menu)->curitem);\ + } + +/* This macro ensures, that the item becomes visible, if possible with the + specified row as the top row of the window. If this is not possible, + the top row will be adjusted and the value is stored in the row argument. +*/ +#define Adjust_Current_Item(menu,row,item) \ + { if ((item)->y < row) \ + row = (item)->y;\ + if ( (item)->y >= (row + (menu)->arows) )\ + row = ( (item)->y < ((menu)->rows - row) ) ? \ + (item)->y : (menu)->rows - (menu)->arows;\ + _nc_New_TopRow_and_CurrentItem(menu,row,item); } + +/* Reset the match pattern buffer */ +#define Reset_Pattern(menu) \ + { (menu)->pindex = 0; \ + (menu)->pattern[0] = '\0'; } + +/* Internal functions. */ +extern void _nc_Draw_Menu(const MENU *); +extern void _nc_Show_Menu(const MENU *); +extern void _nc_Calculate_Item_Length_and_Width(MENU *); +extern void _nc_Post_Item(const MENU *, const ITEM *); +extern bool _nc_Connect_Items(MENU *, ITEM **); +extern void _nc_Disconnect_Items(MENU *); +extern void _nc_New_TopRow_and_CurrentItem(MENU *,int, ITEM *); +extern void _nc_Link_Items(MENU *); diff --git a/menu/mf_common.h b/menu/mf_common.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1e0b3caf --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/mf_common.h @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The ncurses menu library is Copyright (C) 1995-1997 | +| by Juergen Pfeifer | +| All Rights Reserved. | +| | +| Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its | +| documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided | +| that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that | +| copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting | +| documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not | +| be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the | +| software without specific, written prior permission. | +| | +| THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO | +| THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT- | +| NESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR | +| ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RE- | +| SULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, | +| NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH | +| THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. | ++-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Common internal header for menu and form library */ + +#if HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#if !HAVE_EXTERN_ERRNO +extern int errno; +#endif + +#if HAVE_EXTERN_ERRNO +#include +#endif + +/* in case of debug version we ignore the suppression of assertions */ +#ifdef TRACE +# ifdef NDEBUG +# undef NDEBUG +# endif +#endif + +#include + +#ifdef USE_RCS_IDS +#define MODULE_ID(id) static const char Ident[] = id; +#else +#define MODULE_ID(id) /*nothing*/ +#endif + + +/* Maximum regular 8-bit character code */ +#define MAX_REGULAR_CHARACTER (0xff) + +#define SET_ERROR(code) (errno=(code)) +#define RETURN(code) return( SET_ERROR(code) ) + +/* The few common values in the status fields for menus and forms */ +#define _POSTED (0x01) /* menu or form is posted */ +#define _IN_DRIVER (0x02) /* menu or form is processing hook routine */ + +/* Call object hook */ +#define Call_Hook( object, handler ) \ + if ( (object) && ((object)->handler) )\ + {\ + (object)->status |= _IN_DRIVER;\ + (object)->handler(object);\ + (object)->status &= ~_IN_DRIVER;\ + } + +#define INLINE + +#ifndef TRACE +# if CC_HAS_INLINE_FUNCS +# undef INLINE +# define INLINE inline +# endif +#endif diff --git a/menu/modules b/menu/modules new file mode 100644 index 00000000..53eab5a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/menu/modules @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Library objects +m_attribs lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_cursor lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_driver lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_format lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_global lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_hook lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_item_cur lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_item_nam lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_item_new lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_item_opt lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_item_use lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_item_val lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_item_vis lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_items lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_new lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_opts lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_post lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_req_name lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_spacing lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_userptr lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_win lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) +m_adabind lib $(srcdir) $(MENU_PRIV_H) diff --git a/misc/Makefile.in b/misc/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..147e8537 --- /dev/null +++ b/misc/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.13 1996/06/23 00:54:27 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Makefile for ncurses miscellany directory +# +# This makes/installs the terminfo database +# +# The variable 'srcdir' refers to the source-distribution, and can be set with +# the configure script by "--srcdir=DIR". +# +# The rules are organized to produce the libraries for the configured models, +# and the programs with the configured default model. + +# turn off _all_ suffix rules; we'll generate our own +.SUFFIXES: + +SHELL = /bin/sh +THIS = Makefile + +NC_MFLAGS = @nc_cv_makeflags@ +@SET_MAKE@ + +INSTALL_PREFIX = @INSTALL_PREFIX@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +bindir = @bindir@ +libdir = @libdir@ +datadir = @datadir@ + +tabsetdir = $(datadir)/tabset +ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +################################################################################ +all: + +install: install.data + +install.data: $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) \ + $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(ticdir) \ + $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(tabsetdir) + sh $(srcdir)/run_tic.sh $(bindir) $(srcdir) $(ticdir) $(INSTALL_PREFIX) + @cd $(srcdir)/tabset && \ + sh -c 'for i in *; do \ + echo installing $$i; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(tabsetdir); done' + +$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) \ +$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(tabsetdir) \ +$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(ticdir) : + $(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs $@ + +tags: + +TAGS: + +clean :: + -rm -f tags TAGS *~ + +distclean: clean + -rm -f Makefile + +mostlyclean: clean + +realclean: distclean + +############################################################################### +# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration +############################################################################### diff --git a/misc/hackguide.doc b/misc/hackguide.doc new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11bcd707 --- /dev/null +++ b/misc/hackguide.doc @@ -0,0 +1,723 @@ + + A Hacker's Guide to NCURSES + + Contents + + * Abstract + * Objective of the Package + + Why System V Curses? + + How to Design Extensions + * Portability and Configuration + + If autoconf Fails + * Documentation Conventions + * How to Report Bugs + * A Tour of the Ncurses Library + + Library Overview + + The Engine Room + + Keyboard Input + + Mouse Events + + Output and Screen Updating + * The Forms and Menu Libraries + * A Tour of the Terminfo Compiler + + Translation of Non-use Capabilities + + Use Capability Resolution + + Source-Form Translation + * Other Utilities + * Style Tips for Developers + * Porting Hints + + Abstract + + This document is a hacker's tour of the ncurses library and utilities. + It discusses design philosophy, implementation methods, and the + conventions used for coding and documentation. It is recommended + reading for anyone who is interested in porting, extending or + improving the package. + + Objective of the Package + + The objective of the ncurses package is to provide a freeware API for + character-cell terminals and terminal emulators with the following + characteristics: + + * Source-compatible with historical curses implementations + (including the original BSD curses and System V curses. + * Conformant with the XSI Curses standard issued as part of XPG4 by + X/Open. + * High-quality -- stable and reliable code, wide portability, good + packaging, superior documentation. + * Featureful -- should eliminate as much of the drudgery of C + interface programming as possible, freeing programmers to think at + a higher level of design. + + These objectives are in priority order. So, for example, source + compatibility with older version must trump featurefulness -- we + cannot add features if it means breaking the portion of the API + corresponding to historical curses versions. + +Why System V Curses? + + We used System V curses as a model, reverse-engineering their API, in + order to fulfill the first two objectives. + + System V curses implementations can support BSD curses programs with + just a recompilation, so by capturing the System V API we also capture + BSD's. + + More importantly for the future, the XSI Curses standard issued by + X/Open is explicitly and closely modeled on System V. So conformance + with System V took us most of the way to base-level XSI conformance. + +How to Design Extensions + + The third objective (standards conformance) requires that it be easy + to condition source code using ncurses so that the absence of + nonstandard extensions does not break the code. + + Accordingly, we have a policy of associating with each nonstandard + extension a feature macro, so that ncurses client code can use this + macro to condition in or out the code that requires the ncurses + extension. + + For example, there is a macro NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION which XSI Curses + does not define, but which is defined in the ncurses library header. + You can use this to condition the calls to the mouse API calls. + + Portability and Configuration + + Code written for ncurses may assume an ANSI-standard C compiler and + POSIX-compatible OS interface. It may also assume the presence of a + System-V-compatible select(2) call. + + We encourage (but do not require) developers to make the code friendly + to less-capable UNIX environments wherever possible. + + We encourage developers to support OS-specific optimizations and + methods not available under POSIX/ANSI, provided only that: + + * All such code is properly conditioned so the build process does + not attempt to compile it under a plain ANSI/POSIX environment. + * Adding such implementation methods does not introduce + incompatibilities in the ncurses API between platforms. + + We use GNU autoconf(1) as a tool to deal with portability issues. The + right way to leverage an OS-specific feature is to modify the autoconf + specification files (configure.in and aclocal.m4) to set up a new + feature macro, which you then use to condition your code. + +If autoconf Fails + + The 'configure' script usually gets your system environment right + automatically. Here are some -D options you might need to compile with + if it fails: + + -DHAVE_UNISTD_H + if is present + + -DHAVE_SIGACTION + if the sigaction function is present + + -DHAVE_USLEEP + if the usleep function is present + + -DSVR4_ACTION + if (e.g., svr4) you need _POSIX_SOURCE to have sigaction + + -DHAVE_TERMIOS_H + if you have + + -DHAVE_TERMIO_H + if you have ; otherwise it uses + + -DBROKEN_TIOCGETWINSZ + on SVR4 and HPUX, the get window size ioctl is broken. + + Documentation Conventions + + There are three kinds of documentation associated with this package. + Each has a different preferred format: + + * Package-internal files (README, INSTALL, TO-DO etc.) + * Manual pages. + * Everything else (i.e., narrative documentation). + + Our conventions are simple: + + 1. Maintain package-internal files in plain text. The expected viewer + for them more(1) or an editor window; there's no point in + elaborate mark-up. + 2. Mark up manual pages in the man macros. These have to be viewable + through traditional man(1) programs. + 3. Write everything else in HTML. + + When in doubt, HTMLize a master and use lynx(1) to generate plain + ASCII (as we do for the announcement document). + + The reason for choosing HTML is that it's (a) well-adapted for on-line + browsing through viewers that are everywhere; (b) more easily readable + as plain text than most other mark-ups, if you don't have a viewer; + and (c) carries enough information that you can generate a + nice-looking printed version from it. Also, of course, it make + exporting things like the announcement document to WWW pretty trivial. + + How to Report Bugs + + The reporting address for bugs is ncurses@bsdi.com. This is a + majordomo list; to join, write to ncurses-request@mailgate.bsdi.com + with a message containing the line: + + subscribe @ + + The ncurses code is maintained by a small group of volunteers. While + we try our best to fix bugs promptly, we simply don't have a lot of + hours to spend on elementary hand-holding. We rely on intelligent + cooperation from our users. If you think you have found a bug in + ncurses, there are some steps you can take before contacting us that + will help get the bug fixed quickly. + + In order to use our bug-fixing time efficiently, we put people who + show us they've taken these steps at the head of our queue. This means + that if you don't, you'll probably end up at the tail end and have to + wait a while. + + 1. Develop a recipe to reproduce the bug. + Bugs we can reproduce are likely to be fixed very quickly, often + within days. The most effective single thing you can do to get a + quick fix is develop a way we can duplicate the bad behavior -- + ideally, by giving us source for a small, portable test program + that breaks the library. (Even better is a keystroke recipe using + one of the test programs provided with the distribution.) + 2. Try to reproduce the bug on a different terminal type. + In our experience, most of the behaviors people report as library + bugs are actually due to subtle problems in terminal descriptions. + This is especially likely to be true if you're using a traditional + asynchronous terminal or PC-based terminal emulator, rather than + xterm or a UNIX console entry. + It's therefore extremely helpful if you can tell us whether or not + your problem reproduces on other terminal types. Usually you'll + have both a console type and xterm available; please tell us + whether or not your bug reproduces on both. + If you have xterm available, it is also good to collect xterm + reports for different window sizes. This is especially true if you + normally use an unusual xterm window size -- a surprising number + of the bugs we've seen are either triggered or masked by these. + 3. Generate and examine a trace file for the broken behavior. + Recompile your program with the debugging versions of the + libraries. Insert a trace() call with the argument set to + TRACE_UPDATE. (See "Writing Programs with NCURSES" for details on + trace levels.) Reproduce your bug, then look at the trace file to + see what the library was actually doing. + Another frequent cause of apparent bugs is application coding + errors that cause the wrong things to be put on the virtual + screen. Looking at the virtual-screen dumps in the trace file will + tell you immediately if this is happening, and save you from the + possible embarrassment of being told that the bug is in your code + and is your problem rather than ours. + If the virtual-screen dumps look correct but the bug persists, + it's possible to crank up the trace level to give more and more + information about the library's update actions and the control + sequences it issues to perform them. The test directory of the + distribution contains a tool for digesting these logs to make them + less tedious to wade through. + Often you'll find terminfo problems at this stage by noticing that + the escape sequences put out for various capabilities are wrong. + If not, you're likely to learn enough to be able to characterize + any bug in the screen-update logic quite exactly. + 4. Report details and symptoms, not just interpretations. + If you do the preceding two steps, it is very likely that you'll + discover the nature of the problem yourself and be able to send us + a fix. This will create happy feelings all around and earn you + good karma for the first time you run into a bug you really can't + characterize and fix yourself. + If you're still stuck, at least you'll know what to tell us. + Remember, we need details. If you guess about what is safe to + leave out, you are too likely to be wrong. + If your bug produces a bad update, include a trace file. Try to + make the trace at the least voluminous level that pins down the + bug. Logs that have been through tracemunch are OK, it doesn't + throw away any information (actually they're better than + un-munched ones because they're easier to read). + If your bug produces a core-dump, please include a symbolic stack + trace generated by gdb(1) or your local equivalent. + Tell us about every terminal on which you've reproduced the bug -- + and every terminal on which you can't. Ideally, sent us terminfo + sources for all of these (yours might differ from ours). + Include your ncurses version and your OS/machine type, of course! + You can find your ncurses version in the curses.h file. + + If your problem smells like a logic error or in cursor movement or + scrolling or a bad capability, there are a couple of tiny test frames + for the library algorithms in the progs directory that may help you + isolate it. These are not part of the normal build, but do have their + own make productions. + + The most important of these is mvcur, a test frame for the + cursor-movement optimization code. With this program, you can see + directly what control sequences will be emitted for any given cursor + movement or scroll/insert/delete operations. If you think you've got a + bad capability identified, you can disable it and test again. The + program is command-driven and has on-line help. + + If you think the vertical-scroll optimization is broken, or just want + to understand how it works better, build hashmap and read the header + comments of hardscroll.c and hashmap.c; then try it out. You can also + test the hardware-scrolling optimization separately with hardscroll. + + There's one other interactive tester, tctest, that exercises + translation between termcap and terminfo formats. If you have a + serious need to run this, you probably belong on our development team! + + A Tour of the Ncurses Library + +Library Overview + + Most of the library is superstructure -- fairly trivial convenience + interfaces to a small set of basic functions and data structures used + to manipulate the virtual screen (in particular, none of this code + does any I/O except through calls to more fundamental modules + described below). The files lib_addch.c, lib_bkgnd.c, lib_box.c, + lib_clear.c, lib_clrbot.c, lib_clreol.c, lib_data.c, lib_delch.c, + lib_delwin.c, lib_erase.c, lib_getstr.c, lib_inchstr.c, lib_insch.c, + lib_insdel.c, lib_insstr.c, lib_instr.c, lib_isendwin.c, + lib_keyname.c, lib_move.c, lib_mvwin.c, lib_overlay.c, lib_pad.c, + lib_printw.c, lib_scanw.c, lib_screen.c, lib_scroll.c, lib_scrreg.c, + lib_set_term.c, lib_slk.c, lib_touch.c, lib_unctrl.c, and lib_window.c + are all in this category. They are very unlikely to need change, + barring bugs or some fundamental reorganization in the underlying data + structures. + + The lib_trace.c, lib_traceatr.c, and lib_tracechr.c file are used only + for debugging support. It is rather unlikely you will ever need to + change these, unless you want to introduce a new debug trace level for + some reasoon. + + There is another group of files that do direct I/O via tputs(), + computations on the terminal capabilities, or queries to the OS + environment, but nevertheless have only fairly low complexity. These + include: lib_acs.c, lib_beep.c, lib_color.c, lib_endwin.c, + lib_initscr.c, lib_longname.c, lib_newterm.c, lib_options.c, + lib_termcap.c, lib_ti.c, lib_tparm.c, lib_tputs.c, lib_vidattr.c, and + read_entry.c. These are likely to need revision only if ncurses is + being ported to an environment without an underlying terminfo + capability representation. + + The files lib_kernel.c, lib_baudrate.c, lib_raw.c, lib_tstp.c, and + lib_twait.c have serious hooks into the tty driver and signal + facilities. If you run into porting snafus moving the package to + another UNIX, the problem is likely to be in one of these files. The + file lib_print.c uses sleep(2) and also falls in this category. + + Almost all of the real work is done in the files hashmap.c, + hardscroll.c, lib_addch.c, lib_doupdate.c, lib_mvcur.c, lib_getch.c, + lib_mouse.c, lib_refresh.c, and lib_setup.c. Most of the algorithmic + complexity in the library lives in these files. If there is a real bug + in ncurses itself, it's probably here. We'll tour some of these files + in detail below (see The Engine Room). + + Finally, there is a group of files that is actually most of the + terminfo compiler. The reason this code lives in the ncurses library + is to support fallback to /etc/termcap. These files include + alloc_entry.c, captoinfo.c, comp_captab.c, comp_error.c, comp_hash.c, + comp_parse.c, comp_scan.c, and parse_entry.c, read_termcap.c, and + write_entry.c. We'll discuss these in the compiler tour. + +The Engine Room + + Keyboard Input + + All ncurses input funnels through the function wgetch(), defined in + lib_getch.c. This function is tricky; it has to poll for keyboard and + mouse events and do a running match of incoming input against the set + of defined special keys. + + The central data structure in this module is a FIFO queue, used to + match multiple-character input sequences against special-key + capabilities; also to implement pushback via ungetch(). + + The wgetch() code distinguishes between function key sequences and the + same sequences typed manually by doing a timed wait after each input + character that could lead a function key sequence. If the entire + sequence takes less than 1 second, it is assumed to have been + generated by a function key press. + + Hackers bruised by previous encounters with variant select(2) calls + may find the code in lib_twait.c interesting. It deals with the + problem that some BSD selects don't return a reliable time-left value. + The function timed_wait() effectively simulates a System V select. + + Mouse Events + + If the mouse interface is active, wgetch() polls for mouse events each + call, before it goes to the keyboard for input. It is up to + lib_mouse.c how the polling is accomplished; it may vary for different + devices. + + Under xterm, however, mouse event notifications come in via the + keyboard input stream. They are recognized by having the kmous + capability as a prefix. This is kind of klugey, but trying to wire in + recognition of a mouse key prefix without going through the + function-key machinery would be just too painful, and this turns out + to imply having the prefix somewhere in the function-key capabilities + at terminal-type initialization. + + This kluge only works because kmous isn't actually used by any + historic terminal type or curses implementation we know of. Best guess + is it's a relic of some forgotten experiment in-house at Bell Labs + that didn't leave any traces in the publicly-distributed System V + terminfo files. If System V or XPG4 ever gets serious about using it + again, this kluge may have to change. + + Here are some more details about mouse event handling: + + The lib_mouse()code is logically split into a lower level that accepts + event reports in a device-dependent format and an upper level that + parses mouse gestures and filters events. The mediating data structure + is a circular queue of event structures. + + Functionally, the lower level's job is to pick up primitive events and + put them on the circular queue. This can happen in one of two ways: + either (a) _nc_mouse_event() detects a series of incoming mouse + reports and queues them, or (b) code in lib_getch.c detects the kmous + prefix in the keyboard input stream and calls _nc_mouse_inline to + queue up a series of adjacent mouse reports. + + In either case, _nc_mouse_parse() should be called after the series is + accepted to parse the digested mouse reports (low-level events) into a + gesture (a high-level or composite event). + + Output and Screen Updating + + With the single exception of character echoes during a wgetnstr() call + (which simulates cooked-mode line editing in an ncurses window), the + library normally does all its output at refresh time. + + The main job is to go from the current state of the screen (as + represented in the curscr window structure) to the desired new state + (as represented in the newscr window structure), while doing as little + I/O as possible. + + The brains of this operation are the modules hashmap.c, hardscroll.c + and lib_doupdate.c; the latter two use lib_mvcur.c. Essentially, what + happens looks like this: + + The hashmap.c module tries to detect vertical motion changes between + the real and virtual screens. This information is represented by the + oldindex members in the newscr structure. These are modified by + vertical-motion and clear operations, and both are re-initialized + after each update. To this change-journalling information, the hashmap + code adds deductions made using a modified Heckel algorithm on hash + values generated from the line contents. + + The hardscroll.c module computes an optimum set of scroll, insertion, + and deletion operations to make the indices match. It calls + _nc_mvcur_scrolln() in lib_mvcur.c to do those motions. + + Then lib_doupdate.c goes to work. Its job is to do line-by-line + transformations of curscr lines to newscr lines. Its main tool is the + routine mvcur() in lib_mvcur.c. This routine does cursor-movement + optimization, attempting to get from given screen location A to given + location B in the fewest output characters posible. + + If you want to work on screen optimizations, you should use the fact + that (in the trace-enabled version of the library) enabling the + TRACE_TIMES trace level causes a report to be emitted after each + screen update giving the elapsed time and a count of characters + emitted during the update. You can use this to tell when an update + optimization improves efficiency. + + In the trace-enabled version of the library, it is also possible to + disable and re-enable various optimizations at runtime by tweaking the + variable _nc_optimize_enable. See the file include/curses.h.in for + mask values, near the end. + + The Forms and Menu Libraries + + The forms and menu libraries should work reliably in any environment + you can port ncurses to. The only portability issue anywhere in them + is what flavor of regular expressions the built-in form field type + TYPE_REGEXP will recognize. + + The configuration code prefers the POSIX regex facility, modeled on + System V's, but will settle for BSD regexps if the former isn't + available. + + Historical note: the panels code was written primarily to assist in + porting u386mon 2.0 (comp.sources.misc v14i001-4) to systems lacking + panels support; u386mon 2.10 and beyond use it. This version has been + slightly cleaned up for ncurses. + + A Tour of the Terminfo Compiler + + The ncurses implementation of tic is rather complex internally; it has + to do a trying combination of missions. This starts with the fact + that, in addition to its normal duty of compiling terminfo sources + into loadable terminfo binaries, it has to be able to handle termcap + syntax and compile that too into terminfo entries. + + The implementation therefore starts with a table-driven, dual-mode + lexical analyzer (in comp_scan.c). The lexer chooses its mode (termcap + or terminfo) based on the first `,' or `:' it finds in each entry. The + lexer does all the work of recognizing capability names and values; + the grammar above it is trivial, just "parse entries till you run out + of file". + +Translation of Non-use Capabilities + + Translation of most things besides use capabilities is pretty + straightforward. The lexical analyzer's tokenizer hands each + capability name to a hash function, which drives a table lookup. The + table entry yields an index which is used to look up the token type in + another table, and controls interpretation of the value. + + One possibly interesting aspect of the implementation is the way the + compiler tables are initialized. All the tables are generated by + various awk/sed/sh scripts from a master table include/Caps; these + scripts actually write C initializers which are linked to the + compiler. Furthermore, the hash table is generated in the same way, so + it doesn't have to be generated at compiler startup time (another + benefit of this organization is that the hash table can be in + shareable text space). + + Thus, adding a new capability is usually pretty trivial, just a matter + of adding one line to the include/Caps file. We'll have more to say + about this in the section on Source-Form Translation. + +Use Capability Resolution + + The background problem that makes tic tricky isn't the capability + translation itself, it's the resolution of use capabilities. Older + versions would not handle forward use references for this reason (that + is, a using terminal always had to follow its use target in the source + file). By doing this, they got away with a simple implementation + tactic; compile everything as it blows by, then resolve uses from + compiled entries. + + This won't do for ncurses. The problem is that that the whole + compilation process has to be embeddable in the ncurses library so + that it can be called by the startup code to translate termcap entries + on the fly. The embedded version can't go promiscuously writing + everything it translates out to disk -- for one thing, it will + typically be running with non-root permissions. + + So our tic is designed to parse an entire terminfo file into a + doubly-linked circular list of entry structures in-core, and then do + use resolution in-memory before writing everything out. This design + has other advantages: it makes forward and back use-references equally + easy (so we get the latter for free), and it makes checking for name + collisions before they're written out easy to do. + + And this is exactly how the embedded version works. But the + stand-alone user-accessible version of tic partly reverts to the + historical strategy; it writes to disk (not keeping in core) any entry + with no use references. + + This is strictly a core-economy kluge, implemented because the + terminfo master file is large enough that some core-poor systems swap + like crazy when you compile it all in memory...there have been reports + of this process taking three hours, rather than the twenty seconds or + less typical on the author's development box. + + So. The executable tic passes the entry-parser a hook that immediately + writes out the referenced entry if it has no use capabilities. The + compiler main loop refrains from adding the entry to the in-core list + when this hook fires. If some other entry later needs to reference an + entry that got written immediately, that's OK; the resolution code + will fetch it off disk when it can't find it in core. + + Name collisions will still be detected, just not as cleanly. The + write_entry() code complains before overwriting an entry that + postdates the time of tic's first call to write_entry(), Thus it will + complain about overwriting entries newly made during the tic run, but + not about overwriting ones that predate it. + +Source-Form Translation + + Another use of tic is to do source translation between various termcap + and terminfo formats. There are more variants out there than you might + think; the ones we know about are described in the captoinfo(1) manual + page. + + The translation output code (dump_entry() in ncurses/dump_entry.c) is + shared with the infocmp(1) utility. It takes the same internal + representation used to generate the binary form and dumps it to + standard output in a specified format. + + The include/Caps file has a header comment describing ways you can + specify source translations for nonstandard capabilities just by + altering the master table. It's possible to set up capability aliasing + or tell the compiler to plain ignore a given capability without + writing any C code at all. + + For circumstances where you need to do algorithmic translation, there + are functions in parse_entry.c called after the parse of each entry + that are specifically intended to encapsulate such translations. This, + for example, is where the AIX box1 capability get translated to an + acsc string. + + Other Utilities + + The infocmp utility is just a wrapper around the same entry-dumping + code used by tic for source translation. Perhaps the one interesting + aspect of the code is the use of a predicate function passed in to + dump_entry() to control which capabilities are dumped. This is + necessary in order to handle both the ordinary De-compilation case and + entry difference reporting. + + The tput and clear utilities just do an entry load followed by a + tputs() of a selected capability. + + Style Tips for Developers + + See the TO-DO file in the top-level directory of the source + distribution for additions that would be particularly useful. + + The prefix _nc_ should be used on library public functions that are + not part of the curses API in order to prevent pollution of the + application namespace. If you have to add to or modify the function + prototypes in curses.h.in, read ncurses/MKlib_gen.sh first so you can + avoid breaking XSI conformance. Please join the ncurses mailing list. + See the INSTALL file in the top level of the distribution for details + on the list. + + Look for the string FIXME in source files to tag minor bugs and + potential problems that could use fixing. + + Don't try to auto-detect OS features in the main body of the C code. + That's the job of the configuration system. + + To hold down complexity, do make your code data-driven. Especially, if + you can drive logic from a table filtered out of include/Caps, do it. + If you find you need to augment the data in that file in order to + generate the proper table, that's still preferable to ad-hoc code -- + that's why the fifth field (flags) is there. + + Have fun! + + Porting Hints + + The following notes are intended to be a first step towards DOS and + Macintosh ports of the ncurses libraries. + + The following library modules are `pure curses'; they operate only on + the curses internal structures, do all output through other curses + calls (not including tputs() and putp()) and do not call any other + UNIX routines such as signal(2) or the stdio library. Thus, they + should not need to be modified for single-terminal ports. + + lib_addch.c lib_addstr.c lib_bkgd.c lib_box.c lib_clear.c lib_clrbot.c + lib_clreol.c lib_delch.c lib_delwin.c lib_erase.c lib_inchstr.c + lib_insch.c lib_insdel.c lib_insstr.c lib_keyname.c lib_move.c + lib_mvwin.c lib_newwin.c lib_overlay.c lib_pad.c lib_printw.c + lib_refresh.c lib_scanw.c lib_scroll.c lib_scrreg.c lib_set_term.c + lib_touch.c lib_tparm.c lib_tputs.c lib_unctrl.c lib_window.c panel.c + + This module is pure curses, but calls outstr(): + + lib_getstr.c + + These modules are pure curses, except that they use tputs() and + putp(): + + lib_beep.c lib_endwin.c lib_color.c lib_options.c lib_slk.c + lib_vidattr.c + + This modules assist in POSIX emulation on non-POSIX systems: + + sigaction.c + signal calls + + The following source files will not be needed for a + single-terminal-type port. + + captoinfo.c clear.c comp_captab.c comp_error.c comp_hash.c comp_main.c + comp_parse.c comp_scan.c alloc_entry.c dump_entry.c parse_entry.c + read_entry.c write_entry.c infocmp.c tput.c + + The following modules will use open()/read()/write()/close()/lseek() + on files, but no other OS calls. + + lib_screen.c + used to read/write screen dumps + + lib_trace.c + used to write trace data to the logfile + + Modules that would have to be modified for a port start here: + + The following modules are `pure curses' but contain assumptions + inappropriate for a memory-mapped port. + +lib_longname.c -- assumes there may be multiple terminals + longname() -- return long name of terminal +lib_acs.c -- assumes acs_map as a double indirection + init_acs() -- initialize acs map +lib_mvcur.c -- assumes cursor moves have variable cost + mvcur_init() -- initialize + mvcur() -- do physical cursor move + mvcur_wrap() -- wrap + scrolln() -- do physical scrolling +lib_termcap.c -- assumes there may be multiple terminals + tgetent() -- load entry + tgetflag() -- get boolean capability + tgetnum() -- get numeric capability + tgetstr() -- get string capability +lib_ti.c -- assumes there may be multiple terminals + tigetent() -- load entry + tigetflag() -- get boolean capability + tigetnum() -- get numeric capability + tigetstr() -- get string capability + +The following modules use UNIX-specific calls: + +lib_doupdate.c -- input checking + doupdate() -- repaint real screen to match virtual + _nc_outch() -- put out a single character +lib_getch.c -- read() + wgetch() -- get single character + wungetch() -- push back single character +lib_initscr.c -- getenv() + initscr() -- initialize curses functions +lib_newterm.c + newterm() -- set up new terminal screen +lib_baudrate.c + baudrate() -- return the baudrate +lib_kernel.c -- various tty-manipulation and system calls + reset_prog_mode() -- reset ccurses-raw mode + reset_shell_mode() -- reset cooked mode + erasechar() -- return the erase char + killchar() -- return the kill character + flushinp() -- flush pending input + savetty() -- save tty state + resetty() -- reset tty to state at last savetty() +lib_raw.c -- various tty-manipulation calls + raw() + echo() + nl() + qiflush() + cbreak() + noraw() + noecho() + nonl() + noqiflush() + nocbreak() +lib_setup.c -- various tty-manipulation calls + use_env() + setupterm() +lib_restart.c -- various tty-manipulation calls + def_shell_mode() + def_prog_mode() + set_curterm() + del_curterm() +lib_tstp.c -- signal-manipulation calls + _nc_signal_handler() -- enable/disable window-mode signal catching +lib_twait.c -- gettimeofday(), select(). + usleep() -- microsecond sleep + _nc_timed_wait() -- timed wait for input + + The package kernel could be made smaller. + _________________________________________________________________ + + + Eric S. Raymond + + (Note: This is not the bug address!) diff --git a/misc/hackguide.html b/misc/hackguide.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0bbbd6d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/misc/hackguide.html @@ -0,0 +1,855 @@ + + + + +A Hacker's Guide to Ncurses Internals + + + + + +

A Hacker's Guide to NCURSES

+ +

Contents

+ + +

Abstract

+ +This document is a hacker's tour of the ncurses library and utilities. +It discusses design philosophy, implementation methods, and the +conventions used for coding and documentation. It is recommended +reading for anyone who is interested in porting, extending or improving the +package.

+ +

Objective of the Package

+ +The objective of the ncurses package is to provide a freeware API for +character-cell terminals and terminal emulators with the following +characteristics:

+ +

    +
  • Source-compatible with historical curses implementations (including + the original BSD curses and System V curses. +

    +

  • Conformant with the XSI Curses standard issued as part of XPG4 by + X/Open. +

    +

  • High-quality -- stable and reliable code, wide portability, good + packaging, superior documentation. +

    +

  • Featureful -- should eliminate as much of the drudgery of C interface + programming as possible, freeing programmers to think at a higher + level of design. +
+ +These objectives are in priority order. So, for example, source +compatibility with older version must trump featurefulness -- we cannot +add features if it means breaking the portion of the API corresponding +to historical curses versions.

+ +

Why System V Curses?

+ +We used System V curses as a model, reverse-engineering their API, in +order to fulfill the first two objectives.

+ +System V curses implementations can support BSD curses programs with +just a recompilation, so by capturing the System V API we also +capture BSD's.

+ +More importantly for the future, the XSI Curses standard issued by X/Open +is explicitly and closely modeled on System V. So conformance with +System V took us most of the way to base-level XSI conformance.

+ +

How to Design Extensions

+ +The third objective (standards conformance) requires that it be easy to +condition source code using ncurses so that the absence of nonstandard +extensions does not break the code.

+ +Accordingly, we have a policy of associating with each nonstandard extension +a feature macro, so that ncurses client code can use this macro to condition +in or out the code that requires the ncurses extension.

+ +For example, there is a macro NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION which XSI Curses +does not define, but which is defined in the ncurses library header. +You can use this to condition the calls to the mouse API calls.

+ +

Portability and Configuration

+ +Code written for ncurses may assume an ANSI-standard C compiler and +POSIX-compatible OS interface. It may also assume the presence of a +System-V-compatible select(2) call.

+ +We encourage (but do not require) developers to make the code friendly +to less-capable UNIX environments wherever possible.

+ +We encourage developers to support OS-specific optimizations and methods +not available under POSIX/ANSI, provided only that:

+ +

    +
  • All such code is properly conditioned so the build process does not + attempt to compile it under a plain ANSI/POSIX environment. +

    +

  • Adding such implementation methods does not introduce incompatibilities + in the ncurses API between platforms. +
+ +We use GNU autoconf(1) as a tool to deal with portability issues. +The right way to leverage an OS-specific feature is to modify the autoconf +specification files (configure.in and aclocal.m4) to set up a new feature +macro, which you then use to condition your code.

+ +

If autoconf Fails

+ +The 'configure' script usually gets your system environment right +automatically. Here are some -D options you might need to compile +with if it fails:

+

+
-DHAVE_UNISTD_H +
if <unistd.h> is present +
-DHAVE_SIGACTION +
if the sigaction function is present +
-DHAVE_USLEEP +
if the usleep function is present +
-DSVR4_ACTION +
if (e.g., svr4) you need _POSIX_SOURCE to have sigaction +
-DHAVE_TERMIOS_H +
if you have <termios.h> +
-DHAVE_TERMIO_H +
if you have <termio.h>; otherwise it uses <sgtty.h> +
-DBROKEN_TIOCGETWINSZ +
on SVR4 and HPUX, the get window size ioctl is broken. +
+ +

Documentation Conventions

+ +There are three kinds of documentation associated with this package. Each +has a different preferred format:

+ +

    +
  • Package-internal files (README, INSTALL, TO-DO etc.) +
  • Manual pages. +
  • Everything else (i.e., narrative documentation). +
+ +Our conventions are simple:

+

    +
  1. Maintain package-internal files in plain text. + The expected viewer for them more(1) or an editor window; there's + no point in elaborate mark-up.

    + +

  2. Mark up manual pages in the man macros. These have to be viewable + through traditional man(1) programs.

    + +

  3. Write everything else in HTML. +
+ +When in doubt, HTMLize a master and use lynx(1) to generate +plain ASCII (as we do for the announcement document).

+ +The reason for choosing HTML is that it's (a) well-adapted for on-line +browsing through viewers that are everywhere; (b) more easily readable +as plain text than most other mark-ups, if you don't have a viewer; and (c) +carries enough information that you can generate a nice-looking printed +version from it. Also, of course, it make exporting things like the +announcement document to WWW pretty trivial.

+ +

How to Report Bugs

+ +The reporting address for bugs is +ncurses@bsdi.com. +This is a majordomo list; to join, write +to ncurses-request@mailgate.bsdi.com with a message containing the line: +
+             subscribe <name>@<host.domain>
+
+ +The ncurses code is maintained by a small group of +volunteers. While we try our best to fix bugs promptly, we simply +don't have a lot of hours to spend on elementary hand-holding. We rely +on intelligent cooperation from our users. If you think you have +found a bug in ncurses, there are some steps you can take +before contacting us that will help get the bug fixed quickly.

+ +In order to use our bug-fixing time efficiently, we put people who +show us they've taken these steps at the head of our queue. This +means that if you don't, you'll probably end up at the tail end and +have to wait a while.

+ +

    +
  1. Develop a recipe to reproduce the bug.

    + +Bugs we can reproduce are likely to be fixed very quickly, often +within days. The most effective single thing you can do to get a +quick fix is develop a way we can duplicate the bad behavior -- +ideally, by giving us source for a small, portable test program that +breaks the library. (Even better is a keystroke recipe using one of +the test programs provided with the distribution.)

    + +

  2. Try to reproduce the bug on a different terminal type.

    + +In our experience, most of the behaviors people report as library bugs +are actually due to subtle problems in terminal descriptions. This is +especially likely to be true if you're using a traditional +asynchronous terminal or PC-based terminal emulator, rather than xterm +or a UNIX console entry.

    + +It's therefore extremely helpful if you can tell us whether or not your +problem reproduces on other terminal types. Usually you'll have both +a console type and xterm available; please tell us whether or not your +bug reproduces on both.

    + +If you have xterm available, it is also good to collect xterm reports for +different window sizes. This is especially true if you normally use an +unusual xterm window size -- a surprising number of the bugs we've seen +are either triggered or masked by these.

    + +

  3. Generate and examine a trace file for the broken behavior.

    + +Recompile your program with the debugging versions of the libraries. +Insert a trace() call with the argument set to TRACE_UPDATE. +(See "Writing Programs with +NCURSES" for details on trace levels.) +Reproduce your bug, then look at the trace file to see what the library +was actually doing.

    + +Another frequent cause of apparent bugs is application coding errors +that cause the wrong things to be put on the virtual screen. Looking +at the virtual-screen dumps in the trace file will tell you immediately if +this is happening, and save you from the possible embarrassment of being +told that the bug is in your code and is your problem rather than ours.

    + +If the virtual-screen dumps look correct but the bug persists, it's +possible to crank up the trace level to give more and more information +about the library's update actions and the control sequences it issues +to perform them. The test directory of the distribution contains a +tool for digesting these logs to make them less tedious to wade +through.

    + +Often you'll find terminfo problems at this stage by noticing that the +escape sequences put out for various capabilities are wrong. If not, +you're likely to learn enough to be able to characterize any bug in +the screen-update logic quite exactly.

    + +

  4. Report details and symptoms, not just interpretations.

    + +If you do the preceding two steps, it is very likely that you'll discover +the nature of the problem yourself and be able to send us a fix. This +will create happy feelings all around and earn you good karma for the first +time you run into a bug you really can't characterize and fix yourself.

    + +If you're still stuck, at least you'll know what to tell us. Remember, we +need details. If you guess about what is safe to leave out, you are too +likely to be wrong.

    + +If your bug produces a bad update, include a trace file. Try to make +the trace at the least voluminous level that pins down the +bug. Logs that have been through tracemunch are OK, it doesn't throw +away any information (actually they're better than un-munched ones because +they're easier to read).

    + +If your bug produces a core-dump, please include a symbolic stack trace +generated by gdb(1) or your local equivalent.

    + +Tell us about every terminal on which you've reproduced the bug -- and +every terminal on which you can't. Ideally, sent us terminfo sources +for all of these (yours might differ from ours).

    + +Include your ncurses version and your OS/machine type, of course! You can +find your ncurses version in the curses.h file. +

+ +If your problem smells like a logic error or in cursor movement or +scrolling or a bad capability, there are a couple of tiny test frames +for the library algorithms in the progs directory that may help you +isolate it. These are not part of the normal build, but do have their +own make productions.

+ +The most important of these is mvcur, a test frame for the +cursor-movement optimization code. With this program, you can see +directly what control sequences will be emitted for any given cursor +movement or scroll/insert/delete operations. If you think you've got +a bad capability identified, you can disable it and test again. The +program is command-driven and has on-line help.

+ +If you think the vertical-scroll optimization is broken, or just want to +understand how it works better, build hashmap and read the +header comments of hardscroll.c and hashmap.c; then try +it out. You can also test the hardware-scrolling optimization separately +with hardscroll.

+ +There's one other interactive tester, tctest, that exercises +translation between termcap and terminfo formats. If you have a serious +need to run this, you probably belong on our development team!

+ +

A Tour of the Ncurses Library

+ +

Library Overview

+ +Most of the library is superstructure -- fairly trivial convenience +interfaces to a small set of basic functions and data structures used +to manipulate the virtual screen (in particular, none of this code +does any I/O except through calls to more fundamental modules +described below). The files lib_addch.c, +lib_bkgnd.c, lib_box.c, lib_clear.c, +lib_clrbot.c, lib_clreol.c, lib_data.c, +lib_delch.c, lib_delwin.c, lib_erase.c, +lib_getstr.c, lib_inchstr.c, lib_insch.c, +lib_insdel.c, lib_insstr.c, lib_instr.c, +lib_isendwin.c, lib_keyname.c, lib_move.c, +lib_mvwin.c, lib_overlay.c, lib_pad.c, +lib_printw.c, lib_scanw.c, lib_screen.c, +lib_scroll.c, lib_scrreg.c, lib_set_term.c, +lib_slk.c, lib_touch.c, lib_unctrl.c, and +lib_window.c are all in this category. They are very +unlikely to need change, barring bugs or some fundamental +reorganization in the underlying data structures.

+ +The lib_trace.c, lib_traceatr.c, and +lib_tracechr.c file are used only for debugging support. +It is rather unlikely you will ever need to change these, unless +you want to introduce a new debug trace level for some reasoon.

+ +There is another group of files that do direct I/O via tputs(), +computations on the terminal capabilities, or queries to the OS +environment, but nevertheless have only fairly low complexity. These +include: lib_acs.c, lib_beep.c, +lib_color.c, lib_endwin.c, lib_initscr.c, +lib_longname.c, lib_newterm.c, +lib_options.c, lib_termcap.c, lib_ti.c, +lib_tparm.c, lib_tputs.c, lib_vidattr.c, +and read_entry.c. These are likely to need revision only if +ncurses is being ported to an environment without an underlying +terminfo capability representation.

+ +The files lib_kernel.c, lib_baudrate.c, lib_raw.c, +lib_tstp.c, and lib_twait.c have serious hooks into +the tty driver and signal facilities. If you run into porting snafus +moving the package to another UNIX, the problem is likely to be in one +of these files. The file lib_print.c uses sleep(2) and also +falls in this category.

+ +Almost all of the real work is done in the files +hashmap.c, hardscroll.c, +lib_addch.c, lib_doupdate.c, lib_mvcur.c, +lib_getch.c, lib_mouse.c, lib_refresh.c, +and lib_setup.c. Most of the algorithmic complexity in the +library lives in these files. If there is a real bug in ncurses +itself, it's probably here. We'll tour some of these files in detail +below (see The Engine Room).

+ +Finally, there is a group of files that is actually most of the +terminfo compiler. The reason this code lives in the ncurses +library is to support fallback to /etc/termcap. These files include +alloc_entry.c, captoinfo.c, comp_captab.c, +comp_error.c, comp_hash.c, comp_parse.c, +comp_scan.c, and parse_entry.c, +read_termcap.c, and write_entry.c. We'll discuss these +in the compiler tour.

+ +

The Engine Room

+ +

Keyboard Input

+ +All ncurses input funnels through the function +wgetch(), defined in lib_getch.c. This function is +tricky; it has to poll for keyboard and mouse events and do a running +match of incoming input against the set of defined special keys.

+ +The central data structure in this module is a FIFO queue, used to +match multiple-character input sequences against special-key +capabilities; also to implement pushback via ungetch().

+ +The wgetch() code distinguishes between function key +sequences and the same sequences typed manually by doing a timed wait +after each input character that could lead a function key sequence. +If the entire sequence takes less than 1 second, it is assumed to have +been generated by a function key press.

+ +Hackers bruised by previous encounters with variant select(2) +calls may find the code in lib_twait.c interesting. It deals +with the problem that some BSD selects don't return a reliable +time-left value. The function timed_wait() effectively +simulates a System V select.

+ +

Mouse Events

+ +If the mouse interface is active, wgetch() polls for mouse +events each call, before it goes to the keyboard for input. It is +up to lib_mouse.c how the polling is accomplished; it may vary +for different devices.

+ +Under xterm, however, mouse event notifications come in via the keyboard +input stream. They are recognized by having the kmous capability +as a prefix. This is kind of klugey, but trying to wire in recognition of +a mouse key prefix without going through the function-key machinery would +be just too painful, and this turns out to imply having the prefix somewhere +in the function-key capabilities at terminal-type initialization.

+ +This kluge only works because kmous isn't actually used by any +historic terminal type or curses implementation we know of. Best +guess is it's a relic of some forgotten experiment in-house at Bell +Labs that didn't leave any traces in the publicly-distributed System V +terminfo files. If System V or XPG4 ever gets serious about using it +again, this kluge may have to change.

+ +Here are some more details about mouse event handling:

+ +The lib_mouse()code is logically split into a lower level that +accepts event reports in a device-dependent format and an upper level that +parses mouse gestures and filters events. The mediating data structure is a +circular queue of event structures.

+ +Functionally, the lower level's job is to pick up primitive events and +put them on the circular queue. This can happen in one of two ways: +either (a) _nc_mouse_event() detects a series of incoming +mouse reports and queues them, or (b) code in lib_getch.c detects the +kmous prefix in the keyboard input stream and calls _nc_mouse_inline +to queue up a series of adjacent mouse reports.

+ +In either case, _nc_mouse_parse() should be called after the +series is accepted to parse the digested mouse reports (low-level +events) into a gesture (a high-level or composite event).

+ +

Output and Screen Updating

+ +With the single exception of character echoes during a wgetnstr() +call (which simulates cooked-mode line editing in an ncurses window), +the library normally does all its output at refresh time.

+ +The main job is to go from the current state of the screen (as represented +in the curscr window structure) to the desired new state (as +represented in the newscr window structure), while doing as +little I/O as possible.

+ +The brains of this operation are the modules hashmap.c, +hardscroll.c and lib_doupdate.c; the latter two use +lib_mvcur.c. Essentially, what happens looks like this:

+ +The hashmap.c module tries to detect vertical motion +changes between the real and virtual screens. This information +is represented by the oldindex members in the newscr structure. +These are modified by vertical-motion and clear operations, and both are +re-initialized after each update. To this change-journalling +information, the hashmap code adds deductions made using a modified Heckel +algorithm on hash values generated from the line contents.

+ +The hardscroll.c module computes an optimum set of scroll, +insertion, and deletion operations to make the indices match. It calls +_nc_mvcur_scrolln() in lib_mvcur.c to do those motions.

+ +Then lib_doupdate.c goes to work. Its job is to do line-by-line +transformations of curscr lines to newscr lines. Its main +tool is the routine mvcur() in lib_mvcur.c. This routine +does cursor-movement optimization, attempting to get from given screen +location A to given location B in the fewest output characters posible.

+ +If you want to work on screen optimizations, you should use the fact +that (in the trace-enabled version of the library) enabling the +TRACE_TIMES trace level causes a report to be emitted after +each screen update giving the elapsed time and a count of characters +emitted during the update. You can use this to tell when an update +optimization improves efficiency.

+ +In the trace-enabled version of the library, it is also possible to disable +and re-enable various optimizations at runtime by tweaking the variable +_nc_optimize_enable. See the file include/curses.h.in +for mask values, near the end.

+ +

The Forms and Menu Libraries

+ +The forms and menu libraries should work reliably in any environment you +can port ncurses to. The only portability issue anywhere in them is what +flavor of regular expressions the built-in form field type TYPE_REGEXP +will recognize.

+ +The configuration code prefers the POSIX regex facility, modeled on +System V's, but will settle for BSD regexps if the former isn't available.

+ +Historical note: the panels code was written primarily to assist in +porting u386mon 2.0 (comp.sources.misc v14i001-4) to systems lacking +panels support; u386mon 2.10 and beyond use it. This version has been +slightly cleaned up for ncurses.

+ +

A Tour of the Terminfo Compiler

+ +The ncurses implementation of tic is rather complex +internally; it has to do a trying combination of missions. This starts +with the fact that, in addition to its normal duty of compiling +terminfo sources into loadable terminfo binaries, it has to be able to +handle termcap syntax and compile that too into terminfo entries.

+ +The implementation therefore starts with a table-driven, dual-mode +lexical analyzer (in comp_scan.c). The lexer chooses its +mode (termcap or terminfo) based on the first `,' or `:' it finds in +each entry. The lexer does all the work of recognizing capability +names and values; the grammar above it is trivial, just "parse entries +till you run out of file".

+ +

Translation of Non-use Capabilities

+ +Translation of most things besides use capabilities is pretty +straightforward. The lexical analyzer's tokenizer hands each capability +name to a hash function, which drives a table lookup. The table entry +yields an index which is used to look up the token type in another table, +and controls interpretation of the value.

+ +One possibly interesting aspect of the implementation is the way the +compiler tables are initialized. All the tables are generated by various +awk/sed/sh scripts from a master table include/Caps; these +scripts actually write C initializers which are linked to the compiler. +Furthermore, the hash table is generated in the same way, so it doesn't +have to be generated at compiler startup time (another benefit of this +organization is that the hash table can be in shareable text space).

+ +Thus, adding a new capability is usually pretty trivial, just a matter +of adding one line to the include/Caps file. We'll have more +to say about this in the section on Source-Form +Translation.

+ +

Use Capability Resolution

+ +The background problem that makes tic tricky isn't the capability +translation itself, it's the resolution of use capabilities. Older +versions would not handle forward use references for this reason +(that is, a using terminal always had to follow its use target in the +source file). By doing this, they got away with a simple implementation +tactic; compile everything as it blows by, then resolve uses from compiled +entries.

+ +This won't do for ncurses. The problem is that that the whole +compilation process has to be embeddable in the ncurses library +so that it can be called by the startup code to translate termcap +entries on the fly. The embedded version can't go promiscuously writing +everything it translates out to disk -- for one thing, it will typically +be running with non-root permissions.

+ +So our tic is designed to parse an entire terminfo file into a +doubly-linked circular list of entry structures in-core, and then do +use resolution in-memory before writing everything out. This +design has other advantages: it makes forward and back use-references +equally easy (so we get the latter for free), and it makes checking for +name collisions before they're written out easy to do.

+ +And this is exactly how the embedded version works. But the stand-alone +user-accessible version of tic partly reverts to the historical +strategy; it writes to disk (not keeping in core) any entry with no +use references.

+ +This is strictly a core-economy kluge, implemented because the +terminfo master file is large enough that some core-poor systems swap +like crazy when you compile it all in memory...there have been reports of +this process taking three hours, rather than the twenty seconds +or less typical on the author's development box.

+ +So. The executable tic passes the entry-parser a hook that +immediately writes out the referenced entry if it has no use +capabilities. The compiler main loop refrains from adding the entry +to the in-core list when this hook fires. If some other entry later +needs to reference an entry that got written immediately, that's OK; +the resolution code will fetch it off disk when it can't find it in +core.

+ +Name collisions will still be detected, just not as cleanly. The +write_entry() code complains before overwriting an entry that +postdates the time of tic's first call to +write_entry(), Thus it will complain about overwriting +entries newly made during the tic run, but not about +overwriting ones that predate it.

+ +

Source-Form Translation

+ +Another use of tic is to do source translation between various termcap +and terminfo formats. There are more variants out there than you might +think; the ones we know about are described in the captoinfo(1) +manual page.

+ +The translation output code (dump_entry() in +ncurses/dump_entry.c) is shared with the infocmp(1) +utility. It takes the same internal representation used to generate +the binary form and dumps it to standard output in a specified +format.

+ +The include/Caps file has a header comment describing ways you +can specify source translations for nonstandard capabilities just by +altering the master table. It's possible to set up capability aliasing +or tell the compiler to plain ignore a given capability without writing +any C code at all.

+ +For circumstances where you need to do algorithmic translation, there +are functions in parse_entry.c called after the parse of each +entry that are specifically intended to encapsulate such +translations. This, for example, is where the AIX box1 capability +get translated to an acsc string.

+ +

Other Utilities

+ +The infocmp utility is just a wrapper around the same +entry-dumping code used by tic for source translation. Perhaps +the one interesting aspect of the code is the use of a predicate +function passed in to dump_entry() to control which +capabilities are dumped. This is necessary in order to handle both +the ordinary De-compilation case and entry difference reporting.

+ +The tput and clear utilities just do an entry load +followed by a tputs() of a selected capability.

+ +

Style Tips for Developers

+ +See the TO-DO file in the top-level directory of the source distribution +for additions that would be particularly useful.

+ +The prefix _nc_ should be used on library public functions that are +not part of the curses API in order to prevent pollution of the +application namespace. + +If you have to add to or modify the function prototypes in curses.h.in, +read ncurses/MKlib_gen.sh first so you can avoid breaking XSI conformance. + +Please join the ncurses mailing list. See the INSTALL file in the +top level of the distribution for details on the list.

+ +Look for the string FIXME in source files to tag minor bugs +and potential problems that could use fixing.

+ +Don't try to auto-detect OS features in the main body of the C code. +That's the job of the configuration system.

+ +To hold down complexity, do make your code data-driven. Especially, +if you can drive logic from a table filtered out of +include/Caps, do it. If you find you need to augment the +data in that file in order to generate the proper table, that's still +preferable to ad-hoc code -- that's why the fifth field (flags) is +there.

+ +Have fun!

+ +

Porting Hints

+ +The following notes are intended to be a first step towards DOS and Macintosh +ports of the ncurses libraries.

+ +The following library modules are `pure curses'; they operate only on +the curses internal structures, do all output through other curses +calls (not including tputs() and putp()) and do not +call any other UNIX routines such as signal(2) or the stdio library. +Thus, they should not need to be modified for single-terminal +ports.

+ + +lib_addch.c +lib_addstr.c +lib_bkgd.c +lib_box.c +lib_clear.c +lib_clrbot.c +lib_clreol.c +lib_delch.c +lib_delwin.c +lib_erase.c +lib_inchstr.c +lib_insch.c +lib_insdel.c +lib_insstr.c +lib_keyname.c +lib_move.c +lib_mvwin.c +lib_newwin.c +lib_overlay.c +lib_pad.c +lib_printw.c +lib_refresh.c +lib_scanw.c +lib_scroll.c +lib_scrreg.c +lib_set_term.c +lib_touch.c +lib_tparm.c +lib_tputs.c +lib_unctrl.c +lib_window.c +panel.c + +

+ +This module is pure curses, but calls outstr():

+ + +lib_getstr.c + +

+ +These modules are pure curses, except that they use tputs() +and putp():

+ + +lib_beep.c +lib_endwin.c +lib_color.c +lib_options.c +lib_slk.c +lib_vidattr.c + +

+ +This modules assist in POSIX emulation on non-POSIX systems:

+

+
sigaction.c +
signal calls +
+ +The following source files will not be needed for a +single-terminal-type port.

+ + +captoinfo.c +clear.c +comp_captab.c +comp_error.c +comp_hash.c +comp_main.c +comp_parse.c +comp_scan.c +alloc_entry.c +dump_entry.c +parse_entry.c +read_entry.c +write_entry.c +infocmp.c +tput.c + +

+ +The following modules will use open()/read()/write()/close()/lseek() on files, +but no other OS calls.

+ +

+
lib_screen.c +
used to read/write screen dumps +
lib_trace.c +
used to write trace data to the logfile +
+ +Modules that would have to be modified for a port start here:

+ +The following modules are `pure curses' but contain assumptions inappropriate +for a memory-mapped port.

+ +

+lib_longname.c	-- assumes there may be multiple terminals
+	longname()		-- return long name of terminal
+lib_acs.c	-- assumes acs_map as a double indirection
+	init_acs()		-- initialize acs map
+lib_mvcur.c	-- assumes cursor moves have variable cost
+	mvcur_init()		-- initialize
+	mvcur()			-- do physical cursor move
+	mvcur_wrap()		-- wrap
+	scrolln()		-- do physical scrolling
+lib_termcap.c	-- assumes there may be multiple terminals
+	tgetent()		-- load entry
+	tgetflag()		-- get boolean capability
+	tgetnum()		-- get numeric capability
+	tgetstr()		-- get string capability
+lib_ti.c	-- assumes there may be multiple terminals
+	tigetent()		-- load entry
+	tigetflag()		-- get boolean capability
+	tigetnum()		-- get numeric capability
+	tigetstr()		-- get string capability
+
+The following modules use UNIX-specific calls:
+
+lib_doupdate.c	-- input checking
+	doupdate()		-- repaint real screen to match virtual
+	_nc_outch()		-- put out a single character
+lib_getch.c	-- read()
+	wgetch()		-- get single character
+	wungetch()		-- push back single character
+lib_initscr.c	-- getenv()
+	initscr()		-- initialize curses functions
+lib_newterm.c
+	newterm()		-- set up new terminal screen
+lib_baudrate.c
+	baudrate()		-- return the baudrate
+lib_kernel.c	-- various tty-manipulation and system calls
+	reset_prog_mode()	-- reset ccurses-raw mode
+	reset_shell_mode()	-- reset cooked mode
+	erasechar()		-- return the erase char
+	killchar()		-- return the kill character
+	flushinp()		-- flush pending input
+	savetty()		-- save tty state
+	resetty()		-- reset tty to state at last savetty() 
+lib_raw.c	-- various tty-manipulation calls
+	raw()
+	echo()
+	nl()
+	qiflush()
+	cbreak()
+	noraw()
+	noecho()
+	nonl()
+	noqiflush()
+	nocbreak()
+lib_setup.c	-- various tty-manipulation calls
+	use_env()
+	setupterm()
+lib_restart.c	-- various tty-manipulation calls
+	def_shell_mode()
+	def_prog_mode()
+	set_curterm()
+	del_curterm()
+lib_tstp.c	-- signal-manipulation calls
+	_nc_signal_handler()	-- enable/disable window-mode signal catching
+lib_twait.c	-- gettimeofday(), select().
+	usleep()		-- microsecond sleep
+	_nc_timed_wait()	-- timed wait for input
+
+ +The package kernel could be made smaller.

+ +

+
Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com>
+(Note: This is not the bug address!) + + diff --git a/misc/makellib b/misc/makellib new file mode 100755 index 00000000..4a571d60 --- /dev/null +++ b/misc/makellib @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +#!/bin/sh +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# $Id: makellib,v 1.6 1997/03/02 01:28:36 tom Exp $ +# System-dependent wrapper for 'lint' that creates a lint-library via the +# following method (XXX is the name of the library): +# a. If the file llib-lXXX doesn't exist, create it using the make-rule +# b. Process llib-lXXX with the system's lint utility, making +# llib-lXXX.ln +# c. Install llib-lXXX.ln in the lib directory. +# +# Using the intermediate file llib-lXXX bypasses a weakness of lint (passing +# through warning messages from the original source-files). +# +# There are two drawbacks to this approach: +# a. On a few systems, you'll have to manually-edit the llib-lXXX file +# to get a usable lint-library (not all C-preprocessors work well). +# b. The system's lint utility won't recognize -lXXX as a lint-library +# (Use tdlint as a wrapper; it's designed for this). +# +# Parameters: +# $1 = library name +# $* = C-preprocessor options +# +ARCH=`uname -s` +if test "x$ARCH" = "xSunOS" ; then + case `uname -r` in + 5.*) ARCH=Solaris + ;; + esac +fi +# +DST="$HOME/lib/$ARCH/lint" +OPT="" +LLIB="" +llib="" +# +while test $# != 0 +do + case $1 in + -L*) + DST="$DST `echo $1|sed -e 's/^-L//'`" + ;; + -*) + OPT="$OPT $1" + ;; + *) + if test -z "$LLIB" + then + LLIB=$1 + else + llib=llib-l$1 + fi + ;; + esac + shift +done + +if test -z "$LLIB" +then + echo '? no library name specified' + exit 1 +elif test -z "$llib" +then + llib="llib-l$LLIB" +fi + +if test ! -f $llib ; then + if ( make $llib ) + then + : + else + exit 1 + fi +fi + +rm -f $llib.ln $llib.c +TARGET=$LLIB + +case "$ARCH" in +AIX) + CREATE="-uvxo$LLIB -Nn4000" + TARGET=$llib.c + ln $llib $TARGET + ;; +Solaris) + CREATE="-C$llib" + TARGET=$llib.c + ln $llib $TARGET + ;; +CLIX) + CREATE="-DLINTLIBRARY -vxo$LLIB" + TARGET=$llib.c + ln $llib $TARGET + ;; +IRIX*) + CREATE="-DLINTLIBRARY -vxyo$LLIB" + TARGET=$llib.c + ln $llib $TARGET + ;; +UNIX_SV) + CREATE="-DLINTLIBRARY -vxyo$LLIB" + TARGET=$llib.c + ln $llib $TARGET + ;; +*) + echo "Sorry. I do not know how to build a lint-library for $ARCH" + exit 1 +esac + +echo OPT "$OPT" +echo TARGET "$TARGET" +echo LIBNAME "$llib" +if ( lint $CREATE $OPT $TARGET ) +then + if test -f $llib.ln + then + for p in $HOME/lib $HOME/lib/$ARCH $HOME/lib/$ARCH/lint + do + if test ! -d $p + then + mkdir $p + fi + done + for p in $DST + do + cp $llib.ln $p/ + done + rm -f $llib.ln + fi +fi +if test "x$TARGET" = "x$llib.c" ; then + rm -f $TARGET +fi diff --git a/misc/ncurses-intro.doc b/misc/ncurses-intro.doc new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4dcb8905 --- /dev/null +++ b/misc/ncurses-intro.doc @@ -0,0 +1,2508 @@ + + Writing Programs with NCURSES + + by Eric S. Raymond and Zeyd M. Ben-Halim + + Contents + + * Introduction + + A Brief History of Curses + + Scope of This Document + + Terminology + * The Curses Library + + An Overview of Curses + o Compiling Programs using Curses + o Updating the Screen + o Standard Windows and Function Naming Conventions + o Variables + + Using the Library + o Starting up + o Output + o Input + o Using Forms Characters + o Character Attributes and Color + o Mouse Interfacing + o Finishing Up + + Function Descriptions + o Initialization and Wrapup + o Causing Output to the Terminal + o Low-Level Capability Access + o Debugging + + Hints, Tips, and Tricks + o Some Notes of Caution + o Temporarily Leaving ncurses Mode + o Using ncurses under xterm + o Handling Multiple Terminal Screens + o Testing for Terminal Capabilities + o Tuning for Speed + o Special Features of ncurses + + Compatibility with Older Versions + o Refresh of Overlapping Windows + o Background Erase + + XSI Curses Conformance + * The Panels Library + + Compiling With the Panels Library + + Overview of Panels + + Panels, Input, and the Standard Screen + + Hiding Panels + + Miscellaneous Other Facilities + * The Menu Library + + Compiling with the menu Library + + Overview of Menus + + Selecting items + + Menu Display + + Menu Windows + + Processing Menu Input + + Miscellaneous Other Features + * The Forms Library + + Compiling with the forms Library + + Overview of Forms + + Creating and Freeing Fields and Forms + + Fetching and Changing Field Attributes + o Fetching Size and Location Data + o Changing the Field Location + o The Justification Attribute + o Field Display Attributes + o Field Option Bits + o Field Status + o Field User Pointer + + Variable-Sized Fields + + Field Validation + o TYPE_ALPHA + o TYPE_ALNUM + o TYPE_ENUM + o TYPE_INTEGER + o TYPE_NUMERIC + o TYPE_REGEXP + + Direct Field Buffer Manipulation + + Attributes of Forms + + Control of Form Display + + Input Processing in the Forms Driver + o Page Navigation Requests + o Inter-Field Navigation Requests + o Intra-Field Navigation Requests + o Scrolling Requests + o Field Editing Requests + o Order Requests + o Application Commands + + Field Change Hooks + + Field Change Commands + + Form Options + + Custom Validation Types + o Union Types + o New Field Types + o Validation Function Arguments + o Order Functions For Custom Types + o Avoiding Problems + _________________________________________________________________ + + Introduction + + This document is an introduction to programming with curses. It is not + an exhaustive reference for the curses Application Programming + Interface (API); that role is filled by the curses manual pages. + Rather, it is intended to help C programmers ease into using the + package. + + This document is aimed at C applications programmers not yet + specifically familiar with ncurses. If you are already an experienced + curses programmer, you should nevertheless read the sections on Mouse + Interfacing, Debugging, Compatibility with Older Versions, and Hints, + Tips, and Tricks. These will bring you up to speed on the special + features and quirks of the ncurses implementation. If you are not so + experienced, keep reading. + + The curses package is a subroutine library for terminal-independent + screen-painting and input-event handling which presents a high level + screen model to the programmer, hiding differences between terminal + types and doing automatic optimization of output to change one screen + full of text into another. Curses uses terminfo, which is a database + format that can describe the capabilities of thousands of different + terminals. + + The curses API may seem something of an archaism on UNIX desktops + increasingly dominated by X, Motif, and Tcl/Tk. Nevertheless, UNIX + still supports tty lines and X supports xterm(1); the curses API has + the advantage of (a) back-portability to character-cell terminals, and + (b) simplicity. For an application that does not require bit-mapped + graphics and multiple fonts, an interface implementation using curses + will typically be a great deal simpler and less expensive than one + using an X toolkit. + +A Brief History of Curses + + Historically, the first ancestor of curses was the routines written to + provide screen-handling for the game rogue; these used the + already-existing termcap database facility for describing terminal + capabilities. These routines were abstracted into a documented library + and first released with the early BSD UNIX versions. + + System III UNIX from Bell Labs featured a rewritten and much-improved + curses library. It introduced the terminfo format. Terminfo is based + on Berkeley's termcap database, but contains a number of improvements + and extensions. Parameterized capabilities strings were introduced, + making it possible to describe multiple video attributes, and colors + and to handle far more unusual terminals than possible with termcap. + In the later AT&T System V releases, curses evolved to use more + facilities and offer more capabilities, going far beyond BSD curses in + power and flexibility. + +Scope of This Document + + This document describes ncurses, a freeware implementation of the + System V curses API with some clearly marked extensions. It includes + the following System V curses features: + + * Support for multiple screen highlights (BSD curses could only + handle one `standout' highlight, usually reverse-video). + * Support for line- and box-drawing using forms characters. + * Recognition of function keys on input. + * Color support. + * Support for pads (windows of larger than screen size on which the + screen or a subwindow defines a viewport). + + Also, this package makes use of the insert and delete line and + character features of terminals so equipped, and determines how to + optimally use these features with no help from the programmer. It + allows arbitrary combinations of video attributes to be displayed, + even on terminals that leave ``magic cookies'' on the screen to mark + changes in attributes. + + The ncurses package can also capture and use event reports from a + mouse in some environments (notably, xterm under the X window system). + This document includes tips for using the mouse. + + The ncurses package was originated by Pavel Curtis. The original + maintainer of the package is Zeyd Ben-Halim . + Eric S. Raymond wrote many of the new features + in versions after 1.8.1 and wrote most of this introduction. The + current primary maintainers are Thomas Dickey and + Juergen Pfeifer. + + This document also describes the panels extension library, similarly + modeled on the SVr4 panels facility. This library allows you to + associate backing store with each of a stack or deck of overlapping + windows, and provides operations for moving windows around in the + stack that change their visibility in the natural way (handling window + overlaps). + + Finally, this document describes in detail the menus and forms + extension libraries, also cloned from System V, which support easy + construction and sequences of menus and fill-in forms. This code was + contributed to the project by Jürgen Pfeifer. + +Terminology + + In this document, the following terminology is used with reasonable + consistency: + + window + A data structure describing a sub-rectangle of the screen + (possibly the entire screen). You can write to a window as + though it were a miniature screen, scrolling independently of + other windows on the physical screen. + + screens + A subset of windows which are as large as the terminal screen, + i.e., they start at the upper left hand corner and encompass + the lower right hand corner. One of these, stdscr, is + automatically provided for the programmer. + + terminal screen + The package's idea of what the terminal display currently looks + like, i.e., what the user sees now. This is a special screen. + + The Curses Library + +An Overview of Curses + + Compiling Programs using Curses + + In order to use the library, it is necessary to have certain types and + variables defined. Therefore, the programmer must have a line: + + #include + + at the top of the program source. The screen package uses the Standard + I/O library, so includes . also + includes , , or depending on your + system. It is redundant (but harmless) for the programmer to do these + includes, too. In linking with curses you need to have -lncurses in + your LDFLAGS or on the command line. There is no need for any other + libraries. + + Updating the Screen + + In order to update the screen optimally, it is necessary for the + routines to know what the screen currently looks like and what the + programmer wants it to look like next. For this purpose, a data type + (structure) named WINDOW is defined which describes a window image to + the routines, including its starting position on the screen (the (y, + x) coordinates of the upper left hand corner) and its size. One of + these (called curscr, for current screen) is a screen image of what + the terminal currently looks like. Another screen (called stdscr, for + standard screen) is provided by default to make changes on. + + A window is a purely internal representation. It is used to build and + store a potential image of a portion of the terminal. It doesn't bear + any necessary relation to what is really on the terminal screen; it's + more like a scratchpad or write buffer. + + To make the section of physical screen corresponding to a window + reflect the contents of the window structure, the routine refresh() + (or wrefresh() if the window is not stdscr) is called. + + A given physical screen section may be within the scope of any number + of overlapping windows. Also, changes can be made to windows in any + order, without regard to motion efficiency. Then, at will, the + programmer can effectively say ``make it look like this,'' and let the + package implementation determine the most efficient way to repaint the + screen. + + Standard Windows and Function Naming Conventions + + As hinted above, the routines can use several windows, but two are + automatically given: curscr, which knows what the terminal looks like, + and stdscr, which is what the programmer wants the terminal to look + like next. The user should never actually access curscr directly. + Changes should be made to through the API, and then the routine + refresh() (or wrefresh()) called. + + Many functions are defined to use stdscr as a default screen. For + example, to add a character to stdscr, one calls addch() with the + desired character as argument. To write to a different window. use the + routine waddch() (for `w'indow-specific addch()) is provided. This + convention of prepending function names with a `w' when they are to be + applied to specific windows is consistent. The only routines which do + not follow it are those for which a window must always be specified. + + In order to move the current (y, x) coordinates from one point to + another, the routines move() and wmove() are provided. However, it is + often desirable to first move and then perform some I/O operation. In + order to avoid clumsiness, most I/O routines can be preceded by the + prefix 'mv' and the desired (y, x) coordinates prepended to the + arguments to the function. For example, the calls + + move(y, x); + addch(ch); + + can be replaced by + mvaddch(y, x, ch); + + and + wmove(win, y, x); + waddch(win, ch); + + can be replaced by + mvwaddch(win, y, x, ch); + + Note that the window description pointer (win) comes before the added + (y, x) coordinates. If a function requires a window pointer, it is + always the first parameter passed. + + Variables + + The curses library sets some variables describing the terminal + capabilities. + + type name description + ------------------------------------------------------------------ + int LINES number of lines on the terminal + int COLS number of columns on the terminal + + The curses.h also introduces some #define constants and types of + general usefulness: + + bool + boolean type, actually a `char' (e.g., bool doneit;) + + TRUE + boolean `true' flag (1). + + FALSE + boolean `false' flag (0). + + ERR + error flag returned by routines on a failure (-1). + + OK + error flag returned by routines when things go right. + +Using the Library + + Now we describe how to actually use the screen package. In it, we + assume all updating, reading, etc. is applied to stdscr. These + instructions will work on any window, providing you change the + function names and parameters as mentioned above. + + Here is a sample program to motivate the discussion: + +#include +#include + +static void finish(int sig); + +main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + /* initialize your non-curses data structures here */ + + (void) signal(SIGINT, finish); /* arrange interrupts to terminate */ + + (void) initscr(); /* initialize the curses library */ + keypad(stdscr, TRUE); /* enable keyboard mapping */ + (void) nonl(); /* tell curses not to do NL->CR/NL on output */ + (void) cbreak(); /* take input chars one at a time, no wait for \n */ + (void) noecho(); /* don't echo input */ + + if (has_colors()) + { + start_color(); + + /* + * Simple color assignment, often all we need. + */ + init_pair(COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLACK); + init_pair(COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_BLACK); + init_pair(COLOR_RED, COLOR_RED, COLOR_BLACK); + init_pair(COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_BLACK); + init_pair(COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK); + init_pair(COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_BLACK); + init_pair(COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_BLACK); + init_pair(COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_BLACK); + } + + for (;;) + { + int c = getch(); /* refresh, accept single keystroke of input */ + + /* process the command keystroke */ + } + + finish(0); /* we're done */ +} + +static void finish(int sig) +{ + endwin(); + + /* do your non-curses wrapup here */ + + exit(0); +} + + Starting up + + In order to use the screen package, the routines must know about + terminal characteristics, and the space for curscr and stdscr must be + allocated. These function initscr() does both these things. Since it + must allocate space for the windows, it can overflow memory when + attempting to do so. On the rare occasions this happens, initscr() + will terminate the program with an error message. initscr() must + always be called before any of the routines which affect windows are + used. If it is not, the program will core dump as soon as either + curscr or stdscr are referenced. However, it is usually best to wait + to call it until after you are sure you will need it, like after + checking for startup errors. Terminal status changing routines like + nl() and cbreak() should be called after initscr(). + + Once the screen windows have been allocated, you can set them up for + your program. If you want to, say, allow a screen to scroll, use + scrollok(). If you want the cursor to be left in place after the last + change, use leaveok(). If this isn't done, refresh() will move the + cursor to the window's current (y, x) coordinates after updating it. + + You can create new windows of your own using the functions newwin(), + derwin(), and subwin(). The routine delwin() will allow you to get rid + of old windows. All the options described above can be applied to any + window. + + Output + + Now that we have set things up, we will want to actually update the + terminal. The basic functions used to change what will go on a window + are addch() and move(). addch() adds a character at the current (y, x) + coordinates. move() changes the current (y, x) coordinates to whatever + you want them to be. It returns ERR if you try to move off the window. + As mentioned above, you can combine the two into mvaddch() to do both + things at once. + + The other output functions, such as addstr() and printw(), all call + addch() to add characters to the window. + + After you have put on the window what you want there, when you want + the portion of the terminal covered by the window to be made to look + like it, you must call refresh(). In order to optimize finding + changes, refresh() assumes that any part of the window not changed + since the last refresh() of that window has not been changed on the + terminal, i.e., that you have not refreshed a portion of the terminal + with an overlapping window. If this is not the case, the routine + touchwin() is provided to make it look like the entire window has been + changed, thus making refresh() check the whole subsection of the + terminal for changes. + + If you call wrefresh() with curscr as its argument, it will make the + screen look like curscr thinks it looks like. This is useful for + implementing a command which would redraw the screen in case it get + messed up. + + Input + + The complementary function to addch() is getch() which, if echo is + set, will call addch() to echo the character. Since the screen package + needs to know what is on the terminal at all times, if characters are + to be echoed, the tty must be in raw or cbreak mode. Since initially + the terminal has echoing enabled and is in ordinary ``cooked'' mode, + one or the other has to changed before calling getch(); otherwise, the + program's output will be unpredictable. + + When you need to accept line-oriented input in a window, the functions + wgetstr() and friends are available. There is even a wscanw() function + that can do scanf()(3)-style multi-field parsing on window input. + These pseudo-line-oriented functions turn on echoing while they + execute. + + The example code above uses the call keypad(stdscr, TRUE) to enable + support for function-key mapping. With this feature, the getch() code + watches the input stream for character sequences that correspond to + arrow and function keys. These sequences are returned as + pseudo-character values. The #define values returned are listed in the + curses.h The mapping from sequences to #define values is determined by + key_ capabilities in the terminal's terminfo entry. + + Using Forms Characters + + The addch() function (and some others, including box() and border()) + can accept some pseudo-character arguments which are specially defined + by ncurses. These are #define values set up in the curses.h header; + see there for a complete list (look for the prefix ACS_). + + The most useful of the ACS defines are the forms-drawing characters. + You can use these to draw boxes and simple graphs on the screen. If + the terminal does not have such characters, curses.h will map them to + a recognizable (though ugly) set of ASCII defaults. + + Character Attributes and Color + + The ncurses package supports screen highlights including standout, + reverse-video, underline, and blink. It also supports color, which is + treated as another kind of highlight. + + Highlights are encoded, internally, as high bits of the + pseudo-character type (chtype) that curses.h uses to represent the + contents of a screen cell. See the curses.h header file for a complete + list of highlight mask values (look for the prefix A_). + + There are two ways to make highlights. One is to logical-or the value + of the highlights you want into the character argument of an addch() + call, or any other output call that takes a chtype argument. + + The other is to set the current-highlight value. This is logical-or'ed + with any highlight you specify the first way. You do this with the + functions attron(), attroff(), and attrset(); see the manual pages for + details. Color is a special kind of highlight. The package actually + thinks in terms of color pairs, combinations of foreground and + background colors. The sample code above sets up eight color pairs, + all of the guaranteed-available colors on black. Note that each color + pair is, in effect, given the name of its foreground color. Any other + range of eight non-conflicting values could have been used as the + first arguments of the init_pair() values. + + Once you've done an init_pair() that creates color-pair N, you can use + COLOR_PAIR(N) as a highlight that invokes that particular color + combination. Note that COLOR_PAIR(N), for constant N, is itself a + compile-time constant and can be used in initializers. + + Mouse Interfacing + + The ncurses library also provides a mouse interface. Note: his + facility is original to ncurses, it is not part of either the XSI + Curses standard, nor of System V Release 4, nor BSD curses. Thus, we + recommend that you wrap mouse-related code in an #ifdef using the + feature macro NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION so it will not be compiled and + linked on non-ncurses systems. + + Presently, mouse event reporting works only under xterm. In the + future, ncurses will detect the presence of gpm(1), Alessandro + Rubini's freeware mouse server for Linux systems, and accept mouse + reports through it. + + The mouse interface is very simple. To activate it, you use the + function mousemask(), passing it as first argument a bit-mask that + specifies what kinds of events you want your program to be able to + see. It will return the bit-mask of events that actually become + visible, which may differ from the argument if the mouse device is not + capable of reporting some of the event types you specify. + + Once the mouse is active, your application's command loop should watch + for a return value of KEY_MOUSE from wgetch(). When you see this, a + mouse event report has been queued. To pick it off the queue, use the + function getmouse() (you must do this before the next wgetch(), + otherwise another mouse event might come in and make the first one + inaccessible). + + Each call to getmouse() fills a structure (the address of which you'll + pass it) with mouse event data. The event data includes zero-origin, + screen-relative character-cell coordinates of the mouse pointer. It + also includes an event mask. Bits in this mask will be set, + corresponding to the event type being reported. + + The mouse structure contains two additional fields which may be + significant in the future as ncurses interfaces to new kinds of + pointing device. In addition to x and y coordinates, there is a slot + for a z coordinate; this might be useful with touch-screens that can + return a pressure or duration parameter. There is also a device ID + field, which could be used to distinguish between multiple pointing + devices. + + The class of visible events may be changed at any time via + mousemask(). Events that can be reported include presses, releases, + single-, double- and triple-clicks (you can set the maximum + button-down time for clicks). If you don't make clicks visible, they + will be reported as press-release pairs. In some environments, the + event mask may include bits reporting the state of shift, alt, and + ctrl keys on the keyboard during the event. + + A function to check whether a mouse event fell within a given window + is also supplied. You can use this to see whether a given window + should consider a mouse event relevant to it. + + Because mouse event reporting will not be available in all + environments, it would be unwise to build ncurses applications that + require the use of a mouse. Rather, you should use the mouse as a + shortcut for point-and-shoot commands your application would normally + accept from the keyboard. Two of the test games in the ncurses + distribution (bs and knight) contain code that illustrates how this + can be done. + + See the manual page curs_mouse(3X) for full details of the + mouse-interface functions. + + Finishing Up + + In order to clean up after the ncurses routines, the routine endwin() + is provided. It restores tty modes to what they were when initscr() + was first called, and moves the cursor down to the lower-left corner. + Thus, anytime after the call to initscr, endwin() should be called + before exiting. + +Function Descriptions + + We describe the detailed behavior of some important curses functions + here, as a supplement to the manual page descriptions. + + Initialization and Wrapup + + initscr() + The first function called should almost always be initscr(). + This will determine the terminal type and initialize curses + data structures. initscr() also arranges that the first call to + refresh() will clear the screen. If an error occurs a message + is written to standard error and the program exits. Otherwise + it returns a pointer to stdscr. A few functions may be called + before initscr (slk_init(), filter(), ripofflines(), use_env(), + and, if you are using multiple terminals, newterm().) + + endwin() + Your program should always call endwin() before exiting or + shelling out of the program. This function will restore tty + modes, move the cursor to the lower left corner of the screen, + reset the terminal into the proper non-visual mode. Calling + refresh() or doupdate() after a temporary escape from the + program will restore the ncurses screen from before the escape. + + newterm(type, ofp, ifp) + A program which outputs to more than one terminal should use + newterm() instead of initscr(). newterm() should be called once + for each terminal. It returns a variable of type SCREEN * which + should be saved as a reference to that terminal. The arguments + are the type of the terminal (a string) and FILE pointers for + the output and input of the terminal. If type is NULL then the + environment variable $TERM is used. endwin() should called once + at wrapup time for each terminal opened using this function. + + set_term(new) + This function is used to switch to a different terminal + previously opened by newterm(). The screen reference for the + new terminal is passed as the parameter. The previous terminal + is returned by the function. All other calls affect only the + current terminal. + + delscreen(sp) + The inverse of newterm(); deallocates the data structures + associated with a given SCREEN reference. + + Causing Output to the Terminal + + refresh() and wrefresh(win) + These functions must be called to actually get any output on + the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data + structures. wrefresh() copies the named window to the physical + terminal screen, taking into account what is already there in + order to do optimizations. refresh() does a refresh of + stdscr(). Unless leaveok() has been enabled, the physical + cursor of the terminal is left at the location of the window's + cursor. + + doupdate() and wnoutrefresh(win) + These two functions allow multiple updates with more efficiency + than wrefresh. To use them, it is important to understand how + curses works. In addition to all the window structures, curses + keeps two data structures representing the terminal screen: a + physical screen, describing what is actually on the screen, and + a virtual screen, describing what the programmer wants to have + on the screen. wrefresh works by first copying the named window + to the virtual screen (wnoutrefresh()), and then calling the + routine to update the screen (doupdate()). If the programmer + wishes to output several windows at once, a series of calls to + wrefresh will result in alternating calls to wnoutrefresh() and + doupdate(), causing several bursts of output to the screen. By + calling wnoutrefresh() for each window, it is then possible to + call doupdate() once, resulting in only one burst of output, + with fewer total characters transmitted (this also avoids a + visually annoying flicker at each update). + + Low-Level Capability Access + + setupterm(term, filenum, errret) + This routine is called to initialize a terminal's description, + without setting up the curses screen structures or changing the + tty-driver mode bits. term is the character string representing + the name of the terminal being used. filenum is the UNIX file + descriptor of the terminal to be used for output. errret is a + pointer to an integer, in which a success or failure indication + is returned. The values returned can be 1 (all is well), 0 (no + such terminal), or -1 (some problem locating the terminfo + database). + + The value of term can be given as NULL, which will cause the + value of TERM in the environment to be used. The errret pointer + can also be given as NULL, meaning no error code is wanted. If + errret is defaulted, and something goes wrong, setupterm() will + print an appropriate error message and exit, rather than + returning. Thus, a simple program can call setupterm(0, 1, 0) + and not worry about initialization errors. + + After the call to setupterm(), the global variable cur_term is + set to point to the current structure of terminal capabilities. + By calling setupterm() for each terminal, and saving and + restoring cur_term, it is possible for a program to use two or + more terminals at once. Setupterm() also stores the names + section of the terminal description in the global character + array ttytype[]. Subsequent calls to setupterm() will overwrite + this array, so you'll have to save it yourself if need be. + + Debugging + + NOTE: These functions are not part of the standard curses API! + + trace() + This function can be used to explicitly set a trace level. If + the trace level is nonzero, execution of your program will + generate a file called `trace' in the current working directory + containing a report on the library's actions. Higher trace + levels enable more detailed (and verbose) reporting -- see + comments attached to TRACE_ defines in the curses.h file for + details. (It is also possible to set a trace level by assigning + a trace level value to the environment variable NCURSES_TRACE). + + _tracef() + This function can be used to output your own debugging + information. It is only available only if you link with + -lncurses_g. It can be used the same way as printf(), only it + outputs a newline after the end of arguments. The output goes + to a file called trace in the current directory. + + Trace logs can be difficult to interpret due to the sheer volume of + data dumped in them. There is a script called tracemunch included with + the ncurses distribution that can alleviate this problem somewhat; it + compacts long sequences of similar operations into more succinct + single-line pseudo-operations. These pseudo-ops can be distinguished + by the fact that they are named in capital letters. + +Hints, Tips, and Tricks + + The ncurses manual pages are a complete reference for this library. In + the remainder of this document, we discuss various useful methods that + may not be obvious from the manual page descriptions. + + Some Notes of Caution + + If you find yourself thinking you need to use noraw() or nocbreak(), + think again and move carefully. It's probably better design to use + getstr() or one of its relatives to simulate cooked mode. The noraw() + and nocbreak() functions try to restore cooked mode, but they may end + up clobbering some control bits set before you started your + application. Also, they have always been poorly documented, and are + likely to hurt your application's usability with other curses + libraries. + + Bear in mind that refresh() is a synonym for wrefresh(stdscr), and + don't try to mix use of stdscr with use of windows declared by + newwin(); a refresh() call will blow them off the screen. The right + way to handle this is to use subwin(), or not touch stdscr at all and + tile your screen with declared windows which you then wnoutrefresh() + somewhere in your program event loop, with a single doupdate() call to + trigger actual repainting. + + You are much less likely to run into problems if you design your + screen layouts to use tiled rather than overlapping windows. + Historically, curses support for overlapping windows has been weak, + fragile, and poorly documented. The ncurses library is not yet an + exception to this rule. + + There is a freeware panels library included in the ncurses + distribution that does a pretty good job of strengthening the + overlapping-windows facilities. + + Try to avoid using the global variables LINES and COLS. Use getmaxyx() + on the stdscr context instead. Reason: your code may be ported to run + in an environment with window resizes, in which case several screens + could be open with different sizes. + + Temporarily Leaving ncurses Mode + + Sometimes you will want to write a program that spends most of its + time in screen mode, but occasionally returns to ordinary `cooked' + mode. A common reason for this is to support shell-out. This behavior + is simple to arrange in ncurses. + + To leave ncurses mode, call endwin() as you would if you were + intending to terminate the program. This will take the screen back to + cooked mode; you can do your shell-out. When you want to return to + ncurses mode, simply call refresh() or doupdate(). This will repaint + the screen. + + There is a boolean function, isendwin(), which code can use to test + whether ncurses screen mode is active. It returns TRUE in the interval + between an endwin() call and the following refresh(), FALSE otherwise. + + Here is some sample code for shellout: + addstr("Shelling out..."); + def_prog_mode(); /* save current tty modes */ + endwin(); /* restore original tty modes */ + system("sh"); /* run shell */ + addstr("returned.\n"); /* prepare return message */ + refresh(); /* restore save modes, repaint screen */ + + Using ncurses Under xterm + + A resize operation in X sends SIGWINCH to the application running + under xterm. The ncurses library does not catch this signal, because + it cannot in general know how you want the screen re-painted. You will + have to write the SIGWINCH handler yourself. + + The easiest way to code your SIGWINCH handler is to have it do an + endwin, followed by an refresh and a screen repaint you code yourself. + The refresh will pick up the new screen size from the xterm's + environment. + + Handling Multiple Terminal Screens + + The initscr() function actually calls a function named newterm() to do + most of its work. If you are writing a program that opens multiple + terminals, use newterm() directly. + + For each call, you will have to specify a terminal type and a pair of + file pointers; each call will return a screen reference, and stdscr + will be set to the last one allocated. You will switch between screens + with the set_term call. Note that you will also have to call + def_shell_mode and def_prog_mode on each tty yourself. + + Testing for Terminal Capabilities + + Sometimes you may want to write programs that test for the presence of + various capabilities before deciding whether to go into ncurses mode. + An easy way to do this is to call setupterm(), then use the functions + tigetflag(), tigetnum(), and tigetstr() to do your testing. + + A particularly useful case of this often comes up when you want to + test whether a given terminal type should be treated as `smart' + (cursor-addressable) or `stupid'. The right way to test this is to see + if the return value of tigetstr("cup") is non-NULL. Alternatively, you + can include the term.h file and test the value of the macro + cursor_address. + + Tuning for Speed + + Use the addchstr() family of functions for fast screen-painting of + text when you know the text doesn't contain any control characters. + Try to make attribute changes infrequent on your screens. Don't use + the immedok() option! + + Special Features of ncurses + + When running on PC-clones, ncurses has enhanced support for the IBM + high-half and ROM characters. The A_ALTCHARSET highlight, enables + display of both high-half ACS graphics and the PC ROM graphics 0-31 + that are normally interpreted as control characters. + + The wresize() function allows you to resize a window in place. + +Compatibility with Older Versions + + Despite our best efforts, there are some differences between ncurses + and the (undocumented!) behavior of older curses implementations. + These arise from ambiguities or omissions in the documentation of the + API. + + Refresh of Overlapping Windows + + If you define two windows A and B that overlap, and then alternately + scribble on and refresh them, the changes made to the overlapping + region under historic curses versions were often not documented + precisely. + + To understand why this is a problem, remember that screen updates are + calculated between two representations of the entire display. The + documentation says that when you refresh a window, it is first copied + to to the virtual screen, and then changes are calculated to update + the physical screen (and applied to the terminal). But "copied to" is + not very specific, and subtle differences in how copying works can + produce different behaviors in the case where two overlapping windows + are each being refreshed at unpredictable intervals. + + What happens to the overlapping region depends on what wnoutrefresh() + does with its argument -- what portions of the argument window it + copies to the virtual screen. Some implementations do "change copy", + copying down only locations in the window that have changed (or been + marked changed with wtouchln() and friends). Some implementations do + "entire copy", copying all window locations to the virtual screen + whether or not they have changed. + + The ncurses library itself has not always been consistent on this + score. Due to a bug, versions 1.8.7 to 1.9.8a did entire copy. + Versions 1.8.6 and older, and versions 1.9.9 and newer, do change + copy. + + For most commercial curses implementations, it is not documented and + not known for sure (at least not to the ncurses maintainers) whether + they do change copy or entire copy. We know that System V release 3 + curses has logic in it that looks like an attempt to do change copy, + but the surrounding logic and data representations are sufficiently + complex, and our knowledge sufficiently indirect, that it's hard to + know whether this is reliable. It is not clear what the SVr4 + documentation and XSI standard intend. The XSI Curses standard barely + mentions wnoutrefresh(); the SVr4 documents seem to be describing + entire-copy, but it is possible with some effort and straining to read + them the other way. + + It might therefore be unwise to rely on either behavior in programs + that might have to be linked with other curses implementations. + Instead, you can do an explicit touchwin() before the wnoutrefresh() + call to guarantee an entire-contents copy anywhere. + + The really clean way to handle this is to use the panels library. If, + when you want a screen update, you do update_panels(), it will do all + the necessary wnoutrfresh() calls for whatever panel stacking order + you have defined. Then you can do one doupdate() and there will be a + single burst of physical I/O that will do all your updates. + + Background Erase + + If you have been using a very old versions of ncurses (1.8.7 or older) + you may be surprised by the behavior of the erase functions. In older + versions, erased areas of a window were filled with a blank modified + by the window's current attribute (as set by wattrset(), wattron(), + wattroff() and friends). + + In newer versions, this is not so. Instead, the attribute of erased + blanks is normal unless and until it is modified by the functions + bkgdset() or wbkgdset(). + + This change in behavior conforms ncurses to System V Release 4 and the + XSI Curses standard. + +XSI Curses Conformance + + The ncurses library is intended to be base-level conformant with the + XSI Curses standard from X/Open. Many extended-level features (in + fact, almost all features not directly concerned with wide characters + and internationalization) are also supported. + + One effect of XSI conformance is the change in behavior described + under "Background Erase -- Compatibility with Old Versions". + + Also, ncurses meets the XSI requirement that every macro entry point + have a corresponding function which may be linked (and will be + prototype-checked) if the macro definition is disabled with #undef. + + The Panels Library + + The ncurses library by itself provides good support for screen + displays in which the windows are tiled (non-overlapping). In the more + general case that windows may overlap, you have to use a series of + wnoutrefresh() calls followed by a doupdate(), and be careful about + the order you do the window refreshes in. It has to be bottom-upwards, + otherwise parts of windows that should be obscured will show through. + + When your interface design is such that windows may dive deeper into + the visibility stack or pop to the top at runtime, the resulting + book-keeping can be tedious and difficult to get right. Hence the + panels library. + + The panel library first appeared in AT&T System V. The version + documented here is the freeware panel code distributed with ncurses. + +Compiling With the Panels Library + + Your panels-using modules must import the panels library declarations + with + + #include + + and must be linked explicitly with the panels library using an -lpanel + argument. Note that they must also link the ncurses library with + -lncurses. Many linkers are two-pass and will accept either order, but + it is still good practice to put -lpanel first and -lncurses second. + +Overview of Panels + + A panel object is a window that is implicitly treated as part of a + deck including all other panel objects. The deck has an implicit + bottom-to-top visibility order. The panels library includes an update + function (analogous to refresh()) that displays all panels in the deck + in the proper order to resolve overlaps. The standard window, stdscr, + is considered below all panels. + + Details on the panels functions are available in the man pages. We'll + just hit the highlights here. + + You create a panel from a window by calling new_panel() on a window + pointer. It then becomes the top of the deck. The panel's window is + available as the value of panel_window() called with the panel pointer + as argument. + + You can delete a panel (removing it from the deck) with del_panel. + This will not deallocate the associated window; you have to do that + yourself. You can replace a panel's window with a different window by + calling replace_window. The new window may be of different size; the + panel code will re-compute all overlaps. This operation doesn't change + the panel's position in the deck. + + To move a panel's window, use move_panel(). The mvwin() function on + the panel's window isn't sufficient because it doesn't update the + panels library's representation of where the windows are. This + operation leaves the panel's depth, contents, and size unchanged. + + Two functions (top_panel(), bottom_panel()) are provided for + rearranging the deck. The first pops its argument window to the top of + the deck; the second sends it to the bottom. Either operation leaves + the panel's screen location, contents, and size unchanged. + + The function update_panels() does all the wnoutrefresh() calls needed + to prepare for doupdate() (which you must call yourself, afterwards). + + Typically, you will want to call update_panels() and doupdate() just + before accepting command input, once in each cycle of interaction with + the user. If you call update_panels() after each and every panel + write, you'll generate a lot of unnecessary refresh activity and + screen flicker. + +Panels, Input, and the Standard Screen + + You shouldn't mix wnoutrefresh() or wrefresh() operations with panels + code; this will work only if the argument window is either in the top + panel or unobscured by any other panels. + + The stsdcr window is a special case. It is considered below all + panels. Because changes to panels may obscure parts of stdscr, though, + you should call update_panels() before doupdate() even when you only + change stdscr. + + Note that wgetch automatically calls wrefresh. Therefore, before + requesting input from a panel window, you need to be sure that the + panel is totally unobscured. + + There is presently no way to display changes to one obscured panel + without repainting all panels. + +Hiding Panels + + It's possible to remove a panel from the deck temporarily; use + hide_panel for this. Use show_panel() to render it visible again. The + predicate function panel_hidden tests whether or not a panel is + hidden. + + The panel_update code ignores hidden panels. You cannot do top_panel() + or bottom_panel on a hidden panel(). Other panels operations are + applicable. + +Miscellaneous Other Facilities + + It's possible to navigate the deck using the functions panel_above() + and panel_below. Handed a panel pointer, they return the panel above + or below that panel. Handed NULL, they return the bottom-most or + top-most panel. + + Every panel has an associated user pointer, not used by the panel + code, to which you can attach application data. See the man page + documentation of set_panel_userptr() and panel_userptr for details. + + The Menu Library + + A menu is a screen display that assists the user to choose some subset + of a given set of items. The menu library is a curses extension that + supports easy programming of menu hierarchies with a uniform but + flexible interface. + + The menu library first appeared in AT&T System V. The version + documented here is the freeware menu code distributed with ncurses. + +Compiling With the menu Library + + Your menu-using modules must import the menu library declarations with + + #include + + and must be linked explicitly with the menus library using an -lmenu + argument. Note that they must also link the ncurses library with + -lncurses. Many linkers are two-pass and will accept either order, but + it is still good practice to put -lmenu first and -lncurses second. + +Overview of Menus + + The menus created by this library consist of collections of items + including a name string part and a description string part. To make + menus, you create groups of these items and connect them with menu + frame objects. + + The menu can then by posted, that is written to an associated window. + Actually, each menu has two associated windows; a containing window in + which the programmer can scribble titles or borders, and a subwindow + in which the menu items proper are displayed. If this subwindow is too + small to display all the items, it will be a scrollable viewport on + the collection of items. + + A menu may also be unposted (that is, undisplayed), and finally freed + to make the storage associated with it and its items available for + re-use. + + The general flow of control of a menu program looks like this: + 1. Initialize curses. + 2. Create the menu items, using new_item(). + 3. Create the menu using new_menu(). + 4. Post the menu using menu_post(). + 5. Refresh the screen. + 6. Process user requests via an input loop. + 7. Unpost the menu using menu_unpost(). + 8. Free the menu, using free_menu(). + 9. Free the items using free_item(). + 10. Terminate curses. + +Selecting items + + Menus may be multi-valued or (the default) single-valued (see the + manual page menu_opts(3x) to see how to change the default). Both + types always have a current item. + + From a single-valued menu you can read the selected value simply by + looking at the current item. From a multi-valued menu, you get the + selected set by looping through the items applying the item_value() + predicate function. Your menu-processing code can use the function + set_item_value() to flag the items in the select set. + + Menu items can be made unselectable using set_item_opts() or + item_opts_off() with the O_SELECTABLE argument. This is the only + option so far defined for menus, but it is good practice to code as + though other option bits might be on. + +Menu Display + + The menu library calculates a minimum display size for your window, + based on the following variables: + + * The number and maximum length of the menu items + * Whether the O_ROWMAJOR option is enabled + * Whether display of descriptions is enabled + * Whatever menu format may have been set by the programmer + * The length of the menu mark string used for highlighting selected + items + + The function set_menu_format() allows you to set the maximum size of + the viewport or menu page that will be used to display menu items. You + can retrieve any format associated with a menu with menu_format(). The + default format is rows=16, columns=1. + + The actual menu page may be smaller than the format size. This depends + on the item number and size and whether O_ROWMAJOR is on. This option + (on by default) causes menu items to be displayed in a `raster-scan' + pattern, so that if more than one item will fit horizontally the first + couple of items are side-by-side in the top row. The alternative is + column-major display, which tries to put the first several items in + the first column. + + As mentioned above, a menu format not large enough to allow all items + to fit on-screen will result in a menu display that is vertically + scrollable. + + You can scroll it with requests to the menu driver, which will be + described in the section on menu input handling. + + Each menu has a mark string used to visually tag selected items; see + the menu_mark(3x) manual page for details. The mark string length also + influences the menu page size. + + The function scale_menu() returns the minimum display size that the + menu code computes from all these factors. There are other menu + display attributes including a select attribute, an attribute for + selectable items, an attribute for unselectable items, and a pad + character used to separate item name text from description text. These + have reasonable defaults which the library allows you to change (see + the menu_attribs(3x) manual page. + +Menu Windows + + Each menu has, as mentioned previously, a pair of associated windows. + Both these windows are painted when the menu is posted and erased when + the menu is unposted. + + The outer or frame window is not otherwise touched by the menu + routines. It exists so the programmer can associate a title, a border, + or perhaps help text with the menu and have it properly refreshed or + erased at post/unpost time. The inner window or subwindow is where the + current menu page is displayed. + + By default, both windows are stdscr. You can set them with the + functions in menu_win(3x). + + When you call menu_post(), you write the menu to its subwindow. When + you call menu_unpost(), you erase the subwindow, However, neither of + these actually modifies the screen. To do that, call wrefresh() or + some equivalent. + +Processing Menu Input + + The main loop of your menu-processing code should call menu_driver() + repeatedly. The first argument of this routine is a menu pointer; the + second is a menu command code. You should write an input-fetching + routine that maps input characters to menu command codes, and pass its + output to menu_driver(). The menu command codes are fully documented + in menu_driver(3x). + + The simplest group of command codes is REQ_NEXT_ITEM, REQ_PREV_ITEM, + REQ_FIRST_ITEM, REQ_LAST_ITEM, REQ_UP_ITEM, REQ_DOWN_ITEM, + REQ_LEFT_ITEM, REQ_RIGHT_ITEM. These change the currently selected + item. These requests may cause scrolling of the menu page if it only + partially displayed. + + There are explicit requests for scrolling which also change the + current item (because the select location does not change, but the + item there does). These are REQ_SCR_DLINE, REQ_SCR_ULINE, + REQ_SCR_DPAGE, and REQ_SCR_UPAGE. + + The REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM selects or deselects the current item. It is for + use in multi-valued menus; if you use it with O_ONEVALUE on, you'll + get an error return (E_REQUEST_DENIED). + + Each menu has an associated pattern buffer. The menu_driver() logic + tries to accumulate printable ASCII characters passed in in that + buffer; when it matches a prefix of an item name, that item (or the + next matching item) is selected. If appending a character yields no + new match, that character is deleted from the pattern buffer, and + menu_driver() returns E_NO_MATCH. + + Some requests change the pattern buffer directly: REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN, + REQ_BACK_PATTERN, REQ_NEXT_MATCH, REQ_PREV_MATCH. The latter two are + useful when pattern buffer input matches more than one item in a + multi-valued menu. + + Each successful scroll or item navigation request clears the pattern + buffer. It is also possible to set the pattern buffer explicitly with + set_menu_pattern(). + + Finally, menu driver requests above the constant MAX_COMMAND are + considered application-specific commands. The menu_driver() code + ignores them and returns E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND. + +Miscellaneous Other Features + + Various menu options can affect the processing and visual appearance + and input processing of menus. See menu_opts(3x) for details. + + It is possible to change the current item from application code; this + is useful if you want to write your own navigation requests. It is + also possible to explicitly set the top row of the menu display. See + mitem_current(3x). If your application needs to change the menu + subwindow cursor for any reason, pos_menu_cursor() will restore it to + the correct location for continuing menu driver processing. + + It is possible to set hooks to be called at menu initialization and + wrapup time, and whenever the selected item changes. See + menu_hook(3x). + + Each item, and each menu, has an associated user pointer on which you + can hang application data. See mitem_userptr(3x) and menu_userptr(3x). + + The Forms Library + + The form library is a curses extension that supports easy programming + of on-screen forms for data entry and program control. + + The form library first appeared in AT&T System V. The version + documented here is the freeware form code distributed with ncurses. + +Compiling With the form Library + + Your form-using modules must import the form library declarations with + + #include + + and must be linked explicitly with the forms library using an -lform + argument. Note that they must also link the ncurses library with + -lncurses. Many linkers are two-pass and will accept either order, but + it is still good practice to put -lform first and -lncurses second. + +Overview of Forms + + A form is a collection of fields; each field may be either a label + (explanatory text) or a data-entry location. Long forms may be + segmented into pages; each entry to a new page clears the screen. + + To make forms, you create groups of fields and connect them with form + frame objects; the form library makes this relatively simple. + + Once defined, a form can be posted, that is written to an associated + window. Actually, each form has two associated windows; a containing + window in which the programmer can scribble titles or borders, and a + subwindow in which the form fields proper are displayed. + + As the form user fills out the posted form, navigation and editing + keys support movement between fields, editing keys support modifying + field, and plain text adds to or changes data in a current field. The + form library allows you (the forms designer) to bind each navigation + and editing key to any keystroke accepted by curses Fields may have + validation conditions on them, so that they check input data for type + and value. The form library supplies a rich set of pre-defined field + types, and makes it relatively easy to define new ones. + + Once its transaction is completed (or aborted), a form may be unposted + (that is, undisplayed), and finally freed to make the storage + associated with it and its items available for re-use. + + The general flow of control of a form program looks like this: + 1. Initialize curses. + 2. Create the form fields, using new_field(). + 3. Create the form using new_form(). + 4. Post the form using form_post(). + 5. Refresh the screen. + 6. Process user requests via an input loop. + 7. Unpost the form using form_unpost(). + 8. Free the form, using free_form(). + 9. Free the fields using free_field(). + 10. Terminate curses. + + Note that this looks much like a menu program; the form library + handles tasks which are in many ways similar, and its interface was + obviously designed to resemble that of the menu library wherever + possible. + + In forms programs, however, the `process user requests' is somewhat + more complicated than for menus. Besides menu-like navigation + operations, the menu driver loop has to support field editing and data + validation. + +Creating and Freeing Fields and Forms + + The basic function for creating fields is new_field(): + +FIELD *new_field(int height, int width, /* new field size */ + int top, int left, /* upper left corner */ + int offscreen, /* number of offscreen rows */ + int nbuf); /* number of working buffers */ + + Menu items always occupy a single row, but forms fields may have + multiple rows. So new_field() requires you to specify a width and + height (the first two arguments, which mist both be greater than + zero). + + You must also specify the location of the field's upper left corner on + the screen (the third and fourth arguments, which must be zero or + greater). Note that these coordinates are relative to the form + subwindow, which will coincide with stdscr by default but need not be + stdscr if you've done an explicit set_form_window() call. + + The fifth argument allows you to specify a number of off-screen rows. + If this is zero, the entire field will always be displayed. If it is + nonzero, the form will be scrollable, with only one screen-full + (initially the top part) displayed at any given time. If you make a + field dynamic and grow it so it will no longer fit on the screen, the + form will become scrollable even if the offscreen argument was + initially zero. + + The forms library allocates one working buffer per field; the size of + each buffer is ((height + offscreen)*width + 1, one character for each + position in the field plus a NUL terminator. The sixth argument is the + number of additional data buffers to allocate for the field; your + application can use them for its own purposes. + +FIELD *dup_field(FIELD *field, /* field to copy */ + int top, int left); /* location of new copy */ + + The function dup_field() duplicates an existing field at a new + location. Size and buffering information are copied; some attribute + flags and status bits are not (see the form_field_new(3X) for + details). + +FIELD *link_field(FIELD *field, /* field to copy */ + int top, int left); /* location of new copy */ + + The function link_field() also duplicates an existing field at a new + location. The difference from dup_field() is that it arranges for the + new field's buffer to be shared with the old one. + + Besides the obvious use in making a field editable from two different + form pages, linked fields give you a way to hack in dynamic labels. If + you declare several fields linked to an original, and then make them + inactive, changes from the original will still be propagated to the + linked fields. + + As with duplicated fields, linked fields have attribute bits separate + from the original. + + As you might guess, all these field-allocations return NULL if the + field allocation is not possible due to an out-of-memory error or + out-of-bounds arguments. + + To connect fields to a form, use + +FORM *new_form(FIELD **fields); + + This function expects to see a NULL-terminated array of field + pointers. Said fields are connected to a newly-allocated form object; + its address is returned (or else NULL if the allocation fails). + + Note that new_field() does not copy the pointer array into private + storage; if you modify the contents of the pointer array during forms + processing, all manner of bizarre things might happen. Also note that + any given field may only be connected to one form. + + The functions free_field() and free_form are available to free field + and form objects. It is an error to attempt to free a field connected + to a form, but not vice-versa; thus, you will generally free your form + objects first. + +Fetching and Changing Field Attributes + + Each form field has a number of location and size attributes + associated with it. There are other field attributes used to control + display and editing of the field. Some (for example, the O_STATIC bit) + involve sufficient complications to be covered in sections of their + own later on. We cover the functions used to get and set several basic + attributes here. + + When a field is created, the attributes not specified by the new_field + function are copied from an invisible system default field. In + attribute-setting and -fetching functions, the argument NULL is taken + to mean this field. Changes to it persist as defaults until your forms + application terminates. + + Fetching Size and Location Data + + You can retrieve field sizes and locations through: + +int field_info(FIELD *field, /* field from which to fetch */ + int *height, *int width, /* field size */ + int *top, int *left, /* upper left corner */ + int *offscreen, /* number of offscreen rows */ + int *nbuf); /* number of working buffers */ + + This function is a sort of inverse of new_field(); instead of setting + size and location attributes of a new field, it fetches them from an + existing one. + + Changing the Field Location + + If is possible to move a field's location on the screen: + +int move_field(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + int top, int left); /* new upper-left corner */ + + You can, of course. query the current location through field_info(). + + The Justification Attribute + + One-line fields may be unjustified, justified right, justified left, + or centered. Here is how you manipulate this attribute: + +int set_field_just(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + int justmode); /* mode to set */ + +int field_just(FIELD *field); /* fetch mode of field */ + + The mode values accepted and returned by this functions are + preprocessor macros NO_JUSTIFICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or + JUSTIFY_CENTER. + + Field Display Attributes + + For each field, you can set a foreground attribute for entered + characters, a background attribute for the entire field, and a pad + character for the unfilled portion of the field. You can also control + pagination of the form. + + This group of four field attributes controls the visual appearance of + the field on the screen, without affecting in any way the data in the + field buffer. + +int set_field_fore(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + chtype attr); /* attribute to set */ + +chtype field_fore(FIELD *field); /* field to query */ + +int set_field_back(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + chtype attr); /* attribute to set */ + +chtype field_back(FIELD *field); /* field to query */ + +int set_field_pad(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + int pad); /* pad character to set */ + +chtype field_pad(FIELD *field); + +int set_new_page(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + int flag); /* TRUE to force new page */ + +chtype new_page(FIELD *field); /* field to query */ + + The attributes set and returned by the first four functions are normal + curses(3x) display attribute values (A_STANDOUT, A_BOLD, A_REVERSE + etc). The page bit of a field controls whether it is displayed at the + start of a new form screen. + + Field Option Bits + + There is also a large collection of field option bits you can set to + control various aspects of forms processing. You can manipulate them + with these functions: + +int set_field_opts(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + int attr); /* attribute to set */ + +int field_opts_on(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + int attr); /* attributes to turn on */ + +int field_opts_off(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + int attr); /* attributes to turn off */ + +int field_opts(FIELD *field); /* field to query */ + + By default, all options are on. Here are the available option bits: + + O_VISIBLE + Controls whether the field is visible on the screen. Can be + used during form processing to hide or pop up fields depending + on the value of parent fields. + + O_ACTIVE + Controls whether the field is active during forms processing + (i.e. visited by form navigation keys). Can be used to make + labels or derived fields with buffer values alterable by the + forms application, not the user. + + O_PUBLIC + Controls whether data is displayed during field entry. If this + option is turned off on a field, the library will accept and + edit data in that field, but it will not be displayed and the + visible field cursor will not move. You can turn off the + O_PUBLIC bit to define password fields. + + O_EDIT + Controls whether the field's data can be modified. When this + option is off, all editing requests except REQ_PREV_CHOICE and + REQ_NEXT_CHOICE will fail. Such read-only fields may be useful + for help messages. + + O_WRAP + Controls word-wrapping in multi-line fields. Normally, when any + character of a (blank-separated) word reaches the end of the + current line, the entire word is wrapped to the next line + (assuming there is one). When this option is off, the word will + be split across the line break. + + O_BLANK + Controls field blanking. When this option is on, entering a + character at the first field position erases the entire field + (except for the just-entered character). + + O_AUTOSKIP + Controls automatic skip to next field when this one fills. + Normally, when the forms user tries to type more data into a + field than will fit, the editing location jumps to next field. + When this option is off, the user's cursor will hang at the end + of the field. This option is ignored in dynamic fields that + have not reached their size limit. + + O_NULLOK + Controls whether validation is applied to blank fields. + Normally, it is not; the user can leave a field blank without + invoking the usual validation check on exit. If this option is + off on a field, exit from it will invoke a validation check. + + O_PASSOK + Controls whether validation occurs on every exit, or only after + the field is modified. Normally the latter is true. Setting + O_PASSOK may be useful if your field's validation function may + change during forms processing. + + O_STATIC + Controls whether the field is fixed to its initial dimensions. + If you turn this off, the field becomes dynamic and will + stretch to fit entered data. + + A field's options cannot be changed while the field is currently + selected. However, options may be changed on posted fields that are + not current. + + The option values are bit-masks and can be composed with logical-or in + the obvious way. + +Field Status + + Every field has a status flag, which is set to FALSE when the field is + created and TRUE when the value in field buffer 0 changes. This flag + can be queried and set directly: + +int set_field_status(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + int status); /* mode to set */ + +int field_status(FIELD *field); /* fetch mode of field */ + + Setting this flag under program control can be useful if you use the + same form repeatedly, looking for modified fields each time. + + Calling field_status() on a field not currently selected for input + will return a correct value. Calling field_status() on a field that is + currently selected for input may not necessarily give a correct field + status value, because entered data isn't necessarily copied to buffer + zero before the exit validation check. To guarantee that the returned + status value reflects reality, call field_status() either (1) in the + field's exit validation check routine, (2) from the field's or form's + initialization or termination hooks, or (3) just after a + REQ_VALIDATION request has been processed by the forms driver. + +Field User Pointer + + Each field structure contains one character pointer slot that is not + used by the forms library. It is intended to be used by applications + to store private per-field data. You can manipulate it with: + +int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + char *userptr); /* mode to set */ + +char *field_userptr(FIELD *field); /* fetch mode of field */ + + (Properly, this user pointer field ought to have (void *) type. The + (char *) type is retained for System V compatibility.) + + It is valid to set the user pointer of the default field (with a + set_field_userptr() call passed a NULL field pointer.) When a new + field is created, the default-field user pointer is copied to + initialize the new field's user pointer. + +Variable-Sized Fields + + Normally, a field is fixed at the size specified for it at creation + time. If, however, you turn off its O_STATIC bit, it becomes dynamic + and will automatically resize itself to accommodate data as it is + entered. If the field has extra buffers associated with it, they will + grow right along with the main input buffer. + + A one-line dynamic field will have a fixed height (1) but variable + width, scrolling horizontally to display data within the field area as + originally dimensioned and located. A multi-line dynamic field will + have a fixed width, but variable height (number of rows), scrolling + vertically to display data within the field area as originally + dimensioned and located. + + Normally, a dynamic field is allowed to grow without limit. But it is + possible to set an upper limit on the size of a dynamic field. You do + it with this function: + +int set_max_field(FIELD *field, /* field to alter (may not be NULL) */ + int max_size); /* upper limit on field size */ + + If the field is one-line, max_size is taken to be a column size limit; + if it is multi-line, it is taken to be a line size limit. To disable + any limit, use an argument of zero. The growth limit can be changed + whether or not the O_STATIC bit is on, but has no effect until it is. + + The following properties of a field change when it becomes dynamic: + * If there is no growth limit, there is no final position of the + field; therefore O_AUTOSKIP and O_NL_OVERLOAD are ignored. + * Field justification will be ignored (though whatever justification + is set up will be retained internally and can be queried). + * The dup_field() and link_field() calls copy dynamic-buffer sizes. + If the O_STATIC option is set on one of a collection of links, + buffer resizing will occur only when the field is edited through + that link. + * The call field_info() will retrieve the original static size of + the field; use dynamic_field_info() to get the actual dynamic + size. + +Field Validation + + By default, a field will accept any data that will fit in its input + buffer. However, it is possible to attach a validation type to a + field. If you do this, any attempt to leave the field while it + contains data that doesn't match the validation type will fail. Some + validation types also have a character-validity check for each time a + character is entered in the field. + + A field's validation check (if any) is not called when + set_field_buffer() modifies the input buffer, nor when that buffer is + changed through a linked field. + + The form library provides a rich set of pre-defined validation types, + and gives you the capability to define custom ones of your own. You + can examine and change field validation attributes with the following + functions: + +int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + FIELDTYPE *ftype, /* type to associate */ + ...); /* additional arguments*/ + +FIELDTYPE *field_type(FIELD *field); /* field to query */ + + The validation type of a field is considered an attribute of the + field. As with other field attributes, Also, doing set_field_type() + with a NULL field default will change the system default for + validation of newly-created fields. + + Here are the pre-defined validation types: + + TYPE_ALPHA + + This field type accepts alphabetic data; no blanks, no digits, no + special characters (this is checked at character-entry time). It is + set up with: + +int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + TYPE_ALPHA, /* type to associate */ + int width); /* maximum width of field */ + + The width argument sets a minimum width of data. Typically you'll want + to set this to the field width; if it's greater than the field width, + the validation check will always fail. A minimum width of zero makes + field completion optional. + + TYPE_ALNUM + + This field type accepts alphabetic data and digits; no blanks, no + special characters (this is checked at character-entry time). It is + set up with: + +int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + TYPE_ALNUM, /* type to associate */ + int width); /* maximum width of field */ + + The width argument sets a minimum width of data. As with TYPE_ALPHA, + typically you'll want to set this to the field width; if it's greater + than the field width, the validation check will always fail. A minimum + width of zero makes field completion optional. + + TYPE_ENUM + + This type allows you to restrict a field's values to be among a + specified set of string values (for example, the two-letter postal + codes for U.S. states). It is set up with: + +int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + TYPE_ENUM, /* type to associate */ + char **valuelist; /* list of possible values */ + int checkcase; /* case-sensitive? */ + int checkunique); /* must specify uniquely? */ + + The valuelist parameter must point at a NULL-terminated list of valid + strings. The checkcase argument, if true, makes comparison with the + string case-sensitive. + + When the user exits a TYPE_ENUM field, the validation procedure tries + to complete the data in the buffer to a valid entry. If a complete + choice string has been entered, it is of course valid. But it is also + possible to enter a prefix of a valid string and have it completed for + you. + + By default, if you enter such a prefix and it matches more than one + value in the string list, the prefix will be completed to the first + matching value. But the checkunique argument, if true, requires prefix + matches to be unique in order to be valid. + + The REQ_NEXT_CHOICE and REQ_PREV_CHOICE input requests can be + particularly useful with these fields. + + TYPE_INTEGER + + This field type accepts an integer. It is set up as follows: + +int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + TYPE_INTEGER, /* type to associate */ + int padding, /* # places to zero-pad to */ + int vmin, int vmax); /* valid range */ + + Valid characters consist of an optional leading minus and digits. The + range check is performed on exit. If the range maximum is less than or + equal to the minimum, the range is ignored. + + If the value passes its range check, it is padded with as many leading + zero digits as necessary to meet the padding argument. + + A TYPE_INTEGER value buffer can conveniently be interpreted with the C + library function atoi(3). + + TYPE_NUMERIC + + This field type accepts a decimal number. It is set up as follows: + +int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + TYPE_NUMERIC, /* type to associate */ + int padding, /* # places of precision */ + double vmin, double vmax); /* valid range */ + + Valid characters consist of an optional leading minus and digits. + possibly including a decimal point. If your system supports locale's, + the decimal point character used must be the one defined by your + locale. The range check is performed on exit. If the range maximum is + less than or equal to the minimum, the range is ignored. + + If the value passes its range check, it is padded with as many + trailing zero digits as necessary to meet the padding argument. + + A TYPE_NUMERIC value buffer can conveniently be interpreted with the C + library function atof(3). + + TYPE_REGEXP + + This field type accepts data matching a regular expression. It is set + up as follows: + +int set_field_type(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + TYPE_REGEXP, /* type to associate */ + char *regexp); /* expression to match */ + + The syntax for regular expressions is that of regcomp(3). The check + for regular-expression match is performed on exit. + +Direct Field Buffer Manipulation + + The chief attribute of a field is its buffer contents. When a form has + been completed, your application usually needs to know the state of + each field buffer. You can find this out with: + +char *field_buffer(FIELD *field, /* field to query */ + int bufindex); /* number of buffer to query */ + + Normally, the state of the zero-numbered buffer for each field is set + by the user's editing actions on that field. It's sometimes useful to + be able to set the value of the zero-numbered (or some other) buffer + from your application: + +int set_field_buffer(FIELD *field, /* field to alter */ + int bufindex, /* number of buffer to alter */ + char *value); /* string value to set */ + + If the field is not large enough and cannot be resized to a + sufficiently large size to contain the specified value, the value will + be truncated to fit. + + Calling field_buffer() with a null field pointer will raise an error. + Calling field_buffer() on a field not currently selected for input + will return a correct value. Calling field_buffer() on a field that is + currently selected for input may not necessarily give a correct field + buffer value, because entered data isn't necessarily copied to buffer + zero before the exit validation check. To guarantee that the returned + buffer value reflects on-screen reality, call field_buffer() either + (1) in the field's exit validation check routine, (2) from the field's + or form's initialization or termination hooks, or (3) just after a + REQ_VALIDATION request has been processed by the forms driver. + +Attributes of Forms + + As with field attributes, form attributes inherit a default from a + system default form structure. These defaults can be queried or set by + of these functions using a form-pointer argument of NULL. + + The principal attribute of a form is its field list. You can query and + change this list with: + +int set_form_fields(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ + FIELD **fields); /* fields to connect */ + +char *form_fields(FORM *form); /* fetch fields of form */ + +int field_count(FORM *form); /* count connect fields */ + + The second argument of set_form_fields() may be a NULL-terminated + field pointer array like the one required by new_form(). In that case, + the old fields of the form are disconnected but not freed (and + eligible to be connected to other forms), then the new fields are + connected. + + It may also be null, in which case the old fields are disconnected + (and not freed) but no new ones are connected. + + The field_count() function simply counts the number of fields + connected to a given from. It returns -1 if the form-pointer argument + is NULL. + +Control of Form Display + + In the overview section, you saw that to display a form you normally + start by defining its size (and fields), posting it, and refreshing + the screen. There is an hidden step before posting, which is the + association of the form with a frame window (actually, a pair of + windows) within which it will be displayed. By default, the forms + library associates every form with the full-screen window stdscr. + + By making this step explicit, you can associate a form with a declared + frame window on your screen display. This can be useful if you want to + adapt the form display to different screen sizes, dynamically tile + forms on the screen, or use a form as part of an interface layout + managed by panels. + + The two windows associated with each form have the same functions as + their analogues in the menu library. Both these windows are painted + when the form is posted and erased when the form is unposted. + + The outer or frame window is not otherwise touched by the form + routines. It exists so the programmer can associate a title, a border, + or perhaps help text with the form and have it properly refreshed or + erased at post/unpost time. The inner window or subwindow is where the + current form page is actually displayed. + + In order to declare your own frame window for a form, you'll need to + know the size of the form's bounding rectangle. You can get this + information with: + +int scale_form(FORM *form, /* form to query */ + int *rows, /* form rows */ + int *cols); /* form cols */ + + The form dimensions are passed back in the locations pointed to by the + arguments. Once you have this information, you can use it to declare + of windows, then use one of these functions: + +int set_form_win(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ + WINDOW *win); /* frame window to connect */ + +WINDOW *form_win(FORM *form); /* fetch frame window of form */ + +int set_form_sub(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ + WINDOW *win); /* form subwindow to connect */ + +WINDOW *form_sub(FORM *form); /* fetch form subwindow of form */ + + Note that curses operations, including refresh(), on the form, should + be done on the frame window, not the form subwindow. + + It is possible to check from your application whether all of a + scrollable field is actually displayed within the menu subwindow. Use + these functions: + +int data_ahead(FORM *form); /* form to be queried */ + +int data_behind(FORM *form); /* form to be queried */ + + The function data_ahead() returns TRUE if (a) the current field is + one-line and has undisplayed data off to the right, (b) the current + field is multi-line and there is data off-screen below it. + + The function data_behind() returns TRUE if the first (upper left hand) + character position is off-screen (not being displayed). + + Finally, there is a function to restore the form window's cursor to + the value expected by the forms driver: + +int pos_form_cursor(FORM *) /* form to be queried */ + + If your application changes the form window cursor, call this function + before handing control back to the forms driver in order to + re-synchronize it. + +Input Processing in the Forms Driver + + The function form_driver() handles virtualized input requests for form + navigation, editing, and validation requests, just as menu_driver does + for menus (see the section on menu input handling). + +int form_driver(FORM *form, /* form to pass input to */ + int request); /* form request code */ + + Your input virtualization function needs to take input and then + convert it to either an alphanumeric character (which is treated as + data to be entered in the currently-selected field), or a forms + processing request. + + The forms driver provides hooks (through input-validation and + field-termination functions) with which your application code can + check that the input taken by the driver matched what was expected. + + Page Navigation Requests + + These requests cause page-level moves through the form, triggering + display of a new form screen. + + REQ_NEXT_PAGE + Move to the next form page. + + REQ_PREV_PAGE + Move to the previous form page. + + REQ_FIRST_PAGE + Move to the first form page. + + REQ_LAST_PAGE + Move to the last form page. + + These requests treat the list as cyclic; that is, REQ_NEXT_PAGE from + the last page goes to the first, and REQ_PREV_PAGE from the first page + goes to the last. + + Inter-Field Navigation Requests + + These requests handle navigation between fields on the same page. + + REQ_NEXT_FIELD + Move to next field. + + REQ_PREV_FIELD + Move to previous field. + + REQ_FIRST_FIELD + Move to the first field. + + REQ_LAST_FIELD + Move to the last field. + + REQ_SNEXT_FIELD + Move to sorted next field. + + REQ_SPREV_FIELD + Move to sorted previous field. + + REQ_SFIRST_FIELD + Move to the sorted first field. + + REQ_SLAST_FIELD + Move to the sorted last field. + + REQ_LEFT_FIELD + Move left to field. + + REQ_RIGHT_FIELD + Move right to field. + + REQ_UP_FIELD + Move up to field. + + REQ_DOWN_FIELD + Move down to field. + + These requests treat the list of fields on a page as cyclic; that is, + REQ_NEXT_FIELD from the last field goes to the first, and + REQ_PREV_FIELD from the first field goes to the last. The order of the + fields for these (and the REQ_FIRST_FIELD and REQ_LAST_FIELD requests) + is simply the order of the field pointers in the form array (as set up + by new_form() or set_form_fields() + + It is also possible to traverse the fields as if they had been sorted + in screen-position order, so the sequence goes left-to-right and + top-to-bottom. To do this, use the second group of four + sorted-movement requests. + + Finally, it is possible to move between fields using visual directions + up, down, right, and left. To accomplish this, use the third group of + four requests. Note, however, that the position of a form for purposes + of these requests is its upper-left corner. + + For example, suppose you have a multi-line field B, and two + single-line fields A and C on the same line with B, with A to the left + of B and C to the right of B. A REQ_MOVE_RIGHT from A will go to B + only if A, B, and C all share the same first line; otherwise it will + skip over B to C. + + Intra-Field Navigation Requests + + These requests drive movement of the edit cursor within the currently + selected field. + + REQ_NEXT_CHAR + Move to next character. + + REQ_PREV_CHAR + Move to previous character. + + REQ_NEXT_LINE + Move to next line. + + REQ_PREV_LINE + Move to previous line. + + REQ_NEXT_WORD + Move to next word. + + REQ_PREV_WORD + Move to previous word. + + REQ_BEG_FIELD + Move to beginning of field. + + REQ_END_FIELD + Move to end of field. + + REQ_BEG_LINE + Move to beginning of line. + + REQ_END_LINE + Move to end of line. + + REQ_LEFT_CHAR + Move left in field. + + REQ_RIGHT_CHAR + Move right in field. + + REQ_UP_CHAR + Move up in field. + + REQ_DOWN_CHAR + Move down in field. + + Each word is separated from the previous and next characters by + whitespace. The commands to move to beginning and end of line or field + look for the first or last non-pad character in their ranges. + + Scrolling Requests + + Fields that are dynamic and have grown and fields explicitly created + with offscreen rows are scrollable. One-line fields scroll + horizontally; multi-line fields scroll vertically. Most scrolling is + triggered by editing and intra-field movement (the library scrolls the + field to keep the cursor visible). It is possible to explicitly + request scrolling with the following requests: + + REQ_SCR_FLINE + Scroll vertically forward a line. + + REQ_SCR_BLINE + Scroll vertically backward a line. + + REQ_SCR_FPAGE + Scroll vertically forward a page. + + REQ_SCR_BPAGE + Scroll vertically backward a page. + + REQ_SCR_FHPAGE + Scroll vertically forward half a page. + + REQ_SCR_BHPAGE + Scroll vertically backward half a page. + + REQ_SCR_FCHAR + Scroll horizontally forward a character. + + REQ_SCR_BCHAR + Scroll horizontally backward a character. + + REQ_SCR_HFLINE + Scroll horizontally one field width forward. + + REQ_SCR_HBLINE + Scroll horizontally one field width backward. + + REQ_SCR_HFHALF + Scroll horizontally one half field width forward. + + REQ_SCR_HBHALF + Scroll horizontally one half field width backward. + + For scrolling purposes, a page of a field is the height of its visible + part. + + Editing Requests + + When you pass the forms driver an ASCII character, it is treated as a + request to add the character to the field's data buffer. Whether this + is an insertion or a replacement depends on the field's edit mode + (insertion is the default. + + The following requests support editing the field and changing the edit + mode: + + REQ_INS_MODE + Set insertion mode. + + REQ_OVL_MODE + Set overlay mode. + + REQ_NEW_LINE + New line request (see below for explanation). + + REQ_INS_CHAR + Insert space at character location. + + REQ_INS_LINE + Insert blank line at character location. + + REQ_DEL_CHAR + Delete character at cursor. + + REQ_DEL_PREV + Delete previous word at cursor. + + REQ_DEL_LINE + Delete line at cursor. + + REQ_DEL_WORD + Delete word at cursor. + + REQ_CLR_EOL + Clear to end of line. + + REQ_CLR_EOF + Clear to end of field. + + REQ_CLEAR_FIELD + Clear entire field. + + The behavior of the REQ_NEW_LINE and REQ_DEL_PREV requests is + complicated and partly controlled by a pair of forms options. The + special cases are triggered when the cursor is at the beginning of a + field, or on the last line of the field. + + First, we consider REQ_NEW_LINE: + + The normal behavior of REQ_NEW_LINE in insert mode is to break the + current line at the position of the edit cursor, inserting the portion + of the current line after the cursor as a new line following the + current and moving the cursor to the beginning of that new line (you + may think of this as inserting a newline in the field buffer). + + The normal behavior of REQ_NEW_LINE in overlay mode is to clear the + current line from the position of the edit cursor to end of line. The + cursor is then moved to the beginning of the next line. + + However, REQ_NEW_LINE at the beginning of a field, or on the last line + of a field, instead does a REQ_NEXT_FIELD. O_NL_OVERLOAD option is + off, this special action is disabled. + + Now, let us consider REQ_DEL_PREV: + + The normal behavior of REQ_DEL_PREV is to delete the previous + character. If insert mode is on, and the cursor is at the start of a + line, and the text on that line will fit on the previous one, it + instead appends the contents of the current line to the previous one + and deletes the current line (you may think of this as deleting a + newline from the field buffer). + + However, REQ_DEL_PREV at the beginning of a field is instead treated + as a REQ_PREV_FIELD. + + If the O_BS_OVERLOAD option is off, this special action is disabled + and the forms driver just returns E_REQUEST_DENIED. + + See Form Options for discussion of how to set and clear the overload + options. + + Order Requests + + If the type of your field is ordered, and has associated functions for + getting the next and previous values of the type from a given value, + there are requests that can fetch that value into the field buffer: + + REQ_NEXT_CHOICE + Place the successor value of the current value in the buffer. + + REQ_PREV_CHOICE + Place the predecessor value of the current value in the buffer. + + Of the built-in field types, only TYPE_ENUM has built-in successor and + predecessor functions. When you define a field type of your own (see + Custom Validation Types), you can associate our own ordering + functions. + + Application Commands + + Form requests are represented as integers above the curses value + greater than KEY_MAX and less than or equal to the constant + MAX_COMMAND. If your input-virtualization routine returns a value + above MAX_COMMAND, the forms driver will ignore it. + +Field Change Hooks + + It is possible to set function hooks to be executed whenever the + current field or form changes. Here are the functions that support + this: + +typedef void (*HOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning void */ + +int set_form_init(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ + HOOK hook); /* initialization hook */ + +HOOK form_init(FORM *form); /* form to query */ + +int set_form_term(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ + HOOK hook); /* termination hook */ + +HOOK form_term(FORM *form); /* form to query */ + +int set_field_init(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ + HOOK hook); /* initialization hook */ + +HOOK field_init(FORM *form); /* form to query */ + +int set_field_term(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ + HOOK hook); /* termination hook */ + +HOOK field_term(FORM *form); /* form to query */ + + These functions allow you to either set or query four different hooks. + In each of the set functions, the second argument should be the + address of a hook function. These functions differ only in the timing + of the hook call. + + form_init + This hook is called when the form is posted; also, just after + each page change operation. + + field_init + This hook is called when the form is posted; also, just after + each field change + + field_term + This hook is called just after field validation; that is, just + before the field is altered. It is also called when the form is + unposted. + + form_term + This hook is called when the form is unposted; also, just + before each page change operation. + + Calls to these hooks may be triggered + 1. When user editing requests are processed by the forms driver + 2. When the current page is changed by set_current_field() call + 3. When the current field is changed by a set_form_page() call + + See Field Change Commands for discussion of the latter two cases. + + You can set a default hook for all fields by passing one of the set + functions a NULL first argument. + + You can disable any of these hooks by (re)setting them to NULL, the + default value. + +Field Change Commands + + Normally, navigation through the form will be driven by the user's + input requests. But sometimes it is useful to be able to move the + focus for editing and viewing under control of your application, or + ask which field it currently is in. The following functions help you + accomplish this: + +int set_current_field(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ + FIELD *field); /* field to shift to */ + +FIELD *current_field(FORM *form); /* form to query */ + +int field_index(FORM *form, /* form to query */ + FIELD *field); /* field to get index of */ + + The function field_index() returns the index of the given field in the + given form's field array (the array passed to new_form() or + set_form_fields()). + + The initial current field of a form is the first active field on the + first page. The function set_form_fields() resets this. + + It is also possible to move around by pages. + +int set_form_page(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ + int page); /* page to go to (0-origin) */ + +int form_page(FORM *form); /* return form's current page */ + + The initial page of a newly-created form is 0. The function + set_form_fields() resets this. + +Form Options + + Like fields, forms may have control option bits. They can be changed + or queried with these functions: + +int set_form_opts(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ + int attr); /* attribute to set */ + +int form_opts_on(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ + int attr); /* attributes to turn on */ + +int form_opts_off(FORM *form, /* form to alter */ + int attr); /* attributes to turn off */ + +int form_opts(FORM *form); /* form to query */ + + By default, all options are on. Here are the available option bits: + + O_NL_OVERLOAD + Enable overloading of REQ_NEW_LINE as described in Editing + Requests. The value of this option is ignored on dynamic fields + that have not reached their size limit; these have no last + line, so the circumstances for triggering a REQ_NEXT_FIELD + never arise. + + O_BS_OVERLOAD + Enable overloading of REQ_DEL_PREV as described in Editing + Requests. + + The option values are bit-masks and can be composed with logical-or in + the obvious way. + +Custom Validation Types + + The form library gives you the capability to define custom validation + types of your own. Further, the optional additional arguments of + set_field_type effectively allow you to parameterize validation types. + Most of the complications in the validation-type interface have to do + with the handling of the additional arguments within custom validation + functions. + + Union Types + + The simplest way to create a custom data type is to compose it from + two preexisting ones: + +FIELD *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *type1, + FIELDTYPE *type2); + + This function creates a field type that will accept any of the values + legal for either of its argument field types (which may be either + predefined or programmer-defined). If a set_field_type() call later + requires arguments, the new composite type expects all arguments for + the first type, than all arguments for the second. Order functions + (see Order Requests) associated with the component types will work on + the composite; what it does is check the validation function for the + first type, then for the second, to figure what type the buffer + contents should be treated as. + + New Field Types + + To create a field type from scratch, you need to specify one or both + of the following things: + + * A character-validation function, to check each character as it is + entered. + * A field-validation function to be applied on exit from the field. + + Here's how you do that: + +typedef int (*HOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning int */ + +FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(HOOK f_validate, /* field validator */ + HOOK c_validate) /* character validator */ + + +int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *ftype); /* type to free */ + + At least one of the arguments of new_fieldtype() must be non-NULL. The + forms driver will automatically call the new type's validation + functions at appropriate points in processing a field of the new type. + + The function free_fieldtype() deallocates the argument fieldtype, + freeing all storage associated with it. + + Normally, a field validator is called when the user attempts to leave + the field. Its first argument is a field pointer, from which it can + get to field buffer 0 and test it. If the function returns TRUE, the + operation succeeds; if it returns FALSE, the edit cursor stays in the + field. + + A character validator gets the character passed in as a first + argument. It too should return TRUE if the character is valid, FALSE + otherwise. + + Validation Function Arguments + + Your field- and character- validation functions will be passed a + second argument as well. This second argument is the address of a + structure (which we'll call a pile) built from any of the + field-type-specific arguments passed to set_field_type(). If no such + arguments are defined for the field type, this pile pointer argument + will be NULL. + + In order to arrange for such arguments to be passed to your validation + functions, you must associate a small set of storage-management + functions with the type. The forms driver will use these to synthesize + a pile from the trailing arguments of each set_field_type() argument, + and a pointer to the pile will be passed to the validation functions. + + Here is how you make the association: + +typedef char *(*PTRHOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning (char *) */ +typedef void (*VOIDHOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning void */ + +int set_fieldtype_arg(FIELDTYPE *type, /* type to alter */ + PTRHOOK make_str, /* make structure from args */ + PTRHOOK copy_str, /* make copy of structure */ + VOIDHOOK free_str); /* free structure storage */ + + Here is how the storage-management hooks are used: + + make_str + This function is called by set_field_type(). It gets one + argument, a va_list of the type-specific arguments passed to + set_field_type(). It is expected to return a pile pointer to a + data structure that encapsulates those arguments. + + copy_str + This function is called by form library functions that allocate + new field instances. It is expected to take a pile pointer, + copy the pile to allocated storage, and return the address of + the pile copy. + + free_str + This function is called by field- and type-deallocation + routines in the library. It takes a pile pointer argument, and + is expected to free the storage of that pile. + + The make_str and copy_str functions may return NULL to signal + allocation failure. The library routines will that call them will + return error indication when this happens. Thus, your validation + functions should never see a NULL file pointer and need not check + specially for it. + + Order Functions For Custom Types + + Some custom field types are simply ordered in the same well-defined + way that TYPE_ENUM is. For such types, it is possible to define + successor and predecessor functions to support the REQ_NEXT_CHOICE and + REQ_PREV_CHOICE requests. Here's how: + +typedef int (*INTHOOK)(); /* pointer to function returning int */ + +int set_fieldtype_arg(FIELDTYPE *type, /* type to alter */ + INTHOOK succ, /* get successor value */ + INTHOOK pred); /* get predecessor value */ + + The successor and predecessor arguments will each be passed two + arguments; a field pointer, and a pile pointer (as for the validation + functions). They are expected to use the function field_buffer() to + read the current value, and set_field_buffer() on buffer 0 to set the + next or previous value. Either hook may return TRUE to indicate + success (a legal next or previous value was set) or FALSE to indicate + failure. + + Avoiding Problems + + The interface for defining custom types is complicated and tricky. + Rather than attempting to create a custom type entirely from scratch, + you should start by studying the library source code for whichever of + the pre-defined types seems to be closest to what you want. + + Use that code as a model, and evolve it towards what you really want. + You will avoid many problems and annoyances that way. The code in the + ncurses library has been specifically exempted from the package + copyright to support this. + + If your custom type defines order functions, have do something + intuitive with a blank field. A useful convention is to make the + successor of a blank field the types minimum value, and its + predecessor the maximum. diff --git a/misc/ncurses-intro.html b/misc/ncurses-intro.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ab84885 --- /dev/null +++ b/misc/ncurses-intro.html @@ -0,0 +1,2639 @@ + + + + +Writing Programs with NCURSES + + + + +

Writing Programs with NCURSES

+ +
+by Eric S. Raymond and Zeyd M. Ben-Halim
+
+ +

Contents

+ + +
+

Introduction

+ +This document is an introduction to programming with curses. It is +not an exhaustive reference for the curses Application Programming Interface +(API); that role is filled by the curses manual pages. Rather, it +is intended to help C programmers ease into using the package.

+ +This document is aimed at C applications programmers not yet specifically +familiar with ncurses. If you are already an experienced curses +programmer, you should nevertheless read the sections on +Mouse Interfacing, Debugging, +Compatibility with Older Versions, +and Hints, Tips, and Tricks. These will bring you up +to speed on the special features and quirks of the ncurses +implementation. If you are not so experienced, keep reading.

+ +The curses package is a subroutine library for +terminal-independent screen-painting and input-event handling which +presents a high level screen model to the programmer, hiding differences +between terminal types and doing automatic optimization of output to change +one screen full of text into another. Curses uses terminfo, which +is a database format that can describe the capabilities of thousands of +different terminals.

+ +The curses API may seem something of an archaism on UNIX desktops +increasingly dominated by X, Motif, and Tcl/Tk. Nevertheless, UNIX still +supports tty lines and X supports xterm(1); the curses +API has the advantage of (a) back-portability to character-cell terminals, +and (b) simplicity. For an application that does not require bit-mapped +graphics and multiple fonts, an interface implementation using curses +will typically be a great deal simpler and less expensive than one using an +X toolkit.

+ +

A Brief History of Curses

+ +Historically, the first ancestor of curses was the routines written to +provide screen-handling for the game rogue; these used the +already-existing termcap database facility for describing terminal +capabilities. These routines were abstracted into a documented library and +first released with the early BSD UNIX versions.

+ +System III UNIX from Bell Labs featured a rewritten and much-improved +curses library. It introduced the terminfo format. Terminfo is based +on Berkeley's termcap database, but contains a number of improvements and +extensions. Parameterized capabilities strings were introduced, making it +possible to describe multiple video attributes, and colors and to handle far +more unusual terminals than possible with termcap. In the later AT&T +System V releases, curses evolved to use more facilities and offer +more capabilities, going far beyond BSD curses in power and flexibility.

+ +

Scope of This Document

+ +This document describes ncurses, a freeware implementation of +the System V curses API with some clearly marked extensions. +It includes the following System V curses features:

+

    +
  • Support for multiple screen highlights (BSD curses could only +handle one `standout' highlight, usually reverse-video).

    +

  • Support for line- and box-drawing using forms characters.

    +

  • Recognition of function keys on input.

    +

  • Color support.

    +

  • Support for pads (windows of larger than screen size on which the +screen or a subwindow defines a viewport). +
+ +Also, this package makes use of the insert and delete line and character +features of terminals so equipped, and determines how to optimally use these +features with no help from the programmer. It allows arbitrary combinations of +video attributes to be displayed, even on terminals that leave ``magic +cookies'' on the screen to mark changes in attributes.

+ +The ncurses package can also capture and use event reports from a +mouse in some environments (notably, xterm under the X window system). This +document includes tips for using the mouse.

+ +The ncurses package was originated by Pavel Curtis. The original +maintainer of the package is +Zeyd Ben-Halim +<zmbenhal@netcom.com>. +Eric S. Raymond +<esr@snark.thyrsus.com> +wrote many of the new features in versions after 1.8.1 +and wrote most of this introduction. +The current primary maintainers are +Thomas Dickey +<dickey@clark.net> +and +Juergen Pfeifer. +<Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de> +

+ +This document also describes the panels extension library, +similarly modeled on the SVr4 panels facility. This library allows you to +associate backing store with each of a stack or deck of overlapping windows, +and provides operations for moving windows around in the stack that change +their visibility in the natural way (handling window overlaps).

+ +Finally, this document describes in detail the menus and forms extension libraries, also cloned from System V, +which support easy construction and sequences of menus and fill-in +forms. This code was contributed to the project by +Jürgen Pfeifer.

+ + +

Terminology

+ +In this document, the following terminology is used with reasonable +consistency: + +
+
window +
+A data structure describing a sub-rectangle of the screen (possibly the +entire screen). You can write to a window as though it were a miniature +screen, scrolling independently of other windows on the physical screen.

+

screens +
+A subset of windows which are as large as the terminal screen, i.e., they start +at the upper left hand corner and encompass the lower right hand corner. One +of these, stdscr, is automatically provided for the programmer.

+

terminal screen +
+The package's idea of what the terminal display currently looks like, i.e., +what the user sees now. This is a special screen. +
+ +

The Curses Library

+ +

An Overview of Curses

+ +

Compiling Programs using Curses

+ +In order to use the library, it is necessary to have certain types and +variables defined. Therefore, the programmer must have a line: + +
+	  #include <curses.h>
+
+ +at the top of the program source. The screen package uses the Standard I/O +library, so <curses.h> includes +<stdio.h>. <curses.h> also includes +<termios.h>, <termio.h>, or +<sgtty.h> depending on your system. It is redundant (but +harmless) for the programmer to do these includes, too. In linking with +curses you need to have -lncurses in your LDFLAGS or on the +command line. There is no need for any other libraries. + +

Updating the Screen

+ +In order to update the screen optimally, it is necessary for the routines to +know what the screen currently looks like and what the programmer wants it to +look like next. For this purpose, a data type (structure) named WINDOW is +defined which describes a window image to the routines, including its starting +position on the screen (the (y, x) coordinates of the upper left hand corner) +and its size. One of these (called curscr, for current screen) is a +screen image of what the terminal currently looks like. Another screen (called +stdscr, for standard screen) is provided by default to make changes +on.

+ +A window is a purely internal representation. It is used to build and store a +potential image of a portion of the terminal. It doesn't bear any necessary +relation to what is really on the terminal screen; it's more like a +scratchpad or write buffer.

+ +To make the section of physical screen corresponding to a window reflect the +contents of the window structure, the routine refresh() (or +wrefresh() if the window is not stdscr) is called.

+ +A given physical screen section may be within the scope of any number of +overlapping windows. Also, changes can be made to windows in any order, +without regard to motion efficiency. Then, at will, the programmer can +effectively say ``make it look like this,'' and let the package implementation +determine the most efficient way to repaint the screen.

+ +

Standard Windows and Function Naming Conventions

+ +As hinted above, the routines can use several windows, but two are +automatically given: curscr, which knows what the terminal looks like, +and stdscr, which is what the programmer wants the terminal to look +like next. The user should never actually access curscr directly. +Changes should be made to through the API, and then the routine +refresh() (or wrefresh()) called.

+ +Many functions are defined to use stdscr as a default screen. For +example, to add a character to stdscr, one calls addch() with +the desired character as argument. To write to a different window. use the +routine waddch() (for `w'indow-specific addch()) is provided. This +convention of prepending function names with a `w' when they are to be +applied to specific windows is consistent. The only routines which do not +follow it are those for which a window must always be specified.

+ +In order to move the current (y, x) coordinates from one point to another, the +routines move() and wmove() are provided. However, it is +often desirable to first move and then perform some I/O operation. In order to +avoid clumsiness, most I/O routines can be preceded by the prefix 'mv' and +the desired (y, x) coordinates prepended to the arguments to the function. For +example, the calls + +

+	  move(y, x);
+	  addch(ch);
+
+ +can be replaced by + +
+	  mvaddch(y, x, ch);
+
+ +and + +
+	  wmove(win, y, x);
+	  waddch(win, ch);
+
+ +can be replaced by + +
+	  mvwaddch(win, y, x, ch);
+
+ +Note that the window description pointer (win) comes before the added (y, x) +coordinates. If a function requires a window pointer, it is always the first +parameter passed.

+ +

Variables

+ +The curses library sets some variables describing the terminal +capabilities. + +
+      type   name      description
+      ------------------------------------------------------------------
+      int    LINES     number of lines on the terminal
+      int    COLS      number of columns on the terminal
+
+ +The curses.h also introduces some #define constants and types +of general usefulness: + +
+
bool +
boolean type, actually a `char' (e.g., bool doneit;) +
TRUE +
boolean `true' flag (1). +
FALSE +
boolean `false' flag (0). +
ERR +
error flag returned by routines on a failure (-1). +
OK +
error flag returned by routines when things go right. +
+ +

Using the Library

+ +Now we describe how to actually use the screen package. In it, we assume all +updating, reading, etc. is applied to stdscr. These instructions will +work on any window, providing you change the function names and parameters as +mentioned above.

+ +Here is a sample program to motivate the discussion:

+ +

+#include <curses.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+static void finish(int sig);
+
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    /* initialize your non-curses data structures here */
+
+    (void) signal(SIGINT, finish);      /* arrange interrupts to terminate */
+
+    (void) initscr();      /* initialize the curses library */
+    keypad(stdscr, TRUE);  /* enable keyboard mapping */
+    (void) nonl();         /* tell curses not to do NL->CR/NL on output */
+    (void) cbreak();       /* take input chars one at a time, no wait for \n */
+    (void) noecho();       /* don't echo input */
+
+    if (has_colors())
+    {
+        start_color();
+
+        /*
+         * Simple color assignment, often all we need.
+         */
+        init_pair(COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLACK);
+        init_pair(COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_BLACK);
+        init_pair(COLOR_RED, COLOR_RED, COLOR_BLACK);
+        init_pair(COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_BLACK);
+        init_pair(COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK);
+        init_pair(COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_BLACK);
+        init_pair(COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_BLACK);
+        init_pair(COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_BLACK);
+    }
+
+    for (;;)
+    {
+        int c = getch();     /* refresh, accept single keystroke of input */
+
+        /* process the command keystroke */
+    }
+
+    finish(0);               /* we're done */
+}
+
+static void finish(int sig)
+{
+    endwin();
+
+    /* do your non-curses wrapup here */
+
+    exit(0);
+}
+
+ +

Starting up

+ +In order to use the screen package, the routines must know about terminal +characteristics, and the space for curscr and stdscr must be +allocated. These function initscr() does both these things. Since it +must allocate space for the windows, it can overflow memory when attempting to +do so. On the rare occasions this happens, initscr() will terminate +the program with an error message. initscr() must always be called +before any of the routines which affect windows are used. If it is not, the +program will core dump as soon as either curscr or stdscr are +referenced. However, it is usually best to wait to call it until after you are +sure you will need it, like after checking for startup errors. Terminal status +changing routines like nl() and cbreak() should be called +after initscr().

+ +Once the screen windows have been allocated, you can set them up for +your program. If you want to, say, allow a screen to scroll, use +scrollok(). If you want the cursor to be left in place after +the last change, use leaveok(). If this isn't done, +refresh() will move the cursor to the window's current (y, x) +coordinates after updating it.

+ +You can create new windows of your own using the functions newwin(), +derwin(), and subwin(). The routine delwin() will +allow you to get rid of old windows. All the options described above can be +applied to any window.

+ +

Output

+ +Now that we have set things up, we will want to actually update the terminal. +The basic functions used to change what will go on a window are +addch() and move(). addch() adds a character at the +current (y, x) coordinates. move() changes the current (y, x) +coordinates to whatever you want them to be. It returns ERR if you +try to move off the window. As mentioned above, you can combine the two into +mvaddch() to do both things at once.

+ +The other output functions, such as addstr() and printw(), +all call addch() to add characters to the window.

+ +After you have put on the window what you want there, when you want the portion +of the terminal covered by the window to be made to look like it, you must call +refresh(). In order to optimize finding changes, refresh() +assumes that any part of the window not changed since the last +refresh() of that window has not been changed on the terminal, i.e., +that you have not refreshed a portion of the terminal with an overlapping +window. If this is not the case, the routine touchwin() is provided +to make it look like the entire window has been changed, thus making +refresh() check the whole subsection of the terminal for changes.

+ +If you call wrefresh() with curscr as its argument, it will +make the screen look like curscr thinks it looks like. This is useful +for implementing a command which would redraw the screen in case it get messed +up.

+ +

Input

+ +The complementary function to addch() is getch() which, if +echo is set, will call addch() to echo the character. Since the +screen package needs to know what is on the terminal at all times, if +characters are to be echoed, the tty must be in raw or cbreak mode. Since +initially the terminal has echoing enabled and is in ordinary ``cooked'' mode, +one or the other has to changed before calling getch(); otherwise, +the program's output will be unpredictable.

+ +When you need to accept line-oriented input in a window, the functions +wgetstr() and friends are available. There is even a wscanw() +function that can do scanf()(3)-style multi-field parsing on window +input. These pseudo-line-oriented functions turn on echoing while they +execute.

+ +The example code above uses the call keypad(stdscr, TRUE) to enable +support for function-key mapping. With this feature, the getch() code +watches the input stream for character sequences that correspond to arrow and +function keys. These sequences are returned as pseudo-character values. The +#define values returned are listed in the curses.h The +mapping from sequences to #define values is determined by +key_ capabilities in the terminal's terminfo entry.

+ +

Using Forms Characters

+ +The addch() function (and some others, including box() and +border()) can accept some pseudo-character arguments which are specially +defined by ncurses. These are #define values set up in +the curses.h header; see there for a complete list (look for +the prefix ACS_).

+ +The most useful of the ACS defines are the forms-drawing characters. You can +use these to draw boxes and simple graphs on the screen. If the terminal +does not have such characters, curses.h will map them to a +recognizable (though ugly) set of ASCII defaults.

+ +

Character Attributes and Color

+ +The ncurses package supports screen highlights including standout, +reverse-video, underline, and blink. It also supports color, which is treated +as another kind of highlight.

+ +Highlights are encoded, internally, as high bits of the pseudo-character type +(chtype) that curses.h uses to represent the contents of a +screen cell. See the curses.h header file for a complete list of +highlight mask values (look for the prefix A_).

+ +There are two ways to make highlights. One is to logical-or the value of the +highlights you want into the character argument of an addch() call, +or any other output call that takes a chtype argument.

+ +The other is to set the current-highlight value. This is logical-or'ed with +any highlight you specify the first way. You do this with the functions +attron(), attroff(), and attrset(); see the manual +pages for details. + +Color is a special kind of highlight. The package actually thinks in terms +of color pairs, combinations of foreground and background colors. The sample +code above sets up eight color pairs, all of the guaranteed-available colors +on black. Note that each color pair is, in effect, given the name of its +foreground color. Any other range of eight non-conflicting values could +have been used as the first arguments of the init_pair() values.

+ +Once you've done an init_pair() that creates color-pair N, you can +use COLOR_PAIR(N) as a highlight that invokes that particular +color combination. Note that COLOR_PAIR(N), for constant N, +is itself a compile-time constant and can be used in initializers.

+ +

Mouse Interfacing

+ +The ncurses library also provides a mouse interface. Note: +his facility is original to ncurses, it is not part of either +the XSI Curses standard, nor of System V Release 4, nor BSD curses. +Thus, we recommend that you wrap mouse-related code in an #ifdef using the +feature macro NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION so it will not be compiled and linked +on non-ncurses systems.

+ +Presently, mouse event reporting works only under xterm. In the +future, ncurses will detect the presence of gpm(1), Alessandro +Rubini's freeware mouse server for Linux systems, and accept mouse +reports through it.

+ +The mouse interface is very simple. To activate it, you use the function +mousemask(), passing it as first argument a bit-mask that specifies +what kinds of events you want your program to be able to see. It will +return the bit-mask of events that actually become visible, which may differ +from the argument if the mouse device is not capable of reporting some of +the event types you specify.

+ +Once the mouse is active, your application's command loop should watch +for a return value of KEY_MOUSE from wgetch(). When +you see this, a mouse event report has been queued. To pick it off +the queue, use the function getmouse() (you must do this before +the next wgetch(), otherwise another mouse event might come +in and make the first one inaccessible).

+ +Each call to getmouse() fills a structure (the address of which you'll +pass it) with mouse event data. The event data includes zero-origin, +screen-relative character-cell coordinates of the mouse pointer. It also +includes an event mask. Bits in this mask will be set, corresponding +to the event type being reported.

+ +The mouse structure contains two additional fields which may be +significant in the future as ncurses interfaces to new kinds of +pointing device. In addition to x and y coordinates, there is a slot +for a z coordinate; this might be useful with touch-screens that can +return a pressure or duration parameter. There is also a device ID +field, which could be used to distinguish between multiple pointing +devices.

+ +The class of visible events may be changed at any time via mousemask(). +Events that can be reported include presses, releases, single-, double- and +triple-clicks (you can set the maximum button-down time for clicks). If +you don't make clicks visible, they will be reported as press-release +pairs. In some environments, the event mask may include bits reporting +the state of shift, alt, and ctrl keys on the keyboard during the event.

+ +A function to check whether a mouse event fell within a given window is +also supplied. You can use this to see whether a given window should +consider a mouse event relevant to it.

+ +Because mouse event reporting will not be available in all +environments, it would be unwise to build ncurses +applications that require the use of a mouse. Rather, you should +use the mouse as a shortcut for point-and-shoot commands your application +would normally accept from the keyboard. Two of the test games in the +ncurses distribution (bs and knight) contain +code that illustrates how this can be done.

+ +See the manual page curs_mouse(3X) for full details of the +mouse-interface functions.

+ +

Finishing Up

+ +In order to clean up after the ncurses routines, the routine +endwin() is provided. It restores tty modes to what they were when +initscr() was first called, and moves the cursor down to the +lower-left corner. Thus, anytime after the call to initscr, endwin() +should be called before exiting.

+ +

Function Descriptions

+ +We describe the detailed behavior of some important curses functions here, as a +supplement to the manual page descriptions. + +

Initialization and Wrapup

+ +
+
initscr() +
The first function called should almost always be initscr(). +This will determine the terminal type and +initialize curses data structures. initscr() also arranges that +the first call to refresh() will clear the screen. If an error +occurs a message is written to standard error and the program +exits. Otherwise it returns a pointer to stdscr. A few functions may be +called before initscr (slk_init(), filter(), +ripofflines(), use_env(), and, if you are using multiple +terminals, newterm().)

+

endwin() +
Your program should always call endwin() before exiting or +shelling out of the program. This function will restore tty modes, +move the cursor to the lower left corner of the screen, reset the +terminal into the proper non-visual mode. Calling refresh() +or doupdate() after a temporary escape from the program will +restore the ncurses screen from before the escape.

+

newterm(type, ofp, ifp) +
A program which outputs to more than one terminal should use +newterm() instead of initscr(). newterm() should +be called once for each terminal. It returns a variable of type +SCREEN * which should be saved as a reference to that +terminal. The arguments are the type of the terminal (a string) and +FILE pointers for the output and input of the terminal. If +type is NULL then the environment variable $TERM is used. +endwin() should called once at wrapup time for each terminal +opened using this function.

+

set_term(new) +
This function is used to switch to a different terminal previously +opened by newterm(). The screen reference for the new terminal +is passed as the parameter. The previous terminal is returned by the +function. All other calls affect only the current terminal.

+

delscreen(sp) +
The inverse of newterm(); deallocates the data structures +associated with a given SCREEN reference. +
+ +

Causing Output to the Terminal

+ +
+
refresh() and wrefresh(win) +
These functions must be called to actually get any output on +the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data +structures. wrefresh() copies the named window to the physical +terminal screen, taking into account what is already +there in order to do optimizations. refresh() does a +refresh of stdscr(). Unless leaveok() has been +enabled, the physical cursor of the terminal is left at the +location of the window's cursor.

+

doupdate() and wnoutrefresh(win) +
These two functions allow multiple updates with more efficiency +than wrefresh. To use them, it is important to understand how curses +works. In addition to all the window structures, curses keeps two +data structures representing the terminal screen: a physical screen, +describing what is actually on the screen, and a virtual screen, +describing what the programmer wants to have on the screen. wrefresh +works by first copying the named window to the virtual screen +(wnoutrefresh()), and then calling the routine to update the +screen (doupdate()). If the programmer wishes to output +several windows at once, a series of calls to wrefresh will result +in alternating calls to wnoutrefresh() and doupdate(), +causing several bursts of output to the screen. By calling +wnoutrefresh() for each window, it is then possible to call +doupdate() once, resulting in only one burst of output, with +fewer total characters transmitted (this also avoids a visually annoying +flicker at each update). +
+ +

Low-Level Capability Access

+ +
+
setupterm(term, filenum, errret) +
This routine is called to initialize a terminal's description, without setting +up the curses screen structures or changing the tty-driver mode bits. +term is the character string representing the name of the terminal +being used. filenum is the UNIX file descriptor of the terminal to +be used for output. errret is a pointer to an integer, in which a +success or failure indication is returned. The values returned can be 1 (all +is well), 0 (no such terminal), or -1 (some problem locating the terminfo +database).

+ +The value of term can be given as NULL, which will cause the value of +TERM in the environment to be used. The errret pointer can +also be given as NULL, meaning no error code is wanted. If errret is +defaulted, and something goes wrong, setupterm() will print an +appropriate error message and exit, rather than returning. Thus, a simple +program can call setupterm(0, 1, 0) and not worry about initialization +errors.

+ +After the call to setupterm(), the global variable cur_term is +set to point to the current structure of terminal capabilities. By calling +setupterm() for each terminal, and saving and restoring +cur_term, it is possible for a program to use two or more terminals at +once. Setupterm() also stores the names section of the terminal +description in the global character array ttytype[]. Subsequent calls +to setupterm() will overwrite this array, so you'll have to save it +yourself if need be. +

+ +

Debugging

+ +NOTE: These functions are not part of the standard curses API!

+ +

+
trace() +
+This function can be used to explicitly set a trace level. If the +trace level is nonzero, execution of your program will generate a file +called `trace' in the current working directory containing a report on +the library's actions. Higher trace levels enable more detailed (and +verbose) reporting -- see comments attached to TRACE_ defines +in the curses.h file for details. (It is also possible to set +a trace level by assigning a trace level value to the environment variable +NCURSES_TRACE). +
_tracef() +
+This function can be used to output your own debugging information. It is only +available only if you link with -lncurses_g. It can be used the same way as +printf(), only it outputs a newline after the end of arguments. +The output goes to a file called trace in the current directory. +
+ +Trace logs can be difficult to interpret due to the sheer volume of +data dumped in them. There is a script called tracemunch +included with the ncurses distribution that can alleviate +this problem somewhat; it compacts long sequences of similar operations into +more succinct single-line pseudo-operations. These pseudo-ops can be +distinguished by the fact that they are named in capital letters.

+ +

Hints, Tips, and Tricks

+ +The ncurses manual pages are a complete reference for this library. +In the remainder of this document, we discuss various useful methods that +may not be obvious from the manual page descriptions.

+ +

Some Notes of Caution

+ +If you find yourself thinking you need to use noraw() or +nocbreak(), think again and move carefully. It's probably +better design to use getstr() or one of its relatives to +simulate cooked mode. The noraw() and nocbreak() +functions try to restore cooked mode, but they may end up clobbering +some control bits set before you started your application. Also, they +have always been poorly documented, and are likely to hurt your +application's usability with other curses libraries.

+ +Bear in mind that refresh() is a synonym for wrefresh(stdscr), +and don't try to mix use of stdscr with use of windows declared +by newwin(); a refresh() call will blow them off the +screen. The right way to handle this is to use subwin(), or +not touch stdscr at all and tile your screen with declared +windows which you then wnoutrefresh() somewhere in your program +event loop, with a single doupdate() call to trigger actual +repainting.

+ +You are much less likely to run into problems if you design your screen +layouts to use tiled rather than overlapping windows. Historically, +curses support for overlapping windows has been weak, fragile, and poorly +documented. The ncurses library is not yet an exception to this +rule.

+ +There is a freeware panels library included in the ncurses +distribution that does a pretty good job of strengthening the +overlapping-windows facilities.

+ +Try to avoid using the global variables LINES and COLS. Use +getmaxyx() on the stdscr context instead. Reason: +your code may be ported to run in an environment with window resizes, +in which case several screens could be open with different sizes.

+ +

Temporarily Leaving ncurses Mode

+ +Sometimes you will want to write a program that spends most of its time in +screen mode, but occasionally returns to ordinary `cooked' mode. A common +reason for this is to support shell-out. This behavior is simple to arrange +in ncurses.

+ +To leave ncurses mode, call endwin() as you would if you +were intending to terminate the program. This will take the screen back to +cooked mode; you can do your shell-out. When you want to return to +ncurses mode, simply call refresh() or doupdate(). +This will repaint the screen.

+ +There is a boolean function, isendwin(), which code can use to +test whether ncurses screen mode is active. It returns TRUE +in the interval between an endwin() call and the following +refresh(), FALSE otherwise.

+ +Here is some sample code for shellout: + +

+    addstr("Shelling out...");
+    def_prog_mode();           /* save current tty modes */
+    endwin();                  /* restore original tty modes */
+    system("sh");              /* run shell */
+    addstr("returned.\n");     /* prepare return message */
+    refresh();                 /* restore save modes, repaint screen */
+
+ +

Using ncurses Under xterm

+ +A resize operation in X sends SIGWINCH to the application running under xterm. +The ncurses library does not catch this signal, because it cannot in +general know how you want the screen re-painted. You will have to write the +SIGWINCH handler yourself.

+ +The easiest way to code your SIGWINCH handler is to have it do an +endwin, followed by an refresh and a screen repaint you code +yourself. The refresh will pick up the new screen size from the +xterm's environment. + +

Handling Multiple Terminal Screens

+ +The initscr() function actually calls a function named +newterm() to do most of its work. If you are writing a program that +opens multiple terminals, use newterm() directly.

+ +For each call, you will have to specify a terminal type and a pair of file +pointers; each call will return a screen reference, and stdscr will be +set to the last one allocated. You will switch between screens with the +set_term call. Note that you will also have to call +def_shell_mode and def_prog_mode on each tty yourself.

+ +

Testing for Terminal Capabilities

+ +Sometimes you may want to write programs that test for the presence of various +capabilities before deciding whether to go into ncurses mode. An easy +way to do this is to call setupterm(), then use the functions +tigetflag(), tigetnum(), and tigetstr() to do your +testing.

+ +A particularly useful case of this often comes up when you want to +test whether a given terminal type should be treated as `smart' +(cursor-addressable) or `stupid'. The right way to test this is to see +if the return value of tigetstr("cup") is non-NULL. Alternatively, +you can include the term.h file and test the value of the +macro cursor_address.

+ +

Tuning for Speed

+ +Use the addchstr() family of functions for fast +screen-painting of text when you know the text doesn't contain any +control characters. Try to make attribute changes infrequent on your +screens. Don't use the immedok() option!

+ +

Special Features of ncurses

+ +When running on PC-clones, ncurses has enhanced support for +the IBM high-half and ROM characters. The A_ALTCHARSET highlight, +enables display of both high-half ACS graphics and the PC ROM graphics +0-31 that are normally interpreted as control characters.

+ +The wresize() function allows you to resize a window in place.

+ +

Compatibility with Older Versions

+ +Despite our best efforts, there are some differences between ncurses +and the (undocumented!) behavior of older curses implementations. These arise +from ambiguities or omissions in the documentation of the API. + +

Refresh of Overlapping Windows

+ +If you define two windows A and B that overlap, and then alternately scribble +on and refresh them, the changes made to the overlapping region under historic +curses versions were often not documented precisely.

+ +To understand why this is a problem, remember that screen updates are +calculated between two representations of the entire display. The +documentation says that when you refresh a window, it is first copied to to the +virtual screen, and then changes are calculated to update the physical screen +(and applied to the terminal). But "copied to" is not very specific, and +subtle differences in how copying works can produce different behaviors in the +case where two overlapping windows are each being refreshed at unpredictable +intervals.

+ +What happens to the overlapping region depends on what wnoutrefresh() +does with its argument -- what portions of the argument window it copies to the +virtual screen. Some implementations do "change copy", copying down only +locations in the window that have changed (or been marked changed with +wtouchln() and friends). Some implementations do "entire copy", +copying all window locations to the virtual screen whether or not +they have changed.

+ +The ncurses library itself has not always been consistent on this +score. Due to a bug, versions 1.8.7 to 1.9.8a did entire copy. Versions +1.8.6 and older, and versions 1.9.9 and newer, do change copy.

+ +For most commercial curses implementations, it is not documented and not known +for sure (at least not to the ncurses maintainers) whether they do +change copy or entire copy. We know that System V release 3 curses has logic +in it that looks like an attempt to do change copy, but the surrounding logic +and data representations are sufficiently complex, and our knowledge +sufficiently indirect, that it's hard to know whether this is reliable. + +It is not clear what the SVr4 documentation and XSI standard intend. The XSI +Curses standard barely mentions wnoutrefresh(); the SVr4 documents seem to be +describing entire-copy, but it is possible with some effort and straining to +read them the other way.

+ +It might therefore be unwise to rely on either behavior in programs that might +have to be linked with other curses implementations. Instead, you can do an +explicit touchwin() before the wnoutrefresh() call to +guarantee an entire-contents copy anywhere.

+ +The really clean way to handle this is to use the panels library. If, +when you want a screen update, you do update_panels(), it will +do all the necessary wnoutrfresh() calls for whatever panel +stacking order you have defined. Then you can do one doupdate() +and there will be a single burst of physical I/O that will do +all your updates.

+ +

Background Erase

+ +If you have been using a very old versions of ncurses (1.8.7 or +older) you may be surprised by the behavior of the erase functions. In older +versions, erased areas of a window were filled with a blank modified by the +window's current attribute (as set by wattrset(), wattron(), +wattroff() and friends).

+ +In newer versions, this is not so. Instead, the attribute of erased blanks +is normal unless and until it is modified by the functions bkgdset() +or wbkgdset().

+ +This change in behavior conforms ncurses to System V Release 4 and +the XSI Curses standard.

+ +

XSI Curses Conformance

+ +The ncurses library is intended to be base-level conformant with the +XSI Curses standard from X/Open. Many extended-level features (in fact, almost +all features not directly concerned with wide characters and +internationalization) are also supported.

+ +One effect of XSI conformance is the change in behavior described under +"Background Erase -- Compatibility with Old Versions".

+ +Also, ncurses meets the XSI requirement that every macro +entry point have a corresponding function which may be linked (and +will be prototype-checked) if the macro definition is disabled with +#undef.

+ +

The Panels Library

+ +The ncurses library by itself provides good support for screen +displays in which the windows are tiled (non-overlapping). In the more +general case that windows may overlap, you have to use a series of +wnoutrefresh() calls followed by a doupdate(), and be +careful about the order you do the window refreshes in. It has to be +bottom-upwards, otherwise parts of windows that should be obscured will +show through.

+ +When your interface design is such that windows may dive deeper into the +visibility stack or pop to the top at runtime, the resulting book-keeping +can be tedious and difficult to get right. Hence the panels library.

+ +The panel library first appeared in AT&T System V. The +version documented here is the freeware panel code distributed +with ncurses. + +

Compiling With the Panels Library

+ +Your panels-using modules must import the panels library declarations with + +
+	  #include <panel.h>
+
+ +and must be linked explicitly with the panels library using an +-lpanel argument. Note that they must also link the +ncurses library with -lncurses. Many linkers +are two-pass and will accept either order, but it is still good practice +to put -lpanel first and -lncurses second. + +

Overview of Panels

+ +A panel object is a window that is implicitly treated as part of a +deck including all other panel objects. The deck has an implicit +bottom-to-top visibility order. The panels library includes an update +function (analogous to refresh()) that displays all panels in the +deck in the proper order to resolve overlaps. The standard window, +stdscr, is considered below all panels.

+ +Details on the panels functions are available in the man pages. We'll just +hit the highlights here.

+ +You create a panel from a window by calling new_panel() on a +window pointer. It then becomes the top of the deck. The panel's window +is available as the value of panel_window() called with the +panel pointer as argument.

+ +You can delete a panel (removing it from the deck) with del_panel. +This will not deallocate the associated window; you have to do that yourself. + +You can replace a panel's window with a different window by calling +replace_window. The new window may be of different size; +the panel code will re-compute all overlaps. This operation doesn't +change the panel's position in the deck.

+ +To move a panel's window, use move_panel(). The +mvwin() function on the panel's window isn't sufficient because it +doesn't update the panels library's representation of where the windows are. +This operation leaves the panel's depth, contents, and size unchanged.

+ +Two functions (top_panel(), bottom_panel()) are +provided for rearranging the deck. The first pops its argument window to the +top of the deck; the second sends it to the bottom. Either operation leaves +the panel's screen location, contents, and size unchanged.

+ +The function update_panels() does all the +wnoutrefresh() calls needed to prepare for +doupdate() (which you must call yourself, afterwards).

+ +Typically, you will want to call update_panels() and +doupdate() just before accepting command input, once in each cycle +of interaction with the user. If you call update_panels() after +each and every panel write, you'll generate a lot of unnecessary refresh +activity and screen flicker.

+ +

Panels, Input, and the Standard Screen

+ +You shouldn't mix wnoutrefresh() or wrefresh() +operations with panels code; this will work only if the argument window +is either in the top panel or unobscured by any other panels.

+ +The stsdcr window is a special case. It is considered below all +panels. Because changes to panels may obscure parts of stdscr, +though, you should call update_panels() before +doupdate() even when you only change stdscr.

+ +Note that wgetch automatically calls wrefresh. +Therefore, before requesting input from a panel window, you need to be sure +that the panel is totally unobscured.

+ +There is presently no way to display changes to one obscured panel without +repainting all panels.

+ +

Hiding Panels

+ +It's possible to remove a panel from the deck temporarily; use +hide_panel for this. Use show_panel() to render it +visible again. The predicate function panel_hidden +tests whether or not a panel is hidden.

+ +The panel_update code ignores hidden panels. You cannot do +top_panel() or bottom_panel on a hidden panel(). +Other panels operations are applicable.

+ +

Miscellaneous Other Facilities

+ +It's possible to navigate the deck using the functions +panel_above() and panel_below. Handed a panel +pointer, they return the panel above or below that panel. Handed +NULL, they return the bottom-most or top-most panel.

+ +Every panel has an associated user pointer, not used by the panel code, to +which you can attach application data. See the man page documentation +of set_panel_userptr() and panel_userptr for +details.

+ +

The Menu Library

+ +A menu is a screen display that assists the user to choose some subset +of a given set of items. The menu library is a curses +extension that supports easy programming of menu hierarchies with a +uniform but flexible interface.

+ +The menu library first appeared in AT&T System V. The +version documented here is the freeware menu code distributed +with ncurses.

+ +

Compiling With the menu Library

+ +Your menu-using modules must import the menu library declarations with + +
+	  #include <menu.h>
+
+ +and must be linked explicitly with the menus library using an +-lmenu argument. Note that they must also link the +ncurses library with -lncurses. Many linkers +are two-pass and will accept either order, but it is still good practice +to put -lmenu first and -lncurses second. + +

Overview of Menus

+ +The menus created by this library consist of collections of +items including a name string part and a description string +part. To make menus, you create groups of these items and connect +them with menu frame objects.

+ +The menu can then by posted, that is written to an +associated window. Actually, each menu has two associated windows; a +containing window in which the programmer can scribble titles or +borders, and a subwindow in which the menu items proper are displayed. +If this subwindow is too small to display all the items, it will be a +scrollable viewport on the collection of items.

+ +A menu may also be unposted (that is, undisplayed), and finally +freed to make the storage associated with it and its items available for +re-use.

+ +The general flow of control of a menu program looks like this: + +

    +
  1. Initialize curses. +
  2. Create the menu items, using new_item(). +
  3. Create the menu using new_menu(). +
  4. Post the menu using menu_post(). +
  5. Refresh the screen. +
  6. Process user requests via an input loop. +
  7. Unpost the menu using menu_unpost(). +
  8. Free the menu, using free_menu(). +
  9. Free the items using free_item(). +
  10. Terminate curses. +
+ +

Selecting items

+ +Menus may be multi-valued or (the default) single-valued (see the manual +page menu_opts(3x) to see how to change the default). +Both types always have a current item.

+ +From a single-valued menu you can read the selected value simply by looking +at the current item. From a multi-valued menu, you get the selected set +by looping through the items applying the item_value() +predicate function. Your menu-processing code can use the function +set_item_value() to flag the items in the select set.

+ +Menu items can be made unselectable using set_item_opts() +or item_opts_off() with the O_SELECTABLE +argument. This is the only option so far defined for menus, but it +is good practice to code as though other option bits might be on.

+ +

Menu Display

+ +The menu library calculates a minimum display size for your window, based +on the following variables:

+ +

    +
  • The number and maximum length of the menu items +
  • Whether the O_ROWMAJOR option is enabled +
  • Whether display of descriptions is enabled +
  • Whatever menu format may have been set by the programmer +
  • The length of the menu mark string used for highlighting selected items +
+ +The function set_menu_format() allows you to set the +maximum size of the viewport or menu page that will be used +to display menu items. You can retrieve any format associated with a +menu with menu_format(). The default format is rows=16, +columns=1.

+ +The actual menu page may be smaller than the format size. This depends +on the item number and size and whether O_ROWMAJOR is on. This option +(on by default) causes menu items to be displayed in a `raster-scan' +pattern, so that if more than one item will fit horizontally the first +couple of items are side-by-side in the top row. The alternative is +column-major display, which tries to put the first several items in +the first column.

+ +As mentioned above, a menu format not large enough to allow all items to fit +on-screen will result in a menu display that is vertically scrollable.

+You can scroll it with requests to the menu driver, which will be described +in the section on menu input handling.

+ +Each menu has a mark string used to visually tag selected items; +see the menu_mark(3x) manual page for details. The mark +string length also influences the menu page size.

+ +The function scale_menu() returns the minimum display size +that the menu code computes from all these factors. + +There are other menu display attributes including a select attribute, +an attribute for selectable items, an attribute for unselectable items, +and a pad character used to separate item name text from description +text. These have reasonable defaults which the library allows you to +change (see the menu_attribs(3x) manual page.

+ +

Menu Windows

+ +Each menu has, as mentioned previously, a pair of associated windows. +Both these windows are painted when the menu is posted and erased when +the menu is unposted.

+ +The outer or frame window is not otherwise touched by the menu +routines. It exists so the programmer can associate a title, a +border, or perhaps help text with the menu and have it properly +refreshed or erased at post/unpost time. The inner window or +subwindow is where the current menu page is displayed.

+ +By default, both windows are stdscr. You can set them with the +functions in menu_win(3x).

+ +When you call menu_post(), you write the menu to its +subwindow. When you call menu_unpost(), you erase the +subwindow, However, neither of these actually modifies the screen. To +do that, call wrefresh() or some equivalent.

+ +

Processing Menu Input

+ +The main loop of your menu-processing code should call +menu_driver() repeatedly. The first argument of this routine +is a menu pointer; the second is a menu command code. You should write an +input-fetching routine that maps input characters to menu command codes, and +pass its output to menu_driver(). The menu command codes are +fully documented in menu_driver(3x).

+ +The simplest group of command codes is REQ_NEXT_ITEM, +REQ_PREV_ITEM, REQ_FIRST_ITEM, +REQ_LAST_ITEM, REQ_UP_ITEM, +REQ_DOWN_ITEM, REQ_LEFT_ITEM, +REQ_RIGHT_ITEM. These change the currently selected +item. These requests may cause scrolling of the menu page if it only +partially displayed.

+ +There are explicit requests for scrolling which also change the +current item (because the select location does not change, but the +item there does). These are REQ_SCR_DLINE, +REQ_SCR_ULINE, REQ_SCR_DPAGE, and +REQ_SCR_UPAGE.

+ +The REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM selects or deselects the current item. +It is for use in multi-valued menus; if you use it with O_ONEVALUE +on, you'll get an error return (E_REQUEST_DENIED).

+ +Each menu has an associated pattern buffer. The +menu_driver() logic tries to accumulate printable ASCII +characters passed in in that buffer; when it matches a prefix of an +item name, that item (or the next matching item) is selected. If +appending a character yields no new match, that character is deleted +from the pattern buffer, and menu_driver() returns +E_NO_MATCH.

+ +Some requests change the pattern buffer directly: +REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN, REQ_BACK_PATTERN, +REQ_NEXT_MATCH, REQ_PREV_MATCH. The latter +two are useful when pattern buffer input matches more than one item +in a multi-valued menu.

+ +Each successful scroll or item navigation request clears the pattern +buffer. It is also possible to set the pattern buffer explicitly +with set_menu_pattern().

+ +Finally, menu driver requests above the constant MAX_COMMAND +are considered application-specific commands. The menu_driver() +code ignores them and returns E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND. + +

Miscellaneous Other Features

+ +Various menu options can affect the processing and visual appearance +and input processing of menus. See menu_opts(3x) for +details.

+ +It is possible to change the current item from application code; this +is useful if you want to write your own navigation requests. It is +also possible to explicitly set the top row of the menu display. See +mitem_current(3x). + +If your application needs to change the menu subwindow cursor for +any reason, pos_menu_cursor() will restore it to the +correct location for continuing menu driver processing.

+ +It is possible to set hooks to be called at menu initialization and +wrapup time, and whenever the selected item changes. See +menu_hook(3x).

+ +Each item, and each menu, has an associated user pointer on which you +can hang application data. See mitem_userptr(3x) and +menu_userptr(3x).

+ +

The Forms Library

+ +The form library is a curses extension that supports easy +programming of on-screen forms for data entry and program control.

+ +The form library first appeared in AT&T System V. The +version documented here is the freeware form code distributed +with ncurses.

+ +

Compiling With the form Library

+ +Your form-using modules must import the form library declarations with + +
+	  #include <form.h>
+
+ +and must be linked explicitly with the forms library using an +-lform argument. Note that they must also link the +ncurses library with -lncurses. Many linkers +are two-pass and will accept either order, but it is still good practice +to put -lform first and -lncurses second.

+ +

Overview of Forms

+ +A form is a collection of fields; each field may be either a label +(explanatory text) or a data-entry location. Long forms may be +segmented into pages; each entry to a new page clears the screen.

+To make forms, you create groups of fields and connect them with form +frame objects; the form library makes this relatively simple.

+ +Once defined, a form can be posted, that is written to an +associated window. Actually, each form has two associated windows; a +containing window in which the programmer can scribble titles or +borders, and a subwindow in which the form fields proper are displayed.

+ +As the form user fills out the posted form, navigation and editing +keys support movement between fields, editing keys support modifying +field, and plain text adds to or changes data in a current field. The +form library allows you (the forms designer) to bind each navigation +and editing key to any keystroke accepted by curses + +Fields may have validation conditions on them, so that they check input +data for type and value. The form library supplies a rich set of +pre-defined field types, and makes it relatively easy to define new ones.

+ +Once its transaction is completed (or aborted), a form may be +unposted (that is, undisplayed), and finally freed to make +the storage associated with it and its items available for re-use.

+ +The general flow of control of a form program looks like this: + +

    +
  1. Initialize curses. +
  2. Create the form fields, using new_field(). +
  3. Create the form using new_form(). +
  4. Post the form using form_post(). +
  5. Refresh the screen. +
  6. Process user requests via an input loop. +
  7. Unpost the form using form_unpost(). +
  8. Free the form, using free_form(). +
  9. Free the fields using free_field(). +
  10. Terminate curses. +
+ +Note that this looks much like a menu program; the form library handles +tasks which are in many ways similar, and its interface was obviously +designed to resemble that of the menu library +wherever possible.

+ +In forms programs, however, the `process user requests' is somewhat more +complicated than for menus. Besides menu-like navigation operations, +the menu driver loop has to support field editing and data validation.

+ +

Creating and Freeing Fields and Forms

+ +The basic function for creating fields is new_field():

+ +

+FIELD *new_field(int height, int width,   /* new field size */ 
+                 int top, int left,       /* upper left corner */
+                 int offscreen,           /* number of offscreen rows */
+                 int nbuf);               /* number of working buffers */
+
+ +Menu items always occupy a single row, but forms fields may have +multiple rows. So new_field() requires you to specify a +width and height (the first two arguments, which mist both be greater +than zero).

+ +You must also specify the location of the field's upper left corner on +the screen (the third and fourth arguments, which must be zero or +greater). Note that these coordinates are relative to the form +subwindow, which will coincide with stdscr by default but +need not be stdscr if you've done an explicit +set_form_window() call.

+ +The fifth argument allows you to specify a number of off-screen rows. If +this is zero, the entire field will always be displayed. If it is +nonzero, the form will be scrollable, with only one screen-full (initially +the top part) displayed at any given time. If you make a field dynamic +and grow it so it will no longer fit on the screen, the form will become +scrollable even if the offscreen argument was initially zero.

+ +The forms library allocates one working buffer per field; the size of +each buffer is ((height + offscreen)*width + 1, one character +for each position in the field plus a NUL terminator. The sixth +argument is the number of additional data buffers to allocate for the +field; your application can use them for its own purposes.

+ +

+FIELD *dup_field(FIELD *field,            /* field to copy */
+                 int top, int left);      /* location of new copy */
+
+ +The function dup_field() duplicates an existing field at a +new location. Size and buffering information are copied; some +attribute flags and status bits are not (see the +form_field_new(3X) for details).

+ +

+FIELD *link_field(FIELD *field,           /* field to copy */
+                  int top, int left);     /* location of new copy */
+
+ +The function link_field() also duplicates an existing field +at a new location. The difference from dup_field() is that +it arranges for the new field's buffer to be shared with the old one.

+ +Besides the obvious use in making a field editable from two different +form pages, linked fields give you a way to hack in dynamic labels. If +you declare several fields linked to an original, and then make them +inactive, changes from the original will still be propagated to the +linked fields.

+ +As with duplicated fields, linked fields have attribute bits separate +from the original.

+ +As you might guess, all these field-allocations return NULL if +the field allocation is not possible due to an out-of-memory error or +out-of-bounds arguments.

+ +To connect fields to a form, use

+ +

+FORM *new_form(FIELD **fields);
+
+ +This function expects to see a NULL-terminated array of field pointers. +Said fields are connected to a newly-allocated form object; its address +is returned (or else NULL if the allocation fails).

+ +Note that new_field() does not copy the pointer array +into private storage; if you modify the contents of the pointer array +during forms processing, all manner of bizarre things might happen. Also +note that any given field may only be connected to one form.

+ +The functions free_field() and free_form are available +to free field and form objects. It is an error to attempt to free a field +connected to a form, but not vice-versa; thus, you will generally free +your form objects first.

+ +

Fetching and Changing Field Attributes

+ +Each form field has a number of location and size attributes +associated with it. There are other field attributes used to control +display and editing of the field. Some (for example, the O_STATIC bit) +involve sufficient complications to be covered in sections of their own +later on. We cover the functions used to get and set several basic +attributes here.

+ +When a field is created, the attributes not specified by the +new_field function are copied from an invisible system +default field. In attribute-setting and -fetching functions, the +argument NULL is taken to mean this field. Changes to it persist +as defaults until your forms application terminates.

+ +

Fetching Size and Location Data

+ +You can retrieve field sizes and locations through:

+ +

+int field_info(FIELD *field,              /* field from which to fetch */
+               int *height, *int width,   /* field size */ 
+               int *top, int *left,       /* upper left corner */
+               int *offscreen,            /* number of offscreen rows */
+               int *nbuf);                /* number of working buffers */
+
+ +This function is a sort of inverse of new_field(); instead of +setting size and location attributes of a new field, it fetches them +from an existing one.

+ +

Changing the Field Location

+ +If is possible to move a field's location on the screen:

+ +

+int move_field(FIELD *field,              /* field to alter */
+               int top, int left);        /* new upper-left corner */
+
+ +You can, of course. query the current location through field_info(). + +

The Justification Attribute

+ +One-line fields may be unjustified, justified right, justified left, +or centered. Here is how you manipulate this attribute:

+ +

+int set_field_just(FIELD *field,          /* field to alter */
+                   int justmode);         /* mode to set */
+
+int field_just(FIELD *field);             /* fetch mode of field */
+
+ +The mode values accepted and returned by this functions are +preprocessor macros NO_JUSTIFICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, +JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.

+ +

Field Display Attributes

+ +For each field, you can set a foreground attribute for entered +characters, a background attribute for the entire field, and a pad +character for the unfilled portion of the field. You can also +control pagination of the form.

+ +This group of four field attributes controls the visual appearance +of the field on the screen, without affecting in any way the data +in the field buffer.

+ +

+int set_field_fore(FIELD *field,          /* field to alter */
+                   chtype attr);          /* attribute to set */ 
+
+chtype field_fore(FIELD *field);          /* field to query */
+
+int set_field_back(FIELD *field,          /* field to alter */
+                   chtype attr);          /* attribute to set */ 
+
+chtype field_back(FIELD *field);          /* field to query */
+
+int set_field_pad(FIELD *field,           /* field to alter */
+                 int pad);                /* pad character to set */ 
+
+chtype field_pad(FIELD *field);
+
+int set_new_page(FIELD *field,            /* field to alter */
+                 int flag);               /* TRUE to force new page */ 
+
+chtype new_page(FIELD *field);            /* field to query */
+
+ +The attributes set and returned by the first four functions are normal +curses(3x) display attribute values (A_STANDOUT, +A_BOLD, A_REVERSE etc). + +The page bit of a field controls whether it is displayed at the start of +a new form screen.

+ +

Field Option Bits

+ +There is also a large collection of field option bits you can set to control +various aspects of forms processing. You can manipulate them with these +functions: + +
+int set_field_opts(FIELD *field,          /* field to alter */
+                   int attr);             /* attribute to set */ 
+
+int field_opts_on(FIELD *field,           /* field to alter */
+                  int attr);              /* attributes to turn on */ 
+
+int field_opts_off(FIELD *field,          /* field to alter */
+                   int attr);             /* attributes to turn off */ 
+
+int field_opts(FIELD *field);             /* field to query */
+
+ +By default, all options are on. Here are the available option bits: +
+
O_VISIBLE +
Controls whether the field is visible on the screen. Can be used +during form processing to hide or pop up fields depending on the value +of parent fields. +
O_ACTIVE +
Controls whether the field is active during forms processing (i.e. +visited by form navigation keys). Can be used to make labels or derived +fields with buffer values alterable by the forms application, not the user. +
O_PUBLIC +
Controls whether data is displayed during field entry. If this option is +turned off on a field, the library will accept and edit data in that field, +but it will not be displayed and the visible field cursor will not move. +You can turn off the O_PUBLIC bit to define password fields. +
O_EDIT +
Controls whether the field's data can be modified. When this option is +off, all editing requests except REQ_PREV_CHOICE and +REQ_NEXT_CHOICE will fail. Such read-only fields may be useful for +help messages. +
O_WRAP +
Controls word-wrapping in multi-line fields. Normally, when any +character of a (blank-separated) word reaches the end of the current line, the +entire word is wrapped to the next line (assuming there is one). When this +option is off, the word will be split across the line break. +
O_BLANK +
Controls field blanking. When this option is on, entering a character at +the first field position erases the entire field (except for the just-entered +character). +
O_AUTOSKIP +
Controls automatic skip to next field when this one fills. Normally, +when the forms user tries to type more data into a field than will fit, +the editing location jumps to next field. When this option is off, the +user's cursor will hang at the end of the field. This option is ignored +in dynamic fields that have not reached their size limit. +
O_NULLOK +
Controls whether validation is applied to +blank fields. Normally, it is not; the user can leave a field blank +without invoking the usual validation check on exit. If this option is +off on a field, exit from it will invoke a validation check. +
O_PASSOK +
Controls whether validation occurs on every exit, or only after +the field is modified. Normally the latter is true. Setting O_PASSOK +may be useful if your field's validation function may change during +forms processing. +
O_STATIC +
Controls whether the field is fixed to its initial dimensions. If you +turn this off, the field becomes dynamic and will +stretch to fit entered data. +
+ +A field's options cannot be changed while the field is currently selected. +However, options may be changed on posted fields that are not current.

+ +The option values are bit-masks and can be composed with logical-or in +the obvious way.

+ +

Field Status

+ +Every field has a status flag, which is set to FALSE when the field is +created and TRUE when the value in field buffer 0 changes. This flag can +be queried and set directly:

+ +

+int set_field_status(FIELD *field,      /* field to alter */
+                   int status);         /* mode to set */
+
+int field_status(FIELD *field);         /* fetch mode of field */
+
+ +Setting this flag under program control can be useful if you use the same +form repeatedly, looking for modified fields each time.

+ +Calling field_status() on a field not currently selected +for input will return a correct value. Calling field_status() on a +field that is currently selected for input may not necessarily give a +correct field status value, because entered data isn't necessarily copied to +buffer zero before the exit validation check. + +To guarantee that the returned status value reflects reality, call +field_status() either (1) in the field's exit validation check +routine, (2) from the field's or form's initialization or termination +hooks, or (3) just after a REQ_VALIDATION request has been +processed by the forms driver.

+ +

Field User Pointer

+ +Each field structure contains one character pointer slot that is not used +by the forms library. It is intended to be used by applications to store +private per-field data. You can manipulate it with: + +
+int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field,       /* field to alter */
+                   char *userptr);        /* mode to set */
+
+char *field_userptr(FIELD *field);        /* fetch mode of field */
+
+ +(Properly, this user pointer field ought to have (void *) type. +The (char *) type is retained for System V compatibility.)

+ +It is valid to set the user pointer of the default field (with a +set_field_userptr() call passed a NULL field pointer.) +When a new field is created, the default-field user pointer is copied +to initialize the new field's user pointer.

+ +

Variable-Sized Fields

+ +Normally, a field is fixed at the size specified for it at creation +time. If, however, you turn off its O_STATIC bit, it becomes +dynamic and will automatically resize itself to accommodate +data as it is entered. If the field has extra buffers associated with it, +they will grow right along with the main input buffer.

+ +A one-line dynamic field will have a fixed height (1) but variable +width, scrolling horizontally to display data within the field area as +originally dimensioned and located. A multi-line dynamic field will +have a fixed width, but variable height (number of rows), scrolling +vertically to display data within the field area as originally +dimensioned and located.

+ +Normally, a dynamic field is allowed to grow without limit. But it is +possible to set an upper limit on the size of a dynamic field. You do +it with this function:

+ +

+int set_max_field(FIELD *field,     /* field to alter (may not be NULL) */
+                   int max_size);   /* upper limit on field size */ 
+
+ +If the field is one-line, max_size is taken to be a column size +limit; if it is multi-line, it is taken to be a line size limit. To disable +any limit, use an argument of zero. The growth limit can be changed whether +or not the O_STATIC bit is on, but has no effect until it is.

+ +The following properties of a field change when it becomes dynamic: + +

    +
  • If there is no growth limit, there is no final position of the field; +therefore O_AUTOSKIP and O_NL_OVERLOAD are ignored. +
  • Field justification will be ignored (though whatever justification is +set up will be retained internally and can be queried). +
  • The dup_field() and link_field() calls copy +dynamic-buffer sizes. If the O_STATIC option is set on one of a +collection of links, buffer resizing will occur only when the field is +edited through that link. +
  • The call field_info() will retrieve the original static size of +the field; use dynamic_field_info() to get the actual dynamic size. +
+ +

Field Validation

+ +By default, a field will accept any data that will fit in its input buffer. +However, it is possible to attach a validation type to a field. If you do +this, any attempt to leave the field while it contains data that doesn't +match the validation type will fail. Some validation types also have a +character-validity check for each time a character is entered in the field.

+ +A field's validation check (if any) is not called when +set_field_buffer() modifies the input buffer, nor when that buffer +is changed through a linked field.

+ +The form library provides a rich set of pre-defined validation +types, and gives you the capability to define custom ones of your own. You +can examine and change field validation attributes with the following +functions:

+ +

+int set_field_type(FIELD *field,          /* field to alter */
+                   FIELDTYPE *ftype,      /* type to associate */
+                   ...);                  /* additional arguments*/
+
+FIELDTYPE *field_type(FIELD *field);      /* field to query */
+
+ +The validation type of a field is considered an attribute of the field. As +with other field attributes, Also, doing set_field_type() with a +NULL field default will change the system default for validation of +newly-created fields.

+ +Here are the pre-defined validation types:

+ +

TYPE_ALPHA

+ +This field type accepts alphabetic data; no blanks, no digits, no special +characters (this is checked at character-entry time). It is set up with:

+ +

+int set_field_type(FIELD *field,          /* field to alter */
+                   TYPE_ALPHA,            /* type to associate */
+                   int width);            /* maximum width of field */
+
+ +The width argument sets a minimum width of data. Typically +you'll want to set this to the field width; if it's greater than the +field width, the validation check will always fail. A minimum width +of zero makes field completion optional.

+ +

TYPE_ALNUM

+ +This field type accepts alphabetic data and digits; no blanks, no special +characters (this is checked at character-entry time). It is set up with:

+ +

+int set_field_type(FIELD *field,          /* field to alter */
+                   TYPE_ALNUM,            /* type to associate */
+                   int width);            /* maximum width of field */
+
+ +The width argument sets a minimum width of data. As with +TYPE_ALPHA, typically you'll want to set this to the field width; if it's +greater than the field width, the validation check will always fail. A +minimum width of zero makes field completion optional.

+ +

TYPE_ENUM

+ +This type allows you to restrict a field's values to be among a specified +set of string values (for example, the two-letter postal codes for U.S. +states). It is set up with:

+ +

+int set_field_type(FIELD *field,          /* field to alter */
+                   TYPE_ENUM,             /* type to associate */
+                   char **valuelist;      /* list of possible values */
+                   int checkcase;         /* case-sensitive? */
+                   int checkunique);      /* must specify uniquely? */
+
+ +The valuelist parameter must point at a NULL-terminated list of +valid strings. The checkcase argument, if true, makes comparison +with the string case-sensitive.

+ +When the user exits a TYPE_ENUM field, the validation procedure tries to +complete the data in the buffer to a valid entry. If a complete choice string +has been entered, it is of course valid. But it is also possible to enter a +prefix of a valid string and have it completed for you.

+ +By default, if you enter such a prefix and it matches more than one value +in the string list, the prefix will be completed to the first matching +value. But the checkunique argument, if true, requires prefix +matches to be unique in order to be valid.

+ +The REQ_NEXT_CHOICE and REQ_PREV_CHOICE input requests +can be particularly useful with these fields.

+ +

TYPE_INTEGER

+ +This field type accepts an integer. It is set up as follows:

+ +

+int set_field_type(FIELD *field,          /* field to alter */
+                   TYPE_INTEGER,          /* type to associate */
+                   int padding,           /* # places to zero-pad to */
+                   int vmin, int vmax);   /* valid range */
+
+ +Valid characters consist of an optional leading minus and digits. +The range check is performed on exit. If the range maximum is less +than or equal to the minimum, the range is ignored.

+ +If the value passes its range check, it is padded with as many leading +zero digits as necessary to meet the padding argument.

+ +A TYPE_INTEGER value buffer can conveniently be interpreted +with the C library function atoi(3). + +

TYPE_NUMERIC

+ +This field type accepts a decimal number. It is set up as follows:

+ +

+int set_field_type(FIELD *field,              /* field to alter */
+                   TYPE_NUMERIC,              /* type to associate */
+                   int padding,               /* # places of precision */
+                   double vmin, double vmax); /* valid range */
+
+ +Valid characters consist of an optional leading minus and digits. possibly +including a decimal point. If your system supports locale's, the decimal point +character used must be the one defined by your locale. The range check is +performed on exit. If the range maximum is less than or equal to the minimum, +the range is ignored.

+ +If the value passes its range check, it is padded with as many trailing +zero digits as necessary to meet the padding argument.

+ +A TYPE_NUMERIC value buffer can conveniently be interpreted +with the C library function atof(3). + +

TYPE_REGEXP

+ +This field type accepts data matching a regular expression. It is set up +as follows:

+ +

+int set_field_type(FIELD *field,          /* field to alter */
+                   TYPE_REGEXP,           /* type to associate */
+                   char *regexp);         /* expression to match */
+
+ +The syntax for regular expressions is that of regcomp(3). +The check for regular-expression match is performed on exit. + +

Direct Field Buffer Manipulation

+ +The chief attribute of a field is its buffer contents. When a form has +been completed, your application usually needs to know the state of each +field buffer. You can find this out with:

+ +

+char *field_buffer(FIELD *field,          /* field to query */
+                   int bufindex);         /* number of buffer to query */
+
+ +Normally, the state of the zero-numbered buffer for each field is set by +the user's editing actions on that field. It's sometimes useful to be able +to set the value of the zero-numbered (or some other) buffer from your +application: + +
+int set_field_buffer(FIELD *field,        /* field to alter */
+                   int bufindex,          /* number of buffer to alter */
+                   char *value);          /* string value to set */
+
+ +If the field is not large enough and cannot be resized to a sufficiently +large size to contain the specified value, the value will be truncated +to fit.

+ +Calling field_buffer() with a null field pointer will raise an +error. Calling field_buffer() on a field not currently selected +for input will return a correct value. Calling field_buffer() on a +field that is currently selected for input may not necessarily give a +correct field buffer value, because entered data isn't necessarily copied to +buffer zero before the exit validation check. + +To guarantee that the returned buffer value reflects on-screen reality, +call field_buffer() either (1) in the field's exit validation +check routine, (2) from the field's or form's initialization or termination +hooks, or (3) just after a REQ_VALIDATION request has been processed +by the forms driver.

+ +

Attributes of Forms

+ +As with field attributes, form attributes inherit a default from a +system default form structure. These defaults can be queried or set by +of these functions using a form-pointer argument of NULL.

+ +The principal attribute of a form is its field list. You can query +and change this list with:

+ +

+int set_form_fields(FORM *form,           /* form to alter */
+                    FIELD **fields);      /* fields to connect */
+
+char *form_fields(FORM *form);            /* fetch fields of form */
+
+int field_count(FORM *form);              /* count connect fields */
+
+ +The second argument of set_form_fields() may be a +NULL-terminated field pointer array like the one required by +new_form(). In that case, the old fields of the form are +disconnected but not freed (and eligible to be connected to other +forms), then the new fields are connected.

+ +It may also be null, in which case the old fields are disconnected +(and not freed) but no new ones are connected.

+ +The field_count() function simply counts the number of fields +connected to a given from. It returns -1 if the form-pointer argument +is NULL.

+ +

Control of Form Display

+ +In the overview section, you saw that to display a form you normally +start by defining its size (and fields), posting it, and refreshing +the screen. There is an hidden step before posting, which is the +association of the form with a frame window (actually, a pair of +windows) within which it will be displayed. By default, the forms +library associates every form with the full-screen window +stdscr.

+ +By making this step explicit, you can associate a form with a declared +frame window on your screen display. This can be useful if you want to +adapt the form display to different screen sizes, dynamically tile +forms on the screen, or use a form as part of an interface layout +managed by panels.

+ +The two windows associated with each form have the same functions as +their analogues in the menu library. Both these +windows are painted when the form is posted and erased when the form +is unposted.

+ +The outer or frame window is not otherwise touched by the form +routines. It exists so the programmer can associate a title, a +border, or perhaps help text with the form and have it properly +refreshed or erased at post/unpost time. The inner window or subwindow +is where the current form page is actually displayed.

+ +In order to declare your own frame window for a form, you'll need to +know the size of the form's bounding rectangle. You can get this +information with:

+ +

+int scale_form(FORM *form,                /* form to query */
+               int *rows,                 /* form rows */
+               int *cols);                /* form cols */
+
+ +The form dimensions are passed back in the locations pointed to by +the arguments. Once you have this information, you can use it to +declare of windows, then use one of these functions: + +
+int set_form_win(FORM *form,              /* form to alter */
+                 WINDOW *win);            /* frame window to connect */
+
+WINDOW *form_win(FORM *form);             /* fetch frame window of form */
+
+int set_form_sub(FORM *form,              /* form to alter */
+                 WINDOW *win);            /* form subwindow to connect */
+
+WINDOW *form_sub(FORM *form);             /* fetch form subwindow of form */
+
+ +Note that curses operations, including refresh(), on the form, +should be done on the frame window, not the form subwindow.

+ +It is possible to check from your application whether all of a +scrollable field is actually displayed within the menu subwindow. Use +these functions:

+ +

+int data_ahead(FORM *form);               /* form to be queried */ 
+
+int data_behind(FORM *form);              /* form to be queried */ 
+
+ +The function data_ahead() returns TRUE if (a) the current +field is one-line and has undisplayed data off to the right, (b) the current +field is multi-line and there is data off-screen below it.

+ +The function data_behind() returns TRUE if the first (upper +left hand) character position is off-screen (not being displayed).

+ +Finally, there is a function to restore the form window's cursor to the +value expected by the forms driver:

+ +

+int pos_form_cursor(FORM *)               /* form to be queried */
+
+ +If your application changes the form window cursor, call this function before +handing control back to the forms driver in order to re-synchronize it.

+ +

Input Processing in the Forms Driver

+ +The function form_driver() handles virtualized input requests +for form navigation, editing, and validation requests, just as +menu_driver does for menus (see the section on menu input handling).

+ +

+int form_driver(FORM *form,               /* form to pass input to */
+                int request);             /* form request code */
+
+ +Your input virtualization function needs to take input and then convert it +to either an alphanumeric character (which is treated as data to be +entered in the currently-selected field), or a forms processing request.

+ +The forms driver provides hooks (through input-validation and +field-termination functions) with which your application code can check +that the input taken by the driver matched what was expected.

+ +

Page Navigation Requests

+ +These requests cause page-level moves through the form, +triggering display of a new form screen.

+ +

+
REQ_NEXT_PAGE +
Move to the next form page. +
REQ_PREV_PAGE +
Move to the previous form page. +
REQ_FIRST_PAGE +
Move to the first form page. +
REQ_LAST_PAGE +
Move to the last form page. +
+ +These requests treat the list as cyclic; that is, REQ_NEXT_PAGE +from the last page goes to the first, and REQ_PREV_PAGE from +the first page goes to the last.

+ +

Inter-Field Navigation Requests

+ +These requests handle navigation between fields on the same page.

+ +

+
REQ_NEXT_FIELD +
Move to next field. +
REQ_PREV_FIELD +
Move to previous field. +
REQ_FIRST_FIELD +
Move to the first field. +
REQ_LAST_FIELD +
Move to the last field. +

+

REQ_SNEXT_FIELD +
Move to sorted next field. +
REQ_SPREV_FIELD +
Move to sorted previous field. +
REQ_SFIRST_FIELD +
Move to the sorted first field. +
REQ_SLAST_FIELD +
Move to the sorted last field. +

+

REQ_LEFT_FIELD +
Move left to field. +
REQ_RIGHT_FIELD +
Move right to field. +
REQ_UP_FIELD +
Move up to field. +
REQ_DOWN_FIELD +
Move down to field. +
+ +These requests treat the list of fields on a page as cyclic; that is, +REQ_NEXT_FIELD from the last field goes to the first, and +REQ_PREV_FIELD from the first field goes to the last. The +order of the fields for these (and the REQ_FIRST_FIELD and +REQ_LAST_FIELD requests) is simply the order of the field +pointers in the form array (as set up by new_form() or +set_form_fields()

+ +It is also possible to traverse the fields as if they had been sorted in +screen-position order, so the sequence goes left-to-right and top-to-bottom. +To do this, use the second group of four sorted-movement requests.

+ +Finally, it is possible to move between fields using visual directions up, +down, right, and left. To accomplish this, use the third group of four +requests. Note, however, that the position of a form for purposes of these +requests is its upper-left corner.

+ +For example, suppose you have a multi-line field B, and two +single-line fields A and C on the same line with B, with A to the left +of B and C to the right of B. A REQ_MOVE_RIGHT from A will +go to B only if A, B, and C all share the same first line; +otherwise it will skip over B to C.

+ +

Intra-Field Navigation Requests

+ +These requests drive movement of the edit cursor within the currently +selected field.

+ +

+
REQ_NEXT_CHAR +
Move to next character. +
REQ_PREV_CHAR +
Move to previous character. +
REQ_NEXT_LINE +
Move to next line. +
REQ_PREV_LINE +
Move to previous line. +
REQ_NEXT_WORD +
Move to next word. +
REQ_PREV_WORD +
Move to previous word. +
REQ_BEG_FIELD +
Move to beginning of field. +
REQ_END_FIELD +
Move to end of field. +
REQ_BEG_LINE +
Move to beginning of line. +
REQ_END_LINE +
Move to end of line. +
REQ_LEFT_CHAR +
Move left in field. +
REQ_RIGHT_CHAR +
Move right in field. +
REQ_UP_CHAR +
Move up in field. +
REQ_DOWN_CHAR +
Move down in field. +
+ +Each word is separated from the previous and next characters +by whitespace. The commands to move to beginning and end of line or field +look for the first or last non-pad character in their ranges.

+ +

Scrolling Requests

+ +Fields that are dynamic and have grown and fields explicitly created +with offscreen rows are scrollable. One-line fields scroll horizontally; +multi-line fields scroll vertically. Most scrolling is triggered by +editing and intra-field movement (the library scrolls the field to keep the +cursor visible). It is possible to explicitly request scrolling with the +following requests: +

+ +

+
REQ_SCR_FLINE +
Scroll vertically forward a line. +
REQ_SCR_BLINE +
Scroll vertically backward a line. +
REQ_SCR_FPAGE +
Scroll vertically forward a page. +
REQ_SCR_BPAGE +
Scroll vertically backward a page. +
REQ_SCR_FHPAGE +
Scroll vertically forward half a page. +
REQ_SCR_BHPAGE +
Scroll vertically backward half a page. +
REQ_SCR_FCHAR +
Scroll horizontally forward a character. +
REQ_SCR_BCHAR +
Scroll horizontally backward a character. +
REQ_SCR_HFLINE +
Scroll horizontally one field width forward. +
REQ_SCR_HBLINE +
Scroll horizontally one field width backward. +
REQ_SCR_HFHALF +
Scroll horizontally one half field width forward. +
REQ_SCR_HBHALF +
Scroll horizontally one half field width backward. +
+ +For scrolling purposes, a page of a field is the height +of its visible part.

+ +

Editing Requests

+ +When you pass the forms driver an ASCII character, it is treated as a +request to add the character to the field's data buffer. Whether this +is an insertion or a replacement depends on the field's edit mode +(insertion is the default.

+ +The following requests support editing the field and changing the edit +mode:

+ +

+
REQ_INS_MODE +
Set insertion mode. +
REQ_OVL_MODE +
Set overlay mode. +
REQ_NEW_LINE +
New line request (see below for explanation). +
REQ_INS_CHAR +
Insert space at character location. +
REQ_INS_LINE +
Insert blank line at character location. +
REQ_DEL_CHAR +
Delete character at cursor. +
REQ_DEL_PREV +
Delete previous word at cursor. +
REQ_DEL_LINE +
Delete line at cursor. +
REQ_DEL_WORD +
Delete word at cursor. +
REQ_CLR_EOL +
Clear to end of line. +
REQ_CLR_EOF +
Clear to end of field. +
REQ_CLEAR_FIELD +
Clear entire field. +
+ +The behavior of the REQ_NEW_LINE and REQ_DEL_PREV requests +is complicated and partly controlled by a pair of forms options. +The special cases are triggered when the cursor is at the beginning of +a field, or on the last line of the field.

+ +First, we consider REQ_NEW_LINE:

+ +The normal behavior of REQ_NEW_LINE in insert mode is to break the +current line at the position of the edit cursor, inserting the portion of +the current line after the cursor as a new line following the current +and moving the cursor to the beginning of that new line (you may think +of this as inserting a newline in the field buffer).

+ +The normal behavior of REQ_NEW_LINE in overlay mode is to clear the +current line from the position of the edit cursor to end of line. +The cursor is then moved to the beginning of the next line.

+ +However, REQ_NEW_LINE at the beginning of a field, or on the +last line of a field, instead does a REQ_NEXT_FIELD. +O_NL_OVERLOAD option is off, this special action is +disabled.

+ +Now, let us consider REQ_DEL_PREV:

+ +The normal behavior of REQ_DEL_PREV is to delete the previous +character. If insert mode is on, and the cursor is at the start of a +line, and the text on that line will fit on the previous one, it +instead appends the contents of the current line to the previous one +and deletes the current line (you may think of this as deleting a +newline from the field buffer).

+ +However, REQ_DEL_PREV at the beginning of a field is instead +treated as a REQ_PREV_FIELD.

If the +O_BS_OVERLOAD option is off, this special action is +disabled and the forms driver just returns E_REQUEST_DENIED.

+ +See Form Options for discussion of how to set +and clear the overload options.

+ +

Order Requests

+ +If the type of your field is ordered, and has associated functions +for getting the next and previous values of the type from a given value, +there are requests that can fetch that value into the field buffer:

+ +

+
REQ_NEXT_CHOICE +
Place the successor value of the current value in the buffer. +
REQ_PREV_CHOICE +
Place the predecessor value of the current value in the buffer. +
+ +Of the built-in field types, only TYPE_ENUM has built-in successor +and predecessor functions. When you define a field type of your own +(see Custom Validation Types), you can associate +our own ordering functions.

+ +

Application Commands

+ +Form requests are represented as integers above the curses value +greater than KEY_MAX and less than or equal to the constant +MAX_COMMAND. If your input-virtualization routine returns a +value above MAX_COMMAND, the forms driver will ignore it.

+ +

Field Change Hooks

+ +It is possible to set function hooks to be executed whenever the +current field or form changes. Here are the functions that support this:

+ +

+typedef void	(*HOOK)();       /* pointer to function returning void */
+
+int set_form_init(FORM *form,    /* form to alter */
+                  HOOK hook);    /* initialization hook */
+
+HOOK form_init(FORM *form);      /* form to query */
+
+int set_form_term(FORM *form,    /* form to alter */
+                  HOOK hook);    /* termination hook */
+
+HOOK form_term(FORM *form);      /* form to query */
+
+int set_field_init(FORM *form,   /* form to alter */
+                  HOOK hook);    /* initialization hook */
+
+HOOK field_init(FORM *form);     /* form to query */
+
+int set_field_term(FORM *form,   /* form to alter */
+                  HOOK hook);    /* termination hook */
+
+HOOK field_term(FORM *form);     /* form to query */
+
+ +These functions allow you to either set or query four different hooks. +In each of the set functions, the second argument should be the +address of a hook function. These functions differ only in the timing +of the hook call.

+ +

+
form_init +
This hook is called when the form is posted; also, just after +each page change operation. +
field_init +
This hook is called when the form is posted; also, just after +each field change +
field_term +
This hook is called just after field validation; that is, just before +the field is altered. It is also called when the form is unposted.

+

form_term +
This hook is called when the form is unposted; also, just before +each page change operation. +
+ +Calls to these hooks may be triggered +
    +
  1. When user editing requests are processed by the forms driver +
  2. When the current page is changed by set_current_field() call +
  3. When the current field is changed by a set_form_page() call +
+ +See Field Change Commands for discussion of the latter +two cases.

+ +You can set a default hook for all fields by passing one of the set functions +a NULL first argument.

+ +You can disable any of these hooks by (re)setting them to NULL, the default +value.

+ +

Field Change Commands

+ +Normally, navigation through the form will be driven by the user's +input requests. But sometimes it is useful to be able to move the +focus for editing and viewing under control of your application, or +ask which field it currently is in. The following functions help you +accomplish this:

+ +

+int set_current_field(FORM *form,         /* form to alter */
+                      FIELD *field);      /* field to shift to */
+
+FIELD *current_field(FORM *form);         /* form to query */
+
+int field_index(FORM *form,               /* form to query */
+                FIELD *field);            /* field to get index of */
+
+ +The function field_index() returns the index of the given field +in the given form's field array (the array passed to new_form() or +set_form_fields()).

+ +The initial current field of a form is the first active field on the +first page. The function set_form_fields() resets this.

+ +It is also possible to move around by pages.

+ +

+int set_form_page(FORM *form,             /* form to alter */
+                  int page);              /* page to go to (0-origin) */
+
+int form_page(FORM *form);                /* return form's current page */
+
+ +The initial page of a newly-created form is 0. The function +set_form_fields() resets this.

+ +

Form Options

+ +Like fields, forms may have control option bits. They can be changed +or queried with these functions:

+ +

+int set_form_opts(FORM *form,             /* form to alter */
+                  int attr);              /* attribute to set */ 
+
+int form_opts_on(FORM *form,              /* form to alter */
+                 int attr);               /* attributes to turn on */ 
+
+int form_opts_off(FORM *form,             /* form to alter */
+                  int attr);              /* attributes to turn off */ 
+
+int form_opts(FORM *form);                /* form to query */
+
+ +By default, all options are on. Here are the available option bits: + +
+
O_NL_OVERLOAD +
Enable overloading of REQ_NEW_LINE as described in Editing Requests. The value of this option is +ignored on dynamic fields that have not reached their size limit; +these have no last line, so the circumstances for triggering a +REQ_NEXT_FIELD never arise. +
O_BS_OVERLOAD +
Enable overloading of REQ_DEL_PREV as described in +Editing Requests. +
+ +The option values are bit-masks and can be composed with logical-or in +the obvious way.

+ +

Custom Validation Types

+ +The form library gives you the capability to define custom +validation types of your own. Further, the optional additional arguments +of set_field_type effectively allow you to parameterize validation +types. Most of the complications in the validation-type interface have to +do with the handling of the additional arguments within custom validation +functions.

+ +

Union Types

+ +The simplest way to create a custom data type is to compose it from two +preexisting ones:

+ +

+FIELD *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *type1, 
+                      FIELDTYPE *type2);
+
+ +This function creates a field type that will accept any of the values +legal for either of its argument field types (which may be either +predefined or programmer-defined). + +If a set_field_type() call later requires arguments, the new +composite type expects all arguments for the first type, than all arguments +for the second. Order functions (see Order Requests) +associated with the component types will work on the composite; what it does +is check the validation function for the first type, then for the second, to +figure what type the buffer contents should be treated as.

+ +

New Field Types

+ +To create a field type from scratch, you need to specify one or both of the +following things:

+ +

    +
  • A character-validation function, to check each character as it is entered. +
  • A field-validation function to be applied on exit from the field. +
+ +Here's how you do that:

+

+typedef int	(*HOOK)();       /* pointer to function returning int */
+
+FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(HOOK f_validate, /* field validator */
+                         HOOK c_validate) /* character validator */
+
+
+int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *ftype);     /* type to free */
+
+ +At least one of the arguments of new_fieldtype() must be +non-NULL. The forms driver will automatically call the new type's +validation functions at appropriate points in processing a field of +the new type.

+ +The function free_fieldtype() deallocates the argument +fieldtype, freeing all storage associated with it.

+ +Normally, a field validator is called when the user attempts to +leave the field. Its first argument is a field pointer, from which it +can get to field buffer 0 and test it. If the function returns TRUE, +the operation succeeds; if it returns FALSE, the edit cursor stays in +the field.

+ +A character validator gets the character passed in as a first argument. +It too should return TRUE if the character is valid, FALSE otherwise.

+ +

Validation Function Arguments

+ +Your field- and character- validation functions will be passed a +second argument as well. This second argument is the address of a +structure (which we'll call a pile) built from any of the +field-type-specific arguments passed to set_field_type(). If +no such arguments are defined for the field type, this pile pointer +argument will be NULL.

+ +In order to arrange for such arguments to be passed to your validation +functions, you must associate a small set of storage-management functions +with the type. The forms driver will use these to synthesize a pile +from the trailing arguments of each set_field_type() argument, and +a pointer to the pile will be passed to the validation functions.

+ +Here is how you make the association:

+ +

+typedef char	*(*PTRHOOK)();    /* pointer to function returning (char *) */
+typedef void	(*VOIDHOOK)();    /* pointer to function returning void */
+
+int set_fieldtype_arg(FIELDTYPE *type,    /* type to alter */
+                      PTRHOOK make_str,   /* make structure from args */
+                      PTRHOOK copy_str,   /* make copy of structure */
+                      VOIDHOOK free_str); /* free structure storage */
+
+ +Here is how the storage-management hooks are used:

+ +

+
make_str +
This function is called by set_field_type(). It gets one +argument, a va_list of the type-specific arguments passed to +set_field_type(). It is expected to return a pile pointer to a data +structure that encapsulates those arguments. +
copy_str +
This function is called by form library functions that allocate new +field instances. It is expected to take a pile pointer, copy the pile +to allocated storage, and return the address of the pile copy. +
free_str +
This function is called by field- and type-deallocation routines in the +library. It takes a pile pointer argument, and is expected to free the +storage of that pile. +
+ +The make_str and copy_str functions may return NULL to +signal allocation failure. The library routines will that call them will +return error indication when this happens. Thus, your validation functions +should never see a NULL file pointer and need not check specially for it.

+ +

Order Functions For Custom Types

+ +Some custom field types are simply ordered in the same well-defined way +that TYPE_ENUM is. For such types, it is possible to define +successor and predecessor functions to support the REQ_NEXT_CHOICE +and REQ_PREV_CHOICE requests. Here's how:

+ +

+typedef int	(*INTHOOK)();     /* pointer to function returning int */
+
+int set_fieldtype_arg(FIELDTYPE *type,    /* type to alter */
+                      INTHOOK succ,       /* get successor value */
+                      INTHOOK pred);      /* get predecessor value */
+
+ +The successor and predecessor arguments will each be passed two arguments; +a field pointer, and a pile pointer (as for the validation functions). They +are expected to use the function field_buffer() to read the +current value, and set_field_buffer() on buffer 0 to set the next +or previous value. Either hook may return TRUE to indicate success (a +legal next or previous value was set) or FALSE to indicate failure.

+ +

Avoiding Problems

+ +The interface for defining custom types is complicated and tricky. +Rather than attempting to create a custom type entirely from scratch, +you should start by studying the library source code for whichever of +the pre-defined types seems to be closest to what you want.

+ +Use that code as a model, and evolve it towards what you really want. +You will avoid many problems and annoyances that way. The code +in the ncurses library has been specifically exempted from +the package copyright to support this.

+ +If your custom type defines order functions, have do something intuitive +with a blank field. A useful convention is to make the successor of a +blank field the types minimum value, and its predecessor the maximum. + + diff --git a/misc/run_tic.sh b/misc/run_tic.sh new file mode 100755 index 00000000..4dcbd79a --- /dev/null +++ b/misc/run_tic.sh @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +#!/bin/sh +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# $Id: run_tic.sh,v 1.8 1996/12/01 05:10:08 tom Exp $ +# This script is used to install terminfo.src using tic. We use a script +# because the path checking is too awkward to do in a makefile. +# +# Parameters: +# $1 = nominal directory in which to find 'tic', i.e., $(bindir). +# $2 = source-directory, i.e., $(srcdir) +# $3 = destination-directory path, i.e., $(ticdir) +# $4 = install-prefix, if any +# +# Assumes: +# The leaf directory names (bin, lib, shared, tabset, terminfo) +# +echo '** Building terminfo database, please wait...' +# +# Parameter parsing is primarily for debugging. The script is designed to +# be run from the misc/Makefile as +# make install.data +prefix=/usr/local +if test $# != 0 ; then + bindir=$1 + shift + PREFIX=`echo $bindir | sed -e 's/\/bin$//'` + test -n "$PREFIX" && test "x$PREFIX" != "x$bindir" && prefix=$PREFIX +else + bindir=$prefix/bin +fi + +if test $# != 0 ; then + srcdir=$1 + shift +else + srcdir=. +fi + +if test $# != 0 ; then + ticdir=$1 + shift +else + ticdir=$prefix/share/terminfo +fi + +if test $# != 0 ; then + IP=$1 + shift +else + IP="" +fi + +# Allow tic to run either from the install-path, or from the build-directory +case "$PATH" in +:*) PATH=../progs:$IP$bindir$PATH ;; +*) PATH=../progs:$IP$bindir:$PATH ;; +esac +export PATH +TERMINFO=$IP$ticdir ; export TERMINFO +umask 022 + +# Construct the name of the old (obsolete) pathname, e.g., /usr/lib/terminfo. +TICDIR=`echo $TERMINFO | sed -e 's/\/share\//\/lib\//'` + +# Remove the old terminfo stuff; we don't care if it existed before, and it +# would generate a lot of confusing error messages if we tried to overwrite it. +# We explicitly remove its contents rather than the directory itself, in case +# the directory is actually a symbolic link. +( rm -fr $TERMINFO/[0-9A-Za-z] 2>/dev/null ) + +# If we're not installing into /usr/share/, we'll have to adjust the location +# of the tabset files in terminfo.src (which are in a parallel directory). +TABSET=`echo $ticdir | sed -e 's/\/terminfo$/\/tabset/'` +SRC=$srcdir/terminfo.src +if test "x$TABSET" != "x/usr/share/tabset" ; then + echo '** adjusting tabset paths' + TMP=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/$$ + sed -e s:/usr/share/tabset:$TABSET:g $SRC >$TMP + trap "rm -f $TMP" 0 1 2 5 15 + SRC=$TMP +fi + +if ( $srcdir/shlib tic -s $SRC ) +then + echo '** built new '$TERMINFO +else + echo '? tic could not build '$TERMINFO + exit 1 +fi + +# Make a symbolic link to provide compatibility with applications that expect +# to find terminfo under /usr/lib. That is, we'll _try_ to do that. Not +# all systems support symbolic links, and those that do provide a variety +# of options for 'test'. +if test "$TICDIR" != "$TERMINFO" ; then + ( rm -f $TICDIR 2>/dev/null ) + if ( cd $TICDIR 2>/dev/null ) + then + cd $TICDIR + TICDIR=`pwd` + if test $TICDIR != $TERMINFO ; then + # Well, we tried. Some systems lie to us, so the + # installer will have to double-check. + echo "Verify if $TICDIR and $TERMINFO are the same." + echo "The new terminfo is in $TERMINFO; the other should be a link to it." + echo "Otherwise, remove $TICDIR and link it to $TERMINFO." + fi + else + cd $IP$prefix + # Construct a symbolic link that only assumes $ticdir has the + # same $prefix as the other installed directories. + RELATIVE=`echo $ticdir|sed -e 's:^'$prefix'/::'` + if test "$RELATIVE" != "$ticdir" ; then + RELATIVE=../`echo $ticdir|sed -e 's:^'$prefix'/::' -e 's:^/::'` + fi + if ( ln -s $RELATIVE $TICDIR ) + then + echo '** linked '$TICDIR' for compatibility' + fi + fi +fi diff --git a/misc/shlib b/misc/shlib new file mode 100755 index 00000000..afed335d --- /dev/null +++ b/misc/shlib @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +#!/bin/sh +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# $Id: shlib,v 1.3 1996/06/17 21:45:36 tom Exp $ +# Use this script as a wrapper when running executables linked to shared +# libraries on systems that use the $LD_LIBRARY_PATH variable and don't embed +# the soname's path within the linked executable (such as IRIX), e.g, +# +# shlib knight +# +# Setting LD_LIBRARY_PATH, overrides/supplements the loader's normal search +# path, and works on most systems. The drawback is that then the environment +# variable has to be set to run the programs within this directory tree. +# +# For Linux (and other systems using the GNU loader), we can use the rpath +# directive, which embeds the pathname of the library within the executable. +# Using the Linux loader's rpath directive introduces a constraint, since +# it's embedded into the binary, and means that the binary cannot be moved +# around (though it'll work if the $exec_prefix convention that puts the bin +# and lib directories under the same parent is followed). +# +# Using the actual soname (e.g., ../lib/libncurses.so) alone, is a more +# flexible solution; you can link without having to set the environment +# variable, and on some systems (IRIX) you can even run the resulting binaries +# without setting LD_LIBRARY_PATH. +# +# Using a conventional link, with -L and -l options on Linux results in a +# statically linked executable, which we don't want at all. +# +q="" +for p in lib ../lib +do + if test -d $p; then + q="$p" + fi +done +if test -n "$q" ; then + if test -n "$LD_LIBRARY_PATH"; then + LD_LIBRARY_PATH="$q:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH" + else + LD_LIBRARY_PATH="$q" + fi + export LD_LIBRARY_PATH +fi +eval "$*" diff --git a/misc/tabset/std b/misc/tabset/std new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e93f737f --- /dev/null +++ b/misc/tabset/std @@ -0,0 +1 @@ + 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 diff --git a/misc/tabset/stdcrt b/misc/tabset/stdcrt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..66ba12f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/misc/tabset/stdcrt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ + 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/misc/tabset/vt100 b/misc/tabset/vt100 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8828d19d --- /dev/null +++ b/misc/tabset/vt100 @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ + + +H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H diff --git a/misc/tabset/vt300 b/misc/tabset/vt300 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b1f9ce16 --- /dev/null +++ b/misc/tabset/vt300 @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ + + +P2$t9/17/25/33/41/49/57/65/73/81/89/97/105/113/121/129\ diff --git a/misc/tdlint b/misc/tdlint new file mode 100755 index 00000000..287b8e1c --- /dev/null +++ b/misc/tdlint @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +#!/bin/sh +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# $Id: tdlint,v 1.3 1996/07/15 00:47:21 tom Exp $ +# +# Lint-script that allows user's own lint libraries, in addition to the ones +# installed in the system. +# +OPT="" +DIRS="" +LIBS="" +FILES="" +ARCH=`uname -s` +if test -z "$ARCH" ; then + echo '? uname not found' + exit 1 +else + case $ARCH in + AIX) set - $* -Nn4000 + ;; + IRIX) set - $* -n -lc + ;; + SunOS) + case `uname -r` in + 5.*) ARCH=Solaris + set - $* -n -lc + ;; + esac + ;; + esac +fi +# LIBDIR=$HOME/lib/$ARCH/lint ;export LIBDIR +for p in $HOME/lib/$ARCH/lint /usr/lib/lint /usr/lib +do + if [ -d $p ] + then + DIRS="$DIRS $p" + fi +done +# +while [ $# != 0 ] +do + case $1 in + -D*\"*) ;; + -L*) + DIRS="`echo $1|sed -e 's/^-L//'` $DIRS" + ;; + -l*) + lib="llib-l`echo $1 | sed -e 's/^-l//'`.ln" + found=no + for p in $DIRS + do + echo -n testing $p/$lib + if [ -f $p/$lib ] + then + LIBS="$LIBS $p/$lib" + echo " (ok)" + found=yes + break + fi + echo + done + if [ $found = no ] + then + echo "ignored library $1" + fi + ;; + -n) if [ -z "$OPT" ] + then + OPT="-I." + fi + OPT="$OPT $1" + ;; + -*) OPT="$OPT $1" + ;; + *) + FILES="$FILES $1" + ;; + esac + shift +done +# +eval lint $OPT $FILES $LIBS diff --git a/misc/terminfo.src b/misc/terminfo.src new file mode 100644 index 00000000..496be629 --- /dev/null +++ b/misc/terminfo.src @@ -0,0 +1,13911 @@ +######## TERMINAL TYPE DESCRIPTIONS SOURCE FILE +# +# Version 10.1.1 +# terminfo syntax +# +# Eric S. Raymond (current maintainer) +# John Kunze, Berkeley +# Craig Leres, Berkeley +# +# Please e-mail changes to terminfo@ccil.org. The old termcap@berkeley.edu +# address is no longer valid. +# +# PURPOSE OF THIS FILE: +# +# This file describes the capabilities of various character-cell terminals, +# as needed by software such as screen-oriented editors. +# +# Other terminfo and termcap files exist, supported by various OS vendors +# or as relics of various older versions of UNIX. This one is the longest +# and most comprehensive one in existence. It subsumes not only the entirety +# of the historical 4.4BSD, GNU, System V and SCO termcap files and the BRL +# termcap file, but also large numbers of vendor-maintained termcap and +# terminfo entries more complete and carefully tested than those in historical +# termcap/terminfo versions. +# +# Pointers to related resources (including the ncurses distribution) may +# be found at . +# +# INTERNATIONALIZATION: +# +# This file uses only the US-ASCII character set (no ISO8859 characters). +# +# This file assumes a US-ASCII character set. If you need to fix this, start +# by global-replacing \E(B and \E)B with the appropriate ISO 6429 enablers +# for your character set. \E(A and \E)A enables the British character set +# with the pound sign at position 2/3. +# +# In a Japanese-processing environment using EUC/Japanese or Shift-JIS, +# C1 characters are considered the first-byte set of the Japanese encodings, +# so \E)0 should be avoided in and initialization strings. +# +# FILE FORMAT: +# +# The version you are looking at may be in any of three formats: master +# (terminfo with OT capabilities), stock terminfo, or termcap. You can tell +# which by the format given in the header above. +# +# The master format is accepted and generated by the terminfo tools in the +# ncurses suite; it differs from stock (System V-compatible) terminfo only +# in that it admits a group of capabilities (prefixed `OT') equivalent to +# various obsolete termcap capabilities. You can, thus, convert from master +# to stock terminfo simply by filtering with `sed "/OT[^,]*,/s///"'; but if +# you have ncurses `tic -I' is nicer (among other things, it automatically +# outputs entries in a canonical form). +# +# The termcap version is generated automatically from the master version +# using tic -C. This filtering leaves in the OT capabilities under their +# original termcap names. All translated entries fit within the 1023-byte +# string-table limit of archaic termcap libraries except where explicitly +# noted below. Note that the termcap translation assumes that your termcap +# library can handle multiple tc capabilities in an entry. 4.4BSD has this +# capability. Older versions of GNU termcap, through 1.3, do not. +# +# For details on these formats, see terminfo(5) in the ncurses distribution, +# and termcap(5) in the 4.4BSD Unix Programmer's Manual. Be aware that 4.4BSD +# curses has been declared obsolete by the caretakers of the 4.4BSD sources +# as of June 1995; they are encouraging everyone to migrate to ncurses. +# +# Note: unlike some other distributed terminfo files (Novell Unix & SCO's), +# no entry in this file has embedded comments. This is so source translation +# to termcap only has to carry over leading comments. Also, no name field +# contains embedded whitespace (such whitespace confuses rdist). +# +# Further note: older versions of this file were often installed with an editor +# script (reorder) that moved the most common terminal types to the front of +# the file. This should no longer be necessary, as the file is now ordered +# roughly by type frequency with ANSI/VT100 and other common types up front. +# +# Some information has been merged in from terminfo files distributed by +# USL and SCO (see COPYRIGHTS AND OTHER DELUSIONS below). Much information +# comes from vendors who maintain official terminfos for their hardware +# (notably DEC and Wyse). +# +# A detailed change history is included at the end of this file. +# +# FILE ORGANIZATION: +# +# Comments in this file begin with # - they cannot appear in the middle +# of a terminfo/termcap entry. Individual capabilities are commented out by +# placing a period between the colon and the capability name. +# +# The file is divided up into major sections (headed by lines beginning with +# the string "########") and minor sections (beginning with "####"); do +# +# grep "^####" | more +# +# to see a listing of section headings. The intent of the divisions is +# (a) to make it easier to find things, and (b) to order the database so +# that important and frequently-encountered terminal types are near the +# front (so that you'll get reasonable search efficiency even if you don't +# use reorder). Minor sections usually correspond to manufacturers or +# standard terminal classes. Parenthesized words following manufacturer +# names are type prefixes or product line names used by that manufacturers. +# +# HOW TO READ THE ENTRIES: +# +# The first name in an entry is the canonical name for the model or +# type, last entry is a verbose description. Others are mnemonic synonyms for +# the terminal. +# +# Terminal names look like - +# The part to the left of the dash, if a dash is present, describes the +# particular hardware of the terminal. The part to the right may be used +# for flags indicating special ROMs, extra memory, particular terminal modes, +# or user preferences. +# +# All names should be in lower case, for consistency in typing. +# +# The following are conventionally used suffixes: +# -2p Has two pages of memory. Likewise 4p, 8p, etc. +# -am Enable auto-margin. +# -m Monochrome. Suppress color support +# -mc Magic-cookie. Some terminals (notably older Wyses) can +# only support one attribute without magic-cookie lossage. +# Their base entry is usually paired with another that +# uses magic cookies to support multiple attributes. +# -na No arrow keys - termcap ignores arrow keys which are +# actually there on the terminal, so the user can use +# the arrow keys locally. +# -nam No auto-margin - suppress capability +# -nl No labels - suppress soft labels +# -ns No status line - suppress status line +# -rv Terminal in reverse video mode (black on white) +# -s Enable status line. +# -vb Use visible bell () rather than . +# -w Wide - in 132 column mode. +# If a name has multiple suffixes and one is a line height, that one should +# go first. Thus `aaa-30-s-rv' is recommended over `aaa-s-rv'. +# +# Entries with embedded plus signs are designed to be included through use/tc +# capabilities, not used as standalone entries. +# +# To avoid search clashes, some older all-numeric names for terminals have +# been removed (i.e., "33" for the Model 33 Teletype, "2621" for the HP2621). +# All primary names of terminals now have alphanumeric prefixes. +# +# Comments marked "esr" are mostly results of applying the termcap-compiler +# code packaged with ncurses and contemplating the resulting error messages. +# In many cases, these indicated obvious fixes to syntax garbled by the +# composers. In a few cases, I was able to deduce corrected forms for garbled +# capabilities by looking at context. All the information in the original +# entries is preserved in the comments. +# +# In the comments, terminfo capability names are bracketed with <> (angle +# brackets). Termcap capability names are bracketed with :: (colons). +# +# INTERPRETATION OF USER CAPABILITIES +# +# The System V Release 4 and XPG4 terminfo format defines ten string +# capabilities for use by applications, .... In this file, we use +# certain of these capabilities to describe functions which are not covered +# by terminfo. The mapping is as follows: +# +# u9 terminal enquire string (equiv. to ANSI/ECMA-48 DA) +# u8 terminal answerback description +# u7 cursor position request (equiv. to VT100/ANSI/ECMA-48 DSR 6) +# u6 cursor position report (equiv. to ANSI/ECMA-48 CPR) +# +# The terminal enquire string should elicit an answerback response +# from the terminal. Common values for will be ^E (on older ASCII +# terminals) or \E[c (on newer VT100/ANSI/ECMA-48-compatible terminals). +# +# The cursor position request () string should elicit a cursor position +# report. A typical value (for VT100 terminals) is \E[6n. +# +# The terminal answerback description (u8) must consist of an expected +# answerback string. The string may contain the following scanf(3)-like +# escapes: +# +# %c Accept any character +# %[...] Accept any number of characters in the given set +# +# The cursor position report () string must contain two scanf(3)-style +# %d format elements. The first of these must correspond to the Y coordinate +# and the second to the %d. If the string contains the sequence %i, it is +# taken as an instruction to decrement each value after reading it (this is +# the inverse sense from the cup string). The typical CPR value is +# \E[%i%d;%dR (on VT100/ANSI/ECMA-48-compatible terminals). +# +# These capabilities are used by tac(1m), the terminfo action checker soon +# to be distributed with ncurses. +# +# TABSET FILES +# +# All the entries in this file have been edited to assume that the tabset +# files directory is /usr/share/tabset, in conformance with the File Hierarchy +# Standard for Linux and free BSD systems. Some vendors (notably Sun) use +# /usr/lib/tabset or (more recently) /usr/share/lib/tabset. +# +# No curses package we know of uses these files. If their location is an +# issue, you will have to hand-patch the file locations before compiling +# this file. +# +# REQUEST FOR CONTACT INFORMATION AND HISTORICAL MATERIAL: +# +# As the ANSI/ECMA-48 standard and variants take firmer hold, and as +# character-cell terminals are increasingly replaced by X displays, much of +# this file is becoming a historical document (this is part of the reason for +# the new organization, which puts ANSI types, xterm, free-Unix consoles, +# and vt100 up front in confidence that this will catch 95% of new hardware). +# +# For the terminal types still alive, I'd like to have manufacturer's +# contact data (Internet address and/or snail-mail + phone). +# +# I'm also interested in enriching the comments so that the latter portions of +# the file do in fact become a potted history of VDT technology as seen by +# UNIX hackers. Ideally, I'd like the headers for each manufacturer to +# include its live/dead/out-of-the-business status, and for as many +# terminal types as possible to be tagged with information like years +# of heaviest use, popularity, and interesting features. +# +# I'm especially interested in identifying the obscure entries listed under +# `Miscellaneous obsolete terminals, manufacturers unknown' before the tribal +# wisdom about them gets lost. If you know a lot about obscure old terminals, +# please go to the terminfo resource page, grab the UFO file (ufo.ti), and +# eyeball it for things you can identify and describe. +# +# If you have been around long enough to contribute, please read the file +# with this in mind and send me your annotations. +# +# COPYRIGHTS AND OTHER DELUSIONS +# +# The BSD ancestor of this file had a standard Regents of the University of +# California copyright with dates from 1980 to 1993. +# +# Some information has been merged in from a terminfo file SCO distributes. +# It has an obnoxious boilerplate copyright which I'm ignoring because they +# took so much of the content from the ancestral BSD versions of this file +# and didn't attribute it, thereby violating the BSD Regents' copyright. +# +# Not that anyone should care. However many valid functions copyrights may +# serve, putting one on a termcap/terminfo file with hundreds of anonymous +# contributors makes about as much sense as copyrighting a wall-full of +# graffiti -- it's legally dubious, ethically bogus, and patently ridiculous. +# +# This file deliberately has no copyright. It belongs to no one and everyone. +# If you claim you own it, you will merely succeed in looking like a fool. +# Use it as you like. Use it at your own risk. Copy and redistribute freely. +# There are no guarantees anywhere. Svaha! +# + +######## STANDARD AND SPECIAL TYPES +# +# This section describes terminal classes and maker brands that are still +# quite common. +# + +#### Specials +# +# Special "terminals". These are used to label tty lines when you don't +# know what kind of terminal is on it. The characteristics of an unknown +# terminal are the lowest common denominator - they look about like a ti 700. +# + +dumb|80-column dumb tty, + am, + cols#80, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cud1=^J, ind=^J, +unknown|unknown terminal type, + gn, use=dumb, +lpr|printer|line printer, + hc, os, + cols#132, lines#66, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ff=^L, ind=^J, +glasstty|classic glass tty interpreting ASCII control characters, + am, + cols#80, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ht=^I, kbs=^H, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, + +#### ANSI.SYS/ISO 6429/ECMA-48 Capabilities +# +# See the end-of-file comment for more on these. +# + +# The IBM PC alternate character set. Plug this into any Intel console entry. +# We use \E[11m for rmacs rather than \E[12m so the string can use the +# ROM graphics for control characters such as the diamond, up- and down-arrow. +# This works with the System V, Linux, and BSDI consoles. It's a safe bet this +# will work with any Intel console, they all seem to have inherited \E[11m +# from the ANSI.SYS de-facto standard. +klone+acs|alternate character set for ansi.sys displays, + acsc=`\004a\261f\370g\361h\260j\331k\277l\332m\300n\305o~q\304r\362s_t\303u\264v\301w\302x\263y\371z\372{\373|\374}\375~\376.\031-\030\,\021+^P0\333p\304r\304y\363z\362{\343|\330}\234, + rmacs=\E[10m, smacs=\E[11m, + +# Highlight controls corresponding to the ANSI.SYS standard. Most +# console drivers for Intel boxes obey these. Makes the same assumption +# about \E[11m as klone+acs. True ANSI/ECMA-48 would have , +# , but this isn't a documented feature of ANSI.SYS. +klone+sgr|attribute control for ansi.sys displays, + blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, invis=\E[8m, rev=\E[7m, + rmpch=\E[10m, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + sgr=\E[0;10%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;%?%p9%t;11%;m, + sgr0=\E[0;10m, smpch=\E[11m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + use=klone+acs, + +# Highlight controls corresponding to the ANSI.SYS standard. *All* +# console drivers for Intel boxes obey these. Does not assume \E[11m will +# work; uses \E[12m instead, which is pretty bulletproof but loses you the ACS +# diamond and arrow characters under curses. +klone+sgr-dumb|attribute control for ansi.sys displays (no ESC [ 11 m), + blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, invis=\E[8m, rev=\E[7m, rmso=\E[m, + rmul=\E[m, + sgr=\E[0;10%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;%?%p9%t;12%;m, + sgr0=\E[0;10m, smacs=\E[12m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + use=klone+acs, + +# KOI8 (RFC1489) alternate character set +# From: Qing Long , 24 Feb 1996. +klone+koi8acs|alternate character set for ansi.sys displays with KOI8 charset, + acsc=l\202m\204k\203j\205u\207t\206v\210w\211q\200x\201n\212o\213s\214p\216r\217`\004a\237f\234g\232~\225.\037-\036+\020\,\021h\222I\2200\215y\230z\231{\267}L|\274, + rmacs=\E[10m, smacs=\E[11m, + +# ANSI.SYS color control. The setab/setaf caps depend on the coincidence +# between SVr4/XPG4's color numbers and ANSI.SYS attributes. Here are longer +# but equivalent strings that don't rely on that coincidence: +# setb=\E[4%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m, +# setf=\E[3%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m, +# The DOS 5 manual asserts that these sequences meet the ISO 6429 standard. +# They match a subset of ECMA-48. +klone+color|color control for ansi.sys and ISO6429-compatible displays, + colors#8, ncv#3, pairs#64, + op=\E[37;40m, setb=\E[4%p1%dm, setf=\E[3%p1%dm, + +# This is better than klone+color, it doesn't assume white-on-black as the +# default color pair, but many `ANSI' terminals don't grok the cap. +ecma+color|color control for ECMA-48-compatible terminals, + colors#8, ncv#3, pairs#64, + op=\E[39;49m, setab=\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\E[3%p1%dm, + +# Attribute control for ECMA-48-compatible terminals +ecma+sgr|attribute capabilities for true ECMA-48 terminals, + rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m, + use=klone+sgr, + +# For comparison, here are all the capabilities implied by the Intel +# Binary Compatibility Standard (level 2) that fit within terminfo. +# For more detail on this rather pathetic standard, see the comments +# near the end of this file. +ibcs2|Intel Binary Compatibility Standard prescriptions, + cbt=\E[Z, clear=\Ec, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cud=\E[%p1%dB, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dispc=\E=%p1%dg, ech=\E[%p1%dX, + hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, + indn=\E[%p1%dS, rc=\E7, rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmam=\E[?7l, sc=\E7, + smam=\E[?7h, tbc=\E[g, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd, + +#### ANSI/ECMA-48 terminals and terminal emulators +# +# See near the end of this file for details on ANSI conformance. +# Don't mess with these entries! Lots of other entries depend on them! +# +# This section lists entries in a least-capable to most-capable order. +# if you're in doubt about what `ANSI' matches yours, try them in that +# order and back off from the first that breaks. + +ansi-mini|any ansi terminal with pessimistic assumptions, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50>, cub1=\E[D, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, + ht=^I, + +# ANSI X3.64 from emory!mlhhh (Hugh Hansard) via BRL +# +# The following is an entry for the full ANSI 3.64 (1977). It lacks +# padding, but most terminals using the standard are "fast" enough +# not to require any -- even at 9600 bps. If you encounter problems, +# try including the padding specifications. +# +# Note: the "as" and "ae" specifications are not implemented here, for +# the available termcap documentation does not make clear WHICH alternate +# character set to specify. ANSI 3.64 seems to make allowances for several. +# Please make the appropriate adjustments to fit your needs -- that is +# if you will be using alternate character sets. +# +# There are very few terminals running the full ANSI 3.64 standard, +# so I could only test this entry on one verified terminal (Visual 102). +# I would appreciate the results on other terminals sent to me. +# +# Please report comments, changes, and problems to: +# +# U.S. MAIL: Hugh Hansard +# Box: 22830 +# Emory University +# Atlanta, GA. 30322. +# +# USENET {akgua,msdc,sb1,sb6,gatech}!emory!mlhhh. +# +ansi77|ansi 3.64 standard 1977 version, + am, mir, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\E[;H\E[2J, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M$<5*/>, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, + home=\E[H, ht=^I, il1=\E[L$<5*/>, ind=\ED, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, + kf2=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H, nel=^M\ED, ri=\EM, + rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, + +# Procomm and some other ANSI emulations don't recognize all of the ANSI- +# standard capabilities. This entry deletes , , , , and +# / capabilities, forcing curses to use repetitions of , +# , and . Also deleted and , as QModem up to +# 5.03 doesn't recognize these. Finally, we delete and , which seem +# to confuse many emulators. On the other hand, we can count on these programs +# doing //. Older versions of this entry featured +# , but now seems to be more common under +# ANSI.SYS influence. +# From: Eric S. Raymond Oct 30 1995 +pcansi-m|pcansi-mono|ibm-pc terminal programs claiming to be ansi (mono mode), + am, mir, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, cub1=\E[D, + cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, + dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + hts=\EH, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H, tbc=\E[2g, + use=klone+sgr-dumb, +pcansi-25-m|pcansi25m|ibm-pc terminal programs with 25 lines (mono mode), + lines#25, use=pcansi-m, +pcansi-33-m|pcansi33m|ibm-pc terminal programs with 33 lines (mono mode), + lines#33, use=pcansi-m, +pcansi-43-m|ansi43m|ibm-pc terminal programs with 43 lines (mono mode), + lines#43, use=pcansi-m, +# The color versions. All PC emulators do color... +pcansi|ibm-pc terminal programs claiming to be ansi, + use=klone+color, use=pcansi-m, +pcansi-25|pcansi25|ibm-pc terminal programs with 25 lines, + lines#25, use=pcansi, +pcansi-33|pcansi33|ibm-pc terminal programs with 33 lines, + lines#33, use=pcansi, +pcansi-43|pcansi43|ibm-pc terminal programs with 43 lines, + lines#43, use=pcansi, + +# ansi-m -- full ANSI X3.64 with ANSI.SYS-compatible attributes, no color. +# If you want pound signs rather than dollars, replace `B' with `A' +# in the , , , and capabilities. +# From: Eric S. Raymond Nov 6 1995 +ansi-m|ansi-mono|ANSI X3.64-1979 terminal with ANSI.SYS compatible attributes, + mc5i, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dl=\E[%p1%dM, + ech=\E[%p1%dX, el1=\E[1K, hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, ht=\E[I, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, indn=\E[%p1%dS, kbs=^H, + kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, + kich1=\E[L, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, nel=\r\E[S, + rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%{1}%-%db, rin=\E[%p1%dT, s0ds=\E(B, + s1ds=\E)B, s2ds=\E*B, s3ds=\E+B, tbc=\E[2g, + vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd, use=pcansi-m, + +# ansi -- this terminfo expresses the largest subset of X3.64 that will fit in +# standard terminfo. Assumes ANSI.SYS-compatible attributes and color. +# From: Eric S. Raymond Nov 6 1995 +ansi|ansi/pc-term compatible with color, + u6=\E[%i%d;%dR, u7=\E[6n, u8=\E[?%[;0123456789]c, + u9=\E[c, + use=ecma+color, use=klone+sgr, use=ansi-m, + +# +# ANSI.SYS entries +# +# This completely describes the sequences specified in the DOS 2.1 ANSI.SYS +# documentation (except for the keyboard key reassignment feature, which +# doen't fit the model well). The klone+acs sequences were valid +# though undocumented. The capability is untested but should work for +# keys F1-F10 (%p1 values outside this range will yield unpredictable results). +# From: Eric S. Raymond Nov 7 1995 +ansi.sys-old|ANSI.SYS under PC-DOS 2.1, + am, mir, msgr, xon, + cols#80, lines#25, + clear=\E[2J, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, el=\E[k, home=\E[H, + is2=\E[m\E[?7h, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, + khome=^^, pfkey=\E[0;%p1%{58}%+%d;%p2"%s", rc=\E[u, + rmam=\E[?7l, sc=\E[s, smam=\E[?7h, u6=\E[%i%d;%dR, + u7=\E[6n, + use=klone+color, use=klone+sgr, +ansi.sys|ANSI.SYS 3.1 and later versions, + el=\E[K, use=ansi.sys-old, + +# +# Define IBM PC keypad keys for vi as per MS-Kermit while using ANSI.SYS. +# This should only be used when the terminal emulator cannot redefine the keys. +# Since redefining keys with ansi.sys also affects PC-DOS programs, the key +# definitions must be restored. If the terminal emulator is quit while in vi +# or others using /, the keypad will not be defined as per PC-DOS. +# The PgUp and PgDn are prefixed with ESC so that tn3270 can be used on Unix +# (^U and ^D are already defined for tn3270). The ESC is safe for vi but it +# does "beep". ESC ESC i is used for Ins to avoid tn3270 ESC i for coltab. +# Note that is always BS, because PC-dos can tolerate this change. +# Caution: vi is limited to 256 string bytes, longer crashes or weirds out vi. +# Consequently the End keypad key could not be set (it is relatively safe and +# actually useful because it sends ^@ O, which beeps and opens a line above). +ansi.sysk|ansisysk|PC-DOS 3.1 ANSI.SYS with keypad redefined for vi, + is2=U2 PC-DOS 3.1 ANSI.SYS with keypad redefined for vi 9-29-86\n\E[;75;8p, + rmkx=\E[;71;0;71p\E[;72;0;72p\E[;73;0;73p\E[;77;0;77p\E[;80;0;80p\E[;81;0;81p\E[;82;0;82p\E[;83;0;83p, + smkx=\E[;71;30p\E[;72;11p\E[;73;27;21p\E[;77;12p\E[;80;10p\E[;81;27;4p\E[;82;27;27;105p\E[;83;127p, + use=ansi.sys, +# +# Adds ins/del line/character, hence vi reverse scrolls/inserts/deletes nicer. +nansi.sys|nansisys|PC-DOS Public Domain NANSI.SYS, + dch1=\E[1P, dl1=\E[1M, ich1=\E[1@, il1=\E[1L, + is2=U3 PC-DOS Public Domain NANSI.SYS 9-23-86\n, use=ansi.sys, +# +# See ansi.sysk and nansi.sys above. +nansi.sysk|nansisysk|PC-DOS Public Domain NANSI.SYS with keypad redefined for vi, + dch1=\E[1P, dl1=\E[1M, ich1=\E[1@, il1=\E[1L, + is2=U4 PC-DOS Public Domain NANSI.SYS with keypad redefined for vi 9-29-86\n\E[;75;8p, + use=ansi.sysk, + +#### ANSI console types +# + +# This entry is good for the 1.2.13 version of the Linux console driver. +# +# Note: there are numerous broken linux entries out there, which didn't screw +# up BSD termcap but hose ncurses's smarter cursor-movement optimization. +# One common pathology is an incorrect tab length of 4. +# +# *************************************************************************** +# * * +# * WARNING: * +# * Linuxes come with a default keyboard mapping kcbt=^I. This entry, in * +# * response to user requests, assumes kcbt=\E[Z, the ANSI/ECMA reverse-tab * +# * character. Here are the keymap replacement lines that will set this up: * +# * * +# keycode 15 = Tab Tab +# alt keycode 15 = Meta_Tab +# shift keycode 15 = F26 +# string F26 ="\033[Z" +# * * +# * This has to use a key slot which is unfortunate (any unused one will * +# # do, F26 is the higher-numbered one). The change ought to be built * +# * into the kernel tables. * +# * * +# *************************************************************************** +# +# The 1.3.x kernels add color-change capabilities; if yours doesn't have this +# and it matters, turn off . The %02x escape used to implement this is +# not back-portable to SV curses and not supported in ncurses versions before +# 1.9.9. All linux kernels since 1.2.13 (at least) set the screen size +# themselves; this entry assumes that capability. +# +# From: Eric S. Raymond 15 Dec 1995 +linux|linux console, + am, bce, eo, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + it#8, + bel=^G, civis=\E[?25l, clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[?25h, + cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, + dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, + ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, + flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l$<200/>, home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, + ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, + il1=\E[L, ind=^J, kb2=\E[G, kbs=\177, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[3~, + kend=\E[4~, kf1=\E[[A, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, + kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, + kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~, + kf2=\E[[B, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\E[[C, kf4=\E[[D, kf5=\E[[E, + kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, + khome=\E[1~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, kspd=^Z, + nel=^M^J, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[27m, + rmul=\E[24m, rs1=\Ec, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0;10%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p5%t;2%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;%?%p9%t;11%;m, + smir=\E[4h, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, u6=\E[%i%d;%dR, + u7=\E[6n, u8=\E[?6c, u9=\E[c, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd, + use=klone+sgr, use=ecma+color, +linux-m|Linux console no color, + colors@, pairs@, + setab@, setaf@, setb@, setf@, use=linux, +linux-c-nc|linux console 1.3.x hack for ncurses only, + ccc, + initc=\E]P%p1%x%p2%02x%p3%02x%p4%02x, oc=\E]R, use=linux, +# From: Dennis Henriksen , 9 July 1996 +linux-c|linux console 1.3.6+, with private palette for each virtual console, + ccc, + colors#8, pairs#64, + initc=\E]P%?%p1%{9}%>%t%p1%{10}%-%p'a'%+%c%e%p1%d%p2%{255}%&%Pr%gr%{16}%/%Px%?%gx%{9}%>%t%gx%{10}%-%'A'%+%c%e%gx%d%;%gr%{15}%&%Px%?%gx%{9}%>%t%gx%{10}%-%'A'%+%c%e%gx%d%;%p3%{255}%&%Pr%gr%{16}%/%Px%?%gx%{9}%>%t%gx%{10}%-%'A'%+%c%e%gx%d%;%gr%{15}%&%Px%?%gx%{9}%>%t%gx%{10}%-%'A'%+%c%e%gx%d%;%p4%{255}%&%Pr%gr%{16}%/%Px%?%gx%{9}%>%t%gx%{10}%-%'A'%+%c%e%gx%d%;%gr%{15}%&%Px%?%gx%{9}%>%t%gx%{10}%-%'A'%+%c%e%gx%d%;, + oc=\E]R, + use=linux, + +# See the note on ICH/ICH1 VERSUS RMIR/SMIR near the end of file +linux-nic|linux with ich/ich1 suppressed for non-curses programs, + ich@, ich1@, + use=linux, + +# This assumes you have used setfont(8) to load one of the Linux koi8-r fonts. +linux-koi8|linux with koi8 alternate character set, + use=linux, use=klone+koi8acs, + +# SCO console and SOS-Syscons console for 386bsd +# (scoansi: had unknown capabilities +# :Gc=N:Gd=K:Gh=M:Gl=L:Gu=J:Gv=\072:\ +# :GC=E:GD=B:GH=D:GL=\64:GU=A:GV=\63:GR=C: +# :G1=?:G2=Z:G3=@:G4=Y:G5=;:G6=I:G7=H:G8=<:\ +# :CW=\E[M:NU=\E[N:RF=\E[O:RC=\E[P:\ +# :WL=\E[S:WR=\E[T:CL=\E[U:CR=\E[V:\ +# I renamed GS/GE/HM/EN/PU/PD/RT and added klone+sgr-dumb, based +# on the =\E[12m -- esr) +scoansi|SCO Extended ANSI standard crt, + am, eo, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#25, + blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[2J, + cub1=\E[D, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, + ht=^I, ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L, ind=\E[S, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kend=\E[F, kf1=\E[M, + kf10=\E[V, kf2=\E[N, kf3=\E[O, kf4=\E[P, kf5=\E[Q, kf6=\E[R, + kf7=\E[S, kf8=\E[T, kf9=\E[U, khome=\E[H, knp=\E[G, kpp=\E[I, + ri=\E[T, + use=klone+sgr-dumb, + +# This actually describes the generic SVr4 display driver for Intel boxes. +# The isn't documented and therefore may not be reliable. +# From: Eric Raymond Mon Nov 27 19:00:53 EST 1995 +att6386|at386|386at|AT&T WGS 6386 console, + am, bw, eo, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#25, + acsc=``a1fxgqh0jYk?lZm@nEooppqDrrsstCu4vAwBx3yyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[=C, + clear=\E[2J\E[H, cnorm=\E[=1C, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, + cub1=\E[D, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, + cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, + cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[1M, ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, + home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, + ich1=\E[1@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[1L, ind=\E[S, + indn=\E[%p1%dS, invis=\E[9m, is2=\E[0;10;39m, kbs=^H, + kcbt=^], kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, + kdch1=\E[P, kend=\E[Y, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\EOY, kf11=\EOZ, + kf12=\EOA, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOT, kf6=\EOU, + kf7=\EOV, kf8=\EOW, kf9=\EOX, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[@, + knp=\E[U, kpp=\E[V, krmir=\E0, nel=\r\E[S, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, + ri=\E[T, rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmacs=\E[10m, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[10m\E[0%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p5%t;2%;?%p6%t;1%;%?%p9%t;12%e;10%;%?%p7%t;9%;m, + sgr0=\E[0;10m, smacs=\E[12m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + tbc=\E[2g, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd, + use=klone+color, +# (pc6300plus: removed ":KM=/usr/lib/ua/kmap.s5:"; renamed BO/EE/CI/CV -- esr) +pc6300plus|AT&T 6300 plus, + am, xon, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[=C, + clear=\E[2J\E[H, cnorm=\E[=1C, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, + cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\E[A, + dch1=\E[1P, dim=\E[2m, dl1=\E[1M, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K, + home=\E[H, hts=\EH, ich1=\E[1@, il1=\E[1L, ind=^J, + invis=\E[9m, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, + kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOc, kf10=\EOu, kf2=\EOd, kf3=\EOe, + kf4=\EOf, kf5=\EOg, kf6=\EOh, kf7=\EOi, kf8=\EOj, kf9=\EOk, + nel=^M^J, rev=\E[7m, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, + smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + +# +# Terminfo entry for the AT&T Unix PC 7300 +# from escape(7) in Unix PC 7300 Manual. +# Somewhat similar to a vt100-am (but different enough +# to redo this from scratch.) +# +# /*************************************************************** +# * +# * FONT LOADING PROGRAM FOR THE UNIX PC +# * +# * This routine loads a font defined in the file ALTFONT +# * into font memory slot #1. Once the font has been loaded, +# * it can be used as an alternative character set. +# * +# * The call to ioctl with the argument WIOCLFONT is the key +# * to this routine. For more information, see window(7) in +# * the PC 7300 documentation. +# ***************************************************************/ +# #include /* needed for strcpy call */ +# #include /* needed for ioctl call */ +# #define FNSIZE 60 /* font name size */ +# #define ALTFONT "/usr/lib/wfont/special.8.ft" /* font file */ +# /* +# * The file /usr/lib/wfont/special.8.ft comes with the +# * standard PC software. It defines a graphics character set +# * similar to that of the Teletype 5425 terminal. To view +# * this or other fonts in /usr/lib/wfont, use the command +# * cfont . For further information on fonts see +# * cfont(1) in the PC 7300 documentation. +# */ +# +# struct altfdata /* structure for alt font data */ +# { +# short altf_slot; /* memory slot number */ +# char altf_name[FNSIZE]; /* font name (file name) */ +# }; +# ldfont() +# { +# int wd; /* window in which altfont will be */ +# struct altfdata altf; +# altf.altf_slot=1; +# strcpy(altf.altf_name,ALTFONT); +# for (wd =1; wd < 12; wd++) { +# ioctl(wd, WIOCLFONT,&altf); +# } +# } +# +# (att7300: added /// from the BSDI entry, +# they're confirmed by the man page for the System V display---esr) +# +att7300|unixpc|pc7300|3b1|s4|AT&T UNIX PC Model 7300, + am, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, bold=\E[7m, cbt=\E^I, civis=\E[=C, clear=\E[2J\E[H, + cnorm=\E[=1C, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cud=\E[%p1%dB, + cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[0J, + el=\E[0K, home=\E[H, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, + ind=^J, invis=\E[9m, is1=^O, kBEG=\EBG, kCAN=\ECN, kCPY=\ECP, + kCRT=\ECR, kDC=\EDC, kDL=\EDL, kEND=\EEN, kEOL=\ECI, + kFND=\EFI, kHLP=\EHL, kHOM=\EHM, kIC=\ENJ, kLFT=\EBW, + kMOV=\EMV, kNXT=\ENX, kOPT=\EOT, kPRV=\EPV, kRDO=\ERO, + kRIT=\EFW, kRPL=\ERP, kSAV=\ESV, kUND=\EUD, kbeg=\Ebg, + kbs=^H, kcan=\Ecn, kcbt=\E^I, kclo=\Ecl, kclr=\Ece, + kcmd=\Ecm, kcpy=\Ecp, kcrt=\Ecr, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\Edc, ked=\Ece, kel=\Eci, + kend=\Een, kext=\Eex, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, + kf5=\E5, kf6=\E6, kf7=\E7, kf8=\E8, kfnd=\Efi, khlp=\Ehl, + khome=\Ehm, kich1=\Eim, kind=\Erd, kmov=\Emv, kmrk=\Emk, + knp=\Epg, knxt=\Enx, kopn=\Eop, kopt=\Eot, kpp=\EPG, + kprt=\Epr, kprv=\Epv, krdo=\Ero, kref=\Ere, krfr=\Erf, + kri=\Eru, krpl=\Erp, krst=\Ers, ksav=\Esv, kslt=\Esl, + kund=\Eud, nel=\EE, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmacs=\E[10m, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[0;10m, smacs=\E[11m, + smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + +# From: davis@unidata.ucar.edu +# (iris-ansi: added rmam/smam based on init string -- esr) +iris-ansi|iris-ansi-net|IRIS emulating ANSI terminal, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#40, + bel=^G, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[2J, + cnorm=\E[9/y\E[12/y\E[=6l, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, + cub1=\E[D, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, + cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, + cuu1=\E[A, cvvis=\E[10/y\E[=1h\E[=2l\E[=6h, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, + home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, + is2=\E[?1l\E>\E[?7h\E[100g\E[0m\E7\E[r\E8, kDC=\E[P, + kEND=\E[147q, kHOM=\E[143q, kLFT=\E[158q, kPRT=\E[210q, + kRIT=\E[167q, kSPD=\E[218q, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\177, + kend=\E[146q, kent=^M, kf1=\E[001q, kf10=\EOQ, kf11=\EOR, + kf12=\EOS, kf2=\E[002q, kf3=\E[003q, kf4=\E[004q, + kf5=\E[005q, kf6=\E[006q, kf7=\E[007q, kf8=\E[008q, + kf9=\EOP, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[139q, knp=\E[154q, + kpp=\E[150q, kprt=\E[209q, krmir=\E[146q, kspd=\E[217q, + nel=\EE, pfkey=\EP101;%p1%d.y%p2%s\E\\, rc=\E8, + rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmam=\E[?7l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7, + sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smso=\E[1;7m, smul=\E[4m, + tbc=\E[3g, +iris-ansi-ap|IRIS ANSI in application-keypad mode, + is2=\E[?1l\E>\E[?7h, kf10=\E[010q, kf11=\E[011q, + kf12=\E[012q, rmkx=\E>, smkx=\E=, + use=iris-ansi, + +# The following is a version of the ibm-pc entry distributed with PC/IX, +# (Interactive Systems' System 3 for the Big Blue), modified by Richard +# McIntosh at UCB/CSM. The :pt: and :uc: have been removed from the original, +# (the former is untrue, and the latter failed under UCB/man); standout and +# underline modes have been added. Note: this entry describes the "native" +# capabilities of the PC monochrome display, without ANY emulation; most +# communications packages (but NOT PC/IX connect) do some kind of emulation. +pcix|PC/IX console, + am, bw, eo, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=\Ec, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, + home=\E[H, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, + +# (ibmpcx: this entry used to be known as ibmx. +# It formerly included the following extension capabilities: +# :GC=b:GL=v:GR=t:RT=^J:\ +# :GH=\E[196g:GV=\E[179g:\ +# :GU=\E[193g:GD=\E[194g:\ +# :G1=\E[191g:G2=\E[218g:G3=\E[192g:G4=\E[217g:\ +# :CW=\E[E:NU=\E[F:RF=\E[G:RC=\E[H:\ +# :WL=\E[K:WR=\E[L:CL=\E[M:CR=\E[N:\ +# I renamed GS/GE/WL/WR/CL/CR/PU/PD/HM/EN; also, removed a duplicate +# ":kh=\E[Y:". Added IBM-PC forms characters and highlights, they match +# what was there before. -- esr) +ibmpcx|xenix|ibmx|IBM PC xenix console display, + am, msgr, + cols#80, lines#25, + clear=^L, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, + ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kend=\E[d, + kf1=\E[K, kf2=\E[L, kf3=\E[M, kf4=\E[N, khome=\E[Y, knp=\E[e, + kpp=\E[Z, + use=klone+acs, use=klone+sgr, + + +# QNX 4.0 Console +# Michael's original version of this entry had , , +# ; this was so terminfo applications could write the lower +# right corner without triggering a scroll. The ncurses terminfo library can +# handle this case with the capability, and prefers for better +# optimization. Bug: The capability resets attributes. +# From: Michael Hunter 30 Jul 1996 +qnx|qnx4|qnx console, + daisy, km, mir, msgr, xhpa, xt, + colors#8, cols#80, it#4, lines#25, ncv#3, pairs#8, + acsc=l\332m\300k\277j\331q\304x\263u\264t\303n\305v\301w\302O\333a\261o\337s\334, + bel=^G, blink=\E{, bold=\E<, civis=\Ey0, clear=\EH\EJ, + cnorm=\Ey1, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%' '%+%c%p2%' '%+%c, cuu1=\EA, cvvis=\Ey2, + dch1=\Ef, dl1=\EF, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, ich1=\Ee, + il1=\EE, ind=^J, kBEG=\377\356, kCAN=\377\263, + kCMD=\377\267, kCPY=\377\363, kCRT=\377\364, + kDL=\377\366, kEND=\377\301, kEOL=\377\311, + kEXT=\377\367, kFND=\377\370, kHLP=\377\371, + kHOM=\377\260, kIC=\377\340, kLFT=\377\264, + kMOV=\377\306, kMSG=\377\304, kNXT=\377\272, + kOPT=\377\372, kPRT=\377\275, kPRV=\377\262, + kRDO=\377\315, kRES=\377\374, kRIT=\377\266, + kRPL=\377\373, kSAV=\377\307, kSPD=\377\303, + kUND=\377\337, kbeg=\377\300, kcan=\377\243, + kcbt=\377\200, kclo=\377\343, kclr=\377\341, + kcmd=\377\245, kcpy=\377\265, kcrt=\377\305, + kctab=\377\237, kcub1=\377\244, kcud1=\377\251, + kcuf1=\377\246, kcuu1=\377\241, kdch1=\377\254, + kdl1=\377\274, ked=\377\314, kel=\377\310, kend=\377\250, + kent=\377\320, kext=\377\270, kf1=\377\201, + kf10=\377\212, kf11=\377\256, kf12=\377\257, + kf13=\377\213, kf14=\377\214, kf15=\377\215, + kf16=\377\216, kf17=\377\217, kf18=\377\220, + kf19=\377\221, kf2=\377\202, kf20=\377\222, + kf21=\377\223, kf22=\377\224, kf23=\377\333, + kf24=\377\334, kf25=\377\225, kf26=\377\226, + kf27=\377\227, kf28=\377\230, kf29=\377\231, + kf3=\377\203, kf30=\377\232, kf31=\377\233, + kf32=\377\234, kf33=\377\235, kf34=\377\236, + kf35=\377\276, kf36=\377\277, kf37=\377\321, + kf38=\377\322, kf39=\377\323, kf4=\377\204, + kf40=\377\324, kf41=\377\325, kf42=\377\326, + kf43=\377\327, kf44=\377\330, kf45=\377\331, + kf46=\377\332, kf47=\377\316, kf48=\377\317, + kf5=\377\205, kf6=\377\206, kf7=\377\207, kf8=\377\210, + kf9=\377\211, kfnd=\377\346, khlp=\377\350, + khome=\377\240, khts=\377\342, kich1=\377\253, + kil1=\377\273, kind=\377\261, kmov=\377\351, + kmrk=\377\355, kmsg=\377\345, knp=\377\252, + knxt=\377\312, kopn=\377\357, kopt=\377\353, + kpp=\377\242, kprt=\377\255, kprv=\377\302, + krdo=\377\336, kref=\377\354, kres=\377\360, + krfr=\377\347, kri=\377\271, krmir=\377\313, + krpl=\377\362, krst=\377\352, ksav=\377\361, + kslt=\377\247, kspd=\377\335, ktbc=\377\344, + kund=\377\365, mvpa=\E!%p1%02d, op=\ER, + rep=\Eg%p2%' '%+%c%p1%c, rev=\E(, ri=\EI, rmcup=\Eh\ER, + rmso=\E), rmul=\E], rs1=\ER, setb=\E@%p1%Pb%gb%gf%d%d, + setf=\E@%p1%Pf%gb%gf%d%d, + sgr=%?%p1%t\E<%;%p2%t\E[%;%p3%t\E(%;%p4%t\E{%;%p6%t\E<%;, + sgr0=\E}\E]\E>\E), smcup=\Ei, smso=\E(, smul=\E[, + +#### NetBSD consoles +# +# pcvt termcap database entries (corresponding to release 3.31) +# Author's last edit-date: [Fri Sep 15 20:29:10 1995] +# +# (For the terminfo master file, I translated these into terminfo syntax. +# Then I dropped all the pseudo-HP entries. we don't want and can't use +# the :Xs: flag. Then I split :is: into a size-independent and a +# size-dependent . Finally, I added / -- esr) + +# NOTE: because the 386BSD "vi"/"elvis" seems to have a bug if +# both and are specified (an original VT220 +# shows the same buggy behaviour!), has been taken +# out of this entry. for reference, it should be . +pcvtXX|pcvt vt200 emulator (DEC VT220), + am, km, mir, msgr, xenl, + it#8, vt#3, + acsc=llmmkkjjuuttvvwwqqxxnnoosspprr``aaffgg~~..--++\,\,hhII00yyzz, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, + il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, indn=\E[%p1%dS, + is1=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, kbs=\177, + kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, + kdch1=\E[3~, kf1=\E[17~, kf2=\E[18~, kf3=\E[19~, + kf4=\E[20~, kf5=\E[21~, kf6=\E[23~, kf7=\E[24~, kf8=\E[25~, + khome=\E[1~, kich1=\E[2~, kll=\E[4~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, + nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, + ri=\EM, rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmacs=\E(B, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, + rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m, + rs1=\Ec\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7, + sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\E(0, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + +# NetBSD/FreeBSD vt220 terminal emulator console (pc keyboard & monitor) +# termcap entries for pure VT220-Emulation and 25, 28, 35, 40, 43 and +# 50 lines entries; 80 columns +pcvt25|dec vt220 emulation with 25 lines, + cols#80, lines#25, + is2=\E[1;25r\E[25;1H, use=pcvtXX, +pcvt28|dec vt220 emulation with 28 lines, + cols#80, lines#28, + is2=\E[1;28r\E[28;1H, use=pcvtXX, +pcvt35|dec vt220 emulation with 35 lines, + cols#80, lines#35, + is2=\E[1;35r\E[35;1H, use=pcvtXX, +pcvt40|dec vt220 emulation with 40 lines, + cols#80, lines#40, + is2=\E[1;40r\E[40;1H, use=pcvtXX, +pcvt43|dec vt220 emulation with 43 lines, + cols#80, lines#43, + is2=\E[1;43r\E[43;1H, use=pcvtXX, +pcvt50|dec vt220 emulation with 50 lines, + cols#80, lines#50, + is2=\E[1;50r\E[50;1H, use=pcvtXX, + +# NetBSD/FreeBSD vt220 terminal emulator console (pc keyboard & monitor) +# termcap entries for pure VT220-Emulation and 25, 28, 35, 40, 43 and +# 50 lines entries; 132 columns +pcvt25w|dec vt220 emulation with 25 lines and 132 cols, + cols#132, lines#25, + is2=\E[1;25r\E[25;1H, use=pcvtXX, +pcvt28w|dec vt220 emulation with 28 lines and 132 cols, + cols#132, lines#28, + is2=\E[1;28r\E[28;1H, use=pcvtXX, +pcvt35w|dec vt220 emulation with 35 lines and 132 cols, + cols#132, lines#35, + is2=\E[1;35r\E[35;1H, use=pcvtXX, +pcvt40w|dec vt220 emulation with 40 lines and 132 cols, + cols#132, lines#40, + is2=\E[1;40r\E[40;1H, use=pcvtXX, +pcvt43w|dec vt220 emulation with 43 lines and 132 cols, + cols#132, lines#43, + is2=\E[1;43r\E[43;1H, use=pcvtXX, +pcvt50w|dec vt220 emulation with 50 lines and 132 cols, + cols#132, lines#50, + is2=\E[1;50r\E[50;1H, use=pcvtXX, + +# NetBSD/x68k console vt200 emulator. This port runs on a 68K machine +# manufactured by Sharp for the Japenese market. +# From Minoura Makoto , 12 May 1996 +x68k|x68k-ite|NetBSD/x68k ITE, + cols#96, lines#32, + kclr=\E[9~, khlp=\E[28~, use=vt220, + +#### FreeBSD console entries +# +# From: Andrey Chernov 29 Mar 1996 +# Andrey Chernov maintains the FreeBSD termcap distributions. +# +# Note: Users of FreeBSD 2.1.0 and older versions must either upgrade +# or comment out the :cb: capability in the console entry. +# +# Alexander Lukyanov reports: +# I have seen FreeBSD-2.1.5R... The old el1 bug changed, but it is still there. +# Now el1 clears not only to the line beginning, but also a large chunk +# of previous line. But there is another bug - ech does not work at all. +# + +# for syscons +# common entry without semigraphics +# Bug: The capability resets attributes. +# Bug? The ech and el1 attributes appear to move the cursor in some cases; for +# instance el1 does if the cursor is moved to the right margin first. Removed +# by T.Dickey 97/5/3 (ech=\E[%p1%dX, el1=\E[1K) +cons25w|ansiw|ansi80x25-raw|freebsd console (25-line raw mode), + am, bce, bw, eo, msgr, npc, + colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#25, pairs#64, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[J, + cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, + dim=\E[30;1m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, + home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%d`, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, + ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\E[S, + indn=\E[%p1%dS, kb2=\E[E, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\177, kend=\E[F, + kf1=\E[M, kf10=\E[V, kf11=\E[W, kf12=\E[X, kf2=\E[N, + kf3=\E[O, kf4=\E[P, kf5=\E[Q, kf6=\E[R, kf7=\E[S, kf8=\E[T, + kf9=\E[U, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[L, knp=\E[G, kpp=\E[I, + nel=\E[E, op=\E[x, rev=\E[7m, ri=\E[T, rin=\E[%p1%dT, + rmso=\E[m, rs1=\E[x\E[m\Ec, setab=\E[4%p1%dm, + setaf=\E[3%p1%dm, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd, +cons25|ansis|ansi80x25|freebsd console (25-line ansi mode), + acsc=l\332m\300k\277j\331u\264t\303v\301w\302q\304x\263n\305`\004a\260f\370g\361~\371.\031-\030h\261I^U0\333y\363z\362, + use=cons25w, +cons25-m|ansis-mono|ansi80x25-mono|freebsd console (25-line mono ansi mode), + colors@, pairs@, + bold@, dim@, op@, rmul=\E[m, setab@, setaf@, smul=\E[4m, use=cons25, +cons30|ansi80x30|freebsd console (30-line ansi mode), + lines#30, use=cons25, +cons30-m|ansi80x30-mono|freebsd console (30-line mono ansi mode), + lines#30, use=cons25-m, +cons43|ansi80x43|freebsd console (43-line ansi mode), + lines#43, use=cons25, +cons43-m|ansi80x43-mono|freebsd console (43-line mono ansi mode), + lines#43, use=cons25-m, +cons50|ansil|ansi80x50|freebsd console (50-line ansi mode), + lines#50, use=cons25, +cons50-m|ansil-mono|ansi80x50-mono|freebsd console (50-line mono ansi mode), + lines#50, use=cons25-m, +cons60|ansi80x60|freebsd console (60-line ansi mode), + lines#60, use=cons25, +cons60-m|ansi80x60-mono|freebsd console (60-line mono ansi mode), + lines#60, use=cons25-m, +cons25r|pc3r|ibmpc3r|cons25-koi8-r|freebsd console w/koi8-r cyrillic, + acsc=q\200x\201m\204v\211j\205t\206n\212u\207l\202w\210k\203y\230z\231f\234~\225a\220h\221`\004.\031-\030I^U0\215, + use=cons25w, +cons25r-m|pc3r-m|ibmpc3r-mono|cons25-koi8r-m|freebsd console w/koi8-r cyrillic (mono), + colors@, pairs@, + op@, rmul=\E[m, setab@, setaf@, smul=\E[4m, use=cons25r, +cons50r|cons50-koi8r|freebsd console w/koi8-r cyrillic (50 lines), + lines#50, use=cons25r, +cons50r-m|cons50-koi8r-m|freebsd console w/koi8-r cyrillic (50-line mono), + lines#50, use=cons25r-m, +cons60r|cons60-koi8r|freebsd console w/koi8-r cyrillic (60 lines), + lines#60, use=cons25r, +cons60r-m|cons60-koi8r-m|freebsd console w/koi8-r cyrillic (60-line mono), + lines#60, use=cons25r-m, +# ISO 8859-1 FreeBSD console +cons25l1|cons25-iso8859|freebsd console w/iso 8859-1 chars, + acsc=l\215m\216k\214j\213u\226t\225v\227w\230q\222x\231n\217o\220s\224p\221r\223`\201a\202f\207g\210~\237.\031-\030+\253\,\273I\247y\232z\233, + use=cons25w, +cons25l1-m|cons25-iso-m|freebsd console w/iso 8859-1 chars (mono), + colors@, pairs@, + bold@, dim@, op@, rmul=\E[m, setab@, setaf@, smul=\E[4m, use=cons25l1, +cons50l1|cons50-iso8859|freebsd console w/iso 8859-1 chars (50 lines), + lines#50, use=cons25l1, +cons50l1-m|cons50-iso-m|freebsd console w/iso 8859-1 chars (50-line mono), + lines#50, use=cons25l1-m, +cons60l1|cons60-iso|freebsd console w/iso 8859-1 chars (60 lines), + lines#60, use=cons25l1, +cons60l1-m|cons60-iso-m|freebsd console w/iso 8859-1 chars (60-line mono), + lines#60, use=cons25l1-m, + +#### 386BSD and BSD/OS Consoles +# + +# This was the original 386BSD console entry (I think). +# Some places it's named oldpc3|oldibmpc3. +# From: Alex R.N. Wetmore +origpc3|origibmpc3|IBM PC 386BSD Console, + am, bw, eo, xon, + cols#80, lines#25, + acsc=l\332q\304k\277x\263j\331m\300w\302u\264v\301t\303n\305, + bold=\E[7m, clear=\Ec, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, + home=\E[H, ind=\E[S, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, + kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[Y, ri=\E[T, rmso=\E[1;0x\E[2;7x, + rmul=\E[1;0x\E[2;7x, sgr0=\E[m\E[1;0x\E[2;7x, + smso=\E[1;7x\E[2;0x, smul=\E[1;7x\E[2;0x, + +# description of BSD/386 console emulator in version 1.0 (supplied by BSDI) +oldpc3|oldibmpc3|old IBM PC BSD/386 Console, + km, + lines#25, + bel=^G, bold=\E[=15F, cr=^M, cud1=^J, dim=\E[=8F, dl1=\E[M, + ht=^I, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[L, kll=\E[F, + knp=\E[G, kpp=\E[I, nel=^M^J, sgr0=\E[=R, + +# Description of BSD/OS console emulator in version 1.1, 2.0, 2.1 +# Note, the emulator supports many of the additional console features +# listed in the iBCS2 (e.g. character-set selection) though not all +# are described here. This entry really ought to be upgraded. +# Also note, the console will also work with fewer lines after doing +# "stty rows NN", e.g. to use 24 lines. +# (Color support from Kevin Rosenberg , 2 May 1996) +# Bug: The capability resets attributes. +bsdos|BSD/OS console, + am, bw, eo, km, xon, + colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#25, pairs#64, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\Ec, cr=^M, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dim=\E[=8F, dl=\E[%p1%dM, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, il=\E[%p1%dL, + il1=\E[L, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, + kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[L, kll=\E[F, knp=\E[G, + kpp=\E[I, nel=^M^J, op=\E[x, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, rmso=\E[0m, + sc=\E7, setab=\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\E[3%p1%dm, sgr0=\E[0m, + smso=\E[7m, +bsdos-bold|IBM PC BSD/386 Console with bold instead of underline, + rmul=\E[0m, smul=\E[1m, + use=bsdos, + +# If you are BSDI, you want the following entries, for the moment. +# In release 2.0 they will probably phase out the pc3 and ibmpc3 names +pc3|IBM PC BSD/386 Console, + use=bsdos, +ibmpc3|pc3-bold|IBM PC BSD/386 Console with bold instead of underline, + smul=\E[1m, + use=bsdos-bold, + +#### DEC VT100 and compatibles +# +# DEC terminals from the vt100 forward (and the vt52, way obsolete but still +# the basis of some emulations) are collected here. Older DEC terminals and +# micro consoles can be found in the `obsolete' section. More details on +# the relationship between the VT100 and ANSI X3.64/ISO 6429/ECMA-48 may be +# found near the end of this file. +# +# Except where noted, these entries are DEC's official terminfos. +# Contact Bill Hedberg of Terminal Support +# Engineering for more information. Updated terminfos and termcaps +# are kept available at ftp://gatekeeper.dec.com/pub/DEC/termcaps. +# +# In October 1995 DEC sold its terminals business, including the VT and Dorio +# line and trademark, to SunRiver Data Systems. +# +# (The , , and capabilities aren't in DEC's official +# entry -- esr) + +vt52|dec vt52, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=\ED, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ, + el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, + kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, nel=^M^J, ri=\EI, rmacs=\EG, smacs=\EF, + +# NOTE: Any VT100 emulation, whether in hardware or software, almost +# certainly includes what DEC called the `Level 1 editing extension' codes; +# only the very oldest VT100s lacked these and there probably aren't any of +# those left alive. To capture these, use one of the VT102 entries. +# +# Note that the glitch in vt100 is not quite the same as on the Concept, +# since the cursor is left in a different position while in the +# weird state (concept at beginning of next line, vt100 at end +# of this line) so all versions of vi before 3.7 don't handle +# right on vt100. The correct way to handle is when +# you output the char in column 80, immediately output CR LF +# and then assume you are in column 1 of the next line. If +# is on, am should be on too. +# +# I assume you have smooth scroll off or are at a slow enough baud +# rate that it doesn't matter (1200? or less). Also this assumes +# that you set auto-nl to "on", if you set it off use vt100-nam +# below. +# +# The padding requirements listed here are guesses. It is strongly +# recommended that xon/xoff be enabled, as this is assumed here. +# +# The vt100 uses and rather than // because the +# tab settings are in non-volatile memory and don't need to be +# reset upon login. Also setting the number of columns glitches +# the screen annoyingly. You can type "reset" to get them set. +# +# Here's a diagram of the VT100 keypad keys with their bindings. +# The top line is the name of the key (some DEC keyboards have the keys +# labelled somewhat differently, like GOLD instead of PF1, but this is +# the most "official" name). The second line is the escape sequence it +# generates in Application Keypad mode (where "$" means the ESC +# character). The third line contains two items, first the mapping of +# the key in terminfo, and then in termcap. +# _______________________________________ +# | PF1 | PF2 | PF3 | PF4 | +# | $OP | $OQ | $OR | $OS | +# |_kf1__k1_|_kf2__k2_|_kf3__k3_|_kf4__k4_| +# | 7 8 9 - | +# | $Ow | $Ox | $Oy | $Om | +# |_kf9__k9_|_kf10_k;_|_kf0__k0_|_________| +# | 4 | 5 | 6 | , | +# | $Ot | $Ou | $Ov | $Ol | +# |_kf5__k5_|_kf6__k6_|_kf7__k7_|_kf8__k8_| +# | 1 | 2 | 3 | | +# | $Oq | $Or | $Os | enter | +# |_ka1__K1_|_kb2__K2_|_ka3__K3_| $OM | +# | 0 | . | | +# | $Op | $On | | +# |___kc1_______K4____|_kc3__K5_|_kent_@8_| +# +# And here, for those of you with orphaned VT100s lacking documentation, is +# a description of the soft switches invoked when you do `Set Up'. +# +# Scroll 0-Jump Shifted 3 0-# +# | 1-Smooth | 1-British pound sign +# | Autorepeat 0-Off | Wrap Around 0-Off +# | | 1-On | | 1-On +# | | Screen 0-Dark Bkg | | New Line 0-Off +# | | | 1-Light Bkg | | | 1-On +# | | | Cursor 0-Underline | | | Interlace 0-Off +# | | | | 1-Block | | | | 1-On +# | | | | | | | | +# 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 <--Standard Settings +# | | | | | | | | +# | | | Auto XON/XOFF 0-Off | | | Power 0-60 Hz +# | | | 1-On | | | 1-50 Hz +# | | Ansi/VT52 0-VT52 | | Bits Per Char. 0-7 Bits +# | | 1-ANSI | | 1-8 Bits +# | Keyclick 0-Off | Parity 0-Off +# | 1-On | 1-On +# Margin Bell 0-Off Parity Sense 0-Odd +# 1-On 1-Even +# +# The following SET-UP modes are assumed for normal operation: +# ANSI_MODE AUTO_XON/XOFF_ON NEWLINE_OFF 80_COLUMNS +# WRAP_AROUND_ON JUMP_SCROLL_OFF +# Other SET-UP modes may be set for operator convenience or communication +# requirements; I recommend +# AUTOREPEAT_ON BLOCK_CURSOR MARGIN_BELL_OFF SHIFTED_3_# +# Unless you have a graphics add-on such as Digital Engineering's VT640 +# (and even then, whenever it can be arranged!) you should set +# INTERLACE_OFF +# +# (I added / based on the init string, also -- esr) +vt100|vt100-am|dec vt100 (w/advanced video), + am, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>, + clear=\E[H\E[J$<50>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C$<2>, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5>, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, + cuu1=\E[A$<2>, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>, el1=\E[1K$<3>, + enacs=\E(B\E)0, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ind=^J, ka1=\EOq, + ka3=\EOs, kb2=\EOr, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOp, kc3=\EOn, kcub1=\EOD, + kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kent=\EOM, kf0=\EOy, + kf1=\EOP, kf10=\EOx, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOt, + kf6=\EOu, kf7=\EOv, kf8=\EOl, kf9=\EOw, rc=\E8, + rev=\E[7m$<2>, ri=\EM$<5>, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, + rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m$<2>, rmul=\E[m$<2>, + rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017$<2>, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, + smso=\E[7m$<2>, smul=\E[4m$<2>, tbc=\E[3g, +vt100nam|vt100-nam|vt100 no automargins, + am@, xenl@, use=vt100-am, + +# Ordinary vt100 in 132 column ("wide") mode. +vt100-w|vt100-w-am|dec vt100 132 cols (w/advanced video), + cols#132, lines#24, + rs2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?8h, use=vt100-am, +vt100-w-nam|vt100-nam-w|dec vt100 132 cols (w/advanced video no automargin), + cols#132, lines#14, vt@, + rs2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?8h, use=vt100-nam, + +# vt100 with no advanced video. +vt100-nav|vt100 without advanced video option, + xmc#1, + blink@, bold@, rev@, rmso=\E[m, rmul@, sgr@, sgr0@, smso=\E[7m, + smul@, + use=vt100, +vt100-nav-w|vt100-w-nav|dec vt100 132 cols 14 lines (no advanced video option), + cols#132, lines#14, use=vt100-nav, + +# vt100 with one of the 24 lines used as a status line. +# We put the status line on the top. +vt100-s|vt100-s-top|vt100-top-s|vt100 for use with top sysline, + eslok, hs, + lines#23, + clear=\E[2;1H\E[J$<50>, csr=\E[%i%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cup=\E[%i%p1%{1}%+%d;%p2%dH$<5>, dsl=\E7\E[1;24r\E8, + fsl=\E8, home=\E[2;1H, is2=\E7\E[2;24r\E8, + tsl=\E7\E[1;%p1%dH\E[1K, use=vt100-am, + +# Status line at bottom. +# Clearing the screen will clobber status line. +vt100-s-bot|vt100-bot-s|vt100 for use with bottom sysline, + eslok, hs, + lines#23, + dsl=\E7\E[1;24r\E8, fsl=\E8, is2=\E[1;23r\E[23;1H, + tsl=\E7\E[24;%p1%dH\E[1K, + use=vt100-am, + +# Most of the `vt100' emulators out there actually emulate a vt102 +# This entry (or vt102-nsgr) is probably the right thing to use for +# these. +vt102|dec vt102, + mir, + dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, il1=\E[L, rmir=\E[4l, smir=\E[4h, use=vt100, +vt102-w|dec vt102 in wide mode, + lines#132, + rs3=\E[?3h, use=vt102, + +# Many brain-dead PC comm programs that pretend to be `vt100-compatible' +# fail to interpret the ^O and ^N escapes properly. Symptom: the +# string in the canonical vt100 entry above leaves the screen littered +# with little snowflake or star characters (IBM PC ROM character \017 = ^O) +# after highlight turnoffs. This entry should fix that, and even leave +# ACS support working, at the cost of making multiple-highlight changes +# slightly more expensive. +# From: Eric S. Raymond July 22 1995 +vt102-nsgr|vt102 no sgr (use if you see snowflakes after highlight changes), + sgr@, sgr0=\E[m, + use=vt102, + +# VT125 Graphics CRT. Clear screen also erases graphics +vt125|vt125 graphics terminal, + clear=\E[H\E[2J\EPpS(E)\E\\$<50>, use=vt100, + +# This isn't a DEC entry, it came from University of Wisconsin. +# (vt131: I added / based on the init string, also -- esr) +vt131|dec vt131, + am, xenl, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2/>, bold=\E[1m$<2/>, + clear=\E[;H\E[2J$<50/>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C$<2/>, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5/>, cuu1=\E[A$<2/>, + ed=\E[J$<50/>, el=\E[K$<3/>, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, + kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, + kf4=\EOS, nel=^M^J, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m$<2/>, ri=\EM$<5/>, + rmam=\E[?7h, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m$<2/>, + rmul=\E[m$<2/>, + rs1=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7, + sgr0=\E[m$<2/>, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, + smso=\E[7m$<2/>, smul=\E[4m$<2/>, + +# vt132 - like vt100 but slower and has ins/del line and such. +# I'm told that / are backwards in the terminal from the +# manual and from the ANSI standard, this describes the actual +# terminal. I've never actually used a vt132 myself, so this +# is untested. +# +vt132|DEC vt132, + xenl, + dch1=\E[P$<7>, dl1=\E[M$<99>, il1=\E[L$<99>, ind=\n$<30>, + ip=$<7>, rmir=\E[4h, smir=\E[4l, + use=vt100, + +# vt220: +# This vt220 description maps F5--F9 to the second block of function keys +# at the top of the keyboard. The "DO" key is used as F10 to avoid conflict +# with the key marked (ESC) on the vt220. See vt220d for an alternate mapping. +# PF1--PF4 are used as F1--F4. +# +vt220|vt200|DEC VT220 in vt100 emulation mode, + am, mir, xenl, xon, + cols#80, lines#24, vt#3, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50>, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<10>, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + if=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED$<20/>, + is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[3~, kend=\E[4~, kf1=\EOP, + kf10=\E[29~, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\E[17~, + kf6=\E[18~, kf7=\E[19~, kf8=\E[20~, kf9=\E[21~, + khome=\E[1~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, rc=\E8, + rev=\E[7m$<2>, rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, + ri=\EM$<14/>, rmacs=\E(B$<4>, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, + rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m, + rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;m%?%p9%t\E(0%e\E(B%;, + sgr0=\E[m$<2>, smacs=\E(0$<2>, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, + smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +vt220-w|vt200-w|DEC vt220 in wide mode, + cols#132, + rs3=\E[?3h, use=vt220, + +# +# vt220d: +# This vt220 description regards F6--F10 as the second block of function keys +# at the top of the keyboard. This mapping follows the description given +# in the VT220 Programmer Reference Manual and agrees with the labeling +# on some terminals that emulate the vt220. There is no support for an F5. +# See vt220 for an alternate mapping. +# +vt220d|DEC VT220 in vt100 mode with DEC function key labeling, + kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, + kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, + kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~, kf20=\E[34~, kf5@, kf6=\E[17~, + kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, + use=vt220, + +vt220-nam|v200-nam|VT220 in vt100 mode with no auto margins, + am@, + rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7l\E[?8h, use=vt220, + +vt220-8|dec vt220 8 bit terminal, + am, mc5i, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, + ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E)0, + flash=\E[?5h$<200/>\E[?5l, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, if=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, + il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, + is2=\E[?7h\E[>\E[?1h\E F\E[?4l, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[21~, + kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, + kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~, kf2=\EOQ, + kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, + kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, kfnd=\E[1~, khlp=\E[28~, + khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, krdo=\E[29~, + kslt=\E[4~, lf1=pf1, lf2=pf2, lf3=pf3, lf4=pf4, mc0=\E[i, + mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, + rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[27m, + rmul=\E[24m, rs1=\E[?3l, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, + smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + +# This was DEC's vt320. Use the purpose-built one below instead +#vt320|DEC VT320 in vt100 emulation mode, +# use=vt220, + +# +# Use v320n for SCO's LYRIX. Otherwise, use Adam Thompson's vt320-nam. +# +vt320nam|v320n|DEC VT320 in vt100 emul. mode with NO AUTO WRAP mode, + am@, + rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7l\E[?8h, use=vt220, + +# These entries are not DEC's official ones, they were purpose-built for the +# VT320. Here are the designer's notes: +# is end on a PC kbd. Actually 'select' on a VT. Mapped to +# 'Erase to End of Field'... since nothing seems to use 'end' anyways... +# khome is Home on a PC kbd. Actually 'FIND' on a VT. +# Things that use usually use tab anyways... and things that don't use +# tab usually use instead... +# kprv is same as tab - Backtab is useless... +# I left out because of its RIDICULOUS complexity, +# and the resulting fact that it causes the termcap translation of the entry +# to SMASH the 1k-barrier... +# From: Adam Thompson Sept 10 1995 +# (vt320: uncommented --esr) +vt320|vt300|dec vt320 7 bit terminal, + am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, xenl, + cols#80, lines#24, wsl#80, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[H\E[2J, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, + ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, fsl=\E[0$}, + home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, + il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, + is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[5?l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, + ka1=\EOw, ka3=\EOy, kb2=\EOu, kbs=\177, kc1=\EOq, kc3=\EOs, + kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, + kdch1=\E[3~, kel=\E[4~, kent=\EOM, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[21~, + kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, + kf15=\E[28~, kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, + kf19=\E[33~, kf2=\EOQ, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, + kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, + khome=\E[1~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, knxt=^I, kpp=\E[5~, + kprv=\E[Z, kslt=\E[4~, mc0=\E[i, mc4=\E[?4i, mc5=\E[?5i, + nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt300, + ri=\EM, rmacs=\E(B, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, + rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[5?l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, + sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\E(0, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + tsl=\E[1$}\E[H\E[K, +vt320-nam|vt300-nam|dec vt320 7 bit terminal with no am to make SAS happy, + am@, + is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[5?l\E[?7l\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, + rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[5?l\E[?7l\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, + use=vt320, +# We have to init 132-col mode, not 80-col mode. +vt320-w|vt300-w|dec vt320 wide 7 bit terminal, + cols#132, wsl#132, + is2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[5?l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, + rs2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[5?l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, + use=vt320, +vt320-w-nam|vt300-w-nam|dec vt320 wide 7 bit terminal with no am, + am@, + is2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[5?l\E[?7l\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, + rs2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[5?l\E[?7l\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, + use=vt320-w, + +# VT330 and VT340 -- These are ReGIS and SIXEL graphics terminals +# which are pretty much a superset of the VT320. They have the +# host writable status line, yet another different DRCS matrix size, +# and such, but they add the DEC Technical character set, Multiple text +# pages, selectable length pages, and the like. The difference between +# the vt330 and vt340 is that the latter has only 2 planes and a monochrome +# monitor, the former has 4 planes and a color monitor. These terminals +# support VT131 and ANSI block mode, but as with much of these things, +# termcap/terminfo doesn't deal with these features. +# +# Note that this entry is are set up in what was the standard way for GNU +# Emacs v18 terminal modes to deal with the cursor keys in that the arrow +# keys were switched into application mode at the same time the numeric pad +# is switched into application mode. This changes the definitions of the +# arrow keys. Emacs v19 is smarter and mines its keys directly out of +# your termcap or terminfo entry, +# +# From: Daniel Glasser , 13 Oct 1993 +# (vt340: string capability "sb=\E[M" corrected to "sr"; +# also, added / based on the init string -- esr) +vt340|dec-vt340|vt330|dec-vt330|dec vt340 graphics terminal with 24 line page, + am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l, clear=\E[H\E[J, + cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, cvvis=\E[?25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP, + dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, + dsl=\E[2$~\r\E[1$}\E[K\E[$}, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, + flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l$<200/>, fsl=\E[$}, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, + is2=\E<\E F\E>\E[?1h\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, + kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~, + kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, lf1=pf1, lf2=pf2, + lf3=pf3, lf4=pf4, nel=^M\ED, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, + rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt300, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, + rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[27m, + rmul=\E[24m, rs1=\E[?3l, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, + smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E[2$~\E[1$}\E[1;%dH, + +# DEC doesn't supply a vt400 description, so we add Daniel Glasser's +# (originally written with vt420 as its primary name, and usable for it). +# +# VT400/420 -- This terminal is a superset of the vt320. It adds the multiple +# text pages and long text pages with selectable length of the vt340, along +# with left and right margins, rectangular area text copy, fill, and erase +# operations, selected region character attribute change operations, +# page memory and rectangle checksums, insert/delete column, reception +# macros, and other features too numerous to remember right now. TERMCAP +# can only take advantage of a few of these added features. +# +# Note that this entry is are set up in what was the standard way for GNU +# Emacs v18 terminal modes to deal with the cursor keys in that the arrow +# keys were switched into application mode at the same time the numeric pad +# is switched into application mode. This changes the definitions of the +# arrow keys. Emacs v19 is smarter and mines its keys directly out of +# your termcap entry, +# +# From: Daniel Glasser , 13 Oct 1993 +# (vt400: string capability ":sb=\E[M:" corrected to ":sr=\E[M:"; +# also, added / based on the init string -- esr) +vt400|vt400-24|dec-vt400|dec vt400 24x80 column autowrap, + am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[H\E[J$<10/>, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\E[?25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, + dl1=\E[M, dsl=\E[2$~\r\E[1$}\E[K\E[$}, ed=\E[J$<10/>, + el=\E[K$<4/>, flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l$<200/>, fsl=\E[$}, + home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, + il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, + is2=\E<\E F\E>\E[?1h\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, + kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~, + kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, lf1=pf1, lf2=pf2, + lf3=pf3, lf4=pf4, nel=^M\ED, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, + rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt300, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, + rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[27m, + rmul=\E[24m, rs1=\E<\E[?3l\E[!p\E[?7h, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, + smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, + smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + tsl=\E[2$~\E[1$}\E[1;%dH, + +# (vt420: I removed , it collided with . I also restored +# a missing -- esr) +vt420|DEC VT420, + am, mir, xenl, xon, + cols#80, lines#24, vt#3, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>, + clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<10>, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + if=/usr/share/tabset/vt300, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, + is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, is3=\E[?67h\E[64;1"p, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, + kdch1=\E[3~, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[29~, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, + kf4=\EOS, kf5=\E[17~, kf6=\E[18~, kf7=\E[19~, kf8=\E[20~, + kf9=\E[21~, kfnd=\E[1~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, + kslt=\E[4~, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m$<2>, + rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt300, ri=\EM, rmacs=\E(B$<4>, + rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E>, + rmsc=\E[?0;0r\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs3=\E[?67h\E[64;1"p, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;m%?%p9%t\E(0%e\E(B%;, + sgr0=\E[m$<2>, smacs=\E(0$<2>, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + +# +# DECUDK +# if (key < 16) then value = key; +# else if (key < 21) then value = key + 1; +# else if (key < 25) then value = key + 2; +# else if (key < 27) then value = key + 3; +# else if (key < 30) then value = key + 4; +# else value = key + 5; +# +vt420pc|DEC VT420 w/PC keyboard, + kdch1=\177, kend=\E[4~, kf1=\E[11~, kf10=\E[21~, + kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[11;2~, kf14=\E[12;2~, + kf15=\E[13;2~, kf16=\E[14;2~, kf17=\E[15;2~, + kf18=\E[17;2~, kf19=\E[18;2~, kf2=\E[12~, kf20=\E[19;2~, + kf21=\E[20;2~, kf22=\E[21;2~, kf23=\E[23;2~, + kf24=\E[24;2~, kf25=\E[23~, kf26=\E[24~, kf27=\E[25~, + kf28=\E[26~, kf29=\E[28~, kf3=\E[13~, kf30=\E[29~, + kf31=\E[31~, kf32=\E[32~, kf33=\E[33~, kf34=\E[34~, + kf35=\E[35~, kf36=\E[36~, kf37=\E[23;2~, kf38=\E[24;2~, + kf39=\E[25;2~, kf4=\E[14~, kf40=\E[26;2~, kf41=\E[28;2~, + kf42=\E[29;2~, kf43=\E[31;2~, kf44=\E[32;2~, + kf45=\E[33;2~, kf46=\E[34;2~, kf47=\E[35;2~, + kf48=\E[36;2~, kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, + kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, khome=\E[H, + pctrm=USR_TERM\:vt420pcdos\:, + pfx=\EP1;1|%?%{16}%p1%>%t%{0}%e%{21}%p1%>%t%{1}%e%{25}%p1%>%t%{2}%e%{27}%p1%>%t%{3}%e%{30}%p1%>%t%{4}%e%{5}%;%p1%+%d/%p2%s\E\\, use=vt420, + +vt420pcdos|DEC VT420 w/PC for DOS Merge, + lines#25, + dispc=%?%p2%{19}%=%t\E\023\021%e%p2%{32}%<%t\E%p2%c%e%p2%{127}%=%t\E\177%e%p2%c%;, + pctrm@, + rmsc=\E[?0;0r\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sgr@, + sgr0=\E[m, smsc=\E[?1;2r\E[34h, + use=vt420pc, + +vt420f|DEC VT420 with VT kbd; VT400 mode; F1-F5 used as Fkeys, + kdch1=\177, kf1=\E[11~, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, + kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, + kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~, + kf2=\E[12~, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\E[13~, kf4=\E[14~, + kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, + khome=\E[H, lf1=\EOP, lf2=\EOQ, lf3=\EOR, lf4=\EOS, + use=vt420, + +vt510|DEC VT510, + use=vt420, +vt510pc|DEC VT510 w/PC keyboard, + use=vt420pc, +vt510pcdos|DEC VT510 w/PC for DOS Merge, + use=vt420pcdos, + +# VT520/VT525 +# +# The VT520 is a monochrome text terminal capable of managing up to +# four independent sessions in the terminal. It has multiple ANSI +# emulations (VT520, VT420, VT320, VT220, VT100, VT PCTerm, SCO Console) +# and ASCII emulations (WY160/60, PCTerm, 50/50+, 150/120, TVI 950, +# 925 910+, ADDS A2). This terminfo data is for the ANSI emulations only. +# +# Terminal Set-Up is entered by pressing [F3], [Caps Lock]/[F3] or +# [Alt]/[Print Screen] depending upon which keyboard and which +# terminal mode is being used. If Set-Up has been disabled or +# assigned to an unknown key, Set-Up may be entered by pressing +# [F3] as the first key after power up, regardless of keyboard type. +# (vt520: I added / based on the init string, also -- esr) +vt520|DEC VT520, + am, mir, xenl, xon, + cols#80, lines#24, vt#3, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>, + clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<10>, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + if=/usr/share/tabset/vt300, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, + is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, is3=\E[?67h\E[64;1"p, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, + kdch1=\E[3~, kf0=\E[29~, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[29~, kf2=\EOQ, + kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\E[17~, kf6=\E[18~, kf7=\E[19~, + kf8=\E[20~, kf9=\E[21~, kfnd=\E[1~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, + kpp=\E[5~, kslt=\E[4~, + pfx=\EP1;1|%?%{16}%p1%>%t%{0}%e%{21}%p1%>%t%{1}%e%{25}%p1%>%t%{2}%e%{27}%p1%>%t%{3}%e%{30}%p1%>%t%{4}%e%{5}%;%p1%+%d/%p2%s\E\\, + rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m$<2>, rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt300, + ri=\EM, rmacs=\E(B$<4>, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, + rmsc=\E[?0;0r\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs3=\E[?67h\E[64;1"p, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;m%?%p9%t\E(0%e\E(B%;, + sgr0=\E[m$<2>, smacs=\E(0$<2>, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, + smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + +# (vt525: I added / based on the init string; +# removed =\E[m, =\E[m, added -- esr) +vt525|DEC VT525, + am, mir, xenl, xon, + cols#80, lines#24, vt#3, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>, + clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<10>, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + if=/usr/share/tabset/vt300, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, + is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, is3=\E[?67h\E[64;1"p, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, + kdch1=\E[3~, kf0=\E[29~, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[29~, kf2=\EOQ, + kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\E[17~, kf6=\E[18~, kf7=\E[19~, + kf8=\E[20~, kf9=\E[21~, kfnd=\E[1~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, + kpp=\E[5~, kslt=\E[4~, + pfx=\EP1;1|%?%{16}%p1%>%t%{0}%e%{21}%p1%>%t%{1}%e%{25}%p1%>%t%{2}%e%{27}%p1%>%t%{3}%e%{30}%p1%>%t%{4}%e%{5}%;%p1%+%d/%p2%s\E\\, + rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m$<2>, rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt300, + ri=\EM, rmacs=\E(B$<4>, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, + rmsc=\E[?0;0r\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs3=\E[?67h\E[64;1"p, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;m%?%p9%t\E(0%e\E(B%;, + sgr0=\E[m$<2>, smacs=\E(0$<2>, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, + smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + +#### VT100 emulations +# + +# John Hawkinson tells us that the EWAN telnet for Windows +# (the best Windows telnet as of September 1995) presents the name `dec-vt100' +# to telnetd. Michael Deutschmann informs us +# that this works best with a stock vt100 entry. +dec-vt100|EWAN telnet's vt100 emulation, + use=vt100, + +# From: Adrian Garside <94ajg2@eng.cam.ac.uk>, 19 Nov 1996 +dec-vt220|DOS tnvt200 terminal emulator, + am@, use=vt220, + +# Zstem340 is an (IMHO) excellent VT emulator for PC's. I recommend it to +# anyone who needs PC VT340 emulation. (or anything below that level, for +# that matter -- DEC's ALL-in-1 seems happy with it, as does INFOPLUS's +# RDBM systems, it includes ReGIS and SiXel support! I'm impressed... +# I can send the address if requested. +# (z340: changed garbled \E[5?l to \E[?5l, DEC smooth scroll off -- esr) +# From: Adam Thompson Sept 10 1995 +z340|zstem vt340 terminal emulator 132col 42line, + lines#42, + is2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;42r\E[42;1H, + rs2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;42r\E[42;1H, + use=vt320-w, +z340-nam|zstem vt340 terminal emulator 132col 42line, + am@, + is2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7l\E[?8h\E[1;42r\E[42;1H, + rs2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7l\E[?8h\E[1;42r\E[42;1H, + use=z340, + +#### X terminal emulators +# +# You can add the following line to your .Xdefaults to change the terminal type +# set by the xterms you start up to my-xterm: +# +# *termName: my-xterm +# +# System administrators can change the default entry for xterm instances +# by adding a similar line to /usr/X11/lib/X11/app-defaults/XTerm. In either +# case, xterm will detect and reject an invalid terminal type, falling back +# to the default of xterm. +# + +# X10/6.6 11/7/86, minus alternate screen, plus (csr) +# (xterm: ":MT:" changed to ":km:"; added / based on init string; +# removed (hs, eslok, tsl=\E[?E\E[?%i%dT, fsl=\E[?F, dsl=\E[?E) +# as these seem not to work -- esr) +x10term|vs100-x10|xterm terminal emulator (X10 window system), + am, km, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#65, + bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[2J, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, il=\E[%p1%dL, + il1=\E[L, ind=^J, is2=\E\E[m\E[?7h\E[?1;4l, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf1=\EOP, + kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmam=\E[?7l, + rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, + smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +# Compatible with the R5 xterm +# (from the XFree86 3.2 distribution, removed) +xterm-r5|xterm R5 version, + am, km, msgr, xenl, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, + il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, + kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kdch1=\E[3~, + kdl1=\E[31~, kel=\E[8~, kf0=\EOq, kf1=\E[11~, kf10=\E[21~, + kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf2=\E[12~, kf3=\E[13~, + kf4=\E[14~, kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, + kf9=\E[20~, khome=\E[7~, kich1=\E[2~, kil1=\E[30~, + knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, + rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, + rs1=\E>\E[1;3;4;5;6l\E[?7h\E[m\E[r\E[2J\E[H, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;m, + sgr0=\E[m, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, tbc=\E[3g, +# Compatible with the R6 xterm +# (from XFree86 3.2 distribution, and added, removed) +xterm-r6|xterm-old|xterm X11R6 version, + am, km, mir, msgr, xenl, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K, enacs=\E)0, home=\E[H, ht=^I, il=\E[%p1%dL, + il1=\E[L, ind=^J, + is2=\E7\E[r\E[m\E[?7h\E[?1;3;4;6l\E[4l\E8\E>, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, + kdch1=\E[3~, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, + kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, + kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~, + kf2=\EOQ, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\E[15~, + kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, kfnd=\E[1~, + kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, kslt=\E[4~, meml=\El, + memu=\Em, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, + rmcup=\E[2J\E[?47l\E8, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + rs2=\E7\E[r\E[m\E[?7h\E[?1;3;4;6l\E[4l\E8\E>, sc=\E7, + sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smcup=\E7\E[?47h, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, +# This is the stock xterm entry supplied with XFree86 3.2 +# The name has been changed and some aliases have been removed. +xterm-xf86-v32|xterm terminal emulator (X Window System), + am, bce, km, mir, msgr, xenl, + colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#24, pairs#64, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l, clear=\E[H\E[2J, + cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, cvvis=\E[?25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP, + dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E(B\E)0, flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l, + home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, + ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, + is2=\E7\E[r\E[m\E[?7h\E[?1;3;4;6l\E[4l\E8\E>, + ka1=\EOw, ka3=\EOu, kb2=\EOy, kbeg=\EOE, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOq, + kc3=\EOs, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, + kdch1=\177, kend=\EOF, kent=\EOM, kf1=\E[11~, kf10=\E[21~, + kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, + kf15=\E[28~, kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, + kf19=\E[33~, kf2=\E[12~, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\E[13~, + kf4=\E[14~, kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, + kf9=\E[20~, kfnd=\E[1~, khome=\EOH, kich1=\E[2~, + kmous=\E[M, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, kslt=\E[4~, meml=\El, + memu=\Em, op=\E[39;49m, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, + rmam=\E[?7l, rmcup=\E[2J\E[?47l\E8, rmir=\E[4l, + rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m, rs1=^O, + rs2=\E7\E[r\E[m\E[?7h\E[?1;3;4;6l\E[4l\E8\E>, sc=\E7, + setab=\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\E[3%p1%dm, + setb=\E[4%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m, + setf=\E[3%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m, + sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smcup=\E7\E[?47h, + smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + tbc=\E[3g, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd, + +# This is xterm for ncurses. It mainly adds mappings for more high-half +# characters. Note that these will only work for fixed-width fonts. +# Once XFree86 3.2 is established, we'll switch this to use=xterm-xf86-v32 +xterm|vs100|xterms|xterm terminal emulator (X Window System), + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~..--++\,\,II00, + kmous=\E[M, u6=\E[%i%d;%dR, u7=\E[6n, u8=\E[?1;2c, u9=\E[c, + use=xterm-r6, + +# These entries allow access to the X titlebar and icon name as a status line. +# Note that twm (and possibly window managers descended from it such as tvtwm, +# ctwm, and vtwm) track windows by icon-name; thus, you don't want to mess +# with it. +xterm+sl|access X title line and icon name, + hs, + wsl#40, + dsl=\E]0;\007, fsl=^G, tsl=\E]0;, +xterm+sl-twm|access X title line (pacify twm-descended window managers), + hs, + wsl#40, + dsl=\E]2;\007, fsl=^G, tsl=\E]2;, + +# +# The following xterm variants don't depend on your base version +# +xterm-bold|xterm terminal emulator (X11R6 Window System) standout w/bold, + smso=\E[1m, + use=xterm, +# (kterm: this had extension capabilities ":KJ:TY=ascii:" -- esr) +# (kterm should not invoke DEC Graphics as the alternate character set +# -- Kenji Rikitake) +kterm|kterm kanji terminal emulator (X window system), + eslok, hs, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, dsl=\E[?H, enacs=\E(B, fsl=\E[?F, + rc=\E8, sc=\E7, tsl=\E[?E\E[?%i%dT, + use=xterm, +# See the note on ICH/ICH1 VERSUS RMIR/SMIR near the end of file +xterm-nic|xterm with ich/ich1 suppressed for non-curses programs, + ich@, ich1@, + use=xterm, +# From: Mark Sheppard , 4 May 1996 +xterm1|xterm terminal emulator ignoring the alternate screen buffer, + rmcup@, smcup@, + use=xterm, + +# This describes the capabilities of color_xterm, an xterm variant from +# before ECMA-64 color support was folded into the main-line xterm release. +# This entry is straight from color_xterm's maintainer. +# From: Jacob Mandelson , 09 Nov 1996 +color_xterm|cx|cx100|color_xterm color terminal emulator for X, + am, km, mir, msgr, xenl, + colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#65, pairs#64, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E(B\E)0, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, + is1=\E[r\E[m\E[?7h\E[?4;6l\E[4l, ka1=\EOw, ka3=\EOy, + kb2=\EOu, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOq, kc3=\EOs, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, + kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kend=\E[8~, kent=\EOM, kf1=\E[11~, + kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf2=\E[12~, + kf3=\E[13~, kf4=\E[14~, kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, + kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, khome=\E[7~, kich1=\E[2~, + kmous=\E[M, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, op=\E[39;49m, rc=\E8, + rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, + rmcup=\E>\E[?41;1r, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m, + rs1=\E(B\017\E[r\E[m\E[2J\E[H\E[?7h\E[?1;3;4;6l\E[4l\E<, + sc=\E7, setab=\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\E[3%p1%dm, + sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, + smcup=\E[?1;41s\E[?1;41h\E=, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, + +# From: Mark Olesen & Thomas Dickey 13 Jul 1996 +rxvt|reduced xterm terminal (X Window System), + am, bce, km, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#24, pairs#64, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[H\E[2J, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\E[?25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, + dl1=\E[M, ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, + enacs=\E(B\E)0, flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l, home=\E[H, + hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, + il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, is1=\E[?47l\E=\E[?1l, + is2=\E[r\E[m\E[2J\E[H\E[?7h\E[?1;3;4;6l\E[4l, + kDC=\E[3$, kEND=\E[8$, kHOM=\E[7$, kLFT=\E[d, kNXT=\E[6$, + kPRV=\E[5$, kRIT=\E[c, ka1=\EOq, ka3=\EOs, kb2=\EOr, kbs=^H, + kc1=\EOp, kc3=\EOn, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[3~, kend=\E[8~, kent=\EOM, + kf0=\E[21~, kf1=\E[11~, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, + kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, + kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~, + kf2=\E[12~, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\E[13~, kf4=\E[14~, + kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, + khome=\E[7~, kich1=\E[2~, kmous=\E[M, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, + op=\E[39m\E[49m, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, + rmacs=\E(B\E)0\017, rmcup=\E[?47l\E8, rmir=\E[4l, + rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m, + rs1=\E>\E[1;3;4;5;6l\E[?7h\E[m\E[r\E[2J\E[H, + rs2=\E[r\E[m\E[2J\E[H\E[?7h\E[?1;3;4;6l\E[4l\E>, + sc=\E7, setab=\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\E[3%p1%dm, sgr0=\E[m, + smacs=\E(B\E)U\016, smcup=\E7\E[?47h, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd, + +# From: David J. MacKenzie 20 Apr 1995 +# Here's a termcap entry I've been using for xterm_color, which comes +# with BSD/OS 2.0, and the X11R6 contrib tape too I think. Besides the +# color stuff, I also have a status line defined as the window manager +# title bar. [I have translated it to terminfo -- ESR] +xterm-pcolor|xterm with color used for highlights and status line, + bold=\E[1m\E[43m, rev=\E[7m\E[34m, smso=\E[7m\E[31m, + smul=\E[4m\E[42m, + use=xterm+sl, use=xterm, + +# HP ships this, except for the pb#9600 which was merged in from BSD termcap. +# (hpterm: added empty , we have no idea what ACS chars look like --esr) +xhpterm|X-hpterm|hp X11 terminal emulator, + am, da, db, mir, xhp, + cols#80, lh#2, lines#24, lm#0, lw#8, nlab#8, pb#9600, xmc#0, + acsc=, bel=^G, bold=\E&dB, cbt=\Ei, clear=\E&a0y0C\EJ, cr=^M, + cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC, + cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, dim=\E&dH, dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ$<1>, el=\EK, + hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=^I, hts=\E1, il1=\EL, ind=^J, kbs=^H, + kclr=\EJ, kctab=\E2, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, + kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, kf1=\Ep, + kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et, kf6=\Eu, kf7=\Ev, kf8=\Ew, + khome=\Eh, khts=\E1, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL, kind=\ES, kll=\EF, + knp=\EU, kpp=\EV, kri=\ET, krmir=\ER, ktbc=\E3, meml=\El, + memu=\Em, pfkey=\E&f%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s, + pfloc=\E&f1a%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s, + pfx=\E&f2a%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s, + pln=\E&f%p1%dk%p2%l%dd0L%p2%s, rev=\E&dB, ri=\ET, + rmacs=^O, rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, rmln=\E&j@, rmso=\E&d@, + rmul=\E&d@, + sgr=\E&d%?%p7%t%'s'%c%;%p1%p3%|%p6%|%{2}%*%p2%{4}%*%+%p4%+%p5%{8}%*%+%'@'%+%c%?%p9%t%'\016'%c%e%'\017'%c%;, + sgr0=\E&d@, smacs=^N, smir=\EQ, smkx=\E&s1A, smln=\E&jB, + smso=\E&dJ, smul=\E&dD, tbc=\E3, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY, + +# This entry describes an xterm with Sun-style function keys enabled +# via the X resource setting "xterm*sunFunctionKeys:true" +# To understand / note that L1,L2 and F11,F12 are the same. +# The ... keys are L3-L10. We don't set +# because we want it to be seen as . +# The ... keys are R1-R15. We treat some of these in accordance +# with their Sun keyboard labels instead. +# From: Simon J. Gerraty 10 Jan 1996 +xterm-sun|xterm with sunFunctionKeys true, + kb2=\E[218z, kcpy=\E[197z, kend=\E[220z, kf1=\E[224z, + kf10=\E[233z, kf11=\E[192z, kf12=\E[193z, kf13=\E[194z, + kf14=\E[195z, kf15=\E[196z, kf17=\E[198z, kf18=\E[199z, + kf19=\E[200z, kf2=\E[225z, kf20=\E[201z, kf3=\E[226z, + kf31=\E[208z, kf32=\E[209z, kf33=\E[210z, kf34=\E[211z, + kf35=\E[212z, kf36=\E[213z, kf38=\E[215z, kf4=\E[227z, + kf40=\E[217z, kf42=\E[219z, kf44=\E[221z, kf5=\E[228z, + kf6=\E[229z, kf7=\E[230z, kf8=\E[231z, kf9=\E[232z, + kfnd=\E[200z, khlp=\E[196z, khome=\E[214z, kich1=\E[2z, + knp=\E[222z, kpp=\E[216z, kund=\E[195z, + use=xterm, +xterms-sun|small (80x24) xterm with sunFunctionKeys true, + cols#80, lines#24, use=xterm-sun, + +# This is for the extensible terminal emulator on the X11R6 contrib tape (emu). +emu|emu native mode, + mir, msgr, xon, + colors#15, cols#80, it#8, lines#24, pairs#64, vt#200, + acsc=a\202f\260g261j\213k\214l\215m\216n\217o\220q\222s\224t\225u\226v\227w\230x\231~\244, + bel=^G, blink=\ES\EW, bold=\ES\EU, civis=\EZ, + clear=\EP\EE0;0;, cnorm=\Ea, cr=^M, csr=\Ek%p1%d;%p2%d;, + cub=\Eq-%p1%d;, cub1=^H, cud=\Ep%p1%d;, cud1=\EB, + cuf=\Eq%p1%d;, cuf1=\ED, cup=\EE%p1%d;%p2%d;, + cuu=\Ep-%p1%d;, cuu1=\EA, cvvis=\Ea, dch=\EI%p1%d;, + dch1=\EI1;, dl=\ER%p1%d;, dl1=\ER1;, ech=\Ej%p1%d;, ed=\EN, + el=\EK, el1=\EL, enacs=\200, home=\EE0;0;, ht=^I, hts=\Eh, + il=\EQ%p1%d;, il1=\EQ1;, ind=\EG, is2=\ES\Er0;\Es0;, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\EC, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\ED, kcuu1=\EA, + kdch1=\177, kent=^M, kf0=\EF00, kf1=\EF01, kf10=\EF10, + kf11=\EF11, kf12=\EF12, kf13=\EF13, kf14=\EF14, kf15=\EF15, + kf16=\EF16, kf17=\EF17, kf18=\EF18, kf19=\EF19, kf2=\EF02, + kf20=\EF20, kf3=\EF03, kf4=\EF04, kf5=\EF05, kf6=\EF06, + kf7=\EF07, kf8=\EF08, kf9=\EF09, kfnd=\Efind, kich1=\Eins, + knp=\Enext, kpp=\Eprior, kslt=\Esel, oc=\Es0;\Er0;, + rev=\ES\ET, ri=\EF, rmacs=\200, rmir=\EX, rmso=\ES, rmul=\ES, + rs2=\ES\Es0;\Er0;, + setab=\Es%i%p1%d; setaf=\Er%i%p1%d;, sgr0=\ES, + smacs=\200, smir=\EY, smso=\ES\ET, smul=\ES\EV, tbc=\Ej, + +######## UNIX VIRTUAL TERMINALS AND VIRTUAL CONSOLES +# + +# Columbus UNIX virtual terminal. This terminal also appears in +# UNIX 4.0 and successors as line discipline 1 (?), but is +# undocumented and does not really work quite right. +cbunix|cb unix virtual terminal, + am, da, db, + cols#80, lines#24, lm#0, + bel=^G, clear=\EL, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EG%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EM, dl1=\EN, ed=\EL, + el=\EK, ich1=\EO, il1=\EP, ind=^J, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, + kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome=\EE, rmso=\Eb^D, rmul=\Eb^A, + smso=\Ea^D, smul=\Ea^A, +# (vremote: removed obsolete ":nl@:" -- esr) +vremote|virtual remote terminal, + am@, + cols#79, use=cbunix, +pty|4bsd pseudo teletype, + cup=\EG%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, rmso=\Eb$, rmul=\Eb!, + smso=\Ea$, smul=\Ea!, + use=cbunix, + +# The codes supported by the term.el terminal emulation in GNU Emacs 19.30 +eterm|gnu emacs term.el terminal emulation, + am, mir, xenl, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\\E[J, + el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, + il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, rev=\E[7m, + rmcup=\E[2J\E[?47l\E8, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + sgr0=\E[m, smcup=\E7\E[?47h, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, + +# Entries for use by the FSF's `screen' program. The screen and +# screen-w entries came with version 3.7.1. The screen2 and screen3 entries +# come from University of Wisconsin and may be older. +# (screen: added on ANSI model -- esr) + +screen|VT 100/ANSI X3.64 virtual terminal, + am, km, mir, msgr, xenl, + colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#24, pairs#64, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~..--++\,\,hhII00, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EM, + cvvis=\E[34l, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, enacs=\E(B\E)0, flash=\Eg, + home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, + il1=\E[L, ind=^J, is2=\E)0, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, + kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kdch1=\E[3~, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[21~, + kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, + kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, + khome=\E[1~, kich1=\E[2~, kll=\E[4~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, + nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, rmir=\E[4l, + rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[23m, rmul=\E[24m, rs2=\Ec, sc=\E7, + sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, + smso=\E[3m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + use=ecma+color, + +screen-w|VT 100/ANSI X3.64 virtual terminal with 132 cols, + cols#132, use=screen, + +screen2|VT 100/ANSI X3.64 virtual terminal, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[2J\E[H, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=, il=\E[%p1%dL, + il1=\E[L, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, + kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\E~, kf1=\ES, kf2=\ET, kf3=\EU, kf4=\EV, + kf5=\EW, kf6=\EP, kf7=\EQ, kf8=\ER, kf9=\E0I, khome=\EH, + nel=^M^J, rc=\E8, ri=\EM, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[23m, + rmul=\E[24m, rs1=\Ec, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smir=\E[4h, + smso=\E[3m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, +# (screen3: removed unknown ":xv:LP:G0:" -- esr) +screen3|VT 100/ANSI X3.64 virtual terminal, + km, mir, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[J, + cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EM, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, + il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, is2=\E)0, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, + kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, + kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, + rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[23m, rmul=\E[24m, rs1=\Ec, + sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E=, smso=\E[3m, + smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + +######## WORKSTATION CONSOLES +# + +#### Sun consoles +# + +# :is1: resets scrolling region in case a previous user had used "tset vt100" +oldsun|Sun Microsystems Workstation console, + am, km, mir, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#34, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, + dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, ht=^I, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, + is1=\E[1r, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, + kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H, + rmso=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, +# From: Alexander Lukyanov , 14 Nov 1995 +# capability later corrected by J.T. Conklin +sun-il|Sun Microsystems console with working insert-line, + am, km, msgr, + cols#80, lines#34, + bel=^G, bold=\E[1m, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, + il1=\E[L, ind=^J, kb2=\E[218z, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\177, + kend=\E[220z, kf1=\E[224z, kf10=\E[233z, kf11=\E[234z, + kf12=\E[235z, kf2=\E[225z, kf3=\E[226z, kf4=\E[227z, + kf5=\E[228z, kf6=\E[229z, kf7=\E[230z, kf8=\E[231z, + kf9=\E[232z, khome=\E[214z, knp=\E[222z, kopt=\E[194z, + kpp=\E[216z, kres=\E[193z, kund=\E[195z, rev=\E[7m, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs2=\E[s, + sgr=\E[0%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;m, + sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +# On a SparcStation 5, / flake out on the last line. +# Unfortunately, without them the terminal has no way to scroll. +sun-ss5|Sun SparcStation 5 console, + il@, il1@, use=sun-il, +# If you are using an SS5, change the sun definition to use sun-ss5. +sun|sun1|sun2|Sun Microsystems Inc. workstation console, + use=sun-il, + +# From: Tue Sep 24 13:14:44 1985 +sun-s|Sun Microsystems Workstation window with status line, + hs, + dsl=\E]l\E\\, fsl=\E\\, tsl=\E]l, use=sun, +sun-e-s|sun-s-e|Sun Microsystems Workstation with status hacked for emacs, + hs, + dsl=\E]l\E\\, fsl=\E\\, tsl=\E]l, use=sun-e, +sun-48|Sun 48-line window, + cols#80, lines#48, use=sun, +sun-34|Sun 34-line window, + cols#80, lines#34, use=sun, +sun-24|Sun 24-line window, + cols#80, lines#24, use=sun, +sun-17|Sun 17-line window, + cols#80, lines#17, use=sun, +sun-12|Sun 12-line window, + cols#80, lines#12, use=sun, +sun-1|Sun 1-line window for sysline, + eslok, hs, + cols#80, lines#1, + dsl=^L, fsl=\E[K, tsl=^M, use=sun, +sun-e|sun-nic|sune|Sun Microsystems Workstation without insert character, + ich1@, rmir@, smir@, + use=sun, +sun-c|sun-cmd|Sun Microsystems Workstation console with scrollable history, + lines#35, + rmcup=\E[>4h, smcup=\E[>4l, use=sun, + +#### Iris consoles +# + +# (wsiris: this had extension capabilities +# :HS=\E7F2:HE=\E7F7:\ +# :CT#2:CZ=*Bblack,red,green,yellow,blue,magenta,cyan,*Fwhite: +# See the note on Iris extensions near the end of this file. +# Finally, removed suboptimal =\EH\EJ and added & +# from BRL -- esr) +wsiris|iris40|iris emulating a 40 line visual 50 (approximately), + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#40, + bel=^G, clear=\Ev, cnorm=\E>, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, cvvis=\E;, + dim=\E7F2, dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, + flash=\E7F4\E7B1\013\E7F7\E7B0, home=\EH, ht=^I, il1=\EL, + ind=^J, is2=\E7B0\E7F7\E7C2\E7R3, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, + kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\E0, kf1=\E1, kf2=\E2, kf3=\E3, + kf4=\E4, kf5=\E5, kf6=\E6, kf7=\E7, kf8=\E8, kf9=\E9, ri=\EI, + rmso=\E0@, rmul=\E7R3\E0@, sgr0=\E7F7, smso=\E9P, + smul=\E7R2\E9P, + +#### NeWS consoles +# +# Console terminal windows under the NeWS (Sun's Display Postscript windowing +# environment). Note: these have nothing to do with Sony's News workstation +# line. +# + +# Entry for NeWS's psterm from Eric Messick & Hugh Daniel +# (psterm: unknown ":sl=\EOl:el=\ENl:" removed -- esr) +psterm|psterm-basic|NeWS psterm-80x34, + am, hs, km, ul, + cols#80, it#8, lines#34, + blink=\EOb, bold=\EOd, clear=^L, csr=\EE%p1%d;%p2%d;, + cub1=\ET, cud1=\EP, cuf1=\EV, cup=\E%p1%d;%p2%d;, cuu1=\EY, + dch1=\EF, dl1=\EK, ed=\EB, el=\EC, flash=\EZ, fsl=\ENl, + home=\ER, ht=^I, il1=\EA, ind=\EW, is1=\EN*, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, ll=\EU, rc=^\, rev=\EOr, + ri=\EX, rmcup=\ENt, rmir=\ENi, rmso=\ENo, rmul=\ENu, sc=^], + sgr0=\EN*, smcup=\EOt, smir=\EOi, smso=\EOo, smul=\EOu, + tsl=\EOl, +psterm-96x48|NeWS psterm 96x48, + cols#96, lines#48, use=psterm, +psterm-90x28|NeWS psterm 90x28, + cols#90, lines#28, use=psterm, +psterm-80x24|NeWS psterm 80x24, + cols#80, lines#24, use=psterm, +# This is a faster termcap for psterm. Warning: if you use this termcap, +# some control characters you type will do strange things to the screen. +# (psterm-fast: unknown ":sl=^Ol:el=^Nl:" -- esr) +psterm-fast|NeWS psterm fast version (flaky ctrl chars), + am, hs, km, ul, + cols#80, it#8, lines#34, + blink=^Ob, bold=^Od, clear=^L, csr=\005%p1%d;%p2%d;, + cub1=^T, cud1=^P, cuf1=^V, cup=\004%p1%d;%p2%d;, cuu1=^Y, + dch1=^F, dl1=^K, ed=^B, el=^C, flash=^Z, fsl=^Nl, home=^R, ht=^I, + il1=^A, ind=^W, is1=^N*, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, + kcuu1=\E[A, ll=^U, rc=^\, rev=^Or, ri=^X, rmcup=^Nt, rmir=^Ni, + rmso=^No, rmul=^Nu, sc=^], sgr0=^N*, smcup=^Ot, smir=^Oi, + smso=^Oo, smul=^Ou, tsl=^Ol, + +#### NeXT Consoles +# +# Use `glasstty' for the Workspace application +# + +# From: Dave Wetzel 22 Dec 1995 +next|NeXT console, + am, xt, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, + ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, + rmso=\E[4;1m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[4;2m, +nextshell|NeXT Shell application, + am, + cols#80, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ht=^I, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, + +### Common Desktop Environment +# + +# This ships with Sun's CDE in Solaris 2.5 +dtterm|CDE desktop terminal, + am, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#24, lm#0, pairs#64, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, + dl1=\E[M, ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, + flash=\E[?5h$<200>\E[?5l, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, + invis=\E[8m, is2=\E F\E>\E[?1l\E[?7h\E[?45l, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, + kdch1=\E[3~, kf1=\E[11~, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, + kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, + kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~, + kf2=\E[12~, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\E[13~, kf4=\E[14~, + kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, + kfnd=\E[1~, khlp=\E[28~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, + kslt=\E[4~, nel=\EE, op=\E[39;49m, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, + rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[22;27m, + rmul=\E[24m, sc=\E7, setab=\E[%p1%{40}%+%dm, + setaf=\E[%p1%{30}%+%dm, + sgr=\E[0%?%p1%t;2;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p5%t;2%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, + smso=\E[2;7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + +######## COMMON TERMINAL TYPES +# +# This section describes terminal classes and maker brands that are still +# quite common, but have proprietary command sets not blessed by ANSI. +# + +#### Altos +# +# Altos made a moderately successful line of UNIX boxes. In 1990 they were +# bought out by Acer, a major Taiwanese manufacturer of PC-clones. +# Acer has a web site at http://www.acer.com. +# +# Altos descriptions from Ted Mittelstaedt 4 Sep 1993 +# His comments suggest they were shipped with the system. +# + +# (altos2: had extension capabilities +# :c0=^A`\r:c1=^Aa\r:c2=^Ab\r:c3=^Ac\r:\ +# :c4=^Ad\r:c5=^Ae\r:c6=^Af\r:c7=^Ag\r:\ +# :c8=^Ah\r:c9=^Ai\r:cA=^Aj\r:cB=^Ak\r:\ +# :cC=^Al\r:cD=^Am\r:cE=^An\r:cF=^Ao\r: +# :XU=^Aq\r:XD=^Ar\r:XR=^As\r:XL=^At\r:\ +# :YU=^AQ\r:YD=^AR\r:YR=^AS\r:YL=^AT\r:\ +# :HL=^AP\r:SP=\E[i:\ +# :IS=\E[@:DE=\E[P:IL=\E[L:NS=\E[S:PS=\E[T:\ +# :LO=\E[0q:LC=\E[5q:LL=\E[6q:\ +# Comparison with the k* capabilities makes it obvious that the c* things are +# shift keys. I have renamed them to keys 32 and up accordingly. Also, +# :sr: was given as a boolean-- esr) +altos2|alt2|altos-2|altos II, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#0, + clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[1B, cuf1=\E[1C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[1A, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[M, + ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich1=\E[@, + if=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, + is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, kDL=^Am\r, + kEOL=^An\r, kbs=^H, kcbt=^AK\r, kclr=^AL\r, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=^AM\r, kel=^AN\r, + kf0=^AI\r, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf32=^A`\r, + kf33=^Aa\r, kf34=^Ab\r, kf35=^Ac\r, kf36=^Ad\r, kf37=^Ae\r, + kf38=^Af\r, kf39=^Ag\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf40=^Ah\r, kf41=^Ai\r, + kf42=^Aj\r, kf43=^Ak\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, + kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=\E[f, kil1=^AJ\r, kind=^AO\r, + nel=^M^J, rmam=\E[?7l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, + smam=\E[?7h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +# (altos3: had extension capabilities +# :c0=^A`\r:c1=^Aa\r:c2=^Ab\r:c3=^Ac\r:\ +# :c4=^Ad\r:c5=^Ae\r:c6=^Af\r:c7=^Ag\r:\ +# :c8=^Ah\r:c9=^Ai\r:cA=^Aj\r:cB=^Ak\r:\ +# :cC=^Al\r:cD=^Am\r:cE=^An\r:cF=^Ao\r: +# :XU=^Aq\r:XD=^Ar\r:XR=^As\r:XL=^At\r:\ +# :HL=^AP\r:SP=\E[i:\ +# :IS=\E[@:DE=\E[P:IL=\E[L:NS=\E[S:PS=\E[T:\ +altos3|altos5|alt3|alt5|altos-3|altos-5|altos III or V, + blink=\E[5p, ri=\EM, sgr0=\E[p, + use=altos2, +altos4|alt4|altos-4|altos IV, + use=wy50, +# (altos7: had extension capabilities: +# :GG#0:GI=\EH8:GF=\EH7:\ +# :c0=^A`\r:c1=^Aa\r:c2=^Ab\r:c3=^Ac\r:\ +# :c4=^Ad\r:c5=^Ae\r:c6=^Af\r:c7=^Ag\r:\ +# :c8=^Ah\r:c9=^Ai\r:cA=^Aj\r:cB=^Ak\r:\ +# :cC=^Al\r:cD=^Am\r:cE=^An\r:cF=^Ao\r: +# Comparison with the k* capabilities makes it obvious that the c* things are +# shift keys. I have renamed them to keys 32 and up accordingly. I have +# also made this entry relative to adm12 in order to give it an . The +# imported by use=adm+sgr may work, let me know. -- esr) +altos7|alt7|altos VII, + am, mir, + cols#80, lines#24, xmc#0, + acsc=l2m1k3j5t4u9v=w0q\:x6n8, blink=\EG2, bold=\EGt, + clear=\E+^^, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dim=\EGp, dl=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, home=^^, ht=^I, il1=\EE, + ind=^J, invis=\EG1, + is2=\E`\:\Ee(\EO\Ee6\Ec41\E~4\Ec21\Eu\E~2, kDL=^Am\r, + kEOL=^An\r, kbs=^H, kcbt=^AK\r, kclr=^AL\r, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=^AM\r, kel=^AN\r, + kf0=^AI\r, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf32=^A`\r, + kf33=^Aa\r, kf34=^Ab\r, kf35=^Ac\r, kf36=^Ad\r, kf37=^Ae\r, + kf38=^Af\r, kf39=^Ag\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf40=^Ah\r, kf41=^Ai\r, + kf42=^Aj\r, kf43=^Ak\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, + kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, kil1=^AJ\r, kind=^AO\r, + knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, mc4=\EJ, mc5=\Ed#, nel=^M^J, ri=\Ej, + rmir=\Er, smir=\Eq, + use=adm+sgr, +altos7pc|alt7pc|altos PC VII, + kend=\ET, use=altos7, + +#### Hewlett-Packard (hp) +# +# Hewlett-Packard +# 8000 Foothills Blvd +# Roseville, CA 95747 +# Vox: 1-(916)-785-4363 (Technical response line for VDTs) +# 1-(800)-633-3600 (General customer support) +# + +# Generic HP terminal - this should (hopefully) work on any HP terminal. +hpgeneric|hp|hewlett-packard generic terminal, + am, da, db, mir, xhp, + cols#80, lines#24, lm#0, vt#6, + bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\E&a%p2%dc%p1%dY$<6>, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, dl1=\EM, + ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=^I, hts=\E1, il1=\EL, + ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcbt=\Ei, rmir=\ER, rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@, + sgr0=\E&d@, smir=\EQ, smso=\E&dJ, smul=\E&dD, tbc=\E3, + vpa=\E&a%p1%dY, + +hp110|hewlett-packard model 110 portable, + lines#16, use=hpgeneric, + +hp+pfk+cr|hp function keys with CR, + kf1=\Ep\r, kf2=\Eq\r, kf3=\Er\r, kf4=\Es\r, kf5=\Et\r, + kf6=\Eu\r, kf7=\Ev\r, kf8=\Ew\r, + +hp+pfk-cr|hp function keys w/o CR, + kf1=\Ep, kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et, kf6=\Eu, kf7=\Ev, + kf8=\Ew, + +# The hp2621s use the same keys for the arrows and function keys, +# but not separate escape sequences. These definitions allow the +# user to use those keys as arrow keys rather than as function +# keys. +hp+pfk+arrows|hp alternate arrow definitions, + kcub1=\Eu\r, kcud1=\Ew\r, kcuf1=\Ev\r, kcuu1=\Et\r, kf1@, + kf2@, kf3@, kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@, khome=\Ep\r, kind=\Er\r, + kll=\Eq\r, kri=\Es\r, + +hp+arrows|hp arrow definitions, + kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome=\Eh, + kind=\ES, kll=\EF, kri=\ET, + +# Generic stuff from the HP 262x series +# +hp262x|HP 262x terminals, + xhp, + blink=\E&dA, dch1=\EP$<2>, ed=\EJ, ht=\011$<2>, ind=\ES, + invis=\E&dS, ip=$<2>, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, + kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, khome=\Eh, + kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL, kind=\ES, knp=\EU, kpp=\EV, kri=\ET, + krmir=\ER, rev=\E&dB, rmkx=\E&s0A, rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@, + sgr=\E&d%'@'%?%p1%t%'B'%|%;%?%p2%t%'D'%|%;%?%p3%t%'B'%|%;%?%p4%t%'A'%|%;%c, + sgr0=\E&d@, smkx=\E&s1A, smso=\E&dB, smul=\E&dD, + +# Note: no on HPs since that homes to top of memory, not screen. +# Due to severe 2621 braindamage, the only way to get the arrow keys to +# transmit anything at all is to turn on the function key labels +# with , and even then the user has to hold down shift! +# The default 2621 turns off the labels except when it has to to +# enable the function keys. If your installation prefers labels +# on all the time, or off all the time (at the "expense" of the +# function keys), use 2621-nl or 2621-wl. +# +# Note: there are newer ROMs for 2621's that allow you to set +# strap A so the regular arrow keys xmit \EA, etc, as with the +# 2645. However, even with this strap set, the terminal stops +# xmitting if you reset it, until you unset and reset the strap! +# Since there is no way to set/unset the strap with an escape +# sequence, we don't use it in the default. +# If you like, you can use 2621-ba (brain-damaged arrow keys). +hp2621-ba|2621 w/new rom and strap A set, + rmkx@, smkx@, use=hp+arrows, + use=hp2621, + +# hp2621 with function labels. Most of the time they are off, +# but inside vi, the function key labels appear. You have to +# hold down shift to get them to xmit. +hp2621|hp2621a|hp2621A|2621|2621a|2621A|hp2621-wl|2621-wl|hp 2621 w/labels, + is2=\E&jA\r, rmkx=\E&jA, + use=hp2621-fl, +hp2621-fl|hp 2621, + xhp@, xon, + pb#19200, + cbt=\Ei, cup=\E&a%p2%dc%p1%dY, dch1=\EP$<2>, ht=\011$<2>, + ip=$<2>, is2=\E&j@\r, rmkx=\E&j@, rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@, + sgr0=\E&d@, smkx=\E&jB, smso=\E&dD, smul=\E&dD, + use=hp+pfk+cr, use=hpgeneric, + +# To use hp2621p printer, setenv TERM=2621p, PRINTER=2612p +hp2621p|hp 2621 with printer, + mc4=\E&p13C, mc5=\E&p11C, use=hp2621, + +hp2621p-a|hp2621p with fn as arrows, + use=hp+pfk+arrows, use=hp2621p, + +# hp2621 with k45 keyboard +hp2621-k45|hp2621k45|k45|hp 2621 with 45 keyboard, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, + khome=\Eh, rmkx=\E&s0A, smkx=\E&s1A, + use=hp2621, + +# 2621 using all 48 lines of memory, only 24 visible at any time. +hp2621-48|48 line 2621, + lines#48, + cup=\E&a%p2%dc%p1%dR, home=\EH, vpa=\E&a%p1%dR, use=hp2621, + +# 2621 with no labels ever. Also prevents vi delays on escape. +hp2621-nl|hp 2621 with no labels, + kcub1@, kcud1@, kcuf1@, kcuu1@, khome@, rmkx@, smkx@, use=hp2621-fl, + +# Needed for UCB ARPAVAX console, since lsi-11 expands tabs +# (wrong). +# +hp2621-nt|hp 2621 w/no tabs, + ht@, use=hp2621, + +# Hp 2624 B with 4 or 10 pages of memory. +# +# Some assumptions are made with this entry. These settings are +# NOT set up by the initialization strings. +# +# Port Configuration +# RecvPace=Xon/Xoff +# XmitPace=Xon/Xoff +# StripNulDel=Yes +# +# Terminal Configuration +# InhHndShk=Yes +# InhDC2=Yes +# XmitFnctn(A)=No +# InhEolWrp=No +# +# Note: the 2624 DOES have a true , believe it or not! +# +# The 2624 has an "error line" to which messages can be sent. +# This is CLOSE to what is expected for a "status line". However, +# after a message is sent to the "error line", the next carriage +# return is EATEN and the "error line" is turned back off again! +# So I guess we can't define , , , , , . +# +# This entry supports emacs (and any other program that uses raw +# mode) at 4800 baud and less. I couldn't get the padding right +# for 9600. +# +# (hp2624: replaced NUL sequences in flash with mandatory pauses -- esr) +hp2624|hp2624a|hp2624b|hp2624b-4p|Hewlett Packard 2624 B, + da, db, + lm#96, + flash=\E&w13F$<66/>\E&w12F$<66/>\E&w13F$<66/>\E&w12F, use=hp+labels, use=scrhp, + +# This hp2626 entry does not use any of the fancy windowing stuff +# of the 2626. +# +# Indeed, terminfo does not yet handle such stuff. Since changing +# any window clears memory, it is probably not possible to use +# this for screen opt. +# +# ed is incredibly slow most of the time - I am guessing at the +# exact padding. Since the terminal uses xoff/xon this is intended +# only for cost computation, so that the terminal will prefer el +# or even dl1 which is probably faster! +# +# \ED\EJ\EC hack for ed from Ed Bradford - apparently ed is only +# extra slow on the last line of the window. +# +# The padding probably should be changed. +# +hp2626|hp2626a|hp2626p|hp 2626, + da, db, + lm#0, pb#19200, + ed=\ED\EJ$<500>\EC, indn=\E&r%p1%dD, ip=$<4>, + is2=\E&j@\r, rin=\E&r%p1%dU, + use=hp+pfk+cr, use=hp+labels, use=scrhp, + +# This entry is for sysline. It allocates a 23 line window with +# a 115 line workspace for regular use, and a 1 line window for +# the status line. +# +# This assumes port 2 is being used. +# Turn off horizontal line, Create ws #1 with 115 lines, +# Create ws #2 with 1 line, Create window #1 lines 1-23, +# Create window #2 lines 24-24, Attach cursor to workspace #1. +# Note that this clears the tabs so it must be done by tset before +# it sets the tabs. +# +hp2626-s|hp 2626 using only 23 lines, + eslok, hs, + lines#23, + fsl=\E&d@\E&w7f2p1I\E&w4f1I, + is1=\E&q3t0{0H \E&w0f115n1I \E&w0f1n2I \E&w2f1i0d0u22l0S \E&w2f2i0d23u23l0S \E&w7f2p1I \r, + tsl=\E&w7f2p2I\E&w4f2I\r\EK\E&a%p1%dC, + use=hp2626, +# Force terminal back to 24 lines after being 23. +hp2626-ns|hp 2626 using all 24 lines, + is1=\E&q3t0{0H \E&w0f118n1I \E&w0f1n2I \E&w2f1i0d0u23l0S \E&w3f2I \E&w7f2p1I \r, use=hp2626, +# Various entries useful for small windows on 2626. +hp2626-12|hewlett-packard 2626 12 lines, + lines#12, use=hp2626, +hp2626-12x40|hewlett-packard 2626 12 lines 40 columns, + cols#40, lines#12, use=hp2626, +hp2626-x40|hewlett-packard 2626 40 columns, + cols#40, use=hp2626, +hp2626-12-s|hewlett-packard 2626 11 lines plus status, + lines#11, use=hp2626-s, + +# +# hp2627 color tubes from University of Wisconsin +# +hp2627a-rev|hp 2627 with reverse video colors, + cr=^M, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J, + is2=\E&v0m1a0b0c1x1y1z1i0a0b1c1x1y1z0i0S\E&j@\r\E3\r, + kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, rmul=\E&v0S\E&d@, + smul=\E&dD\E&v1S, + use=hp2621-nl, +hp2627a|hp 2627 color terminal with no labels, + cr=^M, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J, + is2=\E&v0m1a1b0c1i0a1b1c2i1a0b0c0i0S\E&j@\r\E3\r, + kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, rmso=\E&v0S, + rmul=\E&v0S\E&d@, smso=\E&v2S, smul=\E&dD\E&v1S, + use=hp2621-nl, +hp2627c|hp 2627 color (cyan) terminal with no labels, + cr=^M, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J, + is2=\E&v0m1a0b0c2i1a1b0c1i0a1b1c0i0S\E&j@\r\E3\r, + kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, + use=hp2627a, + +# hp2640a doesn't have the Y cursor addressing feature, and C is +# memory relative instead of screen relative, as we need. +# +hp2640a|hp 2640a, + cup@, rmkx@, smkx@, use=hp2645, + +hp2640b|hp2644a|hp 264x series, + rmkx@, smkx@, use=hp2645, + +# (hp2641a: removed unknown :gu: -- esr) +hp2641a|hp2645a|hp2647a|HP 264?A series BRL entry, + am, da, db, mir, xhp, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\E&a%p2%2dc%p1%2dY, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, dl1=\EM, + ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%2dC, ht=^I, + if=/usr/share/tabset/std, il1=\EL, ind=^J, + is2=\EE$<500/>, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, + rmir=\ER, rmso=\E&d@, smir=\EQ, smso=\E&dB, + vpa=\E&a%p1%2dY, + +# This terminal should be used at 4800 baud or less. It needs padding for +# plain characters at 9600, I guessed at an appropriate cr delay. It really +# wants ^E/^F handshaking, but that doesn't work well even if you write +# software to support it. +hp2645|hp45|HP 2645 series, + pb#9600, + blink=\E&dA, cr=\r$<20>, dim=\E&dH, kctab=\E2, kcub1=\ED, + kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, + ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, khome=\Eh, khts=\E1, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL, + kind=\ES, knp=\EU, kpp=\EV, kri=\ET, krmir=\ER, rev=\E&dB, + rmkx=\E&s0A, + sgr=\E&d%'@'%?%p1%t%'B'%|%;%?%p2%t%'D'%|%;%?%p3%t%'B'%|%;%?%p4%t%'A'%|%;%?%p5%t%'H'%|%;%?%p6%t%'B'%|%;%c, + sgr0=\E&d@, smkx=\E&s1A, smul=\E&dD, + use=hpgeneric, +# You should use this terminal at 4800 baud or less. +hp2648|hp2648a|HP 2648a graphics terminal, + clear=\EH\EJ$<50>, cup=\E&a%p2%dc%p1%dY$<20>, + dch1=\EP$<7>, ip=$<5>, + use=hp2645, + +# The HP 150 terminal is a fairly vanilla HP terminal, with the +# clreol standout problem. It also has graphics capabilities and +# a touch screen, which we don't describe here. +hp150|hewlett packard Model 150, + use=hp2622, + +# HP 2382a terminals, "the little ones." They don't have any +# alternate character set support and sending out ^N/^O will +# leave the screen blank. +hp2382a|hp2382|hewlett packard 2382a, + da, db, + lh#1, lm#48, + acsc@, + pln=\E&f0a%p1%dk%p2%l%Pa%?%ga%t%ga%d%e1%;d0L%?%ga%!%t %;%p2%s, + rmacs@, + sgr=\E&d%{0}%Pa%?%p4%t%{1}%ga%+%Pa%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{2}%ga%+%Pa%;%?%p2%p6%|%t%{4}%ga%+%Pa%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{8}%ga%+%Pa%;%?%p7%t%?%ga%ts%ga%'@'%+%e%'S'%;%e%?%ga%t%ga%'@'%+%e%'@'%;%;%c, + sgr0=\E&d@, smacs@, + use=hp+labels, use=scrhp, + +hp2621-a|hp2621a-a|hp2621 with fn as arrows, + use=hp+pfk+arrows, use=hp2621-fl, + +# newer hewlett packard terminals + +newhpkeyboard|generic entry for HP extended keyboard, + kbs=^H, kcbt=\Ei, kclr=\EJ, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, + kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, khome=\Eh, + kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL, kind=\ET, kll=\EF, knp=\EU, kpp=\EV, + kri=\ES, krmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, smkx=\E&s1A, + use=hp+pfk-cr, + +newhp|generic entry for new hewlett packard terminals, + am, bw, mir, xhp, xon, + cols#80, lines#24, pb#4800, + acsc=T1R!U2S"W3O#V4P$t5u6w7v8\:'9(LQKWlRkT5I3@2[MAJSmFjGdHQ;Y+Z*X\:4>q\,x.n/, + bel=^G, blink=\E&dA, bold=\E&dF, cbt=\Ei, cr=^M, cub1=^H, + cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP$<2>, dim=\E&dH, + dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, ht=\011$<2>, hts=\E1, il1=\EL, ind=^J, + invis=\E&dS, ip=$<2>, is1=\E&jB$<8>, nel=^M^J, + pfkey=\E&f0a%p1%dk0d%p2%l%dL%p2%s, + pfloc=\E&f1a%p1%dk0d%p2%l%dL%p2%s, + pfx=\E&f2a%p1%dk0d%p2%l%dL%p2%s, rev=\E&dB, ri=\ET, + rmacs=^O, rmir=\ER, rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@, rs1=\Eg, + sgr=\E&d%{0}%Pa%?%p4%t%{1}%ga%+%Pa%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{2}%ga%+%Pa%;%?%p2%p6%|%t%{4}%ga%+%Pa%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{8}%ga%+%Pa%;%?%p7%t%?%ga%ts%ga%'@'%+%e%'S'%;%e%?%ga%t%ga%'@'%+%e%'@'%;%;%c%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E&d@\017, smacs=^N, smir=\EQ, smso=\E&dJ, smul=\E&dD, + tbc=\E3, + use=newhpkeyboard, + +memhp|memory relative addressing for new HP ttys, + vt#6, + clear=\EH\EJ$<40>, cub=\E&a-%p1%dC, cud=\E&a+%p1%dR, + cuf=\E&a+%p1%dC, cup=\E&a%p1%dr%p2%dC, cuu=\E&a-%p1%dR, + home=\EH, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ll=\E&a23R\r, + mrcup=\E&a%p1%dr%p2%dC, vpa=\E&a%p1%dR, use=newhp, + +scrhp|screen relative addressing for new HP ttys, + clear=\E&a0c0Y\EJ$<40>, cub=\E&a-%p1%dC, + cud=\E&a+%p1%dR, cuf=\E&a+%p1%dC, + cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC$<10>, cuu=\E&a-%p1%dR, + home=\E&a0y0C, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ll=\E&a0y0C\EA, + mrcup=\E&a%p1%dr%p2%dC, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY, use=newhp, + +# (hp+labels: added label values from a BRL termcap -- esr) +hp+labels|"standard" label info for new HP ttys, + lh#2, lw#8, nlab#8, + lf0=f1, lf1=f2, lf2=f3, lf3=f4, lf4=f5, lf5=f6, lf6=f7, lf7=f8, + pln=\E&f2a%p1%dk%p2%l%Pa%?%ga%t%ga%d%e1%;d0L%?%ga%!%t %;%p2%s, + rmln=\E&j@, smln=\E&jB, + +hp+printer|"standard" printer info for HP ttys, + ff=\E&p4u0C, mc0=\EH\E&p4dF, mc4=\E&p13C, mc5=\E&p11C, + + +# The new hp2621b is kind of a cross between the old 2621 and the +# new 262x series of machines. It has dip-switched options. +# The firmware has a bug in it such that if you give it a null +# length label, the following character is eaten! +hp2621b|hp 2621b with old style keyboard, + lh#1, lm#48, lw#8, nlab#8, + kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome=\Eh, + kind=\ET, kll=\EF, kri=\ES, + pln=\E&f0a%p1%dk%p2%l%Pa%?%ga%t%ga%d%e1%;d3L%?%ga%!%t%{32}%c%;%p2%s\E%'o'%p1%+%c\r, + smln=\E&jB, + use=hp2621, + +hp2621b-p|hp 2621b with printer, + use=hp+printer, use=hp2621b, + +# hp2621b - new 2621b with new extended keyboard +# these are closer to the new 26xx series than the other 2621b +hp2621b-kx|hp 2621b with extended keyboard, + use=newhpkeyboard, use=hp2621b, + +hp2621b-kx-p|hp 2621b with new keyboard & printer, + use=hp+printer, use=hp2621b-kx, + +# Some assumptions are made in the following entries. +# These settings are NOT set up by the initialization strings. +# +# Port Configuration +# RecvPace=Xon/Xoff XmitPace=Xon/Xoff StripNulDel=Yes +# +# Terminal Configuration +# InhHndShk(G)=Yes InhDC2(H)=Yes +# XmitFnctn(A)=No InhEolWrp=No +# +# +# Hp 2622a & hp2623a display and graphics terminals +# +hp2622|hp2622a|hp 2622, + da, db, + lm#0, pb#19200, + is2=\E&dj@\r, use=hp+pfk+cr, use=hp+labels, use=scrhp, + +# The 2623 is a 2622 with extra graphics hardware. +hp2623|hp2623a|hp 2623, + use=hp2622, + +hp2624b-p|hp2624b-4p-p|hewlett packard 2624 B with printer, + use=hp+printer, use=hp2624, + +# The hewlett packard B can have an optional extra 6 pages of memory. +hp2624-10p|hp2624a-10p|hp2624b-10p|hewlett packard 2624 B w/ 10 pages of memory, + lm#240, use=hp2624, + +hp2624b-10p-p|hewlett packard 2624 B w/ extra memory & printer, + lm#240, use=hp2624b-p, + +# Color manipulations for HP terminals +hp+color|hp with colors, + ccc, + colors#16, ncv#17, pairs#7, + initp=\E&v%?%p2%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p2%d%;a\n%?%p3%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p3%d%;b\n%?%p4%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p4%d%;c\n%?%p5%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p5%d%;x\n%?%p6%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p6%d%;y\n%?%p7%{1000}%=%t1%e.%p7%d%;z\n%p1%dI, + oc=\E&v0m1a1b1c0I\E&v1a1I\E&v1b2I\E&v1a1b3I\E&v1c4I\E&v1a1c5I\E&v1b1c6I\E&v1x1y7I, + op=\E&v0S, scp=\E&v%p1%dS, + +# sets the screen to be 80 columns wide +hp2397a|hp2397|hewlett packard 2397A color terminal, + is2=\E&w6f80X, + use=memhp, use=hp+labels, use=hp+color, + +# HP 700/44 Setup parameters: +# Terminal Mode HP-PCterm +# Inhibit Auto Wrap NO +# Status Line Host Writable +# PC Character Set YES +# Twenty-Five Line Mode YES +# XON/XOFF @128 or 64 (sc) +# Keycode Mode NO or YES (sc) +# Backspace Key BS or BS/DEL +# +# sets pcterm; autowrap; 25 lines; pc char set; prog DEL key; +# \E\\? does not turn off keycode mode +# sets alternate start/stop; keycode on +hpansi|hp700|hewlett packard 700/44 in HP-PCterm mode, + am, eo, xenl, xon, + cols#80, lines#25, + acsc=k\277l\332m\300j\331n\305w\302q\304u\264t\303v\301x\263, + bel=^G, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l, clear=\E[2J\E[H, + cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, cub1=\E[D, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, + ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L, + ind=^J, + is2=\E[44"p\E[?7h\E[>10h\E[>12h\EP1;1|3/7F\E\\, + kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, + kcuu1=\E[A, kend=\E[4~, kf1=\E[17~, kf10=\E[28~, + kf2=\E[18~, kf3=\E[19~, kf4=\E[20~, kf5=\E[21~, kf6=\E[23~, + kf7=\E[24~, kf8=\E[25~, kf9=\E[26~, khome=\E[1~, knp=\E[6~, + kpp=\E[5~, rmam=\E[?7l, + rmsc=\E[>11l\EP1**x0/11;1/13\E[m\E\\, rmso=\E[m, + rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, + smsc=\E[>11h\EPO**x0/65;1/67\E\\$<250>, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, xoffc=g, xonc=e, +# +# (hp2392: copied here from hpex -- esr) +hp2392|239x series, + cols#80, + cbt=\Ei, cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC, kf1=\Ep\r, kf2=\Eq\r, + kf3=\Er\r, kf4=\Es\r, kf5=\Et\r, kf6=\Eu\r, kf7=\Ev\r, + kf8=\Ew\r, khome=\Eh, kind=\EU, knp=\Eu, kpp=\Ev, kri=\EV, + rmir=\ER, rmul=\E&d@, smir=\EQ, smul=\E&dD, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY, + use=hpsub, + +hpsub|hp terminals -- capability subset, + am, da, db, mir, xhp, xon, + lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, + cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, + ht=^I, if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, il1=\EL, ind=^J, + is2=\E&s1A\E<\E&k0\\, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, + kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome=\Eh, rmkx=\E&s0A, rmso=\E&d@, + sgr0=\E&d@, smkx=\E&s1A, smso=\E&dB, + +# hpex: +# May be used for most 24 x 80 hp terminals, +# but has no padding added, so may allow runover in some terminals at high +# baud rates. Will not work for hp2640a or hp2640b terminals, hp98x6 and +# hp98x5 terminal emulators or hp98x6 consoles. +# Adds xy-cursor addressing, vertical cursor addressing, home, +# last line, and underline capabilities. +# +# (hpex: removed memory-lock capabilities ":ml=\El:mu=\Em:", +# moved here from hpsub -- esr) +hpex|hp extended capabilites, + cr=^M, cud1=^J, cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, rmir=\ER, rmul=\E&d@, smir=\EQ, + smul=\E&dD, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY, + use=hpsub, + +# From: Ville Sulko , 05 Aug 1996 +hp2|hpex2|hewlett-packard extended capabilities newer version, + am, da, db, mir, xhp, + cols#80, lh#2, lines#24, lm#0, lw#8, nlab#8, xmc#0, + bel=^G, clear=\E&a0y0C\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, + cuf1=\EC, cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, + dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=^I, hts=\E1, + il1=\EL, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kclr=\EJ, kctab=\E2, kcub1=\ED, + kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, + ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, kf1=\Ep, kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et, + kf6=\Eu, kf7=\Ev, kf8=\Ew, khome=\Eh, khts=\E1, kich1=\EQ, + kil1=\EL, kind=\ES, kll=\EF, knp=\EU, kpp=\EV, kri=\ET, + krmir=\ER, ktbc=\E3, meml=\El, memu=\Em, + pfkey=\E&f%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s, + pfloc=\E&f1a%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s, + pfx=\E&f2a%p1%dk%p2%l%dL%p2%s, + pln=\E&f%p1%dk%p2%l%dd0L%p2%s, rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, + rmln=\E&j@, rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@, + sgr=\E&d%?%p7%t%'s'%c%;%p1%p3%|%p6%|%{2}%*%p2%{4}%*%+%p4%+%p5%{8}%*%+%'@'%+%c%?%p9%t%'\016'%c%e%'\017'%c%;, + sgr0=\E&d@, smir=\EQ, smkx=\E&s1A, smln=\E&jB, smso=\E&dB, + smul=\E&dD, tbc=\E3, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY, + +# HP 236 console +# From: +hp236|hp236 internal terminal emulator, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=\EF, cnorm=\EDE, cub1=^H, + cup=\EE%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, cvvis=\EDB, + dch1=\EJ, dl1=\EH, el=\EK, ich1=\EI, il1=\EG, rmso=\ECI, + sgr0=\ECI, smso=\EBI, + +# This works on a hp300 console running Utah 4.3 BSD +# From: Craig Leres +hp300h|HP Catseye console, + am, da, db, mir, xhp, + cols#128, lines#51, lm#0, xmc#0, + bel=^G, cbt=\Ei, clear=\E&a0y0C\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, + cuf1=\EC, cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, + dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=^I, + if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, il1=\EL, ind=^J, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome=\Eh, + rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@, sgr0=\E&d@, + smir=\EQ, smkx=\E&s1A, smso=\E&dB, smul=\E&dD, tbc=\E3, + vpa=\E&a%p1%dY, +# From: Greg Couch +hp9837|hp98720|hp98721|HP 9000/300 workstations, + am, da, db, mir, xhp, + cols#128, it#8, lines#46, lm#0, + bel=^G, cbt=\Ei, clear=\E&a0y0C\EJ, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, + cuf1=\EC, cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, + dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=^I, hts=\E1, + il1=\EL, ind=^J, is2=\E&v0m1b0i&j@, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, + kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, + ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, khome=\Eh, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL, knp=\EU, + kpp=\EV, rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, rmso=\E&v0S, rmul=\E&d@, + sgr0=\E&d@, smir=\EQ, smkx=\E&s1A, smso=\E&v5S, smul=\E&dD, + tbc=\E3, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY, +# HP 9845 desktop computer from BRL +# (hp9845: removed unknown capability :gu: -- esr) +hp9845|HP 9845, + am, da, db, eo, mir, xhp, + cols#80, lines#21, + clear=\EH\EJ, cuf1=\EC, cup=\E&a%p2%2dc%p1%2dY, cuu1=\EA, + dch1=\EP, dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, + if=/usr/share/tabset/std, il1=\EL, rmir=\ER, rmso=\E&d@, + smir=\EQ, smso=\E&dB, +# From: Charles A. Finnell of MITRE , developed 07SEP90 +# (hp98550: replaced /usr/share/tabset/9837 with std because ,; +# added empty to avoid warnings re / --esr) +hp98550|hp98550a|HP 9000 Series 300 color console, + am, da, db, mir, xhp, + cols#128, it#8, lines#49, lm#0, + acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E&dA, bold=\E&dJ, cbt=\Ei, civis=\E*dR, + clear=\EH\EJ, cnorm=\E*dQ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, dim=\E&dH, + dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=^I, hts=\E1, + if=/usr/share/tabset/std, il1=\EL, ind=^J, invis=\E&ds, + kbs=^H, kclr=\EJ, kctab=\E2, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, + kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, kf1=\Ep, + kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et, kf6=\Eu, kf7=\Ev, kf8=\Ew, + khome=\Eh, khts=\E1, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL, kind=\ES, kll=\EF, + knp=\EU, kpp=\EV, kri=\ET, krmir=\ER, ktbc=\E3, rev=\E&dJ, + rmacs=^O, rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@, + sgr0=\E&d@, smacs=^N, smir=\EQ, smkx=\E&s1A, smso=\E&dJ, + smul=\E&dD, tbc=\E3, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY, +# From: Victor Duchovni +# (hp700-wy: removed obsolete ":nl=^J:"; +# replaced /usr/share/tabset/hp700-wy with std because , -- esr) +hp700-wy|HP700/41 emulating wyse30, + am, bw, mir, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#1, + cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^V, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET$<10/>, home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1, + if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, il1=\EE$<0.7*/>, + is1=\E~"\EC\Er\E(\EG0\003\E`9\E`1, kbs=\177, kcbt=\EI, + kclr=^Z, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, ked=\EY, + kel=\ET, khome=^^, khts=\EI, kich1=\Eq, krmir=\Er, ll=^^^K, + ri=\Ej, rmir=\Er, rmso=\EG0$<10/>, rmul=\EG0$<10/>, + sgr0=\EG0$<10/>, smir=\Eq, smso=\EG4$<10/>, + smul=\EG8$<10/>, tbc=\E0, vpa=\E[%p1%{32}%+%c, +# (hp70092: added empty to avoid warnings re / --esr) +hp70092|hp70092a|hp70092A|HP 700/92, + am, da, db, xhp, + cols#80, lh#2, lines#24, lm#0, lw#8, nlab#8, + acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E&dA, bold=\E&dB, cbt=\Ei, + clear=\E&a0y0C\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\E&a%p1%dy%p2%dC, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, dim=\E&dH, + dl1=\EM, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=^I, hts=\E1, il1=\EL, + kbs=^H, kclr=\EJ, kctab=\E2, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, + kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, kf1=\Ep, + kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et, kf6=\Eu, kf7=\Ev, kf8=\Ew, + khome=\Eh, khts=\E1, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL, kind=\ES, kll=\EF, + knp=\EU, kpp=\EV, kri=\ET, krmir=\ER, ktbc=\E3, rev=\E&dB, + ri=\ET, rmacs=^O, rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, rmln=\E&j@, + rmso=\E&d@, rmul=\E&d@, sgr0=\E&d@, smacs=^N, smir=\EQ, + smkx=\E&s1A, smln=\E&jB, smso=\E&dJ, smul=\E&dD, tbc=\E3, + vpa=\E&a%p1%dY, + +bobcat|sbobcat|HP 9000 model 300 console, + am, da, db, mir, xhp, + cols#128, it#8, lines#47, xmc#0, + cbt=\Ei, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\E&a%dy%dC$<6/>, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, dl1=\EM$<10*/>, + ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%dC$<6/>, ht=^I, il1=\EL$<10*/>, + ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, + khome=\Eh, nel=^M^J, rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&s0A, rmso=\E&d@, + rmul=\E&d@, sgr0=\E&d@, smir=\EQ, smkx=\E&s1A, smso=\E&dB, + smul=\E&dD, vpa=\E&a%dY$<6/>, +gator-t|HP 9000 model 237 emulating extra-tall AAA, + lines#94, use=gator, +gator|HP 9000 model 237 emulating AAA, + bw, km, mir, ul, + cols#128, it#8, lines#47, + bel=^G, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\EM, + dch=\E[%p1%dP$<4/>, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM$<1*/>, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%d`, + ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@$<4/>, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL$<1*/>, + il1=\E[L, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, + rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%db$<1*/>, rev=\E[7m, rmso=\E[m, + rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +gator-52|HP 9000 model 237 emulating VT52, + cols#128, lines#47, use=vt52, +gator-52t|HP 9000 model 237 emulating extra-tall VT52, + lines#94, use=gator-52, + +#### Honeywell-Bull +# +# From: Michael Haardt 11 Jan 93 +# + +# Honeywell Bull terminal. Its cursor and function keys send single +# control characters and it has standout/underline glitch. Most programs +# do not like these features/bugs. Visual bell is realized by flashing the +# "keyboard locked" LED. +dku7003-dumb|Honeywell Bull DKU 7003 dumb mode, + cols#80, lines#25, + clear=^]^_, cr=^M, cub1=^Y, cud1=^K, cuf1=^X, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=^Z, ed=^_, el=\E[K, + flash=\E[2h\E[2l, home=^], ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^Y, + kcud1=^K, kcuf1=^X, kcuu1=^Z, khome=^], nel=^M^J, +dku7003|Honeywell Bull DKU 7003 all features described, + msgr, + xmc#1, + blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[7m, dim=\E[2m, rev=\E[7m, rmso=\E[m, + rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + use=dku7003-dumb, + +#### Lear-Siegler (adm) +# +# These guys are long since out of the terminals business, but +# in 1995 many current terminals still have an adm type as one of their +# emulations (usually their stupidest, and usually labeled adm3, though +# these `adm3' emulations normally have adm3a+ capabilities). +# +# WARNING: Some early ADM terminals (including the ADM3 and ADM5) are +# reputed to have had the weird `feature' that sending them a ^G would trigger +# a diagnostic dump to screen if one of the more obscure RS-232 pins +# (variously reported as 22 or as `Ring Indicator') was being held high during +# receipt of the ^G. If you have a real ADM and think you've run into this, +# check it out with a breakout box and tell us if this rumor is correct! +# A quick fix might be to drop back to a cheesy 4-wire cable. +# + +adm1a|adm1|lsi adm1a, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\E;$<1>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, home=^^, + ind=^J, +adm2|lsi adm2, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\E;, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, home=^^, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, ind=^J, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, khome=^^, +# (adm3: removed obsolete ":ma=^K^P:" -- esr) +adm3|lsi adm3, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ind=^J, +# The following ADM-3A switch settings are assumed for normal operation: +# SPACE U/L_DISP CLR_SCRN 24_LINE +# CUR_CTL LC_EN AUTO_NL FDX +# Other switches may be set for operator convenience or communication +# requirements. I recommend +# DISABLE_KB_LOCK LOCAL_OFF 103 202_OFF +# ETX_OFF EOT_OFF +# Most of these terminals required an option ROM to support lower case display. +# Open the case and look at the motherboard; if you see an open 24-pin DIP +# socket, you may be out of luck. +# +# (adm3a: some capabilities merged in from BRl entry -- esr) +adm3a|lsi adm3a, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\032$<1/>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, home=^^, + ind=^J, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, rs1=^N, +adm3a+|adm3a plus, + kbs=^H, use=adm3a, +# (adm5: removed obsolete ":ma=^Hh^Jj^Kk^Ll^^H:" & duplicate ":do=^J:" -- esr) +adm5|lsi adm5, + xmc#1, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cud1=^J, ed=\EY, el=\ET, kbs=^H, khome=^^, + rmso=\EG, smso=\EG, + use=adm3a+, +# A lot of terminals other than adm11s use these. Wherever you see +# use=adm+sgr with some of its capabilities disabled, try the +# disabled ones. They may well work but not have been documented or +# expressed in the using entry. We'd like to cook up an but the +# / sequences of the using entries vary too much. +adm+sgr|adm style highlight capabilities, + invis=\EG1, rev=\EG4, rmso=\EG0, rmul=\EG0, sgr0=\EG0, + smso=\EG4, smul=\EG8, +# LSI ADM-11 from George William Hartwig, Jr. via BRL +# Status line additions from Stephen J. Muir +# from . could also +# be ^Z, according to his entry. +# (adm11: =\EG4 was obviously erroneous because it also said +# =\EG4. Looking at other ADMs confirms this -- esr) +adm11|LSI ADM-11, + am, hs, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, blink=\EG2, clear=\E*, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, + dsl=\Eh, ed=\EY, el=\ET, fsl=\E(\r, home=^^, ht=^I, kbs=^H, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, + kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, + kf8=^AG\r, khome=^^, nel=^M^J, tsl=\EF\E), + use=adm+sgr, +# From: Andrew Scott Beals +# Corrected by Olaf Siebert , 11 May 1995 +# (adm12: removed obsolete ":kn:ma=j^Jk^P^K^Pl ^R^L^L :". This formerly had +# =\Eq but that looked wrong; this is from Dave Yost +# via BRL. That entry asserted , but I've left that out because +# neither earlier nor later ADMSs have it -- esr) +adm12|lsi adm12, + am, mir, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, home=^^, hts=\E1, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, + is2=\E0 \E1 \E1 \E1 \E1 \E1 \E1 \E1 \E1, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf0=^A0\r, kf1=^A1\r, + kf2=^A2\r, kf3=^A3\r, kf4=^A4\r, kf5=^A5\r, kf6=^A6\r, + kf7=^A7\r, kf8=^A8\r, kf9=^A9\r, rmir=\Er, smir=\Eq, tbc=\E0, + use=adm+sgr, +# (adm20: removed obsolete ":kn#7:" -- esr) +adm20|lear siegler adm20, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%i%p2%{31}%+%c%p1%{31}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, home=^^, ht=^I, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, + kf1=^A, kf2=^B, kf3=^W, kf4=^D, kf5=^E, kf6=^X, kf7=^Z, rmso=\E(, + sgr0=\E(, smso=\E), +adm21|lear siegler adm21, + xmc#1, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cud1=^J, dch1=\EW, dl1=30*\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, + ich1=\EQ, il1=30*\EE, ind=^J, invis@, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, khome=^^, + use=adm+sgr, use=adm3a, +# (adm22: ":em=:" was an obvious typo for ":ei=:"; also, +# removed obsolete ":kn#7:ma=j^Jk^P^K^Pl ^R^L^L :"; +# removed bogus-looking \200 from before . -- esr) +adm22|lsi adm22, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=\E+, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\ER, ed=\Ey, el=\Et, home=^^, ht=\Ei, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, + is2=\E%\014\014\014\016\003\200\003\002\003\002\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200, + kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf1=^A@\r, + kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, + kf7=^AF\r, khome=^^, lf1=F1, lf2=F2, lf3=F3, lf4=F4, lf5=F5, + lf6=F6, lf7=F7, rmso=\E(, sgr0=\E(, smso=\E), +# ADM 31 DIP Switches +# +# This information comes from two versions of the manual for the +# Lear-Siegler ADM 31. +# +# Main board: +# rear of case +# +-||||-------------------------------------+ +# + S1S2 ||S + +# + ||3 + +# + + +# + ||S + +# + ||4 + +# + + +# + + +# + + +# + + +# + + +# +-+ +-+ +# + + +# + S5 S6 S7 + +# + == == == + +# +----------------------------------------------+ +# front of case (keyboard) +# +# S1 - Data Rate - Modem +# S2 - Data Rate - Printer +# ------------------------ +# Data Rate Setting +# ------------------- +# 50 0 0 0 0 +# 75 1 0 0 0 +# 110 0 1 0 0 +# 134.5 1 1 0 0 +# 150 0 0 1 0 +# 300 1 0 1 0 +# 600 0 1 1 0 +# 1200 1 1 1 0 +# 1800 0 0 0 1 +# 2000 1 0 0 1 +# 2400 0 1 0 1 +# 3600 1 1 0 1 +# 4800 0 0 1 1 +# 7200 1 0 1 1 +# 9600 0 1 1 1 +# x 1 1 1 1 +# +# S3 - Interface/Printer/Attributes +# --------------------------------- +# Printer Busy Control +# sw1 sw2 sw3 +# --------------- +# off off off Busy not active, CD disabled +# off off on Busy not active, CD enabled +# off on off Busy active on J5-20, CD disabled +# on off off Busy active on J5-19, CD disabled - Factory Set. +# on off on Busy active on J5-19, CD enabled +# +# sw4 Used in conjuction with S4 for comm interface control - Fact 0 +# +# sw5 Secondary Channel Control (Hardware implementation only) - Fact 0 +# +# sw6 ON enables printer BUSY active LOW - Factory Setting +# OFF enables printer BUSY active HIGH - If set to this, ADM31 senses +# +# sw7 ON - steady cursor - Factory Setting +# OFF - blinking cursor +# +# sw8 ON causes selected attribute character to be displayed +# OFF causes SPACE to be displayed instead - Factory Setting +# +# S4 - Interface +# -------------- +# Modem Interface +# S3 S4 S4 S4 S4 +# sw4 sw1 sw2 sw3 sw4 +# --------------------------- +# OFF ON OFF ON OFF Enable RS-232C interface, Direct Connect and +# Current Loop disabled - Factory Setting +# ON ON OFF ON OFF Enable Current Loop interface, Direct Connect +# disabled +# OFF OFF ON OFF ON Enable Direct Connect interface, RS-232C and +# Current Loop Disabled +# +# sw5 ON disables dot stretching mode - Factory Setting +# OFF enables dot stretching mode +# sw6 ON enables blanking function +# OFF enables underline function - Factory Setting +# sw7 ON causes NULLS to be displayed as NULLS +# OFF causes NULLS to be displayed as SPACES - Factory Setting +# +# S5 - Word Structure +# ------------------- +# sw1 ON enables BREAK key - Factory Setting +# OFF disables BREAK key +# sw2 ON selects 50Hz monitor refresh rate +# OFF selects 60Hz monitor refresh rate - Factory Setting +# +# Modem Port Selection +# sw3 sw4 sw5 +# --------------- +# ON ON ON Selects 7 DATA bits, even parity, 2 STOP bits +# OFF ON ON Selects 7 DATA bits, odd parity, 2 STOP bits +# ON OFF ON Selects 7 DATA bits, even parity, 1 STOP bit - Factory Set. +# OFF OFF ON Selects 7 DATA bits, odd parity, 1 STOP bit +# ON ON OFF Selects 8 DATA bits, no parity, 2 STOP bits +# OFF ON OFF Selects 8 DATA bits, no parity, 1 STOP bit +# ON OFF OFF Selects 8 DATA bits, even parity, 1 STOP bit +# OFF OFF OFF Selects 8 DATA bits, odd parity, 1 STOP bit +# +# sw6 ON sends bit 8 a 1 (mark) +# OFF sends bit 8 as 0 (space) - Factory Setting +# sw7 ON selects Block Mode +# OFF selects Conversation Mode - Factory Setting +# sw8 ON selects Full Duplex operation +# OFF selects Half Duplex operation - Factory Setting +# +# S6 - Printer +# ------------ +# sw1, sw2, sw6, sw7 Reserved - Factory 0 +# +# Printer Port Selection +# same as Modem above, bit 8 (when 8 DATA bits) is always = 0 +# +# sw8 ON enables Printer Port +# OFF disables Printer Port - Factory Setting +# +# S7 - Polling Address +# -------------------- +# sw1-7 Establish ASCII character which designates terminal polling address +# ON = logic 0 +# OFF = logic 1 - Factory Setting +# sw8 ON enables Polling Option +# OFF disables Polling Option - Factory Setting +# +# +# On some older adm31s, S4 does not exist, and S5-sw6 is not defined. +# +# This adm31 entry uses underline as the standout mode. +# If the adm31 gives you trouble with standout mode, check the DIP switch in +# position 6, bank @c11, 25% from back end of the circuit board. Should be +# OFF. If there is no such switch, you have an old adm31 and must use oadm31. +# (adm31: removed obsolete ":ma=j^Jk^P^K^Pl ^R^L^L :" -- esr) +adm31|lsi adm31 with sw6 set for underline mode, + am, mir, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\E*, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, home=^^, il1=\EE, ind=^J, is2=\Eu\E0, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf0=^A0\r, kf1=^A1\r, + kf2=^A2\r, kf3=^A3\r, kf4=^A4\r, kf5=^A5\r, kf6=^A6\r, + kf7=^A7\r, kf8=^A8\r, kf9=^A9\r, rmir=\Er, rmso=\EG0, + rmul=\EG0, sgr0=\EG0, smir=\Eq, smso=\EG1, smul=\EG1, +adm31-old|o31|old adm31, + rmul@, smso=\EG4, smul@, use=adm31, +# LSI ADM-36 from Col. George L. Sicherman via BRL +adm36|LSI ADM36, + if=/usr/lib/tabset/vt100, + is2=\E<\E>\E[6;?2;?7;?8h\E[4;20;?1;?3;?4;?5;?6;?18;?19l, use=vt100, +# (adm42: removed obsolete ":ma=^K^P:" -- esr) +adm42|lsi adm42, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=\E;, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, + cvvis=\EC\E3 \E3(, dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, ht=^I, + il1=\EE$<270>, ind=^J, invis@, ip=$<6*>, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, + kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, khome=^^, pad=\177, rmir=\Er, rmul@, + smir=\Eq, smul@, + use=adm+sgr, +# The following termcap for the Lear Siegler ADM-42 leaves the +# "system line" at the bottom of the screen blank (for those who +# find it distracting otherwise) +adm42-ns|lsi adm-42 with no system line, + cbt=\EI\EF \011, clear=\E;\EF \011, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<6>\EF \011, + dch1=\EW\EF \011, dl1=\ER\EF \011, ed=\EY\EF \011, + el=\ET\EF \011, il1=\EE\EF \011, rmir=\Er\EF \011, + smir=\Eq\EF \011, + use=adm42, +# ADM 1178 terminal -- rather like an ADM-42. Manual is dated March 1 1985. +# The insert mode of this terminal is commented out because it's broken for our +# purposes in that it will shift the position of every character on the page, +# not just the cursor line! +# From: Michael Driscoll 10 July 1996 +adm1178|1178|lsi adm1178, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1, + bel=^G, bold=\E(, cbt=\EI, clear=\E+, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, + cvvis=\EC\E3 \E3(, dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, + home=^^, ht=^I, il1=\EE, ind=^J, ip=$<6*/>, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, pad=\177, rev=\EG4, rmso=\EG0, rmul=\EG0, + sgr0=\E), smso=\EG4, smul=\EG1, + +#### Prime +# +# Yes, Prime makes terminals. These entries were posted by Kevin J. Cummings +# on 14 Dec 1992 and lightly edited by esr. +# + +# Standout mode is dim reverse-video. +pt100|pt200|wren|fenix|prime pt100/pt200, + am, bw, mir, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E?, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\ED, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E0%p1%'!'%+%c%p2%'!'%+%c, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EM, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[M, ed=\E[J\E[r, + el=\E[K\E[t, flash=\E$$<200/>\E$P, home=\E$B, ht=^I, + il1=\E[L\E[t, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E$A, nel=^M^J, rmcup=, + rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[>13l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, + smcup=\E[>1l\E[>2l\E[>16l\E[4l\E[>9l\E[20l\E[>3l\E[>7h\E[>12l\E[1Q, + smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[>13h, smso=\E[2;7m, smul=\E[4m, +pt100w|pt200w|wrenw|fenixw|prime pt100/pt200 in 132-column mode, + cols#132, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, use=pt100, +pt250|Prime PT250, + rmso@, smso@, use=pt100, +pt250w|Prime PT250 in 132-column mode, + rmso@, smso@, use=pt100w, + +#### Qume (qvt) +# +# Qume, Inc. +# 3475-A North 1st Street +# San Jose CA 95134 +# Vox: (800)-457-4447 +# Fax: (408)-473-1510 +# Net: josed@techsupp.wyse.com (Jose D'Oliveira) +# +# Qume was bought by Wyse, but still (as of early 1995) has its own support +# group and production division. +# +# Discontinued Qume models: +# +# The qvt101 and qvt102 listed here are long obsolete; so is the qvt101+ +# built to replace them, and a qvt119+ which was a 101+ with available wide +# mode (132 columns). There was a qvt103 which added vt100/vt131 emulations +# and an ANSI-compatible qvt203 that replaced it. Qume started producing +# ANSI-compatible terminals with the qvt323 and qvt61. +# +# Current Qume models (as of February 1995): +# +# All current Qume terminals have ANSI-compatible operation modes. +# Qume is still producing the qvt62, which features emulations for other +# popular lines such as ADDS, and dual-host capabilities. The qvt82 is +# designed for use as a SCO ANSI terminal. The qvt70 is a color terminal +# with many emulations including Wyse370, Wyse 325, etc. Their newest +# model is the qvt520, which is vt420-compatible. +# +# There are some ancient printing Qume terminals under `Daisy Wheel Printers' + +qvt101|qvt108|qume qvt 101 and QVT 108, + xmc#1, use=qvt101+, + +# This used to have but no or . The BSD termcap +# file had . I've done the safe thing and yanked +# both. The is from BSD, which also claimed bold=\E( and dim=\E). +# What seems to be going on here is that this entry was designed so that +# the normal highlight is bold and standout is dim plus something else +# (reverse-video maybe? But then, are there two sequences?) +qvt101+|qvt101p|qume qvt 101 PLUS product, + am, bw, hs, ul, + cols#80, lines#24, xmc#0, + bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cnorm=\E.4, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, + dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, dsl=\Eg\Ef\r, ed=\EY, el=\ET, + flash=\Eb$<200>\Ed, fsl=^M, home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1, + ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, ind=^J, invis@, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY, kel=\ET, + kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, + kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, + khome=^^, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, mc4=\EA, mc5=\E@, rmso=\E(, + smso=\E0P\E), tbc=\E3, tsl=\Eg\Ef, + use=adm+sgr, +qvt102|qume qvt 102, + cnorm=\E., use=qvt101, +# (qvt103: added / based on init string -- esr) +qvt103|qume qvt 103, + am, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>, + clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C$<2>, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5>, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, + cuu1=\E[A$<2>, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + hts=\EH, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, + kcuu1=\EOA, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, rc=\E8, + rev=\E[7m$<2>, ri=\EM$<5>, rmam=\E[?7l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, + rmso=\E[m$<2>, rmul=\E[m$<2>, + rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;m, + sgr0=\E[m$<2>, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, + smso=\E[7m$<2>, smul=\E[4m$<2>, tbc=\E[3g, +qvt103-w|qume qvt103 132 cols, + cols#132, lines#24, + rs2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?8h, use=qvt103, +qvt119+|qvt119p|qvt119|qume qvt 119 and 119PLUS terminals, + am, hs, mir, msgr, + cols#80, lines#24, xmc#0, + bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=\E*1, cnorm=\E.4, cr=^M, cub1=^H, + cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, + cuu1=^K, cvvis=\E.2, dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, dsl=\Eg\Ef\r, ed=\Ey, + el=\Et, flash=\En0$<200>\En1, fsl=^M, home=^^, ht=^I, + hts=\E1, il1=\EE, ind=^J, is2=\EDF\EC\EG0\Er\E(\E%EX, + kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf0=^AI\r, + kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, + kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, + mc4=\EA, mc5=\E@, ri=\EJ, rmir=\Er, smir=\Eq, smul=\EG8, + tbc=\E3, tsl=\Eg\Ef, + use=adm+sgr, +qvt119+-25|qvt119p-25|QVT 119 PLUS with 25 data lines, + lines#25, use=qvt119+, +qvt119+-w|qvt119p-w|qvt119-w|QVT 119 and 119 PLUS in 132 column mode, + cols#132, + is2=\EDF\EC\EG0\Er\E(\E%\EX\En4, use=qvt119+, +qvt119+-25-w|qvt119p-25-w|qvt119-25-w|QVT 119 and 119 PLUS 132 by 25, + lines#25, use=qvt119+, +qvt203|qvt203+|qume qvt 203 Plus, + dch1=\E[P$<7>, dl1=\E[M$<99>, il1=\E[L$<99>, ind=\n$<30>, + ip=$<7>, kf0=\E[29~, kf1=\E[17~, kf2=\E[18~, kf3=\E[19~, + kf4=\E[20~, kf5=\E[21~, kf6=\E[23~, kf7=\E[24~, kf8=\E[25~, + kf9=\E[28~, rmir=\E[4l, smir=\E[4h, + use=qvt103, +qvt203-w|qvt203-w-am|qume qvt 203 PLUS in 132 cols (w/advanced video), + cols#132, lines#24, + rs2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?8h, use=qvt203, +# +# Since a command is present for enabling 25 data lines, +# a specific terminfo entry may be generated for the 203. +# If one is desired for the QVT 119 PLUS then 25 lines must +# be selected in the status line (setup line 9). +# +qvt203-25|QVT 203 PLUS with 25 by 80 column mode, + cols#80, lines#25, + is2=\E[=40h\E[?3l, use=qvt203, +qvt203-25-w|QVT 203 PLUS with 25 by 132 columns, + cols#132, lines#25, + rs2=\E[?3h\E[=40h, use=qvt203, + +#### Televideo (tvi) +# +# TeleVideo +# 550 East Brokaw Road +# PO Box 49048 95161 +# San Jose CA 95112 +# Vox: (408)-954-8333 +# Fax: (408)-954-0623 +# +# +# There are some tvi terminals that require incredible amounts of padding and +# some that don't. I'm assuming tvi912 and tvi920 are the old slow ones, and +# tvi912b, tvi912c, tvi920b, tvi920c are the new ones that don't need padding. +# +# All of these terminals (912 to 970 and the tvipt) are discontinued. Newer +# Televideo terminals are ANSI and PC-ANSI compatible. + +tvi803|televideo 803, + clear=\E*$<10>, use=tvi950, + +# Vanilla tvi910 -- W. Gish 10/29/86 +# Switch settings are: +# +# S1 1 2 3 4 +# D D D D 9600 +# D D D U 50 +# D D U D 75 +# D D U U 110 +# D U D D 135 +# D U D U 150 +# D U U D 300 +# D U U U 600 +# U D D D 1200 +# U D D U 1800 +# U D U D 2400 +# U D U U 3600 +# U U D D 4800 +# U U D U 7200 +# U U U D 9600 +# U U U U 19200 +# +# S1 5 6 7 8 +# U D X D 7N1 (data bits, parity, stop bits) (X means ignored) +# U D X U 7N2 +# U U D D 7O1 +# U U D U 7O2 +# U U U D 7E1 +# U U U U 7E2 +# D D X D 8N1 +# D D X U 8N2 +# D U D D 8O1 +# D U U U 8E2 +# +# S1 9 Autowrap +# U on +# D off +# +# S1 10 CR/LF +# U do CR/LF when CR received +# D do CR when CR received +# +# S2 1 Mode +# U block +# D conversational +# +# S2 2 Duplex +# U half +# D full +# +# S2 3 Hertz +# U 50 +# D 60 +# +# S2 4 Edit mode +# U local +# D duplex +# +# S2 5 Cursor type +# U underline +# D block +# +# S2 6 Cursor down key +# U send ^J +# D send ^V +# +# S2 7 Screen colour +# U green on black +# D black on green +# +# S2 8 DSR status (pin 6) +# U disconnected +# D connected +# +# S2 9 DCD status (pin 8) +# U disconnected +# D duplex +# +# S2 10 DTR status (pin 20) +# U disconnected +# D duplex +# (tvi910: removed obsolete ":ma=^Kk^Ll^R^L:"; added , , , +# , , , , from SCO entry -- esr) +tvi910|televideo model 910, + am, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#1, + bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, ed=\EY, el=\ET, + home=\E=\001\001, hpa=\E]%p1%{32}%+%c, ht=^I, + if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, ind=^J, invis@, kbs=^H, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf0=^AI\r, kf1=^A@\r, + kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, + kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, + vpa=\E[%p1%{32}%+%c, use=adm+sgr, +# From: Alan R. Rogers +# as subsequently hacked over by someone at SCO +# (tvi910+: removed obsolete ":ma=^K^P^L :" -- esr) +# +# Here are the 910+'s DIP switches (U = up, D = down, X = don't care): +# +# S1 1 2 3 4: +# D D D D 9600 D D D U 50 D D U D 75 D D U U 110 +# D U D D 135 D U D U 150 D U U D 300 D U U U 600 +# U D D D 1200 U D D U 1800 U D U D 2400 U D U U 3600 +# U U D D 4800 U U D U 7200 U U U D 9600 U U U U 19200 +# +# S1 5 6 7 8: +# U D X D 7N1 U D X U 7N2 U U D D 7O1 U U D U 7O2 +# U U U D 7E1 U U U U 7E2 D D X D 8N1 D D X U 8N2 +# D U D D 8O1 D U U U 8E2 +# +# S1 9 Autowrap (U = on, D = off) +# S1 10 CR/LF (U = CR/LF on CR received, D = CR on CR received) +# S2 1 Mode (U = block, D = conversational) +# S2 2 Duplex (U = half, D = full) +# S2 3 Hertz (U = 50, D = 60) +# S2 4 Edit mode (U = local, D = duplex) +# S2 5 Cursor type (U = underline, D = block) +# S2 6 Cursor down key (U = send ^J, D = send ^V) +# S2 7 Screen colour (U = green on black, D = black on green) +# S2 8 DSR status (pin 6) (U = disconnected, D = connected) +# S2 9 DCD status (pin 8) (U = disconnected, D = connected) +# S2 10 DTR status (pin 20) (U = disconnected, D = connected) +# +tvi910+|televideo 910+, + dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER$<33*>, home=^^, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE$<33*>, + kf0=^A@\r, kf1=^AA\r, kf2=^AB\r, kf3=^AC\r, kf4=^AD\r, + kf5=^AE\r, kf6=^AF\r, kf7=^AG\r, kf8=^AH\r, kf9=^AI\r, + ll=\E=7\s, + use=tvi910, + +# (tvi912: removed obsolete ":ma=^K^P^L :", added and +# from BRL entry -- esr) +tvi912|tvi914|tvi920|old televideo 912/914/920, + am, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#1, + bel=^G, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\ER$<33*>, ed=\Ey, el=\ET, flash=\Eb$<50/>\Ed, home=^^, + ht=^I, hts=\E1, ich1=\EQ, if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, + il1=\EE$<33*>, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, + kcuu1=^K, kf0=^AI\r, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, + kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, + kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, rmso=\Ek, rmul=\Em, smso=\Ej, smul=\El, + tbc=\E3, +# the 912 has a key that's like shift: 8 xmits "^A8\r". +# The 920 has this plus real function keys that xmit different things. +# Terminfo makes you use the funct key on the 912 but the real keys on the 920. +tvi912c|tvi912b|new televideo 912, + dl1=\ER$<5*>, il1=\EE$<5*>, use=tvi912, +# set to page 1 when entering curses application (\E-17 ) +# reset to page 0 when exiting curses application (\E-07 ) +tvi912-2p|tvi920-2p|tvi-2p|televideo w/2 pages, + rmcup=\E-07\s, smcup=\E-17\s, use=tvi912, +# We got some new tvi912c terminals that act really weird on the regular +# termcap, so one of our gurus worked this up. Seems that cursor +# addressing is broken. +tvi912cc|tvi912 at cowell college, + cup@, use=tvi912c, + +# Here are the switch settings for the tvi920c: +# +# S1 (Line), and S3 (Printer) baud rates -- put one, and only one, switch down: +# 2: 9600 3: 4800 4: 2400 5: 1200 +# 6: 600 7: 300 8: 150 9: 75 +# 10: 110 +# +# S2 UART/Terminal options: +# Up Down +# 1: Not used Not allowed +# 2: Alternate character set Standard character set +# 3: Full duplex Half duplex +# 4: 50 Hz refresh 60 Hz refresh +# 5: No parity Send parity +# 6: 2 stop bits 1 stop bit +# 7: 8 data bits 7 data bits +# 8: Not used Not allowed on Rev E or lower +# 9: Even parity Odd parity +# 10: Steady cursor Blinking cursor +# (On Rev E or lower, use W25 instead of switch 10.) +# +# S5 UART/Terminal options: +# Open Closed +# 1: P3-6 Not connected DSR received on P3-6 +# 2: P3-8 Not connected DCD received on P3-8 +# +# 3 Open, 4 Open: P3-20 Not connected +# 3 Open, 4 Closed: DTR on when terminal is on +# 3 Closed, 4 Open: DTR is connected to RTS +# 3 Closed, 4 Closed: Not allowed +# +# 5 Closed: HDX printer (hardware control) Rev. K with extension port off, +# all data transmitted out of the modem port (P3) will also be +# transmitted out of the printer port (P4). +# +# 6 Open, 7 Open: Not allowed +# 6 Open, 7 Closed: 20ma current loop input +# 6 Closed, 7 Open: RS232 input +# 6 Closed, 7 Closed: Not allowed +# +# Jumper options: +# If the jumper is installed, the effect will occur (the next time the terminal +# is switched on). +# +# S4/W31: Enables automatic LF upon receipt of CR from +# remote or keyboard. +# S4/W32: Enables transmission of EOT at the end of Send. If not +# installed, a carriage return is sent. +# S4/W33: Disables automatic carriage return in column 80. +# S4/W34: Selects Page Print Mode as initial condition. If not +# installed, Extension Mode is selected. +# +tvi920b|tvi920c|new televideo 920, + dl1=\ER$<5*>, il1=\EE$<5*>, kf0=^AI\r, kf1=^A@\r, + kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, + kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, + use=tvi912, + +# Televideo 921 and variants +# From: Tim Theisen 22 Sept 1995 +# (tvi921: removed :ko=bt: before translation, I see no backtab cap; +# also added empty to suppress tic warning -- esr) +tvi921|televideo model 921 with sysline same as page & real vi function, + am, hs, xenl, xhp, + cols#80, lines#24, xmc#0, + acsc=, clear=^Z, cnorm=\E.3, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^V, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<3/>, cuu1=^K, + cvvis=\E.2, dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER$<1*/>, dsl=\Ef\r\Eg, ed=\EY, + el=\ET, fsl=\Eg, home=^^, ht=^I, ich1=\EQ, + if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, il1=\EE, ind=^J, invis@, + is2=\El\E"\EF1\E.3\017\EA\E<, kbs=^H, kclr=^Z, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER$<1*/>, + ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, nel=^M^J, rmacs=\E%, + rmir=, smacs=\E$, smir=, tsl=\Ef\EG0, + use=adm+sgr, +# without the beeper +# (tvi92B: removed :ko=bt: before translation, I see no backtab cap; +# also added empty to suppress tic warning -- esr) +tvi92B|televideo model 921 with sysline same as page & real vi function, + am, hs, xenl, xhp, + cols#80, lines#24, xmc#0, + acsc=, clear=^Z, cnorm=\E.3, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^V, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<3/>, cuu1=^K, + cvvis=\E.2, dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER$<1*/>, dsl=\Ef\r\Eg, ed=\EY, + el=\ET, flash=\Eb$<200/>\Ed, fsl=\Eg, home=^^, ht=^I, + ich1=\EQ, if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, il1=\EE, ind=^J, + invis@, is2=\El\E"\EF1\E.3\017\EA\E<, kbs=^H, kclr=^Z, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, + kdl1=\ER$<1*/>, ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, + nel=^M^J, rmacs=\E%, rmir=, smacs=\E$, smir=, tsl=\Ef\EG0, + use=adm+sgr, +# (tvi92D: removed :ko=bt: before translation, I see no backtab cap -- esr) +tvi92D|tvi92B with DTR instead of XON/XOFF & better padding, + dl1=\ER$<2*/>, il1=\EE$<2*/>, + is2=\El\E"\EF1\E.3\016\EA\E<, kdl1=\ER$<2*/>, + kil1=\EE$<2*/>, + use=tvi92B, + +# (tvi924: This used to have , . I put the new strings +# in from a BSD termcap file because it looks like they do something the +# old ones skip -- esr) +tvi924|televideo tvi924, + am, bw, hs, in, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, wsl#80, xmc#0, + bel=^G, blink=\EG2, cbt=\EI, civis=\E.0, clear=\E*0, + cnorm=\E.3, cr=^M, csr=\E_%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, + cub1=^H, cud1=^V, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, cvvis=\E.1, + dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, dsl=\Es0\Ef\031, ed=\Ey, el=\Et, + flash=\Eb$<200>\Ed, fsl=\031\Es1, home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1, + ich1=\EQ, if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, il1=\EE, ind=^J, + invis@, is1=\017\E%\E'\E(\EDF\EC\EG0\EN0\Es0\Ev0, + kbs=^H, kclr=\E*0, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, + kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\Ey, kel=\Et, kf0=^A@\r, kf1=^AA\r, + kf10=^AJ\r, kf11=^AK\r, kf12=^AL\r, kf13=^AM\r, kf14=^AN\r, + kf15=^AO\r, kf2=^AB\r, kf3=^AC\r, kf4=^AD\r, kf5=^AE\r, + kf6=^AF\r, kf7=^AG\r, kf8=^AH\r, kf9=^AI\r, khome=^^, + kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, lf0=F1, lf1=F2, lf10=F11, lf2=F3, lf3=F4, + lf4=F5, lf5=F6, lf6=F7, lf7=F8, lf8=F9, lf9=F10, + pfkey=\E|%p1%'1'%+%c%p2%s\031, ri=\Ej, tbc=\E3, tsl=\Ef, use=adm+sgr, + +# TVI925 DIP switches. In each of these, D = Down and U = Up, +# +# Here are the settings for the external (baud) switches (S1): +# +# Position Baud +# 7 8 9 10 [Printer] +# 1 2 3 4 [Main RS232] +# ----------------------------------------------------- +# D D D D 9600 +# D D D U 50 +# D D U D 75 +# D D U U 110 +# D U D D 135 +# D U D U 150 +# D U U D 300 +# D U U U 600 +# U D D D 1200 +# U D D U 1800 +# U D U D 2400 +# U D U U 3600 +# U U D D 4800 +# U U D U 7200 +# U U U D 9600 +# U U U U 19200 +# +# +# Settings for word length and stop-bits (S1) +# +# Position Description +# 5 6 +# --------------------------- +# U - 7-bit word +# D - 8-bit word +# - U 2 stop bits +# - D 1 stop bit +# +# +# S2 (external) settings +# +# Position Up Dn Description +# -------------------------------------------- +# 1 X Local edit +# X Duplex edit (transmit editing keys) +# -------------------------------------------- +# 2 X 912/920 emulation +# X 925 +# -------------------------------------------- +# 3 X +# 4 X No parity +# 5 X +# -------------------------------------------- +# 3 X +# 4 X Odd parity +# 5 X +# -------------------------------------------- +# 3 X +# 4 X Even parity +# 5 X +# -------------------------------------------- +# 3 X +# 4 X Mark parity +# 5 X +# -------------------------------------------- +# 3 X +# 4 X Space parity +# 5 X +# -------------------------------------------- +# 6 X White on black display +# X Black on white display +# -------------------------------------------- +# 7 X Half Duplex +# 8 X +# -------------------------------------------- +# 7 X Full Duplex +# 8 X +# -------------------------------------------- +# 7 X Block mode +# 8 X +# -------------------------------------------- +# 9 X 50 Hz +# X 60 Hz +# -------------------------------------------- +# 10 X CR/LF (Auto LF) +# X CR only +# +# S3 (internal switch) settings: +# +# Position Up Dn Description +# -------------------------------------------- +# 1 X Keyclick off +# X Keyclick on +# -------------------------------------------- +# 2 X English +# 3 X +# -------------------------------------------- +# 2 X German +# 3 X +# -------------------------------------------- +# 2 X French +# 3 X +# -------------------------------------------- +# 2 X Spanish +# 3 X +# -------------------------------------------- +# 4 X Blinking block cursor +# 5 X +# -------------------------------------------- +# 4 X Blinking underline cursor +# 5 X +# -------------------------------------------- +# 4 X Steady block cursor +# 5 X +# -------------------------------------------- +# 4 X Steady underline cursor +# 5 X +# -------------------------------------------- +# 6 X Screen blanking timer (ON) +# X Screen blanking timer (OFF) +# -------------------------------------------- +# 7 X Page attributes +# X Line attributes +# -------------------------------------------- +# 8 X DCD disconnected +# X DCD connected +# -------------------------------------------- +# 9 X DSR disconnected +# X DSR connected +# -------------------------------------------- +# 10 X DTR Disconnected +# X DTR connected +# -------------------------------------------- +# +# (tvi925: BSD has . I got and from there -- esr) +tvi925|televideo 925, + am, bw, hs, ul, + cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1, + bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cnorm=\E.4, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^V, + cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, + cvvis=\E.2, dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, dsl=\Eh, ed=\EY, el=\ET, + flash=\Eb$<200>\Ed, fsl=^M\Eg, home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1, + ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, ind=^J, invis@, is2=\El\E", kbs=^H, kclr=^Z, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, + ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kf0=^AI\r, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, + kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, + kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, ri=\Ej, tbc=\E3, + tsl=\Eh\Ef, + use=adm+sgr, +# TeleVideo 925 from Mitch Bradley via BRL +# to avoid "magic cookie" standout glitch: +tvi925-hi|TeleVideo Model 925 with half intensity standout mode, + xmc@, + kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, rmso=\E(, smso=\E), use=tvi925, + +# From: Todd Litwin 28 May 1993 +# Originally Tim Curry, Univ. of Central Fla., 5/21/82 +# for additional capabilities, +# The following tvi descriptions from B:pjphar and virus!mike +# is for all 950s. It sets the following attributes: +# full duplex (\EDF) write protect off (\E() +# conversation mode (\EC) graphics mode off (\E%) +# white on black (\Ed) auto page flip off (\Ew) +# turn off status line (\Eg) clear status line (\Ef\r) +# normal video (\E0) monitor mode off (\EX or \Eu) +# edit mode (\Er) load blank char to space (\Ee\040) +# line edit mode (\EO) enable buffer control (^O) +# protect mode off (\E\047) duplex edit keys (\El) +# program unshifted send key to send line all (\E016) +# program shifted send key to send line unprotected (\E004) +# set the following to nulls: +# field delimiter (\Ex0\200\200) +# line delimiter (\Ex1\200\200) +# start-protected field delimiter (\Ex2\200\200) +# end-protected field delimiter (\Ex3\200\200) +# set end of text delimiter to carriage return/null (\Ex4\r\200) +# +# TVI 950 Switch Setting Reference Charts +# +# TABLE 1: +# +# S1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 +# +-----------------------+-----+-----+-----------------------+ +# | Computer Baud Rate |Data |Stop | Printer Baud Rate | +# | |Bits |Bits | | +# +------+-----------------------+-----+-----+-----------------------+ +# | Up | See | 7 | 2 | See | +# +------+-----------------------+-----+-----+-----------------------+ +# | Down | TABLE 2 | 8 | 1 | TABLE 2 | +# +------+-----------------------+-----+-----+-----------------------+ +# +# +# S2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 +# +-----+-----+-----------------+-----+-----------+-----+-----+ +# |Edit |Cursr| Parity |Video|Transmiss'n| Hz |Click| +# +------+-----+-----+-----------------+-----+-----------+-----+-----+ +# | Up | Dplx|Blink| See |GonBk| See | 60 | Off | +# +------+-----+-----+-----------------+-----+-----------+-----+-----+ +# | Down |Local|St'dy| TABLE 3 |BkonG| CHART | 50 | On | +# +------+-----+-----+-----------------+-----+-----------+-----+-----+ +# +# TABLE 2: +# +# +-----------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----------+ +# | Display | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | Baud | +# +-----------+-----+-----+-----+-----+ | +# | Printer | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | Rate | +# +-----------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----------+ +# | D | D | D | D | 9600 | +# | U | D | D | D | 50 | +# | D | U | D | D | 75 | +# | U | U | D | D | 110 | +# | D | D | U | D | 135 | +# | U | D | U | D | 150 | +# | D | U | U | D | 300 | +# | U | U | U | D | 600 | +# | D | D | D | U | 1200 | +# | U | D | D | U | 1800 | +# | D | U | D | U | 2400 | +# | U | U | D | U | 3600 | +# | D | D | U | U | 4800 | +# | U | D | U | U | 7200 | +# | D | U | U | U | 9600 | +# | U | U | U | U | 19200 | +# +-----+-----+-----+-----+-----------+ +# +# TABLE 3: +# +-----+-----+-----+-----------+ +# | 3 | 4 | 5 | Parity | +# +-----+-----+-----+-----------+ +# | X | X | D | None | +# | D | D | U | Odd | +# | D | U | U | Even | +# | U | D | U | Mark | +# | U | U | U | Space | +# +-----+-----+-----+-----------+ +# X = don't care +# +# CHART: +# +-----+-----+-----------------+ +# | 7 | 8 | Communication | +# +-----+-----+-----------------+ +# | D | D | Half Duplex | +# | D | U | Full Duplex | +# | U | D | Block | +# | U | U | Local | +# +-----+-----+-----------------+ +# +# (tvi950: early versions had obsolete ":ma=^Vj^Kk^Hh^Ll^^H:". +# I also inserted and ; the :ko: string indicated that +# should be present and all tvi native modes use the same string for this. +# Finally, note that BSD has cud1=^V. -- esr) +tvi950|televideo 950, + am, hs, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#1, + acsc=d\rc\014e\nb\011i\013, bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=\E*, + cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\ER, dsl=\Eg\Ef\r, ed=\Ey, el=\Et, flash=\Eb$<200/>\Ed, + fsl=^M, home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, ind=^J, + invis@, + is2=\EDF\EC\Ed\EG0\Eg\Er\EO\E'\E(\E%\Ew\EX\Ee \017\011\El\E016\E004\Ex0\200\200\Ex1\200\200\Ex2\200\200\011\Ex3\200\200\Ex4\r\200\Ef\r, + kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kclr=\E*, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, + kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\Ey, kel=\Et, kf0=^A0\r, + kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, + kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, + kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, mc4=\Ea, mc5=\E`, ri=\Ej, rmacs=^X, + rmir=\Er, smacs=^U, smir=\Eq, tbc=\E3, tsl=\Eg\Ef, + use=adm+sgr, +# +# is for 950 with two pages adds the following: +# set 48 line page (\E\\2) +# place cursor at page 0, line 24, column 1 (\E-07 ) +# set local (no send) edit keys (\Ek) +# +# two page 950 adds the following: +# when entering ex, set 24 line page (\E\\1) +# when exiting ex, reset 48 line page (\E\\2) +# place cursor at 0,24,1 (\E-07 ) +# set duplex (send) edit keys (\El) when entering vi +# set local (no send) edit keys (\Ek) when exiting vi +# +tvi950-2p|televideo950 w/2 pages, + is2=\EDF\EC\Ed\EG0\Eg\Er\EO\E'\E(\E%\Ew\EX\Ee \017\011\Ek\E016\E004\Ex0\200\200\Ex1\200\200\Ex2\200\200\011\Ex3\200\200\Ex4\r\200\E\\2\E-07 \011, + rmcup=\E\\2\E-07\s, rmkx=\Ek, smcup=\E\\1\E-07\s, + smkx=\El, + use=tvi950, +# +# is for 950 with four pages adds the following: +# set 96 line page (\E\\3) +# place cursor at page 0, line 24, column 1 (\E-07 ) +# +# four page 950 adds the following: +# when entering ex, set 24 line page (\E\\1) +# when exiting ex, reset 96 line page (\E\\3) +# place cursor at 0,24,1 (\E-07 ) +# +tvi950-4p|televideo950 w/4 pages, + is2=\EDF\EC\Ed\EG0\Eg\Er\EO\E'\E(\E%\Ew\EX\Ee \017\011\Ek\E016\E004\Ex0\200\200\Ex1\200\200\Ex2\200\200\011\Ex3\200\200\Ex4\r\200\E\\3\E-07 \011, + rmcup=\E\\3\E-07\s, rmkx=\Ek, smcup=\E\\1\E-07\s, + smkx=\El, + use=tvi950, +# +# for reverse video 950 changes the following: +# set reverse video (\Ed) +# +# set vb accordingly (\Ed ...delay... \Eb) +# +tvi950-rv|televideo950 rev video, + flash=\Ed$<200/>\Eb, + is2=\EDF\EC\Eb\EG0\Eg\Er\EO\E'\E(\E%\Ew\EX\Ee \017\011\El\E016\E004\Ex0\200\200\Ex1\200\200\Ex2\200\200\011\Ex3\200\200\Ex4\r\200, use=tvi950, + +# tvi950-rv-2p uses the appropriate entries from 950-2p and 950-rv +tvi950-rv-2p|televideo950 rev video w/2 pages, + flash=\Ed$<200/>\Eb, + is2=\EDF\EC\Eb\EG0\Eg\Er\EO\E'\E(\E%\Ew\EX\Ee \017\011\Ek\E016\E004\Ex0\200\200\Ex1\200\200\Ex2\200\200\011\Ex3\200\200\Ex4\r\200\E\\2\E-07\s, + rmcup=\E\\2\E-07\s, rmkx=\Ek, smcup=\E\\1\E-07\s, + smkx=\El, + use=tvi950, + +# tvi950-rv uses the appropriate entries from 950-4p and 950-rv +tvi950-rv-4p|televideo950 rev video w/4 pages, + flash=\Ed$<200/>\Eb, + is2=\EDF\EC\Eb\EG0\Er\EO\E'\E(\E%\Ew\EX\Ee \017\011\Ek\E016\E004\Ex0\200\200\Ex1\200\200\Ex2\200\200\011\Ex3\200\200\Ex4\r\200\E\\3\E-07\s, + rmcup=\E\\3\E-07\s, rmkx=\Ek, smcup=\E\\1\E-07\s, + smkx=\El, + use=tvi950, +# From: Andreas Stolcke +# (tvi955: removed obsolete ":ma:=^Vj^Kk^Hh^Ll^^H"; +# removed incorrect (and overridden) ":do=^J:"; fixed broken continuations in +# the :rs: string, inserted the implied by the termcap :ko: string. Note +# the :ko: string had :cl: in it, which means that one of the original +# , had to be wrong; set because that's what +# the 950 has. Finally, corrected the string to match the 950 and what +# ko implies -- esr) +# If the BSD termcap file was right, would +# also work. +tvi955|televideo 955, + mc5i, msgr@, + it#8, xmc@, + acsc=0_`RjHkGlFmEnIoPqKsQtMuLvOwNxJ, blink=\EG2, + civis=\E.0, cnorm=\E.2, cud1=^V, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cvvis=\E.1, dim=\E[=5h, ind@, invis=\EG1, + is2=\E[=3l\EF1\Ed\EG0\E[=5l\E%\El, kctab=\E2, khts=\E1, + knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, krmir=\EQ, ktbc=\E3, mc0=\EP, rmacs=\E%, + rmam=\E[=7l, rmxon=^N, + rs1=\EDF\EC\Eg\Er\EO\E'\E(\Ew\EX\Ee \017\E0P\E6\200\E0p\E4\200\Ef\r, + sgr0=\EG0\E[=5l, smacs=\E$, smam=\E[=7h, smxon=^O, + use=tvi950, +tvi955-w|955-w|televideo955 w/132 cols, + cols#132, + is2=\E[=3h\EF1\Ed\EG0\E[=5l\E%\El, use=tvi955, +# use half-intensity as normal mode, full intensity as +tvi955-hb|955-hb|televideo955 half-bright, + bold=\E[=5l, dim@, is2=\E[=3l\EF1\Ed\EG0\E[=5h\E%\El, + sgr0=\EG0\E[=5h, + use=tvi955, +# From: Humberto Appleton , 880521 UT Austin +# (tvi970: removed ":sg#0:"; removed =\E[m, =\E[m; +# added ////// from BRL. +# According to BRL we could have =\E>, =\E= but I'm not sure what +# it does to the function keys. I deduced /. +# also added empty to suppress tic warning, -- esr) +tvi970|televideo 970, + am, da, db, mir, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[2J, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub1=^H, cud1=\ED, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%df, + cuu1=\EM, cvvis=\E[1Q, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, dsl=\Eg\Ef\r, + ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, flash=\E[5m$<200/>\E[m, home=\E[H, + hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, ht=^I, il1=\E[L, + is2=\E<\E[?21l\E[19h\E[1Q\E[10l\E[7l\E[H\E[2J, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, + kf1=\E?a, kf2=\E?b, kf3=\E?c, kf4=\E?d, kf5=\E?e, kf6=\E?f, + kf7=\E?g, kf8=\E?h, kf9=\E?i, khome=\E[H, ri=\EM, rmacs=\E(B, + rmam=\E[?7h, rmcup=, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\E(B, smam=\E[?7l, + smcup=\E[?20l\E[?7h\E[1Q, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd, +tvi970-vb|televideo 970 with visual bell, + flash=\E[?5h\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\200\E[?5l, use=tvi970, +tvi970-2p|televideo 970 with using 2 pages of memory, + rmcup=\E[H\E[J\E[V, smcup=\E[U\E[?20l\E[?7h\E[1Q, + use=tvi970, +# Works with vi and rogue. NOTE: Esc v sets autowrap on, Esc u sets 80 chars +# per line (rather than 40), Esc K chooses the normal character set. Not sure +# padding is needed, but adapted from the tvi920c termcap. The and +# strings are klutzy, but at least use no screen space. +# (tvipt: removed obsolete ":ma=^Kk^Ll^R^L:". I wish we knew , +# its absence means =\Ev isn't save to use. -- esr) +# From: Gene Rochlin 9/19/84. +# The ////, and caps are from BRL, which says: +# F1 and F2 should be programmed as ^A and ^B; required for UNIFY. +tvipt|televideo personal terminal, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cub1=^H, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dl1=\ER$<5*>, + ed=\EY, el=\ET, home=^^, if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, + il1=\EE$<5*>, is2=\Ev\Eu\EK, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, + kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf0=^A, kf1=^B, khome=^^, mc4=^T, mc5=^R, + rmso=\EF, rmul=\EF, smso=\EG1@A\EH, smul=\EG1B@\EH, +# From: Nathan Peterson , 03 Sep 1996 +tvi9065|televideo 9065, + am, bw, chts, hs, mc5i, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lh#1, lines#25, lm#0, lw#9, ma#4, nlab#8, vt#0, + wnum#0, wsl#30, + acsc=0_'rjhkglfmeniopxjqksqtmulvown, bel=^G, + blink=\EG2, bold=\EG\,, cbt=\EI, civis=\E.0, clear=^Z, + cnorm=\E.3, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, + cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^V, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%' '%+%c%p2%' '%+%c, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=^K, + cvvis=\E.2, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\EW, dim=\EGp, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\ER, dsl=\E_30\r, ech=\E[%p1%d@, ed=\EY, + el=\ET, flash=\Eb$<15>\Ed, fsl=^M, home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, + il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\EE, ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dS, invis=\EG1, + ip=$<3>, + is1=\E"\E%\E'\E(\EG@\EO\EX\E[=5l\E[=6l\E[=7h\Ed\Er, + is2=\EF2\EG0\E\\L, is3=\E<\E[=4l\E[=8h, kHOM=\E\s\s\s, + kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, + kdch1=\EW, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf11=^AJ\r, kf12=^AK\r, + kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, + kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, ll=\E[25;1H, + mc0=\E[0;0i, mc4=\Ea, mc5=\E`, nel=^M^J, + pfkey=\E|%p1%'0'%+%c3%p2%s\031, + pfloc=\E|%p1%'0'%+%c2%p2%s\031, + pfx=\E|%p1%'0'%+%c1%p2%s\031, + pln=\E_%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\E&, + rep=\E[%p2%db%p1%c, rev=\EG4, + rf=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, ri=\Ej, rin=\E[%p1%dT, + rmacs=\E%, rmam=\E[=7l, rmcup=\E.3\Er\E[1;25r\E[25;0H, + rmdc=\200, rmir=\Er, rmln=\E[4;1v, rmso=\EG0, rmul=\EG0, + rmxon=^N, rs1=\EC\EDF\E[0;0v\E[8;1v\E[=65l, + rs2=\E.b\E[10;20v\E[14;1v\E[3;0v\E[7;0v\E[=11.h\E[=12.h\E[=13.h\E[=14.h\E[=15l\E[=20h\E[=60l\E[=61h\E[=9l\E[=10l\E[=21l\E[=23l\E[=3l\E_40\E_50\En\Ew\Ee \Ex0\200\200\Ex1\200\200\Ex2\200\200\Ex3\200\200\Ex4\200\200\E1, + rs3=\E[=19h\E.3\E9\E0O\200\200\200\200\200\E0o\200\200\200\200\200\E0J\177\200\200\200\200, + sgr=\EG0%?%p1%t\EGt%;%?%p2%t\EG8%;%?%p3%t\EG4%;%?%p4%t\EG2%;%?%p5%t\EGp%;%?%p6%t\EG\,%;%?%p7%t\EG1%;%?%p9%t\E$%e\E%%%;, + sgr0=\EG0, smacs=\E$, smam=\E=7h, smcup=\E.2, smdc=\Er, + smir=\Eq, smln=\E[4;2v, smso=\EGt, smul=\EG8, smxon=^O, + tbc=\E3, tsl=\E[4;1v\E_30, uc=\EG8\EG0, + +#### Visual (vi) +# +# In September 1993, Visual Technology of Westboro, Massachusetts, +# merged with White Pine Software of Nashua, New Hampshire. +# +# White Pine Software may be contacted at +1 603/886-9050. +# Or visit White Pine on the World Wide Web at URL http://www.wpine.com. +# + +# Visual 50 from Beau Shekita, BTL-Whippany +# Recently I hacked together the following termcap for Visual +# Technology's Visual 50 terminal. It's a slight modification of +# the vt52 termcap. +# It's intended to run when the Visual 50 is in vt52 emulation mode +# (I know what you're thinking; if it's emulating a vt52, then why +# another termcap? Well, it turns out that the Visual 50 can handle +# and db(?) among other things, which the vt52 can't) +# The termcap works OK for the most part. The only problem is on +# character inserts. The whole line gets painfully redrawn for each +# character typed. Any suggestions? +# Beau's entry is combined with the vi50 entry from University of Wisconsin. +# Note especially the function. - are really l4-l6 in +# disguise; - are really l1-l3. +vi50|visual 50, + am, da, db, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, cbt=\Ez$<4/>, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, + cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, + dl1=\EM$<3*/>, ed=\EJ, el=\EK$<16/>, home=\EH, ht=^I, + il1=\EL, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, + kcuu1=\EA, kf1=\EP, kf2=\EQ, kf3=\ER, kf4=\EV, kf5=\EE, + kf6=\E], kf7=\EL, kf8=\Ev, kf9=\EM, khome=\EH, nel=^M^J, + ri=\EI, rmso=\ET, rmul=\EW, smso=\EU, smul=\ES, +# this one was BSD & SCO's vi50 +vi50adm|visual 50 in adm3a mode, + am, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dl1=\EM, + ed=\Ek, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, il1=\EL, ind=^J, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome=\EH, + rmso=\ET, smso=\EU, +# From: Jeff Siegal +vi55|Visual 55, + am, mir, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + clear=\Ev, csr=\E_%p1%'A'%+%c%p2%'A'%+%c, cub1=^H, + cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, + cuu1=\EA, dch1=\Ew, dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, + il1=\EL, is2=\Ev\E_AX\Eb\EW\E9P\ET, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, + kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, ri=\EI, rmir=\Eb, rmso=\ET, + smir=\Ea, smso=\EU, + +# Visual 200 from BRL +# The following switch settings are assumed for normal operation: +# FULL_DUPLEX SCROLL CR +# AUTO_NEW_LINE_ON VISUAL_200_EMULATION_MODE +# Other switches may be set for operator convenience or communication +# requirements. +# Character insertion is kludged in order to get around the "beep" misfeature. +# (This cap is commented out because / is more efficient -- esr) +# Supposedly "4*" delays should be used for , , , , +# and strings, but we seem to get along fine without them. +vi200|visual 200, + am, mir, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=, bel=^G, cbt=\Ez, clear=\Ev, cnorm=\Ec, cr=^M, cub1=^H, + cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, + cuu1=\EA, cvvis=\Ed, dch1=\EO, dim=\E4, dl1=\EM, ed=\Ey, + el=\Ex, home=\EH, ht=^I, hts=\E1, il1=\EL, ind=^J, invis=\Ea, + kbs=^H, kclr=\Ev, kctab=\E2, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, + kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EO, kdl1=\EM, ked=\EJ, kel=\Et, kf0=\E?p, + kf1=\E?q, kf2=\E?r, kf3=\E?s, kf4=\E?t, kf5=\E?u, kf6=\E?v, + kf7=\E?w, kf8=\E?x, kf9=\E?y, khome=\EH, khts=\E1, kich1=\Ei, + kil1=\EL, krmir=\Ej, mc0=\EH\E], mc4=\EX, mc5=\EW, ri=\EI, + rmacs=\EG, rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E3, + rs1=\E3\Eb\Ej\E\\\El\EG\Ec\Ek\EX, sgr0=\E3\Eb, + smacs=\EF, smkx=\E=, smso=\E4, tbc=\Eg, +# The older Visuals didn't come with function keys. This entry uses +# and so that the keypad keys can be used as function keys. +# If your version of vi doesn't support function keys you may want +# to use vi200-f. +vi200-f|visual 200 no function keys, + is2=\E3\Eb\Ej\E\\\El\EG\Ed\Ek, kf0=\E?p, kf1=\E?q, + kf2=\E?r, kf3=\E?s, kf4=\E?t, kf5=\E?u, kf6=\E?v, kf7=\E?w, + kf8=\E?x, kf9=\E?y, rmkx=\E>, rmso@, smkx=\E=, smso@, + use=vi200, +vi200-rv|visual 200 reverse video, + cnorm@, cvvis@, ri@, rmso=\E3, smso=\E4, use=vi200, + +# the function keys are programmable but we don't reprogram them to their +# default values with because programming them is very verbose. maybe +# an initialization file should be made for the 300 and they could be stuck +# in it. +# (vi300: added / based on init string -- esr) +vi300|visual 300 ansi x3.64, + am, bw, mir, xenl, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, + cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, + dch1=\E[P$<40>, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + il1=\E[L, ind=^J, + is2=\E[7s\E[2;3;4;20;?5;?6l\E[12;?7h\E[1Q\E[0;1(D\E[8s, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, + kf1=\E_A\E\\, kf2=\E_B\E\\, kf3=\E_C\E\\, kf4=\E_D\E\\, + kf5=\E_E\E\\, kf6=\E_F\E\\, kf7=\E_G\E\\, kf8=\E_H\E\\, + kf9=\E_I\E\\, khome=\E[H, ri=\EM, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, + smso=\E[1m, smul=\E[4m, +# some of the vi300s have older firmware that has the command +# sequence for setting editing extent reversed. +vi300-old|visual 300 with old firmware (set edit extent reversed), + is2=\E[7s\E[2;3;4;20;?5;?6l\E[12;?7h\E[2Q\E[0;1(D\E[8s, + use=vi300, + +# Visual 500 prototype entry from University of Wisconsin. +# The best place to look for the escape sequences is page A1-1 of the +# Visual 500 manual. The initialization sequence given here may be +# overkill, but it does leave out some of the initializations which can +# be done with the menus in set-up mode. +# The :xp: line below is so that emacs can understand the padding requirements +# of this slow terminal. :xp: is 10 time the padding factor. +# (vi500: removed unknown :xp#4: termcap; +# also added empty to suppress tic warning -- esr) +vi500|visual 500, + am, mir, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#33, + acsc=, cbt=\Ez$<4/>, clear=\Ev$<6*/>, cr=^M, + csr=\E(%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, + cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, + dch1=\EO$<3*/>, dl1=\EM$<3*/>, ed=\Ey$<3*/>, + el=\Ex$<16/>, home=\EH, ht=\011$<8/>, il1=\EL\Ex$<3*/>, + ind=^J, + is2=\E3\E\001\E\007\E\003\Ek\EG\Ed\EX\El\E>\Eb\E\\, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, + khome=\EH, nel=^M^J, rmacs=^O, rmir=\Ej, rmso=\E^G, + rmul=\E^C, smacs=^N, smir=\Ei, smso=\E^H, smul=\E^D, + +# The visual 550 is a visual 300 with tektronix graphics, +# and with 33 lines. clear screen is modified here to +# also clear the graphics. +vi550|visual 550 ansi x3.64, + lines#33, + clear=\030\E[H\E[2J, use=vi300, + +vi603|visual603|visual 603, + hs, mir, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[J, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, + dsl=\EP2;1~\E\\, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, fsl=\E\\, il1=\E[L, + ind=\ED, is1=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r, + rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m, + sgr0=\E[m, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tsl=\EP2~, + use=vt100, + +#### Wyse (wy) +# +# Wyse Technology +# 3471 North First Street +# San Jose, CA 95134 +# Vox: (408)-473-1200 +# Fax: (408) 473-1222 +# Web: http://www.wyse.com +# +# Wyse sales can be reached by phone at 1-800-GET-WYSE. Tech support is at +# (800)-800-WYSE (option 5 gets you a human). There's a Web page at the +# obvious address, http://www.wyse.com. +# +# Wyse bought out Link Technology, Inc. in 1990 and closed it down in 1995. +# They now own the Qume and Amdek brands, too. So these are the people to +# talk with about all Link, Qume, and Amdek terminals. +# +# Wyse has a BBS containing termcap and terminfo stuff for their terminals +# (though this may not last long -- I expect the Web will kill it off by +# mid-1997 or so). According to their tech support, at 800-800-9973, it's +# at 408-922-4400 thru 4405. The 4400 modem is flaky as of 5/96, so +# call 4401 etc. Come in at 9600 hard; don't use autospeed sense. +# +# All the following entries until (but not including) wy520 are direct from +# Wyse technical support and represent their best knowledge as of January 1995. +# I canceled the bel capacities in the vb entries. +# I made two trivial syntax fixes in the wyse30 entry. +# I made some entries relative to adm+sgr. +# +# +# Note: The wyse75, wyse85, and wyse99 have been discontinued. + +# Although the Wyse 30 can support more than one attribute +# it requires magic cookies to do so. Many applications do not +# function well with magic cookies. The following terminfo uses +# the protect mode to support one attribute (dim) without cookies. +# If more than one attribute is needed then the wy30-mc terminfo +# should be used. +# +wy30|wyse30|Wyse 30, + am, bw, hs, mc5i, mir, msgr, xon, + cols#80, lh#1, lines#24, lw#8, ma#1, nlab#8, wsl#45, + acsc=0wa_h[jukslrmqnxqzttuyv]wpxv, bel=^G, cbt=\EI, + civis=\E`0, clear=\E+$<80>, cnorm=\E`1, cr=^M, cub1=^H, + cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, + cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW$<10>, dim=\E`7\E), dl1=\ER$<1>, + dsl=\EF\r, ed=\EY$<80>, el=\ET, flash=\E`8$<100/>\E`9, + fsl=^M, home=^^, ht=\011$<1>, hts=\E1, il1=\EE$<2>, + ind=\n$<2>, ip=$<2>, is2=\E'\E(\E\^3\E`9\016\024, + kHOM=\E{, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, + kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kent=\E7, + kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, + kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, khome=^^, kich1=\EQ, + kil1=\EE, knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, krpl=\Er, ll=^^^K, mc0=\EP, mc4=^T, + mc5=^X, nel=^M^J, pfx=\Ez%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177, + pln=\Ez%p1%'/'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\E`7\E), ri=\Ej$<3>, + rmacs=\EH^C, rmir=\Er, rmln=\EA11, rmso=\E(, + sgr=%?%p1%p5%p8%|%|%t\E`7\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EH\002%e\EH\003%;, + sgr0=\E(\EH\003, smacs=\EH^B, smir=\Eq, smln=\EA10, + smso=\E`7\E), tbc=\E0, tsl=\EF, +# +# This terminal description uses the non-hidden attribute mode +# (with magic cookie). +# +# (wy30-mc: added to suppress tic warning --esr) +wy30-mc|wyse30-mc|wyse 30 with magic cookies, + msgr@, + ma@, xmc#1, + blink=\EG2, dim=\EGp, prot=\EG0\E), rmacs=\EG0\EH\003, + rmcup=\EG0, + sgr=\EG%'0'%?%p2%p6%|%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{64}%|%;%?%p7%t%{1}%|%;%c%?%p8%t\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EH\002%e\EH\003%;, + sgr0=\EG0\E(\EH\003, smacs=\EG0\EH\002, smcup=, + use=wy30, use=adm+sgr, +# The mandatory pause used by does not work with +# older versions of terminfo. If you see this effect then +# unset xon and delete the / from the delay. +# i.e. change $<100/> to $<100> +wy30-vb|wyse30-vb|wyse 30 visible bell, + bel@, use=wy30, +# +# The Wyse 50 can support one attribute (e.g. Dim, Inverse, +# Normal) without magic cookies by using the protect mode. +# The following description uses this feature, but when more +# than one attribute is put on the screen at once, all attributes +# will be changed to be the same as the last attribute given. +# The Wyse 50 can support more attributes when used with magic +# cookies. The wy50-mc terminal description uses magic cookies +# to correctly handle multiple attributes on a screen. +# +wy50|wyse50|Wyse 50, + am, bw, hs, mc5i, mir, msgr, xon, + cols#80, lh#1, lines#24, lw#8, ma#1, nlab#8, wsl#45, + acsc=0wa_h[jukslrmqnxqzttuyv]wpxv, bel=^G, cbt=\EI, + civis=\E`0, clear=\E+$<20>, cnorm=\E`1, cr=^M, cub1=^H, + cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, + cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW$<1>, dim=\E`7\E), dl1=\ER, dsl=\EF\r, + ed=\EY$<20>, el=\ET, flash=\E`8$<100/>\E`9, fsl=^M, + home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1, il1=\EE, ind=\n$<2>, ip=$<1>, + is1=\E`\:\E`9$<30>, is2=\016\024\E'\E(, kHOM=\E{, kbs=^H, + kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, + kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kent=\E7, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, + kf11=^AJ\r, kf12=^AK\r, kf13=^AL\r, kf14=^AM\r, kf15=^AN\r, + kf16=^AO\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, + kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, + kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, kprt=\EP, krpl=\Er, + ll=^^^K, mc0=\EP, mc4=^T, mc5=^X, nel=^M^J, + pfx=\Ez%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177, + pln=\Ez%p1%'/'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\E`7\E), rev=\E`6\E), + ri=\Ej, rmacs=\EH^C, rmir=\Er, rmln=\EA11, rmso=\E(, + sgr=%?%p1%p3%|%t\E`6\E)\n%e%p5%p8%|%t\E`7\E)%e\E(%;\n%?%p9%t\EH\002%e\EH\003%;, + sgr0=\E(\EH\003, smacs=\EH^B, smir=\Eq, smln=\EA10, + smso=\E`6\E), tbc=\E0, tsl=\EF, +# +# This terminal description uses the non-hidden attribute mode +# (with magic cookie). +# +# The mandatory pause used by flash does not work with some +# older versions of terminfo. If you see this effect then +# unset and delete the / from the delay. +# i.e. change $<100/> to $<100> +# (wy50-mc: added to suppress tic warning --esr) +wy50-mc|wyse50-mc|wyse 50 with magic cookies, + msgr@, + ma@, xmc#1, + blink=\EG2, dim=\EGp, prot=\EG0\E), rmacs=\EG0\EH\003, + rmcup=\EG0, + sgr=\EG%'0'%?%p2%p6%|%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{64}%|%;%?%p7%t%{1}%|%;%c%?%p8%t\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EH\002%e\EH\003%;, + sgr0=\EG0\E(\EH\003, smacs=\EG0\EH\002, smcup=, + smso=\EGt, use=wy50, + use=adm+sgr, +wy50-vb|wyse50-vb|wyse 50 visible bell, + bel@, use=wy50, +wy50-w|wyse50-w|wyse 50 132-column, + cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#97, + cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC, dch1=\EW$<2>, is1=\E`;\E`9$<30>, use=wy50, +wy50-wvb|wyse50-wvb|wyse 50 132-column visible bell, + bel@, + use=wy50-w, +# +# The Wyse 350 is a Wyse 50 with color. +# Unfortunately this means that it has magic cookies. +# The color attributes are designed to overlap the reverse, dim and +# underline attributes. This is nice for monochrome applications +# because you can make underline stuff green (or any other color) +# but for true color applications it's not so hot because you cannot +# mix color with reverse, dim or underline. +# To further complicate things one of the attributes must be +# black (either the foreground or the background). In reverse video +# the background changes color with black letters. In normal video +# the foreground changes colors on a black background. +# This terminfo uses some of the more advanced features of curses +# to display both color and blink. In the final analysis I am not +# sure that the wy350 runs better with this terminfo than it does +# with the wy50 terminfo (with user adjusted colors). +# +# The mandatory pause used by flash does not work with +# older versions of terminfo. If you see this effect then +# unset xon and delete the / from the delay. +# i.e. change $<100/> to $<100> +# +# Bug: The capability resets attributes. +wy350|wyse350|Wyse 350, + am, bw, hs, mc5i, mir, xon, + colors#8, cols#80, lh#1, lines#24, lw#8, ncv#55, nlab#8, pairs#8, + wsl#45, xmc#1, + acsc=0wa_h[jukslrmqnxqzttuyv]wpxv, bel=^G, blink=\EG2, + cbt=\EI, civis=\E`0, clear=\E+$<20>, cnorm=\E`1, cr=^M, + cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW$<1>, + dim=\EGp, dl1=\ER, dsl=\EF\r, ed=\EY$<20>, el=\ET, + flash=\E`8$<100/>\E`9, fsl=^M, home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1, + il1=\EE, ind=\n$<2>, ip=$<1>, is1=\E`\:\E`9$<30>, + is2=\016\024\E'\E(, is3=\E%?, kHOM=\E{, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, + ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kent=\E7, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, + kf11=^AJ\r, kf12=^AK\r, kf13=^AL\r, kf14=^AM\r, kf15=^AN\r, + kf16=^AO\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, + kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, + kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, kprt=\EP, krpl=\Er, + ll=^^^K, mc0=\EP, mc4=^T, mc5=^X, nel=^M^J, oc=\E%?, op=\EG0, + pfx=\Ez%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177, + pln=\Ez%p1%'/'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\EG0\E), ri=\Ej, + rmacs=\EG0\EH\003, rmir=\Er, rmln=\EA11, setb=, + setf=%?%p1%{0}%=%t%{76}\n%e%p1%{1}%=%t%{64}\n%e%p1%{2}%=%t%{8}\n%e%p1%{3}%=%t%{72}\n%e%p1%{4}%=%t%{4}\n%e%p1%{5}%=%t%{68}\n%e%p1%{6}%=%t%{12}\n%e%p1%{7}%=%t%{0}\n%;%PC\n\EG%gC%gA%+%'0'%+%c, + sgr=%{0}%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;\n%?%p7%t%{1}%|%;%PA\n\EG%?%gC%t%gC%e\n%{0}%?%p1%t%{4}%|%;\n%?%p2%t%{8}%|%;\n%?%p3%t%{4}%|%;\n%?%p5%t%{64}%|%;\n%;%gA%+%'0'%+%c\n%?%p8%t\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EH\002%e\EH\003%;, + sgr0=\EG0\E(\EH\003%{0}%PA%{0}%PC, smacs=\EG0\EH\002, + smir=\Eq, smln=\EA10, tbc=\E0, tsl=\EF, + use=adm+sgr, +wy350-vb|wyse350-vb|wyse 350 visible bell, + bel@, use=wy350, +wy350-w|wyse350-w|wyse 350 132-column, + cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#97, + cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC, dch1=\EW$<2>, is1=\E`;\E`9$<30>, use=wy350, +wy350-wvb|wyse350-wvb|wyse 350 132-column visible bell, + bel@, + use=wy350-w, +# +# This terminfo description is untested. +# The wyse100 emulates an adm31, so the adm31 entry should work. +# +wy100|wyse 100, + hs, mir, + cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1, + bel=^G, clear=\E;, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\ER, dsl=\EA31, ed=\EY, el=\ET, fsl=^M, il1=\EE, ind=^J, + invis@, is2=\Eu\E0, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, + kcuu1=^K, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, + kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, khome=\E{, + rmir=\Er, smir=\Eq, tsl=\EF, + use=adm+sgr, +# +# The Wyse 120/150 has most of the features of the Wyse 60. +# This terminal does not need padding up to 9600 baud! +# should be set but the clear screen fails when in +# alt-charset mode. Try \EcE\s\s\E+\s if the screen is really clear +# then set . +# +wy120|wyse120|wy150|wyse150|Wyse 120/150, + am, bw, hs, km, mc5i, mir, msgr, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lh#1, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, pb#9601, wsl#45, + acsc=+/\\\,.0[Iha2fxgqh1jYk?lZm@nEqDtCu4vAwBx3yszr{c~~, + bel=^G, blink=\EG2, cbt=\EI, civis=\E`0, clear=\E+$<50>, + cnorm=\E`1, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW$<7>, + dim=\EGp, dl1=\ER$<3>, dsl=\EF\r, ed=\EY$<50>, el=\ET$<4>, + flash=\E`8$<100/>\E`9, fsl=^M, home=^^, ht=\011$<1>, + hts=\E1, il1=\EE$<3>, ind=\n$<3>, ip=$<2>, is1=\EcB0\EcC1, + is2=\Ed$\EcD\E'\Er\EH\003\Ed/\EO\Ee1\Ed*\E`@\E`9\E`1\016\024\El, + is3=\EwJ\Ew1$<150>, kHOM=\E{, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY, + kel=\ET, kent=\E7, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf11=^AJ\r, + kf12=^AK\r, kf13=^AL\r, kf14=^AM\r, kf15=^AN\r, kf16=^AO\r, + kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, + kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, kich1=\EQ, + kil1=\EE, knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, kprt=\EP, krpl=\Er, ll=^^^K, + mc0=\EP, mc4=^T, mc5=\Ed#, nel=\r\n$<3>, + pfloc=\EZ2%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177, + pfx=\EZ1%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177, + pln=\Ez%p1%'/'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\E), ri=\Ej$<2>, + rmacs=\EcD, rmam=\Ed., rmcup=\Ew1, rmir=\Er, rmln=\EA11, + rmxon=\Ec20, rs1=\E~!\E~4$<30>, rs2=\EeF\E`\:$<70>, + rs3=\EwG\Ee($<100>, + sgr=%?%p8%t\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EcE%e\EcD%;\EG%'0'%?%p2%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{64}%|%;%?%p7%t%{1}%|%;%c, + sgr0=\E(\EH\003\EG0\EcD, smacs=\EcE, smam=\Ed/, + smcup=\Ew0, smir=\Eq, smln=\EA10, smso=\EGt, + smxon=\Ec21\ntbc=\E0, tsl=\EF, use=adm+sgr, +# +wy120-w|wyse120-w|wy150-w|wyse150-w|wyse 120/150 132-column, + cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#97, + cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC, dch1=\EW$<12>, ip=$<4>, + rs2=\E`;$<70>, use=wy120, +# +wy120-25|wyse120-25|wy150-25|wyse150-25|wyse 120/150 80-column 25-lines, + lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<100>, use=wy120, +# +wy120-25-w|wyse120-25-w|wy150-25-w|wyse150-25-w|wyse 120/150 132-column 25-lines, + lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<100>, use=wy120-w, +# +wy120-vb|wyse120-vb|wy150-vb|wyse150-vb|Wyse 120/150 visible bell, + bel@, + use=wy120, +# +wy120-w-vb|wy120-wvb|wyse120-wvb|wy150-w-vb|wyse150-w-vb|Wyse 120/150 132-column visible bell, + bel@, + use=wy120-w, +# +# The Wyse 60 is like the Wyse 50 but with more padding. +# The reset strings are slow and the pad times very depending +# on other parameters such as font loading. I have tried +# to follow the following outline: +# +# -> set personality +# -> set number of columns +# -> set number of lines +# -> select the proper font +# -> do the initialization +# -> set up display memory (2 pages) +# +# The Wyse 60's that have vt100 emulation are slower than the +# older Wyse 60's. This change happened mid-1987. +# The capabilities effected are +# +# The meta key is only half right. This terminal will return the +# high order bit set when you hit CTRL-function_key +# +# It may be useful to assign two function keys with the +# values \E=(\s look at old data in page 1 +# \E=W, look at bottom of page 1 +# where \s is a space ( ). +# +# Note: +# The Wyse 60 runs faster when the XON/XOFF +# handshake is turned off. +# +# (wy60: we use \E{ rather than ^^ for home (both are documented) to avoid +# a bug reported by Robert Dunn, -- esr) +wy60|wyse60|Wyse 60, + am, bw, hs, km, mc5i, mir, msgr, + cols#80, lh#1, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#45, + acsc=+/\\\,.0[Iha2fxgqh1jYk?lZm@nEqDtCu4vAwBx3yszr{c~~, + bel=^G, blink=\EG2, cbt=\EI, civis=\E`0, clear=\E+$<100>, + cnorm=\E`1, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, + dch1=\EW$<11>, dclk=\E`b, dim=\EGp, dl1=\ER$<5>, dsl=\EF\r, + ed=\EY$<100>, el=\ET, flash=\E`8$<100/>\E`9, fsl=^M, + home=\E{, ht=\011$<1>, hts=\E1, il1=\EE$<4>, ind=\n$<5>, + ip=$<3>, is1=\EcB0\EcC1, + is2=\Ed$\EcD\E'\Er\EH\003\Ed/\EO\Ee1\Ed*\E`@\E`9\E`1\016\024\El, + is3=\EwJ\Ew1$<150>, kHOM=\E{, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY, + kel=\ET, kent=\E7, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf11=^AJ\r, + kf12=^AK\r, kf13=^AL\r, kf14=^AM\r, kf15=^AN\r, kf16=^AO\r, + kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, + kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, kich1=\EQ, + kil1=\EE, knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, kprt=\EP, krpl=\Er, ll=\E{^K, + mc0=\EP, mc4=^T, mc5=\Ed#, nel=\r\n$<3>, + pfloc=\EZ2%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177, + pfx=\EZ1%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177, + pln=\Ez%p1%'/'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\E), ri=\Ej$<7>, + rmacs=\EcD, rmam=\Ed., rmclk=\E`c, rmcup=\Ew1, rmir=\Er, + rmln=\EA11, rmxon=\Ec20, rs1=\E~!\E~4$<150>, + rs2=\EeG$<150>, rs3=\EwG\Ee($<200>, + sgr=%?%p8%t\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EcE%e\EcD%;\EG%'0'%?%p2%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{64}%|%;%?%p7%t%{1}%|%;%c, + sgr0=\E(\EH\003\EG0\EcD, smacs=\EcE, smam=\Ed/, + smcup=\Ew0, smir=\Eq, smln=\EA10, smso=\EGt, smxon=\Ec21, + tbc=\E0, tsl=\EF, + use=adm+sgr, +# +wy60-w|wyse60-w|wyse 60 132-column, + cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#97, + cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC, dch1=\EW$<16>, ip=$<5>, + rs2=\EeF$<150>\E`;$<150>, use=wy60, +# +wy60-25|wyse60-25|wyse 60 80-column 25-lines, + lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<200>, use=wy60, +wy60-25-w|wyse60-25-w|wyse 60 132-column 25-lines, + lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<200>, use=wy60-w, +# +wy60-42|wyse60-42|wyse 60 80-column 42-lines, + lines#42, + clear=\E+$<260>, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<2>, + dch1=\EW$<16>, dl1=\ER$<11>, ed=\Ey$<260>, il1=\EE$<11>, + ind=\n$<9>, ip=$<5>, is1=\EcB2\EcC3, nel=\r\n$<6>, + ri=\Ej$<10>, rs3=\Ee*$<150>, + use=wy60, +wy60-42-w|wyse60-42-w|wyse 60 132-column 42-lines, + cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#97, + clear=\E+$<260>, cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC$<2>, + dch1=\EW$<19>, ed=\Ey$<260>, home=\036$<2>, ip=$<6>, + nel=\r\n$<11>, rs2=\EeF$<150>\E`;$<150>, + use=wy60-42, +# +wy60-43|wyse60-43|wyse 60 80-column 43-lines, + lh@, lines#43, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, rs3=\Ee+$<150>, use=wy60-42, +wy60-43-w|wyse60-43-w|wyse 60 132-column 43-lines, + lh@, lines#43, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, rs3=\Ee+$<150>, use=wy60-42-w, +# +wy60-vb|wyse60-vb|Wyse 60 visible bell, + bel@, use=wy60, +wy60-w-vb|wy60-wvb|wyse60-wvb|Wyse 60 132-column visible bell, + bel@, + use=wy60-w, + +# The Wyse-99GT looks at lot like the Wyse 60 except that it +# does not have the 42/43 line mode. In the Wyse-60 the "lines" +# setup parameter controls the number of lines on the screen. +# For the Wyse 99GT the "lines" setup parameter controls the +# number of lines in a page. The screen can display 25 lines max. +# The Wyse-99GT also has personalities for the VT220 and +# Tektronix 4014. But this has no bearing on the native mode. +# +# (msgr) should be set but the clear screen fails when in +# alt-charset mode. Try \EcE\s\s\E+\s if the screen is really clear +# then set msgr, else use msgr@. +# +# u0 -> enter Tektronix mode +# u1 -> exit Tektronix mode +# +wy99gt|wyse99gt|Wyse 99gt, + msgr@, + clear=\E+$<130>, dch1=\EW$<7>, dl1=\ER$<4>, ed=\Ey$<130>, + el=\Et$<5>, flash=\E`8$<100/>\E`9, ht=\011$<1>, + il1=\EE$<4>, ind=\n$<4>, ip=$<2>, is3=\Ew0$<20>, nel@, + ri=\Ej$<3>, rmcup=\Ew0, rs2=\E`\:$<150>, smcup=\Ew1, + u0=\E~>\E8, u1=\E[42h, + use=wy60, +# +wy99gt-w|wyse99gt-w|wyse 99gt 132-column, + cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#97, + clear=\E+$<160>, cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC$<2>, + dch1=\EW$<9>, ed=\Ey$<160>, ip=$<4>, rs2=\E`;$<150>, use=wy99gt, +# +wy99gt-25|wyse99gt-25|wyse 99gt 80-column 25-lines, + lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, rs2=\E`\:$<150>, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<200>, use=wy99gt, +# +wy99gt-25-w|wyse99gt-25-w|wyse 99gt 132-column 25-lines, + lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, rs2=\E`;$<150>, use=wy99gt-w, +# +wy99gt-vb|wyse99gt-vb|Wyse 99gt visible bell, + bel@, use=wy99gt, +# +wy99gt-w-vb|wy99gt-wvb|wyse99gt-wvb|Wyse 99gt 132-column visible bell, + bel@, + use=wy99gt-w, +# +# The Wyse 160 is combination of the WY-60 and the WY-99gt. +# The reset strings are slow and the pad times very depending +# on other parameters such as font loading. I have tried +# to follow the following outline: +# +# -> set personality +# -> set number of columns +# -> set number of lines +# -> select the proper font +# -> do the initialization +# -> set up display memory (2 pages) +# +# The display memory may be used for either text or graphics. +# When "Display Memory = Shared" the terminal will have more pages +# but garbage may be left on the screen when you switch from +# graphics to text. If "Display Memory = Unshared" then the +# text area will be only one page long. +# +# (wy160: we use \E{ rather than ^^ for home (both are documented) to avoid +# a bug reported by Robert Dunn, -- esr) +wy160|wyse160|Wyse 160, + am, bw, hs, km, mc5i, mir, msgr, + cols#80, lh#1, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#38, + acsc=+/\\\,.0[Iha2fxgqh1jYk?lZm@nEqDtCu4vAwBx3yszr{c~~, + bel=^G, blink=\EG2, cbt=\EI, civis=\E`0, clear=\E+$<30>, + cnorm=\E`1, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW$<5>, + dclk=\E`b, dim=\EGp, dl1=\ER$<1>, dsl=\EF\r, ed=\EY$<30>, + el=\ET$<5>, flash=\E`8$<100/>\E`9, fsl=^M, home=\E{, ht=^I, + hts=\E1, il1=\EE$<1>, ind=\n$<1>, ip=$<2>, is1=\EcB0\EcC1, + is2=\Ed$\EcD\E'\Er\EH\003\Ed/\EO\Ee1\Ed*\E`@\E`9\E`1\016\024\El, + is3=\Ew0$<100>, kHOM=\E{, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY, + kel=\ET, kent=\E7, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf11=^AJ\r, + kf12=^AK\r, kf13=^AL\r, kf14=^AM\r, kf15=^AN\r, kf16=^AO\r, + kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, + kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, kich1=\EQ, + kil1=\EE, knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, kprt=\EP, krpl=\Er, ll=\E{^K, + mc0=\EP, mc4=^T, mc5=\Ed#, nel=\r\n$<1>, + pfloc=\EZ2%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177, + pfx=\EZ1%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177, + pln=\Ez%p1%'/'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\E), ri=\Ej$<1>, + rmacs=\EcD, rmam=\Ed., rmclk=\E`c, rmcup=\Ew0, rmir=\Er, + rmln=\EA11, rmxon=\Ec20, rs1=\E~!\E~4$<70>, + rs2=\E`\:$<100>, rs3=\EwG\Ee($<140>, + sgr=%?%p8%t\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EcE%e\EcD%;\EG%'0'%?%p2%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{64}%|%;%?%p7%t%{1}%|%;%c, + sgr0=\E(\EH\003\EG0\EcD, smacs=\EcE, smam=\Ed/, + smcup=\Ew1, smir=\Eq, smln=\EA10, smso=\EGt, smxon=\Ec21, + tbc=\E0, tsl=\EF, + use=adm+sgr, +# +wy160-w|wyse160-w|wyse 160 132-column, + cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#90, + cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC, dch1=\EW$<9>, + rs2=\EeF$<150>\E`;$<150>, use=wy160, +# +wy160-25|wyse160-25|wyse 160 80-column 25-lines, + lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<200>, use=wy160, +wy160-25-w|wyse160-25-w|wyse 160 132-column 25-lines, + lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<200>, use=wy160-w, +# +wy160-42|wyse160-42|wyse 160 80-column 42-lines, + lines#42, + clear=\E+$<50>, dl1=\ER$<2>, ed=\Ey$<50>, il1=\EE$<2>, + ind=\n$<2>, is1=\EcB2\EcC3, nel=\r\n$<2>, ri=\Ej$<2>, + rs3=\Ee*$<150>, + use=wy160, +wy160-42-w|wyse160-42-w|wyse 160 132-column 42-lines, + cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#90, + cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC, dch1=\EW$<8>, ip=$<3>, + rs2=\EeF$<150>\E`;$<150>, + use=wy160-42, +# +wy160-43|wyse160-43|wyse 160 80-column 43-lines, + lh@, lines#43, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, rs3=\Ee+$<150>, use=wy160-42, +wy160-43-w|wyse160-43-w|wyse 160 132-column 43-lines, + lh@, lines#43, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, rs3=\Ee+$<150>, use=wy160-42-w, +# +wy160-vb|wyse160-vb|Wyse 160 visible bell, + bel@, use=wy160, +wy160-w-vb|wy160-wvb|wyse160-wvb|Wyse 160 132-column visible bell, + bel@, + use=wy160-w, +# +# The Wyse 75 is a vt100 lookalike without advanced video. +# +# The Wyse 75 can support one attribute (e.g. Dim, Inverse, +# Underline) without magic cookies. The following description +# uses this capability, but when more than one attribute is +# put on the screen at once, all attributes will be changed +# to be the same as the last attribute given. +# The Wyse 75 can support more attributes when used with magic +# cookies. The wy75-mc terminal description uses magic cookies +# to correctly handle multiple attributes on a screen. +# +wy75|wyse75|wyse 75, + am, hs, mc5i, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, lines#24, ma#1, pb#1201, wsl#78, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l, clear=\E[H\E[J$<30>, + cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr$<2>, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP$<3*>, + dch1=\E[P$<3>, dim=\E[0t\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM$<1*>, + dl1=\E[M, dsl=\E[>\\\,\001\001\E[>-\001\001, + ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J$<30>, el=\E[K$<3>, el1=\E[1K$<3>, + enacs=\E)0, flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<250>, fsl=^A, + home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, ht=^I, hts=\EH, + ich=\E[%p1%d@$<1*>, il=\E[%p1%dL$<2*>, il1=\E[L$<2>, + ind=\n$<2>, ip=$<1>, + is1=\E[2;4;20;30l\E[?1;10l\E[12h\E[?7;8;25h, + is2=\E>\E(B\E)0\017, is3=\E[m, ka1=\EOw, ka3=\EOy, + kb2=\EOu, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOq, kc3=\EOs, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdl1=\E[M, kel=\E[K, kent=\EOM, + kf1=\E[?5i, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, + kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, kf16=\E[29~, + kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~, kf2=\E[?3i, + kf20=\E[34~, kf21=\E[35~, kf3=\E[2i, kf4=\E[@, kf5=\E[M, + kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, kfnd=\E[1~, + khlp=\E[28~, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[@, kil1=\E[L, knp=\E[6~, + kpp=\E[5~, kprt=\E[?5i, kslt=\E[4~, mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i, + mc5=\E[5i, rc=\E8, rev=\E[1t\E[7m, ri=\EM$<2>, rmacs=^O, + rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + rs1=\E[13l\E[3l\E!p, rs2=\E[35h\E[?3l$<80>, rs3=\E[?5l, + sc=\E7, + sgr=%?%p5%t\E[0t%;%?%p3%p1%|%t\E[1t%;%?%p2%t\E[2t%;%?%p4%t\E[3t%;%?%p1%p2%p3%p4%p5%|%|%|%|%t\E[7m%e\E[m%;%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E[?1l\E[?7h\E=, smso=\E[1t\E[7m, smul=\E[2t\E[4m, + tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E[>\\\,\001, +# +# This terminal description uses the non-hidden attribute mode +# (with magic cookie). +# +wy75-mc|wyse75-mc|wyse 75 with magic cookies, + msgr@, + ma@, xmc#1, + blink=\E[2p, dim=\E[1p, invis=\E[4p, is3=\E[m\E[p, + rev=\E[16p, rmacs=\E[0p\017, rmso=\E[0p, rmul=\E[0p, + sgr=\E[%{0}%?%p2%p6%|%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{16}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{1}%|%;%?%p7%t%{4}%|%;%dp%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[0p\017, smacs=\E[0p\016, smso=\E[17p, smul=\E[8p, + use=wy75, +wy75-vb|wyse75-vb|wyse 75 with visible bell, + pb@, + bel@, use=wy75, +wy75-w|wyse75-w|wyse 75 in 132 column mode, + cols#132, wsl#130, + rs2=\E[35h\E[?3h$<80>, use=wy75, +wy75-wvb|wyse75-wvb|wyse 75 with visible bell 132 columns, + pb@, + bel@, use=wy75-w, +# +# Wyse 85 emulating a vt220 7 bit mode. +# 24 line screen with status line. +# +# The vt220 mode permits more function keys but it wipes out +# the escape key. I strongly recommend that be set to +# escape (esc). +# The terminal may have to be set for 8 data bits and 2 stop +# bits for the arrow keys to work. +# The Wyse 85 runs faster with XON/XOFF enabled. Also the +# and work best when XON/XOFF is set. and +# leave trash on the screen when used without XON/XOFF. +# +wy85|wyse85|wyse 85, + am, hs, mc5i, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, wsl#80, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[H\E[J$<110>, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<1>, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dP$<3*>, dch1=\E[P$<3>, dim=\E[2m, + dl=\E[%p1%dM$<3*>, dl1=\E[M$<3>, dsl=\E[40l, + ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J$<110>, el=\E[K$<1>, el1=\E[1K, + enacs=\E)0, flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<300>, + fsl=\E[1;24r\E8, home=\E[H, ht=\011$<1>, hts=\EH, + ich=\E[%p1%d@$<4*>, il=\E[%p1%dL$<5*>, il1=\E[L$<5>, + ind=\n$<3>, invis=\E[8m, ip=$<3>, is1=\E[62;1"p\E[?5W, + is2=\E[2;4;20;30l\E[?1;4;10;16l\E[12h\E[?7;8;25h$<16>, + is3=\E>\E(B\E)0\017\E[m, ka1=\EOw, ka3=\EOy, kb2=\EOu, + kbs=^H, kc1=\EOq, kc3=\EOs, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[3~, kent=\EOM, kf1=\EOP, + kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, + kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, + kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~, kf2=\EOQ, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\EOR, + kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, + kfnd=\E[1~, khlp=\E[28~, khome=\E[26~, kich1=\E[2~, + knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, kslt=\E[4~, lf1=PF1, lf2=PF2, lf3=PF3, + lf4=PF4, mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, + ri=\EM$<3>, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E>, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs1=\E[13l\E[3l\E!p, + rs2=\E[35h\E[?3l$<70>, rs3=\E[?5l, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%p1%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p5%t;2%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E[?1l\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + tsl=\E[40h\E7\E[25;%i%p1%dH, +# +# Wyse 85 with visual bell. +wy85-vb|wyse85-vb|wyse 85 with visible bell, + bel@, flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<300>, use=wy85, +# +# Wyse 85 in 132-column mode. +wy85-w|wyse85-w|wyse 85 in 132-column mode, + cols#132, wsl#132, + rs2=\E[35h\E[?3h$<70>, use=wy85, +# +# Wyse 85 in 132-column mode with visual bell. +wy85-wvb|wyse85-wvb|wyse 85 with visible bell 132-columns, + bel@, + use=wy85-w, +# +# Wyse 185 emulating a vt320 7 bit mode. +# +# This terminal always displays 25 lines. These lines may be used +# as 24 data lines and a terminal status line (top or bottom) or +# 25 data lines. The 48 and 50 line modes change the page size +# and not the number of lines on the screen. +# +# The Compose Character key can be used as a meta key if changed +# by set-up. +# +wy185|wyse185|wyse 185, + am, hs, km, mc5i, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, wsl#80, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[H\E[J$<40>, cnorm=\E[34h\E[?25h, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr$<20>, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\E[?25h\E[34l, dch=\E[%p1%dP$<3>, dch1=\E[P$<3>, + dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM$<2*>, dl1=\E[M$<2>, + dsl=\E7\E[99;0H\E[K\E8, ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J$<40>, + el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E)0, + flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<100>, fsl=\E[1;24r\E8, + home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%d`, ht=^I, hts=\EH, + ich=\E[%p1%d@$<2>, il=\E[%p1%dL$<3*>, il1=\E[L$<3>, + ind=\n$<2>, invis=\E[8m, ip=$<4>, is1=\E[?5W, + is2=\E[2;4;20;30l\E[?1;4;10;16l\E[12h\E[?7;8;25h, + is3=\E>\E(B\E)0\017\E[m, ka1=\EOw, ka3=\EOy, kb2=\EOu, + kbs=^H, kc1=\EOq, kc3=\EOs, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[3~, kent=\EOM, + kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, + kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, kf16=\E[29~, + kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~, kf2=\EOQ, + kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, + kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, kfnd=\E[1~, khlp=\E[28~, + khome=\E[26~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, kpp=\E[5~, + kslt=\E[4~, lf1=PF1, lf2=PF2, lf3=PF3, lf4=PF4, mc0=\E[0i, + mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM$<2>, + rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, rmcup=\E[ R, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E>, + rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m, + rs1=\E[13l\E[3l\E\\\E[63;1"p\E[!p, rs2=\E[35h\E[?3l, + rs3=\E[?5l\E[47h\E[40l\E[r, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%p1%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p5%t;2%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smcup=\E[ Q, + smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[?1l\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E7\E[99;%i%p1%dH, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd, +# +# Wyse 185 with 24 data lines and top status (terminal status) +wy185-24|wyse185-24|wyse 185 with 24 data lines, + hs@, + dsl@, fsl@, rs3=\E[?5l\E[47h\E[40l\E[1;24r, tsl@, use=wy185, +# +# Wyse 185 with visual bell. +wy185-vb|wyse185-vb|wyse 185+flash, + bel@, use=wy185, +# +# Wyse 185 in 132-column mode. +wy185-w|wyse185-w|wyse 185 in 132-column mode, + cols#132, wsl#132, + dch=\E[%p1%dP$<7>, dch1=\E[P$<7>, ich=\E[%p1%d@$<7>, + ip=$<7>, rs2=\E[35h\E[?3h, + use=wy185, +# +# Wyse 185 in 132-column mode with visual bell. +wy185-wvb|wyse185-wvb|wyse 185+flash+132 cols, + bel@, use=wy185-w, + +# wy325 terminfo entries +# Done by Joe H. Davis 3-9-92 + +# lines 25 columns 80 +# +wy325|wyse325|Wyse epc, + am, bw, hs, mc5i, mir, + cols#80, lh#1, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, pb#9601, wsl#45, + acsc=+/\\\,.0[Iha2fxgqh1jYk?lZm@nEqDtCu4vAwBx3yszr{c~~, + bel=^G, blink=\EG2, cbt=\EI, civis=\E`0, clear=\E+$<50>, + cnorm=\E`1, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW$<7>, + dim=\EGp, dl1=\ER$<3>, dsl=\EF\r, ed=\EY$<50>, el=\ET$<4>, + flash=\E`8$<100/>\E`9, fsl=^M, home=^^, ht=^I, hts=\E1, + il1=\EE$<3>, ind=\n$<3>, ip=$<2>, is1=\EcB0\EcC1, + is2=\EcD\E'\Er\EH\003\Ed/\EO\Ee1\Ed*\E`@\E`9\E`1\016\024\El, + is3=\Ew0$<16>, kHOM=\E{, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY, + kel=\ET, kent=\E7, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf11=^AJ\r, + kf12=^AK\r, kf13=^AL\r, kf14=^AM\r, kf15=^AN\r, kf16=^AO\r, + kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, + kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, kich1=\Eq, + kil1=\EE, knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, kprt=\EP, krpl=\Er, ll=^^^K, + mc0=\EP, mc4=^T, mc5=\Ed#, + pfloc=\EZ2%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177, + pfx=\EZ1%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177, + pln=\Ez%p1%'/'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\E), ri=\Ej$<2>, + rmacs=\EcD, rmam=\Ed., rmcup=\Ew0, rmir=\Er, rmln=\EA11, + rs1=\E~!\E~4$<30>, rs2=\EeF\E`\:$<70>, + rs3=\EwG\Ee($<100>, + sgr=%?%p8%t\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EcE%e\EcD%;\EG%'0'%?%p2%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{64}%|%;%?%p7%t%{1}%|%;%c, + sgr0=\E(\EH\003\EG0\EcD, smacs=\EcE, smam=\Ed/, + smcup=\Ew1, smir=\Eq, smln=\EA10, smso=\EGt, tbc=\E0, + tsl=\EF, + use=adm+sgr, + +# +# lines 24 columns 80 vb +# +wy325-vb|wyse325-vb|wyse-325 with visual bell, + bel@, use=wy325, + +# +# lines 24 columns 132 +# +wy325-w|wyse325-w|wy325w-24|wyse-325 in wide mode, + cols#132, lw#7, nlab#16, wsl#97, + cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC, dch1=\EW$<12>, ip=$<4>, + rs2=\E`;$<70>, use=wy325, +# +# lines 25 columns 80 +# +wy325-25|wyse325-25|wy325-80|wyse-325|wyse-325 25 lines, + lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<100>, use=wy325, +# +# lines 25 columns 132 +# +wy325-25w|wyse325-25w|wy325 132 columns, + lh@, lines#25, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<100>, use=wy325-w, +# +# lines 25 columns 132 vb +# +wy325-w-vb|wy325-wvb|wyse325-wvb|wyse-325 wide mode reverse video, + bel@, + use=wy325-w, + +# +# lines 42 columns 80 +# +wy325-42|wyse325-42|wyse-325 42 lines, + lh@, lines#42, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<100>, use=wy325, +# +# lines 42 columns 132 +# +wy325-42w|wyse325-42w|wyse-325 42 lines wide mode, + lh@, lines#42, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<100>, use=wy325-w, +# +# lines 42 columns 132 vb +# +wy325-42w-vb|wy325-42wvb|wyse-325 42 lines wide mode visual bell, + bel@, + use=wy325-w, +# +# lines 43 columns 80 +# +wy325-43|wyse325-43|wyse-325 43 lines, + lh@, lines#43, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, use=wy325, +# +# lines 43 columns 132 +# +wy325-43w|wyse325-43w|wyse-325 43 lines wide mode, + lh@, lines#43, lw@, nlab@, + pln@, rs3=\EwG\Ee)$<100>, use=wy325-w, +# +# lines 43 columns 132 vb +# +wy325-43w-vb|wy325-43wvb|wyse-325 43 lines wide mode visual bell, + bel@, + use=wy325-w, + +# Wyse 370 -- 24 line screen with status line. +# +# The terminal may have to be set for 8 data bits and 2 stop +# bits for the arrow keys to work. +# +# If you change keyboards the terminal will send different +# escape sequences. +# The following definition is for the basic terminal without +# function keys. +# +# -> enter Tektronix 4010/4014 mode +# -> exit Tektronix 4010/4014 mode +# -> enter ASCII mode (from any ANSI mode) +# -> exit ASCII mode (goto native ANSI mode) +# -> enter Tek 4207 ANSI mode (from any ANSI mode) +# -> exit Tek 4207 mode (goto native ANSI mode) +# +# Bug: The capability resets attributes. +wy370-nk|wyse 370 without function keys, + am, ccc, hs, mc5i, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + colors#64, cols#80, it#8, lines#24, ncv#48, pairs#64, wsl#80, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[H\E[J$<40>, cnorm=\E[34h\E[?25h, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<1>, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\E[?25h\E[34l, dch=\E[%p1%dP$<1*>, dch1=\E[P$<1>, + dclk=\E[31h, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM$<2*>, dl1=\E[M$<2>, + dsl=\E[40l, ech=\E[%p1%dX$<.1*>, ed=\E[J$<40>, + el=\E[K$<10>, el1=\E[1K$<12>, enacs=\E)0, + flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<300>, fsl=\E[1;24r\E8, + home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%d`, ht=\011$<1>, hts=\EH, + ich=\E[%p1%d@$<1*>, il=\E[%p1%dL$<2*>, il1=\E[L$<2>, + ind=\n$<2>, + initc=\E[66;%p1%d;\n%?%p2%{250}%<%t%{0}\n%e%p2%{500}%<%t%{16}\n%e%p2%{750}%<%t%{32}%e%{48}%;\n%?%p3%{250}%<%t%{0}\n%e%p3%{500}%<%t%{4}\n%e%p3%{750}%<%t%{8}%e%{12}%;\n%?%p4%{250}%<%t%{0}\n%e%p4%{500}%<%t%{1}\n%e%p4%{750}%<%t%{2}%e%{3}%;%{1}%+%+%+%dw, + invis=\E[8m, ip=$<1>, is1=\E[90;1"p\E[?5W$<6>, + is2=\E[2;4;20;30;40l\E[?1;10;16l\E[12h\E[?7;8;25h, + is3=\E>\017\E)0\E(B\E[63;0w\E[m, mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i, + mc5=\E[5i, + oc=\E[60w\E[63;0w\n\E[66;1;4w\n\E[66;2;13w\n\E[66;3;16w\n\E[66;4;49w\n\E[66;5;51w\n\E[66;6;61w\n\E[66;7;64w, + op=\E[m, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM$<2>, rmacs=^O, + rmam=\E[?7l, rmclk=\E[31l, rmcup=\E[ R, rmir=\E[4l, + rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m, + rs1=\E[13l\E[3l\E!p\E[?4i, rs2=\E[35h\E[?3l$<8>, + rs3=\E[?5l, sc=\E7, setb=\E[62;%p1%dw, setf=\E[61;%p1%dw, + sgr=\E[0%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%p1%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p5%t;2%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smcup=\E[ Q, + smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[?1l\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E[40l\E[40h\E7\E[99;%i%p1%dH, + u0=\E[?38h\E8, u1=\E[?38l\E)0, u2=\E[92;52"p, u3=\E~B, + u4=\E[92;76"p, u5=\E%!1\E[90;1"p, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd, +# +# Function key set for the ASCII (wy-50 compatible) keyboard +# This is the default 370. +# +wy370|wyse370|wy370-101k|Wyse 370 with 101 key keyboard, + kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, + kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\EOQ, kdl1=\EOQ, kent=\EOM, kf1=\E[?4i, + kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, + kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, kf16=\E[29~, kf2=\E[?3i, + kf3=\E[2i, kf4=\E[@, kf5=\E[M, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, + kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, khome=\E[H, kich1=\EOP, kil1=\EOP, + knp=\E[U, kpp=\E[V, + use=wy370-nk, +# +# Function key set for the VT-320 (and wy85) compatible keyboard +# +wy370-105k|Wyse 370 with 105 key keyboard, + ka1=\EOw, ka3=\EOy, kb2=\EOu, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOq, kc3=\EOs, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, + kdch1=\E[3~, kent=\EOM, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, + kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, + kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~, + kf2=\EOQ, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~, + kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, kfnd=\E[1~, + khlp=\E[28~, khome=\E[26~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, + kpp=\E[5~, kslt=\E[4~, lf1=PF1, lf2=PF2, lf3=PF3, lf4=PF4, + use=wy370-nk, +# +# Function key set for the PC compatible keyboard +# +wy370-EPC|Wyse 370 with 102 key keyboard, + kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, + kcuu1=\E[A, kend=\E[1~, kent=\EOM, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[21~, + kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, + kf5=\E[M, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, + khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[U, kpp=\E[V, + use=wy370-nk, +# +# Wyse 370 with visual bell. +wy370-vb|Wyse 370 with visible bell, + bel@, use=wy370, +# +# Wyse 370 in 132-column mode. +wy370-w|Wyse 370 in 132-column mode, + cols#132, wsl#132, + rs2=\E[35h\E[?3h$<70>, use=wy370, +# +# Wyse 370 in 132-column mode with visual bell. +wy370-wvb|Wyse 370 with visible bell 132-columns, + flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<300>, + use=wy370-w, +wy370-rv|Wyse 370 reverse video, + rs3=\E[32h\E[?5h, use=wy370, +# +# Wyse 99gt Tektronix 4010/4014 emulator, +# +wy99gt-tek|Wyse 99gt Tektronix 4010/4014 emulator, + am, os, + cols#74, lines#35, + bel=^G, clear=\E^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\s, + cup=\035%{3040}%{89}%p1%*%-%Py\n%p2%{55}%*%Px\n%gy%{128}%/%{31}%&%{32}%+%c\n%gy%{3}%&%{4}%*%gx%{3}%&%+%{96}%+%c\n%gy%{004}%/%{31}%&%{96}%+%c\n%gx%{128}%/%{31}%&%{32}%+%c\n%gx%{004}%/%{31}%&%{64}%+%c\037, + cuu1=^K, ff=^L, + hd=\036HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH\037, + home=^]7`x @\037, + hu=\036DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD\037, + is2=\E8, nel=^M^J, u0=\E~>\E8, u1=\E[42h, +# +# Wyse 160 Tektronix 4010/4014 emulator, +# +wy160-tek|Wyse 160 Tektronix 4010/4014 emulator, + cup=\035%{3103}%{91}%p1%*%-%Py\n%p2%{55}%*%Px\n%gy%{128}%/%{31}%&%{32}%+%c\n%gy%{3}%&%{4}%*%gx%{3}%&%+%{96}%+%c\n%gy%{004}%/%{31}%&%{96}%+%c\n%gx%{128}%/%{31}%&%{32}%+%c\n%gx%{004}%/%{31}%&%{64}%+%c\037, + home=^]8`g @\037, + use=wy99gt-tek, +# +# Wyse 370 Tektronix 4010/4014 emulator, +# +wy370-tek|Wyse 370 Tektronix 4010/4014 emulator, + am, os, + cols#80, lines#36, + bel=^G, clear=\E^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\s, + cup=\035%{775}%{108}%p1%*%{5}%/%-%Py\n%p2%{64}%*%{4}%+%{5}%/%Px\n%gy%{32}%/%{31}%&%{32}%+%c\n%gy%{31}%&%{96}%+%c\n%gx%{32}%/%{31}%&%{32}%+%c\n%gx%{31}%&%{64}%+%c\037, + cuu1=^K, ff=^L, + hd=\036HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH\037, + home=^]8g @\037, + hu=\036DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD\037, + is2=\E8, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^I, kcuu1=^K, + nel=^M^J, u0=\E[?38h\E8, u1=\E[?38l\E)0, + +# Vendor-supplied Wyse entries end here. + +# +#TITLE: TERMINFO ENTRY WY520 +#DATE: 8/5/93 +# The WY520 terminfo is based on the WY285 entry published on the WYSE +# BBS with the addition of more function keys and special keys. +# +# rs1 -> set personality +# rs2 -> set number of columns +# rs3 -> set number of lines +# is1 -> select the proper font +# is2 -> do the initialization +# is3 -> If this string is empty then rs3 gets sent. +# +# Wyse 520 emulating a vt420 7 bit mode with default ANSI keyboard +# - The BS key is programmed to generate BS in smcup since +# is2 doesn't seem to work. +# - Remove and shift/Remove: delete a character +# - Insert : enter insert mode +# - Find : delete to end of file +# - Select : clear a line +# - F11, F12, F13: send default sequences (not ESC, BS, LF) +# - F14 : Home key +# - Bottom status line (host writable line) is used. +# - smkx,rmkx are removed because this would put the numeric +# keypad in Dec application mode which doesn't seem to work +# with SCO applications. +# +wy520|wyse520|wyse 520, + am, hs, km, mc5i, mir, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, wsl#80, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[H\E[J$<40>, cnorm=\E[34h\E[?25h, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr$<20>, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\E[?25h\E[34l, dch=\E[%p1%dP$<3>, dch1=\E[P$<30>, + dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM$<2*>, dl1=\E[M$<2>, dsl=\E[0$~, + ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J$<40>, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, + enacs=\E)0, fsl=\E[0$}, home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%d`, ht=^I, + hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@$<2>, il=\E[%p1%dL$<3*>, + il1=\E[L$<3>, ind=\n$<2>, invis=\E[8m, ip=$<4>, is1=\E[?5W, + is2=\E[2;4;20;30l\E[?1;4;10;16l\E[12h\E[?7;8;25;67h, + is3=\E>\E(B\E)0\017\E[m, ka1=\EOw, ka3=\EOu, kb2=\EOy, + kbs=^H, kc1=\EOq, kc3=\EOs, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[3~, ked=\E[1~, + kel=\E[4~, kent=\EOM, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, + kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, + kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, kf18=\E[32~, kf19=\E[33~, + kf2=\EOQ, kf20=\E[34~, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~, + kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, kfnd=\E[1~, + khlp=\E[28~, khome=\E[26~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, + kpp=\E[5~, kslt=\E[4~, lf1=PF1, lf2=PF2, lf3=PF3, lf4=PF4, + mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, + ri=\EM$<2>, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, rmcup=\E[ R, rmir=\E[4l, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[24m, + rs1=\E[13l\E[3l\E\\\E[63;1"p\E[!p, rs2=\E[35h\E[?3l, + rs3=\E[?5l\E[47h\E[40l\E[r, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%p1%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p5%t;2%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, + smcup=\E[ Q\E[?67;8h, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E[2$~\E[1$}\E[%i%p1%d`, + vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd, +# +# Wyse 520 with 24 data lines and status (terminal status) +wy520-24|wyse520-24|wyse 520 with 24 data lines, + hs@, + dsl@, fsl@, rs3=\E[?5l\E[47h\E[40l\E[1;24r, tsl@, use=wy520, +# +# Wyse 520 with visual bell. +wy520-vb|wyse520-vb|wyse 520 with visible bell, + flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<100>, use=wy520, +# +# Wyse 520 in 132-column mode. +wy520-w|wyse520-w|wyse 520 in 132-column mode, + cols#132, wsl#132, + dch=\E[%p1%dP$<7>, dch1=\E[P$<7>, ich=\E[%p1%d@$<7>, + ip=$<7>, rs2=\E[35h\E[?3h, + use=wy520, +# +# Wyse 520 in 132-column mode with visual bell. +wy520-wvb|wyse520-wvb|wyse 520 with visible bell 132-columns, + flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<100>, + use=wy520-w, +# +# +# Wyse 520 emulating a vt420 7 bit mode. +# The DEL key is programmed to generate BS in is2. +# With EPC keyboard. +# - 'End' key will clear till end of line on EPC keyboard +# - Shift/End : ignored. +# - Insert : enter insert mode. +# - Delete : delete a character (have to change interrupt character +# to CTRL-C: stty intr '^c') for it to work since the +# Delete key sends 7FH. +wy520-epc|wyse520-epc|wyse 520 with EPC kb, + kdch1=\177, kel=\E[4~, kend=\E[4~, kf0=\E[21~, kf1=\E[11~, + kf2=\E[12~, kf3=\E[13~, kf4=\E[14~, kf5=\E[15~, khome=\E[H, + use=wy520, +# +# Wyse 520 with 24 data lines and status (terminal status) +# with EPC keyboard. +wy520-epc-24|wyse520-pc-24|wyse 520 with 24 data lines, + hs@, + dsl@, fsl@, rs3=\E[?5l\E[47h\E[40l\E[1;24r, tsl@, use=wy520-epc, +# +# Wyse 520 with visual bell. +wy520-epc-vb|wyse520-pc-vb|wyse 520 with visible bell, + flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<100>, + use=wy520-epc, +# +# Wyse 520 in 132-column mode. +wy520-epc-w|wyse520-epc-w|wyse 520 in 132-column mode, + cols#132, wsl#132, + dch=\E[%p1%dP$<7>, dch1=\E[P$<7>, ich=\E[%p1%d@$<7>, + ip=$<7>, rs2=\E[35h\E[?3h, + use=wy520-epc, +# +# Wyse 520 in 132-column mode with visual bell. +wy520-epc-wvb|wyse520-p-wvb|wyse 520 with visible bell 132-columns, + flash=\E[30h\E\\\,\E[30l$<100>, + use=wy520-epc-w, +# +# Wyse 520 in 80-column, 36 lines +wy520-36|wyse520-36|wyse 520 with 36 data lines, + hs@, + lines#36, + dsl@, fsl@, rs3=\E[?5l\E[36*|\E[36t\E[40l\E[1;36r, tsl@, use=wy520, +# +# Wyse 520 in 80-column, 48 lines +wy520-48|wyse520-48|wyse 520 with 48 data lines, + hs@, + lines#48, + dsl@, fsl@, rs3=\E[?5l\E[48*|\E[48t\E[40l\E[1;48r, tsl@, use=wy520, +# +# Wyse 520 in 132-column, 36 lines +wy520-36w|wyse520-36w|wyse 520 with 36 data lines, + cols#132, wsl#132, + rs2=\E[?3h, + rs3=\E[?5l\E[36*|\E[36t\E[40l\E[1;36r\E[132$|, use=wy520-36, +# +# Wyse 520 in 132-column, 48 lines +wy520-48w|wyse520-48w|wyse 520 with 48 data lines, + cols#132, wsl#132, + rs2=\E[?3h, + rs3=\E[?5l\E[48*|\E[48t\E[40l\E[1;48r\E[132$|, use=wy520-48, +# +# +# Wyse 520 in 80-column, 36 lines with EPC keyboard +wy520-36pc|wyse520-36pc|wyse 520 with 36 data lines, + hs@, + lines#36, + dsl@, fsl@, rs3=\E[?5l\E[36*|\E[36t\E[40l\E[1;36r, tsl@, use=wy520-epc, +# +# Wyse 520 in 80-column, 48 lines with EPC keyboard +wy520-48pc|wyse520-48pc|wyse 520 with 48 data lines, + hs@, + lines#48, + dsl@, fsl@, rs3=\E[?5l\E[48*|\E[48t\E[40l\E[1;48r, tsl@, use=wy520-epc, +# +# Wyse 520 in 132-column, 36 lines with EPC keyboard +wy520-36wpc|wyse520-36wpc|wyse 520 with 36 data lines, + cols#132, wsl#132, + rs2=\E[?3h, + rs3=\E[?5l\E[36*|\E[36t\E[40l\E[1;36r\E[132$|, use=wy520-36pc, +# +# Wyse 520 in 132-column, 48 lines with EPC keyboard +wy520-48wpc|wyse520-48wpc|wyse 520 with 48 data lines, + cols#132, wsl#132, + rs2=\E[?3h, + rs3=\E[?5l\E[48*|\E[48t\E[40l\E[1;48r\E[132$|, use=wy520-48pc, + +# From: John Gilmore +# (wyse-vp: removed , there's no such +# file and we don't know what is -- esr) +wyse-vp|wyse|Wyse 50 in ADDS Viewpoint emulation mode with "enhance" on, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\El, ed=\Ek, el=\EK, home=^A, ht=^I, il1=\EM, ind=^J, + is2=\E`\:\E`9\017\Er, kbs=^H, kcub1=^U, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^F, + kcuu1=^Z, khome=^A, ll=^A^Z, nel=^M^J, rmir=\Er, rmso=^O, + rmul=^O, rs1=\E`\:\E`9\017\Er, sgr0=^O, smir=\Eq, smso=^N, + smul=^N, + +wy75ap|wyse75ap|wy-75ap|wyse-75ap|Wyse WY-75 Applications and Cursor keypad, + is2=\E[1;24r\E[?10;3l\E[?1;25h\E[4l\E[m\E(B\E=, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, + khome=\EOH, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>$<10/>, smkx=\E[?1h\E=$<10/>, + use=wy75, + +# From: Eric Freudenthal +wy100q|Wyse 100 for Quotron, + cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1, + cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, home=^^, il1=\EE, invis@, + is2=\E`\:\200\EC\EDF\E0\E'\E(\EA21, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, + kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, ri=\Ej, rmir=\Er, smir=\Eq, + use=adm+sgr, + +#### Kermit terminal emulations +# +# Obsolete Kermit versions may be listed in the section describing obsolete +# non-ANSI terminal emulators later in the file. +# + +# KERMIT standard all versions. +# Straight ascii keyboard. :sr=\EI: not avail. many versions + bug prone in vi. +# (kermit: removed obsolete ":ma=^Hh^Jj^Kk^Ll^^H:" -- esr) +# From: greg small 9-25-84 +kermit|standard kermit, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=\EE, cub1=^H, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ, + el=\EK, home=\EH, is2=K0 Standard Kermit 9-25-84\n, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, khome=^^, +kermit-am|standard kermit plus auto-margin, + am, + is2=K1 Standard Kermit plus Automatic Margins\n, use=kermit, +# IBMPC Kermit 1.2. +# Bugs: , : do not work except at beginning of line! does +# not work, but fake with :cl=\EH\EJ (since :cd=\EJ: works at beginning of +# line). +# From: greg small 8-30-84 +pckermit|pckermit12|UCB IBMPC Kermit 1.2, + am, + lines#25, + clear=\EH\EJ, ed@, el@, + is2=K2 UCB IBMPC Kermit 1.2 8-30-84\n, use=kermit, +# IBMPC Kermit 1.20 +# Cannot use line 25, now acts funny like ansi special scrolling region. +# Initialization must escape from that region by cursor position to line 24. +# Cannot use character insert because 1.20 goes crazy if insert at col 80. +# Does not use :am: because autowrap is lost when kermit dropped and restarted. +# From: greg small 12-19-84 +pckermit120|UCB IBMPC Kermit 1.20, + it#8, lines#24, + cud1=\EB, cvvis=\EO\Eq\EEK3, dch1=\EN, dl1=\EM, ht=^I, + il1=\EL, + is2=\EO\Eq\EJ\EY7 K3 UCB IBMPC Kermit 1.20 12-19-84\n, + rmir@, rmso=\Eq, smir@, smso=\Ep, + use=kermit, +# MS-DOS Kermit 2.27 for the IBMPC +# Straight ascii keyboard. :sr=\EI: not avail. many versions + bug prone in vi. +# Cannot use line 25, now acts funny like ansi special scrolling region. +# Initialization must escape from that region by cursor position to line 24. +# Does not use am: because autowrap is lost when kermit dropped and restarted. +# Reverse video for standout like H19. +# (msk227: removed obsolete ":ma=^Hh^Jj^Kk^Ll^^H:" -- esr) +# From: greg small 3-17-85 +msk227|mskermit227|MS-DOS Kermit 2.27 for the IBMPC, + am@, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + clear=\EE, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, + cvvis=\EO\Eq\EG\EwK4, dch1=\EN, dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, + home=\EH, ht=^I, il1=\EL, + is2=\EO\Eq\EG\Ew\EJ\EY7 K4 MS Kermit 2.27 for the IBMPC 3-17-85\n, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, khome=^^, rc=\Ek, + rmir=\EO, rmso=\Eq, sc=\Ej, smir=\E@, smso=\Ep, +# MS-DOS Kermit 2.27 with automatic margins +# From: greg small 3-17-85 +msk227am|mskermit227am|UCB MS-DOS Kermit 2.27 with automatic margins, + am, + cvvis=\EO\Eq\EG\EvK5, + is2=\EO\Eq\EG\Ev\EJ\EY7 K5 MS Kermit 2.27 +automatic margins 3-17-85\n, use=msk227, +# MS-DOS Kermit 2.27 UCB 227.14 for the IBM PC +# Automatic margins now default. Use ansi for highlights. +# Define function keys. +# (msk22714: removed obsolete ":kn#10:" -- esr) +# From: greg small 3-17-85 +msk22714|mskermit22714|UCB MS-DOS Kermit 2.27 UCB 227.14 IBM PC, + am, + bold=\E[1m, cvvis=\EO\Eq\EG\EvK6, + is2=\EO\Eq\EG\Ev\EJ\EY7 K6 MS Kermit 2.27 UCB 227.14 IBM PC 3-17-85\n, + kf0=\E0, kf1=\E1, kf2=\E2, kf3=\E3, kf4=\E4, kf5=\E5, kf6=\E6, + kf7=\E7, kf8=\E8, kf9=\E9, rev=\E[7m, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[1m, smul=\E[4m, + use=mskermit227, +# This was designed for a VT320 emulator, but it is probably a good start +# at support for the VT320 itself. +# Please send changes with explanations to bug-gnu-emacs@prep.ai.mit.edu. +# (vt320-k3: I added / based on the init string -- esr) +vt320-k3|MS-Kermit 3.00's vt320 emulation, + am, eslok, hs, km, mir, msgr, xenl, + cols#80, it#8, lines#49, pb#9600, vt#3, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[H\E[J, cmdch=\E, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p1%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p1%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, + dsl=\E[0$~, ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, + flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l\E[?5h\E[?5l\E[?5h\E[?5l, + fsl=\E[0$}, home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, ht=^I, hts=\EH, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, + is2=\E>\E F\E[?1l\E[?7h\E[r\E[2$~, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, + kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kdl1=\E[3~, kf0=\E[21~, + kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~, + kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, kich1=\E[2~, knp=\E[6~, + kpp=\E[5~, mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, nel=^M^J, rc=\E8, + rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rin=\E[%p1%dL, rmacs=\E(B, rmam=\E[?7l, + rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m, + rs1=\E(B\E)B\E>\E F\E[4;20l\E[12h\E[?1;5;6;38;42l\E[?7;25h\E4i\E?4i\E[m\E[r\E[2$~, + sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\E(0, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + tsl=\E[1$}\r\E[K, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd, +# From: Joseph Gil 13 Dec 1991 +# ACS capabilities from Philippe De Muyter 30 May 1996 +# (I removed a bogus boolean :mo: and added , , -- esr) +vt320-k311|dec vt320 series as defined by kermit 3.11, + am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[;H\E[2J, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\E[?25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, + dl1=\E[M, dsl=\E[2$~\r\E[1$}\E[K\E[$}, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, + flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l, fsl=\E[$}, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L$<3/>, ind=\ED, + is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, + kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf6=\E[17~, + kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, lf1=pf1, lf2=pf2, + lf3=pf3, lf4=pf4, nel=^M\ED, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, + rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, + rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[27m, + rmul=\E[24m, rs1=\E[?3l, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, + smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E[2$~\E[1$}\E[1;%dH, + +######## NON-ANSI TERMINAL EMULATIONS +# + +#### Avatar +# +# These entries attempt to describe Avatar, a terminal emulation used with +# MS-DOS bulletin-board systems. It was designed to give ANSI-like +# capabilities, but with cheaper (shorter) control sequences. Messy design, +# excessively dependent on PC idiosyncracies, but apparently rather popular +# in the BBS world. +# +# No color support. Avatar doesn't fit either of the Tektronix or HP color +# models that terminfo knows about. An Avatar color attribute is the +# low 7 bits of the IBM-PC display-memory attribute. Bletch. +# +# I wrote these entries while looking at the Avatar spec. I don't have +# the facilities to test them. Let me know if they work, or don't. +# +# From: Eric S. Raymond 1 Nov 1995 +# (The ///// capabilities exist only to +# tell ncurses that the corresponding highlights exist; it should use , +# which is the only method that will actually work for multiple highlights.) +avatar0|avatar terminal emulator level 0, + am, bce, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#25, + blink=^A^V\177, bold=^V^A^P, cr=^M, cub1=^V^E, cud1=^V^D, + cuf1=^V^F, cup=\026\010%p1%c%p2%c, cuu1=^V^C, el=^V^G, + ind=^J, invis=^V^A\200, rep=\031%p1%c%p2%d, rev=^A^Vp, + rs2=^L, + sgr=\026\001%{0}%?%p1%t%{112}%|%;%?%p2%t%{1}%|%;%?%p3%t%{112}%|%;%?%p4%t{128}%|%;%?%p6%t%{16}%|%;, + sgr0=^V^A^G, smacs=, smso=^A^Vp, smul=^V^A, + use=klone+acs, +# From: Eric S. Raymond 1 Nov 1995 +avatar0+|avatar terminal emulator level 0+, + dch1=^V^N, rmir=\026\n\200\200\200\200, smir=^V^I, use=avatar0, +# From: Eric S. Raymond 1 Nov 1995 +avatar|avatar1|avatar terminal emulator level 1, + civis=^V'^B, cnorm=^V'^A, cvvis=^V^C, dl1=^V-, il1=^V+, + rmam=^V", rmir=^V^P, smam=^V$, + use=avatar0+, + +######## OLDER TERMINAL TYPES +# +# This section is devoted to older commercial terminal brands that are now +# discontinued, but known to be still in use or represented by emulations. +# + +#### AT&T (att, tty) +# +# This section also includes Teletype-branded VDTs. +# +# The AT&T/Teletype terminals group was sold to SunRiver Data Systems; for +# details, see the header comment on the ADDS section. +# +# These are AT&T's official terminfo entries. All-caps aliases have been +# removed. +# +att2300|sv80|AT&T 2300 Video Information Terminal 80 column mode, + am, eo, mir, msgr, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, + il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kclr=\E[J, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[P, + kdl1=\E[M, kf1=\E[1r, kf10=\E[10r, kf11=\E[11r, + kf12=\E[12r, kf13=\E[13r, kf14=\E[14r, kf15=\E[15r, + kf16=\E[16r, kf2=\E[2r, kf3=\E[3r, kf4=\E[4r, kf5=\E[5r, + kf6=\E[6r, kf7=\E[7r, kf8=\E[8r, kf9=\E[9r, khome=\E[H, + kich1=\E[@, kil1=\E[L, mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, + rev=\E[7m, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smir=\E[4h, + smso=\E[7m, +att2350|AT&T 2350 Video Information Terminal 80 column mode, + mc0@, mc4@, mc5@, + use=att2300, + +# Must setup RETURN KEY - CR, REC'VD LF - INDEX. +# Seems upward compatible with vt100, plus ins/del line/char. +# On sgr, the protection parameter is ignored. +# No check is made to make sure that only 3 parameters are output. +# standout= reverse + half-intensity = 3 | 5. +# bold= reverse + underline = 2 | 3. +# note that half-bright blinking doesn't look different from normal blinking. +# NOTE:you must program the function keys first, label second! +# (att4410: a BSD entry has been seen with the following capabilities: +# , , , , , +# , , , -- esr) +att5410v1|att4410v1|tty5410v1|AT&T 4410/5410 80 columns - version 1, + am, hs, mir, msgr, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lh#2, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#80, + acsc=``aaffhhggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~00++--\,\,.., + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[2;7m, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, fsl=\E8, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, invis=\E[8m, is1=\E[?3l\E)0, + is3=\E[1;03q f1 \EOP\E[2;03q f2 \EOQ\E[3;03q f3 \EOR\E[4;03q f4 \EOS\E[5;03q f5 \EOT\E[6;03q f6 \EOU\E[7;03q f7 \EOV\E[8;03q f8 \EOW, + kbs=^H, kclr=\E[2J, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, + kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOT, + kf6=\EOU, kf7=\EOV, kf8=\EOW, khome=\E[H, kll=\E[24;1H, + ll=\E[24H, nel=^M^J, + pfx=\E[%p1%1d;%p2%l%2.2dq f%p1%1d %p2%s, + pln=\E[%p1%d;00q%p2%:-16s, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, + rmacs=^O, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs2=\Ec\E[?3l\E[2;0y, + sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p5%|%t;2%;%?%p2%p6%|%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%p6%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + tsl=\E7\E[25;%p1%{1}%+%dH, + +att4410v1-w|att5410v1-w|tty5410v1-w|AT&T 4410/5410 132 columns - version 1, + cols#132, wsl#132, + is1=\E[?3h\E)0, rs2=\Ec\E[?3h\E[2;0y, use=att5410v1, + +att4410|att5410|tty5410|AT&T 4410/5410 80 columns - version 2, + pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02dq f%p1%d %p2%s, + use=att5410v1, + +att5410-w|att4410-w|4410-w|tty5410-w|5410-w|AT&T 4410/5410 in 132 column mode, + cols#132, wsl#132, + is1=\E[?3h\E)0, rs2=\Ec\E[?3h\E[2;0y, use=att4410, + +# 5410 in terms of a vt100 +# (v5410: added / based on init string -- esr) +v5410|att5410 in terms of a vt100, + am, mir, msgr, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>, + clear=\E[H\E[J$<50>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C$<2>, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5>, cuu1=\E[A$<2>, dch1=\E[P, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>, el1=\E[1K$<3>, + enacs=\E(B\E)0, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich1=\E[@, + il1=\E[L, ind=^J, ka1=\EOq, ka3=\EOs, kb2=\EOr, kbs=^H, + kc1=\EOp, kc3=\EOn, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, + kcuu1=\EOA, kent=\EOM, kf0=\EOy, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\EOx, + kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOt, kf6=\EOu, kf7=\EOv, + kf8=\EOl, kf9=\EOw, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m$<2>, ri=\EM$<5>, + rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m$<2>, + rmul=\E[m$<2>, rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, + sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017$<2>, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, + smso=\E[1;7m$<2>, smul=\E[4m$<2>, tbc=\E[3g, + +# +# Teletype Model 5420 -- A souped up 5410, with multiple windows, +# even! the 5420 has three modes: scroll, window or page mode +# this terminfo should work in scroll or window mode, but doesn't +# take advantage of any of the differences between them. +# +# Has memory below (2 lines!) +# 3 pages of memory (plus some spare) +# The 5410 sequences for , , ,

, , , , +# , would work for these, but these work in both scroll and window +# mode... Unset insert character so insert mode works +# sets 80 column mode, +# escape sequence: +# 1) turn off all fonts +# 2) function keys off, keyboard lock off, control display off, +# insert mode off, erasure mode off, +# 3) full duplex, monitor mode off, send graphics off, nl on lf off +# 4) reset origin mode +# 5) set line wraparound +# 6) exit erasure mode, positional attribute mode, and erasure extent mode +# 7) clear margins +# 8) program ENTER to transmit ^J, +# We use \212 to program the ^J because a bare ^J will get translated by +# UNIX into a CR/LF. The enter key is needed for AT&T uOMS. +# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 +# set screen color to black, +# No representation in terminfo for the delete word key: kdw1=\Ed +# Key capabilities assume the power-up send sequence... +# This is not strictly necessary, but it helps maximize +# memory usefulness: , +# Alternate sgr0: , +# Alternate sgr: , +# smkx programs the SYS PF keys to send a set sequence. +# It also sets up labels f1, f2, ..., f8, and sends edit keys. +# This string causes them to send the strings - +# when pressed in SYS PF mode. +# (att4415: I added / based on the init string -- esr) +att4415|tty5420|att5420|AT&T 4415/5420 80 cols, + db, mir, xon, + lh#2, lm#78, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#55, + cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[x\E[J, cnorm=\E[11;0j, cub=\E[%p1%dD, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dx, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cvvis=\E[11;1j, dch=\E[%p1%dP, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, ech=\E[%p1%ds\E[%p1%dD, + flash=\E[?5h$<200>\E[?5l, home=\E[x, + hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1@, + il=\E[%p1%dL, indn=\E[%p1%dE, is1=\E[?3l$<100>, + is2=\E[m\017\E[1;2;3;4;6l\E[12;13;14;20l\E[?6;97;99l\E[?7h\E[4i\Ex\E[21;1j\212, + is3=\E[?5l, kbeg=\Et, kcbt=\E[Z, kdch1=\E[P, kdl1=\E[M, + kel=\E[2K, kend=\Ez, kent=\Eent, kf1=\EOc, kf2=\EOd, + kf3=\EOe, kf4=\EOf, kf5=\EOg, kf6=\EOh, kf7=\EOi, kf8=\EOj, + kich1=\E[4h, kil1=\E[L, kind=\E[T, kll=\Eu, knp=\E[U, + kpp=\E[V, kri=\E[S, lf1=F1, lf2=F2, lf3=F3, lf4=F4, lf5=F5, + lf6=F6, lf7=F7, lf8=F8, ll=\Ew, mc0=\E[?2i, mc4=\E[?9i, + mc5=\E[?4i, mrcup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dt, + pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02dq F%p1%d %p2%s, + pln=\E[%p1%d;0;0;0q%p2%:-16.16s, prot=\EV, + rin=\E[%p1%dF, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, + rmkx=\E[19;0j\E[21;1j\212, rmln=\E|, + sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p5%|%t;2%;%?%p2%p6%|%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%p6%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E[19;1j\E[21;4j\Eent, smln=\E~, tbc=\E[3g, + tsl=\E7\E[25;%p1%{8}%+%dH, vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd, + use=att4410, + +att4415-w|tty5420-w|att5420-w|AT&T 4415/5420 132 cols, + cols#132, lm#54, wsl#97, + is1=\E[?3h$<100>, use=att4415, + +att4415-rv|tty5420-rv|att5420-rv|AT&T 4415/5420 80 cols/rv, + flash=\E[?5l$<200>\E[?5h, is3=\E[?5h, + use=att4415, + +att4415-w-rv|tty5420-w-rv|att5420-w-rv|AT&T 4415/5420 132 cols/rv, + cols#132, lm#54, wsl#97, + flash=\E[?5l$<200>\E[?5h, is1=\E[?3h$<100>, is3=\E[?5h, use=att4415, + +# Note that this mode permits programming USER PF KEYS and labels +# However, when you program user pf labels you have to reselect +# user pf keys to make them appear! +att4415+nl|tty5420+nl|att5420+nl|generic AT&T 4415/5420 changes for not changing labels, + kf1@, kf2@, kf3@, kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@, + pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02d;0;1q F%p1%d %p2%s, + pln=\E[%p1%d;0;0;1q%p2%:-16.16s, + +att4415-nl|tty5420-nl|att5420-nl|AT&T 4415/5420 without changing labels, + kf1@, kf2@, kf3@, kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@, + use=att4415+nl, use=att4415, + +att4415-rv-nl|tty5420-rv-nl|att5420-rv-nl|AT&T 4415/5420 reverse video without changing labels, + kf1@, kf2@, kf3@, kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@, + use=att4415+nl, use=att4415-rv, + +att4415-w-nl|tty5420-w-nl|att5420-w-nl|AT&T 4415/5420 132 cols without changing labels, + kf1@, kf2@, kf3@, kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@, + use=att4415+nl, use=att4415-w, + +att4415-w-rv-n|tty5420-w-rv-n|att5420-w-rv-n|AT&T 4415/5420 132 cols reverse without changing labels, + kf1@, kf2@, kf3@, kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@, + use=att4415+nl, use=att4415-w-rv, + +att5420_2|AT&T 5420 model 2 80 cols, + am, db, hs, mir, msgr, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lh#2, lines#24, lm#78, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#55, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + blink=\E[5m, cbt=\E[1Z, clear=\EH\EJ, cnorm=\E[11;0j, + cr=\EG, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud1=\E[1B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[1C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cvvis=\E[11;1j, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, + dl1=\E[M, ech=\E[%p1%ds\E[%p1%dD, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K, + el1=\E[1K, flash=\E[?5h$<200>\E[?5l, fsl=\E8, home=\E[H, + hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, + ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dE, + invis=\E[8m, + is1=\E[0;23r\Ex\Ey\E[2;0j\E[3;3j\E[4;0j\E[5;0j\E[6;0j\E[7;0j\E[8;0j\E[9;1j\E[10;0j\E[15;0j\E[16;1j\E[19;0j\E[20;1j\E[29;0j\E[1;24r, + kbeg=\Et, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kclr=\E[2J, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[P, kdl1=\E[M, + kel=\E[2K, kend=\Ez, kent=^J, kf1=\EOc, kf2=\EOd, kf3=\EOe, + kf4=\EOf, kf5=\EOg, kf6=\EOh, kf7=\EOi, kf8=\EOj, khome=\E[H, + kich1=\E[4h, kil1=\E[L, kind=\E[T, kll=\Eu, knp=\E[U, + kpp=\E[V, kri=\E[S, lf1=F1, lf2=F2, lf3=F3, lf4=F4, lf5=F5, + lf6=F6, lf7=F7, lf8=F8, ll=\Ew, mc0=\E[?;2i, mc4=\E[4i, + mc5=\E[5i, mrcup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dt, nel=^M^J, + pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02dq F%p1%d %p2%s\E~, + pln=\E[%p1%d;0;0;0q%p2%:-16.16s\E~, prot=\EV, rc=\E8, + rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rin=\E[%p1%dF, rmacs=^O, rmkx=\E[19;0j, + rmln=\E|, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs2=\Ec\E[?3l\E[2;0y, + sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p5%|%t;2%;%?%p2%p6%|%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%p6%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smkx=\E[19;1j, smln=\E~, + smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + tsl=\E7\E[25;%p1%{8}%+%dH, vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd, +att5420_2-w|AT&T 5420 model 2 in 132 column mode, + cols#132, + is1=\E[0;23r\Ex\Ey\E[2;0j\E[3;3j\E[4;0j\E[5;1j\E[6;0j\E[7;0j\E[8;0j\E[9;1j\E[10;0j\E[15;0j\E[16;1j\E[19;0j\E[20;1j\E[29;0j\E[1;24r, use=att5420_2, + +att4418|att5418|AT&T 5418 80 cols, + am, xon, + cols#80, lines#24, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, + cub1=\E[D, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, + cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, + cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[1P, dim=\E[2m, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K, home=\E[H, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[1@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[1L, ind=^J, + is1=\E[?3l, is2=\E)0\E?6l\E?5l, kclr=\E[%, kcub1=\E@, + kcud1=\EU, kcuf1=\EA, kcuu1=\ES, kent=\E[, kf1=\E[h, + kf10=\E[m, kf11=\E[n, kf12=\E[o, kf13=\E[H, kf14=\E[I, + kf15=\E[J, kf18=\E[K, kf19=\E[L, kf2=\E[i, kf20=\E[E, + kf21=\E[_, kf22=\E[M, kf23=\E[N, kf24=\E[O, kf3=\E[j, + kf6=\E[k, kf7=\E[l, kf8=\E[f, kf9=\E[w, khome=\Ec, rc=\E8, + rev=\E[7m, rmacs=^O, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7, + sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +att4418-w|att5418-w|AT&T 5418 132 cols, + cols#132, + is1=\E[?3h, use=att5418, + +att4420|tty4420|teletype 4420, + da, db, eo, msgr, ul, xon, + cols#80, lines#24, lm#72, + bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=\EG, cub1=\ED, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, + dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\Ez, home=\EH, il1=\EL, ind=\EH\EM\EY7\s, + kcbt=\EO, kclr=\EJ, kcub1=^H, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, + kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, kf0=\EU, kf3=\E@, khome=\EH, + kich1=\E\^, kil1=\EL, kind=\ES, kri=\ET, + lf0=segment advance, lf3=cursor tab, rmdc@, rmso=\E~, + rmul=\EZ, smdc@, smso=\E}, smul=\E\\, + +# The following is a terminfo entry for the Teletype 4424 +# asynchronous keyboard-display terminal. It supports +# the vi editor. The terminal must be set up as follows, +# +# HIGHLIGHT DEFINITION 3-TONE +# DISPLAY FUNCTION GROUP III +# +# The second entry below provides limited (a la adm3a) +# operation under GROUP II. +# +# This must be used with DISPLAY FUNCTION GROUP I or III +# and HIGHLIGHT DEFINITION 3-TONE +# The terminal has either bold or blink, depending on options +# +# (att4424: commented out =\E[1m, we don't need bright locked on -- esr) +att4424|tty4424|teletype 4424, + am, xon, + cols#80, lines#24, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E3, bold=\E3, cbt=\EO, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\EB, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EA, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\EP, dim=\EW, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\EM, + ed=\EJ, el=\Ez, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, + ich1=\E\^, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\EL, ind=^J, is2=\E[20l\E[?7h, + kbs=^H, kclr=\EJ, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, + kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, + khome=\E[H, nel=\EE, rev=\E}, ri=\ET, rmacs=\E(B, rmso=\E~, + rmul=\EZ, + sgr=\E[%?%p1%t7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p6%p4%|%t;5%;%?%p5%t;0%;m, + sgr0=\EX\E~\EZ\E4\E(B, smacs=\E(0, smso=\E}, smul=\E\\, + tbc=\EF, + +att4424-1|tty4424-1|teletype 4424 in display function group I, + kclr@, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome@, + use=att4424, + +# This entry is not one of AT&T's official ones, it was translated from the +# 4.4BSD termcap file. The highlight strings are different from att4424. +# I have no idea why this is -- older firmware version, maybe? +# The following two lines are the comment originally attached to the entry: +# This entry appears to avoid the top line - I have no idea why. +# From: jwb Wed Mar 31 13:25:09 1982 remote from ihuxp +att4424m|tty4424m|teletype 4424M, + am, da, db, mir, + cols#80, it#8, lines#23, + bel=^G, clear=\E[2;H\E[J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH\E[B, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\EP, + dl1=\EM, el=\E[K, ht=^I, ich1=\E\^, il1=\EL, ind=^J, ip=$<2/>, + is2=\E[m\E[2;24r, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, + kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H, nel=^M^J, ri=\ET, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + +# The Teletype 5425 is really version 2 of the Teletype 5420. It +# is quite similar, except for some minor differences. No page +# mode, for example, so all of the sequences used above have +# to change back to what's being used for the 5410. Many of the +# option settings have changed their numbering as well. +# +# This has been tested on a preliminary model. +# +# (att5425: added / based on the init string -- esr) +att5425|tty5425|att4425|AT&T 4425/5425, + am, da, db, hs, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lh#2, lines#24, lm#78, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#55, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[2;7m, cbt=\E[Z, + clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[12;0j, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\E[12;1j, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ech=\E[%p1%ds\E[%p1%dD, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E(B\E)0, + flash=\E[?5h$<200>\E[?5l, fsl=\E8, home=\E[H, + hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, + il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dE, + invis=\E[8m, is1=\E<\E[?3l$<100>, + is2=\E[m\017\E[1;2;3;4;6l\E[12;13;14;20l\E[?6;97;99l\E[?7h\E[4i\Ex\E[25;1j\212, + is3=\E[?5l, kbeg=\Et, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kclr=\E[J, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[P, + kdl1=\E[M, kel=\E[2K, kend=\Ez, kent=\Eent, kf1=\EOc, + kf2=\EOd, kf3=\EOe, kf4=\EOf, kf5=\EOg, kf6=\EOh, kf7=\EOi, + kf8=\EOj, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[4h, kil1=\E[L, kind=\E[T, + kri=\E[S, ll=\E[24H, mc0=\E[?2i, mc4=\E[?9i, mc5=\E[?4i, + nel=^M^J, + pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02dq F%p1%1d %p2%s, + pln=\E[%p1%d;0;0;0q%p2%:-16.16s, prot=\EV, rc=\E8, + rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rin=\E[%p1%dF, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, + rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[21;0j\E[25;1j\212, rmln=\E|, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs2=\Ec\E[?3l\E[2;0y, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p5%|%t;2%;%?%p2%p6%|%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%p6%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E[21;1j\E[25;4j\Eent\E~, smln=\E~, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E7\E[25;%p1%{8}%+%dH, + vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd, + +att5425-nl|tty5425-nl|att4425-nl|AT&T 4425/5425 80 columns no labels, + smkx=\E[21;1j\E[25;4j\Eent, + use=att4425, + +att5425-w|att4425-w|tty5425-w|teletype 4425/5425 in 132 column mode, + cols#132, lm#54, wsl#97, + is1=\E[?3h$<100>, use=tty5425, + +# (att4426: his had bogus capabilities: :ri=\EM:, :ri=\E[1U:. +# I also added / -- esr) +att4426|tty4426|teletype 4426S, + am, da, db, xon, + cols#80, lines#24, lm#48, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, bold=\E[5m, clear=\E[H\E[2J\E[1U\E[H\E[2J\E[1V, + cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=\E[D, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EA, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\EP, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[0K, home=\E[H, + hpa=\E[%p1%dG, ht=^I, hts=\E1, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E\^, + il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\EL, ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dS, + is1=\Ec\E[?7h, is2=\E[m\E[1;24r, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EO, + kclr=\E[2J, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, + kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOT, kf6=\EOU, + kf7=\EOV, kf8=\EOW, khome=\E[H, kll=\E[24;1H, ll=\E[24H, + nel=^M^J, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\ET, rin=\E[%p1%dT, + rmacs=\E(B, rmam=\E[?7l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + rs2=\Ec\E[?3l\E[2;0y, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m\E(B, smacs=\E(0, + smam=\E[?7h, smso=\E[5m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + vpa=\E[%p1%dd, + +# Terminfo entry for the AT&T 510 A Personal Terminal +# Function keys 9 - 16 are available only after the +# screen labeled (soft keys/action blocks) are labeled. Function key +# 9 corresponds to the leftmost touch target on the screen, +# function key 16 corresponds to the rightmost. +# +# This entry is based on one done by Ernie Rice at Summit, NJ and +# changed by Anne Gallup, Skokie, IL, ttrdc!anne +att510a|bct510a|AT&T 510A Personal Terminal, + am, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, lh#2, lines#24, lw#7, nlab#8, + acsc=hrisjjkkllmmnnqqttuuvvwwxx{{||}}~~-f\,h.e+g`b, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[2;7m, cbt=\E[Z, + civis=\E[11;0|, clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[11;3|, cr=^M, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[1B, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, cvvis=\E[11;2|, dch=\E[%p1%dP, + dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[0J, + el=\E[0K, el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E(B\E)1, ff=^L, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + hts=\EH, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, is1=\E(B\E)1\E[2l, + is3=\E[21;1|\212, kLFT=\E[u, kRIT=\E[v, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOm, + kf10=\EOd, kf11=\EOe, kf12=\EOf, kf13=\EOg, kf14=\EOh, + kf15=\EOi, kf16=\EOj, kf2=\EOV, kf3=\EOu, kf4=\ENj, kf5=\ENe, + kf6=\ENf, kf7=\ENh, kf8=\E[H, kf9=\EOc, kind=\E[S, kri=\E[T, + mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[?8i, mc5=\E[?4i, nel=\EE, + pln=\E[%p1%dp%p2%:-16s, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, + rmacs=^O, rmkx=\E[19;0|, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p5%p6%|%t;2%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%p6%|%t;7%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smkx=\E[19;1|, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + +# Terminfo entry for the AT&T 510 D Personal Terminal +# Function keys 9 through 16 are accessed by bringing up the +# system blocks. +# Function key 9 corresponds to the leftmost touch target on the screen, +# function key 16 corresponds to the rightmost. +# +# There are problems with soft key labeling. These are due to +# strangenesses in the native terminal that are impossible to +# describe in a terminfo. +att510d|bct510d|AT&T 510D Personal Terminal, + am, da, db, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, lh#2, lines#24, lm#48, lw#7, nlab#8, + acsc=hrisjjkkllmmnnqqttuuvvwwxx{{||}}~~-f\,h.e+g`b, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[2;7m, cbt=\E[Z, + clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[11;3|, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, + cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[1B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, + cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, + cuu1=\E[A, cvvis=\E[11;2|, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, + dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K, + el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E(B\E)1, ff=^L, home=\E[H, + hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, + il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dS, + invis=\E[8m, is1=\E(B\E)1\E[5;0|, is3=\E[21;1|\212, + kLFT=\E[u, kRIT=\E[v, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOm, kf10=\EOd, + kf11=\EOe, kf12=\EOf, kf13=\EOg, kf14=\EOh, kf15=\EOi, + kf16=\EOj, kf2=\EOV, kf3=\EOu, kf4=\ENj, kf5=\ENe, kf6=\ENf, + kf7=\ENh, kf8=\E[H, kf9=\EOc, kind=\E[S, kri=\E[T, ll=\E#2, + mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[?8i, mc5=\E[?4i, mgc=\E\:, nel=\EE, + pln=\E[%p1%dp%p2%:-16s, rc=\E8, + rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%{1}%-%db, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, + rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmacs=^O, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[19;0|, + rmln=\E<, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rmxon=\E[29;1|, + rs2=\E[5;0|, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p5%p6%|%t;2%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%p6%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smgl=\E4, smgr=\E5, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E[19;1|, smln=\E?, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + smxon=\E[29;0|, tbc=\E[3g, vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd, + +# (att500: I merged this with the att513 entry, att500 just used att513 -- esr) +att500|att513|AT&T 513 using page mode, + am, chts, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, lh#2, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, + acsc=hrisjjkkllmmnnqqttuuvvwwxx{{||}}~~-f\,h.e+g`b, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[2;7m, cbt=\E[Z, + clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[11;0|, cr=^M, + csr=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\E[11;1|, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P$<1>, dim=\E[2m, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, + enacs=\E(B\E)1, home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, ht=^I, + hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, + indn=\E[%p1%dE, invis=\E[8m, + is1=\E?\E[3;3|\E[10;0|\E[21;1|\212\E[6;1|\E[1{\E[?99l, + kBEG=\ENB, kCAN=\EOW, kCMD=\EOU, kCPY=\END, kCRT=\EON, + kDC=\ENF, kDL=\ENE, kEND=\ENN, kEOL=\EOA, kEXT=\EOK, + kFND=\EOX, kHLP=\EOM, kHOM=\ENM, kIC=\ENJ, kLFT=\ENK, + kMOV=\ENC, kMSG=\EOL, kNXT=\ENH, kOPT=\EOR, kPRT=\EOZ, + kPRV=\ENG, kRDO=\EOT, kRES=\EOQ, kRIT=\ENL, kRPL=\EOY, + kSAV=\EOO, kSPD=\EOP, kUND=\EOS, kbeg=\E9, kbs=^H, kcan=\EOw, + kcbt=\E[Z, kclo=\EOV, kclr=\E[J, kcmd=\EOu, kcpy=\ENd, + kcrt=\EOn, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, + kdch1=\ENf, kdl1=\ENe, kel=\EOa, kend=\E0, kent=\Eent, + kext=\EOk, kf1=\EOc, kf2=\EOd, kf3=\EOe, kf4=\EOf, kf5=\EOg, + kf6=\EOh, kf7=\EOi, kf8=\EOj, kfnd=\EOx, khlp=\EOm, + khome=\E[H, kich1=\ENj, kind=\E[S, kmov=\ENc, kmrk=\ENi, + kmsg=\EOl, knp=\E[U, knxt=\ENh, kopn=\EOv, kopt=\EOr, + kpp=\E[V, kprt=\EOz, kprv=\ENg, krdo=\EOt, kref=\EOb, + kres=\EOq, krfr=\ENa, kri=\E[T, krpl=\EOy, krst=\EOB, + ksav=\EOo, kslt=\ENI, kspd=\EOp, kund=\EOs, ll=\E#2, + mc0=\E[?98l\E[0i, mc4=\E[?98l\E[?8i, mc5=\E[?98l\E[?4i, + nel=\EE, + pfkey=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%d;3;0p F%p1%d %p2%s, + pfloc=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%d;2;0p F%p1%d %p2%s, + pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%d;1;0p F%p1%d %p2%s, + pln=\E[%p1%dp%p2%:-16s, rc=\E8, + rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%{1}%-%db, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, + rin=\E[%p1%dF, rmacs=^O, rmir=\E[4l, + rmkx=\E[19;0|\E[21;1|\212, rmln=\E<, rmso=\E[m, + rmul=\E[m, + rs1=\E?\E[3;3|\E[10;0|\E[21;1|\212\E[6;1|\E[1{\E[?99l\E[2;0|\E[6;1|\E[8;0|\E[19;0|\E[1{\E[?99l, + rs2=\E[5;0|, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p5%|%t;2%;%?%p2%p6%|%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%p6%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E[19;1|\E[21;4|\Eent, smln=\E?, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd, + +# 01-07-88 +# printer must be set to EMUL ANSI to accept ESC codes +# stops at top margin +# sets cpi 10,lpi 6,form 66,left 1,right 132,top 1,bottom 66,font +# and alt font ascii,wrap on,tabs cleared +# disables newline on LF,Emphasized off +# The capability sets form length +att5310|att5320|AT&T Model 53210 or 5320 matrix printer, + xhpa, xvpa, + bufsz#8192, cols#132, cps#120, it#8, lines#66, orc#10, + orhi#100, orl#12, orvi#72, + cpi=%?%p1%{10}%=%t\E[w%e%p1%{12}%=%t\E[2w%e%p1%{5}%=%t\E[5w%e%p1%{13}%=%p1%{14}%=%O%t\E[3w%e%p1%{16}%=%p1%{17}%=%O%t\E[4w%e%p1%{6}%=%t\E[6w%e%p1%{7}%=%t\E[7w%e%p1%{8}%=%t\E[8w%;, + cr=^M, + csnm=%?%p1%{0}%=%tusascii%e%p1%{1}%=%tenglish%e%p1%{2}%=%tfinnish%e%p1%{3}%=%tjapanese%e%p1%{4}%=%tnorwegian%e%p1%{5}%=%tswedish%e%p1%{6}%=%tgermanic%e%p1%{7}%=%tfrench%e%p1%{8}%=%tcanadian_french%e%p1%{9}%=%titalian%e%p1%{10}%=%tspanish%e%p1%{11}%=%tline%e%p1%{12}%=%tsecurity%e%p1%{13}%=%tebcdic%e%p1%{14}%=%tapl%e%p1%{15}%=%tmosaic%;, + cud=\E[%p1%de, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%da, cuf1=\s, cuu1=\EM, + ff=^L, hpa=\E[%p1%d`, ht=^I, is1=\Ec, is2=\E[20l\r, + lpi=%?%p1%{2}%=%t\E[4z%e%p1%{3}%=%t\E[5z%e%p1%{4}%=%t\E[6z%e%p1%{6}%=%t\E[z%e%p1%{8}%=%t\E[2z%e%p1%{12}%=%t\E[3z%;, + rshm=\E[m, + scs=%?%p1%{0}%=%t\E(B%e%p1%{1}%=%t\E(A%e%p1%{2}%=%t\E(C%e%p1%{3}%=%t\E(D%e%p1%{4}%=%t\E(E%e%p1%{5}%=%t\E(H%e%p1%{6}%=%t\E(K%e%p1%{7}%=%t\E(R%e%p1%{8}%=%t\E(Q%e%p1%{9}%=%t\E(Y%e%p1%{10}%=%t\E(Z%e%p1%{11}%=%t\E(0%e%p1%{12}%=%t\E(1%e%p1%{13}%=%t\E(3%e%p1%{14}%=%t\E(8%e%p1%{15}%=%t\E(}%;, + smgbp=\E[;%p1%dr, smglp=\E[%{1}%p1%+%ds, + smgrp=\E[;%{1}%p1%+%ds, smgtp=\E[%p1%dr, sshm=\E[5m, + u0=\E[%p1%dt, vpa=\E[%p1%dd, + +# Teletype 5620, firmware version 1.1 (8;7;3) or earlier from BRL +# The following SET-UP modes are assumed for normal operation: +# CR_DEF=CR NL_DEF=INDEX DUPLEX=FULL +# Other SET-UP modes may be set for operator convenience or communication +# requirements. This termcap description is for the Resident Terminal Mode. +# No delays specified; use "stty ixon -ixany" to enable DC3/DC1 flow control! +# The BRL entry also said: UNSAFE :ll=\E[70H: +att5620-1|tty5620-1|dmd1|Teletype 5620 with old ROMs, + am, xon, + cols#88, it#8, lines#70, vt#3, + bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, + dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, + home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, + il1=\E[L, ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dS, kbs=^H, kclr=\E[2J, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H, + kll=\E[70;1H, nel=^M^J, rc=\E8, ri=\E[T, rin=\E[%p1%dT, + rs1=\Ec, sc=\E7, + +# 5620 terminfo (2.0 or later ROMS with char attributes) +# The following SET-UP modes are assumed for normal operation: +# DUPLEX=FULL GEN_FLOW=ON NEWLINE=INDEX RETURN=CR +# Other SET-UP modes may be set for operator convenience or communication +# requirements. This termcap description is for Resident Terminal Mode. No +# delays are specified; use "stty ixon -ixany" to enable DC3/DC1 flow control! +# assumptions: (scroll forward one line) is only done at screen bottom +# Be aware that older versions of the dmd have a firmware bug that affects +# parameter defaulting; for this terminal, the 0 in \E[0m is not optional. +# is from an otherwise inferior BRL for this terminal. That entry +# also has =\E[70H commented out and marked unsafe. +# For more, see the 5620 FAQ maintained by David Breneman . +att5620|dmd|tty5620|ttydmd|5620|5620 terminal 88 columns, + am, msgr, npc, xon, + cols#88, it#8, lines#70, + bel=^G, bold=\E[2m, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, + cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, + ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\E[S, + indn=\E[%p1%dS, kbs=^H, kclr=\E[2J, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H, kll=\E[70;1H, nel=^J, + pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%dq%p2%s, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\E[T, + rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmso=\E[0m, rmul=\E[0m, rs1=\Ec, sc=\E7, + sgr0=\E[0m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +att5620-24|tty5620-24|dmd-24|teletype dmd 5620 in a 24x80 layer, + lines#24, use=att5620, +att5620-34|tty5620-34|dmd-34|teletype dmd 5620 in a 34x80 layer, + lines#34, use=att5620, +# 5620 layer running the "S" system's downloaded graphics handler: +att5620-s|tty5620-s|layer|vitty|5620 S layer, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#72, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cup=\EY%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dl1=\ED, + el=\EK, flash=\E^G, ht=^I, il1=\EI, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kclr=\E[2J, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H, + kll=\E[70;1H, + +# Entries for thru refer to the shifted system pf keys. +# +# Entries for thru refer to the alternate keypad mode +# keys: = * / + 7 8 9 - 4 5 6 , 1 2 3 0 . ENTER +att605|AT&T 605 80 column 102key keyboard, + am, eo, xon, + cols#80, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#80, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[J, + cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, + dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, fsl=\E8, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, + il1=\E[L, ind=^J, invis=\E[8m, + is1=\E[8;0|\E[?\E[13;20l\E[?\E[12h, is2=\E[m\017, + kLFT=\E[ A, kRIT=\E[ @, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kclr=\E[2J, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[P, + kdl1=\E[M, kend=\E[24;1H, kf1=\EOc, kf10=\ENp, kf11=\ENq, + kf12=\ENr, kf13=\ENs, kf14=\ENt, kf15=\EOC, kf16=\EOD, + kf17=\EOE, kf18=\EOF, kf19=\EOG, kf2=\EOd, kf20=\EOH, + kf21=\EOI, kf22=\EOJ, kf23=\ENO, kf24=\ENP, kf25=\ENQ, + kf26=\ENR, kf27=\ENS, kf28=\ENT, kf29=\EOP, kf3=\EOe, + kf30=\EOQ, kf31=\EOR, kf32=\EOS, kf33=\EOw, kf34=\EOx, + kf35=\EOy, kf36=\EOm, kf37=\EOt, kf38=\EOu, kf39=\EOv, + kf4=\EOf, kf40=\EOl, kf41=\EOq, kf42=\EOr, kf43=\EOs, + kf44=\EOp, kf45=\EOn, kf46=\EOM, kf5=\EOg, kf6=\EOh, + kf7=\EOi, kf8=\EOj, kf9=\ENo, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[@, + kil1=\E[L, kind=\E[S, knp=\E[U, kpp=\E[V, ll=\E[24H, + mc4=\E[?4i, mc5=\E[?5i, nel=\EE, + pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02dq F%p1%1d %p2%s, + pln=\E[%p1%d;0;0;0q%p2%:-16.16s, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, + rmacs=^O, rmir=\E[4l, rmln=\E[2p, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + rs2=\Ec\E[?3l, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=\E)0\016, + smir=\E[4h, smln=\E[p, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + tsl=\E7\E[25;%i%p1%dx, +att605-pc|ATT 605 in pc term mode, + acsc=k\277l\332m\300j\331n\305w\302q\304u\264t\303v\301x\263, + cbt=\E[Z, cub1=\E[D, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, cuu1=\E[A, + dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[L, il1=\E[L, kcbt=\E[Z, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[P, + kdl1=\E[M, kend=\E[F, kf1=\E[M, kf10=\E[V, kf2=\E[N, + kf3=\E[O, kf4=\E[P, kf5=\E[Q, kf6=\E[R, kf7=\E[S, kf8=\E[T, + kf9=\E[U, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[@, knp=\E[G, kpp=\E[I, + rmsc=400\E[50;0|, smsc=250\E[?11l\E[50;1|, xoffc=g, + xonc=e, + use=att605, +att605-w|AT&T 605-w 132 column 102 key keyboard, + cols#132, wsl#132, + is1=\E[8;0|\E[?4;5;13;15l\E[13;20l\E[?3;7h\E[12h\E(B\E)0, use=att605, +# (att610: I added / based on the init string. I also +# added and because the BSD file says the att615s have them, +# and the 615 is like a 610 with a big keyboard, and most of their other +# smart terminals support the same sequence -- esr) +att610|AT&T 610; 80 column; 98key keyboard, + am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lh#2, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#80, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[?25h\E[?12l, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\E[?12;25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, + flash=\E[?5h$<200>\E[?5l, fsl=\E8, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, + indn=\E[%p1%dS, invis=\E[8m, + is1=\E[8;0|\E[?3;4;5;13;15l\E[13;20l\E[?7h\E[12h\E(B\E)0, + is2=\E[m\017, is3=\E(B\E)0, kLFT=\E[ @, kRIT=\E[ A, kbs=^H, + kcbt=\E[Z, kclr=\E[2J, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, + kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOc, kf10=\ENp, kf11=\ENq, kf12=\ENr, + kf13=\ENs, kf14=\ENt, kf2=\EOd, kf3=\EOe, kf4=\EOf, kf5=\EOg, + kf6=\EOh, kf7=\EOi, kf8=\EOj, kf9=\ENo, khome=\E[H, + kind=\E[S, kri=\E[T, ll=\E[24H, mc4=\E[?4i, mc5=\E[?5i, + nel=\EE, + pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02dq F%p1%1d %p2%s, + pln=\E[%p1%d;0;0;0q%p2%:-16.16s, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, + ri=\EM, rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, + rmln=\E[2p, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs2=\Ec\E[?3l, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p5%t;2%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, + smln=\E[p, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tsl=\E7\E[25;%i%p1%dx, +att610-w|AT&T 610; 132 column; 98key keyboard, + cols#132, wsl#132, + is1=\E[8;0|\E[?4;5;13;15l\E[13;20l\E[?3;7h\E[12h, use=att610, + +att610-103k|AT&T 610; 80 column; 103key keyboard, + kBEG=\ENB, kCAN=\EOW, kCMD=\EOU, kCPY=\END, kCRT=\EON, + kDC=\ENF, kDL=\ENE, kEND=\ENN, kEOL=\EOA, kEXT=\EOK, + kFND=\EOX, kHLP=\EOM, kMOV=\ENC, kMSG=\EOL, kNXT=\ENH, + kOPT=\EOR, kPRT=\EOZ, kPRV=\ENG, kRDO=\EOT, kRES=\EOQ, + kRPL=\EOY, kSAV=\EOO, kSPD=\EOP, kUND=\EOS, kbeg=\E9, + kcan=\EOw, kclo=\EOV, kcmd=\EOu, kcpy=\ENd, kcrt=\EOn, + kdch1=\ENf, kdl1=\ENe, kel=\EOa, kend=\E0, kent=^M, + kext=\EOk, kf10@, kf11@, kf12@, kf13@, kf14@, kf9@, kfnd=\EOx, + khlp=\EOm, kich1=\ENj, kmov=\ENc, kmrk=\ENi, kmsg=\EOl, + knp=\E[U, knxt=\ENh, kopn=\EOv, kopt=\EOr, kpp=\E[V, + kprt=\EOz, kprv=\ENg, krdo=\EOt, kref=\EOb, kres=\EOq, + krfr=\ENa, krmir=\ENj, krpl=\EOy, krst=\EOB, ksav=\EOo, + kslt=\ENI, kspd=\EOp, kund=\EOs, + use=att610, +att610-103k-w|AT&T 610; 132 column; 103key keyboard, + cols#132, wsl#132, + is1=\E[8;0|\E[?4;5;13;15l\E[13;20l\E[?3;7h\E[12h, use=att610-103k, +att615|AT&T 615; 80 column; 98key keyboard, + kLFT=\E[ A, kRIT=\E[ @, kf15=\EOC, kf16=\EOD, kf17=\EOE, + kf18=\EOF, kf19=\EOG, kf20=\EOH, kf21=\EOI, kf22=\EOJ, + kf23=\ENO, kf24=\ENP, kf25=\ENQ, kf26=\ENR, kf27=\ENS, + kf28=\ENT, kf29=\EOP, kf30=\EOQ, kf31=\EOR, kf32=\EOS, + kf33=\EOw, kf34=\EOx, kf35=\EOy, kf36=\EOm, kf37=\EOt, + kf38=\EOu, kf39=\EOv, kf40=\EOl, kf41=\EOq, kf42=\EOr, + kf43=\EOs, kf44=\EOp, kf45=\EOn, kf46=\EOM, + use=att610, +att615-w|AT&T 615; 132 column; 98key keyboard, + kLFT=\E[ A, kRIT=\E[ @, kf15=\EOC, kf16=\EOD, kf17=\EOE, + kf18=\EOF, kf19=\EOG, kf20=\EOH, kf21=\EOI, kf22=\EOJ, + kf23=\ENO, kf24=\ENP, kf25=\ENQ, kf26=\ENR, kf27=\ENS, + kf28=\ENT, kf29=\EOP, kf30=\EOQ, kf31=\EOR, kf32=\EOS, + kf33=\EOw, kf34=\EOx, kf35=\EOy, kf36=\EOm, kf37=\EOt, + kf38=\EOu, kf39=\EOv, kf40=\EOl, kf41=\EOq, kf42=\EOr, + kf43=\EOs, kf44=\EOp, kf45=\EOn, kf46=\EOM, + use=att610-w, +att615-103k|AT&T 615; 80 column; 103key keyboard, + kLFT=\E[ A, kRIT=\E[ @, + use=att610-103k, +att615-103k-w|AT&T 615; 132 column; 103key keyboard, + kLFT=\E[ A, kRIT=\E[ @, + use=att610-103k-w, +# (att620: I added / based on the init string and +# / from a BSD termcap -- esr) +att620|AT&T 620; 80 column; 98key keyboard, + am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lh#2, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#80, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[?25h\E[?12l, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\E[?12;25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, + flash=\E[?5h$<200>\E[?5l, fsl=\E8, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, + indn=\E[%p1%dS, invis=\E[8m, + is1=\E[8;0|\E[?3;4;5;13;15l\E[13;20l\E[?7h\E[12h, + is2=\E[m\017, is3=\E(B\E)0, kLFT=\E[ A, kRIT=\E[ @, kbs=^H, + kcbt=\E[Z, kclr=\E[2J, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, + kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOc, kf10=\ENp, kf11=\ENq, kf12=\ENr, + kf13=\ENs, kf14=\ENt, kf15=\EOC, kf16=\EOD, kf17=\EOE, + kf18=\EOF, kf19=\EOG, kf2=\EOd, kf20=\EOH, kf21=\EOI, + kf22=\EOJ, kf23=\ENO, kf24=\ENP, kf25=\ENQ, kf26=\ENR, + kf27=\ENS, kf28=\ENT, kf29=\EOP, kf3=\EOe, kf30=\EOQ, + kf31=\EOR, kf32=\EOS, kf33=\EOw, kf34=\EOx, kf35=\EOy, + kf36=\EOm, kf37=\EOt, kf38=\EOu, kf39=\EOv, kf4=\EOf, + kf40=\EOl, kf41=\EOq, kf42=\EOr, kf43=\EOs, kf44=\EOp, + kf45=\EOn, kf46=\EOM, kf5=\EOg, kf6=\EOh, kf7=\EOi, kf8=\EOj, + kf9=\ENo, khome=\E[H, kind=\E[S, kri=\E[T, ll=\E[24H, + mc4=\E[?4i, mc5=\E[?5i, nel=\EE, + pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02dq F%p1%1d %p2%s, + pln=\E[%p1%d;0;0;0q%p2%:-16.16s, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, + ri=\EM, rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmacs=\E(B\017, rmam=\E[?7l, + rmir=\E[4l, rmln=\E[2p, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + rs2=\Ec\E[?3l, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\E(B\017, smacs=\E)0\016, smam=\E[?7h, + smir=\E[4h, smln=\E[p, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + tsl=\E7\E[25;%i%p1%dx, +att620-w|AT&T 620; 132 column; 98key keyboard, + cols#132, wsl#132, + is1=\E[8;0|\E[?4;5;13;15l\E[13;20l\E[?3;7h\E[12h, use=att620, +att620-103k|AT&T 620; 80 column; 103key keyboard, + kBEG=\ENB, kCAN=\EOW, kCMD=\EOU, kCPY=\END, kCRT=\EON, + kDC=\ENF, kDL=\ENE, kEND=\ENN, kEOL=\EOA, kEXT=\EOK, + kFND=\EOX, kHLP=\EOM, kMOV=\ENC, kMSG=\EOL, kNXT=\ENH, + kOPT=\EOR, kPRT=\EOZ, kPRV=\ENG, kRDO=\EOT, kRES=\EOQ, + kRPL=\EOY, kSAV=\EOO, kSPD=\EOP, kUND=\EOS, kbeg=\E9, + kcan=\EOw, kclo=\EOV, kcmd=\EOu, kcpy=\ENd, kcrt=\EOn, + kdch1=\ENf, kdl1=\ENe, kel=\EOa, kend=\E0, kent=^M, + kext=\EOk, kf10@, kf11@, kf12@, kf13@, kf14@, kf15@, kf16@, kf17@, + kf18@, kf19@, kf20@, kf21@, kf22@, kf23@, kf24@, kf25@, kf26@, kf27@, + kf28@, kf29@, kf30@, kf31@, kf32@, kf33@, kf34@, kf35@, kf36@, kf37@, + kf38@, kf39@, kf40@, kf41@, kf42@, kf43@, kf44@, kf45@, kf46@, kf9@, + kfnd=\EOx, khlp=\EOm, kich1=\ENj, kmov=\ENc, kmrk=\ENi, + kmsg=\EOl, knp=\E[U, knxt=\ENh, kopn=\EOv, kopt=\EOr, + kpp=\E[V, kprt=\EOz, kprv=\ENg, krdo=\EOt, kref=\EOb, + kres=\EOq, krfr=\ENa, krmir=\ENj, krpl=\EOy, krst=\EOB, + ksav=\EOo, kslt=\ENI, kspd=\EOp, kund=\EOs, + use=att620, + +att620-103k-w|AT&T 620; 132 column; 103key keyboard, + cols#132, wsl#132, + is1=\E[8;0|\E[?4;5;13;15l\E[13;20l\E[?3;7h\E[12h, use=att620-103k, + +# AT&T (formerly Teletype) 630 Multi-Tasking Graphics terminal +# The following SETUP modes are assumed for normal operation: +# Local_Echo=Off Gen_Flow=On Return=CR Received_Newline=LF +# Font_Size=Large Non-Layers_Window_Cols=80 +# Non-Layers_Window_Rows=60 +# Other SETUP modes may be set for operator convenience or communication +# requirements. Some capabilities assume a printer attached to the Aux EIA +# port. This termcap description is for the Fixed Non-Layers Window. No +# delays are specified; use "stty ixon -ixany" to enable DC3/DC1 flow control! +# (att630: added , and from a BSD termcap file -- esr) +att630|AT&T 630 windowing terminal, + am, da, db, mir, msgr, npc, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#60, lm#0, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, + dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, + el1=\E[1K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, + il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, indn=\E[%p1%dS, is2=\E[m, + kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kclr=\E[2J, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[P, kdl1=\E[M, kent=^M, + kf10=\ENp, kf11=\ENq, kf12=\ENr, kf13=\ENs, kf14=\ENt, + kf15=\ENu, kf16=\ENv, kf17=\ENw, kf18=\ENx, kf19=\ENy, + kf20=\ENz, kf21=\EN{, kf22=\EN|, kf23=\EN}, kf24=\EN~, + kf9=\ENo, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[@, kil1=\E[L, mc4=\E[?4i, + mc5=\E[?5i, nel=^M^J, pfx=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%dq%p2%s, rc=\E8, + rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m, + rmul=\E[m, rs2=\Ec, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%p4%|%p5%|%t;7%;m, + sgr0=\E[m, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +att630-24|5630-24|5630DMD-24|630MTG-24|AT&T 630 windowing terminal 24 lines, + lines#24, use=att630, + +# This entry was modified 3/13/90 by JWE. +# fixes include additions of , correcting , and modification +# of . (See comments below) +# att730 has status line of 80 chars +# These were commented out: , , +# the and up keys are used for shifted system Fkeys +# NOTE: JWE 3/13/90 The 98 key keyboard translation for shift/HOME is +# currently the same as (unshifted HOME or \E[H). On the 102, 102+1 +# and 122 key keyboards, the 730's translation is \E[2J. For consistency +# has been commented out. The user can uncomment if using the +# 102, 102+1, or 122 key keyboards +# kHOM=\E[2J, +# (att730: I added / based on the init string -- esr) +att730|AT&T 730 windowing terminal, + am, da, db, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, npc, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lh#2, lines#60, lm#0, lw#8, nlab#24, wsl#80, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[?25h\E[?12l, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\E[?12;25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, + enacs=\E(B\E)0, flash=\E[?5h$<200>\E[?5l, fsl=\E8, + home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, + ind=\ED, invis=\E[8m, + is1=\E[8;0|\E[?3;4;5;13;15l\E[13;20l\E[?7h\E[12h\E(B\E)B, + is2=\E[m\017, is3=\E(B\E)0, kLFT=\E[ @, kRIT=\E[ A, kbs=^H, + kcbt=\E[Z, kclr=\E[2J, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, + kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOc, kf10=\ENp, kf11=\ENq, kf12=\ENr, + kf13=\ENs, kf14=\ENt, kf15=\ENu, kf16=\ENv, kf17=\ENw, + kf18=\ENx, kf19=\ENy, kf2=\EOd, kf20=\ENz, kf21=\EN{, + kf22=\EN|, kf23=\EN}, kf24=\EN~, kf25=\EOC, kf26=\EOD, + kf27=\EOE, kf28=\EOF, kf29=\EOG, kf3=\EOe, kf30=\EOH, + kf31=\EOI, kf32=\EOJ, kf33=\ENO, kf34=\ENP, kf35=\ENQ, + kf36=\ENR, kf37=\ENS, kf38=\ENT, kf39=\EOU, kf4=\EOf, + kf40=\EOV, kf41=\EOW, kf42=\EOX, kf43=\EOY, kf44=\EOZ, + kf45=\EO[, kf46=\EO\s, kf47=\EO], kf48=\EO\^, kf5=\EOg, + kf6=\EOh, kf7=\EOi, kf8=\EOj, kf9=\ENo, khome=\E[H, + kich1=\E[@, kil1=\E[L, kind=\E[S, kri=\E[T, + mc0=\E[?19h\E[0i, mc4=\E[?4i, mc5=\E[?5i, nel=\EE, + pfx=\E[%?%p1%{25}%<%t%p1%e%p1%{24}%-%;%d;%p2%l%02d%?%p1%{25}%<%tq SYS F%p1%:-2d %e;0;3q%;%p2%s, + pfxl=\E[%p1%d;%p2%l%02d;0;0q%p3%:-16.16s%p2%s, + pln=\E[%p1%d;0;0;0q%p2%:-16.16s, rc=\E8, + rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%{1}%-%db, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, + rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmln=\E[?13h, rmso=\E[27m, + rmul=\E[24m, rmxon=\E[?21l, rs2=\Ec\E[?3l, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p5%t;2%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p3%p1%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, + smln=\E[?13l, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, smxon=\E[?21h, + swidm=\E#6, tsl=\E7\E[;%i%p1%dx, +att730-41|730MTG-41|AT&T 730-41 windowing terminal Version, + lines#41, use=att730, +att730-24|730MTG-24|AT&T 730-24 windowing terminal Version, + lines#24, use=att730, +att730r|730MTGr|AT&T 730 rev video windowing terminal Version, + flash=\E[?5l$<200>\E[?5h, + is1=\E[8;0|\E[?3;4;13;15l\E[?5h\E[13;20l\E[?7h\E[12h\E(B\E)B, use=att730, +att730r-41|730MTG-41r|AT&T 730r-41 rev video windowing terminal Version, + lines#41, use=att730r, +att730r-24|730MTGr-24|AT&T 730r-24 rev video windowing terminal Version, + lines#24, use=att730r, + +# The following represents the screen layout along with the associated +# bezel buttons for the 5430/pt505 terminal. The "kf" designations do +# not appear on the screen but are shown to reference the bezel buttons. +# The "CMD", "MAIL", and "REDRAW" buttons are shown in their approximate +# position relative to the screen. +# +# +# +# +----------------------------------------------------------------+ +# | | +# XXXX | kf0 kf24 | XXXX +# | | +# | | +# XXXX | kf1 kf23 | XXXX +# | | +# | | +# XXXX | kf2 kf22 | XXXX +# | | +# | | +# XXXX | kf3 kf21 | XXXX +# | | +# | | +# XXXX | kf4 kf20 | XXXX +# | | +# | | +# XXXX | kf5 kf19 | XXXX +# | | +# | | +# XXXX | kf6 kf18 | XXXX +# | | +# | | +# XXXX | | XXXX +# | | +# | | +# +----------------------------------------------------------------+ +# +# XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX +# +# Note: XXXX represents the screen buttons +# CMD REDRAW +# +# MAIL +# +# version 1 note: +# The character string sent by key 'kf26' may be user programmable +# to send either \E[16s, or \E[26s. +# The character string sent by key 'krfr' may be user programmable +# to send either \E[17s, or \E[27s. +# +# Depression of the "CMD" key sends \E! (kcmd) +# Depression of the "MAIL" key sends \E[26s (kf26) +# "REDRAW" same as "REFRESH" (krfr) +# +# "kf" functions adds carriage return to output string if terminal is in +# 'new line' mode. +# +# The following are functions not covered in the table above: +# +# Set keyboard character (SKC): \EPn1;Pn2w +# Pn1= 0 Back Space key +# Pn1= 1 Break key +# Pn2= Program char (hex) +# +# Screen Definition (SDF): \E[Pn1;Pn2;Pn3;Pn4;Pn5t +# Pn1= Window number (1-39) +# Pn2-Pn5= Y;X;Y;X coordinates +# +# Screen Selection (SSL): \E[Pnu +# Pn= Window number +# +# Set Terminal Modes (SM): \E[Pnh +# Pn= 3 Graphics mode +# Pn= > Cursor blink +# Pn= < Enter new line mode +# Pn= = Enter reverse insert/replace mode +# Pn= ? Enter no scroll mode +# +# Reset Terminal Mode (RM): \E[Pnl +# Pn= 3 Exit graphics mode +# Pn= > Exit cursor blink +# Pn= < Exit new line mode +# Pn= = Exit reverse insert/replace mode +# Pn= ? Exit no scroll mode +# +# Screen Status Report (SSR): \E[Pnp +# Pn= 0 Request current window number +# Pn= 1 Request current window dimensions +# +# Device Status Report (DSR): \E[6n Request cursor position +# +# Call Status Report (CSR): \E[Pnv +# Pn= 0 Call failed +# Pn= 1 Call successful +# +# Transparent Button String (TBS): \E[Pn1;Pn2;Pn3;{string +# Pn1= Button number to be loaded +# Pn2= Character count of "string" +# Pn3= Key mode being loaded: +# 0= Unshifted +# 1= Shifted +# 2= Control +# String= Text string (15 chars max) +# +# Screen Number Report (SNR): \E[Pnp +# Pn= Screen number +# +# Screen Dimension Report (SDR): \E[Pn1;Pn2r +# Pn1= Number of rows available in window +# Pn2= Number of columns available in window +# +# Cursor Position Report (CPR): \E[Pn1;Pn2R +# Pn1= "Y" Position of cursor +# Pn2= "X" Position of cursor +# +# Request Answer Back (RAB): \E[c +# +# Answer Back Response (ABR): \E[?;*;30;VSV +# *= 0 No printer available +# *= 2 Printer available +# V= Software version number +# SV= Software sub version number +# (printer-available field not documented in v1) +# +# Screen Alignment Aid: \En +# +# Bell (lower pitch): \E[x +# +# Dial Phone Number: \EPdstring\ +# string= Phone number to be dialed +# +# Set Phone Labels: \EPpstring\ +# string= Label for phone buttons +# +# Set Clock: \EPchour;minute;second\ +# +# Position Clock: \EPsY;X\ +# Y= "Y" coordinate +# X= "X" coordinate +# +# Delete Clock: \Epr\ +# +# Programming The Function Buttons: \EPfPn;string\ +# Pn= Button number (00-06, 18-24) +# (kf00-kf06, kf18-kf24) +# string= Text to sent on button depression +# +# The following in version 2 only: +# +# Request For Local Directory Data: \EPp12;\ +# +# Local Directory Data to host: \EPp11;LOCAL...DIRECTORY...DATA\ +# +# Request for Local Directory Data in print format: \EPp13;\ +# +# Enable 'Prt on Line' mode: \022 (DC2) +# +# Disable 'Prt on Line' mode: \024 (DC4) +# + +# 05-Aug-86: +# The following Terminfo entry describes functions which are supported by +# the AT&T 5430/pt505 terminal software version 2 and later. +att505|pt505|att5430|gs5430|AT&T Personal Terminal 505 or 5430 GETSET terminal, + am, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[2J\E[H, + cnorm=\E[>l, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=\E[D, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\E[>h, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K, el1=\E2K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, + is1=\EPr\\E[0u\E[2J\E[0;0H\E[m\E[3l\E[l\E[=l\E[?l, + kbs=^H, kcmd=\E!, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, + kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\E[00s, kf1=\E[01s, kf18=\E[18s, + kf19=\E[19s, kf2=\E[02s, kf20=\E[20s, kf21=\E[21s, + kf22=\E[22s, kf23=\E[23s, kf24=\E24s, kf26=\E26s, + kf3=\E[03s, kf4=\E[04s, kf5=\E[05s, kf6=\E[06s, + krfr=\E[27s, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, + rmacs=\E[10m, rmam=\E[11;1j, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m, + rmul=\E[m, rs1=\Ec, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\E[11m, + smam=\E[11;0j, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[1m, smul=\E[4m, + +# The following Terminfo entry describes functions which are supported by +# the AT&T 5430/pt505 terminal software version 1. +att505-24|pt505-24|gs5430-24|AT&T PT505 or 5430 GETSET version 1 24 lines, + lines#24, + mc4@, mc5@, rc@, rmam@, sc@, smam@, use=att505, +tt505-22|pt505-22|gs5430-22|AT&T PT505 or 5430 GETSET version 1 22 lines, + lines#22, use=att505, +# +# -------------------- TERMINFO FILE CAN BE SPLIT HERE ----------------------- +# This cut mark helps make life less painful for people running ncurses tic +# on machines with relatively little RAM. The file can be broken in half here +# cleanly and compiled in sections -- no `use' references cross this cut +# going forward. +# + +#### Ampex (Dialogue) +# +# Yes, these are the same people who are better-known for making audio- and +# videotape. I'm told they are located in Redwood City, CA. +# + +# From: Fri Sep 11 22:38:32 1981 +# (ampex80: some capabilities merged in from SCO's entry -- esr) +ampex80|a80|d80|dialogue|dialogue80|ampex dialogue 80, + am, bw, ul, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=\E*$<75>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, + dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER$<5*>, ed=\Ey, el=\Et, ht=^I, hts=\E1, + ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE$<5*>, ind=^J, is2=\EA, rmso=\Ek, rmul=\Em, + smso=\Ej, smul=\El, tbc=\E3, +# This entry was from somebody anonymous, Tue Aug 9 20:11:37 1983, who wrote: +ampex175|ampex d175, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\E+, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\ER, ed=\Ey, el=\Et, home=^^, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, ind=^J, + is2=\EX\EA\EF, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, + kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, khome=^^, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, ll=^^^K, + rmcup=\EF, rmso=\Ek, rmul=\Em, smcup=\EN, smso=\Ej, smul=\El, +# No backspace key in the main QWERTY cluster. Fortunately, it has a +# NEWLINE/PAGE key just above RETURN that sends a strange single-character +# code. Given a suitable Unix (one that lets you set an echo-erase-as-BS-SP-BS +# mode), this key can be used as the erase key; I find I like this. Because +# some people and some systems may not, there is another termcap ("ampex175") +# that suppresses this little eccentricity by omitting the relevant capability. +ampex175-b|ampex d175 using left arrow for erase, + kbs=^_, + use=ampex175, +# From: Richard Bascove +# (ampex210: removed obsolete ":kn#10:" -- esr) +ampex210|a210|ampex a210, + am, hs, xenl, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#1, + cbt=\EI, clear=\E*, cub1=^H, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\ER, ed=\Ey, el=\Et, flash=\EU\EX\EU\EX\EU\EX\EU\EX, + fsl=\E.2, home=^^, ht=^I, ich1=\EQ, + if=/usr/share/tabset/std, il1=\EE, invis@, + is2=\EC\Eu\E'\E(\El\EA\E%\E{\E.2\EG0\Ed\En, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf0=^A0\r, kf1=^A1\r, + kf2=^A2\r, kf3=^A3\r, kf4=^A4\r, kf5=^A5\r, kf6=^A6\r, + kf7=^A7\r, kf8=^A8\r, kf9=^A9\r, khome=^^, + tsl=\E.0\Eg\E}\Ef, use=adm+sgr, +# (ampex219: I added / based on the init string, added +# from ampex219w, added =\E[?3l, irresistibly suggested by , +# and moved the padding to be *after* the caps -- esr) +ampex219|ampex-219|amp219|Ampex with Automargins, + hs, xenl, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>, cbt=\E[Z, + clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50>, cnorm=\E[?3l, cr=^M, + csr=%i\E[%p1%2d;%p2%2dr, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, + cuf1=\E[C$<2>, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5>, + cuu1=\E[A$<2>, cvvis=\E[?3h, dim=\E[1m, ed=\E[J$<50>, + el=\E[K$<3>, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ind=^J, + is2=\E>\E[?1l\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\E[21~, + kf1=\E[7~, kf2=\E[8~, kf3=\E[9~, kf4=\E[10~, kf5=\E[11~, + kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, khome=\E[H, + rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM$<5>, rmam=\E[?7l, rmkx=\E>, + rmso=\E[m$<2>, rmul=\E[m$<2>, sgr0=\E[m$<2>, smam=\E[?7h, + smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m$<2>, smul=\E[4m$<2>, +ampex219w|ampex-219w|amp219w|Ampex 132 cols, + cols#132, lines#24, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cud1=^J, ind=^J, + is2=\E>\E[?3h\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, use=ampex219, +# (ampex232: removed , no file and no --esr) +ampex232|ampex-232|Ampex Model 232, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1, + cbt=\EI, civis=\E.0, clear=\E+, cnorm=\E.4, cub1=^H, cud1=^V, + cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, + dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER$<5*/>, ed=\EY, el=\ET, + flash=\Eb$<200/>\Ed, ht=^I, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE$<5*/>, + invis@, is2=\Eg\El, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, + kcuu1=^K, kf0=^A@\r, kf1=^AA\r, kf2=^AB\r, kf3=^AC\r, + kf4=^AD\r, kf5=^AE\r, kf6=^AF\r, kf7=^AG\r, kf8=^AH\r, + kf9=^AI\r, khome=^^, + use=adm+sgr, +# (ampex: removed , no file and no -- esr) +ampex232w|Ampex Model 232 / 132 columns, + cols#132, lines#24, + is2=\E\034Eg\El, use=ampex232, + +#### Ann Arbor (aa) +# +# Ann Arbor made dream terminals for hackers -- large screen sizes and huge +# numbers of function keys. At least some used monitors in portrait mode, +# allowing up to 76-character screen heights! They were reachable at: +# +# Ann Arbor Terminals +# 6175 Jackson Road +# Ann Arbor, MI 48103 +# (313)-663-8000 +# +# But in 1996 the phone number reaches some kitschy retail shop, and Ann Arbor +# can't be found on the Web; I fear they're long dead. R.I.P. +# + + +# Originally from Mike O'Brien@Rand and Howard Katseff at Bell Labs. +# Highly modified 6/22 by Mike O'Brien. +# split out into several for the various screen sizes by dave-yost@rand +# Modifications made 3/82 by Mark Horton +# Modified by Tom Quarles at UCB for greater efficiency and more diversity +# status line moved to top of screen, removed 5/82 +# Some unknown person at SCO then hacked the init strings to make them more +# efficient. +# +# assumes the following setup: +# A menu: 0000 1010 0001 0000 +# B menu: 9600 0100 1000 0000 0000 1000 0000 17 19 +# C menu: 56 66 0 0 9600 0110 1100 +# D menu: 0110 1001 1 0 +# +# Briefly, the settings are for the following modes: +# (values are for bit set/clear with * indicating our preference +# and the value used to test these termcaps) +# Note that many of these settings are irrelevent to the terminfo +# and are just set to the default mode of the terminal as shipped +# by the factory. +# +# A menu: 0000 1010 0001 0000 +# Block/underline cursor* +# blinking/nonblinking cursor* +# key click/no key click* +# bell/no bell at column 72* +# +# key pad is cursor control*/key pad is numeric +# return and line feed/return for key * +# repeat after .5 sec*/no repeat +# repeat at 25/15 chars per sec. * +# +# hold data until pause pressed/process data unless pause pressed* +# slow scroll/no slow scroll* +# Hold in area/don't hold in area* +# functions keys have default*/function keys disabled on powerup +# +# show/don't show position of cursor during page transmit* +# unused +# unused +# unused +# +# B menu: 9600 0100 1000 0000 0000 1000 0000 17 19 +# Baud rate (9600*) +# +# 2 bits of parity - 00=odd,01=even*,10=space,11=mark +# 1 stop bit*/2 stop bits +# parity error detection off*/on +# +# keyboard local/on line* +# half/full duplex* +# disable/do not disable keyboard after data transmission* +# +# transmit entire page/stop transmission at cursor* +# transfer/do not transfer protected characters* +# transmit all characters/transmit only selected characters* +# transmit all selected areas/transmit only 1 selected area* +# +# transmit/do not transmit line separators to host* +# transmit/do not transmit page tab stops tabs to host* +# transmit/do not transmit column tab stop tabs to host* +# transmit/do not transmit graphics control (underline,inverse..)* +# +# enable*/disable auto XON/XOFF control +# require/do not require receipt of a DC1 from host after each LF* +# pause key acts as a meta key/pause key is pause* +# unused +# +# unused +# unused +# unused +# unused +# +# XON character (17*) +# XOFF character (19*) +# +# C menu: 56 66 0 0 9600 0110 1100 +# number of lines to print data on (printer) (56*) +# +# number of lines on a sheet of paper (printer) (66*) +# +# left margin (printer) (0*) +# +# number of pad chars on new line to printer (0*) +# +# printer baud rate (9600*) +# +# printer parity: 00=odd,01=even*,10=space,11=mark +# printer stop bits: 2*/1 +# print/do not print guarded areas* +# +# new line is: 01=LF,10=CR,11=CRLF* +# unused +# unused +# +# D menu: 0110 1001 1 0 +# LF is newline/LF is down one line, same column* +# wrap to preceding line if move left from col 1*/don't wrap +# wrap to next line if move right from col 80*/don't wrap +# backspace is/is not destructive* +# +# display*/ignore DEL character +# display will not/will scroll* +# page/column tab stops* +# erase everything*/erase unprotected only +# +# editing extent: 0=display,1=line*,2=field,3=area +# +# unused +# + +annarbor4080|aa4080|ann arbor 4080, + am, + cols#80, lines#40, + bel=^G, clear=\014$<2>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^_, + cup=\017%p2%{10}%/%{16}%*%p2%{10}%m%+%c%p1%?%p1%{19}%>%t%{12}%+%;%'@'%+%c, + cuu1=^N, home=^K, ht=^I, hts=^]^P1, ind=^J, kbs=^^, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^_, kcuu1=^N, khome=^K, tbc=^\^P^P, + +# Strange Ann Arbor terminal from BRL +aas1901|Ann Arbor K4080 w/S1901 mod, + am, + cols#80, lines#40, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^_, cuu1=^N, + home=^K, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, ll=^O\200c, + nel=^M^J, + +# If you're using the GNU termcap library, add +# :cS=\E[%p1%d;%p2%d;%p3%d;%p4%dp: +# to these capabilities. This is the nonstandard GNU termcap scrolling +# capability, arguments are: +# 1. Total number of lines on the screen. +# 2. Number of lines above desired scroll region. +# 3. Number of lines below (outside of) desired scroll region. +# 4. Total number of lines on the screen, the same as the first parameter. +# The generic Ann Arbor entry is the only one that uses this. +aaa+unk|aaa-unk|ann arbor ambassador (internal - don't use this directly), + am, km, mc5i, mir, xon, + cols#80, it#8, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, + clear=\E[H\E[J$<156>, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^K, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K$<5>, home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, ht=^I, + hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@$<4*>, ich1=\E[@$<4>, il=\E[%p1%dL, + il1=\E[L$<3>, ind=^K, invis=\E[8m, is1=\E[m\E7\E[H\E9\E8, + is3=\E[1Q\E[>20;30l\EP`+x~M\E\\, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, + kclr=\E[J, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, + kdch1=\E[P, kdl1=\E[M, kf1=\EOA, kf10=\EOJ, kf11=\EOK, + kf12=\EOL, kf13=\EOM, kf14=\EON, kf15=\EOO, kf16=\EOP, + kf17=\EOQ, kf18=\EOR, kf19=\EOS, kf2=\EOB, kf20=\EOT, + kf21=\EOU, kf22=\EOV, kf23=\EOW, kf24=\EOX, kf3=\EOC, + kf4=\EOD, kf5=\EOE, kf6=\EOF, kf7=\EOG, kf8=\EOH, kf9=\EOI, + khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[@, kil1=\E[L, krmir=\E6, mc0=\E[0i, + mc4=^C, mc5=\E[v, mc5p=\E[%p1%dv, rc=\E8, + rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%{1}%-%db, rev=\E[7m, + rmkx=\EP`>y~[[J`8xy~[[A`4xy~[[D`6xy~[[C`2xy~[[B\E\\, + rmm=\E[>52l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[%?%p1%t7;%;%?%p2%t4;%;%?%p3%t7;%;%?%p4%t5;%;%?%p6%t1;%;m, + sgr0=\E[m, + smkx=\EP`>z~[[J`8xz~[[A`4xz~[[D`6xz~[[C`2xz~[[B\E\\, + smm=\E[>52h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[2g, + vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd, + +aaa+rv|ann arbor ambassador in reverse video, + blink=\E[5;7m, bold=\E[1;7m, invis=\E[7;8m, + is1=\E[7m\E7\E[H\E9\E8, rev=\E[m, rmso=\E[7m, rmul=\E[7m, + rs1=\E[H\E[7m\E[J$<156>, + sgr=\E[%?%p1%p3%|%!%t7;%;%?%p2%t4;%;%?%p4%t5;%;%?%p6%t1;%;%?%p7%t8;%;m, + sgr0=\E[7m\016, smso=\E[m, smul=\E[4;7m, +# Ambassador with the DEC option, for partial vt100 compatibility. +aaa+dec|ann arbor ambassador in dec vt100 mode, + acsc=aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, enacs=\E(0, rmacs=^N, + sgr=\E[%?%p1%p3%|%!%t7;%;%?%p2%t4;%;%?%p4%t5;%;%?%p6%t1;%;%?%p7%t8;%;m%?%p9%t\017%e\016%;, + smacs=^O, +aaa-18|ann arbor ambassador/18 lines, + lines#18, + is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;18p\E8, + rmcup=\E[60;0;0;18p\E[60;1H\E[K, smcup=\E[18;0;0;18p, use=aaa+unk, +aaa-18-rv|ann arbor ambassador/18 lines+reverse video, + use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-18, +aaa-20|ann arbor ambassador/20 lines, + lines#20, + is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;20p\E8, + rmcup=\E[60;0;0;20p\E[60;1H\E[K, smcup=\E[20;0;0;20p, use=aaa+unk, +aaa-22|ann arbor ambassador/22 lines, + lines#22, + is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;22p\E8, + rmcup=\E[60;0;0;22p\E[60;1H\E[K, smcup=\E[22;0;0;22p, use=aaa+unk, +aaa-24|ann arbor ambassador/24 lines, + lines#24, + is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;24p\E8, + rmcup=\E[60;0;0;24p\E[60;1H\E[K, smcup=\E[24;0;0;24p, use=aaa+unk, +aaa-24-rv|ann arbor ambassador/24 lines+reverse video, + use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-24, +aaa-26|ann arbor ambassador/26 lines, + lines#26, + is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;26p\E8, + rmcup=\E[60;0;0;26p\E[26;1H\E[K, + smcup=\E[H\E[J$<156>\E[26;0;0;26p, use=aaa+unk, +aaa-28|ann arbor ambassador/28 lines, + lines#28, + is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;28p\E8, + rmcup=\E[60;0;0;28p\E[28;1H\E[K, + smcup=\E[H\E[J$<156>\E[28;0;0;28p, use=aaa+unk, +aaa-30-s|aaa-s|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines w/status, + eslok, hs, + lines#29, + dsl=\E7\E[60;0;0;30p\E[1;1H\E[K\E[H\E8\r\n\E[K, + fsl=\E[>51l, is2=\r\n\E[A\E7\E[60;1;0;30p\E8, + rmcup=\E[60;1;0;30p\E[29;1H\E[K, + smcup=\E[H\E[J$<156>\E[30;1;0;30p\E[30;1H\E[K, + tsl=\E[>51h\E[1;%p1%dH\E[2K, + use=aaa+unk, +aaa-30-s-rv|aaa-s-rv|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines+status+reverse video, + use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-30-s, +aaa-s-ctxt|aaa-30-s-ctxt|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines+status+save context, + rmcup=\E[60;1;0;30p\E[59;1H\E[K, + smcup=\E[30;1H\E[K\E[30;1;0;30p, use=aaa-30-s, +aaa-s-rv-ctxt|aaa-30-s-rv-ct|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines+status+save context, + rmcup=\E[60;1;0;30p\E[59;1H\E[K, + smcup=\E[30;1H\E[K\E[30;1;0;30p, use=aaa-30-s-rv, +aaa|aaa-30|ambas|ambassador|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines, + lines#30, + is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;30p\E8, + rmcup=\E[60;0;0;30p\E[30;1H\E[K, + smcup=\E[H\E[J$<156>\E[30;0;0;30p, use=aaa+unk, +aaa-30-rv|aaa-rv|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines in reverse video, + use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-30, +aaa-30-ctxt|aaa-ctxt|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines; saving context, + rmcup=\E[60;0;0;30p\E[60;1H\E[K, smcup=\E[30;0;0;30p, + use=aaa-30, +aaa-30-rv-ctxt|aaa-rv-ctxt|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines reverse video; saving context, + rmcup=\E[60;0;0;30p\E[60;1H\E[K, smcup=\E[30;0;0;30p, + use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-30, +aaa-36|ann arbor ambassador/36 lines, + lines#36, + is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;36p\E8, + rmcup=\E[60;0;0;36p\E[36;1H\E[K, + smcup=\E[H\E[J$<156>\E[36;0;0;36p, use=aaa+unk, +aaa-36-rv|ann arbor ambassador/36 lines+reverse video, + use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-36, +aaa-40|ann arbor ambassador/40 lines, + lines#40, + is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;40p\E8, + rmcup=\E[60;0;0;40p\E[40;1H\E[K, + smcup=\E[H\E[J$<156>\E[40;0;0;40p, use=aaa+unk, +aaa-40-rv|ann arbor ambassador/40 lines+reverse video, + use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-40, +aaa-48|ann arbor ambassador/48 lines, + lines#48, + is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;48p\E8, + rmcup=\E[60;0;0;48p\E[48;1H\E[K, + smcup=\E[H\E[J$<156>\E[48;0;0;48p, use=aaa+unk, +aaa-48-rv|ann arbor ambassador/48 lines+reverse video, + use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-48, +aaa-60-s|ann arbor ambassador/59 lines+status, + eslok, hs, + lines#59, + dsl=\E7\E[60;0;0;60p\E[1;1H\E[K\E[H\E8\r\n\E[K, + fsl=\E[>51l, is2=\r\n\E[A\E7\E[60;1;0;60p\E8, + tsl=\E[>51h\E[1;%p1%dH\E[2K, + use=aaa+unk, +aaa-60-s-rv|ann arbor ambassador/59 lines+status+reverse video, + use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-60-s, +aaa-60-dec-rv|ann arbor ambassador/dec mode+59 lines+status+rev video, + use=aaa+dec, use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-60-s, +aaa-60|ann arbor ambassador/60 lines, + lines#60, + is2=\E7\E[60;0;0;60p\E[1Q\E[m\E[>20;30l\E8, use=aaa+unk, +aaa-60-rv|ann arbor ambassador/60 lines+reverse video, + use=aaa+rv, use=aaa-60, +aaa-db|ann arbor ambassador 30/destructive backspace, + cub1=\E[D, is3=\E[1Q\E[m\E[>20l\E[>30h, + use=aaa-30, + +guru|guru-33|guru+unk|ann arbor guru/33 lines 80 cols, + lines#33, + flash=\E[>59h$<100>\E[>59l, + is2=\E7\E[255;0;0;33;80;80p\E8\E[J, is3=\E[>59l, + rmcup=\E[255p\E[255;1H\E[K, smcup=\E[33p, + use=aaa+unk, +guru+rv|guru changes for reverse video, + flash=\E[>59l$<100>\E[>59h, is3=\E[>59h, +guru-rv|guru-33-rv|ann arbor guru/33 lines+reverse video, + use=guru+rv, use=guru-33, +guru+s|guru status line, + eslok, hs, + dsl=\E7\E[;0p\E[1;1H\E[K\E[H\E8\r\n\E[K, fsl=\E[>51l, + rmcup=\E[255;1p\E[255;1H\E[K, smcup=, + tsl=\E[>51h\E[1;%p1%dH\E[2K, +guru-nctxt|guru with no saved context, + smcup=\E[H\E[J$<156>\E[33p\E[255;1H\E[K, use=guru, +guru-s|guru-33-s|ann arbor guru/33 lines+status, + lines#32, + is2=\r\n\E[A\E7\E[255;1;0;33;80;80p\E8\E[J, + smcup=\E[33;1p\E[255;1H\E[K, + use=guru+s, use=guru+unk, +guru-24|ann arbor guru 24 lines, + cols#80, lines#24, + is2=\E7\E[255;0;0;24;80;80p\E8\E[J, smcup=\E[24p, use=guru+unk, +guru-44|ann arbor guru 44 lines, + cols#97, lines#44, + is2=\E7\E[255;0;0;44;97;100p\E8\E[J, smcup=\E[44p, use=guru+unk, +guru-44-s|ann arbor guru/44 lines+status, + lines#43, + is2=\r\n\E[A\E7\E[255;1;0;44;80;80p\E8\E[J, + smcup=\E[44;1p\E[255;1H\E[K, + use=guru+s, use=guru+unk, +guru-76|guru with 76 lines by 89 cols, + cols#89, lines#76, + is2=\E7\E[255;0;0;76;89;100p\E8\E[J, smcup=\E[76p, use=guru+unk, +guru-76-s|ann arbor guru/76 lines+status, + cols#89, lines#75, + is2=\r\n\E[A\E7\E[255;1;0;76;89;100p\E8\E[J, + smcup=\E[76;1p\E[255;1H\E[K, + use=guru+s, use=guru+unk, +guru-76-lp|guru-lp|guru with page bigger than line printer, + cols#134, lines#76, + is2=\E7\E[255;0;0;76;134;134p\E8\E[J, smcup=\E[76p, use=guru+unk, +guru-76-w|guru 76 lines by 178 cols, + cols#178, lines#76, + is2=\E7\E[255;0;0;76;178;178p\E8\E[J, smcup=\E[76p, use=guru+unk, +guru-76-w-s|ann arbor guru/76 lines+status+wide, + cols#178, lines#75, + is2=\r\n\E[A\E7\E[255;1;0;76;178;178p\E8\E[J, + smcup=\E[76;1p\E[255;1H\E[K, + use=guru+s, use=guru+unk, +guru-76-wm|guru 76 lines by 178 cols with 255 cols memory, + cols#178, lines#76, + is2=\E7\E[255;0;0;76;178;255p\E8\E[J, smcup=\E[76p, use=guru+unk, +aaa-rv-unk|ann arbor unknown type, + lh#0, lw#0, nlab#0, + blink=\E[5;7m, bold=\E[1;7m, home=\E[H, invis=\E[7;8m, + is1=\E[7m\E7\E[H\E9\E8, rev=\E[m, rmso=\E[7m, rmul=\E[7m, + rs1=\E[H\E[7m\E[J, + sgr=\E[%?%p1%!%t7;%;%?%p2%t4;%;%?%p3%t7;%;%?%p4%t5;%;%?%p6%t1;%;%?%p7%t8;%;m, + sgr0=\E[7m, smso=\E[m, smul=\E[4;7m, + +#### Applied Digital Data Systems (adds) +# +# ADDS itself is long gone. ADDS was bought by NCR, and the same group made +# ADDS and NCR terminals. When AT&T and NCR merged, the engineering for +# terminals was merged again. Then AT&T sold the terminal business to +# SunRiver. The engineers from Teletype, AT&T terminals, ADDS, +# and NCR (who are still there as of early 1995) are at: +# +# SunRiver Data Systems +# 100 Marcus Boulevard +# Hauppauge, NY 11788-3762 +# Vox: (800)-231-5445 +# Fax: (516)-342-7378 +# +# Their voice mail used to describe the place as "SunRiver (formerly ADDS)". +# In 1995 SunRiver acquired DEC's terminals business. +# + +# Regent: lowest common denominator, works on all regents. +# (regent: renamed ":bc:" to ":le:" -- esr) +regent|Adds Regent Series, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^U, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F, cuu1=^Z, + home=\EY\s\s, ind=^J, ll=^A, +# Regent 100 has a bug where if computer sends escape when user is holding +# down shift key it gets confused, so we avoid escape. +regent100|Adds Regent 100, + xmc#1, + bel=^G, cup=\013%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%p2%{6}%*%+\020%c, + kf0=^B1\r, kf1=^B2\r, kf2=^B3\r, kf3=^B4\r, kf4=^B5\r, + kf5=^B6\r, kf6=^B7\r, kf7=^B8\r, lf0=F1, lf1=F2, lf2=F3, + lf3=F4, lf4=F5, lf5=F6, lf6=F7, lf7=F8, rmso=\E0@, rmul=\E0@, + sgr0=\E0@, smso=\E0P, smul=\E0`, + use=regent, +regent20|Adds Regent 20, + bel=^G, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, ed=\Ek, el=\EK, use=regent, +regent25|Adds Regent 25, + bel=^G, kcub1=^U, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^F, kcuu1=^Z, khome=^A, use=regent20, +regent40|Adds Regent 40, + xmc#1, + bel=^G, dl1=\El$<2*>, il1=\EM$<2*>, kf0=^B1\r, kf1=^B2\r, + kf2=^B3\r, kf3=^B4\r, kf4=^B5\r, kf5=^B6\r, kf6=^B7\r, + kf7=^B8\r, lf0=F1, lf1=F2, lf2=F3, lf3=F4, lf4=F5, lf5=F6, + lf6=F7, lf7=F8, rmso=\E0@, rmul=\E0@, sgr0=\E0@, smso=\E0P, + smul=\E0`, + use=regent25, +regent40+|Adds Regent 40+, + is2=\EB, use=regent40, +regent60|regent200|Adds Regent 60, + dch1=\EE, is2=\EV\EB, kdch1=\EE, kich1=\EF, krmir=\EF, + rmir=\EF, rmso=\ER\E0@\EV, smir=\EF, smso=\ER\E0P\EV, + use=regent40+, +# From: Thu Jul 9 09:27:33 1981 +# (viewpoint: added , function key, and capabilities -- esr) +viewpoint|addsviewpoint|adds viewpoint, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cnorm=\017\E0`, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=^F, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z, + cvvis=\017\E0P, dl1=\El, ed=\Ek$<16.1*>, el=\EK$<16>, + ind=^J, is2=\017\E0`, kcub1=^U, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^F, kcuu1=^Z, + kf0=^B1, kf2=^B2, kf3=^B!, kf4=^B", kf5=^B#, khome=^A, ll=^A, + rmso=^O, rmul=^O, sgr0=^O, smso=^N, smul=^N, +# Some viewpoints have bad ROMs that foo up on ^O +screwpoint|adds viewpoint with ^O bug, + cvvis@, rmso@, rmul@, smso@, smul@, use=viewpoint, + +# From: Jay S. Rouman 5 Jul 92 +# The /// strings were added by ESR from specs. +# Theory; the vp3a+ wants \E0%c to set highlights, where normal=01000000, +# underline=01100000, rev=01010000, blink=01000010,dim=01000001, +# invis=01000100 and %c is the logical or of desired attributes. +# There is also a `tag bit' enabling attributes, set by \E) and unset by \E(. +vp3a+|viewpoint3a+|adds viewpoint 3a+, + am, bw, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + civis=^W, clear=\E*$<80>, cnorm=^X, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, + ed=\EY$<80>, el=\ET, home=^^, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, khome=^^, nel=^M^J, rmso=\E(, + sgr=\E0%'@'%?%p1%tQ%|%;%?%p2%t%'`'%|%;%?%p3%tP%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p5%t%{1}%|%;%?%p7%tD%|%;%c\E), + sgr0=\E(, smso=\E0Q\E), +vp60|viewpoint60|addsvp60|adds viewpoint60, + use=regent40, +# +# adds viewpoint 90 - from cornell +# Note: emacs sends ei occasionally to insure the terminal is out of +# insert mode. This unfortunately puts the viewpoint90 IN insert +# mode. A hack to get around this is . (Also, +# - :ei=:im=: must be present in the termcap translation.) +# - indicates glitch that attributes stick to location +# - means it's safe to move in standout mode +# - : clears screen and visual attributes without affecting +# the status line +# Function key and label capabilities merged in from SCO. +vp90|viewpoint90|adds viewpoint 90, + bw, msgr, xhp, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=\EG\Ek, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z, dch1=\EE, + dl1=\El, ed=\Ek, el=\EK, home=\EY\s\s, ht=^I, + ich1=\EF \EF\025, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^U, kcud1=^J, + kcuf1=^F, kcuu1=^Z, kf0=^B1\r, kf1=^B2\r, kf10=^B;\r, + kf2=^B3\r, kf3=^B4\r, kf4=^B5\r, kf5=^B6\r, kf6=^B7\r, + kf7=^B8\r, kf8=^B9\r, kf9=^B\:\r, khome=^A, lf0=F1, lf1=F2, + lf10=F11, lf2=F3, lf3=F4, lf4=F5, lf5=F6, lf6=F7, lf7=F8, lf8=F9, + lf9=F10, ll=^A, rmso=\ER\E0@\EV, rmul=\ER\E0@\EV, + sgr0=\ER\E0@\EV, smso=\ER\E0Q\EV, smul=\ER\E0`\EV, +# Note: if return acts weird on a980, check internal switch #2 +# on the top chip on the CONTROL pc board. +adds980|a980|adds consul 980, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\014$<1>\013@, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=\E^E01, cup=\013%p1%'@'%+%c\E\005%p2%2d, + dl1=\E\017$<13>, il1=\E\016$<13>, ind=^J, kf0=\E0, kf1=\E1, + kf2=\E2, kf3=\E3, kf4=\E4, kf5=\E5, kf6=\E6, kf7=\E7, kf8=\E8, + kf9=\E9, rmso=^O, sgr0=^O, smso=^Y^^^N, + +#### C. Itoh Electronics +# +# As of 1995 these people no longer make terminals (they're still in the +# printer business). Their terminals were all clones of the DEC VT series. +# They're located in Orange County, CA. +# + +# CIT 80 - vt-52 emulator, the termcap has been modified to remove +# the delay times and do an auto tab set rather than the indirect +# file used in vt100. +cit80|cit-80|citoh 80, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=\E[H\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, ff=^L, + ind=^J, is2=\E>, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, + kcuu1=\EOA, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, +# From: Tim Wood Fri Sep 27 09:39:12 PDT 1985 +# (cit101: added / based on init string, merged this with c101 -- esr) +cit101|citc|C.itoh fast vt100, + am, xenl, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cnorm=\E[V\E8, cub1=^H, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, cvvis=\E7\E[U, + dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, + flash=\E[?5h$<200/>\E[?5l, ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L, + is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[3g\E[>5g, + kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, + rmam=\E[?7l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, +# CIE Terminals CIT-101e from Geoff Kuenning via BRL +# The following termcap entry was created from the Callan cd100 entry. The +# last two lines (with the capabilities in caps) are used by RM-cobol to allow +# full selection of combinations of reverse video, underline, and blink. +# (cit101e: emoved unknown :f0=\EOp:f1=\EOq:f2=\EOr:f3=\EOs:f4=\EOt:f5=\EOu:\ +# f6=\EOv:f7=\EOw:f8=\EOx:f9=\EOy:AB=\E[0;5m:AL=\E[m:AR=\E[0;7m:AS=\E[0;5;7m:\ +# :NB=\E[0;1;5m:NM=\E[0;1m:NR=\E[0;1;7m:NS=\E[0;1;5;7m: -- esr) +cit101e|C. Itoh CIT-101e, + am, mir, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=, clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=, csr=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dr, + cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\E[?1l\E[?4l\E[?7h, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K, if=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, il1=\E[L, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\EOT, + kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOm, kf6=\EOl, + kf7=\EOM, kf8=\EOn, rc=\E8, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, rmir=\E[4l, + rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7, smacs=^N, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +cit101e-n|CIT-101e w/o am, + am@, + cvvis=\E[?1l\E[?4l\E[?7l, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, use=cit101e, +cit101e-132|CIT-101e, 132 cols, + cols#132, + kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, use=cit101e, +cit101e-n132|CIT-101e, 132 cols w/o am, + am@, + cols#132, + cvvis=\E[?1l\E[?4l\E[?7l, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, use=cit101e, +# CIE Terminals CIT-500 from BRL +# The following SET-UP modes are assumed for normal operation: +# GENERATE_XON/XOFF:YES DUPLEX:FULL NEWLINE:OFF +# AUTOWRAP:ON MODE:ANSI SCREEN_LENGTH:64_LINES +# DSPLY_CNTRL_CODES?NO PAGE_WIDTH:80 EDIT_MODE:OFF +# Other SET-UP modes may be set for operator convenience or communication +# requirements. +# Hardware tabs are assumed to be set every 8 columns; they can be set up +# by the "reset", "tset", or "tabs" utilities. No delays are specified; use +# "stty ixon -ixany" to enable DC3/DC1 flow control! +# (cit500: I added / based on the init string -- esr) +cit500|CIE Terminals CIT-500, + mir, msgr, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#64, vt#3, + acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, + clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EM, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, + ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, il=\E[%p1%dL, + il1=\E[L, ind=^J, is2=\E<\E)0, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\EOD, + kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kdch1=\E[P, kdl1=\E[M, + ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, kf0=\EOP, kf1=\EOQ, kf2=\EOR, kf3=\EOS, + kf4=\EOU, kf5=\EOV, kf6=\EOW, kf7=\EOX, kf8=\EOY, kf9=\EOZ, + khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[4h, kil1=\E[L, krmir=\E[4l, lf0=PF1, + lf1=PF2, lf2=PF3, lf3=PF4, lf4=F15, lf5=F16, lf6=F17, lf7=F18, + lf8=F19, lf9=F20, ll=\E[64H, nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, + ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + rs1=\E<\E2\E[20l\E[?6l\E[r\E[m\E[q\E(B\017\E)0\E>, + sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + +# C. Itoh printers begin here +citoh|ci8510|8510|c.itoh 8510a, + cols#80, it#8, + bold=\E!, cub1@, + is2=\E(009\,017\,025\,033\,041\,049\,057\,065\,073., + rep=\ER%p2%03d%p1%c, ri=\Er, rmul=\EY, sgr0=\E"\EY, + smul=\EX, + use=lpr, +citoh-pica|citoh in pica, + is1=\EN, use=citoh, +citoh-elite|citoh in elite, + cols#96, + is1=\EE, + is2=\E(009\,017\,025\,033\,041\,049\,057\,065\,073\,081\,089., use=citoh, +citoh-comp|citoh in compressed, + cols#136, + is1=\EQ, + is2=\E(009\,017\,025\,033\,041\,049\,057\,065\,073\,081\,089\,097\,105\,113\,121\,129., use=citoh, +# citoh has infinite cols because we don't want lp ever inserting \n\t**. +citoh-prop|citoh-ps|ips|citoh in proportional spacing mode, + cols#32767, + is1=\EP, use=citoh, +citoh-6lpi|citoh in 6 lines per inch mode, + is3=\EA, use=citoh, +citoh-8lpi|citoh in 8 lines per inch mode, + lines#88, + is3=\EB, use=citoh, + +#### Control Data (cdc) +# + +cdc456|cdc 456 terminal, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^Y^X, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E1%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z, dl1=\EJ, ed=^X, + el=^V, home=^Y, il1=\EL, ind=^J, + +# Assorted CDC terminals from BRL (improvements by DAG & Ferd Brundick) +cdc721|CDC Viking, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=^L, cuf1=^X, cup=\002%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, + cuu1=^W, el=^K, home=^Y, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^I, + kcuu1=^W, khome=^Y, +cdc721ll|CDC Vikingll, + am, + cols#132, lines#24, + clear=^L, cuf1=^X, cup=\002%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, + cuu1=^W, el=^K, home=^Y, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^I, + kcuu1=^W, khome=^Y, +# (cdc752: the BRL entry had :ll=\E1 ^Z: commented out +cdc752|CDC 752, + am, bw, xhp, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\030\E1\s\s, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^U, + cup=\E1%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z, el=^V, + home=\E1\s\s, ind=^J, ll=^Y, rs1=\E1 \030\002\003\017, +# CDC 756 +# The following switch/key settings are assumed for normal operation: +# 96 chars SCROLL FULL duplex not BLOCK +# Other switches may be set according to communication requirements. +# Insert/delete-character cannot be used, as the whole display is affected. +# "so" & "se" are commented out until jove handles "sg" correctly. +cdc756|CDC 756, + am, bw, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^Y^X, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^U, + cup=\E1%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z, + dl1=\EJ$<6*/>, ed=^X, el=^V, home=^Y, il1=\EL$<6*/>, ind=^J, + kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^U, kcuu1=^Z, kdch1=\EI, + kdl1=\EL, ked=^X, kel=^V, kf0=\EA, kf1=\EB, kf2=\EC, kf3=\ED, + kf4=\EE, kf5=\EF, kf6=\EG, kf7=\EH, kf8=\Ea, kf9=\Eb, khome=^Y, + khts=^O, kich1=\EK, kil1=\EL, lf0=F1, lf1=F2, lf2=F3, lf3=F4, + lf4=F5, lf5=F6, lf6=F7, lf7=F8, lf8=F9, lf9=F10, ll=^Y^Z, + rs1=\031\030\002\003\017, +# +# CDC 721 from Robert Viduya, Ga. Tech. via BRL. +# +# Part of the long initialization string defines the "DOWN" key to the left +# of the tab key to send an ESC. The real ESC key is positioned way out +# in right field. +# +# The termcap won't work in 132 column mode due to the way it it moves the +# cursor. Termcap doesn't have the capability (as far as I could tell) to +# handle the 721 in 132 column mode. +# +# (cdc721: changed :ri: to :sr: -- esr) +cdc721-esc|Control Data 721, + am, bw, msgr, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#30, + bel=^G, blink=^N, cbt=^^^K, clear=^L, cub1=^H, cud1=^Z, + cuf1=^X, cup=\002%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^W, + dch1=^^N, dim=^\, dl1=^^Q, ed=^^P, el=^K, home=^Y, hts=^^^RW, + ich1=^^O, il1=^^R, ind=\036W =\036U, invis=^^^R[, + is2=\036\022B\003\036\035\017\022\025\035\036E\036\022H\036\022J\036\022L\036\022N\036\022P\036\022Q\036\022\\\036\022\^\036\022b\036\022i\036W =\036\022Z\036\011C1-` `!k/o, + kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^Z, kcuf1=^X, kcuu1=^W, kf0=^^q, + kf1=^^r, kf2=^^s, kf3=^^t, kf4=^^u, kf5=^^v, kf6=^^w, kf7=^^x, + kf8=^^y, kf9=^^z, khome=^Y, ll=^B =, rev=^^D, + ri=\036W =\036V, rmir=, rmkx=^^^Rl, rmso=^^E, rmul=^], + sgr0=\017\025\035\036E\036\022\\, smir=, smkx=^^^Rk, + smso=^^D, smul=^\, tbc=^^^RY, + +#### Getronics +# +# Getronics is a Dutch electronics company that at one time was called +# `Geveke' and made async terminals; but (according to the company itself!) +# they've lost all their documentation on the command set. The hardware +# documentation suggests the terminals were actually manufactured by a +# Taiwanese electronics company named Cal-Comp. There are known +# to have been at least two models, the 33 and the 50. +# + +# The 50 seems to be a top end vt220 clone, with the addition of a higher +# screen resolution, a larger screen, at least 1 page of memory above and +# below the screen, apparently pages of memory right and left of the screen +# which can be panned, and about 75 function keys (15 function keys x normal, +# shift, control, func A, func B). It also has more setup possibilities than +# the vt220. The monitor case is dated November 1978 and the keyboard case is +# May 1982. +# +# The vt100 emulation works as is. The entry below describes the rather +# non-conformant (but more featureful) ANSI mode. +# +# From: Stephen Peterson , 27 May 1995 +visa50|geveke visa 50 terminal in ansi 80 character mode, + bw, mir, msgr, + cols#80, lines#25, + acsc=0_aaffggjjkkllmmnnqqttuuvvwwxxh ooss, bel=^G, + blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=\E[D, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dX, dch1=\E[X, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l, home=\E[H, + hpa=\E[%i%p1%dG, ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, + il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, invis=\E[8m, + is2=\E0;2m\E[1;25r\E[25;1H\E[?3l\E[?7h\E[?8h, + ka1=\E[f, ka3=\EOQ, kb2=\EOP, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOR, kc3=\EOS, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[A, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\177, + kdl1=\EOS, kf0=\E010, kf1=\E001, kf10=\E011, kf2=\E002, + kf3=\E003, kf4=\E004, kf5=\E005, kf6=\E006, kf7=\E007, + kf8=\E008, kf9=\E009, khome=\E[f, lf2=A delete char, + lf3=A insert line, lf4=A delete line, lf5=A clear, + lf6=A ce of/cf gn, lf7=A print, lf8=A on-line, + lf9=A funcl0=A send, nel=^M^J, rev=\E[7m, rmacs=\E[3l, + rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[0;2m, + rmul=\E[0m, sgr0=\E[0;2m, smacs=\E3h, smam=\E?7h, + smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E=, smso=\E[2;7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd, + +#### Human Designed Systems (Concept) +# +# Human Designed Systems +# 400 Fehley Drive +# King of Prussia, PA 19406 +# Vox: (610)-277-8300 +# Fax: (610)-275-5739 +# Net: support@hds.com +# +# John Martin is their termcap expert. They're mostly out of +# the character-terminal business now (1995) and making X terminals. In +# particular, the whole `Concept' line described here was discontinued long +# ago. +# + +# From: Sat Jun 27 07:41:20 1981 +# Extensive changes to c108 by arpavax:eric Feb 1982 +# Some unknown person at SCO then translated it to terminfo. +# +# There seem to be a number of different versions of the C108 PROMS +# (with bug fixes in its Z-80 program). +# +# The first one that we had would lock out the keyboard of you +# sent lots of short lines (like /usr/dict/words) at 9600 baud. +# Try that on your C108 and see if it sends a ^S when you type it. +# If so, you have an old version of the PROMs. +# +# You should configure the C108 to send ^S/^Q before running this. +# It is much faster (at 9600 baud) than the c100 because the delays +# are not fixed. +# new status line display entries for c108-8p: +# - init str #3 - setup term for status display - +# set programmer mode, select window 2, define window at last +# line of memory, set bkgnd stat mesg there, select window 0. +# +# - to status line - select window 2, home cursor, erase to +# end-of-window, 1/2 bright on, goto(line#0, col#?) +# +# - from status line - 1/2 bright off, select window 0 +# +# - disable status display - set bkgnd status mesg with +# illegal window # +# +# There are probably more function keys that should be added but +# I don't know what they are. +# +# No delays needed on c108 because of ^S/^Q handshaking +# +c108|concept108|c108-8p|concept108-8p|concept 108 w/8 pages, + is3=\EU\E z"\Ev\001\177 !p\E ;"\E z \Ev \001\177p\Ep\n, + rmcup=\Ev \001\177p\Ep\r\n, + use=c108-4p, +c108-4p|concept108-4p|concept 108 w/4 pages, + eslok, hs, xon, + pb@, + acsc=l\\qLkTxUmMjE, cnorm=\Ew, cr=^M, + cup=\Ea%p1%?%p1%{95}%>%t\001%{96}%-%;%{32}%+%c%p2%?%p2%{95}%>%t\001%{96}%-%;%{32}%+%c, + cvvis=\EW, dch1=\E 1$<16*>, dsl=\E ;\177, fsl=\Ee\E z\s, + ind=^J, is1=\EK\E!\E F, + is3=\EU\E z"\Ev\177 !p\E ;"\E z \Ev \001 p\Ep\n, + rmacs=\Ej\s, rmcup=\Ev \001 p\Ep\r\n, smacs=\Ej!, + smcup=\EU\Ev 8p\Ep\r\E\025, + tsl=\E z"\E?\E\005\EE\Ea %+\s, use=c100, +c108-rv|c108-rv-8p|concept 108 w/8 pages in reverse video, + rmcup=\Ev \002 p\Ep\r\n, smcup=\EU\Ev 8p\Ep\r, + use=c108-rv-4p, +c108-rv-4p|concept108rv4p|concept 108 w/4 pages in reverse video, + flash=\EK$<200>\Ek, is1=\Ek, rmso=\Ee, smso=\EE, + use=c108-4p, +c108-w|c108-w-8p|concept108-w-8|concept108-w8p|concept 108 w/8 pages in wide mode, + cols#132, + is1=\E F\E", rmcup=\Ev ^A0\001D\Ep\r\n, + smcup=\EU\Ev 8\001D\Ep\r, use=c108-8p, + +# Concept 100: +# These have only window relative cursor addressing, not screen +# relative. To get it to work right here, smcup/rmcup (which +# were invented for the concept) lock you into a one page +# window for screen style programs. +# +# To get out of the one page window, we use a clever trick: +# we set the window size to zero ("\Ev " in rmcup) which the +# terminal recognizes as an error and resets the window to all +# of memory. +# +# This trick works on c100 but does not on c108, sigh. +# +# Some tty drivers use cr3 for concept, others use nl3, hence +# the delays on cr and ind below. This padding is only needed at +# 9600 baud and up. One or the other is commented out depending on +# local conventions. +# +# 2 ms padding on isn't always enough. 6 works fine. Maybe +# less than 6 but more than 2 will work. +# +# Note: can't use function keys f7-f10 because they are +# indistinguishable from arrow keys (!), also, del char and +# clear eol use xon/xoff so they probably won't work very well. +# +# Also note that we don't define insrt/del char/delline/eop/send +# because they don't transmit unless we reset them - I figured +# it was a bad idea to clobber their definitions. +# +# The sequence changes the escape character to ^^ so that +# escapes will be passed through to the printer. Only trouble +# is that ^^ won't be - ^^ was chosen to be unlikely. +# Unfortunately, if you're sending raster bits through to be +# plotted, any character you choose will be likely, so we lose. +# +# \EQ"\EY(^W (send anything from printer to host, for xon/xoff) +# cannot be # in is2 because it will hang a c100 with no printer +# if sent twice. +c100|concept100|concept|c104|c100-4p|hds concept 100, + am, eo, mir, ul, xenl, + cols#80, lines#24, pb#9600, vt#8, + bel=^G, blink=\EC, clear=\E?\E\005$<2*>, cr=$<9>\r, + cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E=, + cup=\Ea%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\E;, + dch1=\E\021$<16*>, dim=\EE, dl1=\E\002$<3*>, + ed=\E\005$<16*>, el=\E\025$<16>, flash=\Ek$<200>\EK, + ht=\011$<8>, il1=\E\022$<3*>, ind=^J, invis=\EH, ip=$<16*>, + is1=\EK, + is2=\EU\Ef\E7\E5\E8\El\ENH\E\200\Eo&\200\Eo'\E\Eo!\200\E\007!\E\010A@ \E4#\:"\E\:a\E4#;"\E\:b\E4#<"\E\:c, + is3=\Ev $<6>\Ep\n, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E', kctab=\E_, + kcub1=\E>, kcud1=\E<, kcuf1=\E=, kcuu1=\E;, kdch1=\E^Q, + kdl1=\E^B, ked=\E^C, kel=\E^S, kf1=\E5, kf2=\E6, kf3=\E7, + kf4=\E8, kf5=\E9, kf6=\E\:a, kf7=\E\:b, kf8=\E\:c, khome=\E?, + khts=\E], kich1=\E^P, kil1=\E^R, kind=\E[, knp=\E-, kpp=\E., + kri=\E\\, krmir=\E\200, mc4=\036o \E\EQ!\EYP\027, + mc5=\EQ"\EY(\027\EYD\Eo \036, prot=\EI, + rep=\Er%p1%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<.2*>, rev=\ED, + rmcup=\Ev $<6>\Ep\r\n, rmir=\E\s\s, rmkx=\Ex, + rmso=\Ed, rmul=\Eg, sgr0=\EN@, + smcup=\EU\Ev 8p\Ep\r\E\025$<16>, smir=\E^P, smkx=\EX, + smso=\ED, smul=\EG, +c100-rv|c100-rv-4p|concept100-rv|c100 rev video, + cnorm@, cvvis@, flash=\EK$<200>\Ek, is1=\Ek, rmso=\Ee, + smso=\EE, + use=c100, +oc100|oconcept|c100-1p|old 1 page concept 100, + in, + is3@, use=c100, + +# through included to specify padding needed in raw mode. +# (avt-ns: added empty to suppress a tic warning --esr) +avt-ns|concept avt no status line, + am, eo, mir, ul, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, lm#192, + acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, + clear=\E[H\E[J$<38>, cnorm=\E[=119l, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\E[=119h, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[1!{, dl=\E[%p1%dM$<4*>, + dl1=\E[M$<4>, ed=\E[J$<96>, el=\E[K$<6>, home=\E[H, + hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, ht=\011$<4>, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, + ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL$<4*>, il1=\E[L$<4>, ind=\n$<8>, + invis=\E8m, ip=$<4>, is1=\E[=103l\E[=205l, + is2=\E[1*q\E[2!t\E[7!t\E[=4;101;119;122l\E[=107;118;207h\E)1\E[1Q\EW\E[!y\E[!z\E>\E[0\:0\:32!r\E[0*w\E[w\E2\r\n\E[2;27!t, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, + kdch1=\E^B\r, ked=\E^D\r, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, + kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E^A\r, kil1=\E^C\r, ll=\E[24H, + mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, + pfloc=\E[%p1%d;0u#%p2%s#, pfx=\E[%p1%d;1u#%p2%s#, + prot=\E[99m, rc=\E8, rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%{1}%-%db, rev=\E[7m, + ri=\EM$<4>, rmacs=\016$<1>, rmcup=\E[w\E2\r\n, rmir=\E4l, + rmkx=\E[!z\E[0;2u, rmso=\E[7!{, rmul=\E[4!{, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[%?%p1%t7;%;%?%p2%t4;%;%?%p3%t7;%;%?%p4%t5;%;%?%p6%t1;%;m, + sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\017$<1>, smcup=\E[=4l\E[1;24w\E2\r, + smir=\E1, smkx=\E[1!z\E[0;3u, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + tbc=\E[2g, vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd, +avt-rv-ns|concept avt in reverse video mode/no status line, + flash=\E[=205l$<200>\E[=205h, is1=\E[=103l\E[=205h, + use=avt-ns, +avt-w-ns|concept avt in 132 column mode/no status line, + is1=\E[=103h\E[=205l, smcup=\E[H\E[1;24;1;132w, + use=avt-ns, +avt-w-rv-ns|concept avt in 132 column mode/no status line/reverse video, + flash=\E[=205l$<200>\E[=205h, is1=\E[=103h\E[=205h, + smcup=\E[H\E[1;24;1;132w, + use=avt-ns, + +# Concept AVT with status line. We get the status line using the +# "Background status line" feature of the terminal. We swipe the +# first line of memory in window 2 for the status line, keeping +# 191 lines of memory and 24 screen lines for regular use. +# The first line is used instead of the last so that this works +# on both 4 and 8 page AVTs. (Note the lm#191 or 192 - this +# assumes an 8 page AVT but lm isn't currently used anywhere.) +# +avt+s|concept avt status line changes, + eslok, hs, + lm#191, + dsl=\E[0*w, fsl=\E[1;1!w, + is3=\E[2w\E[2!w\E[1;1;1;80w\E[H\E[2*w\E[1!w\E2\r\n, + rmcup=\E[2w\E2\r\n, smcup=\E[2;25w\E2\r, + tsl=\E[2;1!w\E[;%p1%dH\E[2K, +avt|avt-s|concept-avt|avt w/80 columns, + use=avt+s, use=avt-ns, +avt-rv|avt-rv-s|avt reverse video w/sl, + flash=\E[=205l$<200>\E[=205h, is1=\E[=103l\E[=205h, use=avt+s, + use=avt-ns, +avt-w|avt-w-s|concept avt 132 cols+status, + is1=\E[=103h\E[=205l, smcup=\E[H\E[1;24;1;132w, use=avt+s, + use=avt-ns, +avt-w-rv|avt-w-rv-s|avt wide+status+rv, + flash=\E[=205l$<200>\E[=205h, is1=\E[=103h\E[=205h, + smcup=\E[H\E[1;24;1;132w, + use=avt+s, use=avt-ns, + +#### Contel Business Systems. +# + +# Contel c300 and c320 terminals. +contel300|contel320|c300|Contel Business Systems C-300 or C-320, + am, in, xon, + cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1, + bel=^G, clear=\EK, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EX%p1%{32}%+%c\EY%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, + dch1=\EO$<5.5*>, dl1=\EM$<5.5*>, ed=\EJ$<5.5*>, + el=\EI$<5.5>, flash=\020\002$<200/>\020\003, home=\EH, + hts=\E1, ich1=\EN, il1=\EL$<5.5*>, ind=^J, ip=$<5.5*>, + kbs=^H, kf0=\ERJ, kf1=\ERA, kf2=\ERB, kf3=\ERC, kf4=\ERD, + kf5=\ERE, kf6=\ERF, kf7=\ERG, kf8=\ERH, kf9=\ERI, ll=\EH\EA, + rmso=\E!\200, sgr0=\E!\200, smso=\E!\r, tbc=\E3, +# Contel c301 and c321 terminals. +contel301|contel321|c301|c321|Contel Business Systems C-301 or C-321, + flash@, ich1@, ip@, rmso=\E!\200$<20>, smso=\E!\r$<20>, + use=contel300, + +#### Data General (dg) +# +# According to James Carlson writing in January 1995, +# the terminals group at Data General was shut down in 1991; all these +# terminals have thus been discontinued. +# + +# According to the 4.4BSD termcap file, the dg200 should be the +# termcap equivalent of \020%p2%{128}%+%c%p1%{128}%+%c (in termcap +# notation that's "^P%r%+\200%+\200"). Those \200s are suspicious, +# maybe they were originally nuls (which would fit). +dg200|data general dasher 200, + am, bw, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^Y, cud1=^Z, cuf1=^X, + cup=\020%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=^W, el=^K, home=^H, ind=^J, + kcub1=^Y, kcud1=^Z, kcuf1=^X, kcuu1=^W, kf0=^^z, kf1=^^q, + kf2=^^r, kf3=^^s, kf4=^^t, kf5=^^u, kf6=^^v, kf7=^^w, kf8=^^x, + kf9=^^y, khome=^H, lf0=f10, nel=^J, rmso=^^E, rmul=^U, + smso=^^D, smul=^T, +# Data General 210/211 (and 410?) from Lee Pearson (umich!lp) via BRL +dg210|dg-ansi|Data General 210/211, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=\E[2J, cud1=\E[B, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, + ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H, nel=\r\E[H\E[A\n, + rmso=\E[0;m, rmul=\E[0;m, smso=\E[7;m, smul=\E[4;m, +# From: Peter N. Wan +# courtesy of Carlos Rucalde of Vantage Software, Inc. +# (dg211: this had ., which was an ancient termcap hangover. +# I suspect the d200 function keys actually work on the dg211, check it out.) +dg211|Data General d211, + cnorm=^L, cvvis=^L^R, ht=^I, ind@, kbs=^Y, kf0@, kf1@, kf2@, kf3@, + kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@, kf9@, lf0@, nel=^M^Z, rmcup=^L, + rmso=\036E$<\200/>, smcup=^L^R, smso=\036D$<5/>, + use=dg200, +# dg450 from cornell +dg450|dg6134|data general 6134, + cub1@, cuf1=^X, use=dg200, +# Note: lesser Dasher terminals will not work with vi because vi insists upon +# having a command to move straight down from any position on the bottom line +# and scroll the screen up, or a direct vertical scroll command. The 460 and +# above have both, the D210/211, for instance, has neither. We must use ANSI +# mode rather than DG mode because standard UNIX tty drivers assume that ^H is +# backspace on all terminals. This is not so in DG mode. +# (dg460-ansi: removed obsolete ":kn#6:"; also removed ":mu=\EW:", on the +# grounds that there is no matching ":ml:" +# fixed garbled ":k9=\E[00\:z:" capability -- esr) +dg460-ansi|Data General Dasher 460 in ANSI-mode, + am, msgr, ul, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + blink=\E[5m, clear=\E[2J, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich1=\E[@, + il1=\E[L, ind=\E[S, is2=^^F@, kbs=\E[D, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\E[001z, + kf1=\E[002z, kf2=\E[003z, kf3=\E[004z, kf4=\E[005z, + kf5=\E[006z, kf6=\E[007z, kf7=\E[008z, kf8=\E[009z, + kf9=\E[010z, khome=\E[H, lf0=f1, lf1=f2, lf2=f3, lf3=f4, + lf4=f5, lf5=f6, lf6=f7, lf7=f8, lf9=f10, rev=\E[7m, ri=\E[T, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[05, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +# From: Wayne Throop +# Data General 605x +# Ought to work for a Model 6242, Type D210 as well as a 605x. +# Note that the cursor-down key transmits ^Z. Job control users, beware! +# This also matches a posted description of something called a `Dasher 100' +# so there's a dg100 alias here. +# (dg6053: the 4.4BSD file had , , . -- esr) +dg6053|dg100|data general 6053, + am, bw, ul, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cnorm=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^Y, cud1=^Z, cuf1=^X, + cup=\020%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=^W, cvvis=^L^R, el=^K, home=^H, + ht=^I, is2=^R, kbs=^Y, kcub1=^Y, kcud1=^Z, kcuf1=^X, kcuu1=^W, + kf0=^^q, kf1=^^r, kf2=^^s, kf3=^^t, kf4=^^u, kf5=^^v, kf6=^^w, + kf7=^^x, kf8=^^y, kf9=^^z, khome=^H, rmcup=^L, rmso=\200^^E, + rmul=^U, smcup=^L^R, smso=\200\200\200\200\200\036D, + smul=^T, + +#### Datamedia (dm) +# +# Datamedia was headquartered in Nashua, New Hampshire in 1993. +# As of early 1996, at least one company called `Datamedia' has been taken +# over by: +# +# Axent Technologies, Inc. +# 2400 Research Boulevard +# Rockville, Maryland 20850 +# voice: +1 301/258-5043 +# fax: +1 301/330-5756 +# email: +# +# makers of OmniGuard client/server security software. They are a software +# only company and no longer make terminals. However, the operator there +# told me that she had once spoken to a customer looking for Datamedia +# terminals who'd mentioned a Datamedia in New Jersey. This is backed up +# by comp.terminals poosting describing the ID plate on the back of a +# "Datamedia 3000" terminal. Was this an earlier incarnation of Axent? +# Inquiring minds want to know... +# + +cs10|colorscan|Datamedia Color Scan 10, + msgr, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%02d;%p2%02dH, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, + ind=^J, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, + kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +cs10-w|Datamedia Color Scan 10 with 132 columns, + cols#132, + cup=\E[%i%p1%02d;%p2%03dH, use=cs10, + +# (dm1520: removed obsolete ":ma=^\ ^_^P^YH:" -- esr) +dm1520|dm1521|datamedia 1520, + am, xenl, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^\, + cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_, ed=^K, el=^], + home=^Y, ht=^I, ind=^J, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^\, kcuu1=^_, + khome=^Y, +dm2500|datamedia2500|datamedia 2500, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^^^^\177, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^\, + cup=\014%p2%{96}%^%c%p1%{96}%^%c, cuu1=^Z, + dch1=\020\010\030\035$<10*>, + dl1=\020\032\030\035$<10*>, el=^W, home=^B, + ich1=\020\034\030\035$<10*>, + il1=\020\n\030\035\030\035$<15>, ind=^J, pad=\377, + rmdc=^X^], rmir=\377\377\030\035$<10>, rmso=^X^], + smdc=^P, smir=^P, smso=^N, +# dmchat is like DM2500, but DOES need "all that padding" (jcm 1/31/82) +# also, has a meta-key. +# From: +# (dmchat: ":MT:" changed to ":km:" -- esr) +dmchat|dmchat version of datamedia 2500, + km, + dl1=\020\032\030\035$<2/>, + il1=\020\n\030\035\030\035$<1*/>, use=dm2500, +# (dm3025: ":MT:" changed to ":km:" -- esr) +dm3025|datamedia 3025a, + km, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\EM$<2>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, + dch1=\010$<6>, dl1=\EP\EA\EQ$<130>, ed=\EJ$<2>, el=\EK, + home=\EH, ht=^I, il1=\EP\n\EQ$<130>, ind=^J, ip=$<6>, + is2=\EQ\EU\EV, rmdc=\EQ, rmir=\EQ, rmso=\EO0, smdc=\EP, + smir=\EP, smso=\EO1, +dm3045|datamedia 3045a, + am, eo, km@, ul, xenl, + dch1=\EB$<6>, dl1@, il1@, is2=\EU\EV, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, + kf0=\Ey\r, kf1=\Ep\r, kf2=\Eq\r, kf3=\Er\r, kf4=\Es\r, + kf5=\Et\r, kf6=\Eu\r, kf7=\Ev\r, kf8=\Ew\r, kf9=\Ex\r, + khome=\EH, pad=\177, rmdc@, rmir=\EP, rmso@, smdc@, smso@, + use=dm3025, +# Datamedia DT80 soft switches: +# 1 0=Jump 1=Smooth +# Autorepeat 0=off 1=on +# Screen 0=Dark 1=light +# Cursor 0=u/l 1=block +# +# 2 Margin Bell 0=off 1=on +# Keyclick 0=off 1=on +# Ansi/VT52 0=VT52 1=Ansi +# Xon/Xoff 0=Off 1=On +# +# 3 Shift3 0=Hash 1=UK Pound +# Wrap 0=Off 1=On +# Newline 0=Off 1=On +# Interlace 0=Off 1=On +# +# 4 Parity 0=Odd 1=Even +# Parity 0=Off 1=On +# Bits/Char 0=7 1=8 +# Power 0=60Hz 1=50Hz +# +# 5 Line Interface 0=EIA 1=Loop +# Aux Interface 0=EIA 1=Loop +# Local Copy 0=Off 1=On +# Spare +# +# 6 Aux Parity 0=Odd 1=Even +# Aux Parity 0=Off 1=On +# Aux Bits/Char 0=7 1=8 +# CRT Saver 0=Off 1=On +# dm80/1 is a vt100 lookalike, but it doesn't seem to need any padding. +dm80|dmdt80|dt80|datamedia dt80/1, + clear=\E[2J\E[H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, + home=\E[H, mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, ri=\EM, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + use=vt100, +# except in 132 column mode, where it needs a little padding. +# This is still less padding than the vt100, and you can always turn on +# the ^S/^Q handshaking, so you can use vt100 flavors for things like +# reverse video. +dm80w|dmdt80w|dt80w|datamedia dt80/1 in 132 char mode, + cols#132, + clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50/>, cud1=^J, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5/>, cuu1=\E[A$<5/>, + ed=\E[0J$<20/>, el=\E[0K$<20/>, use=dm80, +# From: Adam Thompson Sept 10 1995 +dt80-sas|Datamedia DT803/DTX for SAS usage, + am, bw, + cols#80, lines#24, + acsc=``a1fxgqh0jYk?lZm@nEooppqDrrsstCu4vAwBx3yyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, + csr=\E=%p1%' '%+%c%' '%c\E#1\E=%p2%' '%+%c%' '%c\E#2, + cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=^\, + cup=\E=%p2%' '%+%c%p1%' '%+%c, cuu1=^_, dl1=\EM, ed=^K, + el=^], ff=^L, home=^Y, ht=^I, hts=\E'1, il1=\EL, ind=\EB, + is2=\E)0\E<\EP\E'0\E$2, kclr=^L, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, + kcuf1=^\, kcuu1=^_, ked=^K, kel=^], khome=^Y, mc4=^O, mc5=^N, + rev=\E$2\004, ri=\EI, rmacs=\EG, rmso=^X, sgr0=^X, smacs=\EF, + smso=\E$2\004, tbc=\E'0, + +# Datamedia Excel 62, 64 from Gould/SEL UTX/32 via BRL +# These aren't end-all Excel termcaps; but do insert/delete char/line +# and name some of the extra function keys. (Mike Feldman ccvaxa!feldman) +# The naming convention has been bent somewhat, with the use of E? (where +# E is for 'Excel') as # a name. This was done to distinguish the entries +# from the other Datamedias in use here, and yet to associate a model of +# the Excel terminals with the regular datamedia terminals that share +# major characteristics. +excel62|excel64|datamedia Excel 62, + dch1=\E[P, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kf5=\EOu, kf6=\EOv, + kf7=\EOw, kf8=\EOx, kf9=\EOy, rmir=\E[4l, smir=\E[4h, + use=dt80, +excel62-w|excel64-w|datamedia Excel 62 in 132 char mode, + dch1=\E[P, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kf5=\EOu, kf6=\EOv, + kf7=\EOw, kf8=\EOx, kf9=\EOy, rmir=\E[4l, smir=\E[4h, + use=dt80w, +excel62-rv|excel64-rv|datamedia Excel 62 in reverse video mode, + dch1=\E[P, flash=\E[?5l\E[?5h, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, + kf5=\EOu, kf6=\EOv, kf7=\EOw, kf8=\EOx, kf9=\EOy, rmir=\E[4l, + smir=\E[4h, + use=dt80, + +#### Falco +# +# Falco Data Products +# 440 Potrero Avenue +# Sunnyvale, CA 940864-196 +# Vox: (800)-325-2648 +# Fax: (408)-745-7860 +# Net: techsup@charm.sys.falco.com +# +# Current Falco models as of 1995 are generally ANSI-compatible and support +# emulations of DEC VT-series, Wyse, and Televideo types. +# + +# Test version for Falco ts-1. See for info +# This terminal was released around 1983 and was discontinued long ago. +# The standout and underline highlights are the same. +falco|ts1|ts-1|falco ts-1, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\E*, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET\EG0\010, home=^^, ht=^I, il1=\EE, + ind=^J, is2=\Eu\E3, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, + kf0=^A0\r, rmir=\Er, rmso=\Eg0, rmul=\Eg0, sgr0=\Eg0, + smir=\Eq, smso=\Eg1, smul=\Eg1, +falco-p|ts1p|ts-1p|falco ts-1 with paging option, + am, da, db, mir, msgr, ul, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=\E*, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, + cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\E[A, + dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET\EG0\010\Eg0, ht=^I, + il1=\EE, ind=^J, is2=\EZ\E3\E_c, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H, rmcup=\E_b, rmir=\Er, + rmso=\Eg0, rmul=\Eg0, sgr0=\Eg0, smcup=\E_d, smir=\Eq, + smso=\Eg4, smul=\Eg1, +# (ts100: I added / based on the init string -- esr) +ts100|ts100-sp|falco ts100-sp, + am, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>, + clear=\E[H\E[J$<50>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C$<2>, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5>, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, + cuu1=\E[A$<2>, dch1=\E~W, dl1=\E~R, ed=\E[J$<50>, + el=\E[K$<3>, el1=\E[1K$<3>, enacs=\E(B\E)0, home=\E[H, + ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich1=\E~Q, il1=\E~E, ind=^J, is1=\E~)\E~ea, + ka1=\EOq, ka3=\EOs, kb2=\EOr, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOp, kc3=\EOn, + kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kent=\EOM, + kf0=\EOy, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\EOx, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, + kf5=\EOt, kf6=\EOu, kf7=\EOv, kf8=\EOl, kf9=\EOw, rc=\E8, + rev=\E[7m$<2>, ri=\EM$<5>, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, + rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m$<2>, rmul=\E[m$<2>, + rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017$<2>, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, + smso=\E[1;7m$<2>, smul=\E[4m$<2>, tbc=\E[3g, +ts100-ctxt|falco ts-100 saving context, + rmcup=\E~_b, smcup=\E~_d\E[2J, use=ts100, + +#### Florida Computer Graphics +# + +# Florida Computer Graphics Beacon System, using terminal emulator program +# "host.com", as provided by FCG. This description is for an early release +# of the "host" program. Known bug: clears the whole screen, so it's +# commented out. + +# From: David Bryant 1/7/83 +beacon|FCG Beacon System, + am, da, db, + cols#80, lines#32, + bel=\ESTART\r\E37\r\EEND\r$<1>, + blink=\ESTART\r\E61\,1\r\EEND\r, clear=\EZ$<10>, cr=^M, + cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EV, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<20>, cuu1=\EU, + dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, el=\ET, home=\EH$<10>, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, + ind=^J, rev=\ESTART\r\E59\,1\r\EEND\r, rmcup=, + rmso=\ESTART\r\E70\,0\r\EEND\r$<20>, + rmul=\ESTART\r\E60\,0\r\EEND\r, + sgr0=\ESTART\r\E78\r\E70\,0\r\EEND\r$<20>, + smcup=\ESTART\r\E2\,0\r\E12\r\EEND\r$<10>, + smso=\ESTART\r\E70\,6\r\EEND\r$<20>, + smul=\ESTART\r\E60\,1\r\EEND\r, + +#### Fluke +# + +# The f1720a differences from ANSI: no auto margin, destructive +# tabs, # of lines, funny highlighting and underlining +f1720|f1720a|fluke 1720A, + xt, + cols#80, lines#16, xmc#1, + bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, + cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K, ind=\ED, is2=\E[H\E[2J, kcub1=^_, kcud1=^], + kcuf1=^^, kcuu1=^\, ri=\EM, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, + smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + +#### Liberty Electronics (Freedom) +# +# Liberty Electronics +# 48089 Fremont Blvd +# Fremont CA 94538 +# Vox: (510)-623-6000 +# Fax: (510)-623-7021 + +# From: +# (f100: added empty to suppress a tic warning; +# made this relative to adm+sgr -- note that isn't +# known to work for f100 but does on the f110. --esr) +f100|freedom|freedom100|freedom model 100, + am, bw, hs, mir, msgr, xon, + cols#80, lines#24, + acsc=, bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, + dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER$<11.5*>, dsl=\Eg\Ef\r, ed=\EY, el=\ET, + flash=\Eb$<200>\Ed, fsl=^M, home=^^, hpa=\E]%p1%{32}%+%c, + ht=^I, hts=\E1, il1=\EE$<8.5*>, ind=^J, ip=$<6>, + is2=\Eg\Ef\r\Ed, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, + kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf2=^AA\r, + kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, + kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, ri=\Ej, rmacs=\E$, rmir=\Er, + smacs=\E%, smir=\Eq, tbc=\E3, tsl=\Eg\Ef, + vpa=\E[%p1%{32}%+%c, use=adm+sgr, +f100-rv|freedom-rv|freedom 100 in reverse video, + flash=\Ed$<200>\Eb, is2=\Eg\Ef\r\Eb, use=f100, +# The f110 and f200 have problems with vi(1). They use the ^V +# code for the down cursor key. When kcud1 is defined in terminfo +# as ^V, the Control Character Quoting capability (^V in insert mode) +# is lost! It cannot be remapped in vi because it is necessary to enter +# a ^V to to quote the ^V that is being remapped!!! +# +# f110/f200 users will have to decide whether +# to lose the down cursor key or the quoting capability. We will opt +# initially for leaving the quoting capability out, since use of VI +# is not generally applicable to most interactive applications +# (f110: added , & from f100 -- esr) +f110|freedom110|Liberty Freedom 110, + bw@, eslok, + it#8, wsl#80, + blink=\EG2, bold=\EG0, civis=\E.1, cnorm=\E.2, cud1=^V, + cvvis=\E.2, dim=\EG@, dl1=\ER, dsl=\Ef\r, + flash=\Eb$<200/>\Ed, il1=\EE, ip@, is2@, kclr=^^, kdch1=\EW, + kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kf0=^AI\r, kf10@, kich1=\EQ, + kil1=\EE, mc4=\Ea, mc5=\E`, ri=\EJ, rmacs=\E%%, rmir=\Er\EO, + smacs=\E$, smir=\EO\Eq, smso=\EG<, tsl=\Ef, + use=f100, +f110-14|Liberty Freedom 110 14inch, + dch1@, use=f110, +f110-w|Liberty Freedom 110 - 132 cols, + cols#132, use=f110, +f110-14w|Liberty Freedom 110 14in/132 cols, + cols#132, + dch1@, use=f110, +# (f200: added to suppress tic warnings re / --esr) +f200|freedom200|Liberty Freedom 200, + am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, wsl#80, + acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\EG2, bold=\EG0, cbt=\EI, civis=\E.0, + clear=^Z, cnorm=\E.1, cr=^M, + csr=\Em0%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cub1=^H, cud1=^V, + cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, + cvvis=\E.1, dch1=\EW, dim=\EG@, dl1=\ER, dsl=\Ef\r, ed=\EY, + el=\ET, flash=\Eo$<200/>\En, fsl=^M, home=^^, + hpa=\E]%p1%{32}%+%c, hts=\E1, il1=\EE, ind=^J, kbs=^H, + kclr=^^, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, + kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kf0=^AI\r, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, + kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, + kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, mc4=\Ea, mc5=\E`, + ri=\EJ, rmacs=\E%%, rmir=\Er, smacs=\E$, smir=\Eq, smso=\EG<, + tbc=\E3, tsl=\Ef, vpa=\E[%p1%{32}%+%c, + use=adm+sgr, +f200-w|Liberty Freedom 200 - 132 cols, + cols#132, use=f200, +# The f200 has the ability to reprogram the down cursor key. The key is +# reprogrammed to ^J (linefeed). This value is remembered in non-volatile RAM, +# so powering the terminal off and on will not cause the change to be lost. +f200vi|Liberty Freedom 200 for vi, + flash=\Eb$<200/>\Ed, kcud1=^J, use=f200, +f200vi-w|Liberty Freedom 200 - 132 cols for vi, + cols#132, use=f200vi, + +#### GraphOn (go) +# +# Graphon Corporation +# 544 Division Street +# Campbell, CA 95008 +# Vox: (408)-370-4080 +# Fax: (408)-370-5047 +# Net: troy@graphon.com (Troy Morrison) +# +# +# The go140 and go225 have been discontinued. GraphOn now makes X terminals, +# including one odd hybrid that starts out life on power-up as a character +# terminal, than can be switched to X graphics mode (driven over the serial +# line) by an escape sequence. No info on this beast yet. +# (go140: I added / based on the init string -- esr) +go140|graphon go-140, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + clear=\E[H\E[2J$<10/>, cub1=^H, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, + ed=\E[J$<10/>, el=\E[K, ht=^I, + if=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, il1=\E[L, + is2=\E<\E=\E[?3l\E[?7l\E(B\E[J\E7\E[;r\E8\E[m\E[q, + kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf1=\EOP, + kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H, ri=\EM, + rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, + rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +go140w|graphon go-140 in 132 column mode, + am, + cols#132, + is2=\E<\E=\E[?3h\E[?7h\E(B\E[J\E7\E[;r\E8\E[m\E[q, use=go140, +# Hacked up vt200 termcap to handle GO-225/VT220 +# From: +# (go225: I added / based on the init string -- esr) +go225|go-225|Graphon 225, + am, mir, xenl, + cols#80, it#8, lines#25, vt#3, + blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[J, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, + ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, + is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, + kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, + rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, ri=\EM, rmam=\E[?7l, + rmcup=\E[!p\E[?7h\E[2;1;1#w, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E>, + rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m, rs1=\E[!p\E[?7h\E[2;1;1#w, + sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smcup=\E[2;0#w\E[1;25r, + smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + +#### Harris (Beehive) +# +# Bletch. These guys shared the Terminal Brain Damage laurels with Hazeltine. +# Their terminal group is ancient history now (1995) though the parent +# company is still in business. +# + +# Beehive documentation is undated and marked Preliminary and has no figures +# so we must have early Superbee2 (Model 600, according to phone conversation +# with mfr.). It has proved reliable except for some missing padding +# (notably after \EK and at bottom of screen). +# +# The key idea is that AEP mode is poison for & that US's in +# the local memory should be avoided like the plague. That means +# that the 2048 character local buffer is used as 25 lines of 80 +# characters, period. No scrolling local memory, folks. It also +# appears that we cannot use naked INS LINE feature since it uses +# US. The sbi fakes with an 80-space insert that may be too +# slow at low speeds; also spaces get converted to \040 which is +# too long for some programs (not vi). DEL LINE is ok but slow. +# +# The string is designed for last line of screen ONLY; cup to +# 25th line corrects the motion inherent in scrolling to Page 1. +# +# There is one understood bug. It is that the screen appears to +# pop to a new (blank) page after a , or leave a half-line +# ellipsis to a quad that is the extra 48 memory locations. The +# data received is dumped into memory but not displayed. Not to +# worry if is being used; the lines not displayed will be, +# whenever the cursor is moved up there. Since is addressed +# relative to MEMORY of window, nothing is lost; but beware of +# relative cursor motion (,,,). Recommended, +# therefore, is setenv MORE -c . +# +# WARNING: Not all features tested. +# +# Timings are assembled from 3 sources. Some timings may reflect +# SB2/Model 300 that were used if more conservative. +# Tested on a Model 600 at 1200 and 9600 bd. +# +# The BACKSPACEkb option is cute. The NEWLINE key, so cleverly +# placed on the keyboard and useless because of AEP, is made +# into a backspace key. In use ESC must be pressed twice (to send) +# and sending ^C must be prefixed by ESC to avoid that weird +# transmit mode associated with ENTER key. +# +# IF TERMINAL EVER GOES CATATONIC with the cursor buzzing across +# the screen, then it has dropped into ENTER mode; hit +# RESET--ONLINE--!tset. +# +# As delivered this machine has a FATAL feature that will throw +# it into that strange transmit state (SPOW) if the space bar is +# hit after a CR is received, but before receiving a LF (or a +# few others). +# +# The circuits MUST be modified to eliminate the SPOW latch. +# This is done by strapping on chip A46 of the I/O board; cut +# the p.c. connection to Pin 5 and strap Pin 5 to Pin 8 of that +# chip. This mod has been checked out on a Mod 600 of Superbee II. +# With this modification absurdly high timings on cr are +# unnecessary. +# +# NOTE WELL that the rear panel switch should be set to CR/LF, +# not AEP! +# +sb1|beehive superbee, + am, bw, da, db, mir, ul, xsb, + cols#80, lines#25, xmc#1, + bel=^G, cbt=\E`$<650>, clear=\EH$<1>\EJ$<3>, cr=$<1>\r, + cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC$<3>, cup=\EF%p2%03d%p1%03d, + cuu1=\EA$<3>, dch1=\EP$<3>, dl1=\EM$<100>, ed=\EJ$<3>, + el=\EK$<3>, home=\EH$<1>, ht=^I, hts=\E1, + il1=\EN\EL$<3>\EQ \EP$<3> \EO\ER\EA$<3>, + ind=^J, is2=\EE$<3>\EX\EZ\EO\Eb\Eg\ER, kbs=^_, kcub1=\ED, + kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kdl1=\EM, ked=\EJ, kel=\EK, + kf0=\E2, kf1=\Ep, kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et, kf6=\Eu, + kf7=\Ev, kf8=\Ew, kf9=\E1, khome=\EH, kich1=\EQ\EO, + krmir=\ER, lf0=TAB CLEAR, lf9=TAB SET, rmcup=, rmir=\ER, + rmso=\E_3, rmul=\E_3, sgr0=\E_3, smcup=\EO, smir=\EQ\EO, + smso=\E_1, smul=\E_0, tbc=\E3, +sbi|superbee|beehive superbee at Indiana U., + xsb, + cr=\r$<1>, il1=1\EN\EL$<9>\EQ \EP$<9> \EO\ER\EA, use=sb1, +# Alternate (older) description of Superbee - f1=escape, f2=^C. +# Note: there are at least 3 kinds of superbees in the world. The sb1 +# holds onto escapes and botches ^C's. The sb2 is the best of the 3. +# The sb3 puts garbage on the bottom of the screen when you scroll with +# the switch in the back set to CRLF instead of AEP. This description +# is tested on the sb2 but should work on all with either switch setting. +# The f1/f2 business is for the sb1 and the can be taken out for +# the other two if you want to try to hit that tiny escape key. +# This description is tricky: being able to use cup depends on there being +# 2048 bytes of memory and the hairy string. +superbee-xsb|beehive super bee, + am, da, db, xsb, + cols#80, it#8, lines#25, + clear=\EH\EJ$<3>, cnorm=^J, cr=\r$<1000>, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=\EC, cup=\EF%p2%3d%p1%3d, cuu1=\EA$<3>, + dch1=\EP$<3>, dl1=\EM$<100>, ed=\EJ$<3>, el=\EK$<3>, + home=\EH, ht=^I, hts=\E1, + ind=\n\200\200\200\n\200\200\200\EA\EK\200\200\200\ET\ET, + is2=\EH\EJ, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, + kf1=\Ep, kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et, kf6=\Eu, kf7=\Ev, + kf8=\Ew, khome=\EH, rmso=\E_3, sgr0=\E_3, smso=\E_1, tbc=\E3, +# This loses on lines > 80 chars long, use at your own risk +superbeeic|super bee with insert char, + ich1=, rmir=\ER, smir=\EQ, use=superbee-xsb, +sb2|sb3|fixed superbee, + xsb@, use=superbee, + +# Reports are that most of these Beehive entries (except superbee) have not +# been tested and do not work right. is a trouble spot. Be warned. + +# (bee: was empty, which is obviously bogus -- esr) +beehive|bee|harris beehive, + am, mir, + cols#80, lines#24, + cbt=\E>, clear=\EE, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EF%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, + dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, il1=\EL, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E>, + kclr=\EE, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, + kdch1=\EP, kdl1=\EM, kel=\EK, khome=\EH, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EL, + krmir=\E@, rmir=\E@, rmso=\Ed@, rmul=\Ed@, sgr0=\Ed@, + smir=\EQ, smso=\EdP, smul=\Ed`, +# set tab is ^F, clear (one) tab is ^V, no way to clear all tabs. +# good grief - does this entry make :sg:/:ug: when it doesn't have to? +# look at those spaces in /. Seems strange to me... +# (beehive: removed, no such file. If you +# really care, cook up one using ^F -- esr) +beehive3|bh3m|beehiveIIIm|harris beehive 3m, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#20, + bel=^G, clear=^E^R, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, cuu1=^K, + dl1=\021$<350>, ed=^R, el=^P, home=^E, ht=^I, hts=^F, + il1=\023$<160>, ind=^J, ll=^E^K, rmso=\s^_, smso=^]\s, +beehive4|bh4|beehive 4, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\EE, cr=^M, cub1=\ED, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ind=^J, +microb|microbee|micro bee series, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\EE, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EF%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ, + el=\EK, ht=^I, ind=^J, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, + kcuu1=\EA, kf1=\Ep, kf2=\Eq, kf3=\Er, kf4=\Es, kf5=\Et, + kf6=\Eu, kf7=\Ev, kf8=\Ew, kf9=\Ex, khome=\EH, rmso=\Ed@, + rmul=\Ed@, sgr0=\Ed@, smso=\s\EdP, smul=\Ed`, + +# 8675, 8686, and bee from Cyrus Rahman +# (8675: changed k10, k11...k16 to k;, F1...F6 -- esr) +ha8675|harris 8675, + is2=\ES\E#\E*\Eh\Em\E?\E1\E9\E@\EX\EU, kf1=^F, + kf10=\Ed, kf11=^W, kf12=\ER, kf13=\EE, kf14=\EI, kf15=\Ei, + kf16=\Eg, kf2=^P, kf3=^N, kf4=^V, kf5=^J, kf6=^T, kf7=^H, + kf8=\177, kf9=\Ee, + use=bee, +# (8686: changed k10, k11...k16 to k;, F1...F6; fixed broken continuation +# in :is: -- esr) +ha8686|harris 8686, + is2=\ES\E#\E*\Eh\Em\E?\E1\E9\E@\EX\EU\E"*Z01\E"8F35021B7C83#\E"8F45021B7D83#\E"8F55021B7E83#\E"8F65021B7F83#\E"8F75021B7383#\E"8F851BD7#\E"8F95021B7083#\E"8FA5021B7183#\E"8FB5021B7283#, + kf1=\002\Ep\003, kf10=\Ej, kf11=\EW, kf12=\002\E{\003, + kf13=\002\E|\003, kf14=\002\E}\003, kf15=\002\E~\003, + kf16=\002\E\177\003, kf2=\002\Eq\003, kf3=\002\Er\003, + kf4=\002\Es\003, kf5=\E3, kf6=\EI, kf7=\ER, kf8=\EJ, kf9=\E(, + use=bee, + +#### Hazeltine +# +# Hazeltine appears to be out of the business now (1995). These guys were +# co-owners of the Terminal Brain Damage Hall Of Fame along with Harris. +# They have a hazeltine.com domain and can be reached at: +# +# Hazeltine +# 450 East Pulaski Road +# Greenlawn, New York 11740 +# +# As late as 1993, manuals for the terminal product line could still be +# purchased from: +# +# TRW Customer Service Division +# 15 Law Drive +# P.O. Box 2076 +# Fairfield, NJ 07007-2078 +# + +# Since is blank, when you want to erase something you +# are out of luck. You will have to do ^L's a lot to +# redraw the screen. h1000 is untested. It doesn't work in +# vi - this terminal is too dumb for even vi. (The code is +# there but it isn't debugged for this case.) +hz1000|hazeltine 1000, + cols#80, lines#12, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\s, home=^K, + ind=^J, +# From: Thu Aug 20 09:09:18 1981 +hz1420|hazeltine 1420, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\E^\, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^P, + cup=\E\021%p2%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\E^L, dl1=\E^S, + ed=\E^X, el=\E^O, ht=^N, il1=\E^Z, ind=^J, rmso=\E^Y, + smso=\E^_, +# New "safe" cursor movement (11/87) from . Prevents +# freakout with out-of-range args and tn3270. No hz since it needs to +# receive tildes. +hz1500|hazeltine 1500, + am, hz, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=~^\, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=~^K, cuf1=^P, + cup=~\021%p2%p2%?%{30}%>%t%{32}%+%;%'`'%+%c%p1%'`'%+%c, + cuu1=~^L, dl1=~\023$<40>, ed=~\030$<10>, el=~^O, home=~^R, + il1=~\032$<40>, ind=^J, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^P, + kcuu1=~^L, khome=~^R, rmso=~^Y, smso=~^_, +# h1510 assumed to be in sane escape mode. Else use h1500. +# (h1510: early versions of this entry apparently had ", +# , but these caps were commented out in 8.3; also, +# removed incorrect and overridden ":do=^J:" -- esr) +hz1510|hazeltine 1510, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\E^\, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E^K, cuf1=^P, + cup=\E\021%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=\E^L, dl1=\E^S, ed=\E^X, + el=\E^O, il1=\E^Z, ind=^J, +# Hazeltine 1520 +# The following switch settings are assumed for normal operation: +# FULL CR U/L_CASE ESCAPE +# FORMAT_OFF EOM_A_OFF EOM_B_OFF WRAPAROUND_ON +# Other switches may be set for operator convenience or communication +# requirements. +hz1520|Hazeltine 1520, + am, bw, msgr, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, bold=\E^_, clear=\E^\, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=^P, cup=\E\021%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=\E^L, dl1=\E^S, + ed=\E^X, el=\E^O, home=\E^R, il1=\E^Z, ind=^J, kbs=^H, + kclr=\E^\, kcub1=^H, kcud1=\E^K, kcuf1=^P, kcuu1=\E^L, + kdl1=\E^S, ked=\E^X, kel=\E^O, khome=\E^R, kil1=\E^Z, + rmso=\E^Y, rs1=\E$\E\005\E?\E\031, sgr0=\E^Y, smso=\E^_, +# This version works with the escape switch off +# (h1520: removed incorrect and overridden ":do=^J:" -- esr) +hz1520-noesc|hazeltine 1520, + am, hz, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=~^\, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=~^K, cuf1=^P, + cup=~\021%p2%c%p1%c$<1>, cuu1=~^L, dl1=~^S, ed=~^X, el=~^O, + home=~^R, il1=~^Z, ind=^J, rmso=~^Y, smso=~^_, +# Note: the h1552 appears to be the first Hazeltine terminal which +# is not braindamaged. It has tildes and backprimes and everything! +# Be sure the auto lf/cr switch is set to cr. +hz1552|hazeltine 1552, + cud1=^J, dl1=\EO, il1=\EE, kf1=\EP, kf2=\EQ, kf3=\ER, lf1=blue, + lf2=red, lf3=green, + use=vt52, +hz1552-rv|hazeltine 1552 reverse video, + cud1=^J, rmso=\ET, smso=\ES, use=hz1552, +# Note: h2000 won't work well because of a clash between upper case and ~'s. +hz2000|hazeltine 2000, + am, + cols#74, lines#27, + bel=^G, clear=~\034$<6>, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cup=~\021%p2%c%p1%c, dl1=~\023$<6>, home=~^R, + il1=~\032$<6>, ind=^J, pad=\177, +# Date: Fri Jul 23 10:27:53 1982. Some unknown person wrote: +# I tested this termcap entry for the Hazeltine Esprit with vi. It seems +# to work ok. There is one problem though if one types a lot of garbage +# characters very fast vi seems not able to keep up and hangs while trying +# to insert. That's in insert mode while trying to insert in the middle of +# a line. It might be because the Esprit doesn't have insert char and delete +# char as a built in function. Vi has to delete to end of line and then +# redraw the rest of the line. +esprit|Hazeltine Esprit I, + am, bw, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, cbt=\E^T, clear=\E^\, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E^K, + cuf1=^P, cup=\E\021%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=\E^L, dl1=\E^S, + ed=\E^W, el=\E^O, home=\E^R, il1=\E^Z, ind=^J, is2=\E?, kbs=^H, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=\E^K, kcuf1=^P, kcuu1=\E^L, kf0=^B0^J, + kf1=^B1^J, kf2=^B2^J, kf3=^B3^J, kf4=^B4^J, kf5=^B5^J, + kf6=^B6^J, kf7=^B7^J, kf8=^B8^J, kf9=^B9^J, khome=\E^R, + lf0=0, lf1=1, lf2=2, lf3=3, lf4=4, lf5=5, lf6=6, lf7=7, lf8=8, lf9=9, + rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E^Y, smkx=\E<, smso=\E^_, +esprit-am|hazeltine esprit auto-margin, + am, use=esprit, +# Hazeltine Modular-1 from Cliff Shackelton via BRL +# Vi it seems always wants to send a control J for "do" and it turned out +# that the terminal would work somewhat if the auto LF/CR was turned off. +# (hmod1: removed :dn=~^K: -- esr) +hmod1|Hazeltine Modular 1, + am, hz, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, cbt=~^T, clear=~^\, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=~^K, cuf1=^P, + cup=~\021%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=~^L, dl1=~^S, home=~^R, il1=~^Z, + ind=^J, kcub1=^H, kcud1=~^K, kcuf1=^P, kcuu1=~^L, khome=~^R, + rc=~^Q, rmso=~^Y, sc=~^E, sgr0=~^Y, smso=~^_, +# +# Hazeltine Executive 80 Model 30 (1554?) +# from Will Martin via BRL +# Like VT100, except for different "am" behavior. +hazel|exec80|h80|he80|Hazeltine Executive 80, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2/>, bold=\E[1m$<2/>, + clear=\E[;H\E[2J$<50/>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C$<2/>, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5/>, cuu1=\E[A$<2/>, + ed=\E[J$<50/>, el=\E[K$<3/>, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, + kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, + kf4=\EOS, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m$<2/>, + rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, ri=\EM$<5/>, + rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m$<2/>, rmul=\E[m$<2/>, + rs1=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7, + sgr0=\E[m$<2/>, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m$<2/>, + smul=\E[4m$<2/>, + +#### IBM +# + +ibm327x|line mode IBM 3270 style, + gn, + clear=^M^J, el=^M, home=^M, + +# Beware! The 3101 entry IBM shipped with AIX 3 is *wrong*. Losers... +# From: J.B. Nicholson-Owens 8 Mar 94 +# (ibm3101: removed, no such file -- esr) +ibm3101|i3101|IBM 3101-10, + am, xon, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\EK, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ, + el=\EI, home=\EH, ht=^I, hts=\E0, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, + kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, nel=^M^J, tbc=\E1, +# Received from the IBM terminals division (given to DRB) +# June 1988 for PS/2 OS 2.2.3 cut +ibm3151|i3151|IBM 3151, + rmso=\E4@, rmul=\E4@, + sgr=\E4%{64}%?%p1%{0}%>%p1%{4}%<%&%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%{7}%=%t%{16}%|%;%?%p2%t%{1}%|%;%?%p3%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%c, + sgr0=\E4@, smso=\E4A, smul=\E4B, + use=ibm3163, +# From: Mark Easter 29 Oct 1992 +# I've commented out or translated some IBM extensions. +ibm3161|ibm3163|wy60-316X|wyse60-316X|IBM 3161/3163 display, + am, mir, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=l\354q\361k\353x\370j\352m\355w\367u\365v\366t\364n\356, + bel=^G, blink=\E4D, bold=\E4H, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=\ED, + cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, + cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EQ, dl1=\EO, ed=\EJ, el=\EI, home=\EH, ind=^J, + invis=\E4P, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E2, kclr=\EL\r, kctab=\E1, + kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EQ, + kdl1=\EO, ked=\EJ, kel=\EI, kf1=\Ea\r, kf10=\Ej\r, + kf11=\Ek\r, kf12=\El\r, kf13=\E!a\r, kf14=\E!b\r, + kf15=\E!c\r, kf16=\E!d\r, kf17=\E!e\r, kf18=\E!f\r, + kf19=\E!g\r, kf2=\Eb\r, kf20=\E!h\r, kf21=\E!i\r, + kf22=\E!j\r, kf23=\E!k\r, kf24=\E!l\r, kf3=\Ec\r, + kf4=\Ed\r, kf5=\Ee\r, kf6=\Ef\r, kf7=\Eg\r, kf8=\Eh\r, + kf9=\Ei\r, khome=\EH, khts=\E0, kich1=\EP \010, kil1=\EN, + ktbc=\E 1, rev=\E4A, rmcup=\E>A, rmso=\E4@, rmul=\E4@, + sgr=\E4%'@'%?%p1%t%'A'%|%;\n%?%p2%t%'B'%|%;\n%?%p3%t%'A'%|%;\n%?%p4%t%'D'%|%;\n%?%p5%t%'@'%|%;\n%?%p6%t%'H'%|%;\n%?%p7%t%'P'%|%;%c\n%?%p9%t\E>A%e\E<@%;, + sgr0=\E4@\E<@, smcup=\E>A, smso=\E4A, smul=\E4B, + +# How the 3164 sgr string works: +# %{32} # push space for no special video characteristics +# %?%p2%t%{1}%|%; # if p2 set, then OR the 1 bit for reverse +# %?%p3%t%{4}%|%; # if p3 set, then OR the 4 bit for blink +# %?%p4%t%{2}%|%; # if p4 set, then OR the 2 bit for underline +# %c # pop Pa1 +# %{39}%p1%- # calculate 32 + (7 - p1) for foreground +# %c # pop Pa2 +# %{64} # use only black background for now +# %c # pop Pa3 +ibm3164|i3164|IBM 3164, + blink=\E4D, bold=\E4H, + sgr=\E4%{32}%?%p2%t%{1}%|%;%?%p3%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%c%{39}%p1%-%c%{64}%c, + sgr0=\E4@, + use=ibm3163, + +ibmaed|IBM Experimental display, + am, eo, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#52, + clear=\EH\EK, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EQ, + dl1=\EO, ed=\EJ, el=\EI, flash=\EG, home=\EH, ht=^I, ich1=\EP, + il1=\EN, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, + rmso=\E0, sgr0=\E0, smso=\E0, +ibm-apl|apl|IBM apl terminal simulator, + lines#25, use=dm1520, +# (ibmmono: this had an unknown `sb' boolean, I changed it to `bs'. +# Also it had ":I0=f10:" which pretty obviously should be "l0=f10" -- esr) +ibmmono|ibm5151|IBM workstation monochrome, + eslok, hs, + bold=\EZ, dl1=\EM, dsl=\Ej\EY8 \EI\Ek, fsl=\Ek, il1=\EL, + invis=\EF\Ef0;\Eb0;, kbs=^H, kf0=\E<, kf1=\ES, kf2=\ET, + kf3=\EU, kf4=\EV, kf5=\EW, kf6=\EP, kf7=\EQ, kf8=\ER, kf9=\EY, + khome=\EH, kich1=\200, kind=\EE, knp=\EE, kpp=\Eg, kri=\EG, + lf0=f10, rev=\Ep, ri=\EA, rmso=\Ez, rmul=\Ew, + sgr0=\Ew\Eq\Ez\EB, smso=\EZ, smul=\EW, tsl=\Ej\EY8%+ \Eo, use=ibm3101, +ibmega|ibm5154|IBM Enhanced Color Display, + cr=^M, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, + nel=^M^J, + use=ibmmono, +ibmega-c|ibm5154-c|IBM Enhanced Color Display, + rmso=\EB, rmul=\EB, smso=\EF\Ef3;, smul=\EF\Ef2;, use=ibmmono, +ibmvga-c|IBM VGA display color termcap, + cr=^M, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, + nel=^M^J, + use=ibmega-c, +ibmvga|IBM VGA display, + cr=^M, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, + nel=^M^J, + use=ibmega, +# ibmapa* and ibmmono entries come from ACIS 4.3 distribution +rtpc|ibmapa16|ibm6155|IBM 6155 Extended Monochrome Graphics Display, + lines#32, + dsl=\Ej\EY@ \EI\Ek, tsl=\Ej\EY@%+ \Eo, use=ibmmono, +# Advanced Monochrome (6153) and Color (6154) Graphics Display: +ibmapa8c|ibmapa8|ibm6154|ibm6153|IBM 6153/4 Advanced Graphics Display, + lines#31, + dsl=\Ej\EY? \EI\Ek, tsl=\Ej\EY?%+ \Eo, use=ibmmono, +ibmapa8c-c|ibm6154-c|IBM 6154 Advanced Color Graphics Display, + lines#31, + dim=\EF\Ef7;, dsl=\Ej\EY? \EI\Ek, tsl=\Ej\EY?%+ \Eo, use=ibmega-c, +# From: Marc Pawliger +# also in /usr/lpp/bos/bsdsysadmin. +# (hft-c: this entry had :kb=\E[D:kf=\E[C: on the line with ku/kd/kh; this was +# pretty obviously mislabeled for :le: and :nd:; also ":ul=\E[4m:" was clearly +# a typo for ":us=\E[4m:"; also ":el=\E[K:" was a typo for ":ce=\E[K:". +# I also added / based on the terminal reset string. +# There was an unknown boolean ":ht:" which I assume was meant to set hardware +# tabs, so I have inserted it#8. Finally, :ac=^N: paired with the :ae: looked +# like a typo for :as=^N:; finally, added empty to quiet tic -- esr) +ibm8512|ibm8513|hft-c|IBM High Function Terminal, + am, mir, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#25, + acsc=, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[J, cub1=\E[D, + cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, + home=\E[H, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, is2=\Eb\E[m\017\E[?7h, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\E[010q, kf1=\E[001q, + kf2=\E[002q, kf3=\E[003q, kf4=\E[004q, kf5=\E[005q, + kf6=\E[006q, kf7=\E[007q, kf8=\E[008q, kf9=\E[009q, + khome=\E[H, rc=\E[u, rev=\E[7m, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, + rmcup=\E[20h, rmdc=\E[4l, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + rs1=\Eb\E[m\017\E[?7h\E[H\E[J, sc=\E[s, sgr0=\E[m, + smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smcup=\E[20;4l\E[?7h\Eb, + smdc=\E[4h, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +hft|AIWS High Function Terminal, + am, xon, + cols#80, lines#25, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, + cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, + ht=^I, ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, invis=\E[8m, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, + kf1=\E[001q, kf2=\E[002q, kf3=\E[003q, kf4=\E[004q, + kf5=\E[005q, kf6=\E[006q, kf7=\E[007q, kf8=\E[008q, + kf9=\E[009q, khome=\E[H, knp=\E[153q, kpp=\E[159q, + ktbc=\E[010q, rev=\E[7m, rmir=\E6, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + sgr0=\E[m, smir=\E6, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +ibm-system1|system1|ibm system/1 computer, + am, xt, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^Z, cub1=^H, cuf1=^\, + cup=\005%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^^, home=^K, + ind=^J, + +# From: +ibm5081|ibmmpel|IBM 5081 1024x1024 256/4096 color display, + eslok, hs, + lines#33, + dsl=\Ej\EYA \EI\Ek, fsl=\Ek, tsl=\Ej\EYA%+ \Eo, use=ibmmono, +ibm5081-c|ibmmpel-c|IBM 5081 1024x1024 256/4096 enhanced color display, + eslok, hs, + lines#33, + dsl=\Ej\EYA \EI\Ek, fsl=\Ek, tsl=\Ej\EYA%+ \Eo, use=ibmega-c, +ibm8514|IBM 8514 color display, + eslok, hs, + lines#41, + cr=^M, cud1=^J, dsl=\Ej\EYI \EI\Ek, fsl=\Ek, ht=^I, ind=^J, + kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, tsl=\Ej\EYI%+ \Eo, + use=ibmega, +ibm8514-c|IBM 8514 color display, + eslok, hs, + lines#41, + cr=^M, cud1=^J, dsl=\Ej\EYI \EI\Ek, fsl=\Ek, ht=^I, ind=^J, + kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, tsl=\Ej\EYI%+ \Eo, + use=ibmega-c, + +# +# AIX entries. IBM ships these with AIX 3. +# AIX extension caps are commented out, +# except for box1 which has been translated to an string. +# +aixterm-m|IBM AIXterm Monochrome Terminal Emulator, + eslok, hs, + acsc=llqqkkxxjjmmwwuuvvttnn, bold=\E[1m, dsl=\E[?E, + fsl=\E[?F, ri@, s0ds=\E(B, s1ds=\E(0, + sgr=\E[%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;m, + sgr0=\E[0;10m\E(B, tsl=\E[?%p1%dT, + use=ibm6153, +aixterm-m-old|IBM AIXterm Monochrome Terminal Emulator, + eslok, hs, + bold=\E[1m, dsl=\E[?E, fsl=\E[?F, ri@, + sgr=\E[%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;m, + tsl=\E[?%p1%dT, + use=ibm6153, +jaixterm-m|IBM Kanji AIXterm Monochrome Terminal Emulator, + acsc@, + use=aixterm-m, + +#### Infoton/General Terminal Corp. +# + +# gt100 sounds like something DEC would come out with. Let's hope they don't. +i100|gt100|gt100a|General Terminal 100A (formerly Infoton 100), + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\Ef%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dl1=\EM, + ed=\EJ, el=\EK, flash=\Eb$<200/>\Ea, home=\EH, il1=\EL, + ind=^J, rmso=\Ea, smso=\Eb, +i400|infoton 400, + am, + cols#80, lines#25, + bel=^G, clear=\E[2J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=%i\E[%p1%3d;%p2%3dH, cuu1=\E[A, + dch1=\E[4h\E[2Q\E[P\E[4l\E[0Q, dl1=\E[M, el=\E[N, + il1=\E[L, ind=^J, rmir=\E[4l\E[0Q, smir=\E[4h\E[2Q, +# (addrinfo: removed obsolete ":bc=^Z:" -- esr) +addrinfo, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^Z, cud1=^J, cuf1=^Y, + cup=\037%p1%{1}%-%c%p2%{1}%-%c, cuu1=^\, ed=^K, home=^H, + ind=^J, ll=^H^\, +# (infoton: used to have the no-ops , , -- esr) +infoton, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^Z, cud1=^J, cuf1=^Y, cuu1=^\, + ed=^K, ind=^J, ll=^H^\, + +#### Interactive Systems Corp +# +# ISC used to sell OEMed and customized hardware to support ISC UNIX. +# ISC UNIX still exists in 1995, but ISC itself is no more; they got +# bought out by Sun. +# + +# From: Wed Sep 16 08:06:44 1981 +# (intext: removed obsolete ":ma=^K^P^R^L^L ::bc=^_:", also the +# ":le=^_:" later overridden -- esr) +intext|Interactive Systems Corporation modified owl 1200, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#1, + bel=^G, cbt=^Y, clear=\014$<132>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=^^, cup=\017%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^\, + dch1=\022$<5.5*>, dl1=\021$<5.5*>, ed=\026J$<5.5*>, + el=^Kp^R, ht=^I, il1=\020$<5.5*>, ind=^J, ip=$<5.5*>, kbs=^H, + kcub1=^_, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^^, kcuu1=^\, kf0=^VJ\r, kf1=^VA\r, + kf2=^VB\r, kf3=^VC\r, kf4=^VD\r, kf5=^VE\r, kf6=^VF\r, + kf7=^VG\r, kf8=^VH\r, kf9=^VI\r, khome=^Z, rmir=^V<, + rmkx=^V9, rmso=^V#\s, smir=^V;, smkx=\036\:\264\026%, + smso=^V$\,, +intext2|intextii|INTERACTIVE modified owl 1251, + am, bw, ul, + cols#80, lines#24, xmc#0, + bel=^G, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, cud1=\E[B, + cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, + flash=\E[;;;;;;;;;2;;u$<200/>\E[;;;;;;;;;1;;u, + hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, ht=^I, ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L, ind=\E[S, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED\r, kcud1=\EB\r, kcuf1=\EC\r, kcuu1=\EA\r, + kf0=\E@\r, kf1=\EP\r, kf2=\EQ\r, kf3=\ES\r, kf4=\ET\r, + kf5=\EU\r, kf6=\EV\r, kf7=\EW\r, kf8=\EX\r, kf9=\EY\r, + khome=\ER\r, lf0=REFRSH, lf1=DEL CH, lf2=TABSET, lf3=GOTO, + lf4=+PAGE, lf5=+SRCH, lf6=-PAGE, lf7=-SRCH, lf8=LEFT, + lf9=RIGHT, ri=\E[T, rmso=\E[2 D, rmul=\E[2 D, smso=\E[6 D, + smul=\E[18 D, + +#### Kimtron (abm, kt) +# +# Kimtron entries include (undocumented) codes for: enter dim mode, +# enter bold mode, enter reverse mode, turn off all attributes. +# + +# Kimtron ABM 85 added by Dual Systems +# (abm85: removed duplicated ":kd=^J:" -- esr) +abm85|Kimtron ABM 85, + am, bw, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#1, + cbt=\EI, clear=\E*, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\ER, ed=\Ey, el=\Et, ht=^I, + if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, il1=\EE, + is2=\EC\EX\Eg\En\E%\Er\E(\Ek\Em\Eq, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, khome=^^, rmir=\Er, rmso=\Ek, + rmul=\Em, smir=\EQ, smso=\Ej, smul=\El, +# Kimtron ABM 85H added by Dual Systems. +# Some notes about the abm85h entries: +# 1) there are several firmware revs of 85H in the world. Use abm85h-old for +# firmware revs prior to SP51 +# 2) Make sure to use abm85h entry if the terminal is in 85h mode and the +# abm85e entry if it is in tvi920 emulation mode. They are incompatible +# in some places and NOT software settable i.e., can't fix it) +# 3) In 85h mode, the arrow keys and special functions transmit when +# the terminal is in dup-edit, and work only locally in local-edit. +# Vi won't swallow `del char' for instance, but turns on +# dup-edit anyway so that the arrow keys will work right. If the +# arrow keys don't work the way you like, change , , and +# . Note that 920E mode does not have software commands to toggle +# between dup and local edit, so you get whatever was set last on the +# terminal. +# 4) attribute is nice, but seems too slow to work correctly +# (\Eb\Ed) +# 5) Make sure `hidden' attributes are selected. If `embedded' attributes +# are selected, the entry should be removed. +# 6) auto new-line should be on (selectable from setup mode only) +# +# From: Erik Fair Sun Oct 27 07:21:05 1985 +abm85h|Kimtron ABM 85H native mode, + hs, + xmc@, + bel=^G, cnorm=\E.4, cvvis=\E.2, dim=\E), dsl=\Ee, flash@, + fsl=^M, invis@, + is2=\EC\EN\EX\024\016\EA\Ea\E%\E9\Ee\Er\En\E"\E}\E'\E(\Ef\r\EG0\Ed\E.4\El, + kcud1=^V, sgr0=\E(\EG0, smir=\EZ, tsl=\Eg\Ef, + use=adm+sgr, use=abm85, +abm85e|Kimtron ABM 85H in 920E mode, + xmc@, + bel=^G, dim=\E), flash@, + is2=\EC\EX\EA\E%\E9\Ee\Er\En\E"\E}\E'\E(\Ef\r\Ek\Eq\Em, + rev=\Ej, sgr0=\E(\Ek, smir=\EZ, + use=abm85, +abm85h-old|oabm85h|o85h|Kimtron ABM 85H with old firmware rev., + xmc@, + bel=^G, dim=\E), + is2=\E}\EC\EX\Ee\En\E%\Er\E(\Ek\Em\Eq\Ed\ET\EC\E9\EF, + rev=\Ej, sgr0=\E(\Ek, smir=\EZ, + use=abm85, +# From: +# (kt7: removed obsolete :ma=^V^J^L :" -- esr) +kt7|kimtron model kt-7, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + cbt=\EI, clear=^Z, cub1=^H, cud1=^V, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, fsl=\Eg, home=^^, ht=^I, ich1=\EQ, + if=/usr/share/tabset/stdcrt, il1=\EE, invis@, is2=\El\E", + kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kclr=^Z, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^V, kcuf1=^L, + kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kf0=^AI\r, + kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, + kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, + kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, tsl=\Ef, + use=adm+sgr, +# Renamed TB=^I to :ta:, BE=^G to :bl:, BS=^H to :kb:, N to :kS: (based on the +# other kt7 entry and the adjacent key capabilities). Removed EE which is +# identical to :mh:. Removed :ES=\EGD: which is some kind of highlight +# but we can't figure out what. +kt7ix|kimtron model kt-7 or 70 in IX mode, + am, bw, + cols#80, it#8, lines#25, + acsc=lZm@k?jYt4uCvAwBqDx3nE, bel=^G, blink=\EG2, cbt=\EI, + civis=\E.0, clear=\E*, cnorm=\E.3, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^V, + cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, + dch1=\EW, dim=\EG@, dl1=\ER, dsl=\Ef\r, ed=\EY, el=\ET, fsl=^M, + home=^^, ht=^I, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, ind=^J, + is2=\EG0\E s\017\E~, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kclr=\E*, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdl1=\ER, + ked=\EY, kel=\ET, kend=\EY, kf0=^AI\r, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, + kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, + kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, knp=\EJ, + nel=^M^J, pulse=\EK, rmacs=\E%, rmir=, rmso=\EG0, rmul=\EG0, + sgr0=\EG0, smacs=\E$, smir=, smso=\EG4, smul=\EG8, tsl=\Ef, + +#### Microdata/MDIS +# +# This was a line of terminals made by McDonnell-Douglas Information Systems. +# These entries come direct from MDIS documentation. I have edited them only +# to move primary names of the form p[0-9] * to aliases, and to comment out +# / in a couple of entries without strings. I have +# also removed the change history; the last version indicates this is +# version 4.3 by A.Barkus, September 1990 (earliest entry is October 1989). +# + +# McDonnell Information Systems Terminal Family History +# ========================================= +# +# Prism-1, Prism-2 and P99: +# Ancient Microdata and CMC terminals, vaguely like Adds Regent 25. +# +# Prism-4 and Prism-5: +# Slightly less ancient range of Microdata terminals. Follow-on from +# Prism-2, but with many enhancements. P5 has eight display pages. +# +# Prism-6: +# A special terminal for use with library systems, primarily in Germany. +# Limited numbers. Similar functionality to P5 (except attributes?). +# +# Prism-7, Prism-8 and Prism-9: +# More recent range of MDIS terminals, in which P7 and P8 +# replace the P4 & P5, with added functionality, and P9 is the flagship. +# The P9 has two emulation modes - P8 and ANSI - and includes a +# large number of the DEC VT220 control sequences. Both +# P8 and P9 support 80c/24ln/8pg and 132cl/24li/4pg formats. +# +# Prism-12 and Prism-14: +# Latest range, functionally very similar to the P9. The P14 has a +# black-on-white overscanning screen. +# +# The terminfo definitions given here are: +# +# p2 - Prism-2 (or Prism-1 or P99). +# +# p4 - Prism-4 (and older P7s & P8s). +# p5 - Prism-5 (or Prism-6). +# +# p7 - Prism-7. +# p8 - Prism-8 (in national or multinational mode). +# p8-w - 132 column version of p8. +# p9 - Prism-9 in ANSI mode. +# p9-w - 132 column version of p9. +# p9-8 - Prism-9 in Prism-8 emulation mode. +# p9-8-w - As p9-8, but with 132 columns. +# +# p12 - Prism-12 in ANSI mode. +# p12-w - 132 column version of p12. +# p12-m - Prism-12 in MDC emulation mode. +# p12-m-w - As p12-m, but with 132 columns. +# p14 - Prism-14 in ANSI mode. +# p14-w - 132 column version of p14. +# p14-m - Prism-14 in MDC emulation mode. +# p14-m-w - As p14-m, but with 132 columns. +# +# p2: Prism-2 +# ----------- +# +# Includes Prism-1 and basic P99 without SP or MP loaded. +# The simplest form of Prism-type terminal. +# Basic cursor movement and clearing operations only. +# No video attributes. +# Notes: +# Horizontal cursor qualifiers of NUL, XON and XOFF are mapped to the next +# value up, followed by backspace. +# +prism2|MDC Prism-2, + am, bw, msgr, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\014$<20>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F, + cup=\013%p1%' '%+%c\020%p2%{10}%/%{16}%*%p2%{10}%m%+%Pc%?%{17}%gc%=%{19}%gc%=%|%gc%!%|%t%{1}%gc%+%c%{8}%e%gc%;%c, + cuu1=^Z, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=^A, + hpa=\020%p1%{10}%/%{16}%*%p1%{10}%m%+%Pc%?%{17}%gc%=%{19}%gc%=%|%gc%!%|%t%{1}%gc%+%c%{8}%e%gc%;%c, + ind=^J, kbs=^H, khome=^A, vpa=\013%p1%' '%+%c, + +# p4: Prism-4 +# ----------- +# +# Includes early versions of P7 & P8. +# Basic family definition for most Prisms (except P2 and P9 ANSI). +# Notes: +# Horizontal cursor qualifiers of NUL, XON and XOFF are mapped to the next +# value up, followed by backspace. +# Cursor key definitions removed because they interfere with vi and csh keys. +# +prism4|p4|P4|MDC Prism-4, + am, bw, hs, mc5i, msgr, + cols#80, lines#24, wsl#72, xmc#1, + bel=^G, blink=^CB, civis=^]\344, clear=\014$<20>, + cnorm=^]\342, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F, + cup=\013%p1%' '%+%c\020%p2%{10}%/%{16}%*%p2%{10}%m%+%Pc%?%{17}%gc%=%{19}%gc%=%|%gc%!%|%t%{1}%gc%+%c%{8}%e%gc%;%c, + cuu1=^Z, dim=^CA, dsl=\035\343\035\345, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, + fsl=^]\345, home=^A^J, + hpa=\020%p1%{10}%/%{16}%*%p1%{10}%m%+%Pc%?%{17}%gc%=%{19}%gc%=%|%gc%!%|%t%{1}%gc%+%c%{8}%e%gc%;%c, + ind=^J, invis=^CH, kbs=^H, khome=^A, mc0=\EU, mc4=\ET, mc5=\ER, + rev=^CD, rmso=^C\s, rmul=^C\s, + sgr=\003%'@'%?%p1%p3%|%t%{4}%+%;%?%p2%t%{16}%+%;%?%p4%t%{2}%+%;%?%p5%t%{1}%+%;%?%p7%t%{8}%+%;%c%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=^C\s, smso=^CD, smul=^CP, tsl=^]\343, + vpa=\013%p1%' '%+%c, + +# p5: Prism-5 +# ----------- +# +# Same definition as p4. Includes Prism-6 (not tested!). +# Does not use any multi-page features. +# +prism5|p5|P5|MDC Prism-5, + use=p4, + +# p7: Prism-7 +# ----------- +# +# Similar definition to p4. Uses ANSI cursor motion to avoid network problems. +# Notes: +# Use p4 for very early models of P7. +# Rev-index removed; can't send nulls to terminal in 8-bit modes. +# +prism7|p7|P7|MDC Prism-7, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, hpa@, vpa@, use=p4, + +# p8: Prism-8 +# ----------- +# +# Similar definition to p7. Uses ANSI cursor motion to avoid network problems. +# Supports national and multinational character sets. +# Notes: +# Alternate char set operations only work in multinational mode. +# Use p4 for very early models of P8. +# Rev-index removed; can't send nulls to terminal in 8-bit modes. +# (esr: commented out / because there's no ) +# +prism8|p8|P8|MDC Prism-8, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, hpa=\E[%i%p1%d`, is2=\E[<12h, + vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd, + use=p4, + +# p8-w: Prism-8 in 132 column mode +# -------------------------------- +# +# 'Wide' version of p8. +# Notes: +# Rev-index removed; can't send nulls to terminal in 8-bit modes. +# +prism8-w|p8-w|P8-W|MDC Prism-8 in 132 column mode, + cols#132, + is2=\E[<12h\E[<14h, use=p8, + +# p9: Prism-9 in ANSI mode +# ------------------------- +# +# The "flagship" model of this generation of terminals. +# ANSI X3.64 (ISO 6429) standard sequences, plus many DEC VT220 ones. +# Notes: +# Tabs only reset by "reset". Otherwise assumes default (8 cols). +# Fixes to deal with terminal firmware bugs: +# . 'ri' uses insert-line since rev index doesn't always +# . 'sgr0' has extra '0' since esc[m fails +# . 'fsl' & 'dsl' use illegal char since cr is actioned wrong on line 25 +# Not covered in the current definition: +# . Labels +# . Programming Fn keys +# . Graphic characters (defaults correctly to vt100) +# . Padding values (sets xon) +# (esr: commented out / because there's no ) +# +prism9|p9|P9|MDC Prism-9 in ANSII mode, + am, bw, hs, mc5i, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3, wsl#72, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[<4l, + clear=^L, cnorm=\E[<4h, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%d%%v, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, dsl=\E[%}\024, ech=\E[%p1%dX, + ed=\E[J$<10>, el=\E[K, fsl=^T, home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%i%p1%d`, + ht=^I, hts=\EH, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, + is2=\E[&p\E[<12l\E F, kbs=^H, kclr=^L, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\E[11~, + kf10=\E[21~, kf11=\E[23~, kf12=\E[24~, kf13=\E[25~, + kf14=\E[26~, kf15=\E[28~, kf16=\E[29~, kf17=\E[31~, + kf18=\E[32~, kf2=\E[12~, kf3=\E[13~, kf4=\E[14~, + kf5=\E[15~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, + khome=\E[H, mc0=\E[i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, nel=^M^J, + prot=\E[32%{, rc=\E[%z, rep=\E[%p2%db%p1%c, rev=\E[7m, + ri=\E[L, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[24m, + rs2=\E[&p\E[<12l\E F\E[3g\E[9;17;25;33;41;49;57;65;73 N, + sc=\E[%y, + sgr=\E[%{0}%?%p1%p3%|%t%{4}%+%;%?%p2%t%{2}%+%;%?%p4%t%{1}%+%;%?%p6%t%{8}%+%;%?%p8%t%{32}%+%;%d%%{%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[0m, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[2g, + tsl=\E[%i%p1%d%%}, vpa=\E[%i%p1%dd, + +# p9-w: Prism-9 in 132 column mode +# -------------------------------- +# +# 'Wide' version of p9. +# +prism9-w|p9-w|P9-W|MDC Prism-9 in 132 column mode, + cols#132, + is2=\E[&p\E[<12l\E F\E[<14h, + rs2=\E[&p\E[<12l\E F\E[<14h, use=p9, + +# p9-8: Prism-9 in P8 mode +# ------------------------ +# +# P9 terminal in P8 emulation mode. +# Similar to p8 definition. +# Insertion and deletion operations possible. +# +prism9-8|p9-8|P9-8|MDC Prism-9 in P8 mode, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, use=p8, + +# p9-8-w: Prism-9 in P8 and 132 column modes +# ------------------------------------------ +# +# P9 terminal in P8 emulation mode and 132 column mode. +# +prism9-8-w|p9-8-w|P9-8-W|MDC Prism-9 in Prism 8 emulation and 132 column mode, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, use=p8-w, + +# p12: Prism-12 in ANSI mode +# --------------------------- +# +# See p9 definition. +# +prism12|p12|P12|MDC Prism-12 in ANSI mode, + use=p9, + +# p12-w: Prism-12 in 132 column mode +# ---------------------------------- +# +# 'Wide' version of p12. +# +prism12-w|p12-w|P12-W|MDC Prism-12 in 132 column mode, + use=p9-w, + +# p12-m: Prism-12 in MDC emulation mode +# ------------------------------------- +# +# P12 terminal in MDC emulation mode. +# Similar to p8 definition. +# Insertion and deletion operations possible. +# +prism12-m|p12-m|P12-M|MDC Prism-12 in MDC emulation mode, + use=p9-8, + +# p12-m-w: Prism-12 in MDC emulation and 132 column modes +# ------------------------------------------------------- +# +# P12 terminal in MDC emulation mode and 132 column mode. +# +prism12-m-w|p12-m-w|P12-M-W|MDC Prism-12 in MDC emulation and 132 column mode, + use=p9-8-w, + +# p14: Prism-14 in ANSII mode +# --------------------------- +# +# See p9 definition. +# +prism14|p14|P14|MDC Prism-14 in ANSII mode, + use=p9, + +# p14-w: Prism-14 in 132 column mode +# ---------------------------------- +# +# 'Wide' version of p14. +# +prism14-w|p14-w|P14-W|MDC Prism-14 in 132 column mode, + use=p9-w, + +# p14-m: Prism-14 in MDC emulation mode +# ------------------------------------- +# +# P14 terminal in MDC emulation mode. +# Similar to p8 definition. +# Insertion and deletion operations possible. +# +prism14-m|p14-m|P14-M|MDC Prism-14 in MDC emulation mode, + use=p9-8, + +# p14-m-w: Prism-14 in MDC emulation and 132 column modes +# ------------------------------------------------------- +# +# P14 terminal in MDC emulation mode and 132 column mode. +# +prism14-m-w|p14-m-w|P14-M-W|MDC Prism-14 in MDC emulation and 132 column mode, + use=p9-8-w, + +# End of McDonnell Information Systems Prism definitions + +# These things were popular in the Pick database community at one time +# From: George Land 24 Sep 1996 +p8gl|prism8gl|McDonnell-Douglas Prism-8 alternate definition, + am, bw, hs, mir, + cols#80, lines#24, ma#1, wsl#78, xmc#1, + bel=^G, blink=^CB, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^U, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=^Z, dch1=\s^H, dim=^CA, dl1=^P, + ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=^A, ind=^J, invis=^CH, kbs=^H, kcub1=^U, + kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^F, kcuu1=^Z, kdch1=\s^H, kdl1=^P, ked=\EJ, + kel=\EK, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf12=^AJ\r, kf13=^AK\r, + kf14=^AL\r, kf15=^AM\r, kf16=^AN\r, kf17=^AO\r, kf2=^AA\r, + kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, + kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^A, lf1=F1, lf10=F10, lf2=F2, + lf3=F3, lf4=F4, lf5=F5, lf6=F6, lf7=F7, lf8=F8, lf9=F9, nel=^J^M, + pad=\200, rev=^CD, rmso=^C\s, rmul=^C\s, sgr0=^C\s, smso=^CE, + smul=^C0, + +#### Microterm (act, mime) +# +# The mime1 entries refer to the Microterm Mime I or Mime II. +# The default mime is assumed to be in enhanced act iv mode. +# + +# New "safe" cursor movement (5/87) from . Prevents +# freakout with out-of-range args on Sytek multiplexors. No and +# since it gets confused and it's too dim anyway. No +# since Sytek insists ^S means xoff. +# (act4: found ":ic=2^S:ei=:im=:ip=.1*^V:" commented out in 8.3 -- esr) +act4|microterm|microterm act iv, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\014$<12/>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^K, cuf1=^X, + cup=\024%p1%{24}%+%c%p2%p2%?%'/'%>%t%'0'%+%;%'P'%+%c, + cuu1=^Z, dch1=\004$<.1*/>, dl1=\027$<2.3*/>, + ed=\037$<2.2*/>, el=\036$<.1*/>, home=^], + il1=\001<2.3*/>, ind=^J, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^K, kcuf1=^X, + kcuu1=^Z, +# The padding on :sr: and :ta: for act5 and mime is a guess and not final. +# The act 5 has hardware tabs, but they are in columns 8, 16, 24, 32, 41 (!)... +# (microterm5: removed obsolete ":ma==^Z^P^Xl^Kj:" -- esr) +act5|microterm5|microterm act v, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^K, kcuf1=^X, kcuu1=^Z, ri=\EH$<3>, uc=^H\EA, use=act4, +# Mimes using brightness for standout. Half bright is really dim unless +# you turn up the brightness so far that lines show up on the screen. +mime-fb|full bright mime1, + is2=^S\E, rmso=^S, smso=^Y, use=mime, +mime-hb|half bright mime1, + is2=^Y\E, rmso=^Y, smso=^S, use=mime, +# (mime: removed obsolete ":ma=^X ^K^J^Z^P:"; removed ":do=^K:" that overrode +# the more plausible ":do=^J:" -- esr) +# uc was at one time disabled to get around a curses bug, be wary of it +mime|mime1|mime2|mimei|mimeii|microterm mime1, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#9, + bel=^G, clear=^]^C, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^X, + cup=\024%p1%{24}%+%c%p2%p2%?%{32}%>%t%'0'%+%;%'P'%+%c, + cuu1=^Z, dl1=\027$<80>, ed=^_, el=^^, home=^], ht=\011$<2>, + il1=\001$<80>, ind=^J, is2=^S\E^Q, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^K, + kcuf1=^X, kcuu1=^Z, ri=\022$<3>, uc=^U, +# These termcaps (for mime2a) put the terminal in low intensity mode +# since high intensity mode is so obnoxious. +mime2a-s|microterm mime2a (emulating an enhanced soroc iq120), + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\EL, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EI, dch1=\ED, + dl1=\027$<20*>, ed=\EJ$<20*>, el=\EK, home=^^, + il1=\001$<20*>, ind=^J, ip=$<2>, is2=\E), kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, + kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, ri=\EI, rmir=^Z, rmso=\E;, rmul=\E7, + smir=\EE, smso=\E\:, smul=\E6, +# This is the preferred mode (but ^X can't be used as a kill character) +mime2a|mime2a-v|microterm mime2a (emulating an enhanced vt52), + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\EL, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=^N, + dl1=\027$<20*>, ed=\EQ$<20*>, el=\EP, home=\EH, ht=^I, + il1=\001$<20*>, ind=^J, ip=$<2>, is2=^Y, kcub1=\ED, + kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, ri=\EA, rmir=^Z, rmso=\E9, + rmul=\E5, smir=^O, smso=\E8, smul=\E4, +# (mime3a: removed obsolete ":ma=^X ^K^J^Z^P:" -- esr) +mime3a|mime1 emulating 3a, + am@, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^K, kcuf1=^X, kcuu1=^Z, use=adm3a, +mime3ax|mime-3ax|mime1 emulating enhanced 3a, + it#8, + dl1=\027$<80>, ed=^_, el=^X, ht=\011$<3>, il1=\001$<80>, use=mime3a, +# Wed Mar 9 18:53:21 1983 +# We run our terminals at 2400 baud, so there might be some timing problems at +# higher speeds. The major improvements in this model are the terminal now +# scrolls down and insert mode works without redrawing the rest of the line +# to the right of the cursor. This is done with a bit of a kludge using the +# exit graphics mode to get out of insert, but it does not appear to hurt +# anything when using vi at least. If you have some users using act4s with +# programs that use curses and graphics mode this could be a problem. +mime314|mm314|mime 314, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=^L, cub1=^H, cuf1=^X, cup=\024%p1%c%p2%c, cuu1=^Z, + dch1=^D, dl1=^W, ed=^_, el=^^, home=^], ht=^I, il1=^A, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^K, kcuf1=^X, kcuu1=^Z, rmir=^V, smir=^S, +# Microterm mime 340 from University of Wisconsin +mm340|mime340|mime 340, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=\032$<12/>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, + dch1=\E#$<2.1*/>, dl1=\EV$<49.6/>, ed=\037$<2*/>, + el=\EL$<2.1/>, ht=^I, il1=\EU$<46/>, ind=^J, is2=\E\,, + kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuu1=^K, nel=^M^J, +# This came from University of Wisconsin marked "astro termcap for jooss". +# (mt4520-rv: removed obsolete ":kn#4:" and incorrect ":ri=\E[C:"; +# also added / based on the init string -- esr) +mt4520-rv|micro-term 4520 reverse video, + am, hs, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, wsl#80, + bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[0V\E8, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=\E[D, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\E7\E[0U, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, flash=\E[?5l$<200/>\E[?5h, + fsl=\E[?5l\E[?5h, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, + ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, + is2=\E(B\E[2l\E>\E[20l\E[?3l\E[?5h\E[?7h\E[1;24r\E[24;1H\E[H\E[J, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, + kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H, + ll=\E[24;1H, nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, + ri=\EM, rmam=\E[?7l, rmso=\E[0m, rmul=\E[24m, + rs1=\E(B\E[2l\E>\E[20l\E[?3l\E[?5h\E[?7h\E[H\E[J, + sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + tbc=\E[g, tsl=\E[25;1H, + +# Fri Aug 5 08:11:57 1983 +# This entry works for the ergo 4000 with the following setups: +# ansi,wraparound,newline disabled, xon/xoff disabled in both +# setup a & c. +# +# WARNING!!! There are multiple versions of ERGO 4000 microcode +# Be advised that very early versions DO NOT WORK RIGHT !! +# Microterm does have a ROM exchange program- use it or lose big +# (ergo400: added / based on the init string -- esr) +ergo4000|microterm ergo 4000, + da, db, msgr, + cols#80, lines#66, + bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[2J$<80>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, + cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, + dch1=\E[1P$<80>, dl1=\E[1M$<5*>, ed=\E[0J$<15>, + el=\E[0K$<13>, ht=^I, il=\E[1L$<5*>, ind=\ED$<20*>, + is2=\E<\E=\E[?1l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h$<300>, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, + kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, lf1=pf1, lf2=pf2, lf3=pf3, + lf4=pf4, ri=\EM$<20*>, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, + rmkx=\E=$<4>, rmso=\E[m$<20>, sgr0=\E[m$<20>, + smam=\E[?7m, smir=\E[4h$<6>, smkx=\E=$<4>, + smso=\E[7m$<20>, + +#### NCR +# +# NCR's terminal group was merged with AT&T's when AT&T bought the company. +# For what happened to that group, see the ADDS section. +# +# There is an NCR4103 terminal that's just a re-badged Wyse-50. +# + +# NCR7900 DIP switches: +# +# Switch A: +# 1-4 - Baud Rate +# 5 - Parity (Odd/Even) +# 6 - Don't Send or Do Send Spaces +# 7 - Parity Enable +# 8 - Stop Bits (One/Two) +# +# Switch B: +# 1 - Upper/Lower Shift +# 2 - Typewriter Shift +# 3 - Half Duplex / Full Duplex +# 4 - Light/Dark Background +# 5-6 - Carriage Return Without / With Line Feed +# 7 - Extended Mode +# 8 - Suppress Keyboard Display +# +# Switch C: +# 1 - End of line entry disabled/enabled +# 2 - Conversational mode / (Local?) Mode +# 3 - Control characters displayed / not displayed +# 4 - (2-wire?) / 4-wire communications +# 5 - RTS on and off for each character +# 6 - (50Hz?) / 60 Hz +# 7 - Exit after level zero diagnostics +# 8 - RS-232 interface +# +# Switch D: +# 1 - Reverse Channel (yes / no) +# 2 - Manual answer (no / yes) +# 3-4 - Cursor appearance +# 5 - Communication Rate +# 6 - Enable / Disable EXT turnoff +# 7 - Enable / Disable CR turnoff +# 8 - Enable / Disable backspace +# +# From , init string hacked by SCO. +ncr7900i|ncr7900|ncr 7900 model 1, + am, bw, ul, + cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1, + bel=^G, blink=\E0B, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F, + cup=\E1%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=^Z, dim=\E0A, ed=\Ek, el=\EK, ind=^J, + is2=\E0@\010\E3\E4\E7, kcub1=^U, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^F, + kcuu1=^Z, khome=^A, ll=^A, mc4=^T, mc5=^R, rev=\E0P, rmso=\E0@, + rmul=\E0@, + sgr=\E0%p5%'@'%+%p4%{2}%*%+%p3%{16}%*%+%p2%{32}%*%+%p1%{17}%*%+%c, + sgr0=\E0@, smso=\E0Q, smul=\E0`, +ncr7900iv|ncr 7900 model 4, + am, bw, eslok, hs, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cup=\013%p1%'@'%+%c\E\005%p2%02d, dl1=\E^O, dsl=\Ey1, + fsl=\Ek\Ey5, home=\013@\E^E00, il1=\E^N, ind=^J, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kf1=\ES, kf2=\ET, + kf3=\EU, kf4=\EV, kf5=\EW, kf6=\EP, kf7=\EQ, kf8=\ER, + khome=\EH, lf6=blue, lf7=red, lf8=white, nel=^M^J, + tsl=\Ej\Ex5\Ex1\EY8%p1%{32}%+%c\Eo, +ncr7901|ncr 7901 model, + am, bw, ul, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, blink=\E0B, civis=^W, clear=^L, cnorm=^X, cr=^M, + cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z, dim=\E0A, + ed=\Ek, el=\EK, + hpa=\020%p1%{10}%/%{16}%*%p1%{10}%m%+%c, ind=^J, + is2=\E4^O, kclr=^L, kcub1=^U, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^F, kcuu1=^Z, + khome=^H, ll=^A, mc4=^T, mc5=^R, rev=\E0P, rmso=^O, rmul=^O, + sgr=\E0%p5%'@'%+%p4%{2}%*%+%p3%{16}%*%+%p2%{32}%*%+%p1%{17}%*%+%c\016, + sgr0=^O, smso=\E0Q\016, smul=\E0`\016, + vpa=\013%p1%'@'%+%c, + +#### Perkin-Elmer (Owl) +# +# These are official terminfo entries from within Perkin-Elmer. +# + +bantam|pe550|pe6100|perkin elmer 550, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\EK$<20>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EX%p1%{32}%+%c\EY%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, + el=\EI$<20>, home=\EH, ind=^J, ll=\EH\EA, +fox|pe1100|perkin elmer 1100, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ$<132>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=\EC, cup=\EX%p1%{32}%+%c\EY%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, + ed=\EJ$<5.5*>, el=\EI, flash=\020\002$<200/>\020\003, + home=\EH, hts=\E1, ind=^J, ll=\EH\EA, tbc=\E3, +owl|pe1200|perkin elmer 1200, + am, in, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ$<132>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=\EC, cup=\EX%p1%{32}%+%c\EY%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, + dch1=\EO$<5.5*>, dl1=\EM$<5.5*>, ed=\EJ$<5.5*>, + el=\EI$<5.5>, flash=\020\002$<200/>\020\003, home=\EH, + hts=\E1, ich1=\EN, il1=\EL$<5.5*>, ind=^J, ip=$<5.5*>, + kbs=^H, kf0=\ERJ, kf1=\ERA, kf2=\ERB, kf3=\ERC, kf4=\ERD, + kf5=\ERE, kf6=\ERF, kf7=\ERG, kf8=\ERH, kf9=\ERI, ll=\EH\EA, + rmso=\E!\200, sgr0=\E!\200, smso=\E!^H, tbc=\E3, +pe1251|pe6300|pe6312|perkin elmer 1251, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, pb#300, vt#8, xmc#1, + bel=^G, clear=\EK$<332>, cr=^M, cub1=\ED, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EX%p1%{32}%+%c\EY%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, + ed=\EJ$<20*>, el=\EI$<10*>, home=\EH, hts=\E1, ind=^J, + kf0=\ERA, kf1=\ERB, kf10=\ERK, kf2=\ERC, kf3=\ERD, kf4=\ERE, + kf5=\ERF, kf6=\ERG, kf7=\ERH, kf8=\ERI, kf9=\ERJ, tbc=\E3, +# (pe7000m: this had +# rmul=\E!\0, smul=\E!\040, +# which is probably wrong, it collides with kf0 +pe7000m|perkin elmer 7000 series monochrome monitor, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, cbt=\E!Y, clear=\EK, cr=^M, cub1=\ED, cud1=\EB, + cuf1=\EC, cup=\ES%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, + ed=\EJ, el=\EI, home=\EH, ind=^J, + is1=\E!\200\EW 7o\Egf\ES7\s, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E!V, + kcud1=\E!U, kcuf1=\E!W, kcuu1=\E!T, kf0=\E!\200, kf1=\E!^A, + kf10=\E!^J, kf2=\E!^B, kf3=\E!^C, kf4=\E!^D, kf5=\E!^E, + kf6=\E!^F, kf7=\E!^G, kf8=\E!^H, kf9=\E!^I, khome=\E!S, + ll=\ES7\s, ri=\ER, +pe7000c|perkin elmer 7000 series colour monitor, + is1=\E!\200\EW 7o\Egf\Eb0\Ec7\ES7\s, rmso=\Eb0, + rmul=\E!\200, smso=\Eb2, smul=\E!\s, + use=pe7000m, + +#### Sperry Univac +# +# Sperry Univac has merged with Burroughs to form Unisys. +# + +# This entry is for the Sperry UTS30 terminal running the TTY +# utility under control of CP/M Plus 1R1. The functionality +# provided is comparable to the DEC vt100. +# (uts30: I added / based on the init string -- esr) +uts30|sperry uts30 with cp/m@1R1, + am, bw, hs, + cols#80, lines#24, wsl#40, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\ER, clear=^L, + cnorm=\ES, cr=^M, csr=\EU%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\EB, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\EC, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\EM, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\EL, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, fsl=^M, home=\E[H, + ht=^I, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\EO, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\EN, + ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dB, is2=\E[U 7\E[24;1H, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, khome=\E[H, + rc=\EX, rev=\E[7m, rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, ri=\EI, + rin=\E[%p1%dA, rmacs=\Ed, rmam=\E[?7l, rmso=\E[m, + rmul=\E[m, rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, + sc=\EW, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\EF, smam=\E[?7m, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, tsl=\E], uc=\EPB, + +#### Tandem +# +# Tandem builds these things for use with its line of fault-tolerant +# transaction-processing computers. They aren't generally available +# on the merchant market, and so are fairly uncommon. +# + +tandem6510|adm3a repackaged by Tandem, + use=adm3a, + +# A funny series of terminal that TANDEM uses. The actual model numbers +# have a fourth digit after 653 that designates minor variants. These are +# natively block-mode and rather ugly, but they have a character mode which +# this doubtless(?) exploits. There is a 6520 that is slightly dumber. +# (tandem653: had ":sb=\ES:", probably someone's mistake for sf; also, +# removed , no such file -- esr) +tandem653|t653x|Tandem 653x multipage terminal, + am, da, db, hs, + cols#80, lines#24, wsl#64, xmc#1, + clear=\EI, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\023%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dsl=\Eo\r, + ed=\EJ, el=\EK, fsl=^M, home=\EH, ind=\ES, ri=\ET, rmso=\E6\s, + rmul=\E6\s, sgr0=\E6\s, smso=\E6$, smul=\E60, tsl=\Eo, + +#### Tandy/Radio Shack +# +# Tandy has a line of VDTs distinct from its microcomputers. +# + +dmterm|deskmate terminal, + am, bw, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, civis=\EG5, clear=\Ej, cnorm=\EG6, cr=^M, cub1=^H, + cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, + cuu1=\EA, dch1=\ES, dl1=\ER, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, + ich1=\EQ, il1=\EP, ind=\EX, invis@, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, + kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\E1, kf1=\E2, kf2=\E3, kf3=\E4, + kf4=\E5, kf5=\E6, kf6=\E7, kf7=\E8, kf8=\E9, kf9=\E0, + khome=\EH, lf0=f1, lf1=f2, lf2=f3, lf3=f4, lf4=f5, lf5=f6, + lf6=f7, lf7=f8, lf8=f9, lf9=f10, ll=\EE, rmul@, smul@, + use=adm+sgr, +dt100|dt-100|Tandy DT-100 terminal, + xon, + cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1, + acsc=kkllmmjjnnwwvvttuuqqxx, bel=^G, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[H\E[2J, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%p1%2d;%p2%2dr, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\010\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich1=\E[@, + il1=\E[L, ind=^J, is2=\E[?3l\E)0\E(B, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\E[?3i, + kf10=\E[?5i, kf2=\E[2i, kf3=\E[@, kf4=\E[M, kf5=\E[17~, + kf6=\E[18~, kf7=\E[19~, kf8=\E[20~, kf9=\E[21~, khome=\E[H, + knp=\E[29~, kpp=\E[28~, lf1=f1, lf2=f2, lf3=f3, lf4=f4, lf5=f5, + lf6=f6, lf7=f7, lf8=f8, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +dt100w|dt-100w|Tandy DT-100 terminal (wide mode), + cols#132, use=dt100, +dt110|Tandy DT-110 emulating ansi, + xon, + cols#80, lines#24, + acsc=kkllmmjjnnwwvvuuttqqxx, bel=^G, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[H\E[2J, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[0B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\010\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[0A, dch1=\E[0P, + dl1=\E[0M, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K, enacs=\E(B\E)0, home=\E[H, + ht=^I, ich1=\E[0@, il1=\E[0L, ind=^J, is2=\E[?3l\E)0\E(B, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kend=\E[K, + kf1=\E[1~, kf10=\E[10~, kf2=\E[2~, kf3=\E[3~, kf4=\E[4~, + kf5=\E[5~, kf6=\E[6~, kf7=\E[7~, kf8=\E[8~, kf9=\E[9~, + khome=\E[G, kich1=\E[@, knp=\E[26~, kpp=\E[25~, lf0=f1, + lf1=f2, lf2=f3, lf3=f4, lf4=f5, lf5=f6, lf6=f7, lf7=f8, lf8=f9, + lf9=f10, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, + smacs=^N, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +pt210|TRS-80 PT-210 printing terminal, + hc, os, + cols#80, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cud1=^J, ind=^J, + +#### Tektronix (tek) +# +# Tektronix tubes are graphics terminals. Most of them use modified +# oscilloscope technology incorporating a long-persistence green phosphor, +# and support vector graphics on a main screen with an attached "dialogue +# area" for interactive text. +# + +tek|tek4012|tektronix 4012, + os, + cols#75, lines#35, + bel=^G, clear=\E\014$<1000>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + ff=\014$<1000>, is2=\E^O, +# (tek4013: added to suppress tic warnings re / --esr) +tek4013|tektronix 4013, + acsc=, rmacs=\E^O, smacs=\E^N, use=tek4012, +tek4014|tektronix 4014, + cols#81, lines#38, + is2=\E\017\E9, use=tek4012, +# (tek4015: added to suppress tic warnings re / --esr) +tek4015|tektronix 4015, + acsc=, rmacs=\E^O, smacs=\E^N, use=tek4014, +tek4014-sm|tektronix 4014 in small font, + cols#121, lines#58, + is2=\E\017\E\:, use=tek4014, +# (tek4015-sm: added to suppress tic warnings re / --esr) +tek4015-sm|tektronix 4015 in small font, + acsc=, rmacs=\E^O, smacs=\E^N, use=tek4014-sm, +# Tektronix 4023 from Andrew Klossner +# +# You need to have "stty nl2" in effect. Some versions of tset(1) know +# how to set it for you. +# +# It's got the Magic Cookie problem around stand-out mode. If you can't +# live with Magic Cookie, remove the :so: and :se: fields and do without +# reverse video. If you like reverse video stand-out mode but don't want +# it to flash, change the letter 'H' to 'P' in the :so: field. +tek4023|tektronix 4023, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, vt#4, xmc#1, + bel=^G, clear=\E\014$<4/>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^I, + cup=\034%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, kbs=^H, rmso=^_@, + smso=^_P, +# It is recommended that you run the 4025 at 4800 baud or less; +# various bugs in the terminal appear at 9600. It wedges at the +# bottom of memory (try "cat /usr/dict/words"); ^S and ^Q typed +# on keyboard don't work. You have to hit BREAK twice to get +# one break at any speed - this is a documented feature. +# Can't use cursor motion because it's memory relative, and +# because it only works in the workspace, not the monitor. +# Same for home. Likewise, standout only works in the workspace. +# +# was commented out since vi and rogue seem to work better +# simulating it with lots of spaces! +# +# and had 145ms of padding, but that slowed down vi's ^U +# and didn't seem necessary. +# +tek4024|tek4025|tek4027|tektronix 4024/4025/4027, + am, da, db, + cols#80, it#8, lines#34, lm#0, + bel=^G, clear=\037era\r\n\n, cmdch=^_, cr=^M, + cub=\037lef %p1%d\r, cub1=^H, cud=\037dow %p1%d\r, + cud1=^F^J, cuf=\037rig %p1%d\r, cuf1=\037rig\r, + cuu=\037up %p1%d\r, cuu1=^K, dch1=\037dch\r, + dl=\037dli %p1%d\r\006, dl1=\037dli\r\006, + ed=\037dli 50\r, ht=^I, ich1=\037ich\r \010, + il=\037up\r\037ili %p1%d\r, il1=\037up\r\037ili\r, + ind=^F^J, + is2=!com 31\r\n\037sto 9 17 25 33 41 49 57 65 73\r, + rmkx=\037lea p2\r\037lea p4\r\037lea p6\r\037lea p8\r\037lea f5\r, + smkx=\037lea p4 /h/\r\037lea p8 /k/\r\037lea p6 / /\r\037lea p2 /j/\r\037lea f5 /H/\r, +tek4025-17|tek 4025 17 line window, + lines#17, use=tek4025, +tek4025-17-ws|tek 4025 17 line window in workspace, + is2=!com 31\r\n\037sto 9 17 25 33 41 49 57 65 73\r\037wor 17\r\037mon 17\r, + rmcup=\037mon h\r, rmso=\037att s\r, smcup=\037wor h\r, + smso=\037att e\r, + use=tek4025-17, +tek4025-ex|tek4027-ex|tek 4025/4027 w/!, + is2=\037com 33\r\n!sto 9 17 25 33 41 49 57 65 73\r, + rmcup=\037com 33\r, smcup=!com 31\r, + use=tek4025, +# Tektronix 4025a +# From: Doug Gwyn +# The following status modes are assumed for normal operation (replace the +# initial "!" by whatever the current command character is): +# !COM 29 # NOTE: changes command character to GS (^]) +# ^]DUP +# ^]ECH R +# ^]EOL +# ^]RSS T +# ^]SNO N +# ^]STO 9 17 25 33 41 49 57 65 73 +# Other modes may be set according to communication requirements. +# If the command character is inadvertently changed, termcap can't restore it. +# Insert-character cannot be made to work on both top and bottom rows. +# Clear-to-end-of-display emulation via !DLI 988 is too grotty to use, alas. +# There also seems to be a problem with vertical motion, perhaps involving +# delete/insert-line, following a typed carriage return. This terminal sucks. +# Delays not specified; use "stty ixon -ixany" to enable DC3/DC1 flow control! +# (tek4025a: removed obsolete ":xx:". This may mean the tek4025a entry won't +# work any more. -- esr) +tek4025a|Tektronix 4025A, + am, bw, da, db, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#34, + bel=^G, cbt=\035bac;, clear=\035era;\n\035rup;, cmdch=^], + cr=^M, cub=\035lef %p1%d;, cub1=^H, cud=\035dow %p1%d;, + cud1=^J, cuf=\035rig %p1%d;, cuf1=\035rig;, + cuu=\035up %p1%d;, cuu1=^K, dch=\035dch %p1%d;, + dch1=\035dch;, dl=\035dli %p1%d;, dl1=\035dli;, + el=\035dch 80;, hpa=\r\035rig %p1%d;, ht=^I, + il1=\013\035ili;, ind=^J, indn=\035dow %p1%d;, + tbc=\035sto;, +# From: cbosg!teklabs!davem Wed Sep 16 21:11:41 1981 +# Here's the command file that I use to get rogue to work on the 4025. +# It should work with any program using the old curses (e.g. it better +# not try to scroll, or cursor addressing won't work. Also, you can't +# see the cursor.) +# (This "learns" the arrow keys for rogue. I have adapted it for termcap - mrh) +tek4025-cr|tek 4025 for curses and rogue, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#33, + clear=\037era;, cub1=^H, cud1=^F^J, cuf1=\037rig;, + cup=\037jum%i%p1%d\,%p2%d;, cuu1=^K, ht=^I, ind=^F^J, + is2=!com 31\r\n\037sto 9 17 25 33 41 49 57 65 73\r, + rmcup=\037wor 0, smcup=\037wor 33h, +# next two lines commented out since curses only allows 128 chars, sigh. +# :ti=\037lea p1/b/\037lea p2/j/\037lea p3/n/\037lea p4/h/\037lea p5/ /\037lea p6/l/\037lea p7/y/\037lea p8/k/\037lea p9/u/\037lea p./f/\037lea pt/`era w/13\037lea p0/s/\037wor 33h:\ +# :te=\037lea p1\037lea p2\037lea p3\037lea p4\037lea pt\037lea p5\037lea p6\037lea p7\037lea p8\037lea p9/la/13\037lea p.\037lea p0\037wor 0: +tek4025ex|4025ex|4027ex|tek 4025 w/!, + is2=\037com 33\r\n!sto 9\,17\,25\,33\,41\,49\,57\,65\,73\r, + rmcup=\037com 33\r, smcup=!com 31\r, + use=tek4025, +tek4105|tektronix 4105, + am, mir, msgr, ul, xenl, xt, + cols#79, it#8, lines#29, + acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E[=3;<7m, bold=\E[=7;<4m, cbt=\E[Z, + clear=\E[2J\E[H, cr=^M, cud1=\E[1B, cuf1=\E[1C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\E[1A, dch1=\E[1P, + dim=\E[=1;<6m, dl1=\E[1M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + il1=\E[1L, ind=\E[S, invis=\E[=6;<5, is1=\E%!1\E[m, + is2=\E%!1\E[?6141\E[m, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[1D, kcud1=\E[1B, + kcuf1=\E[1C, kcuu1=\E[1A, rev=\E[=1;<3m, ri=\E[T, + rmacs=\E[m, rmcup=, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[=0;<1m, + rmul=\E[=0;<1m, sgr0=\E[=0;<1m, smacs=\E[1m, + smcup=\E%!1\E[?6l\E[2J, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[=2;<3m, + smul=\E[=5;<2m, tbc=\E[1g, + +# (tek4105-30: I added / based on the init string -- esr) +tek4105-30|4015 emulating 30 line vt100, + am, mir, msgr, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#30, vt#3, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2>, bold=\E[1m$<2>, + clear=\E[H\E[J$<50>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C$<2>, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5>, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, + cuu1=\E[A$<2>, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>, el1=\E[1K$<3>, + enacs=\E(B\E)0, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ind=^J, ka1=\EOq, + ka3=\EOs, kb2=\EOr, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOp, kc3=\EOn, kcub1=\EOD, + kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kent=\EOM, kf0=\EOy, + kf1=\EOP, kf10=\EOx, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOt, + kf6=\EOu, kf7=\EOv, kf8=\EOl, kf9=\EOw, rc=\E8, + rev=\E[7m$<2>, ri=\EM$<5>, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, + rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m$<2>, rmul=\E[m$<2>, + rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7, + sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;, + sgr0=\E[m\017$<2>, smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, + smso=\E[1;7m$<2>, smul=\E[4m$<2>, tbc=\E[3g, + +# Tektronix 4105 from BRL +# The following setup modes are assumed for normal operation: +# CODE ansi CRLF no DABUFFER 141 +# DAENABLE yes DALINES 30 DAMODE replace +# DAVISIBILITY yes ECHO no EDITMARGINS 1 30 +# FLAGGING input INSERTREPLACE replace LFCR no +# ORIGINMODE relative PROMPTMODE no SELECTCHARSET G0 B +# SELECTCHARSET G1 0 TABS -2 +# Other setup modes may be set for operator convenience or communication +# requirements; I recommend +# ACURSOR 1 0 AUTOREPEAT yes AUTOWRAP yes +# BYPASSCANCEL CURSORKEYMODE no DAINDEX 1 0 0 +# EOFSTRING '' EOLSTRING EOMCHARS +# GAMODE overstrike GCURSOR 0 100 0 GSPEED 10 1 +# IGNOREDEL no KEYEXCHAR
NVDEFINE -53 "" +# PROMPTSTRING '' QUEUESIZE 2460 WINDOW 0 0 4095 3132 +# XMTDELAY 0 +# and factory color maps. After setting these modes, save them with NVSAVE. No +# delays are specified; use "stty ixon -ixany" to enable DC3/DC1 flow control! +# "IC" cannot be used in combination with "im" & "ei". +# "tek4105a" is just a guess: +tek4105a|Tektronix 4105, + msgr, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#30, vt#3, + acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, + civis=\E%!0\ETD00\E%!1, clear=\E[H\E[J, + cnorm=\E%!0\ETD10\E%!1, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EM, cvvis=\E%!0\ETD70\E%!1, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, + ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, + il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dS, is2=\E%!1, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, + kf0=\EOA, kf1=\EOB, kf2=\EOC, kf3=\EOD, kf4=\EOP, kf5=\EOQ, + kf6=\EOR, kf7=\EOS, lf0=F1, lf1=F2, lf2=F3, lf3=F4, lf4=F5, + lf5=F6, lf6=F8, ll=\E[30;H, nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, + rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmacs=^O, rmcup=\E%!0\ELBH=\E%!1, + rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7, + sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smcup=\E[?6l, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + +# +# Tektronix 4106/4107/4109 from BRL +# The following setup modes are assumed for normal operation: +# CODE ansi COLUMNMODE 80 CRLF no +# DABUFFER 141 DAENABLE yes DALINES 32 +# DAMODE replace DAVISIBILITY yes ECHO no +# EDITMARGINS 1 32 FLAGGING input INSERTREPLACE replace +# LFCR no LOCKKEYBOARD no ORIGINMODE relative +# PROMPTMODE no SELECTCHARSET G0 B SELECTCHARSET G1 0 +# TABS -2 +# Other setup modes may be set for operator convenience or communication +# requirements; I recommend +# ACURSOR 1 0 AUTOREPEAT yes AUTOWRAP yes +# BYPASSCANCEL CURSORKEYMODE no DAINDEX 1 0 0 +# EOFSTRING '' EOLSTRING EOMCHARS +# GAMODE overstrike GCURSOR 0 100 0 GSPEED 9 3 +# IGNOREDEL no KEYEXCHAR
NVDEFINE -53 "" +# PROMPTSTRING '' QUEUESIZE 2620 WINDOW 0 0 4095 3132 +# XMTDELAY 0 +# and factory color maps. After setting these modes, save them with NVSAVE. No +# delays are specified; use "stty ixon -ixany" to enable DC3/DC1 flow control! +# "IC" cannot be used in combination with "im" & "ei". +tek4106brl|tek4107brl|tek4109brl|Tektronix 4106, 4107, or 4109, + msgr, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#32, vt#3, + acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, + civis=\E%!0\ETD00\E%!1, clear=\E[H\E[J, + cnorm=\E%!0\ETD10\E%!1, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EM, cvvis=\E%!0\ETD70\E%!1, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, + ech=\E[%p1%dX, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, + il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, indn=\E[%p1%dS, is2=\E%!1, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, + kf0=\EOA, kf1=\EOB, kf2=\EOC, kf3=\EOD, kf4=\EOP, kf5=\EOQ, + kf6=\EOR, kf7=\EOS, lf0=F1, lf1=F2, lf2=F3, lf3=F4, lf4=F5, + lf5=F6, lf6=F8, ll=\E[32;H, nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, + rin=\E[%p1%dT, rmacs=^O, rmcup=\E%!0\ELBH=\E%!1, + rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + rs1=\030\E%!0\EKC\E\014\EKR0\EKF0\ENM0\ELBH=\ETF8000010F40\ELI100\ELLB0\ELM0\EKE0\ENF1\EKS0\END0\ERE0\E%!1\Ec\E[?3;5l\E[?7;8h\E[r\E[m\E>, + sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smcup=\E[?6l, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7;42m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, + +tek4107|tek4109|tektronix terminals 4107 4109, + am, mir, msgr, ul, xenl, xt, + cols#79, it#8, lines#29, + bel=^G, blink=\E%!1\E[5m$<2>\E%!0, + bold=\E%!1\E[1m$<2>\E%!0, clear=\ELZ, cnorm=\E%!0, cr=^M, + cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, cvvis=\E%!3, + dim=\E%!1\E[<0m$<2>\E%!0, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, ht=^I, ind=^J, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, + rev=\E%!1\E[7m$<2>\E%0, ri=\EI, + rmso=\E%!1\E[m$<2>\E%!0, rmul=\E%!1\E[m$<2>\E%!0, + sgr=\E%%!1\E[%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;m\E%%!0, + sgr0=\E%!1\E[m$<2>\E%!0, smso=\E%!1\E[7;5m$<2>\E%!0, + smul=\E%!1\E[4m$<2>\E%!0, +# Tektronix 4207 with sysline. In the ancestral termcap file this was 4107-s; +# see the note attached to tek4207. +tek4207-s|Tektronix 4207 with sysline but no memory, + eslok, hs, + dsl=\E7\E[?6l\E[2K\E[?6h\E8, fsl=\E[?6h\E8, + is1=\E%!1\E[2;32r\E[132D\E[2g\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[J, + is2=\E7\E[?6l\E[2K\E[?6h\E8, + tsl=\E7\E[?6l\E[2K\E[;%i%df, use=tek4107, + +# The 4110 series may be a wonderful graphics series, but they make the 4025 +# look good for screen editing. In the dialog area, you can't move the cursor +# off the bottom line. Out of the dialog area, ^K moves it up, but there +# is no way to scroll. +# +# Note that there is a floppy for free from Tek that makes the +# 4112 emulate the vt52 (use the vt52 termcap). There is also +# an expected enhancement that will use ANSI standard sequences. +# +# 4112 in non-dialog area pretending to scroll. It really wraps +# but vi is said to work (more or less) in this mode. +# +# 'vi' works reasonably well with this entry. +# +otek4112|o4112-nd|otek4113|otek4114|old tektronix 4110 series, + am, + cols#80, lines#34, + bel=^G, clear=\E^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuu1=^K, ind=^J, + rmcup=\EKA1\ELV1, smcup=\EKA0\ELV0\EMG0, +# The 4112 with the ANSI compatibility enhancement +tek4112|tek4114|tektronix 4110 series, + am, db, + cols#80, lines#34, + cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[2J\E[0;0H, cub1=^H, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\EM, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, + ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K, ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L, + ind=\E7\E[0;0H\E[M\E8, is2=\E3!1, ri=\E7\E[0;0H\E[L\E8, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +tek4112-nd|4112 not in dialog area, + cuu1=^K, use=tek4112, +tek4112-5|4112 in 5 line dialog area, + lines#5, use=tek4112, +# (tek4113: this used to have "", someone's mistake; +# removed ", ", which had been commented out in 8.3. +# Note, the !0 and !1 sequences in /// were +# previously \0410 and \0411 sequences...I don't *think* they were supposed +# to be 4-digit octal -- esr) +tek4113|tektronix 4113 color graphics with 5 line dialog area, + am, da, eo, + cols#80, lines#5, + clear=\ELZ, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\ELM1 \ELM0, + flash=\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERB0, + is2=\EKA1\ELL5\ELV0\ELV1, uc=\010\ELM1_\ELM0, +tek4113-34|tektronix 4113 color graphics with 34 line dialog area, + lines#34, + is2=\EKA1\ELLB2\ELV0\ELV1, use=tek4113, +# :ns: left off to allow vi visual mode. APL font (:as=\E^N:/:ae=\E^O:) not +# supported here. :uc: is slow, but looks nice. Suggest setenv MORE -up . +# :vb: needs enough delay to let you see the background color being toggled. +tek4113-nd|tektronix 4113 color graphics with no dialog area, + am, eo, + cols#80, it#8, lines#34, + clear=\E^L, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^I, cuu1=^K, + cvvis=\ELZ\EKA0, + flash=\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERBA4\ERB0, + home=\ELF7l\177 @, ht=^I, is2=\ELZ\EKA0\ELF7l\177 @, + ll=\ELF hl @, rmso=\EMT1, smso=\EMT2, uc=\010\EMG1_\EMG0, +# This entry is from Tek. Inc. (Brian Biehl) +# (tek4115: :bc: renamed to :le:, / added based on init string -- esr) +otek4115|Tektronix 4115, + am, da, db, eo, + cols#80, it#8, lines#34, + cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[2J, + cnorm=\E%!0\ELBG8\E%!1\E[34;1H, cub1=\E[D, cud1=\E[B, + cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\E%!0\ELBB2\E%!1, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, if=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, + il1=\E[L, + is2=\E%!0\E%\014\ELV0\EKA1\ELBB2\ENU@=\ELLB2\ELM0\ELV1\EKYA?\E%!1\E[<1l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[34;1H\E[34B\E[m, + kbs=^H, ri=\EM, rmam=\E[?7l, + rmcup=\E%!0\ELBG8\E%!1\E[34;1H\E[J, rmir=\E[4l, + rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, + smcup=\E%!0\ELBB2\E%!1, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, +tek4115|newer tektronix 4115 entry with more ANSI capabilities, + am, xon, + cols#80, lines#34, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[J, + cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, + ht=^I, hts=\EH, ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, + il1=\E[L, ind=^J, invis=\E[8m, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H, + rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%{1}%-%db, rev=\E[7m, rmam=\E[?7l, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + sgr=\E[%?%p1%t7;%;%?%p2%t4;%;%?%p3%t7;%;%?%p4%t5;%;%?%p6%t1;%;m, + sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[2g, + vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd, +# The tek4125 emulates a vt100 incorrectly - the scrolling region +# command is ignored. The following entry replaces with the needed +# , , and ; removes some cursor pad commands that the tek4125 +# chokes on; and adds a lot of initialization for the tek dialog area. +# Note that this entry uses all 34 lines and sets the cursor color to green. +# Steve Jacobson 8/85 +# (tek4125: there were two "\!"s in the is that I replaced with "\E!"; +# commented out, =\E1 because there's no -- esr) +tek4125|tektronix 4125, + lines#34, + csr@, dl1=\E[1M, il1=\E[1L, + is2=\E%\E!0\EQD1\EUX03\EKA\ELBB2\ELCE0\ELI100\ELJ2\ELLB2\ELM0\ELS1\ELX00\ELV1\E%\E!1\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, + rc@, sc@, smkx=\E=, + use=vt100, + +# From: +# (tek4207: This was the termcap file's entry for the 4107/4207, but SCO +# supplied another, less capable 4107 entry. So we'll use that for 4107 and +# note that if jcoker wasn't confused you may be able to use this one. +# I merged in ,,,, from a BRL entry -- esr) +tek4207|Tektronix 4207 graphics terminal with memory, + am, bw, mir, msgr, ul, xenl, + cols#80, it#8, lines#32, + blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[H\E[J$<156/>, + cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu1=\EM, dch1=\E[P$<4/>, dl1=\E[M$<3/>, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K$<5/>, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich1=\E[@$<4/>, + il1=\E[L$<3/>, ind=\E[S, invis=\E[=6;<5, + is2=\E%!0\ELBP0\E%!1\E[H\E[2g\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[8C\EH\E[J, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\ED, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\EM, khome=\E[H, + rev=\E[7m, ri=\E[T, + rmcup=\E[?6h\E%!0\ELBP0\E%!1\E[32;1f, rmso=\E[m, + rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smcup=\E[?6l\E[H\E[J, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[1g, + +# From: Thu Oct 31 12:54:27 1985 +# (tek4404: There was a "\!" in that I replaced with "\E!". +# Tab had been given as \E2I,that must be the tab-set capability -- esr) +tek4404|tektronix 4404, + cols#80, it#8, lines#32, + blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[2J, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[1M, + ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\E[2I, il1=\E[1L, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, rc=\E8, + rmcup=\E[1;1H\E[0J\E[?6h\E[?1l, rmir=\E[4l, + rmkx=\E[?1h, rmso=\E[27m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, + smcup=\E%\E!1\E[1;32r\E[?6l\E>, smir=\E[4h, + smkx=\E[?1l, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +# Some unknown person wrote: +# I added the is string - straight Unix has ESC ; in the login +# string which sets a ct8500 into monitor mode (aka 4025 snoopy +# mode). The is string here cleans up a few things (but not +# everything). +ct8500|tektronix ct8500, + am, bw, da, db, + cols#80, lines#25, + bel=^G, cbt=\E^I, clear=\E^E, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=\ES, cup=\E|%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\ER, + dch1=\E^], dl1=\E^M, ed=\E^U, el=\E^T, ht=^I, ich1=\E^\, + il1=\E^L, ind=^J, is2=\037\EZ\Ek, ri=\E^A, rmso=\E\s, + rmul=\E\s, sgr0=\E\s, smso=\E$, smul=\E!, + +# Tektronix 4205 terminal. +# +# am is not defined because the wrap around occurs not when the char. +# is placed in the 80'th column, but when we are attempting to type +# the 81'st character on the line. (esr: hmm, this is like the vt100 +# version of xenl, perhaps am + xenl would work!) +# +# Bold, dim, and standout are simulated by colors and thus not allowed +# with colors. The tektronix color table is mapped into the RGB color +# table by setf/setb. All colors are reset to factory specifications by oc. +# The cap uses RGB notation to define colors. for arguments 1-3 the +# interval (0-1000) is broken into 8 smaller sub-intervals (125). Each sub- +# interval then maps into pre-defined value. +tek4205|tektronix 4205, + ccc, mir, msgr, + colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#30, ncv#49, pairs#63, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[=7;<4m, cbt=\E[Z, + clear=\E[2J\E[H, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=\E[D, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch1=\E[1P, dim=\E[=1;<6m, dl1=\E[1M, ech=\E%p1%dX, + ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E)0, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[1L, ind=\ED, + initc=\E%%!0\n\ETF4\n%?%p1%{0}%=%t0\n%e%p1%{1}%=%t4\n%e%p1%{2}%=%t3\n%e%p1%{3}%=%t5\n%e%p1%{4}%=%t2\n%e%p1%{5}%=%t6\n%e%p1%{6}%=%t7\n%e1%;\n%?%p2%{125}%<%t0\n%e%p2%{250}%<%tA2\n%e%p2%{375}%<%tA?\n%e%p2%{500}%<%tC8\n%e%p2%{625}%<%tD4\n%e%p2%{750}%<%tE1\n%e%p2%{875}%<%tE\:\n%eF4%;\n%?%p3%{125}%<%t0\n%e%p3%{250}%<%tA2\n%e%p3%{375}%<%tA?\n%e%p3%{500}%<%tC8\n%e%p3%{625}%<%tD4\n%e%p3%{750}%<%tE1\n%e%p3%{875}%<%tE\:\n%eF4%;\n%?%p4%{125}%<%t0\n%e%p4%{250}%<%tA2\n%e%p4%{375}%<%tA?\n%e%p4%{500}%<%tC8\n%e%p4%{625}%<%tD4\n%e%p4%{750}%<%tE1\n%e%p4%{875}%<%tE\:\n%eF4%;\n\E%%!1, + invis=\E[=6;<5, is1=\E%!0\ETM1\E%!1\E[m, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\EOA, + kf1=\EOB, kf2=\EOC, kf3=\EOD, kf4=\EP, kf5=\EQ, kf6=\ER, + kf7=\ES, + oc=\E%!0\n\ETFB0\n0000\n1F4F4F4\n2F400\n30F40\n4A4C because of a bug in old vi (if stty says you have +# a "newline" style terminal (-crmode) vi figures all it needs is nl +# to get crlf, even if is not ^M.) +# (tty40: removed obsolete ":nl=\EG\EB:", it's just do+cr -- esr) +tty40|ds40|ds40-2|dataspeed40|teletype dataspeed 40/2, + xon, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=\EH$<20>\EJ$<80>, cr=\EG, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, + cuf1=\EC, cuu1=\E7, dch1=\EP$<50>, dl1=\EM$<50>, + ed=\EJ$<75>, home=\EH$<10>, ht=\E@$<10>, hts=\E1, + ich1=\E\^$<50>, il1=\EL$<50>, ind=\ES$<20>, kbs=^], + kcub1=^H, mc4=^T, mc5=\022$<2000>, ri=\ET$<10>, rmso=\E4, + rs2=\023\ER$<60>, smso=\E3, tbc=\EH\E2$<80>, +tty43|model 43 teletype, + am, hc, os, xon, + cols#132, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ind=^J, kbs=^H, + +#### Tymshare +# + +# You can add to put this 40-column mode, though I can't +# for the life of me think why anyone would want to. +scanset|sc410|sc415|Tymshare Scan Set, + am, bw, msgr, + cols#80, lines#24, + acsc=l, sc=^B, smacs=^N, + +#### Volker-Craig (vc) +# +# If you saw a Byte Magazine cover with a terminal on it during the early +# 1980s, it was probably one of these. Carl Helmers liked them because +# they could crank 19.2 and were cheap (that is, until he tried to program +# one...) +# + +# Missing in vc303a and vc303 descriptions: they scroll 2 lines at a time +# every other linefeed. +vc303|vc103|vc203|volker-craig 303, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\014$<40>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^I, + cuu1=^N, home=\013$<40>, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^I, + kcuu1=^N, ll=\017$<1>W, +vc303a|vc403a|volker-craig 303a, + clear=\030$<40>, cuf1=^U, cuu1=^Z, el=\026$<20>, + home=\031$<40>, kcuf1=^U, kcuu1=^Z, ll=^P, use=vc303, +# (vc404: removed obsolete ":ma=^Z^P^U :" -- esr) +vc404|volker-craig 404, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\030$<40>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^U, + cup=\020%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z, + ed=\027$<40>, el=\026$<20>, home=\031$<40>, ind=^J, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^U, kcuu1=^Z, +vc404-s|volker-craig 404 w/standout mode, + cud1=^J, rmso=^O, smso=^N, use=vc404, +# From: +# (vc414: merged in cup/dl1/home from an old vc414h-noxon) +vc414|vc414h|Volker-Craig 414H in sane escape mode., + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=\E\034$<40>, cud1=\E^K, cuf1=^P, + cup=\E\021%p2%c%p1%c$<40>, cuu1=\E^L, dch1=\E3, + dl1=\E\023$<40>, ed=\E^X, el=\E\017$<10/>, home=\E^R, + ich1=\E\:, il1=\E\032$<40>, kcub1=^H, kcud1=\E^K, kcuf1=^P, + kcuu1=\E^L, kf0=\EA, kf1=\EB, kf2=\EC, kf3=\ED, kf4=\EE, + kf5=\EF, kf6=\EG, kf7=\EH, khome=\E^R, lf0=PF1, lf1=PF2, + lf2=PF3, lf3=PF4, lf4=PF5, lf5=PF6, lf6=PF7, lf7=PF8, + rmso=\E^_, smso=\E^Y, +vc415|volker-craig 415, + clear=^L, use=vc404, + +######## OBSOLETE PERSONAL-MICRO CONSOLES AND EMULATIONS +# + +#### IBM PC and clones +# + +# The pcplot IBM-PC terminal emulation program is really messed up. It is +# supposed to emulate a vt-100, but emulates the wraparound bug incorrectly, +# doesn't support scrolling regions, ignores add line commands, and ignores +# delete line commands. Consequently, the resulting behavior looks like a +# crude adm3a-type terminal. +# Steve Jacobson 8/85 +pcplot|pc-plot terminal emulation program, + xenl@, + csr@, dl@, dl1@, il@, il1@, rc@, sc@, use=vt100, +# KayPro II from Richard G Turner +# I've found that my KayPro II, running MDM730, continues to emulate an +# ADM-3A terminal, just like I was running TERM.COM. On our 4.2 UNIX +# system the following termcap entry works well: +# I have noticed a couple of minor glitches, but nothing I can't work +# around. (I added two capabilities from the BRL entry -- esr) +kaypro|kaypro2|kaypro II, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\032$<1/>, cr=^M, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dl1=\ER, ed=^W, + el=^X, home=^^, il1=\EE, ind=^J, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, + +# From IBM, Thu May 5 19:35:27 1983 +# (ibmpc: commented out =\200R because we don't know -- esr) +ibmpc|ibm-pc|ibm5051|5051|IBM Personal Computer (no ANSI.SYS), + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^L^K, cr=^M^^, cub1=^], cud1=^J, cuf1=^\, + cuu1=^^, home=^K, ind=\n$<10>, kcud1=^_, + +#### Apple II +# +# Apple II firmware console first, then various 80-column cards and +# terminal emulators. For two cents I'd toss all these in the UFO file +# along with the 40-column apple entries. +# + +# From: brsmith@umn-cs.cs.umn.edu (Brian R. Smith) via BRL +# 'it#8' tells UNIX that you have tabs every 8 columns. This is a +# function of TIC, not the firmware. +# The clear key on a IIgs will do something like clear-screen, +# depending on what you're in. +appleIIgs|appleIIe|appleIIc|Apple 80 column firmware interface, + am, bw, eo, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^\, + cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_, ed=^K, el=^], + home=^Y, ht=^I, ind=^W, kbs=^H, kclr=^X, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, + kcuf1=^U, kcuu1=^K, kdch1=\177, nel=^M^W, ri=^V, rmso=^N, + smso=^O, +# Apple //e with 80-column card, entry from BRL +# The modem interface is permitted to discard LF (maybe DC1), otherwise +# passing characters to the 80-column firmware via COUT (PR#3 assumed). +# Auto-wrap does not work right due to newline scrolling delay, which also +# requires that you set "stty cr2". +# Note: Cursor addressing is only available via the Pascal V1.1 entry, +# not via the BASIC PR#3 hook. All this nonsense can be avoided only by +# using a terminal emulation program instead of the built-in firmware. +apple2e|Apple //e, + bw, msgr, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\014$<100/>, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuu1=^_, + ed=\013$<4*/>, el=\035$<4/>, home=^Y, ht=^I, ind=^W, + is2=^R^N, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^U, kcuu1=^K, + nel=\r$<100/>, rev=^O, ri=^V, rmso=^N, rs1=^R^N, sgr0=^N, + smso=^O, +# mcvax!vu44!vu45!wilcke uses the "ap" entry together with Ascii Express Pro +# 4.20, with incoming and outgoing terminals both on 0, emulation On. +apple2e-p|Apple //e via Pascal, + cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^J, + use=apple2e, +# (ASCII Express) MouseTalk "Standard Apple //" emulation from BRL +# Enable DC3/DC1 flow control with "stty ixon -ixany". +apple-ae|ASCII Express, + am, bw, msgr, nxon, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=\007$<500/>, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^U, + cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_, ed=^K, el=^], + home=^Y, ind=^W, is2=^R^N, kclr=^X, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, + kcuf1=^U, kcuu1=^K, rev=^O, ri=^V, rmso=^N, rs1=^R^N, sgr0=^N, + smso=^O, +appleII|apple ii plus, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + clear=^L, cnorm=^TC2, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^\, + cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_, cvvis=^TC6, + ed=^K, el=^], flash=\024G1$<200/>\024T1, home=\E^Y, ht=^I, + is2=\024T1\016, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^U, rmso=^N, sgr0=^N, + smso=^O, +# Originally by Gary Ford 21NOV83 +# From: Fri Oct 11 21:27:00 1985 +apple-80|apple II with smarterm 80 col, + am, bw, + cols#80, lines#24, + cbt=^R, clear=\014$<10*/>, cr=\r$<10*/>, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=^\, cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_, + ed=\013$<10*/>, el=\035$<10/>, home=^Y, +apple-soroc|apple emulating soroc 120, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\E*$<300>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, ed=\EY, el=\ET, + home=^^, ind=^J, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, +# From Peter Harrison, Computer Graphics Lab, San Francisco +# ucbvax!ucsfmis!harrison .....uucp +# ucbvax!ucsfmis!harrison@BERKELEY .......ARPA +# "These two work. If you don't have the inverse video chip for the +# Apple with videx then remove the :so: and :se: fields." +# (apple-videx: this used to be called DaleApple -- esr) +apple-videx|Apple with videx videoterm 80 column board with inverse video, + am, xenl, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + clear=\014$<300/>, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^\, + cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_, ed=^K, el=^], + home=^Y, ht=^I, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^U, khome=^Y, + rmso=^Z2, sgr0=^Z2, smso=^Z3, +# My system [for reference] : Apple ][+, 64K, Ultraterm display card, +# Apple Cat ][ 212 modem, + more all +# controlled by ASCII Express: Pro. +# From Dave Shaver +apple-uterm-vb|Videx Ultraterm for Apple micros with Visible Bell, + am, eo, xt, + cols#80, lines#24, + acsc=, clear=^L, cuf1=^\, + cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_, ed=^K, el=^], + flash=^W35^W06, home=^Y, + is2=^V4^W06\017\rVisible Bell Installed.\016\r\n, + rmso=^N, smso=^O, +apple-uterm|Ultraterm for Apple micros, + am, eo, xt, + cols#80, lines#24, + acsc=, clear=^L, cuf1=^\, + cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_, ed=^K, el=^], + home=^Y, is2=^V4^W06\016, rmso=^N, smso=^O, +# from trwrba!bwong (Bradley W. Wong): +# +# This entry assumes that you are using an apple with the UCSD Pascal +# language card. SYSTEM.MISCINFO is assumed to be the same as that +# supplied with the standard apple except that screenwidth should be set +# using SETUP to 80 columns. Note that the right arrow in not mapped in +# this termcap entry. This is because that key, on the Apple, transmits +# a ^U and would thus preempt the more useful "up" function of vi. +# +# HMH 2/23/81 +apple80p|80-column apple with Pascal card, + am, bw, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=^Y^L, cuf1=^\\:, + cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^_, ed=^K, el=^], + home=^Y, kcub1=^H, +# +# Apple II+ equipped with Videx 80 column card +# +# Terminfo from ihnp4!ihu1g!djc1 (Dave Christensen) via BRL; +# manually converted by D A Gwyn +# +# DO NOT use any terminal emulation with this data base, it works directly +# with the Videx card. This has been tested with vi 1200 baud and works fine. +# +# This works great for vi, except I've noticed in pre-R2, ^U will scroll back +# 1 screen, while in R2 ^U doesn't. +# For inverse alternate character set add: +# =^O:=^N: +# (apple-v: added it#8 -- esr) +apple-videx2|Apple II+ w/ Videx card (similar to Datamedia h1520), + am, xenl, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=\007$<100/>, clear=\014$<16*/>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, + cud1=^J, cuf1=^\, cup=\036%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, + cuu1=^_, ed=\013$<16*/>, el=^], home=^Y, ht=\011$<8/>, + ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^\, kcuu1=^_, + khome=^Y, rmso=^Z2, smso=^Z3, +apple-videx3|vapple|Apple II with 80 col card, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=\Ev, cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, + cuu1=\EA, el=\Ex, home=\EH, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, + kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\EP, kf1=\EQ, kf2=\ER, kf3=\E\s, kf4=\E!, + kf5=\E", kf6=\E#, kf7=\E$, kf8=\E%, kf9=\E&, khome=\EH, +#From: decvax!cbosgd!cbdkc1!mww Mike Warren via BRL +aepro|Apple II+ running ASCII Express Pro--vt52, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=\014$<300/>, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ, + el=\EK, home=\EH, +# UCSD addition: Yet another termcap from Brian Kantor's Micro Munger Factory +apple-vm80|ap-vm80|apple with viewmax-80, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=\014$<300/>, cuf1=^\\:, + cup=\036%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<100/>, cuu1=^_, + ed=\013$<300/>, el=^], home=\031$<200/>, + +#### Apple Lisa & Macintosh +# + +# (lisa: changed to -- esr) +lisa|apple lisa console display (black on white), + am, eo, msgr, + cols#88, it#8, lines#32, + acsc=lfmekcjdttuvvuwsqax`nb, civis=\E[5h, clear=^L, + cnorm=\E[5l, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, + ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich1=\E[@, il1=\E[L, + is2=\E>\E[m\014, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, rmacs=\E[10m, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\E[11m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +liswb|apple lisa console display (white on black), + is2=\E>\E[0;7m\014, rmso=\E[0;7m, rmul=\E[0;7m, + smso=\E[m, smul=\E[4m, use=lisa, + +# lisaterm from ulysses!gamma!epsilon!mb2c!jed (John E. Duncan III) via BRL; +# revised by Ferd Brundick +# +# These entries assume that the 'Auto Wraparound' is enabled. +# Xon-Xoff flow control should also be enabled. +# +# The vt100 uses :rs2: and :rf: rather than :is2:/:tbc:/:hts: because the tab +# settings are in non-volatile memory and don't need to be reset upon login. +# Also setting the number of columns glitches the screen annoyingly. +# You can type "reset" to get them set. +# +lisaterm|Apple Lisa or Lisa/2 running LisaTerm vt100 emulation, + am, xenl, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, + kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf0=\EOP, kf1=\EOQ, + kf2=\EOR, kf3=\EOS, lf0=F1, lf1=F2, lf2=F3, lf3=F4, rc=\E8, + rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + rs1=\E>\E[?1l\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;24r, + sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + tbc=\E[3g, +# Lisaterm in 132 column ("wide") mode. +lisaterm-w|Apple Lisa with Lisaterm in 132 column mode, + cols#132, + kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, use=lisaterm, +# Although MacTerminal has insert/delete line, it is commented out here +# since it is much faster and cleaner to use the "lock scrolling region" +# method of inserting and deleting lines due to the MacTerminal implementation. +# Also, the "Insert/delete ch" strings have an extra character appended to them +# due to a bug in MacTerminal V1.1. Blink is disabled since it is not +# supported by MacTerminal. +mac|macintosh|Macintosh with MacTerminal, + xenl, + blink@, dch1=\E[P$<7/>, ich1=\E[@$<9/>, ip=$<7/>, use=lisa, +# Lisaterm in 132 column ("wide") mode. +mac-w|macterminal-w|Apple Macintosh with Macterminal in 132 column mode, + cols#132, use=mac, + +#### Radio Shack/Tandy +# + +# (coco3: This had "ta" used incorrectly as a boolean and bl given as "bl#7". +# I read these as mistakes for ":it#8:" and ":bl=\007:" respectively -- esr) +# From: <{pbrown,ctl}@ocf.berkeley.edu> 12 Mar 90 +coco3|os9LII|Tandy CoCo3 24*80 OS9 Level II, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, blink=^_", bold=\E\:^A, civis=^E\s, + clear=\014$<5*/>, cnorm=^E!, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F, + cup=\002%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c$<2/>, cuu1=^I, + dl1=^_1, ed=^K, el=^D, home=^A, il1=^_0, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, + kcuf1=^I, kcuu1=^L, rev=^_\s, rmso=^_!, rmul=^_#, + sgr0=\037!\E\:\200, smso=^_\s, smul=^_", +# (trs2: removed obsolete ":nl=^_:" -- esr) +trs2|trsII|trs80II|Radio Shack Model II using P&T CP/M, + am, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^_, cuf1=^], + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^^, dl1=^K, ed=^B, + el=^A, home=^F, ht=^I, il1=^D, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^\, + kcud1=^_, kcuf1=^], kcuu1=^^, rmso=^O, sgr0=^O, smso=^N, +# From: Kevin Braunsdorf +# (This had extension capabilities +# :BN=\E[?33h:BF=\E[?33l:UC=\E[_ q:BC=\E[\177 q:\ +# :CN=\ERC:CF=\ERc:NR=\ERD:NM=\ER@: +# I also deleted the unnecessary ":kn#2:", ":sg#0:" -- esr) +trs16|trs-80 model 16 console, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=l_mbk`javewcquxs, bel=^G, civis=\ERc, clear=^L, + cnorm=\ERC, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EQ, + dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, ich1=\EP, il1=\EL, + ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, + kf0=^A, kf1=^B, kf2=^D, kf3=^L, kf4=^U, kf5=^P, kf6=^N, kf7=^S, + khome=^W, lf0=f1, lf1=f2, lf2=f3, lf3=f4, lf4=f5, lf5=f6, lf6=f7, + lf7=f8, mc4=\E]+, mc5=\E]=, rmacs=\ERg, rmso=\ER@, sgr0=\ER@, + smacs=\ERG, smso=\ERD, + +#### Atari ST +# + +# From: Simson L. Garfinkel +atari|atari st, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#25, + clear=\EH\EJ, cub1=\ED, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dl1=\EM, + ed=\EJ, el=\EK, ht=^I, il1=\EL, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, + kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, ri=\EI, rmso=\Eq, sgr0=\Eq, smso=\Ep, +# UniTerm terminal program for the Atari ST: 49-line VT220 emulation mode +# From: Paul M. Aoki +uniterm|uniterm49|UniTerm VT220 emulator with 49 lines, + lines#49, + is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[1;49r\E[49;1H, use=vt220, +# MiNT VT52 emulation. 80 columns, 25 rows. +# MiNT is Now TOS, the operating system which comes with all Ataris now +# (mainly Atari Falcon). This termcap is for the VT52 emulation you get +# under tcsh/zsh/bash/sh/ksh/ash/csh when you run MiNT in `console' mode +# From: Per Persson , 27 Feb 1996 +st52|Atari ST with VT52 emulation, + am, km, + cols#80, lines#25, + bel=^G, civis=\Ef, clear=\EH\EJ, cnorm=\Ee, cr=^M, cub1=\ED, + cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, + cuu1=\EA, dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, il1=\EL, + ind=^J, ka1=\E#7, ka3=\E#5, kb2=\E#9, kbs=^H, kc1=\E#1, + kc3=\E#3, kclr=\E#7, kcub1=\E#K, kcud1=\E#P, kcuf1=\E#M, + kcuu1=\E#H, kf0=\E#D, kf1=\E#;, kf2=\E#<, kf3=\E#=, kf4=\E#>, + kf5=\E#?, kf6=\E#@, kf7=\E#A, kf8=\E#B, kf9=\E#C, khome=\E#G, + kil1=\E#R, kind=\E#2, kri=\E#8, lf0=f10, nel=^M^J, rc=\Ek, + ri=\EI, rmcup=, rmso=\Eq, rs1=\Ez_\Eb@\EcA, sc=\Ej, sgr0=\Eq, + smcup=\Ee, smso=\Ep, + +#### Commodore Business Machines +# +# Formerly located in West Chester, PA; went spectacularly bust in 1994 +# after years of shaky engineering and egregious mismanagement. Made one +# really nice machine (the Amiga) and boatloads of nasty ones (PET, C-64, +# C-128, VIC-20). The C-64 is said to have been the most popular machine +# ever (most units sold); they can still be found gathering dust in closets +# everywhere. +# + +# From: Kent Polk , 30 May 90 +# Added a few more entries, converted caret-type control sequence (^x) entries +# to '\0xx' entries since a couple of people mentioned losing '^x' sequences. +# +# :as:, :ae: Support for alternate character sets. +# :ve=\E[\040p:vi=\E[\060\040p: cursor visible/invisible. +# :xn: vt100 kludginess at column 80/NEWLINE ignore after 80 cols(Concept) +# This one appears to fix a problem I always had with a line ending +# at 'width+1' (I think) followed by a blank line in vi. The blank +# line tended to disappear and reappear depending on how the screen +# was refreshed. Note that this is probably needed only if you use +# something like a Dnet Fterm with the window sized to some peculiar +# dimension larger than 80 columns. +# :k0=\E9~: map F10 to k0 - could have F0-9 -> k0-9, but ... F10 was 'k;' +# (amiga: removed obsolete :kn#10:, +# also added empty to suppress a warning --esr) +amiga-old|Amiga ANSI, + am, bw, xenl, + cols#80, lines#24, + acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E[7;2m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, + civis=\E[0 p, clear=\E[H\E[J, cnorm=\E[ p, cub=\E[%p1%dD, + cub1=\E[D, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, + cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, + cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, dim=\E[2m, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=\E[S, + indn=\E[%p1%dS, invis=\E[8m, is2=\E[20l, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, + kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\E9~, kf1=\E0~, + kf2=\E1~, kf3=\E2~, kf4=\E3~, kf5=\E4~, kf6=\E5~, kf7=\E6~, + kf8=\E7~, kf9=\E8~, rev=\E[7m, ri=\E[T, rin=\E[%p1%dT, + rmacs=^O, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, rs1=\Ec, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, + smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + +# From: Hans Verkuil , 4 Dec 1995 +# (amiga: added empty to suppress a warning --esr) +amiga|Amiga ANSI, + bw, msgr, + cols#80, lines#24, + acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\2337;2m, bold=\2331m, cbt=\233Z, + civis=\2330 p, clear=\233H\233J, cnorm=\233 p, cr=^M, + cub=\233%p1%dD, cub1=\233D, cud=\233%p1%dB, cud1=\233B, + cuf=\233%p1%dC, cuf1=\233C, cup=\233%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\233%p1%dA, cuu1=\233A, dch=\233%p1%dP, dch1=\233P, + dim=\2332m, ech=\233%p1%dP, ed=\233J, el=\233K, flash=^G, + home=\233H, ht=^I, ich=\233%p1%d@, ich1=\233@, ind=\233S, + indn=\233%p1%dS, invis=\2338m, is2=\23320l, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\233D, kcud1=\233B, kcuf1=\233C, kcuu1=\233A, + kdch1=\177, kf0=\2339~, kf1=\2330~, kf2=\2331~, kf3=\2332~, + kf4=\2333~, kf5=\2334~, kf6=\2335~, kf7=\2336~, kf8=\2337~, + kf9=\2338~, nel=\233B\r, rev=\2337m, ri=\233T, + rin=\233%p1%dT, rmacs=^O, rmcup=\233?7h, rmso=\2330m, + rmul=\2330m, rs1=\Ec, sgr0=\2330m, smacs=^N, smcup=\233?7l, + smso=\2337m, smul=\2334m, + +# Commodore B-128 microcomputer from Doug Tyrol +# I'm trying to write a termcap for a commodore b-128, and I'm +# having a little trouble. I've had to map most of my control characters +# to something that unix will accept (my delete-char is a ctrl-t, etc), +# and create some functions (like cm), but thats life. +# The problem is with the arrow keys - right, and up work fine, but +# left deletes the previous character and down I just can't figure out. +# Jove knows what I want, but I don't know what it's sending to me (it +# isn't thats bound to next-line in jove). +# Anybody got any ideas? Here's my termcap. +# DAG -- I changed his "^n" entries to "\n"; see if that works. +# +commodore|b-128|Commodore B-128 micro, + am, bw, + cols#80, lines#24, pb#150, + clear=\E\006$<10/>, cr=^M, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F, + cup=\E\013%p1%2d\,%p2%2d\,$<20/>, cuu1=^P, + dch1=\177$<10*/>, dl1=\Ed$<10*/>, el=\Eq$<10/>, + home=\E^E, ht=\011$<5/>, ich1=\E\n$<5/>, il1=\Ei$<10/>, + kcub1=^B, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^F, kcuu1=^P, khome=\E^E, rmir=, + smir=, + +#### North Star +# +# North Star Advantage from Lt. Fickie via BRL +northstar|North Star Advantage, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=\004$<200/>, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<1/>, ed=\017$<200/>, + el=\016$<200/>, home=\034\032$<200/>, + +#### Osborne +# +# Thu Jul 7 03:55:16 1983 +# +# As an aside, be careful; it may sound like an anomaly on the +# Osborne, but with the 80-column upgrade, it's too easy to +# enter lines >80 columns! +# +# I've already had several comments... +# The Osborne-1 with the 80-col option is capable of being +# 52, 80, or 104 characters wide; default to 80 for compatibility +# with most systems. +# +# The tab is destructive on the Ozzie; make sure to 'stty -tabs'. +osborne-w|osborne1-w|osborne I in 104-column mode, + msgr, ul, xt, + cols#104, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\ER, el=\ET, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, ind=^J, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, + kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, rmso=\E(, rmul=\Em, smso=\E), smul=\El, +# Osborne I from ptsfa!rhc (Robert Cohen) via BRL +osborne|osborne1|osborne I in 80-column mode, + am, mir, msgr, ul, xhp, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=^Z, cub1=\010$<4>, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, + dch1=\\EW$<4/>, dl1=\ER, el=\ET, il1=\EE, is2=^Z, kbs=^H, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, rmir=, rmso=\E), + rmul=\Em, smir=\EQ, smso=\E(, smul=\El, +# +# Osborne Executive definition from BRL +# Similar to tvi920 +# Added by David Milligan and Tom Smith (SMU) +osexec|Osborne executive, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1, + bel=^G, clear=^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, home=^^, hts=\E1, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, + is2=\Eq\Ek\Em\EA\Ex0, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, + kcuu1=^K, kf0=^A@\r, kf1=^AA\r, kf2=^AB\r, kf3=^AC\r, + kf4=^AD\r, kf5=^AE\r, kf6=^AF\r, kf7=^AG\r, kf8=^AH\r, + kf9=^AI\r, rmir=, rmso=\Ek, rmul=\Em, smir=, smso=\Ej, + smul=\El, tbc=\E3, + +#### Console types for obsolete UNIX clones +# +# Coherent, Minix, Venix, and several lesser-known kin were OSs for 8088 +# machines that tried to emulate the UNIX look'n'feel. Coherent and Venix +# were commercial, Minix an educational tool sold in conjunction with a book. +# Memory-segmentation limits and a strong tendency to look like V7 long after +# it was obsolete made all three pretty lame. Venix croaked early. Coherent +# and Minix were ported to 32-bit Intel boxes, only to be run over by a +# steamroller named `Linux' (which, to be fair, traces some lineage to Minix). +# Coherent's vendor, the Mark Williams Company, went belly-up in 1994. There +# are also, I'm told, Minix ports that ran on Amiga and Atari machines and +# even as single processes under SunOS and the Macintosh OS. +# + +# This is the entry provided with minix 1.7.4, with bogus :ri: removed. +minix|minix console (v1.7), + am, xenl, + cols#80, it#8, lines#25, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[0J, cr=^M, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, + is2=\E[0m, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, + kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\E[Y, kf1=\E[V, kf2=\E[U, kf3=\E[T, kf4=\E[S, + kf5=\E[G, khome=\E[H, lf0=End, lf1=PgUp, lf2=PgDn, lf3=Num +, + lf4=Num -, lf5=Num 5, nel=^M^J, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, + rmso=\E[0m, rmul=\E[0m, sgr0=\E[0m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +minix-old|minix console (v1.5), + cols#80, it#8, lines#25, + blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[0J, cr=^M, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, + kf0=\E[Y, kf1=\E[V, kf2=\E[U, kf3=\E[T, kf4=\E[S, kf5=\E[G, + khome=\E[H, nel=^M^J, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmso=\E[0m, + rmul=\E[0m, sgr0=\E[0m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + +pc-minix|minix console on an Intel box, + use=klone+acs, use=minix, + +# According to the Coherent 2.3 manual, the PC console is similar +# to a z19. The differences seem to be (1) 25 lines, (2) no status +# line, (3) standout is broken, (4) ins/del line is broken, (5) +# has blinking and bold. +pc-coherent|pcz19|coherent|IBM PC console running Coherent, + am, mir, + cols#80, it#8, lines#25, + bel=^G, clear=\EE, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EN, + ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, + kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome=\EH, ri=\EI, rmir=\EO, + rmso=\Eq, sgr0=\Eq, smir=\E@, smso=\Ep, + +# According to the Venix 1.1 manual, the PC console is similar +# to a DEC vt52. Differences seem to be (1) arrow keys send +# different strings, (2) enhanced standout, (3) added insert/delete line. +# Note in particular that it doesn't have automatic margins. +# There are other keys (f1-f10, kpp, knp, kcbt, kich1, kdch1) but they +# not described here because this derives from an old termcap entry. +pc-venix|venix|IBM PC console running Venix, + cols#80, it#8, lines#25, + bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dl1=\EM, + ed=\EJ, el=\EK, ht=^I, il1=\EL, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EK, + kcud1=\EP, kcuf1=\EM, kcuu1=\EH, khome=\EG, ri=\EI, + +#### Miscellaneous microcomputer consoles +# +# If you know anything more about any of these, please tell me. +# + +# basis from Peter Harrison, Computer Graphics Lab, San Francisco +# ucbvax!ucsfmis!harrison ...uucp / ucbvax!ucsfmis!harrison@BERKELEY ...ARPA +# (basis: removed obsolete ":ma=^K^P^R^L^L :nl=5000*^J:" -- esr) +basis|BASIS108 computer with terminal translation table active, + clear=\E*$<300/>, cud1=\n$<5000/>, ed=\EY, el=\ET, kbs=^H, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, rmso=\E), sgr0=\E), + smso=\E(, + use=adm3a, +# luna's BMC terminal emulator +luna|luna68k|LUNA68K Bitmap console, + cols#88, lines#46, use=ansi-mini, +megatek|pegasus workstation terminal emulator, + am, os, + cols#83, lines#60, +# The Xerox 820 was a Z80 micro with a snazzy XEROX PARC-derived +# interface (pre-Macintosh by several years) that went nowhere. +xerox820|x820|Xerox 820, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=1^Z, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, ed=^Q, el=^X, + home=^^, ind=^J, + +#### Videotex and teletext +# + +# standard-issue France Telecom minitel terminal (made by Philips) +# (m2-nam: had unknown :zd=\E[1m:zb=\E[5m:zc=lkmjqxtuwvn:; also deleted +# unnecessary :ug#0:sg#0: and added to quiet tic. -- esr) +m2-nam|minitel|minitel-2|minitel-2-nam|France Telecom Minitel, + xenl, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=, clear=\E[H\E[J, cub1=^H, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, + ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, ip=$<7/>, + is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, + kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, + khome=\E[H, ri=\EM, rmacs=\E(B, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m, + rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=\E(0, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, + +######## OBSOLETE VDT TYPES +# +# These terminals are *long* dead -- these entries are retained for +# historical interest only. + +#### Amtek Business Machines +# + +# (abm80: early versions of this entry apparently had ":se=\E^_:so=\E^Y", +# but these caps were commented out in 8.3; also, removed overridden +# ":do=^J:" -- esr) +abm80|amtek business machines 80, + am, bw, + cols#80, lines#24, + cbt=^T, clear=\E^\, cub1=^H, cud1=\E^K, cuf1=^P, + cup=\E\021%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\E^L, + dl1=\E^S, ed=\E^X, el=\E^O, home=\E^R, il1=\E^Z, + +#### Bell Labs blit terminals +# +# These were AT&T's official entries. The 5620 FAQ maintained by +# David Breneman has this to say: +# +# Actually, in the beginning was the Jerq, and the Jerq was white with a +# green face, and Locanthi and Pike looked upon the Jerq and said the Jerq +# was good. But lo, upon the horizon loomed a mighty management-type person +# (known now only by the initials VP) who said, the mighty Jerq must stay +# alone, and could not go forth into the world. So Locanthi and Pike put the +# Jerq to sleep, cloned its parts, and the Blit was brought forth unto the +# world. And the Jerq lived the rest of its days in research, but never +# strayed from those paths. +# +# In all seriousness, the Blit was originally known as the Jerq, but when +# it started to be shown outside of the halls of the Bell Labs Research +# organization, the management powers that be decided that the name could +# not remain. So it was renamed to be Blit. This was in late 1981. +# +# (The AT&T 5620 was the commercialized Blit. Its successors were the 630, +# 730, and 730+.) +# + +blit|jerq|blit running teletype rom, + am, eo, ul, xon, + cols#87, it#8, lines#72, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=\ED, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, + dch=\Ee%p1%{32}%+%c, dch1=\Ee!, dl=\EE%p1%{32}%+%c, + dl1=\EE!, el=\EK, ht=^I, ich=\Ef%p1%{32}%+%c, ich1=\Ef!, + il=\EF%p1%{32}%+%c, il1=\EF!, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, + kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kf1=\Ex, kf2=\Ey, kf3=\Ez, + +# (cbblit: here's a BSD termcap that says -- esr) +cbblit|fixterm|blit running columbus code, + cols#88, + ed=\EJ, flash=\E^G, ich1@, mc4=^T, mc5=^R, mc5p=\EP%p1%03d, + rmir=\ER, rmso=\EV!, rmul=\EV", smir=\EQ, smso=\EU!, + smul=\EU", + use=blit, + +oblit|ojerq|first version of blit rom, + am, da, db, eo, mir, ul, xon, + cols#88, it#8, lines#72, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=\ED, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EO, + dl=\Ee%p1%{32}%+%c, dl1=\EE, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, flash=\E^G, + ht=^I, il=\Ef%p1%{32}%+%c, il1=\EF, ind=^J, kbs=^H, rmir=\ER, + smir=\EQ, + +#### Bolt, Beranek & Newman (bbn) +# +# The BitGraph was a product of the now-defunct BBN Computer Corporation. +# The parent company, best known as the architects of the Internet, is +# still around. +# + +# Entries for the BitGraph terminals. The problem +# with scrolling in vi can only be fixed by getting BBN to put +# smarter scroll logic in the terminal or changing vi or padding +# scrolls with about 500 ms delay. +# +# I always thought the problem was related to the terminal +# counting newlines in its input buffer before scrolling and +# then moving the screen that much. Then vi comes along and +# paints lines in on the bottom line of the screen, so you get +# this big white gap. + +bitgraph|bg2.0nv|bg3.10nv|bbn bitgraph 2.0 or later (normal video), + flash=\E[?5h$<200/>\E[?5l, is2=\E>\E[?5l\E[?7h, + use=bg2.0, +bg2.0rv|bg3.10rv|bbn bitgraph 2.0 (reverse video), + flash=\E[?5l$<200/>\E[?5h, is2=\E>\E[?5h\E[?7h, + use=bg2.0, +bg2.0|bg3.10|bbn bitgraph 2.0 or later (no init), + xenl, + cols#85, lines#64, + bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[J$<150>, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dl1=\E[M$<2*>, + ed=\E[J$<150>, el=\E[K$<2>, ht=^I, il1=\E[L$<2*>, + ind=\n$<280>, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, + kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, lf1=PF1, + lf2=PF2, lf3=PF3, lf4=PF4, rc=\E8, rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[m, sc=\E7, + sgr0=\E[m, smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m, + +bg1.25rv|bbn bitgraph 1.25 (reverse video), + flash=\E[?5l$<200/>\E[?5h, is2=\E>\E[?5h\E[?7h, use=bg1.25, +bg1.25nv|bbn bitgraph 1.25 (normal video), + flash=\E[?5h$<200/>\E[?5l, is2=\E>\E[?5l\E[?7h, use=bg1.25, +# (bg1.25: I added / based on the init string -- esr) +bg1.25|bbn bitgraph 1.25, + cols#85, lines#64, + bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[J$<150>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, + cuf1=\E[C, cup=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, + dl1=\E[M$<2*>, ed=\E[J$<150>, el=\E[K$<2>, ht=^I, + il1=\E[L$<2*>, ind=\n$<280>, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, + kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kf1=\EP, kf2=\EQ, kf3=\ER, kf4=\ES, + lf1=PF1, lf2=PF2, lf3=PF3, lf4=PF4, ll=\E[64;1H, rmam=\E[?7l, + rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E=, + smso=\E[7m, + +#### Chromatics +# + +# I have put the long strings in /. Ti sets up a window +# that is smaller than the screen, and puts up a warning message +# outside the window. Te erases the warning message, puts the +# window back to be the whole screen, and puts the cursor at just +# below the small window. I defined and to really turn +# the cursor on and off, but I have taken this out since I don't +# like the cursor being turned off when vi exits. +cg7900|chromatics|chromatics 7900, + am, + cols#80, lines#40, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^], + cup=\001M%p2%d\,%p1%d\,, cuu1=^K, dch1=^A<1, dl1=^A<2, + ed=^Al, el=^A`, home=^\, ich1=^A>1, il1=^A>2, ind=^J, ll=^A|, + rmcup=\001W0\,40\,85\,48\,\014\001W0\,0\,85\,48\,\001M0\,40\,, + rmso=\001C1\,\001c2\,, + smcup=\001P0\001O1\001R1\001C4\,\001c0\,\014\001M0\,42\,WARNING DOUBLE ENTER ESCAPE and \025\001C1\,\001c2\,\001W0\,0\,79\,39\,, + smso=\001C4\,\001c7\,, uc=\001\001_\001\200, + +#### Computer Automation +# + +ca22851|computer automation 22851, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\014$<8>, cr=^M, cub1=^U, cud1=^J, cuf1=^I, + cup=\002%i%p1%c%p2%c, cuu1=^V, ed=^\, el=^], home=^^, ind=^J, + kcub1=^U, kcud1=^W, kcuu1=^V, khome=^^, + +#### Cybernex +# + +# This entry has correct padding and the undocumented "ri" capability +cyb83|xl83|cybernex xl-83, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\014$<62>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^I, + cup=\027%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^N, + ed=\020$<62>, el=\017$<3>, home=^K, ind=^J, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^I, kcuu1=^N, ri=^N, +# (mdl110: removed obsolete ":ma=^Z^P:" and overridden ":cd=145^NA^W:" -- esr) +cyb110|mdl110|cybernex mdl-110, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\030$<70>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^U, + cup=\020%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^Z, + dch1=\016A\036$<3.5>, dl1=\016A\016\036$<40>, + ed=\016@\026$<6>, el=\016@\026$<145>, home=^Y, + ht=\011$<43>, ich1=\016A\035$<3.5>, + il1=\016A\016\035$<65>, ind=^J, rmso=^NG, smso=^NF, + +#### Datapoint +# +# Datapoint is gone. They used to be headquartered in Texas. +# They created ARCnet, an Ethernet competitor that flourished for a while +# in the early 1980s before 3COM got wise and cut its prices. The service +# side of Datapoint still lives (1995) in the form of Intelogic Trace. +# + +dp3360|datapoint|datapoint 3360, + am, + cols#82, lines#25, + bel=^G, clear=^]^_, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^X, cuu1=^Z, + ed=^_, el=^^, home=^], ind=^J, + +#### DEC terminals (Obsolete types: DECwriter and vt40/42/50) +# +# These entries are DEC's official terminfos for its older terminals. +# Contact Bill Hedberg of Terminal Support +# Engineering for more information. Updated terminfos and termcaps +# are kept available at ftp://gatekeeper.dec.com/pub/DEC/termcaps. +# + +gt40|dec gt40, + os, + cols#72, lines#30, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, +gt42|dec gt42, + os, + cols#72, lines#40, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, +vt50|dec vt50, + cols#80, lines#12, + bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, ht=^I, ind=^J, +vt50h|dec vt50h, + cols#80, lines#12, + bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ, + el=\EK, ht=^I, ind=^J, ri=\EI, +# (vt61: there's a BSD termcap that claims , ) +vt61|vt-61|vt61.5|dec vt61, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ$<120>, cr=\r$<20>, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=\EC$<20>, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<20>, + cuu1=\EA$<20>, ed=\EJ$<120>, el=\EK$<70>, ht=^I, + ind=\n$<20>, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, + ri=\E$<20>I, + +# The gigi does standout with red! +# (gigi: I added / based on the init string, corrected cub1 -- esr) +gigi|vk100|dec gigi graphics terminal, + am, xenl, + cols#84, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\E[J, + el=\E[K, ht=^I, ind=^J, + is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?20l\E[?7h\E[?8h, + kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf1=\EOP, + kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H, ri=\EM, + rmam=\E[?7l, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + sgr0=\E[m, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7;31m, + smul=\E[4m, + +# DEC PRO-350 console (VT220-style). The 350 was DEC's attempt to produce +# a PC differentiated from the IBM clones. It was a total, ludicrous, +# grossly-overpriced failure (among other things, DEC's OS didn't include +# a format program, so you had to buy pre-formatted floppies from DEC at +# a hefty premium!). +pro350|decpro|dec pro console, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + clear=\EH\EJ, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, ed=\EJ, + el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, + kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\EE, kf1=\EF, kf2=\EG, kf3=\EH, kf4=\EI, + kf5=\EJ, kf6=\Ei, kf7=\Ej, khome=\EH, ri=\EI, rmacs=\EG, + rmso=\E^N, rmul=\E^C, smacs=\EF, smso=\E^H, smul=\E^D, + +dw1|decwriter I, + hc, os, + cols#72, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ind=^J, +dw2|decwriter|dw|decwriter II, + hc, os, + cols#132, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ind=^J, kbs=^H, + +# \E(B Use U.S. character set (otherwise # => british pound !) +# \E[20l Disable "linefeed newline" mode (else puts \r after \n,\f,\v) +# \E[w 10 char/in pitch +# \E[1;132 full width horizontal margins +# \E[2g clear all tab stops +# \E[z 6 lines/in +# \E[66t 66 lines/page (for \f) +# \E[1;66r full vertical page can be printed +# \E[4g clear vertical tab stops +# \E> disable alternate keypad mode (so it transmits numbers!) +# \E[%i%p1%du set tab stop at column %d (origin == 1) +# (Full syntax is \E[n;n;n;n;n;...;nu where each 'n' is +# a tab stop) +# +# The dw3 does standout with wide characters. +# +dw3|la120|decwriter III, + hc, os, + cols#132, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J, + is1=\E(B\E[20l\E[w\E[0;132s\E[2g\E[z\E[66t\E[1;66r\E[4g\E>, + is2=\E[9;17;25;33;41;49;57;65;73;81;89;97;105;113;121;129u\r, + kbs=^H, rmso=\E[w, sgr0=\E[w, smso=\E[6w, +dw4|decwriter IV, + am, hc, os, + cols#132, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J, is2=\Ec, kbs=^H, + kf0=\EOP, kf1=\EOQ, kf2=\EOR, kf3=\EOS, + +# These aren't official +ln03|dec ln03 laser printer, + hc, + cols#80, lines#66, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cud1=^J, hd=\EK, ht=^I, hu=\EL, ind=^J, nel=^M^J, + rmso=\E[22m, rmul=\E[24m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[1m, + smul=\E[4m, +ln03-w|dec ln03 laser printer 132 cols, + cols#132, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cud1=^J, ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, + use=ln03, + +#### Delta Data (dd) +# + +# Untested. The cup sequence is hairy enough that it probably needs work. +# The idea is ctrl(O), dd(row), dd(col), where dd(x) is x - 2*(x%16) + '9'. +# There are BSD-derived termcap entries floating around for this puppy +# that are *certainly* wrong. +delta|dd5000|delta data 5000, + am, + cols#80, lines#27, + bel=^G, clear=^NR, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^Y, + cup=\017%p1%p1%{16}%m%{2}%*%-%'9'%+%c%p2%p2%{16}%m%{2}%*%-%'9'%+%c, + cuu1=^Z, dch1=^NV, el=^NU, home=^NQ, ind=^J, + +#### Digital Data Research (ddr) +# + +# (ddr: I added / based on the init string -- esr) +ddr|rebus3180|ddr3180|Rebus/DDR 3180 vt100 emulator, + am, xenl, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3, + blink=\E[5m$<2/>, bold=\E[1m$<2/>, + clear=\E[H\E[2J$<50/>, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, + cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C$<2/>, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5/>, + cuu1=\E[A$<2/>, ed=\E[J$<50/>, el=\E[K$<3/>, home=\E[H, + ht=^I, ind=\ED$<5/>, is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, + kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m$<2/>, + rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, ri=\EM$<5/>, rmam=\E[7l, + rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m$<2/>, + rs1=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sc=\E7, + sgr0=\E[m$<2/>, smam=\E[7l, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m$<2/>, + +#### Evans & Sutherland +# + +# Jon Leech tells us: +# The ps300 was the Evans & Sutherland Picture System 300, a high +# performance 3D vector graphics system with a bunch of specialized hardware. +# Approximate date of release was 1982 (early 80s, anyway), and it had several +# evolutions including (limited) color versions such as the PS330C. PS300s +# were effectively obsolete by the late 80s, replaced by raster graphics +# systems, although specialized applications like molecular modelling +# hung onto them for a while longer. AFAIK all E&S vector graphics systems +# are out of production, though of course E&S is very much alive (in 1996). +# (ps300: changed ":pt@:" to "it@" -- esr) +# +ps300|Picture System 300, + xt, + it@, + rmso@, rmul@, smso@, smul@, use=vt100, + +#### General Electric (ge) +# + +terminet1200|terminet300|tn1200|tn300|terminet|GE terminet 1200, + hc, os, + cols#120, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cud1=^J, ind=^J, + +#### Heathkit/Zenith +# + +# Here is a description of the H19 DIP switches: +# +# S401 +# 0-3 = baud rate as follows: +# +# 3 2 1 0 +# --- --- --- --- +# 0 0 1 1 300 baud +# 0 1 0 1 1200 baud +# 1 0 0 0 2400 baud +# 1 0 1 0 4800 baud +# 1 1 0 0 9600 baud +# 1 1 0 1 19.2K baud +# +# 4 = parity (0 = no parity) +# 5 = even parity (0 = odd parity) +# 6 = stick parity (0 = normal parity) +# 7 = full duplex (0 = half duplex) +# +# S402 +# 0 = block cursor (0 = underscore cursor) +# 1 = no key click (0 = keyclick) +# 2 = wrap at end of line (0 = no wrap) +# 3 = auto LF on CR (0 = no LF on CR) +# 4 = auto CR on LF (0 = no CR on LF) +# 5 = ANSI mode (0 = VT52 mode) +# 6 = keypad shifted (0 = keypad unshifted) +# 7 = 50Hz refresh (1 = 60Hz refresh) +# +# Factory Default settings are as follows: +# 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 +# S401 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 +# S402 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +# (h19: I added / based on the init string; +# also added empty to suppress a tic warning -- esr) +h19-a|h19a|heath-ansi|heathkit-a|heathkit h19 ansi mode, + am, mir, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=, bel=^G, clear=\E[2J, cnorm=\E[>4l, cr=^M, cub1=^H, + cud1=\E[1B, cuf1=\E[1C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu1=\E[1A, cvvis=\E[>4h, dch1=\E[1P, dl1=\E[1M$<1*>, + ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, il1=\E[1L$<1*>, ind=^J, + is2=\E<\E[>1;2;3;4;5;6;7;8;9l\E[m\E[11m\E[?7h, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[1D, kcud1=\E[1B, kcuf1=\E[1C, kcuu1=\E[1A, + kf1=\EOS, kf2=\EOT, kf3=\EOU, kf4=\EOV, kf5=\EOW, kf6=\EOP, + kf7=\EOQ, kf8=\EOR, khome=\E[H, lf6=blue, lf7=red, lf8=white, + ri=\EM, rmacs=\E[11m, rmam=\E[?7l, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m, + smacs=\E[10m, smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, +h19-bs|heathkit w/keypad shifted, + rmkx=\Eu, smkx=\Et, use=h19-b, +h19-smul|heathkit w/keypad shifted/underscore cursor, + rmkx=\Eu, smkx=\Et, + use=h19-u, +# (h19: merged in from BSDI hp19-e entry>; +# also added empty to suppress a tic warning --esr) +h19|heath|h19-b|heathkit|heath-19|z19|zenith|heathkit h19, + am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=, bel=^G, clear=\EE, cnorm=\Ey4, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, + cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, + cvvis=\Ex4, dch1=\EN, dl1=\EM$<1*>, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, + fsl=\Ek\Ey5, home=\EH, ht=^I, il1=\EL$<1*>, ind=^J, + ip=<1.5/>, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, + kcuu1=\EA, kf1=\ES, kf2=\ET, kf3=\EU, kf4=\EV, kf5=\EW, + kf6=\EP, kf7=\EQ, kf8=\ER, khome=\EH, lf6=blue, lf7=red, + lf8=white, ri=\EI, rmacs=\EG, rmir=\EO, rmso=\Eq, smacs=\EF, + smir=\E@, smso=\Ep, tsl=\Ej\Ex5\EY8%p1%{32}%+%c\Eo\Eo, +h19-u|heathkit with underscore cursor, + cnorm@, cvvis@, use=h19-b, +h19-us|h19us|heathkit w/keypad shifted/underscore cursor, + rmkx=\Eu, smkx=\Et, + use=h19-u, +h19-g|h19g|heathkit w/block cursor, + cnorm=\Ex4, use=h19-b, +alto-h19|altoh19|altoheath|alto-heath|alto emulating heathkit h19, + lines#60, + dl1=\EM, il1=\EL, use=h19, + +# The major problem with the Z29 is that it requires more padding than the Z19. +# +# The problem with declaring an H19 to be synonymous with a Z29 is that +# it needs more padding. It especially loses if a program attempts +# to put the Z29 into insert mode and insert text at 9600 baud. It +# even loses worse if the program attempts to insert tabs at 9600 +# baud. Adding padding to text that is inserted loses because in +# order to make the Z29 not die, one must add so much padding that +# whenever the program tries to use insert mode, the effective +# rate is about 110 baud. +# +# What program would want to put the terminal into insert mode +# and shove stuff at it at 9600 baud you ask? +# +# Emacs. Emacs seems to want to do the mathematically optimal +# thing in doing a redisplay rather than the practical thing. +# When it is about to output a line on top of a line that is +# already on the screen, instead of just killing to the end of +# the line and outputting the new line, it compares the old line +# and the new line and if there are any similarities, it +# constructs the new line by deleting the text on the old line +# on the terminal that is already there and then inserting new +# text into the line to transform it into the new line that is +# to be displayed. The Z29 does not react kindly to this. +# +# But don't cry for too long.... There is a solution. You can make +# a termcap entry for the Z29 that says the Z29 has no insert mode. +# Then Emacs cannot use it. "Oh, no, but now inserting into a +# line will be really slow", you say. Well there is a sort of a +# solution to that too. There is an insert character option on +# the Z29 that will insert one character. Unfortunately, it +# involves putting the terminal into ansi mode, inserting the +# character, and changing it back to H19 mode. All this takes 12 +# characters. Pretty expensive to insert one character, but it +# works. Either Emacs doesn't try to use its inserting hack when +# it's only given an insert character ability or the Z29 doesn't +# require padding with this (the former is probably more likely, +# but I haven't checked it out). +# (z29: added empty to suppress a tic warning, merged in +# status line capabilities from BRL entry --esr) +z29|zenith29|z29b|zenith z29b, + am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, + cols#80, lines#24, + acsc=, bel=^G, cbt=\E-, clear=\EE$<14>, cnorm=\Ey4, cr=^M, + cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\E$<1>A, + cvvis=\Ex4, dch1=\EN$<0.1*>, dl1=\EM$<1/>, dsl=\Ey1, + ed=\EJ$<14>, el=\EK$<1>, fsl=\Ek\Ey5, home=\EH, ht=^I, + ich1=\E<\E[1@\E[?2h$<1>, il1=\EL$<1/>, ind=\n$<2>, + is2=\E<\E[?2h\Ev, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, + kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\E~, kf1=\ES, kf2=\ET, kf3=\EU, kf4=\EV, + kf5=\EW, kf6=\EP, kf7=\EQ, kf8=\ER, kf9=\E0I, khome=\EH, + lf0=home, ri=\EI$<2/>, rmacs=\EF, rmir=\EO, rmso=\Eq, + rmul=\Es0, smacs=\EG, smir=\E@, smso=\Ep, smul=\Es8, + tsl=\Ej\Ex5\Ex1\EY8%+ \Eo, +# z29 in ansi mode. Assumes that the cursor is in the correct state, and that +# the world is stable. causes the terminal to be reset to the state +# indicated by the name. kc -> key click, nkc -> no key click, uc -> underscore +# cursor, bc -> block cursor. +# From: Mike Meyers +# (z29a: replaced nonexistent befause +# looks vt100-compatible -- esr) +z29a|z29a-kc-bc|h29a-kc-bc|heath/zenith 29 in ansi mode, + am, eslok, hs, mir, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[2m, clear=\E[2J, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[1P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, + dsl=\E[>1l, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, fsl=\E[u\E[>5l, home=\E[H, + ht=^I, hts=\EH, if=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, il=\E[%p1%dL, + ind=\ED, kbs=^H, kclr=\E[J, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, + kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, ked=\E[J, kf0=\E[~, kf1=\EOS, + kf2=\EOT, kf3=\EOU, kf4=\EOV, kf5=\EOW, kf6=\EOP, kf7=\EOQ, + kf8=\EOR, kf9=\EOX, khome=\E[H, lf0=help, mc0=\E#7, + nel=^M\ED, rc=\E[r, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmcup=\E[?7h, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + rs1=\E<\E[1;24r\E[24;1H\E[?7h\E[>4h\E[>1;2;3;5;6;7;8;9l\E[m\E[11m, + sc=\E[s, sgr0=\E[m, smcup=\E[?7l, smso=\E[7;2m, smul=\E[4m, + tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E[s\E[>5;1h\E[25;%i%dH\E[1K, +z29a-kc-uc|h29a-kc-uc|z29 ansi mode with keyckick and underscore cursor, + rs1=\E<\E[1;24r\E[24;1H\E[?7h\E[>1;2;3;4;5;6;7;8;9l\E[m\E[11m, + use=z29a, +z29a-nkc-bc|h29a-nkc-bc|z29 ansi mode with block cursor and no keyclick, + rs1=\E<\E[1;24r\E[24;1H\E[?7h\E[>2;4h\E[>1;3;5;6;7;8;9l\E[m\E[11m, + use=z29a, +z29a-nkc-uc|h29a-nkc-uc|z29 ansi mode with underscore cursor and no keyclick, + rs1=\E<\E[1;24r\E[24;1H\E[?7h\E[>2h\E[>1;3;4;5;6;7;8;9l\E[m\E[11m, + use=z29a, +# From: Jeff Bartig 31 Mar 1995 +z39-a|z39a|zenith39-a|zenith39-ansi|Zenith 39 in ANSI mode, + am, eslok, hs, mc5i, mir, msgr, xon, + cols#80, lines#24, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooqqssttuuvvwwxx~~0a, bel=^G, + blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[1Z, civis=\E[>5h, + clear=\E[2J\E[H, cnorm=\E[>5l, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[1P, dim=\E[2m, dl=\E[%p1%dM, + dl1=\E[1M, dsl=\E[>1l, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K, el1=\E[1K, + fsl=\E[u, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[1L, + ind=^J, is2=\E<\E[>1;3;5;6;7l\E[0m\E[2J, ka1=\EOw, + ka3=\EOu, kb2=\EOy, kbs=^H, kc1=\EOq, kc3=\EOs, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, ked=\E[J, kf1=\EOS, + kf2=\EOT, kf3=\EOU, kf4=\EOV, kf5=\EOW, kf6=\EOP, kf7=\EOQ, + kf8=\EOR, kf9=\EOX, khlp=\E[~, khome=\E[H, ll=\E[24;1H, + mc0=\E[?19h\E[i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, rc=\E[u, rev=\E[7m, + rmacs=\E(B, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E[>7l, rmso=\E[0m, + rmul=\E[0m, rs2=\E<\Ec\200, sc=\E[s, sgr0=\E[0m, + smacs=\E(0, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E[>7h, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, tsl=\E[s\E[>1h\E[25;%i%p1%dH, + +# From: Brad Brahms +z100|h100|z110|z-100|h-100|heath/zenith z-100 pc with color monitor, + cnorm=\Ey4\Em70, cvvis=\Ex4\Em71, + use=z100bw, +# (z100bw: removed obsolete ":kn#10:", added empty -- esr) +z100bw|h100bw|z110bw|z-100bw|h-100bw|heath/zenith z-100 pc, + mir, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=, clear=\EE$<5*/>, cnorm=\Ey4, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, + cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<1*/>, + cuu1=\EA, cvvis=\Ex4, dch1=\EN$<1*/>, dl1=\EM$<5*/>, + ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, il1=\EL$<5*/>, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\EJ, kf1=\ES, + kf2=\ET, kf3=\EU, kf4=\EV, kf5=\EW, kf6=\EP, kf7=\EQ, kf8=\ER, + kf9=\EOI, khome=\EH, ri=\EI, rmacs=\EG, rmir=\EO, rmso=\Eq, + smacs=\EF, smir=\E@, smso=\Ep, +p19|h19-b with il1/dl1, + dl1=\EM$<2*/>, il1=\EL$<2*/>, use=h19-b, +# From: +# (ztx: removed duplicate :sr: -- esr) +ztx|ztx11|zt-1|htx11|ztx-1-a|ztx-10 or 11, + am, eslok, hs, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + clear=\EE, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dl1=\EM, + dsl=\Ey1, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, fsl=\Ek\Ey5, home=\EH, ht=^I, + il1=\EL, is2=\Ej\EH\Eq\Ek\Ev\Ey1\Ey5\EG\Ey8\Ey9\Ey>, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kf0=\ES, + kf1=\EB, kf2=\EU, kf3=\EV, kf4=\EW, kf5=\EP, kf6=\EQ, kf7=\ER, + ri=\EI, rmso=\Eq, rmul=\Eq, smso=\Es5, smul=\Es2, + tsl=\Ej\Ex5\Ex1\EY8%+ \Eo, + +#### IMS International (ims) +# +# There was a company called IMS International located in Carson City, +# Nevada, that flourished from the mid-70s to mid-80s. They made S-100 +# bus/Z80 hardware and a line of terminals called Ultimas. +# + +# From: Erik Fair Sun Oct 27 07:21:05 1985 +ims950-b|bare ims950 no init string, + is2@, use=ims950, +# (ims950: removed obsolete ":ko@:" -- esr) +ims950|ims televideo 950 emulation, + xenl@, + flash@, kbs@, kcub1@, kcud1@, kcuf1@, kcuu1@, kf0@, kf1@, kf2@, kf3@, + kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@, kf9@, khome@, + use=tvi950, +# (ims950-rv: removed obsolete ":ko@:" -- esr) +ims950-rv|ims tvi950 rev video, + xenl@, + flash@, kbs@, kcub1@, kcud1@, kcuf1@, kcuu1@, kf0@, kf1@, kf2@, kf3@, + kf4@, kf5@, kf6@, kf7@, kf8@, kf9@, khome@, + use=tvi950-rv, +ims-ansi|ultima2|ultimaII|IMS Ultima II, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + clear=\E[H\E[2J, cub1=^H, cud1=\ED, + cup=\E[%i%p1%2d;%p2%2dH, cuu1=\EM, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K, + ht=^I, if=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, + is2=\E[m\E[>14l\E[?1;?5;20l\E>\E[1m\r, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, khome=\E[H, ri=\EM, + rmso=\E[m\E[1m, rmul=\E[m\E[1m, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, + +#### Intertec Data Systems +# +# I think this company is long dead as of 1995. They made an early CP/M +# micro called the "Intertec Superbrain" that was moderately popular, +# then sank out of sight. +# + +superbrain|intertec superbrain, + am, bw, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\014$<5*>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<20>, cuu1=^K, + ed=\E~k<10*>, el=\E~K$<15>, ht=^I, ind=^J, kcub1=^U, + kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^F, kcuu1=^K, rmcup=^L, smcup=^L, +# (intertube: a Gould entry via BRL asserted smul=\E0@$<200/>, +# rmul=\E0A$<200/>; my guess is the highlight letter is bit-coded like an ADM, +# and the reverse is actually true. Try it. -- esr) +intertube|intertec|Intertec InterTube, + am, + cols#80, lines#25, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^F, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<50>, cuu1=^Z, home=^A, + ind=^J, rmso=\E0@, smso=\E0P, +# The intertube 2 has the "full duplex" problem like the tek 4025: if you +# are typing and a command comes in, the keystrokes you type get interspersed +# with the command and it messes up +intertube2|intertec data systems intertube 2, + cup=\016%p1%c\020%p2%{10}%/%{16}%*%p2%{10}%m%+%c, + el=\EK, hpa=\020%p1%{10}%/%{16}%*%p1%{10}%m%+%c, + ll=^K^X\r, vpa=\013%p1%c, + use=intertube, + +#### Ithaca Intersystems +# +# This company made S100-bus personal computers long ago in the pre-IBM-PC +# past. They used to be reachable at: +# +# Ithaca Intersystems +# 1650 Hanshaw Road +# Ithaca, New York 14850 +# +# However, the outfit went bankrupt years ago. +# + +# The Graphos III was a color graphics terminal from Ithaca Intersystems. +# These entries were written (originally in termcap syntax) by Brian Yandell +# and Mike Meyer at the +# University of Wisconsin. + +# (graphos: removed obsolete and syntactically incorrect :kn=4:, +# removed and +# no such file & no -- esr) +graphos|graphos III, + am, mir, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + clear=\E[H\E[2J, cnorm=\Ez56;2;0;0z\Ez73z\Ez4;1;1z, + cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\E[B, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\Ez4;2;1z\Ez56;2;80;24z, dch1=\E[P, dl=\E[%p1%dM, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, il=\E[%p1%dL, + il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, + kf4=\EOS, khome=\E[H, nel=^M\ED, rc=\E8, ri=\EM, rmdc=\E[4l, + rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smdc=\E[4h, + smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, +graphos-30|graphos III with 30 lines, + lines#30, + cvvis=\Ez4;2;1z\Ez56;2;80;30z, use=graphos, + +#### Modgraph +# +# These people used to be reachable at: +# +# Modgraph, Inc +# 1393 Main Street, +# Waltham, MA 02154 +# Vox: (617)-890-5796. +# +# However, if you call that number today you'll get an insurance company. +# I think Modgraph is long gone. +# + +modgraph|mod24|modgraph terminal emulating vt100, + xenl@, + cols#80, lines#24, + cvvis=\E\^9;0s\E\^7;1s, + is2=\E\^9;0s\E\^7;1s\E[3g\E\^11;9s\E\^11;17s\E\^11;25s\E\^11;33s\E\^11;41s\E\^11;49s\E\^11;57s\E\^11;65s\E\^11;73s\E\^11;81s\E\^11;89s, + rf@, ri=\EM\E[K$<5/>, + use=vt100, +# The GX-1000 manual is dated 1984. This looks rather like a VT-52. +modgraph2|modgraph gx-1000 80x24 with keypad not enabled, + am, da, db, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + clear=\EH\EJ$<50/>, cub1=^H, cuf1=\EC$<2/>, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<5/>, cuu1=\EA$<2/>, + ed=\EJ$<50/>, el=\EK$<3/>, ht=^I, + is2=\E<\E\^5;2s\E\^7;1s\E[3g\E\^11;9s\E\^11;17s\E\^11;25s\E\^11;33s\E\^11;41s\E\^11;49s\E\^11;57s\E\^11;65s\E\^11;73s\E\^11;81s\E\^11;89s\E\^12;0s\E\^14;2s\E\^15;9s\E\^25;1s\E\^9;1s\E\^27;1, + ri=\EI$<5/>, +# +# Modgraph from Nancy L. Cider +# BUG NOTE from Barbara E. Ringers : +# If we set TERM=vt100, and set the Modgraph screen to 24 lines, setting a +# mark and using delete-to-killbuffer work correctly. However, we would +# like normal mode of operation to be using a Modgraph with 48 line setting. +# If we set TERM=mod (which is a valid entry in termcap with 48 lines) +# the setting mark and delete-to-killbuffer results in the deletion of only +# the line the mark is set on. +# We've discovered that the delete-to-killbuffer works correctly +# with TERM=mod and screen set to 80x48 but it's not obvious. Only +# the first line disappears but a ctrl-l shows that it did work +# correctly. +modgraph48|mod|Modgraph w/48 lines, + am, xenl, + cols#80, it#8, lines#48, vt#3, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[;H\E[2J, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, + flash=\E[?5h\E[0q\E[1;2q\E[?5l\E[0q\E[4;3q, + home=\E[H, ht=^I, is2=\E<\E[1;48r\E[0q\E[3;4q\E=\E[?1h, + kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, + kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, + ri=\EM, rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + rs1=\E=\E[0q\E>, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, + smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + +#### Morrow Designs +# +# This was George Morrow's company. They started in the late 1970s making +# S100-bus machines. They used to be reachable at: +# +# Morrow +# 600 McCormick St. +# San Leandro, CA 94577 +# +# but they're long gone now (1995). +# + +# The mt70 terminal was shipped with the Morrow MD-3 microcomputer. +# Jeff's specimen was dated June 1984. +# From: Jeff Wieland 24 Feb 1995 +mt70|mt-70|Morrow MD-70; native Morrow mode, + am, mir, msgr, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=+z\,{.yOi-x`|jGkFlEmDnHtLuKvNwMxIqJ, bel=^G, + cbt=\EI, civis=\E"0, clear=^Z, cnorm=\E"2, cr=^M, cub1=^H, + cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c$<1>, + cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, dim=\EG2, dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET$<10>, + flash=\EK1$<200>\EK0, home=^^, ht=^I, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, + ind=^J, invis@, is1=\E"2\EG0\E], kbs=^H, kcbt=^A^Z\r, + kclr=^An\r, kcub1=^AL\r, kcud1=^AK\r, kcuf1=^AM\r, + kcuu1=^AJ\r, kdch1=\177, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, kf11=^A`\r, + kf12=^Aa\r, kf13=^Ab\r, kf14=^Ac\r, kf15=^Ad\r, kf16=^Ae\r, + kf17=^Af\r, kf18=^Ag\r, kf19=^Ah\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf20=^Ai\r, + kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, + kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khlp=^AO\r, khome=^AN\r, nel=^_, + rmacs=\E%, rmcup=, smacs=\E$, smcup=\E"2\EG0\E], smul=\EG1, + tbc=\E0, + use=adm+sgr, + +#### Motorola +# + +# Motorola EXORterm 155 from {decvax, ihnp4}!philabs!sbcs!megad!seth via BRL +# (Seth H Zirin) +ex155|Motorola Exorterm 155, + am, bw, + cols#80, lines#24, + cbt=\E[, clear=\EX, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\ED, + cup=\EE%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, ed=\ET, el=\EU, + home=\E@, ht=\EZ, kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[, kclr=\EX, kcub1=^H, + kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, ked=\ET, kel=\EU, khome=\E@, + rmso=\Ec\ED, rmul=\Eg\ED, smso=\Eb\ED, smul=\Ef\ED, + +#### Omron +# +# This company is still around in 1995, manufacturing point-of-sale systems. + +omron|Omron 8025AG, + am, da, db, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, cuu1=\EA, + cvvis=\EN, dch1=\EP, dl1=\EM, ed=\ER, el=\EK, home=\EH, + il1=\EL, ind=\ES, ri=\ET, rmso=\E4, smso=\Ef, + +#### Ramtek +# +# Ramtek was a vendor of high-end graphics terminals around 1979-1983; they +# were competition for things like the Tektronics 4025. +# + +# Ramtek 6221 from BRL, probably by Doug Gwyn +# The following SET-UP modes are assumed for normal operation: +# UNDERLINE_CURSOR ANSI_MODE AUTO_XON/XOFF_ON +# NEWLINE_OFF 80_COLUMNS +# Other SET-UP modes may be set for operator convenience or communication +# requirements; I recommend +# SMOOTH_SCROLL AUTO_REPEAT_ON 3_#_SHIFTED WRAP_AROUND_ON +# Hardware tabs are assumed to be every 8 columns; they can be set up by the +# "reset", "tset", or "tabs" utilities (use rt6221-w, 160 columns, for this). +# Note that the Control-E key is useless on this brain-damaged terminal. No +# delays are specified; use "stty ixon -ixany" to enable DC3/DC1 flow control! +rt6221|Ramtek 6221, 80x24, + msgr, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3, + acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[>5l, + clear=\E[1;1H\E[J, cnorm=\E[>5h\E[>9h, cr=^M, + csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^K, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EM, + cvvis=\E[>7h\E[>9l, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[1;1H, ht=^I, + hts=\EH, ind=^J, is2=\E)0, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\EOP, kf1=\EOQ, kf2=\EOR, + kf3=\EOS, lf0=PF1, lf1=PF2, lf2=PF3, lf3=PF4, ll=\E[24;1H, + nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, rmacs=^O, rmkx=\E>, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + rs1=\E[1w\E[>37m\E[>39m\E[1v\E[20l\E[?3l\E[?6l\E[>5h\E[>6h\E[>7h\E[>8l\E[>9h\E[>10l\E[1;24r\E[m\E[q\E(B\017\E)0\E#5\E>, + sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, +# [TO DO: Check out: short forms of ho/cl and ll; reset (\Ec)]. +rt6221-w|Ramtek 6221, 160x48, + cols#160, lines#48, + ll=\E[48;1H, use=rt6221, + +#### RCA +# + +# RCA VP3301 or VP3501 +rca|rca vp3301/vp3501, + cols#40, lines#24, + clear=^L, cuf1=^U, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, + cuu1=^K, home=^Z, rmso=\E\ES0, smso=\E\ES1, + + +#### Selanar +# + +# Selanar HiREZ-100 from BRL, probably by Doug Gwyn +# The following SET-UP modes are assumed for normal operation: +# SET_DEFAULT_TABS 48_LINES 80_COLUMNS +# ONLINE ANSI CURSOR_VISIBLE +# VT102_AUTO_WRAP_ON VT102_NEWLINE_OFF VT102_MONITOR_MODE_OFF +# LOCAL_ECHO_OFF US_CHAR_SET WPS_TERMINAL_DISABLED +# CPU_AUTO_XON/XOFF_ENABLED PRINT_FULL_SCREEN +# For use with graphics software, all graphics modes should be set to factory +# default. Other SET-UP modes may be set for operator convenience or +# communication requirements. No delays are specified; use "stty ixon -ixany" +# to enable DC3/DC1 flow control! +# I commented out the scrolling capabilities since they are too slow. +hirez100|Selanar HiREZ-100, + mir, msgr, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#48, vt#3, + acsc=, bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[J, + cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\EM, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + hts=\EH, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, is2=\E<\E)0, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf0=\EOP, + kf1=\EOQ, kf2=\EOR, kf3=\EOS, lf0=PF1, lf1=PF2, lf2=PF3, + lf3=PF4, ll=\E[48H, mc0=\E[i, mc4=\E[4i\E[?4i, + mc5=\E[?5i\E[5i, nel=\EE, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, rmacs=^O, + rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + rs1=\030\E2\E<\E[4i\E[?4i\E[12h\E[2;4;20l\E[?0;7h\E[?1;3;6;19l\E[r\E[m\E(B\017\E)0\E>, + sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smacs=^N, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, +hirez100-w|Selanar HiREZ-100 in 132-column mode, + cols#132, use=hirez100, + +#### Signetics +# + +# From University of Wisconsin +vsc|Signetics Vsc Video driver by RMC, + am, msgr, + cols#80, it#8, lines#26, + clear=\E[;H\E[2J$<50/>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, + ht=^I, ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, rev=^_\s, + rmso=^_!, rmul=^_#, sgr0=^_!, smso=^_\s, smul=^_", + +#### Soroc +# +# Alan Frisbie writes: +# +# As you may recall, the Soroc logo consisted of their name, +# with the letter "S" superimposed over an odd design. This +# consisted of a circle with a slightly smaller 15 degree (approx.) +# wedge with rounded corners inside it. The color was sort of +# a metallic gold/yellow. +# +# If I had been more of a beer drinker it might have been obvious +# to me, but it took a clue from their service department to make +# me exclaim, "Of course!" The circular object was the top of +# a beer can (the old removable pop-top style) and "Soroc" was an +# anagram for "Coors". +# +# I can just imagine the founders of the company sitting around +# one evening, tossing back a few and trying to decide what to +# call their new company and what to use for a logo. +# + +# (soroc120: removed obsolete ":ma=^K^P^R^L^L :" -- esr) +soroc120|iq120|soroc|soroc iq120, + clear=\E*$<2>, cud1=^J, ed=\EY, el=\ET, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, + kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, + use=adm3a, +soroc140|iq140|soroc iq140, + am, mir, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, cbt=\EI, clear=\E+, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\Ew, + dl1=\Er$<.7*>, ed=\Ey, el=\Et, home=^^, il1=\Ee$<1*>, ind=^J, + kbs=^H, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, kf0=^A0\r, kf1=^A@\r, kf2=^AA\r, + kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, + kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, ll=^^^K, rmir=\E8, + rmso=\E\177, rmul=\E^A, smir=\E9, smso=\E\177, smul=\E^A, + +#### Southwest Technical Products +# +# These guys made an early personal micro called the M6800. +# The ct82 was probably its console terminal. +# + +# (swtp: removed obsolete ":bc=^D:" -- esr) +swtp|ct82|southwest technical products ct82, + am, + cols#82, lines#20, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^D, cud1=^J, cuf1=^S, + cup=\013%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=^A, dch1=^\^H, dl1=^Z, ed=^V, el=^F, + home=^P, ich1=^\^X, il1=^\^Y, ind=^N, + is2=\034\022\036\023\036\004\035\027\011\023\036\035\036\017\035\027\022\011, + ll=^C, ri=^O, rmso=^^^F, smso=^^^V, + +#### Synertek +# +# Bob Manson writes (28 Apr 1995): +# +# Synertek used to make ICs, various 6502-based single-board process +# control and hobbyist computers, and assorted peripherals including a +# series of small inexpensive terminals (I think they were one of the +# first to have a "terminal-on-a-keyboard", where the terminal itself +# was only slightly larger than the keyboard). +# +# They apparently had a KTM-1 model, which I've never seen. The KTM-2/40 +# was a 40x24 terminal that could connect to a standard TV through a +# video modulator. The KTM-2/80 was the 80-column version (the 2/40 +# could be upgraded to the 2/80 by adding 2 2114 SRAMs and a new ROM). +# I have a KTM-2/80 still in working order. The KTM-2s had fully +# socketed parts, used 2 6507s, a 6532 as keyboard scanner, a program +# ROM and 2 ROMs as character generators. They were incredibly simple, +# and I've never had any problems with mine (witness the fact that mine +# was made in 1981 and is still working great... I've blown the video +# output transistor a couple of times, but it's a 2N2222 :-) +# +# The KTM-3 (which is what is listed in the terminfo file) was their +# attempt at putting a KTM-2 in a box (and some models came with a +# CRT). It wasn't much different from the KTM-2 hardware-wise, but the +# control and escape sequences are very different. The KTM-3 was always +# real broken, at least according to the folks I've talked to about it. +# +# The padding in the entry is probably off--these terminals were very +# slow (it takes like 100ms for the KTM-2 to clear the screen...) And +# anyone with any sanity replaced the ROMs with something that provided +# a reasonable subset of VT100 functionality, since the usual ROMs were +# obviously very primitive... oh, you could get an upgraded ROM from +# Synertek for some incredible amount of money, but what hacker with an +# EPROM burner would do that? :) +# +# Sorry I don't have any contact info; I believe they were located in +# Sunnyvale, and I'm fairly sure they are still manufacturing ICs +# (they've gone to ASICs and FPGAs), but I doubt they're in the computer +# business these days. +# + +# Tested, seems to work fine with vi. +synertek|ktm|synertek380|synertek ktm 3/80 tubeless terminal, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=^Z, cub1=^H, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, + +#### Tab Office Products +# +# TAB Products Co. - Palo Alto, California +# Electronic Office Products, +# 1451 California Avenue 94304 +# +# I think they're out of business. +# + +# The tab 132 uses xon/xoff, so no padding needed. +# / have nothing to do with arrow keys. +# sets 80 col mode, normal video, autowrap on (for ). +# Seems to be no way to get rid of status line. +# The manual for this puppy was dated June 1981. It claims to be VT52- +# compatible but looks more vt100-like. +tab132|tab|tab132-15|tab 132/15, + da, db, + cols#80, lines#24, lm#96, + cud1=^J, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, + il1=\E[L, is2=\E[?7h\E[?3l\E[?5l, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuu1=\E[A, rmir=\E[4l, rmkx@, smir=\E[4h, smkx@, + use=vt100, +tab132-w|tab132 in wide mode, + cols#132, + is2=\E[?7h\E[?3h\E[?5l, use=tab132, +tab132-rv|tab132 in reverse-video mode, + is2=\E[?7h\E[?3l\E[?5h, use=tab132, +tab132-w-rv|tab132 in reverse-video/wide mode, + is2=\E[?7h\E[?3h\E[?5h, + use=tab132-w, + + +#### Teleray +# +# Research Incorporated +# 6425 Flying Cloud Drive +# Eden Prairie, MN 55344 +# Vox: (612)-941-3300 +# +# The Teleray terminals were all discontinued in 1992-93. RI still services +# and repairs these beasts, but no longer manufactures them. The Teleray +# people believe that all the types listed below are very rare now (1995). +# There was a newer line of Telerays (Model 7, Model 20, Model 30, and +# Model 100) that were ANSI-compatible. +# +# Note two things called "teleray". Reorder should move the common one +# to the front if you have either. A dumb teleray with the cursor stuck +# on the bottom and no obvious model number is probably a 3700. +# + +t3700|dumb teleray 3700, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ind=^J, +t3800|teleray 3800 series, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, + home=\EH, ht=^I, ind=^J, ll=\EY7\s, +t1061|teleray|teleray 1061, + am, km, xhp, xt, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#1, + bel=^G, clear=\014$<1>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EQ, + dl1=\EM$<2*>, ed=\EJ$<1>, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, hts=\EF, + ich1=\EP, il1=\EL$<2*>, ind=^J, ip=$<0.4*>, + is2=\Ee\EU01^Z1\EV\EU02^Z2\EV\EU03^Z3\EV\EU04^Z4\EV\EU05^Z5\EV\EU06^Z6\EV\EU07^Z7\EV\EU08^Z8\EV\Ef, + kf1=^Z1, kf2=^Z2, kf3=^Z3, kf4=^Z4, kf5=^Z5, kf6=^Z6, kf7=^Z7, + kf8=^Z8, rmso=\ER@, rmul=\ER@, smso=\s\ERD, smul=\ERH, + tbc=\EG, +t1061f|teleray 1061 with fast PROMs, + dl1=\EM, il1=\EL, ip@, use=t1061, +# "Teleray Arpa Special", officially designated as +# "Teleray Arpa network model 10" with "Special feature 720". +# This is the new (1981) fast microcode updating the older "arpa" proms +# (which gave meta-key and programmable-fxn keys). 720 is much much faster, +# converts the keypad to programmable function keys, and has other goodies. +# Standout mode is still broken (magic cookie, etc) so is suppressed as no +# programs handle such lossage properly. +# Note: this is NOT the old termcap's "t1061f with fast proms." +# From: J. Lepreau Tue Feb 1 06:39:37 1983, Univ of Utah +# (t10: removed overridden ":so@:se@:us@:ue@:" -- esr) +t10|teleray 10 special, + km, xhp, xt, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, xmc#2, + clear=\Ej$<30/>, cub1=^H, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EQ, + dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, ich1=\EP, il1=\EL, + ind=\Eq, pad=\200, ri=\Ep, rmso=\ER@, rmul=\ER@, smso=\ERD, + smul=\ERH, +# teleray 16 - map the arrow keys for vi/rogue, shifted to up/down page, and +# back/forth words. Put the function keys (f1-f10) where they can be +# found, and turn off the other magic keys along the top row, except +# for line/local. Do the magic appropriate to make the page shifts work. +# Also toggle ^S/^Q for those of us who use Emacs. +t16|teleray 16, + am, da, db, mir, xhp, xt, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[2J, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, + cuf1=\E[C, cup=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%df, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[0J, el=\E[0K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, il1=\E[L, + ind=^J, kf1=^Z1, kf10=^Z0, kf2=^Z2, kf3=^Z3, kf4=^Z4, kf5=^Z5, + kf6=^Z6, kf7=^Z7, kf8=^Z8, kf9=^Z9, ri=\E[T, + rmcup=\E[V\E[24;1f\E[?38h, rmir=\E[4l, rmso=\E[m, + rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, smcup=\E[U\E[?38l, smir=\E[4h, + smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, + +#### Texas Instruments (ti) +# + +# The Silent 700 was so called because it was built around a quiet thermal +# printer. It was portable, equipped with an acoustic coupler, and pretty +# neat for its day. +ti700|ti733|ti735|ti745|ti800|ti silent 700/733/735/745 or omni 800, + hc, os, + cols#80, + bel=^G, cr=\r$<162>, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ind=^J, + +# +# Texas Instruments 916 VDT 7 bit control mode +# +ti916|ti916-220-7|Texas Instruments 916 VDT 8859/1 vt220 mode 7 bit CTRL, + da, db, in, msgr, + cbt=\E[Z, civis=\E[?25l, clear=\E[H\E[2J$<6>, + cnorm=\E[?25h, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cud=\E[%p1%dB, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cup=\E[%p1%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, + cvvis=\E[?25h, dch=\E[%p1%dP$<250>, dch1=\E[P, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, ech=\E[%p1%dX$<20>, ed=\E[J$<6>, el=\E[0K, + el1=\E[1K, enacs=\E(B\E)0, ff=^L, flash=\E[?5h\E[?5l$<6>, + hpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dG, hts=\E[0W, ich=\E[%p1%d@$<250>, + il=\E[%p1%dL$<36>, ip=$<10>, is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, + kcmd=\E[29~, kdch1=\E[P, kent=^J, kf1=\E[17~, kf10=\E[28~, + kf11=\E[29~, kf12=\E[31~, kf2=\E[18~, kf3=\E[19~, + kf4=\E[20~, kf5=\E[21~, kf6=\E[23~, kf7=\E[24~, kf8=\E[25~, + kf9=\E[26~, khome=\E[H, kich1=\E[@, knp=\E[S, kpp=\E[T, + kprt=^X, prot=\E&, rmacs=\017$<2>, rs2=\E[!p, + smacs=\016$<2>, tbc=\E[3g, vpa=\E[%p1%{1}%+%dd, use=vt220, +# +# Texas Instruments 916 VDT 8 bit control mode +# +ti916-8|ti916-220-8|Texas Instruments 916 VDT 8859/1 8 vt220 mode bit CTRL, + kcmd=\23329~, kcub1=\233D, kcud1=\233B, kcuf1=\233C, + kcuu1=\233A, kdch1=\233P, kent=^J, kf1=\23317~, + kf10=\23328~, kf11=\23329~, kf12=\23331~, kf2=\23318~, + kf3=\23319~, kf4=\23320~, kf5=\23321~, kf6=\23323~, + kf7=\23324~, kf8=\23325~, kf9=\23326~, khome=\233H, + kich1=\233@, knp=\233S, kpp=\233T, kprt=^X, + use=ti916, +# +# Texas Instruments 916 VDT 8859/1 7 bit control 132 column mode +# +ti916-132|Texas Instruments 916 VDT vt220 132 column, + cols#132, use=ti916, +# +# Texas Instruments 916 VDT 8859/1 8 bit control 132 column mode +# +ti916-8-132|Texas Instruments 916 VDT vt220 132 column, + cols#132, use=ti916-8, +ti924|Texas Instruments 924 VDT 8859/1 7 bit CTRL, + am, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[2J\E[H, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, + csr=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=\E[D, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, cvvis=\E[?31h, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, + il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\E[P, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, + kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\E[16~, kf6=\E[17~, kf7=\E[18~, + kf8=\E[19~, kf9=\E[20~, kich1=\E[@, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, + ri=\EM, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, +ti924-8|Texas Instruments 924 VDT 8859/1 8 bit CTRL, + am, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, civis=\E[?25l, + clear=\E[2J\E[H, cnorm=\E[?25h, cr=^M, + csr=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=\E[D, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=%i\E[%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, cvvis=\E[?31h, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, + il1=\E[L, ind=\ED, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=P$<\233>, kf1=P$<\217>, + kf2=Q$<\217>, kf3=R$<\217>, kf4=S$<\217>, kf5=~$<\23316>, + kf6=~$<\23317>, kf7=~$<\23318>, kf8=~$<\23319>, + kf9=~$<\23320>, kich1=@$<\233>, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m, ri=\EM, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m, smso=\E[7m, + smul=\E[4m, tbc=\E[3g, +ti924w|Texas Instruments 924 VDT 7 bit - 132 column mode, + cols#132, use=ti924, +ti924-8w|Texas Instruments 924 VDT 8 bit - 132 column mode, + cols#132, use=ti924-8, +ti931|Texas Instruments 931 VDT, + am, xon, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, blink=\E4P, clear=\EL, cnorm=\E4@, cr=^M, cub1=\ED, + cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, + cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EQ, dl1=\EO, ed=\EJ, el=\EI, home=\EH, + ich1=\ER\EP\EM, il1=\EN, ind=\Ea, invis=\E4H, + is2=\EGB\E(@B@@\E), kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, + kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\EQ, kdl1=\EO, kf1=\Ei1, kf2=\Ei2, kf3=\Ei3, + kf4=\Ei4, kf5=\Ei5, kf6=\Ei6, kf7=\Ei7, kf8=\Ei8, kf9=\Ei9, + kich1=\EP, kil1=\EN, rev=\E4B, ri=\Eb, rmso=\E4@, rmul=\E4@, + sgr0=\E4@, smso=\E4A, smul=\E4D, +ti926|Texas Instruments 926 VDT 8859/1 7 bit CTRL, + csr@, ind=\E[1S, ri=\E[1T, + use=ti924, +# (ti926-8: I corrected this from the broken SCO entry -- esr) +ti926-8|Texas Instruments 926 VDT 8859/1 8 bit CTRL, + csr@, ind=\2331S, ri=\2331T, + use=ti924-8, +ti_ansi|basic entry for ti928, + am, bce, eo, xenl, xon, + colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#25, pairs#64, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, cbt=\E[Z, clear=\E[2J\E[H, + cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, + cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, + dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich1=\E[@, + il1=\E[L, ind=\E[S, kbs=^H, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kend=\E[F, kf0=\E[V, kf1=\E[M, + kf2=\E[N, kf3=\E[O, kf4=\E[P, kf5=\E[Q, kf6=\E[R, kf7=\E[S, + kf8=\E[T, kf9=\E[U, khome=\E[H, knp=\E[G, kpp=\E[I, + op=\E[37;40m, ri=\E[T, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, + setab=\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\E[3%p1%dm, sgr0=\E[m, + smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +# +# 928 VDT 7 bit control mode +# +ti928|Texas Instruments 928 VDT 8859/1 7 bit CTRL, + kdch1=\E[P, kend=\E_1\E\\, kent=\E[8~, kf1=\E[17~, + kf10=\E[28~, kf11=\E[29~, kf12=\E[31~, kf13=\E[32~, + kf15=\E[34~, kf2=\E[18~, kf3=\E[19~, kf4=\E[20~, + kf5=\E[21~, kf6=\E[23~, kf7=\E[24~, kf8=\E[25~, kf9=\E[26~, + kich1=\E[@, knp=\E[S, kpp=\E[T, kprt=\E[35~, + use=ti_ansi, +# +# 928 VDT 8 bit control mode +# +ti928-8|Texas Instruments 928 VDT 8859/1 8 bit CTRL, + kdch1=\233P, kend=\2371\234, kent=\2338~, kf1=\23317~, + kf10=\23328~, kf11=\23329~, kf12=\23331~, kf13=\23332~, + kf15=\23334~, kf2=\23318~, kf3=\23319~, kf4=\23320~, + kf5=\23321~, kf6=\23323~, kf7=\23324~, kf8=\23325~, + kf9=\23326~, khome=\233H, kich1=\233@, knp=\233S, + kpp=\233T, kprt=\23335~, + use=ti_ansi, + +#### Zentec (zen) +# + +# (zen30: removed obsolete :ma=^L ^R^L^K^P:. This entry originally +# had just =\EG6 which I think means standout was supposed to be +# dim-reverse using ADM12-style attributes. ADM12 / and +# might work-- esr) +zen30|z30|zentec 30, + am, mir, ul, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\E*, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, + dim=\EG2, dl1=\ER$<1.5*>, ed=\EY, el=\ET$<1.0*>, home=^^, + il1=\EE$<1.5*>, ind=^J, rmir=\Er, rmul@, smir=\Eq, smso=\EG6, + smul@, + use=adm+sgr, +# (zen50: this had extension capabilities +# :BS=^U:CL=^V:CR=^B: +# UK/DK/RK/LK/HM were someone's aliases for ku/kd/kl/kr/kh, +# which were also in the original entry -- esr) +# (zen50: removed obsolete ":ma=^Hh^Ll^Jj^Kk:" -- esr) +zen50|z50|zentec zephyr, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, xmc#1, + clear=\E+, cub1=^H, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, + cuu1=^K, dch1=\EW, dl1=\ER, ed=\EY, el=\ET, ich1=\EQ, il1=\EE, + invis@, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, khome=^^, + rmul@, smul@, + use=adm+sgr, + +# CCI 4574 (Office Power) from Will Martin via BRL +cci|cci1|z8001|zen8001|CCI Custom Zentec 8001, + am, bw, + cols#80, lines#24, + blink=\EM", clear=\EH\EJ, cnorm=\EP, + csr=\ER%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=\EC, cup=\EY%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, + cvvis=\EF\EQ\EM \ER 7, dim=\EM!, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, + invis=\EM(, is2=\EM \EF\ET\EP\ER 7, kbs=^H, kcub1=\ED, + kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, khome=\EH, mc4=^T, mc5=^R, + rev=\EM$, ri=\EI, rmso=\EM\s, rmul=\EM\s, sgr0=\EM\s, + smso=\EM$, smul=\EM0, + +######## OBSOLETE UNIX CONSOLES +# + +#### Apollo consoles +# +# Apollo got bought by Hewlett-Packard. The Apollo workstations are +# labeled HP700s now. +# + +# From: Gary Darland +apollo|apollo console, + am, mir, + cols#88, lines#53, + clear=^L, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EM%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%d), cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, dl1=\EL, + ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\EN%p1%d, il1=\EI, ind=\EE, ri=\ED, + rmcup=\EX, rmir=\ER, rmso=\ET, rmul=\EV, smcup=\EW, smir=\EQ, + smso=\ES, smul=\EU, vpa=\EO+\s, + +# We don't know whether or not the apollo guys replicated DEC's firmware bug +# in the VT132 that reversed /. To be on the safe side, disable +# both these capabilities. +apollo_15P|apollo 15 inch display, + rmir@, smir@, use=vt132, +apollo_19L|apollo 19 inch display, + rmir@, smir@, use=vt132, +apollo_color|apollo color display, + rmir@, smir@, use=vt132, + +#### Convergent Technology +# +# Burroughs bought Convergent shortly before it merged with Univac. +# CTOS is (I believe) dead. Probably the aws is too (this entry dates +# from 1991 or earlier). +# + +# Convergent AWS workstation from Gould/SEL UTX/32 via BRL +# (aws: removed unknown :dn=^K: -- esr) +aws|Convergent Technologies AWS workstation under UTX,Xenix, + am, + cols#80, lines#28, xmc#0, + acsc=, clear=^L, cud1=^K, cuf1=^R, cup=\EC%p2%c%p1%c, + cuu1=^A, dch1=\EDC, dl1=\EDL, ed=\EEF, el=\EEL, hpa=\EH%p1%c, + ich1=\EIC, il1=\EIL, ind=\ESU, kbs=^H, kcub1=^N, kcud1=^K, + kcuf1=^R, kcuu1=^A, ri=\ESD, rmacs=\EAAF, rmso=\EARF, + rmul=\EAUF, smacs=\EAAN, smso=\EARN, smul=\EAUN, + vpa=\EV%p1%c, +awsc|Convergent Technologies AWS workstation under CTOS, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, xmc#0, + acsc=, clear=^L, cud1=^K, cuf1=^R, cup=\EC%p2%c%p1%c, + cuu1=^A, ed=\EEF, el=\EEL, kbs=^H, kcub1=^N, kcud1=^K, + kcuf1=^R, kcuu1=^A, rmacs=\EAAF, rmso=\EAA, rmul=\EAA, + smacs=\EAAN, smso=\EAE, smul=\EAC, + +#### DEC consoles +# + +# The MicroVax console. Tim Theisen writes: +# The digital uVax II's had a graphic display called a qdss. It was +# supposed to be a high performance graphic accelerator, but it was +# late to market and barely appeared before faster dumb frame buffers +# appeared. I have only used this display while running X11. However, +# during bootup, it was in text mode, and probably had a terminal emulator +# within it. And that is what your termcap entry is for. In graphics +# mode the screen size is 1024x864 pixels. +qdss|qdcons|qdss glass tty, + am, + cols#128, lines#57, + clear=\032$<1/>, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\E=%p1%c%p2%c, cuu1=^K, + +#### Fortune Systems consoles +# +# Fortune made a line of 68K-based UNIX boxes that were pretty nifty +# in their day; I (esr) used one myself for a year or so around 1984. +# They had no graphics, though, and couldn't compete against Suns and +# the like. R.I.P. +# + +# From: Robert Nathanson via tut Wed Oct 5, 1983 +# (This had extension capabilities +# :rv=\EH:re=\EI:rg=0:GG=0:\ +# :CO=\E\\:WL=^Aa\r:WR=^Ab\r:CL=^Ac\r:CR=^Ad\r:DL=^Ae\r:RF=^Af\r:\ +# :RC=^Ag\r:CW=^Ah\r:NU=^Aj\r:EN=^Ak\r:HM=^Al:PL=^Am\r:\ +# :PU=^An\r:PD=^Ao\r:PR=^Ap\r:HP=^A@\r:RT=^Aq\r:TB=\r:CN=\177:MP=\E+F: +# It had both ":bs:" and ":bs=^H:"; I removed the latter. Also, it had +# ":sg=0:" and ":ug=0:"; evidently the composer was trying (unnecessarily) +# to force both magic cookie glitches off. Once upon a time, I +# used a Fortune myself, so I know the capabilities of the form ^A[a-z]\r are +# function keys; thus the "Al" value for HM was certainly an error. I renamed +# EN/PD/PU/CO/CF/RT according to the XENIX/TC mappings, but not HM/DL/RF/RC. +# I think :rv: and :re: are start/end reverse video and :rg: is a nonexistent +# "reverse-video-glitch" capability; I have put :rv: and :re: in with standard +# names below. I've removed obsolete ":nl=5^J:" as there is a :do: -- esr) +fos|fortune|Fortune system, + am, bw, + cols#80, lines#25, + acsc=l m"k(j*v%w#q&x-, bel=^G, blink=\EN, civis=\E], + clear=\014$<20>, cnorm=\E\\, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\n$<3>, + cup=\034C%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\013$<3>, + cvvis=\E\:, dch1=\034W$<5>, dl1=\034R$<15>, + ed=\034Y$<3*>, el=^\Z, home=\036$<10>, ht=^Z, + ich1=\034Q$<5>, il1=\034E$<15>, ind=^J, is2=^_.., kbs=^H, + kcub1=^Aw\r, kcud1=^Ay\r, kcuf1=^Az\r, kcuu1=^Ax\r, + kend=^Ak\r, kent=^Aq, kf1=^Aa\r, kf2=^Ab\r, kf3=^Ac\r, + kf4=^Ad\r, kf5=^Ae\r, kf6=^Af\r, kf7=^Ag\r, kf8=^Ah\r, + khome=^A?\r, knp=^Ao\r, kpp=^An\r, nel=^M^J, rev=\EH, + rmacs=^O, rmso=^\I`, rmul=^\IP, sgr0=\EI, smacs=\Eo, + smso=^\H`, smul=^\HP, + +#### Masscomp consoles +# +# Masscomp has gone out of business. Their product line was purchased by +# comany in Georgia (US) called "XS International", parts and service may +# still be available through them. +# + +# (masscomp: ":MT:" changed to ":km:"; -- esr) +masscomp|masscomp workstation console, + km, mir, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + clear=\E[2J, cub1=^H, cud1=\E[B, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, + ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, ht=^I, il1=\E[L, is2=\EGc\EGb\EGw, kbs=^H, + kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, rmir=\E[4l, + rmso=\E[m, rmul=\EGau, smir=\E[4h, smso=\E[7m, smul=\EGu, +masscomp1|masscomp large screen version 1, + cols#104, lines#36, use=masscomp, +masscomp2|masscomp large screen version 2, + cols#64, lines#21, use=masscomp, + +######## OTHER OBSOLETE TYPES +# +# These terminals are *long* dead -- these entries are retained for +# historical interest only. +# + +#### Obsolete non-ANSI software emulations +# + +# CTRM terminal emulator +# 1. underlining is not allowed with colors: first, is is simulated by +# black on white, second, it disables background color manipulations. +# 2. BLINKING, REVERSE and BOLD are allowed with colors, +# so we have to save their status in the static registers A, B and H +# respectively, to be able to restore them when color changes +# (because any color change turns off ALL attributes) +# 3. and sequences alternate modes, +# rather then simply entering them. Thus we have to check the +# static register B and H to determine the status, before sending the +# escape sequence. +# 4. now must set the status of all 3 register (A,B,H) to zero +# and then reset colors +# 5. implementation of the protect mode would badly penalize the performance. +# we would have to use \E&bn sequence to turn off colors (as well as all +# other attributes), and keep the status of protect mode in yet another +# static variable. If someone really needs this mode, they would have to +# create another terminfo entry. +# 6. original color-pair is white on black. +# store the information about colors into static registers +# 7. set foreground color. it performs the following steps. +# 1) turn off all attributes +# 2) turn on the background and video attributes that have been turned +# on before (this information is stored in static registers X,Y,Z,A,B,H,D). +# 3) turn on foreground attributes +# 4) store information about foreground into U,V,W static registers +# 8. turn on background: similar to turn on foreground above +ctrm|C terminal emulator, + am, bce, xon, + colors#8, cols#80, lh#0, lines#24, lm#0, lw#0, ncv#2, nlab#0, + pairs#63, pb#19200, vt#6, + bel=^G, blink=\E&dA%{1}%PA, + bold=%?%gH%{0}%=%t\E&dH%{1}%PH%;, cbt=\Ei, + clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\E&a%p2%dc%p1%dY, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP$<2>, dl1=\EM, + ed=\EJ, el=\EK, hpa=\E&a%p1%dC, ht=\011$<2>, hts=\E1, + il1=\EL, ind=^J, ip=$<2>, is2=\E&jA\r, kbs=^H, kcub1=\Eu\r, + kcud1=\Ew\r, kcuf1=\Ev\r, kcuu1=\Et\r, kf1=\Ep\r, + kf2=\Eq\r, kf3=\Er\r, kf4=\Es\r, kf5=\Et\r, kf6=\Eu\r, + kf7=\Ev\r, kf8=\Ew\r, khome=\Ep\r, + op=\E&bn\E&bB\E&bG\E&bR\n%{0}%PX%{0}%PY%{0}%PZ\n%{1}%PW%{1}%PV%{1}%PU, + rev=%?%gB%{0}%=%t\E&dB%{1}%PB%;, rmir=\ER, rmkx=\E&jA, + setb=\E&bn\n%?%gA%t\E&dA%;\n%?%gB%t\E&dB%;\n%?%gH%t\E&dH%;\n%?%gU%t\E&bR%;\n%?%gV%t\E&bG%;\n%?%gW%t\E&bB%;\n\n%?%p1%{1}%&%t\E&bb%{1}%e%{0}%;%PZ\n%?%p1%{2}%&%t\E&bg%{1}%e%{0}%;%PY\n%?%p1%{4}%&%t\E&br%{1}%e%{0}%;%PX, + setf=\E&bn\n%?%gA%t\E&dA%;\n%?%gB%t\E&dB%;\n%?%gH%t\E&dH%;\n%?%gX%t\E&br%;\n%?%gY%t\E&bg%;\n%?%gZ%t\E&bb%;\n\n%?%p1%{1}%&%t\E&bB%{1}%e%{0}%;%PW\n%?%p1%{2}%&%t\E&bG%{1}%e%{0}%;%PV\n%?%p1%{4}%&%t\E&bR%{1}%e%{0}%;%PU, + sgr=\E&d@%{0}%PA%{0}%PB%{0}%PD%{0}%PH\n%?%p1%p3%p5%|%|%t\E&dB%{1}%PB%;\n%?%p4%t\E&dA%{1}%PA%;\n%?%p6%t\E&dH%{1}%PH%;\n%?%p2%t\E&dD%;, + sgr0=\E&d@%{0}%PA%{0}%PB%{0}%PH, smir=\EQ, smkx=\E&jB, + smso=\E&dD, smul=\E&dD, tbc=\E3, vpa=\E&a%p1%dY, + +# gs6300 - can't use blue foreground, it clashes with underline; +# it's simulated with cyan +# Bug: The capability probably resets attributes. +# (gs6300: commented out (no ) --esr) +gs6300|emots|AT&T PC6300 with EMOTS terminal emulator, + am, bce, msgr, xon, + colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#24, pairs#63, + acsc=\,\,..--++``aaffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m, bold=\E[1m, clear=\E[H\E[J, cr=^M, + cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, + cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\E[A, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\E[P, + dl=\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\E[M, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, home=\E[H, ht=^I, + ich=\E[%p1%d@, ich1=\E[@, il=\E[%p1%dL, il1=\E[L, ind=^J, + is2=\E[m, kbs=^H, kcbt=^R^I, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\E[0s, kf2=\E[24s, kf3=\E[1s, + kf4=\E[23s, kf5=\E[2s, kf6=\E[22s, kf7=\E[3s, kf8=\E[21s, + khome=\E[H, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, op=\E[?;m, rev=\E[7m, + ri=\E[L, rmacs=\E[10m, rs1=\Ec, setb=\E[?;%p1%dm, + setf=\E[?%?%p1%{0}%=%t0\n%e%p1%{1}%=%t2\n%e%p1%{1}%-%d%;m, + sgr0=\E[m\E[10m, smacs=\E[11m, smso=\E[1m, smul=\E[4m, + +# From: 29 Oct 85 05:40:18 GMT +# MS-Kermit with Heath-19 emulation mode enabled +# (h19k: changed ":pt@:" to ":it@" +h19k|h19kermit|heathkit emulation provided by Kermit (no auto margin), + am@, da, db, xt, + it@, + ht@, use=h19-u, + +# Apple Macintosh with Versaterm, a terminal emulator distributed by Synergy +# Software (formerly Peripherals Computers & Supplies, Inc) of +# 2457 Perkiomen Ave., Reading, PA 19606, 1-800-876-8376. They can +# also be reached at support@synergy.com. +versaterm|versaterm vt100 emulator for the macintosh, + am, xenl, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + bel=^G, blink=\E[5m$<2/>, bold=\E[1m$<2/>, + clear=\E[;H\E[2J$<50/>, cr=^M, csr=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dr, + cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C$<2/>, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5/>, cuu1=\E[A$<2/>, + dch1=\E[1P$<7/>, dl1=\E[1M$<9/>, ed=\E[J$<50/>, + el=\E[K$<3/>, home=\E[H, ht=^I, ich1=\E[1@$<7/>, + il1=\E[1L$<9/>, is2=\E[1;24r\E[24;1H, kbs=^H, kcub1=\EOD, + kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, kcuu1=\EOA, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, + kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, nel=^M^J, rc=\E8, rev=\E[7m$<2/>, + rf=/usr/share/tabset/vt100, ri=\EM$<5/>, + rmkx=\E>\E[?1l, rmso=\E[m$<2/>, rmul=\E[m$<2/>, rs1=\E>, + sc=\E7, sgr0=\E[m$<2/>, smkx=\E=\E[?1h, smso=\E[7m$<2/>, + smul=\E[4m$<2/>, + +# From: Rick Thomas +# (xtalk: I added / based on the init string. +# I also removed and the trailing \s characters from the highlight +# changers, I don't believe these on a VT100-emulating PC display -- esr) +xtalk|IBM PC with xtalk communication program (versions up to 3.4), + am, mir, msgr, xon, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, vt#3, + acsc=``aaffggjjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, clear=\E[H\E[J$<50>, cr=^M, cub=\E[%p1%dD, cub1=^H, + cud=\E[%p1%dB, cud1=^J, cuf=\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\E[C$<2>, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH$<5>, cuu=\E[%p1%dA, + cuu1=\E[A$<2>, dl1=\E[M$<99>, ed=\E[J$<50>, el=\E[K$<3>, + el1=\E[1K$<3>, enacs=\E(B\E)0, home=\E[H, ht=^I, hts=\EH, + il1=\E[L$<99>, ind=^J, ka1=\EOq, ka3=\EOs, kb2=\EOr, kbs=^H, + kc1=\EOp, kc3=\EOn, kcub1=\EOD, kcud1=\EOB, kcuf1=\EOC, + kcuu1=\EOA, kent=\EOM, kf0=\EOy, kf1=\EOP, kf10=\EOx, + kf2=\EOQ, kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOt, kf6=\EOu, kf7=\EOv, + kf8=\EOl, kf9=\EOw, ri=\EM$<5>, rmacs=^O, rmam=\E[?7l, + rmkx=\E[?1l\E>, rmso=\E[m, + rs2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?4l\E[?5l\E[?7h\E[?8h, sgr0=\E[m, + smacs=^N, smam=\E[?7h, smkx=\E[?1h\E=, smso=\E[7m, + tbc=\E[3g, + +# The official PC terminal emulator program of the AT&T Product Centers. +# Note - insert mode commented out - doesn't seem to work on AT&T PC. +simterm|attpc running simterm, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=\EB, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\ER, + dl1=\EM, ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, il1=\EL, ind=^J, rmcup=\EVE, + rmso=\E&d@, sgr0=\E&d@, smcup=\EVS, smso=\E&dB, + +#### Daisy wheel printers +# +# This section collects Diablo, DTC, Xerox, Qume, and other daisy +# wheel terminals. These are now largely obsolete. +# + +# (diablo1620: removed , no such file -- esr) +diablo1620|diablo1720|diablo450|ipsi|diablo 1620, + hc, os, + cols#132, it#8, + cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuu1=\E^J, hd=\ED, hpa=\E\011%i%p1%c, + ht=^I, hts=\E1, hu=\EU, kbs=^H, tbc=\E2, +diablo1620-m8|diablo1640-m8|diablo 1620 w/8 column left margin, + cols#124, + is2=\r \E9, use=diablo1620, +# (diablo1640: removed , no such file -- esr) +diablo1640|diablo1730|diablo1740|diablo630|x1700|diablo|xerox|diablo 1640, + bel=^G, rmso=\E&, rmul=\ER, smso=\EW, smul=\EE, + use=diablo1620, +# (diablo1640-lm: removed , no such +# file -- esr) +diablo1640-lm|diablo-lm|xerox-lm|diablo 1640 with indented left margin, + cols#124, + rmso=\E&, rmul=\ER, smso=\EW, smul=\EE, use=diablo1620, +diablo1740-lm|630-lm|1730-lm|x1700-lm|diablo 1740 printer, + use=diablo1640-lm, +# DTC 382 with VDU. Has no so we fake it with . Standout +# works but won't go away without dynamite . +# The terminal has tabs, but I'm getting tired of fighting the braindamage. +# If no tab is set or the terminal's in a bad mood, it glitches the screen +# around all of memory. Note that return puts a blank ("a return character") +# in the space the cursor was at, so we use ^P return (and thus ^P newline for +# newline). Note also that if you turn off :pt: and let Unix expand tabs, +# curses won't work (some old BSD versions) because it doesn't clear this bit, +# and cursor addressing sends a tab for row/column 9. What a losing terminal! +# I have been unable to get tabs set in all 96 lines - it always leaves at +# least one line with no tabs in it, and once you tab through that line, +# it completely weirds out. +# (dtc382: change to -- it just does a clear --esr) +dtc382|DTC 382, + am, da, db, xhp, + cols#80, lines#24, lm#96, + bel=^G, clear=\020\035$<20>, cnorm=^Pb, cr=^P^M, cub1=^H, + cuf1=^PR, cup=\020\021%p2%c%p1%c, cuu1=^P^L, cvvis=^PB, + dch1=^X, dl1=^P^S, ed=\020\025\020\023\020\023, el=^P^U, + home=^P^R, il1=^P^Z, ind=^J, pad=\177, rmcup=, rmir=^Pi, + rmul=^P \200, smcup=\020\035$<20>, smir=^PI, smul=^P ^P, +dtc300s|DTC 300s, + hc, os, + cols#132, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuu1=^Z, ff=^L, hd=\Eh, ht=^I, + hts=\E1, hu=\EH, ind=^J, kbs=^H, tbc=\E3, +gsi|mystery gsi terminal, + hc, os, + cols#132, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuu1=^Z, hd=\Eh, ht=^I, hu=\EH, + ind=^J, +aj830|aj832|aj|anderson jacobson, + hc, os, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuu1=\E7, hd=\E9, hu=\E8, + ind=^J, +# From: Chris Torek Thu, 7 Nov 85 18:21:58 EST +aj510|Anderson-Jacobson model 510, + am, mir, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=^L, cub1=^H, cuf1=\EX, + cup=\E#%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EY, + dch1=.1*\E'D, dl1=\E&D$<2*/>, ed=\E'P, el=\E'L, ich1=, + il1=\E&I$<2*/>, ip=$<.1*/>, kcub1=\EW, kcud1=\EZ, + kcuf1=\EX, kcuu1=\EY, pad=\177, rmcup=\E"N, rmir=\E'J, + rmso=\E"I, rmul=\E"U, smcup=\E"N, smir=\E'I, smso=\E"I, + smul=\E"U, +# From: Thu Aug 20 09:09:18 1981 +# This is incomplete, but it's a start. +nec5520|nec|spinwriter|nec 5520, + hc, os, + cols#132, it#8, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuu1=\E9, ff=^L, + hd=\E]s\n\E]W, ht=^I, hts=\E1, hu=\E]s\E9\E]W, ind=^J, + kbs=^H, tbc=\E3, +qume5|qume|Qume Sprint 5, + hc, os, + cols#80, it#8, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuu1=^Z, ff=^L, hd=\Eh, ht=^I, + hts=\E1, hu=\EH, ind=^J, kbs=^H, tbc=\E3, +# I suspect the xerox 1720 is the same as the diablo 1620. +xerox1720|x1720|x1750|xerox 1720, + hc, os, + cols#132, it#8, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, ff=^L, ht=^I, hts=\E1, ind=^J, + tbc=\E2, + +#### Miscellaneous obsolete terminals, manufacturers unknown +# +# If you have any information about these (like, a manufacturer's name, +# and a date on the serial-number plate) please send it! + +cad68-3|cgc3|cad68 basic monitor transparent mode size 3 chars, + am, + cols#73, lines#36, + clear=^Z, cub1=^H, cuf1=^L, cuu1=^K, home=^^, +cad68-2|cgc2|cad68 basic monitor transparent mode size 2 chars, + am, + cols#85, lines#39, + clear=^Z, cub1=^H, cuf1=^L, cuu1=^K, home=^^, kcub1=\E3, + kcud1=\E2, kcuf1=\E4, kcuu1=\E1, kf1=\E5, kf2=\E6, kf3=\E7, + kf4=\E8, rmso=\Em^C, smso=\Em^L, +cops10|cops|cops-10|cops 10, + am, bw, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=\030$<30/>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, + cup=\020%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, ed=^W, el=^V, + ind=^J, kbs=^H, kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, kcuf1=^L, kcuu1=^K, + khome=^Y, +# (d132: removed duplicate :ic=\E5:, +# merged in capabilities from a BRL entry -- esr) +d132|datagraphix|datagraphix 132a, + da, db, in, + cols#80, lines#30, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cnorm=\Em\En, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, + cuf1=\EL, cup=\E8%i%p1%3d%p2%3d, cuu1=\EK, cvvis=\Ex, + dch1=\E6, home=\ET, ht=^I, ich1=\E5, il1=\E3, ind=^J, kbs=^H, + kcub1=^H, kcud1=^J, nel=^M^J, ri=\Ew, +# The d800 was an early portable terminal from c.1984-85 that looked a lot +# like the original Compaq `lunchbox' portable (but no handle). It had a vt220 +# mode (which is what this entry looks like) and several other lesser-known +# emulations. +d800|Direct 800/A, + am, da, db, msgr, xhp, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=``a1fxgqh0jYk?lZm@nEooppqDrrsstCu4vAwBx3yyzz{{||}}~~, + bel=^G, clear=\E[1;1H\E[2J, cnorm=\E[>12h, cr=^M, cub1=^H, + cud1=^J, cuf1=\E[C, cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, + cvvis=\E[>12l, ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, ht=^I, ind=\ED, kcub1=\E[D, + kcud1=\E[B, kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\EOP, kf2=\EOQ, + kf3=\EOR, kf4=\EOS, kf5=\EOT, kf6=\EOU, kf7=\EOV, kf8=\EOW, + ri=\EM, rmacs=\E[m, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, + smacs=\E[1m, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +digilog|digilog 333, + cols#80, lines#16, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^I, cuu1=^O, el=^X, + home=^N, ind=^J, +# The DWK was a terminal manufactured in the Soviet Union c.1986 +dwk|dwk-vt|dwk terminal, + am, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + acsc=lJmFkCjXtEuPv\\wKqUxWnNo~s_`+a\:f'g#~_\\\,Q+\^.M-Sh#I#0\177, + bel=^G, clear=\EH\EJ, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p1%' '%+%c%p2%' '%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\EP, + ed=\EJ, el=\EK, home=\EH, ht=^I, ich1=\EQ, ind=^J, kbs=\177, + kcub1=\ED, kcud1=\EB, kcuf1=\EC, kcuu1=\EA, kdch1=\Ee, + kf1=\Ef1, kf10=\Ef0, kf2=\Ef2, kf3=\Ef3, kf4=\Ef4, kf5=\Ef5, + kf6=\Ef6, kf7=\Ef7, kf8=\Ef8, kf9=\Ef9, kich1=\Ed, knp=\Eh, + kpp=\Eg, nel=^M^J, rev=\ET, ri=\ES, rmacs=\EG, rmso=\EX, + sgr0=\EX, smacs=\EF, smso=\ET, +env230|envision230|envision 230 graphics terminal, + xenl@, + mc0=\E[0i, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, + sgr=\E[%?%p1%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;m, use=vt100, +# These execuports were impact-printer ttys with a 30- or maybe 15-cps acoustic +# coupler attached, the whole rig fitting in a suitcase and more or less +# portable. Hot stuff for c.1977 :-) -- esr +ep48|ep4080|execuport 4080, + am, os, + cols#80, + bel=^G, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, hd=^\, hu=^^, ind=^J, +ep40|ep4000|execuport 4000, + cols#136, use=ep4080, +# Adam Thompson tells us: +# Informer series - these are all portable units, resembling older +# automatic bread-baking machines. The terminal looks like a `clamshell' +# design, but isn't. The structure is similar to the Direct terminals, +# but only half the width. The entire unit is only about 10" wide. +# It features an 8" screen (6" or 7" if you have color!), and an 9"x6" +# keyboard. All the keys are crammed together, much like some laptop +# PCs today, but perhaps less well organized...all these units have a +# bewildering array of plugs on the back, including a built-in modem. +# The 305 was a color version of the 304; the 306 and 307 were mono and +# color terminals built for IBM bisync protocols. +# From: Paul Leondis +ifmr|Informer D304, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + clear=\EZ, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=\EC, + cup=\EY%p2%{32}%+%c%p1%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\EA, dch1=\E\\, + ed=\E/, el=\EQ, home=\EH, ich1=\E[, ri=\En, rmso=\EK, sgr0=\EK, + smso=\EJ, +# Entry largely based on wy60 and has the features of wy60ak. +opus3n1+|Esprit Opus3n1+ in wy60 mode with ANSI arrow keys, + am, bw, hs, km, mir, msgr, ul, xon, + cols#80, lh#1, lines#24, lw#8, nlab#8, wsl#80, + acsc=0wa_h[jukslrmqnxqzttuyv]wpxv, bel=^G, blink=\EG2, + cbt=\EI, civis=\E`0, clear=\E*$<100>, cnorm=\E`1, cr=^M, + cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^L, cup=\Ea%i%p1%dR%p2%dC, cuu1=^K, + dch1=\EW$<11>, dim=\EGp, dl1=\ER$<5>, dsl=\Ez(\r, + ed=\EY$<100>, el=\ET, fsl=^M, home=\036$<2>, ht=\011$<5>, + hts=\E1, if=/usr/share/tabset/std, il1=\EE$<4>, ind=^J, + ip=$<3>, + is2=\E`\:\Ee(\EO\Ee6\Ec41\E~4\Ec21\Ed/\Ezz&\E[A\177\Ezz'\E[B\177\Ezz(\E[D\177\Ezz)\E[C\177\Ezz<\E[Q\177\Ezz`\E[F\177\EA1*\EZH12, + kHOM=\E{, kbs=^H, kcbt=\EI, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kdch1=\EW, kdl1=\ER, ked=\EY, + kel=\ET, kend=\E[F, kent=\E7, kf1=^A@\r, kf10=^AI\r, + kf11=^AJ\r, kf12=^AK\r, kf13=^AL\r, kf14=^AM\r, kf15=^AN\r, + kf16=^AO\r, kf2=^AA\r, kf3=^AB\r, kf4=^AC\r, kf5=^AD\r, + kf6=^AE\r, kf7=^AF\r, kf8=^AG\r, kf9=^AH\r, khome=^^, + kich1=\EQ, kil1=\EE, knp=\EK, kpp=\EJ, kprt=\EP, krpl=\Er, + mc0=\EP, mc4=^T, mc5=^R, nel=\r\n$<3>, + pfloc=\EZ2%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177, + pfx=\EZ1%p1%'?'%+%c%p2%s\177, + pln=\Ez%p1%'/'%+%c%p2%s\r, prot=\E), ri=\Ej$<7>, + rmacs=\EH^C, rmam=\Ed., rmcup=, rmir=\Er, rmln=\EA11, + rmxon=\Ec20, rs1=\E~!\E~4$<150>, rs2=\EeF$<150>, + rs3=\EwG\Ee($<150>, + sgr=%?%p8%t\E)%e\E(%;%?%p9%t\EH\002%e\EH\003%;\EG%'0'%?%p2%p6%|%t%{8}%|%;%?%p1%p3%|%p6%|%t%{4}%|%;%?%p4%t%{2}%|%;%?%p1%p5%|%t%{64}%|%;%?%p7%t%{1}%|%;%c, + sgr0=\E(\EH\003\EG0\EcD, smacs=\EH^B, smam=\Ed/, + smcup=\Ezz&\E[A\177\Ezz'\E[B\177\Ezz(\E[D\177\Ezz)\E[C\177\Ezz<\E[Q\177, + smir=\Eq, smln=\EA10, smxon=\Ec21, tbc=\E0, tsl=\Ez(, + uc=\EG8%p1%c\EG0, + use=adm+sgr, +teletec|Teletec Datascreen, + am, + cols#80, lines#24, + bel=^G, clear=^L, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, cuf1=^_, cuu1=^K, + home=^^, ind=^J, +# From: Mark Dornfeld +# This termcap is for the LANPAR Technologies VISION 3220 +# terminal. The function key definitions k0-k5 represent the +# edit keypad: FIND, INSERT HERE, REMOVE, SELECT, PREV SCREEN, +# NEXT SCREEN. The key definitions k6-k9 represent the PF1 to +# PF4 keys. +# (v3220: removed obsolete ":kn#10:", +# I added / based on the init string -- esr) +v3220|LANPAR Vision II model 3220/3221/3222, + am, mir, xenl, + cols#80, it#8, lines#24, + clear=\E[H\E[J, cub1=^H, cuf1=\E[C, + cup=\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, cuu1=\E[A, dch1=\E[P, dl1=\E[M, + ed=\E[J, el=\E[K, ht=^I, il1=\E[L, + is2=\E>\E[?3l\E[?7h\E[?8h\E[p, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B, + kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf0=\E[1~, kf1=\E[2~, kf2=\E[3~, + kf3=\E[4~, kf4=\E[5~, kf5=\E[6~, kf6=\E[OP, kf7=\E[OQ, + kf8=\E[OR, kf9=\E[OS, khome=\E[H, ri=\EM, rmam=\E[?7l, + rmir=\E[4l, rmkx=\E>, rmso=\E[m, rmul=\E[m, sgr0=\E[m, + smam=\E[?7h, smir=\E[4h, smkx=\E=, smso=\E[7m, smul=\E[4m, +######## ICH/ICH1 VERSUS RMIR/SMIR +# +# Some non-curses applications get confused if both ich/ich1 and rmir/smir +# are present; the symptom is doubled characters in an update using insert. +# These applications are technically correct; in both 4.3BSD termcap and +# terminfo, you're not actually supposed to specify both ich/ich1 and rmir/smir +# unless the terminal needs both. This requirement is now rare; most ich +# sequences do not require previous smir, and most smir insert modes do not +# require ich1 before each character. +# +# For ncurses-based applications this is not a problem, as ncurses uses +# one or the other as appropriate but never mixes the two. Therefore we +# have not corrected entries like `linux' and `xterm' that specify both. +# If you see doubled characters from these, use the linux-nic and xterm-nic +# entries that suppress ich/ich1. And upgrade to ncurses! +# + +######## VT100/ANSI/ISO 6429/ECMA-48/PC-TERM TERMINAL STANDARDS +# +# ANSI X3.64 has been withdrawn and replaced by ECMA-48. The ISO 6429 and +# ECMA-48 standards are said to be almost identical, but are not the same +# as X3.64 (though for practical purposes they are close supersets of it). +# +# You can obtain ECMA-48 for free by sending email to helpdesk@ecma.ch +# requesting the standard(s) you want (i.e. ECMA-48, "Control Functions for +# Coded Character Sets"), include your snail-mail address, and you should +# receive the document in due course. Don't expect an email acknowledgement. +# +# Related standards include "X3.4-1977: American National Standard Code for +# Information Interchange" (the ASCII standard) and "X3.41.1974: +# Code-Extension Techniques for Use with the 7-Bit Coded Character Set of +# American National Standard for Information Interchange." I believe (but +# am not certain) that these are effectively identical to ECMA-6 and ECMA-35 +# respectively. +# + +#### VT100/ANSI/ECMA-48 +# +# ANSI Standard (X3.64) Control Sequences for Video Terminals and Peripherals +# and ECMA-48 Control Functions for Coded Character Sets. +# +# Much of the content of this comment is adapted from a table prepared by +# Richard Shuford, based on a 1984 Byte article. Terminfo correspondences, +# discussion of some terminfo-related issues, and updates to capture ECMA-48 +# have been added. Control functions described in ECMA-48 only are tagged +# with * after their names. +# +# The table is a complete list of the defined ANSI X3.64/ECMA-48 control +# sequences. In the main table, \E stands for an escape (\033) character, +# SPC for space. Pn stands for a single numeric parameter to be inserted +# in decimal ASCII. Ps stands for a list of such parameters separated by +# semicolons. Parameter meanings for most parametrized sequences are +# decribed in the notes. +# +# Sequence Sequence Parameter or +# Mnemonic Name Sequence Value Mode terminfo +# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# APC Applicatn Program Command \E _ - Delim - +# BEL Bell * ^G - - bel +# BPH Break Permitted Here * \E B - * - +# BS Backpace * ^H - EF - +# CAN Cancel * ^X - - - (A) +# CBT Cursor Backward Tab \E [ Pn Z 1 eF cbt +# CCH Cancel Previous Character \E T - - - +# CHA Cursor Horizntal Absolute \E [ Pn G 1 eF hpa (B) +# CHT Cursor Horizontal Tab \E [ Pn I 1 eF tab (C) +# CMD Coding Method Delimiter * \E +# CNL Cursor Next Line \E [ Pn E 1 eF nel (D) +# CPL Cursor Preceding Line \E [ Pn F 1 eF - +# CPR Cursor Position Report \E [ Pn ; Pn R 1, 1 - - (E) +# CSI Control Sequence Intro \E [ - Intro - +# CTC Cursor Tabulation Control \E [ Ps W 0 eF - (F) +# CUB Cursor Backward \E [ Pn D 1 eF cub +# CUD Cursor Down \E [ Pn B 1 eF cud +# CUF Cursor Forward \E [ Pn C 1 eF cuf +# CUP Cursor Position \E [ Pn ; Pn H 1, 1 eF cup (G) +# CUU Cursor Up \E [ Pn A 1 eF cuu +# CVT Cursor Vertical Tab \E [ Pn Y - eF - (H) +# DA Device Attributes \E [ Pn c 0 - - +# DAQ Define Area Qualification \E [ Ps o 0 - - +# DCH Delete Character \E [ Pn P 1 eF dch +# DCS Device Control String \E P - Delim - +# DL Delete Line \E [ Pn M 1 eF dl +# DLE Data Link Escape * ^P - - - +# DMI Disable Manual Input \E \ - Fs - +# DSR Device Status Report \E [ Ps n 0 - - (I) +# DTA Dimension Text Area * \E [ Pn ; Pn SPC T - PC - +# EA Erase in Area \E [ Ps O 0 eF - (J) +# ECH Erase Character \E [ Pn X 1 eF ech +# ED Erase in Display \E [ Ps J 0 eF ed (J) +# EF Erase in Field \E [ Ps N 0 eF - +# EL Erase in Line \E [ Ps K 0 eF el (J) +# EM End of Medium * ^Y - - - +# EMI Enable Manual Input \E b Fs - +# ENQ Enquire ^E - - - +# EOT End Of Transmission ^D - * - +# EPA End of Protected Area \E W - - - (K) +# ESA End of Selected Area \E G - - - +# ESC Escape ^[ - - - +# ETB End Transmission Block ^W - - - +# ETX End of Text ^C - - - +# FF Form Feed ^L - - - +# FNK Function Key * \E [ Pn SPC W - - - +# GCC Graphic Char Combination* \E [ Pn ; Pn SPC B - - - +# FNT Font Selection \E [ Pn ; Pn SPC D 0, 0 FE - +# GSM Graphic Size Modify \E [ Pn ; Pn SPC B 100, 100 FE - (L) +# GSS Graphic Size Selection \E [ Pn SPC C none FE - +# HPA Horz Position Absolute \E [ Pn ` 1 FE - (B) +# HPB Char Position Backward \E [ j 1 FE - +# HPR Horz Position Relative \E [ Pn a 1 FE - (M) +# HT Horizontal Tab * ^I - FE - (N) +# HTJ Horz Tab w/Justification \E I - FE - +# HTS Horizontal Tab Set \E H - FE hts +# HVP Horz & Vertical Position \E [ Pn ; Pn f 1, 1 FE - (G) +# ICH Insert Character \E [ Pn @ 1 eF ich +# IDCS ID Device Control String \E [ SPC O - * - +# IGS ID Graphic Subrepertoire \E [ SPC M - * - +# IL Insert Line \E [ Pn L 1 eF il +# IND Index \E D - FE - +# INT Interrupt \E a - Fs - +# JFY Justify \E [ Ps SPC F 0 FE - +# IS1 Info Separator #1 * ^_ - * - +# IS2 Info Separator #1 * ^^ - * - +# IS3 Info Separator #1 * ^] - * - +# IS4 Info Separator #1 * ^\ - * - +# LF Line Feed ^J - - - +# LS1R Locking Shift Right 1 * \E ~ - - - +# LS2 Locking Shift 2 * \E n - - - +# LS2R Locking Shift Right 2 * \E } - - - +# LS3 Locking Shift 3 * \E o - - - +# LS3R Locking Shift Right 3 * \E | - - - +# MC Media Copy \E [ Ps i 0 - - (S) +# MW Message Waiting \E U - - - +# NAK Negative Acknowledge * ^U - * - +# NBH No Break Here * \E C - - - +# NEL Next Line \E E - FE nel (D) +# NP Next Page \E [ Pn U 1 eF - +# NUL Null * ^@ - - - +# OSC Operating System Command \E ] - Delim - +# PEC Pres. Expand/Contract * \E Pn SPC Z 0 - - +# PFS Page Format Selection * \E Pn SPC J 0 - - +# PLD Partial Line Down \E K - FE - (T) +# PLU Partial Line Up \E L - FE - (U) +# PM Privacy Message \E ^ - Delim - +# PP Preceding Page \E [ Pn V 1 eF - +# PPA Page Position Absolute * \E [ Pn SPC P 1 FE - +# PPB Page Position Backward * \E [ Pn SPC R 1 FE - +# PPR Page Position Forward * \E [ Pn SPC Q 1 FE - +# PTX Parallel Texts * \E [ \ - - - +# PU1 Private Use 1 \E Q - - - +# PU2 Private Use 2 \E R - - - +# QUAD Typographic Quadding \E [ Ps SPC H 0 FE - +# REP Repeat Char or Control \E [ Pn b 1 - rep +# RI Reverse Index \E M - FE - (V) +# RIS Reset to Initial State \E c - Fs - +# RM Reset Mode * \E [ Ps l - - - (W) +# SACS Set Add. Char. Sep. * \E [ Pn SPC / 0 - - +# SAPV Sel. Alt. Present. Var. * \E [ Ps SPC ] 0 - - (X) +# SCI Single-Char Introducer \E Z - - - +# SCO Sel. Char. Orientation * \E [ Pn ; Pn SPC k - - - +# SCS Set Char. Spacing * \E [ Pn SPC g - - - +# SD Scroll Down \E [ Pn T 1 eF rin +# SDS Start Directed String * \E [ Pn ] 1 - - +# SEE Select Editing Extent \E [ Ps Q 0 - - (Y) +# SEF Sheet Eject & Feed * \E [ Ps ; Ps SPC Y 0,0 - - +# SGR Select Graphic Rendition \E [ Ps m 0 FE sgr (O) +# SHS Select Char. Spacing * \E [ Ps SPC K 0 - - +# SI Shift In ^O - - - (P) +# SIMD Sel. Imp. Move Direct. * \E [ Ps ^ - - - +# SL Scroll Left \E [ Pn SPC @ 1 eF - +# SLH Set Line Home * \E [ Pn SPC U - - - +# SLL Set Line Limit * \E [ Pn SPC V - - - +# SLS Set Line Spacing * \E [ Pn SPC h - - - +# SM Select Mode \E [ Ps h none - - (W) +# SO Shift Out ^N - - - (Q) +# SOH Start Of Heading * ^A - - - +# SOS Start of String * \E X - - - +# SPA Start of Protected Area \E V - - - (Z) +# SPD Select Pres. Direction * \E [ Ps ; Ps SPC S 0,0 - - +# SPH Set Page Home * \E [ Ps SPC G - - - +# SPI Spacing Increment \E [ Pn ; Pn SPC G none FE - +# SPL Set Page Limit * \E [ Ps SPC j - - - +# SPQR Set Pr. Qual. & Rapid. * \E [ Ps SPC X 0 - - +# SR Scroll Right \E [ Pn SPC A 1 eF - +# SRCS Set Reduced Char. Sep. * \E [ Pn SPC f 0 - - +# SRS Start Reversed String * \E [ Ps [ 0 - - +# SSA Start of Selected Area \E F - - - +# SSU Select Size Unit * \E [ Pn SPC I 0 - - +# SSW Set Space Width * \E [ Pn SPC [ none - - +# SS2 Single Shift 2 (G2 set) \E N - Intro - +# SS3 Single Shift 3 (G3 set) \E O - Intro - +# ST String Terminator \E \ - Delim - +# STAB Selective Tabulation * \E [ Pn SPC ^ - - - +# STS Set Transmit State \E S - - - +# STX Start pf Text * ^B - - - +# SU Scroll Up \E [ Pn S 1 eF indn +# SUB Substitute * ^Z - - - +# SVS Select Line Spacing * \E [ Pn SPC \ 1 - - +# SYN Synchronous Idle * ^F - - - +# TAC Tabul. Aligned Centered * \E [ Pn SPC b - - - +# TALE Tabul. Al. Leading Edge * \E [ Pn SPC a - - - +# TATE Tabul. Al. Trailing Edge* \E [ Pn SPC ` - - - +# TBC Tab Clear \E [ Ps g 0 FE tbc +# TCC Tabul. Centered on Char * \E [ Pn SPC c - - - +# TSR Tabulation Stop Remove * \E [ Pn SPC d - FE - +# TSS Thin Space Specification \E [ Pn SC E none FE - +# VPA Vert. Position Absolute \E [ Pn d 1 FE vpa +# VPB Line Position Backward * \E [ Pn k 1 FE - +# VPR Vert. Position Relative \E [ Pn e 1 FE - (R) +# VT Vertical Tabulation * ^K - FE - +# VTS Vertical Tabulation Set \E J - FE - +# +# --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# +# Notes: +# +# Some control characters are listed in the ECMA-48 standard without +# being assigned functions relevant to terminal control there (they +# referred to other standards such as ISO 1745 or ECMA-35). They are listed +# here anyway for completeness. +# +# (A) ECMA-48 calls this "CancelCharacter" but retains the CCH abbreviation. +# +# (B) There seems to be some confusion abroad between CHA and HPA. Most +# `ANSI' terminals accept the CHA sequence, not the HPA. but terminfo calls +# the capability (hpa). ECMA-48 calls this "Cursor Character Absolute" but +# preserved the CHA abbreviation. +# +# (C) CHT corresponds to terminfo (tab). Usually it has the value ^I. +# Occasionally (as on, for example, certain HP terminals) this has the HTJ +# value. ECMA-48 calls this "Cursor Forward Tabulation" but preserved the +# CHT abbreviation. +# +# (D) terminfo (nel) is usually \r\n rather than ANSI \EE. +# +# (E) ECMA-48 calls this "Active Position Report" but preserves the CPR +# abbreviation. +# +# (F) CTC parameter values: 0 = set char tab, 1 = set line tab, 2 = clear +# char tab, 3 = clear line tab, 4 = clear all char tabs on current line, +# 5 = clear all char tabs, 6 = clear all line tabs. +# +# (G) CUP and HVP are identical in effect. Some ANSI.SYS versions accept +# HVP, but always allow CUP as an alternate. ECMA-48 calls HVP "Character +# Position Absolute" but retains the HVP abbreviation. +# +# (H) ECMA calls this "Cursor Line Tabulation" but preserves the CVT +# abbreviation. +# +# (I) DSR parameter values: 0 = ready, 1 = busy, 2 = busy, will send DSR +# later, 3 = malfunction, 4 = malfunction, will send DSR later, 5 = request +# DSR, 6 = request CPR response. +# +# (J) ECMA calls ED "Erase In Page". EA/ED/EL parameters: 0 = clear to end, +# 1 = clear from beginning, 2 = clear. +# +# (K) ECMA calls this "End of Guarded Area" but preserves the EPA abbreviation. +# +# (L) The GSM parameters are vertical and horizontal parameters to scale by. +# +# (M) Some ANSI.SYS versions accept HPR, but more commonly `ANSI' terminals +# use CUF for this function and ignore HPR. ECMA-48 calls this "Character +# Position Relative" but retains the HPR abbreviation. +# +# (N) ECMA-48 calls this "Character Tabulation" but retains the HT +# abbreviation. +# +# (O) SGR parameter values: 0 = default mode (attributes off), 1 = bold, +# 2 = dim, 3 = italicized, 4 = underlined, 5 = slow blink, 6 = fast blink, +# 7 = reverse video, 8 = invisible, 9 = crossed-out (marked for deletion), +# 10 = primary font, 10 + n (n in 1..9) = nth alternative font, 20 = Fraktur, +# 21 = double underline, 22 = turn off 2, 23 = turn off 3, 24 = turn off 4, +# 25 = turn off 5, 26 = proportional spacing, 27 = turn off 7, 28 = turn off +# 8, 29 = turn off 9, 30 = black fg, 31 = red fg, 32 = green fg, 33 = yellow +# fg, 34 = blue fg, 35 = magenta fg, 36 = cyan fg, 37 = white fg, 38 = set +# fg color as in CCIT T.416, 39 = set default fg color, 40 = black bg +# 41 = red bg, 42 = green bg, 43 = yellow bg, 44 = blue bg, 45 = magenta bg, +# 46 = cyan bg, 47 = white bg, 48 = set bg color as in CCIT T.416, 39 = set +# default bg color, 50 = turn off 26, 51 = framed, 52 = encircled, 53 = +# overlined, 54 = turn off 51 & 52, 55 = not overlined, 56-59 = reserved, +# 61-65 = variable highlights for ideograms. +# +# (P) SI is also called LSO, Locking Shift Zero. +# +# (Q) SI is also called LS1, Locking Shift One. +# +# (R) Some ANSI.SYS versions accept VPR, but more commonly `ANSI' terminals +# use CUD for this function and ignore VPR. ECMA calls it `Line Position +# Absolute' but retains the VPA abbreviation. +# +# (S) MC parameters: 0 = start xfer to primary aux device, 1 = start xfer from +# primary aux device, 2 = start xfer to secondary aux device, 3 = start xfer +# from secondary aux device, 4 = stop relay to primary aux device, 5 = +# start relay to primary aux device, 6 = stop relay to secondary aux device, +# 7 = start relay to secondary aux device. +# +# (T) ECMA-48 calls this "Partial Line Forward" but retains the PLD +# abbreviation. +# +# (U) ECMA-48 calls this "Partial Line Backward" but retains the PLD +# abbreviation. +# +# (V) ECMA-48 calls this "Reverse Line Feed" but retains the RI abbreviation. +# +# (W) RM/SM modes are as follows: 1 = Guarder Area Transfer Mode (GATM), +# 2 = Keyboard Action Mode (KAM), 3 = Control Representation Mode (CRM), +# 4 = Insertion Replacement Mode, 5 = Status Report Transfer Mode (SRTM), +# 6 = Erasure Mode (ERM), 7 = Line Editing Mode (LEM), 8 = Bi-Directional +# Support Mode (BDSM), 9 = Device Component Select Mode (DCSM), +# 10 = Character Editing Mode (HEM), 11 = Positioning Unit Mode (PUM), +# 12 = Send/Receive Mode, 13 = Format Effector Action Mode (FEAM), +# 14 = Format Effector Transfer Mode (FETM), 15 = Multiple Area Transfer +# Mode (MATM), 16 = Transfer Termination Mode, 17 = Selected Area Transfer +# Mode, 18 = Tabulation Stop Mode, 19 = Editing Boundary Mode, 20 = Line Feed +# New Line Mode (LF/NL), Graphic Rendition Combination Mode (GRCM), 22 = +# Zero Default Mode (ZDM). The EBM and LF/NL modes have actually been removed +# from ECMA-48's 5th edition but are listed here for reference. +# +# (X) Select Alternate Presentation Variants is used only for non-Latin +# alphabets. +# +# (Y) "Select Editing Extent" (SEE) was ANSI "Select Edit Extent Mode" (SEM). +# +# (Z) ECMA-48 calls this "Start of Guarded Area" but retains the SPA +# abbreviation. +# +# --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# +# Abbreviations: +# +# Intro an Introducer of some kind of defined sequence; the normal 7-bit +# X3.64 Control Sequence Introducer is the two characters "Escape [" +# +# Delim a Delimiter +# +# x/y identifies a character by position in the ASCII table (column/row) +# +# eF editor function (see explanation) +# +# FE format effector (see explanation) +# +# F is a Final character in +# an Escape sequence (F from 3/0 to 7/14 in the ASCII table) +# a control sequence (F from 4/0 to 7/14) +# +# Gs is a graphic character appearing in strings (Gs ranges from +# 2/0 to 7/14) in the ASCII table +# +# Ce is a control represented as a single bit combination in the C1 set +# of controls in an 8-bit character set +# +# C0 the familiar set of 7-bit ASCII control characters +# +# C1 roughly, the set of control chars available only in 8-bit systems. +# This is too complicated to explain fully here, so read Jim Fleming's +# article in the February 1983 BYTE, especially pages 214 through 224. +# +# Fe is a Final character of a 2-character Escape sequence that has an +# equivalent representation in an 8-bit environment as a Ce-type +# (Fe ranges from 4/0 to 5/15) +# +# Fs is a Final character of a 2-character Escape sequence that is +# standardized internationally with identical representation in 7-bit +# and 8-bit environments and is independent of the currently +# designated C0 and C1 control sets (Fs ranges from 6/0 to 7/14) +# +# I is an Intermediate character from 2/0 to 2/15 (inclusive) in the +# ASCII table +# +# P is a parameter character from 3/0 to 3/15 (inclusive) in the ASCII +# table +# +# Pn is a numeric parameter in a control sequence, a string of zero or +# more characters ranging from 3/0 to 3/9 in the ASCII table +# +# Ps is a variable number of selective parameters in a control sequence +# with each selective parameter separated from the other by the code +# 3/11 (which usually represents a semicolon); Ps ranges from +# 3/0 to 3/9 and includes 3/11 +# +# * Not relevant to terminal control, listed for completeness only. +# +# Format Effectors versus Editor Functions +# +# A format effector specifies how following output is to be displayed. +# An editor function allows you to modify the display. Informally +# format effectors may be destructive; format effectors should not be. +# +# For instance, a format effector that moves the "active position" (the +# cursor or equivalent) one space to the left would be useful when you want to +# create an overstrike, a compound character made of two standard characters +# overlaid. Control-H, the Backspace character, is actually supposed to be a +# format effector, so you can do this. But many systems use it in a +# nonstandard fashion, as an editor function, deleting the character to the +# left of the cursor and moving the cursor left. When Control-H is assumed to +# be an editor function, you cannot predict whether its use will create an +# overstrike unless you also know whether the output device is in an "insert +# mode" or an "overwrite mode". When Control-H is used as a format effector, +# its effect can always be predicted. The familiar characters carriage +# return, linefeed, formfeed, etc., are defined as format effectors. +# +# NOTES ON THE DEC VT100 IMPLEMENTATION +# +# Control sequences implemented in the VT100 are as follows: +# +# CPR, CUB, CUD, CUF, CUP, CUU, DA, DSR, ED, EL, HTS, HVP, IND, +# LNM, NEL, RI, RIS, RM, SGR, SM, TBC +# +# plus several private DEC commands. +# +# Erasing parts of the display (EL and ED) in the VT100 is performed thus: +# +# Erase from cursor to end of line Esc [ 0 K or Esc [ K +# Erase from beginning of line to cursor Esc [ 1 K +# Erase line containing cursor Esc [ 2 K +# Erase from cursor to end of screen Esc [ 0 J or Esc [ J +# Erase from beginning of screen to cursor Esc [ 1 J +# Erase entire screen Esc [ 2 J +# +# Some brain-damaged terminal/emulators respond to Esc [ J as if it were +# Esc [ 2 J, but this is wrong; the default is 0. +# +# The VT100 responds to receiving the DA (Device Attributes) control +# +# Esc [ c (or Esc [ 0 c) +# +# by transmitting the sequence +# +# Esc [ ? l ; Ps c +# +# where Ps is a character that describes installed options. +# +# The VT100's cursor location can be read with the DSR (Device Status +# Report) control +# +# Esc [ 6 n +# +# The VT100 reports by transmitting the CPR sequence +# +# Esc [ Pl ; Pc R +# +# where Pl is the line number and Pc is the column number (in decimal). +# +# The specification for the DEC VT100 is document EK-VT100-UG-003. + +#### ANSI.SYS +# +# Here is a description of the color and attribute controls supported in the +# the ANSI.SYS driver under MS-DOS. Most console drivers and ANSI +# terminal emulators for Intel boxes obey these. They are a proper subset +# of the ECMA-48 escapes. +# +# 0 all attributes off +# 1 foreground bright +# 4 underscore on +# 5 blink on/background bright (not reliable with brown) +# 7 reverse-video +# 8 set blank (non-display) +# 10 set primary font +# 11 set first alternate font (on PCs, display ROM characters 1-31) +# 12 set second alternate font (on PCs, display IBM high-half chars) +# +# Color attribute sets +# 3n set foreground color / 0=black, 1=red, 2=green, 3=brown, +# 4n set background color \ 4=blue, 5=magenta, 6=cyan, 7=white +# Bright black becomes gray. Bright brown becomes yellow, +# These coincide with the prescriptions of the ISO 6429/ECMA-48 standard. +# +# * If the 5 attribute is on and you set a background color (40-47) it is +# supposed to enable bright background. +# +# * Many VGA cards (such as the Paradise and compatibles) do the wrong thing +# when you try to set a "bright brown" (yellow) background with attribute +# 5 (you get a blinking yellow foreground instead). A few displays +# (including the System V console) support an attribute 6 that undoes this +# braindamage (this is required by iBCS2). +# +# * Some older versions of ANSI.SYS have a bug that causes thems to require +# ESC [ Pn k as EL rather than the ANSI ESC [ Pn K. (This is not ECMA-48 +# compatible.) + +#### Intel Binary Compatibility Standard +# +# For comparison, here are the capabilities implied by the Intel Binary +# Compatibility Standard for UNIX systems (Intel order number 468366-001). +# These recommendations are optional. IBCS2 allows the leading escape to +# be either the 7-bit \E[ or 8-bit \0233 introducer, in accordance with +# the ANSI X.364/ISO 6429/ECMA-48 standard. Here are the iBCS2 capabilities +# (as described in figure 9-3 of the standard). Those expressed in the ibcs2 +# terminfo entry are followed with the corresponding capability in parens: +# +# CSI k disable (n=0) or enable (n=1) keyclick +# CSI 2h lock keyboard +# CSI 2i send screen as input +# CSI 2l unlock keyboard +# CSI 6m enable background color intensity +# CSI <0-2>c reserved +# CSI <0-59>m select graphic rendition +# CSI ;H (cup) cursor to line n and column m +# CSI ;f cursor to line n and column m +# CSI @ (ich) insert characters +# CSI A (cuu) cursor up n lines +# CSI B (cud) cursor down n lines +# CSI C (cuu) cursor right n characters +# CSI D (cud) cursor left n characters +# CSI E cursor down n lines and in first column +# CSI F cursor up n lines and in first column +# CSI G (hpa) position cursor at column n-1 +# CSI J (ed) erase in display +# CSI K (el) erase in line +# CSI L (il) insert line(s) +# CSI P (dch) delete characters +# CSI S (indn) scroll up n lines +# CSI T (rin) scroll down n lines +# CSI X (ech) erase characters +# CSI Z (cbt) back up n tab stops +# CSI ` cursor to column n on line +# CSI a (cuu) cursor right n characters +# CSI d (vpa) cursor to line n +# CSI e cursor down n lines and in first column +# CSI g (cbt) clear all tabs +# CSI z make virtual terminal n active +# CSI ?7h (smam) turn automargin on +# CSI ?7l (rmam) turn automargin off +# CSI s save cursor position +# CSI u restore cursor position to saved value +# CSI =A set overscan color +# CSI =F set normal foreground color +# CSI =G set normal background color +# CSI =H set reverse foreground color +# CSI =I set reverse foreground color +# CSI =J set graphic foreground color +# CSI =K set graphic foreground color +# CSI =g (dispc) display n from alternate graphics character set +# CSI =

;B set bell parameters +# CSI =;C set cursor parameters +# CSI =D enable/disable intensity of background color +# CSI =E set/clear blink vs. bold background +# CSI 7 (sc) (sc) save cursor position +# CSI 8 (rc) (rc) restore cursor position to saved value +# CSI H (hts) (hts) set tab stop +# CSI Q define function key string +# (string must begin and end with delimiter char) +# CSI c (clear) clear screen +# +# The lack of any specification for attributes in SGR (among other things) +# makes this a wretchedly weak standard. The table above is literally +# everything iBSC2 has to say about terminal escape sequences; there is +# no further discussion of their meaning or how to set the parameters +# in these sequences at all. +# + +######## NONSTANDARD CAPABILITY TRANSLATIONS USED IN THIS FILE +# +# The historical termcap file entries were written primarily in 4.4BSD termcap. +# The 4.4BSD termcap set was substantially larger than the original 4.1BSD set, +# with the extension names chosen for compatibility with the termcap names +# assigned in System V terminfo. There are some variant extension sets out +# there. We try to describe them here. +# +# XENIX extensions: +# +# The XENIX extensions include a set of function-key capabilities as follows: +# +# code XENIX variable name terminfo name name clashes? +# ---- ------------------- ------------- ----------------------- +# CL key_char_left +# CR key_char_right +# CW key_change_window create_window +# EN key_end kend +# HM key_home khome +# HP ?? +# LD key_delete_line kdl1 +# LF key_linefeed label_off +# NU key_next_unlocked_cell +# PD key_page_down knp +# PL ?? +# PN start_print mc5 +# PR ?? +# PS stop_print mc4 +# PU key_page_up kpp pulse +# RC key_recalc remove_clock +# RF key_toggle_ref req_for_input +# RT key_return kent +# UP key_up_arrow kcuu1 parm_up_cursor +# WL key_word_left +# WR key_word_right +# +# The XENIX extensions also include the following character-set and highlight +# capabilities: +# +# XENIX terminfo function +# ----- -------- ------------------------------ +# GS smacs start alternate character set +# GE rmacs end alternate character set +# GG :as:/:ae: glitch (analogous to :sg:/:ug:) +# bo blink begin blink (not used in /etc/termcap) +# be end blink (not used in /etc/termcap) +# bb blink glitch (not used in /etc/termcap) +# it dim begin dim (not used in /etc/termcap) +# ie end dim (not used in /etc/termcap) +# ig dim glitch (not used in /etc/termcap) +# +# Finally, XENIX also used the following forms-drawing capabilities: +# +# single double type ASCII approximation +# ------ ------ ------------- ------------------- +# GV Gv vertical line | +# GH Gv horizontal line - _ +# G1 G5 top right corner _ | +# G2 G6 top left corner | +# G3 G7 bottom left corner |_ +# G4 G8 bottom right corner _| +# GD Gd down-tick character T +# GL Gl left-tick character -| +# GR Gr right-tick character |- +# GC Gc middle intersection -|- +# GU Gu up-tick character _|_ +# +# These were invented to take advantage of the IBM PC ROM character set. One +# can compose an acsc string from the single-width characters as follows +# "j{G4}k{G1}l{G2}m{G3}q{GH}x{GV}t{GR}u{GL}v{GU}w{GD}n{GC}" +# When translating a termcap file, ncurses tic will do this automatically. +# The double forms characters don't fit the SVr4 terminfo model. +# +# AT&T Extensions: +# +# The old AT&T 5410, 5420, 5425, pc6300plus, 610, and s4 entries used a set of +# nonstandard capabilities. Its signature is the KM capability, used to name +# some sort of keymap file. EE, BO, CI, CV, XS, DS, FL and FE are in this +# set. Comments in the original, and a little cross-checking with other AT&T +# documentation, seem to establish that BO=:mr: (start reverse video), DS=:mh: +# (start dim), XS=:mk: (secure/invisible mode), EE=:me: (end highlights), +# FL=:LO: (enable soft labels), FE=:LF: (disable soft labels), CI=:vi: (make +# cursor invisible), and CV=:ve: (make cursor normal). +# +# HP Extensions +# +# The HP library (as of mid-1995, their term.h file version 70.1) appears to +# have the System V capabilities up to SVr1 level. After that, it supports +# two nonstandard caps meml and memu corresponding to the old termcap :ml:, +# :mu: capabilities. After that, it supports caps plab_norm, label_on, +# label_off, and key_f11..key_f63 capabilities like SVr4's. This makes the +# HP binary format incompatible with SVr4's. +# +# IBM Extensions +# +# There is a set of nonstandard terminfos used by IBM's AIX operating system. +# The AIX terminfo library diverged from SVr1 terminfo, and replaces all +# capabilities following prtr_non with the following special capabilties: +# box[12], batt[12], colb[0123456789], colf[0123456789], f[01234567], kbtab, +# kdo, kcmd, kcpn, kend, khlp, knl, knpn, kppn, kppn, kquit, ksel, kscl, kscr, +# ktab, kmpf[123456789], apstr, ksf1..ksf10, kf11...kf63, kact, topl, btml, +# rvert, lvert. Some of these are identical to XPG4/SVr4 equivalents: +# kcmd, kend, khlp, and kf11...kf63. Two others (kbtab and ksel) can be +# renamed (to kcbt and kslt). The places in the box[12] capabilities +# correspond to acsc chars, here is the mapping: +# +# box1[0] = ACS_ULCORNER +# box1[1] = ACS_HLINE +# box1[2] = ACS_URCORNER +# box1[3] = ACS_VLINE +# box1[4] = ACS_LRCORNER +# box1[5] = ACS_LLCORNER +# box1[6] = ACS_TTEE +# box1[7] = ACS_RTEE +# box1[8] = ACS_BTEE +# box1[9] = ACS_LTEE +# box1[10] = ACS_PLUS +# +# The box2 characters are the double-line versions of these forms graphics. +# The AIX binary terminfo format is incompatible with SVr4's. +# +# Iris console extensions: +# +# HS is half-intensity start; HE is half-intensity end +# CT is color terminal type (for Curses & rogue) +# CP is color change escape sequence +# CZ are color names (for Curses & rogue) +# +# The ncurses tic utility recognizes HS as an alias for mh . +# +# TC Extensions: +# +# There is a set of extended termcaps associated with something +# called the "Terminal Control" or TC package created by MainStream Systems, +# Winfield Kansas. This one also uses GS/GE for as/ae, and also uses +# CF for civis and CO for cvvis. Finally, they define a boolean :ct: +# that flags color terminals. +# +######## CHANGE HISTORY +# +# The last /etc/termcap version maintained by John Kunze was 8.3, dated 8/5/94. +# Releases 9 and up are maintained by Eric S. Raymond as part of the ncurses +# project. +# +# This file contains all the capability information present in John Kunze's +# last version of the termcap master file, except as noted in the change +# comments at end of file. Some information about very ancient obsolete +# capabilities has been moved to comments. Some all-numeric names of older +# terminals have been retired. +# +# I changed :MT: to :km: (the 4.4BSD name) everywhere. I commented out some +# capabilities (EP, dF, dT, dV, kn, ma, ml, mu, xr, xx) that are no longer +# used by BSD curses. +# +# The 9.1.0 version of this file was translated from my lightly-edited copy of +# 8.3, then mechanically checked against 8.3 using Emacs Lisp code written for +# the purpose. Unless the ncurses tic implementation and the Lisp code were +# making perfectly synchronized mistakes which I then failed to catch by +# eyeball, the translation was correct and perfectly information-preserving. +# +# Major version number bumps correspond to major version changes in ncurses. +# +# Here is a log of the changes since then: +# +# 9.1.0 (Wed Feb 1 04:50:32 EST 1995): +# * First terminfo master translated from 8.3. +# 9.2.0 (Wed Feb 1 12:21:45 EST 1995): +# * Replaced Wyse entries with updated entries supplied by vendor. +# +# 9.3.0 (Mon Feb 6 19:14:40 EST 1995): +# * Added contact & status info from G. Clark Brown . +# 9.3.1 (Tue Feb 7 12:00:24 EST 1995): +# * Better XENIX keycap translation. Describe TC termcaps. +# * Contact and history info supplied by Qume. +# 9.3.2 (Sat Feb 11 23:40:02 EST 1995): +# * Raided the Shuford FTP site for recent termcaps/terminfos. +# * Added information on X3.64 and VT100 standard escape sequences. +# 9.3.3 (Mon Feb 13 12:26:15 EST 1995): +# * Added a correct X11R6 xterm entry. +# * Fixed terminfo translations of padding. +# 9.3.4 (Wed Feb 22 19:27:34 EST 1995): +# * Added correct acsc/smacs/rmacs strings for vt100 and xterm. +# * Added u6/u7/u8/u9 capabilities. +# * Added PCVT entry. +# 9.3.5 (Thu Feb 23 09:37:12 EST 1995): +# * Emacs uses :so:, not :mr:, for its mode line. Fix linux entry +# to use reverse-video standout so Emacs will look right. +# * Added el1 capability to ansi. +# * Added smacs/rmacs to ansi.sys. +# +# 9.4.0 (Sat Feb 25 16:43:25 EST 1995): +# * New mt70 entry. +# * Added COPYRIGHTS AND OTHER DELUSIONS. +# * Added AT&T 23xx & 500/513, vt220 and vt420, opus3n1+, netronics +# smartvid & smarterm, ampex 175 & 219 & 232, +# env230, falco ts100, fluke, intertube, superbrain, ncr7901, vic20, +# ozzie, trs200, tr600, Tandy & Texas Instruments VDTs, intext2, +# screwpoint, fviewpoint, Contel Business Systems, Datamedia Colorscan, +# adm36, mime314, ergo4000, ca22851. Replaced att7300, esprit, dd5500. +# * Replaced the Perkin-Elmer entries with vendor's official ones. +# * Restored the old minimal-ansi entry, luna needs it. +# * Fixed some incorrect ip and proportional-padding translations. +# 9.4.1 (Mon Feb 27 14:18:33 EST 1995): +# * Fix linux & AT386 sgr strings to do A_ALTCHARSET turnoff correctly. +# * Make the xterm entry 65 lines again; create xterm25 and xterm24 +# to force a particular height. +# * Added beehive4 and reorganized other Harris entries. +# 9.4.2 (Thu Mar 9 01:45:44 EST 1995): +# * Merged in DEC's official entries for its terminals. The only old +# entry I kept was Doug Gwyn's alternate vt100 (as vt100-avo). +# * Replaced the translated BBN Bitgraph entries with purpose-built +# ones from AT&T's SVr3. +# * Replaced the AT&T entries with AT&T's official terminfos. +# * Added teleray 16, vc415, cops10. +# * Merged in many individual capabilities from SCO terminfo files. +# 9.4.3 (Mon Mar 13 02:37:53 EST 1995): +# * Typo fixes. +# * Change linux entry so A_PROTECT enables IBM-PC ROM characters. +# 9.4.4 (Mon Mar 27 12:32:35 EST 1995): +# * Added tty35, Ann Arbor Guru series. vi300 and 550, cg7900, tvi803, +# pt210, ibm3164, IBM System 1, ctrm, Tymshare scanset, dt200, adm21, +# simterm, citoh and variants. +# * Replaced sol entry with sol1 and sol2. +# * Replaced Qume QVT and Freedom-series entries with purpose-built +# terminfo entries. +# * Enhanced vt220, tvi910, tvi924, hpterm, hp2645, adm42, tek +# and dg200 entries using caps from from SCO. +# * Added the usual set of function-key mappings to ANSI entry. +# * Corrected xterm's function-key capabilities. +# 9.4.5 (Tue Mar 28 14:27:49 EST 1995): +# * Fix in xterm entry, cub and cud are not reliable under X11R6. +# 9.4.6 (Thu Mar 30 14:52:15 EST 1995): +# * Fix in xterm entry, get the arrow keys right. +# * Change some \0 escapes to \200. +# 9.4.7 (Tue Apr 4 11:27:11 EDT 1995) +# * Added apple (Videx card), adm1a, oadm31. +# * Fixed malformed ampex csr. +# * Fixed act4, cyb110; they had old-style prefix padding left in. +# * Changed mandatory to advisory padding in many entries. +# * Replaced HP entries up to hpsub with purpose-built ones. +# * Blank rmir/smir/rmdc/smdc capabilities removed. +# * Small fixes merged in from SCO entries for lpr, fos, tvi910+, tvi924. +# 9.4.8 (Fri Apr 7 09:36:34 EDT 199): +# * Replaced the Ann Arbor entries with SCO's, the init strings are +# more efficient (but the entries otherwise identical). +# * Added dg211 from Shuford archive. +# * Added synertek, apple-soroc, ibmpc, pc-venix, pc-coherent, xtalk, +# adm42-nl, pc52, gs6300, xerox820, uts30. +# * Pull SCO's padding into vi200 entry. +# * Improved capabilities for tvi4107 and other Televideo and Viewpoint +# entries merged in from SCO's descriptions. +# * Fixed old-style prefix padding on zen50, h1500. +# * Moved old superbee entry to superbee-xsb, pulled in new superbee +# entry from SCO's description. +# * Reorganized the special entries. +# * Added lm#0 to cbunix and virtual entries. +# +# 9.5.0 (Mon Apr 10 11:30:00 EDT 1995): +# * Restored cdc456tst. +# * Fixed sb1 entry, SCO erroneously left out the xsb glitch. +# * Added megatek, beacon, microkit. +# * Freeze for ncurses-1.9 release. +# 9.5.1 (Fri Apr 21 12:46:42 EDT 1995): +# * Added historical data for TAB. +# * Comment fixes from David MacKenzie. +# * Added the new BSDI pc3 entry. +# 9.5.2 (Tue Apr 25 17:27:52 EDT 1995) +# * A change in the tic -C logic now ensures that all entries in +# the termcap translation will fit in < 1024 bytes. +# * Added `bobcat' and `gator' HP consoles and the Nu machine entries +# from GNU termcap file. This merges in all their local information. +# 9.5.3 (Tue Apr 25 22:28:13 EDT 1995) +# * Changed tic -C logic to dump all capabilities used by GNU termcap. +# * Added warnings about entries with long translations (restoring +# all the GNU termcaps pushes a few over the edge). +# 9.5.4 (Wed Apr 26 15:35:09 EDT 1995) +# * Yet another tic change, and a couple of entry tweaks, to reduce the +# number of long (> 1024) termcap translations back to 0. +# +# 9.6.0 (Mon May 1 10:35:54 EDT 1995) +# * Added kf13-kf20 to Linux entry. +# * Regularize Prime terminal names. +# * Historical data on Synertek. +# * Freeze for ncurses-1.9.1. +# 9.6.1 (Sat May 6 02:00:52 EDT 1995): +# * Added true xterm-color entry, renamed djm's pseudo-color entry. +# * Eliminate whitespace in short name fields, this tanks some scripts. +# * Name field changes to shorten some long entries. +# * Termcap translation now automatically generates empty rmir/smir +# when ich1/ich is present (copes with an ancient vi bug). +# * Added `screen' entries from FSF's screen-3.6.2. +# * Added linux-nic and xterm-nic entries. +# 9.6.2 (Sat May 6 17:00:55 EDT 1995): +# * Change linux entry to use smacs=\E[11m and have an explicit acsc, +# eliminating some special-case code in ncurses. +# +# 9.7.0 (Tue May 9 18:03:12 EDT 1995): +# * Added vt320-k3, rsvidtx from the Emacs termcap.dat file. I think +# that captures everything unique from it. +# * Added reorder script generator. +# * Freeze for ncurses 1.9.2 release. +# 9.7.1 (Thu Jun 29 09:35:22 EDT 1995): +# * Added Sean Farley's kspd, flash, rs1 capabilities for linux. +# * Added Olaf Siebert's corrections for adm12. +# * ansi-pc-color now includes the colors and pairs caps, so that +# entries which use it will inherit them automatically. +# * The linux entry can now recognize the center (keypad 5) key. +# * Removed some junk that found its way into Linux acsc. +# +# 9.8.0 (Fri Jul 7 04:46:57 EDT 1995): +# * Add 50% cut mark as a desperate hack to reduce tic's core usage. +# * xterm doesn't try to use application keypad mode any more. +# * Freeze for ncurses-1.9.3 release. +# 9.8.1 (Thu Jul 19 17:02:12 EDT 1995): +# * Added corrected sun entry from vendor. +# * Added csr capability to linux entry. +# * Peter Wemm says the at386 hpa should be \E[%i%p1%dG, not \E[%p1%dG. +# * Added vt102-nsgr to cope with stupid IBM PC `VT100' emulators. +# * Some commented-out caps in long entries come back in, my code +# for computing string-table lengths had a bug in it. +# * pcansi series modified to fit comm-program reality better. +# 9.8.2 (Sat Sep 9 23:35:00 EDT 1995): +# * BSD/OS actually ships the ibmpc3 bold entry as its console. +# * Correct some bad aliases in the pcansi series +# * Added entry for QNX console. +# * Clean up duplicate long names for use with 4.4 library. +# * Change vt100 standout to be normal reverse vide, not bright reverse; +# this makes the Emacs status line look better. +# 9.8.3 (Sun Sep 10 13:07:34 EDT 1995): +# * Added Adam Thompson's VT320 entries, also his dtx-sas and z340. +# * Minor surgery, mostly on name strings, to shorten termcap version. +# +# 9.9.0 (Sat Sep 16 23:03:48 EDT 1995): +# * Added dec-vt100 for use with the EWAN emulator. +# * Added kmous to xterm for use with xterm's mouse-tracking facility. +# * Freeze for 1.9.5 alpha release. +# 9.9.1 (Wed Sep 20 13:46:09 EDT 1995): +# * Changed xterm lines to 24, the X11R6 default. +# 9.9.2 (Sat Sep 23 21:29:21 EDT 1995): +# * Added 7 newly discovered, undocumented acsc characters to linux +# entry (the pryz{|} characters). +# * ncurses no longer steals A_PROTECT. Simplify linux sgr accordingly. +# * Correct two typos in the xterm entries introduced in 9.9.1. +# * I finally figured out how to translate ko capabilities. Done. +# * Added tvi921 entries from Tim Theisen. +# * Cleanup: dgd211 -> dg211, adm42-nl -> adm42-nsl. +# * Removed mystery tec entry, it was neither interesting nor useful. +# * shortened altos3, qvt203, tvi910+, tvi92D, tvi921-g, tvi955, vi200-f, +# vi300-ss, att505-24, contel301, dm3045, f200vi, pe7000c, vc303a, +# trs200, wind26, wind40, wind50, cdc456tst, dku7003, f110, dg211, +# by making them relative to use capabilities +# * Added cuf1=^L to tvi925 from deleted variant tvi925a. +# * fixed cup in adm22 entry and parametrized strings in vt320-k3. +# * added it#8 to entries that used to have :pt: -- tvi912, vi200, +# ampex80, +# * Translate all home=\E[;H capabilities to home=\E[H, they're +# equivalent. +# * Translate \E[0m -> \E[m in [rs]mso, [rs]mul, and init strings of +# vt100 and ANSI-like terminals. +# 9.9.3 (Tue Sep 26 20:11:15 EDT 1995): +# * Added it#8 and ht=\t to *all* entries with :pt:; the ncurses tic +# does this now, too. +# * fviewpoint is gone, it duplicated screwpoint. +# * Added hp2627, graphos, graphos-30, hpex, ibmega, ibm8514, ibm8514-c, +# ibmvga, ibmvga-c, minix, mm340, mt4520-rv, screen2, screen3, +# versaterm, vi500, vsc, vt131, vt340, vt400 entries from UW. +# The UW vi50 replaces the old one, which becomes vi50adm, +# * No more embedded commas in name fields. +# +# 9.10.0 (Wed Oct 4 15:39:37 EDT 1995): +# * XENIX forms characters in fos, trs16, scoansi become acsc strings, +# * Introduced klone+* entries for describing Intel-console behavior. +# * Linux kbs is default-mapped to delete for some brain-dead reason. +# * -nsl -> -ns. The -pp syntax is obsolete. +# * Eliminate [A-Z]* primaries in accordance with SVr4 terminfo docs. +# * Make xterm entry do application-keypad mode again. I got complaints +# that it was messing up someone's 3270 emulator. +# * Added some longname fields in order to avoid warning messages from +# older tic implementations. +# * According to ctrlseqs.ms, xterm has a full vt100 graphics set. Use +# it! (This gives us pi, greater than, less than, and a few more.) +# * Freeze for ncurses-1.9.6 release. +# 9.10.1 (Sat Oct 21 22:18:09 EDT 1995): +# * Add xon to a number of console entries, they're memory-mapped and +# don't need padding. +# * Correct the use dependencies in the ansi series. +# * Hand-translate more XENIX capabilities. +# * Added hpterm entry for HP's X terminal emulator. +# * Added aixterm entries. +# * Shortened four names so everything fits in 14 chars. +# +# 9.11.0 (Thu Nov 2 17:29:35 EST 1995): +# * Added ibcs2 entry and info on iBCS2 standard. +# * Corrected hpa/vpa in linux entry. They still fail the worm test. +# * We can handle the HP meml/memu capability now. +# * Added smacs to klone entries, just as documentation. +# * Carrected ansi.sys and cit-500 entries. +# * Added z39, vt320-k311, v220c, and avatar entries. +# * Make pcansi use the ansi.sys invis capability. +# * Added DIP switch descriptions for vt100, adm31, tvi910, tvi920c, +# tvi925, tvi950, dt80, ncr7900i, h19. +# * X3.64 has been withdrawn, change some references. +# * Removed function keys from ansi-m entry. +# * Corrected ansi.sys entry. +# * Freeze for ncurses-1.9.7 release. +# 9.11.1 (Tue Nov 6 18:18:38 EST 1995): +# * Added rmam/smam capabilities to many entries based on init strings. +# * Added correct hpa/vpa to linux. +# * Reduced several entries relative to vt52. +# 9.11.2 (Tue Nov 7 00:21:06 EST 1995): +# * Exiled some utterly unidentifiable custom and homebrew types to the +# UFO file; also, obsolete small-screen hardware; also, entries which +# look flat-out incorrect, garbled, or redundant. These include the +# following entries: carlock, cdc456tst, microkit, qdss, ramtek, tec, +# tec400, tec500, ubell, wind, wind16, wind40, wind50, plasma, agile, +# apple, bch, daleblit, nucterm, ttywilliams, nuterminal, nu24, bnu, +# fnu, nunix-30, nunix-61, exidy, ex3000, sexidy, pc52, sanyo55, +# yterm10, yterm11, yterm10nat, aed, aed-ucb, compucolor, compucolor2, +# vic20, dg1, act5s, netx, smartvid, smarterm, sol, sol2, dt200, +# trs80, trs100, trs200, trs600, xitex, rsvidtx, vid, att2300-x40, +# att2350-x40, att4410-nfk, att5410-ns, otty5410, att5425-nl-w, +# tty5425-fk, tty5425-w-fk, cita, c108-na, c108-rv-na, c100-rv-na, +# c108-na-acs, c108-rv-na-acs, ims950-ns, infotonKAS, ncr7900i-na, +# regent60na, scanset-n, tvi921-g, tvi925n, tvi925vbn, tvi925vb, +# vc404-na, vc404-s-na, vt420nam, vt420f-nam, vt420pc-nam, vt510nam, +# vt510pc-nam, vt520nam, vt525nam, xterm25, xterm50, xterm65, xterms. +# * Corrected pcvt25h as suggested by Brian C. Grayson +# . +# 9.11.3 (Thu Nov 9 12:14:40 EST 1995): +# * Added kspd=\E[P, kcbt=\E[Z, to linux entry, changed kbs back to ^H. +# * Added kent=\EOM to xterm entry. +# +# 9.11.4 (Fri Nov 10 08:31:35 EST 1995): +# * Corrected gigi entry. +# * Restored cuf/cud1 to xterm, their apparent bugginess was due to +# bad hpa/vpa capabilities. +# * Corrected flash strings to have a uniform delay of .2 sec. No +# more speed-dependent NUL-padding! +# * terminfo capabilities in comments bracketed with <>. +# 9.11.5 (Fri Nov 10 15:35:02 EST 1995): +# * Replaced pcvt with the 3.31 pcvt entries. +# * Freeze for 1.9.7a. +# 9.11.6 (Mon Nov 13 10:20:24 EST 1995): +# * Added emu entry from the X11R6 contrib tape sources. +# +# 9.12.0 (Wed Nov 29 04:22:25 EST 1995): +# * Improved iris-ansi and sun entries. +# * More flash string improvements. +# * Corrected wy160 & wy160 as suggested by Robert Dunn +# * Added dim to at386. +# * Reconciled pc3 and ibmpc3 with the BSDI termcap file. Keith says +# he's ready to start using the termcap generated from this one. +# * Added vt102-w, vt220-w, xterm-bold, wyse-vp, wy75ap, att4424m, +# ln03, lno3-w, h19-g, z29a*, qdss. Made vt200 an alias of vt220. +# * Improved hpterm, apollo consoles, fos, qvt101, tvi924. tvi925, +# att610, att620, att630, +# * Changed hazeltine name prefix from h to hz. +# * Sent t500 to the UFI file. +# * I think we've sucked all the juice out of BSDI's termcap file now. +# * Freeze for ncurses 1.9.8 release +# 9.12.1 (Thu Nov 30 03:14:06 EST 1995) +# * Unfreeze, linux kbs needed to be fixed. +# * Tim Theisen pinned down a bug in the DMD firmware. +# 9.12.2 (Thu Nov 30 19:08:55 EST 1995): +# * Fixes to ansi and klone capabilities (thank you, Aaron Ucko). +# (The broken ones had been shadowed by sgr.) +# 9.12.3 (Thu Dec 7 17:47:22 EST 1995): +# * Added documentation on ECMA-48 standard. +# * New Amiga entry. +# 9.12.4 (Thu Dec 14 04:16:39 EST 1995): +# * More ECMA-48 stuff +# * Corrected typo in minix entry, added pc-minix. +# * Corrected khome/kend in xterm (thank you again, Aaron Ucko). +# * Added rxvt entry. +# * Added 1.3.x color-change capabilities to linux entry. +# 9.12.5 (Tue Dec 19 00:22:10 EST 1995): +# * Corrected rxvt entry khome/kend. +# * Corrected linux color change capabilities. +# * NeXT entries from Dave Wetzel. +# * Cleaned up if and rf file names (all in /usr/share now). +# * Changed linux op capability to avoid screwing up a background color +# pair set by setterm. +# 9.12.6 (Wed Feb 7 16:14:35 EST 1996): +# * Added xterm-sun. +# 9.12.7 (Fri Feb 9 13:27:35 EST 1996): +# * Added visa50. +# +# 9.13.0 (Sun Mar 10 00:13:08 EST 1996): +# * Another sweep through the Shuford archive looking for new info. +# * Added dg100 alias to dg6053 based on a comp.terminals posting. +# * Added st52 from Per Persson. +# * Added eterm from the GNU Emacs 19.30 distribution. +# * Freeze for 1.9.9. +# 9.13.1 (Fri Mar 29 14:06:46 EST 1996): +# * FreeBSD console entries from Andrew Chernov. +# * Removed duplicate Atari st52 name. +# 9.13.2 (Tue May 7 16:10:06 EDT 1996) +# * xterm doesn't actually have ACS_BLOCK. +# * Change klone+color setf/setb to simpler forms that can be +# translated into termcap. +# * Added xterm1. +# * Removed mechanically-generated junk capabilities from cons* entries. +# * Added color support to bsdos. +# 9.13.3 (Thu May 9 10:35:51 EDT 1996): +# * Added Wyse 520 entries from Wm. Randolph Franklin . +# * Created ecma+color, linux can use it. Also added ech to linux. +# * Teach xterm about more keys. Add Thomas Dickey's 3.1.2E updates. +# * Add descriptions to FreeBSD console entries. Also shorten +# some aliases to <= 14 chars for portability. +# * Added x68k console +# * Added OTbs to several VT-series entries. +# 9.13.4 (Wed May 22 10:54:09 EDT 1996): +# * screen entry update for 3.7.1 from Michael Alan Dorfman. +# 9.13.5 (Wed Jun 5 11:22:41 EDT 1996): +# * kterm correction due to Kenji Rikitake. +# * ACS correction in vt320-kll due to Phillippe De Muyter. +# 9.13.6 (Sun Jun 16 15:01:07 EDT 1996): +# * Sun console entry correction from J.T. Conklin. +# * Changed all DEC VT300 and up terminals to use VT300 tab set +# 9.13.7 (Mon Jul 8 20:14:32 EDT 1996): +# * Added smul to linux entry (we never noticed it was missing +# because of sgr!). +# * Added rmln to hp+labels (deduced from other HP entries). +# * Added vt100 acsc capability to vt220, vt340, vt400, d800, dt80-sas, +# pro350, att7300, 5420_2, att4418, att4424, att4426, att505, vt320-k3. +# * Corrected vt220 acsc. +# * The klone+sgr and klone+sgr-dumb entries now use klone+acs; +# this corresponds to reality and helps prevent some tic warnings. +# * Added sgr0 to c101, pcix, vt100-nav, screen2, oldsun, next, altos2, +# hpgeneric, hpansi, hpsub, hp236, hp700-wy, bobcat, dku7003, adm11, +# adm12, adm20, adm21, adm22, adm31, adm36, adm42, pt100, pt200, +# qvt101, tvi910, tvi921, tvi92B, tvi925, tvi950, tvi970, wy30-mc, +# wy50-mc, wy100, wyse-vp, ampex232, regent100, viewpoint, vp90, +# adds980, cit101, cit500, contel300, cs10, dm80, falco, falco-p, +# f1720a, go140, sb1, superbeeic, microb, ibm8512, kt7, ergo4000, +# owl, uts30, dmterm, dt100, dt100, dt110, appleII, apple-videx, +# lisa, trsII, atari, st52, pc-coherent, basis, m2-man, bg2.0, bg1.25, +# dw3, ln03, ims-ansi, graphos, t16, zen30, xtalk, simterm, d800, +# ifmr, v3220, wy100q, tandem653, ibmaed. +# * Added DWK terminal description. +# 9.13.8 (Wed Jul 10 11:45:21 EDT 1996): +# * Many entries now have highlights inherited from adm+sgr. +# * xterm entry now corresponds to XFree86 3.1.2E, with color. +# * xtitle and xtitle-twm enable access to the X status line. +# * Added linux-1.3.6 color palette caps in conventional format. +# * Added adm1178 terminal. +# * Move fos and apollo terminals to obsolete category. +# * Aha! The BRL terminals file told us what the Iris extensions mean. +# * Added, from the BRL termcap file: rt6221, rt6221-w, northstar, +# commodore, cdc721-esc, excel62, osexec. Replaced from the BRL file: +# cit500, adm11. +# 9.13.9 (Mon Jul 15 00:32:51 EDT 1996): +# * Added, from the BRL termcap file: cdc721, cdc721l, cdc752, cdc756, +# aws, awsc, zentec8001, modgraph48, rca vp3301/vp3501, ex155. +# * Corrected, from BRL termcap file: vi50. +# * Better rxvt entry & corrected xterm entries from Thomas Dickey. +# 9.13.10 (Mon Jul 15 12:20:13 EDT 1996): +# * Added from BRL: cit101e & variants, hmod1, vi200, ansi77, att5620-1, +# att5620-s, att5620-s, dg210, aas1901, hz1520, hp9845, osborne +# (old osborne moved to osborne-w), tvi970-vb, tvi970-2p, tvi925-hi, +# tek4105brl, tek4106brl, tek4107brl,tek4109brl, hazel, aepro, +# apple40p, apple80p, appleIIgs, apple2e, apple2e-p, apple-ae. +# * Paired-attribute fixes to various terminals. +# * Sun entry corrections from A. Lukyanov & Gert-Jan Vons. +# * xterm entry corrections from Thomas Dickey. +# 9.13.11 (Tue Jul 30 16:42:58 EDT 1996): +# * Added t916 entry, translated from a termcap in SCO's support area. +# * New qnx entry from Michael Hunter. +# 9.13.12 (Mon Aug 5 14:31:11 EDT 1996): +# * Added hpex2 from Ville Sulko. +# * Fixed a bug that ran the qnx and pcvtXX together. +# 9.13.13 (Fri Aug 9 01:16:17 EDT 1996): +# * Added dtterm entry from Solaris CDE. +# 9.13.14 (Tue Sep 10 15:31:56 EDT 1996): +# * corrected pairs#8 typo in dtterm entry. +# * added tvi9065. +# 9.13.15 (Sun Sep 15 02:47:05 EDT 1996): +# * updated xterm entry to cover 3.1.2E's new features. +# 9.13.16 (Tue Sep 24 12:47:43 EDT 1996): +# * Added new minix entry +# * Removed aliases of the form ^[0-9]* for obsolete terminals. +# * Commented out linux-old, nobody's using pre-1.2 kernels now. +# 9.13.17 (Fri Sep 27 13:25:38 EDT 1996): +# * Added Prism entries and kt7ix. +# * Caution notes about EWAN and tabset files. +# * Changed /usr/lib/tabset -> /usr/share/tabset. +# * Added acsc/rmacs/smacs to vt52. +# 9.13.18 (Mon Oct 28 13:24:59 EST 1996): +# * Merged in Thomas Dickey's reorganization of the xterm entries; +# added technical corrections to avoid warning messages. +# 9.13.19 (Sat Nov 16 16:05:49 EST 1996): +# * Added rmso=\E[27m in Linux entry. +# * Added koi8-r support for Linux console. +# * Replace xterm entries with canonical ones from XFree86 3.2. +# 9.13.20 (Sun Nov 17 23:02:51 EST 1996): +# * Added color_xterm from Jacob Mandelson +# 9.13.21 (Mon Nov 18 12:43:42 EST 1996): +# * Back off the xterm entry to use r6 as a base. +# 9.13.22 (Sat Nov 30 11:51:31 EST 1996): +# * Added dec-vt220 at Adrian Garside's request. +# +# 10.1.0 (Sun Dec 29 02:36:31 EST 1996): +# * Minor corrections to xterm entries. +# * Replaced EWAN telnet entry. +# * Dropped the reorder script generator. It was a fossil. +# 10.1.1 (Sat May 3 21:41:27 EDT 1997): +# * Use setaf/setab consistently with SVr4. +# * Remove ech, el1 from cons25w, they do not work in FreeBSD 2.1.5 +# +# The following sets edit modes for GNU EMACS +# Local Variables: +# fill-prefix:"\t" +# fill-column:75 +# End: +######## SHANTIH! SHANTIH! SHANTIH! diff --git a/mk-0th.awk b/mk-0th.awk new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4a3a543 --- /dev/null +++ b/mk-0th.awk @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +# $Id: mk-0th.awk,v 1.3 1996/12/01 00:27:23 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Generate list of sources for a library, together with lint/lintlib rules +# +# Variables: +# name (library name, e.g., "ncurses", "panel", "forms", "menus") +# +BEGIN { + print "" + print "# generated by mk-0th.awk" + print "" + found = 0; + } + !/^#/ { + if ( $2 == "lib" ) + { + if ( found == 0 ) + { + printf "C_SRC =" + found = 1 + } + printf " \\\n\t%s/%s.c", $3, $1 + } + } +END { + print "" + if ( found != 0 ) + { + print "" + printf "# Producing llib-l%s is time-consuming, so there's no direct-dependency for\n", name + print "# it in the lintlib rule. We'll only remove in the cleanest setup." + print "clean ::" + printf "\trm -f llib-l%s.*\n", name + print "" + print "realclean ::" + printf "\trm -f llib-l%s\n", name + print "" + printf "llib-l%s : $(C_SRC)\n", name + printf "\tcproto -a -l -DLINT $(CPPFLAGS) $(C_SRC) >$@\n" + print "" + print "lintlib :" + printf "\t$(srcdir)/../misc/makellib %s $(CPPFLAGS)", name + print "" + print "lint :" + print "\t$(LINT) $(LINT_OPTS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(C_SRC) $(LINT_LIBS)" + } + else + { + print "lintlib :" + print "\t@echo no action needed" + } + } diff --git a/mk-1st.awk b/mk-1st.awk new file mode 100644 index 00000000..235ceab0 --- /dev/null +++ b/mk-1st.awk @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +# $Id: mk-1st.awk,v 1.20 1997/05/05 21:28:17 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Generate list of objects for a given model library +# Variables: +# name (library name, e.g., "ncurses", "panel", "forms", "menus") +# model (directory into which we compile, e.g., "obj") +# suffix (e.g., "_g.a", for debug libraries) +# MODEL (e.g., "DEBUG", uppercase; toupper is not portable) +# DoLinks ("yes" or "no", flag to add symbolic links) +# rmSoLocs ("yes" or "no", flag to add extra clean target) +# overwrite ("yes" or "no", flag to add link to libcurses.a +# +# Notes: +# CLIXs nawk does not like underscores in command-line variable names. +# Mixed-case is ok. +# HP/UX requires shared libraries to have executable permissions. +# +function symlink(src,dst) { + if ( src != dst ) { + printf "rm -f %s; ", dst + printf "$(LN_S) %s %s; ", src, dst + } + } +function sharedlinks(directory) { + if ( end_name != lib_name ) { + printf "\tcd %s && (", directory + abi_name = sprintf("%s.$(ABI_VERSION)", lib_name); + symlink(end_name, abi_name); + symlink(abi_name, lib_name); + printf ")\n" + } + } +function removelinks() { + if ( end_name != lib_name ) { + printf "\trm -f ../lib/%s ../lib/%s\n", abi_name, end_name + } + } +function installed_name() { + if ( DO_LINKS == "yes" ) { + return sprintf("%s.$(REL_VERSION)", lib_name); + } else { + return lib_name; + } + } +BEGIN { + print "" + print "# generated by mk-1st.awk" + print "" + found = 0; + } + !/^#/ { + if ( $2 == "lib" || $2 == "progs" ) + { + if ( found == 0 ) + { + printf "%s_OBJS =", MODEL + if ( $2 == "lib" ) + found = 1 + else + found = 2 + } + printf " \\\n\t../%s/%s.o", model, $1 + } + } +END { + print "" + if ( found != 0 ) + { + printf "\n$(%s_OBJS) : %s\n", MODEL, depend + } + if ( found == 1 ) + { + print "" + lib_name = sprintf("lib%s%s", name, suffix) + if ( MODEL == "SHARED" ) + { + if ( DoLinks == "yes" ) { + end_name = sprintf("%s.$(REL_VERSION)", lib_name); + } else { + end_name = lib_name; + } + printf "../lib/%s : $(%s_OBJS)\n", lib_name, MODEL + print "\t@-rm -f $@" + printf "\t$(MK_SHARED_LIB) $(%s_OBJS)\n", MODEL + sharedlinks("../lib") + print "" + if ( end_name != lib_name ) { + printf "../lib/%s : ../lib/%s\n", end_name, lib_name + } + print "" + print "install \\" + print "install.libs \\" + printf "install.%s :: $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) ../lib/%s\n", name, end_name + printf "\t@echo installing ../lib/%s as $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)/%s \n", lib_name, end_name + printf "\t-rm -f $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)/%s \n", end_name + printf "\t$(INSTALL) ../lib/%s $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)/%s \n", lib_name, end_name + sharedlinks("$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)") + if ( overwrite == "yes" && name == "ncurses" ) + { + ovr_name = sprintf("libcurses%s", suffix) + printf "\t@echo linking %s to %s\n", ovr_name, lib_name + printf "\t-rm -f $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)/%s \n", ovr_name + printf "\t(cd $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) && $(LN_S) %s %s)\n", lib_name, ovr_name + } + printf "\t- ldconfig\n" + if ( rmSoLocs == "yes" ) { + print "" + print "mostlyclean \\" + print "clean ::" + printf "\t@-rm -f so_locations\n" + } + } + else + { + end_name = lib_name; + printf "../lib/%s : $(%s_OBJS)\n", lib_name, MODEL + printf "\t$(AR) $(AR_OPTS) $@ $?\n" + printf "\t$(RANLIB) $@\n" + print "" + print "install \\" + print "install.libs \\" + printf "install.%s :: $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) ../lib/%s\n", name, lib_name + printf "\t@echo installing ../lib/%s as $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)/%s \n", lib_name, lib_name + printf "\t$(INSTALL_DATA) ../lib/%s $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)/%s \n", lib_name, lib_name + if ( overwrite == "yes" && lib_name == "libncurses.a" ) + { + printf "\t@echo linking libcurses.a to libncurses.a \n" + printf "\t-rm -f $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)/libcurses.a \n" + printf "\t(cd $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) && $(LN_S) libncurses.a libcurses.a)\n" + } + printf "\t$(RANLIB) $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir)/%s\n", lib_name + } + print "" + print "mostlyclean \\" + print "clean ::" + printf "\trm -f ../lib/%s\n", lib_name + printf "\trm -f $(%s_OBJS)\n", MODEL + removelinks(); + } + else if ( found == 2 ) + { + print "" + print "mostlyclean \\" + print "clean ::" + printf "\trm -f $(%s_OBJS)\n", MODEL + } + } diff --git a/mk-2nd.awk b/mk-2nd.awk new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cc1db565 --- /dev/null +++ b/mk-2nd.awk @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +# $Id: mk-2nd.awk,v 1.7 1996/12/01 00:26:51 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Generate compile-rules for the modules that we are using in libraries or +# programs. We are listing them explicitly because we have turned off the +# suffix rules (to force compilation with the appropriate flags). We could use +# make-recursion but that would result in makefiles that are useless for +# development. +# +# Variables: +# model +# MODEL (uppercase version of "model"; toupper is not portable) +# echo (yes iff we will show the $(CC) lines) +# +# Fields in src/modules: +# $1 = module name +# $2 = progs|lib|c++ +# $3 = source-directory +# +# Fields in src/modules past $3 are dependencies +# +BEGIN { + print "" + print "# generated by mk-2nd.awk" + print "" + } + !/^#/ { + if ( $1 != "" ) { + print "" + if ( $2 == "c++" ) { + compile="CXX" + suffix=".cc" + } else { + compile="CC" + suffix=".c" + } + printf "../%s/%s.o :\t%s/%s%s", model, $1, $3, $1, suffix + for (n = 4; n <= NF; n++) printf " \\\n\t\t\t%s", $n + print "" + if ( echo == "yes" ) + atsign="" + else { + atsign="@" + printf "\t@echo 'compiling %s (%s)'\n", $1, model + } + if ( $3 == "." || srcdir == "." ) + printf "\t%scd ../%s; $(%s) $(CFLAGS_%s) -c ../%s/%s%s", atsign, model, compile, MODEL, name, $1, suffix + else + printf "\t%scd ../%s; $(%s) $(CFLAGS_%s) -c %s/%s%s", atsign, model, compile, MODEL, $3, $1, suffix + } else { + printf "%s", $1 + for (n = 2; n <= NF; n++) printf " %s", $n + } + print "" + } +END { + print "" + } diff --git a/mkinstalldirs b/mkinstalldirs new file mode 100755 index 00000000..91f6d04e --- /dev/null +++ b/mkinstalldirs @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy +# Author: Noah Friedman +# Created: 1993-05-16 +# Last modified: 1994-03-25 +# Public domain + +errstatus=0 + +for file in ${1+"$@"} ; do + set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'` + shift + + pathcomp= + for d in ${1+"$@"} ; do + pathcomp="$pathcomp$d" + case "$pathcomp" in + -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;; + esac + + if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then + echo "mkdir $pathcomp" 1>&2 + mkdir "$pathcomp" || errstatus=$? + fi + + pathcomp="$pathcomp/" + done +done + +exit $errstatus + +# mkinstalldirs ends here diff --git a/ncurses.lsm b/ncurses.lsm new file mode 100644 index 00000000..46dc4bd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses.lsm @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +Begin3 +Title: ncurses +Version: 4.1 +Entered-date: 05MAY97 +Description: SVr4 and XSI-Curses compatible curses library and terminfo + tools including tic, infocmp, captoinfo. The library can + be configured to fall back to reading /etc/termcap for + backward compatibility with BSD curses, but the distribution + includes a copy of the master terminfo database. Supports + color, multiple highlights, forms-drawing characters, and + automatic recognition of keypad and function-key sequences. + Extensions include resizable windows and mouse support on both + xterm and Linux console using the gpm library. C++ binding + (not supported) and example. Ada95 binding and examples. + Includes man pages, test programs. Approved to replace 4.4BSD + curses, June 1995. +Keywords: curses, interface, screen, library +Author: zmbenhal@netcom.com (Zeyd Ben-Halim) + dickey@clark.net (Thomas Dickey) + esr@snark.thyrsus.com (Eric S. Raymond) + juergen.pfeifer@T-Online.de (Juergen Pfeifer) +Maintained-by: dickey@clark.net (Thomas Dickey) + juergen.pfeifer@T-Online.de (Juergen Pfeifer) +Primary-site: ftp.clark.net /pub/dickey/ncurses + ncurses-4.1.tar.gz +Platforms: Portable to any ANSI/POSIX system. +Alternate-site: ftp.netcom.com /pub/zm/zmbenhal/ncurses +Alternate-site: prep.ai.mit.edu /pub/gnu +Copying-policy: BSD-like. +End diff --git a/ncurses/MKcaptab.awk b/ncurses/MKcaptab.awk new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d028cb2d --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/MKcaptab.awk @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# $Id: MKcaptab.awk,v 1.9 1997/04/05 23:38:24 tom Exp $ +AWK=${1-awk} +DATA=${2-../include/Caps} + +cat <<'EOF' +/* + * comp_captab.c -- The names of the capabilities indexed via a hash + * table for the compiler. + * + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +EOF + +./make_hash 1 info <$DATA +./make_hash 3 cap <$DATA + +cat <<'EOF' +const struct alias _nc_capalias_table[] = +{ +EOF + +$AWK <$DATA ' +$1 == "capalias" { + if ($3 == "IGNORE") + to = "(char *)NULL"; + else + to = "\"" $3 "\""; + printf "\t{\"%s\", %s, \"%s\"},\t /* %s */\n", + $2, to, $4, $5 + } +' + +cat <<'EOF' + {(char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL} +}; + +const struct alias _nc_infoalias_table[] = +{ +EOF + +$AWK <$DATA ' +$1 == "infoalias" { + if ($3 == "IGNORE") + to = "(char *)NULL"; + else + to = "\"" $3 "\""; + printf "\t{\"%s\", %s, \"%s\"},\t /* %s */\n", + $2, to, $4, $5 + } +' + +cat <<'EOF' + {(char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL} +}; + +const struct name_table_entry *_nc_get_table(bool termcap) +{ + return termcap ? _nc_cap_table: _nc_info_table ; +} +EOF diff --git a/ncurses/MKexpanded.sh b/ncurses/MKexpanded.sh new file mode 100755 index 00000000..53624449 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/MKexpanded.sh @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +#!/bin/sh +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1997 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# $Id: MKexpanded.sh,v 1.4 1997/05/10 20:21:58 tom Exp $ +# +# Script to generate 'expanded.c', a dummy source that contains functions +# corresponding to complex macros used in this library. By making functions, +# we simplify analysis and debugging. + +if test $# != 0; then +preprocessor="$1" +else +preprocessor="cc -E" +fi +shift +if test $# != 0 ; then + preprocessor="$preprocessor $*" +else + preprocessor="$preprocessor -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I. -I../include" +fi + +TMP=gen$$.c +trap "rm -f $TMP" 0 1 2 5 15 + +cat >expanded.c < +#include +#ifdef NCURSES_EXPANDED +EOF + +cat >$TMP < +#undef NCURSES_EXPANDED /* this probably is set in ncurses_cfg.h */ +#include +/* these are names we'd like to see */ +#undef ALL_BUT_COLOR +#undef PAIR_NUMBER +#undef TRUE +#undef FALSE +/* this is a marker */ +IGNORE +chtype _nc_ch_or_attr(chtype ch, attr_t at) +{ + return ch_or_attr(ch,at); +} +void _nc_toggle_attr_on(attr_t *S, attr_t at) +{ + toggle_attr_on(*S,at); +} +void _nc_toggle_attr_off(attr_t *S, attr_t at) +{ + toggle_attr_off(*S,at); +} +int _nc_can_clear_with(chtype ch) +{ + return can_clear_with(ch); +} +int _nc_DelCharCost(int count) +{ + return DelCharCost(count); +} +int _nc_InsCharCost(int count) +{ + return InsCharCost(count); +} +void _nc_UpdateAttrs(chtype c) +{ + UpdateAttrs(c); +} +EOF + +$preprocessor $TMP 2>/dev/null | sed -e '1,/^IGNORE$/d' >>expanded.c + +cat >>expanded.c < +#include + +EOF + +if [ "$*" ] +then + cat < + +/* fallback entries for: $* */ + +static const TERMTYPE fallbacks[$#] = +{ +EOF + comma="" + for x in $* + do + echo "$comma /* $x */" + infocmp -e $x + comma="," + done + + cat <term_names, name, "|")) + return(tp); +EOF +else + echo " /* the fallback list is empty */"; +fi + +cat <" + print "#include " + print "#include " + print "#include " + print "" + print "struct kn {" + print "\tconst char *name;" + print "\tint code;" + print "};" + print "" + print "const struct kn key_names[] = {" +} + +{printf "\t{\"%s\", %s,},\n", $1, $2;} + +END { + print "};" + print "" + print "const char *keyname(int c)" + print "{" + print "int i, size = sizeof(key_names)/sizeof(struct kn);" + print "" + print "\tfor (i = 0; i < size; i++) {" + print "\t\tif (key_names[i].code == c) return key_names[i].name;" + print "\t}" + print "\treturn NULL;" + print "}" + print "" +} diff --git a/ncurses/MKkeys.awk b/ncurses/MKkeys.awk new file mode 100644 index 00000000..669c455e --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/MKkeys.awk @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +{printf "\tadd_to_try(%s, %s);\n", $1, $2;} diff --git a/ncurses/MKlib_gen.sh b/ncurses/MKlib_gen.sh new file mode 100755 index 00000000..a08dc0a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/MKlib_gen.sh @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# +# MKlib_gen.sh -- generate sources from curses.h macro definitions +# +# ($Id: MKlib_gen.sh,v 1.9 1997/05/10 23:48:19 tom Exp $) +# +# The XSI Curses standard requires all curses entry points to exist as +# functions, even though many definitions would normally be shadowed +# by macros. Rather than hand-hack all that code, we actually +# generate functions from the macros. +# +# This script accepts a file of prototypes on standard input. It discards +# any that don't have a `generated' comment attached. It then parses each +# prototype (relying on the fact that none of the macros take function +# pointer or array arguments) and generates C source from it. +# +# Here is what the pipeline stages are doing: +# +# 1. sed: extract prototypes of generated functions +# 2. sed: decorate prototypes with generated arguments a1. a2,...z +# 3. awk: generate the calls with args matching the formals +# 4. sed: prefix function names in prototypes so the preprocessor won't expand +# them. +# 5. cpp: macro-expand the file so the macro calls turn into C calls +# 6. awk: strip the expansion junk off the front and add the new header +# 7. sed: squeeze spaces, strip off gen_ prefix, create needed #undef +# + +preprocessor="$1 -I../include" +AWK="$2" +TMP=gen$$.c +trap "rm -f $TMP" 0 1 2 5 15 + +(cat < +#include + +DECLARATIONS + +EOF +sed -n -e "/^extern.*generated/s/^extern \([^;]*\);.*/\1/p" \ +| sed \ + -e "/(void)/b nc" \ + -e "s/,/ a1% /" \ + -e "s/,/ a2% /" \ + -e "s/,/ a3% /" \ + -e "s/,/ a4% /" \ + -e "s/,/ a5% /" \ + -e "s/,/ a6% /" \ + -e "s/,/ a7% /" \ + -e "s/,/ a8% /" \ + -e "s/,/ a9% /" \ + -e "s/,/ a10% /" \ + -e "s/,/ a11% /" \ + -e "s/,/ a12% /" \ + -e "s/,/ a13% /" \ + -e "s/,/ a14% /" \ + -e "s/,/ a15% /" \ + -e "s/*/ * /g" \ + -e "s/%/ , /g" \ + -e "s/)/ z)/" \ + -e ":nc" \ + -e "/(/s// ( /" \ + -e "s/)/ )/" \ +| $AWK '{ + print "\n" + + print "M_" $2 + print $0; + print "{"; + argcount = 1; + if (NF == 5 && $4 == "void") + argcount = 0; + if (argcount != 0) { + for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++) + if ($i == ",") + argcount++; + } + + # suppress trace-code for functions that we cannot do properly here, + # since they return data. + dotrace = 1; + if ($2 == "innstr") + dotrace = 0; + + call = "%%T((T_CALLED(\"" + args = "" + comma = "" + num = 0; + pointer = 0; + argtype = "" + for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++) { + ch = $i; + if ( ch == "*" ) + pointer = 1; + else if ( ch == "va_list" ) + pointer = 1; + else if ( ch == "char" ) + argtype = "char"; + else if ( ch == "int" ) + argtype = "int"; + else if ( ch == "short" ) + argtype = "short"; + else if ( ch == "chtype" ) + argtype = "chtype"; + else if ( ch == "attr_t" || ch == "NCURSES_ATTR_T" ) + argtype = "attr"; + + if ( ch == "," || ch == ")" ) { + if (pointer) { + if ( argtype == "char" ) { + call = call "%s" + comma = comma "_nc_visbuf2(" num "," + pointer = 0; + } else + call = call "%p" + } else if (argcount != 0) { + if ( argtype == "int" || argtype == "short" ) { + call = call "%d" + argtype = "" + } else if ( argtype != "" ) { + call = call "%s" + comma = comma "_trace" argtype "2(" num "," + } else { + call = call "%#lx" + comma = comma "(long)" + } + } + if (ch == ",") + args = args comma "a" ++num; + else if (argcount != 0) + args = args comma "z" + call = call ch + if (pointer == 0 && argcount != 0 && argtype != "" ) + args = args ")" + if (args != "") + comma = ", " + pointer = 0; + argtype = "" + } + if ( i == 2 || ch == "(" ) + call = call ch + } + call = call "\")" + if (args != "") + call = call ", " args + call = call ")); " + + if (dotrace) + printf "%s", call + + if (match($0, "^void")) + call = "" + else if (dotrace) + call = "returnCode( "; + else + call = "%%return "; + + call = call $2 "("; + for (i = 1; i < argcount; i++) + call = call "a" i ", "; + if (argcount != 0) + call = call "z"; + if (!match($0, "^void")) + call = call ") "; + if (dotrace) + call = call ")"; + print call ";" + + if (match($0, "^void")) + print "%%returnVoid;" + print "}"; +} +' ) \ +| sed \ + -e '/^\([a-z_][a-z_]*\) /s//\1 gen_/' >$TMP + $preprocessor $TMP 2>/dev/null \ +| $AWK ' +BEGIN { + print "/*" + print " * DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE BY HAND!" + print " * It is generated by MKlib_gen.sh." + print " *" + print " * This is a file of trivial functions generated from macro" + print " * definitions in curses.h in order to satisfy the XSI Curses" + print " * requirement that every macro also exist as a callable" + print " * function." + print " *" + print " * It will never be linked unless you call one of the entry" + print " * points with its normal macro definition disabled. In that" + print " * case, if you have no shared libraries, it will indirectly" + print " * pull most of the rest of the library into your link image." + print " * Cope with it." + print " */" + print "#include " + print "" + } +/^DECLARATIONS/ {start = 1; next;} + {if (start) print $0;} +' \ +| sed \ + -e 's/ */ /g' \ + -e 's/ */ /g' \ + -e 's/ ,/,/g' \ + -e 's/ )/)/g' \ + -e 's/ gen_/ /' \ + -e 's/^M_/#undef /' \ + -e '/^%%/s// /' \ +| sed \ + -e 's/^.*T_CALLED.*returnCode( \([a-z].*) \));/ return \1;/' \ + -e 's/^.*T_CALLED.*returnCode( \((wmove.*) \));/ return \1;/' + diff --git a/ncurses/MKnames.awk b/ncurses/MKnames.awk new file mode 100644 index 00000000..33075095 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/MKnames.awk @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +# $Id: MKnames.awk,v 1.8 1997/05/10 16:11:33 tom Exp $ +BEGIN { + print "/* This file was generated by MKnames.awk */" > "namehdr" + print "" > "namehdr" + print "#include " > "namehdr" + print "" > "namehdr" + print "#define IT NCURSES_CONST char * const" > "namehdr" + print "" > "namehdr" + print "#if BROKEN_LINKER" > "namehdr" + print "#include " > "namehdr" + print "#define DCL(it) static IT data##it[]" > "namehdr" + print "#else" > "namehdr" + print "#define DCL(it) IT it[]" > "namehdr" + print "#endif" > "namehdr" + print "" > "namehdr" + print "/*" > "boolnames" + print " * names.c - Arrays of capability names and codes" > "boolnames" + print " *" > "boolnames" + print " */" > "boolnames" + print "" > "boolnames" + print "DCL(boolnames) = {" > "boolnames" + print "DCL(boolfnames) = {" > "boolfnames" + print "DCL(boolcodes) = {" > "boolcodes" + print "DCL(numnames) = {" > "numnames" + print "DCL(numfnames) = {" > "numfnames" + print "DCL(numcodes) = {" > "numcodes" + print "DCL(strnames) = {" > "strnames" + print "DCL(strfnames) = {" > "strfnames" + print "DCL(strcodes) = {" > "strcodes" + } + +$1 ~ /^#/ {next;} + +$1 == "SKIPWARN" {next;} + +$3 == "bool" { + printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $2 > "boolnames" + printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $1 > "boolfnames" + printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $4 > "boolcodes" + } + +$3 == "num" { + printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $2 > "numnames" + printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $1 > "numfnames" + printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $4 > "numcodes" + } + +$3 == "str" { + printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $2 > "strnames" + printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $1 > "strfnames" + printf "\t\t\"%s\",\n", $4 > "strcodes" + } + +END { + print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "boolnames" + print "};" > "boolnames" + print "" > "boolnames" + print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "boolfnames" + print "};" > "boolfnames" + print "" > "boolfnames" + print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "boolcodes" + print "};" > "boolcodes" + print "" > "boolcodes" + print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "numnames" + print "};" > "numnames" + print "" > "numnames" + print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "numfnames" + print "};" > "numfnames" + print "" > "numfnames" + print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "numcodes" + print "};" > "numcodes" + print "" > "numcodes" + print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "strnames" + print "};" > "strnames" + print "" > "strnames" + print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "strfnames" + print "};" > "strfnames" + print "" > "strfnames" + print "\t\t(NCURSES_CONST char *)0," > "strcodes" + print "};" > "strcodes" + print "" > "strcodes" + print "#if BROKEN_LINKER" > "nameftr" + print "#define FIX(it) IT *_nc_##it(void) { return data##it; }" > "nameftr" + print "FIX(boolnames)" > "nameftr" + print "FIX(boolfnames)" > "nameftr" + print "FIX(numnames)" > "nameftr" + print "FIX(numfnames)" > "nameftr" + print "FIX(strnames)" > "nameftr" + print "FIX(strfnames)" > "nameftr" + print "#endif /* BROKEN_LINKER */" > "nameftr" + print "" > "codeftr" + print "#if BROKEN_LINKER" > "codeftr" + print "#define FIX(it) IT *_nc_##it(void) { return data##it; }" > "codeftr" + print "FIX(boolcodes)" > "codeftr" + print "FIX(numcodes)" > "codeftr" + print "FIX(strcodes)" > "codeftr" + print "#endif /* BROKEN_LINKER */" > "codeftr" + } diff --git a/ncurses/MKunctrl.awk b/ncurses/MKunctrl.awk new file mode 100644 index 00000000..34d8cd3b --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/MKunctrl.awk @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +# $Id: MKunctrl.awk,v 1.3 1997/04/26 23:04:45 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1997 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ + +BEGIN { + print "/* generated by MKunctrl.awk */" + print + print "#include " + print + } +END { + print "NCURSES_CONST char *unctrl(register chtype ch)" + print "{" + printf "static const char* const table[] = {" + for ( ch = 0; ch < 256; ch++ ) { + gap = "," + if ((ch % 8) == 0) + printf "\n " + if (ch < 32) { + printf "\"^\\%03o\"", ch + 64 + } else if (ch == 127) { + printf "\"^?\"" + } else { + printf "\"\\%03o\"", ch + gap = gap " " + } + if (ch == 255) + gap = "\n" + else if (((ch + 1) % 8) != 0) + gap = gap " " + printf "%s", gap + } + print "};" + print "" + print "\treturn (NCURSES_CONST char *)table[TextOf(ch)];" + print "}" + } diff --git a/ncurses/Makefile.in b/ncurses/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c76ec188 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.28 1997/05/10 20:21:06 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Makefile for ncurses source code. +# +# This makes the following: +# programs +# includes +# libraries (normal/debug/profile/shared) +# +# The variable 'srcdir' refers to the source-distribution, and can be set with +# the configure script by "--srcdir=DIR". +# +# The rules are organized to produce the libraries for the configured models, +# and the programs with the configured default model. + +# turn off _all_ suffix rules; we'll generate our own +.SUFFIXES: + +SHELL = /bin/sh +THIS = Makefile + +NC_MFLAGS = @nc_cv_makeflags@ +@SET_MAKE@ + +MODEL = @DFT_LWR_MODEL@ +INSTALL_PREFIX = @INSTALL_PREFIX@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +libdir = @libdir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +datadir = @datadir@ + +ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +AR = @AR@ +AR_OPTS = @AR_OPTS@ +AWK = @AWK@ +LD = @LD@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ + +CC = @CC@ +CPP = @CPP@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ + +INCDIR = $(srcdir)/../include +CPPFLAGS = -I../ncurses -I$(srcdir) @CPPFLAGS@ \ + -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTERMINFO=\"$(ticdir)\" + +CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) + +CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS) +CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE +CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg +CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@ + +CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@) + +LINK = $(CC) +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LD_MODEL@ @LIBS@ + +MK_SHARED_LIB = @MK_SHARED_LIB@ +REL_VERSION = @nc_cv_rel_version@ +ABI_VERSION = @nc_cv_abi_version@ + +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ + +LIBRARIES = @LIBS_TO_MAKE@ + +LINT = @LINT@ +LINT_OPTS = @LINT_OPTS@ +LINT_LIBS = -lncurses @LIBS@ + +AUTO_SRC = \ + ../include/nomacros.h \ + ./comp_captab.c \ + ./expanded.c \ + ./fallback.c \ + keys.tries \ + ./lib_keyname.c \ + ./lib_gen.c \ + ./codes.c \ + ./names.c \ + ./unctrl.c + +################################################################################ +all :: ../lib $(AUTO_SRC) $(LIBRARIES) + +$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) : + $(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs $@ + +../lib : ; mkdir $@ + +./fallback.c : $(srcdir)/MKfallback.sh + sh $(srcdir)/MKfallback.sh >$@ + +./lib_gen.c : $(srcdir)/MKlib_gen.sh ../include/curses.h + sh $(srcdir)/MKlib_gen.sh "$(CPP)" "$(AWK)" <../include/curses.h >$@ + +../include/nomacros.h : $(srcdir)/MKlib_gen.sh ../include/curses.h + sh $(srcdir)/MKlib_gen.sh "$(CPP)" "$(AWK)" <../include/curses.h | \ + fgrep undef >$@ + +keys.tries: $(srcdir)/keys.list + $(AWK) -f $(srcdir)/MKkeys.awk $(srcdir)/keys.list > keys.tries + +make_hash : \ + $(srcdir)/comp_hash.c \ + ../include/hashsize.h + $(CC) -o $@ $(CCFLAGS) -DMAIN_PROGRAM $(srcdir)/comp_hash.c $(LDFLAGS) + +./expanded.c : $(srcdir)/MKexpanded.sh + sh $(srcdir)/MKexpanded.sh "$(CPP)" $(CPPFLAGS) + +./comp_captab.c: \ + make_hash \ + ../include/hashsize.h \ + $(srcdir)/MKcaptab.awk + sh $(srcdir)/MKcaptab.awk $(AWK) $(srcdir)/../include/Caps > $@ + +./lib_keyname.c: $(srcdir)/keys.list $(srcdir)/MKkeyname.awk + $(AWK) -f $(srcdir)/MKkeyname.awk $(srcdir)/keys.list > $@ + +./names.c ./codes.c: $(srcdir)/MKnames.awk + $(AWK) -f $(srcdir)/MKnames.awk $(srcdir)/../include/Caps + cat namehdr boolnames boolfnames numnames numfnames strnames strfnames nameftr >./names.c + cat namehdr boolcodes numcodes strcodes codeftr >./codes.c + -rm -f namehdr nameftr codeftr boolnames boolfnames boolcodes numnames numfnames numcodes strnames strfnames strcodes + +./unctrl.c: $(srcdir)/MKunctrl.awk + echo | $(AWK) -f $(srcdir)/MKunctrl.awk >$@ + +tags: + ctags *.[ch] + +TAGS: + etags *.[ch] + +mostlyclean :: + -rm -f tags TAGS *~ + +clean :: mostlyclean + -rm -f $(AUTO_SRC) + -rm -f make_hash + +distclean :: clean + -rm -f Makefile + +realclean :: distclean + +# These rules are used to allow "make -n" to work on a clean directory-tree +../include/hashsize.h \ +../include/parametrized.h \ +../include/term.h : + cd ../include; $(MAKE) $(NC_MFLAGS) + +############################################################################### +# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration +############################################################################### diff --git a/ncurses/README b/ncurses/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000..be4b8b00 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/README @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +For discussion of the package internals, see hackguide.html in the misc +directory. + +Here are some -D options you might need to compile with. +The 'configure' script gets most other definitions right automatically. + +-DHAVE_SIGACTION if the sigaction function is present + +-DHAVE_USLEEP if the usleep function is present + +-DSVR4_ACTION if (e.g., svr4) you need _POSIX_SOURCE to have sigaction + +-DSVR4_TERMIO if (e.g., svr4) you need _POSIX_SOURCE to have termio + +-DOPT_MVCUR if you want mvcur() to cost its actions or you have a + terminal that doesn't have direct cursor addressing. + +There are several problems with strict POSIX systems so extra flags +or #define's may be needed. diff --git a/ncurses/SigAction.h b/ncurses/SigAction.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e4f5786 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/SigAction.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* This file exists to handle non-POSIX systems which don't have , + * and usually no sigaction() nor + */ + +#ifndef _SIGACTION_H +#define _SIGACTION_H + +#if HAVE_LIBC_H +#include +#endif + +#undef SIG_BLOCK +#define SIG_BLOCK 00 + +#undef SIG_UNBLOCK +#define SIG_UNBLOCK 01 + +#undef SIG_SETMASK +#define SIG_SETMASK 02 + + /* + * is in the Linux 1.2.8 + gcc 2.7.0 configuration, + * and is useful for testing this header file. + */ +#if HAVE_BSD_SIGNAL_H +#include +#endif + +typedef struct sigvec sigaction_t; + +#define sigset_t _nc_sigset_t +typedef unsigned long sigset_t; + +#undef sa_mask +#define sa_mask sv_mask +#undef sa_handler +#define sa_handler sv_handler +#undef sa_flags +#define sa_flags sv_flags + +#undef sigaction +#define sigaction _nc_sigaction +#undef sigprocmask +#define sigprocmask _nc_sigprocmask +#undef sigemptyset +#define sigemptyset _nc_sigemptyset +#undef sigsuspend +#define sigsuspend _nc_sigsuspend +#undef sigdelset +#define sigdelset _nc_sigdelset +#undef sigaddset +#define sigaddset _nc_sigaddset + +extern int sigaction (int sig, sigaction_t * sigact, sigaction_t * osigact); +extern int sigprocmask (int how, sigset_t *mask, sigset_t *omask); +extern int sigemptyset (sigset_t *mask); +extern int sigsuspend (sigset_t *mask); +extern int sigdelset (sigset_t *mask, int sig); +extern int sigaddset (sigset_t *mask, int sig); + +#endif diff --git a/ncurses/alloc_entry.c b/ncurses/alloc_entry.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..27f21d0f --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/alloc_entry.c @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * alloc_entry.c -- allocation functions for terminfo entries + * + * _nc_init_entry() + * _nc_save_str() + * _nc_merge_entry(); + * _nc_wrap_entry(); + * + */ + +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: alloc_entry.c,v 1.12 1997/02/01 22:59:47 tom Exp $") + +#define MAX_STRTAB 4096 /* documented maximum entry size */ + +static char stringbuf[MAX_STRTAB]; /* buffer for string capabilities */ +static size_t next_free; /* next free character in stringbuf */ + +void _nc_init_entry(TERMTYPE *const tp) +/* initialize a terminal type data block */ +{ +int i; + + for (i=0; i < BOOLCOUNT; i++) + tp->Booleans[i] = FALSE; + + for (i=0; i < NUMCOUNT; i++) + tp->Numbers[i] = -1; + + for (i=0; i < STRCOUNT; i++) + tp->Strings[i] = (char *)NULL; + + next_free = 0; +} + +char *_nc_save_str(const char *const string) +/* save a copy of string in the string buffer */ +{ +size_t old_next_free = next_free; +size_t len = strlen(string) + 1; + + if (next_free + len < MAX_STRTAB) + { + strcpy(&stringbuf[next_free], string); + DEBUG(7, ("Saved string %s", _nc_visbuf(string))); + DEBUG(7, ("at location %d", (int) next_free)); + next_free += len; + } + return(stringbuf + old_next_free); +} + +void _nc_wrap_entry(ENTRY *const ep) +/* copy the string parts to allocated storage, preserving pointers to it */ +{ +int offsets[STRCOUNT], useoffsets[MAX_USES]; +int i, n; + + n = ep->tterm.term_names - stringbuf; + for (i=0; i < STRCOUNT; i++) + if (ep->tterm.Strings[i] == (char *)NULL) + offsets[i] = -1; + else if (ep->tterm.Strings[i] == CANCELLED_STRING) + offsets[i] = -2; + else + offsets[i] = ep->tterm.Strings[i] - stringbuf; + + for (i=0; i < ep->nuses; i++) + if (ep->uses[i].parent == (void *)NULL) + useoffsets[i] = -1; + else + useoffsets[i] = (char *)(ep->uses[i].parent) - stringbuf; + + if ((ep->tterm.str_table = (char *)malloc(next_free)) == (char *)NULL) + _nc_err_abort("Out of memory"); + (void) memcpy(ep->tterm.str_table, stringbuf, next_free); + + ep->tterm.term_names = ep->tterm.str_table + n; + for (i=0; i < STRCOUNT; i++) + if (offsets[i] == -1) + ep->tterm.Strings[i] = (char *)NULL; + else if (offsets[i] == -2) + ep->tterm.Strings[i] = CANCELLED_STRING; + else + ep->tterm.Strings[i] = ep->tterm.str_table + offsets[i]; + + for (i=0; i < ep->nuses; i++) + if (useoffsets[i] == -1) + ep->uses[i].parent = (void *)NULL; + else + ep->uses[i].parent = (char *)(ep->tterm.str_table + useoffsets[i]); +} + +void _nc_merge_entry(TERMTYPE *const to, TERMTYPE *const from) +/* merge capabilities from `from' entry into `to' entry */ +{ + int i; + + for (i=0; i < BOOLCOUNT; i++) + { + int mergebool = from->Booleans[i]; + + if (mergebool == CANCELLED_BOOLEAN) + to->Booleans[i] = FALSE; + else if (mergebool == TRUE) + to->Booleans[i] = mergebool; + } + + for (i=0; i < NUMCOUNT; i++) + { + int mergenum = from->Numbers[i]; + + if (mergenum == CANCELLED_NUMERIC) + to->Numbers[i] = ABSENT_NUMERIC; + else if (mergenum != ABSENT_NUMERIC) + to->Numbers[i] = mergenum; + } + + /* + * Note: the copies of strings this makes don't have their own + * storage. This is OK right now, but will be a problem if we + * we ever want to deallocate entries. + */ + for (i=0; i < STRCOUNT; i++) + { + char *mergestring = from->Strings[i]; + + if (mergestring == CANCELLED_STRING) + to->Strings[i] = ABSENT_STRING; + else if (mergestring != ABSENT_STRING) + to->Strings[i] = mergestring; + } +} + diff --git a/ncurses/captoinfo.c b/ncurses/captoinfo.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a70c7687 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/captoinfo.c @@ -0,0 +1,791 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* + * captoinfo.c --- conversion between termcap and terminfo formats + * + * The captoinfo() code was swiped from Ross Ridge's mytinfo package, + * adapted to fit ncurses by Eric S. Raymond . + * + * There is just one entry point: + * + * char *captoinfo(n, s, parametrized) + * + * Convert value s for termcap string capability named n into terminfo + * format. + * + * This code recognizes all the standard 4.4BSD %-escapes: + * + * %% output `%' + * %d output value as in printf %d + * %2 output value as in printf %2d + * %3 output value as in printf %3d + * %. output value as in printf %c + * %+x add x to value, then do %. + * %>xy if value > x then add y, no output + * %r reverse order of two parameters, no output + * %i increment by one, no output + * %n exclusive-or all parameters with 0140 (Datamedia 2500) + * %B BCD (16*(value/10)) + (value%10), no output + * %D Reverse coding (value - 2*(value%16)), no output (Delta Data). + * + * Also, %02 and %03 are accepted as synonyms for %2 and %3. + * + * Besides all the standard termcap escapes, this translator understands + * the following extended escapes: + * + * used by GNU Emacs termcap libraries + * %a[+*-/=][cp]x GNU arithmetic. + * %m xor the first two parameters by 0177 + * %b backup to previous parameter + * %f skip this parameter + * + * used by the University of Waterloo (MFCF) termcap libraries + * %-x subtract parameter FROM char x and output it as a char + * %ax add the character x to parameter + * + * If #define WATERLOO is on, also enable these translations: + * + * %sx subtract parameter FROM the character x + * + * By default, this Waterloo translations are not compiled in, because + * the Waterloo %s conflicts with the way terminfo uses %s in strings for + * function programming. + * + * Note the two definitions of %a: the GNU definition is translated if the + * characters after the 'a' are valid for it, otherwise the UW definition + * is translated. + */ + +#include + +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: captoinfo.c,v 1.15 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $") + +#define MAX_PUSHED 16 /* max # args we can push onto the stack */ +#define MAX_ENTRY 2048 /* maximum chars in a translated capability */ + +static int stack[MAX_PUSHED]; /* the stack */ +static int stackptr; /* the next empty place on the stack */ +static int onstack; /* the top of stack */ +static int seenm; /* seen a %m */ +static int seenn; /* seen a %n */ +static int seenr; /* seen a %r */ +static int param; /* current parameter */ +static char *dp; /* pointer to end of the converted string */ + +static char *my_string; +static size_t my_length; + +static char *init_string(void) +/* initialize 'my_string', 'my_length' */ +{ + if (my_string == 0) + my_string = malloc(my_length = 256); + if (my_string == 0) + _nc_err_abort("Out of memory"); + + *my_string = '\0'; + return my_string; +} + +static char *save_string(char *d, const char *const s) +{ + size_t have = (d - my_string); + size_t need = have + strlen(s) + 2; + if (need > my_length) { + my_string = realloc(my_string, my_length = (need + need)); + d = my_string + have; + } + (void) strcpy(d, s); + return d + strlen(d); +} + +static inline char *save_char(char *s, char c) +{ + static char temp[2]; + temp[0] = c; + return save_string(s, temp); +} + +static void push(void) +/* push onstack on to the stack */ +{ + if (stackptr > MAX_PUSHED) + _nc_warning("string too complex to convert"); + else + stack[stackptr++] = onstack; +} + +static void pop(void) +/* pop the top of the stack into onstack */ +{ + if (stackptr == 0) + if (onstack == 0) + _nc_warning("I'm confused"); + else + onstack = 0; + else + onstack = stack[--stackptr]; + param++; +} + +static int cvtchar(register char *sp) +/* convert a character to a terminfo push */ +{ + unsigned char c = 0; + int len; + + switch(*sp) { + case '\\': + switch(*++sp) { + case '\'': + case '$': + case '\\': + case '%': + c = *sp; + len = 2; + break; + case '\0': + c = '\\'; + len = 1; + break; + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + len = 1; + while (isdigit(*sp)) + { + c = 8 * c + (*sp++ - '0'); + len++; + } + break; + default: + c = *sp; + len = 2; + break; + } + break; + case '^': + c = (*++sp & 0x1f); + len = 2; + break; + default: + c = *sp; + len = 1; + } + if (isgraph(c) && c != ',' && c != '\'' && c != '\\' && c != ':') { + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '\''; *dp++ = c; *dp++ = '\''; + } else { + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '{'; + if (c > 99) + *dp++ = c / 100 + '0'; + if (c > 9) + *dp++ = ((int)(c / 10)) % 10 + '0'; + *dp++ = c % 10 + '0'; + *dp++ = '}'; + } + return len; +} + +static void getparm(int parm, int n) +/* push n copies of param on the terminfo stack if not already there */ +{ + if (seenr) { + if (parm == 1) + parm = 2; + else if (parm == 2) + parm = 1; + } + if (onstack == parm) { + if (n > 1) { + _nc_warning("string may not be optimal"); + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 'P'; *dp++ = 'a'; + while(n--) { + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 'g'; *dp++ = 'a'; + } + } + return; + } + if (onstack != 0) + push(); + + onstack = parm; + + while(n--) { /* %p0 */ + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 'p'; *dp++ = '0' + parm; + } + + if (seenn && parm < 3) { /* %{96}%^ */ + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '{'; *dp++ = '9'; *dp++ = '6'; *dp++ = '}'; + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '^'; + } + + if (seenm && parm < 3) { /* %{127}%^ */ + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '{'; *dp++ = '1'; *dp++ = '2'; *dp++ = '7'; + *dp++ = '}'; *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '^'; + } +} + +char *_nc_captoinfo( +/* convert a termcap string to terminfo format */ +register char *const cap, /* relevant terminfo capability index */ +register char *s, /* string value of the capability */ +int const parametrized) /* do % translations if 1, pad translations if >=0 */ +{ + static char line[MAX_ENTRY]; + char *capstart; + + stackptr = 0; + onstack = 0; + seenm = 0; + seenn = 0; + seenr = 0; + param = 1; + + dp = line; + + /* skip the initial padding (if we haven't been told not to) */ + capstart = (char *)NULL; + if (s == 0) + s = ""; + if (parametrized >= 0 && isdigit(*s)) + for (capstart = s; ; s++) + if (!(isdigit(*s) || *s == '*' || *s == '.')) + break; + + while(*s != '\0') { + switch(*s) { + case '%': + s++; + if (parametrized < 1) { + *dp++ = '%'; + break; + } + switch(*s++) { + case '%': *dp++ = '%'; break; + case 'r': + if (seenr++ == 1) { + _nc_warning("saw %%r twice in %s", cap); + } + break; + case 'm': + if (seenm++ == 1) { + _nc_warning("saw %%m twice in %s", cap); + } + break; + case 'n': + if (seenn++ == 1) { + _nc_warning("saw %%n twice in %s", cap); + } + break; + case 'i': *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 'i'; break; + case '6': + case 'B': + getparm(param, 2); + /* %{6}%*%+ */ + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '{'; *dp++ = '6'; + *dp++ = '}'; *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '*'; + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '+'; + break; + case '8': + case 'D': + getparm(param, 2); + /* %{2}%*%- */ + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '{'; *dp++ = '2'; + *dp++ = '}'; *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '*'; + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '-'; + break; + case '>': + getparm(param, 2); + /* %?%{x}%>%t%{y}%+%; */ + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '?'; + s += cvtchar(s); + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '>'; + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 't'; + s += cvtchar(s); + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '+'; + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = ';'; + break; + case 'a': + if ((*s == '=' || *s == '+' || *s == '-' + || *s == '*' || *s == '/') + && (s[1] == 'p' || s[1] == 'c') + && s[2] != '\0') { + int l; + l = 2; + if (*s != '=') + getparm(param, 1); + if (s[1] == 'p') { + getparm(param + s[2] - '@', 1); + if (param != onstack) { + pop(); + param--; + } + l++; + } else + l += cvtchar(s + 2); + switch(*s) { + case '+': + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '+'; + break; + case '-': + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '-'; + break; + case '*': + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '*'; + break; + case '/': + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '/'; + break; + case '=': + if (seenr) + if (param == 1) + onstack = 2; + else if (param == 2) + onstack = 1; + else + onstack = param; + else + onstack = param; + break; + } + s += l; + break; + } + getparm(param, 1); + s += cvtchar(s); + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '+'; + break; + case '+': + getparm(param, 1); + s += cvtchar(s); + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '+'; + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 'c'; + pop(); + break; + case 's': +#ifdef WATERLOO + s += cvtchar(s); + getparm(param, 1); + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '-'; +#else + getparm(param, 1); + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 's'; + pop(); +#endif /* WATERLOO */ + break; + case '-': + s += cvtchar(s); + getparm(param, 1); + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = '-'; + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 'c'; + pop(); + break; + case '.': + getparm(param, 1); + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 'c'; + pop(); + break; + case '0': /* not clear any of the historical termcaps did this */ + if (*s == '3') + goto see03; + else if (*s != '2') + goto invalid; + /* FALLTHRU */ + case '2': + getparm(param, 1); + *dp++ = '%'; /* *dp++ = '0'; */ + *dp++ = '2'; *dp++ = 'd'; + pop(); + break; + case '3': see03: + getparm(param, 1); + *dp++ = '%'; /* *dp++ = '0'; */ + *dp++ = '3'; *dp++ = 'd'; + pop(); + break; + case 'd': + getparm(param, 1); + *dp++ = '%'; *dp++ = 'd'; + pop(); + break; + case 'f': + param++; + break; + case 'b': + param--; + break; + case '\\': + *dp++ = '%'; + *dp++ = '\\'; + break; + default: invalid: + *dp++ = '%'; + s--; + _nc_warning("unknown %% code %s in %s", + _tracechar(*s), cap); + break; + } + break; +#ifdef REVISIBILIZE + case '\\': + *dp++ = *s++; *dp++ = *s++; break; + case '\n': + *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = 'n'; s++; break; + case '\t': + *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = 't'; s++; break; + case '\r': + *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = 'r'; s++; break; + case '\200': + *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = '0'; s++; break; + case '\f': + *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = 'f'; s++; break; + case '\b': + *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = 'b'; s++; break; + case ' ': + *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = 's'; s++; break; + case '^': + *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = '^'; s++; break; + case ':': + *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = ':'; s++; break; + case ',': + *dp++ = '\\'; *dp++ = ','; s++; break; + default: + if (*s == '\033') { + *dp++ = '\\'; + *dp++ = 'E'; + s++; + } else if (*s > 0 && *s < 32) { + *dp++ = '^'; + *dp++ = *s + '@'; + s++; + } else if (*s <= 0 || *s >= 127) { + *dp++ = '\\'; + *dp++ = ((*s & 0300) >> 6) + '0'; + *dp++ = ((*s & 0070) >> 3) + '0'; + *dp++ = (*s & 0007) + '0'; + s++; + } else + *dp++ = *s++; + break; +#else + default: + *dp++ = *s++; + break; +#endif + } + } + + /* + * Now, if we stripped off some leading padding, add it at the end + * of the string as mandatory padding. + */ + if (capstart) + { + *dp++ = '$'; + *dp++ = '<'; + for (s = capstart; ; s++) + if (isdigit(*s) || *s == '*' || *s == '.') + *dp++ = *s; + else + break; + *dp++ = '/'; + *dp++ = '>'; + } + + *dp = '\0'; + return(line); +} + +/* + * Here are the capabilities infotocap assumes it can translate to: + * + * %% output `%' + * %d output value as in printf %d + * %2 output value as in printf %2d + * %3 output value as in printf %3d + * %. output value as in printf %c + * %+c add character c to value, then do %. + * %>xy if value > x then add y, no output + * %r reverse order of two parameters, no output + * %i increment by one, no output + * %n exclusive-or all parameters with 0140 (Datamedia 2500) + * %B BCD (16*(value/10)) + (value%10), no output + * %D Reverse coding (value - 2*(value%16)), no output (Delta Data). + * %m exclusive-or all parameters with 0177 (not in 4.4BSD) + */ + +char *_nc_infotocap( +/* convert a terminfo string to termcap format */ +register char *const cap GCC_UNUSED, /* relevant termcap capability index */ +register char *str, /* string value of the capability */ +int const parametrized) /* do % translations if 1, pad translations if >=0 */ +{ + int seenone = 0, seentwo = 0, saw_m = 0, saw_n = 0; + char *padding, ch1 = 0, ch2 = 0; + char *bufptr = init_string(); + char temp[256]; + + /* we may have to move some trailing mandatory padding up front */ + padding = str + strlen(str) - 1; + if (*padding == '>' && *--padding == '/') + { + --padding; + while (isdigit(*padding) || *padding == '.' || *padding == '*') + padding--; + if (*padding == '<' && *--padding == '$') + *padding = '\0'; + padding += 2; + + while (isdigit(*padding) || *padding == '.' || *padding == '*') + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, *padding++); + } + + for (; *str; str++) + { + int c1, c2; + char *cp; + + if (str[0] == '\\' && (str[1] == '^' || str[1] == ',')) + { + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, *++str); + } + else if (str[0] == '$' && str[1] == '<') /* discard padding */ + { + str += 2; + while (isdigit(*str) || *str == '.' || *str == '*' || *str == '/' || *str == '>') + str++; + --str; + } + else if (*str != '%' || (parametrized < 1)) + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, *str); + else if (sscanf(str, "%%?%%{%d}%%>%%t%%{%d}%%+%%;", &c1,&c2) == 2) + { + str = strchr(str, ';'); + (void) sprintf(temp, "%%>"); + (void) strcat(temp, unctrl(c1)); + (void) strcat(temp, unctrl(c2)); + bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp); + } + else if (sscanf(str, "%%?%%{%d}%%>%%t%%'%c'%%+%%;", &c1,&ch2) == 2) + { + str = strchr(str, ';'); + (void) sprintf(temp, "%%>%s%c", unctrl(c1), ch2); + bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp); + } + else if (sscanf(str, "%%?%%'%c'%%>%%t%%{%d}%%+%%;", &ch1,&c2) == 2) + { + str = strchr(str, ';'); + (void) sprintf(temp, "%%>%c%c", ch1, c2); + bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp); + } + else if (sscanf(str, "%%?%%'%c'%%>%%t%%'%c'%%+%%;", &ch1, &ch2) == 2) + { + str = strchr(str, ';'); + (void) sprintf(temp, "%%>%c%c", ch1, ch2); + bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp); + } + else if (strncmp(str, "%{6}%*%+", 8) == 0) + { + str += 7; + (void) sprintf(temp, "%%B"); + bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp); + } + else if ((sscanf(str, "%%{%d}%%+%%c", &c1) == 1 + || sscanf(str, "%%'%c'%%+%%c", &ch1) == 1) + && (cp = strchr(str, '+'))) + { + str = cp + 2; + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '%'); + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '+'); + + if (ch1) + c1 = ch1; + if (is7bits(c1) && isprint(c1)) + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, (char)c1); + else + { + if (c1 == (c1 & 0x1f)) /* iscntrl() returns T on 255 */ + (void) strcpy(temp, unctrl(c1)); + else + (void) sprintf(temp, "\\%03o", c1); + bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp); + } + } + else if (strncmp(str, "%{2}%*%-", 8) == 0) + { + str += 7; + (void) sprintf(temp, "%%D"); + bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp); + } + else if (strncmp(str, "%{96}%^", 7) == 0) + { + str += 6; + if (saw_m++ == 0) + { + (void) sprintf(temp, "%%n"); + bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp); + } + } + else if (strncmp(str, "%{127}%^", 8) == 0) + { + str += 7; + if (saw_n++ == 0) + { + (void) sprintf(temp, "%%m"); + bufptr = save_string(bufptr, temp); + } + } + else + { + str++; + switch (*str) { + case '%': + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '%'); + break; + + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '%'); + while (isdigit(*str)) + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, *str++); + if (*str == 'd') + str++; + else + _nc_warning("numeric prefix is missing trailing d in %s", + cap); + --str; + break; + + case 'd': + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '%'); + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, 'd'); + break; + + case 'c': + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '%'); + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '.'); + break; + + /* + * %s isn't in termcap, but it's convenient to pass it through + * so we can represent things like terminfo pfkey strings in + * termcap notation. + */ + case 's': + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '%'); + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, 's'); + break; + + case 'p': + str++; + if (*str == '1') + seenone = 1; + else if (*str == '2') + { + if (!seenone && !seentwo) + { + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '%'); + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, 'r'); + seentwo++; + } + } + else if (*str >= '3') + return((char *)NULL); + break; + + case 'i': + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, '%'); + bufptr = save_char(bufptr, 'i'); + break; + + default: + return((char *)NULL); + + } /* endswitch (*str) */ + } /* endelse (*str == '%') */ + + if (*str == '\0') + break; + + } /* endwhile (*str) */ + + return(my_string); +} + +#ifdef MAIN + +int curr_line; + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + int c, tc = FALSE; + + while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "c")) != EOF) + switch (c) + { + case 'c': + tc = TRUE; + break; + } + + curr_line = 0; + for (;;) + { + char buf[BUFSIZ]; + + ++curr_line; + if (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), stdin) == (char *)NULL) + break; + buf[strlen(buf) - 1] = '\0'; + _nc_set_source(buf); + + if (tc) + { + char *cp = _nc_infotocap("to termcap", buf, 1); + + if (cp) + (void) fputs(cp, stdout); + } + else + (void) fputs(_nc_captoinfo("to terminfo", buf, 1), stdout); + (void) putchar('\n'); + } + return(0); +} +#endif /* MAIN */ + +/* captoinfo.c ends here */ + diff --git a/ncurses/comp_error.c b/ncurses/comp_error.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8c4089d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/comp_error.c @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * comp_error.c -- Error message routines + * + */ + +#include + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: comp_error.c,v 1.12 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $") + +bool _nc_suppress_warnings; + +static const char *sourcename; +static char termtype[MAX_NAME_SIZE+1]; + +void _nc_set_source(const char *const name) +{ + sourcename = name; +} + +void _nc_set_type(const char *const name) +{ + if (name) + strncpy( termtype, name, MAX_NAME_SIZE ); + else + termtype[0] = '\0'; +} + +void _nc_get_type(char *name) +{ + strcpy( name, termtype ); +} + +static inline void where_is_problem(void) +{ + fprintf (stderr, "\"%s\"", sourcename); + if (_nc_curr_line >= 0) + fprintf (stderr, ", line %d", _nc_curr_line); + if (_nc_curr_col >= 0) + fprintf (stderr, ", col %d", _nc_curr_col); + if (termtype[0]) + fprintf (stderr, ", terminal '%s'", termtype); + fputc(':', stderr); + fputc(' ', stderr); +} + +void _nc_warning(const char *const fmt, ...) +{ +va_list argp; + + if (_nc_suppress_warnings) + return; + + where_is_problem(); + va_start(argp,fmt); + vfprintf (stderr, fmt, argp); + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + va_end(argp); +} + + +void _nc_err_abort(const char *const fmt, ...) +{ +va_list argp; + + where_is_problem(); + va_start(argp,fmt); + vfprintf (stderr, fmt, argp); + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + va_end(argp); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + + +void _nc_syserr_abort(const char *const fmt, ...) +{ +va_list argp; + + where_is_problem(); + va_start(argp,fmt); + vfprintf (stderr, fmt, argp); + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + va_end(argp); + abort(); +} diff --git a/ncurses/comp_hash.c b/ncurses/comp_hash.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c44a55d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/comp_hash.c @@ -0,0 +1,320 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * comp_hash.c --- Routines to deal with the hashtable of capability + * names. + * + */ + +#include + +#include +#include + +#ifdef MAIN_PROGRAM +#include +#undef DEBUG +#define DEBUG(level, params) /*nothing*/ +#endif + +MODULE_ID("$Id: comp_hash.c,v 1.15 1997/04/26 18:16:19 tom Exp $") + +static int hash_function(const char *); + +/* + * _nc_make_hash_table() + * + * Takes the entries in table[] and hashes them into hash_table[] + * by name. There are CAPTABSIZE entries in table[] and HASHTABSIZE + * slots in hash_table[]. + * + */ + +#ifdef MAIN_PROGRAM +static void _nc_make_hash_table(struct name_table_entry *table, + struct name_table_entry **hash_table) +{ +int i; +int hashvalue; +int collisions = 0; + + for (i = 0; i < CAPTABSIZE; i++) { + hashvalue = hash_function(table[i].nte_name); + + if (hash_table[hashvalue] != (struct name_table_entry *) 0) + collisions++; + + if (hash_table[hashvalue] != 0) + table[i].nte_link = (short)(hash_table[hashvalue] - table); + hash_table[hashvalue] = &table[i]; + } + + DEBUG(4, ("Hash table complete: %d collisions out of %d entries", collisions, CAPTABSIZE)); +} +#endif + + +/* + * int hash_function(string) + * + * Computes the hashing function on the given string. + * + * The current hash function is the sum of each consectutive pair + * of characters, taken as two-byte integers, mod Hashtabsize. + * + */ + +static +int +hash_function(const char *string) +{ +long sum = 0; + + DEBUG(9, ("hashing %s", string)); + while (*string) { + sum += (long)(*string + (*(string + 1) << 8)); + string++; + } + + DEBUG(9, ("sum is %ld", sum)); + return (int)(sum % HASHTABSIZE); +} + + +/* + * struct name_table_entry * + * find_entry(string) + * + * Finds the entry for the given string in the hash table if present. + * Returns a pointer to the entry in the table or 0 if not found. + * + */ + +#ifndef MAIN_PROGRAM +struct name_table_entry const * +_nc_find_entry(const char *string, const struct name_table_entry *const *hash_table) +{ +int hashvalue; +struct name_table_entry const *ptr; + + hashvalue = hash_function(string); + + if ((ptr = hash_table[hashvalue]) != 0) { + while (strcmp(ptr->nte_name, string) != 0) { + if (ptr->nte_link < 0) + return 0; + ptr = ptr->nte_link + hash_table[HASHTABSIZE]; + } + } + + return (ptr); +} + +/* + * struct name_table_entry * + * find_type_entry(string, type, table) + * + * Finds the first entry for the given name with the given type in the + * given table if present (as distinct from find_entry, which finds the + * the last entry regardless of type). You can use this if you detect + * a name clash. It's slower, though. Returns a pointer to the entry + * in the table or 0 if not found. + */ + +struct name_table_entry const * +_nc_find_type_entry(const char *string, + int type, + const struct name_table_entry *table) +{ +struct name_table_entry const *ptr; + + for (ptr = table; ptr < table + CAPTABSIZE; ptr++) { + if (ptr->nte_type == type && strcmp(string, ptr->nte_name) == 0) + return(ptr); + } + + return ((struct name_table_entry *)NULL); +} +#endif + +#ifdef MAIN_PROGRAM +/* + * This filter reads from standard input a list of tab-delimited columns, + * (e.g., from Caps.filtered) computes the hash-value of a specified column and + * writes the hashed tables to standard output. + * + * By compiling the hash table at build time, we're able to make the entire + * set of terminfo and termcap tables readonly (and also provide some runtime + * performance enhancement). + */ + +#if !HAVE_STRDUP +static char *strdup (char *s) +{ + char *p; + + p = malloc(strlen(s)+1); + if (p) + strcpy(p,s); + return(p); +} +#endif /* not HAVE_STRDUP */ + +#define MAX_COLUMNS BUFSIZ /* this _has_ to be worst-case */ + +static char **parse_columns(char *buffer) +{ + static char **list; + + int col = 0; + + if (list == 0) + list = typeCalloc(char *, MAX_COLUMNS); + + if (*buffer != '#') { + while (*buffer != '\0') { + char *s; + for (s = buffer; (*s != '\0') && !isspace(*s); s++) + /*EMPTY*/; + if (s != buffer) { + char mark = *s; + *s = '\0'; + if ((s - buffer) > 1 + && (*buffer == '"') + && (s[-1] == '"')) { /* strip the quotes */ + buffer++; + s[-1] = '\0'; + } + list[col] = buffer; + col++; + if (mark == '\0') + break; + while (*++s && isspace(*s)) + /*EMPTY*/; + buffer = s; + } else + break; + } + } + return col ? list : 0; +} + +int main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + struct name_table_entry *name_table = typeCalloc(struct name_table_entry, CAPTABSIZE); + struct name_table_entry **hash_table = typeCalloc(struct name_table_entry *, HASHTABSIZE); + const char *root_name = ""; + int column = 0; + int n; + char buffer[BUFSIZ]; + + static const char * typenames[] = { "BOOLEAN", "NUMBER", "STRING" }; + + short BoolCount = 0; + short NumCount = 0; + short StrCount = 0; + + /* The first argument is the column-number (starting with 0). + * The second is the root name of the tables to generate. + */ + if (argc <= 2 + || (column = atoi(argv[1])) <= 0 + || (column >= MAX_COLUMNS) + || *(root_name = argv[2]) == 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "usage: make_hash column root_name\n"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + /* + * Read the table into our arrays. + */ + for (n = 0; (n < CAPTABSIZE) && fgets(buffer, BUFSIZ, stdin); ) { + char **list, *nlp = strchr(buffer, '\n'); + if (nlp) + *nlp = '\0'; + list = parse_columns(buffer); + if (list == 0) /* blank or comment */ + continue; + name_table[n].nte_link = -1; /* end-of-hash */ + name_table[n].nte_name = strdup(list[column]); + if (!strcmp(list[2], "bool")) { + name_table[n].nte_type = BOOLEAN; + name_table[n].nte_index = BoolCount++; + } else if (!strcmp(list[2], "num")) { + name_table[n].nte_type = NUMBER; + name_table[n].nte_index = NumCount++; + } else if (!strcmp(list[2], "str")) { + name_table[n].nte_type = STRING; + name_table[n].nte_index = StrCount++; + } else { + fprintf(stderr, "Unknown type: %s\n", list[2]); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + n++; + } + _nc_make_hash_table(name_table, hash_table); + + /* + * Write the compiled tables to standard output + */ + printf("static struct name_table_entry const _nc_%s_table[] =\n", + root_name); + printf("{\n"); + for (n = 0; n < CAPTABSIZE; n++) { + sprintf(buffer, "\"%s\"", + name_table[n].nte_name); + printf("\t{ %15s,\t%10s,\t%3d, %3d }%c\n", + buffer, + typenames[name_table[n].nte_type], + name_table[n].nte_index, + name_table[n].nte_link, + n < CAPTABSIZE - 1 ? ',' : ' '); + } + printf("};\n\n"); + + printf("const struct name_table_entry * const _nc_%s_hash_table[%d] =\n", + root_name, + HASHTABSIZE+1); + printf("{\n"); + for (n = 0; n < HASHTABSIZE; n++) { + if (hash_table[n] != 0) { + sprintf(buffer, "_nc_%s_table + %3d", + root_name, + hash_table[n] - name_table); + } else { + strcpy(buffer, "0"); + } + printf("\t%s,\n", buffer); + } + printf("\t_nc_%s_table\t/* base-of-table */\n", root_name); + printf("};\n\n"); + + printf("#if (BOOLCOUNT!=%d)||(NUMCOUNT!=%d)||(STRCOUNT!=%d)\n", + BoolCount, NumCount, StrCount); + printf("#error\t--> term.h and comp_captab.c disagree about the <--\n"); + printf("#error\t--> numbers of booleans, numbers and/or strings <--\n"); + printf("#endif\n\n"); + + return EXIT_SUCCESS; +} +#endif diff --git a/ncurses/comp_parse.c b/ncurses/comp_parse.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..45e347a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/comp_parse.c @@ -0,0 +1,492 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* + * comp_parse.c -- parser driver loop and use handling. + * + * _nc_read_entry_source(FILE *, literal, bool, bool (*hook)()) + * _nc_resolve_uses(void) + * _nc_free_entries(void) + * + * Use this code by calling _nc_read_entry_source() on as many source + * files as you like (either terminfo or termcap syntax). If you + * want use-resolution, call _nc_resolve_uses(). To free the list + * storage, do _nc_free_entries(). + * + */ + +#include + +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: comp_parse.c,v 1.18 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $") + +static void sanity_check(TERMTYPE *); + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Entry queue handling + * + ****************************************************************************/ +/* + * The entry list is a doubly linked list with NULLs terminating the lists: + * + * --------- --------- --------- + * | | | | | | offset + * |-------| |-------| |-------| + * | ----+-->| ----+-->| NULL | next + * |-------| |-------| |-------| + * | NULL |<--+---- |<--+---- | last + * --------- --------- --------- + * ^ ^ + * | | + * | | + * _nc_head _nc_tail + */ + +ENTRY *_nc_head, *_nc_tail; + +static void enqueue(ENTRY *ep) +/* add an entry to the in-core list */ +{ + ENTRY *newp = (ENTRY *)malloc(sizeof(ENTRY)); + + if (newp == NULL) + _nc_err_abort("Out of memory"); + + (void) memcpy(newp, ep, sizeof(ENTRY)); + + newp->last = _nc_tail; + _nc_tail = newp; + + newp->next = (ENTRY *)NULL; + if (newp->last) + newp->last->next = newp; +} + +void _nc_free_entries(ENTRY *head) +/* free the allocated storage consumed by list entries */ +{ + ENTRY *ep, *next; + + for (ep = head; ep; ep = next) + { + /* + * This conditional lets us disconnect storage from the list. + * To do this, copy an entry out of the list, then null out + * the string-table member in the original and any use entries + * it references. + */ + FreeIfNeeded(ep->tterm.str_table); + + next = ep->next; + + free(ep); + if (ep == _nc_head) _nc_head = 0; + if (ep == _nc_tail) _nc_tail = 0; + } +} + +bool _nc_entry_match(char *n1, char *n2) +/* do any of the aliases in a pair of terminal names match? */ +{ + char *pstart, *qstart, *pend, *qend; + char nc1[MAX_NAME_SIZE+1], nc2[MAX_NAME_SIZE+1]; + + if (strchr(n1, '|') == NULL) + { + (void) strcpy(nc1, n1); + (void) strcat(nc1, "|"); + n1 = nc1; + } + + if (strchr(n2, '|') == NULL) + { + (void) strcpy(nc2, n2); + (void) strcat(nc2, "|"); + n2 = nc2; + } + + for (pstart = n1; (pend = strchr(pstart, '|')); pstart = pend + 1) + for (qstart = n2; (qend = strchr(qstart, '|')); qstart = qend + 1) + if ((pend-pstart == qend-qstart) + && memcmp(pstart, qstart, (size_t)(pend-pstart)) == 0) + return(TRUE); + + return(FALSE); +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Entry compiler and resolution logic + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +void _nc_read_entry_source(FILE *fp, char *buf, + int literal, bool silent, + bool (*hook)(ENTRY *)) +/* slurp all entries in the given file into core */ +{ + ENTRY thisentry; + bool oldsuppress = _nc_suppress_warnings; + int immediate = 0; + + if (silent) + _nc_suppress_warnings = TRUE; /* shut the lexer up, too */ + + for (_nc_reset_input(fp, buf); _nc_parse_entry(&thisentry, literal, silent) != ERR; ) + { + if (!isalnum(thisentry.tterm.term_names[0])) + _nc_err_abort("terminal names must start with letter or digit"); + + /* + * This can be used for immediate compilation of entries with no + * use references to disk, so as to avoid chewing up a lot of + * core when the resolution code could fetch entries off disk. + */ + if (hook != NULLHOOK && (*hook)(&thisentry)) + immediate++; + else + enqueue(&thisentry); + } + + if (_nc_tail) + { + /* set up the head pointer */ + for (_nc_head = _nc_tail; _nc_head->last; _nc_head = _nc_head->last) + continue; + + DEBUG(1, ("head = %s", _nc_head->tterm.term_names)); + DEBUG(1, ("tail = %s", _nc_tail->tterm.term_names)); + } + else if (!immediate) + DEBUG(1, ("no entries parsed")); + + _nc_suppress_warnings = oldsuppress; +} + +int _nc_resolve_uses(void) +/* try to resolve all use capabilities */ +{ + ENTRY *qp, *rp, *lastread = NULL; + bool keepgoing; + int i, j, unresolved, total_unresolved, multiples; + + DEBUG(2, ("RESOLUTION BEGINNING")); + + /* + * Check for multiple occurrences of the same name. + */ + multiples = 0; + for_entry_list(qp) + { + int matchcount = 0; + + for_entry_list(rp) + if (qp > rp + && _nc_entry_match(qp->tterm.term_names, rp->tterm.term_names)) + { + matchcount++; + if (matchcount == 1) + { + (void) fprintf(stderr, "Name collision between %s", + _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names)); + multiples++; + } + if (matchcount >= 1) + (void) fprintf(stderr, " %s", _nc_first_name(rp->tterm.term_names)); + } + if (matchcount >= 1) + (void) putc('\n', stderr); + } + if (multiples > 0) + return(FALSE); + + DEBUG(2, ("NO MULTIPLE NAME OCCURRENCES")); + + /* + * First resolution stage: replace names in use arrays with entry + * pointers. By doing this, we avoid having to do the same name + * match once for each time a use entry is itself unresolved. + */ + total_unresolved = 0; + _nc_curr_col = -1; + for_entry_list(qp) + { + unresolved = 0; + for (i = 0; i < qp->nuses; i++) + { + bool foundit; + char *child = _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names); + char *lookfor = (char *)(qp->uses[i].parent); + long lookline = qp->uses[i].line; + + foundit = FALSE; + + _nc_set_type(child); + + /* first, try to resolve from in-core records */ + for_entry_list(rp) + if (rp != qp + && _nc_name_match(rp->tterm.term_names, lookfor, "|")) + { + DEBUG(2, ("%s: resolving use=%s (in core)", + child, lookfor)); + + qp->uses[i].parent = rp; + foundit = TRUE; + } + + /* if that didn't work, try to merge in a compiled entry */ + if (!foundit) + { + TERMTYPE thisterm; + char filename[PATH_MAX]; + + if (_nc_read_entry(lookfor, filename, &thisterm) == 1) + { + DEBUG(2, ("%s: resolving use=%s (compiled)", + child, lookfor)); + + rp = (ENTRY *)malloc(sizeof(ENTRY)); + memcpy(&rp->tterm, &thisterm, sizeof(TERMTYPE)); + rp->nuses = 0; + rp->next = lastread; + lastread = rp; + + qp->uses[i].parent = rp; + foundit = TRUE; + } + } + + /* no good, mark this one unresolvable and complain */ + if (!foundit) + { + unresolved++; + total_unresolved++; + + _nc_curr_line = lookline; + _nc_warning("resolution of use=%s failed", lookfor); + qp->uses[i].parent = (ENTRY *)NULL; + } + } + } + if (total_unresolved) + { + /* free entries read in off disk */ + _nc_free_entries(lastread); + return(FALSE); + } + + DEBUG(2, ("NAME RESOLUTION COMPLETED OK")); + + /* + * OK, at this point all (char *) references have been successfully + * replaced by (ENTRY *) pointers. Time to do the actual merges. + */ + do { + TERMTYPE merged; + + keepgoing = FALSE; + + for_entry_list(qp) + if (qp->nuses > 0) + { + DEBUG(2, ("%s: attempting merge", _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names))); + /* + * If any of the use entries we're looking for is + * incomplete, punt. We'll catch this entry on a + * subsequent pass. + */ + for (i = 0; i < qp->nuses; i++) + if (((ENTRY *)qp->uses[i].parent)->nuses) + { + DEBUG(2, ("%s: use entry %d unresolved", + _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names), i)); + goto incomplete; + } + + /* + * First, make sure there's no garbage in the merge block. + * as a side effect, copy into the merged entry the name + * field and string table pointer. + */ + memcpy(&merged, &qp->tterm, sizeof(TERMTYPE)); + + /* + * Now merge in each use entry in the proper + * (reverse) order. + */ + for (; qp->nuses; qp->nuses--) + _nc_merge_entry(&merged, + &((ENTRY *)qp->uses[qp->nuses-1].parent)->tterm); + + /* + * Now merge in the original entry. + */ + _nc_merge_entry(&merged, &qp->tterm); + + /* + * Replace the original entry with the merged one. + */ + memcpy(&qp->tterm, &merged, sizeof(TERMTYPE)); + + /* + * We know every entry is resolvable because name resolution + * didn't bomb. So go back for another pass. + */ + /* FALLTHRU */ + incomplete: + keepgoing = TRUE; + } + } while + (keepgoing); + + DEBUG(2, ("MERGES COMPLETED OK")); + + /* + * The exit condition of the loop above is such that all entries + * must now be resolved. Now handle cancellations. In a resolved + * entry there should be no cancellation markers. + */ + for_entry_list(qp) + { + for (j = 0; j < BOOLCOUNT; j++) + if (qp->tterm.Booleans[j] == CANCELLED_BOOLEAN) + qp->tterm.Booleans[j] = FALSE; + for (j = 0; j < NUMCOUNT; j++) + if (qp->tterm.Numbers[j] == CANCELLED_NUMERIC) + qp->tterm.Numbers[j] = ABSENT_NUMERIC; + for (j = 0; j < STRCOUNT; j++) + if (qp->tterm.Strings[j] == CANCELLED_STRING) + qp->tterm.Strings[j] = ABSENT_STRING; + } + + /* + * We'd like to free entries read in off disk at this point, but can't. + * The merge_entry() code doesn't copy the strings in the use entries, + * it just aliases them. If this ever changes, do a + * free_entries(lastread) here. + */ + + DEBUG(2, ("RESOLUTION FINISHED")); + + _nc_curr_col = -1; + for_entry_list(qp) + { + _nc_curr_line = qp->startline; + _nc_set_type(_nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names)); + sanity_check(&qp->tterm); + } + + DEBUG(2, ("SANITY CHECK FINISHED")); + + return(TRUE); +} + +/* + * This bit of legerdemain turns all the terminfo variable names into + * references to locations in the arrays Booleans, Numbers, and Strings --- + * precisely what's needed. + */ + +#undef CUR +#define CUR tp-> + +/* + * Note that WANTED and PRESENT are not simple inverses! If a capability + * has been explicitly cancelled, it's not considered WANTED. + */ +#define WANTED(s) ((s) == ABSENT_STRING) +#define PRESENT(s) (((s) != ABSENT_STRING) && ((s) != CANCELLED_STRING)) + +#define ANDMISSING(p,q) \ + {if (PRESENT(p) && !PRESENT(q)) _nc_warning(#p " but no " #q);} + +#define PAIRED(p,q) \ + { \ + if (PRESENT(q) && !PRESENT(p)) \ + _nc_warning(#q " but no " #p); \ + if (PRESENT(p) && !PRESENT(q)) \ + _nc_warning(#p " but no " #q); \ + } + +static void sanity_check(TERMTYPE *tp) +{ +#ifdef __UNUSED__ /* this casts too wide a net */ + bool terminal_entry = !strchr(tp->term_names, '+'); +#endif + + if (!PRESENT(exit_attribute_mode)) + { +#ifdef __UNUSED__ /* this casts too wide a net */ + if (terminal_entry && + (PRESENT(set_attributes) + || PRESENT(enter_standout_mode) + || PRESENT(enter_underline_mode) + || PRESENT(enter_blink_mode) + || PRESENT(enter_bold_mode) + || PRESENT(enter_dim_mode) + || PRESENT(enter_secure_mode) + || PRESENT(enter_protected_mode) + || PRESENT(enter_reverse_mode))) + _nc_warning("no exit_attribute_mode"); +#endif /* __UNUSED__ */ + PAIRED(enter_standout_mode, exit_standout_mode) + PAIRED(enter_underline_mode, exit_underline_mode) + } + + /* listed in structure-member order of first argument */ +#ifdef __UNUSED__ + ANDMISSING(cursor_invisible, cursor_normal) + ANDMISSING(cursor_visible, cursor_normal) +#endif /* __UNUSED__ */ + PAIRED(enter_alt_charset_mode, exit_alt_charset_mode) + ANDMISSING(enter_alt_charset_mode, acs_chars) + ANDMISSING(exit_alt_charset_mode, acs_chars) + ANDMISSING(enter_blink_mode, exit_attribute_mode) + ANDMISSING(enter_bold_mode, exit_attribute_mode) + PAIRED(exit_ca_mode, enter_ca_mode) + PAIRED(enter_delete_mode, exit_delete_mode) + ANDMISSING(enter_dim_mode, exit_attribute_mode) + PAIRED(enter_insert_mode, exit_insert_mode) + ANDMISSING(enter_secure_mode, exit_attribute_mode) + ANDMISSING(enter_protected_mode, exit_attribute_mode) + ANDMISSING(enter_reverse_mode, exit_attribute_mode) + PAIRED(from_status_line, to_status_line) + PAIRED(meta_off, meta_on) + + PAIRED(prtr_on, prtr_off) + PAIRED(save_cursor, restore_cursor) + PAIRED(enter_xon_mode, exit_xon_mode) + PAIRED(enter_am_mode, exit_am_mode) + ANDMISSING(label_off, label_on) + PAIRED(display_clock, remove_clock) + ANDMISSING(set_color_pair, initialize_pair) +#undef PAIRED +#undef ANDMISSING +} diff --git a/ncurses/comp_scan.c b/ncurses/comp_scan.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b15823e --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/comp_scan.c @@ -0,0 +1,696 @@ +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* + * comp_scan.c --- Lexical scanner for terminfo compiler. + * + * _nc_reset_input() + * _nc_get_token() + * _nc_panic_mode() + * int _nc_syntax; + * int _nc_curr_line; + * long _nc_curr_file_pos; + * long _nc_comment_start; + * long _nc_comment_end; + */ + +#include + +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: comp_scan.c,v 1.21 1997/04/24 10:37:34 tom Exp $") + +/* + * Maximum length of string capability we'll accept before raising an error. + * Yes, there is a real capability in /etc/termcap this long, an "is". + */ +#define MAXCAPLEN 600 + +#define iswhite(ch) (ch == ' ' || ch == '\t') + +int _nc_syntax; /* termcap or terminfo? */ +int _nc_curr_line; /* current line # in input */ +int _nc_curr_col; /* current column # in input */ +long _nc_curr_file_pos; /* file offset of current line */ +long _nc_comment_start; /* start of comment range before name */ +long _nc_comment_end; /* end of comment range before name */ +long _nc_start_line; /* start line of current entry */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * + * Token-grabbing machinery + * + *****************************************************************************/ + +static bool first_column; /* See 'next_char()' below */ +static char separator; /* capability separator */ +static int pushtype; /* type of pushback token */ +static char pushname[MAX_NAME_SIZE+1]; + +static int next_char(void); +static long stream_pos(void); +static bool end_of_stream(void); +static char trans_string(char *); +static void push_back(char c); + +/* Assume we may be looking at a termcap-style continuation */ +static inline int eat_escaped_newline(int ch) +{ + if (ch == '\\') + while ((ch = next_char()) == '\n' || iswhite(ch)) + continue; + return ch; +} + +/* + * int + * get_token() + * + * Scans the input for the next token, storing the specifics in the + * global structure 'curr_token' and returning one of the following: + * + * NAMES A line beginning in column 1. 'name' + * will be set to point to everything up to but + * not including the first separator on the line. + * BOOLEAN An entry consisting of a name followed by + * a separator. 'name' will be set to point to + * the name of the capability. + * NUMBER An entry of the form + * name#digits, + * 'name' will be set to point to the capability + * name and 'valnumber' to the number given. + * STRING An entry of the form + * name=characters, + * 'name' is set to the capability name and + * 'valstring' to the string of characters, with + * input translations done. + * CANCEL An entry of the form + * name@, + * 'name' is set to the capability name and + * 'valnumber' to -1. + * EOF The end of the file has been reached. + * + * A `separator' is either a comma or a semicolon, depending on whether + * we are in termcap or terminfo mode. + * + */ + +int _nc_get_token(void) +{ +static const char terminfo_punct[] = "@%&*!#"; +long number; +int type; +int ch; +bool found; +static char buffer[MAX_ENTRY_SIZE]; +char *ptr; +int dot_flag = FALSE; +long token_start; + + if (pushtype != NO_PUSHBACK) + { + int retval = pushtype; + + _nc_set_type(pushname); + DEBUG(3, ("pushed-back token: `%s', class %d", + _nc_curr_token.tk_name, pushtype)); + + pushtype = NO_PUSHBACK; + pushname[0] = '\0'; + + /* currtok wasn't altered by _nc_push_token() */ + return(retval); + } + + if (end_of_stream()) + return(EOF); + +start_token: + token_start = stream_pos(); + while ((ch = next_char()) == '\n' || iswhite(ch)) + continue; + + ch = eat_escaped_newline(ch); + + if (ch == EOF) + type = EOF; + else { + /* if this is a termcap entry, skip a leading separator */ + if (separator == ':' && ch == ':') + ch = next_char(); + + if (ch == '.') { + dot_flag = TRUE; + DEBUG(8, ("dot-flag set")); + + while ((ch = next_char())=='.' || iswhite(ch)) + continue; + } + + if (ch == EOF) { + type = EOF; + goto end_of_token; + } + + /* have to make some punctuation chars legal for terminfo */ + if (!isalnum(ch) && !strchr(terminfo_punct, (char)ch)) { + _nc_warning("Illegal character (expected alphanumeric or %s) - %s", + terminfo_punct, _tracechar((chtype)ch)); + _nc_panic_mode(separator); + goto start_token; + } + + ptr = buffer; + *(ptr++) = ch; + + if (first_column) { + char *desc; + + _nc_comment_start = token_start; + _nc_comment_end = _nc_curr_file_pos; + _nc_start_line = _nc_curr_line; + + _nc_syntax = ERR; + while ((ch = next_char()) != '\n') + { + if (ch == EOF) + _nc_err_abort("premature EOF"); + else if (ch == ':') + { + _nc_syntax = SYN_TERMCAP; + separator = ':'; + break; + } + else if (ch == ',') + { + _nc_syntax = SYN_TERMINFO; + separator = ','; + /* + * Fall-through here is not an accident. + * The idea is that if we see a comma, we + * figure this is terminfo unless we + * subsequently run into a colon -- but + * we don't stop looking for that colon until + * hitting a newline. This allows commas to + * be embedded in description fields of + * either syntax. + */ + /* FALLTHRU */ + } + else + ch = eat_escaped_newline(ch); + + *ptr++ = ch; + } + ptr[0] = '\0'; + if (_nc_syntax == ERR) + { + /* + * Grrr...what we ought to do here is barf, + * complaining that the entry is malformed. + * But because a couple of name fields in the + * 8.2 termcap file end with |\, we just have + * to assume it's termcap syntax. + */ + _nc_syntax = SYN_TERMCAP; + separator = ':'; + } + else if (_nc_syntax == SYN_TERMINFO) + { + /* throw away trailing /, *$/ */ + for (--ptr; iswhite(*ptr) || *ptr == ','; ptr--) + continue; + ptr[1] = '\0'; + } + + /* + * This is the soonest we have the terminal name + * fetched. Set up for following warning messages. + */ + ptr = strchr(buffer, '|'); + if (ptr == (char *)NULL) + ptr = buffer + strlen(buffer); + ch = *ptr; + *ptr = '\0'; + _nc_set_type(buffer); + *ptr = ch; + + /* + * Compute the boundary between the aliases and the + * description field for syntax-checking purposes. + */ + desc = strrchr(buffer, '|'); + if (desc) + if (*desc == '\0') + _nc_warning("empty longname field"); + else if (strchr(desc, ' ') == (char *)NULL) + _nc_warning("older tic versions may treat the description field as an alias"); + if (!desc) + desc = buffer + strlen(buffer); + + /* + * Whitespace in a name field other than the long name + * can confuse rdist and some termcap tools. Slashes + * are a no-no. Other special characters can be + * dangerous due to shell expansion. + */ + for (ptr = buffer; ptr < desc; ptr++) + { + if (isspace(*ptr)) + { + _nc_warning("whitespace in name or alias field"); + break; + } + else if (*ptr == '/') + { + _nc_warning("slashes aren't allowed in names or aliases"); + break; + } + else if (strchr("$[]!*?", *ptr)) + { + _nc_warning("dubious character `%c' in name or alias field", *ptr); + break; + } + } + + ptr = buffer; + + _nc_curr_token.tk_name = buffer; + type = NAMES; + } else { + while ((ch = next_char()) != EOF) { + if (!isalnum(ch)) { + if (_nc_syntax == SYN_TERMINFO) { + if (ch != '_') + break; + } else { /* allow ';' for "k;" */ + if (ch != ';') + break; + } + } + *(ptr++) = ch; + } + + *ptr++ = '\0'; + switch (ch) { + case ',': + case ':': + if (ch != separator) + _nc_err_abort("Separator inconsistent with syntax"); + _nc_curr_token.tk_name = buffer; + type = BOOLEAN; + break; + case '@': + if ((ch = next_char()) != separator) + _nc_warning("Missing separator after `%s', have %s", + buffer, _tracechar((chtype)ch)); + _nc_curr_token.tk_name = buffer; + type = CANCEL; + break; + + case '#': + number = 0; + found = FALSE; + while (isdigit(ch = next_char())) { + number = number * 10 + ch - '0'; + found = TRUE; + } + if (found == FALSE) + _nc_warning("no value given for `%s'", buffer); + if (ch != separator) + _nc_warning("Missing separator"); + _nc_curr_token.tk_name = buffer; + _nc_curr_token.tk_valnumber = number; + type = NUMBER; + break; + + case '=': + ch = trans_string(ptr); + if (ch != separator) + _nc_warning("Missing separator"); + _nc_curr_token.tk_name = buffer; + _nc_curr_token.tk_valstring = ptr; + type = STRING; + break; + + case EOF: + type = EOF; + break; + default: + /* just to get rid of the compiler warning */ + type = UNDEF; + _nc_warning("Illegal character - %s", + _tracechar((chtype)ch)); + } + } /* end else (first_column == FALSE) */ + } /* end else (ch != EOF) */ + +end_of_token: + if (dot_flag == TRUE) + DEBUG(8, ("Commented out ")); + + if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_IEVENT) + { + fprintf(stderr, "Token: "); + switch (type) + { + case BOOLEAN: + fprintf(stderr, "Boolean; name='%s'\n", + _nc_curr_token.tk_name); + break; + + case NUMBER: + fprintf(stderr, "Number; name='%s', value=%d\n", + _nc_curr_token.tk_name, + _nc_curr_token.tk_valnumber); + break; + + case STRING: + fprintf(stderr, "String; name='%s', value=%s\n", + _nc_curr_token.tk_name, + _nc_visbuf(_nc_curr_token.tk_valstring)); + break; + + case CANCEL: + fprintf(stderr, "Cancel; name='%s'\n", + _nc_curr_token.tk_name); + break; + + case NAMES: + + fprintf(stderr, "Names; value='%s'\n", + _nc_curr_token.tk_name); + break; + + case EOF: + fprintf(stderr, "End of file\n"); + break; + + default: + _nc_warning("Bad token type"); + } + } + + if (dot_flag == TRUE) /* if commented out, use the next one */ + type = _nc_get_token(); + + DEBUG(3, ("token: `%s', class %d", _nc_curr_token.tk_name, type)); + + return(type); +} + +/* + * char + * trans_string(ptr) + * + * Reads characters using next_char() until encountering a separator, nl, + * or end-of-file. The returned value is the character which caused + * reading to stop. The following translations are done on the input: + * + * ^X goes to ctrl-X (i.e. X & 037) + * {\E,\n,\r,\b,\t,\f} go to + * {ESCAPE,newline,carriage-return,backspace,tab,formfeed} + * {\^,\\} go to {carat,backslash} + * \ddd (for ddd = up to three octal digits) goes to the character ddd + * + * \e == \E + * \0 == \200 + * + */ + +static char +trans_string(char *ptr) +{ +int count = 0; +int number; +int i, c; +chtype ch, last_ch = '\0'; + + while ((ch = c = next_char()) != (chtype)separator && c != EOF) { + if ((_nc_syntax == SYN_TERMCAP) && c == '\n') + break; + if (ch == '^' && last_ch != '%') { + ch = c = next_char(); + if (c == EOF) + _nc_err_abort("Premature EOF"); + + if (! (is7bits(ch) && isprint(ch))) { + _nc_warning("Illegal ^ character - %s", + _tracechar((unsigned char)ch)); + } + if (ch == '?') + *(ptr++) = '\177'; + else + *(ptr++) = (char)(ch & 037); + } + else if (ch == '\\') { + ch = c = next_char(); + if (c == EOF) + _nc_err_abort("Premature EOF"); + + if (ch >= '0' && ch <= '7') { + number = ch - '0'; + for (i=0; i < 2; i++) { + ch = c = next_char(); + if (c == EOF) + _nc_err_abort("Premature EOF"); + + if (c < '0' || c > '7') { + if (isdigit(c)) { + _nc_warning("Non-octal digit `%c' in \\ sequence", c); + /* allow the digit; it'll do less harm */ + } else { + push_back((char)c); + break; + } + } + + number = number * 8 + c - '0'; + } + + if (number == 0) + number = 0200; + *(ptr++) = (char) number; + } else { + switch (c) { + case 'E': + case 'e': *(ptr++) = '\033'; break; + + case 'l': + case 'n': *(ptr++) = '\n'; break; + + case 'r': *(ptr++) = '\r'; break; + + case 'b': *(ptr++) = '\010'; break; + + case 's': *(ptr++) = ' '; break; + + case 'f': *(ptr++) = '\014'; break; + + case 't': *(ptr++) = '\t'; break; + + case '\\': *(ptr++) = '\\'; break; + + case '^': *(ptr++) = '^'; break; + + case ',': *(ptr++) = ','; break; + + case ':': *(ptr++) = ':'; break; + + case '\n': + continue; + + default: + _nc_warning("Illegal character %s in \\ sequence", + _tracechar((unsigned char)ch)); + *(ptr++) = (char)ch; + } /* endswitch (ch) */ + } /* endelse (ch < '0' || ch > '7') */ + } /* end else if (ch == '\\') */ + else { + *(ptr++) = (char)ch; + } + + count ++; + + last_ch = ch; + + if (count > MAXCAPLEN) + _nc_warning("Very long string found. Missing separator?"); + } /* end while */ + + *ptr = '\0'; + + return(ch); +} + +/* + * _nc_push_token() + * + * Push a token of given type so that it will be reread by the next + * get_token() call. + */ + +void _nc_push_token(int class) +{ + /* + * This implementation is kind of bogus, it will fail if we ever do + * more than one pushback at a time between get_token() calls. It + * relies on the fact that curr_tok is static storage that nothing + * but get_token() touches. + */ + pushtype = class; + _nc_get_type(pushname); + + DEBUG(3, ("pushing token: `%s', class %d", + _nc_curr_token.tk_name, pushtype)); +} + +/* + * Panic mode error recovery - skip everything until a "ch" is found. + */ +void _nc_panic_mode(char ch) +{ + int c; + + for (;;) { + c = next_char(); + if (c == ch) + return; + if (c == EOF) + return; + } +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * + * Character-stream handling + * + *****************************************************************************/ + +#define LEXBUFSIZ 1024 + +static char *bufptr; /* otherwise, the input buffer pointer */ +static char *bufstart; /* start of buffer so we can compute offsets */ +static FILE *yyin; /* scanner's input file descriptor */ + +/* + * _nc_reset_input() + * + * Resets the input-reading routines. Used on initialization, + * or after a seek has been done. Exactly one argument must be + * non-null. + */ + +void _nc_reset_input(FILE *fp, char *buf) +{ + pushtype = NO_PUSHBACK; + pushname[0] = '\0'; + yyin = fp; + bufstart = bufptr = buf; + _nc_curr_file_pos = 0L; + if (fp != 0) + _nc_curr_line = 0; + _nc_curr_col = 0; +} + +/* + * int next_char() + * + * Returns the next character in the input stream. Comments and leading + * white space are stripped. + * + * The global state variable 'firstcolumn' is set TRUE if the character + * returned is from the first column of the input line. + * + * The global variable _nc_curr_line is incremented for each new line. + * The global variable _nc_curr_file_pos is set to the file offset of the + * beginning of each line. + */ + +static int +next_char(void) +{ + if (!yyin) + { + if (*bufptr == '\0') + return(EOF); + if (*bufptr == '\n') { + _nc_curr_line++; + _nc_curr_col = 0; + } + } + else if (!bufptr || !*bufptr) + { + /* + * In theory this could be recoded to do its I/O one + * character at a time, saving the buffer space. In + * practice, this turns out to be quite hard to get + * completely right. Try it and see. If you succeed, + * don't forget to hack push_back() correspondingly. + */ + static char line[LEXBUFSIZ]; + + do { + _nc_curr_file_pos = ftell(yyin); + + if ((bufstart = fgets(line, LEXBUFSIZ, yyin)) != NULL) { + _nc_curr_line++; + _nc_curr_col = 0; + } + bufptr = bufstart; + } while + (bufstart != NULL && line[0] == '#'); + + if (bufstart == NULL) + return (EOF); + + while (iswhite(*bufptr)) + bufptr++; + } + + first_column = (bufptr == bufstart); + + _nc_curr_col++; + return(*bufptr++); +} + +static void push_back(char c) +/* push a character back onto the input stream */ +{ + if (bufptr == bufstart) + _nc_syserr_abort("Can't backspace off beginning of line"); + *--bufptr = c; +} + +static long stream_pos(void) +/* return our current character position in the input stream */ +{ + return (yyin ? ftell(yyin) : (bufptr ? bufptr - bufstart : 0)); +} + +static bool end_of_stream(void) +/* are we at end of input? */ +{ + return (yyin ? feof(yyin) : (bufptr && *bufptr == '\0')); +} + +/* comp_scan.c ends here */ diff --git a/ncurses/curses.priv.h b/ncurses/curses.priv.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5ebf73b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/curses.priv.h @@ -0,0 +1,541 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * $Id: curses.priv.h,v 1.61 1997/04/26 20:54:54 tom Exp $ + * + * curses.priv.h + * + * Header file for curses library objects which are private to + * the library. + * + */ + +#ifndef CURSES_PRIV_H +#define CURSES_PRIV_H 1 + +#include + +#ifdef USE_RCS_IDS +#define MODULE_ID(id) static const char Ident[] = id; +#else +#define MODULE_ID(id) /*nothing*/ +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#if HAVE_UNISTD_H +#include +#endif + +#if HAVE_SYS_BSDTYPES_H +#include /* needed for ISC */ +#endif + +#if HAVE_LIMITS_H +# include +#elif HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H +# include +#endif + +#ifndef PATH_MAX +# if defined(_POSIX_PATH_MAX) +# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX +# elif defined(MAXPATHLEN) +# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN +# else +# define PATH_MAX 255 /* the Posix minimum path-size */ +# endif +#endif + +#include +#include + +#include + +#if !HAVE_EXTERN_ERRNO +extern int errno; +#endif + +/* Some systems have a broken 'select()', but workable 'poll()'. Use that */ +#if HAVE_POLL && HAVE_SYS_STROPTS_H && HAVE_POLL_H +#define USE_FUNC_POLL 1 +#else +#define USE_FUNC_POLL 0 +#endif + +/* Alessandro Rubini's GPM (general-purpose mouse) */ +#if HAVE_LIBGPM && HAVE_GPM_H +#define USE_GPM_SUPPORT 1 +#else +#define USE_GPM_SUPPORT 0 +#endif + +/* + * ht/cbt expansion flakes out randomly under Linux 1.1.47, but only when + * we're throwing control codes at the screen at high volume. To see this, + * re-enable TABS_OK and run worm for a while. Other systems probably don't + * want to define this either due to uncertainties about tab delays and + * expansion in raw mode. + */ +#undef TABS_OK /* OK to use tab/backtab for local motions? */ + +/* + * The internal types (e.g., struct screen) must precede , otherwise + * we cannot construct lint-libraries (structures must be fully-defined). + */ + +struct tries { + struct tries *child; /* ptr to child. NULL if none */ + struct tries *sibling; /* ptr to sibling. NULL if none */ + unsigned char ch; /* character at this node */ + unsigned short value; /* code of string so far. 0 if none. */ +}; + +/* + * Structure for soft labels. + */ + +typedef struct +{ + char *text; /* text for the label */ + char *form_text; /* formatted text (left/center/...) */ + int x; /* x coordinate of this field */ + char dirty; /* this label has changed */ + char visible; /* field is visible */ +} slk_ent; + +typedef struct { + char dirty; /* all labels have changed */ + char hidden; /* soft labels are hidden */ + struct _win_st *win; + slk_ent *ent; + char *buffer; /* buffer for labels */ + short maxlab; /* number of available labels */ + short labcnt; /* number of allocated labels */ + short maxlen; /* length of labels */ +} SLK; + +/* + * Definitions for color pairs + */ +#define C_SHIFT 8 /* we need more bits than there are colors */ +#define C_MASK ((1 << C_SHIFT) - 1) + +#define PAIR_OF(fg, bg) ((((fg) & C_MASK) << C_SHIFT) | ((bg) & C_MASK)) + +/* + * Structure for palette tables + */ + +typedef struct +{ + short red, green, blue; +} +color_t; + +#define MAXCOLUMNS 135 +#define MAXLINES 66 +#define FIFO_SIZE MAXLINES + +struct screen { + int _ifd; /* input file ptr for screen */ + FILE *_ofp; /* output file ptr for screen */ + char *_setbuf; /* buffered I/O for output */ + int _checkfd; /* filedesc for typeahead check */ + struct term *_term; /* terminal type information */ + short _lines; /* screen lines */ + short _columns; /* screen columns */ + short _lines_avail; /* lines available for stdscr */ + short _topstolen; /* lines stolen from top */ + struct _win_st *_curscr; /* current screen */ + struct _win_st *_newscr; /* virtual screen to be updated to */ + struct _win_st *_stdscr; /* screen's full-window context */ + struct tries *_keytry; /* "Try" for use with keypad mode */ + unsigned int _fifo[FIFO_SIZE]; /* input push-back buffer */ + signed char _fifohead, /* head of fifo queue */ + _fifotail, /* tail of fifo queue */ + _fifopeek; /* where to peek for next char */ + int _endwin; /* are we out of window mode? */ + unsigned long _current_attr; /* terminal attribute current set */ + int _coloron; /* is color enabled? */ + int _cursor; /* visibility of the cursor */ + int _cursrow; /* physical cursor row */ + int _curscol; /* physical cursor column */ + int _nl; /* True if NL -> CR/NL is on */ + int _raw; /* True if in raw mode */ + int _cbreak; /* 1 if in cbreak mode */ + /* > 1 if in halfdelay mode */ + int _echo; /* True if echo on */ + int _use_meta; /* use the meta key? */ + SLK *_slk; /* ptr to soft key struct / NULL */ + int _baudrate; /* used to compute padding */ + + /* cursor movement costs; units are 10ths of milliseconds */ + int _char_padding; /* cost of character put */ + int _cr_cost; /* cost of (carriage_return) */ + int _cup_cost; /* cost of (cursor_address) */ + int _home_cost; /* cost of (cursor_home) */ + int _ll_cost; /* cost of (cursor_to_ll) */ +#ifdef TABS_OK + int _ht_cost; /* cost of (tab) */ + int _cbt_cost; /* cost of (backtab) */ +#endif /* TABS_OK */ + int _cub1_cost; /* cost of (cursor_left) */ + int _cuf1_cost; /* cost of (cursor_right) */ + int _cud1_cost; /* cost of (cursor_down) */ + int _cuu1_cost; /* cost of (cursor_up) */ + int _cub_cost; /* cost of (parm_cursor_left) */ + int _cuf_cost; /* cost of (parm_cursor_right) */ + int _cud_cost; /* cost of (parm_cursor_down) */ + int _cuu_cost; /* cost of (parm_cursor_up) */ + int _hpa_cost; /* cost of (column_address) */ + int _vpa_cost; /* cost of (row_address) */ + /* used in lib_doupdate.c, must be chars */ + int _ed_cost; /* cost of (clr_eos) */ + int _el_cost; /* cost of (clr_eol) */ + int _el1_cost; /* cost of (clr_bol) */ + int _dch1_cost; /* cost of (delete_character) */ + int _ich1_cost; /* cost of (insert_character) */ + int _dch_cost; /* cost of (parm_dch) */ + int _ich_cost; /* cost of (parm_ich) */ + int _ech_cost; /* cost of (erase_chars) */ + int _rep_cost; /* cost of (repeat_char) */ + int _hpa_ch_cost; /* cost of (column_address) */ + int _cup_ch_cost; /* cost of (cursor_address) */ + /* used in lib_mvcur.c */ + char * _address_cursor; + int _carriage_return_length; + int _cursor_home_length; + int _cursor_to_ll_length; + /* used in lib_color.c */ + color_t *_color_table; /* screen's color palette */ + int _color_count; /* count of colors in palette */ + unsigned short *_color_pairs; /* screen's color pair list */ + int _pair_count; /* count of color pairs */ + int _default_color; /* use default colors */ +}; + +/* Ncurses' public interface follows the internal types */ +#include /* we'll use -Ipath directive to get the right one! */ + +#ifdef NCURSES_NOMACROS +#include +#endif + +#define WINDOWLIST struct _win_list + WINDOWLIST { + WINDOWLIST *next; + WINDOW *win; +}; + +typedef struct { + int line; /* lines to take, < 0 => from bottom*/ + int (*hook)(struct _win_st *, int); /* callback for user */ + struct _win_st *w; /* maybe we need this for cleanup */ +} ripoff_t; + +/* The terminfo source is assumed to be 7-bit ASCII */ +#define is7bits(c) ((unsigned)(c) < 128) + +#ifndef min +#define min(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a)) +#endif + +#ifndef max +#define max(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a)) +#endif + +/* usually in */ +#ifndef STDOUT_FILENO +#define STDOUT_FILENO 1 +#endif + +#ifndef STDERR_FILENO +#define STDERR_FILENO 2 +#endif + +#ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS +#define EXIT_SUCCESS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE +#define EXIT_FAILURE 1 +#endif + +#ifndef R_OK +#define R_OK 4 /* Test for read permission. */ +#endif +#ifndef W_OK +#define W_OK 2 /* Test for write permission. */ +#endif +#ifndef X_OK +#define X_OK 1 /* Test for execute permission. */ +#endif +#ifndef F_OK +#define F_OK 0 /* Test for existence. */ +#endif + +#define TextOf(c) ((c) & (chtype)A_CHARTEXT) +#define AttrOf(c) ((c) & (chtype)A_ATTRIBUTES) + +#define BLANK (' '|A_NORMAL) + +#define CHANGED -1 + +#define typeCalloc(type,elts) (type *)calloc(elts,sizeof(type)) +#define FreeIfNeeded(p) if(p != 0) free(p) +#define FreeAndNull(p) free(p); p = 0 + +#include + +/* + * Prefixes for call/return points of library function traces. We use these to + * instrument the public functions so that the traces can be easily transformed + * into regression scripts. + */ +#define T_CALLED(fmt) "called " fmt +#define T_CREATE(fmt) "create " fmt +#define T_RETURN(fmt) "return " fmt + +#ifdef TRACE +#define TR(n, a) if (_nc_tracing & (n)) _tracef a +#define T(a) TR(TRACE_CALLS, a) +#define TPUTS_TRACE(s) _nc_tputs_trace = s; +#define TRACE_RETURN(value,type) return _nc_retrace_##type(value) +#define returnWin(code) TRACE_RETURN(code,win) +#define returnPtr(code) TRACE_RETURN(code,ptr) +#define returnCode(code) TRACE_RETURN(code,int) +#define returnVoid T((T_RETURN(""))); return +extern unsigned _nc_tracing; +extern WINDOW * _nc_retrace_win(WINDOW *); +extern char *_nc_retrace_ptr(char *); +extern const char *_nc_tputs_trace; +extern const char *_nc_visbuf(const char *); +extern const char *_nc_visbuf2(int, const char *); +extern int _nc_retrace_int(int); +extern long _nc_outchars; +#else +#define T(a) +#define TR(n, a) +#define TPUTS_TRACE(s) +#define returnWin(code) return code +#define returnCode(code) return code +#define returnVoid return +#endif + +#define _trace_key(ch) ((ch > KEY_MIN) ? keyname(ch) : _tracechar((unsigned char)ch)) + +#define ALL_BUT_COLOR ((chtype)~(A_COLOR)) +#define IGNORE_COLOR_OFF FALSE + + +/* Macro to put together character and attribute info and return it. + If colors are in the attribute, they have precedence. */ +#define ch_or_attr(ch,at) \ + ((PAIR_NUMBER(at) > 0) ? \ + ((((chtype)ch) & ALL_BUT_COLOR) | (at)) : ((((chtype)ch) | (at)))) + + +#define toggle_attr_on(S,at) \ + if (PAIR_NUMBER(at) > 0)\ + (S) = ((S) & ALL_BUT_COLOR) | (at);\ + else\ + (S) |= (at);\ + T(("new attribute is %s", _traceattr((S)))) + + +#define toggle_attr_off(S,at) \ + if (IGNORE_COLOR_OFF == TRUE) {\ + if (PAIR_NUMBER(at) == 0xff) /* turn off color */\ + (S) &= ~(at);\ + else /* leave color alone */\ + (S) &= ~((at)&ALL_BUT_COLOR);\ + } else {\ + if (PAIR_NUMBER(at) > 0x00) /* turn off color */\ + (S) &= ~(at|A_COLOR);\ + else /* leave color alone */\ + (S) &= ~(at);\ + }\ + T(("new attribute is %s", _traceattr((S)))); + +#define DelCharCost(count) \ + ((parm_dch != 0) \ + ? SP->_dch_cost \ + : ((delete_character != 0) \ + ? (SP->_dch1_cost * count) \ + : INFINITY)) + +#define InsCharCost(count) \ + ((parm_ich != 0) \ + ? SP->_ich_cost \ + : ((insert_character != 0) \ + ? (SP->_ich1_cost * count) \ + : INFINITY)) + +#define UpdateAttrs(c) if (SP->_current_attr != AttrOf(c)) \ + vidattr(AttrOf(c)); + +/* + * Check whether the given character can be output by clearing commands. This + * includes test for being a space and not including any 'bad' attributes, such + * as A_REVERSE. All attribute flags which don't affect appearance of a space + * or can be output by clearing (A_COLOR in case of bce-terminal) are excluded. + */ +#define NONBLANK_ATTR (A_BOLD|A_DIM|A_BLINK) +#define can_clear_with(ch) \ + ((ch & ~(NONBLANK_ATTR|(back_color_erase ? A_COLOR:0))) == BLANK) + +#ifdef NCURSES_EXPANDED + +#undef ch_or_attr +#define ch_or_attr(ch,at) _nc_ch_or_attr(ch,at) +extern chtype _nc_ch_or_attr(chtype, attr_t); + +#undef toggle_attr_on +#define toggle_attr_on(S,at) _nc_toggle_attr_on(&(S), at) +extern void _nc_toggle_attr_on(attr_t *, attr_t); + +#undef toggle_attr_off +#define toggle_attr_off(S,at) _nc_toggle_attr_off(&(S), at) +extern void _nc_toggle_attr_off(attr_t *, attr_t); + +#undef can_clear_with +#define can_clear_with(ch) _nc_can_clear_with(ch) +extern int _nc_can_clear_with(chtype); + +#undef DelCharCost +#define DelCharCost(count) _nc_DelCharCost(count) +extern int _nc_DelCharCost(int); + +#undef InsCharCost +#define InsCharCost(count) _nc_InsCharCost(count) +extern int _nc_InsCharCost(int); + +#undef UpdateAttrs +#define UpdateAttrs(c) _nc_UpdateAttrs(c) +extern void _nc_UpdateAttrs(chtype); + +#else + +extern void _nc_expanded(void); + +#endif + +/* lib_acs.c */ +extern void init_acs(void); /* no prefix, this name is traditional */ + +/* lib_mvcur.c */ +#define INFINITY 1000000 /* cost: too high to use */ + +extern void _nc_mvcur_init(void); +extern void _nc_mvcur_resume(void); +extern void _nc_mvcur_wrap(void); +extern int _nc_mvcur_scrolln(int, int, int, int); + +/* lib_mouse.c */ +extern void _nc_mouse_init(SCREEN *); +extern bool _nc_mouse_event(SCREEN *); +extern bool _nc_mouse_inline(SCREEN *); +extern bool _nc_mouse_parse(int); +extern void _nc_mouse_wrap(SCREEN *); +extern void _nc_mouse_resume(SCREEN *); +extern int _nc_max_click_interval; +extern int _nc_mouse_fd(void); + +/* elsewhere ... */ +extern WINDOW *_nc_makenew(int, int, int, int, int); +extern chtype _nc_background(WINDOW *); +extern chtype _nc_render(WINDOW *, chtype); +extern char *_nc_trace_buf(int, size_t); +extern int _nc_initscr(void); +extern int _nc_keypad(bool); +extern int _nc_outch(int); +extern int _nc_setupscreen(short, short const, FILE *); +extern int _nc_timed_wait(int, int, int *); +extern int _nc_waddch_nosync(WINDOW *, const chtype); +extern void _nc_backspace(WINDOW *win); +extern void _nc_do_color(int, int (*)(int)); +extern void _nc_freeall(void); +extern void _nc_free_and_exit(int); +extern void _nc_freewin(WINDOW *win); +extern void _nc_get_screensize(void); +extern void _nc_hash_map(void); +extern void _nc_outstr(const char *str); +extern void _nc_scroll_optimize(void); +extern void _nc_scroll_window(WINDOW *, int const, short const, short const); +extern void _nc_set_buffer(FILE *ofp, bool buffered); +extern void _nc_signal_handler(bool); +extern void _nc_synchook(WINDOW *win); + +/* + * On systems with a broken linker, define 'SP' as a function to force the + * linker to pull in the data-only module with 'SP'. + */ +#ifndef BROKEN_LINKER +#define BROKEN_LINKER 0 +#endif + +#if BROKEN_LINKER +#define SP _nc_screen() +extern SCREEN *_nc_screen(void); +extern int _nc_alloc_screen(void); +extern void _nc_set_screen(SCREEN *); +#else +extern SCREEN *SP; +#define _nc_alloc_screen() ((SP = typeCalloc(SCREEN, 1)) != 0) +#define _nc_set_screen(sp) SP = sp +#endif + +#if !HAVE_USLEEP +extern int _nc_usleep(unsigned int); +#define usleep(msecs) _nc_usleep(msecs) +#endif + +/* + * We don't want to use the lines or columns capabilities internally, + * because if the application is running multiple screens under + * X windows, it's quite possible they could all have type xterm + * but have different sizes! So... + */ +#define screen_lines SP->_lines +#define screen_columns SP->_columns + +extern int _nc_slk_format; /* != 0 if slk_init() called */ +extern int _nc_slk_initialize(WINDOW *, int); + +/* Macro to check whether or not we use a standard format */ +#define SLK_STDFMT (_nc_slk_format < 3) +/* Macro to determine height of label window */ +#define SLK_LINES (SLK_STDFMT ? 1 : (_nc_slk_format - 2)) + +extern int _nc_ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *,int)); + +#define UNINITIALISED ((struct tries * ) -1) + +extern bool _nc_idlok, _nc_idcok; + +extern WINDOWLIST *_nc_windows; + +#endif /* CURSES_PRIV_H */ diff --git a/ncurses/hardscroll.c b/ncurses/hardscroll.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea2b693d --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/hardscroll.c @@ -0,0 +1,420 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/****************************************************************************** + +NAME + hardscroll.c -- hardware-scrolling optimization for ncurses + +SYNOPSIS + void _nc_scroll_optimize(void) + +DESCRIPTION + OVERVIEW + +This algorithm for computes optimum hardware scrolling to transform an +old screen (curscr) into a new screen (newscr) via vertical line moves. + +Because the screen has a `grain' (there are insert/delete/scroll line +operations but no insert/delete/scroll column operations), it is efficient +break the update algorithm into two pieces: a first stage that does only line +moves, optimizing the end product of user-invoked insertions, deletions, and +scrolls; and a second phase (corresponding to the present doupdate code in +ncurses) that does only line transformations. + +The common case we want hardware scrolling for is to handle line insertions +and deletions in screen-oriented text-editors. This two-stage approach will +accomplish that at a low computation and code-size cost. + + LINE-MOVE COMPUTATION + +Now, to a discussion of the line-move computation. + +For expository purposes, consider the screen lines to be represented by +integers 0..23 (with the understanding that the value of 23 may vary). +Let a new line introduced by insertion, scrolling, or at the bottom of +the screen following a line delete be given the index -1. + +Assume that the real screen starts with lines 0..23. Now, we have +the following possible line-oriented operations on the screen: + +Insertion: inserts a line at a given screen row, forcing all lines below +to scroll forward. The last screen line is lost. For example, an insertion +at line 5 would produce: 0..4 -1 5..23. + +Deletion: deletes a line at a given screen row, forcing all lines below +to scroll forward. The last screen line is made new. For example, a deletion +at line 7 would produce: 0..6 8..23 -1. + +Scroll up: move a range of lines up 1. The bottom line of the range +becomes new. For example, scrolling up the region from 9 to 14 will +produce 0..8 10..14 -1 15..23. + +Scroll down: move a range of lines down 1. The top line of the range +becomes new. For example, scrolling down the region from 12 to 16 will produce +0..11 -1 12..15 17..23. + +Now, an obvious property of all these operations is that they preserve the +order of old lines, though not their position in the sequence. + +The key trick of this algorithm is that the original line indices described +above are actually maintained as _line[].oldindex fields in the window +structure, and stick to each line through scroll and insert/delete operations. + +Thus, it is possible at update time to look at the oldnum fields and compute +an optimal set of il/dl/scroll operations that will take the real screen +lines to the virtual screen lines. Once these vertical moves have been done, +we can hand off to the second stage of the update algorithm, which does line +transformations. + +Note that the move computation does not need to have the full generality +of a diff algorithm (which it superficially resembles) because lines cannot +be moved out of order. + + THE ALGORITHM + +First, mark each line on the real screen that is *not* carried over to the +virtual screen discarded (that is, with a -1 oldnum index). + +Second, optionally run through each virtual line with a non -1 oldnum. If the +line is sufficiently changed, mark it -1 (we don't want to move it). The exact +test for "sufficiently changed" is not relevant to the control flow of this +algorithm. Cases the test should detect are those in which rewriting +the line from whatever might be on the real screen would be cheaper than the +move. Blank lines on a terminal with clear-to-eol probably meet this test. + +Here is pseudo-code for the remainder of the algorithm: + + repeat +1: first = 0; +2: no_hunk_moved = TRUE; + + # on each pass, try to find a movable hunk +3: while (first < screen_depth) + + # scan for start of hunk +4: while (oldnum field of first == -1) + first++ + + # if we have no hunk, quit this pass +5: if (first >= screen_depth) + break; + + # we found a hunk +6: last = (end of longest continues oldnum range starting here) + +7: ofirst = (first line's oldnum, where it was on real screen) +8: olast = (last line's oldnum, where it was on real screen) + + # figure the hunk's displacement +9: disp = first - (first virtual line's oldnum field) + + # does the hunk want to move? +10: if (disp != 0) + # is the hunk movable without destroying info? +11: if (real [ofirst+disp, olast+disp] are all in range or DISCARDED) +12: if (disp > 0) +13: scroll real [ofirst, olast+disp] down by disp + (mark [ofirst, olast+disp] DISCARDED) +14: else if (disp < 0) +15: scroll real [ofirst+disp, olast] up by disp + (mark [ofirst+disp, olast] DISCARDED) +16: no_hunk_moved = FALSE + + # done trying to move this hunk +17: first = last + 1; + end while + until +18: no_hunk_moved; # quit when a complete pass finds no movable hunks + +HOW TO TEST THIS: + +Use the following production: + +hardscroll: hardscroll.c + $(CC) -g -DSCROLLDEBUG hardscroll.c -o hardscroll + +Then just type scramble vectors and watch. The following test loads are +a representative sample of cases: + +----------------------------- CUT HERE ------------------------------------ +# No lines moved + 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 +# +# A scroll up + 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 -1 +# +# A scroll down +-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 +# +# An insertion (after line 12) + 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 -1 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 +# +# A simple deletion (line 10) + 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 -1 +# +# A more complex case +-1 -1 -1 -1 -1 3 4 5 6 7 -1 -1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 -1 -1 +----------------------------- CUT HERE ------------------------------------ + +AUTHOR + Eric S. Raymond , November 1994 + +*****************************************************************************/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: hardscroll.c,v 1.17 1997/02/15 22:33:12 tom Exp $") + +#if defined(TRACE) || defined(SCROLLDEBUG) +void _nc_linedump(void); +#endif /* defined(TRACE) || defined(SCROLLDEBUG) */ + +/* if only this number of lines is carried over, nuke the screen and redraw */ +#define CLEAR_THRESHOLD 3 + +#if defined(SCROLLDEBUG) || defined(HASHDEBUG) +#define LINES 24 +int oldnums[LINES], reallines[LINES]; +#define OLDNUM(n) oldnums[n] +#define REAL(m) reallines[m] +#undef T +#define T(x) (void) printf x ; (void) putchar('\n'); +#else +#include +#define OLDNUM(n) newscr->_line[n].oldindex +#define REAL(m) curscr->_line[m].oldindex +#ifndef _NEWINDEX +#define _NEWINDEX -1 +#endif /* _NEWINDEX */ +#endif /* defined(SCROLLDEBUG) || defined(HASHDEBUG) */ + +static bool all_discarded(int const top, int const bottom, int const disp) +/* has the given range of real lines been marked discarded? */ +{ + int n; + + for (n = top + disp; n <= bottom + disp; n++) + if (REAL(n) != _NEWINDEX && !(REAL(n) <= bottom && REAL(n) >= top)) + return(FALSE); + + return(TRUE); +} + +void _nc_scroll_optimize(void) +/* scroll optimization to transform curscr to newscr */ +{ + bool no_hunk_moved; /* no hunk moved on this pass? */ + int n, new_lines; +#if defined(TRACE) || defined(SCROLLDEBUG) + int pass = 0; +#endif /* defined(TRACE) || defined(SCROLLDEBUG) */ + + TR(TRACE_ICALLS, ("_nc_scroll_optimize() begins")); + + /* mark any line not carried over with _NEWINDEX */ + for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++) + REAL(n) += (MAXLINES + 1); + for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++) + if (OLDNUM(n) != _NEWINDEX + && REAL(OLDNUM(n)) >= MAXLINES) + REAL(OLDNUM(n)) -= (MAXLINES + 1); + for (n = new_lines = 0; n < LINES; n++) + if (REAL(n) > MAXLINES) + { + REAL(n) = _NEWINDEX; + new_lines++; + } + + /* + * ^F in vi (which scrolls forward by LINES-2 in the file) exposes + * a weakness in this design. Ideally, vertical motion + * optimization should cost its actions and then force a + * ClrUpdate() and complete redraw if that would be faster than + * the scroll. Unfortunately, this would be a serious pain to + * arrange; hence, this hack. If there are few enough lines + * carried over, don't bother with the scrolling, we just nuke the + * screen and redraw the whole thing. Keith Bostic argues that + * this will be a win on strictly visual grounds even if the + * resulting update is theoretically sub-optimal. Experience + * with vi says he's probably right. + */ + if (LINES - new_lines <= CLEAR_THRESHOLD) + { + T(("too few lines carried over, nuking screen")); +#if !defined(SCROLLDEBUG) && !defined(HASHDEBUG) + clearok(stdscr, TRUE); +#endif /* !defined(SCROLLDEBUG) && !defined(HASHDEBUG) */ + return; + } + +#ifdef TRACE + TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE, ("After real line marking:")); + if (_nc_tracing & (TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE)) + _nc_linedump(); +#endif /* TRACE */ + + /* time to shuffle lines to do scroll optimization */ + do { + int first; /* first line of current hunk */ + int last; /* last line of current hunk */ + int ofirst; /* oldnum index of first line */ + int olast; /* oldnum index of last line */ + int disp; /* hunk displacement */ + + TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE, ("Pass %d:", pass++)); + + first = 0; /* start scan at top line */ + no_hunk_moved = TRUE; + + while (first < LINES) + { + /* find the beginning of a hunk */ + while (first < LINES && OLDNUM(first) == _NEWINDEX) + first++; + if (first >= LINES) + break; + + /* find the end of the hunk */ + for (last = first; last < LINES; last++) + if (last == LINES - 1 || OLDNUM(last + 1) != OLDNUM(last) + 1) + break; + + /* find the corresponding range on the old screen */ + ofirst = OLDNUM(first); + olast = OLDNUM(last); + + /* compute the hunk's displacement */ + disp = first - OLDNUM(first); + + TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE, ("found hunk: first = %2d, last = %2d, ofirst = %2d, olast = %2d, disp = %2d", + first, last, ofirst, olast, disp)); + + /* OK, time to try to move the hunk? */ + if (disp != 0) + if (all_discarded(ofirst, olast, disp)) + { + int m; + + if (disp > 0) + olast += disp; + else /* (disp < 0) */ + ofirst += disp; + + TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE, ("scroll [%d, %d] by %d", ofirst, olast, -disp)); +#if !defined(SCROLLDEBUG) && !defined(HASHDEBUG) + if (_nc_mvcur_scrolln(-disp, ofirst, olast, LINES - 1) == ERR) + break; + _nc_scroll_window(curscr, -disp, ofirst, olast); +#endif /* !defined(SCROLLDEBUG) && !defined(HASHDEBUG) */ + + for (m = ofirst; m <= olast; m++) + { + REAL(m) = _NEWINDEX; +#if !defined(SCROLLDEBUG) && !defined(HASHDEBUG) + /* + * This will tell the second stage of the optimizer + * that every line in the hunk on the real screen has + * been changed. + */ + curscr->_line[m].firstchar = 0; + curscr->_line[m].lastchar = curscr->_maxx; +#endif /* !defined(SCROLLDEBUG) && !defined(HASHDEBUG) */ + } + for (m = first; m <= last; m++) + OLDNUM(m) = _NEWINDEX; + + no_hunk_moved = FALSE; + } + + /* OK, done with this hunk */ + first = last + 1; + } + } while + (!no_hunk_moved); +} + +#if defined(TRACE) || defined(SCROLLDEBUG) +void _nc_linedump(void) +/* dump the state of the real and virtual oldnum fields */ +{ + int n; + char buf[BUFSIZ]; + + (void) strcpy(buf, "real"); + for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++) + (void) sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), " %02d", REAL(n)); + TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE, (buf)); + + (void) strcpy(buf, "virt"); + for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++) + (void) sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), " %02d", OLDNUM(n)); + TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE, (buf)); +} +#endif /* defined(TRACE) || defined(SCROLLDEBUG) */ + +#ifdef SCROLLDEBUG + +int +main(int argc GCC_UNUSED, char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED) +{ + char line[BUFSIZ], *st; + + _nc_tracing = TRACE_MOVE; + for (;;) + { + int n; + + for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++) + { + reallines[n] = n; + oldnums[n] = _NEWINDEX; + } + + /* grab the test vector */ + if (fgets(line, sizeof(line), stdin) == (char *)NULL) + exit(EXIT_SUCCESS); + + /* parse it */ + n = 0; + if (line[0] == '#') + { + (void) fputs(line, stderr); + continue; + } + st = strtok(line, " "); + do { + oldnums[n++] = atoi(st); + } while + ((st = strtok((char *)NULL, " ")) != 0); + + /* display it */ + (void) fputs("Initial input:\n", stderr); + _nc_linedump(); + + _nc_scroll_optimize(); + } +} + +#endif /* SCROLLDEBUG */ + +/* hardscroll.c ends here */ diff --git a/ncurses/hashmap.c b/ncurses/hashmap.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..184ff1d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/hashmap.c @@ -0,0 +1,319 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/****************************************************************************** + +NAME + hashmap.c -- fill in scramble vector based on text hashes + +SYNOPSIS + void _nc_hash_map(void) + +DESCRIPTION: + This code attempts to recognize pairs of old and new lines in the physical +and virtual screens. When a line pair is recognized, the old line index is +placed in the oldindex member of the virtual screen line, to be used by the +vertical-motion optimizer portion of the update logic (see hardscroll.c). + + Line pairs are recognized by applying a modified Heckel's algorithm, +sped up by hashing. If a line hash is unique in both screens, those +lines must be a pair. If the hashes of the two lines immediately following +lines known to be a pair are the same, the following lines are also a pair. +We apply these rules repeatedly until no more pairs are found. The +modifications stem from the fact that there may already be oldindex info +associated with the virtual screen, which has to be respected. + + We don't worry about false pairs produced by hash collisions, on the +assumption that such cases are rare and will only make the latter stages +of update less efficient, not introduce errors. + +HOW TO TEST THIS: + +Use the following production: + +hashmap: hashmap.c + $(CC) -g -DHASHDEBUG hashmap.c hardscroll.c ../objects/lib_trace.o -o hashmap + +AUTHOR + Eric S. Raymond , May 1996 + +*****************************************************************************/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: hashmap.c,v 1.12 1997/05/03 20:30:06 tom Exp $") + +#ifdef HASHDEBUG +#define LINES 24 +#define TEXTWIDTH 1 +int oldnums[LINES], reallines[LINES]; +static chtype oldtext[LINES][TEXTWIDTH], newtext[LINES][TEXTWIDTH]; +#define OLDNUM(n) oldnums[n] +#define REAL(m) reallines[m] +#define OLDTEXT(n) oldtext[n] +#define NEWTEXT(m) newtext[m] +#undef T +#define T(x) (void) printf x ; (void) putchar('\n'); +#else +#include +#define OLDNUM(n) newscr->_line[n].oldindex +#define REAL(m) curscr->_line[m].oldindex +#define OLDTEXT(n) curscr->_line[n].text +#define NEWTEXT(m) newscr->_line[m].text +#define TEXTWIDTH (curscr->_maxx+1) +#ifndef _NEWINDEX +#define _NEWINDEX -1 +#endif /* _NEWINDEX */ +#endif /* HASHDEBUG */ + +/* Chris Torek's hash function (from his DB package). */ +static inline unsigned long hash4(const void *key, size_t len) +{ + register long h, loop; + register unsigned const char *k; + +#define HASH4a h = (h << 5) - h + *k++; +#define HASH4b h = (h << 5) + h + *k++; +#define HASH4 HASH4b + h = 0; + k = (unsigned const char *)key; + if (len > 0) { + loop = (len + 8 - 1) >> 3; + switch (len & (8 - 1)) { + case 0: + do { /* All fall throughs */ + HASH4; + case 7: + HASH4; + case 6: + HASH4; + case 5: + HASH4; + case 4: + HASH4; + case 3: + HASH4; + case 2: + HASH4; + case 1: + HASH4; + } while (--loop); + } + } + return ((unsigned long)h); +} + +static inline unsigned long hash(chtype *text) +{ + return(hash4(text, TEXTWIDTH*sizeof(*text))); +} + +void _nc_hash_map(void) +{ + typedef struct + { + unsigned long hashval; + int oldcount, newcount; + int oldindex, newindex; + } + sym; + sym hashtab[MAXLINES*2], *sp; + register int i; + long oldhash[MAXLINES], newhash[MAXLINES]; + bool keepgoing; + + /* + * Set up and count line-hash values. + */ + memset(hashtab, '\0', sizeof(sym) * MAXLINES); + for (i = 0; i < LINES; i++) + { + unsigned long hashval = hash(OLDTEXT(i)); + + for (sp = hashtab; sp->hashval; sp++) + if (sp->hashval == hashval) + break; + sp->hashval = hashval; /* in case this is a new entry */ + oldhash[i] = hashval; + sp->oldcount++; + sp->oldindex = i; + } + for (i = 0; i < LINES; i++) + { + unsigned long hashval = hash(NEWTEXT(i)); + + for (sp = hashtab; sp->hashval; sp++) + if (sp->hashval == hashval) + break; + sp->hashval = hashval; /* in case this is a new entry */ + newhash[i] = hashval; + sp->newcount++; + sp->newindex = i; + + OLDNUM(i) = _NEWINDEX; + } + + /* + * Mark line pairs corresponding to unique hash pairs. + * Note: we only do this where the new line doesn't + * already have a valid oldindex -- this way we preserve the + * information left in place by the software scrolling functions. + */ + for (sp = hashtab; sp->hashval; sp++) + if (sp->oldcount == 1 && sp->newcount == 1 + && OLDNUM(sp->newindex) == _NEWINDEX) + { + TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE, + ("new line %d is hash-identical to old line %d (unique)", + sp->newindex, sp->oldindex)); + OLDNUM(sp->newindex) = sp->oldindex; + } + + /* + * Now for the tricky part. We have unique pairs to use as anchors. + * Use these to deduce the presence of spans of identical lines. + */ + do { + keepgoing = FALSE; + + for (i = 0; i < LINES-1; i++) + if (OLDNUM(i) != _NEWINDEX && OLDNUM(i+1) == _NEWINDEX) + { + if (OLDNUM(i) + 1 < LINES + && newhash[i+1] == oldhash[OLDNUM(i) + 1]) + { + OLDNUM(i+1) = OLDNUM(i) + 1; + TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE, + ("new line %d is hash-identical to old line %d (forward continuation)", + i+1, OLDNUM(i) + 1)); + keepgoing = TRUE; + } + } + + for (i = 0; i < LINES-1; i++) + if (OLDNUM(i) != _NEWINDEX && OLDNUM(i-1) == _NEWINDEX) + { + if (OLDNUM(i) - 1 >= 0 + && newhash[i-1] == oldhash[OLDNUM(i) - 1]) + { + OLDNUM(i-1) = OLDNUM(i) - 1; + TR(TRACE_UPDATE | TRACE_MOVE, + ("new line %d is hash-identical to old line %d (backward continuation)", + i-1, OLDNUM(i) - 1)); + keepgoing = TRUE; + } + } + } while + (keepgoing); +} + +#ifdef HASHDEBUG + +int +main(int argc GCC_UNUSED, char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED) +{ + extern void _nc_linedump(void); + char line[BUFSIZ], *st; + int n; + + for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++) + { + reallines[n] = n; + oldnums[n] = _NEWINDEX; + oldtext[n][0] = newtext[n][0] = '.'; + } + + _nc_tracing = TRACE_MOVE; + for (;;) + { + /* grab a test command */ + if (fgets(line, sizeof(line), stdin) == (char *)NULL) + exit(EXIT_SUCCESS); + + switch(line[0]) + { + case '#': /* comment */ + (void) fputs(line, stderr); + break; + + case 'l': /* get initial line number vector */ + for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++) + { + reallines[n] = n; + oldnums[n] = _NEWINDEX; + } + n = 0; + st = strtok(line, " "); + do { + oldnums[n++] = atoi(st); + } while + ((st = strtok((char *)NULL, " ")) != 0); + break; + + case 'n': /* use following letters as text of new lines */ + for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++) + newtext[n][0] = '.'; + for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++) + if (line[n+1] == '\n') + break; + else + newtext[n][0] = line[n+1]; + break; + + case 'o': /* use following letters as text of old lines */ + for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++) + oldtext[n][0] = '.'; + for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++) + if (line[n+1] == '\n') + break; + else + oldtext[n][0] = line[n+1]; + break; + + case 'd': /* dump state of test arrays */ + _nc_linedump(); + (void) fputs("Old lines: [", stdout); + for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++) + putchar(oldtext[n][0]); + putchar(']'); + putchar('\n'); + (void) fputs("New lines: [", stdout); + for (n = 0; n < LINES; n++) + putchar(newtext[n][0]); + putchar(']'); + putchar('\n'); + break; + + case 'h': /* apply hash mapper and see scroll optimization */ + _nc_hash_map(); + (void) fputs("Result:\n", stderr); + _nc_linedump(); + _nc_scroll_optimize(); + (void) fputs("Done.\n", stderr); + break; + } + } + return EXIT_SUCCESS; +} + +#endif /* HASHDEBUG */ + +/* hashmap.c ends here */ diff --git a/ncurses/keys.list b/ncurses/keys.list new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f9e3dd65 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/keys.list @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +key_a1 KEY_A1 +key_a3 KEY_A3 +key_b2 KEY_B2 +key_backspace KEY_BACKSPACE +key_beg KEY_BEG +key_btab KEY_BTAB +key_c1 KEY_C1 +key_c3 KEY_C3 +key_cancel KEY_CANCEL +key_catab KEY_CATAB +key_clear KEY_CLEAR +key_close KEY_CLOSE +key_command KEY_COMMAND +key_copy KEY_COPY +key_create KEY_CREATE +key_ctab KEY_CTAB +key_dc KEY_DC +key_dl KEY_DL +key_down KEY_DOWN +key_eic KEY_EIC +key_end KEY_END +key_enter KEY_ENTER +key_eol KEY_EOL +key_eos KEY_EOS +key_exit KEY_EXIT +key_f0 KEY_F(0) +key_f1 KEY_F(1) +key_f2 KEY_F(2) +key_f3 KEY_F(3) +key_f4 KEY_F(4) +key_f5 KEY_F(5) +key_f6 KEY_F(6) +key_f7 KEY_F(7) +key_f8 KEY_F(8) +key_f9 KEY_F(9) +key_f10 KEY_F(10) +key_f11 KEY_F(11) +key_f12 KEY_F(12) +key_f13 KEY_F(13) +key_f14 KEY_F(14) +key_f15 KEY_F(15) +key_f16 KEY_F(16) +key_f17 KEY_F(17) +key_f18 KEY_F(18) +key_f19 KEY_F(19) +key_f20 KEY_F(20) +key_f21 KEY_F(21) +key_f22 KEY_F(22) +key_f23 KEY_F(23) +key_f24 KEY_F(24) +key_f25 KEY_F(25) +key_f26 KEY_F(26) +key_f27 KEY_F(27) +key_f28 KEY_F(28) +key_f29 KEY_F(29) +key_f30 KEY_F(30) +key_f31 KEY_F(31) +key_f32 KEY_F(32) +key_f33 KEY_F(33) +key_f34 KEY_F(34) +key_f35 KEY_F(35) +key_f36 KEY_F(36) +key_f37 KEY_F(37) +key_f38 KEY_F(38) +key_f39 KEY_F(39) +key_f40 KEY_F(40) +key_f41 KEY_F(41) +key_f42 KEY_F(42) +key_f43 KEY_F(43) +key_f44 KEY_F(44) +key_f45 KEY_F(45) +key_f46 KEY_F(46) +key_f47 KEY_F(47) +key_f48 KEY_F(48) +key_f49 KEY_F(49) +key_f50 KEY_F(50) +key_f51 KEY_F(51) +key_f52 KEY_F(52) +key_f53 KEY_F(53) +key_f54 KEY_F(54) +key_f55 KEY_F(55) +key_f56 KEY_F(56) +key_f57 KEY_F(57) +key_f58 KEY_F(58) +key_f59 KEY_F(59) +key_f60 KEY_F(60) +key_f61 KEY_F(61) +key_f62 KEY_F(62) +key_f63 KEY_F(63) +key_find KEY_FIND +key_help KEY_HELP +key_home KEY_HOME +key_ic KEY_IC +key_il KEY_IL +key_left KEY_LEFT +key_ll KEY_LL +key_mark KEY_MARK +key_message KEY_MESSAGE +key_move KEY_MOVE +key_next KEY_NEXT +key_npage KEY_NPAGE +key_open KEY_OPEN +key_options KEY_OPTIONS +key_ppage KEY_PPAGE +key_previous KEY_PREVIOUS +key_print KEY_PRINT +key_redo KEY_REDO +key_reference KEY_REFERENCE +key_refresh KEY_REFRESH +key_replace KEY_REPLACE +key_restart KEY_RESTART +key_resume KEY_RESUME +key_right KEY_RIGHT +key_save KEY_SAVE +key_sbeg KEY_SBEG +key_scancel KEY_SCANCEL +key_scommand KEY_SCOMMAND +key_scopy KEY_SCOPY +key_screate KEY_SCREATE +key_sdc KEY_SDC +key_sdl KEY_SDL +key_select KEY_SELECT +key_send KEY_SEND +key_seol KEY_SEOL +key_sexit KEY_SEXIT +key_sf KEY_SF +key_sfind KEY_SFIND +key_shelp KEY_SHELP +key_shome KEY_SHOME +key_sic KEY_SIC +key_sleft KEY_SLEFT +key_smessage KEY_SMESSAGE +key_smove KEY_SMOVE +key_snext KEY_SNEXT +key_soptions KEY_SOPTIONS +key_sprevious KEY_SPREVIOUS +key_sprint KEY_SPRINT +key_sr KEY_SR +key_sredo KEY_SREDO +key_sreplace KEY_SREPLACE +key_sright KEY_SRIGHT +key_srsume KEY_SRSUME +key_ssave KEY_SSAVE +key_ssuspend KEY_SSUSPEND +key_stab KEY_STAB +key_sundo KEY_SUNDO +key_suspend KEY_SUSPEND +key_undo KEY_UNDO +key_up KEY_UP +key_mouse KEY_MOUSE diff --git a/ncurses/lib_acs.c b/ncurses/lib_acs.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bacfe058 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_acs.c @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +#include +#include /* ena_acs, acs_chars */ + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_acs.c,v 1.8 1997/04/24 11:04:07 tom Exp $") + +chtype acs_map[128]; + +void init_acs(void) +{ + T(("initializing ACS map")); + + /* + * Initializations for a UNIX-like multi-terminal environment. Use + * ASCII chars and count on the terminfo description to do better. + */ + ACS_ULCORNER = '+'; /* should be upper left corner */ + ACS_LLCORNER = '+'; /* should be lower left corner */ + ACS_URCORNER = '+'; /* should be upper right corner */ + ACS_LRCORNER = '+'; /* should be lower right corner */ + ACS_RTEE = '+'; /* should be tee pointing left */ + ACS_LTEE = '+'; /* should be tee pointing right */ + ACS_BTEE = '+'; /* should be tee pointing up */ + ACS_TTEE = '+'; /* should be tee pointing down */ + ACS_HLINE = '-'; /* should be horizontal line */ + ACS_VLINE = '|'; /* should be vertical line */ + ACS_PLUS = '+'; /* should be large plus or crossover */ + ACS_S1 = '~'; /* should be scan line 1 */ + ACS_S9 = '_'; /* should be scan line 9 */ + ACS_DIAMOND = '+'; /* should be diamond */ + ACS_CKBOARD = ':'; /* should be checker board (stipple) */ + ACS_DEGREE = '\''; /* should be degree symbol */ + ACS_PLMINUS = '#'; /* should be plus/minus */ + ACS_BULLET = 'o'; /* should be bullet */ + ACS_LARROW = '<'; /* should be arrow pointing left */ + ACS_RARROW = '>'; /* should be arrow pointing right */ + ACS_DARROW = 'v'; /* should be arrow pointing down */ + ACS_UARROW = '^'; /* should be arrow pointing up */ + ACS_BOARD = '#'; /* should be board of squares */ + ACS_LANTERN = '#'; /* should be lantern symbol */ + ACS_BLOCK = '#'; /* should be solid square block */ + /* these defaults were invented for ncurses */ + ACS_S3 = '-'; /* should be scan line 3 */ + ACS_S7 = '-'; /* should be scan line 7 */ + ACS_LEQUAL = '<'; /* should be less-than-or-equal-to */ + ACS_GEQUAL = '>'; /* should be greater-than-or-equal-to */ + ACS_PI = '*'; /* should be greek pi */ + ACS_NEQUAL = '!'; /* should be not-equal */ + ACS_STERLING = 'f'; /* should be pound-sterling symbol */ + +#ifdef ena_acs + if (ena_acs != NULL) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("ena_acs"); + putp(ena_acs); + } +#endif /* ena_acs */ + +#ifdef acs_chars +#define ALTCHAR(c) (TextOf(c) | A_ALTCHARSET) + + if (acs_chars != NULL) { + size_t i = 0; + size_t length = strlen(acs_chars); + + while (i < length) + switch (acs_chars[i]) { + case 'l':case 'm':case 'k':case 'j': + case 'u':case 't':case 'v':case 'w': + case 'q':case 'x':case 'n':case 'o': + case 's':case '`':case 'a':case 'f': + case 'g':case '~':case ',':case '+': + case '.':case '-':case 'h':case 'I': + case '0':case 'p':case 'r':case 'y': + case 'z':case '{':case '|':case '}': + acs_map[(unsigned int)acs_chars[i]] = + ALTCHAR(acs_chars[i+1]); + i++; + /* FALLTHRU */ + default: + i++; + break; + } + } +#ifdef TRACE +#define SIZEOF(v) (sizeof(v)/sizeof(v[0])) + /* Show the equivalent mapping, noting if it does not match the + * given attribute, whether by re-ordering or duplication. + */ + if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_CALLS) { + size_t n, m; + char show[SIZEOF(acs_map) + 1]; + for (n = 1, m = 0; n < SIZEOF(acs_map); n++) { + if (acs_map[n] != 0) { + show[m++] = (char)n; + show[m++] = TextOf(acs_map[n]); + } + } + show[m] = 0; + _tracef("%s acs_chars %s", + (acs_chars == NULL) + ? "NULL" + : (strcmp(acs_chars, show) + ? "DIFF" + : "SAME"), + _nc_visbuf(show)); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ +#endif /* acs_char */ +} + diff --git a/ncurses/lib_adabind.c b/ncurses/lib_adabind.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aea6f1a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_adabind.c @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* +** lib_adabind.c +** +** Some small wrappers to ease the implementation of an Ada95 +** binding. Especially functionalities only available as macros +** in (n)curses are wrapped here by functions. +** See the documentation and copyright notices in the ../Ada95 +** subdirectory. +*/ +#include "curses.priv.h" + +/* In (n)curses are a few functionalities that can't be expressed as +// functions, because for historic reasons they use as macro argument +// variable names that are "out" parameters. For those macros we provide +// small wrappers. +*/ + +/* Prototypes for the functions in this module */ +int _nc_ada_getmaxyx (WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x); +int _nc_ada_getbegyx (WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x); +int _nc_ada_getyx (WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x); +int _nc_ada_getparyx (WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x); +int _nc_ada_isscroll (WINDOW *win); +int _nc_ada_coord_transform (WINDOW *win, int *Y, int *X, int dir); +void _nc_ada_mouse_event (mmask_t m, int *b, int *s); +int _nc_ada_mouse_mask (int button, int state, mmask_t *mask); +void _nc_ada_unregister_mouse (void); + + +int _nc_ada_getmaxyx (WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x) +{ + if (win && y && x) + { + getmaxyx(win,*y,*x); + return OK; + } + else + return ERR; +} + +int _nc_ada_getbegyx (WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x) +{ + if (win && y && x) + { + getbegyx(win,*y,*x); + return OK; + } + else + return ERR; +} + +int _nc_ada_getyx (WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x) +{ + if (win && y && x) + { + getyx(win,*y,*x); + return OK; + } + else + return ERR; +} + +int _nc_ada_getparyx (WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x) +{ + if (win && y && x) + { + getparyx(win,*y,*x); + return OK; + } + else + return ERR; +} + +int _nc_ada_isscroll (WINDOW *win) +{ + return win ? (win->_scroll ? TRUE : FALSE) : ERR; +} + +int _nc_ada_coord_transform( WINDOW *win, int *Y, int *X, int dir) +{ + if (win && Y && X) + { + int y = *Y; int x = *X; + if (dir) + { /* to screen coordinates */ + y += win->_yoffset; + y += win->_begy; + x += win->_begx; + if (!wenclose(win,y,x)) + return FALSE; + } + else + { /* from screen coordinates */ + if (!wenclose(win,y,x)) + return FALSE; + y -= win->_yoffset; + y -= win->_begy; + x -= win->_begx; + } + *X = x; + *Y = y; + return TRUE; + } + return FALSE; +} + +#define BUTTON1_EVENTS (BUTTON1_RELEASED |\ + BUTTON1_PRESSED |\ + BUTTON1_CLICKED |\ + BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED |\ + BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED |\ + BUTTON1_RESERVED_EVENT ) + +#define BUTTON2_EVENTS (BUTTON2_RELEASED |\ + BUTTON2_PRESSED |\ + BUTTON2_CLICKED |\ + BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED |\ + BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED |\ + BUTTON2_RESERVED_EVENT ) + +#define BUTTON3_EVENTS (BUTTON3_RELEASED |\ + BUTTON3_PRESSED |\ + BUTTON3_CLICKED |\ + BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED |\ + BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED |\ + BUTTON3_RESERVED_EVENT ) + +#define BUTTON4_EVENTS (BUTTON4_RELEASED |\ + BUTTON4_PRESSED |\ + BUTTON4_CLICKED |\ + BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED |\ + BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED |\ + BUTTON4_RESERVED_EVENT ) + +void _nc_ada_mouse_event( mmask_t m, int *b, int *s ) +{ + int k = 0; + + if ( m & BUTTON1_EVENTS) + { + k = 1; + } + else if ( m & BUTTON2_EVENTS) + { + k = 2; + } + else if ( m & BUTTON3_EVENTS) + { + k = 3; + } + else if ( m & BUTTON4_EVENTS) + { + k = 4; + } + + if (k) + { + *b = k-1; + if (BUTTON_RELEASE(m,k)) *s = 0; + else if (BUTTON_PRESS(m,k)) *s = 1; + else if (BUTTON_CLICK(m,k)) *s = 2; + else if (BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICK(m,k)) *s = 3; + else if (BUTTON_TRIPLE_CLICK(m,k)) *s = 4; + else if (BUTTON_RESERVED_EVENT(m,k)) *s = 5; + else + { + *s = -1; + } + } + else + { + *s = 1; + if (m & BUTTON_CTRL) *b = 4; + else if (m & BUTTON_SHIFT) *b = 5; + else if (m & BUTTON_ALT) *b = 6; + else + { + *b = -1; + } + } +} + +int _nc_ada_mouse_mask ( int button, int state, mmask_t *mask ) +{ + mmask_t b = (button<4) ? ((1<=4 && state!=1) + return ERR; + + *mask |= b; + return OK; +} + +void _nc_ada_unregister_mouse (void) +{ + _nc_mouse_wrap(SP); +} + diff --git a/ncurses/lib_addch.c b/ncurses/lib_addch.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e2e58190 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_addch.c @@ -0,0 +1,310 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* +** lib_addch.c +** +** The routines waddch(), wattr_on(), wattr_off(), wchgat(). +** +*/ + +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_addch.c,v 1.30 1997/04/12 17:45:55 tom Exp $") + +int wattr_on(WINDOW *win, const attr_t at) +{ + T((T_CALLED("wattr_on(%p,%s)"), win, _traceattr(at))); + T(("... current %s", _traceattr(win->_attrs))); + toggle_attr_on(win->_attrs,at); + returnCode(OK); +} + +int wattr_off(WINDOW *win, const attr_t at) +{ + T((T_CALLED("wattr_off(%p,%s)"), win, _traceattr(at))); + T(("... current %s", _traceattr(win->_attrs))); + toggle_attr_off(win->_attrs,at); + returnCode(OK); +} + +int wchgat(WINDOW *win, int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts GCC_UNUSED) +{ + int i; + + T((T_CALLED("wchgat(%p,%d,%s,%d)"), win, n, _traceattr(attr), color)); + + toggle_attr_on(attr,COLOR_PAIR(color)); + + for (i = win->_curx; i <= win->_maxx && (n == -1 || (n-- > 0)); i++) + win->_line[win->_cury].text[i] + = ch_or_attr(TextOf(win->_line[win->_cury].text[i]),attr); + + returnCode(OK); +} + +/* + * Ugly microtweaking alert. Everything from here to end of module is + * likely to be speed-critical -- profiling data sure says it is! + * Most of the important screen-painting functions are shells around + * waddch(). So we make every effort to reduce function-call overhead + * by inlining stuff, even at the cost of making wrapped copies for + * export. Also we supply some internal versions that don't call the + * window sync hook, for use by string-put functions. + */ + +static inline chtype render_char(WINDOW *win, chtype ch) +/* compute a rendition of the given char correct for the current context */ +{ + if (TextOf(ch) == ' ') + ch = ch_or_attr(ch, win->_bkgd); + else if (!(ch & A_ATTRIBUTES)) + ch = ch_or_attr(ch, (win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES)); + TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT, ("bkg = %#lx -> ch = %#lx", win->_bkgd, ch)); + + return(ch); +} + +chtype _nc_background(WINDOW *win) +/* make render_char() visible while still allowing us to inline it below */ +{ + return(render_char(win, BLANK)); +} + +chtype _nc_render(WINDOW *win, chtype ch) +/* make render_char() visible while still allowing us to inline it below */ +{ + chtype c = render_char(win,ch); + return (ch_or_attr(c,win->_attrs)); +} + +/* check if position is legal; if not, return error */ +#ifdef NDEBUG /* treat this like an assertion */ +#define CHECK_POSITION(win, x, y) \ + if (y > win->_maxy \ + || x > win->_maxx \ + || y < 0 \ + || x < 0) { \ + TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT, ("Alert! Win=%p _curx = %d, _cury = %d " \ + "(_maxx = %d, _maxy = %d)", win, x, y, \ + win->_maxx, win->_maxy)); \ + return(ERR); \ + } +#else +#define CHECK_POSITION(win, x, y) /* nothing */ +#endif + +static inline +int waddch_literal(WINDOW *win, chtype ch) +{ +register int x, y; + + x = win->_curx; + y = win->_cury; + + CHECK_POSITION(win, x, y); + + /* + * If we're trying to add a character at the lower-right corner more + * than once, fail. (Moving the cursor will clear the flag). + */ + if (win->_flags & _WRAPPED) { + if (x >= win->_maxx) + return (ERR); + win->_flags &= ~_WRAPPED; + } + + ch = render_char(win, ch); + ch = ch_or_attr(ch,win->_attrs); + TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT, ("win attr = %s", _traceattr(win->_attrs))); + + if (win->_line[y].text[x] != ch) { + if (win->_line[y].firstchar == _NOCHANGE) + win->_line[y].firstchar = win->_line[y].lastchar = x; + else if (x < win->_line[y].firstchar) + win->_line[y].firstchar = x; + else if (x > win->_line[y].lastchar) + win->_line[y].lastchar = x; + + } + + win->_line[y].text[x++] = ch; + TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT, ("(%d, %d) = %s", y, x, _tracechtype(ch))); + if (x > win->_maxx) { + /* + * The _WRAPPED flag is useful only for telling an application + * that we've just wrapped the cursor. We don't do anything + * with this flag except set it when wrapping, and clear it + * whenever we move the cursor. If we try to wrap at the + * lower-right corner of a window, we cannot move the cursor + * (since that wouldn't be legal). So we return an error + * (which is what SVr4 does). Unlike SVr4, we can successfully + * add a character to the lower-right corner. + */ + win->_flags |= _WRAPPED; + if (++y > win->_regbottom) { + y = win->_regbottom; + x = win->_maxx; + if (win->_scroll) + scroll(win); + else { + win->_curx = x; + win->_cury = y; + return (ERR); + } + } + x = 0; + } + + win->_curx = x; + win->_cury = y; + + return OK; +} + +static inline +int waddch_nosync(WINDOW *win, const chtype c) +/* the workhorse function -- add a character to the given window */ +{ +register chtype ch = c; +register int x, y; + + x = win->_curx; + y = win->_cury; + + CHECK_POSITION(win, x, y); + + if (ch & A_ALTCHARSET) + goto noctrl; + + switch ((int)TextOf(ch)) { + case '\t': + x += (TABSIZE-(x%TABSIZE)); + + /* + * Space-fill the tab on the bottom line so that we'll get the + * "correct" cursor position. + */ + if ((! win->_scroll && (y == win->_regbottom)) + || (x <= win->_maxx)) { + while (win->_curx < x) { + if (waddch_literal(win, (' ' | AttrOf(ch))) == ERR) + return(ERR); + } + break; + } else { + wclrtoeol(win); + win->_flags |= _WRAPPED; + if (++y > win->_regbottom) { + x = win->_maxx; + y--; + if (win->_scroll) { + scroll(win); + x = 0; + } + } else { + x = 0; + } + } + break; + case '\n': + wclrtoeol(win); + if (++y > win->_regbottom) { + y--; + if (win->_scroll) + scroll(win); + else + return (ERR); + } + /* FALLTHRU */ + case '\r': + x = 0; + win->_flags &= ~_WRAPPED; + break; + case '\b': + if (x > 0) { + x--; + win->_flags &= ~_WRAPPED; + } + break; + default: + if (is7bits(TextOf(ch)) && iscntrl(TextOf(ch))) + return(waddstr(win, unctrl((unsigned char)ch))); + + /* FALLTHRU */ + noctrl: + return waddch_literal(win, ch); + } + + win->_curx = x; + win->_cury = y; + + return(OK); +} + +int _nc_waddch_nosync(WINDOW *win, const chtype c) +/* export copy of waddch_nosync() so the string-put functions can use it */ +{ + return(waddch_nosync(win, c)); +} + +/* + * The versions below call _nc_synhook(). We wanted to avoid this in the + * version exported for string puts; they'll call _nc_synchook once at end + * of run. + */ + +/* These are actual entry points */ + +int waddch(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch) +{ + int code = ERR; + + TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT|TRACE_CCALLS, (T_CALLED("waddch(%p, %s)"), win, _tracechtype(ch))); + + if (waddch_nosync(win, ch) != ERR) + { + _nc_synchook(win); + code = OK; + } + + TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT|TRACE_CCALLS, (T_RETURN("%d"), code)); + return(code); +} + +int wechochar(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch) +{ + int code = ERR; + + TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT|TRACE_CCALLS, (T_CALLED("wechochar(%p, %s)"), win, _tracechtype(ch))); + + if (waddch_literal(win, ch) != ERR) + { + bool save_immed = win->_immed; + win->_immed = TRUE; + _nc_synchook(win); + win->_immed = save_immed; + code = OK; + } + TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT|TRACE_CCALLS, (T_RETURN("%d"), code)); + return(code); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_addstr.c b/ncurses/lib_addstr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..363d2787 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_addstr.c @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* +** lib_addstr.c +* +** The routines waddnstr(), waddchnstr(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_addstr.c,v 1.11 1997/03/08 21:38:52 tom Exp $") + +int +waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *const astr, int n) +{ +unsigned const char *str = (unsigned const char *)astr; +int code = ERR; + + T((T_CALLED("waddnstr(%p,%s,%d)"), win, _nc_visbuf(astr), n)); + T(("... current %s", _traceattr(win->_attrs))); + + if (str != 0) { + + TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT, ("str is not null")); + code = OK; + if (n < 0) + n = (int)strlen(astr); + + while((n-- > 0) && (*str != '\0')) { + TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT, ("*str = %#x", *str)); + if (_nc_waddch_nosync(win, (chtype)*str++) == ERR) { + code = ERR; + break; + } + } + } + _nc_synchook(win); + TR(TRACE_VIRTPUT, ("waddnstr returns %d", code)); + returnCode(code); +} + +int +waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *const astr, int n) +{ +short oy = win->_cury; +short ox = win->_curx; +const chtype *str = (const chtype *)astr; +int code = OK; + + T((T_CALLED("waddchnstr(%p,%p,%d)"), win, str, n)); + + if (n < 0) { + n = 0; + while (*str++ != 0) + n++; + str = (const chtype *)astr; + } + + while(n-- > 0) { + if (_nc_waddch_nosync(win, *str++) == ERR) { + code = ERR; + break; + } + } + + win->_curx = ox; + win->_cury = oy; + _nc_synchook(win); + returnCode(code); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_baudrate.c b/ncurses/lib_baudrate.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..333fd035 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_baudrate.c @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * lib_baudrate.c + * + */ + +#include +#include /* cur_term, pad_char */ + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_baudrate.c,v 1.7 1997/04/26 17:41:48 tom Exp $") + +/* + * int + * baudrate() + * + * Returns the current terminal's baud rate. + * + */ + +struct speed { + speed_t s; + int sp; +}; + +static struct speed const speeds[] = { + {B0, 0}, + {B50, 50}, + {B75, 75}, + {B110, 110}, + {B134, 134}, + {B150, 150}, + {B200, 200}, + {B300, 300}, + {B600, 600}, + {B1200, 1200}, + {B1800, 1800}, + {B2400, 2400}, + {B4800, 4800}, + {B9600, 9600}, +#define MAX_BAUD B9600 +#ifdef B19200 +#undef MAX_BAUD +#define MAX_BAUD B19200 + {B19200, 19200}, +#else +#ifdef EXTA +#define MAX_BAUD EXTA + {EXTA, 19200}, +#endif +#endif +#ifdef B38400 +#undef MAX_BAUD +#define MAX_BAUD B38400 + {B38400, 38400}, +#else +#ifdef EXTB +#define MAX_BAUD EXTB + {EXTB, 38400}, +#endif +#endif +#ifdef B57600 +#undef MAX_BAUD +#define MAX_BAUD B57600 + {B57600, 57600}, +#endif +#ifdef B115200 +#undef MAX_BAUD +#define MAX_BAUD B115200 + {B115200, 115200}, +#endif +}; + +int +baudrate(void) +{ +size_t i; +int ret; +#ifdef TRACE +char *debug_rate; +#endif + + T((T_CALLED("baudrate()"))); + + /* + * In debugging, allow the environment symbol to override when we're + * redirecting to a file, so we can construct repeatable test-cases + * that take into account costs that depend on baudrate. + */ +#ifdef TRACE + if (!isatty(fileno(SP->_ofp)) + && (debug_rate = getenv("BAUDRATE")) != 0) { + if (sscanf(debug_rate, "%d", &ret) != 1) + ret = 9600; + returnCode(ret); + } + else +#endif + +#ifdef TERMIOS + ret = cfgetospeed(&cur_term->Nttyb); +#else + ret = cur_term->Nttyb.sg_ospeed; +#endif + if(ret < 0 || ret > MAX_BAUD) + returnCode(ERR); + SP->_baudrate = ERR; + for (i = 0; i < (sizeof(speeds) / sizeof(struct speed)); i++) + if (speeds[i].s == (speed_t)ret) + { + SP->_baudrate = speeds[i].sp; + break; + } + returnCode(SP->_baudrate); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_beep.c b/ncurses/lib_beep.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71d4b964 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_beep.c @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * beep.c + * + * Routines beep() and flash() + * + */ + +#include +#include /* beep, flash */ + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_beep.c,v 1.3 1997/02/02 00:27:01 tom Exp $") + +/* + * beep() + * + * Sound the current terminal's audible bell if it has one. If not, + * flash the screen if possible. + * + */ + +int beep(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("beep()"))); + + /* FIXME: should make sure that we are not in altchar mode */ + if (bell) { + TPUTS_TRACE("bell"); + return(putp(bell)); + } else if (flash_screen) { + TPUTS_TRACE("flash_screen"); + return(putp(flash_screen)); + } + else + returnCode(ERR); +} + +/* + * flash() + * + * Flash the current terminal's screen if possible. If not, + * sound the audible bell if one exists. + * + */ + +int flash(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("flash()"))); + + /* FIXME: should make sure that we are not in altchar mode */ + if (flash_screen) { + TPUTS_TRACE("flash_screen"); + returnCode(putp(flash_screen)); + } else if (bell) { + TPUTS_TRACE("bell"); + returnCode(putp(bell)); + } + else + returnCode(ERR); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_bkgd.c b/ncurses/lib_bkgd.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1bf03870 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_bkgd.c @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_bkgd.c,v 1.7 1997/04/12 17:44:37 tom Exp $") + +int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch) +{ +int x, y; +chtype old_bkgd = getbkgd(win); +chtype new_bkgd = ch; + + T((T_CALLED("wbkgd(%p,%s)"), win, _tracechtype(new_bkgd))); + + if (TextOf(new_bkgd) == 0) + new_bkgd |= BLANK; + wbkgdset(win, new_bkgd); + wattrset(win, AttrOf(new_bkgd)); + + for (y = 0; y <= win->_maxy; y++) { + for (x = 0; x <= win->_maxx; x++) { + if (win->_line[y].text[x] == old_bkgd) + win->_line[y].text[x] = new_bkgd; + else + win->_line[y].text[x] = + TextOf(win->_line[y].text[x]) + | AttrOf(new_bkgd); + } + } + touchwin(win); + _nc_synchook(win); + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_box.c b/ncurses/lib_box.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c3288254 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_box.c @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* +** lib_box.c +** +** line drawing routines: +** wborder() +** whline() +** wvline() +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_box.c,v 1.7 1997/04/12 17:51:49 tom Exp $") + +int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, + chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br) +{ +short i; +short endx, endy; + + T((T_CALLED("wborder(%p,%s,%s,%s,%s,%s,%s,%s,%s)"), + win, + _tracechtype2(1,ls), + _tracechtype2(2,rs), + _tracechtype2(3,ts), + _tracechtype2(4,bs), + _tracechtype2(5,tl), + _tracechtype2(6,tr), + _tracechtype2(7,bl), + _tracechtype2(8,br))); + + if (ls == 0) ls = ACS_VLINE; + if (rs == 0) rs = ACS_VLINE; + if (ts == 0) ts = ACS_HLINE; + if (bs == 0) bs = ACS_HLINE; + if (tl == 0) tl = ACS_ULCORNER; + if (tr == 0) tr = ACS_URCORNER; + if (bl == 0) bl = ACS_LLCORNER; + if (br == 0) br = ACS_LRCORNER; + + ls = _nc_render(win, ls); + rs = _nc_render(win, rs); + ts = _nc_render(win, ts); + bs = _nc_render(win, bs); + tl = _nc_render(win, tl); + tr = _nc_render(win, tr); + bl = _nc_render(win, bl); + br = _nc_render(win, br); + + T(("using %#lx, %#lx, %#lx, %#lx, %#lx, %#lx, %#lx, %#lx", ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br)); + + endx = win->_maxx; + endy = win->_maxy; + + for (i = 0; i <= endx; i++) { + win->_line[0].text[i] = ts; + win->_line[endy].text[i] = bs; + } + win->_line[endy].firstchar = win->_line[0].firstchar = 0; + win->_line[endy].lastchar = win->_line[0].lastchar = endx; + + for (i = 0; i <= endy; i++) { + win->_line[i].text[0] = ls; + win->_line[i].text[endx] = rs; + win->_line[i].firstchar = 0; + win->_line[i].lastchar = endx; + } + win->_line[0].text[0] = tl; + win->_line[0].text[endx] = tr; + win->_line[endy].text[0] = bl; + win->_line[endy].text[endx] = br; + + _nc_synchook(win); + returnCode(OK); +} + +int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n) +{ +short line; +short start; +short end; + + T((T_CALLED("whline(%p,%s,%d)"), win, _tracechtype(ch), n)); + + line = win->_cury; + start = win->_curx; + end = start + n - 1; + if (end > win->_maxx) + end = win->_maxx; + + if (win->_line[line].firstchar == _NOCHANGE || win->_line[line].firstchar > start) + win->_line[line].firstchar = start; + if (win->_line[line].lastchar == _NOCHANGE || win->_line[line].lastchar < start) + win->_line[line].lastchar = end; + + if (ch == 0) + ch = ACS_HLINE; + ch = _nc_render(win, ch); + + while ( end >= start) { + win->_line[line].text[end] = ch; + end--; + } + + returnCode(OK); +} + +int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n) +{ +short row, col; +short end; + + T((T_CALLED("wvline(%p,%s,%d)"), win, _tracechtype(ch), n)); + + row = win->_cury; + col = win->_curx; + end = row + n - 1; + if (end > win->_maxy) + end = win->_maxy; + + if (ch == 0) + ch = ACS_VLINE; + ch = _nc_render(win, ch); + + while(end >= row) { + win->_line[end].text[col] = ch; + if (win->_line[end].firstchar == _NOCHANGE || win->_line[end].firstchar > col) + win->_line[end].firstchar = col; + if (win->_line[end].lastchar == _NOCHANGE || win->_line[end].lastchar < col) + win->_line[end].lastchar = col; + end--; + } + + _nc_synchook(win); + returnCode(OK); +} + diff --git a/ncurses/lib_clear.c b/ncurses/lib_clear.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e6485d59 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_clear.c @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* +** lib_clear.c +** +** The routine wclear(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_clear.c,v 1.3 1997/02/01 23:18:18 tom Exp $") + +int wclear(WINDOW *win) +{ + T((T_CALLED("wclear(%p)"), win)); + + werase(win); + + win->_clear = TRUE; + + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_clrbot.c b/ncurses/lib_clrbot.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f0ebda9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_clrbot.c @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* +** lib_clrbot.c +** +** The routine wclrtobot(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_clrbot.c,v 1.9 1997/02/01 23:18:18 tom Exp $") + +int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win) +{ +chtype *ptr, *end, *maxx = NULL; +short y, startx, minx; + + T((T_CALLED("wclrtobot(%p)"), win)); + + startx = win->_curx; + + T(("clearing from y = %d to y = %d with maxx = %d", win->_cury, win->_maxy, win->_maxx)); + + for (y = win->_cury; y <= win->_maxy; y++) { + minx = _NOCHANGE; + end = &win->_line[y].text[win->_maxx]; + + for (ptr = &win->_line[y].text[startx]; ptr <= end; ptr++) { + chtype blank = _nc_background(win); + + if (*ptr != blank) { + maxx = ptr; + if (minx == _NOCHANGE) + minx = ptr - win->_line[y].text; + *ptr = blank; + } + } + + if (minx != _NOCHANGE) { + if (win->_line[y].firstchar > minx + || win->_line[y].firstchar == _NOCHANGE) + win->_line[y].firstchar = minx; + + if (win->_line[y].lastchar < maxx - win->_line[y].text) + win->_line[y].lastchar = maxx - win->_line[y].text; + } + + startx = 0; + } + _nc_synchook(win); + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_clreol.c b/ncurses/lib_clreol.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47dd89a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_clreol.c @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* +** lib_clreol.c +** +** The routine wclrtoeol(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_clreol.c,v 1.9 1997/02/01 23:22:54 tom Exp $") + +int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win) +{ +chtype *maxx, *ptr, *end; +short y, x, minx; + + T((T_CALLED("wclrtoeol(%p)"), win)); + + y = win->_cury; + x = win->_curx; + + /* + * We don't want to clear if we just wrapped the cursor. There's no + * point in clearing if we're not on a legal position, either. + */ + if (win->_flags & _WRAPPED + || y > win->_maxy + || x > win->_maxx) + returnCode(ERR); + + end = &win->_line[y].text[win->_maxx]; + minx = _NOCHANGE; + maxx = &win->_line[y].text[x]; + + for (ptr = maxx; ptr <= end; ptr++) { + chtype blank = _nc_background(win); + + if (*ptr != blank) { + maxx = ptr; + if (minx == _NOCHANGE) + minx = ptr - win->_line[y].text; + *ptr = blank; + } + } + + if (minx != _NOCHANGE) { + if (win->_line[y].firstchar > minx || win->_line[y].firstchar == _NOCHANGE) + win->_line[y].firstchar = minx; + + if (win->_line[y].lastchar < maxx - win->_line[y].text) + win->_line[y].lastchar = maxx - win->_line[y].text; + } + _nc_synchook(win); + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_color.c b/ncurses/lib_color.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0f2d5b33 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_color.c @@ -0,0 +1,380 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* lib_color.c + * + * Handles color emulation of SYS V curses + * + */ + +#include + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_color.c,v 1.17 1997/05/03 19:16:05 tom Exp $") + +/* + * These should be screen structure members. They need to be globals for + * hystorical reasons. So we assign them in start_color() and also in + * set_term()'s screen-switching logic. + */ +int COLOR_PAIRS; +int COLORS; + +static const color_t cga_palette[] = +{ + /* R G B */ + {0, 0, 0}, /* COLOR_BLACK */ + {1000, 0, 0}, /* COLOR_RED */ + {0, 1000, 0}, /* COLOR_GREEN */ + {1000, 1000, 0}, /* COLOR_YELLOW */ + {0, 0, 1000}, /* COLOR_BLUE */ + {1000, 0, 1000}, /* COLOR_MAGENTA */ + {0, 1000, 1000}, /* COLOR_CYAN */ + {1000, 1000, 1000}, /* COLOR_WHITE */ +}; +static const color_t hls_palette[] = +{ + /* H L S */ + {0, 0, 0}, /* COLOR_BLACK */ + {120, 50, 100}, /* COLOR_RED */ + {240, 50, 100}, /* COLOR_GREEN */ + {180, 50, 100}, /* COLOR_YELLOW */ + {330, 50, 100}, /* COLOR_BLUE */ + {60, 50, 100}, /* COLOR_MAGENTA */ + {300, 50, 100}, /* COLOR_CYAN */ + {0, 50, 100}, /* COLOR_WHITE */ +}; + +int start_color(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("start_color()"))); + +#ifdef orig_pair + if (orig_pair != NULL) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("orig_pair"); + putp(orig_pair); + } +#endif /* orig_pair */ +#ifdef orig_colors + if (orig_colors != NULL) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("orig_colors"); + putp(orig_colors); + } +#endif /* orig_colors */ +#if defined(orig_pair) && defined(orig_colors) + if (!orig_pair && !orig_colors) + returnCode(ERR); +#endif /* defined(orig_pair) && defined(orig_colors) */ + if (max_pairs != -1) + COLOR_PAIRS = SP->_pair_count = max_pairs; + else + returnCode(ERR); + SP->_color_pairs = typeCalloc(unsigned short, max_pairs); + SP->_color_pairs[0] = PAIR_OF(COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK); + if (max_colors != -1) + COLORS = SP->_color_count = max_colors; + else + returnCode(ERR); + SP->_coloron = 1; + + SP->_color_table = malloc(sizeof(color_t) * COLORS); +#ifdef hue_lightness_saturation + if (hue_lightness_saturation) + memcpy(SP->_color_table, hls_palette, sizeof(color_t) * COLORS); + else +#endif /* hue_lightness_saturation */ + memcpy(SP->_color_table, cga_palette, sizeof(color_t) * COLORS); + + if (orig_colors) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("orig_colors"); + putp(orig_colors); + } + + T(("started color: COLORS = %d, COLOR_PAIRS = %d", COLORS, COLOR_PAIRS)); + + returnCode(OK); +} + +#ifdef hue_lightness_saturation +static void rgb2hls(short r, short g, short b, short *h, short *l, short *s) +/* convert RGB to HLS system */ +{ + short min, max, t; + + if ((min = g < r ? g : r) > b) min = b; + if ((max = g > r ? g : r) < b) max = b; + + /* calculate lightness */ + *l = (min + max) / 20; + + if (min == max) /* black, white and all shades of gray */ + { + *h = 0; + *s = 0; + return; + } + + /* calculate saturation */ + if (*l < 50) + *s = ((max - min) * 100) / (max + min); + else *s = ((max - min) * 100) / (2000 - max - min); + + /* calculate hue */ + if (r == max) + t = 120 + ((g - b) * 60) / (max - min); + else + if (g == max) + t = 240 + ((b - r) * 60) / (max - min); + else + t = 360 + ((r - g) * 60) / (max - min); + + *h = t % 360; +} +#endif /* hue_lightness_saturation */ + +/* + * Extension (1997/1/18) - Allow negative f/b values to set default color + * values. + */ +int init_pair(short pair, short f, short b) +{ + T((T_CALLED("init_pair(%d,%d,%d)"), pair, f, b)); + + if ((pair < 1) || (pair >= COLOR_PAIRS)) + returnCode(ERR); + if (SP->_default_color) + { + if (f < 0) + f = C_MASK; + if (b < 0) + b = C_MASK; + if (f >= COLORS && f != C_MASK) + returnCode(ERR); + if (b >= COLORS && b != C_MASK) + returnCode(ERR); + } + else + if ((f < 0) || (f >= COLORS) + || (b < 0) || (b >= COLORS)) + returnCode(ERR); + + /* + * FIXME: when a pair's content is changed, replace its colors + * (if pair was initialized before a screen update is performed + * replacing original pair colors with the new ones) + */ + + SP->_color_pairs[pair] = PAIR_OF(f,b); + + if (initialize_pair) + { + const color_t *tp = hue_lightness_saturation ? hls_palette : cga_palette; + + T(("initializing pair: pair = %d, fg=(%d,%d,%d), bg=(%d,%d,%d)", + pair, + tp[f].red, tp[f].green, tp[f].blue, + tp[b].red, tp[b].green, tp[b].blue)); + + if (initialize_pair) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("initialize_pair"); + putp(tparm(initialize_pair, + pair, + tp[f].red, tp[f].green, tp[f].blue, + tp[b].red, tp[b].green, tp[b].blue)); + } + } + + returnCode(OK); +} + +int init_color(short color, short r, short g, short b) +{ + T((T_CALLED("init_color(%d,%d,%d,%d)"), color, r, g, b)); +#ifdef initialize_color + if (initialize_color == NULL) + returnCode(ERR); +#endif /* initialize_color */ + + if (color < 0 || color >= COLORS) + returnCode(ERR); +#ifdef hue_lightness_saturation + if (hue_lightness_saturation == TRUE) + if (r < 0 || r > 360 || g < 0 || g > 100 || b < 0 || b > 100) + returnCode(ERR); + if (hue_lightness_saturation == FALSE) +#endif /* hue_lightness_saturation */ + if (r < 0 || r > 1000 || g < 0 || g > 1000 || b < 0 || b > 1000) + returnCode(ERR); + +#ifdef hue_lightness_saturation + if (hue_lightness_saturation) + rgb2hls(r, g, b, + &SP->_color_table[color].red, + &SP->_color_table[color].green, + &SP->_color_table[color].blue); + else +#endif /* hue_lightness_saturation */ + { + SP->_color_table[color].red = r; + SP->_color_table[color].green = g; + SP->_color_table[color].blue = b; + } + +#ifdef initialize_color + if (initialize_color) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("initialize_color"); + putp(tparm(initialize_color, color, r, g, b)); + } +#endif /* initialize_color */ + returnCode(OK); +} + +bool can_change_color(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("can_change_color()"))); + returnCode(can_change != 0); +} + +bool has_colors(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("has_colors()"))); + returnCode((orig_pair != NULL || orig_colors != NULL) + && (max_colors != -1) && (max_pairs != -1) + && + (((set_foreground != NULL) && (set_background != NULL)) + || ((set_a_foreground != NULL) && (set_a_background != NULL)) + || set_color_pair) + ); +} + +int color_content(short color, short *r, short *g, short *b) +{ + T((T_CALLED("color_content(%d,%p,%p,%p)"), color, r, g, b)); + if (color < 0 || color > COLORS) + returnCode(ERR); + + *r = SP->_color_table[color].red; + *g = SP->_color_table[color].green; + *b = SP->_color_table[color].blue; + returnCode(OK); +} + +int pair_content(short pair, short *f, short *b) +{ + T((T_CALLED("pair_content(%d,%p,%p)"), pair, f, b)); + + if ((pair < 0) || (pair > COLOR_PAIRS)) + returnCode(ERR); + *f = ((SP->_color_pairs[pair] >> C_SHIFT) & C_MASK); + *b = (SP->_color_pairs[pair] & C_MASK); + + returnCode(OK); +} + +/* + * SVr4 curses is known to interchange color codes (1,4) and (3,6), possibly + * to maintain compatibility with a pre-ANSI scheme. The same scheme is + * also used in the FreeBSD syscons. + */ +static int toggled_colors(int c) +{ + if (c < 16) { + static const int table[] = + { 0, 4, 2, 6, 1, 5, 3, 7, + 8, 12, 10, 14, 9, 13, 11, 15}; + c = table[c]; + } + return c; +} + +void _nc_do_color(int pair, int (*outc)(int)) +{ + short fg, bg; + + if (pair == 0) + { + if (orig_pair) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("orig_pair"); + tputs(orig_pair, 1, outc); + } + } + else + { + if (set_color_pair) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("set_color_pair"); + tputs(tparm(set_color_pair, pair), 1, outc); + } + else + { + pair_content(pair, &fg, &bg); + + T(("setting colors: pair = %d, fg = %d, bg = %d", pair, fg, bg)); + + if (fg == C_MASK || bg == C_MASK) + { + if (orig_pair) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("orig_pair"); + tputs(orig_pair, 1, outc); + } + else + { + TPUTS_TRACE("orig_colors"); + tputs(orig_colors, 1, outc); + } + } + if (fg != C_MASK) + { + if (set_a_foreground) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("set_a_foreground"); + tputs(tparm(set_a_foreground, fg), 1, outc); + } + else + { + TPUTS_TRACE("set_foreground"); + tputs(tparm(set_foreground, toggled_colors(fg)), 1, outc); + } + } + if (bg != C_MASK) + { + if (set_a_background) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("set_a_background"); + tputs(tparm(set_a_background, bg), 1, outc); + } + else + { + TPUTS_TRACE("set_background"); + tputs(tparm(set_background, toggled_colors(bg)), 1, outc); + } + } + } + } +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_data.c b/ncurses/lib_data.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57f41294 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_data.c @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* +** lib_data.c +** +** Common data that may/may not be allocated, but is referenced globally +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_data.c,v 1.8 1997/01/18 23:02:54 tom Exp $") + +WINDOW *stdscr, *curscr, *newscr; + +/* + * Linked-list of all windows, to support '_nc_resizeall()' and '_nc_freeall()' + */ +WINDOWLIST *_nc_windows; + +/* + * These data correspond to the state of the idcok() and idlok() functions. A + * caveat is in order here: the XSI and SVr4 documentation specify that these + * functions apply to the window which is given as an argument. However, + * ncurses implements this logic only for the newscr/curscr update process, + * _not_ per-window. + */ +bool _nc_idcok = TRUE; +bool _nc_idlok = FALSE; + +/* + * The variable 'SP' will be defined as a function on systems that cannot link + * data-only modules, since it is used in a lot of places within ncurses and we + * cannot guarantee that any application will use any particular function. We + * put the WINDOW variables in this module, because it appears that any + * application that uses them will also use 'SP'. + * + * This module intentionally does not reference other ncurses modules, to avoid + * module coupling that increases the size of the executable. + */ +#if BROKEN_LINKER +static SCREEN *my_screen; + +SCREEN *_nc_screen(void) +{ + return my_screen; +} + +int _nc_alloc_screen(void) +{ + return ((my_screen = typeCalloc(SCREEN, 1)) != 0); +} + +void _nc_set_screen(SCREEN *sp) +{ + my_screen = sp; +} +#else +SCREEN *SP; +#endif diff --git a/ncurses/lib_delch.c b/ncurses/lib_delch.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..16d89430 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_delch.c @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* +** lib_delch.c +** +** The routine wdelch(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_delch.c,v 1.5 1997/02/01 23:18:18 tom Exp $") + +int wdelch(WINDOW *win) +{ +chtype *temp1, *temp2; +chtype *end; +chtype blank = _nc_background(win); + + T((T_CALLED("wdelch(%p)"), win)); + + end = &win->_line[win->_cury].text[win->_maxx]; + temp2 = &win->_line[win->_cury].text[win->_curx + 1]; + temp1 = temp2 - 1; + + while (temp1 < end) + *temp1++ = *temp2++; + + *temp1 = blank; + + win->_line[win->_cury].lastchar = win->_maxx; + + if (win->_line[win->_cury].firstchar == _NOCHANGE + || win->_line[win->_cury].firstchar > win->_curx) + win->_line[win->_cury].firstchar = win->_curx; + + _nc_synchook(win); + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_delwin.c b/ncurses/lib_delwin.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f35ec4e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_delwin.c @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* +** lib_delwin.c +** +** The routine delwin(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_delwin.c,v 1.8 1997/02/01 23:22:54 tom Exp $") + +static bool have_children(WINDOW *win) +{ + WINDOWLIST *p; + for (p = _nc_windows; p != 0; p = p->next) { + if (p->win->_flags & _SUBWIN + && p->win->_parent == win) + return TRUE; + } + return FALSE; +} + +int delwin(WINDOW *win) +{ + T((T_CALLED("delwin(%p)"), win)); + + if (win == 0 + || have_children(win)) + returnCode(ERR); + + if (win->_flags & _SUBWIN) + touchwin(win->_parent); + else if (curscr != 0) + touchwin(curscr); + + _nc_freewin(win); + + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_dft_fgbg.c b/ncurses/lib_dft_fgbg.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..075b27a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_dft_fgbg.c @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * Copyright 1997 by Thomas E. Dickey * + * All Rights Reserved. * + * * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * + * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * + * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * + * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) * + * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * + * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED * + * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, * + * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO * + * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY * + * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER * + * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF * + * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN * + * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * + ******************************************************************************/ +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_dft_fgbg.c,v 1.2 1997/02/02 01:45:36 tom Exp $") + +/* + * Modify the behavior of color-pair 0 so that the library doesn't assume that + * it is black on white. This is an extension to XSI curses. + * + * Invoke this function after 'start_color()'. + */ +int +use_default_colors(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("use_default_colors()"))); + + if (!SP->_coloron) + returnCode(ERR); + + if (!orig_pair && !orig_colors) + returnCode(ERR); + + if (initialize_pair) /* don't know how to handle this */ + returnCode(ERR); + + SP->_default_color = TRUE; + SP->_color_pairs[0] = PAIR_OF(C_MASK, C_MASK); + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_doupdate.c b/ncurses/lib_doupdate.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..20ac96c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_doupdate.c @@ -0,0 +1,1208 @@ +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/*----------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * lib_doupdate.c + * + * The routine doupdate() and its dependents. Also _nc_outstr(), + * so all physical output is concentrated here (except _nc_outch() + * in lib_tputs.c). + * + *-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include + +#if defined(TRACE) && HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H && HAVE_TIMES +#define USE_TRACE_TIMES 1 +#else +#define USE_TRACE_TIMES 0 +#endif + +#if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H && ! SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO +#include +#endif + +#if USE_TRACE_TIMES +#include +#endif + +#if USE_FUNC_POLL +#include +#include +#elif HAVE_SELECT +#if HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H +#include +#endif +#endif + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_doupdate.c,v 1.60 1997/05/03 19:32:55 Alexander.V.Lukyanov Exp $") + +/* + * This define controls the line-breakout optimization. Every once in a + * while during screen refresh, we want to check for input and abort the + * update if there's some waiting. CHECK_INTERVAL controls the number of + * changed lines to be emitted between input checks. + * + * Note: Input-check-and-abort is no longer done if the screen is being + * updated from scratch. This is a feature, not a bug. + */ +#define CHECK_INTERVAL 6 + +/* + * Enable checking to see if doupdate and friends are tracking the true + * cursor position correctly. NOTE: this is a debugging hack which will + * work ONLY on ANSI-compatible terminals! + */ +/* #define POSITION_DEBUG */ + +static inline chtype ClrBlank ( WINDOW *win ); +static inline chtype ClrSetup ( WINDOW *scr ); +static int ClrBottom(int total); +static int InsStr( chtype *line, int count ); +static void ClearScreen( void ); +static void ClrUpdate( WINDOW *scr ); +static void DelChar( int count ); +static void TransformLine( int const lineno ); + +#ifdef POSITION_DEBUG +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Debugging code. Only works on ANSI-standard terminals. + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +void position_check(int expected_y, int expected_x, char *legend) +/* check to see if the real cursor position matches the virtual */ +{ + static char buf[9]; + int y, x; + + if (_nc_tracing) + return; + + memset(buf, '\0', sizeof(buf)); + (void) write(1, "\033[6n", 4); /* only works on ANSI-compatibles */ + (void) read(0, (void *)buf, 8); + _tracef("probe returned %s", _nc_visbuf(buf)); + + /* try to interpret as a position report */ + if (sscanf(buf, "\033[%d;%dR", &y, &x) != 2) + _tracef("position probe failed in %s", legend); + else if (y - 1 != expected_y || x - 1 != expected_x) + _tracef("position seen (%d, %d) doesn't match expected one (%d, %d) in %s", + y-1, x-1, expected_y, expected_x, legend); + else + _tracef("position matches OK in %s", legend); +} +#endif /* POSITION_DEBUG */ + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Optimized update code + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +static inline void GoTo(int const row, int const col) +{ + chtype oldattr = SP->_current_attr; + + TR(TRACE_MOVE, ("GoTo(%d, %d) from (%d, %d)", + row, col, SP->_cursrow, SP->_curscol)); + +#ifdef POSITION_DEBUG + position_check(SP->_cursrow, SP->_curscol, "GoTo"); +#endif /* POSITION_DEBUG */ + + /* + * Force restore even if msgr is on when we're in an alternate + * character set -- these have a strong tendency to screw up the + * CR & LF used for local character motions! + */ + if ((oldattr & A_ALTCHARSET) + || (oldattr && !move_standout_mode)) + { + TR(TRACE_CHARPUT, ("turning off (%#lx) %s before move", + oldattr, _traceattr(oldattr))); + vidattr(A_NORMAL); + } + + mvcur(SP->_cursrow, SP->_curscol, row, col); + SP->_cursrow = row; + SP->_curscol = col; +} + +static inline void PutAttrChar(chtype ch) +{ + if (tilde_glitch && (TextOf(ch) == '~')) + ch = ('`' | AttrOf(ch)); + + TR(TRACE_CHARPUT, ("PutAttrChar(%s) at (%d, %d)", + _tracechtype(ch), + SP->_cursrow, SP->_curscol)); + UpdateAttrs(ch); + putc((int)TextOf(ch), SP->_ofp); +#ifdef TRACE + _nc_outchars++; +#endif /* TRACE */ + SP->_curscol++; + if (char_padding) { + TPUTS_TRACE("char_padding"); + putp(char_padding); + } +} + +static bool check_pending(void) +/* check for pending input */ +{ + if (SP->_checkfd >= 0) { +#if USE_FUNC_POLL + struct pollfd fds[1]; + fds[0].fd = SP->_checkfd; + fds[0].events = POLLIN; + if (poll(fds, 1, 0) > 0) + { + fflush(SP->_ofp); + return TRUE; + } +#elif HAVE_SELECT + fd_set fdset; + struct timeval ktimeout; + + ktimeout.tv_sec = + ktimeout.tv_usec = 0; + + FD_ZERO(&fdset); + FD_SET(SP->_checkfd, &fdset); + if (select(SP->_checkfd+1, &fdset, NULL, NULL, &ktimeout) > 0) + { + fflush(SP->_ofp); + return TRUE; + } +#endif + } + return FALSE; +} + +/* + * No one supports recursive inline functions. However, gcc is quieter if we + * instantiate the recursive part separately. + */ +#if CC_HAS_INLINE_FUNCS +static void callPutChar(chtype const); +#else +#define callPutChar(ch) PutChar(ch) +#endif + +static inline void PutChar(chtype const ch) +/* insert character, handling automargin stuff */ +{ + if (!(SP->_cursrow == screen_lines-1 && SP->_curscol == screen_columns-1 + && auto_right_margin && !eat_newline_glitch)) + { + PutAttrChar(ch); /* normal case */ + } + else if (!auto_right_margin /* maybe we can suppress automargin */ + || (enter_am_mode && exit_am_mode)) + { + bool old_am = auto_right_margin; + + if (old_am) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("exit_am_mode"); + putp(exit_am_mode); + } + PutAttrChar(ch); + if (old_am) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("enter_am_mode"); + putp(enter_am_mode); + } + } + else + { + GoTo(screen_lines-1,screen_columns-2); + callPutChar(ch); + GoTo(screen_lines-1,screen_columns-2); + if (InsStr(newscr->_line[screen_lines-1].text+screen_columns-2,1)==ERR) + return; + } + + if (SP->_curscol >= screen_columns) + { + if (eat_newline_glitch) + { + /* + * xenl can manifest two different ways. The vt100 + * way is that, when you'd expect the cursor to wrap, + * it stays hung at the right margin (on top of the + * character just emitted) and doesn't wrap until the + * *next* graphic char is emitted. The c100 way is + * to ignore LF received just after an am wrap. + * + * An aggressive way to handle this would be to + * emit CR/LF after the char and then assume the wrap + * is done, you're on the first position of the next + * line, and the terminal out of its weird state. + * Here it's safe to just tell the code that the + * cursor is in hyperspace and let the next mvcur() + * call straighten things out. + */ + SP->_curscol = -1; + SP->_cursrow = -1; + } + else if (auto_right_margin) + { + SP->_curscol = 0; + SP->_cursrow++; + } + else + { + SP->_curscol--; + } + } +#ifdef POSITION_DEBUG + position_check(SP->_cursrow, SP->_curscol, "PutChar"); +#endif /* POSITION_DEBUG */ +} + +/* + * Issue a given span of characters from an array. + * Must be functionally equivalent to: + * for (i = 0; i < num; i++) + * PutChar(ntext[i]); + * but can leave the cursor positioned at the middle of the interval. + * + * Returns: 0 - cursor is at the end of interval + * 1 - cursor is somewhere in the middle + * + * This code is optimized using ech and rep. + */ +static inline int EmitRange(const chtype *ntext, int num) +{ + int i; + + if (erase_chars || repeat_char) + { + while (num > 0) + { + int runcount; + chtype ntext0; + + while (num>1 && ntext[0]!=ntext[1]) + { + PutChar(ntext[0]); + ntext++; + num--; + } + ntext0 = ntext[0]; + if (num==1) + { + PutChar(ntext0); + return 0; + } + runcount = 2; + + while (runcount < num && ntext[runcount] == ntext0) + runcount++; + + /* + * The cost expression in the middle isn't exactly right. + * _cup_cost is an upper bound on the cost for moving to the + * end of the erased area, but not the cost itself (which we + * can't compute without emitting the move). This may result + * in erase_chars not getting used in some situations for + * which it would be marginally advantageous. + */ + if (erase_chars + && runcount > SP->_ech_cost + SP->_cup_cost + && can_clear_with(ntext0)) + { + UpdateAttrs(ntext0); + putp(tparm(erase_chars, runcount)); + + /* + * If this is the last part of the given interval, + * don't bother moving cursor, since it can be the + * last update on the line. + */ + if (runcount < num) + GoTo(SP->_cursrow, SP->_curscol + runcount); + else + return 1; /* cursor stays in the middle */ + } + else if (repeat_char && runcount > SP->_rep_cost) + { + bool wrap_possible = (SP->_curscol + runcount >= screen_columns); + int rep_count = runcount; + + if (wrap_possible) + rep_count--; + + UpdateAttrs(ntext0); + putp(tparm(repeat_char, TextOf(ntext0), rep_count)); + SP->_curscol += rep_count; + + if (wrap_possible) + PutChar(ntext0); + } + else + { + for (i = 0; i < runcount; i++) + PutChar(ntext[i]); + } + ntext += runcount; + num -= runcount; + } + return 0; + } + + for (i = 0; i < num; i++) + PutChar(ntext[i]); + return 0; +} + +/* + * Output the line in the given range [first .. last] + * + * If there's a run of identical characters that's long enough to justify + * cursor movement, use that also. + * + * Returns: same as EmitRange + */ +static int PutRange( + const chtype *otext, + const chtype *ntext, + int row, + int first, int last) +{ + int j, run; + int cost = min(SP->_cup_ch_cost, SP->_hpa_ch_cost); + + TR(TRACE_CHARPUT, ("PutRange(%p, %p, %d, %d, %d)", + otext, ntext, row, first, last)); + + if (otext != ntext + && (last-first+1) > cost) { + for (j = first, run = 0; j <= last; j++) { + if (otext[j] == ntext[j]) { + run++; + } else { + if (run > cost) { + int before_run = (j - run); + EmitRange(ntext+first, before_run-first); + GoTo(row, first = j); + } + run = 0; + } + } + } + return EmitRange(ntext + first, last-first+1); +} + +#if CC_HAS_INLINE_FUNCS +static void callPutChar(chtype const ch) +{ + PutChar(ch); +} +#endif + +#define MARK_NOCHANGE(win,row) \ + { \ + win->_line[row].firstchar = _NOCHANGE; \ + win->_line[row].lastchar = _NOCHANGE; \ + win->_line[row].oldindex = row; \ + } + +int doupdate(void) +{ +int i; +int nonempty; +#if USE_TRACE_TIMES +struct tms before, after; +#endif /* USE_TRACE_TIMES */ + + T((T_CALLED("doupdate()"))); + +#ifdef TRACE + if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_UPDATE) + { + if (curscr->_clear) + _tracef("curscr is clear"); + else + _tracedump("curscr", curscr); + _tracedump("newscr", newscr); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + _nc_signal_handler(FALSE); + + if (SP->_endwin == TRUE) { + + T(("coming back from shell mode")); + reset_prog_mode(); + + /* + * This is a transparent extension: XSI does not address it, + * and applications need not know that ncurses can do it. + * + * Check if the terminal size has changed while curses was off + * (this can happen in an xterm, for example), and resize the + * ncurses data structures accordingly. + */ + _nc_get_screensize(); + resizeterm(LINES, COLS); + + _nc_mvcur_resume(); + _nc_mouse_resume(SP); + newscr->_clear = TRUE; + SP->_endwin = FALSE; + } + +#if USE_TRACE_TIMES + /* zero the metering machinery */ + _nc_outchars = 0; + (void) times(&before); +#endif /* USE_TRACE_TIMES */ + + /* + * This is the support for magic-cookie terminals. The + * theory: we scan the virtual screen looking for attribute + * turnons. Where we find one, check to make sure it's + * realizable by seeing if the required number of + * un-attributed blanks are present before and after the + * attributed range; try to shift the range boundaries over + * blanks (not changing the screen display) so this becomes + * true. If it is, shift the beginning attribute change + * appropriately (the end one, if we've gotten this far, is + * guaranteed room for its cookie). If not, nuke the added + * attributes out of the span. + */ + if (magic_cookie_glitch > 0) { + int j, k; + attr_t rattr = A_NORMAL; + + for (i = 0; i < screen_lines; i++) + for (j = 0; j < screen_columns; j++) + { + bool failed = FALSE; + chtype turnon = AttrOf(newscr->_line[i].text[j]) & ~rattr; + + /* is an attribute turned on here? */ + if (turnon == 0) + continue; + + T(("At (%d, %d): from %s...", i, j, _traceattr(rattr))); + T(("...to %s",_traceattr(turnon))); + + /* + * If the attribute change location is a blank with a + * "safe" attribute, undo the attribute turnon. This may + * ensure there's enough room to set the attribute before + * the first non-blank in the run. + */ +#define SAFE(a) !((a) & ~NONBLANK_ATTR) + if (TextOf(newscr->_line[i].text[j])==' ' && SAFE(turnon)) + { + newscr->_line[i].text[j] &= ~turnon; + continue; + } + + /* check that there's enough room at start of span */ + for (k = 1; k <= magic_cookie_glitch; k++) + if (j-k < 0 + || TextOf(newscr->_line[i].text[j-k]) != ' ' + || !SAFE(AttrOf(newscr->_line[i].text[j-k]))) + failed = TRUE; + if (!failed) + { + bool end_onscreen = FALSE; + int m, n = -1; + + /* find end of span, if it's onscreen */ + for (m = i; m < screen_lines; m++) + for (n = j; n < screen_columns; n++) + if (AttrOf(newscr->_line[m].text[n]) == rattr) + { + end_onscreen = TRUE; + T(("Range attributed with %s ends at (%d, %d)", + _traceattr(turnon),m,n)); + goto foundit; + } + T(("Range attributed with %s ends offscreen", + _traceattr(turnon))); + foundit:; + + if (end_onscreen) + { + chtype *lastline = newscr->_line[m].text; + + /* + * If there are safely-attributed blanks at the + * end of the range, shorten the range. This will + * help ensure that there is enough room at end + * of span. + */ + while (n >= 0 + && TextOf(lastline[n]) == ' ' + && SAFE(AttrOf(lastline[n]))) + lastline[n--] &=~ turnon; + + /* check that there's enough room at end of span */ + for (k = 1; k <= magic_cookie_glitch; k++) + if (n + k >= screen_columns + || TextOf(lastline[n + k]) != ' ' + || !SAFE(AttrOf(lastline[n+k]))) + failed = TRUE; + } + } + + if (failed) + { + int p, q; + + T(("Clearing %s beginning at (%d, %d)", + _traceattr(turnon), i, j)); + + /* turn off new attributes over span */ + for (p = i; p < screen_lines; p++) + for (q = j; q < screen_columns; q++) + if (AttrOf(newscr->_line[p].text[q]) == rattr) + goto foundend; + else + newscr->_line[p].text[q] &=~ turnon; + foundend:; + } + else + { + T(("Cookie space for %s found before (%d, %d)", + _traceattr(turnon), i, j)); + + /* + * back up the start of range so there's room + * for cookies before the first nonblank character + */ + for (k = 1; k <= magic_cookie_glitch; k++) + newscr->_line[i].text[j-k] |= turnon; + } + + rattr = AttrOf(newscr->_line[i].text[j]); + } + +#ifdef TRACE + /* show altered highlights after magic-cookie check */ + if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_UPDATE) + { + _tracef("After magic-cookie check..."); + _tracedump("newscr", newscr); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + } + + nonempty = 0; + if (curscr->_clear) { /* force refresh ? */ + T(("clearing and updating curscr")); + ClrUpdate(newscr); /* yes, clear all & update */ + curscr->_clear = FALSE; /* reset flag */ + } else if (newscr->_clear) { + T(("clearing and updating newscr")); + ClrUpdate(newscr); + newscr->_clear = FALSE; + } else { + int changedlines; + + nonempty = min(screen_lines, newscr->_maxy+1); +#if 0 /* still 5% slower 960928 */ +#if defined(TRACE) || defined(NCURSES_TEST) + if (_nc_optimize_enable & OPTIMIZE_HASHMAP) +#endif /*TRACE */ + _nc_hash_map(); +#endif +#if defined(TRACE) || defined(NCURSES_TEST) + if (_nc_optimize_enable & OPTIMIZE_SCROLL) +#endif /*TRACE */ + _nc_scroll_optimize(); + + if (clr_eos) + nonempty = ClrBottom(nonempty); + + T(("Transforming lines, nonempty %d", nonempty)); + for (i = changedlines = 0; i < nonempty; i++) { + /* + * newscr->line[i].firstchar is normally set + * by wnoutrefresh. curscr->line[i].firstchar + * is normally set by _nc_scroll_window in the + * vertical-movement optimization code, + */ + if (newscr->_line[i].firstchar != _NOCHANGE + || curscr->_line[i].firstchar != _NOCHANGE) + { + TransformLine(i); + changedlines++; + } + + /* mark line changed successfully */ + if (i <= newscr->_maxy) + MARK_NOCHANGE(newscr,i) + if (i <= curscr->_maxy) + MARK_NOCHANGE(curscr,i) + + /* + * Here is our line-breakout optimization. + */ + if ((changedlines % CHECK_INTERVAL) == CHECK_INTERVAL-1 + && check_pending()) + goto cleanup; + } + } + + /* put everything back in sync */ + for (i = nonempty; i <= newscr->_maxy; i++) + MARK_NOCHANGE(newscr,i) + for (i = nonempty; i <= curscr->_maxy; i++) + MARK_NOCHANGE(curscr,i) + + curscr->_curx = newscr->_curx; + curscr->_cury = newscr->_cury; + + GoTo(curscr->_cury, curscr->_curx); + + cleanup: + /* + * Keep the physical screen in normal mode in case we get other + * processes writing to the screen. + */ + UpdateAttrs(A_NORMAL); + + fflush(SP->_ofp); + curscr->_attrs = newscr->_attrs; +/* curscr->_bkgd = newscr->_bkgd; */ + +#if USE_TRACE_TIMES + (void) times(&after); + TR(TRACE_TIMES, ("Update cost: %ld chars, %ld clocks system time, %ld clocks user time", + _nc_outchars, + after.tms_stime-before.tms_stime, + after.tms_utime-before.tms_utime)); +#endif /* USE_TRACE_TIMES */ + + _nc_signal_handler(TRUE); + + returnCode(OK); +} + +/* + * ClrBlank(win) + * + * Returns the attributed character that corresponds to the "cleared" + * screen. If the terminal has the back-color-erase feature, this will be + * colored according to the wbkgd() call. (Other attributes are + * unspecified, hence assumed to be reset in accordance with + * 'ClrSetup()'). + * + * We treat 'curscr' specially because it isn't supposed to be set directly + * in the wbkgd() call. Assume 'stdscr' for this case. + */ +#define BCE_ATTRS (A_NORMAL|A_COLOR) +#define BCE_BKGD(win) (((win) == curscr ? stdscr : (win))->_bkgd) + +static inline chtype ClrBlank (WINDOW *win) +{ +chtype blank = BLANK; + if (back_color_erase) + blank |= (BCE_BKGD(win) & BCE_ATTRS); + return blank; +} + +/* + * ClrSetup(win) + * + * Ensures that if the terminal recognizes back-color-erase, that we + * set the video attributes to match the window's background color + * before an erase operation. + */ +static inline chtype ClrSetup (WINDOW *win) +{ + if (back_color_erase) + vidattr(BCE_BKGD(win) & BCE_ATTRS); + return ClrBlank(win); +} + +/* +** ClrUpdate(scr) +** +** Update by clearing and redrawing the entire screen. +** +*/ + +static void ClrUpdate(WINDOW *scr) +{ +int i = 0, j = 0; +int lastNonBlank; +chtype blank = ClrSetup(scr); + + T(("ClrUpdate(%p) called", scr)); + ClearScreen(); + + if (scr != curscr) { + for (i = 0; i < screen_lines ; i++) + for (j = 0; j < screen_columns; j++) + curscr->_line[i].text[j] = blank; + } + + T(("updating screen from scratch")); + for (i = 0; i < min(screen_lines, scr->_maxy + 1); i++) { + lastNonBlank = scr->_maxx; + + while (lastNonBlank >= 0 + && scr->_line[i].text[lastNonBlank] == blank) + lastNonBlank--; + + if (lastNonBlank >= 0) { + if (lastNonBlank > screen_columns) + lastNonBlank = screen_columns; + GoTo(i, 0); + PutRange(curscr->_line[i].text, + scr->_line[i].text, i, 0, lastNonBlank); + } + } + + if (scr != curscr) { + for (i = 0; i < screen_lines ; i++) + memcpy(curscr->_line[i].text, + scr->_line[i].text, + screen_columns * sizeof(chtype)); + } +} + +/* +** ClrToEOL(blank) +** +** Clear to end of current line, starting at the cursor position +*/ + +static void ClrToEOL(chtype blank) +{ +int j; +bool needclear = FALSE; + + for (j = SP->_curscol; j < screen_columns; j++) + { + chtype *cp = &(curscr->_line[SP->_cursrow].text[j]); + + if (*cp != blank) + { + *cp = blank; + needclear = TRUE; + } + } + + if (needclear) + { + UpdateAttrs(blank); + TPUTS_TRACE("clr_eol"); + if (SP->_el_cost > (screen_columns - SP->_curscol)) + { + int count = (screen_columns - SP->_curscol); + while (count-- > 0) + PutChar(blank); + } + else + putp(clr_eol); + } +} + +/* + * ClrBottom(total) + * + * Test if clearing the end of the screen would satisfy part of the + * screen-update. Do this by scanning backwards through the lines in the + * screen, checking if each is blank, and one or more are changed. + */ +static int ClrBottom(int total) +{ +static chtype *tstLine; +static size_t lenLine; + +int row, col; +int top = total; +int last = min(screen_columns, newscr->_maxx+1); +size_t length = sizeof(chtype) * last; +chtype blank = newscr->_line[total-1].text[last-1]; /* lower right char */ + + if(!can_clear_with(blank)) + return total; + + if (tstLine == 0) + tstLine = (chtype *)malloc(length); + else if (length > lenLine) + tstLine = (chtype *)realloc(tstLine, length); + + if (tstLine != 0) { + lenLine = length; + for (col = 0; col < last; col++) + tstLine[col] = blank; + + for (row = total-1; row >= 0; row--) { + if (memcmp(tstLine, newscr->_line[row].text, length)) + break; + if (newscr->_line[row].firstchar != _NOCHANGE) + top = row; + } + + if (top < total) { + GoTo(top,0); + UpdateAttrs(blank); + TPUTS_TRACE("clr_eos"); + putp(clr_eos); + while (total-- > top) { + for (col = 0; col <= curscr->_maxx; col++) + curscr->_line[total].text[col] = blank; + } + total++; + } + } +#if NO_LEAKS + FreeAndNull(tstLine); +#endif + return total; +} + + +/* +** TransformLine(lineno) +** +** Transform the given line in curscr to the one in newscr, using +** Insert/Delete Character if _nc_idcok && has_ic(). +** +** firstChar = position of first different character in line +** oLastChar = position of last different character in old line +** nLastChar = position of last different character in new line +** +** move to firstChar +** overwrite chars up to min(oLastChar, nLastChar) +** if oLastChar < nLastChar +** insert newLine[oLastChar+1..nLastChar] +** else +** delete oLastChar - nLastChar spaces +*/ + +static void TransformLine(int const lineno) +{ +int firstChar, oLastChar, nLastChar; +chtype *newLine = newscr->_line[lineno].text; +chtype *oldLine = curscr->_line[lineno].text; +int n; +bool attrchanged = FALSE; + + T(("TransformLine(%d) called", lineno)); + + if(ceol_standout_glitch && clr_eol) { + firstChar = 0; + while(firstChar < screen_columns) { + if(AttrOf(newLine[firstChar]) != AttrOf(oldLine[firstChar])) + attrchanged = TRUE; + firstChar++; + } + } + + firstChar = 0; + + if (attrchanged) { /* we may have to disregard the whole line */ + GoTo(lineno, firstChar); + ClrToEOL(ClrBlank(curscr)); + PutRange(oldLine, newLine, lineno, 0, (screen_columns-1)); + } else { + chtype blank; + + /* find the first differing character */ + while (firstChar < screen_columns && + newLine[firstChar] == oldLine[firstChar]) + firstChar++; + + /* if there wasn't one, we're done */ + if (firstChar >= screen_columns) + return; + + /* it may be cheap to clear leading whitespace with clr_bol */ + if (clr_bol && can_clear_with(blank=newLine[0])) + { + int oFirstChar, nFirstChar; + + for (oFirstChar = 0; oFirstChar < screen_columns; oFirstChar++) + if (oldLine[oFirstChar] != blank) + break; + for (nFirstChar = 0; nFirstChar < screen_columns; nFirstChar++) + if (newLine[nFirstChar] != blank) + break; + + if (nFirstChar > oFirstChar + SP->_el1_cost) + { + GoTo(lineno, nFirstChar - 1); + UpdateAttrs(blank); + TPUTS_TRACE("clr_bol"); + putp(clr_bol); + + while (firstChar < nFirstChar) + oldLine[firstChar++] = blank; + + if (firstChar >= screen_columns) + return; + } + } + + blank = newLine[screen_columns-1]; + + if(!can_clear_with(blank)) + { + /* find the last differing character */ + nLastChar = screen_columns - 1; + + while (nLastChar > firstChar + && newLine[nLastChar] == oldLine[nLastChar]) + nLastChar--; + + if (nLastChar >= firstChar) { + GoTo(lineno, firstChar); + PutRange(oldLine, newLine, lineno, firstChar, nLastChar); + memcpy( oldLine + firstChar, + newLine + firstChar, + (nLastChar - firstChar + 1) * sizeof(chtype)); + } + return; + } + + /* find last non-blank character on old line */ + oLastChar = screen_columns - 1; + while (oLastChar > firstChar && oldLine[oLastChar] == blank) + oLastChar--; + + /* find last non-blank character on new line */ + nLastChar = screen_columns - 1; + while (nLastChar > firstChar && newLine[nLastChar] == blank) + nLastChar--; + + if((nLastChar == firstChar) + && (SP->_el_cost < (screen_columns - nLastChar))) { + GoTo(lineno, firstChar); + ClrToEOL(blank); + if(newLine[firstChar] != blank ) + PutChar(newLine[firstChar]); + } else if( newLine[nLastChar] != oldLine[oLastChar] + || !(_nc_idcok && has_ic()) ) { + GoTo(lineno, firstChar); + if ((oLastChar - nLastChar) > SP->_el_cost) { + if(PutRange(oldLine, newLine, lineno, firstChar, nLastChar)) + GoTo(lineno, nLastChar+1); + ClrToEOL(blank); + } else { + n = max( nLastChar , oLastChar ); + PutRange(oldLine, newLine, lineno, firstChar, n); + } + } else { + int nLastNonblank = nLastChar; + int oLastNonblank = oLastChar; + + /* find the last characters that really differ */ + while (newLine[nLastChar] == oldLine[oLastChar]) { + if (nLastChar != 0 + && oLastChar != 0) { + nLastChar--; + oLastChar--; + } else { + break; + } + } + + n = min(oLastChar, nLastChar); + if (n >= firstChar) { + GoTo(lineno, firstChar); + PutRange(oldLine, newLine, lineno, firstChar, n); + } + GoTo(lineno, n+1); + + if (oLastChar < nLastChar) { + int m = max(nLastNonblank, oLastNonblank); + if (InsCharCost(nLastChar - oLastChar) + > (m - n)) { + PutRange(oldLine, newLine, lineno, n+1, m); + } else { + InsStr(&newLine[n+1], nLastChar - oLastChar); + } + } else if (oLastChar > nLastChar ) { + if (DelCharCost(oLastChar - nLastChar) + > SP->_el_cost + nLastNonblank - (n+1)) { + if(PutRange(oldLine, newLine, lineno, + n+1, nLastNonblank)) + GoTo(lineno, nLastNonblank+1); + ClrToEOL(blank); + } else { + /* + * The delete-char sequence will + * effectively shift in blanks from the + * right margin of the screen. Ensure + * that they are the right color by + * setting the video attributes from + * the last character on the row. + */ + UpdateAttrs(blank); + DelChar(oLastChar - nLastChar); + } + } + } + } + + /* update the code's internal representation */ + if (screen_columns > firstChar) + memcpy( oldLine + firstChar, + newLine + firstChar, + (screen_columns - firstChar) * sizeof(chtype)); +} + +/* +** ClearScreen() +** +** Clear the physical screen and put cursor at home +** +*/ + +static void ClearScreen(void) +{ + + T(("ClearScreen() called")); + + if (clear_screen) { + TPUTS_TRACE("clear_screen"); + putp(clear_screen); + SP->_cursrow = SP->_curscol = 0; +#ifdef POSITION_DEBUG + position_check(SP->_cursrow, SP->_curscol, "ClearScreen"); +#endif /* POSITION_DEBUG */ + } else if (clr_eos) { + SP->_cursrow = SP->_curscol = -1; + GoTo(0,0); + + TPUTS_TRACE("clr_eos"); + putp(clr_eos); + } else if (clr_eol) { + SP->_cursrow = SP->_curscol = -1; + + while (SP->_cursrow < screen_lines) { + GoTo(SP->_cursrow, 0); + TPUTS_TRACE("clr_eol"); + putp(clr_eol); + } + GoTo(0,0); + } + T(("screen cleared")); +} + + +/* +** InsStr(line, count) +** +** Insert the count characters pointed to by line. +** +*/ + +static int InsStr(chtype *line, int count) +{ + T(("InsStr(%p,%d) called", line, count)); + + if (enter_insert_mode && exit_insert_mode) { + TPUTS_TRACE("enter_insert_mode"); + putp(enter_insert_mode); + while (count) { + PutAttrChar(*line); + line++; + count--; + } + TPUTS_TRACE("exit_insert_mode"); + putp(exit_insert_mode); + return(OK); + } else if (parm_ich) { + TPUTS_TRACE("parm_ich"); + tputs(tparm(parm_ich, count), count, _nc_outch); + while (count) { + PutAttrChar(*line); + line++; + count--; + } + return(OK); + } else { + while (count) { + TPUTS_TRACE("insert_character"); + putp(insert_character); + PutAttrChar(*line); + if (insert_padding) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("insert_padding"); + putp(insert_padding); + } + line++; + count--; + } + return(OK); + } +} + +/* +** DelChar(count) +** +** Delete count characters at current position +** +*/ + +static void DelChar(int count) +{ + T(("DelChar(%d) called, position = (%d,%d)", count, newscr->_cury, newscr->_curx)); + + if (parm_dch) { + TPUTS_TRACE("parm_dch"); + tputs(tparm(parm_dch, count), count, _nc_outch); + } else { + while (count--) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("delete_character"); + putp(delete_character); + } + } +} + +/* +** _nc_outstr(char *str) +** +** Emit a string without waiting for update. +*/ + +void _nc_outstr(const char *str) +{ + FILE *ofp = SP ? SP->_ofp : stdout; + + (void) fputs(str, ofp); + (void) fflush(ofp); + +#ifdef TRACE + _nc_outchars += strlen(str); +#endif /* TRACE */ +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_endwin.c b/ncurses/lib_endwin.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb1aab0e --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_endwin.c @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* +** lib_endwin.c +** +** The routine endwin(). +** +*/ + +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_endwin.c,v 1.10 1997/02/02 00:36:41 tom Exp $") + +int +endwin(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("endwin()"))); + + SP->_endwin = TRUE; + + _nc_mouse_wrap(SP); + + /* SP->_curs{row,col} may be used later in _nc_mvcur_wrap,save_curs */ + mvcur(-1, -1, SP->_cursrow = screen_lines - 1, SP->_curscol = 0); + + curs_set(1); /* set cursor to normal mode */ + + if (SP->_coloron == TRUE && orig_pair) + putp(orig_pair); + + _nc_mvcur_wrap(); /* wrap up cursor addressing */ + + if (SP && (SP->_current_attr != A_NORMAL)) + vidattr(A_NORMAL); + + /* + * Reset terminal's tab counter. There's a long-time bug that + * if you exit a "curses" program such as vi or more, tab + * forward, and then backspace, the cursor doesn't go to the + * right place. The problem is that the kernel counts the + * escape sequences that reset things as column positions. + * Utter a \r to reset this invisibly. + */ + _nc_outch('\r'); + + returnCode(reset_shell_mode()); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_erase.c b/ncurses/lib_erase.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2687e1f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_erase.c @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* +** lib_erase.c +** +** The routine werase(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_erase.c,v 1.7 1997/02/01 23:18:18 tom Exp $") + +int werase(WINDOW *win) +{ +int y; +chtype *sp, *end, *start, *maxx = NULL; +short minx; + + T((T_CALLED("werase(%p)"), win)); + + for (y = 0; y <= win->_maxy; y++) { + minx = _NOCHANGE; + start = win->_line[y].text; + end = &start[win->_maxx]; + + maxx = start; + for (sp = start; sp <= end; sp++) { + maxx = sp; + if (minx == _NOCHANGE) + minx = sp - start; + *sp = _nc_background(win); + } + + if (minx != _NOCHANGE) { + if (win->_line[y].firstchar > minx || + win->_line[y].firstchar == _NOCHANGE) + win->_line[y].firstchar = minx; + + if (win->_line[y].lastchar < maxx - win->_line[y].text) + win->_line[y].lastchar = maxx - win->_line[y].text; + } + } + win->_curx = win->_cury = 0; + win->_flags &= ~_WRAPPED; + _nc_synchook(win); + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_freeall.c b/ncurses/lib_freeall.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4eaf6599 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_freeall.c @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey * + * All Rights Reserved. * + * * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * + * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * + * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * + * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) * + * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * + * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED * + * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, * + * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO * + * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY * + * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER * + * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF * + * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN * + * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * + ******************************************************************************/ + +#define HAVE_NC_FREEALL 1 + +#include +#include + +#if HAVE_LIBDBMALLOC +extern int malloc_errfd; /* FIXME */ +#endif + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_freeall.c,v 1.8 1997/02/15 18:53:43 tom Exp $") + +static void free_slk(SLK *p) +{ + if (p != 0) { + FreeIfNeeded(p->ent); + FreeIfNeeded(p->buffer); + free(p); + } +} + +void _nc_free_termtype(struct termtype *p, int base) +{ + if (p != 0) { + FreeIfNeeded(p->term_names); + FreeIfNeeded(p->str_table); + if (base) + free(p); + } +} + +static void free_tries(struct tries *p) +{ + struct tries *q; + + while (p != 0) { + q = p->sibling; + if (p->child != 0) + free_tries(p->child); + free(p); + p = q; + } +} + +/* + * Free all ncurses data. This is used for testing only (there's no practical + * use for it as an extension). + */ +void _nc_freeall(void) +{ + WINDOWLIST *p, *q; + +#if NO_LEAKS + _nc_free_tparm(); +#endif + while (_nc_windows != 0) { + /* Delete only windows that're not a parent */ + for (p = _nc_windows; p != 0; p = p->next) { + bool found = FALSE; + + for (q = _nc_windows; q != 0; q = q->next) { + if ((p != q) + && (q->win->_flags & _SUBWIN) + && (p->win == q->win->_parent)) { + found = TRUE; + break; + } + } + + if (!found) { + delwin(p->win); + break; + } + } + } + + if (SP != 0) { + free_tries (SP->_keytry); + free_slk(SP->_slk); + FreeIfNeeded(SP->_color_pairs); + FreeIfNeeded(SP->_color_table); + _nc_set_buffer(SP->_ofp, FALSE); +#if !BROKEN_LINKER + FreeAndNull(SP); +#endif + } + + if (cur_term != 0) { + _nc_free_termtype(&(cur_term->type), TRUE); + } + +#if HAVE_LIBDBMALLOC + malloc_dump(malloc_errfd); +#elif HAVE_LIBDMALLOC +#elif HAVE_PURIFY + purify_all_inuse(); +#endif +} + +void _nc_free_and_exit(int code) +{ + _nc_freeall(); + exit(code); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_getch.c b/ncurses/lib_getch.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d59531f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_getch.c @@ -0,0 +1,381 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* +** lib_getch.c +** +** The routine getch(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_getch.c,v 1.24 1997/02/15 21:12:16 tom Exp $") + +#define head SP->_fifohead +#define tail SP->_fifotail +#define peek SP->_fifopeek + +#define h_inc() { head == FIFO_SIZE-1 ? head = 0 : head++; if (head == tail) head = -1, tail = 0;} +#define h_dec() { head == 0 ? head = FIFO_SIZE-1 : head--; if (head == tail) tail = -1;} +#define t_inc() { tail == FIFO_SIZE-1 ? tail = 0 : tail++; if (tail == head) tail = -1;} +#define p_inc() { peek == FIFO_SIZE-1 ? peek = 0 : peek++;} + +int ESCDELAY = 1000; /* max interval betw. chars in funkeys, in millisecs */ + +static int fifo_peek(void) +{ + T(("peeking at %d", peek+1)); + return SP->_fifo[++peek]; +} + +#ifdef TRACE +static inline void fifo_dump(void) +{ +int i; + T(("head = %d, tail = %d, peek = %d", head, tail, peek)); + for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) + T(("char %d = %s", i, _trace_key(SP->_fifo[i]))); +} +#endif /* TRACE */ + +static inline int fifo_pull(void) +{ +int ch; + ch = SP->_fifo[head]; + T(("pulling %d from %d", ch, head)); + + h_inc(); +#ifdef TRACE + if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_IEVENT) fifo_dump(); +#endif + return ch; +} + +int ungetch(int ch) +{ + if (tail == -1) + return ERR; + if (head == -1) { + head = 0; + t_inc() + } else + h_dec(); + + SP->_fifo[head] = ch; + T(("ungetch ok")); +#ifdef TRACE + if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_IEVENT) fifo_dump(); +#endif + return OK; +} + +static inline int fifo_push(void) +{ +int n; +unsigned int ch; + + if (tail == -1) return ERR; + /* FALLTHRU */ +again: + errno = 0; +#if USE_GPM_SUPPORT + if ((_nc_mouse_fd() >= 0) + && (_nc_timed_wait(3, -1, (int *)0) & 2)) + { + _nc_mouse_event(SP); + ch = KEY_MOUSE; + n = 1; + } else +#endif + { + unsigned char c2; + n = read(SP->_ifd, &c2, 1); + ch = c2; + } + + /* + * Under System V curses with non-restarting signals, getch() returns + * with value ERR when a handled signal keeps it from completing. + * If signals restart system calls, OTOH, the signal is invisible + * except to its handler. + * + * We don't want this difference to show. This piece of code + * tries to make it look like we always have restarting signals. + */ + if (n <= 0 && errno == EINTR) + goto again; + + if ((n == -1) || (n == 0)) + { + T(("read(%d,&ch,1)=%d", SP->_ifd, n)); + return ERR; + } + T(("read %d characters", n)); + + SP->_fifo[tail] = ch; + if (head == -1) head = tail; + t_inc(); + T(("pushed %#x at %d", ch, tail)); +#ifdef TRACE + if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_IEVENT) fifo_dump(); +#endif + return ch; +} + +static inline void fifo_clear(void) +{ +int i; + for (i = 0; i < FIFO_SIZE; i++) + SP->_fifo[i] = 0; + head = -1; tail = peek = 0; +} + +static int kgetch(WINDOW *); + +void _nc_backspace(WINDOW *win) +{ + if (win->_curx == 0) + { + beep(); + return; + } + + mvwaddstr(curscr, win->_begy + win->_cury + win->_yoffset, + win->_begx + win->_curx, "\b \b"); + waddstr(win, "\b \b"); + + /* + * This used to do the equivalent of _nc_outstr("\b \b"), which + * would fail on terminals with a non-backspace cursor_left + * character. + */ + mvcur(win->_begy + win->_cury + win->_yoffset, + win->_begx + win->_curx, + win->_begy + win->_cury + win->_yoffset, + win->_begx + win->_curx - 1); + _nc_outstr(" "); + mvcur(win->_begy + win->_cury + win->_yoffset, + win->_begx + win->_curx, + win->_begy + win->_cury + win->_yoffset, + win->_begx + win->_curx - 1); + SP->_curscol--; +} + +int +wgetch(WINDOW *win) +{ +int ch; + + T((T_CALLED("wgetch(%p)"), win)); + + /* + * Handle cooked mode. Grab a string from the screen, + * stuff its contents in the FIFO queue, and pop off + * the first character to return it. + */ + if (head == -1 && !SP->_raw && !SP->_cbreak) + { + char buf[MAXCOLUMNS], *sp; + + T(("filling queue in cooked mode")); + + wgetnstr(win, buf, MAXCOLUMNS); + + for (sp = buf; *sp; sp++) + ungetch(*sp); + ungetch('\n'); + + return(fifo_pull()); + } + + /* this should be eliminated */ + if (!has_ic() + && !win->_scroll + && (SP->_echo) + && (win->_flags & _FULLWIN) + && win->_curx == win->_maxx + && win->_cury == win->_maxy) + returnCode(ERR); + + if ((is_wintouched(win) || (win->_flags & _HASMOVED)) && !(win->_flags & _ISPAD)) + wrefresh(win); + + if (!win->_notimeout && (win->_delay >= 0 || SP->_cbreak > 1)) { + int delay; + + T(("timed delay in wgetch()")); + if (SP->_cbreak > 1) + delay = (SP->_cbreak-1) * 100; + else + delay = win->_delay; + + T(("delay is %d microseconds", delay)); + + if (head == -1) /* fifo is empty */ + if (!_nc_timed_wait(3, delay, (int *)0)) + returnCode(ERR); + /* else go on to read data available */ + } + + if (win->_use_keypad) { + /* + * This is tricky. We only want to get special-key + * events one at a time. But we want to accumulate + * mouse events until either (a) the mouse logic tells + * us it's picked up a complete gesture, or (b) + * there's a detectable time lapse after one. + * + * Note: if the mouse code starts failing to compose + * press/release events into clicks, you should probably + * increase _nc_max_click_interval. + */ + int runcount = 0; + + do { + ch = kgetch(win); + if (ch == KEY_MOUSE) + { + ++runcount; + if (_nc_mouse_inline(SP)) + break; + } + } while + (ch == KEY_MOUSE + && (_nc_timed_wait(3, _nc_max_click_interval, (int *)0) + || !_nc_mouse_parse(runcount))); + if (runcount > 0 && ch != KEY_MOUSE) + { + /* mouse event sequence ended by keystroke, push it */ + ungetch(ch); + ch = KEY_MOUSE; + } + } else { + if (head == -1) + fifo_push(); + ch = fifo_pull(); + } + + if (ch == ERR) + { + T(("wgetch returning ERR")); + returnCode(ERR); + } + + /* + * Simulate ICRNL mode + */ + if ((ch == '\r') && SP->_nl) + ch = '\n'; + + /* Strip 8th-bit if so desired. We do this only for characters that + * are in the range 128-255, to provide compatibility with terminals + * that display only 7-bit characters. Note that 'ch' may be a + * function key at this point, so we mustn't strip _those_. + */ + if ((ch < KEY_MIN) && (ch & 0x80)) + if (!SP->_use_meta) + ch &= 0x7f; + + if (!(win->_flags & _ISPAD) && SP->_echo) { + /* there must be a simpler way of doing this */ + if (ch == erasechar() || ch == KEY_BACKSPACE || ch == KEY_LEFT) + _nc_backspace(win); + else if (ch < KEY_MIN) { + mvwaddch(curscr, + win->_begy + win->_cury + win->_yoffset, + win->_begx + win->_curx, + ch); + waddch(win, (chtype)ch); + } + else + beep(); + } + + T(("wgetch returning : %#x = %s", ch, _trace_key(ch));) + + returnCode(ch); +} + + +/* +** int +** kgetch() +** +** Get an input character, but take care of keypad sequences, returning +** an appropriate code when one matches the input. After each character +** is received, set an alarm call based on ESCDELAY. If no more of the +** sequence is received by the time the alarm goes off, pass through +** the sequence gotten so far. +** +*/ + +static int +kgetch(WINDOW *win GCC_UNUSED) +{ +struct tries *ptr; +int ch = 0; +int timeleft = ESCDELAY; + + TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("kgetch(%p) called", win)); + + ptr = SP->_keytry; + + if (head == -1) { + if ((ch = fifo_push()) == ERR) + return ERR; + peek = 0; + while (ptr != NULL) { + TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("ch: %s", _trace_key((unsigned char)ch))); + while ((ptr != NULL) && (ptr->ch != (unsigned char)ch)) + ptr = ptr->sibling; +#ifdef TRACE + if (ptr == NULL) + {TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("ptr is null"));} + else + TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("ptr=%p, ch=%d, value=%d", + ptr, ptr->ch, ptr->value)); +#endif /* TRACE */ + + if (ptr != NULL) + if (ptr->value != 0) { /* sequence terminated */ + TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("end of sequence")); + fifo_clear(); + return(ptr->value); + } else { /* go back for another character */ + ptr = ptr->child; + TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("going back for more")); + } else + break; + + TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("waiting for rest of sequence")); + if (!_nc_timed_wait(3, timeleft, &timeleft)) { + TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("ran out of time")); + return(fifo_pull()); + } else { + TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("got more!")); + fifo_push(); + ch = fifo_peek(); + } + } + } + return(fifo_pull()); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_getstr.c b/ncurses/lib_getstr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aaed1873 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_getstr.c @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* +** lib_getstr.c +** +** The routine wgetstr(). +** +*/ + +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_getstr.c,v 1.11 1997/02/01 23:22:54 tom Exp $") + +/* + * This wipes out the last character, no matter whether it was a tab, control + * or other character, and handles reverse wraparound. + */ +static char *WipeOut(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *first, char *last, bool echoed) +{ + if (last > first) { + *--last = '\0'; + if (echoed) { + int y1 = win->_cury; + int x1 = win->_curx; + + wmove(win, y, x); + waddstr(win, first); + getyx(win, y, x); + while (win->_cury < y1 + || (win->_cury == y1 && win->_curx < x1)) + waddch(win, ' '); + + wmove(win, y, x); + } + } + return last; +} + +int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int maxlen) +{ +TTY buf; +bool oldnl, oldecho, oldraw, oldcbreak, oldkeypad; +char erasec; +char killc; +char *oldstr; +int ch; +int y, x; + + T((T_CALLED("wgetnstr(%p,%p, %d)"), win, str, maxlen)); + + GET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &buf); + + oldnl = SP->_nl; + oldecho = SP->_echo; + oldraw = SP->_raw; + oldcbreak = SP->_cbreak; + oldkeypad = win->_use_keypad; + nl(); + noecho(); + noraw(); + cbreak(); + keypad(win, TRUE); + + erasec = erasechar(); + killc = killchar(); + + oldstr = str; + getyx(win, y, x); + + if (is_wintouched(win) || (win->_flags & _HASMOVED)) + wrefresh(win); + + while ((ch = wgetch(win)) != ERR) { + /* + * Some terminals (the Wyse-50 is the most common) generate + * a \n from the down-arrow key. With this logic, it's the + * user's choice whether to set kcud=\n for wgetch(); + * terminating *getstr() with \n should work either way. + */ + if (ch == '\n' + || ch == '\r' + || ch == KEY_DOWN + || ch == KEY_ENTER) + break; + if (ch == erasec || ch == KEY_LEFT || ch == KEY_BACKSPACE) { + if (str > oldstr) { + str = WipeOut(win, y, x, oldstr, str, oldecho); + } + } else if (ch == killc) { + while (str > oldstr) { + str = WipeOut(win, y, x, oldstr, str, oldecho); + } + } else if (ch >= KEY_MIN + || (maxlen >= 0 && str - oldstr >= maxlen)) { + beep(); + } else { + *str++ = ch; + if (oldecho == TRUE) { + if (waddch(win, ch) == ERR) { + /* + * We can't really use the lower-right + * corner for input, since it'll mess + * up bookkeeping for erases. + */ + win->_flags &= ~_WRAPPED; + waddch(win, ' '); + str = WipeOut(win, y, x, oldstr, str, oldecho); + continue; + } + wrefresh(win); + } + } + } + + win->_curx = 0; + win->_flags &= ~_WRAPPED; + if (win->_cury < win->_maxy) + win->_cury++; + wrefresh(win); + + /* Restore with a single I/O call, to fix minor asymmetry between + * raw/noraw, etc. + */ + SP->_nl = oldnl; + SP->_echo = oldecho; + SP->_raw = oldraw; + SP->_cbreak = oldcbreak; + + SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &buf); + + if (oldkeypad == FALSE) + keypad(win, FALSE); + + *str = '\0'; + if (ch == ERR) + returnCode(ERR); + + T(("wgetnstr returns %s", _nc_visbuf(oldstr))); + + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_inchstr.c b/ncurses/lib_inchstr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1d90a5f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_inchstr.c @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* +** lib_inchstr.c +** +** The routine winchnstr(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_inchstr.c,v 1.5 1997/02/02 01:06:03 tom Exp $") + +int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *str, int n) +{ + int i; + + T((T_CALLED("winchnstr(%p,%p,%d)"), win, str, n)); + + for (i = 0; (n < 0 || (i < n)) && (win->_curx + i <= win->_maxx); i++) + str[i] = win->_line[win->_cury].text[win->_curx + i]; + str[i] = (chtype)0; + + returnCode(i); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_initscr.c b/ncurses/lib_initscr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a995d22 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_initscr.c @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* +** lib_initscr.c +** +** The routines initscr(), and termname(). +** +*/ + +#include +#include /* cur_term */ + +#if HAVE_SYS_TERMIO_H +#include /* needed for ISC */ +#endif + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_initscr.c,v 1.18 1997/03/08 14:03:59 tom Exp $") + +#ifndef ONLCR /* Allows compilation under the QNX 4.2 OS */ +#define ONLCR 0 +#endif + +/* + * SVr4/XSI Curses specify that hardware echo is turned off in initscr, and not + * restored during the curses session. The library simulates echo in software. + * (The behavior is unspecified if the application enables hardware echo). + * + * The newterm function also initializes terminal settings. + */ +int _nc_initscr(void) +{ + /* for extended XPG4 conformance requires cbreak() at this point */ + /* (SVr4 curses does this anyway) */ + cbreak(); + +#ifdef TERMIOS + cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag &= ~(ECHO|ECHONL); + cur_term->Nttyb.c_iflag &= ~(ICRNL|INLCR|IGNCR); + cur_term->Nttyb.c_oflag &= ~(ONLCR); +#else + cur_term->Nttyb.sg_flags &= ~(ECHO|CRMOD); +#endif + if ((SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb)) == -1) + return ERR; + return OK; +} + +WINDOW *initscr(void) +{ +static bool initialized = FALSE; +const char *name; + + T((T_CALLED("initscr()"))); + /* Portable applications must not call initscr() more than once */ + if (!initialized) { + initialized = TRUE; + + if ((name = getenv("TERM")) == 0) + name = "unknown"; + if (newterm(name, stdout, stdin) == 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "Error opening terminal: %s.\n", name); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + /* allow user to set maximum escape delay from the environment */ + if ((name = getenv("ESCDELAY")) != 0) + ESCDELAY = atoi(getenv("ESCDELAY")); + + /* def_shell_mode - done in newterm/_nc_setupscreen */ + def_prog_mode(); + } + returnWin(stdscr); +} + +char *termname(void) +{ +char *term = getenv("TERM"); +static char ret[15]; + + T(("termname() called")); + + if (term != 0) { + (void) strncpy(ret, term, sizeof(ret) - 1); + term = ret; + } + return term; +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_insch.c b/ncurses/lib_insch.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2040b385 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_insch.c @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* +** lib_insch.c +** +** The routine winsch(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_insch.c,v 1.7 1997/04/12 17:43:02 tom Exp $") + +int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype c) +{ +chtype *temp1, *temp2; +chtype *end; + + T((T_CALLED("winsch(%p, %s)"), win, _tracechtype(c))); + + end = &win->_line[win->_cury].text[win->_curx]; + temp1 = &win->_line[win->_cury].text[win->_maxx]; + temp2 = temp1 - 1; + + while (temp1 > end) + *temp1-- = *temp2--; + + *temp1 = _nc_render(win, c); + + win->_line[win->_cury].lastchar = win->_maxx; + if (win->_line[win->_cury].firstchar == _NOCHANGE + || win->_line[win->_cury].firstchar > win->_curx) + win->_line[win->_cury].firstchar = win->_curx; + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_insdel.c b/ncurses/lib_insdel.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c367c93d --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_insdel.c @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* +** lib_insdel.c +** +** The routine winsdelln(win, n). +** positive n insert n lines above current line +** negative n delete n lines starting from current line +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id") + +int +winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n) +{ + T((T_CALLED("winsdel(%p,%d)"), win, n)); + + if (n == 0) + returnCode(OK); + + _nc_scroll_window(win, -n, win->_cury, win->_maxy); + touchline(win, win->_cury, win->_maxy - win->_cury + 1); + + _nc_synchook(win); + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_insstr.c b/ncurses/lib_insstr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5c440b72 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_insstr.c @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* +** lib_insstr.c +** +** The routine winsnstr(). +** +*/ + +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_insstr.c,v 1.9 1997/02/15 16:09:53 tom Exp $") + +int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n) +{ +short oy = win->_cury; +short ox = win->_curx; +const char *cp; + + T((T_CALLED("winsstr(%p,%s,%d)"), win, _nc_visbuf(str), n)); + + for (cp = str; *cp && (n <= 0 || (cp - str) < n); cp++) { + if (*cp == '\n' || *cp == '\r' || *cp == '\t' || *cp == '\b') + _nc_waddch_nosync(win, (chtype)(*cp)); + else if (is7bits(*cp) && iscntrl(*cp)) { + winsch(win, ' ' + (chtype)(*cp)); + winsch(win, '^'); + win->_curx += 2; + } else { + winsch(win, (chtype)(*cp)); + win->_curx++; + } + if (win->_curx > win->_maxx) + win->_curx = win->_maxx; + } + + win->_curx = ox; + win->_cury = oy; + _nc_synchook(win); + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_instr.c b/ncurses/lib_instr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..607a8e09 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_instr.c @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* +** lib_instr.c +** +** The routine winnstr(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_instr.c,v 1.6 1997/05/03 10:51:07 juergen Exp $") + +int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n) +{ + int i, row, col; + + T((T_CALLED("winnstr(%p,%p,%d)"), win, str, n)); + + getyx(win, row, col); + + if (n < 0) + n = win->_maxx - win->_curx + 1; + + for (i = 0; i < n;) { + str[i++] = TextOf(win->_line[row].text[col]); + if (++col > win->_maxx) { + col = 0; + if (++row > win->_maxy) + break; + } + } + str[i] = '\0'; /* SVr4 does not seem to count the null */ + + returnCode(i); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_isendwin.c b/ncurses/lib_isendwin.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..39f90098 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_isendwin.c @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* +** lib_endwin.c +** +** The routine endwin(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_isendwin.c,v 1.2 1996/07/30 22:29:50 tom Exp $") + +int isendwin(void) +{ + if (SP == NULL) + return FALSE; + return SP->_endwin; +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_kernel.c b/ncurses/lib_kernel.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86f87726 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_kernel.c @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * lib_kernel.c + * + * Misc. low-level routines: + * napms() + * reset_prog_mode() + * reset_shell_mode() + * erasechar() + * killchar() + * flushinp() + * savetty() + * resetty() + * + * The baudrate() and delay_output() functions could logically live here, + * but are in other modules to reduce the static-link size of programs + * that use only these facilities. + */ + +#include +#include /* cur_term */ + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_kernel.c,v 1.13 1997/02/02 00:33:14 tom Exp $") + +int napms(int ms) +{ + T((T_CALLED("napms(%d)"), ms)); + + usleep(1000*(unsigned)ms); + returnCode(OK); +} + +int reset_prog_mode(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("reset_prog_mode()"))); + + SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb); + if (SP && stdscr && stdscr->_use_keypad) + _nc_keypad(TRUE); + + returnCode(OK); +} + + +int reset_shell_mode(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("reset_shell_mode()"))); + + if (SP) + { + fflush(SP->_ofp); + _nc_keypad(FALSE); + } + + SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Ottyb); + returnCode(OK); +} + +/* + * erasechar() + * + * Return erase character as given in cur_term->Ottyb. + * + */ + +char +erasechar(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("erasechar()"))); + +#ifdef TERMIOS + returnCode(cur_term->Ottyb.c_cc[VERASE]); +#else + returnCode(cur_term->Ottyb.sg_erase); +#endif + +} + + + +/* + * killchar() + * + * Return kill character as given in cur_term->Ottyb. + * + */ + +char +killchar(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("killchar()"))); + +#ifdef TERMIOS + returnCode(cur_term->Ottyb.c_cc[VKILL]); +#else + returnCode(cur_term->Ottyb.sg_kill); +#endif +} + + + +/* + * flushinp() + * + * Flush any input on cur_term->Filedes + * + */ + +int flushinp(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("flushinp()"))); + +#ifdef TERMIOS + tcflush(cur_term->Filedes, TCIFLUSH); +#else + errno = 0; + do { + ioctl(cur_term->Filedes, TIOCFLUSH, 0); + } while + (errno == EINTR); +#endif + if (SP) { + SP->_fifohead = -1; + SP->_fifotail = 0; + SP->_fifopeek = 0; + } + returnCode(OK); + +} + +/* +** savetty() and resetty() +** +*/ + +static TTY buf; + +int savetty(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("savetty()"))); + + GET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &buf); + returnCode(OK); +} + +int resetty(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("resetty()"))); + + SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &buf); + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_longname.c b/ncurses/lib_longname.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..50442996 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_longname.c @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* +** lib_longname.c +** +** The routine longname(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_longname.c,v 1.5 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $") + +char * +longname(void) +{ +char *ptr; + + T(("longname() called")); + + for (ptr = ttytype + strlen(ttytype); ptr > ttytype; ptr--) + if (*ptr == '|') + return(ptr + 1); + + return(ttytype); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_mouse.c b/ncurses/lib_mouse.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86eaf13e --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_mouse.c @@ -0,0 +1,670 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* + * This module is intended to encapsulate ncurses's interface to pointing + * devices. + * + * The first method used is xterm's internal mouse-tracking facility. + * The second (not yet implemented) will be Alessandro Rubini's GPM server. + * + * Notes for implementors of new mouse-interface methods: + * + * The code is logically split into a lower level that accepts event reports + * in a device-dependent format and an upper level that parses mouse gestures + * and filters events. The mediating data structure is a circular queue of + * MEVENT structures. + * + * Functionally, the lower level's job is to pick up primitive events and + * put them on the circular queue. This can happen in one of two ways: + * either (a) _nc_mouse_event() detects a series of incoming mouse reports + * and queues them, or (b) code in lib_getch.c detects the kmous prefix in + * the keyboard input stream and calls _nc_mouse_inline to queue up a series + * of adjacent mouse reports. + * + * In either case, _nc_mouse_parse() should be called after the series is + * accepted to parse the digested mouse reports (low-level MEVENTs) into + * a gesture (a high-level or composite MEVENT). + * + * Don't be too shy about adding new event types or modifiers, if you can find + * room for them in the 32-bit mask. The API is written so that users get + * feedback on which theoretical event types they won't see when they call + * mousemask. There's one bit per button (the RESERVED_EVENT bit) not being + * used yet, and a couple of bits open at the high end. + */ + +#include +#include + +#if USE_GPM_SUPPORT +#ifndef LINT /* don't need this for llib-lncurses */ +#undef buttons /* term.h defines this, and gpm uses it! */ +#include +#endif +#endif + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_mouse.c,v 0.22 1997/02/15 22:33:37 tom Exp $") + +#define MY_TRACE TRACE_ICALLS|TRACE_IEVENT + +#define INVALID_EVENT -1 + +int _nc_max_click_interval = 166; /* max press/release separation */ + +static int mousetype; +#define M_XTERM -1 /* use xterm's mouse tracking? */ +#define M_NONE 0 /* no mouse device */ +#define M_GPM 1 /* use GPM */ + +#if USE_GPM_SUPPORT +#ifndef LINT +static Gpm_Connect gpm_connect; +#endif +#endif + +static mmask_t eventmask; /* current event mask */ + +/* maintain a circular list of mouse events */ +#define EV_MAX 8 /* size of circular event queue */ +static MEVENT events[EV_MAX]; /* hold the last mouse event seen */ +static MEVENT *eventp = events; /* next free slot in event queue */ +#define NEXT(ep) ((ep == events + EV_MAX - 1) ? events : ep + 1) +#define PREV(ep) ((ep == events) ? events + EV_MAX - 1 : ep - 1) + +#ifdef TRACE +static void _trace_slot(const char *tag) +{ + MEVENT *ep; + + _tracef(tag); + + for (ep = events; ep < events + EV_MAX; ep++) + _tracef("mouse event queue slot %d = %s", ep-events, _tracemouse(ep)); +} +#endif + +void _nc_mouse_init(SCREEN *sp GCC_UNUSED) +/* initialize the mouse -- called at screen-setup time */ +{ + int i; + + TR(MY_TRACE, ("_nc_mouse_init() called")); + + for (i = 0; i < EV_MAX; i++) + events[i].id = INVALID_EVENT; + + /* we know how to recognize mouse events under xterm */ + if (!strncmp(cur_term->type.term_names, "xterm", 5) && key_mouse) + mousetype = M_XTERM; + +#if USE_GPM_SUPPORT + else if (!strncmp(cur_term->type.term_names, "linux", 5)) + { + /* GPM: initialize connection to gpm server */ + gpm_connect.eventMask = GPM_DOWN|GPM_UP; + gpm_connect.defaultMask = ~gpm_connect.eventMask; + gpm_connect.minMod = 0; + gpm_connect.maxMod = ~0; + if (Gpm_Open (&gpm_connect, 0) >= 0) /* returns the file-descriptor */ + mousetype = M_GPM; + } +#endif +} + +int _nc_mouse_fd(void) +{ + if (mousetype == M_XTERM) + return -1; +#if USE_GPM_SUPPORT + else if (mousetype == M_GPM) + return gpm_fd; +#endif + return -1; +} + +bool _nc_mouse_event(SCREEN *sp GCC_UNUSED) +/* query to see if there is a pending mouse event */ +{ +#if USE_GPM_SUPPORT + /* GPM: query server for event, return TRUE if we find one */ + Gpm_Event ev; + + if (gpm_fd >= 0 + && _nc_timed_wait(2, 0, (int *)0) + && Gpm_GetEvent(&ev) == 1) + { + eventp->id = 0; /* there's only one mouse... */ + + eventp->bstate = 0; + switch (ev.type & 0x0f) + { + case(GPM_DOWN): + if (ev.buttons & GPM_B_LEFT) eventp->bstate |= BUTTON1_PRESSED; + if (ev.buttons & GPM_B_MIDDLE) eventp->bstate |= BUTTON2_PRESSED; + if (ev.buttons & GPM_B_RIGHT) eventp->bstate |= BUTTON3_PRESSED; + break; + case(GPM_UP): + if (ev.buttons & GPM_B_LEFT) eventp->bstate |= BUTTON1_RELEASED; + if (ev.buttons & GPM_B_MIDDLE) eventp->bstate |= BUTTON2_RELEASED; + if (ev.buttons & GPM_B_RIGHT) eventp->bstate |= BUTTON3_RELEASED; + break; + default: + break; + } + + eventp->x = ev.x - 1; + eventp->y = ev.y - 1; + eventp->z = 0; + + /* bump the next-free pointer into the circular list */ + eventp = NEXT(eventp); + return (TRUE); + } +#endif + /* xterm: never have to query, mouse events are in the keyboard stream */ + return(FALSE); /* no event waiting */ +} + +bool _nc_mouse_inline(SCREEN *sp) +/* mouse report received in the keyboard stream -- parse its info */ +{ + TR(MY_TRACE, ("_nc_mouse_inline() called")); + + if (mousetype == M_XTERM) + { + unsigned char kbuf[4]; + MEVENT *prev; + size_t grabbed; + int res; + + /* This code requires that your xterm entry contain the kmous + * capability and that it be set to the \E[M documented in the + * Xterm Control Sequences reference. This is how we + * arrange for mouse events to be reported via a KEY_MOUSE + * return value from wgetch(). After this value is received, + * _nc_mouse_inline() gets called and is immediately + * responsible for parsing the mouse status information + * following the prefix. + * + * The following quotes from the ctrlseqs.ms document in the + * X distribution, describing the X mouse tracking feature: + * + * Parameters for all mouse tracking escape sequences + * generated by xterm encode numeric parameters in a single + * character as value+040. For example, ! is 1. + * + * On button press or release, xterm sends ESC [ M CbCxCy. + * The low two bits of Cb encode button information: 0=MB1 + * pressed, 1=MB2 pressed, 2=MB3 pressed, 3=release. The + * upper bits encode what modifiers were down when the + * button was pressed and are added together. 4=Shift, + * 8=Meta, 16=Control. Cx and Cy are the x and y coordinates + * of the mouse event. The upper left corner is (1,1). + * + * (End quote) By the time we get here, we've eaten the + * key prefix. FYI, the loop below is necessary because + * mouse click info isn't guaranteed to present as a + * single clist item. It always does under Linux but often + * fails to under Solaris. + */ + for (grabbed = 0; grabbed < 3; grabbed += res) + { + res = read(sp->_ifd, kbuf + grabbed, 3-grabbed); + if (res == -1) + break; + } + kbuf[3] = '\0'; + + TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("_nc_mouse_inline sees the following xterm data: '%s'", kbuf)); + + eventp->id = 0; /* there's only one mouse... */ + + /* processing code goes here */ + eventp->bstate = 0; + switch (kbuf[0] & 0x3) + { + case 0x0: + eventp->bstate = BUTTON1_PRESSED; + break; + + case 0x1: + eventp->bstate = BUTTON2_PRESSED; + break; + + case 0x2: + eventp->bstate = BUTTON3_PRESSED; + break; + + case 0x3: + /* + * Release events aren't reported for individual buttons, + * just for the button set as a whole... + */ + eventp->bstate = + (BUTTON1_RELEASED | + BUTTON2_RELEASED | + BUTTON3_RELEASED); + /* + * ...however, because there are no kinds of mouse events under + * xterm that can intervene between press and release, we can + * deduce which buttons were actually released by looking at the + * previous event. + */ + prev = PREV(eventp); + if (!(prev->bstate & BUTTON1_PRESSED)) + eventp->bstate &=~ BUTTON1_RELEASED; + if (!(prev->bstate & BUTTON2_PRESSED)) + eventp->bstate &=~ BUTTON2_RELEASED; + if (!(prev->bstate & BUTTON3_PRESSED)) + eventp->bstate &=~ BUTTON3_RELEASED; + break; + } + + if (kbuf[0] & 4) { + eventp->bstate |= BUTTON_SHIFT; + } + if (kbuf[0] & 8) { + eventp->bstate |= BUTTON_ALT; + } + if (kbuf[0] & 16) { + eventp->bstate |= BUTTON_CTRL; + } + + eventp->x = (kbuf[1] - ' ') - 1; + eventp->y = (kbuf[2] - ' ') - 1; + TR(MY_TRACE, ("_nc_mouse_inline: primitive mouse-event %s has slot %d", _tracemouse(eventp), eventp - events)); + + /* bump the next-free pointer into the circular list */ + eventp = NEXT(eventp); + } + + return(FALSE); +} + +static void mouse_activate(bool on) +{ + if (mousetype == M_XTERM) + { + if (on) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("xterm mouse initialization"); + putp("\033[?1000h"); + } + else + { + TPUTS_TRACE("xterm mouse deinitialization"); + putp("\033[?1000l"); + } + (void) fflush(SP->_ofp); + } +} + +/************************************************************************** + * + * Device-independent code + * + **************************************************************************/ + +bool _nc_mouse_parse(int runcount) +/* parse a run of atomic mouse events into a gesture */ +{ + MEVENT *ep, *runp, *next, *prev = PREV(eventp); + int n; + bool merge; + + TR(MY_TRACE, ("_nc_mouse_parse(%d) called", runcount)); + + /* + * When we enter this routine, the event list next-free pointer + * points just past a run of mouse events that we know were separated + * in time by less than the critical click interval. The job of this + * routine is to collaps this run into a single higher-level event + * or gesture. + * + * We accomplish this in two passes. The first pass merges press/release + * pairs into click events. The second merges runs of click events into + * double or triple-click events. + * + * It's possible that the run may not resolve to a single event (for + * example, if the user quadruple-clicks). If so, leading events + * in the run are ignored. + * + * Note that this routine is independent of the format of the specific + * format of the pointing-device's reports. We can use it to parse + * gestures on anything that reports press/release events on a per- + * button basis, as long as the device-dependent mouse code puts stuff + * on the queue in MEVENT format. + */ + if (runcount == 1) + { + TR(MY_TRACE, ("_nc_mouse_parse: returning simple mouse event %s at slot %d", + _tracemouse(prev), prev-events)); + return (PREV(prev)->id >= 0) ? (PREV(prev)->bstate & eventmask) : 0; + } + + /* find the start of the run */ + runp = eventp; + for (n = runcount; n > 0; n--) + runp = PREV(runp); + +#ifdef TRACE + if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_IEVENT) + { + _trace_slot("before mouse press/release merge:"); + _tracef("_nc_mouse_parse: run starts at %d, ends at %d, count %d", + runp-events, ((eventp - events) + (EV_MAX-1)) % EV_MAX, runcount); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + /* first pass; merge press/release pairs */ + do { + merge = FALSE; + for (ep = runp; next = NEXT(ep), next != eventp; ep = next) + { + if (ep->x == next->x && ep->y == next->y + && (ep->bstate & (BUTTON1_PRESSED|BUTTON2_PRESSED|BUTTON3_PRESSED)) + && (!(ep->bstate & BUTTON1_PRESSED) + == !(next->bstate & BUTTON1_RELEASED)) + && (!(ep->bstate & BUTTON2_PRESSED) + == !(next->bstate & BUTTON2_RELEASED)) + && (!(ep->bstate & BUTTON3_PRESSED) + == !(next->bstate & BUTTON3_RELEASED)) + ) + { + if ((eventmask & BUTTON1_CLICKED) + && (ep->bstate & BUTTON1_PRESSED)) + { + ep->bstate &=~ BUTTON1_PRESSED; + ep->bstate |= BUTTON1_CLICKED; + merge = TRUE; + } + if ((eventmask & BUTTON2_CLICKED) + && (ep->bstate & BUTTON2_PRESSED)) + { + ep->bstate &=~ BUTTON2_PRESSED; + ep->bstate |= BUTTON2_CLICKED; + merge = TRUE; + } + if ((eventmask & BUTTON3_CLICKED) + && (ep->bstate & BUTTON3_PRESSED)) + { + ep->bstate &=~ BUTTON3_PRESSED; + ep->bstate |= BUTTON3_CLICKED; + merge = TRUE; + } + if (merge) + next->id = INVALID_EVENT; + } + } + } while + (merge); + +#ifdef TRACE + if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_IEVENT) + { + _trace_slot("before mouse click merge:"); + _tracef("_nc_mouse_parse: run starts at %d, ends at %d, count %d", + runp-events, ((eventp - events) + (EV_MAX-1)) % EV_MAX, runcount); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + /* + * Second pass; merge click runs. At this point, click events are + * each followed by one invalid event. We merge click events + * forward in the queue. + * + * NOTE: There is a problem with this design! If the application + * allows enough click events to pile up in the circular queue so + * they wrap around, it will cheerfully merge the newest forward + * into the oldest, creating a bogus doubleclick and confusing + * the queue-traversal logic rather badly. Generally this won't + * happen, because calling getmouse() marks old events invalid and + * ineligible for merges. The true solution to this problem would + * be to timestamp each MEVENT and perform the obvious sanity check, + * but the timer element would have to have sub-second resolution, + * which would get us into portability trouble. + */ + do { + MEVENT *follower; + + merge = FALSE; + for (ep = runp; next = NEXT(ep), next != eventp; ep = next) + if (ep->id != INVALID_EVENT) + { + if (next->id != INVALID_EVENT) + continue; + follower = NEXT(next); + if (follower->id == INVALID_EVENT) + continue; + + /* merge click events forward */ + if ((ep->bstate & + (BUTTON1_CLICKED | BUTTON2_CLICKED | BUTTON3_CLICKED)) + && (follower->bstate & + (BUTTON1_CLICKED | BUTTON2_CLICKED | BUTTON3_CLICKED))) + { + if ((eventmask & BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED) + && (follower->bstate & BUTTON1_CLICKED)) + { + follower->bstate &=~ BUTTON1_CLICKED; + follower->bstate |= BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED; + merge = TRUE; + } + if ((eventmask & BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED) + && (follower->bstate & BUTTON2_CLICKED)) + { + follower->bstate &=~ BUTTON2_CLICKED; + follower->bstate |= BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED; + merge = TRUE; + } + if ((eventmask & BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED) + && (follower->bstate & BUTTON3_CLICKED)) + { + follower->bstate &=~ BUTTON3_CLICKED; + follower->bstate |= BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED; + merge = TRUE; + } + if (merge) + ep->id = INVALID_EVENT; + } + + /* merge double-click events forward */ + if ((ep->bstate & + (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED + | BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED + | BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED)) + && (follower->bstate & + (BUTTON1_CLICKED | BUTTON2_CLICKED | BUTTON3_CLICKED))) + { + if ((eventmask & BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED) + && (follower->bstate & BUTTON1_CLICKED)) + { + follower->bstate &=~ BUTTON1_CLICKED; + follower->bstate |= BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED; + merge = TRUE; + } + if ((eventmask & BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED) + && (follower->bstate & BUTTON2_CLICKED)) + { + follower->bstate &=~ BUTTON2_CLICKED; + follower->bstate |= BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED; + merge = TRUE; + } + if ((eventmask & BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED) + && (follower->bstate & BUTTON3_CLICKED)) + { + follower->bstate &=~ BUTTON3_CLICKED; + follower->bstate |= BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED; + merge = TRUE; + } + if (merge) + ep->id = INVALID_EVENT; + } + } + } while + (merge); + +#ifdef TRACE + if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_IEVENT) + { + _trace_slot("before mouse event queue compaction:"); + _tracef("_nc_mouse_parse: run starts at %d, ends at %d, count %d", + runp-events, ((eventp - events) + (EV_MAX-1)) % EV_MAX, runcount); + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + /* + * Now try to throw away trailing events flagged invalid, or that + * don't match the current event mask. + */ + for (; runcount; prev = PREV(eventp), runcount--) + if (prev->id == INVALID_EVENT || !(prev->bstate & eventmask)) + eventp = prev; + +#ifdef TRACE + if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_IEVENT) + { + _trace_slot("after mouse event queue compaction:"); + _tracef("_nc_mouse_parse: run starts at %d, ends at %d, count %d", + runp-events, ((eventp - events) + (EV_MAX-1)) % EV_MAX, runcount); + } + for (ep = runp; ep != eventp; ep = NEXT(ep)) + if (ep->id != INVALID_EVENT) + TR(MY_TRACE, ("_nc_mouse_parse: returning composite mouse event %s at slot %d", + _tracemouse(ep), ep-events)); +#endif /* TRACE */ + + /* after all this, do we have a valid event? */ + return(PREV(eventp)->id != INVALID_EVENT); +} + +void _nc_mouse_wrap(SCREEN *sp GCC_UNUSED) +/* release mouse -- called by endwin() before shellout/exit */ +{ + TR(MY_TRACE, ("_nc_mouse_wrap() called")); + + /* xterm: turn off reporting */ + if (mousetype == M_XTERM && eventmask) + mouse_activate(FALSE); + + /* GPM: pass all mouse events to next client */ +} + +void _nc_mouse_resume(SCREEN *sp GCC_UNUSED) +/* re-connect to mouse -- called by doupdate() after shellout */ +{ + TR(MY_TRACE, ("_nc_mouse_resume() called")); + + /* xterm: re-enable reporting */ + if (mousetype == M_XTERM && eventmask) + mouse_activate(TRUE); + + /* GPM: reclaim our event set */ +} + +/************************************************************************** + * + * Mouse interface entry points for the API + * + **************************************************************************/ + +int getmouse(MEVENT *aevent) +/* grab a copy of the current mouse event */ +{ + if (aevent && (mousetype == M_XTERM || mousetype == M_GPM)) + { + /* compute the current-event pointer */ + MEVENT *prev = PREV(eventp); + + /* copy the event we find there */ + *aevent = *prev; + + TR(TRACE_IEVENT, ("getmouse: returning event %s from slot %d", + _tracemouse(prev), prev-events)); + + prev->id = INVALID_EVENT; /* so the queue slot becomes free */ + return(OK); + } + return(ERR); +} + +int ungetmouse(MEVENT *aevent) +/* enqueue a synthesized mouse event to be seen by the next wgetch() */ +{ + /* stick the given event in the next-free slot */ + *eventp = *aevent; + + /* bump the next-free pointer into the circular list */ + eventp = NEXT(eventp); + + /* push back the notification event on the keyboard queue */ + return ungetch(KEY_MOUSE); +} + +mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t newmask, mmask_t *oldmask) +/* set the mouse event mask */ +{ + if (oldmask) + *oldmask = eventmask; + + if (mousetype == M_XTERM || mousetype == M_GPM) + { + eventmask = newmask & + (BUTTON_ALT | BUTTON_CTRL | BUTTON_SHIFT + | BUTTON1_PRESSED | BUTTON1_RELEASED | BUTTON1_CLICKED + | BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED | BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED + | BUTTON2_PRESSED | BUTTON2_RELEASED | BUTTON2_CLICKED + | BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED | BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED + | BUTTON3_PRESSED | BUTTON3_RELEASED | BUTTON3_CLICKED + | BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED | BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED); + + mouse_activate(eventmask != 0); + + return(eventmask); + } + + return(0); +} + +bool wenclose(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) +/* check to see if given window encloses given screen location */ +{ + if (win) + { + y -= win->_yoffset; + return (win->_begy <= y && + win->_begx <= x && + (win->_begx + win->_maxx) >= x && + (win->_begy + win->_maxy) >= y); + } + return FALSE; +} + +int mouseinterval(int maxclick) +/* set the maximum mouse interval within which to recognize a click */ +{ + int oldval = _nc_max_click_interval; + + _nc_max_click_interval = maxclick; + return(oldval); +} + +/* lib_mouse.c ends here */ diff --git a/ncurses/lib_move.c b/ncurses/lib_move.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..10d25c73 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_move.c @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* +** lib_move.c +** +** The routine wmove(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_move.c,v 1.6 1997/02/02 00:00:47 tom Exp $") + +int +wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) +{ + T((T_CALLED("wmove(%p,%d,%d)"), win, y, x)); + + if (x >= 0 && x <= win->_maxx && + y >= 0 && y <= win->_maxy) + { + win->_curx = (short)x; + win->_cury = (short)y; + + win->_flags &= ~_WRAPPED; + win->_flags |= _HASMOVED; + returnCode(OK); + } else + returnCode(ERR); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_mvcur.c b/ncurses/lib_mvcur.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f1389d27 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_mvcur.c @@ -0,0 +1,1448 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* +** lib_mvcur.c +** +** The routines for moving the physical cursor and scrolling: +** +** void _nc_mvcur_init(void), mvcur_wrap(void) +** +** void _nc_mvcur_resume(void) +** +** int mvcur(int old_y, int old_x, int new_y, int new_x) +** +** void _nc_mvcur_wrap(void) +** +** int _nc_mvcur_scrolln(int n, int top, int bot, int maxy) +** +** Comparisons with older movement optimizers: +** SVr3 curses mvcur() can't use cursor_to_ll or auto_left_margin. +** 4.4BSD curses can't use cuu/cud/cuf/cub/hpa/vpa/tab/cbt for local +** motions. It doesn't use tactics based on auto_left_margin. Weirdly +** enough, it doesn't use its own hardware-scrolling routine to scroll up +** destination lines for out-of-bounds addresses! +** old ncurses optimizer: less accurate cost computations (in fact, +** it was broken and had to be commented out!). +** +** Compile with -DMAIN to build an interactive tester/timer for the movement +** optimizer. You can use it to investigate the optimizer's behavior. +** You can also use it for tuning the formulas used to determine whether +** or not full optimization is attempted. +** +** This code has a nasty tendency to find bugs in terminfo entries, because it +** exercises the non-cup movement capabilities heavily. If you think you've +** found a bug, try deleting subsets of the following capabilities (arranged +** in decreasing order of suspiciousness): it, tab, cbt, hpa, vpa, cuu, cud, +** cuf, cub, cuu1, cud1, cuf1, cub1. It may be that one or more are wrong. +** +** Note: you should expect this code to look like a resource hog in a profile. +** That's because it does a lot of I/O, through the tputs() calls. The I/O +** cost swamps the computation overhead (and as machines get faster, this +** will become even more true). Comments in the test exerciser at the end +** go into detail about tuning and how you can gauge the optimizer's +** effectiveness. +**/ + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Constants and macros for optimizer tuning. + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +/* + * The average overhead of a full optimization computation in character + * transmission times. If it's too high, the algorithm will be a bit + * over-biased toward using cup rather than local motions; if it's too + * low, the algorithm may spend more time than is strictly optimal + * looking for non-cup motions. Profile the optimizer using the `t' + * command of the exerciser (see below), and round to the nearest integer. + * + * Yes, I (esr) thought about computing expected overhead dynamically, say + * by derivation from a running average of optimizer times. But the + * whole point of this optimization is to *decrease* the frequency of + * system calls. :-) + */ +#define COMPUTE_OVERHEAD 1 /* I use a 90MHz Pentium @ 9.6Kbps */ + +/* + * LONG_DIST is the distance we consider to be just as costly to move over as a + * cup sequence is to emit. In other words, it's the length of a cup sequence + * adjusted for average computation overhead. The magic number is the length + * of "\033[yy;xxH", the typical cup sequence these days. + */ +#define LONG_DIST (8 - COMPUTE_OVERHEAD) + +/* + * Tell whether a motion is optimizable by local motions. Needs to be cheap to + * compute. In general, all the fast moves go to either the right or left edge + * of the screen. So any motion to a location that is (a) further away than + * LONG_DIST and (b) further inward from the right or left edge than LONG_DIST, + * we'll consider nonlocal. + */ +#define NOT_LOCAL(fy, fx, ty, tx) ((tx > LONG_DIST) && (tx < screen_lines - 1 - LONG_DIST) && (abs(ty-fy) + abs(tx-fx) > LONG_DIST)) + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * External interfaces + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +/* + * For this code to work OK, the following components must live in the + * screen structure: + * + * int _char_padding; // cost of character put + * int _cr_cost; // cost of (carriage_return) + * int _cup_cost; // cost of (cursor_address) + * int _home_cost; // cost of (cursor_home) + * int _ll_cost; // cost of (cursor_to_ll) + *#ifdef TABS_OK + * int _ht_cost; // cost of (tab) + * int _cbt_cost; // cost of (backtab) + *#endif TABS_OK + * int _cub1_cost; // cost of (cursor_left) + * int _cuf1_cost; // cost of (cursor_right) + * int _cud1_cost; // cost of (cursor_down) + * int _cuu1_cost; // cost of (cursor_up) + * int _cub_cost; // cost of (parm_cursor_left) + * int _cuf_cost; // cost of (parm_cursor_right) + * int _cud_cost; // cost of (parm_cursor_down) + * int _cuu_cost; // cost of (parm_cursor_up) + * int _hpa_cost; // cost of (column_address) + * int _vpa_cost; // cost of (row_address) + * int _ech_cost; // cost of (erase_chars) + * int _rep_cost; // cost of (repeat_char) + * + * The TABS_OK switch controls whether it is reliable to use tab/backtabs + * for local motions. On many systems, it's not, due to uncertainties about + * tab delays and whether or not tabs will be expanded in raw mode. If you + * have parm_right_cursor, tab motions don't win you a lot anyhow. + */ + +#include +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_mvcur.c,v 1.37 1997/05/03 22:15:26 Peter.Wemm Exp $") + +#define STRLEN(s) (s != 0) ? strlen(s) : 0 + +#define CURRENT_ATTR SP->_current_attr /* current phys attribute */ +#define CURRENT_ROW SP->_cursrow /* phys cursor row */ +#define CURRENT_COLUMN SP->_curscol /* phys cursor column */ +#define REAL_ATTR SP->_current_attr /* phys current attribute */ +#define WANT_CHAR(y, x) SP->_newscr->_line[y].text[x] /* desired state */ +#define BAUDRATE SP->_baudrate /* bits per second */ + +#ifdef MAIN +#include + +static bool profiling = FALSE; +static float diff; +#endif /* MAIN */ + +#define OPT_SIZE 512 + +static void save_curs(void); +static void restore_curs(void); +static int cost_of(const char *const cap, int affcnt); +static int normalized_cost(const char *const cap, int affcnt); + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Initialization/wrapup (including cost pre-computation) + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#ifdef TRACE +static int +trace_cost_of(const char *capname, const char *cap, int affcnt) +{ + int result = cost_of(cap,affcnt); + TR(TRACE_CHARPUT|TRACE_MOVE, ("CostOf %s %d", capname, result)); + return result; +} +#define CostOf(cap,affcnt) trace_cost_of(#cap,cap,affcnt); + +static int +trace_normalized_cost(const char *capname, const char *cap, int affcnt) +{ + int result = normalized_cost(cap,affcnt); + TR(TRACE_CHARPUT|TRACE_MOVE, ("NormalizedCost %s %d", capname, result)); + return result; +} +#define NormalizedCost(cap,affcnt) trace_normalized_cost(#cap,cap,affcnt); + +#else + +#define CostOf(cap,affcnt) cost_of(cap,affcnt); +#define NormalizedCost(cap,affcnt) normalized_cost(cap,affcnt); + +#endif + +static int cost_of(const char *const cap, int affcnt) +/* compute the cost of a given operation */ +{ + if (cap == 0) + return(INFINITY); + else + { + const char *cp; + float cum_cost = 0; + + for (cp = cap; *cp; cp++) + { + /* extract padding, either mandatory or required */ + if (cp[0] == '$' && cp[1] == '<' && strchr(cp, '>')) + { + float number = 0; + + for (cp += 2; *cp != '>'; cp++) + { + if (isdigit(*cp)) + number = number * 10 + (*cp - '0'); + else if (*cp == '.') + number += (*++cp - 10) / 10.0; + else if (*cp == '*') + number *= affcnt; + } + + cum_cost += number * 10; + } + else + cum_cost += SP->_char_padding; + } + + return((int)cum_cost); + } +} + +static int normalized_cost(const char *const cap, int affcnt) +/* compute the effective character-count for an operation (round up) */ +{ + int cost = cost_of(cap, affcnt); + if (cost != INFINITY) + cost = (cost + SP->_char_padding - 1) / SP->_char_padding; + return cost; +} + +static void reset_scroll_region(void) +/* Set the scroll-region to a known state (the default) */ +{ + if (change_scroll_region) + { + /* change_scroll_region may trash the cursor location */ + save_curs(); + TPUTS_TRACE("change_scroll_region"); + putp(tparm(change_scroll_region, 0, screen_lines - 1)); + restore_curs(); + } +} + +void _nc_mvcur_resume(void) +/* what to do at initialization time and after each shellout */ +{ + /* initialize screen for cursor access */ + if (enter_ca_mode) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("enter_ca_mode"); + putp(enter_ca_mode); + } + + /* + * Doing this here rather than in _nc_mvcur_wrap() ensures that + * ncurses programs will see a reset scroll region even if a + * program that messed with it died ungracefully. + * + * This also undoes the effects of terminal init strings that assume + * they know the screen size. This is useful when you're running + * a vt100 emulation through xterm. + */ + reset_scroll_region(); +} + +void _nc_mvcur_init(void) +/* initialize the cost structure */ +{ + /* + * 9 = 7 bits + 1 parity + 1 stop. + */ + SP->_char_padding = (9 * 1000 * 10) / (BAUDRATE > 0 ? BAUDRATE : 9600); + if (SP->_char_padding <= 0) + SP->_char_padding = 1; /* must be nonzero */ + TR(TRACE_CHARPUT|TRACE_MOVE, ("char_padding %d msecs", SP->_char_padding)); + + /* non-parameterized local-motion strings */ + SP->_cr_cost = CostOf(carriage_return, 0); + SP->_home_cost = CostOf(cursor_home, 0); + SP->_ll_cost = CostOf(cursor_to_ll, 0); +#ifdef TABS_OK + SP->_ht_cost = CostOf(tab, 0); + SP->_cbt_cost = CostOf(back_tab, 0); +#endif /* TABS_OK */ + SP->_cub1_cost = CostOf(cursor_left, 0); + SP->_cuf1_cost = CostOf(cursor_right, 0); + SP->_cud1_cost = CostOf(cursor_down, 0); + SP->_cuu1_cost = CostOf(cursor_up, 0); + + /* + * Assumption: if the terminal has memory_relative addressing, the + * initialization strings or smcup will set single-page mode so we + * can treat it like absolute screen addressing. This seems to be true + * for all cursor_mem_address terminal types in the terminfo database. + */ + SP->_address_cursor = cursor_address ? cursor_address : cursor_mem_address; + + /* + * Parametrized local-motion strings. This static cost computation + * depends on the following assumptions: + * + * (1) They never have * padding. In the entire master terminfo database + * as of March 1995, only the obsolete Zenith Z-100 pc violates this. + * (Proportional padding is found mainly in insert, delete and scroll + * capabilities). + * + * (2) The average case of cup has two two-digit parameters. Strictly, + * the average case for a 24 * 80 screen has ((10*10*(1 + 1)) + + * (14*10*(1 + 2)) + (10*70*(2 + 1)) + (14*70*4)) / (24*80) = 3.458 + * digits of parameters. On a 25x80 screen the average is 3.6197. + * On larger screens the value gets much closer to 4. + * + * (3) The average case of cub/cuf/hpa/ech/rep has 2 digits of parameters + * (strictly, (((10 * 1) + (70 * 2)) / 80) = 1.8750). + * + * (4) The average case of cud/cuu/vpa has 2 digits of parameters + * (strictly, (((10 * 1) + (14 * 2)) / 24) = 1.5833). + * + * All these averages depend on the assumption that all parameter values + * are equally probable. + */ + SP->_cup_cost = CostOf(tparm(SP->_address_cursor, 23, 23), 1); + SP->_cub_cost = CostOf(tparm(parm_left_cursor, 23), 1); + SP->_cuf_cost = CostOf(tparm(parm_right_cursor, 23), 1); + SP->_cud_cost = CostOf(tparm(parm_down_cursor, 23), 1); + SP->_cuu_cost = CostOf(tparm(parm_up_cursor, 23), 1); + SP->_hpa_cost = CostOf(tparm(column_address, 23), 1); + SP->_vpa_cost = CostOf(tparm(row_address, 23), 1); + + /* non-parameterized screen-update strings */ + SP->_ed_cost = NormalizedCost(clr_eos, 1); + SP->_el_cost = NormalizedCost(clr_eol, 1); + SP->_el1_cost = NormalizedCost(clr_bol, 1); + SP->_dch1_cost = NormalizedCost(delete_character, 1); + SP->_ich1_cost = NormalizedCost(insert_character, 1); + + /* parameterized screen-update strings */ + SP->_dch_cost = NormalizedCost(tparm(parm_dch, 23), 1); + SP->_ich_cost = NormalizedCost(tparm(parm_ich, 23), 1); + SP->_ech_cost = NormalizedCost(tparm(erase_chars, 23), 1); + SP->_rep_cost = NormalizedCost(tparm(repeat_char, ' ', 23), 1); + + SP->_cup_ch_cost = NormalizedCost(tparm(SP->_address_cursor, 23, 23), 1); + SP->_hpa_ch_cost = NormalizedCost(tparm(column_address, 23), 1); + + /* pre-compute some capability lengths */ + SP->_carriage_return_length = STRLEN(carriage_return); + SP->_cursor_home_length = STRLEN(cursor_home); + SP->_cursor_to_ll_length = STRLEN(cursor_to_ll); + + /* + * A different, possibly better way to arrange this would be to set + * SP->_endwin = TRUE at window initialization time and let this be + * called by doupdate's return-from-shellout code. + */ + _nc_mvcur_resume(); +} + +void _nc_mvcur_wrap(void) +/* wrap up cursor-addressing mode */ +{ + reset_scroll_region(); + if (exit_ca_mode) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("exit_ca_mode"); + putp(exit_ca_mode); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Optimized cursor movement + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +/* + * Perform repeated-append, returning cost + */ +static inline int +repeated_append (int total, int num, int repeat, char *dst, const char *src) +{ + register size_t src_len = strlen(src); + register size_t dst_len = STRLEN(dst); + + if ((dst_len + repeat * src_len) < OPT_SIZE-1) { + total += (num * repeat); + if (dst) { + dst += dst_len; + while (repeat-- > 0) { + (void) strcpy(dst, src); + dst += src_len; + } + } + } else { + total = INFINITY; + } + return total; +} + +#ifndef NO_OPTIMIZE +#define NEXTTAB(fr) (fr + init_tabs - (fr % init_tabs)) +#define LASTTAB(fr) (fr - init_tabs + (fr % init_tabs)) + +/* Note: we'd like to inline this for speed, but GNU C barfs on the attempt. */ + +static int +relative_move(char *result, int from_y,int from_x,int to_y,int to_x, bool ovw) +/* move via local motions (cuu/cuu1/cud/cud1/cub1/cub/cuf1/cuf/vpa/hpa) */ +{ + int n, vcost = 0, hcost = 0; + + if (result) + result[0] = '\0'; + + if (to_y != from_y) + { + vcost = INFINITY; + + if (row_address) + { + if (result) + (void) strcpy(result, tparm(row_address, to_y)); + vcost = SP->_vpa_cost; + } + + if (to_y > from_y) + { + n = (to_y - from_y); + + if (parm_down_cursor && SP->_cud_cost < vcost) + { + if (result) + (void) strcpy(result, tparm(parm_down_cursor, n)); + vcost = SP->_cud_cost; + } + + if (cursor_down && (n * SP->_cud1_cost < vcost)) + { + if (result) + result[0] = '\0'; + vcost = repeated_append(vcost, SP->_cud1_cost, n, result, cursor_down); + } + } + else /* (to_y < from_y) */ + { + n = (from_y - to_y); + + if (parm_up_cursor && SP->_cup_cost < vcost) + { + if (result) + (void) strcpy(result, tparm(parm_up_cursor, n)); + vcost = SP->_cup_cost; + } + + if (cursor_up && (n * SP->_cuu1_cost < vcost)) + { + if (result) + result[0] = '\0'; + vcost = repeated_append(vcost, SP->_cuu1_cost, n, result, cursor_up); + } + } + + if (vcost == INFINITY) + return(INFINITY); + } + + if (result) + result += strlen(result); + + if (to_x != from_x) + { + char try[OPT_SIZE]; + + hcost = INFINITY; + + if (column_address) + { + if (result) + (void) strcpy(result, tparm(column_address, to_x)); + hcost = SP->_hpa_cost; + } + + if (to_x > from_x) + { + n = to_x - from_x; + + if (parm_right_cursor && SP->_cuf_cost < hcost) + { + if (result) + (void) strcpy(result, tparm(parm_right_cursor, n)); + hcost = SP->_cuf_cost; + } + + if (cursor_right) + { + int lhcost = 0; + + try[0] = '\0'; + +#ifdef TABS_OK + /* use hard tabs, if we have them, to do as much as possible */ + if (init_tabs > 0 && tab) + { + int nxt, fr; + + for (fr = from_x; (nxt = NEXTTAB(fr)) <= to_x; fr = nxt) + { + lhcost = repeated_append(lhcost, SP->_ht_cost, 1, try, tab); + if (lhcost == INFINITY) + break; + } + + n = to_x - fr; + from_x = fr; + } +#endif /* TABS_OK */ + +#if defined(REAL_ATTR) && defined(WANT_CHAR) + /* + * If we have no attribute changes, overwrite is cheaper. + * Note: must suppress this by passing in ovw = FALSE whenever + * WANT_CHAR would return invalid data. In particular, this + * is true between the time a hardware scroll has been done + * and the time the structure WANT_CHAR would access has been + * updated. + */ + if (ovw) + { + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + if ((WANT_CHAR(to_y, from_x + i) & A_ATTRIBUTES) != CURRENT_ATTR) + { + ovw = FALSE; + break; + } + } + if (ovw) + { + char *sp; + int i; + + sp = try + strlen(try); + + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + *sp++ = WANT_CHAR(to_y, from_x + i); + *sp = '\0'; + lhcost += n * SP->_char_padding; + } + else +#endif /* defined(REAL_ATTR) && defined(WANT_CHAR) */ + { + lhcost = repeated_append(lhcost, SP->_cuf1_cost, n, try, cursor_right); + } + + if (lhcost < hcost) + { + if (result) + (void) strcpy(result, try); + hcost = lhcost; + } + } + } + else /* (to_x < from_x) */ + { + n = from_x - to_x; + + if (parm_left_cursor && SP->_cub_cost < hcost) + { + if (result) + (void) strcpy(result, tparm(parm_left_cursor, n)); + hcost = SP->_cub_cost; + } + + if (cursor_left) + { + int lhcost = 0; + + try[0] = '\0'; + +#ifdef TABS_OK + if (init_tabs > 0 && back_tab) + { + int nxt, fr; + + for (fr = from_x; (nxt = LASTTAB(fr)) >= to_x; fr = nxt) + { + lhcost = repeated_append(lhcost, SP->_cbt_cost, 1, try, back_tab); + if (lhcost == INFINITY) + break; + } + + n = to_x - fr; + } +#endif /* TABS_OK */ + + lhcost = repeated_append(lhcost, SP->_cub1_cost, n, try, cursor_left); + + if (lhcost < hcost) + { + if (result) + (void) strcpy(result, try); + hcost = lhcost; + } + } + } + + if (hcost == INFINITY) + return(INFINITY); + } + + return(vcost + hcost); +} +#endif /* !NO_OPTIMIZE */ + +/* + * With the machinery set up above, it's conceivable that + * onscreen_mvcur could be modified into a recursive function that does + * an alpha-beta search of motion space, as though it were a chess + * move tree, with the weight function being boolean and the search + * depth equated to length of string. However, this would jack up the + * computation cost a lot, especially on terminals without a cup + * capability constraining the search tree depth. So we settle for + * the simpler method below. + */ + +static inline int +onscreen_mvcur(int yold,int xold,int ynew,int xnew, bool ovw) +/* onscreen move from (yold, xold) to (ynew, xnew) */ +{ + char use[OPT_SIZE], *sp; + int tactic = 0, newcost, usecost = INFINITY; + +#ifdef MAIN + struct timeval before, after; + + gettimeofday(&before, NULL); +#endif /* MAIN */ + + /* tactic #0: use direct cursor addressing */ + sp = tparm(SP->_address_cursor, ynew, xnew); + if (sp) + { + tactic = 0; + (void) strcpy(use, sp); + usecost = SP->_cup_cost; + +#if defined(TRACE) || defined(NCURSES_TEST) + if (!(_nc_optimize_enable & OPTIMIZE_MVCUR)) + goto nonlocal; +#endif /* TRACE */ + + /* + * We may be able to tell in advance that the full optimization + * will probably not be worth its overhead. Also, don't try to + * use local movement if the current attribute is anything but + * A_NORMAL...there are just too many ways this can screw up + * (like, say, local-movement \n getting mapped to some obscure + * character because A_ALTCHARSET is on). + */ + if (yold == -1 || xold == -1 || + REAL_ATTR != A_NORMAL || NOT_LOCAL(yold, xold, ynew, xnew)) + { +#ifdef MAIN + if (!profiling) + { + (void) fputs("nonlocal\n", stderr); + goto nonlocal; /* always run the optimizer if profiling */ + } +#else + goto nonlocal; +#endif /* MAIN */ + } + } + +#ifndef NO_OPTIMIZE + /* tactic #1: use local movement */ + if (yold != -1 && xold != -1 + && ((newcost=relative_move(NULL, yold, xold, ynew, xnew, ovw))!=INFINITY) + && newcost < usecost) + { + tactic = 1; + usecost = newcost; + } + + /* tactic #2: use carriage-return + local movement */ + if (yold < screen_lines - 1 && xold < screen_columns - 1) + { + if (carriage_return + && ((newcost=relative_move(NULL, yold,0,ynew,xnew, ovw)) != INFINITY) + && SP->_cr_cost + newcost < usecost) + { + tactic = 2; + usecost = SP->_cr_cost + newcost; + } + } + + /* tactic #3: use home-cursor + local movement */ + if (cursor_home + && ((newcost=relative_move(NULL, 0, 0, ynew, xnew, ovw)) != INFINITY) + && SP->_home_cost + newcost < usecost) + { + tactic = 3; + usecost = SP->_home_cost + newcost; + } + + /* tactic #4: use home-down + local movement */ + if (cursor_to_ll + && ((newcost=relative_move(NULL, screen_lines-1, 0, ynew, xnew, ovw)) != INFINITY) + && SP->_ll_cost + newcost < usecost) + { + tactic = 4; + usecost = SP->_ll_cost + newcost; + } + + /* + * tactic #5: use left margin for wrap to right-hand side, + * unless strange wrap behavior indicated by xenl might hose us. + */ + if (auto_left_margin && !eat_newline_glitch + && yold > 0 && yold < screen_lines - 1 && cursor_left + && ((newcost=relative_move(NULL, yold-1, screen_columns-1, ynew, xnew, ovw)) != INFINITY) + && SP->_cr_cost + SP->_cub1_cost + newcost + newcost < usecost) + { + tactic = 5; + usecost = SP->_cr_cost + SP->_cub1_cost + newcost; + } + + /* + * These cases are ordered by estimated relative frequency. + */ + if (tactic) + { + if (tactic == 1) + (void) relative_move(use, yold, xold, ynew, xnew, ovw); + else if (tactic == 2) + { + (void) strcpy(use, carriage_return); + (void) relative_move(use + SP->_carriage_return_length, + yold,0,ynew,xnew, ovw); + } + else if (tactic == 3) + { + (void) strcpy(use, cursor_home); + (void) relative_move(use + SP->_cursor_home_length, + 0, 0, ynew, xnew, ovw); + } + else if (tactic == 4) + { + (void) strcpy(use, cursor_to_ll); + (void) relative_move(use + SP->_cursor_to_ll_length, + screen_lines-1, 0, ynew, xnew, ovw); + } + else /* if (tactic == 5) */ + { + use[0] = '\0'; + if (xold > 0) + (void) strcat(use, carriage_return); + (void) strcat(use, cursor_left); + (void) relative_move(use + strlen(use), + yold-1, screen_columns-1, ynew, xnew, ovw); + } + } +#endif /* !NO_OPTIMIZE */ + +#ifdef MAIN + gettimeofday(&after, NULL); + diff = after.tv_usec - before.tv_usec + + (after.tv_sec - before.tv_sec) * 1000000; + if (!profiling) + (void) fprintf(stderr, "onscreen: %d msec, %f 28.8Kbps char-equivalents\n", + (int)diff, diff/288); +#endif /* MAIN */ + + nonlocal: + if (usecost != INFINITY) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("mvcur"); + tputs(use, 1, _nc_outch); + return(OK); + } + else + return(ERR); +} + +int mvcur(int yold, int xold, int ynew, int xnew) +/* optimized cursor move from (yold, xold) to (ynew, xnew) */ +{ + TR(TRACE_MOVE, ("mvcur(%d,%d,%d,%d) called", yold, xold, ynew, xnew)); + + if (yold == ynew && xold == xnew) + return(OK); + + /* + * Most work here is rounding for terminal boundaries getting the + * column position implied by wraparound or the lack thereof and + * rolling up the screen to get ynew on the screen. + */ + + if (xnew >= screen_columns) + { + ynew += xnew / screen_columns; + xnew %= screen_columns; + } + if (xold >= screen_columns) + { + int l; + + l = (xold + 1) / screen_columns; + yold += l; + if (yold >= screen_lines) + l -= (yold - screen_lines - 1); + + while (l > 0) { + if (newline) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("newline"); + tputs(newline, 0, _nc_outch); + } + else + putchar('\n'); + l--; + if (xold > 0) + { + if (carriage_return) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("carriage_return"); + tputs(carriage_return, 0, _nc_outch); + } + else + putchar('\r'); + xold = 0; + } + } + } + + if (yold > screen_lines - 1) + yold = screen_lines - 1; + if (ynew > screen_lines - 1) + ynew = screen_lines - 1; + + /* destination location is on screen now */ + return(onscreen_mvcur(yold, xold, ynew, xnew, TRUE)); +} + + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Cursor save_restore + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +/* assumption: sc/rc is faster than cursor addressing */ + +static int oy, ox; /* ugh, mvcur_scrolln() needs to see this */ + +static void save_curs(void) +{ + if (save_cursor && restore_cursor) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("save_cursor"); + putp(save_cursor); + } + + oy = CURRENT_ROW; + ox = CURRENT_COLUMN; +} + +static void restore_curs(void) +{ + if (save_cursor && restore_cursor) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("restore_cursor"); + putp(restore_cursor); + } + else + onscreen_mvcur(-1, -1, oy, ox, FALSE); +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Physical-scrolling support + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +static int DoTheScrolling(int n, int top, int bot, int maxy) +/* scroll region from top to bot by n lines */ +{ + int i; + + /* + * This code was adapted from Keith Bostic's hardware scrolling + * support for 4.4BSD curses. I (esr) translated it to use terminfo + * capabilities, narrowed the call interface slightly, and cleaned + * up some convoluted tests. I also added support for the memory_above + * memory_below, and non_dest_scroll_region capabilities. + * + * For this code to work, we must have either + * change_scroll_region and scroll forward/reverse commands, or + * insert and delete line capabilities. + * When the scrolling region has been set, the cursor has to + * be at the last line of the region to make the scroll + * happen. + * + * This code makes one aesthetic decision in the opposite way from + * BSD curses. BSD curses preferred pairs of il/dl operations + * over scrolls, allegedly because il/dl looked faster. We, on + * the other hand, prefer scrolls because (a) they're just as fast + * on many terminals and (b) using them avoids bouncing an + * unchanged bottom section of the screen up and down, which is + * visually nasty. + */ + if (n > 0) + { + /* + * Explicitly clear if stuff pushed off top of region might + * be saved by the terminal. + */ + if (non_dest_scroll_region || (memory_above && top == 0)) { + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + mvcur(-1, -1, i, 0); + TPUTS_TRACE("clr_eol"); + tputs(clr_eol, n, _nc_outch); + } + } + + if (change_scroll_region && (scroll_forward || parm_index)) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("change_scroll_region"); + tputs(tparm(change_scroll_region, top, bot), 0, _nc_outch); + + onscreen_mvcur(-1, -1, bot, 0, TRUE); + + if (parm_index != NULL) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("parm_index"); + tputs(tparm(parm_index, n, 0), n, _nc_outch); + } + else + { + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("scroll_forward"); + tputs(scroll_forward, 0, _nc_outch); + } + } + TPUTS_TRACE("change_scroll_region"); + tputs(tparm(change_scroll_region, 0, maxy), 0, _nc_outch); + } + else if (parm_index && top == 0 && bot == maxy) + { + onscreen_mvcur(oy, ox, bot, 0, TRUE); + TPUTS_TRACE("parm_index"); + tputs(tparm(parm_index, n, 0), n, _nc_outch); + } + else if (scroll_forward && top == 0 && bot == maxy) + { + onscreen_mvcur(oy, ox, bot, 0, TRUE); + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("scroll_forward"); + tputs(scroll_forward, 0, _nc_outch); + } + } + else if (_nc_idlok + && (parm_delete_line || delete_line) + && (parm_insert_line || insert_line)) + { + onscreen_mvcur(oy, ox, top, 0, TRUE); + + if (parm_delete_line) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("parm_delete_line"); + tputs(tparm(parm_delete_line, n, 0), n, _nc_outch); + } + else + { + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("parm_index"); + tputs(delete_line, 0, _nc_outch); + } + } + + onscreen_mvcur(top, 0, bot - n + 1, 0, FALSE); + + /* Push down the bottom region. */ + if (parm_insert_line) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("parm_insert_line"); + tputs(tparm(parm_insert_line, n, 0), n, _nc_outch); + } + else + { + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("insert_line"); + tputs(insert_line, 0, _nc_outch); + } + } + } + else + return(ERR); + } + else /* (n < 0) */ + { + /* + * Do explicit clear to end of region if it's possible that the + * terminal might hold on to stuff we push off the end. + */ + if (non_dest_scroll_region || (memory_below && bot == maxy)) + { + if (bot == maxy && clr_eos) + { + mvcur(-1, -1, lines + n, 0); + TPUTS_TRACE("clr_eos"); + tputs(clr_eos, n, _nc_outch); + } + else if (clr_eol) + { + for (i = 0; i < -n; i++) + { + mvcur(-1, -1, lines + n + i, 0); + TPUTS_TRACE("clr_eol"); + tputs(clr_eol, n, _nc_outch); + } + } + } + + if (change_scroll_region && (scroll_reverse || parm_rindex)) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("change_scroll_region"); + tputs(tparm(change_scroll_region, top, bot), 0, _nc_outch); + + onscreen_mvcur(-1, -1, top, 0, TRUE); + + if (parm_rindex) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("parm_rindex"); + tputs(tparm(parm_rindex, -n, 0), -n, _nc_outch); + } + else + { + for (i = n; i < 0; i++) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("scroll_reverse"); + tputs(scroll_reverse, 0, _nc_outch); + } + } + TPUTS_TRACE("change_scroll_region"); + tputs(tparm(change_scroll_region, 0, maxy), 0, _nc_outch); + } + else if (parm_rindex && top == 0 && bot == maxy) + { + onscreen_mvcur(oy, ox, bot + n + 1, 0, TRUE); + + TPUTS_TRACE("parm_rindex"); + tputs(tparm(parm_rindex, -n, 0), -n, _nc_outch); + } + else if (scroll_reverse && top == 0 && bot == maxy) + { + onscreen_mvcur(-1, -1, 0, 0, TRUE); + for (i = n; i < 0; i++) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("scroll_reverse"); + tputs(scroll_reverse, 0, _nc_outch); + } + } + else if (_nc_idlok + && (parm_delete_line || delete_line) + && (parm_insert_line || insert_line)) + { + onscreen_mvcur(oy, ox, bot + n + 1, 0, TRUE); + + if (parm_delete_line) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("parm_delete_line"); + tputs(tparm(parm_delete_line, -n, 0), -n, _nc_outch); + } + else + { + for (i = n; i < 0; i++) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("delete_line"); + tputs(delete_line, 0, _nc_outch); + } + } + + onscreen_mvcur(bot + n + 1, 0, top, 0, FALSE); + + /* Scroll the block down. */ + if (parm_insert_line) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("parm_insert_line"); + tputs(tparm(parm_insert_line, -n, 0), -n, _nc_outch); + } + else + { + for (i = n; i < 0; i++) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("insert_line"); + tputs(insert_line, 0, _nc_outch); + } + } + } + else + return(ERR); + } + + return(OK); +} + +int _nc_mvcur_scrolln(int n, int top, int bot, int maxy) +/* scroll region from top to bot by n lines */ +{ + int code; + + TR(TRACE_MOVE, ("mvcur_scrolln(%d, %d, %d, %d)", n, top, bot, maxy)); + + save_curs(); + code = DoTheScrolling(n, top, bot, maxy); + restore_curs(); + return(code); +} + +#ifdef MAIN +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Movement optimizer test code + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#include +#include + +char *_nc_progname = "mvcur"; + +static unsigned long xmits; + +int tputs(const char *string, int affcnt, int (*outc)(int)) +/* stub tputs() that dumps sequences in a visible form */ +{ + if (profiling) + xmits += strlen(string); + else + (void) fputs(_nc_visbuf(string), stdout); + return(OK); +} + +int putp(const char *string) +{ + return(tputs(string, 1, _nc_outch)); +} + +int _nc_outch(int ch) +{ + putc(ch, stdout); + return OK; +} + +static char tname[BUFSIZ]; + +static void load_term(void) +{ + (void) setupterm(tname, STDOUT_FILENO, NULL); +} + +static int roll(int n) +{ + int i, j; + + i = (RAND_MAX / n) * n; + while ((j = rand()) >= i) + continue; + return (j % n); +} + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + (void) strcpy(tname, getenv("TERM")); + load_term(); + _nc_setupscreen(lines, columns, stdout); + baudrate(); + + _nc_mvcur_init(); +#if HAVE_SETVBUF || HAVE_SETBUFFER + /* + * Undo the effects of our optimization hack, otherwise our interactive + * prompts don't flush properly. + */ +#if HAVE_SETVBUF + (void) setvbuf(SP->_ofp, malloc(BUFSIZ), _IOLBF, BUFSIZ); +#elif HAVE_SETBUFFER + (void) setbuffer(SP->_ofp, malloc(BUFSIZ), BUFSIZ); +#endif +#endif /* HAVE_SETVBUF || HAVE_SETBUFFER */ + + (void) puts("The mvcur tester. Type ? for help"); + + fputs("smcup:", stdout); + putchar('\n'); + + for (;;) + { + int fy, fx, ty, tx, n, i; + char buf[BUFSIZ], capname[BUFSIZ]; + + (void) fputs("> ", stdout); + (void) fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), stdin); + + if (buf[0] == '?') + { +(void) puts("? -- display this help message"); +(void) puts("fy fx ty tx -- (4 numbers) display (fy,fx)->(ty,tx) move"); +(void) puts("s[croll] n t b m -- display scrolling sequence"); +(void) printf("r[eload] -- reload terminal info for %s\n", + getenv("TERM")); +(void) puts("l[oad] -- load terminal info for type "); +(void) puts("d[elete] -- delete named capability"); +(void) puts("i[nspect] -- display terminal capabilities"); +(void) puts("c[ost] -- dump cursor-optimization cost table"); +(void) puts("o[optimize] -- toggle movement optimization"); +(void) puts("t[orture] -- torture-test with random moves"); +(void) puts("q[uit] -- quit the program"); + } + else if (sscanf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", &fy, &fx, &ty, &tx) == 4) + { + struct timeval before, after; + + putchar('"'); + + gettimeofday(&before, NULL); + mvcur(fy, fx, ty, tx); + gettimeofday(&after, NULL); + + printf("\" (%ld msec)\n", + after.tv_usec - before.tv_usec + (after.tv_sec - before.tv_sec) * 1000000); + } + else if (sscanf(buf, "s %d %d %d %d", &fy, &fx, &ty, &tx) == 4) + { + struct timeval before, after; + + putchar('"'); + + gettimeofday(&before, NULL); + _nc_mvcur_scrolln(fy, fx, ty, tx); + gettimeofday(&after, NULL); + + printf("\" (%ld msec)\n", + after.tv_usec - before.tv_usec + (after.tv_sec - before.tv_sec) * 1000000); + } + else if (buf[0] == 'r') + { + (void) strcpy(tname, getenv("TERM")); + load_term(); + } + else if (sscanf(buf, "l %s", tname) == 1) + { + load_term(); + } + else if (sscanf(buf, "d %s", capname) == 1) + { + struct name_table_entry const *np = _nc_find_entry(capname, + _nc_info_hash_table); + + if (np == NULL) + (void) printf("No such capability as \"%s\"\n", capname); + else + { + switch(np->nte_type) + { + case BOOLEAN: + cur_term->type.Booleans[np->nte_index] = FALSE; + (void) printf("Boolean capability `%s' (%d) turned off.\n", + np->nte_name, np->nte_index); + break; + + case NUMBER: + cur_term->type.Numbers[np->nte_index] = -1; + (void) printf("Number capability `%s' (%d) set to -1.\n", + np->nte_name, np->nte_index); + break; + + case STRING: + cur_term->type.Strings[np->nte_index] = (char *)NULL; + (void) printf("String capability `%s' (%d) deleted.\n", + np->nte_name, np->nte_index); + break; + } + } + } + else if (buf[0] == 'i') + { + dump_init((char *)NULL, F_TERMINFO, S_TERMINFO, 70, 0); + dump_entry(&cur_term->type, NULL); + putchar('\n'); + } + else if (buf[0] == 'o') + { + if (_nc_optime_enable & OPTIMIZE_MVCUR) + { + _nc_optimize_enable &=~ OPTIMIZE_MVCUR; + (void) puts("Optimization is now off."); + } + else + { + _nc_optimize_enable |= OPTIMIZE_MVCUR; + (void) puts("Optimization is now on."); + } + } + /* + * You can use the `t' test to profile and tune the movement + * optimizer. Use iteration values in three digits or more. + * At above 5000 iterations the profile timing averages are stable + * to within a millisecond or three. + * + * The `overhead' field of the report will help you pick a + * COMPUTE_OVERHEAD figure appropriate for your processor and + * expected line speed. The `total estimated time' is + * computation time plus a character-transmission time + * estimate computed from the number of transmits and the baud + * rate. + * + * Use this together with the `o' command to get a read on the + * optimizer's effectiveness. Compare the total estimated times + * for `t' runs of the same length in both optimized and un-optimized + * modes. As long as the optimized times are less, the optimizer + * is winning. + */ + else if (sscanf(buf, "t %d", &n) == 1) + { + float cumtime = 0, perchar; + int speeds[] = {2400, 9600, 14400, 19200, 28800, 38400, 0}; + + srand((unsigned)(getpid() + time((time_t *)0))); + profiling = TRUE; + xmits = 0; + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + /* + * This does a move test between two random locations, + * Random moves probably short-change the optimizer, + * which will work better on the short moves probably + * typical of doupdate()'s usage pattern. Still, + * until we have better data... + */ +#ifdef FIND_COREDUMP + int from_y = roll(lines); + int to_y = roll(lines); + int from_x = roll(columns); + int to_x = roll(columns); + + printf("(%d,%d) -> (%d,%d)\n", from_y, from_x, to_y, to_x); + mvcur(from_y, from_x, to_y, to_x); +#else + mvcur(roll(lines), roll(columns), roll(lines), roll(columns)); +#endif /* FIND_COREDUMP */ + if (diff) + cumtime += diff; + } + profiling = FALSE; + + /* + * Average milliseconds per character optimization time. + * This is the key figure to watch when tuning the optimizer. + */ + perchar = cumtime / n; + + (void) printf("%d moves (%ld chars) in %d msec, %f msec each:\n", + n, xmits, (int)cumtime, perchar); + + for (i = 0; speeds[i]; i++) + { + /* + * Total estimated time for the moves, computation and + * transmission both. Transmission time is an estimate + * assuming 9 bits/char, 8 bits + 1 stop bit. + */ + float totalest = cumtime + xmits * 9 * 1e6 / speeds[i]; + + /* + * Per-character optimization overhead in character transmits + * at the current speed. Round this to the nearest integer + * to figure COMPUTE_OVERHEAD for the speed. + */ + float overhead = speeds[i] * perchar / 1e6; + + (void) printf("%6d bps: %3.2f char-xmits overhead; total estimated time %15.2f\n", + speeds[i], overhead, totalest); + } + } + else if (buf[0] == 'c') + { + (void) printf("char padding: %d\n", SP->_char_padding); + (void) printf("cr cost: %d\n", SP->_cr_cost); + (void) printf("cup cost: %d\n", SP->_cup_cost); + (void) printf("home cost: %d\n", SP->_home_cost); + (void) printf("ll cost: %d\n", SP->_ll_cost); +#ifdef TABS_OK + (void) printf("ht cost: %d\n", SP->_ht_cost); + (void) printf("cbt cost: %d\n", SP->_cbt_cost); +#endif /* TABS_OK */ + (void) printf("cub1 cost: %d\n", SP->_cub1_cost); + (void) printf("cuf1 cost: %d\n", SP->_cuf1_cost); + (void) printf("cud1 cost: %d\n", SP->_cud1_cost); + (void) printf("cuu1 cost: %d\n", SP->_cuu1_cost); + (void) printf("cub cost: %d\n", SP->_cub_cost); + (void) printf("cuf cost: %d\n", SP->_cuf_cost); + (void) printf("cud cost: %d\n", SP->_cud_cost); + (void) printf("cuu cost: %d\n", SP->_cuu_cost); + (void) printf("hpa cost: %d\n", SP->_hpa_cost); + (void) printf("vpa cost: %d\n", SP->_vpa_cost); + } + else if (buf[0] == 'x' || buf[0] == 'q') + break; + else + (void) puts("Invalid command."); + } + + (void) fputs("rmcup:", stdout); + _nc_mvcur_wrap(); + putchar('\n'); + + return(0); +} + +#endif /* MAIN */ + +/* lib_mvcur.c ends here */ diff --git a/ncurses/lib_mvwin.c b/ncurses/lib_mvwin.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a47bd006 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_mvwin.c @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* +** lib_mvwin.c +** +** The routine mvwin(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_mvwin.c,v 1.3 1997/02/02 00:20:41 tom Exp $") + +int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int by, int bx) +{ + T((T_CALLED("mvwin(%p,%d,%d)"), win, by, bx)); + + if (win->_flags & _SUBWIN) + returnCode(ERR); + + if (by + win->_maxy > screen_lines - 1 + || bx + win->_maxx > screen_columns - 1 + || by < 0 + || bx < 0) + returnCode(ERR); + + /* + * Whether or not the window is moved, touch the window's contents so + * that a following call to 'wrefresh()' will paint the window at the + * new location. This ensures that if the caller has refreshed another + * window at the same location, that this one will be displayed. + */ + win->_begy = by; + win->_begx = bx; + returnCode(touchwin(win)); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_newterm.c b/ncurses/lib_newterm.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa5b5879 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_newterm.c @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* +** lib_newterm.c +** +** The newterm() function. +** +*/ + +#include + +#ifdef SVR4_TERMIO +#define _POSIX_SOURCE +#endif + +#include /* clear_screen, cup & friends, cur_term */ + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_newterm.c,v 1.23 1997/03/30 01:42:01 tom Exp $") + +/* This should be moved to TERMINAL */ +static int filter_mode = FALSE; + +void filter(void) +{ + filter_mode = TRUE; +} + +SCREEN * newterm(const char *term, FILE *ofp, FILE *ifp) +{ +int errret; +#ifdef TRACE +char *t = getenv("NCURSES_TRACE"); + + if (t) + trace((unsigned) strtol(t, 0, 0)); +#endif + + T((T_CALLED("newterm(\"%s\",%p,%p)"), term, ofp, ifp)); + + /* this loads the capability entry, then sets LINES and COLS */ + if (setupterm(term, fileno(ofp), &errret) == ERR) + return NULL; + + /* + * Check for mismatched graphic-rendition capabilities. Most SVr4 + * terminfo tree contain entries that have rmul or rmso equated to sgr0 + * (Solaris curses copes with those entries). We do this only for + * curses, since many termcap applications assume that smso/rmso and + * smul/rmul are paired, and will not function properly if we remove + * rmso or rmul. Curses applications shouldn't be looking at this + * detail. + */ + if (exit_attribute_mode) { +#define SGR0_FIX(mode) if (mode != 0 && !strcmp(mode, exit_attribute_mode)) \ + mode = 0 + SGR0_FIX(exit_underline_mode); + SGR0_FIX(exit_standout_mode); + } + + /* implement filter mode */ + if (filter_mode) { + LINES = 1; + +#ifdef init_tabs + if (init_tabs != -1) + TABSIZE = init_tabs; + else +#endif /* init_tabs */ + TABSIZE = 8; + + T(("TABSIZE = %d", TABSIZE)); + +#ifdef clear_screen + clear_screen = (char *)NULL; + cursor_down = parm_down_cursor = (char *)NULL; + cursor_address = (char *)NULL; + cursor_up = parm_up_cursor = (char *)NULL; + row_address = (char *)NULL; + + cursor_home = carriage_return; +#endif /* clear_screen */ + } + + /* If we must simulate soft labels, grab off the line to be used. + We assume that we must simulate, if it is none of the standard + formats (4-4 or 3-2-3) for which there may be some hardware + support. */ +#ifdef num_labels + if (num_labels <= 0 || !SLK_STDFMT) +#endif /* num_labels */ + if (_nc_slk_format) + { + if (ERR==_nc_ripoffline(-SLK_LINES, _nc_slk_initialize)) + return NULL; + } + /* this actually allocates the screen structure, and saves the + * original terminal settings. + */ + if (_nc_setupscreen(LINES, COLS, ofp) == ERR) + return NULL; + +#ifdef num_labels + /* if the terminal type has real soft labels, set those up */ + if (_nc_slk_format && num_labels > 0 && SLK_STDFMT) + _nc_slk_initialize(stdscr, COLS); +#endif /* num_labels */ + + SP->_ifd = fileno(ifp); + SP->_checkfd = fileno(ifp); + typeahead(fileno(ifp)); +#ifdef TERMIOS + SP->_use_meta = ((cur_term->Ottyb.c_cflag & CSIZE) == CS8 && + !(cur_term->Ottyb.c_iflag & ISTRIP)); +#else + SP->_use_meta = FALSE; +#endif + SP->_endwin = FALSE; + + baudrate(); /* sets a field in the SP structure */ + + /* compute movement costs so we can do better move optimization */ + _nc_mvcur_init(); + + _nc_signal_handler(TRUE); + + /* open a connection to the screen's associated mouse, if any */ + _nc_mouse_init(SP); + + /* Initialize the terminal line settings. */ + _nc_initscr(); + + T((T_RETURN("%p"), SP)); + return(SP); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_newwin.c b/ncurses/lib_newwin.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3fd894d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_newwin.c @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* +** lib_newwin.c +** +** The routines newwin(), subwin() and their dependent +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_newwin.c,v 1.17 1997/02/15 21:46:05 tom Exp $") + +void _nc_freewin(WINDOW *win) +{ +WINDOWLIST *p, *q; +int i; + + if (win != 0) { + for (p = _nc_windows, q = 0; p != 0; q = p, p = p->next) { + if (p->win == win) { + if (q == 0) + _nc_windows = p->next; + else + q->next = p->next; + free(p); + + if (! (win->_flags & _SUBWIN)) { + for (i = 0; i <= win->_maxy && win->_line[i].text; i++) + free(win->_line[i].text); + } + free(win->_line); + free(win); + + if (win == curscr) curscr = 0; + if (win == stdscr) stdscr = 0; + if (win == newscr) newscr = 0; + + T(("...deleted win=%p", win)); + break; + } + } + } +} + +WINDOW * newwin(int num_lines, int num_columns, int begy, int begx) +{ +WINDOW *win; +chtype *ptr; +int i; + + T((T_CALLED("newwin(%d,%d,%d,%d)"), num_lines, num_columns, begy, begx)); + + if (begy < 0 || begx < 0 || num_lines < 0 || num_columns < 0) + returnWin(0); + + if (num_lines == 0) + num_lines = SP->_lines_avail - begy; + if (num_columns == 0) + num_columns = screen_columns - begx; + + if (num_columns + begx > SP->_columns || num_lines + begy > SP->_lines_avail) + returnWin(0); + + if ((win = _nc_makenew(num_lines, num_columns, begy, begx, 0)) == 0) + returnWin(0); + + for (i = 0; i < num_lines; i++) { + if ((win->_line[i].text = typeCalloc(chtype, (unsigned)num_columns)) == 0) { + _nc_freewin(win); + returnWin(0); + } + for (ptr = win->_line[i].text; ptr < win->_line[i].text + num_columns; ) + *ptr++ = ' '; + } + + T(("newwin: returned window is %p", win)); + + returnWin(win); +} + +WINDOW * derwin(WINDOW *orig, int num_lines, int num_columns, int begy, int begx) +{ +WINDOW *win; +int i; +int flags = _SUBWIN; + + T((T_CALLED("derwin(%p,%d,%d,%d,%d)"), orig, num_lines, num_columns, begy, begx)); + + /* + ** make sure window fits inside the original one + */ + if ( begy < 0 || begx < 0 || orig == 0 || num_lines < 0 || num_columns < 0) + returnWin(0); + if ( begy + num_lines > orig->_maxy + 1 + || begx + num_columns > orig->_maxx + 1) + returnWin(0); + + if (num_lines == 0) + num_lines = orig->_maxy - begy; + + if (num_columns == 0) + num_columns = orig->_maxx - begx; + + if (orig->_flags & _ISPAD) + flags |= _ISPAD; + + if ((win = _nc_makenew(num_lines, num_columns, orig->_begy + begy, orig->_begx + begx, flags)) == 0) + returnWin(0); + + win->_pary = begy; + win->_parx = begx; + win->_attrs = orig->_attrs; + win->_bkgd = orig->_bkgd; + + for (i = 0; i < num_lines; i++) + win->_line[i].text = &orig->_line[begy++].text[begx]; + + win->_parent = orig; + + T(("derwin: returned window is %p", win)); + + returnWin(win); +} + + +WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *w, int l, int c, int y, int x) +{ + T((T_CALLED("subwin(%p, %d, %d, %d, %d)"), w, l, c, y, x)); + T(("parent has begy = %d, begx = %d", w->_begy, w->_begx)); + + returnWin(derwin(w, l, c, y - w->_begy, x - w->_begx)); +} + +WINDOW * +_nc_makenew(int num_lines, int num_columns, int begy, int begx, int flags) +{ +int i; +WINDOWLIST *wp; +WINDOW *win; +bool is_pad = (flags & _ISPAD); + + T(("_nc_makenew(%d,%d,%d,%d)", num_lines, num_columns, begy, begx)); + + if (num_lines <= 0 || num_columns <= 0) + return 0; + + if ((wp = typeCalloc(WINDOWLIST, 1)) == 0) + return 0; + + if ((win = typeCalloc(WINDOW, 1)) == 0) + return 0; + + if ((win->_line = typeCalloc(struct ldat, ((unsigned)num_lines))) == 0) { + free(win); + return 0; + } + + win->_curx = 0; + win->_cury = 0; + win->_maxy = num_lines - 1; + win->_maxx = num_columns - 1; + win->_begy = begy; + win->_begx = begx; + win->_yoffset = SP->_topstolen; + + win->_flags = flags; + win->_attrs = A_NORMAL; + win->_bkgd = BLANK; + + win->_clear = is_pad ? FALSE : (num_lines == screen_lines && num_columns == screen_columns); + win->_idlok = FALSE; + win->_idcok = TRUE; + win->_scroll = FALSE; + win->_leaveok = FALSE; + win->_use_keypad = FALSE; + win->_delay = -1; + win->_immed = FALSE; + win->_sync = 0; + win->_parx = -1; + win->_pary = -1; + win->_parent = 0; + + win->_regtop = 0; + win->_regbottom = num_lines - 1; + + win->_pad._pad_y = -1; + win->_pad._pad_x = -1; + win->_pad._pad_top = -1; + win->_pad._pad_bottom = -1; + win->_pad._pad_left = -1; + win->_pad._pad_right = -1; + + for (i = 0; i < num_lines; i++) + { + /* + * This used to do + * + * win->_line[i].firstchar = win->_line[i].lastchar = _NOCHANGE; + * + * which marks the whole window unchanged. That's how + * SVr1 curses did it, but SVr4 curses marks the whole new + * window changed. + * + * With the old SVr1-like code, say you have stdscr full of + * characters, then create a new window with newwin(), + * then do a printw(win, "foo ");, the trailing spaces are + * completely ignored by the following refreshes. So, you + * get "foojunkjunk" on the screen instead of "foo " as + * you actually intended. + * + * SVr4 doesn't do this. Instead the spaces are actually written. + * So that's how we want ncurses to behave. + */ + win->_line[i].firstchar = 0; + win->_line[i].lastchar = num_columns-1; + + win->_line[i].oldindex = i; + } + + if (!is_pad && (begx + num_columns == screen_columns)) { + win->_flags |= _ENDLINE; + + if (begx == 0 && num_lines == screen_lines && begy == 0) + win->_flags |= _FULLWIN; + + if (begy + num_lines == screen_lines) + win->_flags |= _SCROLLWIN; + } + + wp->next = _nc_windows; + wp->win = win; + _nc_windows = wp; + + T((T_CREATE("window %p"), win)); + + return(win); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_options.c b/ncurses/lib_options.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e98c2d9d --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_options.c @@ -0,0 +1,400 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* +** lib_options.c +** +** The routines to handle option setting. +** +*/ + +#include + +#include /* keypad_xmit, keypad_local, meta_on, meta_off */ + /* cursor_visible,cursor_normal,cursor_invisible */ + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_options.c,v 1.22 1997/05/01 23:46:18 Alexander.V.Lukyanov Exp $") + +int has_ic(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("has_ic()"))); + returnCode((insert_character || parm_ich + || (enter_insert_mode && exit_insert_mode)) + && (delete_character || parm_dch)); +} + +int has_il(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("has_il()"))); + returnCode((insert_line || parm_insert_line) + && (delete_line || parm_delete_line)); +} + +int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool flag) +{ + T((T_CALLED("idlok(%p,%d)"), win, flag)); + + _nc_idlok = win->_idlok = flag && (has_il() || change_scroll_region); + returnCode(OK); +} + + +void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool flag) +{ + T((T_CALLED("idcok(%p,%d)"), win, flag)); + + _nc_idcok = win->_idcok = flag && has_ic(); + + returnVoid; +} + + +int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool flag) +{ + T((T_CALLED("clearok(%p,%d)"), win, flag)); + + win->_clear = flag; + returnCode(OK); +} + + +void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool flag) +{ + T((T_CALLED("immedok(%p,%d)"), win, flag)); + + win->_immed = flag; + + returnVoid; +} + +int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool flag) +{ + T((T_CALLED("leaveok(%p,%d)"), win, flag)); + + win->_leaveok = flag; + if (flag == TRUE) + curs_set(0); + else + curs_set(1); + returnCode(OK); +} + + +int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool flag) +{ + T((T_CALLED("scrollok(%p,%d)"), win, flag)); + + win->_scroll = flag; + returnCode(OK); +} + +int halfdelay(int t) +{ + T((T_CALLED("halfdelay(%d)"), t)); + + if (t < 1 || t > 255) + returnCode(ERR); + + cbreak(); + SP->_cbreak = t+1; + returnCode(OK); +} + +int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool flag) +{ + T((T_CALLED("nodelay(%p,%d)"), win, flag)); + + if (flag == TRUE) + win->_delay = 0; + else win->_delay = -1; + returnCode(OK); +} + +int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool f) +{ + T((T_CALLED("notimout(%p,%d)"), win, f)); + + win->_notimeout = f; + returnCode(OK); +} + +int wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay) +{ + T((T_CALLED("wtimeout(%p,%d)"), win, delay)); + + win->_delay = delay; + returnCode(OK); +} + +static void init_keytry(void); +static void add_to_try(char *, short); + +/* Turn the keypad on/off + * + * Note: we flush the output because changing this mode causes some terminals + * to emit different escape sequences for cursor and keypad keys. If we don't + * flush, then the next wgetch may get the escape sequence that corresponds to + * the terminal state _before_ switching modes. + */ +int _nc_keypad(bool flag) +{ + if (flag && keypad_xmit) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("keypad_xmit"); + putp(keypad_xmit); + (void) fflush(SP->_ofp); + } + else if (! flag && keypad_local) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("keypad_local"); + putp(keypad_local); + (void) fflush(SP->_ofp); + } + + if (SP->_keytry == UNINITIALISED) + init_keytry(); + return(OK); +} + +int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool flag) +{ + T((T_CALLED("keypad(%p,%d)"), win, flag)); + + win->_use_keypad = flag; + returnCode(_nc_keypad(flag)); +} + + +int meta(WINDOW *win GCC_UNUSED, bool flag) +{ + T((T_CALLED("meta(%p,%d)"), win, flag)); + + SP->_use_meta = flag; + + if (flag && meta_on) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("meta_on"); + putp(meta_on); + } + else if (! flag && meta_off) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("meta_off"); + putp(meta_off); + } + returnCode(OK); +} + +/* curs_set() moved here to narrow the kernel interface */ + +int curs_set(int vis) +{ +int cursor = SP->_cursor; + + T((T_CALLED("curs_set(%d)"), vis)); + + if (vis < 0 || vis > 2) + returnCode(ERR); + + if (vis == cursor) + returnCode(cursor); + + switch(vis) { + case 2: + if (cursor_visible) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("cursor_visible"); + putp(cursor_visible); + } + else + returnCode(ERR); + break; + case 1: + if (cursor_normal) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("cursor_normal"); + putp(cursor_normal); + } + else + returnCode(ERR); + break; + case 0: + if (cursor_invisible) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("cursor_invisible"); + putp(cursor_invisible); + } + else + returnCode(ERR); + break; + } + SP->_cursor = vis; + (void) fflush(SP->_ofp); + + returnCode(cursor==-1 ? 1 : cursor); +} + +/* +** init_keytry() +** +** Construct the try for the current terminal's keypad keys. +** +*/ + + +static struct tries *newtry; + +static void init_keytry(void) +{ + newtry = 0; + +/* LINT_PREPRO +#if 0*/ +#include +/* LINT_PREPRO +#endif*/ + + SP->_keytry = newtry; +} + + +static void add_to_try(char *str, short code) +{ +static bool out_of_memory = FALSE; +struct tries *ptr, *savedptr; + + if (! str || out_of_memory) + return; + + if (newtry != 0) { + ptr = savedptr = newtry; + + for (;;) { + while (ptr->ch != (unsigned char) *str + && ptr->sibling != 0) + ptr = ptr->sibling; + + if (ptr->ch == (unsigned char) *str) { + if (*(++str)) { + if (ptr->child != 0) + ptr = ptr->child; + else + break; + } else { + ptr->value = code; + return; + } + } else { + if ((ptr->sibling = typeCalloc(struct tries,1)) == 0) { + out_of_memory = TRUE; + return; + } + + savedptr = ptr = ptr->sibling; + if (*str == '\200') + ptr->ch = '\0'; + else + ptr->ch = (unsigned char) *str; + str++; + ptr->value = 0; + + break; + } + } /* end for (;;) */ + } else { /* newtry == 0 :: First sequence to be added */ + savedptr = ptr = newtry = typeCalloc(struct tries,1); + + if (ptr == 0) { + out_of_memory = TRUE; + return; + } + + if (*str == '\200') + ptr->ch = '\0'; + else + ptr->ch = (unsigned char) *str; + str++; + ptr->value = 0; + } + + /* at this point, we are adding to the try. ptr->child == 0 */ + + while (*str) { + ptr->child = typeCalloc(struct tries,1); + + ptr = ptr->child; + + if (ptr == 0) { + out_of_memory = TRUE; + + ptr = savedptr; + while (ptr != 0) { + savedptr = ptr->child; + free(ptr); + ptr = savedptr; + } + + return; + } + + if (*str == '\200') + ptr->ch = '\0'; + else + ptr->ch = (unsigned char) *str; + str++; + ptr->value = 0; + } + + ptr->value = code; + return; +} + +int typeahead(int fd) +{ + T((T_CALLED("typeahead(%d)"), fd)); + SP->_checkfd = fd; + returnCode(OK); +} + +/* +** has_key() +** +** Return TRUE if the current terminal has the given key +** +*/ + + +static int has_key_internal(int keycode, struct tries *tp) +{ + if (!tp) + return(FALSE); + else if (tp->value == keycode) + return(TRUE); + else + return(has_key_internal(keycode, tp->child) + || has_key_internal(keycode, tp->sibling)); +} + +int has_key(int keycode) +{ + T((T_CALLED("has_key(%d)"), keycode)); + returnCode(has_key_internal(keycode, SP->_keytry)); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_overlay.c b/ncurses/lib_overlay.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e63b3672 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_overlay.c @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* +** lib_overlay.c +** +** The routines overlay(), copywin(), and overwrite(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_overlay.c,v 1.8 1997/04/24 10:34:38 tom Exp $") + +static int overlap(const WINDOW *const s, WINDOW *const d, int const flag) +{ +int sminrow, smincol, dminrow, dmincol, dmaxrow, dmaxcol; + + T(("overlap : sby %d, sbx %d, smy %d, smx %d, dby %d, dbx %d, dmy %d, dmx %d", + s->_begy, s->_begx, s->_maxy, s->_maxx, + d->_begy, d->_begx, d->_maxy, d->_maxx)); + sminrow = max(s->_begy, d->_begy) - s->_begy; + smincol = max(s->_begx, d->_begx) - s->_begx; + dminrow = max(s->_begy, d->_begy) - d->_begy; + dmincol = max(s->_begx, d->_begx) - d->_begx; + dmaxrow = min(s->_maxy+s->_begy, d->_maxy+d->_begy) - d->_begy; + dmaxcol = min(s->_maxx+s->_begx, d->_maxx+d->_begx) - d->_begx; + + return(copywin(s, d, + sminrow, smincol, dminrow, dmincol, dmaxrow, dmaxcol, + flag)); +} + +/* +** +** overlay(win1, win2) +** +** +** overlay() writes the overlapping area of win1 behind win2 +** on win2 non-destructively. +** +**/ + +int overlay(const WINDOW *win1, WINDOW *win2) +{ + T((T_CALLED("overlay(%p,%p)"), win1, win2)); + returnCode(overlap(win1, win2, TRUE)); +} + +/* +** +** overwrite(win1, win2) +** +** +** overwrite() writes the overlapping area of win1 behind win2 +** on win2 destructively. +** +**/ + +int overwrite(const WINDOW *win1, WINDOW *win2) +{ + T((T_CALLED("overwrite(%p,%p)"), win1, win2)); + returnCode(overlap(win1, win2, FALSE)); +} + +int copywin(const WINDOW *src, WINDOW *dst, + int sminrow, int smincol, + int dminrow, int dmincol, int dmaxrow, int dmaxcol, + int over) +{ +int sx, sy, dx, dy; +bool touched; + + T((T_CALLED("copywin(%p, %p, %d, %d, %d, %d, %d, %d, %d)"), + src, dst, sminrow, smincol, dminrow, dmincol, dmaxrow, dmaxcol, over)); + + /* make sure rectangle exists in source */ + if ((sminrow + dmaxrow - dminrow) > (src->_maxy + 1) || + (smincol + dmaxcol - dmincol) > (src->_maxx + 1)) { + returnCode(ERR); + } + + T(("rectangle exists in source")); + + /* make sure rectangle fits in destination */ + if (dmaxrow > dst->_maxy || dmaxcol > dst->_maxx) { + returnCode(ERR); + } + + T(("rectangle fits in destination")); + + for (dy = dminrow, sy = sminrow; dy <= dmaxrow; sy++, dy++) { + touched = FALSE; + for(dx=dmincol, sx=smincol; dx <= dmaxcol; sx++, dx++) + { + if (over) + { + if ((TextOf(src->_line[sy].text[sx]) != ' ') && + (dst->_line[dy].text[dx]!=src->_line[sy].text[sx])) + { + dst->_line[dy].text[dx] = src->_line[sy].text[sx]; + touched = TRUE; + } + } + else { + if (dst->_line[dy].text[dx] != src->_line[sy].text[sx]) + { + dst->_line[dy].text[dx] = src->_line[sy].text[sx]; + touched = TRUE; + } + } + } + if (touched) + { + touchline(dst,0,getmaxy(dst)); + } + } + T(("finished copywin")); + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_pad.c b/ncurses/lib_pad.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fab9fe87 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_pad.c @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * lib_pad.c + * newpad -- create a new pad + * pnoutrefresh -- refresh a pad, no update + * pechochar -- add a char to a pad and refresh + */ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_pad.c,v 1.18 1997/04/12 17:42:52 tom Exp $") + +WINDOW *newpad(int l, int c) +{ +WINDOW *win; +chtype *ptr; +int i; + + T((T_CALLED("newpad(%d, %d)"), l, c)); + + if (l <= 0 || c <= 0) + returnWin(0); + + if ((win = _nc_makenew(l,c,0,0,_ISPAD)) == NULL) + returnWin(0); + + for (i = 0; i < l; i++) { + win->_line[i].oldindex = _NEWINDEX; + if ((win->_line[i].text = typeCalloc(chtype, ((size_t)c))) == 0) { + _nc_freewin(win); + returnWin(0); + } + for (ptr = win->_line[i].text; ptr < win->_line[i].text + c; ) + *ptr++ = ' '; + } + + returnWin(win); +} + +WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int l, int c, int begy, int begx) +{ +WINDOW *win; + + T((T_CALLED("subpad(%d, %d)"), l, c)); + + if (!(orig->_flags & _ISPAD) || ((win = derwin(orig, l, c, begy, begx)) == NULL)) + returnWin(0); + + returnWin(win); +} + +int prefresh(WINDOW *win, int pminrow, int pmincol, + int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol) +{ + T((T_CALLED("prefresh()"))); + if (pnoutrefresh(win, pminrow, pmincol, sminrow, smincol, smaxrow, smaxcol) != ERR + && doupdate() != ERR) { + returnCode(OK); + } + returnCode(ERR); +} + +int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win, int pminrow, int pmincol, + int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol) +{ +short i, j; +short m, n; +short pmaxrow; +short pmaxcol; +short displaced; +bool wide; + + T((T_CALLED("pnoutrefresh(%p, %d, %d, %d, %d, %d, %d)"), + win, pminrow, pmincol, sminrow, smincol, smaxrow, smaxcol)); + + if (win == 0) + returnCode(ERR); + + if (!(win->_flags & _ISPAD)) + returnCode(ERR); + + /* negative values are interpreted as zero */ + if (pminrow < 0) pminrow = 0; + if (pmincol < 0) pmincol = 0; + if (sminrow < 0) sminrow = 0; + if (smincol < 0) smincol = 0; + + pmaxrow = pminrow + smaxrow - sminrow; + pmaxcol = pmincol + smaxcol - smincol; + + T((" pminrow + smaxrow - sminrow %d, win->_maxy %d", pmaxrow, win->_maxy)); + T((" pmincol + smaxcol - smincol %d, win->_maxx %d", pmaxcol, win->_maxx)); + + /* + * Trim the caller's screen size back to the actual limits. + */ + if (pmaxrow > win->_maxy) { + smaxrow -= (pmaxrow - win->_maxy); + pmaxrow = pminrow + smaxrow - sminrow; + } + if (pmaxcol > win->_maxx) { + smaxcol -= (pmaxcol - win->_maxx); + pmaxcol = pmincol + smaxcol - smincol; + } + + if (smaxrow > screen_lines + || smaxcol > screen_columns + || sminrow > smaxrow + || smincol > smaxcol) + returnCode(ERR); + + T(("pad being refreshed")); + + if (win->_pad._pad_y >= 0) { + displaced = pminrow - win->_pad._pad_y + -(sminrow - win->_pad._pad_top); + T(("pad being shifted by %d line(s)", displaced)); + } else + displaced = 0; + + /* + * For pure efficiency, we'd want to transfer scrolling information + * from the pad to newscr whenever the window is wide enough that + * its update will dominate the cost of the update for the horizontal + * band of newscr that it occupies. Unfortunately, this threshold + * tends to be complex to estimate, and in any case scrolling the + * whole band and rewriting the parts outside win's image would look + * really ugly. So. What we do is consider the pad "wide" if it + * either (a) occupies the whole width of newscr, or (b) occupies + * all but at most one column on either vertical edge of the screen + * (this caters to fussy people who put boxes around full-screen + * windows). Note that changing this formula will not break any code, + * merely change the costs of various update cases. + */ + wide = (sminrow <= 1 && win->_maxx >= (newscr->_maxx - 1)); + + for (i = pminrow, m = sminrow + win->_yoffset; + i <= pmaxrow && m <= newscr->_maxy; + i++, m++) { + register struct ldat *nline = &newscr->_line[m]; + register struct ldat *oline = &win->_line[i]; + + for (j = pmincol, n = smincol; j <= pmaxcol; j++, n++) { + if (oline->text[j] != nline->text[n]) { + nline->text[n] = oline->text[j]; + + if (nline->firstchar == _NOCHANGE) + nline->firstchar = nline->lastchar = n; + else if (n < nline->firstchar) + nline->firstchar = n; + else if (n > nline->lastchar) + nline->lastchar = n; + } + } + + if (wide) { + int nind = m + displaced; + if (oline->oldindex < 0 + || nind < sminrow + || nind > smaxrow) + nind = _NEWINDEX; + + nline->oldindex = nind; + } + oline->firstchar = oline->lastchar = _NOCHANGE; + oline->oldindex = i; + } + + /* + * Clean up debris from scrolling or resizing the pad, so we do not + * accidentally pick up the index value during the next call to this + * procedure. The only rows that should have an index value are those + * that are displayed during this cycle. + */ + for (i = pminrow-1; (i >= 0) && (win->_line[i].oldindex >= 0); i--) + win->_line[i].oldindex = _NEWINDEX; + for (i = pmaxrow+1; (i <= win->_maxy) && (win->_line[i].oldindex >= 0); i++) + win->_line[i].oldindex = _NEWINDEX; + + win->_begx = smincol; + win->_begy = sminrow; + + if (win->_clear) { + win->_clear = FALSE; + newscr->_clear = TRUE; + } + + /* + * Use the pad's current position, if it will be visible. + * If not, don't do anything; it's not an error. + */ + if (win->_leaveok == FALSE + && win->_cury >= pminrow + && win->_curx >= pmincol + && win->_cury <= pmaxrow + && win->_curx <= pmaxcol) { + newscr->_cury = win->_cury - pminrow + win->_begy + win->_yoffset; + newscr->_curx = win->_curx - pmincol + win->_begx; + } + win->_flags &= ~_HASMOVED; + + /* + * Update our cache of the line-numbers that we displayed from the pad. + * We will use this on subsequent calls to this function to derive + * values to stuff into 'oldindex[]' -- for scrolling optimization. + */ + win->_pad._pad_y = pminrow; + win->_pad._pad_x = pmincol; + win->_pad._pad_top = sminrow; + win->_pad._pad_left = smincol; + win->_pad._pad_bottom = smaxrow; + win->_pad._pad_right = smaxcol; + + returnCode(OK); +} + +int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch) +{ + T((T_CALLED("pechochar(%p, %s)"), pad, _tracechtype(ch))); + + if (pad->_flags & _ISPAD) + returnCode(ERR); + + waddch(curscr, ch); + doupdate(); + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_print.c b/ncurses/lib_print.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fec32e82 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_print.c @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +#include + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_print.c,v 1.8 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $") + +int mcprint(char *data, int len) +/* ship binary character data to the printer via mc4/mc5/mc5p */ +{ + char *mybuf, *switchon; + size_t onsize, offsize, res; + + errno = 0; + if (!prtr_non && (!prtr_on || !prtr_off)) + { + errno = ENODEV; + return(ERR); + } + + if (prtr_non) + { + switchon = tparm(prtr_non, len); + onsize = strlen(switchon); + offsize = 0; + } + else + { + switchon = prtr_on; + onsize = strlen(prtr_on); + offsize = strlen(prtr_off); + } + + if ((mybuf = malloc(onsize + len + offsize + 1)) == (char *)NULL) + { + errno = ENOMEM; + return(ERR); + } + + (void) strcpy(mybuf, switchon); + memcpy(mybuf + onsize, data, len); + if (offsize) + (void) strcpy(mybuf + onsize + len, prtr_off); + + /* + * We're relying on the atomicity of UNIX writes here. The + * danger is that output from a refresh() might get interspersed + * with the printer data after the write call returns but before the + * data has actually been shipped to the terminal. If the write(2) + * operation is truly atomic we're protected from this. + */ + res = write(cur_term->Filedes, mybuf, onsize + len + offsize); + + /* + * By giving up our scheduler slot here we increase the odds that the + * kernel will ship the contiguous clist items from the last write + * immediately. + */ + (void) sleep(0); + + free(mybuf); + return(res); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_printw.c b/ncurses/lib_printw.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..874da9ce --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_printw.c @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* +** lib_printw.c +** +** The routines printw(), wprintw() and friends. +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_printw.c,v 1.3 1997/02/16 00:07:23 tom Exp $") + +int printw(const char *fmt, ...) +{ +va_list argp; +char buf[BUFSIZ]; + + T(("printw(%s,...) called", _nc_visbuf(fmt))); + + va_start(argp, fmt); + vsprintf(buf, fmt, argp); + va_end(argp); + return(waddstr(stdscr, buf)); +} + + + +int wprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...) +{ +va_list argp; +char buf[BUFSIZ]; + + T(("wprintw(%p,%s,...) called", win, _nc_visbuf(fmt))); + + va_start(argp, fmt); + vsprintf(buf, fmt, argp); + va_end(argp); + return(waddstr(win, buf)); +} + + + +int mvprintw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...) +{ +va_list argp; +char buf[BUFSIZ]; + + va_start(argp, fmt); + vsprintf(buf, fmt, argp); + va_end(argp); + return(move(y, x) == OK ? waddstr(stdscr, buf) : ERR); +} + + + +int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...) +{ +va_list argp; +char buf[BUFSIZ]; + + va_start(argp, fmt); + vsprintf(buf, fmt, argp); + va_end(argp); + return(wmove(win, y, x) == OK ? waddstr(win, buf) : ERR); +} + +int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list argp) +{ +char buf[BUFSIZ]; + + vsprintf(buf, fmt, argp); + return(waddstr(win, buf)); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_raw.c b/ncurses/lib_raw.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..95f26f62 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_raw.c @@ -0,0 +1,435 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * raw.c + * + * Routines: + * raw() + * echo() + * nl() + * cbreak() + * noraw() + * noecho() + * nonl() + * nocbreak() + * qiflush() + * noqiflush() + * intrflush() + * + */ + +#include +#include /* cur_term */ + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_raw.c,v 1.16 1997/02/02 00:02:32 tom Exp $") + +#ifdef SVR4_TERMIO +#define _POSIX_SOURCE +#endif + +#if HAVE_SYS_TERMIO_H +#include /* needed for ISC */ +#endif + +/* may be undefined if we're using termio.h */ +#ifndef TOSTOP +#define TOSTOP 0 +#endif +#ifndef IEXTEN +#define IEXTEN 0 +#endif + +#define COOKED_INPUT (IXON|BRKINT|PARMRK) + +#ifdef TRACE +char *_tracebits(void) +/* describe the state of the terminal control bits exactly */ +{ +static char buf[BUFSIZ]; +static const struct {unsigned int val; const char *name;} + +#ifdef TERMIOS +iflags[] = + { + {BRKINT, "BRKINT"}, + {IGNBRK, "IGNBRK"}, + {IGNPAR, "IGNPAR"}, + {PARMRK, "PARMRK"}, + {INPCK, "INPCK"}, + {ISTRIP, "ISTRIP"}, + {INLCR, "INLCR"}, + {IGNCR, "IGNC"}, + {ICRNL, "ICRNL"}, + {IXON, "IXON"}, + {IXOFF, "IXOFF"}, + {0, NULL} +#define ALLIN (BRKINT|IGNBRK|IGNPAR|PARMRK|INPCK|ISTRIP|INLCR|IGNCR|ICRNL|IXON|IXOFF) + }, +oflags[] = + { + {OPOST, "OPOST"}, + {0, NULL} +#define ALLOUT (OPOST) + }, +cflags[] = + { + {CLOCAL, "CLOCAL"}, + {CREAD, "CREAD"}, + {CSIZE, "CSIZE"}, + {CSTOPB, "CSTOPB"}, + {HUPCL, "HUPCL"}, + {PARENB, "PARENB"}, + {PARODD|PARENB, "PARODD"}, /* concession to readability */ + {0, NULL} +#define ALLCTRL (CLOCAL|CREAD|CSIZE|CSTOPB|HUPCL|PARENB|PARODD) + }, +lflags[] = + { + {ECHO, "ECHO"}, + {ECHOE|ECHO, "ECHOE"}, /* concession to readability */ + {ECHOK|ECHO, "ECHOK"}, /* concession to readability */ + {ECHONL, "ECHONL"}, + {ICANON, "ICANON"}, + {ISIG, "ISIG"}, + {NOFLSH, "NOFLSH"}, +#if TOSTOP != 0 + {TOSTOP, "TOSTOP"}, +#endif +#if IEXTEN != 0 + {IEXTEN, "IEXTEN"}, +#endif + {0, NULL} +#define ALLLOCAL (ECHO|ECHONL|ICANON|ISIG|NOFLSH|TOSTOP|IEXTEN) + }, + *sp; + + if (cur_term->Nttyb.c_iflag & ALLIN) + { + (void) strcpy(buf, "iflags: {"); + for (sp = iflags; sp->val; sp++) + if ((cur_term->Nttyb.c_iflag & sp->val) == sp->val) + { + (void) strcat(buf, sp->name); + (void) strcat(buf, ", "); + } + if (buf[strlen(buf) - 2] == ',') + buf[strlen(buf) - 2] = '\0'; + (void) strcat(buf,"} "); + } + + if (cur_term->Nttyb.c_oflag & ALLOUT) + { + (void) strcat(buf, "oflags: {"); + for (sp = oflags; sp->val; sp++) + if ((cur_term->Nttyb.c_oflag & sp->val) == sp->val) + { + (void) strcat(buf, sp->name); + (void) strcat(buf, ", "); + } + if (buf[strlen(buf) - 2] == ',') + buf[strlen(buf) - 2] = '\0'; + (void) strcat(buf,"} "); + } + + if (cur_term->Nttyb.c_cflag & ALLCTRL) + { + (void) strcat(buf, "cflags: {"); + for (sp = cflags; sp->val; sp++) + if ((cur_term->Nttyb.c_cflag & sp->val) == sp->val) + { + (void) strcat(buf, sp->name); + (void) strcat(buf, ", "); + } + if (buf[strlen(buf) - 2] == ',') + buf[strlen(buf) - 2] = '\0'; + (void) strcat(buf,"} "); + } + + if (cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag & ALLLOCAL) + { + (void) strcat(buf, "lflags: {"); + for (sp = lflags; sp->val; sp++) + if ((cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag & sp->val) == sp->val) + { + (void) strcat(buf, sp->name); + (void) strcat(buf, ", "); + } + if (buf[strlen(buf) - 2] == ',') + buf[strlen(buf) - 2] = '\0'; + (void) strcat(buf,"} "); + } + +#else + /* reference: ttcompat(4M) on SunOS 4.1 */ +#ifndef EVENP +#define EVENP 0 +#endif +#ifndef LCASE +#define LCASE 0 +#endif +#ifndef LLITOUT +#define LLITOUT 0 +#endif +#ifndef ODDP +#define ODDP 0 +#endif +#ifndef TANDEM +#define TANDEM 0 +#endif + +cflags[] = + { + {CBREAK, "CBREAK"}, + {CRMOD, "CRMOD"}, + {ECHO, "ECHO"}, + {EVENP, "EVENP"}, + {LCASE, "LCASE"}, + {LLITOUT, "LLITOUT"}, + {ODDP, "ODDP"}, + {RAW, "RAW"}, + {TANDEM, "TANDEM"}, + {XTABS, "XTABS"}, + {0, NULL} +#define ALLCTRL (CBREAK|CRMOD|ECHO|EVENP|LCASE|LLITOUT|ODDP|RAW|TANDEM|XTABS) + }, + *sp; + + if (cur_term->Nttyb.sg_flags & ALLCTRL) + { + (void) strcat(buf, "cflags: {"); + for (sp = cflags; sp->val; sp++) + if ((cur_term->Nttyb.sg_flags & sp->val) == sp->val) + { + (void) strcat(buf, sp->name); + (void) strcat(buf, ", "); + } + if (buf[strlen(buf) - 2] == ',') + buf[strlen(buf) - 2] = '\0'; + (void) strcat(buf,"} "); + } + +#endif + return(buf); +} + +#define BEFORE(N) if (_nc_tracing&TRACE_BITS) _tracef("%s before bits: %s", N, _tracebits()) +#define AFTER(N) if (_nc_tracing&TRACE_BITS) _tracef("%s after bits: %s", N, _tracebits()) +#else +#define BEFORE(s) +#define AFTER(s) +#endif /* TRACE */ + +int raw(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("raw()"))); + + SP->_raw = TRUE; + SP->_cbreak = TRUE; + +#ifdef TERMIOS + BEFORE("raw"); + cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag &= ~(ICANON|ISIG); + cur_term->Nttyb.c_iflag &= ~(COOKED_INPUT); + cur_term->Nttyb.c_cc[VMIN] = 1; + cur_term->Nttyb.c_cc[VTIME] = 0; + AFTER("raw"); +#else + cur_term->Nttyb.sg_flags |= RAW; +#endif + if ((SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb)) == -1) + returnCode(ERR); + returnCode(OK); +} + +int cbreak(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("cbreak()"))); + + SP->_cbreak = TRUE; + +#ifdef TERMIOS + BEFORE("cbreak"); + cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag &= ~ICANON; + cur_term->Nttyb.c_iflag &= ~ICRNL; + cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag |= ISIG; + cur_term->Nttyb.c_cc[VMIN] = 1; + cur_term->Nttyb.c_cc[VTIME] = 0; + AFTER("cbreak"); +#else + cur_term->Nttyb.sg_flags |= CBREAK; +#endif + if ((SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb)) == -1) + returnCode(ERR); + returnCode(OK); +} + +int echo(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("echo()"))); + + SP->_echo = TRUE; + + returnCode(OK); +} + + +int nl(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("nl()"))); + + SP->_nl = TRUE; + + returnCode(OK); +} + + +int qiflush(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("qiflush()"))); + + /* + * Note: this implementation may be wrong. See the comment under + * intrflush(). + */ + +#ifdef TERMIOS + BEFORE("qiflush"); + cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag &= ~(NOFLSH); + AFTER("qiflush"); + if ((SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb)) == -1) + returnCode(ERR); + else + returnCode(OK); +#else + returnCode(ERR); +#endif +} + + +int noraw(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("noraw()"))); + + SP->_raw = FALSE; + SP->_cbreak = FALSE; + +#ifdef TERMIOS + BEFORE("noraw"); + cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag |= ISIG|ICANON; + cur_term->Nttyb.c_iflag |= COOKED_INPUT; + AFTER("noraw"); +#else + cur_term->Nttyb.sg_flags &= ~(RAW|CBREAK); +#endif + if ((SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb)) == -1) + returnCode(ERR); + returnCode(OK); +} + + +int nocbreak(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("nocbreak()"))); + + SP->_cbreak = 0; + +#ifdef TERMIOS + BEFORE("nocbreak"); + cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag |= ICANON; + cur_term->Nttyb.c_iflag |= ICRNL; + AFTER("nocbreak"); +#else + cur_term->Nttyb.sg_flags &= ~CBREAK; +#endif + if ((SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb)) == -1) + returnCode(ERR); + returnCode(OK); +} + +int noecho(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("noecho()"))); + SP->_echo = FALSE; + returnCode(OK); +} + + +int nonl(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("nonl()"))); + + SP->_nl = FALSE; + + returnCode(OK); +} + +int noqiflush(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("noqiflush()"))); + + /* + * Note: this implementation may be wrong. See the comment under + * intrflush(). + */ + +#ifdef TERMIOS + BEFORE("noqiflush"); + cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag |= NOFLSH; + AFTER("noqiflush"); + if ((SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb)) == -1) + returnCode(ERR); + else + returnCode(OK); +#else + returnCode(ERR); +#endif +} + +int intrflush(WINDOW *win GCC_UNUSED, bool flag) +{ + T((T_CALLED("intrflush(%d)"), flag)); + + /* + * This call does the same thing as the qiflush()/noqiflush() + * pair. We know for certain that SVr3 intrflush() tweaks the + * NOFLSH bit; on the other hand, the match (in the SVr4 man + * pages) between the language describing NOFLSH in termio(7) + * and the language describing qiflush()/noqiflush() in + * curs_inopts(3x) is too exact to be coincidence. + */ + +#ifdef TERMIOS + BEFORE("intrflush"); + if (flag) + cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag &= ~(NOFLSH); + else + cur_term->Nttyb.c_lflag |= (NOFLSH); + AFTER("intrflush"); + if ((SET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb)) == -1) + returnCode(ERR); + else + returnCode(OK); +#else + returnCode(ERR); +#endif +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_refresh.c b/ncurses/lib_refresh.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c3418bf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_refresh.c @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* + * lib_refresh.c + * + * The routines wredrawln(), wrefresh() and wnoutrefresh(). + * + */ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_refresh.c,v 1.14 1997/02/02 01:05:26 tom Exp $") + +int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int beg, int num) +{ + T((T_CALLED("wredrawln(%p,%d,%d)"), win, beg, num)); + touchline(win, beg, num); + wrefresh(win); + returnCode(OK); +} + +int wrefresh(WINDOW *win) +{ +int code; + + T((T_CALLED("wrefresh(%p)"), win)); + + if (win == curscr) { + curscr->_clear = TRUE; + code = doupdate(); + } else if ((code = wnoutrefresh(win)) == OK) { + if (win->_clear) + newscr->_clear = TRUE; + code = doupdate(); + /* + * Reset the clearok() flag in case it was set for the special + * case in hardscroll.c (if we don't reset it here, we'll get 2 + * refreshes because the flag is copied from stdscr to newscr). + * Resetting the flag shouldn't do any harm, anyway. + */ + win->_clear = FALSE; + } + returnCode(code); +} + +int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win) +{ +short i, j; +short begx = win->_begx; +short begy = win->_begy; +short m, n; +bool wide; + + T((T_CALLED("wnoutrefresh(%p)"), win)); +#ifdef TRACE + if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_UPDATE) + _tracedump("...win", win); +#endif /* TRACE */ + + /* + * This function will break badly if we try to refresh a pad. + */ + if ((win == 0) + || (win->_flags & _ISPAD)) + returnCode(ERR); + + /* + * If 'newscr' has a different background than the window that we're + * trying to refresh, we'll have to copy the whole thing. + */ + if (win->_bkgd != newscr->_bkgd) { + touchwin(win); + newscr->_bkgd = win->_bkgd; + } + newscr->_attrs = win->_attrs; + + /* merge in change information from all subwindows of this window */ + wsyncdown(win); + + /* + * For pure efficiency, we'd want to transfer scrolling information + * from the window to newscr whenever the window is wide enough that + * its update will dominate the cost of the update for the horizontal + * band of newscr that it occupies. Unfortunately, this threshold + * tends to be complex to estimate, and in any case scrolling the + * whole band and rewriting the parts outside win's image would look + * really ugly. So. What we do is consider the window "wide" if it + * either (a) occupies the whole width of newscr, or (b) occupies + * all but at most one column on either vertical edge of the screen + * (this caters to fussy people who put boxes around full-screen + * windows). Note that changing this formula will not break any code, + * merely change the costs of various update cases. + */ + wide = (begx <= 1 && win->_maxx >= (newscr->_maxx - 1)); + + win->_flags &= ~_HASMOVED; + + /* + * Microtweaking alert! This double loop is one of the genuine + * hot spots in the code. Even gcc doesn't seem to do enough + * common-subexpression chunking to make it really tense, + * so we'll force the issue. + */ + for (i = 0, m = begy + win->_yoffset; + i <= win->_maxy && m <= newscr->_maxy; + i++, m++) { + register struct ldat *nline = &newscr->_line[m]; + register struct ldat *oline = &win->_line[i]; + + if (oline->firstchar != _NOCHANGE) { + int last = oline->lastchar; + + /* limit(j) */ + if (last > win->_maxx) + last = win->_maxx; + /* limit(n) */ + if (last > newscr->_maxx - begx) + last = newscr->_maxx - begx; + + for (j = oline->firstchar, n = j + begx; j <= last; j++, n++) { + if (oline->text[j] != nline->text[n]) { + nline->text[n] = oline->text[j]; + + if (nline->firstchar == _NOCHANGE) + nline->firstchar = nline->lastchar = n; + else if (n < nline->firstchar) + nline->firstchar = n; + else if (n > nline->lastchar) + nline->lastchar = n; + } + } + + } + + if (wide) { + int oind = oline->oldindex; + + nline->oldindex = (oind == _NEWINDEX) ? _NEWINDEX : begy + oind + win->_yoffset; + } + + oline->firstchar = oline->lastchar = _NOCHANGE; + oline->oldindex = i; + } + + if (win->_clear) { + win->_clear = FALSE; + newscr->_clear = TRUE; + } + + if (! win->_leaveok) { + newscr->_cury = win->_cury + win->_begy + win->_yoffset; + newscr->_curx = win->_curx + win->_begx; + } +#ifdef TRACE + if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_UPDATE) + _tracedump("newscr", newscr); +#endif /* TRACE */ + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_restart.c b/ncurses/lib_restart.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54ee81ea --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_restart.c @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* + * Terminfo-only terminal setup routines: + * + * int restartterm(const char *, int, int *) + * TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *) + * int del_curterm(TERMINAL *) + */ + +#include + +#ifdef SVR4_TERMIO +#define _POSIX_SOURCE +#endif + +#include /* lines, columns, cur_term */ + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_restart.c,v 1.11 1997/02/02 01:10:25 tom Exp $") + +#undef tabs + +#ifdef TAB3 +# define tabs TAB3 +#else +# ifdef XTABS +# define tabs XTABS +# else +# ifdef OXTABS +# define tabs OXTABS +# else +# define tabs 0 +# endif +# endif +#endif + +int def_shell_mode(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("def_shell_mode()"))); + + if (cur_term == 0) + returnCode(ERR); + + /* + * Turn off the XTABS bit in the tty structure if it was on. If XTABS + * was on, remove the tab and backtab capabilities. + */ + + if (GET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Ottyb) == -1) + returnCode(ERR); +#ifdef TERMIOS + if (cur_term->Ottyb.c_oflag & tabs) + tab = back_tab = NULL; +#else + if (cur_term->Ottyb.sg_flags & XTABS) + tab = back_tab = NULL; +#endif + returnCode(OK); +} + +int def_prog_mode(void) +{ + T((T_CALLED("def_prog_mode()"))); + + if (cur_term == 0) + returnCode(ERR); + + if (GET_TTY(cur_term->Filedes, &cur_term->Nttyb) == -1) + returnCode(ERR); +#ifdef TERMIOS + cur_term->Nttyb.c_oflag &= ~tabs; +#else + cur_term->Nttyb.sg_flags &= ~XTABS; +#endif + returnCode(OK); +} + +int restartterm(const char *term, int filenum, int *errret) +{ +int saveecho = SP->_echo; +int savecbreak = SP->_cbreak; +int saveraw = SP->_raw; +int savenl = SP->_nl; + + T((T_CALLED("restartterm(%s,%d,%p)"), term, filenum, errret)); + + setupterm(term, filenum, errret); + + if (saveecho) + echo(); + else + noecho(); + + if (savecbreak) { + cbreak(); + noraw(); + } else if (saveraw) { + nocbreak(); + raw(); + } else { + nocbreak(); + noraw(); + } + if (savenl) + nl(); + else + nonl(); + + reset_prog_mode(); + + _nc_get_screensize(); + + returnCode(OK); +} + +TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *term) +{ + TERMINAL *oldterm = cur_term; + + cur_term = term; + return oldterm; +} + +int del_curterm(TERMINAL *term) +{ + T((T_CALLED("del_curterm(%p)"), term)); + + if (term != NULL) { + FreeIfNeeded(term->type.str_table); + FreeIfNeeded(term->type.term_names); + free(term); + returnCode(OK); + } + returnCode(ERR); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_scanw.c b/ncurses/lib_scanw.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bf5d5f7e --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_scanw.c @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* +** lib_scanw.c +** +** The routines scanw(), wscanw() and friends. +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_scanw.c,v 1.4 1997/02/08 14:45:51 tom Exp $") + +#if !HAVE_VSSCANF +extern int vsscanf(const char *str, const char *format, ...); +#endif + +int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list argp) +{ +char buf[BUFSIZ]; + + if (wgetstr(win, buf) == ERR) + return(ERR); + + return(vsscanf(buf, fmt, argp)); +} + +int scanw(const char *fmt, ...) +{ +int code; +va_list ap; + + T(("scanw(\"%s\",...) called", fmt)); + + va_start(ap, fmt); + code = vwscanw(stdscr, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); + return (code); +} + +int wscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...) +{ +int code; +va_list ap; + + T(("wscanw(%p,\"%s\",...) called", win, fmt)); + + va_start(ap, fmt); + code = vwscanw(win, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); + return (code); +} + +int mvscanw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...) +{ +int code; +va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + code = (move(y, x) == OK) ? vwscanw(stdscr, fmt, ap) : ERR; + va_end(ap); + return (code); +} + +int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...) +{ +int code; +va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + code = (wmove(win, y, x) == OK) ? vwscanw(win, fmt, ap) : ERR; + va_end(ap); + return (code); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_screen.c b/ncurses/lib_screen.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..44716f58 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_screen.c @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +#include + +#include +#include +#include /* exit_ca_mode, non_rev_rmcup */ + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_screen.c,v 1.7 1997/02/02 00:41:10 tom Exp $") + +static time_t dumptime; + +WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep) +{ + WINDOW try, *nwin; + int n; + + T((T_CALLED("getwin(%p)"), filep)); + + (void) fread(&try, sizeof(WINDOW), 1, filep); + if (ferror(filep)) + returnWin(0); + + if ((nwin = newwin(try._maxy+1, try._maxx+1, 0, 0)) == 0) + returnWin(0); + + /* + * We deliberately do not restore the _parx, _pary, or _parent + * fields, because the window hierarchy within which they + * made sense is probably gone. + */ + nwin->_curx = try._curx; + nwin->_cury = try._cury; + nwin->_maxy = try._maxy; + nwin->_maxx = try._maxx; + nwin->_begy = try._begy; + nwin->_begx = try._begx; + nwin->_yoffset = try._yoffset; + nwin->_flags = try._flags & ~(_SUBWIN|_ISPAD); + + nwin->_attrs = try._attrs; + nwin->_bkgd = try._bkgd; + + nwin->_clear = try._clear; + nwin->_scroll = try._scroll; + nwin->_leaveok = try._leaveok; + nwin->_use_keypad = try._use_keypad; + nwin->_delay = try._delay; + nwin->_immed = try._immed; + nwin->_sync = try._sync; + + nwin->_regtop = try._regtop; + nwin->_regbottom = try._regbottom; + + for (n = 0; n < nwin->_maxy + 1; n++) + { + (void) fread(nwin->_line[n].text, + sizeof(chtype), (size_t)(nwin->_maxx + 1), filep); + if (ferror(filep)) + { + delwin(nwin); + returnWin(0); + } + } + touchwin(nwin); + + returnWin(nwin); +} + +int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep) +{ + int n; + + T((T_CALLED("putwin(%p,%p)"), win, filep)); + + (void) fwrite(win, sizeof(WINDOW), 1, filep); + if (ferror(filep)) + returnCode(ERR); + + for (n = 0; n < win->_maxy + 1; n++) + { + (void) fwrite(win->_line[n].text, + sizeof(chtype), (size_t)(win->_maxx + 1), filep); + if (ferror(filep)) + returnCode(ERR); + } + + returnCode(OK); +} + +int scr_restore(const char *file) +{ + FILE *fp; + + T((T_CALLED("scr_restore(%s)"), _nc_visbuf(file))); + + if ((fp = fopen(file, "r")) == 0) + returnCode(ERR); + else + { + delwin(newscr); + newscr = getwin(fp); + (void) fclose(fp); + returnCode(OK); + } +} + +int scr_dump(const char *file) +{ + FILE *fp; + + T((T_CALLED("scr_dump(%s)"), _nc_visbuf(file))); + + if ((fp = fopen(file, "w")) == 0) + returnCode(ERR); + else + { + (void) putwin(newscr, fp); + (void) fclose(fp); + dumptime = time((time_t *)0); + returnCode(OK); + } +} + +int scr_init(const char *file) +{ + FILE *fp; + struct stat stb; + + T((T_CALLED("scr_init(%s)"), _nc_visbuf(file))); + +#ifdef exit_ca_mode + if (exit_ca_mode && non_rev_rmcup) + returnCode(ERR); +#endif /* exit_ca_mode */ + + if ((fp = fopen(file, "r")) == 0) + returnCode(ERR); + else if (fstat(STDOUT_FILENO, &stb) || stb.st_mtime > dumptime) + returnCode(ERR); + else + { + delwin(curscr); + curscr = getwin(fp); + (void) fclose(fp); + returnCode(OK); + } +} + +int scr_set(const char *file) +{ + T((T_CALLED("scr_set(%s)"), _nc_visbuf(file))); + + if (scr_init(file) == ERR) + returnCode(ERR); + else + { + delwin(newscr); + newscr = dupwin(curscr); + returnCode(OK); + } +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_scroll.c b/ncurses/lib_scroll.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..acf99384 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_scroll.c @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* +** lib_scroll.c +** +** The routine wscrl(win, n). +** positive n scroll the window up (ie. move lines down) +** negative n scroll the window down (ie. move lines up) +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_scroll.c,v 1.11 1997/02/01 23:22:54 tom Exp $") + +void _nc_scroll_window(WINDOW *win, int const n, short const top, short const bottom) +{ +int line, j; +chtype blank = _nc_background(win); +size_t to_copy = (size_t)(sizeof(chtype) * (win->_maxx + 1)); + + TR(TRACE_MOVE, ("_nc_scroll_window(%p, %d, %d, %d)", win, n, top,bottom)); + + /* + * This used to do a line-text pointer-shuffle instead of text copies. + * That (a) doesn't work when the window is derived and doesn't have + * its own storage, (b) doesn't save you a lot on modern machines + * anyway. Your typical memcpy implementations are coded in + * assembler using a tight BLT loop; for the size of copies we're + * talking here, the total execution time is dominated by the one-time + * setup cost. So there is no point in trying to be excessively + * clever -- esr. + */ + + /* shift n lines downwards */ + if (n < 0) { + for (line = bottom; line >= top-n; line--) { + memcpy(win->_line[line].text, + win->_line[line+n].text, + to_copy); + win->_line[line].oldindex = win->_line[line+n].oldindex; + } + for (line = top; line < top-n; line++) { + for (j = 0; j <= win->_maxx; j ++) + win->_line[line].text[j] = blank; + win->_line[line].oldindex = _NEWINDEX; + win->_line[line].firstchar = 0; + win->_line[line].lastchar = win->_maxx; + } + } + + /* shift n lines upwards */ + if (n > 0) { + for (line = top; line <= bottom-n; line++) { + memcpy(win->_line[line].text, + win->_line[line+n].text, + to_copy); + win->_line[line].oldindex = win->_line[line+n].oldindex; + } + for (line = bottom; line > bottom-n; line--) { + for (j = 0; j <= win->_maxx; j ++) + win->_line[line].text[j] = blank; + win->_line[line].oldindex = _NEWINDEX; + win->_line[line].firstchar = 0; + win->_line[line].lastchar = win->_maxx; + } + } +} + +int +wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n) +{ + T((T_CALLED("wscrl(%p,%d)"), win, n)); + + if (! win->_scroll) + returnCode(ERR); + + if (n == 0) + returnCode(OK); + + if ((n > (win->_regbottom - win->_regtop)) || + (-n > (win->_regbottom - win->_regtop))) + returnCode(ERR); + + _nc_scroll_window(win, n, win->_regtop, win->_regbottom); + touchline(win, win->_regtop, (int)(win->_regbottom - win->_regtop + 1)); + + _nc_synchook(win); + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_scrreg.c b/ncurses/lib_scrreg.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..70696a4b --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_scrreg.c @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* +** lib_scrreg.c +** +** The routine wsetscrreg(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_scrreg.c,v 1.5 1997/02/01 23:22:54 tom Exp $") + +int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bottom) +{ + T((T_CALLED("wsetscrreg(%p,%d,%d)"), win, top, bottom)); + + if (top >= 0 && top <= win->_maxy && + bottom >= 0 && bottom <= win->_maxy && + bottom > top) + { + win->_regtop = (short)top; + win->_regbottom = (short)bottom; + + returnCode(OK); + } else + returnCode(ERR); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_set_term.c b/ncurses/lib_set_term.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a34cdc1b --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_set_term.c @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* +** lib_set_term.c +** +** The routine set_term(). +** +*/ + +#include + +#include /* cur_term */ + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_set_term.c,v 1.17 1997/05/01 23:46:18 Alexander.V.Lukyanov Exp $") + +/* + * If the output file descriptor is connected to a tty (the typical case) it + * will probably be line-buffered. Keith Bostic pointed out that we don't want + * this; it hoses people running over networks by forcing out a bunch of small + * packets instead of one big one, so screen updates on ptys look jerky. + * Restore block buffering to prevent this minor lossage. + * + * The buffer size is a compromise. Ideally we'd like a buffer that can hold + * the maximum possible update size (the whole screen plus cup commands to + * change lines as it's painted). On a 66-line xterm this can become + * excessive. So we min it with the amount of data we think we can get through + * two Ethernet packets (maximum packet size - 100 for TCP/IP overhead). + * + * Why two ethernet packets? It used to be one, on the theory that said + * packets define the maximum size of atomic update. But that's less than the + * 2000 chars on a 25 x 80 screen, and we don't want local updates to flicker + * either. Two packet lengths will handle up to a 35 x 80 screen. + * + * The magic '6' is the estimated length of the end-of-line cup sequence to go + * to the next line. It's generous. We used to mess with the buffering in + * init_mvcur() after cost computation, but that lost the sequences emitted by + * init_acs() in setupscreen(). + * + * "The setvbuf function may be used only after the stream pointed to by stream + * has been associated with an open file and before any other operation is + * performed on the stream." (ISO 7.9.5.6.) + * + * Grrrr... + */ +void _nc_set_buffer(FILE *ofp, bool buffered) +{ + /* optional optimization hack -- do before any output to ofp */ +#if HAVE_SETVBUF || HAVE_SETBUFFER + unsigned buf_len; + char *buf_ptr; + + if (buffered) { + buf_len = min(LINES * (COLS + 6), 2800); + buf_ptr = malloc(buf_len); + } else { + buf_len = 0; + buf_ptr = 0; + } + +#if HAVE_SETVBUF +#ifdef SETVBUF_REVERSED /* pre-svr3? */ + (void) setvbuf(ofp, buf_ptr, buf_len, buf_len ? _IOFBF : _IONBF); +#else + (void) setvbuf(ofp, buf_ptr, buf_len ? _IOFBF : _IONBF, buf_len); +#endif +#elif HAVE_SETBUFFER + (void) setbuffer(ofp, buf_ptr, (int)buf_len); +#endif + + if (!buffered) { + FreeIfNeeded(SP->_setbuf); + } + SP->_setbuf = buf_ptr; + +#endif /* HAVE_SETVBUF || HAVE_SETBUFFER */ +} + +SCREEN * set_term(SCREEN *screen) +{ +SCREEN *oldSP; + + T((T_CALLED("set_term(%p)"), screen)); + + oldSP = SP; + _nc_set_screen(screen); + + cur_term = SP->_term; + curscr = SP->_curscr; + newscr = SP->_newscr; + stdscr = SP->_stdscr; + COLORS = SP->_color_count; + COLOR_PAIRS = SP->_pair_count; + + T((T_RETURN("%p"), oldSP)); + return(oldSP); +} + +static void _nc_free_keytry(struct tries *kt) +{ + if (kt != 0) { + _nc_free_keytry(kt->child); + _nc_free_keytry(kt->sibling); + free(kt); + } +} + +/* + * Free the storage associated with the given SCREEN sp. + */ +void delscreen(SCREEN *sp) +{ + T((T_CALLED("delscreen(%p)"), sp)); + + _nc_freewin(sp->_curscr); + _nc_freewin(sp->_newscr); + _nc_freewin(sp->_stdscr); + _nc_free_keytry(sp->_keytry); + + FreeIfNeeded(sp->_color_table); + FreeIfNeeded(sp->_color_pairs); + + free(sp); + + /* + * If this was the current screen, reset everything that the + * application might try to use (except cur_term, which may have + * multiple references in different screens). + */ + if (sp == SP) { + curscr = 0; + newscr = 0; + stdscr = 0; + COLORS = 0; + COLOR_PAIRS = 0; + _nc_set_screen(0); + } + returnVoid; +} + +ripoff_t rippedoff[5], *rsp = rippedoff; +#define N_RIPS (int)(sizeof(rippedoff)/sizeof(rippedoff[0])) + +int _nc_setupscreen(short slines, short const scolumns, FILE *output) +/* OS-independent screen initializations */ +{ +int bottom_stolen = 0, i; + + if (!_nc_alloc_screen()) + return ERR; + + _nc_set_buffer(output, TRUE); + SP->_term = cur_term; + SP->_lines = slines; + SP->_lines_avail = slines; + SP->_columns = scolumns; + SP->_cursrow = -1; + SP->_curscol = -1; + SP->_keytry = UNINITIALISED; + SP->_nl = TRUE; + SP->_raw = FALSE; + SP->_cbreak = FALSE; + SP->_echo = FALSE; + SP->_fifohead = -1; + SP->_fifotail = 0; + SP->_fifopeek = 0; + SP->_endwin = TRUE; + SP->_ofp = output; + SP->_coloron = 0; + SP->_curscr = 0; + SP->_newscr = 0; + SP->_stdscr = 0; + SP->_topstolen = 0; + SP->_cursor = -1; /* cannot know real cursor shape */ + + init_acs(); + + T(("creating newscr")); + if ((newscr = newwin(slines, scolumns, 0, 0)) == 0) + return ERR; + + T(("creating curscr")); + if ((curscr = newwin(slines, scolumns, 0, 0)) == 0) + return ERR; + + SP->_newscr = newscr; + SP->_curscr = curscr; + + newscr->_clear = TRUE; + curscr->_clear = FALSE; + + for (i=0, rsp = rippedoff; rsp->line && (i < N_RIPS); rsp++, i++) { + if (rsp->hook) { + WINDOW *w; + int count = (rsp->line < 0) ? -rsp->line : rsp->line; + + if (rsp->line < 0) { + w = newwin(count,scolumns,SP->_lines_avail - count,0); + if (w) { + rsp->w = w; + rsp->hook(w, scolumns); + bottom_stolen += count; + } + else + return ERR; + } else { + w = newwin(count,scolumns, 0, 0); + if (w) { + rsp->w = w; + rsp->hook(w, scolumns); + SP->_topstolen += count; + } + else + return ERR; + } + SP->_lines_avail -= count; + } + } + + T(("creating stdscr")); + assert ((SP->_lines_avail + SP->_topstolen + bottom_stolen) == slines); + if ((stdscr = newwin(LINES = SP->_lines_avail, scolumns, 0, 0)) == 0) + return ERR; + SP->_stdscr = stdscr; + + def_shell_mode(); + def_prog_mode(); + + return OK; +} + +/* The internal implementation interprets line as the number of + lines to rip off from the top or bottom. + */ +int +_nc_ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *,int)) +{ + if (line == 0) + return(OK); + + if (rsp >= rippedoff + N_RIPS) + return(ERR); + + rsp->line = line; + rsp->hook = init; + rsp->w = 0; + rsp++; + + return(OK); +} + +int +ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int)) +{ + T((T_CALLED("ripoffline(%d,%p)"), line, init)); + + if (line == 0) + returnCode(OK); + + returnCode(_nc_ripoffline ((line<0) ? -1 : 1, init)); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_setup.c b/ncurses/lib_setup.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9a194b54 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_setup.c @@ -0,0 +1,300 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * Terminal setup routines common to termcap and terminfo: + * + * use_env(bool) + * setupterm(char *, int, int *) + */ + +#include + +#ifdef SVR4_TERMIO +#define _POSIX_SOURCE +#endif + +#include /* lines, columns, cur_term */ + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_setup.c,v 1.24 1997/03/08 21:25:44 tom Exp $") + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Terminal size computation + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#if !defined(sun) || !HAVE_TERMIOS_H +#include +#endif + +static int _use_env = TRUE; + +static void do_prototype(void); + +void use_env(bool f) +{ + _use_env = f; +} + +int LINES, COLS, TABSIZE; + +void _nc_get_screensize(void) +/* set LINES and COLS from the environment and/or terminfo entry */ +{ +char *rows, *cols; + + /* figure out the size of the screen */ + T(("screen size: terminfo lines = %d columns = %d", lines, columns)); + + if (!_use_env) + { + LINES = (int)lines; + COLS = (int)columns; + } + else /* usually want to query LINES and COLUMNS from environment */ + { + LINES = COLS = 0; + + /* first, look for environment variables */ + rows = getenv("LINES"); + if (rows != (char *)NULL) + LINES = atoi(rows); + cols = getenv("COLUMNS"); + if (cols != (char *)NULL) + COLS = atoi(cols); + T(("screen size: environment LINES = %d COLUMNS = %d",LINES,COLS)); + +#if defined(TIOCGWINSZ) && !BROKEN_TIOCGWINSZ + /* if that didn't work, maybe we can try asking the OS */ + if (LINES <= 0 || COLS <= 0) + { + if (isatty(cur_term->Filedes)) + { + struct winsize size; + + errno = 0; + do { + if (ioctl(cur_term->Filedes, TIOCGWINSZ, &size) < 0 + && errno != EINTR) + goto failure; + } while + (errno == EINTR); + + LINES = (int)size.ws_row; + COLS = (int)size.ws_col; + } + /* FALLTHRU */ + failure:; + } +#endif /* defined(TIOCGWINSZ) && !defined(BROKEN_TIOCGWINSZ) */ + + /* if we can't get dynamic info about the size, use static */ + if (LINES <= 0 || COLS <= 0) + if (lines > 0 && columns > 0) + { + LINES = (int)lines; + COLS = (int)columns; + } + + /* the ultimate fallback, assume fixed 24x80 size */ + if (LINES <= 0 || COLS <= 0) + { + LINES = 24; + COLS = 80; + } + + /* + * Put the derived values back in the screen-size caps, so + * tigetnum() and tgetnum() will do the right thing. + */ + lines = (short)LINES; + columns = (short)COLS; + } + + T(("screen size is %dx%d", LINES, COLS)); + +#ifdef init_tabs + if (init_tabs != -1) + TABSIZE = (int)init_tabs; + else +#endif /* init_tabs */ + TABSIZE = 8; + T(("TABSIZE = %d", TABSIZE)); + +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Terminal setup + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#define ret_error(code, fmt, arg) if (errret) {\ + *errret = code;\ + returnCode(ERR);\ + } else {\ + fprintf(stderr, fmt, arg);\ + exit(EXIT_FAILURE);\ + } + +#define ret_error0(code, msg) if (errret) {\ + *errret = code;\ + returnCode(ERR);\ + } else {\ + fprintf(stderr, msg);\ + exit(EXIT_FAILURE);\ + } + +static int grab_entry(const char *const tn, TERMTYPE *const tp) +/* return 1 if entry found, 0 if not found, -1 if database not accessible */ +{ + char filename[PATH_MAX]; + int status; + + if ((status = _nc_read_entry(tn, filename, tp)) == 1) + return(1); + +#ifndef PURE_TERMINFO + /* + * Try falling back on the termcap file. Note: allowing this call + * links the entire terminfo/termcap compiler into the startup code. + * It's preferable to build a real terminfo database and use that. + */ + status = _nc_read_termcap_entry(tn, tp); +#endif /* PURE_TERMINFO */ + + return(status); +} + +char ttytype[NAMESIZE]; + +/* + * setupterm(termname, Filedes, errret) + * + * Find and read the appropriate object file for the terminal + * Make cur_term point to the structure. + * + */ + +int setupterm(const char *tname, int Filedes, int *errret) +{ +struct term *term_ptr; +int status; + + T((T_CALLED("setupterm(\"%s\",%d,%p)"), tname, Filedes, errret)); + + if (tname == NULL) { + tname = getenv("TERM"); + if (tname == NULL) + ret_error0(-1, "TERM environment variable not set.\n"); + } + + T(("your terminal name is %s", tname)); + + term_ptr = typeCalloc(TERMINAL, 1); + + if (term_ptr == NULL) + ret_error0(-1, "Not enough memory to create terminal structure.\n") ; + status = grab_entry(tname, &term_ptr->type); + + /* try fallback list if entry on disk */ + if (status != 1) + { + const TERMTYPE *fallback = _nc_fallback(tname); + + if (fallback) + { + memcpy(&term_ptr->type, fallback, sizeof(TERMTYPE)); + status = 1; + } + } + + if (status == -1) + { + ret_error0(-1, "terminals database is inaccessible\n"); + } + else if (status == 0) + { + ret_error(0, "'%s': unknown terminal type.\n", tname); + } + + cur_term = term_ptr; + if (generic_type) + ret_error(0, "'%s': I need something more specific.\n", tname); + if (hard_copy) + ret_error(1, "'%s': I can't handle hardcopy terminals.\n", tname); + + if (command_character && getenv("CC")) + do_prototype(); + + strncpy(ttytype, cur_term->type.term_names, NAMESIZE - 1); + ttytype[NAMESIZE - 1] = '\0'; + + /* + * Allow output redirection. This is what SVr3 does. + * If stdout is directed to a file, screen updates go + * to standard error. + */ + if (Filedes == STDOUT_FILENO && !isatty(Filedes)) + Filedes = STDERR_FILENO; + cur_term->Filedes = Filedes; + + _nc_get_screensize(); + + if (errret) + *errret = 1; + + T((T_CREATE("screen %s %dx%d"), tname, LINES, COLS)); + + returnCode(OK); +} + +/* +** do_prototype() +** +** Take the real command character out of the CC environment variable +** and substitute it in for the prototype given in 'command_character'. +** +*/ + +static void +do_prototype(void) +{ +int i, j; +char CC; +char proto; +char *tmp; + + tmp = getenv("CC"); + CC = *tmp; + proto = *command_character; + + for (i=0; i < STRCOUNT; i++) { + j = 0; + while (cur_term->type.Strings[i][j]) { + if (cur_term->type.Strings[i][j] == proto) + cur_term->type.Strings[i][j] = CC; + j++; + } + } +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_slk.c b/ncurses/lib_slk.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b1124e85 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_slk.c @@ -0,0 +1,443 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* + * lib_slk.c + * Soft key routines. + */ + +#include + +#include +#include /* num_labels, label_*, plab_norm */ + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_slk.c,v 1.11 1997/01/18 23:06:32 tom Exp $") + +#define MAX_SKEY_OLD 8 /* count of soft keys */ +#define MAX_SKEY_LEN_OLD 8 /* max length of soft key text */ +#define MAX_SKEY_PC 12 /* This is what most PC's have */ +#define MAX_SKEY_LEN_PC 5 + +#define MAX_SKEY (SLK_STDFMT ? MAX_SKEY_OLD : MAX_SKEY_PC) +#define MAX_SKEY_LEN (SLK_STDFMT ? MAX_SKEY_LEN_OLD : MAX_SKEY_LEN_PC) +/* + * We'd like to move these into the screen context structure, but cannot, + * because slk_init() is called before initscr()/newterm(). + */ +int _nc_slk_format; /* one more than format specified in slk_init() */ + +static chtype _slk_attr = A_STANDOUT; /* soft label attribute */ +static SLK *_slk; +static void slk_paint_info(WINDOW *win); + +/* + * Fetch the label text. + */ + +char * +slk_label(int n) +{ + T(("slk_label(%d)", n)); + + if (SP->_slk == NULL || n < 1 || n > SP->_slk->labcnt) + return NULL; + return(SP->_slk->ent[n-1].text); +} + +/* + * Write the soft labels to the soft-key window. + */ + +static void +slk_intern_refresh(SLK *slk) +{ +int i; + for (i = 0; i < slk->labcnt; i++) { + if (slk->dirty || slk->ent[i].dirty) { + if (slk->ent[i].visible) { +#ifdef num_labels + if (num_labels > 0 && SLK_STDFMT) + { + if (i < num_labels) { + TPUTS_TRACE("plab_norm"); + putp(tparm(plab_norm, i, slk->win,slk->ent[i].form_text)); + } + } + else +#endif /* num_labels */ + { + wmove(slk->win,SLK_LINES-1,slk->ent[i].x); + wattrset(slk->win,_slk_attr); + waddnstr(slk->win,slk->ent[i].form_text, MAX_SKEY_LEN); + /* if we simulate SLK's, it's looking much more + natural to use the current ATTRIBUTE also + for the label window */ + wattrset(slk->win,stdscr->_attrs); + } + } + slk->ent[i].dirty = FALSE; + } + } + slk->dirty = FALSE; + +#ifdef num_labels + if (num_labels > 0) + if (slk->hidden) + { + TPUTS_TRACE("label_off"); + putp(label_off); + } + else + { + TPUTS_TRACE("label_on"); + putp(label_on); + } +#endif /* num_labels */ +} + +/* + * Refresh the soft labels. + */ + +int +slk_noutrefresh(void) +{ + T(("slk_noutrefresh()")); + + if (SP->_slk == NULL) + return(ERR); + if (SP->_slk->hidden) + return(OK); + slk_intern_refresh(SP->_slk); + return(wnoutrefresh(SP->_slk->win)); +} + +/* + * Refresh the soft labels. + */ + +int +slk_refresh(void) +{ + T(("slk_refresh()")); + + if (SP->_slk == NULL) + return(ERR); + if (SP->_slk->hidden) + return(OK); + slk_intern_refresh(SP->_slk); + return(wrefresh(SP->_slk->win)); +} + +/* + * Restore the soft labels on the screen. + */ + +int +slk_restore(void) +{ + T(("slk_restore()")); + + if (SP->_slk == NULL) + return(ERR); + SP->_slk->hidden = FALSE; + SP->_slk->dirty = TRUE; + /* we have to repaint info line eventually */ + slk_paint_info(SP->_slk->win); + return slk_refresh(); +} + +/* + * Set soft label text. + */ + +int +slk_set(int i, const char *astr, int format) +{ +SLK *slk = SP->_slk; +size_t len; +const char *str = astr; +const char *p; + + T(("slk_set(%d, \"%s\", %d)", i, str, format)); + + if (slk == NULL || i < 1 || i > slk->labcnt || format < 0 || format > 2) + return(ERR); + if (str == NULL) + str = ""; + + while (isspace(*str)) str++; /* skip over leading spaces */ + p = str; + while (isprint(*p)) p++; /* The first non-print stops */ + + --i; /* Adjust numbering of labels */ + + len = (size_t)(p - str); + if (len > (unsigned)slk->maxlen) + len = slk->maxlen; + if (len==0) + slk->ent[i].text[0] = 0; + else + (void) strncpy(slk->ent[i].text, str, len); + memset(slk->ent[i].form_text,' ', (unsigned)slk->maxlen); + slk->ent[i].text[slk->maxlen] = 0; + /* len = strlen(slk->ent[i].text); */ + + switch(format) { + case 0: /* left-justified */ + memcpy(slk->ent[i].form_text, + slk->ent[i].text, + len); + break; + case 1: /* centered */ + memcpy(slk->ent[i].form_text+(slk->maxlen - len)/2, + slk->ent[i].text, + len); + break; + case 2: /* right-justified */ + memcpy(slk->ent[i].form_text+ slk->maxlen - len, + slk->ent[i].text, + len); + break; + } + slk->ent[i].form_text[slk->maxlen] = 0; + slk->ent[i].dirty = TRUE; + return(OK); +} + +/* + * Force the code to believe that the soft keys have been changed. + */ + +int +slk_touch(void) +{ + T(("slk_touch()")); + + if (SP->_slk == NULL) + return(ERR); + SP->_slk->dirty = TRUE; + return(OK); +} + +/* + * Remove soft labels from the screen. + */ + +int +slk_clear(void) +{ + T(("slk_clear()")); + + if (SP->_slk == NULL) + return(ERR); + SP->_slk->hidden = TRUE; + /* For simulated SLK's it's looks much more natural to + inherit those attributes from the standard screen */ + SP->_slk->win->_bkgd = stdscr->_bkgd; + SP->_slk->win->_attrs = stdscr->_attrs; + werase(SP->_slk->win); + return wrefresh(SP->_slk->win); +} + +/* + * Paint the info line for the PC style SLK emulation. + * + */ + +static void +slk_paint_info(WINDOW *win) +{ + if (win && _nc_slk_format==4) + { + int i; + + mvwhline (win,0,0,0,getmaxx(win)); + wmove (win,0,0); + + for (i = 0; i < _slk->maxlab; i++) { + if (win && _nc_slk_format==4) + { + mvwaddch(win,0,_slk->ent[i].x,'F'); + if (i<9) + waddch(win,'1'+i); + else + { + waddch(win,'1'); + waddch(win,'0' + (i-9)); + } + } + } + } +} + +/* + * Initialize soft labels. + * Called from newterm() + */ + +int +_nc_slk_initialize(WINDOW *stwin, int cols) +{ +int i, x; +char *p; + + T(("slk_initialize()")); + + if (_slk) + { /* we did this already, so simply return */ + SP->_slk = _slk; + return(OK); + } + else + if ((SP->_slk = _slk = typeCalloc(SLK, 1)) == 0) + return(ERR); + + _slk->ent = NULL; + _slk->buffer = NULL; + +#ifdef num_labels + _slk->maxlab = (num_labels > 0) ? num_labels : MAX_SKEY; + _slk->maxlen = (num_labels > 0) ? label_width * label_height : MAX_SKEY_LEN; + _slk->labcnt = (_slk->maxlab < MAX_SKEY) ? MAX_SKEY : _slk->maxlab; +#else + _slk->labcnt = _slk->maxlab = MAX_SKEY; + _slk->maxlen = MAX_SKEY_LEN; +#endif /* num_labels */ + + _slk->ent = typeCalloc(slk_ent, _slk->labcnt); + if (_slk->ent == NULL) + goto exception; + + p = _slk->buffer = (char*) calloc(2*_slk->labcnt,(1+_slk->maxlen)); + if (_slk->buffer == NULL) + goto exception; + + for (i = 0; i < _slk->labcnt; i++) { + _slk->ent[i].text = p; + p += (1 + _slk->maxlen); + _slk->ent[i].form_text = p; + p += (1 + _slk->maxlen); + memset(_slk->ent[i].form_text, ' ', (unsigned)_slk->maxlen); + _slk->ent[i].visible = (i < _slk->maxlab); + } + if (_nc_slk_format >= 3) /* PC style */ + { + int gap = (cols - 3 * (3 + 4*_slk->maxlen))/2; + + if (gap < 1) + gap = 1; + + for (i = x = 0; i < _slk->maxlab; i++) { + _slk->ent[i].x = x; + x += _slk->maxlen; + x += (i==3 || i==7) ? gap : 1; + } + if (_nc_slk_format == 4) + slk_paint_info (stwin); + } + else { + if (_nc_slk_format == 2) { /* 4-4 */ + int gap = cols - (_slk->maxlab * _slk->maxlen) - 6; + + if (gap < 1) + gap = 1; + for (i = x = 0; i < _slk->maxlab; i++) { + _slk->ent[i].x = x; + x += _slk->maxlen; + x += (i == 3) ? gap : 1; + } + } + else + { + if (_nc_slk_format == 1) { /* 1 -> 3-2-3 */ + int gap = (cols - (_slk->maxlab * _slk->maxlen) - 5) / 2; + + if (gap < 1) + gap = 1; + for (i = x = 0; i < _slk->maxlab; i++) { + _slk->ent[i].x = x; + x += _slk->maxlen; + x += (i == 2 || i == 4) ? gap : 1; + } + } + else + goto exception; + } + } + _slk->dirty = TRUE; + if ((_slk->win = stwin) == NULL) + { + exception: + if (_slk) + { + FreeIfNeeded(_slk->buffer); + FreeIfNeeded(_slk->ent); + free(_slk); + SP->_slk = _slk = (SLK*)0; + return(ERR); + } + } + + return(OK); +} + +/* + * Initialize soft labels. Called by the user before initscr(). + */ + +int +slk_init(int format) +{ + if (format < 0 || format > 3) + return(ERR); + _nc_slk_format = 1 + format; + return(OK); +} + +/* Functions to manipulate the soft-label attribute */ + +int +slk_attrset(const attr_t attr) +{ + _slk_attr = attr; + return(OK); +} + +int +slk_attron(const attr_t attr) +{ + toggle_attr_on(_slk_attr,attr); + return(OK); +} + +int +slk_attroff(const attr_t attr) +{ + toggle_attr_off(_slk_attr,attr); + return(OK); +} + +attr_t +slk_attr(void) +{ + return _slk_attr; +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_termcap.c b/ncurses/lib_termcap.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e0fac6f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_termcap.c @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include + +#include +#include + +#define __INTERNAL_CAPS_VISIBLE +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_termcap.c,v 1.13 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $") + +/* + some of the code in here was contributed by: + Magnus Bengtsson, d6mbeng@dtek.chalmers.se +*/ + +char PC; +char *UP; +char *BC; +short ospeed; + +/*************************************************************************** + * + * tgetent(bufp, term) + * + * In termcap, this function reads in the entry for terminal `term' into the + * buffer pointed to by bufp. It must be called before any of the functions + * below are called. + * In this terminfo emulation, tgetent() simply calls setupterm() (which + * does a bit more than tgetent() in termcap does), and returns its return + * value (1 if successful, 0 if no terminal with the given name could be + * found, or -1 if no terminal descriptions have been installed on the + * system). The bufp argument is ignored. + * + ***************************************************************************/ + +int tgetent(char *bufp GCC_UNUSED, const char *name) +{ +int errcode; +#if defined(TERMIOS) +speed_t speed; +#endif + + T(("calling tgetent")); + setupterm((char *)name, STDOUT_FILENO, &errcode); + + if (errcode != 1) + return(errcode); + + if (cursor_left) + if ((backspaces_with_bs = !strcmp(cursor_left, "\b")) == 0) + backspace_if_not_bs = cursor_left; + + /* we're required to export these */ + if (pad_char != NULL) + PC = pad_char[0]; + if (cursor_up != NULL) + UP = cursor_up; + if (backspace_if_not_bs != NULL) + BC = backspace_if_not_bs; +#if defined(TERMIOS) + /* + * Back-convert to the funny speed encoding used by the old BSD + * curses library. Method suggested by Andrey Chernov + * + */ + if ((speed = cfgetospeed(&cur_term->Nttyb)) < 1) + ospeed = 1; /* assume lowest non-hangup speed */ + else + { + const speed_t *sp; + static const speed_t speeds[] = { +#ifdef B115200 + B115200, +#endif +#ifdef B57600 + B57600, +#endif +#ifdef B38400 + B38400, +#else +#ifdef EXTB + EXTB, +#endif +#endif /* B38400 */ +#ifdef B19200 + B19200, +#else +#ifdef EXTA + EXTA, +#endif +#endif /* B19200 */ + B9600, + B4800, + B2400, + B1800, + B1200, + B600, + B300, + B200, + B150, + B134, + B110, + B75, + B50, + B0, + }; +#define MAXSPEED sizeof(speeds)/sizeof(speeds[0]) + + for (sp = speeds; sp < speeds + MAXSPEED; sp++) { + if (sp[0] <= speed) { + break; + } + } + ospeed = MAXSPEED - (sp - speeds); + } +#else + ospeed = cur_term->Nttyb.sg_ospeed; +#endif + +/* LINT_PREPRO +#if 0*/ +#include +/* LINT_PREPRO +#endif*/ + + return errcode; +} + +/*************************************************************************** + * + * tgetflag(str) + * + * Look up boolean termcap capability str and return its value (TRUE=1 if + * present, FALSE=0 if not). + * + ***************************************************************************/ + +int tgetflag(const char *id) +{ +int i; + + T(("tgetflag: %s", id)); + for (i = 0; i < BOOLCOUNT; i++) + if (!strcmp(id, boolcodes[i])) + return cur_term->type.Booleans[i]; + return ERR; +} + +/*************************************************************************** + * + * tgetnum(str) + * + * Look up numeric termcap capability str and return its value, or -1 if + * not given. + * + ***************************************************************************/ + +int tgetnum(const char *id) +{ +int i; + + T(("tgetnum: %s", id)); + for (i = 0; i < NUMCOUNT; i++) + if (!strcmp(id, numcodes[i])) + return cur_term->type.Numbers[i]; + return ERR; +} + +/*************************************************************************** + * + * tgetstr(str, area) + * + * Look up string termcap capability str and return a pointer to its value, + * or NULL if not given. + * + ***************************************************************************/ + +char *tgetstr(const char *id, char **area GCC_UNUSED) +{ +int i; + + T(("tgetstr: %s", id)); + for (i = 0; i < STRCOUNT; i++) { + T(("trying %s", strcodes[i])); + if (!strcmp(id, strcodes[i])) { + T(("found match : %s", cur_term->type.Strings[i])); + return cur_term->type.Strings[i]; + } + } + return NULL; +} + +/* + * char * + * tgoto(string, x, y) + * + * Retained solely for upward compatibility. Note the intentional + * reversing of the last two arguments. + * + */ + +char *tgoto(const char *string, int x, int y) +{ + return(tparm((char *)string, y, x)); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_ti.c b/ncurses/lib_ti.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..41117f0b --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_ti.c @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +#include + +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_ti.c,v 1.7 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $") + +int tigetflag(const char *str) +{ +int i; + + T(("tigetflag(%s)", str)); + + for (i = 0; i < BOOLCOUNT; i++) + if (!strcmp(str, boolnames[i])) + return cur_term->type.Booleans[i]; + + return ABSENT_BOOLEAN; +} + +int tigetnum(const char *str) +{ +int i; + + T(("tigetnum(%s)", str)); + + for (i = 0; i < NUMCOUNT; i++) + if (!strcmp(str, numnames[i])) + return cur_term->type.Numbers[i]; + + return CANCELLED_NUMERIC; +} + +char *tigetstr(const char *str) +{ +int i; + + T(("tigetstr(%s)", str)); + + for (i = 0; i < STRCOUNT; i++) + if (!strcmp(str, strnames[i])) + return cur_term->type.Strings[i]; + + return CANCELLED_STRING; +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_touch.c b/ncurses/lib_touch.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82ef92c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_touch.c @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* +** lib_touch.c +** +** The routines untouchwin(), +** wtouchln(), +** is_linetouched() +** is_wintouched(). +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_touch.c,v 1.3 1997/02/02 00:26:15 tom Exp $") + +int is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line) +{ + T((T_CALLED("is_linetouched(%p,%d)"), win, line)); + + /* XSI doesn't define any error */ + if (line > win->_maxy || line < 0) + returnCode(ERR); + + returnCode(win->_line[line].firstchar != _NOCHANGE ? TRUE : FALSE); +} + +int is_wintouched(WINDOW *win) +{ +int i; + + T((T_CALLED("is_wintouched(%p)"), win)); + + for (i = 0; i <= win->_maxy; i++) + if (win->_line[i].firstchar != _NOCHANGE) + returnCode(TRUE); + returnCode(FALSE); +} + +int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed) +{ +int i; + + T((T_CALLED("wtouchln(%p,%d,%d,%d)"), win, y, n, changed)); + + for (i = y; i < y+n; i++) { + win->_line[i].firstchar = changed ? 0 : _NOCHANGE; + win->_line[i].lastchar = changed ? win->_maxx : _NOCHANGE; + } + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_tparm.c b/ncurses/lib_tparm.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..26b5691a --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_tparm.c @@ -0,0 +1,533 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * tparm.c + * + */ + +#include + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_tparm.c,v 1.18 1997/04/26 18:37:50 tom Exp $") + +/* + * char * + * tparm(string, ...) + * + * Substitute the given parameters into the given string by the following + * rules (taken from terminfo(5)): + * + * Cursor addressing and other strings requiring parame- + * ters in the terminal are described by a parameterized string + * capability, with like escapes %x in it. For example, to + * address the cursor, the cup capability is given, using two + * parameters: the row and column to address to. (Rows and + * columns are numbered from zero and refer to the physical + * screen visible to the user, not to any unseen memory.) If + * the terminal has memory relative cursor addressing, that can + * be indicated by + * + * The parameter mechanism uses a stack and special % + * codes to manipulate it. Typically a sequence will push one + * of the parameters onto the stack and then print it in some + * format. Often more complex operations are necessary. + * + * The % encodings have the following meanings: + * + * %% outputs `%' + * %d print pop() like %d in printf() + * %2d print pop() like %2d in printf() + * %02d print pop() like %02d in printf() + * %3d print pop() like %3d in printf() + * %03d print pop() like %03d in printf() + * %2x print pop() like %2x in printf() + * %02x print pop() like %02x in printf() + * %3x print pop() like %3x in printf() + * %03x print pop() like %03x in printf() + * %c print pop() like %c in printf() + * %s print pop() like %s in printf() + * + * %p[1-9] push ith parm + * %P[a-z] set variable [a-z] to pop() + * %g[a-z] get variable [a-z] and push it + * %'c' push char constant c + * %{nn} push integer constant nn + * + * %+ %- %* %/ %m + * arithmetic (%m is mod): push(pop() op pop()) + * %& %| %^ bit operations: push(pop() op pop()) + * %= %> %< logical operations: push(pop() op pop()) + * %A %O logical and & or operations for conditionals + * %! %~ unary operations push(op pop()) + * %i add 1 to first two parms (for ANSI terminals) + * + * %? expr %t thenpart %e elsepart %; + * if-then-else, %e elsepart is optional. + * else-if's are possible ala Algol 68: + * %? c1 %t b1 %e c2 %t b2 %e c3 %t b3 %e c4 %t b4 %e b5 %; + * + * For those of the above operators which are binary and not commutative, + * the stack works in the usual way, with + * %gx %gy %m + * resulting in x mod y, not the reverse. + */ + +#define L_BRACE '{' +#define R_BRACE '}' + +#define STACKSIZE 20 + +typedef union { + unsigned int num; + char *str; +} stack_frame; + +static stack_frame stack[STACKSIZE]; +static int stack_ptr; +#ifdef TRACE +static const char *tname; +#endif /* TRACE */ + +static char *out_buff; +static size_t out_size; +static size_t out_used; + +#if NO_LEAKS +void _nc_free_tparm(void) +{ + if (out_buff != 0) { + FreeAndNull(out_buff); + out_size = 0; + out_used = 0; + } +} +#endif + +static void save_text(char *s) +{ + size_t want = strlen(s); + size_t need = want + out_used + 1; + + if (need > out_size) { + out_size = need * 2; + if (out_buff == 0) + out_buff = malloc(out_size); + else + out_buff = realloc(out_buff, out_size); + } + (void)strcpy(out_buff + out_used, s); + out_used += want; +} + +static void save_number(const char *fmt, int number) +{ + char temp[80]; + (void)sprintf(temp, fmt, number); + save_text(temp); +} + +static inline void save_char(int c) +{ + static char text[2]; + text[0] = c; + save_text(text); +} + +static inline void npush(int x) +{ + if (stack_ptr < STACKSIZE) { + stack[stack_ptr].num = x; + stack_ptr++; + } +} + +static inline int npop(void) +{ + return (stack_ptr > 0 ? stack[--stack_ptr].num : 0); +} + +static inline char *spop(void) +{ + return (stack_ptr > 0 ? stack[--stack_ptr].str : 0); +} + +static inline char *tparam_internal(const char *string, va_list ap) +{ +int param[9]; +int popcount; +int variable[26]; +char len; +int number; +int level; +int x, y; +int i; +register const char *cp; + + out_used = 0; + if (string == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* + * Find the highest parameter-number referred to in the format string. + * Use this value to limit the number of arguments copied from the + * variable-length argument list. + */ + for (cp = string, popcount = number = 0; *cp != '\0'; cp++) { + if (cp[0] == '%' && cp[1] != '\0') { + switch (cp[1]) { + case '%': + cp++; + break; + case 'i': + if (popcount < 2) + popcount = 2; + break; + case 'p': + cp++; + if (cp[1] >= '1' && cp[1] <= '9') { + int c = cp[1] - '0'; + if (c > popcount) + popcount = c; + } + break; + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + case 'd': case 'c': case 's': + ++number; + break; + } + } + } + + if (number > 9) number = 9; + for (i = 0; i < max(popcount, number); i++) { + /* + * FIXME: potential loss here if sizeof(int) != sizeof(char *). + * A few caps (such as plab_norm) have string-valued parms. + */ + param[i] = va_arg(ap, int); + } + + /* + * This is a termcap compatibility hack. If there are no explicit pop + * operations in the string, load the stack in such a way that + * successive pops will grab successive parameters. That will make + * the expansion of (for example) \E[%d;%dH work correctly in termcap + * style, which means tparam() will expand termcap strings OK. + */ + stack_ptr = 0; + if (popcount == 0) { + popcount = number; + for (i = number - 1; i >= 0; i--) + npush(param[i]); + } + +#ifdef TRACE + if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_CALLS) { + for (i = 0; i < popcount; i++) + save_number(", %d", param[i]); + _tracef(T_CALLED("%s(%s%s)"), tname, _nc_visbuf(string), out_buff); + out_used = 0; + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + while (*string) { + if (*string != '%') + save_char(*string); + else { + string++; + switch (*string) { + default: + break; + case '%': + save_char('%'); + break; + + case 'd': + save_number("%d", npop()); + break; + + case 'x': + save_number("%x", npop()); + break; + + case '0': + string++; + len = *string; + if (len == '2' || len == '3') + { + ++string; + if (*string == 'd') { + if (len == '2') + save_number("%02d", npop()); + else + save_number("%03d", npop()); + } + else if (*string == 'x') { + if (len == '2') + save_number("%02x", npop()); + else + save_number("%03x", npop()); + } + } + break; + + case '2': + string++; + if (*string == 'd') { + save_number("%2d", npop()); + } + else if (*string == 'x') { + save_number("%2x", npop()); + } + break; + + case '3': + string++; + if (*string == 'd') { + save_number("%3d", npop()); + } + else if (*string == 'x') { + save_number("%3x", npop()); + } + break; + + case 'c': + save_char(npop()); + break; + + case 's': + save_text(spop()); + break; + + case 'p': + string++; + if (*string >= '1' && *string <= '9') + npush(param[*string - '1']); + break; + + case 'P': + string++; + if (*string >= 'a' && *string <= 'z') + variable[*string - 'a'] = npop(); + break; + + case 'g': + string++; + if (*string >= 'a' && *string <= 'z') + npush(variable[*string - 'a']); + break; + + case '\'': + string++; + npush(*string); + string++; + break; + + case L_BRACE: + number = 0; + string++; + while (*string >= '0' && *string <= '9') { + number = number * 10 + *string - '0'; + string++; + } + npush(number); + break; + + case '+': + npush(npop() + npop()); + break; + + case '-': + y = npop(); + x = npop(); + npush(x - y); + break; + + case '*': + npush(npop() * npop()); + break; + + case '/': + y = npop(); + x = npop(); + npush(x / y); + break; + + case 'm': + y = npop(); + x = npop(); + npush(x % y); + break; + + case 'A': + npush(npop() && npop()); + break; + + case 'O': + npush(npop() || npop()); + break; + + case '&': + npush(npop() & npop()); + break; + + case '|': + npush(npop() | npop()); + break; + + case '^': + npush(npop() ^ npop()); + break; + + case '=': + y = npop(); + x = npop(); + npush(x == y); + break; + + case '<': + y = npop(); + x = npop(); + npush(x < y); + break; + + case '>': + y = npop(); + x = npop(); + npush(x > y); + break; + + case '!': + npush(! npop()); + break; + + case '~': + npush(~ npop()); + break; + + case 'i': + param[0]++; + param[1]++; + break; + + case '?': + break; + + case 't': + x = npop(); + if (!x) { + /* scan forward for %e or %; at level zero */ + string++; + level = 0; + while (*string) { + if (*string == '%') { + string++; + if (*string == '?') + level++; + else if (*string == ';') { + if (level > 0) + level--; + else + break; + } + else if (*string == 'e' && level == 0) + break; + } + + if (*string) + string++; + } + } + break; + + case 'e': + /* scan forward for a %; at level zero */ + string++; + level = 0; + while (*string) { + if (*string == '%') { + string++; + if (*string == '?') + level++; + else if (*string == ';') { + if (level > 0) + level--; + else + break; + } + } + + if (*string) + string++; + } + break; + + case ';': + break; + + } /* endswitch (*string) */ + } /* endelse (*string == '%') */ + + if (*string == '\0') + break; + + string++; + } /* endwhile (*string) */ + + T((T_RETURN("%s"), _nc_visbuf(out_buff))); + return(out_buff); +} + +char *tparm(const char *string, ...) +{ +va_list ap; +char *result; + + va_start(ap, string); +#ifdef TRACE + tname = "tparm"; +#endif /* TRACE */ + result = tparam_internal(string, ap); + va_end(ap); + return result; +} + +#ifdef __UNUSED__ /* we never documented this, and it confuses Emacs */ +char *tparam(const char *string, char *buffer, int bufsiz, ...) +{ +va_list ap; +char *result = 0; + + va_start(ap, bufsiz); +#ifdef TRACE + tname = "tparam"; +#endif /* TRACE */ + if (tparam_internal(string, ap) != 0 + && (int)out_used < bufsiz) + result = strcpy(buffer, out_buff); + va_end(ap); + return result; +} +#endif /* __UNUSED */ diff --git a/ncurses/lib_tputs.c b/ncurses/lib_tputs.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..65fa4d79 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_tputs.c @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * tputs.c + * delay_output() + * _nc_outch() + * tputs() + * + */ + +#include +#include +#include /* padding_baud_rate, xon_xoff */ +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_tputs.c,v 1.18 1997/02/02 01:52:39 tom Exp $") + +int delay_output(int ms) +{ + T((T_CALLED("delay_output(%d)"), ms)); + + if (SP == 0 || SP->_baudrate <= 0) + returnCode(ERR); +#ifdef no_pad_char + else if (no_pad_char) + napms(ms); +#endif /* no_pad_char */ + else { + register int nullcount; + char null = '\0'; + +#ifdef pad_char + if (pad_char) + null = pad_char[0]; +#endif /* pad_char */ + + for (nullcount = ms * 1000 / SP->_baudrate; nullcount > 0; nullcount--) + putc(null, SP->_ofp); + (void) fflush(SP->_ofp); + } + + returnCode(OK); +} + +int _nc_outch(int ch) +{ +#ifdef TRACE + _nc_outchars++; +#endif /* TRACE */ + + if (SP != NULL) + putc(ch, SP->_ofp); + else + putc(ch, stdout); + return OK; +} + +int putp(const char *string) +{ + return tputs(string, 1, _nc_outch); +} + +int tputs(const char *string, int affcnt, int (*outc)(int)) +{ +float number; +#ifdef BSD_TPUTS +float trailpad; +#endif /* BSD_TPUTS */ + +#ifdef TRACE +char addrbuf[17]; + + if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_TPUTS) + { + if (outc == _nc_outch) + (void) strcpy(addrbuf, "_nc_outch"); + else + (void) sprintf(addrbuf, "%p", outc); + if (_nc_tputs_trace) + TR(TRACE_MAXIMUM, ("tputs(%s = %s, %d, %s) called", _nc_tputs_trace, _nc_visbuf(string), affcnt, addrbuf)); + else + TR(TRACE_MAXIMUM, ("tputs(%s, %d, %s) called", _nc_visbuf(string), affcnt, addrbuf)); + _nc_tputs_trace = (char *)NULL; + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + if (string == ABSENT_STRING || string == CANCELLED_STRING) + return ERR; + +#ifdef BSD_TPUTS + /* + * This ugly kluge deals with the fact that some ancient BSD programs + * (like nethack) actually do the likes of tputs("50") to get delays. + */ + trailpad = 0; + number = 0; + + while (isdigit(*string)) { + trailpad = trailpad * 10 + *string - '0'; + string++; + } + + if (*string == '.') { + string++; + if (isdigit(*string)) { + trailpad += (float) (*string - '0') / 10.; + string++; + } + while (isdigit(*string)) + string++; + } + + if (*string == '*') { + trailpad *= affcnt; + string++; + } +#endif /* BSD_TPUTS */ + + while (*string) { + if (*string != '$') + (*outc)(*string); + else { + string++; + if (*string != '<') { + (*outc)('$'); + if (*string) + (*outc)(*string); + } else { + bool mandatory; + + number = 0; + string++; + + if ((!isdigit(*string) && *string != '.') || !strchr(string, '>')) { + (*outc)('$'); + (*outc)('<'); + continue; + } + while (isdigit(*string)) { + number = number * 10 + *string - '0'; + string++; + } + + if (*string == '.') { + string++; + if (isdigit(*string)) { + number += (float) (*string - '0') / 10.; + string++; + } + while (isdigit(*string)) + string++; + } + + mandatory = !xon_xoff; + while (*string == '*' || *string == '/') + { + if (*string == '*') { + number *= affcnt; + string++; + } + else /* if (*string == '/') */ { + mandatory = TRUE; + string++; + } + } + +#ifdef padding_baud_rate + if (mandatory && number > 0 && padding_baud_rate && (!SP || SP->_baudrate >= padding_baud_rate)) + delay_output(number); +#endif /* padding_baud_rate */ + number = 0; + + } /* endelse (*string == '<') */ + } /* endelse (*string == '$') */ + + if (*string == '\0') + break; + + string++; + } + +#ifdef BSD_TPUTS + /* + * Emit any BSD-style prefix padding that we've accumulated now. + */ +#ifdef padding_baud_rate + if (trailpad > 0 && !xon_xoff && padding_baud_rate && (!SP || SP->_baudrate >= padding_baud_rate)) + delay_output(number); +#endif /* padding_baud_rate */ +#endif /* BSD_TPUTS */ + + return OK; +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_trace.c b/ncurses/lib_trace.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e1caeff3 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_trace.c @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* + * lib_trace.c - Tracing/Debugging routines + */ + +#ifndef TRACE +#define TRACE /* turn on internal defs for this module */ +#endif + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_trace.c,v 1.23 1997/05/02 00:13:07 tom Exp $") + +#include +#if HAVE_FCNTL_H +#include +#endif + +unsigned _nc_tracing = 0; +const char *_nc_tputs_trace = ""; +long _nc_outchars; +int _nc_optimize_enable = OPTIMIZE_ALL; + +static FILE * tracefp; /* default to writing to stderr */ + +void trace(const unsigned int tracelevel) +{ +static bool been_here = FALSE; + + _nc_tracing = tracelevel; + if (! been_here && tracelevel) { + been_here = TRUE; + + if ((tracefp = fopen("trace", "w")) == 0) { + perror("curses: Can't open 'trace' file: "); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + /* Try to set line-buffered mode, or (failing that) unbuffered, + * so that the trace-output gets flushed automatically at the + * end of each line. This is useful in case the program dies. + */ +#if HAVE_SETVBUF /* ANSI */ + (void) setvbuf(tracefp, (char *)0, _IOLBF, 0); +#elif HAVE_SETBUF /* POSIX */ + (void) setbuffer(tracefp, (char *)0); +#endif + _tracef("TRACING NCURSES version %s (%d)", + NCURSES_VERSION, NCURSES_VERSION_PATCH); + } +} + +const char *_nc_visbuf2(int bufnum, const char *buf) +/* visibilize a given string */ +{ +char *vbuf; +char *tp; +int c; + + if (buf == 0) + return("(null)"); + + tp = vbuf = _nc_trace_buf(bufnum, (strlen(buf) * 4) + 5); + *tp++ = '"'; + while ((c = *buf++) != '\0') { + if (c == '"') { + *tp++ = '\\'; *tp++ = '"'; + } else if (is7bits(c) && (isgraph(c) || c == ' ')) { + *tp++ = c; + } else if (c == '\n') { + *tp++ = '\\'; *tp++ = 'n'; + } else if (c == '\r') { + *tp++ = '\\'; *tp++ = 'r'; + } else if (c == '\b') { + *tp++ = '\\'; *tp++ = 'b'; + } else if (c == '\033') { + *tp++ = '\\'; *tp++ = 'e'; + } else if (is7bits(c) && iscntrl(c)) { + *tp++ = '\\'; *tp++ = '^'; *tp++ = '@' + c; + } else { + sprintf(tp, "\\%03o", c & 0xff); + tp += strlen(tp); + } + } + *tp++ = '"'; + *tp++ = '\0'; + return(vbuf); +} + +const char *_nc_visbuf(const char *buf) +{ + return _nc_visbuf2(0, buf); +} + +void +_tracef(const char *fmt, ...) +{ +static const char Called[] = T_CALLED(""); +static const char Return[] = T_RETURN(""); +static int level; +va_list ap; +bool before = FALSE; +bool after = FALSE; +int doit = _nc_tracing; + + if (strlen(fmt) >= sizeof(Called) - 1) { + if (!strncmp(fmt, Called, sizeof(Called)-1)) { + before = TRUE; + level++; + } else if (!strncmp(fmt, Return, sizeof(Return)-1)) { + after = TRUE; + } + if (before || after) { + if ((level <= 1) + || (doit & TRACE_ICALLS) != 0) + doit &= (TRACE_CALLS|TRACE_CCALLS); + else + doit = 0; + } + } + + if (doit != 0) { + if (tracefp == 0) + tracefp = stderr; + if (before || after) { + int n; + for (n = 1; n < level; n++) + fputs("+ ", tracefp); + } + va_start(ap, fmt); + vfprintf(tracefp, fmt, ap); + fputc('\n', tracefp); + va_end(ap); + fflush(tracefp); + } + + if (after && level) + level--; +} + +/* Trace 'int' return-values */ +int _nc_retrace_int(int code) +{ + T((T_RETURN("%d"), code)); + return code; +} + +/* Trace 'char*' return-values */ +char * _nc_retrace_ptr(char * code) +{ + T((T_RETURN("%s"), _nc_visbuf(code))); + return code; +} + +/* Trace 'WINDOW *' return-values */ +WINDOW *_nc_retrace_win(WINDOW *code) +{ + T((T_RETURN("%p"), code)); + return code; +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_traceatr.c b/ncurses/lib_traceatr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..13d96a43 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_traceatr.c @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* + * lib_traceatr.c - Tracing/Debugging routines (attributes) + */ + +#ifndef TRACE +#define TRACE /* turn on internal defs for this module */ +#endif + +#include +#include /* acs_chars */ + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_traceatr.c,v 1.20 1997/05/06 11:07:27 tom Exp $") + +#define COLOR_OF(c) (c < 0 || c > 7 ? "default" : colors[c].name) + +char * _nc_trace_buf(int bufnum, size_t want) +{ + static struct { + char *text; + size_t size; + } *list; + static size_t have; + + if (bufnum < 0) + bufnum = 0; + + if ((size_t)(bufnum+1) > have) { + size_t need = (bufnum + 1) * 2; + size_t used = sizeof(*list) * need; + list = (list == 0) ? malloc(used) : realloc(list, used); + while (need > have) + list[have++].text = 0; + } + + if (list[bufnum].text == 0) + { + list[bufnum].text = malloc(want); + list[bufnum].size = want; + } + else if (want > list[bufnum].size) { + list[bufnum].text = realloc(list[bufnum].text, want); + list[bufnum].size = want; + } + *(list[bufnum].text) = '\0'; + return list[bufnum].text; +} + +char *_traceattr2(int bufnum, attr_t newmode) +{ +char *buf = _nc_trace_buf(bufnum, BUFSIZ); +char *tmp = buf; +static const struct {unsigned int val; const char *name;} +names[] = + { + { A_STANDOUT, "A_STANDOUT" }, + { A_UNDERLINE, "A_UNDERLINE" }, + { A_REVERSE, "A_REVERSE" }, + { A_BLINK, "A_BLINK" }, + { A_DIM, "A_DIM" }, + { A_BOLD, "A_BOLD" }, + { A_ALTCHARSET, "A_ALTCHARSET" }, + { A_INVIS, "A_INVIS" }, + { A_PROTECT, "A_PROTECT" }, + { A_CHARTEXT, "A_CHARTEXT" }, + { A_NORMAL, "A_NORMAL" }, + { A_COLOR, "A_COLOR" }, + }, +colors[] = + { + { COLOR_BLACK, "COLOR_BLACK" }, + { COLOR_RED, "COLOR_RED" }, + { COLOR_GREEN, "COLOR_GREEN" }, + { COLOR_YELLOW, "COLOR_YELLOW" }, + { COLOR_BLUE, "COLOR_BLUE" }, + { COLOR_MAGENTA, "COLOR_MAGENTA" }, + { COLOR_CYAN, "COLOR_CYAN" }, + { COLOR_WHITE, "COLOR_WHITE" }, + }; +size_t n; +unsigned save_nc_tracing = _nc_tracing; + _nc_tracing = 0; + + strcpy(tmp++, "{"); + + for (n = 0; n < sizeof(names)/sizeof(names[0]); n++) { + if ((newmode & names[n].val) != 0) { + if (buf[1] != '\0') + strcat(tmp, "|"); + strcat(tmp, names[n].name); + tmp += strlen(tmp); + + if (names[n].val == A_COLOR) + { + short pairnum = PAIR_NUMBER(newmode); + short fg, bg; + + if (pair_content(pairnum, &fg, &bg) == OK) + (void) sprintf(tmp, + "{%d = {%s, %s}}", + pairnum, + COLOR_OF(fg), + COLOR_OF(bg) + ); + else + (void) sprintf(tmp, "{%d}", pairnum); + } + } + } + if (AttrOf(newmode) == A_NORMAL) { + if (buf[1] != '\0') + strcat(tmp, "|"); + strcat(tmp, "A_NORMAL"); + } + + _nc_tracing = save_nc_tracing; + return (strcat(buf,"}")); +} + +char *_traceattr(attr_t newmode) +{ + return _traceattr2(0, newmode); +} + +char *_tracechtype2(int bufnum, chtype ch) +{ +char *buf = _nc_trace_buf(bufnum, BUFSIZ); +char *found = 0; + + strcpy(buf, "{"); + if (ch & A_ALTCHARSET) + { + char *cp; + static const struct {unsigned int val; const char *name;} + names[] = + { + {'l', "ACS_ULCORNER"}, /* upper left corner */ + {'m', "ACS_LLCORNER"}, /* lower left corner */ + {'k', "ACS_URCORNER"}, /* upper right corner */ + {'j', "ACS_LRCORNER"}, /* lower right corner */ + {'t', "ACS_LTEE"}, /* tee pointing right */ + {'u', "ACS_RTEE"}, /* tee pointing left */ + {'v', "ACS_BTEE"}, /* tee pointing up */ + {'w', "ACS_TTEE"}, /* tee pointing down */ + {'q', "ACS_HLINE"}, /* horizontal line */ + {'x', "ACS_VLINE"}, /* vertical line */ + {'n', "ACS_PLUS"}, /* large plus or crossover */ + {'o', "ACS_S1"}, /* scan line 1 */ + {'s', "ACS_S9"}, /* scan line 9 */ + {'`', "ACS_DIAMOND"}, /* diamond */ + {'a', "ACS_CKBOARD"}, /* checker board (stipple) */ + {'f', "ACS_DEGREE"}, /* degree symbol */ + {'g', "ACS_PLMINUS"}, /* plus/minus */ + {'~', "ACS_BULLET"}, /* bullet */ + {',', "ACS_LARROW"}, /* arrow pointing left */ + {'+', "ACS_RARROW"}, /* arrow pointing right */ + {'.', "ACS_DARROW"}, /* arrow pointing down */ + {'-', "ACS_UARROW"}, /* arrow pointing up */ + {'h', "ACS_BOARD"}, /* board of squares */ + {'I', "ACS_LANTERN"}, /* lantern symbol */ + {'0', "ACS_BLOCK"}, /* solid square block */ + {'p', "ACS_S3"}, /* scan line 3 */ + {'r', "ACS_S7"}, /* scan line 7 */ + {'y', "ACS_LEQUAL"}, /* less/equal */ + {'z', "ACS_GEQUAL"}, /* greater/equal */ + {'{', "ACS_PI"}, /* Pi */ + {'|', "ACS_NEQUAL"}, /* not equal */ + {'}', "ACS_STERLING"}, /* UK pound sign */ + {'\0',(char *)0} + }, + *sp; + + for (cp = acs_chars; cp[0] && cp[1]; cp += 2) + { + if (TextOf(cp[1]) == TextOf(ch)) + { + found = cp; + /* don't exit from loop - there may be redefinitions */ + } + } + + if (found != 0) + { + ch = TextOf(*found); + for (sp = names; sp->val; sp++) + if (sp->val == ch) + { + (void) strcat(buf, sp->name); + ch &= ~A_ALTCHARSET; + break; + } + } + } + + if (found == 0) + (void) strcat(buf, _tracechar(TextOf(ch))); + + if (AttrOf(ch) != A_NORMAL) + (void) sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), " | %s", _traceattr2(bufnum+20,AttrOf(ch))); + + strcat(buf, "}"); + return(buf); +} + +char *_tracechtype(chtype ch) +{ + return _tracechtype2(0, ch); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_tracechr.c b/ncurses/lib_tracechr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2a4eed71 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_tracechr.c @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* + * lib_tracechr.c - Tracing/Debugging routines + */ + +#ifndef TRACE +#define TRACE /* turn on internal defs for this module */ +#endif + +#include + +#include + +char *_tracechar(const unsigned char ch) +{ + static char crep[20]; + /* + * We can show the actual character if it's either an ordinary printable + * or one of the high-half characters. + */ + if (isprint(ch) || (ch & 0x80)) + { + crep[0] = '\''; + crep[1] = ch; /* necessary; printf tries too hard on metachars */ + (void) sprintf(crep + 2, "' = 0x%02x", (unsigned)ch); + } + else + (void) sprintf(crep, "0x%02x", (unsigned)ch); + return(crep); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_tracedmp.c b/ncurses/lib_tracedmp.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e2c3434a --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_tracedmp.c @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* + * lib_tracedmp.c - Tracing/Debugging routines + */ + +#ifndef TRACE +#define TRACE /* turn on internal defs for this module */ +#endif + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_tracedmp.c,v 1.9 1997/01/15 00:39:27 tom Exp $") + +void _tracedump(const char *name, WINDOW *win) +{ + int i, j, n, width; + + /* compute narrowest possible display width */ + for (width = i = 0; i <= win->_maxy; i++) + { + n = 0; + for (j = 0; j <= win->_maxx; j++) + if (win->_line[i].text[j] != ' ') + n = j; + + if (n > width) + width = n; + } + if (width < win->_maxx) + ++width; + + for (n = 0; n <= win->_maxy; n++) + { + char buf[BUFSIZ], *ep; + bool haveattrs, havecolors; + + /* dump A_CHARTEXT part */ + (void) sprintf(buf, "%s[%2d] %3d%3d ='", + name, n, + win->_line[n].firstchar, + win->_line[n].lastchar); + ep = buf + strlen(buf); + for (j = 0; j <= width; j++) { + ep[j] = TextOf(win->_line[n].text[j]); + if (ep[j] == 0) + ep[j] = '.'; + } + ep[j] = '\''; + ep[j+1] = '\0'; + _tracef(buf); + + /* dump A_COLOR part, will screw up if there are more than 96 */ + havecolors = FALSE; + for (j = 0; j <= width; j++) + if (win->_line[n].text[j] & A_COLOR) + { + havecolors = TRUE; + break; + } + if (havecolors) + { + (void) sprintf(buf, "%*s[%2d]%*s='", (int)strlen(name), "colors", n, 8, " "); + ep = buf + strlen(buf); + for (j = 0; j <= width; j++) + ep[j] = ((win->_line[n].text[j] >> 8) & 0xff) + ' '; + ep[j] = '\''; + ep[j+1] = '\0'; + _tracef(buf); + } + + for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) + { + const char *hex = " 123456789ABCDEF"; + chtype mask = (0xf << ((i + 4) * 4)); + + haveattrs = FALSE; + for (j = 0; j <= width; j++) + if (win->_line[n].text[j] & mask) + { + haveattrs = TRUE; + break; + } + if (haveattrs) + { + (void) sprintf(buf, "%*s%d[%2d]%*s='", (int)strlen(name)-1, "attrs", i, n, 8, " "); + ep = buf + strlen(buf); + for (j = 0; j <= width; j++) + ep[j] = hex[(win->_line[n].text[j] & mask) >> ((i + 4) * 4)]; + ep[j] = '\''; + ep[j+1] = '\0'; + _tracef(buf); + } + } + } +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_tracemse.c b/ncurses/lib_tracemse.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b88ecd97 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_tracemse.c @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* + * lib_tracemse.c - Tracing/Debugging routines (mouse events) + */ + +#ifndef TRACE +#define TRACE /* turn on internal defs for this module */ +#endif + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_tracemse.c,v 1.4 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $") + +char *_tracemouse(MEVENT const *ep) +{ + static char buf[80]; + + (void) sprintf(buf, "id %2d at (%2d, %2d, %2d) state %4lx = {", + ep->id, ep->x, ep->y, ep->z, ep->bstate); + +#define SHOW(m, s) if ((ep->bstate & m)==m) {strcat(buf,s); strcat(buf, ", ");} + SHOW(BUTTON1_RELEASED, "release-1") + SHOW(BUTTON1_PRESSED, "press-1") + SHOW(BUTTON1_CLICKED, "click-1") + SHOW(BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED, "doubleclick-1") + SHOW(BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED, "tripleclick-1") + SHOW(BUTTON1_RESERVED_EVENT, "reserved-1") + SHOW(BUTTON2_RELEASED, "release-2") + SHOW(BUTTON2_PRESSED, "press-2") + SHOW(BUTTON2_CLICKED, "click-2") + SHOW(BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED, "doubleclick-2") + SHOW(BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED, "tripleclick-2") + SHOW(BUTTON2_RESERVED_EVENT, "reserved-2") + SHOW(BUTTON3_RELEASED, "release-3") + SHOW(BUTTON3_PRESSED, "press-3") + SHOW(BUTTON3_CLICKED, "click-3") + SHOW(BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED, "doubleclick-3") + SHOW(BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED, "tripleclick-3") + SHOW(BUTTON3_RESERVED_EVENT, "reserved-3") + SHOW(BUTTON4_RELEASED, "release-4") + SHOW(BUTTON4_PRESSED, "press-4") + SHOW(BUTTON4_CLICKED, "click-4") + SHOW(BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED, "doubleclick-4") + SHOW(BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED, "tripleclick-4") + SHOW(BUTTON4_RESERVED_EVENT, "reserved-4") + SHOW(BUTTON_CTRL, "ctrl") + SHOW(BUTTON_SHIFT, "shift") + SHOW(BUTTON_ALT, "alt") + SHOW(ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS, "all-events") + SHOW(REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION, "position") +#undef SHOW + + if (buf[strlen(buf)-1] == ' ') + buf[strlen(buf)-2] = '\0'; + (void) strcat(buf, "}"); + return(buf); +} + + + diff --git a/ncurses/lib_tstp.c b/ncurses/lib_tstp.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ee7c2afb --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_tstp.c @@ -0,0 +1,282 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* +** lib_tstp.c +** +** The routine _nc_signal_handler(). +** +*/ + +#include + +#include + +#if HAVE_SIGACTION +#if !HAVE_TYPE_SIGACTION +typedef struct sigaction sigaction_t; +#endif +#else /* !HAVE_SIGACTION */ +#if HAVE_SIGVEC +#include +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef SVR4_ACTION +#define _POSIX_SOURCE +#endif + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_tstp.c,v 1.8 1996/11/17 00:11:41 tom Exp $") + +/* + * Note: This code is fragile! Its problem is that different OSs + * handle restart of system calls interrupted by signals differently. + * The ncurses code needs signal-call restart to happen -- otherwise, + * interrupted wgetch() calls will return FAIL, probably making the + * application think the input stream has ended and it should + * terminate. In particular, you know you have this problem if, when + * you suspend an ncurses-using lynx with ^Z and resume, it dies + * immediately. + * + * Default behavior of POSIX sigaction(2) is not to restart + * interrupted system calls, but Linux's sigaction does it anyway (at + * least, on and after the 1.1.47 I (esr) use). Thus this code works + * OK under Linux. The 4.4BSD sigaction(2) supports a (non-portable) + * SA_RESTART flag that forces the right behavior. Thus, this code + * should work OK under BSD/OS, NetBSD, and FreeBSD (let us know if it + * does not). + * + * Stock System Vs (and anything else using a strict-POSIX + * sigaction(2) without SA_RESTART) may have a problem. Possible + * solutions: + * + * sigvec restarts by default (SV_INTERRUPT flag to not restart) + * signal restarts by default in SVr4 (assuming you link with -lucb) + * and BSD, but not SVr3. + * sigset restarts, but is only available under SVr4/Solaris. + * + * The signal(3) call is mandated by the ANSI standard, and its + * interaction with sigaction(2) is described in the POSIX standard + * (3.3.4.2, page 72,line 934). According to section 8.1, page 191, + * however, signal(3) itself is not required by POSIX.1. And POSIX is + * silent on whether it is required to restart signals. + * + * So. The present situation is, we use sigaction(2) with no + * guarantee of restart anywhere but on Linux and BSD. We could + * switch to signal(3) and collar Linux, BSD, and SVr4. Any way + * we slice it, System V UNIXes older than SVr4 will probably lose + * (this may include XENIX). + * + * This implementation will probably be changed to use signal(3) in + * the future. If nothing else, it's simpler... + */ + +#ifdef SIGTSTP +static void tstp(int dummy GCC_UNUSED) +{ + sigset_t mask, omask; + sigaction_t act, oact; + + T(("tstp() called")); + + /* + * The user may have changed the prog_mode tty bits, so save them. + */ + def_prog_mode(); + + /* + * Block window change and timer signals. The latter + * is because applications use timers to decide when + * to repaint the screen. + */ + (void)sigemptyset(&mask); + (void)sigaddset(&mask, SIGALRM); +#ifdef SIGWINCH + (void)sigaddset(&mask, SIGWINCH); +#endif + (void)sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &mask, &omask); + + /* + * End window mode, which also resets the terminal state to the + * original (pre-curses) modes. + */ + endwin(); + + /* Unblock SIGTSTP. */ + (void)sigemptyset(&mask); + (void)sigaddset(&mask, SIGTSTP); + (void)sigprocmask(SIG_UNBLOCK, &mask, NULL); + + /* Now we want to resend SIGSTP to this process and suspend it */ + act.sa_handler = SIG_DFL; + sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask); + act.sa_flags = 0; +#ifdef SA_RESTART + act.sa_flags |= SA_RESTART; +#endif /* SA_RESTART */ + sigaction(SIGTSTP, &act, &oact); + kill(getpid(), SIGTSTP); + + /* Process gets suspended...time passes...process resumes */ + + T(("SIGCONT received")); + sigaction(SIGTSTP, &oact, NULL); + flushinp(); + + /* + * If the user modified the tty state while suspended, he wants + * those changes to stick. So save the new "default" terminal state. + */ + def_shell_mode(); + + /* + * This relies on the fact that doupdate() will restore the + * program-mode tty state, and issue enter_ca_mode if need be. + */ + doupdate(); + + /* Reset the signals. */ + (void)sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &omask, NULL); +} +#endif /* defined(SIGTSTP) */ + +static void cleanup(int sig) +{ + /* + * Actually, doing any sort of I/O from within an signal handler is + * "unsafe". But we'll _try_ to clean up the screen and terminal + * settings on the way out. + */ + if (sig == SIGINT + || sig == SIGQUIT) { +#if HAVE_SIGACTION || HAVE_SIGVEC + sigaction_t act; + sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask); + act.sa_flags = 0; + act.sa_handler = SIG_IGN; + if (sigaction(sig, &act, (sigaction_t *)0) == 0) { + endwin(); + } +#else + if (signal(sig, SIG_IGN) != SIG_ERR) { + endwin(); + } +#endif + } + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +/* + * If the given signal is still in its default state, set it to the given + * handler. + */ +#if HAVE_SIGACTION || HAVE_SIGVEC +static int CatchIfDefault(int sig, sigaction_t *act) +{ + sigaction_t old_act; + +#ifdef SA_RESTART + act->sa_flags |= SA_RESTART; +#endif /* SA_RESTART */ + if (sigaction(sig, (sigaction_t *)0, &old_act) == 0 + && old_act.sa_handler == SIG_DFL) { + (void)sigaction(sig, act, (sigaction_t *)0); + return TRUE; + } + return FALSE; +} +#else +static int CatchIfDefault(int sig, RETSIGTYPE (*handler)()) +{ + void (*ohandler)(); + + ohandler = signal(sig, SIG_IGN); + if (ohandler == SIG_DFL) { + signal(sig, handler); + return TRUE; + } else { + signal(sig, ohandler); + return FALSE; + } +} +#endif + +/* + * This is invoked once at the beginning (e.g., from 'initscr()'), to + * initialize the signal catchers, and thereafter when spawning a shell (and + * returning) to disable/enable the SIGTSTP (i.e., ^Z) catcher. + * + * If the application has already set one of the signals, we'll not modify it + * (during initialization). + * + * The XSI document implies that we shouldn't keep the SIGTSTP handler if + * the caller later changes its mind, but that doesn't seem correct. + */ +void _nc_signal_handler(bool enable) +{ +#ifdef SIGTSTP /* Xenix 2.x doesn't have this */ +static sigaction_t act, oact; +static int ignore; + + if (!ignore) + { + if (!enable) + { + act.sa_handler = SIG_IGN; + sigaction(SIGTSTP, &act, &oact); + } + else if (act.sa_handler) + { + sigaction(SIGTSTP, &oact, NULL); + } + else /*initialize */ + { + sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask); + act.sa_flags = 0; +#ifdef SA_RESTART + act.sa_flags |= SA_RESTART; +#endif /* SA_RESTART */ + + act.sa_handler = cleanup; + CatchIfDefault(SIGINT, &act); + CatchIfDefault(SIGTERM, &act); + + act.sa_handler = tstp; + if (!CatchIfDefault(SIGTSTP, &act)) + ignore = TRUE; + } + } +#else + if (enable) + { +#if HAVE_SIGACTION || HAVE_SIGVEC + static sigaction_t act; + act.sa_handler = cleanup; + CatchIfDefault(SIGINT, &act); + CatchIfDefault(SIGTERM, &act); +#else + CatchIfDefault(SIGINT, cleanup); + CatchIfDefault(SIGTERM, cleanup); +#endif + } +#endif +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_twait.c b/ncurses/lib_twait.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..15ab948a --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_twait.c @@ -0,0 +1,267 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* +** lib_twait.c +** +** The routine _nc_timed_wait(). +** +*/ + +#include + +#if USE_FUNC_POLL +#include +#include +#if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif +#elif HAVE_SELECT +/* on SCO, conflicts with */ +#if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H && ! SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO +#include +#endif +#if HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H +#include +#endif +#endif + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_twait.c,v 1.18 1997/02/15 18:27:51 tom Exp $") + +/* + * We want to define GOOD_SELECT if the last argument of select(2) is + * modified to indicate time left. The code will deal gracefully with + * the other case, this is just an optimization to reduce the number + * of system calls per input event. + * + * In general, expect System-V-like UNIXes to have this behavior and BSD-like + * ones to not have it. Check your manual page. If it doesn't explicitly + * say the last argument is modified, assume it's not. + * + * (We'd really like configure to autodetect this, but writing a proper test + * turns out to be hard.) + */ + +#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY +#if (defined(TRACE) && !HAVE_USLEEP) || ! GOOD_SELECT +static void _nc_gettime(struct timeval *tp) +{ + gettimeofday(tp, (struct timezone *)0); + T(("time: %ld.%06ld", tp->tv_sec, tp->tv_usec)); +} +#endif +#endif + +#if !HAVE_USLEEP +int _nc_usleep(unsigned int usec) +{ +int code; +struct timeval tval; + +#if defined(TRACE) && HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY + _nc_gettime(&tval); +#endif +#if USE_FUNC_POLL + { + struct pollfd fds[1]; + code = poll(fds, 0, usec / 1000); + } +#elif HAVE_SELECT + tval.tv_sec = usec / 1000000; + tval.tv_usec = usec % 1000000; + code = select(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, &tval); +#endif + +#if defined(TRACE) && HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY + _nc_gettime(&tval); +#endif + return code; +} +#endif /* !HAVE_USLEEP */ + +/* + * Wait a specified number of milliseconds, returning true if the timer + * didn't expire before there is activity on the specified file descriptors. + * The file-descriptors are specified by the mode: + * 0 - none (absolute time) + * 1 - ncurses' normal input-descriptor + * 2 - mouse descriptor, if any + * 3 - either input or mouse. + * + * If the milliseconds given are -1, the wait blocks until activity on the + * descriptors. + */ +int _nc_timed_wait(int mode, int milliseconds, int *timeleft) +{ +int fd; +int count = 0; +long whole_secs = milliseconds / 1000; +long micro_secs = (milliseconds % 1000) * 1000; + +int result = 0; +struct timeval ntimeout; + +#if USE_FUNC_POLL +struct pollfd fds[2]; +#elif HAVE_SELECT +static fd_set set; +#endif + +#if !GOOD_SELECT && HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY +struct timeval starttime, returntime; +long delta; + + _nc_gettime(&starttime); +#endif + + if (milliseconds >= 0) { + ntimeout.tv_sec = whole_secs; + ntimeout.tv_usec = micro_secs; + } else { + ntimeout.tv_sec = 0; + ntimeout.tv_usec = 0; + } + + T(("start twait: %lu.%06lu secs", (long) ntimeout.tv_sec, (long) ntimeout.tv_usec)); + + /* + * The do loop tries to make it look like we have restarting signals, + * even if we don't. + */ + do { + count = 0; +#if USE_FUNC_POLL + + if (mode & 1) { + fds[count].fd = SP->_ifd; + fds[count].events = POLLIN; + count++; + } + if ((mode & 2) + && (fd = _nc_mouse_fd()) >= 0) { + fds[count].fd = fd; + fds[count].events = POLLIN; + count++; + } + + result = poll(fds, count, milliseconds); +#elif HAVE_SELECT + /* + * Some systems modify the fd_set arguments; do this in the + * loop. + */ + FD_ZERO(&set); + + if (mode & 1) { + FD_SET(SP->_ifd, &set); + count = SP->_ifd + 1; + } + if ((mode & 2) + && (fd = _nc_mouse_fd()) >= 0) { + FD_SET(fd, &set); + count = max(fd, count) + 1; + } + + errno = 0; + result = select(count, &set, NULL, NULL, milliseconds >= 0 ? &ntimeout : 0); +#endif + +#if !GOOD_SELECT && HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY + _nc_gettime(&returntime); + + /* The contents of ntimeout aren't guaranteed after return from + * 'select()', so we disregard its contents. Also, note that + * on some systems, tv_sec and tv_usec are unsigned. + */ + ntimeout.tv_sec = whole_secs; + ntimeout.tv_usec = micro_secs; + +#define DELTA(f) (long)ntimeout.f - (long)returntime.f + (long)starttime.f + + delta = DELTA(tv_sec); + if (delta < 0) + delta = 0; + ntimeout.tv_sec = delta; + + delta = DELTA(tv_usec); + while (delta < 0 && ntimeout.tv_sec != 0) { + ntimeout.tv_sec--; + delta += 1000000; + } + ntimeout.tv_usec = delta; + if (delta < 0) + ntimeout.tv_sec = ntimeout.tv_usec = 0; + + /* + * If the timeout hasn't expired, and we've gotten no data, + * this is probably a system where 'select()' needs to be left + * alone so that it can complete. Make this process sleep, + * then come back for more. + */ + if (result == 0 + && (ntimeout.tv_sec != 0 || ntimeout.tv_usec > 100000)) { + napms(100); + continue; + } +#endif + } while (result == -1 && errno == EINTR); + + /* return approximate time left on the ntimeout, in milliseconds */ + if (timeleft) + *timeleft = (ntimeout.tv_sec * 1000) + (ntimeout.tv_usec / 1000); + + T(("end twait: returned %d, remaining time %lu.%06lu secs (%d msec)", + result, (long) ntimeout.tv_sec, (long) ntimeout.tv_usec, + timeleft ? *timeleft : -1)); + + /* + * Both 'poll()' and 'select()' return the number of file descriptors + * that are active. Translate this back to the mask that denotes which + * file-descriptors, so that we don't need all of this system-specific + * code everywhere. + */ + if (result != 0) { + if (result > 0) { + result = 0; +#if USE_FUNC_POLL + for (count = 0; count < 2; count++) { + if ((mode & (1 << count)) + && (fds[count].revents & POLLIN)) { + result |= (1 << count); + count++; + } + } +#elif HAVE_SELECT + if ((mode & 2) + && (fd = _nc_mouse_fd()) >= 0 + && FD_ISSET(fd, &set)) + result |= 2; + if ((mode & 1) + && FD_ISSET(SP->_ifd, &set)) + result |= 1; +#endif + } + else + result = 0; + } + + return (result); +} diff --git a/ncurses/lib_vidattr.c b/ncurses/lib_vidattr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..afdf57f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_vidattr.c @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* + * vidputs(newmode, outc) + * + * newmode is taken to be the logical 'or' of the symbols in curses.h + * representing graphic renditions. The terminal is set to be in all of + * the given modes, if possible. + * + * if the new attribute is normal + * if exit-alt-char-set exists + * emit it + * emit exit-attribute-mode + * else if set-attributes exists + * use it to set exactly what you want + * else + * if exit-attribute-mode exists + * turn off everything + * else + * turn off those which can be turned off and aren't in + * newmode. + * turn on each mode which should be on and isn't, one by one + * + * NOTE that this algorithm won't achieve the desired mix of attributes + * in some cases, but those are probably just those cases in which it is + * actually impossible, anyway, so... + * + * NOTE that we cannot assume that there's no interaction between color + * and other attribute resets. So each time we reset color (or other + * attributes) we'll have to be prepared to restore the other. + */ + +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_vidattr.c,v 1.14 1997/05/06 16:02:43 tom Exp $") + +#define doPut(mode) TPUTS_TRACE(#mode); tputs(mode, 1, outc) + +#define TurnOn(mask,mode) \ + if ((turn_on & mask) && mode) { doPut(mode); } + +#define TurnOff(mask,mode) \ + if ((turn_off & mask) && mode) { doPut(mode); turn_off &= ~mask; } + +int vidputs(attr_t newmode, int (*outc)(int)) +{ +static attr_t previous_attr = A_NORMAL; +attr_t turn_on, turn_off; +int pair, current_pair; + + T((T_CALLED("vidputs(%s)"), _traceattr(newmode))); + + /* this allows us to go on whether or not newterm() has been called */ + if (SP) + previous_attr = SP->_current_attr; + + T(("previous attribute was %s", _traceattr(previous_attr))); + + if (newmode == previous_attr) + returnCode(OK); + + turn_off = (~newmode & previous_attr) & ALL_BUT_COLOR; + turn_on = (newmode & ~previous_attr) & ALL_BUT_COLOR; + + pair = PAIR_NUMBER(newmode); + current_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(previous_attr); + + /* if there is no current screen, assume we *can* do color */ + if ((!SP || SP->_coloron) && pair == 0) { + T(("old pair = %d -- new pair = %d", current_pair, pair)); + if (pair != current_pair) { + _nc_do_color(pair, outc); + previous_attr &= ~A_COLOR; + } + } + + if (newmode == A_NORMAL) { + if((previous_attr & A_ALTCHARSET) && exit_alt_charset_mode) { + doPut(exit_alt_charset_mode); + previous_attr &= ~A_ALTCHARSET; + } + if (previous_attr) { + doPut(exit_attribute_mode); + previous_attr &= ~A_COLOR; + } + + } else if (set_attributes) { + if (turn_on || turn_off) { + TPUTS_TRACE("set_attributes"); + tputs(tparm(set_attributes, + (newmode & A_STANDOUT) != 0, + (newmode & A_UNDERLINE) != 0, + (newmode & A_REVERSE) != 0, + (newmode & A_BLINK) != 0, + (newmode & A_DIM) != 0, + (newmode & A_BOLD) != 0, + (newmode & A_INVIS) != 0, + (newmode & A_PROTECT) != 0, + (newmode & A_ALTCHARSET) != 0), 1, outc); + previous_attr &= ~A_COLOR; + } + } else { + + T(("turning %s off", _traceattr(turn_off))); + + TurnOff(A_ALTCHARSET, exit_alt_charset_mode); + TurnOff(A_UNDERLINE, exit_underline_mode); + TurnOff(A_STANDOUT, exit_standout_mode); + + if (turn_off && exit_attribute_mode) { + doPut(exit_attribute_mode); + turn_on |= (newmode & (chtype)(~A_COLOR)); + previous_attr &= ~A_COLOR; + } + + T(("turning %s on", _traceattr(turn_on))); + + TurnOn (A_ALTCHARSET, enter_alt_charset_mode); + TurnOn (A_BLINK, enter_blink_mode); + TurnOn (A_BOLD, enter_bold_mode); + TurnOn (A_DIM, enter_dim_mode); + TurnOn (A_REVERSE, enter_reverse_mode); + TurnOn (A_STANDOUT, enter_standout_mode); + TurnOn (A_PROTECT, enter_protected_mode); + TurnOn (A_INVIS, enter_secure_mode); + TurnOn (A_UNDERLINE, enter_underline_mode); + TurnOn (A_HORIZONTAL, enter_horizontal_hl_mode); + TurnOn (A_LEFT, enter_left_hl_mode); + TurnOn (A_LOW, enter_low_hl_mode); + TurnOn (A_RIGHT, enter_right_hl_mode); + TurnOn (A_TOP, enter_top_hl_mode); + TurnOn (A_VERTICAL, enter_vertical_hl_mode); + } + + /* if there is no current screen, assume we *can* do color */ + if ((!SP || SP->_coloron) && pair != 0) { + current_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(previous_attr); + T(("old pair = %d -- new pair = %d", current_pair, pair)); + if (pair != current_pair) { + _nc_do_color(pair, outc); + } + } + + if (SP) + SP->_current_attr = newmode; + else + previous_attr = newmode; + + returnCode(OK); +} + +int vidattr(attr_t newmode) +{ + T((T_CALLED("vidattr(%s)"), _traceattr(newmode))); + + returnCode(vidputs(newmode, _nc_outch)); +} + +attr_t termattrs(void) +{ + int attrs = A_NORMAL; + + if (enter_alt_charset_mode) + attrs |= A_ALTCHARSET; + + if (enter_blink_mode) + attrs |= A_BLINK; + + if (enter_bold_mode) + attrs |= A_BOLD; + + if (enter_dim_mode) + attrs |= A_DIM; + + if (enter_reverse_mode) + attrs |= A_REVERSE; + + if (enter_standout_mode) + attrs |= A_STANDOUT; + + if (enter_protected_mode) + attrs |= A_PROTECT; + + if (enter_secure_mode) + attrs |= A_INVIS; + + if (enter_underline_mode) + attrs |= A_UNDERLINE; + + if (SP->_coloron) + attrs |= A_COLOR; + + return(attrs); +} + diff --git a/ncurses/lib_window.c b/ncurses/lib_window.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6dab3b80 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/lib_window.c @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* +** lib_window.c +** +** +*/ + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: lib_window.c,v 1.8 1997/02/02 01:14:43 tom Exp $") + +void _nc_synchook(WINDOW *win) +/* hook to be called after each window change */ +{ + if (win->_immed) wrefresh(win); + if (win->_sync) wsyncup(win); +} + +int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) +/* move a derived window */ +{ + WINDOW *orig = win->_parent; + int i; + + T((T_CALLED("mvderwin(%p,%d,%d)"), win, y, x)); + + if (orig) + { + if (win->_parx==x && win->_pary==y) + returnCode(OK); + if (x<0 || y<0) + returnCode(ERR); + if ( (x+getmaxx(win) > getmaxx(orig)) || + (y+getmaxy(win) > getmaxy(orig)) ) + returnCode(ERR); + } + else + returnCode(ERR); + wsyncup(win); + win->_parx = x; + win->_pary = y; + for(i=0;i_line[i].text = &(orig->_line[y++].text[x]); + returnCode(OK); +} + +int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf) +/* enable/disable automatic wsyncup() on each change to window */ +{ + T((T_CALLED("syncok(%p,%d)"), win, bf)); + + if (win) { + win->_sync = bf; + returnCode(OK); + } else + returnCode(ERR); +} + +void wsyncup(WINDOW *win) +/* mark changed every cell in win's ancestors that is changed in win */ +/* Rewritten by J. Pfeifer, 1-Apr-96 (don't even think that...) */ +{ + WINDOW *wp; + + if (win && win->_parent) + for (wp = win; wp->_parent; wp = wp->_parent) + { + int y; + WINDOW *pp = wp->_parent; + + assert((wp->_pary <= pp->_maxy) && + ((wp->_pary+wp->_maxy) <= pp->_maxy)); + + for (y = 0; y <= wp->_maxy; y++) + { + int left = wp->_line[y].firstchar; + if (left >= 0) /* line is touched */ + { + /* left & right character in parent window coordinates */ + int right = wp->_line[y].lastchar + wp->_parx; + left += wp->_parx; + + if (pp->_line[wp->_pary + y].firstchar == _NOCHANGE) + { + pp->_line[wp->_pary + y].firstchar = left; + pp->_line[wp->_pary + y].lastchar = right; + } + else + { + if (left < pp->_line[wp->_pary + y].firstchar) + pp->_line[wp->_pary + y].firstchar = left; + if (pp->_line[wp->_pary + y].lastchar < right) + pp->_line[wp->_pary + y].lastchar = right; + } + } + } + } +} + +void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win) +/* mark changed every cell in win that is changed in any of its ancestors */ +/* Rewritten by J. Pfeifer, 1-Apr-96 (don't even think that...) */ +{ + if (win && win->_parent) + { + WINDOW *pp = win->_parent; + int y; + + /* This recursion guarantees, that the changes are propagated down- + wards from the root to our direct parent. */ + wsyncdown(pp); + + /* and now we only have to propagate the changes from our direct + parent, if there are any. */ + assert((win->_pary <= pp->_maxy) && + ((win->_pary + win->_maxy) <= pp->_maxy)); + + for (y = 0; y <= win->_maxy; y++) + { + if (pp->_line[win->_pary + y].firstchar >= 0) /* parent changed */ + { + /* left and right character in child coordinates */ + int left = pp->_line[win->_pary + y].firstchar - win->_parx; + int right = pp->_line[win->_pary + y].lastchar - win->_parx; + /* The change maybe outside the childs range */ + if (left<0) + left = 0; + if (right > win->_maxx) + right = win->_maxx; + if (win->_line[y].firstchar == _NOCHANGE) + { + win->_line[y].firstchar = left; + win->_line[y].lastchar = right; + } + else + { + if (left < win->_line[y].firstchar) + win->_line[y].firstchar = left; + if (win->_line[y].lastchar < right) + win->_line[y].lastchar = right; + } + } + } + } +} + +void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win) +/* sync the cursor in all derived windows to its value in the base window */ +{ + WINDOW *wp; + for( wp = win; wp && wp->_parent; wp = wp->_parent ) { + wmove( wp->_parent, wp->_pary + wp->_cury, wp->_parx + wp->_curx ); + } +} + +WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win) +/* make an exact duplicate of the given window */ +{ +WINDOW *nwin; +size_t linesize; +int i; + + T((T_CALLED("dupwin(%p)"), win)); + + if ((nwin = newwin(win->_maxy + 1, win->_maxx + 1, win->_begy, win->_begx)) == NULL) + returnWin(0); + + nwin->_curx = win->_curx; + nwin->_cury = win->_cury; + nwin->_maxy = win->_maxy; + nwin->_maxx = win->_maxx; + nwin->_begy = win->_begy; + nwin->_begx = win->_begx; + nwin->_yoffset = win->_yoffset; + + nwin->_flags = win->_flags; + nwin->_attrs = win->_attrs; + nwin->_bkgd = win->_bkgd; + + nwin->_clear = win->_clear; + nwin->_scroll = win->_scroll; + nwin->_leaveok = win->_leaveok; + nwin->_use_keypad = win->_use_keypad; + nwin->_delay = win->_delay; + nwin->_immed = win->_immed; + nwin->_sync = win->_sync; + nwin->_parx = win->_parx; + nwin->_pary = win->_pary; + nwin->_parent = win->_parent; + + nwin->_regtop = win->_regtop; + nwin->_regbottom = win->_regbottom; + + linesize = (win->_maxx + 1) * sizeof(chtype); + for (i = 0; i <= nwin->_maxy; i++) { + memcpy(nwin->_line[i].text, win->_line[i].text, linesize); + nwin->_line[i].firstchar = win->_line[i].firstchar; + nwin->_line[i].lastchar = win->_line[i].lastchar; + } + + returnWin(nwin); +} diff --git a/ncurses/llib-lncurses b/ncurses/llib-lncurses new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0ca29b5e --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/llib-lncurses @@ -0,0 +1,2560 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey * + * All Rights Reserved. * + * * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * + * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * + * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * + * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) * + * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * + * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED * + * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, * + * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO * + * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY * + * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER * + * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF * + * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN * + * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * + ******************************************************************************/ +/* LINTLIBRARY */ + +/* ./fallback.c */ + +#include +#include + +#undef _nc_fallback +const TERMTYPE *_nc_fallback( + const char *name) + { return(*(const TERMTYPE **)0); } + +/* ./hashmap.c */ + +#undef _nc_hash_map +void _nc_hash_map(void) + { /* void */ } + +/* ./hardscroll.c */ + +#undef _nc_scroll_optimize +void _nc_scroll_optimize(void) + { /* void */ } + +/* ./lib_acs.c */ + +#undef acs_map +chtype acs_map[128]; + +#undef init_acs +void init_acs(void) + { /* void */ } + +/* ./lib_addch.c */ + +#include + +#undef wattr_on +int wattr_on( + WINDOW *win, + const attr_t at) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wattr_off +int wattr_off( + WINDOW *win, + const attr_t at) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wchgat +int wchgat( + WINDOW *win, + int n, + attr_t attr, + short color, + const void *opts) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_background +chtype _nc_background( + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(chtype *)0); } + +#undef _nc_render +chtype _nc_render( + WINDOW *win, + chtype ch) + { return(*(chtype *)0); } + +#undef _nc_waddch_nosync +int _nc_waddch_nosync( + WINDOW *win, + const chtype c) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef waddch +int waddch( + WINDOW *win, + const chtype ch) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wechochar +int wechochar( + WINDOW *win, + const chtype ch) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_addstr.c */ + +#undef waddnstr +int waddnstr( + WINDOW *win, + const char *const astr, + int n) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef waddchnstr +int waddchnstr( + WINDOW *win, + const chtype *const astr, + int n) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_beep.c */ + +#undef beep +int beep(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef flash +int flash(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_bkgd.c */ + +#undef wbkgd +int wbkgd( + WINDOW *win, + const chtype ch) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_baudrate.c */ + +struct speed { + speed_t s; + int sp; +}; + +#undef baudrate +int baudrate(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_box.c */ + +#undef wborder +int wborder( + WINDOW *win, + chtype ls, + chtype rs, + chtype ts, + chtype bs, + chtype tl, + chtype tr, + chtype bl, + chtype br) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef whline +int whline( + WINDOW *win, + chtype ch, + int n) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wvline +int wvline( + WINDOW *win, + chtype ch, + int n) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_clear.c */ + +#undef wclear +int wclear( + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_clrbot.c */ + +#undef wclrtobot +int wclrtobot( + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_clreol.c */ + +#undef wclrtoeol +int wclrtoeol( + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_color.c */ + +#undef COLOR_PAIRS +int COLOR_PAIRS; +#undef COLORS +int COLORS; + +#undef start_color +int start_color(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef init_pair +int init_pair( + short pair, + short f, + short b) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef init_color +int init_color( + short color, + short r, + short g, + short b) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef can_change_color +bool can_change_color(void) + { return(*(bool *)0); } + +#undef has_colors +bool has_colors(void) + { return(*(bool *)0); } + +#undef color_content +int color_content( + short color, + short *r, + short *g, + short *b) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef pair_content +int pair_content( + short pair, + short *f, + short *b) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_do_color +void _nc_do_color( + int pair, + int (*outc)( + int p1)) + { /* void */ } + +/* ./lib_data.c */ + +#undef stdscr +WINDOW *stdscr; +#undef curscr +WINDOW *curscr; +#undef newscr +WINDOW *newscr; +#undef _nc_windows +struct _win_list *_nc_windows; +#undef _nc_idcok +bool _nc_idcok; +#undef _nc_idlok +bool _nc_idlok; +#undef SP +SCREEN *SP; + +/* ./lib_delch.c */ + +#undef wdelch +int wdelch( + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_delwin.c */ + +#undef delwin +int delwin( + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_doupdate.c */ + +#include + +#undef doupdate +int doupdate(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_outstr +void _nc_outstr( + const char *str) + { /* void */ } + +/* ./lib_endwin.c */ + +#undef endwin +int endwin(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_erase.c */ + +#undef werase +int werase( + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_gen.c */ + +#include + +#undef addch +int addch( + const chtype z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef addchnstr +int addchnstr( + const chtype *a1, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef addchstr +int addchstr( + const chtype *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef addnstr +int addnstr( + const char *a1, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef addstr +int addstr( + const char *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef attroff +int attroff( + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef attron +int attron( + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef attrset +int attrset( + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef attr_get +int attr_get(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef attr_off +int attr_off( + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef attr_on +int attr_on( + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef attr_set +int attr_set( + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef bkgd +int bkgd( + chtype z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef bkgdset +void bkgdset( + chtype z) + { /* void */ } + +#undef border +int border( + chtype a1, + chtype a2, + chtype a3, + chtype a4, + chtype a5, + chtype a6, + chtype a7, + chtype z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef box +int box( + WINDOW *a1, + chtype a2, + chtype z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef chgat +int chgat( + int a1, + attr_t a2, + short a3, + const void *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef clear +int clear(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef clrtobot +int clrtobot(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef clrtoeol +int clrtoeol(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef COLOR_PAIR +int COLOR_PAIR( + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef delch +int delch(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef deleteln +int deleteln(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef echochar +int echochar( + const chtype z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef getbkgd +chtype getbkgd( + WINDOW *z) + { return(*(chtype *)0); } + +#undef getch +int getch(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef getnstr +int getnstr( + char *a1, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef getstr +int getstr( + char *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef hline +int hline( + chtype a1, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef inch +chtype inch(void) + { return(*(chtype *)0); } + +#undef inchnstr +int inchnstr( + chtype *a1, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef inchstr +int inchstr( + chtype *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef innstr +int innstr( + char *a1, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef insch +int insch( + chtype z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef insdelln +int insdelln( + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef insertln +int insertln(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef insnstr +int insnstr( + const char *a1, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef insstr +int insstr( + const char *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef instr +int instr( + char *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef move +int move( + int a1, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvaddch +int mvaddch( + int a1, + int a2, + const chtype z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvaddchnstr +int mvaddchnstr( + int a1, + int a2, + const chtype *a3, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvaddchstr +int mvaddchstr( + int a1, + int a2, + const chtype *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvaddnstr +int mvaddnstr( + int a1, + int a2, + const char *a3, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvaddstr +int mvaddstr( + int a1, + int a2, + const char *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvchgat +int mvchgat( + int a1, + int a2, + int a3, + attr_t a4, + short a5, + const void *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvdelch +int mvdelch( + int a1, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvgetch +int mvgetch( + int a1, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvgetnstr +int mvgetnstr( + int a1, + int a2, + char *a3, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvgetstr +int mvgetstr( + int a1, + int a2, + char *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvhline +int mvhline( + int a1, + int a2, + chtype a3, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvinch +chtype mvinch( + int a1, + int z) + { return(*(chtype *)0); } + +#undef mvinchnstr +int mvinchnstr( + int a1, + int a2, + chtype *a3, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvinchstr +int mvinchstr( + int a1, + int a2, + chtype *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvinnstr +int mvinnstr( + int a1, + int a2, + char *a3, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvinsch +int mvinsch( + int a1, + int a2, + chtype z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvinsnstr +int mvinsnstr( + int a1, + int a2, + const char *a3, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvinsstr +int mvinsstr( + int a1, + int a2, + const char *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvinstr +int mvinstr( + int a1, + int a2, + char *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvvline +int mvvline( + int a1, + int a2, + chtype a3, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwaddch +int mvwaddch( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int a3, + const chtype z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwaddchnstr +int mvwaddchnstr( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int a3, + const chtype *a4, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwaddchstr +int mvwaddchstr( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int a3, + const chtype *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwaddnstr +int mvwaddnstr( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int a3, + const char *a4, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwaddstr +int mvwaddstr( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int a3, + const char *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwchgat +int mvwchgat( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int a3, + int a4, + attr_t a5, + short a6, + const void *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwdelch +int mvwdelch( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwgetch +int mvwgetch( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwgetnstr +int mvwgetnstr( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int a3, + char *a4, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwgetstr +int mvwgetstr( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int a3, + char *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwhline +int mvwhline( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int a3, + chtype a4, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwinch +chtype mvwinch( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int z) + { return(*(chtype *)0); } + +#undef mvwinchnstr +int mvwinchnstr( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int a3, + chtype *a4, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwinchstr +int mvwinchstr( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int a3, + chtype *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwinnstr +int mvwinnstr( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int a3, + char *a4, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwinsch +int mvwinsch( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int a3, + chtype z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwinsnstr +int mvwinsnstr( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int a3, + const char *a4, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwinsstr +int mvwinsstr( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int a3, + const char *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwinstr +int mvwinstr( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int a3, + char *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwvline +int mvwvline( + WINDOW *a1, + int a2, + int a3, + chtype a4, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef PAIR_NUMBER +int PAIR_NUMBER( + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef redrawwin +int redrawwin( + WINDOW *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef refresh +int refresh(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef scrl +int scrl( + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef scroll +int scroll( + WINDOW *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef setscrreg +int setscrreg( + int a1, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef standout +int standout(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef standend +int standend(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef timeout +int timeout( + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef untouchwin +int untouchwin( + WINDOW *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef vline +int vline( + chtype a1, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef vw_printw +int vw_printw( + WINDOW *a1, + const char *a2, + va_list z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef vw_scanw +int vw_scanw( + WINDOW *a1, + const char *a2, + va_list z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef waddchstr +int waddchstr( + WINDOW *a1, + const chtype *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef waddstr +int waddstr( + WINDOW *a1, + const char *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wattron +int wattron( + WINDOW *a1, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wattroff +int wattroff( + WINDOW *a1, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wattrset +int wattrset( + WINDOW *a1, + int z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wattr_get +attr_t wattr_get( + WINDOW *z) + { return(*(attr_t *)0); } + +#undef wattr_set +int wattr_set( + WINDOW *a1, + attr_t z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wbkgdset +void wbkgdset( + WINDOW *a1, + chtype z) + { /* void */ } + +#undef wdeleteln +int wdeleteln( + WINDOW *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wgetstr +int wgetstr( + WINDOW *a1, + char *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef winch +chtype winch( + WINDOW *z) + { return(*(chtype *)0); } + +#undef winchstr +int winchstr( + WINDOW *a1, + chtype *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef winsertln +int winsertln( + WINDOW *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef winsstr +int winsstr( + WINDOW *a1, + const char *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef winstr +int winstr( + WINDOW *a1, + char *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wstandout +int wstandout( + WINDOW *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wstandend +int wstandend( + WINDOW *z) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_getch.c */ + +#undef ESCDELAY +int ESCDELAY; + +#undef ungetch +int ungetch( + int ch) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_backspace +void _nc_backspace( + WINDOW *win) + { /* void */ } + +#undef wgetch +int wgetch( + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_getstr.c */ + +#undef wgetnstr +int wgetnstr( + WINDOW *win, + char *str, + int maxlen) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_inchstr.c */ + +#undef winchnstr +int winchnstr( + WINDOW *win, + chtype *str, + int n) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_initscr.c */ + +#undef _nc_initscr +int _nc_initscr(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef initscr +WINDOW *initscr(void) + { return(*(WINDOW **)0); } + +#undef termname +char *termname(void) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +/* ./lib_insch.c */ + +#undef winsch +int winsch( + WINDOW *win, + chtype c) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_insdel.c */ + +#undef winsdelln +int winsdelln( + WINDOW *win, + int n) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_insstr.c */ + +#undef winsnstr +int winsnstr( + WINDOW *win, + const char *str, + int n) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_instr.c */ + +#undef winnstr +int winnstr( + WINDOW *win, + char *str, + int n) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_isendwin.c */ + +#undef isendwin +int isendwin(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_kernel.c */ + +#undef napms +int napms( + int ms) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef reset_prog_mode +int reset_prog_mode(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef reset_shell_mode +int reset_shell_mode(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef erasechar +char erasechar(void) + { return(*(char *)0); } + +#undef killchar +char killchar(void) + { return(*(char *)0); } + +#undef flushinp +int flushinp(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef savetty +int savetty(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef resetty +int resetty(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_keyname.c */ + +#include +#include + +struct kn { + const char *name; + int code; +}; + +#undef key_names +const struct kn key_names[] = {0}; + +#undef keyname +const char *keyname( + int c) + { return(*(const char **)0); } + +/* ./lib_longname.c */ + +#undef longname +char *longname(void) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +/* ./lib_mouse.c */ + +#undef _nc_max_click_interval +int _nc_max_click_interval; + +#undef _nc_mouse_init +void _nc_mouse_init( + SCREEN *sp) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_mouse_fd +int _nc_mouse_fd(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_mouse_event +bool _nc_mouse_event( + SCREEN *sp) + { return(*(bool *)0); } + +#undef _nc_mouse_inline +bool _nc_mouse_inline( + SCREEN *sp) + { return(*(bool *)0); } + +#undef _nc_mouse_parse +bool _nc_mouse_parse( + int runcount) + { return(*(bool *)0); } + +#undef _nc_mouse_wrap +void _nc_mouse_wrap( + SCREEN *sp) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_mouse_resume +void _nc_mouse_resume( + SCREEN *sp) + { /* void */ } + +#undef getmouse +int getmouse( + MEVENT *aevent) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef ungetmouse +int ungetmouse( + MEVENT *aevent) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mousemask +mmask_t mousemask( + mmask_t newmask, + mmask_t *oldmask) + { return(*(mmask_t *)0); } + +#undef wenclose +bool wenclose( + WINDOW *win, + int y, + int x) + { return(*(bool *)0); } + +#undef mouseinterval +int mouseinterval( + int maxclick) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_move.c */ + +#undef wmove +int wmove( + WINDOW *win, + int y, + int x) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_mvcur.c */ + +#undef _nc_mvcur_resume +void _nc_mvcur_resume(void) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_mvcur_init +void _nc_mvcur_init(void) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_mvcur_wrap +void _nc_mvcur_wrap(void) + { /* void */ } + +#undef mvcur +int mvcur( + int yold, + int xold, + int ynew, + int xnew) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_mvcur_scrolln +int _nc_mvcur_scrolln( + int n, + int top, + int bot, + int maxy) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_mvwin.c */ + +#undef mvwin +int mvwin( + WINDOW *win, + int by, + int bx) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_newterm.c */ + +#undef filter +void filter(void) + { /* void */ } + +#undef newterm +SCREEN *newterm( + const char *term, + FILE *ofp, + FILE *ifp) + { return(*(SCREEN **)0); } + +/* ./lib_newwin.c */ + +#undef _nc_freewin +void _nc_freewin( + WINDOW *win) + { /* void */ } + +#undef newwin +WINDOW *newwin( + int num_lines, + int num_columns, + int begy, + int begx) + { return(*(WINDOW **)0); } + +#undef derwin +WINDOW *derwin( + WINDOW *orig, + int num_lines, + int num_columns, + int begy, + int begx) + { return(*(WINDOW **)0); } + +#undef subwin +WINDOW *subwin( + WINDOW *w, + int l, + int c, + int y, + int x) + { return(*(WINDOW **)0); } + +#undef _nc_makenew +WINDOW *_nc_makenew( + int num_lines, + int num_columns, + int begy, + int begx, + int flags) + { return(*(WINDOW **)0); } + +/* ./lib_options.c */ + +#undef has_ic +int has_ic(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef has_il +int has_il(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef idlok +int idlok( + WINDOW *win, + bool flag) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef idcok +void idcok( + WINDOW *win, + bool flag) + { /* void */ } + +#undef clearok +int clearok( + WINDOW *win, + bool flag) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef immedok +void immedok( + WINDOW *win, + bool flag) + { /* void */ } + +#undef leaveok +int leaveok( + WINDOW *win, + bool flag) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef scrollok +int scrollok( + WINDOW *win, + bool flag) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef halfdelay +int halfdelay( + int t) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef nodelay +int nodelay( + WINDOW *win, + bool flag) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef notimeout +int notimeout( + WINDOW *win, + bool f) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wtimeout +int wtimeout( + WINDOW *win, + int delay) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_keypad +int _nc_keypad( + bool flag) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef keypad +int keypad( + WINDOW *win, + bool flag) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef meta +int meta( + WINDOW *win, + bool flag) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef curs_set +int curs_set( + int vis) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#if 0 + +#include + +#endif + +#undef typeahead +int typeahead( + int fd) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef has_key +int has_key( + int keycode) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_overlay.c */ + +#undef overlay +int overlay( + const WINDOW *win1, + WINDOW *win2) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef overwrite +int overwrite( + const WINDOW *win1, + WINDOW *win2) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef copywin +int copywin( + const WINDOW *src, + WINDOW *dst, + int sminrow, + int smincol, + int dminrow, + int dmincol, + int dmaxrow, + int dmaxcol, + int over) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_pad.c */ + +#undef newpad +WINDOW *newpad( + int l, + int c) + { return(*(WINDOW **)0); } + +#undef subpad +WINDOW *subpad( + WINDOW *orig, + int l, + int c, + int begy, + int begx) + { return(*(WINDOW **)0); } + +#undef prefresh +int prefresh( + WINDOW *win, + int pminrow, + int pmincol, + int sminrow, + int smincol, + int smaxrow, + int smaxcol) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef pnoutrefresh +int pnoutrefresh( + WINDOW *win, + int pminrow, + int pmincol, + int sminrow, + int smincol, + int smaxrow, + int smaxcol) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef pechochar +int pechochar( + WINDOW *pad, + chtype ch) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_print.c */ + +#undef mcprint +int mcprint( + char *data, + int len) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_printw.c */ + +#undef printw +int printw( + const char *fmt, + ...) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wprintw +int wprintw( + WINDOW *win, + const char *fmt, + ...) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvprintw +int mvprintw( + int y, + int x, + const char *fmt, + ...) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwprintw +int mvwprintw( + WINDOW *win, + int y, + int x, + const char *fmt, + ...) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef vwprintw +int vwprintw( + WINDOW *win, + const char *fmt, + va_list argp) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_raw.c */ + +#undef raw +int raw(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef cbreak +int cbreak(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef echo +int echo(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef nl +int nl(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef qiflush +int qiflush(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef noraw +int noraw(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef nocbreak +int nocbreak(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef noecho +int noecho(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef nonl +int nonl(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef noqiflush +int noqiflush(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef intrflush +int intrflush( + WINDOW *win, + bool flag) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_refresh.c */ + +#undef wredrawln +int wredrawln( + WINDOW *win, + int beg, + int num) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wrefresh +int wrefresh( + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wnoutrefresh +int wnoutrefresh( + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_restart.c */ + +#undef def_shell_mode +int def_shell_mode(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef def_prog_mode +int def_prog_mode(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef restartterm +int restartterm( + const char *term, + int filenum, + int *errret) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef set_curterm +TERMINAL *set_curterm( + TERMINAL *term) + { return(*(TERMINAL **)0); } + +#undef del_curterm +int del_curterm( + TERMINAL *term) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_scanw.c */ + +#undef vwscanw +int vwscanw( + WINDOW *win, + const char *fmt, + va_list argp) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef scanw +int scanw( + const char *fmt, + ...) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wscanw +int wscanw( + WINDOW *win, + const char *fmt, + ...) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvscanw +int mvscanw( + int y, + int x, + const char *fmt, + ...) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef mvwscanw +int mvwscanw( + WINDOW *win, + int y, + int x, + const char *fmt, + ...) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_screen.c */ + +#include +#include + +#undef getwin +WINDOW *getwin( + FILE *filep) + { return(*(WINDOW **)0); } + +#undef putwin +int putwin( + WINDOW *win, + FILE *filep) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef scr_restore +int scr_restore( + const char *file) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef scr_dump +int scr_dump( + const char *file) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef scr_init +int scr_init( + const char *file) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef scr_set +int scr_set( + const char *file) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_scroll.c */ + +#undef _nc_scroll_window +void _nc_scroll_window( + WINDOW *win, + int const n, + short const top, + short const bottom) + { /* void */ } + +#undef wscrl +int wscrl( + WINDOW *win, + int n) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_scrreg.c */ + +#undef wsetscrreg +int wsetscrreg( + WINDOW *win, + int top, + int bottom) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_set_term.c */ + +#undef _nc_set_buffer +void _nc_set_buffer( + FILE *ofp, + bool buffered) + { /* void */ } + +#undef set_term +SCREEN *set_term( + SCREEN *screen) + { return(*(SCREEN **)0); } + +#undef delscreen +void delscreen( + SCREEN *sp) + { /* void */ } + +#undef rippedoff +ripoff_t rippedoff[5]; +#undef rsp +ripoff_t *rsp; + +#undef _nc_setupscreen +int _nc_setupscreen( + short slines, + short const scolumns, + FILE *output) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_ripoffline +int _nc_ripoffline( + int line, + int (*init)( + WINDOW *p1, + int p2)) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef ripoffline +int ripoffline( + int line, + int (*init)( + WINDOW *p1, + int p2)) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_setup.c */ + +#include + +#undef use_env +void use_env( + bool f) + { /* void */ } + +#undef LINES +int LINES; +#undef COLS +int COLS; +#undef TABSIZE +int TABSIZE; + +#undef _nc_get_screensize +void _nc_get_screensize(void) + { /* void */ } + +#undef ttytype +char ttytype[256 ]; + +#undef setupterm +int setupterm( + const char *tname, + int Filedes, + int *errret) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_slk.c */ + +#undef _nc_slk_format +int _nc_slk_format; + +#undef slk_label +char *slk_label( + int n) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +#undef slk_noutrefresh +int slk_noutrefresh(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef slk_refresh +int slk_refresh(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef slk_restore +int slk_restore(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef slk_set +int slk_set( + int i, + const char *astr, + int format) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef slk_touch +int slk_touch(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef slk_clear +int slk_clear(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_slk_initialize +int _nc_slk_initialize( + WINDOW *stwin, + int cols) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef slk_init +int slk_init( + int format) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef slk_attrset +int slk_attrset( + const attr_t attr) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef slk_attron +int slk_attron( + const attr_t attr) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef slk_attroff +int slk_attroff( + const attr_t attr) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef slk_attr +attr_t slk_attr(void) + { return(*(attr_t *)0); } + +/* ./lib_termcap.c */ + +#include +#include + +#undef PC +char PC; +#undef UP +char *UP; +#undef BC +char *BC; +#undef ospeed +short ospeed; + +#undef tgetent +int tgetent( + char *bufp, + const char *name) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#if 0 + +#include + +#endif + +#undef tgetflag +int tgetflag( + const char *id) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef tgetnum +int tgetnum( + const char *id) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef tgetstr +char *tgetstr( + const char *id, + char **area) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +#undef tgoto +char *tgoto( + const char *string, + int x, + int y) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +/* ./lib_ti.c */ + +#undef tigetflag +int tigetflag( + const char *str) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef tigetnum +int tigetnum( + const char *str) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef tigetstr +char *tigetstr( + const char *str) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +/* ./lib_touch.c */ + +#undef is_linetouched +int is_linetouched( + WINDOW *win, + int line) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef is_wintouched +int is_wintouched( + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wtouchln +int wtouchln( + WINDOW *win, + int y, + int n, + int changed) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_tparm.c */ + +typedef union { + unsigned int num; + char *str; +} stack_frame; + +#undef tparm +char *tparm( + const char *string, + ...) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +/* ./lib_tputs.c */ + +#undef delay_output +int delay_output( + int ms) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_outch +int _nc_outch( + int ch) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef putp +int putp( + const char *string) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef tputs +int tputs( + const char *string, + int affcnt, + int (*outc)( + int p1)) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_trace.c */ + +#include + +#undef _nc_tracing +unsigned _nc_tracing; +#undef _nc_tputs_trace +const char *_nc_tputs_trace = {0}; +#undef _nc_outchars +long _nc_outchars; +#undef _nc_optimize_enable +int _nc_optimize_enable; + +#undef trace +void trace( + const unsigned int tracelevel) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_visbuf +const char *_nc_visbuf( + const char *buf) + { return(*(const char **)0); } + +#undef _tracef +void _tracef( + const char *fmt, + ...) + { /* void */ } + +/* ./lib_traceatr.c */ + +#undef _traceattr +char *_traceattr( + attr_t newmode) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +#undef _tracechtype +char *_tracechtype( + chtype ch) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +/* ./lib_tracechr.c */ + +#undef _tracechar +char *_tracechar( + const unsigned char ch) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +/* ./lib_tracedmp.c */ + +#undef _tracedump +void _tracedump( + const char *name, + WINDOW *win) + { /* void */ } + +/* ./lib_tracemse.c */ + +#undef _tracemouse +char *_tracemouse( + MEVENT const *ep) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +/* ./lib_tstp.c */ + +#include + +typedef struct sigaction sigaction_t; + +#undef _nc_signal_handler +void _nc_signal_handler( + bool enable) + { /* void */ } + +/* ./lib_twait.c */ + +#undef _nc_timed_wait +int _nc_timed_wait( + int mode, + int milliseconds, + int *timeleft) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_unctrl.c */ + +#undef unctrl +char *unctrl( + chtype uch) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +/* ./lib_vidattr.c */ + +#undef vidputs +int vidputs( + attr_t newmode, + int (*outc)( + int p1)) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef vidattr +int vidattr( + attr_t newmode) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef termattrs +attr_t termattrs(void) + { return(*(attr_t *)0); } + +/* ./lib_window.c */ + +#undef _nc_synchook +void _nc_synchook( + WINDOW *win) + { /* void */ } + +#undef mvderwin +int mvderwin( + WINDOW *win, + int y, + int x) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef syncok +int syncok( + WINDOW *win, + bool bf) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef wsyncup +void wsyncup( + WINDOW *win) + { /* void */ } + +#undef wsyncdown +void wsyncdown( + WINDOW *win) + { /* void */ } + +#undef wcursyncup +void wcursyncup( + WINDOW *win) + { /* void */ } + +#undef dupwin +WINDOW *dupwin( + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(WINDOW **)0); } + +/* ./names.c */ + +#undef boolnames +char *const boolnames[] = {0}; +#undef boolfnames +char *const boolfnames[] = {0}; +#undef numnames +char *const numnames[] = {0}; +#undef numfnames +char *const numfnames[] = {0}; +#undef strnames +char *const strnames[] = {0}; +#undef strfnames +char *const strfnames[] = {0}; + +/* ./codes.c */ +#undef boolcodes +char *const boolcodes[] = {0}; +#undef numcodes +char *const numcodes[] = {0}; +#undef strcodes +char *const strcodes[] = {0}; + +/* ./read_entry.c */ +#undef cur_term +TERMINAL *cur_term; + +#undef _nc_tic_dir +char *_nc_tic_dir( + char *path) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +#undef _nc_read_file_entry +int _nc_read_file_entry( + const char *const filename, + TERMTYPE *ptr) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_read_entry +int _nc_read_entry( + const char *const tn, + char *const filename, + TERMTYPE *const tp) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_first_name +char *_nc_first_name( + const char *const sp) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +#undef _nc_name_match +int _nc_name_match( + const char *const namelst, + const char *const name, + const char *const delim) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./read_termcap.c */ + +#include + +#undef _nc_read_termcap_entry +int _nc_read_termcap_entry( + const char *const tn, + TERMTYPE *const tp) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./write_entry.c */ + +#undef _nc_set_writedir +void _nc_set_writedir( + char *dir) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_write_entry +void _nc_write_entry( + TERMTYPE *const tp) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_tic_written +int _nc_tic_written(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./sigaction.c */ + +#undef _nc_sigaction +void _nc_sigaction(void) + { /* void */ } + +/* ./vsscanf.c */ + +#undef _nc_vsscanf +void _nc_vsscanf(void) + { /* void */ } + +/* ./alloc_entry.c */ + +#undef _nc_init_entry +void _nc_init_entry( + TERMTYPE *const tp) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_save_str +char *_nc_save_str( + const char *const string) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +#undef _nc_wrap_entry +void _nc_wrap_entry( + ENTRY *const ep) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_merge_entry +void _nc_merge_entry( + TERMTYPE *const to, + TERMTYPE *const from) + { /* void */ } + +/* ./captoinfo.c */ + +#undef _nc_captoinfo +char *_nc_captoinfo( + char *const cap, + char *s, + int const parametrized) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +#undef _nc_infotocap +char *_nc_infotocap( + char *const cap, + char *str, + int const parametrized) + { return(*(char **)0); } + +/* ./comp_captab.c */ + +#include + +#undef _nc_info_hash_table +const struct name_table_entry *const _nc_info_hash_table[991] = {0}; +#undef _nc_cap_hash_table +const struct name_table_entry *const _nc_cap_hash_table[991] = {0}; +#undef _nc_capalias_table +const struct alias _nc_capalias_table[] = {0}; +#undef _nc_infoalias_table +const struct alias _nc_infoalias_table[] = {0}; + +#undef _nc_get_table +const struct name_table_entry *_nc_get_table( + bool termcap) + { return(*(const struct name_table_entry **)0); } + +/* ./comp_error.c */ + +#undef _nc_suppress_warnings +bool _nc_suppress_warnings; + +#undef _nc_set_source +void _nc_set_source( + const char *const name) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_set_type +void _nc_set_type( + const char *const name) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_get_type +void _nc_get_type( + char *name) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_warning +void _nc_warning( + const char *const fmt, + ...) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_err_abort +void _nc_err_abort( + const char *const fmt, + ...) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_syserr_abort +void _nc_syserr_abort( + const char *const fmt, + ...) + { /* void */ } + +/* ./comp_hash.c */ + +#undef _nc_find_entry +struct name_table_entry const *_nc_find_entry( + const char *string, + const struct name_table_entry *const *hash_table) + { return(*(struct name_table_entry const **)0); } + +#undef _nc_find_type_entry +struct name_table_entry const *_nc_find_type_entry( + const char *string, + int type, + const struct name_table_entry *table) + { return(*(struct name_table_entry const **)0); } + +/* ./comp_parse.c */ + +#undef _nc_head +ENTRY *_nc_head; +#undef _nc_tail +ENTRY *_nc_tail; + +#undef _nc_free_entries +void _nc_free_entries( + ENTRY *head) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_entry_match +bool _nc_entry_match( + char *n1, + char *n2) + { return(*(bool *)0); } + +#undef _nc_read_entry_source +void _nc_read_entry_source( + FILE *fp, + char *buf, + int literal, + bool silent, + bool (*hook)( + ENTRY *p1)) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_resolve_uses +int _nc_resolve_uses(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./comp_scan.c */ + +#undef _nc_syntax +int _nc_syntax; +#undef _nc_curr_line +int _nc_curr_line; +#undef _nc_curr_col +int _nc_curr_col; +#undef _nc_curr_file_pos +long _nc_curr_file_pos; +#undef _nc_comment_start +long _nc_comment_start; +#undef _nc_comment_end +long _nc_comment_end; +#undef _nc_start_line +long _nc_start_line; + +#undef _nc_get_token +int _nc_get_token(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_push_token +void _nc_push_token( + int class) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_panic_mode +void _nc_panic_mode( + char ch) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_reset_input +void _nc_reset_input( + FILE *fp, + char *buf) + { /* void */ } + +/* ./parse_entry.c */ + +#undef _nc_curr_token +struct token _nc_curr_token; + +#undef _nc_parse_entry +int _nc_parse_entry( + struct entry *entryp, + int literal, + bool silent) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_capcmp +int _nc_capcmp( + const char *s, + const char *t) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +typedef struct {const char *from; const char *to;} assoc; + +/* ./lib_dft_fgbg.c */ + +#undef use_default_colors +int use_default_colors(void) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_freeall.c */ + +#undef _nc_free_termtype +void _nc_free_termtype( + struct termtype *p, + int base) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_freeall +void _nc_freeall(void) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_free_and_exit +void _nc_free_and_exit( + int code) + { /* void */ } + +/* ./resizeterm.c */ + +#undef resizeterm +int resizeterm( + int ToLines, + int ToCols) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./wresize.c */ + +#undef wresize +int wresize( + WINDOW *win, + int ToLines, + int ToCols) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +/* ./lib_adabind.c */ + +#undef _nc_ada_getmaxyx +int _nc_ada_getmaxyx( + WINDOW *win, + int *y, + int *x) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_ada_getbegyx +int _nc_ada_getbegyx( + WINDOW *win, + int *y, + int *x) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_ada_getyx +int _nc_ada_getyx( + WINDOW *win, + int *y, + int *x) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_ada_getparyx +int _nc_ada_getparyx( + WINDOW *win, + int *y, + int *x) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_ada_isscroll +int _nc_ada_isscroll( + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_ada_coord_transform +int _nc_ada_coord_transform( + WINDOW *win, + int *Y, + int *X, + int dir) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_ada_mouse_event +void _nc_ada_mouse_event( + mmask_t m, + int *b, + int *s) + { /* void */ } + +#undef _nc_ada_mouse_mask +int _nc_ada_mouse_mask( + int button, + int state, + mmask_t *mask) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef _nc_ada_unregister_mouse +void _nc_ada_unregister_mouse(void) + { /* void */ } diff --git a/ncurses/modules b/ncurses/modules new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91fa3135 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/modules @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +# $Id: modules,v 1.25 1997/04/26 21:59:59 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Library objects +fallback lib . ../include/term.h $(INCDIR)/tic.h +hashmap lib $(srcdir) +hardscroll lib $(srcdir) +lib_acs lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_addch lib $(srcdir) +lib_addstr lib $(srcdir) +lib_beep lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_bkgd lib $(srcdir) +lib_baudrate lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_box lib $(srcdir) +lib_clear lib $(srcdir) +lib_clrbot lib $(srcdir) +lib_clreol lib $(srcdir) +lib_color lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_data lib $(srcdir) +lib_delch lib $(srcdir) +lib_delwin lib $(srcdir) +lib_doupdate lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_endwin lib $(srcdir) +lib_erase lib $(srcdir) +lib_gen lib . ../include/curses.h +lib_getch lib $(srcdir) +lib_getstr lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_inchstr lib $(srcdir) +lib_initscr lib $(srcdir) +lib_insch lib $(srcdir) +lib_insdel lib $(srcdir) +lib_insstr lib $(srcdir) +lib_instr lib $(srcdir) +lib_isendwin lib $(srcdir) +lib_kernel lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_keyname lib . ../include/term.h +lib_longname lib $(srcdir) +lib_mouse lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_move lib $(srcdir) +lib_mvcur lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_mvwin lib $(srcdir) +lib_newterm lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_newwin lib $(srcdir) +lib_options lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h keys.tries +lib_overlay lib $(srcdir) +lib_pad lib $(srcdir) +lib_print lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_printw lib $(srcdir) +lib_raw lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_refresh lib $(srcdir) +lib_restart lib $(srcdir) +lib_scanw lib $(srcdir) +lib_screen lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_scroll lib $(srcdir) +lib_scrreg lib $(srcdir) +lib_set_term lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_setup lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_slk lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_termcap lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_ti lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_touch lib $(srcdir) +lib_tparm lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_tputs lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_trace lib $(srcdir) +lib_traceatr lib $(srcdir) +lib_tracechr lib $(srcdir) +lib_tracedmp lib $(srcdir) +lib_tracemse lib $(srcdir) +lib_tstp lib $(srcdir) +lib_twait lib $(srcdir) +lib_vidattr lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_window lib $(srcdir) +names lib . +codes lib . +unctrl lib . +read_entry lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h $(INCDIR)/tic.h +read_termcap lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +write_entry lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h $(INCDIR)/tic.h + +# Modules for porting +sigaction lib $(srcdir) +vsscanf lib $(srcdir) + +# Support for termcap (and tic, etc.) +alloc_entry lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +captoinfo lib $(srcdir) +comp_captab lib . ../include/term.h ../include/hashsize.h +comp_error lib $(srcdir) +comp_hash lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h ../include/hashsize.h +comp_parse lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h $(INCDIR)/tic.h +comp_scan lib $(srcdir) +parse_entry lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h ../include/parametrized.h + +# Extensions +lib_dft_fgbg lib $(srcdir) +lib_freeall lib $(srcdir) +resizeterm lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +wresize lib $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +lib_adabind lib $(srcdir) +expanded lib . diff --git a/ncurses/parse_entry.c b/ncurses/parse_entry.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3f74f79 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/parse_entry.c @@ -0,0 +1,896 @@ +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * parse_entry.c -- compile one terminfo or termcap entry + * + * Get an exact in-core representation of an entry. Don't + * try to resolve use or tc capabilities, that is someone + * else's job. Depends on the lexical analyzer to get tokens + * from the input stream. + */ + +#include + +#include +#include +#define __INTERNAL_CAPS_VISIBLE +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: parse_entry.c,v 1.18 1997/02/02 01:50:15 tom Exp $") + +#ifdef LINT +static short const parametrized[] = { 0 }; +#else +#include +#endif + +struct token _nc_curr_token; + +static void postprocess_termcap(TERMTYPE *, bool); +static void postprocess_terminfo(TERMTYPE *); +static struct name_table_entry const * lookup_fullname(const char *name); + +/* + * int + * _nc_parse_entry(entry, literal, silent) + * + * Compile one entry. Doesn't try to resolve use or tc capabilities. + * + * found-forward-use = FALSE + * re-initialise internal arrays + * get_token(); + * if the token was not a name in column 1, complain and die + * save names in entry's string table + * while (get_token() is not EOF and not NAMES) + * check for existance and type-correctness + * enter cap into structure + * if STRING + * save string in entry's string table + * push back token + */ + +int _nc_parse_entry(struct entry *entryp, int literal, bool silent) +{ + int token_type; + struct name_table_entry const *entry_ptr; + char *ptr, namecpy[MAX_NAME_SIZE+1]; + + token_type = _nc_get_token(); + + if (token_type == EOF) + return(EOF); + if (token_type != NAMES) + _nc_err_abort("Entry does not start with terminal names in column one"); + + _nc_init_entry(&entryp->tterm); + + entryp->cstart = _nc_comment_start; + entryp->cend = _nc_comment_end; + entryp->startline = _nc_start_line; + DEBUG(2, ("Comment range is %ld to %ld", entryp->cstart, entryp->cend)); + + /* junk the 2-character termcap name, if present */ + ptr = _nc_curr_token.tk_name; + if (ptr[2] == '|') + { + ptr = _nc_curr_token.tk_name + 3; + _nc_curr_token.tk_name[2] = '\0'; + } + + entryp->tterm.str_table = entryp->tterm.term_names = _nc_save_str(ptr); + + DEBUG(1, ("Starting '%s'", ptr)); + + /* + * We do this because the one-token lookahead in the parse loop + * results in the terminal type getting prematurely set to correspond + * to that of the next entry. + */ + _nc_set_type(_nc_first_name(entryp->tterm.term_names)); + + /* check for overly-long names and aliases */ + (void) strncpy(namecpy, entryp->tterm.term_names, MAX_NAME_SIZE); + namecpy[MAX_NAME_SIZE] = '\0'; + if ((ptr = strrchr(namecpy, '|')) != (char *)NULL) + *ptr = '\0'; + ptr = strtok(namecpy, "|"); + if (strlen(ptr) > MAX_ALIAS) + _nc_warning("primary name may be too long"); + while ((ptr = strtok((char *)NULL, "|")) != (char *)NULL) + if (strlen(ptr) > MAX_ALIAS) + _nc_warning("alias `%s' may be too long", ptr); + + entryp->nuses = 0; + + for (token_type = _nc_get_token(); + token_type != EOF && token_type != NAMES; + token_type = _nc_get_token()) + { + if (strcmp(_nc_curr_token.tk_name, "use") == 0 + || strcmp(_nc_curr_token.tk_name, "tc") == 0) { + entryp->uses[entryp->nuses].parent = (void *)_nc_save_str(_nc_curr_token.tk_valstring); + entryp->uses[entryp->nuses].line = _nc_curr_line; + entryp->nuses++; + } else { + /* normal token lookup */ + entry_ptr = _nc_find_entry(_nc_curr_token.tk_name, + _nc_syntax ? _nc_cap_hash_table : _nc_info_hash_table); + + /* + * Our kluge to handle aliasing. The reason it's done + * this ugly way, with a linear search, is so the hashing + * machinery doesn't have to be made really complicated + * (also we get better warnings this way). No point in + * making this case fast, aliased caps aren't common now + * and will get rarer. + */ + if (entry_ptr == NOTFOUND) + { + const struct alias *ap; + + if (_nc_syntax == SYN_TERMCAP) + { + for (ap = _nc_capalias_table; ap->from; ap++) + if (strcmp(ap->from, _nc_curr_token.tk_name) == 0) + { + if (ap->to == (char *)NULL) + { + _nc_warning("%s (%s termcap extension) ignored", + ap->from, ap->source); + goto nexttok; + } + + entry_ptr = _nc_find_entry(ap->to, _nc_cap_hash_table); + if (entry_ptr && !silent) + _nc_warning("%s (%s termcap extension) aliased to %s", ap->from, ap->source, ap->to); + break; + } + } + else /* if (_nc_syntax == SYN_TERMINFO) */ + { + for (ap = _nc_infoalias_table; ap->from; ap++) + if (strcmp(ap->from, _nc_curr_token.tk_name) == 0) + { + if (ap->to == (char *)NULL) + { + _nc_warning("%s (%s terminfo extension) ignored", + ap->from, ap->source); + goto nexttok; + } + + entry_ptr = _nc_find_entry(ap->to, _nc_info_hash_table); + if (entry_ptr && !silent) + _nc_warning("%s (%s terminfo extension) aliased to %s", ap->from, ap->source, ap->to); + break; + } + + /* last chance: a full-name */ + if (entry_ptr == NOTFOUND) { + entry_ptr = lookup_fullname(_nc_curr_token.tk_name); + } + } + } + + /* can't find this cap name, not even as an alias */ + if (entry_ptr == NOTFOUND) { + if (!silent) + _nc_warning("unknown capability '%s'", + _nc_curr_token.tk_name); + continue; + } + + /* deal with bad type/value combinations. */ + if (token_type != CANCEL && entry_ptr->nte_type != token_type) + { + /* + * Nasty special cases here handle situations in which type + * information can resolve name clashes. Normal lookup + * finds the last instance in the capability table of a + * given name, regardless of type. find_type_entry looks + * for a first matching instance with given type. So as + * long as all ambiguous names occur in pairs of distinct + * type, this will do the job. + */ + + /* tell max_attributes from arrow_key_map */ + if (token_type == NUMBER && !strcmp("ma", _nc_curr_token.tk_name)) + entry_ptr = _nc_find_type_entry("ma", NUMBER, + _nc_get_table(_nc_syntax != 0)); + + /* map terminfo's string MT to MT */ + else if (token_type==STRING &&!strcmp("MT",_nc_curr_token.tk_name)) + entry_ptr = _nc_find_type_entry("MT", STRING, + _nc_get_table(_nc_syntax != 0)); + + /* treat strings without following "=" as empty strings */ + else if (token_type==BOOLEAN && entry_ptr->nte_type==STRING) + token_type = STRING; + /* we couldn't recover; skip this token */ + else + { + if (!silent) + { + const char *type_name; + switch (entry_ptr->nte_type) + { + case BOOLEAN: + type_name = "boolean"; + break; + case STRING: + type_name = "string"; + break; + case NUMBER: + type_name = "numeric"; + break; + default: + type_name = "unknown"; + break; + } + _nc_warning("wrong type used for %s capability '%s'", + type_name, _nc_curr_token.tk_name); + } + continue; + } + } + + /* now we know that the type/value combination is OK */ + switch (token_type) { + case CANCEL: + switch (entry_ptr->nte_type) { + case BOOLEAN: + entryp->tterm.Booleans[entry_ptr->nte_index] = CANCELLED_BOOLEAN; + break; + + case NUMBER: + entryp->tterm.Numbers[entry_ptr->nte_index] = CANCELLED_NUMERIC; + break; + + case STRING: + entryp->tterm.Strings[entry_ptr->nte_index] = CANCELLED_STRING; + break; + } + break; + + case BOOLEAN: + entryp->tterm.Booleans[entry_ptr->nte_index] = TRUE; + break; + + case NUMBER: + entryp->tterm.Numbers[entry_ptr->nte_index] = + _nc_curr_token.tk_valnumber; + break; + + case STRING: + ptr = _nc_curr_token.tk_valstring; + if (_nc_syntax==SYN_TERMCAP) + ptr = _nc_captoinfo(_nc_curr_token.tk_name, + ptr, + parametrized[entry_ptr->nte_index]); + entryp->tterm.Strings[entry_ptr->nte_index] = _nc_save_str(ptr); + break; + + default: + if (!silent) + _nc_warning("unknown token type"); + _nc_panic_mode((_nc_syntax==SYN_TERMCAP) ? ':' : ','); + continue; + } + } /* end else cur_token.name != "use" */ + nexttok: + continue; /* cannot have a label w/o statement */ + } /* endwhile (not EOF and not NAMES) */ + + _nc_push_token(token_type); + _nc_set_type(_nc_first_name(entryp->tterm.term_names)); + + /* + * Try to deduce as much as possible from extension capabilities + * (this includes obsolete BSD capabilities). Sigh...it would be more + * space-efficient to call this after use resolution, but it has + * to be done before entry allocation is wrapped up. + */ + if (!literal) + if (_nc_syntax == SYN_TERMCAP) + { + bool has_base_entry = FALSE; + int i; + + /* + * Don't insert defaults if this is a `+' entry meant only + * for inclusion in other entries (not sure termcap ever + * had these, actually). + */ + if (strchr(entryp->tterm.term_names, '+')) + has_base_entry = TRUE; + else + /* + * Otherwise, look for a base entry that will already + * have picked up defaults via translation. + */ + for (i = 0; i < entryp->nuses; i++) + if (!strchr(entryp->uses[i].parent, '+')) + has_base_entry = TRUE; + + postprocess_termcap(&entryp->tterm, has_base_entry); + } + else + postprocess_terminfo(&entryp->tterm); + + _nc_wrap_entry(entryp); + + return(OK); +} + +int _nc_capcmp(const char *s, const char *t) +/* compare two string capabilities, stripping out padding */ +{ + if (!s && !t) + return(0); + else if (!s || !t) + return(1); + + for (;;) + { + if (s[0] == '$' && s[1] == '<') + { + for (s += 2; ; s++) + if (!(isdigit(*s) || *s=='.' || *s=='*' || *s=='/' || *s=='>')) + break; + } + + if (t[0] == '$' && t[1] == '<') + { + for (t += 2; ; t++) + if (!(isdigit(*t) || *t=='.' || *t=='*' || *t=='/' || *t=='>')) + break; + } + + /* we've now pushed s and t past any padding they were pointing at */ + + if (*s == '\0' && *t == '\0') + return(0); + + if (*s != *t) + return(*t - *s); + + /* else *s == *t but one is not NUL, so continue */ + s++, t++; + } +} + +/* + * The ko capability, if present, consists of a comma-separated capability + * list. For each capability, we may assume there is a keycap that sends the + * string which is the value of that capability. + */ +typedef struct {const char *from; const char *to;} assoc; +static assoc const ko_xlate[] = +{ + {"al", "kil1"}, /* insert line key -> KEY_IL */ + {"bt", "kcbt"}, /* back tab -> KEY_BTAB */ + {"cd", "ked"}, /* clear-to-eos key -> KEY_EOL */ + {"ce", "kel"}, /* clear-to-eol key -> KEY_EOS */ + {"cl", "kclr"}, /* clear key -> KEY_CLEAR */ + {"ct", "tbc"}, /* clear all tabs -> KEY_CATAB */ + {"dc", "kdch1"}, /* delete char -> KEY_DC */ + {"dl", "kdl1"}, /* delete line -> KEY_DL */ + {"do", "kcud1"}, /* down key -> KEY_DOWN */ + {"ei", "krmir"}, /* exit insert key -> KEY_EIC */ + {"ho", "khome"}, /* home key -> KEY_HOME */ + {"ic", "kich1"}, /* insert char key -> KEY_IC */ + {"im", "kIC"}, /* insert-mode key -> KEY_SIC */ + {"le", "kcub1"}, /* le key -> KEY_LEFT */ + {"nd", "kcuf1"}, /* nd key -> KEY_RIGHT */ + {"nl", "kent"}, /* new line key -> KEY_ENTER */ + {"st", "khts"}, /* set-tab key -> KEY_STAB */ + {"ta", CANCELLED_STRING}, + {"up", "kcuu1"}, /* up-arrow key -> KEY_UP */ + {(char *)NULL, (char *)NULL}, +}; + +/* + * This routine fills in string caps that either had defaults under + * termcap or can be manufactured from obsolete termcap capabilities. + * It was lifted from Ross Ridge's mytinfo package. + */ + +static const char C_CR[] = "\r"; +static const char C_LF[] = "\n"; +static const char C_BS[] = "\b"; +static const char C_HT[] = "\t"; + +/* + * Note that WANTED and PRESENT are not simple inverses! If a capability + * has been explicitly cancelled, it's not considered WANTED. + */ +#define WANTED(s) ((s) == (char *)NULL) +#define PRESENT(s) (((s) != (char *)NULL) && ((s) != CANCELLED_STRING)) + +/* + * This bit of legerdemain turns all the terminfo variable names into + * references to locations in the arrays Booleans, Numbers, and Strings --- + * precisely what's needed. + */ + +#undef CUR +#define CUR tp-> + +static +void postprocess_termcap(TERMTYPE *tp, bool has_base) +{ + char buf[MAX_LINE * 2 + 2]; + + /* + * TERMCAP DEFAULTS AND OBSOLETE-CAPABILITY TRANSLATIONS + * + * This first part of the code is the functional inverse of the + * fragment in capdefaults.c. + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + + /* if there was a tc entry, assume we picked up defaults via that */ + if (!has_base) + { + if (WANTED(init_3string) && termcap_init2) + init_3string = _nc_save_str(termcap_init2); + + if (WANTED(reset_1string) && termcap_reset) + reset_1string = _nc_save_str(termcap_reset); + + if (WANTED(carriage_return)) { + if (carriage_return_delay > 0) { + sprintf(buf, "%s$<%d>", C_CR, carriage_return_delay); + carriage_return = _nc_save_str(buf); + } else + carriage_return = _nc_save_str(C_CR); + } + if (WANTED(cursor_left)) { + if (backspace_delay > 0) { + sprintf(buf, "%s$<%d>", C_BS, backspace_delay); + cursor_left = _nc_save_str(buf); + } else if (backspaces_with_bs == 1) + cursor_left = _nc_save_str(C_BS); + else if (PRESENT(backspace_if_not_bs)) + cursor_left = backspace_if_not_bs; + } + /* vi doesn't use "do", but it does seems to use nl (or '\n') instead */ + if (WANTED(cursor_down)) { + if (PRESENT(linefeed_if_not_lf)) + cursor_down = linefeed_if_not_lf; + else if (linefeed_is_newline != 1) { + if (new_line_delay > 0) { + sprintf(buf, "%s$<%d>", C_LF, new_line_delay); + cursor_down = _nc_save_str(buf); + } else + cursor_down = _nc_save_str(C_LF); + } + } + if (WANTED(scroll_forward) && crt_no_scrolling != 1) { + if (PRESENT(linefeed_if_not_lf)) + cursor_down = linefeed_if_not_lf; + else if (linefeed_is_newline != 1) { + if (new_line_delay > 0) { + sprintf(buf, "%s$<%d>", C_LF, new_line_delay); + scroll_forward = _nc_save_str(buf); + } else + scroll_forward = _nc_save_str(C_LF); + } + } + if (WANTED(newline)) { + if (linefeed_is_newline == 1) { + if (new_line_delay > 0) { + sprintf(buf, "%s$<%d>", C_LF, new_line_delay); + newline = _nc_save_str(buf); + } else + newline = _nc_save_str(C_LF); + } else if (PRESENT(carriage_return) && PRESENT(scroll_forward)) { + strncpy(buf, carriage_return, MAX_LINE-2); + buf[MAX_LINE-1] = '\0'; + strncat(buf, scroll_forward, MAX_LINE-strlen(buf)-1); + buf[MAX_LINE] = '\0'; + newline = _nc_save_str(buf); + } else if (PRESENT(carriage_return) && PRESENT(cursor_down)) { + strncpy(buf, carriage_return, MAX_LINE-2); + buf[MAX_LINE-1] = '\0'; + strncat(buf, cursor_down, MAX_LINE-strlen(buf)-1); + buf[MAX_LINE] = '\0'; + newline = _nc_save_str(buf); + } + } + } + + /* + * Inverse of capdefaults.c code ends here. + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TERMCAP-TO TERMINFO MAPPINGS FOR SOURCE TRANSLATION + * + * These translations will *not* be inverted by tgetent(). + */ + + if (!has_base) + { + /* + * We wait until now to decide if we've got a working cr because even + * one that doesn't work can be used for newline. Unfortunately the + * space allocated for it is wasted. + */ + if (return_does_clr_eol == 1 || no_correctly_working_cr == 1) + carriage_return = NULL; + + /* + * Supposedly most termcap entries have ta now and '\t' is no longer a + * default, but it doesn't seem to be true... + */ + if (WANTED(tab)) { + if (horizontal_tab_delay > 0) { + sprintf(buf, "%s$<%d>", C_HT, horizontal_tab_delay); + tab = _nc_save_str(buf); + } else + tab = _nc_save_str(C_HT); + } + if (init_tabs == -1 && has_hardware_tabs == TRUE) + init_tabs = 8; + + /* + * Assume we can beep with ^G unless we're given bl@. + */ + if (WANTED(bell)) + bell = _nc_save_str("\007"); + } + + /* + * Translate the old termcap :pt: capability to it#8 + ht=\t + */ + if (has_hardware_tabs == TRUE) + if (init_tabs != 8) + _nc_warning("hardware tabs with a width other than 8: %d", init_tabs); + else + { + if (tab && _nc_capcmp(tab, C_HT)) + _nc_warning("hardware tabs with a non-^I tab string %s", + _nc_visbuf(tab)); + else + { + if (WANTED(tab)) + tab = _nc_save_str(C_HT); + init_tabs = 8; + } + } + + /* + * Now translate the ko capability, if there is one. This + * isn't from mytinfo... + */ + if (PRESENT(other_non_function_keys)) + { + char *dp, *cp = strtok(other_non_function_keys, ","); + struct name_table_entry const *from_ptr; + struct name_table_entry const *to_ptr; + assoc const *ap; + char buf2[MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH]; + bool foundim; + + /* we're going to use this for a special case later */ + dp = strchr(other_non_function_keys, 'i'); + foundim = dp && dp[1] == 'm'; + + /* look at each comma-separated capability in the ko string... */ + do { + for (ap = ko_xlate; ap->from; ap++) + if (strcmp(ap->from, cp) == 0) + break; + if (!ap->to) + { + _nc_warning("unknown capability `%s' in ko string", cp); + continue; + } + else if (ap->to == CANCELLED_STRING) /* ignore it */ + continue; + + /* now we know we found a match in ko_table, so... */ + + from_ptr = _nc_find_entry(ap->from, _nc_cap_hash_table); + to_ptr = _nc_find_entry(ap->to, _nc_info_hash_table); + + if (!from_ptr || !to_ptr) /* should never happen! */ + _nc_err_abort("ko translation table is invalid, I give up"); + + if (WANTED(tp->Strings[from_ptr->nte_index])) + { + _nc_warning("no value for ko capability %s", ap->from); + continue; + } + + if (tp->Strings[to_ptr->nte_index]) + { + /* There's no point in warning about it if it's the same + * string; that's just an inefficiency. + */ + if (strcmp( + tp->Strings[from_ptr->nte_index], + tp->Strings[to_ptr->nte_index]) != 0) + _nc_warning("%s (%s) already has an explicit value %s, ignoring ko", + ap->to, ap->from, + _nc_visbuf(tp->Strings[to_ptr->nte_index]) ); + continue; + } + + /* + * The magic moment -- copy the mapped key string over, + * stripping out padding. + */ + dp = buf2; + for (cp = tp->Strings[from_ptr->nte_index]; *cp; cp++) + { + if (cp[0] == '$' && cp[1] == '<') + { + while (*cp && *cp != '>') + if (!*cp) + break; + else + ++cp; + } + else + *dp++ = *cp; + } + *dp++ = '\0'; + + tp->Strings[to_ptr->nte_index] = _nc_save_str(buf2); + } while + ((cp = strtok((char *)NULL, ",")) != 0); + + /* + * Note: ko=im and ko=ic both want to grab the `Insert' + * keycap. There's a kich1 but no ksmir, so the ic capability + * got mapped to kich1 and im to kIC to avoid a collision. + * If the description has im but not ic, hack kIC back to kich1. + */ + if (foundim && WANTED(key_ic) && key_sic) + { + key_ic = key_sic; + key_sic = ABSENT_STRING; + } + } + + if (!hard_copy) + { + if (WANTED(key_backspace)) + key_backspace = _nc_save_str(C_BS); + if (WANTED(key_left)) + key_left = _nc_save_str(C_BS); + if (WANTED(key_down)) + key_down = _nc_save_str(C_LF); + } + + /* + * Translate XENIX forms characters. + */ + if (PRESENT(acs_ulcorner) || + PRESENT(acs_llcorner) || + PRESENT(acs_urcorner) || + PRESENT(acs_lrcorner) || + PRESENT(acs_ltee) || + PRESENT(acs_rtee) || + PRESENT(acs_btee) || + PRESENT(acs_ttee) || + PRESENT(acs_hline) || + PRESENT(acs_vline) || + PRESENT(acs_plus)) + { + char buf2[MAX_TERMCAP_LENGTH], *bp = buf2; + + if (acs_ulcorner && acs_ulcorner[1] == '\0') + { + *bp++ = 'l'; + *bp++ = *acs_ulcorner; + } + if (acs_llcorner && acs_llcorner[1] == '\0') + { + *bp++ = 'm'; + *bp++ = *acs_llcorner; + } + if (acs_urcorner && acs_urcorner[1] == '\0') + { + *bp++ = 'k'; + *bp++ = *acs_urcorner; + } + if (acs_lrcorner && acs_lrcorner[1] == '\0') + { + *bp++ = 'j'; + *bp++ = *acs_lrcorner; + } + if (acs_ltee && acs_ltee[1] == '\0') + { + *bp++ = 't'; + *bp++ = *acs_ltee; + } + if (acs_rtee && acs_rtee[1] == '\0') + { + *bp++ = 'u'; + *bp++ = *acs_rtee; + } + if (acs_btee && acs_btee[1] == '\0') + { + *bp++ = 'v'; + *bp++ = *acs_btee; + } + if (acs_ttee && acs_ttee[1] == '\0') + { + *bp++ = 'w'; + *bp++ = *acs_ttee; + } + if (acs_hline && acs_hline[1] == '\0') + { + *bp++ = 'q'; + *bp++ = *acs_hline; + } + if (acs_vline && acs_vline[1] == '\0') + { + *bp++ = 'x'; + *bp++ = *acs_vline; + } + if (acs_plus) + { + *bp++ = 'n'; + strcpy(bp, acs_plus); + bp = buf2 + strlen(buf2); + } + + if (bp != buf2) + { + *bp++ = '\0'; + acs_chars = _nc_save_str(buf2); + _nc_warning("acsc string synthesized from XENIX capabilities"); + } + } +} + +static +void postprocess_terminfo(TERMTYPE *tp) +{ + /* + * TERMINFO-TO-TERMINFO MAPPINGS FOR SOURCE TRANSLATION + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + + /* + * Translate AIX forms characters. + */ + if (PRESENT(box_chars_1)) + { + char buf2[MAX_TERMCAP_LENGTH], *bp = buf2; + + if (box_chars_1[0]) /* ACS_ULCORNER */ + { + *bp++ = 'l'; + *bp++ = box_chars_1[0]; + } + if (box_chars_1[1]) /* ACS_HLINE */ + { + *bp++ = 'q'; + *bp++ = box_chars_1[1]; + } + if (box_chars_1[2]) /* ACS_URCORNER */ + { + *bp++ = 'k'; + *bp++ = box_chars_1[2]; + } + if (box_chars_1[3]) /* ACS_VLINE */ + { + *bp++ = 'x'; + *bp++ = box_chars_1[3]; + } + if (box_chars_1[4]) /* ACS_LRCORNER */ + { + *bp++ = 'j'; + *bp++ = box_chars_1[4]; + } + if (box_chars_1[5]) /* ACS_LLCORNER */ + { + *bp++ = 'm'; + *bp++ = box_chars_1[5]; + } + if (box_chars_1[6]) /* ACS_TTEE */ + { + *bp++ = 'w'; + *bp++ = box_chars_1[6]; + } + if (box_chars_1[7]) /* ACS_RTEE */ + { + *bp++ = 'u'; + *bp++ = box_chars_1[7]; + } + if (box_chars_1[8]) /* ACS_BTEE */ + { + *bp++ = 'v'; + *bp++ = box_chars_1[8]; + } + if (box_chars_1[9]) /* ACS_LTEE */ + { + *bp++ = 't'; + *bp++ = box_chars_1[9]; + } + if (box_chars_1[10]) /* ACS_PLUS */ + { + *bp++ = 'n'; + *bp++ = box_chars_1[10]; + } + + if (bp != buf2) + { + *bp++ = '\0'; + acs_chars = _nc_save_str(buf2); + _nc_warning("acsc string synthesized from AIX capabilities"); + box_chars_1 = ABSENT_STRING; + } + } + /* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +} + +/* + * Do a linear search through the terminfo tables to find a given full-name. + * We don't expect to do this often, so there's no hashing function. + * + * In effect, this scans through the 3 lists of full-names, and looks them + * up in _nc_info_table, which is organized so that the nte_index fields are + * sorted, but the nte_type fields are not necessarily grouped together. + */ +static +struct name_table_entry const * lookup_fullname(const char *find) +{ + int state = -1; + + for (;;) { + int count = 0; + char *const *names; + + switch (++state) { + case BOOLEAN: + names = boolfnames; + break; + case STRING: + names = strfnames; + break; + case NUMBER: + names = numfnames; + break; + default: + return NOTFOUND; + } + + for (count = 0; names[count] != 0; count++) { + if (!strcmp(names[count], find)) { + struct name_table_entry const *entry_ptr = _nc_get_table(FALSE); + while (entry_ptr->nte_type != state + || entry_ptr->nte_index != count) + entry_ptr++; + return entry_ptr; + } + } + } +} + +/* parse_entry.c ends here */ diff --git a/ncurses/read_entry.c b/ncurses/read_entry.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..868073dc --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/read_entry.c @@ -0,0 +1,327 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* + * read_entry.c -- Routine for reading in a compiled terminfo file + * + */ + +#include + +#if HAVE_FCNTL_H +#include +#endif +#include + +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: read_entry.c,v 1.31 1997/05/10 17:31:08 tom Exp $") + +TERMINAL *cur_term; + +/* + * int + * _nc_read_file_entry(filename, ptr) + * + * Read the compiled terminfo entry in the given file into the + * structure pointed to by ptr, allocating space for the string + * table. + */ + +#undef BYTE +#define BYTE(p,n) (unsigned char)((p)[n]) + +#define IS_NEG1(p) ((BYTE(p,0) == 0377) && (BYTE(p,1) == 0377)) +#define IS_NEG2(p) ((BYTE(p,0) == 0376) && (BYTE(p,1) == 0377)) +#define LOW_MSB(p) (BYTE(p,0) + 256*BYTE(p,1)) + +static bool have_tic_directory = FALSE; + +/* + * Record the "official" location of the terminfo directory, according to + * the place where we're writing to, or the normal default, if not. + */ +const char *_nc_tic_dir(const char *path) +{ + static const char *result = TERMINFO; + + if (path != 0) { + result = path; + have_tic_directory = TRUE; + } else if (!have_tic_directory) { + char *envp; + if ((envp = getenv("TERMINFO")) != 0) + return _nc_tic_dir(envp); + } + return result; +} + +int _nc_read_file_entry(const char *const filename, TERMTYPE *ptr) +/* return 1 if read, 0 if not found or garbled */ +{ + int name_size, bool_count, num_count, str_count, str_size; + int i, fd, numread; + char buf[MAX_ENTRY_SIZE]; + + if ((fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY)) < 0) + return(0); + + T(("read terminfo %s", filename)); + + /* grab the header */ + (void) read(fd, buf, 12); + if (LOW_MSB(buf) != MAGIC) + { + close(fd); + return(0); + } + name_size = LOW_MSB(buf + 2); + bool_count = LOW_MSB(buf + 4); + num_count = LOW_MSB(buf + 6); + str_count = LOW_MSB(buf + 8); + str_size = LOW_MSB(buf + 10); + + if (str_size) + { + /* try to allocate space for the string table */ + ptr->str_table = malloc((unsigned)str_size); + if (ptr->str_table == 0) + { + close(fd); + return(0); + } + } + + /* grab the name */ + read(fd, buf, min(MAX_NAME_SIZE, (unsigned)name_size)); + buf[MAX_NAME_SIZE] = '\0'; + ptr->term_names = calloc(strlen(buf) + 1, sizeof(char)); + (void) strcpy(ptr->term_names, buf); + if (name_size > MAX_NAME_SIZE) + lseek(fd, (off_t) (name_size - MAX_NAME_SIZE), 1); + + /* grab the booleans */ + read(fd, ptr->Booleans, min(BOOLCOUNT, (unsigned)bool_count)); + if (bool_count > BOOLCOUNT) + lseek(fd, (off_t) (bool_count - BOOLCOUNT), 1); + else + for (i=bool_count; i < BOOLCOUNT; i++) + ptr->Booleans[i] = 0; + + /* + * If booleans end on an odd byte, skip it. The machine they + * originally wrote terminfo on must have been a 16-bit + * word-oriented machine that would trap out if you tried a + * word access off a 2-byte boundary. + */ + if ((name_size + bool_count) % 2 != 0) + read(fd, buf, 1); + + /* grab the numbers */ + (void) read(fd, buf, min(NUMCOUNT*2, (unsigned)num_count*2)); + for (i = 0; i < min(num_count, NUMCOUNT); i++) + { + if (IS_NEG1(buf + 2*i)) + ptr->Numbers[i] = ABSENT_NUMERIC; + else if (IS_NEG2(buf + 2*i)) + ptr->Numbers[i] = CANCELLED_NUMERIC; + else + ptr->Numbers[i] = LOW_MSB(buf + 2*i); + } + if (num_count > NUMCOUNT) + lseek(fd, (off_t) (2 * (num_count - NUMCOUNT)), 1); + else + for (i=num_count; i < NUMCOUNT; i++) + ptr->Numbers[i] = ABSENT_NUMERIC; + + if (str_count) + { + /* grab the string offsets */ + numread = read(fd, buf, (unsigned)(str_count*2)); + if (numread < str_count*2) + { + close(fd); + return(0); + } + for (i = 0; i < numread/2; i++) + { + if (IS_NEG1(buf + 2*i)) + ptr->Strings[i] = ABSENT_STRING; + else if (IS_NEG2(buf + 2*i)) + ptr->Strings[i] = CANCELLED_STRING; + else + ptr->Strings[i] = (LOW_MSB(buf+2*i) + ptr->str_table); + } + } + + if (str_count > STRCOUNT) + lseek(fd, (off_t) (2 * (str_count - STRCOUNT)), 1); + else + for (i = str_count; i < STRCOUNT; i++) + ptr->Strings[i] = ABSENT_STRING; + + if (str_size) + { + /* finally, grab the string table itself */ + numread = read(fd, ptr->str_table, (unsigned)str_size); + if (numread != str_size) + { + close(fd); + return(0); + } + } + + close(fd); + return(1); +} + +/* + * Build a terminfo pathname and try to read the data. Returns 1 on success, + * 0 on failure. + */ +static int _nc_read_tic_entry(char *const filename, + const char *const dir, const char *ttn, TERMTYPE *const tp) +{ +/* maximum safe length of terminfo root directory name */ +#define MAX_TPATH (PATH_MAX - MAX_ALIAS - 6) + + if (strlen(dir) > MAX_TPATH) + return 0; + (void) sprintf(filename, "%s/%s", dir, ttn); + return _nc_read_file_entry(filename, tp); +} + +/* + * _nc_read_entry(char *tn, char *filename, TERMTYPE *tp) + * + * Find and read the compiled entry for a given terminal type, + * if it exists. We take pains here to make sure no combination + * of environment variables and terminal type name can be used to + * overrun the file buffer. + */ + +int _nc_read_entry(const char *const tn, char *const filename, TERMTYPE *const tp) +{ +char *envp; +char ttn[MAX_ALIAS + 3]; + + /* truncate the terminal name to prevent dangerous buffer airline */ + (void) sprintf(ttn, "%c/%.*s", *tn, MAX_ALIAS, tn); + + /* This is System V behavior, in conjunction with our requirements for + * writing terminfo entries. + */ + if (have_tic_directory + && _nc_read_tic_entry(filename, _nc_tic_dir(0), ttn, tp) == 1) + return 1; + + if ((envp = getenv("TERMINFO")) != 0 + && _nc_read_tic_entry(filename, _nc_tic_dir(envp), ttn, tp) == 1) + return 1; + + /* this is an ncurses extension */ + if ((envp = getenv("HOME")) != 0) + { + char *home = malloc(strlen(envp) + strlen(PRIVATE_INFO) + 2); + + (void) sprintf(home, PRIVATE_INFO, envp); + if (_nc_read_tic_entry(filename, home, ttn, tp) == 1) { + free(home); + return(1); + } + free(home); + } + + /* this is an ncurses extension */ + if ((envp = getenv("TERMINFO_DIRS")) != 0) + { + /* strtok modifies its argument, so we must copy */ + char *list = strcpy(malloc(strlen(envp)+1), envp); + const char *cp = strtok(list, ":"); + int code = 0; + + do { + if (cp[0] == '\0') + cp = TERMINFO; + if (_nc_read_tic_entry(filename, cp, ttn, tp) == 1) { + code = 1; + break; + } + } while + ((cp = strtok((char *)0, ":")) != 0); + + free(list); + return(code); + } + + /* try the system directory */ + return(_nc_read_tic_entry(filename, TERMINFO, ttn, tp)); +} + +/* + * _nc_first_name(char *names) + * + * Extract the primary name from a compiled entry. + */ + +char *_nc_first_name(const char *const sp) +/* get the first name from the given name list */ +{ + static char buf[MAX_NAME_SIZE]; + register char *cp; + + (void) strcpy(buf, sp); + + cp = strchr(buf, '|'); + if (cp) + *cp = '\0'; + + return(buf); +} + +/* + * bool _nc_name_match(namelist, name, delim) + * + * Is the given name matched in namelist? + */ + +int _nc_name_match(const char *const namelst, const char *const name, const char *const delim) +/* microtune this, it occurs in several critical loops */ +{ +char namecopy[MAX_ENTRY_SIZE]; /* this may get called on a TERMCAP value */ +register char *cp; + + if (namelst == 0) + return(FALSE); + (void) strcpy(namecopy, namelst); + if ((cp = strtok(namecopy, delim)) != 0) { + do { + /* avoid strcmp() function-call cost if possible */ + if (cp[0] == name[0] && strcmp(cp, name) == 0) + return(TRUE); + } while + ((cp = strtok((char *)0, delim)) != 0); + } + return(FALSE); +} diff --git a/ncurses/read_termcap.c b/ncurses/read_termcap.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3243694d --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/read_termcap.c @@ -0,0 +1,966 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * Termcap compatibility support + * + * If your OS integrator didn't install a terminfo database, you can call + * _nc_read_termcap_entry() to support reading and translating capabilities + * from the system termcap file. This is a kludge; it will bulk up and slow + * down every program that uses ncurses, and translated termcap entries cannot + * use full terminfo capabilities. Don't use it unless you absolutely have to; + * instead, get your system people to run tic(1) from root on the terminfo + * master included with ncurses to translate it into a terminfo database. + * + * If USE_GETCAP is enabled, we use what is effectively a copy of the 4.4BSD + * getcap code to fetch entries. There are disadvantages to this; mainly that + * getcap(3) does its own resolution, meaning that entries read in in this way + * can't reference the terminfo tree. The only thing it buys is faster startup + * time, getcap(3) is much faster than our tic parser. + */ + +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#if HAVE_FCNTL_H +#include +#endif + +MODULE_ID("$Id: read_termcap.c,v 1.21 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $") + +#define TC_SUCCESS 0 +#define TC_UNRESOLVED -1 +#define TC_NOT_FOUND -2 +#define TC_SYS_ERR -3 +#define TC_REF_LOOP -4 + +#ifdef USE_GETCAP +/* + * Copyright (c) 1980, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgment: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +/* static char sccsid[] = "@(#)termcap.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93" */ + +#define PBUFSIZ 512 /* max length of filename path */ +#define PVECSIZ 32 /* max number of names in path */ + +static char *_nc_cgetcap(char *, const char *, int); +static int _nc_cgetent(char **, int *, char **, const char *); +static int _nc_cgetmatch(char *, const char *); +static int _nc_cgetset(const char *); +static int _nc_getent(char **, unsigned int *, int *, int, char **, int, const char *, int, char *); +static int _nc_nfcmp(const char *, char *); +static int _nc_tgetent(char *, char **, int *, const char *); + +/* + * termcap - routines for dealing with the terminal capability data base + * + * BUG: Should use a "last" pointer in tbuf, so that searching + * for capabilities alphabetically would not be a n**2/2 + * process when large numbers of capabilities are given. + * Note: If we add a last pointer now we will screw up the + * tc capability. We really should compile termcap. + * + * Essentially all the work here is scanning and decoding escapes in string + * capabilities. We don't use stdio because the editor doesn't, and because + * living w/o it is not hard. + */ + +static char *tbuf; /* termcap buffer */ + +/* + * Get an entry for terminal name in buffer bp from the termcap file. + */ +static int +_nc_tgetent(char *bp, char **sourcename, int *lineno, const char *name) +{ + static char *the_source; + + register char *p; + register char *cp; + char *dummy; + char **fname; + char *home; + int i; + char pathbuf[PBUFSIZ]; /* holds raw path of filenames */ + char *pathvec[PVECSIZ]; /* to point to names in pathbuf */ + char **pvec; /* holds usable tail of path vector */ + char *termpath; + + fname = pathvec; + pvec = pathvec; + tbuf = bp; + p = pathbuf; + cp = getenv("TERMCAP"); + + /* + * TERMCAP can have one of two things in it. It can be the name of a + * file to use instead of /etc/termcap. In this case it better start + * with a "/". Or it can be an entry to use so we don't have to read + * the file. In this case it has to already have the newlines crunched + * out. If TERMCAP does not hold a file name then a path of names is + * searched instead. The path is found in the TERMPATH variable, or + * becomes "$HOME/.termcap /etc/termcap" if no TERMPATH exists. + */ + if (!cp || *cp != '/') { /* no TERMCAP or it holds an entry */ + if ((termpath = getenv("TERMPATH")) != 0) { + strncpy(pathbuf, termpath, sizeof(pathbuf)-1); + } else { + if ((home = getenv("HOME")) != 0) { /* setup path */ + p += strlen(home); /* path, looking in */ + strcpy(pathbuf, home); /* $HOME first */ + *p++ = '/'; + } /* if no $HOME look in current directory */ +#define MY_PATH_DEF ".termcap /etc/termcap /usr/share/misc/termcap" + strncpy(p, MY_PATH_DEF, PBUFSIZ - (p - pathbuf)); + } + } + else /* user-defined name in TERMCAP */ + strncpy(pathbuf, cp, PBUFSIZ); /* still can be tokenized */ + + *fname++ = pathbuf; /* tokenize path into vector of names */ + while (*++p) { + if (*p == ' ' || *p == ':') { + *p = '\0'; + while (*++p) + if (*p != ' ' && *p != ':') + break; + if (*p == '\0') + break; + *fname++ = p; + if (fname >= pathvec + PVECSIZ) { + fname--; + break; + } + } + } + *fname = 0; /* mark end of vector */ + if (cp && *cp && *cp != '/') { + if (_nc_cgetset(cp) < 0) + return(TC_SYS_ERR); + } + + i = _nc_cgetent(&dummy, lineno, pathvec, name); + + if (i >= 0) + strcpy(bp, dummy); + + FreeIfNeeded(dummy); + FreeIfNeeded(the_source); + the_source = 0; + + if (i >= 0) { + the_source = malloc(strlen(pathvec[i]) + 1); + if (the_source != 0) + *sourcename = strcpy(the_source, pathvec[i]); + } + + return(i); +} + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Casey Leedom of Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgment: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +/* static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getcap.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/25/94"; */ + +#define BFRAG 1024 +#define BSIZE 1024 +#define ESC ('[' & 037) /* ASCII ESC */ +#define MAX_RECURSION 32 /* maximum getent recursion */ +#define SFRAG 100 /* cgetstr mallocs in SFRAG chunks */ + +#define RECOK (char)0 +#define TCERR (char)1 +#define SHADOW (char)2 + +static size_t topreclen; /* toprec length */ +static char *toprec; /* Additional record specified by cgetset() */ +static int gottoprec; /* Flag indicating retrieval of toprecord */ + +/* + * Cgetset() allows the addition of a user specified buffer to be added to the + * database array, in effect "pushing" the buffer on top of the virtual + * database. 0 is returned on success, -1 on failure. + */ +static int +_nc_cgetset(const char *ent) +{ + if (ent == 0) { + FreeIfNeeded(toprec); + toprec = 0; + topreclen = 0; + return (0); + } + topreclen = strlen(ent); + if ((toprec = malloc (topreclen + 1)) == 0) { + errno = ENOMEM; + return (-1); + } + gottoprec = 0; + (void)strcpy(toprec, ent); + return (0); +} + +/* + * Cgetcap searches the capability record buf for the capability cap with type + * `type'. A pointer to the value of cap is returned on success, 0 if the + * requested capability couldn't be found. + * + * Specifying a type of ':' means that nothing should follow cap (:cap:). In + * this case a pointer to the terminating ':' or NUL will be returned if cap is + * found. + * + * If (cap, '@') or (cap, terminator, '@') is found before (cap, terminator) + * return 0. + */ +static char * +_nc_cgetcap(char *buf, const char *cap, int type) +{ + register const char *cp; + register char *bp; + + bp = buf; + for (;;) { + /* + * Skip past the current capability field - it's either the + * name field if this is the first time through the loop, or + * the remainder of a field whose name failed to match cap. + */ + for (;;) { + if (*bp == '\0') + return (0); + else if (*bp++ == ':') + break; + } + + /* + * Try to match (cap, type) in buf. + */ + for (cp = cap; *cp == *bp && *bp != '\0'; cp++, bp++) + continue; + if (*cp != '\0') + continue; + if (*bp == '@') + return (0); + if (type == ':') { + if (*bp != '\0' && *bp != ':') + continue; + return(bp); + } + if (*bp != type) + continue; + bp++; + return (*bp == '@' ? 0 : bp); + } + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +/* + * Cgetent extracts the capability record name from the NULL terminated file + * array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc'd copy of it in buf. Buf + * must be retained through all subsequent calls to cgetcap, cgetnum, cgetflag, + * and cgetstr, but may then be freed. + * + * Returns: + * + * positive # on success (i.e., the index in db_array) + * TC_UNRESOLVED if we had too many recurrences to resolve + * TC_NOT_FOUND if the requested record couldn't be found + * TC_SYS_ERR if a system error was encountered (e.g.,couldn't open a file) + * TC_REF_LOOP if a potential reference loop is detected + */ +static int +_nc_cgetent(char **buf, int *oline, char **db_array, const char *name) +{ + unsigned int dummy; + + return (_nc_getent(buf, &dummy, oline, 0, db_array, -1, name, 0, 0)); +} + +/* + * Getent implements the functions of cgetent. If fd is non-negative, + * *db_array has already been opened and fd is the open file descriptor. We + * do this to save time and avoid using up file descriptors for tc= + * recursions. + * + * Getent returns the same success/failure codes as cgetent. On success, a + * pointer to a malloc'd capability record with all tc= capabilities fully + * expanded and its length (not including trailing ASCII NUL) are left in + * *cap and *len. + * + * Basic algorithm: + * + Allocate memory incrementally as needed in chunks of size BFRAG + * for capability buffer. + * + Recurse for each tc=name and interpolate result. Stop when all + * names interpolated, a name can't be found, or depth exceeds + * MAX_RECURSION. + */ +static int +_nc_getent( + char **cap, /* termcap-content */ + unsigned int *len, /* length, needed for recursion */ + int *beginning, /* line-number at match */ + int in_array, /* index in 'db_array[] */ + char **db_array, /* list of files to search */ + int fd, + const char *name, + int depth, + char *nfield) +{ + register char *r_end, *rp; + int myfd = FALSE; + char *record; + int tc_not_resolved; + int current; + int lineno; + + /* + * Return with ``loop detected'' error if we've recurred more than + * MAX_RECURSION times. + */ + if (depth > MAX_RECURSION) + return (TC_REF_LOOP); + + /* + * Check if we have a top record from cgetset(). + */ + if (depth == 0 && toprec != 0 && _nc_cgetmatch(toprec, name) == 0) { + if ((record = malloc (topreclen + BFRAG)) == 0) { + errno = ENOMEM; + return (TC_SYS_ERR); + } + (void)strcpy(record, toprec); + rp = record + topreclen + 1; + r_end = rp + BFRAG; + current = in_array; + } else { + int foundit; + + /* + * Allocate first chunk of memory. + */ + if ((record = malloc(BFRAG)) == 0) { + errno = ENOMEM; + return (TC_SYS_ERR); + } + rp = r_end = record + BFRAG; + foundit = FALSE; + + /* + * Loop through database array until finding the record. + */ + for (current = in_array; db_array[current] != 0; current++) { + int eof = FALSE; + + /* + * Open database if not already open. + */ + if (fd >= 0) { + (void)lseek(fd, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET); + } else { + fd = open(db_array[current], O_RDONLY, 0); + if (fd < 0) { + /* No error on unfound file. */ + if (errno == ENOENT) + continue; + free(record); + return (TC_SYS_ERR); + } + myfd = TRUE; + } + lineno = 0; + + /* + * Find the requested capability record ... + */ + { + char buf[2048]; + register char *b_end = buf; + register char *bp = buf; + register int c; + + /* + * Loop invariants: + * There is always room for one more character in record. + * R_end always points just past end of record. + * Rp always points just past last character in record. + * B_end always points just past last character in buf. + * Bp always points at next character in buf. + */ + + for (;;) { + int first = lineno + 1; + + /* + * Read in a line implementing (\, newline) + * line continuation. + */ + rp = record; + for (;;) { + if (bp >= b_end) { + int n; + + n = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf)); + if (n <= 0) { + if (myfd) + (void)close(fd); + if (n < 0) { + free(record); + return (TC_SYS_ERR); + } + fd = -1; + eof = TRUE; + break; + } + b_end = buf+n; + bp = buf; + } + + c = *bp++; + if (c == '\n') { + lineno++; + if (rp == record || *(rp-1) != '\\') + break; + } + *rp++ = c; + + /* + * Enforce loop invariant: if no room + * left in record buffer, try to get + * some more. + */ + if (rp >= r_end) { + unsigned int pos; + size_t newsize; + + pos = rp - record; + newsize = r_end - record + BFRAG; + record = realloc(record, newsize); + if (record == 0) { + errno = ENOMEM; + if (myfd) + (void)close(fd); + return (TC_SYS_ERR); + } + r_end = record + newsize; + rp = record + pos; + } + } + /* loop invariant lets us do this */ + *rp++ = '\0'; + + /* + * If encountered eof check next file. + */ + if (eof) + break; + + /* + * Toss blank lines and comments. + */ + if (*record == '\0' || *record == '#') + continue; + + /* + * See if this is the record we want ... + */ + if (_nc_cgetmatch(record, name) == 0 + && (nfield == 0 + || !_nc_nfcmp(nfield, record))) { + foundit = TRUE; + *beginning = first; + break; /* found it! */ + } + } + } + if (foundit) + break; + } + + if (!foundit) + return (TC_NOT_FOUND); + } + + /* + * Got the capability record, but now we have to expand all tc=name + * references in it ... + */ + { + register char *newicap, *s; + register int newilen; + unsigned int ilen; + int diff, iret, tclen, oline; + char *icap, *scan, *tc, *tcstart, *tcend; + + /* + * Loop invariants: + * There is room for one more character in record. + * R_end points just past end of record. + * Rp points just past last character in record. + * Scan points at remainder of record that needs to be + * scanned for tc=name constructs. + */ + scan = record; + tc_not_resolved = FALSE; + for (;;) { + if ((tc = _nc_cgetcap(scan, "tc", '=')) == 0) + break; + + /* + * Find end of tc=name and stomp on the trailing `:' + * (if present) so we can use it to call ourselves. + */ + s = tc; + while (*s != '\0') { + if (*s++ == ':') { + *(s - 1) = '\0'; + break; + } + } + tcstart = tc - 3; + tclen = s - tcstart; + tcend = s; + + iret = _nc_getent(&icap, &ilen, &oline, current, db_array, fd, tc, depth+1, 0); + newicap = icap; /* Put into a register. */ + newilen = ilen; + if (iret != TC_SUCCESS) { + /* an error */ + if (iret < TC_NOT_FOUND) { + if (myfd) + (void)close(fd); + free(record); + return (iret); + } + if (iret == TC_UNRESOLVED) + tc_not_resolved = TRUE; + /* couldn't resolve tc */ + if (iret == TC_NOT_FOUND) { + *(s - 1) = ':'; + scan = s - 1; + tc_not_resolved = TRUE; + continue; + } + } + + /* not interested in name field of tc'ed record */ + s = newicap; + while (*s != '\0' && *s++ != ':') + ; + newilen -= s - newicap; + newicap = s; + + /* make sure interpolated record is `:'-terminated */ + s += newilen; + if (*(s-1) != ':') { + *s = ':'; /* overwrite NUL with : */ + newilen++; + } + + /* + * Make sure there's enough room to insert the + * new record. + */ + diff = newilen - tclen; + if (diff >= r_end - rp) { + unsigned int pos, tcpos, tcposend; + size_t newsize; + + pos = rp - record; + newsize = r_end - record + diff + BFRAG; + tcpos = tcstart - record; + tcposend = tcend - record; + record = realloc(record, newsize); + if (record == 0) { + errno = ENOMEM; + if (myfd) + (void)close(fd); + free(icap); + return (TC_SYS_ERR); + } + r_end = record + newsize; + rp = record + pos; + tcstart = record + tcpos; + tcend = record + tcposend; + } + + /* + * Insert tc'ed record into our record. + */ + s = tcstart + newilen; + memmove(s, tcend, rp - tcend); + memmove(tcstart, newicap, newilen); + rp += diff; + free(icap); + + /* + * Start scan on `:' so next cgetcap works properly + * (cgetcap always skips first field). + */ + scan = s-1; + } + } + + /* + * Close file (if we opened it), give back any extra memory, and + * return capability, length and success. + */ + if (myfd) + (void)close(fd); + *len = rp - record - 1; /* don't count NUL */ + if (r_end > rp) { + if ((record = realloc(record, (size_t)(rp - record))) == 0) { + errno = ENOMEM; + return (TC_SYS_ERR); + } + } + + *cap = record; + if (tc_not_resolved) + return (TC_UNRESOLVED); + return (current); +} + +/* + * Cgetmatch will return 0 if name is one of the names of the capability + * record buf, -1 if not. + */ +static int +_nc_cgetmatch(char *buf, const char *name) +{ + register const char *np; + register char *bp; + + /* + * Start search at beginning of record. + */ + bp = buf; + for (;;) { + /* + * Try to match a record name. + */ + np = name; + for (;;) { + if (*np == '\0') { + if (*bp == '|' || *bp == ':' || *bp == '\0') + return (0); + else + break; + } else if (*bp++ != *np++) { + break; + } + } + + /* + * Match failed, skip to next name in record. + */ + bp--; /* a '|' or ':' may have stopped the match */ + for (;;) { + if (*bp == '\0' || *bp == ':') + return (-1); /* match failed totally */ + else if (*bp++ == '|') + break; /* found next name */ + } + } +} + +/* + * Compare name field of record. + */ +static int +_nc_nfcmp(const char *nf, char *rec) +{ + char *cp, tmp; + int ret; + + for (cp = rec; *cp != ':'; cp++) + ; + + tmp = *(cp + 1); + *(cp + 1) = '\0'; + ret = strcmp(nf, rec); + *(cp + 1) = tmp; + + return (ret); +} +#endif /* USE_GETCAP */ + +int _nc_read_termcap_entry(const char *const tn, TERMTYPE *const tp) +{ + int found = FALSE; + ENTRY *ep; + char cwd_buf[PATH_MAX]; +#ifndef USE_GETCAP + /* + * Here is what the 4.4BSD termcap(3) page prescribes: + * + * It will look in the environment for a TERMCAP variable. If found, + * and the value does not begin with a slash, and the terminal type + * name is the same as the environment string TERM, the TERMCAP string + * is used instead of reading a termcap file. If it does begin with a + * slash, the string is used as a path name of the termcap file to + * search. If TERMCAP does not begin with a slash and name is + * different from TERM, tgetent() searches the files $HOME/.termcap and + * /usr/share/misc/termcap, in that order, unless the environment + * variable TERMPATH exists, in which case it specifies a list of file + * pathnames (separated by spaces or colons) to be searched instead. + * + * It goes on to state: + * + * Whenever multiple files are searched and a tc field occurs in the + * requested entry, the entry it names must be found in the same file + * or one of the succeeding files. + * + * However, this restriction is relaxed in ncurses; tc references to + * previous files are permitted. + * + * This routine returns 1 if an entry is found, 0 if not found, and -1 + * if the database is not accessible. + */ + FILE *fp; +#define MAXPATHS 32 + char *tc, *termpaths[MAXPATHS]; + int filecount = 0; + bool use_buffer = FALSE; + char tc_buf[1024]; + char pathbuf[PATH_MAX]; + + if ((tc = getenv("TERMCAP")) != 0) + { + if (tc[0] == '/') /* interpret as a filename */ + { + termpaths[0] = tc; + termpaths[filecount = 1] = 0; + } + else if (_nc_name_match(tc, tn, "|:")) /* treat as a capability file */ + { + use_buffer = TRUE; + (void) sprintf(tc_buf, "%.*s\n", (int)sizeof(tc_buf)-2, tc); + } + else if ((tc = getenv("TERMPATH")) != 0) + { + char *cp; + + for (cp = tc; *cp; cp++) + { + if (*cp == ':') + *cp = '\0'; + else if (cp == tc || cp[-1] == '\0') + { + if (filecount >= MAXPATHS - 1) + return(-1); + + termpaths[filecount++] = cp; + } + } + termpaths[filecount] = 0; + } + } + else /* normal case */ + { + char envhome[PATH_MAX], *h; + + filecount = 0; + + /* + * Probably /etc/termcap is a symlink to /usr/share/misc/termcap. + * Avoid reading the same file twice. + */ + if (access("/etc/termcap", R_OK) == 0) + termpaths[filecount++] = "/etc/termcap"; + else if (access("/usr/share/misc/termcap", R_OK) == 0) + termpaths[filecount++] = "/usr/share/misc/termcap"; + + if ((h = getenv("HOME")) != (char *)NULL) + { + /* user's .termcap, if any, should override it */ + (void) strncpy(envhome, h, PATH_MAX - 10); + envhome[PATH_MAX - 10] = '\0'; + (void) sprintf(pathbuf, "%s/.termcap", envhome); + termpaths[filecount++] = pathbuf; + } + + termpaths[filecount] = 0; + } + + /* parse the sources */ + if (use_buffer) + { + _nc_set_source("TERMCAP"); + + /* + * We don't suppress warning messages here. The presumption is + * that since it's just a single entry, they won't be a pain. + */ + _nc_read_entry_source((FILE *)0, tc_buf, FALSE, FALSE, NULLHOOK); + } else { + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < filecount; i++) { + + T(("Looking for %s in %s", tn, termpaths[i])); + if ((fp = fopen(termpaths[i], "r")) != (FILE *)0) + { + _nc_set_source(termpaths[i]); + + /* + * Suppress warning messages. Otherwise you + * get 400 lines of crap from archaic termcap + * files as ncurses complains about all the + * obsolete capabilities. + */ + _nc_read_entry_source(fp, (char*)0, FALSE, TRUE, NULLHOOK); + + (void) fclose(fp); + } + } + } +#else + char tc[2048 * 2]; + static char *source; + static int lineno; + + /* we're using getcap(3) */ + if (_nc_tgetent(tc, &source, &lineno, tn) <= 0) + return (ERR); + + _nc_curr_line = lineno; + _nc_set_source(source); + _nc_read_entry_source((FILE *)0, tc, FALSE, FALSE, NULLHOOK); +#endif + + if (_nc_head == 0) + return(ERR); + + /* resolve all use references */ + _nc_resolve_uses(); + + /* find a terminal matching tn, if we can */ + if (getcwd(cwd_buf, sizeof(cwd_buf)) != 0) + { + _nc_set_writedir((char *)0); /* note: this does a chdir */ + for_entry_list(ep) { + if (_nc_name_match(ep->tterm.term_names, tn, "|:")) + { + /* + * Make a local copy of the terminal + * capabilities. Free all entry storage except + * the string table for the loaded type (which + * we disconnected from the list by NULLing out + * ep->tterm.str_table above). + */ + memcpy(tp, &ep->tterm, sizeof(TERMTYPE)); + ep->tterm.str_table = (char *)0; + + /* + * OK, now try to write the type to user's + * terminfo directory. Next time he loads + * this, it will come through terminfo. + * + * Advantage: Second and subsequent fetches of + * this entry will be very fast. + * + * Disadvantage: After the first time a + * termcap type is loaded by its user, editing + * it in the /etc/termcap file, or in TERMCAP, + * or in a local ~/.termcap, will be + * ineffective unless the terminfo entry is + * explicitly removed. + */ +#if USE_GETCAP_CACHE + (void) _nc_write_entry(tp); +#endif + found = TRUE; + break; + } + } + chdir(cwd_buf); + } + + _nc_free_entries(_nc_head); + return(found); +} diff --git a/ncurses/resizeterm.c b/ncurses/resizeterm.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..59a971f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/resizeterm.c @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey * + * All Rights Reserved. * + * * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * + * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * + * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * + * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) * + * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * + * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED * + * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, * + * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO * + * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY * + * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER * + * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF * + * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN * + * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * + ******************************************************************************/ + +/* + * This is an extension to the curses library. It provides callers with a hook + * into the NCURSES data to resize windows, primarily for use by programs + * running in an X Window terminal (e.g., xterm). I abstracted this module + * from my application library for NCURSES because it must be compiled with + * the private data structures -- T.Dickey 1995/7/4. + */ + +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: resizeterm.c,v 1.3 1997/02/02 01:03:06 tom Exp $") + +/* + * This function reallocates NCURSES window structures. It is invoked in + * response to a SIGWINCH interrupt. Other user-defined windows may also need + * to be reallocated. + * + * Because this performs memory allocation, it should not (in general) be + * invoked directly from the signal handler. + */ +int +resizeterm(int ToLines, int ToCols) +{ + int stolen = screen_lines - SP->_lines_avail; + int bottom = screen_lines + SP->_topstolen - stolen; + + T((T_CALLED("resizeterm(%d,%d) old(%d,%d)"), + ToLines, ToCols, + screen_lines, screen_columns)); + + if (ToLines != screen_lines + || ToCols != screen_columns) { + WINDOWLIST *wp; + + for (wp = _nc_windows; wp != 0; wp = wp->next) { + WINDOW *win = wp->win; + int myLines = win->_maxy + 1; + int myCols = win->_maxx + 1; + + /* pads aren't treated this way */ + if (win->_flags & _ISPAD) + continue; + + if (win->_begy >= bottom) { + win->_begy += (ToLines - screen_lines); + } else { + if (myLines == screen_lines - stolen + && ToLines != screen_lines) + myLines = ToLines - stolen; + else + if (myLines == screen_lines + && ToLines != screen_lines) + myLines = ToLines; + } + + if (myCols == screen_columns + && ToCols != screen_columns) + myCols = ToCols; + + if (wresize(win, myLines, myCols) != OK) + returnCode(ERR); + } + + screen_lines = lines = ToLines; + screen_columns = columns = ToCols; + + SP->_lines_avail = lines - stolen; + } + + /* + * Always update LINES, to allow for call from lib_doupdate.c which + * needs to have the count adjusted by the stolen (ripped off) lines. + */ + LINES = ToLines - stolen; + COLS = ToCols; + + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/sigaction.c b/ncurses/sigaction.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3a5704c --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/sigaction.c @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +#include + +/* This file provides sigaction() emulation using sigvec() */ +/* Use only if this is non POSIX system */ + +#if !HAVE_SIGACTION +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: sigaction.c,v 1.6 1996/07/31 00:15:36 tom Exp $") + +int +sigaction (int sig, sigaction_t * sigact, sigaction_t * osigact) +{ + return sigvec(sig, sigact, osigact); +} + +int +sigemptyset (sigset_t * mask) +{ + *mask = 0; + return 0; +} + +int +sigprocmask (int mode, sigset_t * mask, sigset_t * omask) + { + sigset_t current = sigsetmask(0); + + if (omask) *omask = current; + + if (mode==SIG_BLOCK) + current |= *mask; + else if (mode==SIG_UNBLOCK) + current &= ~*mask; + else if (mode==SIG_SETMASK) + current = *mask; + + sigsetmask(current); + return 0; + } + +int +sigsuspend (sigset_t * mask) +{ + return sigpause (*mask); +} + +int +sigdelset (sigset_t * mask, int sig) +{ + *mask &= ~sigmask (sig); + return 0; +} + +int +sigaddset (sigset_t * mask, int sig) +{ + *mask |= sigmask (sig); + return 0; +} +#else +extern void _nc_sigaction(void); /* quiet's gcc warning */ +void _nc_sigaction(void) { } /* nonempty for strict ANSI compilers */ +#endif diff --git a/ncurses/vsscanf.c b/ncurses/vsscanf.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ac2bf9f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/vsscanf.c @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +/* + * This function is needed to support vwscanw + */ + +#include + +#if !HAVE_VSSCANF + +MODULE_ID("$Id: vsscanf.c,v 1.10 1996/12/21 14:24:06 tom Exp $") + +#if defined(_IOREAD) && defined(_NFILE) +/*VARARGS2*/ +int vsscanf(const char *str, const char *format, va_list ap) +{ + /* + * This code should work on anything descended from AT&T SVr1. + */ + FILE strbuf; + + strbuf._flag = _IOREAD; + strbuf._ptr = strbuf._base = (unsigned char*)str; + strbuf._cnt = strlen(str); + strbuf._file = _NFILE; + +#if HAVE_VFSCANF + return(vfscanf(&strbuf, format, ap)); +#else + return(_doscan(&strbuf, format, ap)); +#endif +} +#else +/*VARARGS2*/ +int vsscanf(const char *str, const char *format, va_list ap) +{ + /* + * You don't have a native vsscanf(3), and you don't have System-V + * compatible stdio internals. You're probably using a BSD + * older than 4.4 or a really old Linux. You lose. Upgrade + * to a current C library to win. + */ + return -1; /* not implemented */ +} +#endif +#else +extern void _nc_vsscanf(void); /* quiet's gcc warning */ +void _nc_vsscanf(void) { } /* nonempty for strict ANSI compilers */ +#endif /* !HAVE_VSSCANF */ diff --git a/ncurses/wresize.c b/ncurses/wresize.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bd96c3f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/wresize.c @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey * + * All Rights Reserved. * + * * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * + * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * + * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * + * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) * + * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * + * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED * + * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, * + * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO * + * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY * + * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER * + * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF * + * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN * + * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * + ******************************************************************************/ + +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: wresize.c,v 1.5 1997/02/01 23:22:54 tom Exp $") + +/* + * Reallocate a curses WINDOW struct to either shrink or grow to the specified + * new lines/columns. If it grows, the new character cells are filled with + * blanks. The application is responsible for repainting the blank area. + */ + +static void *doalloc(void *p, size_t n) +{ + if (p == 0) + p = malloc(n); + else + p = realloc(p, n); + return p; +} + +#define DOALLOC(p,t,n) (t *)doalloc(p, sizeof(t)*(n)) +#define ld_ALLOC(p,n) DOALLOC(p,struct ldat,n) +#define c_ALLOC(p,n) DOALLOC(p,chtype,n) + +int +wresize(WINDOW *win, int ToLines, int ToCols) +{ + register int row; + int size_x, size_y; + struct ldat *pline = (win->_flags & _SUBWIN) ? win->_parent->_line : 0; + +#ifdef TRACE + T((T_CALLED("wresize(%p,%d,%d)"), win, ToLines, ToCols)); + TR(TRACE_UPDATE, ("...beg (%d, %d), max(%d,%d), reg(%d,%d)", + win->_begy, win->_begx, + win->_maxy, win->_maxx, + win->_regtop, win->_regbottom)); + if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_UPDATE) + _tracedump("...before", win); +#endif + + if (--ToLines < 0 || --ToCols < 0) + returnCode(ERR); + + size_x = win->_maxx; + size_y = win->_maxy; + + if (ToLines == size_y + && ToCols == size_x) + returnCode(OK); + + /* + * If the number of lines has changed, adjust the size of the overall + * vector: + */ + if (ToLines != size_y) { + if (! (win->_flags & _SUBWIN)) { + for (row = ToLines+1; row <= size_y; row++) + free((char *)(win->_line[row].text)); + } + + win->_line = ld_ALLOC(win->_line, ToLines+1); + if (win->_line == 0) + returnCode(ERR); + + for (row = size_y+1; row <= ToLines; row++) { + win->_line[row].text = 0; + win->_line[row].firstchar = 0; + win->_line[row].lastchar = ToCols; + if ((win->_flags & _SUBWIN)) { + win->_line[row].text = + &pline[win->_begy + row].text[win->_begx]; + } + } + } + + /* + * Adjust the width of the columns: + */ + for (row = 0; row <= ToLines; row++) { + chtype *s = win->_line[row].text; + int begin = (s == 0) ? 0 : size_x + 1; + int end = ToCols; + chtype blank = _nc_background(win); + + win->_line[row].oldindex = row; + + if (ToCols != size_x || s == 0) { + if (! (win->_flags & _SUBWIN)) { + win->_line[row].text = s = c_ALLOC(s, ToCols+1); + if (win->_line[row].text == 0) + returnCode(ERR); + } else if (s == 0) { + win->_line[row].text = s = + &pline[win->_begy + row].text[win->_begx]; + } + + if (end >= begin) { /* growing */ + if (win->_line[row].firstchar < begin) + win->_line[row].firstchar = begin; + win->_line[row].lastchar = ToCols; + do { + s[end] = blank; + } while (--end >= begin); + } else { /* shrinking */ + win->_line[row].firstchar = 0; + win->_line[row].lastchar = ToCols; + } + } + } + + /* + * Finally, adjust the parameters showing screen size and cursor + * position: + */ + win->_maxx = ToCols; + win->_maxy = ToLines; + + if (win->_regtop > win->_maxy) + win->_regtop = win->_maxy; + if (win->_regbottom > win->_maxy + || win->_regbottom == size_y) + win->_regbottom = win->_maxy; + + if (win->_curx > win->_maxx) + win->_curx = win->_maxx; + if (win->_cury > win->_maxy) + win->_cury = win->_maxy; + +#ifdef TRACE + TR(TRACE_UPDATE, ("...beg (%d, %d), max(%d,%d), reg(%d,%d)", + win->_begy, win->_begx, + win->_maxy, win->_maxx, + win->_regtop, win->_regbottom)); + if (_nc_tracing & TRACE_UPDATE) + _tracedump("...after:", win); +#endif + returnCode(OK); +} diff --git a/ncurses/write_entry.c b/ncurses/write_entry.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..95117128 --- /dev/null +++ b/ncurses/write_entry.c @@ -0,0 +1,408 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + + +/* + * write_entry.c -- write a terminfo structure onto the file system + */ + +#include + +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifndef S_ISDIR +#define S_ISDIR(mode) ((mode & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) +#endif + +MODULE_ID("$Id: write_entry.c,v 1.16 1997/05/10 17:33:12 tom Exp $") + +static int total_written; + +static int write_object(FILE *, TERMTYPE *); + +/* + * make_directory(char *path) + * + * Make a directory if it doesn't exist. + */ +static int make_directory(const char *path) +{ +int rc; +struct stat statbuf; +char fullpath[PATH_MAX]; +const char *destination = _nc_tic_dir(0); + + if (path == destination || *path == '/') + (void)strcpy(fullpath, path); + else + (void)sprintf(fullpath, "%s/%s", destination, path); + + if ((rc = stat(path, &statbuf)) < 0) { + rc = mkdir(path, 0777); + } else { + if (access(path, R_OK|W_OK|X_OK) < 0) { + _nc_err_abort("%s: permission denied", fullpath); + } else if (!(S_ISDIR(statbuf.st_mode))) { + _nc_err_abort("%s: not a directory", fullpath); + } + } + return rc; +} + +void _nc_set_writedir(char *dir) +/* set the write directory for compiled entries */ +{ + const char *destination; + + if (dir != 0) + (void) _nc_tic_dir(dir); + else if (getenv("TERMINFO") != NULL) + (void) _nc_tic_dir(getenv("TERMINFO")); + + destination = _nc_tic_dir(0); + if (make_directory(destination) < 0) + { + char *home; + + /* ncurses extension...fall back on user's private directory */ + if ((home = getenv("HOME")) != (char *)NULL) + { + char *temp = malloc(sizeof(PRIVATE_INFO) + strlen(home)); + (void) sprintf(temp, PRIVATE_INFO, home); + destination = temp; + + if (make_directory(destination) < 0) + _nc_err_abort("%s: permission denied (errno %d)", + destination, errno); + } + } + + /* + * Note: because of this code, this logic should be exercised + * *once only* per run. + */ + if (chdir(_nc_tic_dir(destination)) < 0) + _nc_err_abort("%s: not a directory", destination); +} + +/* + * check_writeable(char code) + * + * Miscellaneous initialisations + * + * Check for access rights to destination directories + * Create any directories which don't exist. + * + */ + +static void check_writeable(int code) +{ +static const char dirnames[] = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789"; +static bool verified[sizeof(dirnames)]; + +char dir[2]; +char *s; + + if (code == 0 || (s = strchr(dirnames, code)) == 0) + _nc_err_abort("Illegal terminfo subdirectory \"%c\"", code); + + if (verified[s-dirnames]) + return; + + dir[0] = code; + dir[1] = '\0'; + (void) make_directory(dir); + + verified[s-dirnames] = TRUE; +} + +/* + * _nc_write_entry() + * + * Save the compiled version of a description in the filesystem. + * + * make a copy of the name-list + * break it up into first-name and all-but-last-name + * creat(first-name) + * write object information to first-name + * close(first-name) + * for each name in all-but-last-name + * link to first-name + * + * Using 'time()' to obtain a reference for file timestamps is unreliable, + * e.g., with NFS, because the filesystem may have a different time + * reference. We check for pre-existence of links by latching the first + * timestamp from a file that we create. + * + * The _nc_warning() calls will report a correct line number only if + * _nc_curr_line is properly set before the write_entry() call. + */ + +void _nc_write_entry(TERMTYPE *const tp) +{ +struct stat statbuf; +FILE *fp; +char name_list[MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH]; +char *first_name, *other_names; +char *ptr; +char filename[PATH_MAX]; +char linkname[PATH_MAX]; +#if USE_SYMLINKS +char symlinkname[PATH_MAX]; +#endif /* USE_SYMLINKS */ +static int call_count; +static time_t start_time; /* time at start of writes */ + + if (call_count++ == 0) { + start_time = 0; + } + + (void) strcpy(name_list, tp->term_names); + DEBUG(7, ("Name list = '%s'", name_list)); + + first_name = name_list; + + ptr = &name_list[strlen(name_list) - 1]; + other_names = ptr + 1; + + while (ptr > name_list && *ptr != '|') + ptr--; + + if (ptr != name_list) { + *ptr = '\0'; + + for (ptr = name_list; *ptr != '\0' && *ptr != '|'; ptr++) + continue; + + if (*ptr == '\0') + other_names = ptr; + else { + *ptr = '\0'; + other_names = ptr + 1; + } + } + + DEBUG(7, ("First name = '%s'", first_name)); + DEBUG(7, ("Other names = '%s'", other_names)); + + _nc_set_type(first_name); + + if (strlen(first_name) > sizeof(filename)-3) + _nc_warning("terminal name too long."); + + sprintf(filename, "%c/%s", first_name[0], first_name); + + /* + * Has this primary name been written since the first call to + * write_entry()? If so, the newer write will step on the older, + * so warn the user. + */ + if (start_time > 0 && + stat(filename, &statbuf) >= 0 + && statbuf.st_mtime >= start_time) + { + _nc_warning("name multiply defined."); + } + + check_writeable(first_name[0]); + fp = fopen(filename, "w"); + if (fp == NULL) { + perror(filename); + _nc_syserr_abort("can't open %s/%s", _nc_tic_dir(0), filename); + } + DEBUG(1, ("Created %s", filename)); + + if (write_object(fp, tp) == ERR) { + _nc_syserr_abort("error writing %s/%s", _nc_tic_dir(0), filename); + } + fclose(fp); + + if (start_time == 0) { + if (stat(filename, &statbuf) < 0 + || (start_time = statbuf.st_mtime) == 0) { + _nc_syserr_abort("error obtaining time from %s/%s", + _nc_tic_dir(0), filename); + } + } + while (*other_names != '\0') { + ptr = other_names++; + while (*other_names != '|' && *other_names != '\0') + other_names++; + + if (*other_names != '\0') + *(other_names++) = '\0'; + + if (strlen(ptr) > sizeof(linkname)-3) { + _nc_warning("terminal alias %s too long.", ptr); + continue; + } + + check_writeable(ptr[0]); + sprintf(linkname, "%c/%s", ptr[0], ptr); + + if (strcmp(filename, linkname) == 0) { + _nc_warning("self-synonym ignored"); + } + else if (stat(linkname, &statbuf) >= 0 && + statbuf.st_mtime < start_time) + { + _nc_warning("alias %s multiply defined.", ptr); + } + else + { +#if USE_SYMLINKS + strcpy(symlinkname, "../"); + strcat(symlinkname, filename); +#endif /* USE_SYMLINKS */ + unlink(linkname); +#if USE_SYMLINKS + if (symlink(symlinkname, linkname) < 0) +#else + if (link(filename, linkname) < 0) +#endif /* USE_SYMLINKS */ + _nc_syserr_abort("can't link %s to %s", filename, linkname); + DEBUG(1, ("Linked %s", linkname)); + } + } +} + +#undef LITTLE_ENDIAN /* BSD/OS defines this as a feature macro */ +#define HI(x) ((x) / 256) +#define LO(x) ((x) % 256) +#define LITTLE_ENDIAN(p, x) (p)[0] = LO(x), (p)[1] = HI(x) + +static int write_object(FILE *fp, TERMTYPE *tp) +{ +char *namelist; +size_t namelen, boolmax, nummax, strmax; +char zero = '\0'; +size_t i; +short nextfree; +short offsets[STRCOUNT]; +unsigned char buf[MAX_ENTRY_SIZE]; + + namelist = tp->term_names; + namelen = strlen(namelist) + 1; + + boolmax = 0; + for (i = 0; i < BOOLWRITE; i++) + if (tp->Booleans[i]) + boolmax = i+1; + + nummax = 0; + for (i = 0; i < NUMWRITE; i++) + if (tp->Numbers[i] != ABSENT_NUMERIC) + nummax = i+1; + + strmax = 0; + for (i = 0; i < STRWRITE; i++) + if (tp->Strings[i] != ABSENT_STRING) + strmax = i+1; + + nextfree = 0; + for (i = 0; i < strmax; i++) + if (tp->Strings[i] == ABSENT_STRING) + offsets[i] = -1; + else if (tp->Strings[i] == CANCELLED_STRING) + offsets[i] = -2; + else + { + offsets[i] = nextfree; + nextfree += strlen(tp->Strings[i]) + 1; + } + + /* fill in the header */ + LITTLE_ENDIAN(buf, MAGIC); + LITTLE_ENDIAN(buf+2, min(namelen, MAX_NAME_SIZE + 1)); + LITTLE_ENDIAN(buf+4, boolmax); + LITTLE_ENDIAN(buf+6, nummax); + LITTLE_ENDIAN(buf+8, strmax); + LITTLE_ENDIAN(buf+10, nextfree); + + /* write out the header */ + if (fwrite(buf, 12, 1, fp) != 1 + || fwrite(namelist, sizeof(char), (size_t)namelen, fp) != namelen + || fwrite(tp->Booleans, sizeof(char), (size_t)boolmax, fp) != boolmax) + return(ERR); + + /* the even-boundary padding byte */ + if ((namelen+boolmax) % 2 != 0 && fwrite(&zero, sizeof(char), 1, fp) != 1) + return(ERR); + +#ifdef SHOWOFFSET + (void) fprintf(stderr, "Numerics begin at %04lx\n", ftell(fp)); +#endif /* SHOWOFFSET */ + + /* the numerics */ + for (i = 0; i < nummax; i++) + { + if (tp->Numbers[i] == -1) /* HI/LO won't work */ + buf[2*i] = buf[2*i + 1] = 0377; + else + LITTLE_ENDIAN(buf + 2*i, tp->Numbers[i]); + } + if (fwrite(buf, 2, (size_t)nummax, fp) != nummax) + return(ERR); + +#ifdef SHOWOFFSET + (void) fprintf(stderr, "String offets begin at %04lx\n", ftell(fp)); +#endif /* SHOWOFFSET */ + + /* the string offsets */ + for (i = 0; i < strmax; i++) + if (offsets[i] == -1) /* HI/LO won't work */ + buf[2*i] = buf[2*i + 1] = 0377; + else if (offsets[i] == -2) /* HI/LO won't work */ + { + buf[2*i] = 0376; + buf[2*i + 1] = 0377; + } + else + LITTLE_ENDIAN(buf + 2*i, offsets[i]); + if (fwrite(buf, 2, (size_t)strmax, fp) != strmax) + return(ERR); + +#ifdef SHOWOFFSET + (void) fprintf(stderr, "String table begins at %04lx\n", ftell(fp)); +#endif /* SHOWOFFSET */ + + /* the strings */ + for (i = 0; i < strmax; i++) + if (tp->Strings[i] != ABSENT_STRING && tp->Strings[i] != CANCELLED_STRING) + if (fwrite(tp->Strings[i], sizeof(char), strlen(tp->Strings[i]) + 1, fp) != strlen(tp->Strings[i]) + 1) + return(ERR); + + total_written++; + return(OK); +} + +/* + * Returns the total number of entries written by this process + */ +int _nc_tic_written(void) +{ + return total_written; +} diff --git a/panel/Makefile.in b/panel/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e1877932 --- /dev/null +++ b/panel/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.15 1997/02/15 17:10:04 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Makefile for panels source code. +# +# This makes the following: +# libraries (normal/debug/profile/shared) +# +# The variable 'srcdir' refers to the source-distribution, and can be set with +# the configure script by "--srcdir=DIR". +# +# The rules are organized to produce the libraries for the configured models, + +# turn off _all_ suffix rules; we'll generate our own +.SUFFIXES: + +SHELL = /bin/sh +THIS = Makefile + +MODEL = @DFT_LWR_MODEL@ +INSTALL_PREFIX = @INSTALL_PREFIX +srcdir = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +libdir = @libdir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +datadir = @datadir@ + +ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +AR = @AR@ +AR_OPTS = @AR_OPTS@ +AWK = @AWK@ +LD = @LD@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ + +CC = @CC@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ + +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ \ + -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTERMINFO=\"$(ticdir)\" + +CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) + +CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS) +CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE +CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg +CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@ + +CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@) + +LINK = $(CC) +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LD_MODEL@ @LIBS@ + +MK_SHARED_LIB = @MK_SHARED_LIB@ +REL_VERSION = @nc_cv_rel_version@ +ABI_VERSION = @nc_cv_abi_version@ + +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ + +LIBRARIES = @LIBS_TO_MAKE@ + +LINT = @LINT@ +LINT_OPTS = @LINT_OPTS@ +LINT_LIBS = -lpanel -lncurses @LIBS@ + +################################################################################ +all :: ../include/panel.h $(LIBRARIES) + +$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(libdir) : + $(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs $@ + +# make a copy to simplify include-paths while still keeping panel's include +# file in this directory. +../include/panel.h : $(srcdir)/panel.h + -rm -f $@ + cp $(srcdir)/panel.h $@ + +PANEL_PRIV_H = \ + $(srcdir)/panel.priv.h \ + $(srcdir)/panel.h + +tags: + ctags *.[ch] + +TAGS: + etags *.[ch] + +clean :: + -rm -f tags TAGS *~ ../include/panel.h + +distclean :: clean + -rm -f Makefile + +mostlyclean :: clean + +realclean :: distclean + +############################################################################### +# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration +############################################################################### diff --git a/panel/headers b/panel/headers new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f70e2085 --- /dev/null +++ b/panel/headers @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +$(srcdir)/panel.h diff --git a/panel/llib-lpanel b/panel/llib-lpanel new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2f0e99fa --- /dev/null +++ b/panel/llib-lpanel @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey * + * All Rights Reserved. * + * * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * + * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * + * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * + * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) * + * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * + * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED * + * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, * + * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO * + * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY * + * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER * + * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF * + * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN * + * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * + ******************************************************************************/ +/* LINTLIBRARY */ + +/* ./panel.c */ + +#include "panel.priv.h" + +#undef panel_window +WINDOW *panel_window( + const PANEL *pan) + { return(*(WINDOW **)0); } + +#undef update_panels +void update_panels(void) + { /* void */ } + +#undef hide_panel +int hide_panel( + PANEL *pan) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef show_panel +int show_panel( + PANEL *pan) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef top_panel +int top_panel( + PANEL *pan) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef del_panel +int del_panel( + PANEL *pan) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef bottom_panel +int bottom_panel( + PANEL *pan) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef new_panel +PANEL *new_panel( + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(PANEL **)0); } + +#undef panel_above +PANEL *panel_above( + const PANEL *pan) + { return(*(PANEL **)0); } + +#undef panel_below +PANEL *panel_below( + const PANEL *pan) + { return(*(PANEL **)0); } + +#undef set_panel_userptr +int set_panel_userptr( + PANEL *pan, + const void *uptr) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef panel_userptr +const void *panel_userptr( + const PANEL *pan) + { return(*(const void **)0); } + +#undef move_panel +int move_panel( + PANEL *pan, + int starty, + int startx) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef replace_panel +int replace_panel( + PANEL *pan, + WINDOW *win) + { return(*(int *)0); } + +#undef panel_hidden +int panel_hidden( + const PANEL *pan) + { return(*(int *)0); } diff --git a/panel/modules b/panel/modules new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9e979f74 --- /dev/null +++ b/panel/modules @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1995 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Library objects +panel lib $(srcdir) $(PANEL_PRIV_H) diff --git a/panel/panel.c b/panel/panel.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fdc6e564 --- /dev/null +++ b/panel/panel.c @@ -0,0 +1,664 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* panels is copyright (C) 1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* All praise to the original author, Warren Tucker. * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute panels * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of panels in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* panels comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* panel.c -- implementation of panels library */ +#include "panel.priv.h" + +MODULE_ID("$Id: panel.c,v 1.10 1997/05/05 09:42:11 tom Exp $") + +#ifdef TRACE +extern char *_nc_visbuf(const char *); +#ifdef TRACE_TXT +#define USER_PTR(ptr) _nc_visbuf((const char *)ptr) +#else +static char *my_nc_visbuf(const void *ptr) +{ + char temp[20]; + if (ptr != 0) + sprintf(temp, "ptr:%p", ptr); + else + strcpy(temp, ""); + return _nc_visbuf(temp); +} +#define USER_PTR(ptr) my_nc_visbuf((const char *)ptr) +#endif +#endif + +static PANEL *__bottom_panel = (PANEL *)0; +static PANEL *__top_panel = (PANEL *)0; + +static PANEL __stdscr_pseudo_panel = { (WINDOW *)0, + 0,0,0,0, + (PANEL *)0, (PANEL *)0, + (void *)0, + (PANELCONS *)0 }; + +/* Prototypes */ +static void __panel_link_bottom(PANEL *pan); + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + dPanel(text,pan) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#ifdef TRACE +static void +dPanel(const char *text, const PANEL *pan) +{ + _tracef("%s id=%s b=%s a=%s y=%d x=%d", + text, USER_PTR(pan->user), + (pan->below) ? USER_PTR(pan->below->user) : "--", + (pan->above) ? USER_PTR(pan->above->user) : "--", + pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx); +} /* end of dPanel */ +#else +# define dPanel(text,pan) +#endif + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + dStack(fmt,num,pan) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#ifdef TRACE +static void +dStack(const char *fmt, int num, const PANEL *pan) +{ + char s80[80]; + + sprintf(s80,fmt,num,pan); + _tracef("%s b=%s t=%s",s80, + (__bottom_panel) ? USER_PTR(__bottom_panel->user) : "--", + (__top_panel) ? USER_PTR(__top_panel->user) : "--"); + if(pan) + _tracef("pan id=%s", USER_PTR(pan->user)); + pan = __bottom_panel; + while(pan) + { + dPanel("stk",pan); + pan = pan->above; + } +} /* end of dStack */ +#else +# define dStack(fmt,num,pan) +#endif + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Wnoutrefresh(pan) - debugging hook for wnoutrefresh +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#ifdef TRACE +static void +Wnoutrefresh(const PANEL *pan) +{ + dPanel("wnoutrefresh",pan); + wnoutrefresh(pan->win); +} /* end of Wnoutrefresh */ +#else +# define Wnoutrefresh(pan) wnoutrefresh((pan)->win) +#endif + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Touchpan(pan) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#ifdef TRACE +static void +Touchpan(const PANEL *pan) +{ + dPanel("Touchpan",pan); + touchwin(pan->win); +} /* end of Touchpan */ +#else +# define Touchpan(pan) touchwin((pan)->win) +#endif + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Touchline(pan,start,count) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#ifdef TRACE +static void +Touchline(const PANEL *pan, int start, int count) +{ + char s80[80]; + sprintf(s80,"Touchline s=%d c=%d",start,count); + dPanel(s80,pan); + touchline(pan->win,start,count); +} /* end of Touchline */ +#else +# define Touchline(pan,start,count) touchline((pan)->win,start,count) +#endif + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + __panels_overlapped(pan1,pan2) - check panel overlapped +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static INLINE bool +__panels_overlapped(register const PANEL *pan1, register const PANEL *pan2) +{ + if(!pan1 || !pan2) + return(FALSE); + dBug(("__panels_overlapped %s %s", USER_PTR(pan1->user), USER_PTR(pan2->user))); + /* pan1 intersects with pan2 ? */ + if((pan1->wstarty >= pan2->wstarty) && (pan1->wstarty < pan2->wendy) && + (pan1->wstartx >= pan2->wstartx) && (pan1->wstartx < pan2->wendx)) + return(TRUE); + /* or vice versa test */ + if((pan2->wstarty >= pan1->wstarty) && (pan2->wstarty < pan1->wendy) && + (pan2->wstartx >= pan1->wstartx) && (pan2->wstartx < pan1->wendx)) + return(TRUE); + dBug((" no")); + return(FALSE); +} /* end of __panels_overlapped */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + __free_obscure(pan) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static INLINE void +__free_obscure(PANEL *pan) +{ + PANELCONS *tobs = pan->obscure; /* "this" one */ + PANELCONS *nobs; /* "next" one */ + + while(tobs) + { + nobs = tobs->above; + free((char *)tobs); + tobs = nobs; + } + pan->obscure = (PANELCONS *)0; +} /* end of __free_obscure */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Get root (i.e. stdscr's) panel. + Establish the pseudo panel for stdscr if necessary. +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static PANEL* +__root_panel(void) +{ + if(!__stdscr_pseudo_panel.win) + { /* initialize those fields not already statically initialized */ + assert(stdscr && !__bottom_panel && !__top_panel); + __stdscr_pseudo_panel.win = stdscr; + __stdscr_pseudo_panel.wendy = LINES; + __stdscr_pseudo_panel.wendx = COLS; +#ifdef TRACE + __stdscr_pseudo_panel.user = "stdscr"; +#endif + __panel_link_bottom(&__stdscr_pseudo_panel); + } + return &__stdscr_pseudo_panel; +} + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + __override(pan,show) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void +__override(const PANEL *pan, int show) +{ + int y; + PANEL *pan2; + PANELCONS *tobs = pan->obscure; /* "this" one */ + + dBug(("__override %s,%d", USER_PTR(pan->user),show)); + + switch (show) + { + case P_TOUCH: + Touchpan(pan); + /* The following while loop will now mark all panel window lines + * obscured by use or obscuring us as touched, so they will be + * updated. + */ + break; + case P_UPDATE: + while(tobs && (tobs->pan != pan)) + tobs = tobs->above; + /* The next loop will now only go through the panels obscuring pan; + * it updates all the lines in the obscuring panels in sync. with + * the lines touched in pan itself. This is called in update_panels() + * in a loop from the bottom_panel to the top_panel, resulting in + * the desired update effect. + */ + break; + default: + return; + } + + while(tobs) + { + if((pan2 = tobs->pan) != pan) { + dBug(("test obs pan=%s pan2=%s", USER_PTR(pan->user), USER_PTR(pan2->user))); + for(y = pan->wstarty; y < pan->wendy; y++) { + if( (y >= pan2->wstarty) && (y < pan2->wendy) && + ((is_linetouched(pan->win,y - pan->wstarty) == TRUE)) ) + Touchline(pan2,y - pan2->wstarty,1); + } + } + tobs = tobs->above; + } +} /* end of __override */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + __calculate_obscure() +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void +__calculate_obscure(void) +{ + PANEL *pan; + PANEL *pan2; + PANELCONS *tobs; /* "this" one */ + PANELCONS *lobs = (PANELCONS *)0; /* last one */ + + pan = __bottom_panel; + while(pan) + { + if(pan->obscure) + __free_obscure(pan); + dBug(("--> __calculate_obscure %s", USER_PTR(pan->user))); + lobs = (PANELCONS *)0; /* last one */ + pan2 = __bottom_panel; + /* This loop builds a list of panels obsured by pan or obscuring + pan; pan itself is in the list; all panels before pan are + obscured by pan, all panels after pan are obscuring pan. */ + while(pan2) + { + if(__panels_overlapped(pan,pan2)) + { + if(!(tobs = (PANELCONS *)malloc(sizeof(PANELCONS)))) + return; + tobs->pan = pan2; + dPanel("obscured",pan2); + tobs->above = (PANELCONS *)0; + if(lobs) + lobs->above = tobs; + else + pan->obscure = tobs; + lobs = tobs; + } + pan2 = pan2->above; + } + __override(pan,P_TOUCH); + pan = pan->above; + } +} /* end of __calculate_obscure */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + __panel_is_linked(pan) - check to see if panel is in the stack +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static INLINE bool +__panel_is_linked(const PANEL *pan) +{ + /* This works! The only case where it would fail is, when the list has + only one element. But this could only be the pseudo panel at the bottom */ + return ( ((pan->above!=(PANEL *)0) || + (pan->below!=(PANEL *)0) || + (pan==__bottom_panel)) ? TRUE : FALSE ); +} /* end of __panel_is_linked */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + __panel_link_top(pan) - link panel into stack at top +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void +__panel_link_top(PANEL *pan) +{ +#ifdef TRACE + dStack("",1,pan); + if(__panel_is_linked(pan)) + return; +#endif + + pan->above = (PANEL *)0; + pan->below = (PANEL *)0; + if(__top_panel) + { + __top_panel->above = pan; + pan->below = __top_panel; + } + __top_panel = pan; + if(!__bottom_panel) + __bottom_panel = pan; + __calculate_obscure(); + dStack("",9,pan); + +} /* end of __panel_link_top */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + __panel_link_bottom(pan) - link panel into stack at bottom +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void +__panel_link_bottom(PANEL *pan) +{ +#ifdef TRACE + dStack("",1,pan); + if(__panel_is_linked(pan)) + return; +#endif + + pan->above = (PANEL *)0; + pan->below = (PANEL *)0; + if(__bottom_panel) + { /* the stdscr pseudo panel always stays real bottom; + so we insert after bottom panel*/ + pan->below = __bottom_panel; + pan->above = __bottom_panel->above; + if (pan->above) + pan->above->below = pan; + __bottom_panel->above = pan; + } + else + __bottom_panel = pan; + if(!__top_panel) + __top_panel = pan; + assert(__bottom_panel == &__stdscr_pseudo_panel); + __calculate_obscure(); + dStack("",9,pan); +} /* end of __panel_link_bottom */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + __panel_unlink(pan) - unlink panel from stack +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void +__panel_unlink(PANEL *pan) +{ + PANEL *prev; + PANEL *next; + +#ifdef TRACE + dStack("",1,pan); + if(!__panel_is_linked(pan)) + return; +#endif + + __override(pan,P_TOUCH); + __free_obscure(pan); + + prev = pan->below; + next = pan->above; + + if(prev) + { /* if non-zero, we will not update the list head */ + prev->above = next; + if(next) + next->below = prev; + } + else if(next) + next->below = prev; + if(pan == __bottom_panel) + __bottom_panel = next; + if(pan == __top_panel) + __top_panel = prev; + + __calculate_obscure(); + + pan->above = (PANEL *)0; + pan->below = (PANEL *)0; + dStack("",9,pan); +} /* end of __panel_unlink */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + panel_window(pan) - get window associated with panel +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +WINDOW * +panel_window(const PANEL *pan) +{ + return(pan ? pan->win : (WINDOW *)0); +} /* end of panel_window */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + update_panels() - wnoutrefresh windows in an orderly fashion +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +void +update_panels(void) +{ + PANEL *pan; + + dBug(("--> update_panels")); + pan = __bottom_panel; + while(pan) + { + __override(pan,P_UPDATE); + pan = pan->above; + } + + pan = __bottom_panel; + while (pan) + { + if(is_wintouched(pan->win)) + Wnoutrefresh(pan); + pan = pan->above; + } +} /* end of update_panels */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + hide_panel(pan) - remove a panel from stack +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int +hide_panel(register PANEL *pan) +{ + if(!pan) + return(ERR); + + dBug(("--> hide_panel %s", USER_PTR(pan->user))); + + if(!__panel_is_linked(pan)) + { + pan->above = (PANEL *)0; + pan->below = (PANEL *)0; + return(ERR); + } + + __panel_unlink(pan); + return(OK); +} /* end of hide_panel */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + show_panel(pan) - place a panel on top of stack +may already be in stack +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int +show_panel(register PANEL *pan) +{ + if(!pan) + return(ERR); + if(pan == __top_panel) + return(OK); + dBug(("--> show_panel %s", USER_PTR(pan->user))); + if(__panel_is_linked(pan)) + (void)hide_panel(pan); + __panel_link_top(pan); + return(OK); +} /* end of show_panel */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + top_panel(pan) - place a panel on top of stack +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int +top_panel(register PANEL *pan) +{ + return(show_panel(pan)); +} /* end of top_panel */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + del_panel(pan) - remove a panel from stack, if in it, and free struct +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int +del_panel(register PANEL *pan) +{ + if(pan) + { + dBug(("--> del_panel %s", USER_PTR(pan->user))); + if(__panel_is_linked(pan)) + (void)hide_panel(pan); + free((void *)pan); + return(OK); + } + return(ERR); +} /* end of del_panel */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + bottom_panel(pan) - place a panel on bottom of stack +may already be in stack +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int +bottom_panel(register PANEL *pan) +{ + if(!pan) + return(ERR); + if(pan == __bottom_panel) + return(OK); + dBug(("--> bottom_panel %s", USER_PTR(pan->user))); + if(__panel_is_linked(pan)) + (void)hide_panel(pan); + __panel_link_bottom(pan); + return(OK); +} /* end of bottom_panel */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + new_panel(win) - create a panel and place on top of stack +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +PANEL * +new_panel(WINDOW *win) +{ + PANEL *pan = (PANEL *)malloc(sizeof(PANEL)); + + (void)__root_panel(); + + if(pan) + { + pan->win = win; + pan->above = (PANEL *)0; + pan->below = (PANEL *)0; + getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx); + pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + getmaxy(win); + pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + getmaxx(win); +#ifdef TRACE + pan->user = "new"; +#else + pan->user = (char *)0; +#endif + pan->obscure = (PANELCONS *)0; + (void)show_panel(pan); + } + return(pan); +} /* end of new_panel */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + panel_above(pan) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +PANEL * +panel_above(const PANEL *pan) +{ + if(!pan) + { + /* if top and bottom are equal, we have no or only the pseudo panel; + if not, we return the panel above the pseudo panel */ + return(__bottom_panel==__top_panel ? (PANEL*)0 : __bottom_panel->above); + } + else + return(pan->above); +} /* end of panel_above */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + panel_below(pan) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +PANEL * +panel_below(const PANEL *pan) +{ + if(!pan) + { + /* if top and bottom are equal, we have no or only the pseudo panel */ + return(__top_panel==__bottom_panel ? (PANEL*)0 : __top_panel); + } + else + { + /* we must not return the pseudo panel */ + return(pan->below==__bottom_panel ? (PANEL*) 0 : pan->below); + } +} /* end of panel_below */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + set_panel_userptr(pan,uptr) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int +set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr) +{ + if(!pan) + return(ERR); + pan->user = uptr; + return(OK); +} /* end of set_panel_userptr */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + panel_userptr(pan) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +const void* +panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan) +{ + return(pan ? pan->user : (void *)0); +} /* end of panel_userptr */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + move_panel(pan,starty,startx) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int +move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx) +{ + WINDOW *win; + + if(!pan) + return(ERR); + if(__panel_is_linked(pan)) + __override(pan,P_TOUCH); + win = pan->win; + if(mvwin(win,starty,startx)) + return(ERR); + getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx); + pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + getmaxy(win); + pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + getmaxx(win); + if(__panel_is_linked(pan)) + __calculate_obscure(); + return(OK); +} /* end of move_panel */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + replace_panel(pan,win) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int +replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win) +{ + if(!pan) + return(ERR); + if(__panel_is_linked(pan)) + __override(pan,P_TOUCH); + pan->win = win; + if(__panel_is_linked(pan)) + __calculate_obscure(); + return(OK); +} /* end of replace_panel */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + panel_hidden(pan) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int +panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan) +{ + if(!pan) + return(ERR); + return(__panel_is_linked(pan) ? TRUE : FALSE); +} /* end of panel_hidden */ + +/* end of panel.c */ diff --git a/panel/panel.h b/panel/panel.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2f917827 --- /dev/null +++ b/panel/panel.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* panels is copyright (C) 1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* All praise to the original author, Warren Tucker. * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute panels * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of panels in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* panels comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* panel.h -- interface file for panels library */ + +#ifndef _PANEL_H +#define _PANEL_H + +#include + +typedef struct panel +{ + WINDOW *win; + int wstarty; + int wendy; + int wstartx; + int wendx; + struct panel *below; + struct panel *above; + const void *user; + struct panelcons *obscure; +} +PANEL; + +#if defined(__cplusplus) +extern "C" { +#endif + +extern WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *); +extern void update_panels(void); +extern int hide_panel(PANEL *); +extern int show_panel(PANEL *); +extern int del_panel(PANEL *); +extern int top_panel(PANEL *); +extern int bottom_panel(PANEL *); +extern PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *); +extern PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *); +extern PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *); +extern int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *,const void *); +extern const void* panel_userptr(const PANEL *); +extern int move_panel(PANEL *, int, int); +extern int replace_panel(PANEL *,WINDOW *); +extern int panel_hidden(const PANEL *); + +#if defined(__cplusplus) +} +#endif + +#endif /* _PANEL_H */ + +/* end of panel.h */ diff --git a/panel/panel.priv.h b/panel/panel.priv.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0e6fa591 --- /dev/null +++ b/panel/panel.priv.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* $Id: panel.priv.h,v 1.4 1997/04/05 23:38:02 tom Exp $ */ + +#ifndef _PANEL_PRIV_H +#define _PANEL_PRIV_H + +#if HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include + +#if HAVE_LIBDMALLOC +#include /* Gray Watson's library */ +#endif + +#if HAVE_LIBDBMALLOC +#include /* Conor Cahill's library */ +#endif + +#include "panel.h" + + +#if ( CC_HAS_INLINE_FUNCS && !defined(TRACE) ) +# define INLINE inline +#else +# define INLINE +#endif + + +typedef struct panelcons +{ + struct panelcons *above; + struct panel *pan; +} PANELCONS; + +#ifdef TRACE +# define dBug(x) _tracef x +#else +# define dBug(x) +#endif + +#ifdef USE_RCS_IDS +#define MODULE_ID(id) static const char Ident[] = id; +#else +#define MODULE_ID(id) /*nothing*/ +#endif + +#define P_TOUCH (0) +#define P_UPDATE (1) + +#endif diff --git a/progs/MKtermsort.sh b/progs/MKtermsort.sh new file mode 100755 index 00000000..6cbe9548 --- /dev/null +++ b/progs/MKtermsort.sh @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# +# MKtermsort.sh -- generate indirection vectors for the various sort methods +# +# The output of this script is C source for nine arrays that list three sort +# orders for each of the three different classes of terminfo capabilities. +# +AWK=${1-awk} +DATA=${2-../include/Caps} + +echo "/*"; +echo " * termsort.c --- sort order arrays for use by infocmp."; +echo " *"; +echo " * Note: this file is generated using termsort.sh, do not edit by hand."; +echo " */"; + +echo "static const int bool_terminfo_sort[] = {"; +$AWK <$DATA ' +BEGIN {i = 0;} +/^#/ {next;} +$3 == "bool" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $2, i++);} +' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}'; +echo "};"; +echo ""; + +echo "static const int num_terminfo_sort[] = {"; +$AWK <$DATA ' +BEGIN {i = 0;} +/^#/ {next;} +$3 == "num" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $2, i++);} +' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}'; +echo "};"; +echo ""; + +echo "static const int str_terminfo_sort[] = {"; +$AWK <$DATA ' +BEGIN {i = 0;} +/^#/ {next;} +$3 == "str" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $2, i++);} +' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}'; +echo "};"; +echo ""; + +echo "static const int bool_variable_sort[] = {"; +$AWK <$DATA ' +BEGIN {i = 0;} +/^#/ {next;} +$3 == "bool" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $1, i++);} +' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}'; +echo "};"; +echo ""; + +echo "static const int num_variable_sort[] = {"; +$AWK <$DATA ' +BEGIN {i = 0;} +/^#/ {next;} +$3 == "num" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $1, i++);} +' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}'; +echo "};"; +echo ""; + +echo "static const int str_variable_sort[] = {"; +$AWK <$DATA ' +BEGIN {i = 0;} +/^#/ {next;} +$3 == "str" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $1, i++);} +' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}'; +echo "};"; +echo ""; + +echo "static const int bool_termcap_sort[] = {"; +$AWK <$DATA ' +BEGIN {i = 0;} +/^#/ {next;} +$3 == "bool" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $4, i++);} +' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}'; +echo "};"; +echo ""; + +echo "static const int num_termcap_sort[] = {"; +$AWK <$DATA ' +BEGIN {i = 0;} +/^#/ {next;} +$3 == "num" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $4, i++);} +' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}'; +echo "};"; +echo ""; + +echo "static const int str_termcap_sort[] = {"; +$AWK <$DATA ' +BEGIN {i = 0;} +/^#/ {next;} +$3 == "str" {printf("%s\t%d\n", $4, i++);} +' | sort | $AWK '{print "\t", $2, ",\t/* ", $1, " */";}'; +echo "};"; +echo ""; + +echo "static const int bool_from_termcap[] = {"; +$AWK <$DATA ' +$3 == "bool" && substr($5, 1, 1) == "-" {print "0,\t/* ", $2, " */";} +$3 == "bool" && substr($5, 1, 1) == "Y" {print "1,\t/* ", $2, " */";} +' +echo "};"; +echo ""; + +echo "static const int num_from_termcap[] = {"; +$AWK <$DATA ' +$3 == "num" && substr($5, 1, 1) == "-" {print "0,\t/* ", $2, " */";} +$3 == "num" && substr($5, 1, 1) == "Y" {print "1,\t/* ", $2, " */";} +' +echo "};"; +echo ""; + +echo "static const int str_from_termcap[] = {"; +$AWK <$DATA ' +$3 == "str" && substr($5, 1, 1) == "-" {print "0,\t/* ", $2, " */";} +$3 == "str" && substr($5, 1, 1) == "Y" {print "1,\t/* ", $2, " */";} +' +echo "};"; +echo ""; + diff --git a/progs/Makefile.in b/progs/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a8bce990 --- /dev/null +++ b/progs/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.21 1997/02/15 20:03:34 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Makefile for ncurses source code. +# +# This makes the ncurses utility programs. +# +# The variable 'srcdir' refers to the source-distribution, and can be set with +# the configure script by "--srcdir=DIR". +# +# The rules are organized to produce the libraries for the configured models, +# and the programs with the configured default model. + +# turn off _all_ suffix rules; we'll generate our own +.SUFFIXES: + +SHELL = /bin/sh +THIS = Makefile + +NC_MFLAGS = @nc_cv_makeflags@ +@SET_MAKE@ + +MODEL = ../@DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR@ +INSTALL_PREFIX = @INSTALL_PREFIX@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +bindir = @bindir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +datadir = @datadir@ + +ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ + +AWK = @AWK@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ + +CC = @CC@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ + +INCDIR = $(srcdir)/../include +CPPFLAGS = -I../progs -I$(srcdir) @CPPFLAGS@ \ + -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTERMINFO=\"$(ticdir)\" + +CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) + +CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS) +CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE +CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg +CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@ + +CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@) + +LD = @LD@ +LINK = $(CC) +LDFLAGS = -L../lib -lncurses@DFT_ARG_SUFFIX@ @LDFLAGS@ @LD_MODEL@ @LIBS@ @EXTRA_LIBS@ + +LDFLAGS_NORMAL = $(LDFLAGS) +LDFLAGS_DEBUG = $(LDFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ +LDFLAGS_PROFILE = $(LDFLAGS) -pg +LDFLAGS_SHARED = $(LDFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@ + +LDFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(LDFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@) + +LINT = @LINT@ +LINT_OPTS = @LINT_OPTS@ +LINT_LIBS = -lncurses @LIBS@ + +AUTO_SRC = \ + termsort.c + +PROGS = tic toe infocmp clear tput tset + +TESTPROGS = mvcur tctest hardscroll hashmap + +# Default library, for linking applications +DEPS_CURSES = ../lib/libncurses@DFT_DEP_SUFFIX@ + +################################################################################ +all: $(AUTO_SRC) $(PROGS) + +install: install.progs + +# this line simplifies the configure-script +install.libs: + +install.progs: $(PROGS) $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir) + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) tic $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir)/tic + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) toe $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir)/toe + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) infocmp $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir)/infocmp + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) clear $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir)/clear + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) tput $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir)/tput + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) tset $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir)/tset + @echo "linking captoinfo to tic" + -@rm -f $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir)/captoinfo + (cd $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir) && $(LN_S) tic captoinfo) + @echo "linking reset to tset" + -@rm -f $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir)/reset + (cd $(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir) && $(LN_S) tset reset) + +$(INSTALL_PREFIX)$(bindir) : + $(srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs $@ + +# +# Utilities normally built by make all start here +# + +DEPS_TIC = \ + $(MODEL)/tic.o \ + $(MODEL)/dump_entry.o + +tic: $(DEPS_TIC) $(DEPS_CURSES) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(DEPS_TIC) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@ + +DEPS_TOE = \ + $(MODEL)/toe.o \ + $(MODEL)/dump_entry.o + +toe: $(DEPS_TOE) $(DEPS_CURSES) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(DEPS_TOE) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@ + +DEPS_CLEAR = \ + $(MODEL)/clear.o + +clear: $(DEPS_CLEAR) $(DEPS_CURSES) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(DEPS_CLEAR) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@ + +DEPS_TPUT = \ + $(MODEL)/tput.o + +tput: $(DEPS_TPUT) $(DEPS_CURSES) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(DEPS_TPUT) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@ + +DEPS_INFOCMP = \ + $(MODEL)/infocmp.o \ + $(MODEL)/dump_entry.o + +infocmp: $(DEPS_INFOCMP) $(DEPS_CURSES) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(DEPS_INFOCMP) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@ + +DEPS_TSET = \ + $(MODEL)/tset.o \ + $(MODEL)/dump_entry.o + +tset: $(DEPS_TSET) $(DEPS_CURSES) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(DEPS_TSET) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@ + +termsort.c: $(srcdir)/MKtermsort.sh + sh -c "$(srcdir)/MKtermsort.sh $(AWK) $(srcdir)/../include/Caps" >$@ + +# +# Test programs (not normally built by make all) start here. +# + +# Cursor movement optimization tester. Use -g for debugging but -O if you're +# profiling with intent to determine COMPUTE_OVERHEAD +MVFLAGS = -O +DEPS_MVCUR = \ + $(srcdir)/../ncurses/lib_mvcur.c \ + $(MODEL)/dump_entry.o + +mvcur: $(DEPS_MVCUR) $(DEPS_CURSES) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(CCFLAGS) -DTRACE -DMAIN $(MVFLAGS) $(DEPS_MVCUR) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@ + +# Termcap-conversion tester +DEPS_TCTEST = \ + $(srcdir)/../ncurses/captoinfo.c + +tctest: $(DEPS_TCTEST) $(DEPS_CURSES) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(CCFLAGS) -DTRACE -DMAIN $(DEPS_TCTEST) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@ + +# Demonstrator/tester for hardware-scrolling algorithm. +DEPS_HARDSCROLL = \ + $(srcdir)/../ncurses/hardscroll.c \ + $(MODEL)/lib_trace.o +hardscroll: + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(CCFLAGS) -I$(srcdir)/../ncurses -DTRACE -DSCROLLDEBUG $(DEPS_HARDSCROLL) $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -o $@ + +# Demonstrator-tester for enhanced hardware-scrolling code with hash mapping +DEPS_HASHMAP = \ + $(srcdir)/../ncurses/hashmap.c \ + $(srcdir)/../ncurses/hardscroll.c \ + $(MODEL)/lib_trace.o +hashmap: $(DEPS_HASHMAP) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(CCFLAGS) -I$(srcdir)/../ncurses -DTRACE -DHASHDEBUG $(DEPS_HASHMAP) -o $@ + +# +# Utility productions start here +# + +tags: + ctags *.[ch] + +TAGS: + etags *.[ch] + +clean :: + -rm -f tags TAGS do.tic *~ + -rm -f $(AUTO_SRC) $(TESTPROGS) + -rm -f $(PROGS) + +distclean :: clean + -rm -f Makefile + +mostlyclean :: clean + +realclean :: distclean + +# These rules are used to allow "make -n" to work on a clean directory-tree +../include/hashsize.h \ +../include/parametrized.h \ +../include/term.h : + cd ../include; $(MAKE) $(NC_MFLAGS) +$(DEPS_CURSES) : + cd ../ncurses; $(MAKE) $(NC_MFLAGS) + +lint: + $(LINT) $(LINT_OPTS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(srcdir)/clear.c $(LINT_LIBS) + $(LINT) $(LINT_OPTS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(srcdir)/infocmp.c $(srcdir)/dump_entry.c $(LINT_LIBS) + $(LINT) $(LINT_OPTS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(srcdir)/tic.c $(srcdir)/dump_entry.c $(LINT_LIBS) + $(LINT) $(LINT_OPTS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(srcdir)/toe.c $(srcdir)/dump_entry.c $(LINT_LIBS) + $(LINT) $(LINT_OPTS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(srcdir)/tput.c $(LINT_LIBS) + $(LINT) $(LINT_OPTS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(srcdir)/tset.c $(srcdir)/dump_entry.c $(LINT_LIBS) + +############################################################################### +# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration +############################################################################### diff --git a/progs/capconvert b/progs/capconvert new file mode 100755 index 00000000..0a3ea5d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/progs/capconvert @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# +# capconvert -- automated conversion from termcap to terminfo +# + +echo "This script tries to automatically set you up so that your applications" +echo "that now use termcap can use terminfo and the ncurses library." +echo "" + +# Note, except for telling if we're running under xterm we don't use TERM at +# all. This is because BSD users not infrequently have multiple termtypes +# selected by conditionals in tset -- unless they're xterm users, in which +# case they're on a workstation and probably don't. + +# Check to make sure TERMINFO is not already defined +if [ "$TERMINFO" ] +then + echo "TERMINFO is already defined in your environment. This means" + echo "you already have a local terminfo tree, so you do not need any" + echo "conversion." + exit; +fi + +# Check to see if terminfo is present. +if [ -d /usr/lib/terminfo -o -d /usr/local/lib/terminfo ] +then + echo "Your system already has a system-wide terminfo tree." + terminfo=yes + echo "" + if [ "$TERMCAP" = "" ] + then + echo "You have no TERMCAP variable set, so we're done." + # Assumes the terminfo master covers all canned terminal types + exit; + fi + if [ "$TERM" = "xterm" ] + then + echo "You're running xterm, which rudely sets TERMCAP itself." + echo "We can ignore this, because terminfo knows about xterm." + echo "So you'll just use the system-wide terminfo tree." + exit; + else + echo "We'll have to make a local one for you anyway, in order" + echo "to capture the effect of your TERMCAP variable." + fi +else + echo "No system-wide terminfo tree. We'll make you a local one." + terminfo=no +fi +echo ""; + + +# First step -- go find tic +set -- `echo $PATH | tr ':' '\n' | sort | uniq` +for x in $* +do + if [ -x $x/tic ] + then + tic=$x/tic + fi; +done +if [ "$tic" ] +then + echo "I see tic at $tic." +else + echo "You don't have tic installed anywhere I can see, please fix that." + exit; +fi +echo ""; + +# We have tic. Either there's no system terminfo tree or there is one but +# the user has a TERMCAP variable that may modify a stock description. +# + +# Make the user a terminfo directory +if [ -d $HOME/.terminfo ] +then + echo "It appears you already have a private terminfo directory" + echo "at $HOME/.terminfo; this seems odd, because TERMINFO" + echo "is not defined. I'm not going to second-guess this -- if you" + echo "really want me to try auto-configuring for you, remove or" + echo "rename $HOME/terminfo and run me again." + exit; +else + echo "I'm creating your private terminfo directory at $HOME/.terminfo" + mkdir $HOME/.terminfo + # Ensure that that's where tic's compilation results. + # This isn't strictly necessary with a 1.9.7 or later tic. + TERMINFO="$HOME/.terminfo"; export TERMINFO +fi +echo ""; + +# Find a terminfo source to work from +if [ -f ../misc/terminfo.src ] +then + echo "I see the terminfo master source is handy; I'll use that." + master=../misc/terminfo.src +else + # Ooops...looks like we're running from somewhere other than the + # progs directory of an ncurses source tree. + master=`find $HOME -name "*terminfo.src" -print` + mcount=`echo $master | wc -l` + case $mcount in + 0) + echo "I can't find a terminfo source file anywhere under your home directory." + echo "There should be a file called terminfo.src somewhere in your" + echo "ncurses distribution; please put it in your home directotry" + echo "and run me again (it doesn't have to live there permanently)." + exit; + ;; + 1) + echo "I see a file called $master." + echo "I'm going to assume this is the terminfo source included with" + echo "the ncurses distribution. If this assumption is wrong, please" + echo "interrupt me now! OK to continue?" + read ans; + ;; + 2) + echo "I see more than one possible terminfo source. Here they are:" + echo $master | sed "/^/s// /"; + while : + do + echo "Please tell me which one to use:" + read master; + if [ -f $master ] + then + break + else + echo "That file doesn't exist. Try again?"; + fi + done + ;; + esac +fi +echo ""; + +# Now that we have a master, compile it into the local tree +echo "OK, now I'll make your private terminfo tree. This may take a bit..." +# +# Kluge alert: we compile terminfo.src in two pieces because a lot of machines +# with < 16MB RAM choke on tic's core-hog habits. +sed -n $master \ + -e '1,/SPLIT HERE/w tsplit$$.01' \ + -e '/SPLIT HERE/,$w tsplit$$.02' \ + 2>/dev/null +for x in tsplit$$.*; do $tic -v $x; done +rm tsplit$$.* +# +echo "You now have a private tree under $HOME/.terminfo;" +echo "the ncurses library will automatically read from it," +echo "and ncurses tic will automatically compile entries to it." + +# We're done unless user has a .termcap file or equivalent named by TERMCAP +if [ "$TERMCAP" = "" ] +then + echo "You have no TERMCAP set, so we're done." +fi + +# OK, here comes the nasty case...user has a TERMCAP. Instead of +# trying to follow all the convolutions of the relationship between +# TERM and TERMCAP (partly because it's too painful, and partly because +# we don't actually know what TERM will be nor even if it always has +# the same value for this user) we do the following three steps... + +if [ -f $HOME/.termcap ] +then + echo 'I see you have a $HOME/.termcap file. I'll compile that.' + $tic $HOME/.termcap + echo "Done." + echo "Note that editing $HOME/.termcap will no longer change the data curses sees." +else if `expr $TERMCAP : "/"` = '1' +then + echo "Your TERMCAP names the file $TERMCAP. I'll compile that." + $tic $TERMCAP + echo "Done." + echo "Note that editing $TERMCAP will no longer change the data curses sees." +else + echo "Your TERMCAP value appears to be an entry in termcap format." + echo "I'll compile it." + echo $TERMCAP >myterm$$ + $tic myterm$$ + rm myterm$$ + echo "Done." + echo "Note that editing TERMCAP will no longer change the data curses sees." +fi fi +echo "To do that, decompile the terminal decription you want with infocmp(1)," +echo "edit to taste, and recompile using tic(1)." + +# capconvert ends here + diff --git a/progs/clear.c b/progs/clear.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..417c2446 --- /dev/null +++ b/progs/clear.c @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * clear.c -- clears the terminal's screen + */ + +#include + +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: clear.c,v 1.6 1996/12/21 17:35:11 tom Exp $") + +static int putch(int c) +{ + return putchar(c); +} + +int main( + int argc GCC_UNUSED, + char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED) +{ + setupterm((char *) 0, STDOUT_FILENO, (int *) 0); + if (clear_screen == (char *) 0) + return EXIT_FAILURE; + tputs(clear_screen, lines > 0 ? lines : 1, putch); + return EXIT_SUCCESS; +} diff --git a/progs/clear.sh b/progs/clear.sh new file mode 100755 index 00000000..1b6b0bb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/progs/clear.sh @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +exec tput clear diff --git a/progs/dump_entry.c b/progs/dump_entry.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8610f797 --- /dev/null +++ b/progs/dump_entry.c @@ -0,0 +1,848 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +#define __INTERNAL_CAPS_VISIBLE +#include + +#include +#include "dump_entry.h" +#include "termsort.c" /* this C file is generated */ +#include "parametrized.h" /* so is this */ + +MODULE_ID("$Id: dump_entry.c,v 1.17 1997/05/10 17:35:30 tom Exp $") + +#define INDENT 8 + +static int tversion; /* terminfo version */ +static int outform; /* output format to use */ +static int sortmode; /* sort mode to use */ +static int width = 60; /* max line width for listings */ +static int column; /* current column, limited by 'width' */ +static int oldcol; /* last value of column before wrap */ +static int tracelevel; /* level of debug output */ + +static char *outbuf; /* the output-buffer */ +static size_t out_used; /* ...its current length */ +static size_t out_size; /* ...and its allocated length */ + +/* indirection pointers for implementing sort and display modes */ +static const int *bool_indirect, *num_indirect, *str_indirect; +static char * const *bool_names, * const *num_names, * const *str_names; + +static const char *separator, *trailer; + +/* cover various ports and variants of terminfo */ +#define V_ALLCAPS 0 /* all capabilities (SVr4, XSI, ncurses) */ +#define V_SVR1 1 /* SVR1, Ultrix */ +#define V_HPUX 2 /* HP/UX */ +#define V_AIX 3 /* AIX */ +#define V_BSD 4 /* BSD */ + +#define OBSOLETE(n) (n[0] == 'O' && n[1] == 'T') + +#if NO_LEAKS +void _nc_leaks_dump_entry(void) +{ + if (outbuf != 0) { + free(outbuf); + outbuf = 0; + } +} +#endif + +char *nametrans(const char *name) +/* translate a capability name from termcap to terminfo */ +{ + const struct name_table_entry *np; + + if ((np = _nc_find_entry(name, _nc_info_hash_table)) != NULL) + switch(np->nte_type) + { + case BOOLEAN: + if (bool_from_termcap[np->nte_index]) + return(boolcodes[np->nte_index]); + break; + + case NUMBER: + if (num_from_termcap[np->nte_index]) + return(numcodes[np->nte_index]); + break; + + case STRING: + if (str_from_termcap[np->nte_index]) + return(strcodes[np->nte_index]); + break; + } + + return((char *)NULL); +} + +void dump_init(const char *version, int mode, int sort, int twidth, int traceval) +/* set up for entry display */ +{ + width = twidth; + tracelevel = traceval; + + /* versions */ + if (version == (char *)NULL) + tversion = V_ALLCAPS; + else if (!strcmp(version, "SVr1") || !strcmp(version, "SVR1") + || !strcmp(version, "Ultrix")) + tversion = V_SVR1; + else if (!strcmp(version, "HP")) + tversion = V_HPUX; + else if (!strcmp(version, "AIX")) + tversion = V_AIX; + else if (!strcmp(version, "BSD")) + tversion = V_BSD; + else + tversion = V_ALLCAPS; + + /* implement display modes */ + switch (outform = mode) + { + case F_LITERAL: + case F_TERMINFO: + bool_names = boolnames; + num_names = numnames; + str_names = strnames; + separator = twidth ? ", " : ","; + trailer = "\n\t"; + break; + + case F_VARIABLE: + bool_names = boolfnames; + num_names = numfnames; + str_names = strfnames; + separator = twidth ? ", " : ","; + trailer = "\n\t"; + break; + + case F_TERMCAP: + case F_TCONVERR: + bool_names = boolcodes; + num_names = numcodes; + str_names = strcodes; + separator = ":"; + trailer = "\\\n\t:"; + break; + } + + /* implement sort modes */ + switch(sortmode = sort) + { + case S_NOSORT: + if (traceval) + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "%s: sorting by term structure order\n", _nc_progname); + break; + + case S_TERMINFO: + if (traceval) + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "%s: sorting by terminfo name order\n", _nc_progname); + bool_indirect = bool_terminfo_sort; + num_indirect = num_terminfo_sort; + str_indirect = str_terminfo_sort; + break; + + case S_VARIABLE: + if (traceval) + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "%s: sorting by C variable order\n", _nc_progname); + bool_indirect = bool_variable_sort; + num_indirect = num_variable_sort; + str_indirect = str_variable_sort; + break; + + case S_TERMCAP: + if (traceval) + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "%s: sorting by termcap name order\n", _nc_progname); + bool_indirect = bool_termcap_sort; + num_indirect = num_termcap_sort; + str_indirect = str_termcap_sort; + break; + } + + if (traceval) + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "%s: width = %d, tversion = %d, outform = %d\n", + _nc_progname, width, tversion, outform); +} + +static int trailing_spaces(const char *src) +{ + while (*src == ' ') + src++; + return *src == 0; +} + +/* this deals with differences over whether 0x7f and 0x80..0x9f are controls */ +#define CHAR_OF(s) (*(unsigned const char *)(s)) +#define REALCTL(s) (CHAR_OF(s) < 127 && iscntrl(CHAR_OF(s))) +#define REALPRINT(s) (CHAR_OF(s) < 127 && isprint(CHAR_OF(s))) + +char *expand(char *srcp) +{ +static char buffer[1024]; +int bufp; +const char *ptr, *str = (srcp == ABSENT_STRING + || srcp == CANCELLED_STRING) ? "" : srcp; +bool islong = (strlen(str) > 3); + + bufp = 0; + ptr = str; + while (*str) { + if (*str == '%' && REALPRINT(str+1)) { + buffer[bufp++] = *str++; + buffer[bufp++] = *str; + } + else if (*str == '\033') { + buffer[bufp++] = '\\'; + buffer[bufp++] = 'E'; + } + else if (*str == '\\' && (outform==F_TERMINFO) && (str == srcp || str[-1] != '^')) { + buffer[bufp++] = '\\'; + buffer[bufp++] = '\\'; + } + else if (*str == ' ' && (outform==F_TERMINFO) && (str == srcp || trailing_spaces(str))) { + buffer[bufp++] = '\\'; + buffer[bufp++] = 's'; + } + else if ((*str == ',' || *str == ':' || *str == '^') && (outform==F_TERMINFO)) { + buffer[bufp++] = '\\'; + buffer[bufp++] = *str; + } + else if (REALPRINT(str) && (*str != ',' && *str != ':' && !(*str == '!' && outform!=F_TERMINFO) && *str != '^')) + buffer[bufp++] = *str; +#if 0 /* FIXME: this would be more readable */ + else if (*str == '\b') { + buffer[bufp++] = '\\'; + buffer[bufp++] = 'b'; + } + else if (*str == '\f') { + buffer[bufp++] = '\\'; + buffer[bufp++] = 'f'; + } + else if (*str == '\t' && islong) { + buffer[bufp++] = '\\'; + buffer[bufp++] = 't'; + } +#endif + else if (*str == '\r' && (islong || (strlen(srcp) > 2 && str[1] == '\0'))) { + buffer[bufp++] = '\\'; + buffer[bufp++] = 'r'; + } + else if (*str == '\n' && islong) { + buffer[bufp++] = '\\'; + buffer[bufp++] = 'n'; + } +#define UnCtl(c) ((0xff & (c)) + '@') + else if (REALCTL(str) && *str != '\\' && (!islong || isdigit(str[1]))) + { + (void) sprintf(&buffer[bufp], "^%c", UnCtl(*str)); + bufp += 2; + } + else + { + (void) sprintf(&buffer[bufp], "\\%03o", 0xff & *str); + bufp += 4; + } + + str++; + } + + buffer[bufp] = '\0'; + return(buffer); +} + +static TERMTYPE *cur_type; + +static int dump_predicate(int type, int idx) +/* predicate function to use for ordinary decompilation */ +{ + switch(type) { + case BOOLEAN: + return (cur_type->Booleans[idx] == FALSE) + ? FAIL : cur_type->Booleans[idx]; + + case NUMBER: + return (cur_type->Numbers[idx] == ABSENT_NUMERIC) + ? FAIL : cur_type->Numbers[idx]; + + case STRING: + return (cur_type->Strings[idx] != ABSENT_STRING) + ? (int)TRUE : FAIL; + } + + return(FALSE); /* pacify compiler */ +} + +static void set_obsolete_termcaps(TERMTYPE *tp); + +/* is this the index of a function key string? */ +#define FNKEY(i) (((i)<= 65 && (i)>= 75) || ((i)<= 216 && (i)>= 268)) + +static bool version_filter(int type, int idx) +/* filter out capabilities we may want to suppress */ +{ + switch (tversion) + { + case V_ALLCAPS: /* SVr4, XSI Curses */ + return(TRUE); + + case V_SVR1: /* System V Release 1, Ultrix */ + switch (type) + { + case BOOLEAN: + return (idx <= 20); /* below and including xon_xoff */ + case NUMBER: + return (idx <= 7); /* below and including width_status_line */ + case STRING: + return (idx <= 144); /* below and including prtr_non */ + } + break; + + case V_HPUX: /* Hewlett-Packard */ + switch (type) + { + case BOOLEAN: + return (idx <= 20); /* below and including xon_xoff */ + case NUMBER: + return (idx <= 10); /* below and including label_width */ + case STRING: + if (idx <= 144) /* below and including prtr_non */ + return(TRUE); + else if (FNKEY(idx)) /* function keys */ + return(TRUE); + else if (idx==147||idx==156||idx==157) /* plab_norm,label_on,label_off */ + return(TRUE); + else + return(FALSE); + } + break; + + case V_AIX: /* AIX */ + switch (type) + { + case BOOLEAN: + return (idx <= 20); /* below and including xon_xoff */ + case NUMBER: + return (idx <= 7); /* below and including width_status_line */ + case STRING: + if (idx <= 144) /* below and including prtr_non */ + return(TRUE); + else if (FNKEY(idx)) /* function keys */ + return(TRUE); + else + return(FALSE); + } + break; + + case V_BSD: /* BSD */ + switch (type) + { + case BOOLEAN: + return bool_from_termcap[idx]; + case NUMBER: + return num_from_termcap[idx]; + case STRING: + return str_from_termcap[idx]; + } + break; + } + + return(FALSE); /* pacify the compiler */ +} + +static +void append_output (const char *src) +{ + if (src == 0) { + out_used = 0; + append_output(""); + } else { + size_t need = strlen(src); + size_t want = need + out_used + 1; + if (want > out_size) { + out_size += want; /* be generous */ + if (outbuf == 0) + outbuf = malloc(out_size); + else + outbuf = realloc(outbuf, out_size); + } + (void)strcpy(outbuf + out_used, src); + out_used += need; + } +} + +static +void force_wrap(void) +{ + oldcol = column; + append_output(trailer); + column = INDENT; +} + +static +void wrap_concat(const char *src) +{ + int need = strlen(src); + int want = strlen(separator) + need; + + if (column > INDENT + && column + want > width) { + force_wrap(); + } + append_output(src); + append_output(separator); + column += need; +} + +#define IGNORE_SEP_TRAIL(first,last,sep_trail) \ + if ((size_t)(last - first) > sizeof(sep_trail)-1 \ + && !strncmp(first, sep_trail, sizeof(sep_trail)-1)) \ + first += sizeof(sep_trail)-2 + +/* Returns the nominal length of the buffer assuming it is termcap format, + * i.e., the continuation sequence is treated as a single character ":". + * + * There are several implementations of termcap which read the text into a + * fixed-size buffer. Generally they strip the newlines from the text, but may + * not do it until after the buffer is read. Also, "tc=" resolution may be + * expanded in the same buffer. This function is useful for measuring the size + * of the best fixed-buffer implementation; the worst case may be much worse. + */ +#ifdef TEST_TERMCAP_LENGTH +static int termcap_length(const char *src) +{ + static const char pattern[] = ":\\\n\t:"; + + int len = 0; + const char *const t = src + strlen(src); + + while (*src != '\0') { + IGNORE_SEP_TRAIL(src, t, pattern); + src++; + len++; + } + return len; +} +#else +#define termcap_length(src) strlen(src) +#endif + +int fmt_entry(TERMTYPE *tterm, + int (*pred)(int type, int idx), + bool suppress_untranslatable, + bool infodump) +{ +int i, j; +char buffer[MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH]; +int predval, len; +int num_bools = 0; +int num_values = 0; +int num_strings = 0; +bool outcount = 0; + +#define WRAP_CONCAT \ + wrap_concat(buffer); \ + outcount = TRUE + + len = 12; /* terminfo file-header */ + + if (pred == NULL) { + cur_type = tterm; + pred = dump_predicate; + } + + append_output(NULL); + append_output(tterm->term_names); + append_output(separator); + column = out_used; + force_wrap(); + + for (j=0; j < BOOLCOUNT; j++) { + if (sortmode == S_NOSORT) + i = j; + else + i = bool_indirect[j]; + + if (!version_filter(BOOLEAN, i)) + continue; + else if ((outform == F_LITERAL || outform == F_TERMINFO || outform == F_VARIABLE) + && (OBSOLETE(bool_names[i]) && outform != F_LITERAL)) + continue; + + predval = pred(BOOLEAN, i); + if (predval != FAIL) { + (void) strcpy(buffer, bool_names[i]); + if (predval <= 0) + (void) strcat(buffer, "@"); + else if (i + 1 > num_bools) + num_bools = i + 1; + WRAP_CONCAT; + } + } + + if (column != INDENT) + force_wrap(); + + for (j=0; j < NUMCOUNT; j++) { + if (sortmode == S_NOSORT) + i = j; + else + i = num_indirect[j]; + + if (!version_filter(NUMBER, i)) + continue; + else if ((outform == F_LITERAL || outform == F_TERMINFO || outform == F_VARIABLE) + && (OBSOLETE(num_names[i]) && outform != F_LITERAL)) + continue; + + predval = pred(NUMBER, i); + if (predval != FAIL) { + if (tterm->Numbers[i] < 0) { + sprintf(buffer, "%s@", num_names[i]); + } else { + sprintf(buffer, "%s#%d", num_names[i], tterm->Numbers[i]); + if (i + 1 > num_values) + num_values = i + 1; + } + WRAP_CONCAT; + } + } + + if (column != INDENT) + force_wrap(); + + len += num_bools + + num_values * 2 + + strlen(tterm->term_names) + 1; + if (len & 1) + len++; + + for (j=0; j < STRCOUNT; j++) { + if (sortmode == S_NOSORT) + i = j; + else + i = str_indirect[j]; + + if (!version_filter(STRING, i)) + continue; + else if ((outform == F_LITERAL || outform == F_TERMINFO || outform == F_VARIABLE) + && (OBSOLETE(str_names[i]) && outform != F_LITERAL)) + continue; + + /* + * Some older versions of vi want rmir/smir to be defined + * for ich/ich1 to work. If they're not defined, force + * them to be output as defined and empty. + */ + if (outform==F_TERMCAP) +#undef CUR +#define CUR tterm-> + if (insert_character || parm_ich) + { + if (&tterm->Strings[i] == &enter_insert_mode + && enter_insert_mode == ABSENT_STRING) + { + (void) strcpy(buffer, "im="); + goto catenate; + } + + if (&tterm->Strings[i] == &exit_insert_mode + && exit_insert_mode == ABSENT_STRING) + { + (void) strcpy(buffer, "ei="); + goto catenate; + } + } + + predval = pred(STRING, i); + buffer[0] = '\0'; + if (predval != FAIL) { + if (tterm->Strings[i] != ABSENT_STRING + && i + 1 > num_strings) + num_strings = i + 1; + if (tterm->Strings[i] == ABSENT_STRING + || tterm->Strings[i] == CANCELLED_STRING) + sprintf(buffer, "%s@", str_names[i]); + else if (outform == F_TERMCAP || outform == F_TCONVERR) + { + char *srccap = expand(tterm->Strings[i]); + char *cv = _nc_infotocap(str_names[i], srccap,parametrized[i]); + + if (cv == (char *)NULL) + { + if (outform == F_TCONVERR) + sprintf(buffer, "%s=!!! %s WILL NOT CONVERT !!!", str_names[i], srccap); + else if (suppress_untranslatable) + continue; + else + sprintf(buffer, "..%s=%s", str_names[i], srccap); + } + else + sprintf(buffer, "%s=%s", str_names[i], cv); + len += strlen(tterm->Strings[i]) + 1; + } + else + { + sprintf(buffer,"%s=%s",str_names[i],expand(tterm->Strings[i])); + len += strlen(tterm->Strings[i]) + 1; + } + + catenate: + WRAP_CONCAT; + } + } + len += num_strings * 2; + + /* + * This piece of code should be an effective inverse of the functions + * postprocess_terminfo and postprocess_terminfo in parse_entry.c. + * Much more work should be done on this to support dumping termcaps. + */ + if (tversion == V_HPUX) + { + if (memory_lock) + { + (void) sprintf(buffer, "meml=%s", memory_lock); + WRAP_CONCAT; + } + if (memory_unlock) + { + (void) sprintf(buffer, "memu=%s", memory_unlock); + WRAP_CONCAT; + } + } + else if (tversion == V_AIX) + { + if (acs_chars) + { + bool box_ok = TRUE; + const char *acstrans = "lqkxjmwuvtn"; + const char *cp; + char *tp, *sp, boxchars[11]; + + tp = boxchars; + for (cp = acstrans; *cp; cp++) + { + sp = strchr(acs_chars, *cp); + if (sp) + *tp++ = sp[1]; + else + { + box_ok = FALSE; + break; + } + } + tp[0] = '\0'; + + if (box_ok) + { + (void) strcpy(buffer, "box1="); + (void) strcat(buffer, expand(boxchars)); + WRAP_CONCAT; + } + } + } + + /* + * kludge: trim off trailer to avoid an extra blank line + * in infocmp -u output when there are no string differences + */ + if (outcount) + { + j = out_used; + if (j >= 2 + && outbuf[j-1] == '\t' + && outbuf[j-2] == '\n') { + out_used -= 2; + } else if (j >= 4 + && outbuf[j-1] == ':' + && outbuf[j-2] == '\t' + && outbuf[j-3] == '\n' + && outbuf[j-4] == '\\') { + out_used -= 4; + } + outbuf[out_used] = '\0'; + column = oldcol; + } + +#if 0 + fprintf(stderr, "num_bools = %d\n", num_bools); + fprintf(stderr, "num_values = %d\n", num_values); + fprintf(stderr, "num_strings = %d\n", num_strings); + fprintf(stderr, "term_names=%s, len=%d, strlen(outbuf)=%d, outbuf=%s\n", + tterm->term_names, len, out_used, outbuf); +#endif + /* + * Here's where we use infodump to trigger a more stringent length check + * for termcap-translation purposes. + * Return the length of the raw entry, without tc= expansions, + * It gives an idea of which entries are deadly to even *scan past*, + * as opposed to *use*. + */ + return(infodump ? len : termcap_length(outbuf)); +} + +int dump_entry(TERMTYPE *tterm, bool limited, int (*pred)(int type, int idx)) +/* dump a single entry */ +{ + int len, critlen; + const char *legend; + bool infodump; + + if (outform==F_TERMCAP || outform==F_TCONVERR) + { + critlen = MAX_TERMCAP_LENGTH; + legend = "older termcap"; + infodump = FALSE; + set_obsolete_termcaps(tterm); + } + else + { + critlen = MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH; + legend = "terminfo"; + infodump = TRUE; + } + + if (((len = fmt_entry(tterm, pred, FALSE, infodump)) > critlen) && limited) + { + (void) printf("# (untranslatable capabilities removed to fit entry within %d bytes)\n", + critlen); + if ((len = fmt_entry(tterm, pred, TRUE, infodump)) > critlen) + { + /* + * We pick on sgr because it's a nice long string capability that + * is really just an optimization hack. + */ + char *oldsgr = set_attributes; + set_attributes = ABSENT_STRING; + (void) printf("# (sgr removed to fit entry within %d bytes)\n", + critlen); + if ((len = fmt_entry(tterm, pred, TRUE, infodump)) > critlen) + { + int oldversion = tversion; + + tversion = V_BSD; + (void) printf("# (terminfo-only capabilities suppressed to fit entry within %d bytes)\n", + critlen); + + if ((len = fmt_entry(tterm, pred, TRUE, infodump)) > critlen) + { + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "warning: %s entry is %d bytes long\n", + _nc_first_name(tterm->term_names), + len); + (void) printf( + "# WARNING: this entry, %d bytes long, may core-dump %s libraries!\n", + len, legend); + } + tversion = oldversion; + } + set_attributes = oldsgr; + } + } + + (void) fputs(outbuf, stdout); + return len; +} + +int dump_uses(const char *name, bool infodump) +/* dump "use=" clauses in the appropriate format */ +{ + char buffer[MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH]; + + append_output(NULL); + (void)sprintf(buffer, "%s%s", infodump ? "use=" : "tc=", name); + wrap_concat(buffer); + (void) fputs(outbuf, stdout); + return out_used; +} + +void compare_entry(void (*hook)(int t, int i, const char *name)) +/* compare two entries */ +{ + int i, j; + + (void) fputs(" comparing booleans.\n", stdout); + for (j=0; j < BOOLCOUNT; j++) + { + if (sortmode == S_NOSORT) + i = j; + else + i = bool_indirect[j]; + + if ((outform == F_LITERAL || outform == F_TERMINFO || outform == F_VARIABLE) + && (OBSOLETE(bool_names[i]) && outform != F_LITERAL)) + continue; + + (*hook)(BOOLEAN, i, bool_names[i]); + } + + (void) fputs(" comparing numbers.\n", stdout); + for (j=0; j < NUMCOUNT; j++) + { + if (sortmode == S_NOSORT) + i = j; + else + i = num_indirect[j]; + + if ((outform==F_LITERAL || outform==F_TERMINFO || outform==F_VARIABLE) + && (OBSOLETE(num_names[i]) && outform != F_LITERAL)) + continue; + + (*hook)(NUMBER, i, num_names[i]); + } + + (void) fputs(" comparing strings.\n", stdout); + for (j=0; j < STRCOUNT; j++) + { + if (sortmode == S_NOSORT) + i = j; + else + i = str_indirect[j]; + + if ((outform==F_LITERAL || outform==F_TERMINFO || outform==F_VARIABLE) + && (OBSOLETE(str_names[i]) && outform != F_LITERAL)) + continue; + + (*hook)(STRING, i, str_names[i]); + } +} + +#define NOTSET(s) ((s) == (char *)NULL) + +/* + * This bit of legerdemain turns all the terminfo variable names into + * references to locations in the arrays Booleans, Numbers, and Strings --- + * precisely what's needed. + */ +#undef CUR +#define CUR tp-> + +static void set_obsolete_termcaps(TERMTYPE *tp) +{ +#include "capdefaults.c" +} diff --git a/progs/dump_entry.h b/progs/dump_entry.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ea6fcf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/progs/dump_entry.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * Dump control definitions and variables + */ + +/* capability output formats */ +#define F_TERMINFO 0 /* use terminfo names */ +#define F_VARIABLE 1 /* use C variable names */ +#define F_TERMCAP 2 /* termcap names with capability conversion */ +#define F_TCONVERR 3 /* as T_TERMCAP, no skip of untranslatables */ +#define F_LITERAL 4 /* like F_TERMINFO, but no smart defaults */ + +/* capability sort modes */ +#define S_DEFAULT 0 /* sort by terminfo name (implicit) */ +#define S_NOSORT 1 /* don't sort */ +#define S_TERMINFO 2 /* sort by terminfo names (explicit) */ +#define S_VARIABLE 3 /* sort by C variable names */ +#define S_TERMCAP 4 /* sort by termcap names */ + +extern char *nametrans(const char *); +extern void dump_init(const char *, int, int, int, int); +extern int fmt_entry(TERMTYPE *, int (*)(int, int), bool, bool); +extern int dump_entry(TERMTYPE *, bool, int (*)(int, int)); +extern int dump_uses(const char *, bool); +extern void compare_entry(void (*)(int, int, const char *)); +extern char *expand(char *); + +#define FAIL -1 diff --git a/progs/infocmp.c b/progs/infocmp.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71e0a7c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/progs/infocmp.c @@ -0,0 +1,1169 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * infocmp.c -- decompile an entry, or compare two entries + * written by Eric S. Raymond + */ + +#include + +#include + +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: infocmp.c,v 1.27 1997/02/15 18:54:44 tom Exp $") + +#define L_CURL "{" +#define R_CURL "}" + +#define VALID_STRING(s) ((s) != CANCELLED_STRING && (s) != ABSENT_STRING) + +#define MAXTERMS 32 /* max # terminal arguments we can handle */ + +const char *_nc_progname = "infocmp"; + +typedef char path[PATH_MAX]; + +/*************************************************************************** + * + * The following control variables, together with the contents of the + * terminfo entries, completely determine the actions of the program. + * + ***************************************************************************/ + +static char *tname[MAXTERMS]; /* terminal type names */ +static TERMTYPE term[MAXTERMS]; /* terminfo entries */ +static int termcount; /* count of terminal entries */ + +static const char *tversion; /* terminfo version selected */ +static int outform; /* output format */ +static int sortmode; /* sort_mode */ +static int itrace; /* trace flag for debugging */ +static int mwidth = 60; + +/* main comparison mode */ +static int compare; +#define C_DEFAULT 0 /* don't force comparison mode */ +#define C_DIFFERENCE 1 /* list differences between two terminals */ +#define C_COMMON 2 /* list common capabilities */ +#define C_NAND 3 /* list capabilities in neither terminal */ +#define C_USEALL 4 /* generate relative use-form entry */ +static bool ignorepads; /* ignore pad prefixes when diffing */ + +#if NO_LEAKS +#undef ExitProgram +static void ExitProgram(int code) GCC_NORETURN; +static void ExitProgram(int code) +{ + while (termcount-- > 0) + _nc_free_termtype(&term[termcount], FALSE); + _nc_leaks_dump_entry(); + _nc_free_and_exit(code); +} +#endif + +static char *canonical_name(char *ptr, char *buf) +/* extract the terminal type's primary name */ +{ + char *bp; + + (void) strcpy(buf, ptr); + if ((bp = strchr(buf, '|')) != (char *)NULL) + *bp = '\0'; + + return(buf); +} + +/*************************************************************************** + * + * Predicates for dump function + * + ***************************************************************************/ + +static int capcmp(const char *s, const char *t) +/* capability comparison function */ +{ + if (!VALID_STRING(s) && !VALID_STRING(t)) + return(0); + else if (!VALID_STRING(s) || !VALID_STRING(t)) + return(1); + + if (ignorepads) + return(_nc_capcmp(s, t)); + else + return(strcmp(s, t)); +} + +static int use_predicate(int type, int idx) +/* predicate function to use for use decompilation */ +{ + TERMTYPE *tp; + + switch(type) + { + case BOOLEAN: { + int is_set = FALSE; + + /* + * This assumes that multiple use entries are supposed + * to contribute the logical or of their boolean capabilities. + * This is true if we take the semantics of multiple uses to + * be 'each capability gets the first non-default value found + * in the sequence of use entries'. + */ + for (tp = &term[1]; tp < term + termcount; tp++) + if (tp->Booleans[idx]) { + is_set = TRUE; + break; + } + if (is_set != term->Booleans[idx]) + return(!is_set); + else + return(FAIL); + } + + case NUMBER: { + int value = ABSENT_NUMERIC; + + /* + * We take the semantics of multiple uses to be 'each + * capability gets the first non-default value found + * in the sequence of use entries'. + */ + for (tp = &term[1]; tp < term + termcount; tp++) + if (tp->Numbers[idx] >= 0) { + value = tp->Numbers[idx]; + break; + } + + if (value != term->Numbers[idx]) + return(value != ABSENT_NUMERIC); + else + return(FAIL); + } + + case STRING: { + char *termstr, *usestr = ABSENT_STRING; + + termstr = term->Strings[idx]; + + /* + * We take the semantics of multiple uses to be 'each + * capability gets the first non-default value found + * in the sequence of use entries'. + */ + for (tp = &term[1]; tp < term + termcount; tp++) + if (tp->Strings[idx]) + { + usestr = tp->Strings[idx]; + break; + } + + if (usestr == ABSENT_STRING && termstr == ABSENT_STRING) + return(FAIL); + else if (!usestr || !termstr || capcmp(usestr,termstr)) + return(TRUE); + else + return(FAIL); + } + } + + return(FALSE); /* pacify compiler */ +} + +static bool entryeq(TERMTYPE *t1, TERMTYPE *t2) +/* are two terminal types equal */ +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < BOOLCOUNT; i++) + if (t1->Booleans[i] != t2->Booleans[i]) + return(FALSE); + + for (i = 0; i < NUMCOUNT; i++) + if (t1->Numbers[i] != t2->Numbers[i]) + return(FALSE); + + for (i = 0; i < STRCOUNT; i++) + if (capcmp(t1->Strings[i], t2->Strings[i])) + return(FALSE); + + return(TRUE); +} + +static void compare_predicate(int type, int idx, const char *name) +/* predicate function to use for entry difference reports */ +{ + register TERMTYPE *t1 = &term[0]; + register TERMTYPE *t2 = &term[1]; + char *s1, *s2; + + switch(type) + { + case BOOLEAN: + switch(compare) + { + case C_DIFFERENCE: + if (t1->Booleans[idx] != t2->Booleans[idx]) + (void) printf("\t%s: %c:%c.\n", + name, + t1->Booleans[idx] ? 'T' : 'F', + t2->Booleans[idx] ? 'T' : 'F'); + break; + + case C_COMMON: + if (t1->Booleans[idx] && t2->Booleans[idx]) + (void) printf("\t%s= T.\n", name); + break; + + case C_NAND: + if (!t1->Booleans[idx] && !t2->Booleans[idx]) + (void) printf("\t!%s.\n", name); + break; + } + break; + + case NUMBER: + switch(compare) + { + case C_DIFFERENCE: + if (t1->Numbers[idx] != t2->Numbers[idx]) + (void) printf("\t%s: %d:%d.\n", + name, t1->Numbers[idx], t2->Numbers[idx]); + break; + + case C_COMMON: + if (t1->Numbers[idx]!=-1 && t2->Numbers[idx]!=-1 + && t1->Numbers[idx] == t2->Numbers[idx]) + (void) printf("\t%s= %d.\n", name, t1->Numbers[idx]); + break; + + case C_NAND: + if (t1->Numbers[idx]==-1 && t2->Numbers[idx] == -1) + (void) printf("\t!%s.\n", name); + break; + } + break; + + case STRING: + s1 = t1->Strings[idx]; + s2 = t2->Strings[idx]; + switch(compare) + { + case C_DIFFERENCE: + if (capcmp(s1, s2)) + { + char buf1[BUFSIZ], buf2[BUFSIZ]; + + if (s1 == (char *)NULL) + (void) strcpy(buf1, "NULL"); + else + { + (void) strcpy(buf1, "'"); + (void) strcat(buf1, expand(s1)); + (void) strcat(buf1, "'"); + } + + if (s2 == (char *)NULL) + (void) strcpy(buf2, "NULL"); + else + { + (void) strcpy(buf2, "'"); + (void) strcat(buf2, expand(s2)); + (void) strcat(buf2, "'"); + } + + (void) printf("\t%s: %s, %s.\n", + name, buf1, buf2); + } + break; + + case C_COMMON: + if (s1 && s2 && !capcmp(s1, s2)) + (void) printf("\t%s= '%s'.\n",name,expand(s1)); + break; + + case C_NAND: + if (!s1 && !s2) + (void) printf("\t!%s.\n", name); + break; + } + break; + } + +} + +/*************************************************************************** + * + * Init string analysis + * + ***************************************************************************/ + +typedef struct {const char *from; const char *to;} assoc; + +static const assoc std_caps[] = +{ + /* these are specified by X.364 and iBCS2 */ + {"\033c", "RIS"}, /* full reset */ + {"\0337", "SC"}, /* save cursor */ + {"\0338", "RC"}, /* restore cursor */ + {"\033[r", "RSR"}, /* not an X.364 mnemonic */ + {"\033[m", "SGR0"}, /* not an X.364 mnemonic */ + {"\033[2J", "ED2"}, /* clear page */ + + /* this group is specified by ISO 2022 */ + {"\033(0", "ISO DEC G0"}, /* enable DEC graphics for G0 */ + {"\033(A", "ISO UK G0"}, /* enable UK chars for G0 */ + {"\033(B", "ISO US G0"}, /* enable US chars for G0 */ + {"\033)0", "ISO DEC G1"}, /* enable DEC graphics for G1 */ + {"\033)A", "ISO UK G1"}, /* enable UK chars for G1 */ + {"\033)B", "ISO US G1"}, /* enable US chars for G1 */ + + /* these are DEC private modes widely supported by emulators */ + {"\033=", "DECPAM"}, /* application keypad mode */ + {"\033>", "DECPNM"}, /* normal keypad mode */ + {"\033<", "DECANSI"}, /* enter ANSI mode */ + + { (char *)0, (char *)0} +}; + +static const assoc private_modes[] = +/* DEC \E[ ... [hl] modes recognized by many emulators */ +{ + {"1", "CKM"}, /* application cursor keys */ + {"2", "ANM"}, /* set VT52 mode */ + {"3", "COLM"}, /* 132-column mode */ + {"4", "SCLM"}, /* smooth scroll */ + {"5", "SCNM"}, /* reverse video mode */ + {"6", "OM"}, /* origin mode */ + {"7", "AWM"}, /* wraparound mode */ + {"8", "ARM"}, /* auto-repeat mode */ + {(char *)0, (char *)0} +}; + +static const assoc ecma_highlights[] = +/* recognize ECMA attribute sequences */ +{ + {"0", "NORMAL"}, /* normal */ + {"1", "+BOLD"}, /* bold on */ + {"2", "+DIM"}, /* dim on */ + {"3", "+ITALIC"}, /* italic on */ + {"4", "+UNDERLINE"}, /* underline on */ + {"5", "+BLINK"}, /* blink on */ + {"6", "+FASTBLINK"}, /* fastblink on */ + {"7", "+REVERSE"}, /* reverse on */ + {"8", "+INVISIBLE"}, /* invisible on */ + {"9", "+DELETED"}, /* deleted on */ + {"10", "MAIN-FONT"}, /* select primary font */ + {"11", "ALT-FONT-1"}, /* select alternate font 1 */ + {"12", "ALT-FONT-2"}, /* select alternate font 2 */ + {"13", "ALT-FONT-3"}, /* select alternate font 3 */ + {"14", "ALT-FONT-4"}, /* select alternate font 4 */ + {"15", "ALT-FONT-5"}, /* select alternate font 5 */ + {"16", "ALT-FONT-6"}, /* select alternate font 6 */ + {"17", "ALT-FONT-7"}, /* select alternate font 7 */ + {"18", "ALT-FONT-1"}, /* select alternate font 1 */ + {"19", "ALT-FONT-1"}, /* select alternate font 1 */ + {"20", "FRAKTUR"}, /* Fraktur font */ + {"21", "DOUBLEUNDER"}, /* double underline */ + {"22", "-DIM"}, /* dim off */ + {"23", "-ITALIC"}, /* italic off */ + {"24", "-UNDERLINE"}, /* underline off */ + {"25", "-BLINK"}, /* blink off */ + {"26", "-FASTBLINK"}, /* fastblink off */ + {"27", "-REVERSE"}, /* reverse off */ + {"28", "-INVISIBLE"}, /* invisible off */ + {"29", "-DELETED"}, /* deleted off */ + {(char *)0, (char *)0} +}; + +static void analyze_string(const char *name, const char *cap, TERMTYPE *tp) +{ + char buf[MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH]; + char buf2[MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH]; + const char *sp, *ep; + const assoc *ap; + + if (cap == ABSENT_STRING || cap == CANCELLED_STRING) + return; + (void) printf("%s: ", name); + + buf[0] = '\0'; + for (sp = cap; *sp; sp++) + { + int i; + size_t len = 0; + const char *expansion = 0; + + /* first, check other capabilities in this entry */ + for (i = 0; i < STRCOUNT; i++) + { + char *cp = tp->Strings[i]; + + /* don't use soft-key capabilities */ + if (strnames[i][0] == 'k' && strnames[i][0] == 'f') + continue; + + + if (cp != ABSENT_STRING && cp != CANCELLED_STRING && cp[0] && cp != cap) + { + len = strlen(cp); + (void) strncpy(buf2, sp, len); + buf2[len] = '\0'; + + if (_nc_capcmp(cp, buf2)) + continue; + +#define ISRS(s) (!strncmp((s), "is", 2) || !strncmp((s), "rs", 2)) + /* + * Theoretically we just passed the test for translation + * (equality once the padding is stripped). However, there + * are a few more hoops that need to be jumped so that + * identical pairs of initialization and reset strings + * don't just refer to each other. + */ + if (ISRS(name) || ISRS(strnames[i])) + if (cap < cp) + continue; +#undef ISRS + + expansion = strnames[i]; + break; + } + } + + /* now check the standard capabilities */ + if (!expansion) + for (ap = std_caps; ap->from; ap++) + { + len = strlen(ap->from); + + if (strncmp(ap->from, sp, len) == 0) + { + expansion = ap->to; + break; + } + } + + /* now check for private-mode sequences */ + if (!expansion + && sp[0] == '\033' && sp[1] == '[' && sp[2] == '?' + && (len = strspn(sp + 3, "0123456789;")) + && ((sp[3 + len] == 'h') || (sp[3 + len] == 'l'))) + { + char buf3[MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH]; + + (void) strcpy(buf2, (sp[3 + len] == 'h') ? "DEC+" : "DEC-"); + (void) strncpy(buf3, sp + 3, len); + len += 4; + buf3[len] = '\0'; + + ep = strtok(buf3, ";"); + do { + bool found = FALSE; + + for (ap = private_modes; ap->from; ap++) + { + size_t tlen = strlen(ap->from); + + if (strncmp(ap->from, ep, tlen) == 0) + { + (void) strcat(buf2, ap->to); + found = TRUE; + break; + } + } + + if (!found) + (void) strcat(buf2, ep); + (void) strcat(buf2, ";"); + } while + ((ep = strtok((char *)NULL, ";"))); + buf2[strlen(buf2) - 1] = '\0'; + expansion = buf2; + } + + /* now check for ECMA highlight sequences */ + if (!expansion + && sp[0] == '\033' && sp[1] == '[' + && (len = strspn(sp + 2, "0123456789;")) + && sp[2 + len] == 'm') + { + char buf3[MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH]; + + (void) strcpy(buf2, "SGR:"); + (void) strncpy(buf3, sp + 2, len); + len += 3; + buf3[len] = '\0'; + + ep = strtok(buf3, ";"); + do { + bool found = FALSE; + + for (ap = ecma_highlights; ap->from; ap++) + { + size_t tlen = strlen(ap->from); + + if (strncmp(ap->from, ep, tlen) == 0) + { + (void) strcat(buf2, ap->to); + found = TRUE; + break; + } + } + + if (!found) + (void) strcat(buf2, ep); + (void) strcat(buf2, ";"); + } while + ((ep = strtok((char *)NULL, ";"))); + + buf2[strlen(buf2) - 1] = '\0'; + expansion = buf2; + } + /* now check for scroll region reset */ + if (!expansion) + { + (void) sprintf(buf2, "\033[1;%dr", tp->Numbers[2]); + len = strlen(buf2); + if (strncmp(buf2, sp, len) == 0) + expansion = "RSR"; + } + + /* now check for home-down */ + if (!expansion) + { + (void) sprintf(buf2, "\033[%d;1H", tp->Numbers[2]); + len = strlen(buf2); + if (strncmp(buf2, sp, len) == 0) + expansion = "LL"; + } + + /* now look at the expansion we got, if any */ + if (expansion) + { + (void) sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "{%s}", expansion); + sp += len - 1; + continue; + } + else + { + /* couldn't match anything */ + buf2[0] = *sp; + buf2[1] = '\0'; + (void) strcat(buf, expand(buf2)); + } + } + (void) printf("%s\n", buf); +} + +/*************************************************************************** + * + * File comparison + * + ***************************************************************************/ + +static void file_comparison(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ +#define MAXCOMPARE 2 + /* someday we may allow comparisons on more files */ + int filecount = 0; + ENTRY *heads[MAXCOMPARE]; + ENTRY *tails[MAXCOMPARE]; + ENTRY *qp, *rp; + int i, n; + + dump_init((char *)NULL, F_LITERAL, S_TERMINFO, 0, itrace); + + for (n = 0; n < argc && n < MAXCOMPARE; n++) + { + if (freopen(argv[n], "r", stdin) == NULL) + _nc_err_abort("Can't open %s", argv[n]); + + _nc_head = _nc_tail = (ENTRY *)NULL; + + /* parse entries out of the source file */ + _nc_set_source(argv[n]); + _nc_read_entry_source(stdin, NULL, TRUE, FALSE, NULLHOOK); + + if (itrace) + (void) fprintf(stderr, "Resolving file %d...\n",n-0); + + /* do use resolution */ + if (!_nc_resolve_uses()) + { + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "There are unresolved use entries in %s:\n", + argv[n]); + for_entry_list(qp) + if (qp->nuses) + { + (void) fputs(qp->tterm.term_names, stderr); + (void) fputc('\n', stderr); + } + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + heads[filecount] = _nc_head; + tails[filecount] = _nc_tail; + filecount++; + } + + /* OK, all entries are in core. Ready to do the comparison */ + if (itrace) + (void) fprintf(stderr, "Entries are now in core...\n"); + + /* + * The entry-matching loop. We're not using the use[] + * slots any more (they got zeroed out by resolve_uses) so + * we stash each entry's matches in the other file there. + * Sigh, this is intrinsically quadratic. + */ + for (qp = heads[0]; qp; qp = qp->next) + { + for (rp = heads[1]; rp; rp = rp->next) + if (_nc_entry_match(qp->tterm.term_names,rp->tterm.term_names)) + { + /* + * This is why the uses structure parent element is + * (void *) -- so we can have either (char *) for + * names or entry structure pointers in them and still + * be type-safe. + */ + if (qp->nuses < MAX_USES) + qp->uses[qp->nuses].parent = (void *)rp; + qp->nuses++; + + if (rp->nuses < MAX_USES) + rp->uses[rp->nuses].parent = (void *)qp; + rp->nuses++; + } + } + + /* now we have two circular lists with crosslinks */ + if (itrace) + (void) fprintf(stderr, "Name matches are done...\n"); + + for (qp = heads[0]; qp; qp = qp->next) + if (qp->nuses > 1) + { + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "%s in file 1 (%s) has %d matches in file 2 (%s):\n", + _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names), + argv[0], + qp->nuses, + argv[1]); + for (i = 0; i < qp->nuses; i++) + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "\t%s\n", + _nc_first_name(((ENTRY *)qp->uses[i].parent)->tterm.term_names)); + } + for (rp = heads[1]; rp; rp = rp->next) + if (rp->nuses > 1) + { + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "%s in file 2 (%s) has %d matches in file 1 (%s):\n", + _nc_first_name(rp->tterm.term_names), + argv[1], + rp->nuses, + argv[0]); + for (i = 0; i < rp->nuses; i++) + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "\t%s\n", + _nc_first_name(((ENTRY *)rp->uses[i].parent)->tterm.term_names)); + } + + (void) printf("In file 1 (%s) only:\n", argv[0]); + for (qp = heads[0]; qp; qp = qp->next) + if (qp->nuses == 0) + (void) printf("\t%s\n", + _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names)); + + (void) printf("In file 2 (%s) only:\n", argv[1]); + for (rp = heads[1]; rp; rp = rp->next) + if (rp->nuses == 0) + (void) printf("\t%s\n", + _nc_first_name(rp->tterm.term_names)); + + (void) printf("The following entries are equivalent:\n"); + for (qp = heads[0]; qp; qp = qp->next) + { + rp = (ENTRY *)qp->uses[0].parent; + + if (qp->nuses == 1 && entryeq(&qp->tterm, &rp->tterm)) + { + char name1[NAMESIZE], name2[NAMESIZE]; + + (void) canonical_name(qp->tterm.term_names, name1); + (void) canonical_name(rp->tterm.term_names, name2); + + (void) printf("%s = %s\n", name1, name2); + } + } + + (void) printf("Differing entries:\n"); + termcount = 2; + for (qp = heads[0]; qp; qp = qp->next) + { + rp = (ENTRY *)qp->uses[0].parent; + + if (qp->nuses == 1 && !entryeq(&qp->tterm, &rp->tterm)) + { + char name1[NAMESIZE], name2[NAMESIZE]; + + memcpy(&term[0], &qp->tterm, sizeof(TERMTYPE)); + memcpy(&term[1], &rp->tterm, sizeof(TERMTYPE)); + + (void) canonical_name(qp->tterm.term_names, name1); + (void) canonical_name(rp->tterm.term_names, name2); + + switch (compare) + { + case C_DIFFERENCE: + if (itrace) + (void)fprintf(stderr,"infocmp: dumping differences\n"); + (void) printf("comparing %s to %s.\n", name1, name2); + compare_entry(compare_predicate); + break; + + case C_COMMON: + if (itrace) + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "infocmp: dumping common capabilities\n"); + (void) printf("comparing %s to %s.\n", name1, name2); + compare_entry(compare_predicate); + break; + + case C_NAND: + if (itrace) + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "infocmp: dumping differences\n"); + (void) printf("comparing %s to %s.\n", name1, name2); + compare_entry(compare_predicate); + break; + + } + } + } +} + +static void usage(void) +{ + fprintf(stderr, +"usage: infocmp [-dcnILCuvV1T] [-s d| i| l| c] [-w width] [-A directory] [-B directory] [termname...]\n"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +/*************************************************************************** + * + * Main sequence + * + ***************************************************************************/ + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + char *terminal, *firstdir, *restdir; + path tfile[MAXTERMS]; + int c, i, len; + bool filecompare = FALSE; + bool initdump = FALSE; + bool init_analyze = FALSE; + bool limited = TRUE; + + if ((terminal = getenv("TERM")) == NULL) + { + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "infocmp: environment variable TERM not set\n"); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + + /* where is the terminfo database location going to default to? */ + restdir = firstdir = 0; + + while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "decCFIinlLprR:s:uv:Vw:A:B:1T")) != EOF) + switch (c) + { + case 'd': + compare = C_DIFFERENCE; + break; + + case 'e': + initdump = TRUE; + break; + + case 'c': + compare = C_COMMON; + break; + + case 'C': + outform = F_TERMCAP; + tversion = "BSD"; + if (sortmode == S_DEFAULT) + sortmode = S_TERMCAP; + break; + + case 'F': + filecompare = TRUE; + break; + + case 'i': + init_analyze = TRUE; + break; + + case 'l': + outform = F_TERMINFO; + break; + + case 'L': + outform = F_VARIABLE; + if (sortmode == S_DEFAULT) + sortmode = S_VARIABLE; + break; + + case 'n': + compare = C_NAND; + break; + + case 'p': + ignorepads = TRUE; + break; + + case 'r': + tversion = (char *)NULL; + break; + + case 'R': + tversion = optarg; + break; + + case 's': + if (*optarg == 'd') + sortmode = S_NOSORT; + else if (*optarg == 'i') + sortmode = S_TERMINFO; + else if (*optarg == 'l') + sortmode = S_VARIABLE; + else if (*optarg == 'c') + sortmode = S_TERMCAP; + else + { + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "infocmp: unknown sort mode\n"); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + break; + + case 'u': + compare = C_USEALL; + break; + + case 'v': + itrace = atoi(optarg); + _nc_tracing = (1 << itrace) - 1; + break; + + case 'V': + (void) fputs(NCURSES_VERSION, stdout); + putchar('\n'); + ExitProgram(EXIT_SUCCESS); + + case 'w': + mwidth = atoi(optarg); + break; + + case 'A': + firstdir = optarg; + break; + + case 'B': + restdir = optarg; + break; + + case '1': + mwidth = 0; + break; + case 'T': + limited = FALSE; + break; + default: + usage(); + } + + /* by default, sort by terminfo name */ + if (sortmode == S_DEFAULT) + sortmode = S_TERMINFO; + + /* set up for display */ + dump_init(tversion, outform, sortmode, mwidth, itrace); + + /* make sure we have at least one terminal name to work with */ + if (optind >= argc) + argv[argc++] = terminal; + + /* if user is after a comparison, make sure we have two entries */ + if (compare != C_DEFAULT && optind >= argc - 1) + argv[argc++] = terminal; + + /* exactly two terminal names with no options means do -d */ + if (argc - optind == 2 && compare == C_DEFAULT) + compare = C_DIFFERENCE; + + if (!filecompare) + { + /* grab the entries */ + termcount = 0; + for (; optind < argc; optind++) + { + if (termcount >= MAXTERMS) + { + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "infocmp: too many terminal type arguments\n"); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + else + { + const char *directory = termcount ? restdir : firstdir; + int status; + + tname[termcount] = argv[optind]; + + if (directory) + { + (void) sprintf(tfile[termcount], "%s/%c/%s", + directory, + *argv[optind], argv[optind]); + if (itrace) + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "infocmp: reading entry %s from file %s\n", + argv[optind], tfile[termcount]); + + status = _nc_read_file_entry(tfile[termcount], + &term[termcount]); + } + else + { + if (itrace) + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "infocmp: reading entry %s from system directories %s\n", + argv[optind], tname[termcount]); + + status = _nc_read_entry(tname[termcount], + tfile[termcount], + &term[termcount]); + directory = TERMINFO; /* for error message */ + } + + if (status <= 0) + { + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "infocmp: couldn't open terminfo file %s.\n", + tfile[termcount]); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + termcount++; + } + } + + /* dump as C initializer for the terminal type */ + if (initdump) + { + int n; + const char *str = 0; + int size; + + (void) printf("\t%s\n\t\t\"%s\",\n", + L_CURL, term->term_names); + (void) printf("\t\t(char *)0,\n"); + + (void) printf("\t\t%s /* BOOLEANS */\n", L_CURL); + for (n = 0; n < BOOLCOUNT; n++) + { + switch((int)(term->Booleans[n])) + { + case TRUE: + str = "TRUE"; + break; + + case FALSE: + str = "FALSE"; + break; + + case ABSENT_BOOLEAN: + str = "ABSENT_BOOLEAN"; + break; + + case CANCELLED_BOOLEAN: + str = "CANCELLED_BOOLEAN"; + break; + } + (void) printf("\t\t/* %s */\t%s%s,\n", + boolnames[n], str, + n == BOOLCOUNT-1 ? R_CURL : ""); + } + + (void) printf("\t\t%s /* NUMERICS */\n", L_CURL); + for (n = 0; n < NUMCOUNT; n++) + { + char buf[BUFSIZ]; + switch (term->Numbers[n]) + { + case ABSENT_NUMERIC: + str = "ABSENT_NUMERIC"; + break; + case CANCELLED_NUMERIC: + str = "CANCELLED_NUMERIC"; + break; + default: + sprintf(buf, "%d", term->Numbers[n]); + str = buf; + break; + } + (void) printf("\t\t/* %s */\t%s%s,\n", + numnames[n], str, + n == NUMCOUNT-1 ? R_CURL : ""); + } + + size = sizeof(TERMTYPE) + + (BOOLCOUNT * sizeof(term->Booleans[0])) + + (NUMCOUNT * sizeof(term->Numbers[0])); + + (void) printf("\t\t%s /* STRINGS */\n", L_CURL); + for (n = 0; n < STRCOUNT; n++) + { + char buf[BUFSIZ], *sp, *tp; + + if (term->Strings[n] == ABSENT_STRING) + str = "ABSENT_STRING"; + else if (term->Strings[n] == CANCELLED_STRING) + str = "CANCELLED_STRING"; + else + { + tp = buf; + *tp++ = '"'; + for (sp = term->Strings[n]; *sp; sp++) + if (isascii(*sp) && isprint(*sp) && *sp !='\\' && *sp != '"') + *tp++ = *sp; + else + { + (void) sprintf(tp, "\\%03o", *sp); + tp += 4; + } + *tp++ = '"'; + *tp = '\0'; + size += (strlen(term->Strings[n]) + 1); + str = buf; + } + (void) printf("\t\t/* %s */\t%s%s%s\n", + strnames[n], str, + n == STRCOUNT-1 ? R_CURL : "", + n == STRCOUNT-1 ? "" : ","); + } + (void) printf("\t%s /* size = %d */\n", R_CURL, size); + ExitProgram(EXIT_SUCCESS); + } + + /* analyze the init strings */ + if (init_analyze) + { +#undef CUR +#define CUR term[0]. + analyze_string("is1", init_1string, &term[0]); + analyze_string("is2", init_2string, &term[0]); + analyze_string("is3", init_3string, &term[0]); + analyze_string("rs1", reset_1string, &term[0]); + analyze_string("rs2", reset_2string, &term[0]); + analyze_string("rs3", reset_3string, &term[0]); + analyze_string("smcup", enter_ca_mode, &term[0]); + analyze_string("rmcup", exit_ca_mode, &term[0]); +#undef CUR + ExitProgram(EXIT_SUCCESS); + } + + /* + * Here's where the real work gets done + */ + switch (compare) + { + case C_DEFAULT: + if (itrace) + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "infocmp: about to dump %s\n", + tname[0]); + (void) printf("#\tReconstructed via infocmp from file: %s\n", + tfile[0]); + len = dump_entry(&term[0], limited, NULL); + putchar('\n'); + if (itrace) + (void)fprintf(stderr,"infocmp: length %d\n", len); + break; + + case C_DIFFERENCE: + if (itrace) + (void)fprintf(stderr,"infocmp: dumping differences\n"); + (void) printf("comparing %s to %s.\n", tname[0], tname[1]); + compare_entry(compare_predicate); + break; + + case C_COMMON: + if (itrace) + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "infocmp: dumping common capabilities\n"); + (void) printf("comparing %s to %s.\n", tname[0], tname[1]); + compare_entry(compare_predicate); + break; + + case C_NAND: + if (itrace) + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "infocmp: dumping differences\n"); + (void) printf("comparing %s to %s.\n", tname[0], tname[1]); + compare_entry(compare_predicate); + break; + + case C_USEALL: + if (itrace) + (void) fprintf(stderr, "infocmp: dumping use entry\n"); + len = dump_entry(&term[0], limited, use_predicate); + for (i = 1; i < termcount; i++) + len += dump_uses(tname[i], !(outform==F_TERMCAP || outform==F_TCONVERR)); + putchar('\n'); + if (itrace) + (void)fprintf(stderr,"infocmp: length %d\n", len); + break; + } + } + else if (compare == C_USEALL) + (void) fprintf(stderr, "Sorry, -u doesn't work with -F\n"); + else if (compare == C_DEFAULT) + (void) fprintf(stderr, "Use `tic -[CI] ' for this.\n"); + else if (argc - optind != 2) + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "File comparison needs exactly two file arguments.\n"); + else + file_comparison(argc-optind, argv+optind); + + ExitProgram(EXIT_SUCCESS); +} + +/* infocmp.c ends here */ diff --git a/progs/modules b/progs/modules new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c6157b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/progs/modules @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +# Program modules (some are in ncurses lib!) +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1995 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +clear progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +tic progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h $(INCDIR)/tic.h $(srcdir)/dump_entry.h +toe progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h $(INCDIR)/tic.h $(srcdir)/dump_entry.h +dump_entry progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h $(INCDIR)/tic.h $(srcdir)/dump_entry.h ../include/parametrized.h termsort.c +infocmp progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h $(INCDIR)/tic.h $(srcdir)/dump_entry.h +tput progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +tset progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h diff --git a/progs/progs.priv.h b/progs/progs.priv.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..854ff30b --- /dev/null +++ b/progs/progs.priv.h @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* + * $Id: progs.priv.h,v 1.9 1997/04/05 23:38:08 tom Exp $ + * + * progs.priv.h + * + * Header file for curses utility programs + * + */ + +#include + +#ifdef USE_RCS_IDS +#define MODULE_ID(id) static const char Ident[] = id; +#else +#define MODULE_ID(id) /*nothing*/ +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#if HAVE_UNISTD_H +#include +#else +# if HAVE_LIBC_H +# include +# endif +#endif + +#if HAVE_SYS_BSDTYPES_H +#include /* needed for ISC */ +#endif + +#if HAVE_LIMITS_H +# include +#elif HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H +# include +#endif + +#ifndef PATH_MAX +# if defined(_POSIX_PATH_MAX) +# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX +# elif defined(MAXPATHLEN) +# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN +# else +# define PATH_MAX 255 /* the Posix minimum pathsize */ +# endif +#endif + +#if HAVE_DIRENT_H +# include +# define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name) +#else +# define dirent direct +# define NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen +# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H +# include +# endif +# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H +# include +# endif +# if HAVE_NDIR_H +# include +# endif +#endif + +#include + +#if !HAVE_EXTERN_ERRNO +extern int errno; +#endif + +#if HAVE_GETOPT_H +#include +#else +/* 'getopt()' may be prototyped in , but declaring its + * variables doesn't hurt. + */ +extern char *optarg; +extern int optind; +#endif /* HAVE_GETOPT_H */ + +#include +#include +#include + +/* usually in */ +#ifndef STDOUT_FILENO +#define STDOUT_FILENO 1 +#endif + +#ifndef STDERR_FILENO +#define STDERR_FILENO 2 +#endif + +#ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS +#define EXIT_SUCCESS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE +#define EXIT_FAILURE 1 +#endif + +#ifndef F_OK +#define F_OK 0 /* Test for existence. */ +#endif + +/* usually in */ +#ifndef STDOUT_FILENO +#define STDOUT_FILENO 1 +#endif + +#ifndef STDERR_FILENO +#define STDERR_FILENO 2 +#endif diff --git a/progs/tic.c b/progs/tic.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5921b340 --- /dev/null +++ b/progs/tic.c @@ -0,0 +1,570 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* + * tic.c --- Main program for terminfo compiler + * by Eric S. Raymond + * + */ + +#include + +#include + +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: tic.c,v 1.21 1996/12/30 02:24:15 tom Exp $") + +const char *_nc_progname = "tic"; + +static FILE *log_fp; +static bool showsummary = FALSE; + +static const char usage_string[] = "[-hc] [-v[n]] [-e names] [-CILNRTrsw1] source-file\n"; + +static void usage(void) +{ + static const char *const tbl[] = { + "Options:", + " -1 format translation output one capability per line", + " -C translate entries to termcap source form", + " -I translate entries to terminfo source form", + " -L translate entries to full terminfo source form", + " -N disable smart defaults for source translation", + " -R restrict translation to given terminfo/termcap version", + " -T remove size-restrictions on compiled description", + " -c check only, validate input without compiling or translating", + " -e translate/compile only entries named by comma-separated list", + " -o

set output directory for compiled entry writes", + " -r force resolution of all use entries in source translation", + " -s print summary statistics", + " -v[n] set verbosity level", + " -w[n] set format width for translation output", + "", + "Parameters:", + " file to translate or compile" + }; + size_t j; + + printf("Usage: %s %s\n", _nc_progname, usage_string); + for (j = 0; j < sizeof(tbl)/sizeof(tbl[0]); j++) + puts(tbl[j]); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +static bool immedhook(ENTRY *ep) +/* write out entries with no use capabilities immediately to save storage */ +{ +#ifndef HAVE_BIG_CORE + /* + * This is strictly a core-economy kluge. The really clean way to handle + * compilation is to slurp the whole file into core and then do all the + * name-collision checks and entry writes in one swell foop. But the + * terminfo master file is large enough that some core-poor systems swap + * like crazy when you compile it this way...there have been reports of + * this process taking *three hours*, rather than the twenty seconds or + * less typical on my development box. + * + * So. This hook *immediately* writes out the referenced entry if it + * has no use capabilities. The compiler main loop refrains from + * adding the entry to the in-core list when this hook fires. If some + * other entry later needs to reference an entry that got written + * immediately, that's OK; the resolution code will fetch it off disk + * when it can't find it in core. + * + * Name collisions will still be detected, just not as cleanly. The + * write_entry() code complains before overwriting an entry that + * postdates the time of tic's first call to write_entry(). Thus + * it will complain about overwriting entries newly made during the + * tic run, but not about overwriting ones that predate it. + * + * The reason this is a hook, and not in line with the rest of the + * compiler code, is that the support for termcap fallback cannot assume + * it has anywhere to spool out these entries! + * + * The _nc_set_type() call here requires a compensating one in + * _nc_parse_entry(). + * + * If you define HAVE_BIG_CORE, you'll disable this kluge. This will + * make tic a bit faster (because the resolution code won't have to do + * disk I/O nearly as often). + */ + if (ep->nuses == 0) + { + int oldline = _nc_curr_line; + + _nc_set_type(_nc_first_name(ep->tterm.term_names)); + _nc_curr_line = ep->startline; + _nc_write_entry(&ep->tterm); + _nc_curr_line = oldline; + free(ep->tterm.str_table); + return(TRUE); + } + else +#endif /* HAVE_BIG_CORE */ + return(FALSE); +} + +static void put_translate(int c) +/* emit a comment char, translating terminfo names to termcap names */ +{ + static bool in_name = FALSE; + static char namebuf[132], suffix[132], *sp; + + if (!in_name) + { + if (c == '<') + { + in_name = TRUE; + sp = namebuf; + } + else + putchar(c); + } + else if (c == '\n' || c == '@') + { + *sp++ = '\0'; + (void) putchar('<'); + (void) fputs(namebuf, stdout); + putchar(c); + in_name = FALSE; + } + else if (c != '>') + *sp++ = c; + else /* ah! candidate name! */ + { + char *up, *tp; + + *sp++ = '\0'; + in_name = FALSE; + + suffix[0] = '\0'; + if ((up = strchr(namebuf, '#')) != 0 + || (up = strchr(namebuf, '=')) != 0 + || ((up = strchr(namebuf, '@')) != 0 && up[1] == '>')) + { + (void) strcpy(suffix, up); + *up = '\0'; + } + + if ((tp = nametrans(namebuf)) != (char *)NULL) + { + (void) putchar(':'); + (void) fputs(tp, stdout); + (void) fputs(suffix, stdout); + (void) putchar(':'); + } + else + { + /* couldn't find a translation, just dump the name */ + (void) putchar('<'); + (void) fputs(namebuf, stdout); + (void) fputs(suffix, stdout); + (void) putchar('>'); + } + + } +} + +/* Returns a string, stripped of leading/trailing whitespace */ +static char *stripped(char *src) +{ + while (isspace(*src)) + src++; + if (*src != '\0') { + char *dst = strcpy(malloc(strlen(src)+1), src); + size_t len = strlen(dst); + while (--len != 0 && isspace(dst[len])) + dst[len] = '\0'; + return dst; + } + return 0; +} + +/* Parse the "-e" option-value into a list of names */ +static const char **make_namelist(char *src) +{ + const char **dst = 0; + + char *s, *base; + size_t pass, n, nn; + char buffer[BUFSIZ]; + + if (strchr(src, '/') != 0) { /* a filename */ + FILE *fp = fopen(src, "r"); + if (fp == 0) { + perror(src); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + for (pass = 1; pass <= 2; pass++) { + nn = 0; + while (fgets(buffer, sizeof(buffer), fp) != 0) { + if ((s = stripped(buffer)) != 0) { + if (dst != 0) + dst[nn] = s; + nn++; + } + } + if (pass == 1) { + dst = (const char **)calloc(nn+1, sizeof(*dst)); + rewind(fp); + } + } + fclose(fp); + } else { /* literal list of names */ + for (pass = 1; pass <= 2; pass++) { + for (n = nn = 0, base = src; ; n++) { + int mark = src[n]; + if (mark == ',' || mark == '\0') { + if (pass == 1) { + nn++; + } else { + src[n] = '\0'; + if ((s = stripped(base)) != 0) + dst[nn++] = s; + base = &src[n+1]; + } + } + if (mark == '\0') + break; + } + if (pass == 1) + dst = (const char **)calloc(nn+1, sizeof(*dst)); + } + } + if (showsummary) { + fprintf(log_fp, "Entries that will be compiled:\n"); + for (n = 0; dst[n] != 0; n++) + fprintf(log_fp, "%d:%s\n", n+1, dst[n]); + } + return dst; +} + +static bool matches(const char **needle, const char *haystack) +/* does entry in needle list match |-separated field in haystack? */ +{ + int code = FALSE; + size_t n; + + if (needle != 0) + { + for (n = 0; needle[n] != 0; n++) + { + if (_nc_name_match(haystack, needle[n], "|")) + { + code = TRUE; + break; + } + } + } + else + code = TRUE; + return(code); +} + +int main (int argc, char *argv[]) +{ +int v_opt = -1, debug_level; +int smart_defaults = TRUE; +char *termcap; +ENTRY *qp; + +int this_opt, last_opt = '?'; + +int outform = F_TERMINFO; /* output format */ +int sortmode = S_TERMINFO; /* sort_mode */ + +int width = 60; +bool infodump = FALSE; /* running as captoinfo? */ +bool capdump = FALSE; /* running as infotocap? */ +bool forceresolve = FALSE; /* force resolution */ +bool limited = TRUE; +char *tversion = (char *)NULL; +const char *source_file = "terminfo"; +const char **namelst = 0; +char *outdir = (char *)NULL; +bool check_only = FALSE; + + log_fp = stderr; + + if ((_nc_progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/')) == NULL) + _nc_progname = argv[0]; + else + _nc_progname++; + + infodump = (strcmp(_nc_progname, "captoinfo") == 0); + capdump = (strcmp(_nc_progname, "infotocap") == 0); + + /* + * Processing arguments is a little complicated, since someone made a + * design decision to allow the numeric values for -w, -v options to + * be optional. + */ + while ((this_opt = getopt(argc, argv, "0123456789CILNR:TVce:orsvw")) != EOF) { + if (isdigit(this_opt)) { + switch (last_opt) { + case 'v': + v_opt = (v_opt * 10) + (this_opt - '0'); + break; + case 'w': + width = (width * 10) + (this_opt - '0'); + break; + default: + if (this_opt != '1') + usage(); + last_opt = this_opt; + width = 0; + } + continue; + } + switch (this_opt) { + case 'C': + capdump = TRUE; + outform = F_TERMCAP; + sortmode = S_TERMCAP; + break; + case 'I': + infodump = TRUE; + outform = F_TERMINFO; + sortmode = S_TERMINFO; + break; + case 'L': + infodump = TRUE; + outform = F_VARIABLE; + sortmode = S_VARIABLE; + break; + case 'N': + smart_defaults = FALSE; + break; + case 'R': + tversion = optarg; + break; + case 'T': + limited = FALSE; + break; + case 'V': + puts(NCURSES_VERSION); + return EXIT_SUCCESS; + case 'c': + check_only = TRUE; + break; + case 'e': + namelst = make_namelist(optarg); + break; + case 'o': + outdir = optarg; + break; + case 'r': + forceresolve = TRUE; + break; + case 's': + showsummary = TRUE; + break; + case 'v': + v_opt = 0; + break; + case 'w': + width = 0; + break; + default: + usage(); + } + last_opt = this_opt; + } + + debug_level = (v_opt > 0) ? v_opt : (v_opt == 0); + _nc_tracing = (1 << debug_level) - 1; + + if (optind < argc) { + source_file = argv[optind++]; + if (optind < argc) { + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: Too many file names. Usage:\n\t%s %s", + _nc_progname, + _nc_progname, + usage_string); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + } else { + if (infodump == TRUE) { + /* captoinfo's no-argument case */ + source_file = "/etc/termcap"; + if ((termcap = getenv("TERMCAP")) != NULL) { + if (access(termcap, F_OK) == 0) { + /* file exists */ + source_file = termcap; + } + } + } else { + /* tic */ + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: File name needed. Usage:\n\t%s %s", + _nc_progname, + _nc_progname, + usage_string); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + } + + if (freopen(source_file, "r", stdin) == NULL) { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: Can't open %s\n", _nc_progname, source_file); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + + if (infodump) + dump_init(tversion, + smart_defaults + ? outform + : F_LITERAL, + sortmode, width, debug_level); + else if (capdump) + dump_init(tversion, + outform, + sortmode, width, debug_level); + + /* parse entries out of the source file */ + _nc_set_source(source_file); +#ifndef HAVE_BIG_CORE + if (!(check_only || infodump || capdump)) + _nc_set_writedir(outdir); +#endif /* HAVE_BIG_CORE */ + _nc_read_entry_source(stdin, (char *)NULL, + !smart_defaults, FALSE, + (check_only || infodump || capdump) ? NULLHOOK : immedhook); + + /* do use resolution */ + if (check_only || (!infodump && !capdump) || forceresolve) + if (!_nc_resolve_uses() && !check_only) + return EXIT_FAILURE; + +#ifndef HAVE_BIG_CORE + /* + * Aaargh! immedhook seriously hoses us! + * + * One problem with immedhook is it means we can't do -e. Problem + * is that we can't guarantee that for each terminal listed, all the + * terminals it depends on will have been kept in core for reference + * resolution -- in fact it's certain the primitive types at the end + * of reference chains *won't* be in core unless they were explicitly + * in the select list themselves. + */ + if (namelst && (!infodump && !capdump)) + { + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "Sorry, -e can't be used without -I or -C\n"); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } +#endif /* HAVE_BIG_CORE */ + + /* length check */ + if (check_only && (capdump || infodump)) + { + for_entry_list(qp) + { + if (matches(namelst, qp->tterm.term_names)) + { + int len = fmt_entry(&qp->tterm, NULL, TRUE, infodump); + + if (len>(infodump?MAX_TERMINFO_LENGTH:MAX_TERMCAP_LENGTH)) + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "warning: resolved %s entry is %d bytes long\n", + _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names), + len); + } + } + } + + /* write or dump all entries */ + if (!check_only) + { + if (!infodump && !capdump) + { + _nc_set_writedir(outdir); + for_entry_list(qp) + if (matches(namelst, qp->tterm.term_names)) + { + _nc_set_type(_nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names)); + _nc_curr_line = qp->startline; + _nc_write_entry(&qp->tterm); + } + } + else + { + bool trailing_comment = FALSE; + int c, oldc = '\0'; + + /* this is in case infotocap() generates warnings */ + _nc_curr_col = _nc_curr_line = -1; + + for_entry_list(qp) + if (matches(namelst, qp->tterm.term_names)) + { + int j = qp->cend - qp->cstart; + int len = 0; + + /* this is in case infotocap() generates warnings */ + _nc_set_type(_nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names)); + + (void) fseek(stdin, qp->cstart, SEEK_SET); + while (j-- ) + if (infodump) + (void) putchar(getchar()); + else + put_translate(getchar()); + + len = dump_entry(&qp->tterm, limited, NULL); + for (j = 0; j < qp->nuses; j++) + len += dump_uses((char *)(qp->uses[j].parent), infodump); + (void) putchar('\n'); + if (debug_level != 0 && !limited) + printf("# length=%d\n", len); + } + if (!namelst) + { + (void) fseek(stdin, _nc_tail->cend, SEEK_SET); + while ((c = getchar()) != EOF) + { + if (oldc == '\n' && c == '#') + trailing_comment = TRUE; + if (trailing_comment) + putchar(c); + oldc = c; + } + } + } + } + + /* Show the directory into which entries were written, and the total + * number of entries + */ + if (showsummary + && (!(check_only || infodump || capdump))) { + int total = _nc_tic_written(); + if (total != 0) + fprintf(log_fp, "%d entries written to %s\n", + total, + _nc_tic_dir((char *)0)); + else + fprintf(log_fp, "No entries written\n"); + } + return(EXIT_SUCCESS); +} diff --git a/progs/toe.c b/progs/toe.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..438d59de --- /dev/null +++ b/progs/toe.c @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + +/* + * toe.c --- table of entries report generator + * + */ + +#include + +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: toe.c,v 0.15 1997/02/15 18:54:47 tom Exp $") + +const char *_nc_progname; + +static int typelist(int eargc, char *eargv[], bool, + void (*)(const char *, TERMTYPE *)); +static void deschook(const char *, TERMTYPE *); + +#if NO_LEAKS +#undef ExitProgram +static void ExitProgram(int code) GCC_NORETURN; +static void ExitProgram(int code) +{ + _nc_free_entries(_nc_head); + _nc_leaks_dump_entry(); + _nc_free_and_exit(code); +} +#endif + +int main (int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + bool direct_dependencies = FALSE; + bool invert_dependencies = FALSE; + bool header = FALSE; + int i, c, debug_level = 0; + int code; + + if ((_nc_progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/')) == NULL) + _nc_progname = argv[0]; + else + _nc_progname++; + + while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "huv:UV")) != EOF) + switch (c) + { + case 'h': + header = TRUE; + break; + case 'u': + direct_dependencies = TRUE; + break; + case 'v': + debug_level = atoi(optarg); + _nc_tracing = (1 << debug_level) - 1; + break; + case 'U': + invert_dependencies = TRUE; + break; + case 'V': + (void) fputs(NCURSES_VERSION, stdout); + putchar('\n'); + ExitProgram(EXIT_SUCCESS); + default: + (void) fprintf (stderr, "usage: toe [-huUV] [-v n] [file...]\n"); + ExitProgram(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + if (direct_dependencies || invert_dependencies) + { + if (freopen(argv[optind], "r", stdin) == NULL) + { + fprintf(stderr, "%s: can't open %s\n", _nc_progname, argv[optind]); + ExitProgram(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + /* parse entries out of the source file */ + _nc_set_source(argv[optind]); + _nc_read_entry_source(stdin, (char *)NULL, + FALSE, FALSE, + NULLHOOK); + } + + /* maybe we want a direct-dependency listing? */ + if (direct_dependencies) + { + ENTRY *qp; + + for_entry_list(qp) + if (qp->nuses) + { + int j; + + (void) printf("%s:", _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names)); + for (j = 0; j < qp->nuses; j++) + (void) printf(" %s", (char *)(qp->uses[j].parent)); + putchar('\n'); + } + + ExitProgram(EXIT_SUCCESS); + } + + /* maybe we want a reverse-dependency listing? */ + if (invert_dependencies) + { + ENTRY *qp, *rp; + int matchcount; + + for_entry_list(qp) + { + matchcount = 0; + for_entry_list(rp) + { + if (rp->nuses == 0) + continue; + + for (i = 0; i < rp->nuses; i++) + if (_nc_name_match(qp->tterm.term_names,(char*)rp->uses[i].parent, "|")) + { + if (matchcount++ == 0) + (void) printf("%s:", + _nc_first_name(qp->tterm.term_names)); + (void) printf(" %s", + _nc_first_name(rp->tterm.term_names)); + } + } + if (matchcount) + putchar('\n'); + } + + ExitProgram(EXIT_SUCCESS); + } + + /* + * If we get this far, user wants a simple terminal type listing. + */ + if (optind < argc) { + code = typelist(argc-optind, argv+optind, header, deschook); + } else { + char *explicit, *home, *eargv[3]; + int j; + + j = 0; + if ((explicit = getenv("TERMINFO")) != (char *)NULL) + eargv[j++] = explicit; + else + { + if ((home = getenv("HOME")) != (char *)NULL) + { + char personal[PATH_MAX]; + + (void) sprintf(personal, PRIVATE_INFO, home); + if (access(personal, F_OK) == 0) + eargv[j++] = personal; + } + eargv[j++] = TERMINFO; + } + eargv[j] = (char *)NULL; + + code = typelist(j, eargv, header, deschook); + } + + ExitProgram(code); +} + +static void deschook(const char *cn, TERMTYPE *tp) +/* display a description for the type */ +{ + const char *desc; + + if ((desc = strrchr(tp->term_names, '|')) == (char *)NULL) + desc = "(No description)"; + else + ++desc; + + (void) printf("%-10s\t%s\n", cn, desc); +} + +static int typelist(int eargc, char *eargv[], + bool verbosity, + void (*hook)(const char *, TERMTYPE *tp)) +/* apply a function to each entry in given terminfo directories */ +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < eargc; i++) + { + DIR *termdir; + struct dirent *subdir; + + if ((termdir = opendir(eargv[i])) == (DIR *)NULL) + { + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "%s: can't open terminfo directory %s\n", + _nc_progname, eargv[i]); + return(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + else if (verbosity) + (void) printf("#\n#%s:\n#\n", eargv[i]); + + while ((subdir = readdir(termdir)) != NULL) + { + size_t len = NAMLEN(subdir); + char buf[PATH_MAX]; + char name_1[PATH_MAX]; + DIR *entrydir; + struct dirent *entry; + + strncpy(name_1, subdir->d_name, len)[len] = '\0'; + if (!strcmp(name_1, ".") + || !strcmp(name_1, "..")) + continue; + + (void) strcpy(buf, eargv[i]); + (void) strcat(buf, "/"); + (void) strcat(buf, name_1); + (void) strcat(buf, "/"); + chdir(buf); + entrydir = opendir("."); + while ((entry = readdir(entrydir)) != NULL) + { + char name_2[PATH_MAX]; + TERMTYPE lterm; + char *cn; + int status; + + len = NAMLEN(entry); + strncpy(name_2, entry->d_name, len)[len] = '\0'; + if (!strcmp(name_2, ".") + || !strcmp(name_2, "..")) + continue; + + status = _nc_read_file_entry(name_2, <erm); + if (status <= 0) + { + (void) fprintf(stderr, + "toe: couldn't open terminfo file %s.\n", + name_2); + return(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + /* only visit things once, by primary name */ + cn = _nc_first_name(lterm.term_names); + if (!strcmp(cn, name_2)) + { + /* apply the selected hook function */ + (*hook)(cn, <erm); + } + if (lterm.term_names) { + free(lterm.term_names); + lterm.term_names = NULL; + } + if (lterm.str_table) { + free(lterm.str_table); + lterm.str_table = NULL; + } + } + closedir(entrydir); + } + closedir(termdir); + } + + return(EXIT_SUCCESS); +} diff --git a/progs/tput.c b/progs/tput.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5d0cabc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/progs/tput.c @@ -0,0 +1,277 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * tput.c -- shellscript access to terminal capabilities + * + * by Eric S. Raymond , portions based on code from + * Ross Ridge's mytinfo package. + */ + +#include + +#include +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: tput.c,v 1.8 1996/12/21 17:34:36 tom Exp $") + +#define PUTS(s) fputs(s, stdout) +#define PUTCHAR(c) putchar(c) +#define FLUSH fflush(stdout) + +static char *prg_name; + +static void quit(int status, const char *fmt, ...) +{ +va_list argp; + + va_start(argp,fmt); + vfprintf (stderr, fmt, argp); + fprintf(stderr, "\n"); + va_end(argp); + exit(status); +} + +static void usage(void) +{ + fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-S] [-T term] capname\n", prg_name); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +static int tput(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ +char *s; +int i, j, c; +int reset, status; +FILE *f; + + reset = 0; + if (strcmp(argv[0], "reset") == 0) { + reset = 1; + } + if (reset || strcmp(argv[0], "init") == 0) { + if (init_prog != NULL) { + system(init_prog); + } + FLUSH; + + if (reset && reset_1string != NULL) { + PUTS(reset_1string); + } else if (init_1string != NULL) { + PUTS(init_1string); + } + FLUSH; + + if (reset && reset_2string != NULL) { + PUTS(reset_2string); + } else if (init_2string != NULL) { + PUTS(init_2string); + } + FLUSH; + + if (set_lr_margin != NULL) { + PUTS(tparm(set_lr_margin, 0, columns - 1)); + } else if (set_left_margin_parm != NULL + && set_right_margin_parm != NULL) { + PUTS(tparm(set_left_margin_parm, 0)); + PUTS(tparm(set_right_margin_parm, columns - 1)); + } else if (clear_margins != NULL && set_left_margin != NULL + && set_right_margin != NULL) { + PUTS(clear_margins); + if (carriage_return != NULL) { + PUTS(carriage_return); + } else { + PUTCHAR('\r'); + } + PUTS(set_left_margin); + if (parm_right_cursor) { + PUTS(tparm(parm_right_cursor, columns - 1)); + } else { + for(i = 0; i < columns - 1; i++) { + PUTCHAR(' '); + } + } + PUTS(set_right_margin); + if (carriage_return != NULL) { + PUTS(carriage_return); + } else { + PUTCHAR('\r'); + } + } + FLUSH; + + if (init_tabs != 8) { + if (clear_all_tabs != NULL && set_tab != NULL) { + for(i = 0; i < columns - 1; i += 8) { + if (parm_right_cursor) { + PUTS(tparm(parm_right_cursor, 8)); + } else { + for(j = 0; j < 8; j++) + PUTCHAR(' '); + } + PUTS(set_tab); + } + FLUSH; + } + } + + if (reset && reset_file != NULL) { + f = fopen(reset_file, "r"); + if (f == NULL) { + quit(errno, "Can't open reset_file: '%s'", reset_file); + } + while((c = fgetc(f)) != EOF) { + PUTCHAR(c); + } + fclose(f); + } else if (init_file != NULL) { + f = fopen(init_file, "r"); + if (f == NULL) { + quit(errno, "Can't open init_file: '%s'", init_file); + } + while((c = fgetc(f)) != EOF) { + PUTCHAR(c); + } + fclose(f); + } + FLUSH; + + if (reset && reset_3string != NULL) { + PUTS(reset_3string); + } else if (init_2string != NULL) { + PUTS(init_2string); + } + FLUSH; + return 0; + } + + if (strcmp(argv[0], "longname") == 0) { + PUTS(longname()); + return 0; + } + + if ((status = tigetflag(argv[0])) != -1) + return(status != 0); + else if ((status = tigetnum(argv[0])) != CANCELLED_NUMERIC) { + (void) printf("%d\n", status); + return(0); + } + else if ((s = tigetstr(argv[0])) == CANCELLED_STRING) + quit(4, "%s: unknown terminfo capability '%s'", prg_name, argv[0]); + else if (s != (char *)NULL) { + if (argc > 1) { + int k; + + /* Nasty hack time. The tparm function needs to see numeric + * parameters as numbers, not as pointers to their string + * representations + */ + + for (k = 1; k < argc; k++) + if (isdigit(argv[k][0])) { + long val = atol(argv[k]); + argv[k] = (char *)val; + } + + s = tparm(s,argv[1],argv[2],argv[3],argv[4], + argv[5],argv[6],argv[7],argv[8], + argv[9]); + } + + /* use putp() in order to perform padding */ + putp(s); + return(0); + } + return(0); +} + +int main(int argc, char **argv) +{ +char *s, *term; +int errret, cmdline = 1; +int c; + + prg_name = argv[0]; + s = strrchr(prg_name, '/'); + if (s != NULL && *++s != '\0') + prg_name = s; + + term = getenv("TERM"); + + while ((c = getopt (argc, argv, "ST:")) != EOF) + switch (c) + { + case 'S': + cmdline = 0; + break; + case 'T': + use_env(FALSE); + term = optarg; + break; + default: + usage(); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + argc -= optind; + argv += optind; + + if (cmdline && argc == 0) { + usage(); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + + if (term == NULL || *term == '\0') { + quit(2, "No value for $TERM and no -T specified"); + } + + setupterm(term, STDOUT_FILENO, &errret); + if (errret == ERR) + quit(3, "unknown terminal \"%s\"", term); + + if (cmdline) + return(tput(argc, argv)); + else { + char buf[BUFSIZ]; + int errors = 0; + + while (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), stdin) != (char *)NULL) { + char *argvec[16]; /* command, 9 parms, null, & slop */ + int argnum = 0; + char *cp; + + /* crack the argument list into a dope vector */ + for (cp = buf; *cp; cp++) { + if (isspace(*cp)) + *cp = '\0'; + else if (cp == buf || cp[-1] == 0) + argvec[argnum++] = cp; + } + argvec[argnum] = (char *)NULL; + + if (tput(argnum, argvec) != 0) + errors++; + } + + return(errors > 0); + } +} + diff --git a/progs/tset.c b/progs/tset.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e6a075d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/progs/tset.c @@ -0,0 +1,1161 @@ + +/*************************************************************************** +* COPYRIGHT NOTICE * +**************************************************************************** +* ncurses is copyright (C) 1992-1995 * +* Zeyd M. Ben-Halim * +* zmbenhal@netcom.com * +* Eric S. Raymond * +* esr@snark.thyrsus.com * +* * +* Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute ncurses * +* by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part of a * +* larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED * +* this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not * +* removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses in any * +* applications linked with it is highly appreciated. * +* * +* ncurses comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. * +* * +***************************************************************************/ + + +/* + * tset.c - terminal initialization utility + * + * This code was mostly swiped from 4.4BSD tset, with some obsolescent + * cruft removed and substantial portions rewritten. A Regents of the + * University of California copyright applies to some portions of the + * code, and is reproduced below: + */ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#define __INTERNAL_CAPS_VISIBLE /* we need to see has_hardware_tabs */ +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#if HAVE_GETTTYNAM && HAVE_TTYENT_H +#include +#endif +#ifdef NeXT +char *ttyname(int fd); +#endif + +/* this is just to stifle a missing-prototype warning */ +#ifdef linux +# include +#endif + +#if SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO +/* they neglected to define struct winsize in termios.h -- it's only + in termio.h */ +#include +#include +#endif + +#include /* for bool typedef */ +#include + +MODULE_ID("$Id: tset.c,v 0.23 1997/05/10 17:44:47 tom Exp $") + +extern char **environ; + +#undef CTRL +#define CTRL(x) ((x) & 0x1f) + +const char *_nc_progname = "tset"; + +static TTY mode, oldmode; + +static int terasechar; /* new erase character */ +static int intrchar; /* new interrupt character */ +static int isreset; /* invoked as reset */ +static int tkillchar; /* new kill character */ +static int tlines, tcolumns; /* window size */ + +#define LOWERCASE(c) ((isalpha(c) && isupper(c)) ? tolower(c) : (c)) + +static int +CaselessCmp(const char *a, const char *b) /* strcasecmp isn't portable */ +{ + while (*a && *b) { + int cmp = LOWERCASE(*a) - LOWERCASE(*b); + if (cmp != 0) + break; + a++, b++; + } + return LOWERCASE(*a) - LOWERCASE(*b); +} + +#if !HAVE_STRDUP +static char *strdup (char *s) +{ + char *p; + + p = malloc(strlen(s)+1); + if (p) + strcpy(p,s); + return(p); +} +#endif /* not HAVE_STRDUP */ + +static void +err(const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, fmt); + (void)fprintf(stderr, "tset: "); + (void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); + (void)fprintf(stderr, "\n"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +static void +failed(const char *msg) +{ + char temp[BUFSIZ]; + perror(strcat(strcpy(temp, "tset: "), msg)); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +static void +cat(char *file) +{ + register int fd, nr, nw; + char buf[1024]; + + if ((fd = open(file, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) + failed(file); + + while ((nr = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0) + if ((nw = write(STDERR_FILENO, buf, (size_t)nr)) == -1) + failed("write to stderr"); + if (nr != 0) + failed(file); + (void)close(fd); +} + +static int +outc(int c) +{ + return putc(c, stderr); +} + +/* Prompt the user for a terminal type. */ +static const char * +askuser(const char *dflt) +{ + static char answer[256]; + char *p; + + /* We can get recalled; if so, don't continue uselessly. */ + if (feof(stdin) || ferror(stdin)) { + (void)fprintf(stderr, "\n"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + for (;;) { + if (dflt) + (void)fprintf(stderr, "Terminal type? [%s] ", dflt); + else + (void)fprintf(stderr, "Terminal type? "); + (void)fflush(stderr); + + if (fgets(answer, sizeof(answer), stdin) == 0) { + if (dflt == 0) { + (void)fprintf(stderr, "\n"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + return (dflt); + } + + if ((p = strchr(answer, '\n')) != 0) + *p = '\0'; + if (answer[0]) + return (answer); + if (dflt != 0) + return (dflt); + } +} + +/************************************************************************** + * + * Mapping logic begins here + * + **************************************************************************/ + +/* Baud rate conditionals for mapping. */ +#define GT 0x01 +#define EQ 0x02 +#define LT 0x04 +#define NOT 0x08 +#define GE (GT | EQ) +#define LE (LT | EQ) + +typedef struct map { + struct map *next; /* Linked list of maps. */ + const char *porttype; /* Port type, or "" for any. */ + const char *type; /* Terminal type to select. */ + int conditional; /* Baud rate conditionals bitmask. */ + int speed; /* Baud rate to compare against. */ +} MAP; + +static MAP *cur, *maplist; + +typedef struct speeds { + const char *string; + int speed; +} SPEEDS; + +static const SPEEDS speeds[] = { + { "0", B0 }, + { "50", B50 }, + { "75", B75 }, + { "110", B110 }, + { "134", B134 }, + { "134.5", B134 }, + { "150", B150 }, + { "200", B200 }, + { "300", B300 }, + { "600", B600 }, + { "1200", B1200 }, + { "1800", B1800 }, + { "2400", B2400 }, + { "4800", B4800 }, + { "9600", B9600 }, + { "19200", B19200 }, + { "38400", B38400 }, + { "19200", B19200 }, + { "38400", B38400 }, + { (char *)0, 0 } +}; + +static int +tbaudrate(char *rate) +{ + const SPEEDS *sp; + int found = FALSE; + + /* The baudrate number can be preceded by a 'B', which is ignored. */ + if (*rate == 'B') + ++rate; + + for (sp = speeds; sp->string; ++sp) { + if (!CaselessCmp(rate, sp->string)) { + found = TRUE; + break; + } + } + if (!found) + err("unknown baud rate %s", rate); + return (sp->speed); +} + +/* + * Syntax for -m: + * [port-type][test baudrate]:terminal-type + * The baud rate tests are: >, <, @, =, ! + */ +static void +add_mapping(const char *port, char *arg) +{ + MAP *mapp; + char *copy, *p; + const char *termp; + char *base = 0; + + copy = strdup(arg); + mapp = malloc((u_int)sizeof(MAP)); + if (copy == 0 || mapp == 0) + failed("malloc"); + mapp->next = 0; + if (maplist == 0) + cur = maplist = mapp; + else { + cur->next = mapp; + cur = mapp; + } + + mapp->porttype = arg; + mapp->conditional = 0; + + arg = strpbrk(arg, "><@=!:"); + + if (arg == 0) { /* [?]term */ + mapp->type = mapp->porttype; + mapp->porttype = 0; + goto done; + } + + if (arg == mapp->porttype) /* [><@=! baud]:term */ + termp = mapp->porttype = 0; + else + termp = base = arg; + + for (;; ++arg) /* Optional conditionals. */ + switch(*arg) { + case '<': + if (mapp->conditional & GT) + goto badmopt; + mapp->conditional |= LT; + break; + case '>': + if (mapp->conditional & LT) + goto badmopt; + mapp->conditional |= GT; + break; + case '@': + case '=': /* Not documented. */ + mapp->conditional |= EQ; + break; + case '!': + mapp->conditional |= NOT; + break; + default: + goto next; + } + +next: if (*arg == ':') { + if (mapp->conditional) + goto badmopt; + ++arg; + } else { /* Optional baudrate. */ + arg = strchr(p = arg, ':'); + if (arg == 0) + goto badmopt; + *arg++ = '\0'; + mapp->speed = tbaudrate(p); + } + + if (arg == (char *)0) /* Non-optional type. */ + goto badmopt; + + mapp->type = arg; + + /* Terminate porttype, if specified. */ + if (termp != 0) + *base = '\0'; + + /* If a NOT conditional, reverse the test. */ + if (mapp->conditional & NOT) + mapp->conditional = ~mapp->conditional & (EQ | GT | LT); + + /* If user specified a port with an option flag, set it. */ +done: if (port) { + if (mapp->porttype) +badmopt: err("illegal -m option format: %s", copy); + mapp->porttype = port; + } + +#ifdef MAPDEBUG + (void)printf("port: %s\n", mapp->porttype ? mapp->porttype : "ANY"); + (void)printf("type: %s\n", mapp->type); + (void)printf("conditional: "); + p = ""; + if (mapp->conditional & GT) { + (void)printf("GT"); + p = "/"; + } + if (mapp->conditional & EQ) { + (void)printf("%sEQ", p); + p = "/"; + } + if (mapp->conditional & LT) + (void)printf("%sLT", p); + (void)printf("\nspeed: %d\n", mapp->speed); +#endif +} + +/* + * Return the type of terminal to use for a port of type 'type', as specified + * by the first applicable mapping in 'map'. If no mappings apply, return + * 'type'. + */ +static const char * +mapped(const char *type) +{ + MAP *mapp; + int match; + + for (mapp = maplist; mapp; mapp = mapp->next) + if (mapp->porttype == 0 || !strcmp(mapp->porttype, type)) { + switch (mapp->conditional) { + case 0: /* No test specified. */ + match = TRUE; + break; + case EQ: + match = (ospeed == mapp->speed); + break; + case GE: + match = (ospeed >= mapp->speed); + break; + case GT: + match = (ospeed > mapp->speed); + break; + case LE: + match = (ospeed <= mapp->speed); + break; + case LT: + match = (ospeed < mapp->speed); + break; + default: + match = FALSE; + } + if (match) + return (mapp->type); + } + /* No match found; return given type. */ + return (type); +} + +/************************************************************************** + * + * Entry fetching + * + **************************************************************************/ + +/* + * Figure out what kind of terminal we're dealing with, and then read in + * its termcap entry. + */ +static const char * +get_termcap_entry(char *userarg) +{ + int rval, errret; + char *p; + const char *ttype; +#if HAVE_GETTTYNAM + struct ttyent *t; + char *ttypath; +#endif + + if (userarg) { + ttype = userarg; + goto found; + } + + /* Try the environment. */ + if ((ttype = getenv("TERM")) != 0) + goto map; + +#if HAVE_GETTTYNAM + /* + * We have the 4.3BSD library call getttynam(3); that means + * there's an /etc/ttys to look up device-to-type mappings in. + * Try ttyname(3); check for dialup or other mapping. + */ + if ((ttypath = ttyname(STDERR_FILENO)) != 0) { + if ((p = strrchr(ttypath, '/')) != 0) + ++p; + else + p = ttypath; + if ((t = getttynam(p))) { + ttype = t->ty_type; + goto map; + } + } +#endif /* BSD */ + + /* If still undefined, use "unknown". */ + ttype = "unknown"; + +map: ttype = mapped(ttype); + + /* + * If not a path, remove TERMCAP from the environment so we get a + * real entry from /etc/termcap. This prevents us from being fooled + * by out of date stuff in the environment. + */ +found: if ((p = getenv("TERMCAP")) != 0 && *p != '/') { + /* 'unsetenv("TERMCAP")' is not portable. + * The 'environ' array is better. + */ + int n; + for (n = 0; environ[n] != 0; n++) { + if (!strncmp("TERMCAP=", environ[n], 8)) { + while ((environ[n] = environ[n+1]) != 0) { + n++; + } + break; + } + } + } + + /* + * ttype now contains a pointer to the type of the terminal. + * If the first character is '?', ask the user. + */ + if (ttype[0] == '?') + if (ttype[1] != '\0') + ttype = askuser(ttype + 1); + else + ttype = askuser(0); + + /* Find the terminfo entry. If it doesn't exist, ask the user. */ + while ((rval = setupterm(ttype, STDOUT_FILENO, &errret)) != OK) { + if (errret == 0) { + (void)fprintf(stderr, "tset: unknown terminal type %s\n", + ttype); + ttype = 0; + } + else { + (void)fprintf(stderr, "tset: can't initialize terminal\ + type %s (error %d)\n", ttype, errret); + ttype = 0; + } + ttype = askuser(ttype); + } +#if BROKEN_LINKER + tgetflag("am"); /* force lib_termcap.o to be linked for 'ospeed' */ +#endif + return (ttype); +} + +/************************************************************************** + * + * Mode-setting logic + * + **************************************************************************/ + +/* some BSD systems have these built in, some systems are missing + * one or more definitions. The safest solution is to override. + */ +#undef CEOF +#undef CERASE +#undef CINTR +#undef CKILL +#undef CQUIT +#undef CSTART +#undef CSTOP +#undef CSUSP + +/* control-character defaults */ +#define CEOF CTRL('D') +#define CERASE CTRL('H') +#define CINTR 127 /* ^? */ +#define CKILL CTRL('U') +#if defined(CLNEXT) +#undef CLNEXT +#define CLNEXT CTRL('v') +#endif +#if defined(CRPRNT) +#undef CRPRNT +#define CRPRNT CTRL('r') +#endif +#define CQUIT CTRL('\\') +#define CSTART CTRL('Q') +#define CSTOP CTRL('S') +#define CSUSP CTRL('Z') + +#define CHK(val, dft) ((int)val <= 0 ? dft : val) + +static bool set_tabs (void); + +/* + * Reset the terminal mode bits to a sensible state. Very useful after + * a child program dies in raw mode. + */ +static void +reset_mode(void) +{ +#ifdef TERMIOS + tcgetattr(STDERR_FILENO, &mode); +#else + stty(STDERR_FILENO,&mode); +#endif + +#ifdef TERMIOS +#if defined(VDISCARD) && defined(CDISCARD) + mode.c_cc[VDISCARD] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VDISCARD], CDISCARD); +#endif + mode.c_cc[VEOF] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VEOF], CEOF); + mode.c_cc[VERASE] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VERASE], CERASE); +#if defined(VFLUSH) && defined(CFLUSH) + mode.c_cc[VFLUSH] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VFLUSH], CFLUSH); +#endif + mode.c_cc[VINTR] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VINTR], CINTR); + mode.c_cc[VKILL] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VKILL], CKILL); +#if defined(VLNEXT) && defined(CLNEXT) + mode.c_cc[VLNEXT] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VLNEXT], CLNEXT); +#endif + mode.c_cc[VQUIT] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VQUIT], CQUIT); +#if defined(VREPRINT) && defined(CRPRNT) + mode.c_cc[VREPRINT] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VREPRINT], CRPRNT); +#endif +#if defined(VSTART) && defined(CSTART) + mode.c_cc[VSTART] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VSTART], CSTART); +#endif +#if defined(VSTOP) && defined(CSTOP) + mode.c_cc[VSTOP] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VSTOP], CSTOP); +#endif +#if defined(VSUSP) && defined(CSUSP) + mode.c_cc[VSUSP] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VSUSP], CSUSP); +#endif +#if defined(VWERASE) && defined(CWERASE) + mode.c_cc[VWERASE] = CHK(mode.c_cc[VWERASE], CWERASE); +#endif + + mode.c_iflag &= ~(IGNBRK | PARMRK | INPCK | ISTRIP | INLCR | IGNCR +#ifdef IUCLC + | IUCLC +#endif +#ifdef IXANY + | IXANY +#endif + | IXOFF); + + mode.c_iflag |= (BRKINT | IGNPAR | ICRNL | IXON +#ifdef IMAXBEL + | IMAXBEL +#endif + ); + + mode.c_oflag &= ~(0 +#ifdef OLCUC + | OLCUC +#endif +#ifdef OCRNL + | OCRNL +#endif +#ifdef ONOCR + | ONOCR +#endif +#ifdef ONLRET + | ONLRET +#endif +#ifdef OFILL + | OFILL +#endif +#ifdef OFDEL + | OFDEL +#endif +#ifdef NLDLY + | NLDLY | CRDLY | TABDLY | BSDLY | VTDLY | FFDLY +#endif + ); + + mode.c_oflag |= (OPOST +#ifdef ONLCR + | ONLCR +#endif + ); + + mode.c_cflag &= ~(CSIZE | CSTOPB | PARENB | PARODD | CLOCAL); + mode.c_cflag |= (CS8 | CREAD); + mode.c_lflag &= ~(ECHONL | NOFLSH +#ifdef TOSTOP + | TOSTOP +#endif +#ifdef ECHOPTR + | ECHOPRT +#endif +#ifdef XCASE + | XCASE +#endif + ); + + mode.c_lflag |= (ISIG | ICANON | ECHO | ECHOE | ECHOK +#ifdef ECHOCTL + | ECHOCTL +#endif +#ifdef ECHOKE + | ECHOKE +#endif + ); +#endif + +#ifdef TERMIOS + tcsetattr(STDERR_FILENO, TCSADRAIN, &mode); +#else + stty(STDERR_FILENO, &mode); +#endif +} + +/* + * Determine the erase, interrupt, and kill characters from the termcap + * entry and command line and update their values in 'mode'. + */ +static void +set_control_chars(void) +{ +#ifdef __OBSOLETE__ + /* + * 4.4BSD logic for setting erasechar, left here in case there is some + * necessary subtlety missed in the production code below that really + * needs to be added someday (in particular, I don't understand what + * the second if-statement involving the os flag is doing, and it makes + * my head hurt when I try and follow out all the combinations). + */ + char *bp, *p, bs_char, buf[1024]; + + bp = buf; + p = tgetstr("kb", &bp); + if (p == 0 || p[1] != '\0') + p = tgetstr("bc", &bp); + if (p != 0 && p[1] == '\0') + bs_char = p[0]; + else if (tgetflag("bs")) + bs_char = CTRL('h'); + else + bs_char = 0; + + if (terasechar==0 && !tgetflag("os") && mode.c_cc[VERASE] != CERASE) { + if (tgetflag("bs") || bs_char != 0) + terasechar = -1; + } + if (terasechar < 0) + terasechar = (bs_char != 0) ? bs_char : CTRL('h'); +#else + /* the real erasechar logic used now */ + char bs_char = 0; + + if (key_backspace != (char *)0) + bs_char = key_backspace[0]; + + if (terasechar <= 0) + terasechar = (bs_char != 0) ? bs_char : CTRL('h'); +#endif /* __OBSOLETE__ */ + +#ifdef TERMIOS + if (mode.c_cc[VERASE] == 0 || terasechar != 0) + mode.c_cc[VERASE] = terasechar ? terasechar : CERASE; + + if (mode.c_cc[VINTR] == 0 || intrchar != 0) + mode.c_cc[VINTR] = intrchar ? intrchar : CINTR; + + if (mode.c_cc[VKILL] == 0 || tkillchar != 0) + mode.c_cc[VKILL] = tkillchar ? tkillchar : CKILL; +#endif +} + +/* + * Set up various conversions in 'mode', including parity, tabs, returns, + * echo, and case, according to the termcap entry. If the program we're + * running was named with a leading upper-case character, map external + * uppercase to internal lowercase. + */ +static void +set_conversions(void) +{ +#ifdef __OBSOLETE__ + /* + * Conversion logic for some *really* ancient terminal glitches, + * not supported in terminfo. Left here for succeeding generations + * to marvel at. + */ + if (tgetflag("UC")) { +#ifdef IUCLC + mode.c_iflag |= IUCLC; + mode.c_oflag |= OLCUC; +#endif + } else if (tgetflag("LC")) { +#ifdef IUCLC + mode.c_iflag &= ~IUCLC; + mode.c_oflag &= ~OLCUC; +#endif + } + mode.c_iflag &= ~(PARMRK | INPCK); + mode.c_lflag |= ICANON; + if (tgetflag("EP")) { + mode.c_cflag |= PARENB; + mode.c_cflag &= ~PARODD; + } + if (tgetflag("OP")) { + mode.c_cflag |= PARENB; + mode.c_cflag |= PARODD; + } +#endif /* __OBSOLETE__ */ + +#ifdef TERMIOS +#ifdef ONLCR + mode.c_oflag |= ONLCR; +#endif + mode.c_iflag |= ICRNL; + mode.c_lflag |= ECHO; +#ifdef OXTABS + mode.c_oflag |= OXTABS; +#endif /* OXTABS */ + + /* test used to be tgetflag("NL") */ + if (newline != (char *)0 && newline[0] == '\n' && !newline[1]) { + /* Newline, not linefeed. */ +#ifdef ONLCR + mode.c_oflag &= ~ONLCR; +#endif + mode.c_iflag &= ~ICRNL; + } +#ifdef __OBSOLETE__ + if (tgetflag("HD")) /* Half duplex. */ + mode.c_lflag &= ~ECHO; +#endif /* __OBSOLETE__ */ +#ifdef OXTABS + /* test used to be tgetflag("pt") */ + if (has_hardware_tabs) /* Print tabs. */ + mode.c_oflag &= ~OXTABS; +#endif /* OXTABS */ + mode.c_lflag |= (ECHOE | ECHOK); +#endif +} + +/* Output startup string. */ +static void +set_init(void) +{ + char *p; + bool settle; + +#ifdef __OBSOLETE__ + if (pad_char != (char *)0) /* Get/set pad character. */ + PC = pad_char[0]; +#endif /* OBSOLETE */ + +#ifdef TAB3 + if (oldmode.c_oflag & (TAB3 | ONLCR | OCRNL | ONLRET)) { + oldmode.c_oflag &= (TAB3 | ONLCR | OCRNL | ONLRET); + tcsetattr(STDERR_FILENO, TCSADRAIN, &oldmode); + } +#endif + settle = set_tabs(); + + if (isreset) { + if ((p = reset_1string) != 0) { + tputs(p, 0, outc); + settle = TRUE; + } + if ((p = reset_2string) != 0) { + tputs(p, 0, outc); + settle = TRUE; + } + /* What about rf, rs3, as per terminfo man page? */ + /* also might be nice to send rmacs, rmul, rmm */ + if ((p = reset_file) != 0 + || (p = init_file) != 0) { + cat(p); + settle = TRUE; + } + } + + if (settle) { + (void)putc('\r', stderr); + (void)fflush(stderr); + (void)sleep(1); /* Settle the terminal. */ + } +} + +/* + * Set the hardware tabs on the terminal, using the ct (clear all tabs), + * st (set one tab) and ch (horizontal cursor addressing) capabilities. + * This is done before if and is, so they can patch in case we blow this. + * Return TRUE if we set any tab stops, FALSE if not. + */ +static bool +set_tabs() +{ + if (set_tab && clear_all_tabs) { + int c; + + (void)putc('\r', stderr); /* Force to left margin. */ + tputs(clear_all_tabs, 0, outc); + + for (c = 8; c < tcolumns; c += 8) { + /* Get to the right column. In BSD tset, this + * used to try a bunch of half-clever things + * with cup and hpa, for an average saving of + * somewhat less than two character times per + * tab stop, less that .01 sec at 2400cps. We + * lost all this cruft because it seemed to be + * introducing some odd bugs. + * ----------12345678----------- */ + (void)fputs(" ", stderr); + tputs(set_tab, 0, outc); + } + putc('\r', stderr); + return (TRUE); + } + return (FALSE); +} + +/************************************************************************** + * + * Main sequence + * + **************************************************************************/ + +/* + * Tell the user if a control key has been changed from the default value. + */ +static void +report(const char *name, int which, u_int def) +{ +#ifdef TERMIOS + u_int old, new; + char *p; + + new = mode.c_cc[which]; + old = oldmode.c_cc[which]; + + if (old == new && old == def) + return; + + (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s %s ", name, old == new ? "is" : "set to"); + + if ((p = key_backspace) != 0 + && new == (u_int)p[0] + && p[1] == '\0') + (void)fprintf(stderr, "backspace.\n"); + else if (new == 0177) + (void)fprintf(stderr, "delete.\n"); + else if (new < 040) { + new ^= 0100; + (void)fprintf(stderr, "control-%c (^%c).\n", new, new); + } else + (void)fprintf(stderr, "%c.\n", new); +#endif +} + +/* + * Convert the obsolete argument forms into something that getopt can handle. + * This means that -e, -i and -k get default arguments supplied for them. + */ +static void +obsolete(char **argv) +{ + for (; *argv; ++argv) { + char *parm = argv[0]; + + if (parm[0] == '-' && parm[1] == '\0') + { + argv[0] = strdup("-q"); + continue; + } + + if ((parm[0] != '-') + || (argv[1] && argv[1][0] != '-') + || (parm[1] != 'e' && parm[1] != 'i' && parm[1] != 'k') + || (parm[2] != '\0')) + continue; + switch(argv[0][1]) { + case 'e': + argv[0] = strdup("-e^H"); + break; + case 'i': + argv[0] = strdup("-i^C"); + break; + case 'k': + argv[0] = strdup("-k^U"); + break; + } + } +} + +static void +usage(const char* pname) +{ + (void)fprintf(stderr, +"usage: %s [-IQrs] [-] [-e ch] [-i ch] [-k ch] [-m mapping] [terminal]\n", pname); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +int +main(int argc, char **argv) +{ +#ifdef TIOCGWINSZ + struct winsize win; +#endif + int ch, noinit, noset, quiet, Sflag, sflag, showterm; + const char *p; + const char *ttype; + +#ifdef TERMIOS + if (tcgetattr(STDERR_FILENO, &mode) < 0) + failed("standard error"); + + oldmode = mode; + ospeed = cfgetospeed(&mode); +#else + if (gtty(STDERR_FILENO, &mode) < 0) + failed("standard error"); + + oldmode = mode; + ospeed = mode.sg_ospeed; +#endif + + if ((p = strrchr(*argv, '/')) != 0) + ++p; + else + p = *argv; + if (!CaselessCmp(p, "reset")) { + isreset = 1; + reset_mode(); + } + + obsolete(argv); + noinit = noset = quiet = Sflag = sflag = showterm = 0; + while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "a:d:e:Ii:k:m:np:qQSrs")) != EOF) { + switch (ch) { + case 'q': /* display term only */ + noset = 1; + break; + case 'a': /* OBSOLETE: map identifier to type */ + add_mapping("arpanet", optarg); + break; + case 'd': /* OBSOLETE: map identifier to type */ + add_mapping("dialup", optarg); + break; + case 'e': /* erase character */ + terasechar = optarg[0] == '^' && optarg[1] != '\0' ? + optarg[1] == '?' ? '\177' : CTRL(optarg[1]) : + optarg[0]; + break; + case 'I': /* no initialization strings */ + noinit = 1; + break; + case 'i': /* interrupt character */ + intrchar = optarg[0] == '^' && optarg[1] != '\0' ? + optarg[1] == '?' ? '\177' : CTRL(optarg[1]) : + optarg[0]; + break; + case 'k': /* kill character */ + tkillchar = optarg[0] == '^' && optarg[1] != '\0' ? + optarg[1] == '?' ? '\177' : CTRL(optarg[1]) : + optarg[0]; + break; + case 'm': /* map identifier to type */ + add_mapping(0, optarg); + break; + case 'n': /* OBSOLETE: set new tty driver */ + break; + case 'p': /* OBSOLETE: map identifier to type */ + add_mapping("plugboard", optarg); + break; + case 'Q': /* don't output control key settings */ + quiet = 1; + break; + case 'S': /* OBSOLETE: output TERM & TERMCAP */ + Sflag = 1; + break; + case 'r': /* display term on stderr */ + showterm = 1; + break; + case 's': /* output TERM set command */ + sflag = 1; + break; + case '?': + default: + usage(*argv); + } + } + argc -= optind; + argv += optind; + + if (argc > 1) + usage(*argv); + + ttype = get_termcap_entry(*argv); + + if (!noset) { + tcolumns = columns; + tlines = lines; + +#ifdef TIOCGWINSZ + /* Set window size */ + (void)ioctl(STDERR_FILENO, TIOCGWINSZ, &win); + if (win.ws_row == 0 && win.ws_col == 0 && + tlines > 0 && tcolumns > 0) { + win.ws_row = tlines; + win.ws_col = tcolumns; + (void)ioctl(STDERR_FILENO, TIOCSWINSZ, &win); + } +#endif + set_control_chars(); + set_conversions(); + + if (!noinit) + set_init(); + + /* Set the modes if they've changed. */ + if (memcmp(&mode, &oldmode, sizeof(mode))) +#ifdef TERMIOS + tcsetattr(STDERR_FILENO, TCSADRAIN, &mode); +#else + stty(STDERR_FILENO, &mode); +#endif + } + + /* Get the terminal name from the entry. */ + ttype = _nc_first_name(cur_term->type.term_names); + + if (noset) + (void)printf("%s\n", ttype); + else { + if (showterm) + (void)fprintf(stderr, "Terminal type is %s.\n", ttype); + /* + * If erase, kill and interrupt characters could have been + * modified and not -Q, display the changes. + */ + if (!quiet) { + report("Erase", VERASE, CERASE); + report("Kill", VKILL, CINTR); + report("Interrupt", VINTR, CKILL); + } + } + + if (Sflag) + err("The -S option is not supported under terminfo."); + + if (sflag) { + /* + * Figure out what shell we're using. A hack, we look for an + * environmental variable SHELL ending in "csh". + */ + if ((p = getenv("SHELL")) != 0 + && !strcmp(p + strlen(p) - 3, "csh")) + p = "set noglob;\nsetenv TERM %s;\nunset noglob;\n"; + else + p = "TERM=%s;\n"; + (void) printf(p, ttype); + } + + return EXIT_SUCCESS; +} + +/* tset.c ends here */ diff --git a/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/Makefile b/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9489c19f --- /dev/null +++ b/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +ifeq ($(subdir),ncurses) + +CPPFLAGS += -DNDEBUG -DHAVE_CONFIG_H + +edit_man-sed = sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sed +edit_man-sh = sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sh + +run_tic-sh = sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/run_tic.sh + +endif diff --git a/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/configure b/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/configure new file mode 100644 index 00000000..87f91bf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/configure @@ -0,0 +1,273 @@ +# Local configure fragment for ncurses/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux. + +glibc_nc_srcdir=${srcdir}/ncurses + +NCURSES_MAJOR="`egrep '^NCURSES_MAJOR[ ]*=' $glibc_nc_srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`" +NCURSES_MINOR="`egrep '^NCURSES_MINOR[ ]*=' $glibc_nc_srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`" +NCURSES_PATCH="`egrep '^NCURSES_PATCH[ ]*=' $glibc_nc_srcdir/dist.mk | sed -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`" +nc_cv_abi_version=${NCURSES_MAJOR} +nc_cv_rel_version=${NCURSES_MAJOR}.${NCURSES_MINOR} + +rm -f ncurses/codes.c \ + ncurses/comp_captab.c \ + ncurses/curses.h \ + ncurses/edit_man.sed \ + ncurses/edit_man.sh \ + ncurses/eti.h \ + ncurses/expanded.c \ + ncurses/fallback.c \ + ncurses/form.h \ + ncurses/hashsize.h \ + ncurses/keys.tries \ + ncurses/lib_gen.c \ + ncurses/lib_keyname.c \ + ncurses/menu.h \ + ncurses/mf_common.h \ + ncurses/names.c \ + ncurses/ncurses_cfg.h \ + ncurses/nomacros.h \ + ncurses/panel.h \ + ncurses/parametrized.h \ + ncurses/run_tic.sh \ + ncurses/term.h \ + ncurses/termcap.h \ + ncurses/terminfo.5 \ + ncurses/termsort.c \ + ncurses/unctrl.c \ + ncurses/unctrl.h \ + ncurses/config_h + +# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status. +sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g$/@g/; /@g$/s/[\\&%]/\\&/g; + s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g$/%g/' > conftest.subs < conftest.s$nc_file + else + sed "${nc_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$nc_file + fi + if test ! -s conftest.s$nc_file; then + nc_more_lines=false + rm -f conftest.s$nc_file + else + if test -z "$nc_sed_cmds"; then + nc_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$nc_file" + else + nc_sed_cmds="$nc_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$nc_file" + fi + nc_file=`expr $nc_file + 1` + nc_beg=$nc_end + nc_end=`expr $nc_end + $nc_max_sed_cmds` + fi +done +if test -z "$nc_sed_cmds"; then + nc_sed_cmds=cat +fi + +NC_CONFIG_FILES=${NC_CONFIG_FILES-"ncurses/config_h ncurses/MKterm.h.awk ncurses/curses.h ncurses/termcap.h ncurses/unctrl.h"} +for nc_file in .. $NC_CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$nc_file" != x..; then + # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in". + case "$nc_file" in + *:*) nc_file_in=`echo "$nc_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'` + nc_file=`echo "$nc_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; + *) nc_file_in=`echo "${nc_file}"| sed 's%ncurses%include%'`.in ;; + esac + + # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories. + + # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname. + nc_dir=`echo $nc_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + if test "$nc_dir" != "$nc_file" && test "$nc_dir" != .; then + # The file is in a subdirectory. + test ! -d "$nc_dir" && mkdir "$nc_dir" + nc_dir_suffix="/`echo $nc_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`" + # A "../" for each directory in $nc_dir_suffix. + nc_dots=`echo $nc_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` + else + nc_dir_suffix= nc_dots= + fi + + echo creating "$nc_file" + rm -f "$nc_file" + configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $nc_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure." + case "$nc_file" in + *Makefile*) nc_comsub="1i\\ +# $configure_input" ;; + *) nc_comsub= ;; + esac + + nc_file_inputs=`echo $nc_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$glibc_nc_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $glibc_nc_srcdir/%g"` + sed -e "$nc_comsub +s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g +" $nc_file_inputs | (eval "$nc_sed_cmds") > $nc_file +fi; done +rm -f conftest.s* + + +SYS_NAME=`uname -a` +if test -z "$SYS_NAME"; then SYS_NAME=unknown;fi + +AWK=awk +CC="gcc -I${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses -Incurses -I${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include" +CPP="${CC} -E" +NC_LIST_MODELS="normal" +WITH_ECHO="yes" +WITH_OVERWRITE="yes" +nc_cxx_library="yes" +nc_cv_systype="Linux" +nc_cv_rel_version="4.1" +nc_cv_abi_version="4" +nc_cv_do_symlinks="yes" +nc_cv_rm_so_locs="no" + + + + + + + + +rm -f headers.sed headers.sh + +echo creating headers.sh +cat >headers.sh </<\$END\/\$NAME>/" >> ../headers.sed + done + fi + rm -f \$TMP + sed -f ../headers.sed \$SRC > \$TMP + eval \$PRG \$TMP \$DST + rm -f \$TMP + ;; +*) + eval \$PRG \$SRC \$DST + ;; +esac +NC_EOF + +chmod 0755 headers.sh + +### Special editing. We generate ncurses_cfg.h directly to allow all filenames +### to be MSDOS-compatible, as well as to make the list of definitions be +### dynamically determined by the configuration script -- a consideration when +### doing type-clean development testing. + +echo creating ncurses/ncurses_cfg.h +rm -f ncurses/ncurses_cfg.h +echo "/* generated by configure-script + * On host: $SYS_NAME + */ +#ifndef NC_CONFIG_H +#define NC_CONFIG_H" >ncurses/ncurses_cfg.h +sed -e '/^ -D/!d' \ + -e 's/ -D/\ +#define /g' \ + -e 's/\(#define [A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\)=/\1 /g' \ + -e 's/\\//g' \ + ncurses/config_h | sort >>ncurses/ncurses_cfg.h +echo " + /* The C compiler may not treat these properly, but C++ has to */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +#undef const +#undef inline +#else +#if defined(lint) || defined(TRACE) +#undef inline +#define inline /* nothing */ +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* NC_CONFIG_H */" >> ncurses/ncurses_cfg.h +echo removing ncurses/config_h +rm ncurses/config_h + +echo creating ncurses/term.h +${AWK} -f ncurses/MKterm.h.awk ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/Caps > ncurses/term.h +sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/edit_cfg.sh ncurses/ncurses_cfg.h ncurses/term.h + +echo creating ncurses/hashsize.h +sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/MKhashsize.sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/Caps > ncurses/hashsize.h + +echo creating ncurses/parametrized.h +sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/MKparametrized.sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/Caps > ncurses/parametrized.h + +echo creating ncurses/termsort.c +sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/progs/MKtermsort.sh "${AWK}" ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/Caps > ncurses/termsort.c + +echo creating ncurses/fallback.c +sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKfallback.sh > ncurses/fallback.c + +echo creating ncurses/lib_gen.c +sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKlib_gen.sh "${CPP}" "${AWK}" < ncurses/curses.h > ncurses/lib_gen.c + +echo creating ncurses/nomacros.h +sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKlib_gen.sh "${CPP}" "${AWK}" < ncurses/curses.h | fgrep undef > ncurses/nomacros.h + +echo creating ncurses/keys.tries +${AWK} -f ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKkeys.awk ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/keys.list > ncurses/keys.tries + +echo creating ncurses/expanded.c +sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKexpanded.sh "${CPP}" +mv expanded.c ncurses/expanded.c + +echo creating ncurses/comp_captab.c +${CC} -o make_hash -DMAIN_PROGRAM ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/comp_hash.c +sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKcaptab.awk "${AWK}" ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/Caps > ncurses/comp_captab.c +rm -f make_hash + +echo creating ncurses/lib_keyname.c +${AWK} -f ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKkeyname.awk ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/keys.list > ncurses/lib_keyname.c + +echo creating ncurses/names.c and ncurses/codes.c +${AWK} -f ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKnames.awk ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/Caps +cat namehdr boolnames boolfnames numnames numfnames strnames strfnames nameftr >ncurses/names.c +cat namehdr boolcodes numcodes strcodes codeftr > ncurses/codes.c +rm -f namehdr nameftr codeftr boolnames boolfnames boolcodes numnames numfnames numcodes strnames strfnames strcodes + +echo creating ncurses/unctrl.c +echo | ${AWK} -f ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/ncurses/MKunctrl.awk > ncurses/unctrl.c +echo creating ncurses/terminfo.5 +sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/man/MKterminfo.sh ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/man/terminfo.head ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/include/Caps ${glibc_nc_srcdir}/man/terminfo.tail > ncurses/terminfo.5 diff --git a/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sed b/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sed new file mode 100644 index 00000000..163eb7b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sed @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +s/captoinfo\.1m/captoinfo.1m/g +s/clear\.1/clear.1m/g +s/curs_addch\.3x/addch.3ncurses/g +s/curs_addchstr\.3x/addchstr.3ncurses/g +s/curs_addstr\.3x/addstr.3ncurses/g +s/curs_attr\.3x/attr.3ncurses/g +s/curs_beep\.3x/beep.3ncurses/g +s/curs_bkgd\.3x/bkgd.3ncurses/g +s/curs_border\.3x/border.3ncurses/g +s/curs_clear\.3x/clear.3ncurses/g +s/curs_color\.3x/color.3ncurses/g +s/curs_delch\.3x/delch.3ncurses/g +s/curs_deleteln\.3x/deleteln.3ncurses/g +s/curs_getch\.3x/getch.3ncurses/g +s/curs_getstr\.3x/getstr.3ncurses/g +s/curs_getyx\.3x/getyx.3ncurses/g +s/curs_inch\.3x/inch.3ncurses/g +s/curs_inchstr\.3x/inchstr.3ncurses/g +s/curs_initscr\.3x/initscr.3ncurses/g +s/curs_inopts\.3x/inopts.3ncurses/g +s/curs_insch\.3x/insch.3ncurses/g +s/curs_insstr\.3x/insstr.3ncurses/g +s/curs_instr\.3x/instr.3ncurses/g +s/curs_kernel\.3x/kernel.3ncurses/g +s/curs_mouse\.3x/mouse.3ncurses/g +s/curs_move\.3x/move.3ncurses/g +s/curs_outopts\.3x/outopts.3ncurses/g +s/curs_overlay\.3x/overlay.3ncurses/g +s/curs_pad\.3x/pad.3ncurses/g +s/curs_print\.3x/print.3ncurses/g +s/curs_printw\.3x/printw.3ncurses/g +s/curs_refresh\.3x/refresh.3ncurses/g +s/curs_scanw\.3x/scanw.3ncurses/g +s/curs_scr_dmp\.3x/scr_dmp.3ncurses/g +s/curs_scroll\.3x/scroll.3ncurses/g +s/curs_slk\.3x/slk.3ncurses/g +s/curs_termattrs\.3x/termattrs.3ncurses/g +s/curs_termcap\.3x/termcap.3ncurses/g +s/curs_terminfo\.3x/terminfo.3ncurses/g +s/curs_touch\.3x/touch.3ncurses/g +s/curs_util\.3x/util.3ncurses/g +s/curs_window\.3x/window.3ncurses/g +s/form\.3x/form.3form/g +s/form_cursor\.3x/cursor.3form/g +s/form_data\.3x/data.3form/g +s/form_driver\.3x/driver.3form/g +s/form_field\.3x/field.3form/g +s/form_field_attributes\.3x/field_attributes.3form/g +s/form_field_buffer\.3x/field_buffer.3form/g +s/form_field_info\.3x/field_info.3form/g +s/form_field_just\.3x/field_just.3form/g +s/form_field_new\.3x/field_new.3form/g +s/form_field_opts\.3x/field_opts.3form/g +s/form_field_userptr\.3x/field_userptr.3form/g +s/form_field_validation\.3x/field_validation.3form/g +s/form_fieldtype\.3x/fieldtype.3form/g +s/form_hook\.3x/hook.3form/g +s/form_new\.3x/new.3form/g +s/form_new_page\.3x/new_page.3form/g +s/form_opts\.3x/opts.3form/g +s/form_page\.3x/page.3form/g +s/form_post\.3x/post.3form/g +s/form_requestname\.3x/requestname.3form/g +s/form_userptr\.3x/userptr.3form/g +s/form_win\.3x/win.3form/g +s/infocmp\.1m/infocmp.1m/g +s/menu\.3x/menu.3menu/g +s/menu_attribs\.3x/attribs.3menu/g +s/menu_cursor\.3x/cursor.3menu/g +s/menu_driver\.3x/driver.3menu/g +s/menu_format\.3x/format.3menu/g +s/menu_hook\.3x/hook.3menu/g +s/menu_items\.3x/items.3menu/g +s/menu_mark\.3x/mark.3menu/g +s/menu_new\.3x/new.3menu/g +s/menu_opts\.3x/opts.3menu/g +s/menu_pattern\.3x/pattern.3menu/g +s/menu_post\.3x/post.3menu/g +s/menu_requestname\.3x/requestname.3menu/g +s/menu_spacing\.3x/spacing.3menu/g +s/menu_userptr\.3x/userptr.3menu/g +s/menu_win\.3x/win.3menu/g +s/mitem_current\.3x/menu_current.3menu/g +s/mitem_name\.3x/menu_name.3menu/g +s/mitem_new\.3x/menu_new.3menu/g +s/mitem_opts\.3x/menu_opts.3menu/g +s/mitem_userptr\.3x/menu_userptr.3menu/g +s/mitem_value\.3x/menu_value.3menu/g +s/mitem_visible\.3x/menu_visible.3menu/g +s/ncurses\.3x/ncurses.3ncurses/g +s/panel\.3x/panel.3curses/g +s/resizeterm\.3x/resizeterm.3ncurses/g +s/term\.5/term.5/g +s/term\.7/term.7/g +s/terminfo\.5/terminfo.5/g +s/tic\.1m/tic.1m/g +s/toe\.1m/toe.1m/g +s/tput\.1/tput.1/g +s/tset\.1/tset.1/g +s/wresize\.3x/wresize.3ncurses/g diff --git a/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sh b/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sh new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4488fad7 --- /dev/null +++ b/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/edit_man.sh @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# this script is generated by the configure-script +prefix=$1 +shift +mandir=$1 +shift +edit_man_sed=$1 +shift + +datadir="${prefix}/share" +MKDIRS="mkinstalldirs" +INSTALL="/usr/bin/install -c" +INSTALL_DATA="${INSTALL} -m 644" +TMP=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/man$$ +trap "rm -f $TMP" 0 1 2 5 15 + +for i in $* +do +case $i in +*.[0-9]*) + section=`expr "$i" : '.*\.\([0-9]\)[xm]*'`; + if [ ! -d $mandir/man${section} ]; then + $MKDIRS $mandir/man$section + fi + source=`basename $i` + target=`grep "^$source" man/man_db.renames | mawk '{print $2}'` + if test -z "$target" ; then + echo '? missing rename for '$source + target="$source" + fi + target="$mandir/man$section/$target" + sed -e 's,@DATADIR@,$datadir,' < $i | sed -f ${edit_man_sed} >$TMP + echo installing $target + $INSTALL_DATA $TMP $target + ;; +esac +done diff --git a/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/run_tic.sh b/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/run_tic.sh new file mode 100755 index 00000000..12b16feb --- /dev/null +++ b/sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/run_tic.sh @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +#!/bin/sh +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# $Id: run_tic.sh,v 1.8 1997/05/09 10:43:29 hjl Exp $ +# This script is used to install terminfo.src using tic. We use a script +# because the path checking is too awkward to do in a makefile. +# +# Parameters: +# $1 = the common object directory. +# $2 = source-directory, i.e., $(srcdir) +# $3 = destination-directory path, i.e., $(ticdir) +# $4 = install-prefix, if any +# +# Assumes: +# The leaf directory names (bin, lib, shared, tabset, terminfo) +# +echo '** Building terminfo database, please wait...' +# +# Parameter parsing is primarily for debugging. The script is designed to +# be run from the misc/Makefile as +# make install.data + +prefix=/usr +if test $# != 0 ; then + common_objpfx=$1 + shift +fi + +if test $# != 0 ; then + srcdir=$1 + shift +else + srcdir=. +fi + +if test $# != 0 ; then + ticdir=$1 + shift +else + ticdir=$prefix/share/terminfo +fi + +if test $# != 0 ; then + IP=$1 + shift +else + IP="" +fi + +TERMINFO=$IP$ticdir ; export TERMINFO +umask 022 + +# Construct the name of the old (obsolete) pathname, e.g., /usr/lib/terminfo. +TICDIR=`echo $TERMINFO | sed -e 's/\/share\//\/lib\//'` + +# Remove the old terminfo stuff; we don't care if it existed before, and it +# would generate a lot of confusing error messages if we tried to overwrite it. +# We explicitly remove its contents rather than the directory itself, in case +# the directory is actually a symbolic link. +( rm -fr $TERMINFO/[0-9A-Za-z] 2>/dev/null ) + +# If we're not installing into /usr/share/, we'll have to adjust the location +# of the tabset files in terminfo.src (which are in a parallel directory). +TABSET=`echo $ticdir | sed -e 's/\/terminfo$/\/tabset/'` +SRC=$srcdir/terminfo.src +if test "x$TABSET" != "x/usr/share/tabset" ; then + echo '** adjusting tabset paths' + TMP=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/$$ + sed -e s:/usr/share/tabset:$TABSET:g $SRC >$TMP + trap "rm -f $TMP" 0 1 2 5 15 + SRC=$TMP +fi + +LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$common_objpfx:$common_objpfx/nss:$common_objpfx/ncurses \ + $common_objpfx/elf/ld.so \ + $common_objpfx/ncurses/tic -s $SRC +if [ $? = 0 ] +then + echo '** built new '$TERMINFO +else + echo '? tic could not build '$TERMINFO + exit 1 +fi + +# Make a symbolic link to provide compatibility with applications that expect +# to find terminfo under /usr/lib. That is, we'll _try_ to do that. Not +# all systems support symbolic links, and those that do provide a variety +# of options for 'test'. +if test "$TICDIR" != "$TERMINFO" ; then + ( rm -f $TICDIR 2>/dev/null ) + if ( cd $TICDIR 2>/dev/null ) + then + cd $TICDIR + TICDIR=`pwd` + if test $TICDIR != $TERMINFO ; then + # Well, we tried. Some systems lie to us, so the + # installer will have to double-check. + echo "Verify if $TICDIR and $TERMINFO are the same." + echo "The new terminfo is in $TERMINFO; the other should be a link to it." + echo "Otherwise, remove $TICDIR and link it to $TERMINFO." + fi + else + cd $IP$prefix + # Construct a symbolic link that only assumes $ticdir has the + # same $prefix as the other installed directories. + RELATIVE=`echo $ticdir|sed -e 's:^'$prefix'/::'` + if test "$RELATIVE" != "$ticdir" ; then + RELATIVE=../`echo $ticdir|sed -e 's:^'$prefix'/::' -e 's:^/::'` + fi + if ( ln -s $RELATIVE $TICDIR ) + then + echo '** linked '$TICDIR' for compatibility' + fi + fi +fi diff --git a/test/Makefile.in b/test/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..87ead9c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.29 1997/05/10 16:23:07 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +# Makefile for ncurses tests. + +SHELL = /bin/sh + +MODEL = ../@DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +libdir = @libdir@ +includedir = @includedir@ + +CC = @CC@ + +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +CPPFLAGS = -I../test -I$(srcdir) @CPPFLAGS@ -DHAVE_CONFIG_H + +CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) + +CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS) +CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE +CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg +CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@ + +CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@) + +ABI_VERSION = @nc_cv_abi_version@ +LOCAL_LIBS = @TEST_DEPS@ + +LD = @LD@ +LINK = $(CC) + +LDFLAGS = @LD_MODEL@ @TEST_ARGS@ @LIBS@ @EXTRA_LIBS@ @LOCAL_LDFLAGS@ @LDFLAGS@ + +LDFLAGS_NORMAL = $(LDFLAGS) +LDFLAGS_DEBUG = $(LDFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ +LDFLAGS_PROFILE = $(LDFLAGS) -pg +LDFLAGS_SHARED = $(LDFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@ + +LDFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(LDFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@) + +LINT = @LINT@ +LINT_OPTS = @LINT_OPTS@ +LINT_LIBS = -lform -lmenu -lpanel -lncurses @LIBS@ + +TESTS = \ + blue \ + bs \ + firework \ + gdc \ + hanoi \ + hashtest \ + knight \ + lrtest \ + ncurses \ + newdemo \ + rain \ + tclock \ + testcurs \ + view \ + worm \ + xmas + +all: $(TESTS) + +blue: $(MODEL)/blue.o $(LOCAL_LIBS) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) +bs: $(MODEL)/bs.o $(LOCAL_LIBS) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) +firework: $(MODEL)/firework.o $(LOCAL_LIBS) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) +gdc: $(MODEL)/gdc.o $(LOCAL_LIBS) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) +hanoi: $(MODEL)/hanoi.o $(LOCAL_LIBS) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) +hashtest: $(MODEL)/hashtest.o $(LOCAL_LIBS) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) +knight: $(MODEL)/knight.o $(LOCAL_LIBS) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) +lrtest: $(MODEL)/lrtest.o $(LOCAL_LIBS) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) +ncurses: $(MODEL)/ncurses.o $(LOCAL_LIBS) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) +newdemo: $(MODEL)/newdemo.o $(LOCAL_LIBS) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) +rain: $(MODEL)/rain.o $(LOCAL_LIBS) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) +tclock: $(MODEL)/tclock.o $(LOCAL_LIBS) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) -lm +testcurs: $(MODEL)/testcurs.o $(LOCAL_LIBS) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) +view: $(MODEL)/view.o $(LOCAL_LIBS) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) +worm: $(MODEL)/worm.o $(LOCAL_LIBS) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) +xmas: $(MODEL)/xmas.o $(LOCAL_LIBS) + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) -o $@ $(MODEL)/$@.o $(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) + +install: +install.libs: +install.test: + +clean :: + -rm -rf *.o trace screendump *.atac *.lis core $(TESTS) + +distclean :: clean + -rm -f Makefile ncurses_cfg.h config.* + +mostlyclean :: clean + +realclean :: distclean + +lint: + sh -c 'for N in $(TESTS); do echo LINT:$$N; $(LINT) $(LINT_OPTS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(srcdir)/$$N.c $(LINT_LIBS); done' diff --git a/test/README b/test/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd1767a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/README @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +The programs in this directory are designed to test your newest toy :-) +Check the sources for any further details. + +blue - Blue Moon, a nifty solitaire (uses color) +bs.c - the game of Battleships (uses color) +firework.c - multi-colored fireworks (uses color) +gdc.c - Great Digital Clock (uses color) +hanoi.c - the game of hanoi (uses color essentially) +knight.c - the game of Knight's Tour (uses color) +lrtest.c - test of access to the lower-right corner +ncurses.c - multi-test program (uses color) +newdemo.c - another test from PDCurses (uses color) +rain.c - rain drops keep falling on my head... +tclock.c - analog/digital clock +testcurs.c - a test from the PDCurses people (uses color) +worm.c - worms run all over your screen (uses color) +xmas.c - Xmas greeting card + +The bs and knight games demonstrate processing of mouse events under xterm. +This directory also contains: + +tracemunch - Perl script to crunch trace scripts to make them easier to read diff --git a/test/blue.c b/test/blue.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a97cdafb --- /dev/null +++ b/test/blue.c @@ -0,0 +1,436 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * * + * B l u e M o o n * + * ================= * + * V2.2 * + * A patience game by T.A.Lister * + * Integral screen support by Eric S. Raymond * + * * + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* + * Compile this with the command `cc -O blue.c -lcurses -o blue'. For best + * results, use the portable freeware ncurses(3) library. On non-Intel + * machines, SVr4 curses is just as good. + * + * $Id: blue.c,v 1.15 1997/03/09 00:47:41 tom Exp $ + */ + +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +#define NOCARD (-1) + +#define ACE 0 +#define KING 12 +#define SUIT_LENGTH 13 + +#define HEARTS 0 +#define SPADES 1 +#define DIAMONDS 2 +#define CLUBS 3 +#define NSUITS 4 + +#define GRID_WIDTH 14 /* 13+1 */ +#define GRID_LENGTH 56 /* 4*(13+1) */ +#define PACK_SIZE 52 + +#define BASEROW 1 +#define PROMPTROW 11 + +#define RED_ON_WHITE 1 +#define BLACK_ON_WHITE 2 +#define BLUE_ON_WHITE 3 + +static RETSIGTYPE die(int onsig) GCC_NORETURN; + +static int deck_size = PACK_SIZE; /* initial deck */ +static int deck[PACK_SIZE]; + +static int grid[GRID_LENGTH]; /* card layout grid */ +static int freeptr[4]; /* free card space pointers */ + +static int deal_number=0; + +static chtype ranks[SUIT_LENGTH][2] = +{ + {' ', 'A'}, + {' ', '2'}, + {' ', '3'}, + {' ', '4'}, + {' ', '5'}, + {' ', '6'}, + {' ', '7'}, + {' ', '8'}, + {' ', '9'}, + {'1', '0'}, + {' ', 'J'}, + {' ', 'Q'}, + {' ', 'K'} +}; + +/* Please note, that this is a bad example. + Color values should not be or'ed in. This + only works, because the characters used here + are plain and have no color attribute themselves. */ +static chtype letters[4] = +{ +#ifdef COLOR_PAIR + 'h' | COLOR_PAIR(RED_ON_WHITE), /* hearts */ + 's' | COLOR_PAIR(BLACK_ON_WHITE), /* spades */ + 'd' | COLOR_PAIR(RED_ON_WHITE), /* diamonds */ + 'c' | COLOR_PAIR(BLACK_ON_WHITE), /* clubs */ +#endif +}; + +#if defined(__i386__) +static chtype glyphs[] = +{ +#ifdef COLOR_PAIR + '\003' | A_ALTCHARSET | COLOR_PAIR(RED_ON_WHITE), /* hearts */ + '\006' | A_ALTCHARSET | COLOR_PAIR(BLACK_ON_WHITE), /* spades */ + '\004' | A_ALTCHARSET | COLOR_PAIR(RED_ON_WHITE), /* diamonds */ + '\005' | A_ALTCHARSET | COLOR_PAIR(BLACK_ON_WHITE), /* clubs */ +#endif +}; +#endif /* __i386__ */ + +static chtype *suits = letters; /* this may change to glyphs below */ + +static RETSIGTYPE die(int onsig) +{ + (void) signal(onsig, SIG_IGN); + endwin(); + exit(EXIT_SUCCESS); +} + +static void init_vars(void) +{ + int i; + + deck_size = PACK_SIZE; + for (i=0; i < PACK_SIZE; i++) + deck[i]=i; + for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) + freeptr[i]=i * GRID_WIDTH; +} + +static void shuffle(int size) +{ + int i,j,numswaps,swapnum,temp; + + numswaps=size*10; /* an arbitrary figure */ + + for (swapnum=0;swapnum=PACK_SIZE)) + return(NOCARD); + for(i = 0; i < GRID_LENGTH; i++) + if (grid[i] == card) + return i; + return(NOCARD); +} + +static void movecard(int src, int dst) +{ + grid[dst]=grid[src]; + grid[src]=NOCARD; + + move( BASEROW + (dst / GRID_WIDTH)*2+2, (dst % GRID_WIDTH)*5 + 1); + printcard(grid[dst]); + + move( BASEROW + (src / GRID_WIDTH)*2+2, (src % GRID_WIDTH)*5 + 1); + printcard(grid[src]); + + refresh(); +} + +static void play_game(void) +{ + int dead=0, i, j; + char c; + int selection[4], card; + + while (dead<4) + { + dead=0; + for (i=0;i<4;i++) + { + card=grid[freeptr[i]-1]; + + if ( ((card % SUIT_LENGTH)==KING) + || + (card==NOCARD) ) + selection[i]=NOCARD; + else + selection[i]=find(card+1); + + if (selection[i]==NOCARD) + dead++; + }; + + if (dead < 4) + { + char live[NSUITS+1], *lp = live; + + for (i=0;i<4;i++) + { + if (selection[i] != NOCARD) + { + move(BASEROW + (selection[i] / GRID_WIDTH)*2+3, + (selection[i] % GRID_WIDTH)*5); + (void)printw(" %c ", *lp++ = 'a' + i); + } + }; + *lp = '\0'; + + if (strlen(live) == 1) + { + move(PROMPTROW,0); + (void)printw( + "Making forced moves... "); + refresh(); + (void) sleep(1); + c = live[0]; + } + else + { + char buf[BUFSIZ]; + + (void)sprintf(buf, + "Type [%s] to move, r to redraw, q or INTR to quit: ", + live); + + do { + move(PROMPTROW,0); + (void) addstr(buf); + move(PROMPTROW, (int)strlen(buf)); + clrtoeol(); + (void) addch(' '); + } while + (((c = getch())<'a' || c>'d') && (c!='r') && (c!='q')); + } + + for (j = 0; j < 4; j++) + if (selection[j]!=NOCARD) + { + move(BASEROW + (selection[j] / GRID_WIDTH)*2+3, + (selection[j] % GRID_WIDTH)*5); + (void)printw(" "); + } + + if (c == 'r') + display_cards(deal_number); + else if (c == 'q') + die(SIGINT); + else + { + i = c-'a'; + if (selection[i] == NOCARD) + beep(); + else + { + movecard(selection[i], freeptr[i]); + freeptr[i]=selection[i]; + } + } + } + } + + move(PROMPTROW, 0); + standout(); + (void)printw("Finished deal %d - type any character to continue...", deal_number); + standend(); + (void) getch(); +} + +static int collect_discards(void) +{ + int row, col, cardno=0, finish, gridno; + + for (row=HEARTS;row<=CLUBS;row++) + { + finish=0; + for (col=1;col August 1989. diff --git a/test/bs.c b/test/bs.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..98d6d060 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/bs.c @@ -0,0 +1,1248 @@ +/* + * bs.c - original author: Bruce Holloway + * salvo option by: Chuck A DeGaul + * with improved user interface, autoconfiguration and code cleanup + * by Eric S. Raymond + * v1.2 with color support and minor portability fixes, November 1990 + * v2.0 featuring strict ANSI/POSIX conformance, November 1993. + * v2.1 with ncurses mouse support, September 1995 + * + * $Id: bs.c,v 1.17 1997/04/06 01:42:57 tom Exp $ + */ + +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifndef SIGIOT +#define SIGIOT SIGABRT +#endif + +#ifndef A_UNDERLINE /* BSD curses */ +#define beep() write(1,"\007",1); +#define cbreak crmode +#define saveterm savetty +#define resetterm resetty +#define nocbreak nocrmode +#define strchr index +#endif /* !A_UNDERLINE */ + +static int getcoord(int); + +/* + * Constants for tuning the random-fire algorithm. It prefers moves that + * diagonal-stripe the board with a stripe separation of srchstep. If + * no such preferred moves are found, srchstep is decremented. + */ +#define BEGINSTEP 3 /* initial value of srchstep */ + +/* miscellaneous constants */ +#define SHIPTYPES 5 +#define OTHER (1-turn) +#define PLAYER 0 +#define COMPUTER 1 +#define MARK_HIT 'H' +#define MARK_MISS 'o' +#define CTRLC '\003' /* used as terminate command */ +#define FF '\014' /* used as redraw command */ + +/* coordinate handling */ +#define BWIDTH 10 +#define BDEPTH 10 + +/* display symbols */ +#define SHOWHIT '*' +#define SHOWSPLASH ' ' +#define IS_SHIP(c) isupper(c) + +/* how to position us on player board */ +#define PYBASE 3 +#define PXBASE 3 +#define PY(y) (PYBASE + (y)) +#define PX(x) (PXBASE + (x)*3) +#define pgoto(y, x) (void)move(PY(y), PX(x)) + +/* how to position us on cpu board */ +#define CYBASE 3 +#define CXBASE 48 +#define CY(y) (CYBASE + (y)) +#define CX(x) (CXBASE + (x)*3) +#define CYINV(y) ((y) - CYBASE) +#define CXINV(x) (((x) - CXBASE) / 3) +#define cgoto(y, x) (void)move(CY(y), CX(x)) + +#define ONBOARD(x, y) (x >= 0 && x < BWIDTH && y >= 0 && y < BDEPTH) + +/* other board locations */ +#define COLWIDTH 80 +#define PROMPTLINE 21 /* prompt line */ +#define SYBASE CYBASE + BDEPTH + 3 /* move key diagram */ +#define SXBASE 63 +#define MYBASE SYBASE - 1 /* diagram caption */ +#define MXBASE 64 +#define HYBASE SYBASE - 1 /* help area */ +#define HXBASE 0 + +/* this will need to be changed if BWIDTH changes */ +static char numbers[] = " 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9"; + +static char carrier[] = "Aircraft Carrier"; +static char battle[] = "Battleship"; +static char sub[] = "Submarine"; +static char destroy[] = "Destroyer"; +static char ptboat[] = "PT Boat"; + +static char name[40]; +static char dftname[] = "stranger"; + +/* direction constants */ +#define E 0 +#define SE 1 +#define S 2 +#define SW 3 +#define W 4 +#define NW 5 +#define N 6 +#define NE 7 +static int xincr[8] = {1, 1, 0, -1, -1, -1, 0, 1}; +static int yincr[8] = {0, 1, 1, 1, 0, -1, -1, -1}; + +/* current ship position and direction */ +static int curx = (BWIDTH / 2); +static int cury = (BDEPTH / 2); + +typedef struct +{ + char *name; /* name of the ship type */ + unsigned hits; /* how many times has this ship been hit? */ + char symbol; /* symbol for game purposes */ + unsigned char length; /* length of ship */ + char x, y; /* coordinates of ship start point */ + unsigned char dir; /* direction of `bow' */ + bool placed; /* has it been placed on the board? */ +} +ship_t; + +static bool checkplace(int b, ship_t *ss, int vis); + +static ship_t plyship[SHIPTYPES] = +{ + { carrier, 0, 'A', 5}, + { battle, 0, 'B', 4}, + { destroy, 0, 'D', 3}, + { sub, 0, 'S', 3}, + { ptboat, 0, 'P', 2}, +}; + +static ship_t cpuship[SHIPTYPES] = +{ + { carrier, 0, 'A', 5}, + { battle, 0, 'B', 4}, + { destroy, 0, 'D', 3}, + { sub, 0, 'S', 3}, + { ptboat, 0, 'P', 2}, +}; + +/* "Hits" board, and main board. */ +static char hits[2][BWIDTH][BDEPTH], board[2][BWIDTH][BDEPTH]; + +static int turn; /* 0=player, 1=computer */ +static int plywon=0, cpuwon=0; /* How many games has each won? */ + +static int salvo, blitz, closepack; + +#define PR (void)addstr + +static RETSIGTYPE uninitgame(int sig) GCC_NORETURN; + +static void uninitgame(int sig GCC_UNUSED) +/* end the game, either normally or due to signal */ +{ + clear(); + (void)refresh(); + (void)resetterm(); + (void)echo(); + (void)endwin(); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +static void announceopts(void) +/* announce which game options are enabled */ +{ + if (salvo || blitz || closepack) + { + (void) printw("Playing optional game ("); + if (salvo) + (void) printw("salvo, "); + else + (void) printw("nosalvo, "); + if (blitz) + (void) printw("blitz "); + else + (void) printw("noblitz, "); + if (closepack) + (void) printw("closepack)"); + else + (void) printw("noclosepack)"); + } + else + (void) printw( + "Playing standard game (noblitz, nosalvo, noclosepack)"); +} + +static void intro(void) +{ + char *tmpname; + + srand((unsigned)(time(0L)+getpid())); /* Kick the random number generator */ + + (void) signal(SIGINT,uninitgame); + (void) signal(SIGINT,uninitgame); + (void) signal(SIGIOT,uninitgame); /* for assert(3) */ + if(signal(SIGQUIT,SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) + (void)signal(SIGQUIT,uninitgame); + + if((tmpname = getlogin()) != 0) + { + (void)strcpy(name,tmpname); + name[0] = toupper(name[0]); + } + else + (void)strcpy(name,dftname); + + (void)initscr(); +#ifdef KEY_MIN + keypad(stdscr, TRUE); +#endif /* KEY_MIN */ + (void)saveterm(); + (void)nonl(); + (void)cbreak(); + (void)noecho(); + +#ifdef PENGUIN + (void)clear(); + (void)mvaddstr(4,29,"Welcome to Battleship!"); + (void)move(8,0); + PR(" \\\n"); + PR(" \\ \\ \\\n"); + PR(" \\ \\ \\ \\ \\_____________\n"); + PR(" \\ \\ \\_____________ \\ \\/ |\n"); + PR(" \\ \\/ \\ \\/ |\n"); + PR(" \\/ \\_____/ |__\n"); + PR(" ________________/ |\n"); + PR(" \\ S.S. Penguin |\n"); + PR(" \\ /\n"); + PR(" \\___________________________________________________/\n"); + + (void) mvaddstr(22,27,"Hit any key to continue..."); (void)refresh(); + (void) getch(); +#endif /* PENGUIN */ + +#ifdef A_COLOR + start_color(); + + init_pair(COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLACK); + init_pair(COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_BLACK); + init_pair(COLOR_RED, COLOR_RED, COLOR_BLACK); + init_pair(COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_BLACK); + init_pair(COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK); + init_pair(COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_BLACK); + init_pair(COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_BLACK); + init_pair(COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_BLACK); +#endif /* A_COLOR */ + +#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION + (void) mousemask(BUTTON1_CLICKED, (mmask_t *)NULL); +#endif /* NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION*/ +} + +/* VARARGS1 */ +static void prompt(int n, NCURSES_CONST char *f, const char *s) +/* print a message at the prompt line */ +{ + (void) move(PROMPTLINE + n, 0); + (void) clrtoeol(); + (void) printw(f, s); + (void) refresh(); +} + +static void error(NCURSES_CONST char *s) +{ + (void) move(PROMPTLINE + 2, 0); + (void) clrtoeol(); + if (s) + { + (void) addstr(s); + (void) beep(); + } +} + +static void placeship(int b, ship_t *ss, int vis) +{ + int l; + + for(l = 0; l < ss->length; ++l) + { + int newx = ss->x + l * xincr[ss->dir]; + int newy = ss->y + l * yincr[ss->dir]; + + board[b][newx][newy] = ss->symbol; + if (vis) + { + pgoto(newy, newx); + (void) addch((chtype)ss->symbol); + } + } + ss->hits = 0; +} + +static int rnd(int n) +{ + return(((rand() & 0x7FFF) % n)); +} + +static void randomplace(int b, ship_t *ss) +/* generate a valid random ship placement into px,py */ +{ + register int bwidth = BWIDTH - ss->length; + register int bdepth = BDEPTH - ss->length; + + do { + ss->y = rnd(bdepth); + ss->x = rnd(bwidth); + ss->dir = rnd(2) ? E : S; + } while + (!checkplace(b, ss, FALSE)); +} + +static void initgame(void) +{ + int i, j, unplaced; + ship_t *ss; + + (void) clear(); + (void) mvaddstr(0,35,"BATTLESHIPS"); + (void) move(PROMPTLINE + 2, 0); + announceopts(); + + memset(board, 0, sizeof(char) * BWIDTH * BDEPTH * 2); + memset(hits, 0, sizeof(char) * BWIDTH * BDEPTH * 2); + for (i = 0; i < SHIPTYPES; i++) + { + ss = cpuship + i; + ss->x = ss->y = ss->dir = ss->hits = ss->placed = 0; + ss = plyship + i; + ss->x = ss->y = ss->dir = ss->hits = ss->placed = 0; + } + + /* draw empty boards */ + (void) mvaddstr(PYBASE - 2, PXBASE + 5, "Main Board"); + (void) mvaddstr(PYBASE - 1, PXBASE - 3,numbers); + for(i=0; i < BDEPTH; ++i) + { + (void) mvaddch(PYBASE + i, PXBASE - 3, (chtype)(i + 'A')); +#ifdef A_COLOR + if (has_colors()) + attron(COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_BLUE)); +#endif /* A_COLOR */ + (void) addch(' '); + for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH; j++) + (void) addstr(" . "); +#ifdef A_COLOR + attrset(0); +#endif /* A_COLOR */ + (void) addch(' '); + (void) addch((chtype)(i + 'A')); + } + (void) mvaddstr(PYBASE + BDEPTH, PXBASE - 3,numbers); + (void) mvaddstr(CYBASE - 2, CXBASE + 7,"Hit/Miss Board"); + (void) mvaddstr(CYBASE - 1, CXBASE - 3, numbers); + for(i=0; i < BDEPTH; ++i) + { + (void) mvaddch(CYBASE + i, CXBASE - 3, (chtype)(i + 'A')); +#ifdef A_COLOR + if (has_colors()) + attron(COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_BLUE)); +#endif /* A_COLOR */ + (void) addch(' '); + for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH; j++) + (void) addstr(" . "); +#ifdef A_COLOR + attrset(0); +#endif /* A_COLOR */ + (void) addch(' '); + (void) addch((chtype)(i + 'A')); + } + + (void) mvaddstr(CYBASE + BDEPTH,CXBASE - 3,numbers); + + (void) mvprintw(HYBASE, HXBASE, + "To position your ships: move the cursor to a spot, then"); + (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+1,HXBASE, + "type the first letter of a ship type to select it, then"); + (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+2,HXBASE, + "type a direction ([hjkl] or [4862]), indicating how the"); + (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+3,HXBASE, + "ship should be pointed. You may also type a ship letter"); + (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+4,HXBASE, + "followed by `r' to position it randomly, or type `R' to"); + (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+5,HXBASE, + "place all remaining ships randomly."); + + (void) mvaddstr(MYBASE, MXBASE, "Aiming keys:"); + (void) mvaddstr(SYBASE, SXBASE, "y k u 7 8 9"); + (void) mvaddstr(SYBASE+1, SXBASE, " \\|/ \\|/ "); + (void) mvaddstr(SYBASE+2, SXBASE, "h-+-l 4-+-6"); + (void) mvaddstr(SYBASE+3, SXBASE, " /|\\ /|\\ "); + (void) mvaddstr(SYBASE+4, SXBASE, "b j n 1 2 3"); + + /* have the computer place ships */ + for(ss = cpuship; ss < cpuship + SHIPTYPES; ss++) + { + randomplace(COMPUTER, ss); + placeship(COMPUTER, ss, FALSE); + } + + ss = (ship_t *)NULL; + do { + char c, docked[SHIPTYPES + 2], *cp = docked; + + /* figure which ships still wait to be placed */ + *cp++ = 'R'; + for (i = 0; i < SHIPTYPES; i++) + if (!plyship[i].placed) + *cp++ = plyship[i].symbol; + *cp = '\0'; + + /* get a command letter */ + prompt(1, "Type one of [%s] to pick a ship.", docked+1); + do { + c = getcoord(PLAYER); + } while + (!strchr(docked, c)); + + if (c == 'R') + (void) ungetch('R'); + else + { + /* map that into the corresponding symbol */ + for (ss = plyship; ss < plyship + SHIPTYPES; ss++) + if (ss->symbol == c) + break; + + prompt(1, "Type one of [hjklrR] to place your %s.", ss->name); + pgoto(cury, curx); + } + + do { + c = getch(); + } while + (!strchr("hjklrR", c) || c == FF); + + if (c == FF) + { + (void)clearok(stdscr, TRUE); + (void)refresh(); + } + else if (c == 'r') + { + prompt(1, "Random-placing your %s", ss->name); + randomplace(PLAYER, ss); + placeship(PLAYER, ss, TRUE); + error((char *)NULL); + ss->placed = TRUE; + } + else if (c == 'R') + { + prompt(1, "Placing the rest of your fleet at random...", ""); + for (ss = plyship; ss < plyship + SHIPTYPES; ss++) + if (!ss->placed) + { + randomplace(PLAYER, ss); + placeship(PLAYER, ss, TRUE); + ss->placed = TRUE; + } + error((char *)NULL); + } + else if (strchr("hjkl8462", c)) + { + ss->x = curx; + ss->y = cury; + + switch(c) + { + case 'k': case '8': ss->dir = N; break; + case 'j': case '2': ss->dir = S; break; + case 'h': case '4': ss->dir = W; break; + case 'l': case '6': ss->dir = E; break; + } + + if (checkplace(PLAYER, ss, TRUE)) + { + placeship(PLAYER, ss, TRUE); + error((char *)NULL); + ss->placed = TRUE; + } + } + + for (unplaced = i = 0; i < SHIPTYPES; i++) + unplaced += !plyship[i].placed; + } while + (unplaced); + + turn = rnd(2); + + (void) mvprintw(HYBASE, HXBASE, + "To fire, move the cursor to your chosen aiming point "); + (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+1, HXBASE, + "and strike any key other than a motion key. "); + (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+2, HXBASE, + " "); + (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+3, HXBASE, + " "); + (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+4, HXBASE, + " "); + (void) mvprintw(HYBASE+5, HXBASE, + " "); + + (void) prompt(0, "Press any key to start...", ""); + (void) getch(); +} + +static int getcoord(int atcpu) +{ + int ny, nx, c; + + if (atcpu) + cgoto(cury,curx); + else + pgoto(cury, curx); + (void)refresh(); + for (;;) + { + if (atcpu) + { + (void) mvprintw(CYBASE + BDEPTH+1, CXBASE+11, "(%d, %c)", curx, 'A'+cury); + cgoto(cury, curx); + } + else + { + (void) mvprintw(PYBASE + BDEPTH+1, PXBASE+11, "(%d, %c)", curx, 'A'+cury); + pgoto(cury, curx); + } + + switch(c = getch()) + { + case 'k': case '8': +#ifdef KEY_MIN + case KEY_UP: +#endif /* KEY_MIN */ + ny = cury+BDEPTH-1; nx = curx; + break; + case 'j': case '2': +#ifdef KEY_MIN + case KEY_DOWN: +#endif /* KEY_MIN */ + ny = cury+1; nx = curx; + break; + case 'h': case '4': +#ifdef KEY_MIN + case KEY_LEFT: +#endif /* KEY_MIN */ + ny = cury; nx = curx+BWIDTH-1; + break; + case 'l': case '6': +#ifdef KEY_MIN + case KEY_RIGHT: +#endif /* KEY_MIN */ + ny = cury; nx = curx+1; + break; + case 'y': case '7': +#ifdef KEY_MIN + case KEY_A1: +#endif /* KEY_MIN */ + ny = cury+BDEPTH-1; nx = curx+BWIDTH-1; + break; + case 'b': case '1': +#ifdef KEY_MIN + case KEY_C1: +#endif /* KEY_MIN */ + ny = cury+1; nx = curx+BWIDTH-1; + break; + case 'u': case '9': +#ifdef KEY_MIN + case KEY_A3: +#endif /* KEY_MIN */ + ny = cury+BDEPTH-1; nx = curx+1; + break; + case 'n': case '3': +#ifdef KEY_MIN + case KEY_C3: +#endif /* KEY_MIN */ + ny = cury+1; nx = curx+1; + break; + case FF: + nx = curx; ny = cury; + (void)clearok(stdscr, TRUE); + (void)refresh(); + break; +#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION + case KEY_MOUSE: + { + MEVENT myevent; + + getmouse(&myevent); + if (atcpu + && myevent.y >= CY(0) && myevent.y <= CY(BDEPTH) + && myevent.x >= CX(0) && myevent.x <= CX(BDEPTH)) + { + curx = CXINV(myevent.x); + cury = CYINV(myevent.y); + return(' '); + } + else + { + beep(); + continue; + } + } + /* no fall through */ +#endif /* NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION */ + + default: + if (atcpu) + (void) mvaddstr(CYBASE + BDEPTH + 1, CXBASE + 11, " "); + else + (void) mvaddstr(PYBASE + BDEPTH + 1, PXBASE + 11, " "); + return(c); + } + + curx = nx % BWIDTH; + cury = ny % BDEPTH; + } +} + +static int collidecheck(int b, int y, int x) +/* is this location on the selected zboard adjacent to a ship? */ +{ + int collide; + + /* anything on the square */ + if ((collide = IS_SHIP(board[b][x][y])) != 0) + return(collide); + + /* anything on the neighbors */ + if (!closepack) + { + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) + { + int xend, yend; + + yend = y + yincr[i]; + xend = x + xincr[i]; + if (ONBOARD(xend, yend)) + collide += IS_SHIP(board[b][xend][yend]); + } + } + return(collide); +} + +static bool checkplace(int b, ship_t *ss, int vis) +{ + int l, xend, yend; + + /* first, check for board edges */ + xend = ss->x + ss->length * xincr[ss->dir]; + yend = ss->y + ss->length * yincr[ss->dir]; + if (!ONBOARD(xend, yend)) + { + if (vis) + switch(rnd(3)) + { + case 0: + error("Ship is hanging from the edge of the world"); + break; + case 1: + error("Try fitting it on the board"); + break; + case 2: + error("Figure I won't find it if you put it there?"); + break; + } + return(0); + } + + for(l = 0; l < ss->length; ++l) + { + if(collidecheck(b, ss->y+l*yincr[ss->dir], ss->x+l*xincr[ss->dir])) + { + if (vis) + switch(rnd(3)) + { + case 0: + error("There's already a ship there"); + break; + case 1: + error("Collision alert! Aaaaaagh!"); + break; + case 2: + error("Er, Admiral, what about the other ship?"); + break; + } + return(FALSE); + } + } + return(TRUE); +} + +static int awinna(void) +{ + int i, j; + ship_t *ss; + + for(i=0; i<2; ++i) + { + ss = (i) ? cpuship : plyship; + for(j=0; j < SHIPTYPES; ++j, ++ss) + if(ss->length > ss->hits) + break; + if (j == SHIPTYPES) + return(OTHER); + } + return(-1); +} + +static ship_t *hitship(int x, int y) +/* register a hit on the targeted ship */ +{ + ship_t *sb, *ss; + char sym; + int oldx, oldy; + + getyx(stdscr, oldy, oldx); + sb = (turn) ? plyship : cpuship; + if((sym = board[OTHER][x][y]) == 0) + return((ship_t *)NULL); + for(ss = sb; ss < sb + SHIPTYPES; ++ss) + if(ss->symbol == sym) + { + if (++ss->hits < ss->length) /* still afloat? */ + return((ship_t *)NULL); + else /* sunk! */ + { + int i, j; + + if (!closepack) + for (j = -1; j <= 1; j++) + { + int bx = ss->x + j * xincr[(ss->dir + 2) % 8]; + int by = ss->y + j * yincr[(ss->dir + 2) % 8]; + + for (i = -1; i <= ss->length; ++i) + { + int x1, y1; + + x1 = bx + i * xincr[ss->dir]; + y1 = by + i * yincr[ss->dir]; + if (ONBOARD(x1, y1)) + { + hits[turn][x1][y1] = MARK_MISS; + if (turn % 2 == PLAYER) + { + cgoto(y1, x1); +#ifdef A_COLOR + if (has_colors()) + attron(COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_GREEN)); +#endif /* A_COLOR */ + (void)addch(MARK_MISS); +#ifdef A_COLOR + attrset(0); +#endif /* A_COLOR */ + } + } + } + } + + for (i = 0; i < ss->length; ++i) + { + int x1 = ss->x + i * xincr[ss->dir]; + int y1 = ss->y + i * yincr[ss->dir]; + + hits[turn][x1][y1] = ss->symbol; + if (turn % 2 == PLAYER) + { + cgoto(y1, x1); + (void) addch((chtype)(ss->symbol)); + } + } + + (void) move(oldy, oldx); + return(ss); + } + } + (void) move(oldy, oldx); + return((ship_t *)NULL); +} + +static int plyturn(void) +{ + ship_t *ss; + bool hit; + NCURSES_CONST char *m = NULL; + + prompt(1, "Where do you want to shoot? ", ""); + for (;;) + { + (void) getcoord(COMPUTER); + if (hits[PLAYER][curx][cury]) + { + prompt(1, "You shelled this spot already! Try again.", ""); + beep(); + } + else + break; + } + hit = IS_SHIP(board[COMPUTER][curx][cury]); + hits[PLAYER][curx][cury] = hit ? MARK_HIT : MARK_MISS; + cgoto(cury, curx); +#ifdef A_COLOR + if (has_colors()) + if (hit) + attron(COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_RED)); + else + attron(COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_GREEN)); +#endif /* A_COLOR */ + (void) addch((chtype)hits[PLAYER][curx][cury]); +#ifdef A_COLOR + attrset(0); +#endif /* A_COLOR */ + + prompt(1, "You %s.", hit ? "scored a hit" : "missed"); + if(hit && (ss = hitship(curx, cury))) + { + switch(rnd(5)) + { + case 0: + m = " You sank my %s!"; + break; + case 1: + m = " I have this sinking feeling about my %s...."; + break; + case 2: + m = " My %s has gone to Davy Jones's locker!"; + break; + case 3: + m = " Glub, glub -- my %s is headed for the bottom!"; + break; + case 4: + m = " You'll pick up survivors from my %s, I hope...!"; + break; + } + (void)printw(m, ss->name); + (void)beep(); + return(awinna() == -1); + } + return(hit); +} + +static int sgetc(const char *s) +{ + const char *s1; + int ch; + + (void)refresh(); + for(;;) + { + ch = getch(); + if (islower(ch)) + ch = toupper(ch); + if (ch == CTRLC) + uninitgame(0); + for (s1=s; *s1 && ch != *s1; ++s1) + continue; + if (*s1) + { + (void) addch((chtype)ch); + (void)refresh(); + return(ch); + } + } +} + + +static void randomfire(int *px, int *py) +/* random-fire routine -- implements simple diagonal-striping strategy */ +{ + static int turncount = 0; + static int srchstep = BEGINSTEP; + static int huntoffs; /* Offset on search strategy */ + int ypossible[BWIDTH * BDEPTH], xpossible[BWIDTH * BDEPTH], nposs; + int ypreferred[BWIDTH * BDEPTH], xpreferred[BWIDTH * BDEPTH], npref; + int x, y, i; + + if (turncount++ == 0) + huntoffs = rnd(srchstep); + + /* first, list all possible moves */ + nposs = npref = 0; + for (x = 0; x < BWIDTH; x++) + for (y = 0; y < BDEPTH; y++) + if (!hits[COMPUTER][x][y]) + { + xpossible[nposs] = x; + ypossible[nposs] = y; + nposs++; + if (((x+huntoffs) % srchstep) != (y % srchstep)) + { + xpreferred[npref] = x; + ypreferred[npref] = y; + npref++; + } + } + + if (npref) + { + i = rnd(npref); + + *px = xpreferred[i]; + *py = ypreferred[i]; + } + else if (nposs) + { + i = rnd(nposs); + + *px = xpossible[i]; + *py = ypossible[i]; + + if (srchstep > 1) + --srchstep; + } + else + { + error("No moves possible?? Help!"); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + /*NOTREACHED*/ + } +} + +#define S_MISS 0 +#define S_HIT 1 +#define S_SUNK -1 + +static bool cpufire(int x, int y) +/* fire away at given location */ +{ + bool hit, sunk; + ship_t *ss = NULL; + + hits[COMPUTER][x][y] = (hit = (board[PLAYER][x][y])) ? MARK_HIT : MARK_MISS; + (void) mvprintw(PROMPTLINE, 0, + "I shoot at %c%d. I %s!", y + 'A', x, hit ? "hit" : "miss"); + if ((sunk = (hit && (ss = hitship(x, y)))) != 0) + (void) printw(" I've sunk your %s", ss->name); + (void)clrtoeol(); + + pgoto(y, x); +#ifdef A_COLOR + if (has_colors()) + if (hit) + attron(COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_RED)); + else + attron(COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_GREEN)); +#endif /* A_COLOR */ + (void)addch((chtype)(hit ? SHOWHIT : SHOWSPLASH)); +#ifdef A_COLOR + attrset(0); +#endif /* A_COLOR */ + + return(hit ? (sunk ? S_SUNK : S_HIT) : S_MISS); +} + +/* + * This code implements a fairly irregular FSM, so please forgive the rampant + * unstructuredness below. The five labels are states which need to be held + * between computer turns. + */ +static bool cputurn(void) +{ +#define POSSIBLE(x, y) (ONBOARD(x, y) && !hits[COMPUTER][x][y]) +#define RANDOM_FIRE 0 +#define RANDOM_HIT 1 +#define HUNT_DIRECT 2 +#define FIRST_PASS 3 +#define REVERSE_JUMP 4 +#define SECOND_PASS 5 + static int next = RANDOM_FIRE; + static bool used[4]; + static ship_t ts; + int navail, x, y, d, n, hit = S_MISS; + + switch(next) + { + case RANDOM_FIRE: /* last shot was random and missed */ + refire: + randomfire(&x, &y); + if (!(hit = cpufire(x, y))) + next = RANDOM_FIRE; + else + { + ts.x = x; ts.y = y; + ts.hits = 1; + next = (hit == S_SUNK) ? RANDOM_FIRE : RANDOM_HIT; + } + break; + + case RANDOM_HIT: /* last shot was random and hit */ + used[E/2] = used[S/2] = used[W/2] = used[N/2] = FALSE; + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + + case HUNT_DIRECT: /* last shot hit, we're looking for ship's long axis */ + for (d = navail = 0; d < 4; d++) + { + x = ts.x + xincr[d*2]; y = ts.y + yincr[d*2]; + if (!used[d] && POSSIBLE(x, y)) + navail++; + else + used[d] = TRUE; + } + if (navail == 0) /* no valid places for shots adjacent... */ + goto refire; /* ...so we must random-fire */ + else + { + for (d = 0, n = rnd(navail) + 1; n; n--) + while (used[d]) + d++; + + assert(d <= 4); + + used[d] = FALSE; + x = ts.x + xincr[d*2]; + y = ts.y + yincr[d*2]; + + assert(POSSIBLE(x, y)); + + if (!(hit = cpufire(x, y))) + next = HUNT_DIRECT; + else + { + ts.x = x; ts.y = y; ts.dir = d*2; ts.hits++; + next = (hit == S_SUNK) ? RANDOM_FIRE : FIRST_PASS; + } + } + break; + + case FIRST_PASS: /* we have a start and a direction now */ + x = ts.x + xincr[ts.dir]; + y = ts.y + yincr[ts.dir]; + if (POSSIBLE(x, y) && (hit = cpufire(x, y))) + { + ts.x = x; ts.y = y; ts.hits++; + next = (hit == S_SUNK) ? RANDOM_FIRE : FIRST_PASS; + } + else + next = REVERSE_JUMP; + break; + + case REVERSE_JUMP: /* nail down the ship's other end */ + d = ts.dir + 4; + x = ts.x + ts.hits * xincr[d]; + y = ts.y + ts.hits * yincr[d]; + if (POSSIBLE(x, y) && (hit = cpufire(x, y))) + { + ts.x = x; ts.y = y; ts.dir = d; ts.hits++; + next = (hit == S_SUNK) ? RANDOM_FIRE : SECOND_PASS; + } + else + next = RANDOM_FIRE; + break; + + case SECOND_PASS: /* kill squares not caught on first pass */ + x = ts.x + xincr[ts.dir]; + y = ts.y + yincr[ts.dir]; + if (POSSIBLE(x, y) && (hit = cpufire(x, y))) + { + ts.x = x; ts.y = y; ts.hits++; + next = (hit == S_SUNK) ? RANDOM_FIRE: SECOND_PASS; + break; + } + else + next = RANDOM_FIRE; + break; + } + + /* check for continuation and/or winner */ + if (salvo) + { + (void)refresh(); + (void)sleep(1); + } + if (awinna() != -1) + return(FALSE); + +#ifdef DEBUG + (void) mvprintw(PROMPTLINE + 2, 0, + "New state %d, x=%d, y=%d, d=%d", + next, x, y, d); +#endif /* DEBUG */ + return(hit); +} + +static +int playagain(void) +{ + int j; + ship_t *ss; + + for (ss = cpuship; ss < cpuship + SHIPTYPES; ss++) + for(j = 0; j < ss->length; j++) + { + cgoto(ss->y + j * yincr[ss->dir], ss->x + j * xincr[ss->dir]); + (void)addch((chtype)ss->symbol); + } + + if(awinna()) + ++cpuwon; + else + ++plywon; + j = 18 + strlen(name); + if(plywon >= 10) + ++j; + if(cpuwon >= 10) + ++j; + (void) mvprintw(1,(COLWIDTH-j)/2, + "%s: %d Computer: %d",name,plywon,cpuwon); + + prompt(2, (awinna()) ? "Want to be humiliated again, %s [yn]? " + : "Going to give me a chance for revenge, %s [yn]? ",name); + return(sgetc("YN") == 'Y'); +} + +static void do_options(int c, char *op[]) +{ + register int i; + + if (c > 1) + { + for (i=1; ihits >= sp->length) + continue; /* dead ship */ + else + shots++; + } + return(shots); +} + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + do_options(argc, argv); + + intro(); + do { + initgame(); + while(awinna() == -1) + { + if (!blitz) + { + if (!salvo) + { + if(turn) + (void) cputurn(); + else + (void) plyturn(); + } + else + { + register int i; + + i = scount(turn); + while (i--) + { + if (turn) + { + if (cputurn() && awinna() != -1) + i = 0; + } + else + { + if (plyturn() && awinna() != -1) + i = 0; + } + } + } + } + else + while(turn ? cputurn() : plyturn()) + continue; + turn = OTHER; + } + } while + (playagain()); + uninitgame(0); + /*NOTREACHED*/ +} + +/* bs.c ends here */ diff --git a/test/configure.in b/test/configure.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f28ce772 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/configure.in @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +dnl***************************************************************************** +dnl Copyright 1996,1997 by Thomas E. Dickey * +dnl All Rights Reserved. * +dnl * +dnl Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * +dnl documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * +dnl that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * +dnl copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * +dnl documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) * +dnl not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * +dnl software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED * +dnl COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, * +dnl INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO * +dnl EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY * +dnl SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER * +dnl RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF * +dnl CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN * +dnl CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * +dnl***************************************************************************** +dnl $Id: configure.in,v 1.15 1997/05/06 00:36:02 tom Exp $ +dnl This is a simple configuration-script for the ncurses test programs that +dnl allows the test-directory to be separately configured against a reference +dnl system (i.e., sysvr4 curses) +dnl +dnl If you're configuring ncurses, you shouldn't need to use this script. +dnl It's only for testing purposes. +dnl +dnl dickey@clark.net (Thomas Dickey) +AC_PREREQ(2.12) +AC_INIT(ncurses.c) + +AC_PROG_CC + +CC_G_OPT="-g" AC_SUBST(CC_G_OPT) +CC_SHARED_OPTS=unknown AC_SUBST(CC_SHARED_OPTS) +CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" AC_SUBST(CPPFLAGS) +DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR=`pwd|sed -e's:.*/::'` AC_SUBST(DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR) +DFT_UPR_MODEL="NORMAL" AC_SUBST(DFT_UPR_MODEL) +EXTRA_LIBS="" AC_SUBST(EXTRA_LIBS) +LIB_NAME=curses AC_SUBST(LIB_NAME) +LINT=lint AC_SUBST(LINT) +LINT_OPTS="" AC_SUBST(LINT_OPTS) +TEST_ARGS="" AC_SUBST(TEST_ARGS) + +dnl SunOS 4.x +AC_ARG_WITH(5lib, + [ --with-5lib use SunOS sysv-libraries], + [LIBS="-L/usr/5lib $LIBS" + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/5include"]) + +dnl Ncurses, installed in conventional location +AC_ARG_WITH(ncurses, + [ --with-ncurses use ncurses-libraries (installed)], + [AC_CHECK_LIB(gpm,Gpm_Open) + LIB_NAME=ncurses + for p in $HOME /usr/local /usr + do + if test -f $p/include/ncurses/curses.h + then + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$p/include/ncurses" + test $p != /usr && LIBS="-L$p/lib $LIBS" + break + elif test $p != /usr + then + if test -f $p/include/curses.h + then + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$p/include" + LIBS="-L$p/lib $LIBS" + break + fi + fi + done + ],[test -d /usr/ccs/lib && LIBS="-L/usr/ccs/lib $LIBS"]) + +dnl If we've not specified a library, assume we're using sysvr4 libraries +dnl installed conventionally (e.g., SunOS 5.x - solaris). + +dnl Autoconf builds up the $LIBS in reverse order + +AC_CHECK_LIB($LIB_NAME,initscr) +AC_CHECK_LIB(form,form_driver,,,-lcurses) +AC_CHECK_LIB(menu,menu_driver,,,-lcurses) +AC_CHECK_LIB(panel,new_panel,,,-lcurses) + +AC_TYPE_SIGNAL + +AC_STDC_HEADERS +AC_HEADER_TIME +AC_CHECK_HEADERS( \ +form.h \ +getopt.h \ +menu.h \ +nc_alloc.h \ +panel.h \ +sys/ioctl.h \ +sys/select.h \ +sys/time.h \ +termios.h \ +unistd.h \ +) + +AC_CHECK_FUNCS( \ +gettimeofday \ +napms \ +resizeterm \ +strdup \ +vsscanf \ +) + +AC_CHECKING([for SCO by checking on /usr/bin/scosh]) +AC_PROGRAM_CHECK(COULD_BE_SCO, [scosh], maybe, maybenot) +if test "$COULD_BE_SCO" = "maybe" +then + AC_DEFINE(SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO) +fi + +dnl Things that we don't need (or must override) if we're not building ncurses +ECHO_LINK='@ echo linking $@ ... ;' +AC_SUBST(ECHO_LINK) + +LD_MODEL="" +AC_SUBST(LD_MODEL) + +LOCAL_LDFLAGS="" +AC_SUBST(LOCAL_LDFLAGS) + +nc_cv_abi_version="" +AC_SUBST(nc_cv_abi_version) + +TEST_DEPS="" +AC_SUBST(TEST_DEPS) + +LIB_PREFIX="-l" +AC_SUBST(LIB_PREFIX) + +DFT_DEP_SUFFIX="" +AC_SUBST(DFT_DEP_SUFFIX) + +rm -f config_h.in +echo '@DEFS@' >config_h.in + +changequote({,})dnl +AC_OUTPUT(config_h Makefile,{ + +### Special editing. We generate ncurses_cfg.h directly to allow all filenames +### to be MSDOS-compatible, as well as to make the list of definitions be +### dynamically determined by the configuration script -- a consideration when +### doing type-clean development testing. + +echo creating ncurses_cfg.h +rm -f ncurses_cfg.h +echo "/* generated by configure-script + * On host: $SYS_NAME + */ +#ifndef NC_CONFIG_H +#define NC_CONFIG_H" >ncurses_cfg.h +sed -e '/^ -D/!d' \ + -e 's/ -D/\ +#define /g' \ + -e 's/\(#define [A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\)=/\1 /g' \ + -e 's@\\@@g' \ + config_h | sort >>ncurses_cfg.h +echo " + /* The C compiler may not treat these properly, but C++ has to */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +#undef const +#undef inline +#endif + +#endif /* NC_CONFIG_H */" >> ncurses_cfg.h +echo removing config_h +rm config_h +},{ +### Special initialization commands, used to pass information from the +### configuration-run into config.status + +SYS_NAME="`(uname -a || hostname) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`" +if test -z "\$SYS_NAME"; then SYS_NAME=unknown;fi +}) +changequote([,])dnl + +rm -f config_h.in diff --git a/test/firework.c b/test/firework.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1a1e34a --- /dev/null +++ b/test/firework.c @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +/* + * $Id: firework.c,v 1.10 1997/05/03 18:37:56 tom Exp $ + */ +#include + +#include /* for tparm() */ + +#include +#include +#include + +static int get_colour(chtype *); +static void explode(int row, int col); +static void showit(void); +static void onsig(int sig); + +static int my_bg = COLOR_BLACK; + +int main( + int argc GCC_UNUSED, + char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED) +{ +int j; +int start,end,row,diff,flag = 0,direction; +unsigned seed; + + for (j=SIGHUP;j<=SIGTERM;j++) + if (signal(j,SIG_IGN)!=SIG_IGN) + signal(j,onsig); + + initscr(); + if (has_colors()) { + start_color(); +#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION + if (use_default_colors() == OK) + my_bg = -1; +#endif + } + curs_set(0); + + seed = time((time_t *)0); + srand(seed); + cbreak(); + for (;;) { + do { + start = rand() % (COLS -3); + end = rand() % (COLS - 3); + start = (start < 2) ? 2 : start; + end = (end < 2) ? 2 : end; + direction = (start > end) ? -1 : 1; + diff = abs(start-end); + } while (diff<2 || diff>=LINES-2); + attrset(A_NORMAL); + for (row=0;row 8) { + *bold = A_BOLD; + attr &= 7; + } + return(attr); +} + +static void +showit(void) +{ + refresh(); + napms(120); +} diff --git a/test/gdc.6 b/test/gdc.6 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7fa60de9 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/gdc.6 @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +.TH GDC 6 +.SH NAME +gdc \- grand digital clock (curses) +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B gdc +[-s] [ +.I n +] +.SH DESCRIPTION +.I Gdc +runs a digital clock made of reverse-video blanks on a curses +compatible VDU screen. With an optional numeric argument +.I n +it stops after +.I n +seconds (default never). +The optional +.B -s +flag makes digits scroll as they change. In this curses mode implementation, +the scrolling option has trouble keeping up. +.SH AUTHOR +Amos Shapir, modified for curses by John Lupien. diff --git a/test/gdc.c b/test/gdc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6bf38301 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/gdc.c @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ +/* + * Grand digital clock for curses compatible terminals + * Usage: gdc [-s] [n] -- run for n seconds (default infinity) + * Flags: -s: scroll + * + * modified 10-18-89 for curses (jrl) + * 10-18-89 added signal handling + * + * $Id: gdc.c,v 1.8 1997/01/19 00:59:28 tom Exp $ + */ + +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#define YBASE 10 +#define XBASE 10 +#define XLENGTH 54 +#define YDEPTH 5 + +/* it won't be */ +static time_t now; /* yeah! */ +static struct tm *tm; + +static short disp[11] = { + 075557, 011111, 071747, 071717, 055711, + 074717, 074757, 071111, 075757, 075717, 002020 +}; +static long old[6], next[6], new[6], mask; +static char scrol; + +static int sigtermed = 0; + +static int hascolor = 0; + +static void set(int, int); +static void standt(int); +static void movto(int, int); + +static +RETSIGTYPE sighndl(int signo) +{ + signal(signo, sighndl); + sigtermed=signo; +} + +int +main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ +long t, a; +int i, j, s, k; +int n = 0; + + signal(SIGINT,sighndl); + signal(SIGTERM,sighndl); + signal(SIGKILL,sighndl); + + initscr(); + cbreak(); + noecho(); + nodelay(stdscr, 1); + + hascolor = has_colors(); + + if(hascolor) { + int bg = COLOR_BLACK; + start_color(); +#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION + if (use_default_colors() == OK) + bg = -1; +#endif + init_pair(1, COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_RED); + init_pair(2, COLOR_RED, bg); + init_pair(3, COLOR_WHITE, bg); + attrset(COLOR_PAIR(2)); + } + + clear(); + refresh(); + while(--argc > 0) { + if(**++argv == '-') + scrol = 1; + else + n = atoi(*argv); + } + + if(hascolor) { + attrset(COLOR_PAIR(3)); + + mvaddch(YBASE - 1, XBASE - 1, ACS_ULCORNER); + hline(ACS_HLINE, XLENGTH); + mvaddch(YBASE - 1, XBASE + XLENGTH, ACS_URCORNER); + + mvaddch(YBASE + YDEPTH, XBASE - 1, ACS_LLCORNER); + hline(ACS_HLINE, XLENGTH); + mvaddch(YBASE + YDEPTH, XBASE + XLENGTH, ACS_LRCORNER); + + move(YBASE, XBASE - 1); + vline(ACS_VLINE, YDEPTH); + + move(YBASE, XBASE + XLENGTH); + vline(ACS_VLINE, YDEPTH); + + attrset(COLOR_PAIR(2)); + } + do { + char buf[30]; + + mask = 0; + time(&now); + tm = localtime(&now); + set(tm->tm_sec%10, 0); + set(tm->tm_sec/10, 4); + set(tm->tm_min%10, 10); + set(tm->tm_min/10, 14); + set(tm->tm_hour%10, 20); + set(tm->tm_hour/10, 24); + set(10, 7); + set(10, 17); + for(k=0; k<6; k++) { + if(scrol) { + for(i=0; i<5; i++) + new[i] = (new[i]&~mask) | (new[i+1]&mask); + new[5] = (new[5]&~mask) | (next[k]&mask); + } else + new[k] = (new[k]&~mask) | (next[k]&mask); + next[k] = 0; + for(s=1; s>=0; s--) { + standt(s); + for(i=0; i<6; i++) { + if((a = (new[i]^old[i])&(s ? new : old)[i]) != 0) { + for(j=0,t=1<<26; t; t>>=1,j++) { + if(a&t) { + if(!(a&(t<<1))) { + movto(YBASE + i, XBASE + 2*j); + } + addstr(" "); + } + } + } + if(!s) { + old[i] = new[i]; + } + } + if(!s) { + refresh(); + } + } + } + + /* this depends on the detailed format of ctime(3) */ + (void) strcpy(buf, ctime(&now)); + (void) strcpy(buf + 10, buf + 19); + mvaddstr(16, 30, buf); + + movto(6, 0); + refresh(); + sleep(1); + while(wgetch(stdscr) != ERR) + continue; + if (sigtermed) { + standend(); + clear(); + refresh(); + endwin(); + fprintf(stderr, "gdc terminated by signal %d\n", sigtermed); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + } while(--n); + standend(); + clear(); + refresh(); + endwin(); + return EXIT_SUCCESS; +} + +static void +set(int t, int n) +{ +int i, m; + + m = 7<>(4-i)*3)&07)< + +#include + +#define NPEGS 3 /* This is not configurable !! */ +#define MINTILES 3 +#define MAXTILES 9 +#define DEFAULTTILES 7 +#define TOPLINE 6 +#define BASELINE 16 +#define STATUSLINE (LINES-3) +#define LEFTPEG 19 +#define MIDPEG 39 +#define RIGHTPEG 59 + +#define LENTOIND(x) (((x)-1)/2) +#define OTHER(a,b) (3-((a)+(b))) + +struct Peg { + size_t Length[MAXTILES]; + int Count; +}; + +static struct Peg Pegs[NPEGS]; +static int PegPos[] = { LEFTPEG, MIDPEG, RIGHTPEG }; +static int TileColour[] = { + COLOR_GREEN, /* Length 3 */ + COLOR_MAGENTA, /* Length 5 */ + COLOR_RED, /* Length 7 */ + COLOR_BLUE, /* Length 9 */ + COLOR_CYAN, /* Length 11 */ + COLOR_YELLOW, /* Length 13 */ + COLOR_GREEN, /* Length 15 */ + COLOR_MAGENTA, /* Length 17 */ + COLOR_RED, /* Length 19 */ +}; +static int NMoves = 0; + +static void InitTiles(int NTiles); +static void DisplayTiles(void); +static void MakeMove(int From, int To); +static void AutoMove(int From, int To, int Num); +static void Usage(void); +static int Solved(int NumTiles); +static int GetMove(int *From, int *To); +static int InvalidMove(int From, int To); + +int +main(int argc, char **argv) +{ +int NTiles, FromCol, ToCol; +unsigned char AutoFlag = 0; + + switch(argc) { + case 1: + NTiles = DEFAULTTILES; + break; + case 2: + NTiles = atoi(argv[1]); + if (NTiles > MAXTILES || NTiles < MINTILES) { + fprintf(stderr, "Range %d to %d\n", MINTILES, MAXTILES); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + break; + case 3: + if (strcmp(argv[2], "a")) { + Usage(); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + NTiles = atoi(argv[1]); + if (NTiles > MAXTILES || NTiles < MINTILES) { + fprintf(stderr, "Range %d to %d\n", MINTILES, MAXTILES); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + AutoFlag = TRUE; + break; + default: + Usage(); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } +#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION + trace(TRACE_MAXIMUM); +#endif + initscr(); + if (has_colors()) { + int i; + int bg = COLOR_BLACK; + start_color(); +#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION + if (use_default_colors() == OK) + bg = -1; +#endif + for (i = 0; i < 9; i++) + init_pair(i+1, bg, TileColour[i]); + } + cbreak(); + if (LINES < 24) { + endwin(); + fprintf(stderr, "Min screen length 24 lines\n"); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + if(AutoFlag) + leaveok(stdscr, TRUE); /* Attempt to remove cursor */ + InitTiles(NTiles); + DisplayTiles(); + if(AutoFlag) { + do { + noecho(); + AutoMove(0, 2, NTiles); + } while(!Solved(NTiles)); + sleep(2); + } else { + echo(); + for(;;) { + if(GetMove(&FromCol, &ToCol)) + break; + if(InvalidMove(FromCol, ToCol)) { + mvaddstr(STATUSLINE, 0, "Invalid Move !!"); + refresh(); + beep(); + continue; + } + MakeMove(FromCol, ToCol); + if(Solved(NTiles)) { + mvprintw(STATUSLINE, 0, "Well Done !! You did it in %d moves", NMoves); + refresh(); + sleep(5); + break; + } + } + } + curs_set(1); + endwin(); + return EXIT_SUCCESS; +} + +static int +InvalidMove(int From, int To) +{ + if(From >= NPEGS) + return TRUE; + if(From < 0) + return TRUE; + if(To >= NPEGS) + return TRUE; + if(To < 0) + return TRUE; + if(From == To) + return TRUE; + if(!Pegs[From].Count) + return TRUE; + if(Pegs[To].Count && + Pegs[From].Length[Pegs[From].Count-1] > + Pegs[To].Length[Pegs[To].Count-1]) + return TRUE; + return FALSE; +} + +static void +InitTiles(int NTiles) +{ + int Size, SlotNo; + + for(Size=NTiles*2+1, SlotNo=0; Size>=3; Size-=2) + Pegs[0].Length[SlotNo++] = Size; + + Pegs[0].Count = NTiles; + Pegs[1].Count = 0; + Pegs[2].Count = 0; +} + +static void +DisplayTiles(void) +{ + int Line, Peg, SlotNo; + char TileBuf[BUFSIZ]; + + erase(); + mvaddstr(1, 24, "T O W E R S O F H A N O I"); + mvaddstr(3, 34, "SJR 1990"); + mvprintw(19, 5, "Moves : %d", NMoves); + attrset(A_REVERSE); + mvaddstr(BASELINE, 8, " "); + + for(Line=TOPLINE; Line] [a]\n"); + fprintf(stderr, "The 'a' option causes the tower to be solved automatically\n"); +} diff --git a/test/hashtest.c b/test/hashtest.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..174495a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/hashtest.c @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +/* + * hashtest.c -- test hash mapping + * + * Generate timing statistics for vertical-motion optimization. + * + * $Id: hashtest.c,v 1.8 1997/01/18 19:09:30 tom Exp $ + */ + +#define NCURSES_TRACE + +#ifdef TRACE +#define Trace(p) _tracef p +#define USE_TRACE 1 +#else +#define Trace(p) /* nothing */ +#define TRACE 0 +#endif + +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#define LO_CHAR ' ' +#define HI_CHAR '~' + +static void finish(int sig) GCC_NORETURN; + +static bool continuous = FALSE; +static bool reverse_loops = FALSE; +static bool extend_corner = FALSE; +static int foot_lines = 0; +static int head_lines = 0; + +static void genlines(int base) +{ + int i, j; + +#if USE_TRACE + if (base == 'a') + Trace(("Resetting screen")); + else + Trace(("Painting `%c' screen", base)); +#endif + + move(0,0); + for (i = 0; i < head_lines; i++) + for (j = 0; j < COLS; j++) + addch((j % 8 == 0) ? ('A' + j/8) : '-'); + + move(head_lines, 0); + for (i = head_lines; i < LINES - foot_lines; i++) { + int c = (base - LO_CHAR + i) % (HI_CHAR - LO_CHAR + 1) + LO_CHAR; + int hi = (extend_corner || (i < LINES - 1)) ? COLS : COLS - 1; + for (j = 0; j < hi; j++) + addch(c); + } + + move(LINES - foot_lines, 0); + for (i = LINES - foot_lines; i < LINES; i++) + for (j = 0; j < extend_corner ? COLS : COLS - 1; j++) + addch((j % 8 == 0) ? ('A' + j/8) : '-'); + refresh(); +} + +static void one_cycle(int ch) +{ + if (continuous) { + genlines(ch); + } else if (ch != 'a') { + genlines('a'); + genlines(ch); + } +} + +static void run_test(bool optimized) +{ + char ch; + int lo = continuous ? LO_CHAR : 'a' - LINES; + int hi = continuous ? HI_CHAR : 'a' + LINES; + +#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION + if (optimized) { + Trace(("With hash mapping")); + _nc_optimize_enable |= OPTIMIZE_HASHMAP; + } else { + Trace(("Without hash mapping")); + _nc_optimize_enable &= ~OPTIMIZE_HASHMAP; + } +#endif + + if (reverse_loops) + for (ch = hi; ch >= lo; ch--) + one_cycle(ch); + else + for (ch = lo; ch <= hi; ch++) + one_cycle(ch); +} + +static void usage(void) +{ + static const char *const tbl[] = { + "Usage: hashtest [options]" + ,"" + ,"Options:" + ," -c continuous (don't reset between refresh's)" + ," -f num leave 'num' lines constant for footer" + ," -h num leave 'num' lines constant for header" + ," -l num repeat test 'num' times" + ," -n test the normal optimizer" + ," -o test the hashed optimizer" + ," -r reverse the loops" + ," -x assume lower-right corner extension" + }; + size_t n; + + for (n = 0; n < sizeof(tbl)/sizeof(tbl[0]); n++) + fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", tbl[n]); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + int c; + int test_loops = 1; + int test_normal = FALSE; + int test_optimize = FALSE; + + while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "cf:h:l:norx")) != EOF) { + switch (c) { + case 'c': + continuous = TRUE; + break; + case 'f': + foot_lines = atoi(optarg); + break; + case 'h': + head_lines = atoi(optarg); + break; + case 'l': + test_loops = atoi(optarg); + break; + case 'n': + test_normal = TRUE; + break; + case 'o': + test_optimize = TRUE; + break; + case 'r': + reverse_loops = TRUE; + break; + case 'x': + extend_corner = TRUE; + break; + default: + usage(); + } + } + if (!test_normal && !test_optimize) { + test_normal = TRUE; + test_optimize = TRUE; + } +#if USE_TRACE + trace(TRACE_TIMES); +#endif + + (void) signal(SIGINT, finish); /* arrange interrupts to terminate */ + + (void) initscr(); /* initialize the curses library */ + keypad(stdscr, TRUE); /* enable keyboard mapping */ + (void) nonl(); /* tell curses not to do NL->CR/NL on output */ + (void) cbreak(); /* take input chars one at a time, no wait for \n */ + (void) noecho(); /* don't echo input */ + scrollok(stdscr, TRUE); + + while (test_loops-- > 0) { + if (test_normal) + run_test(FALSE); + if (test_optimize) + run_test(TRUE); + } + + finish(0); /* we're done */ +} + +static RETSIGTYPE finish(int sig) +{ + endwin(); + exit(sig != 0 ? EXIT_FAILURE : EXIT_SUCCESS); +} + +/* hashtest.c ends here */ diff --git a/test/knight.c b/test/knight.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9461068 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/knight.c @@ -0,0 +1,565 @@ +/* + * Knight's Tour - a brain game + * + * The original of this game was anonymous. It had an unbelievably bogus + * interface, you actually had to enter square coordinates! Redesign by + * Eric S. Raymond July 22 1995. Mouse support + * added September 20th 1995. + * + * $Id: knight.c,v 1.13 1997/01/19 00:55:17 tom Exp $ + */ + +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +/* board size */ +#define BDEPTH 8 +#define BWIDTH 8 + +/* where to start the instructions */ +#define INSTRY 2 +#define INSTRX 35 + +/* corner of board */ +#define BOARDY 2 +#define BOARDX 0 + +/* notification line */ +#define NOTIFYY 21 + +/* virtual color values */ +#define TRAIL_COLOR 1 +#define PLUS_COLOR 2 +#define MINUS_COLOR 3 + +#define CX(x) (2 + 4 * (x)) +#define CY(y) (1 + 2 * (y)) +#define cellmove(y, x) wmove(boardwin, CY(y), CX(x)) +#define CXINV(x) (((x) - 1) / 4) +#define CYINV(y) (((y) - 2) / 2) + +typedef struct +{ + short x, y; +} +cell; + +static short board[BDEPTH][BWIDTH]; /* the squares */ +static int rw,col; /* current row and column */ +static int lastrow,lastcol; /* last location visited */ +static cell history[BDEPTH*BWIDTH]; /* choice history */ +static int movecount; /* count of moves so far */ +static WINDOW *boardwin; /* the board window */ +static WINDOW *helpwin; /* the help window */ +static WINDOW *msgwin; /* the message window */ +static chtype trail = '#'; /* trail character */ +static chtype plus = '+'; /* cursor hot-spot character */ +static chtype minus = '-'; /* possible-move character */ +static chtype oldch; + +static void init(void); +static void play(void); +static void dosquares(void); +static void drawmove(char, int, int, int, int); +static bool evalmove(int, int); +static bool chkmoves(void); +static bool chksqr(int, int); +static int iabs(int); + +int main( + int argc GCC_UNUSED, + char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED) +{ + init(); + + play(); + + endwin(); + return EXIT_SUCCESS; +} + +static void init (void) +{ + srand ((unsigned)getpid()); + initscr (); + cbreak (); /* immediate char return */ + noecho (); /* no immediate echo */ + boardwin = newwin(BDEPTH * 2 + 1, BWIDTH * 4 + 1, BOARDY, BOARDX); + helpwin = newwin(0, 0, INSTRY, INSTRX); + msgwin = newwin(1, INSTRX-1, NOTIFYY, 0); + scrollok(msgwin, TRUE); + keypad(boardwin, TRUE); + + if (has_colors()) + { + int bg = COLOR_BLACK; + + start_color(); +#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION + if (use_default_colors() == OK) + bg = -1; +#endif + + (void) init_pair(TRAIL_COLOR, COLOR_CYAN, bg); + (void) init_pair(PLUS_COLOR, COLOR_RED, bg); + (void) init_pair(MINUS_COLOR, COLOR_GREEN, bg); + + trail |= COLOR_PAIR(TRAIL_COLOR); + plus |= COLOR_PAIR(PLUS_COLOR); + minus |= COLOR_PAIR(MINUS_COLOR); + } + +#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION + (void) mousemask(BUTTON1_CLICKED, (mmask_t *)NULL); +#endif /* NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION*/ + + oldch = minus; +} + +static void help1(void) +/* game explanation -- initial help screen */ +{ + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "Knight's move is a solitaire puzzle. Your\n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "objective is to visit each square of the \n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "chessboard exactly once by making knight's\n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "moves (one square right or left followed \n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "by two squares up or down, or two squares \n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "right or left followed by one square up or\n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "down). You may start anywhere.\n\n"); + + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "Use arrow keys to move the cursor around.\n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "When you want to move your knight to the \n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "cursor location, press or Enter.\n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "Illegal moves will be rejected with an \n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "audible beep.\n\n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "The program will detect if you solve the\n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "puzzle; also inform you when you run out\n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "of legal moves.\n\n"); + + (void)mvwaddstr(helpwin, NOTIFYY-INSTRY, 0, + "Press `?' to go to keystroke help."); +} + +static void help2(void) +/* keystroke help screen */ +{ + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "Possible moves are shown with `-'.\n\n"); + + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "You can move around with the arrow keys or\n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "with the rogue/hack movement keys. Other\n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "commands allow you to undo moves or redraw.\n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "Your mouse may work; try left-button to\n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "move to the square under the pointer.\n\n"); + + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "x,q -- exit y k u 7 8 9\n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "r -- redraw screen \\|/ \\|/ \n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "u -- undo move h-+-l 4-+-6\n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, " /|\\ /|\\ \n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, " b j n 1 2 3\n"); + + (void)waddstr(helpwin,"\nYou can place your knight on the selected\n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "square with spacebar, Enter, or the keypad\n"); + (void)waddstr(helpwin, "center key. You can quit with `x' or `q'.\n"); + + (void)mvwaddstr(helpwin, NOTIFYY-INSTRY, 0, + "Press `?' to go to game explanation"); +} + +static void play (void) +/* play the game */ +{ + bool keyhelp; /* TRUE if keystroke help is up */ + int c, ny = 0, nx = 0; + int i, j, count; + + do { + /* clear screen and draw board */ + werase(boardwin); + werase(helpwin); + werase(msgwin); + dosquares(); + help1(); + wnoutrefresh(stdscr); + wnoutrefresh(helpwin); + wnoutrefresh(msgwin); + wnoutrefresh(boardwin); + doupdate(); + + for (i = 0; i < BDEPTH; i++) + for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH; j++) + { + board[i][j] = FALSE; + cellmove(i, j); + waddch(boardwin, minus); + } + memset(history, '\0', sizeof(history)); + history[0].y = history[0].x = -1; + lastrow = lastcol = -2; + movecount = 1; + keyhelp = FALSE; + + for (;;) + { + if (rw != lastrow || col != lastcol) + { + if (lastrow >= 0 && lastcol >= 0) + { + cellmove(lastrow, lastcol); + if (board[lastrow][lastcol]) + waddch(boardwin, trail); + else + waddch(boardwin, oldch); + } + + cellmove(rw, col); + oldch = winch(boardwin); + + lastrow = rw; + lastcol= col; + } + cellmove(rw, col); + waddch(boardwin, plus); + cellmove(rw, col); + + wrefresh(msgwin); + + c = wgetch(boardwin); + + werase(msgwin); + + switch (c) + { + case 'k': case '8': + case KEY_UP: + ny = rw+BDEPTH-1; nx = col; + break; + case 'j': case '2': + case KEY_DOWN: + ny = rw+1; nx = col; + break; + case 'h': case '4': + case KEY_LEFT: + ny = rw; nx = col+BWIDTH-1; + break; + case 'l': case '6': + case KEY_RIGHT: + ny = rw; nx = col+1; + break; + case 'y': case '7': + case KEY_A1: + ny = rw+BDEPTH-1; nx = col+BWIDTH-1; + break; + case 'b': case '1': + case KEY_C1: + ny = rw+1; nx = col+BWIDTH-1; + break; + case 'u': case '9': + case KEY_A3: + ny = rw+BDEPTH-1; nx = col+1; + break; + case 'n': case '3': + case KEY_C3: + ny = rw+1; nx = col+1; + break; + +#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION + case KEY_MOUSE: + { + MEVENT myevent; + + getmouse(&myevent); + if (myevent.y >= CY(0) && myevent.y <= CY(BDEPTH) + && myevent.x >= CX(0) && myevent.x <= CX(BWIDTH)) + { + nx = CXINV(myevent.x); + ny = CYINV(myevent.y); + ungetch('\n'); + break; + } + else + { + beep(); + continue; + } + } +#endif /* NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION */ + + case KEY_B2: + case '\n': + case ' ': + if (evalmove(rw, col)) + { + drawmove(trail, + history[movecount-1].y, history[movecount-1].x, + rw, col); + history[movecount].y = rw; + history[movecount].x = col; + movecount++; + + if (!chkmoves()) + goto dropout; + } + else + beep(); + break; + + case KEY_REDO: + case '\f': + case 'r': + clearok(curscr, TRUE); + wnoutrefresh(stdscr); + wnoutrefresh(boardwin); + wnoutrefresh(msgwin); + wnoutrefresh(helpwin); + doupdate(); + break; + + case KEY_UNDO: + case KEY_BACKSPACE: + case '\b': + if (movecount == 1) + { + ny = lastrow; + nx = lastcol; + waddstr(msgwin, "\nNo previous move."); + beep(); + } + else + { + int oldy = history[movecount-1].y; + int oldx = history[movecount-1].x; + + board[oldy][oldx] = FALSE; + --movecount; + ny = history[movecount-1].y; + nx = history[movecount-1].x; + drawmove(' ', oldy, oldx, ny, nx); + + /* avoid problems if we just changed the current cell */ + cellmove(lastrow, lastcol); + oldch = winch(boardwin); + } + break; + + case 'q': + case 'x': + goto dropout; + + case '?': + werase(helpwin); + if (keyhelp) + { + help1(); + keyhelp = FALSE; + } + else + { + help2(); + keyhelp = TRUE; + } + wrefresh(helpwin); + break; + + default: + beep(); + break; + } + + col = nx % BWIDTH; + rw = ny % BDEPTH; + } + + dropout: + count = 0; + for (i = 0; i < BDEPTH; i++) + for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH; j++) + if (board[i][j] != 0) + count += 1; + if (count == (BWIDTH * BDEPTH)) + wprintw(msgwin, "\nYou won. Care to try again? "); + else + wprintw(msgwin, "\n%d squares filled. Try again? ", count); + } while + (tolower(wgetch(msgwin)) == 'y'); +} + +static void dosquares (void) +{ + int i, j; + + mvaddstr(0, 20, "KNIGHT'S MOVE -- a logical solitaire"); + + move(BOARDY,BOARDX); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_ULCORNER); + for (j = 0; j < 7; j++) + { + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_TTEE); + } + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_URCORNER); + + for (i = 1; i < BDEPTH; i++) + { + move(BOARDY + i * 2 - 1, BOARDX); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_VLINE); + for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH; j++) + { + waddch(boardwin, ' '); + waddch(boardwin, ' '); + waddch(boardwin, ' '); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_VLINE); + } + move(BOARDY + i * 2, BOARDX); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_LTEE); + for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH - 1; j++) + { + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_PLUS); + } + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_RTEE); + } + + move(BOARDY + i * 2 - 1, BOARDX); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_VLINE); + for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH; j++) + { + waddch(boardwin, ' '); + waddch(boardwin, ' '); + waddch(boardwin, ' '); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_VLINE); + } + + move(BOARDY + i * 2, BOARDX); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_LLCORNER); + for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH - 1; j++) + { + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_BTEE); + } + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_HLINE); + waddch(boardwin, ACS_LRCORNER); +} + +static void mark_possibles(int prow, int pcol, chtype mark) +{ + if (chksqr(prow+2,pcol+1)){cellmove(prow+2,pcol+1);waddch(boardwin,mark);}; + if (chksqr(prow+2,pcol-1)){cellmove(prow+2,pcol-1);waddch(boardwin,mark);}; + if (chksqr(prow-2,pcol+1)){cellmove(prow-2,pcol+1);waddch(boardwin,mark);}; + if (chksqr(prow-2,pcol-1)){cellmove(prow-2,pcol-1);waddch(boardwin,mark);}; + if (chksqr(prow+1,pcol+2)){cellmove(prow+1,pcol+2);waddch(boardwin,mark);}; + if (chksqr(prow+1,pcol-2)){cellmove(prow+1,pcol-2);waddch(boardwin,mark);}; + if (chksqr(prow-1,pcol+2)){cellmove(prow-1,pcol+2);waddch(boardwin,mark);}; + if (chksqr(prow-1,pcol-2)){cellmove(prow-1,pcol-2);waddch(boardwin,mark);}; +} + +static void drawmove(char tchar, int oldy, int oldx, int row, int column) +/* place the stars, update board & currents */ +{ + if (movecount <= 1) + { + int i, j; + + for (i = 0; i < BDEPTH; i++) + for (j = 0; j < BWIDTH; j++) + { + cellmove(i, j); + if (winch(boardwin) == minus) + waddch(boardwin, movecount ? ' ' : minus); + } + } + else + { + cellmove(oldy, oldx); + waddch(boardwin, '\b'); + waddch(boardwin, tchar); + waddch(boardwin, tchar); + waddch(boardwin, tchar); + mark_possibles(oldy, oldx, ' '); + } + + if (row != -1 && column != -1) + { + cellmove(row, column); + waddch(boardwin, '\b'); + waddch(boardwin, trail); + waddch(boardwin, trail); + waddch(boardwin, trail); + mark_possibles(row, column, minus); + board[row][column] = TRUE; + } + + wprintw(msgwin, "\nMove %d", movecount); +} + +static bool evalmove(int row, int column) +/* evaluate move */ +{ + if (movecount == 1) + return(TRUE); + else if (board[row][column] == TRUE) + { + waddstr(msgwin, "\nYou've already been there."); + return(FALSE); + } + else + { + int rdif = iabs(row - history[movecount-1].y); + int cdif = iabs(column - history[movecount-1].x); + + if (!((rdif == 1) && (cdif == 2)) && !((rdif == 2) && (cdif == 1))) + { + waddstr(msgwin, "\nThat's not a legal knight's move."); + return(FALSE); + } + } + + return(TRUE); +} + +static bool chkmoves (void) +/* check to see if valid moves are available */ +{ + if (chksqr(rw+2,col+1)) return(TRUE); + if (chksqr(rw+2,col-1)) return(TRUE); + if (chksqr(rw-2,col+1)) return(TRUE); + if (chksqr(rw-2,col-1)) return(TRUE); + if (chksqr(rw+1,col+2)) return(TRUE); + if (chksqr(rw+1,col-2)) return(TRUE); + if (chksqr(rw-1,col+2)) return(TRUE); + if (chksqr(rw-1,col-2)) return(TRUE); + return (FALSE); +} + +static int iabs(int num) +{ + if (num < 0) return (-num); + else return (num); +} + +static bool chksqr (int r1, int c1) +{ + if ((r1 < 0) || (r1 > BDEPTH - 1)) + return(FALSE); + if ((c1 < 0) || (c1 > BWIDTH - 1)) + return(FALSE); + return (!board[r1][c1]); +} + +/* knight.c ends here */ diff --git a/test/lrtest.c b/test/lrtest.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..17168990 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/lrtest.c @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* + * Test lower-right-hand corner access + * + * by Eric S. Raymond + * + * This can't be part of the ncurses test-program, because ncurses rips off the + * bottom line to do labels. + * + * $Id: lrtest.c,v 0.6 1997/04/26 23:47:42 tom Exp $ + */ + +#include + +int +main( + int argc GCC_UNUSED, + char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED) +{ + initscr(); + + move(LINES/2-1, 4); + if (!has_ic()) + { + addstr("Your terminal lacks the capabilities needed to address the\n"); + move(LINES/2, 4); + addstr("lower-right-hand corner of the screen.\n"); + } + else + { + addstr("This is a test of access to the lower right corner.\n"); + move(LINES/2, 4); + addstr("If the top of the box is missing, the test failed.\n"); + move(LINES/2+1, 4); + addstr("Please report this (with a copy of your terminfo entry).\n"); + move(LINES/2+2, 4); + addstr("to the ncurses maintainers, at ncurses@bsdi.com.\n"); + } + + box(stdscr, 0, 0); + move(LINES-1, COLS-1); + + refresh(); + + getch(); + endwin(); + return 0; +} + +/* lrtest.c ends here */ diff --git a/test/modules b/test/modules new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82053789 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/modules @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +# Test-Program modules +# $Id: modules,v 1.1 1997/02/08 22:18:23 tom Exp $ +################################################################################ +# Copyright 1997 by Thomas E. Dickey # +# All Rights Reserved. # +# # +# Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its # +# documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided # +# that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # +# documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) not # +# be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the # +# software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED # +# COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, # +# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT # +# SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, # +# INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM # +# LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE # +# OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR # +# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. # +################################################################################ +blue progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +bs progs $(srcdir) +firework progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +gdc progs $(srcdir) +hanoi progs $(srcdir) +hashtest progs $(srcdir) +knight progs $(srcdir) +lrtest progs $(srcdir) +ncurses progs $(srcdir) ../include/panel.h ../include/menu.h ../include/form.h +newdemo progs $(srcdir) +rain progs $(srcdir) ../include/term.h +tclock progs $(srcdir) +testcurs progs $(srcdir) +view progs $(srcdir) +worm progs $(srcdir) +xmas progs $(srcdir) diff --git a/test/ncurses.c b/test/ncurses.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..faef03dc --- /dev/null +++ b/test/ncurses.c @@ -0,0 +1,3000 @@ +/**************************************************************************** + +NAME + ncurses.c --- ncurses library exerciser + +SYNOPSIS + ncurses + +DESCRIPTION + An interactive test module for the ncurses library. + +AUTHOR + This software is Copyright (C) 1993 by Eric S. Raymond, all rights reserved. +It is issued with ncurses under the same terms and conditions as the ncurses +library source. + +$Id: ncurses.c,v 1.91 1997/05/10 18:19:48 tom Exp $ + +***************************************************************************/ + +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY +#if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H && ! SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO +#include +#endif +#if HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H +#include +#endif +#endif + +#if HAVE_PANEL_H +#define USE_LIBPANEL 1 +#include +#else +#define USE_LIBPANEL 0 +#endif + +#if HAVE_MENU_H && HAVE_LIBMENU +#define USE_LIBMENU 1 +#include +#else +#define USE_LIBMENU 0 +#endif + +#if HAVE_FORM_H && HAVE_LIBFORM +#define USE_LIBFORM 1 +#include +#else +#define USE_LIBFORM 0 +#endif + +#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION + +#ifdef TRACE +static int save_trace = TRACE_ORDINARY|TRACE_CALLS; +extern int _nc_tracing; +#endif + +#if !HAVE_NAPMS +#define HAVE_NAPMS 1 +#endif + +#else + +#define mmask_t chtype /* not specified in XSI */ +#define attr_t chtype /* not specified in XSI */ +#define ACS_S3 (acs_map['p']) /* scan line 3 */ +#define ACS_S7 (acs_map['r']) /* scan line 7 */ +#define ACS_LEQUAL (acs_map['y']) /* less/equal */ +#define ACS_GEQUAL (acs_map['z']) /* greater/equal */ +#define ACS_PI (acs_map['{']) /* Pi */ +#define ACS_NEQUAL (acs_map['|']) /* not equal */ +#define ACS_STERLING (acs_map['}']) /* UK pound sign */ + +#endif + +#define P(string) printw("%s\n", string) +#ifndef CTRL +#define CTRL(x) ((x) & 0x1f) +#endif + +#define SIZEOF(table) (sizeof(table)/sizeof(table[0])) +#define QUIT CTRL('Q') +#define ESCAPE CTRL('[') +#define BLANK ' ' /* this is the background character */ + +/* The behavior of mvhline, mvvline for negative/zero length is unspecified, + * though we can rely on negative x/y values to stop the macro. + */ +static void do_h_line(int y, int x, chtype c, int to) +{ + if ((to) > (x)) + mvhline(y, x, c, (to) - (x)); +} + +static void do_v_line(int y, int x, chtype c, int to) +{ + if ((to) > (y)) + mvvline(y, x, c, (to) - (y)); +} + +/* Common function to allow ^T to toggle trace-mode in the middle of a test + * so that trace-files can be made smaller. + */ +static int wGetchar(WINDOW *win) +{ + int c; +#ifdef TRACE + while ((c = wgetch(win)) == CTRL('T')) { + if (_nc_tracing) { + save_trace = _nc_tracing; + _tracef("TOGGLE-TRACING OFF"); + _nc_tracing = 0; + } else { + _nc_tracing = save_trace; + } + trace(_nc_tracing); + if (_nc_tracing) + _tracef("TOGGLE-TRACING ON"); + } +#else + c = wgetch(win); +#endif + return c; +} +#define Getchar() wGetchar(stdscr) + +static void Pause(void) +{ + move(LINES - 1, 0); + addstr("Press any key to continue... "); + (void) Getchar(); +} + +static void Cannot(const char *what) +{ + printw("\nThis %s terminal %s\n\n", getenv("TERM"), what); + Pause(); +} + +static void ShellOut(bool message) +{ + if (message) + addstr("Shelling out..."); + def_prog_mode(); + endwin(); + system("sh"); + if (message) + addstr("returned from shellout.\n"); + refresh(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Character input test + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +static void getch_test(void) +/* test the keypad feature */ +{ +char buf[BUFSIZ]; +int c; +int incount = 0, firsttime = 0; +bool blocking = TRUE; +int y, x; + + refresh(); + +#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION + mousemask(ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS, (mmask_t *)0); +#endif + + (void) printw("Delay in 10ths of a second ( for blocking input)? "); + echo(); + getstr(buf); + noecho(); + nonl(); + + if (isdigit(buf[0])) + { + timeout(atoi(buf) * 100); + blocking = FALSE; + } + + c = '?'; + raw(); + for (;;) + { + if (firsttime++) + { + printw("Key pressed: %04o ", c); +#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION + if (c == KEY_MOUSE) + { + MEVENT event; + + getmouse(&event); + printw("KEY_MOUSE, %s\n", _tracemouse(&event)); + } + else +#endif /* NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION */ + if (c >= KEY_MIN) + { + (void) addstr(keyname(c)); + addch('\n'); + } + else if (c > 0x80) + { + int c2 = (c & 0x7f); + if (isprint(c2)) + (void) printw("M-%c", c2); + else + (void) printw("M-%s", unctrl(c2)); + addstr(" (high-half character)\n"); + } + else + { + if (isprint(c)) + (void) printw("%c (ASCII printable character)\n", c); + else + (void) printw("%s (ASCII control character)\n", unctrl(c)); + } + getyx(stdscr, y, x); + if (y >= LINES-1) + move(0,0); + clrtoeol(); + } + + if (c == 'g') + { + addstr("getstr test: "); + echo(); getstr(buf); noecho(); + printw("I saw `%s'.\n", buf); + } + if (c == 's') + { + ShellOut(TRUE); + } + if (c == 'x' || c == 'q' || (c == ERR && blocking)) + break; + if (c == '?') + { + addstr("Type any key to see its keypad value. Also:\n"); + addstr("g -- triggers a getstr test\n"); + addstr("s -- shell out\n"); + addstr("q -- quit\n"); + addstr("? -- repeats this help message\n"); + } + + while ((c = Getchar()) == ERR) + if (!blocking) + (void) printw("%05d: input timed out\n", incount++); + else { + (void) printw("%05d: input error\n", incount++); + break; + } + } + +#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION + mousemask(0, (mmask_t *)0); +#endif + timeout(-1); + erase(); + noraw(); + nl(); + endwin(); +} + +static int show_attr(int row, chtype attr, const char *name, bool once, const char *capname) +{ + mvprintw(row, 8, "%s mode:", name); + mvprintw(row, 24, "|"); + if (once) + attron(attr); + else + attrset(attr); + addstr("abcde fghij klmno pqrst uvwxy z"); + if (once) + attroff(attr); + printw("|"); + if (capname != 0 && tigetstr(capname) == 0) + printw(" (N/A)"); + return row + 2; +} + +static void attr_test(void) +/* test text attributes */ +{ + int row = 2; + refresh(); + + mvaddstr(0, 20, "Character attribute test display"); + + row = show_attr(row, A_STANDOUT, "STANDOUT", TRUE, "smso"); + row = show_attr(row, A_REVERSE, "REVERSE", TRUE, "rev"); + row = show_attr(row, A_BOLD, "BOLD", TRUE, "bold"); + row = show_attr(row, A_UNDERLINE, "UNDERLINE", TRUE, "smul"); + row = show_attr(row, A_DIM, "DIM", TRUE, "dim"); + row = show_attr(row, A_BLINK, "BLINK", TRUE, "blink"); + row = show_attr(row, A_PROTECT, "PROTECT", TRUE, "prot"); + row = show_attr(row, A_INVIS, "INVISIBLE", TRUE, "invis"); + row = show_attr(row, A_NORMAL, "NORMAL", FALSE,0); + + mvprintw(row, 8, + "This terminal does %shave the magic-cookie glitch", + tigetnum("xmc") > -1 ? "" : "not "); + + refresh(); + + Pause(); + + erase(); + endwin(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Color support tests + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +static NCURSES_CONST char *colors[] = +{ + "black", + "red", + "green", + "yellow", + "blue", + "magenta", + "cyan", + "white" +}; + +static void color_test(void) +/* generate a color test pattern */ +{ + int i; + + refresh(); + (void) printw("There are %d color pairs\n", COLOR_PAIRS); + + (void) mvprintw(1, 0, + "%dx%d matrix of foreground/background colors, bright *off*\n", + COLORS, COLORS); + for (i = 0; i < COLORS; i++) + mvaddstr(2, (i+1) * 8, colors[i]); + for (i = 0; i < COLORS; i++) + mvaddstr(3 + i, 0, colors[i]); + for (i = 1; i < COLOR_PAIRS; i++) + { + init_pair(i, i % COLORS, i / COLORS); + attron((attr_t)COLOR_PAIR(i)); + mvaddstr(3 + (i / COLORS), (i % COLORS + 1) * 8, "Hello"); + attrset(A_NORMAL); + } + + (void) mvprintw(COLORS + 4, 0, + "%dx%d matrix of foreground/background colors, bright *on*\n", + COLORS, COLORS); + for (i = 0; i < COLORS; i++) + mvaddstr(5 + COLORS, (i+1) * 8, colors[i]); + for (i = 0; i < COLORS; i++) + mvaddstr(6 + COLORS + i, 0, colors[i]); + for (i = 1; i < COLOR_PAIRS; i++) + { + init_pair(i, i % COLORS, i / COLORS); + attron((attr_t)(COLOR_PAIR(i) | A_BOLD)); + mvaddstr(6 + COLORS + (i / COLORS), (i % COLORS + 1) * 8, "Hello"); + attrset(A_NORMAL); + } + + Pause(); + + erase(); + endwin(); +} + +static void change_color(int current, int field, int value, int usebase) +{ + short red, green, blue; + + if (usebase) + color_content(current, &red, &green, &blue); + else + red = green = blue = 0; + + switch (field) { + case 0: + red += value; + break; + case 1: + green += value; + break; + case 2: + blue += value; + break; + } + + if (init_color(current, red, green, blue) == ERR) + beep(); +} + +static void color_edit(void) +/* display the color test pattern, without trying to edit colors */ +{ + int i, this_c = 0, value = 0, current = 0, field = 0; + int last_c; + + refresh(); + + for (i = 0; i < COLORS; i++) + init_pair(i, COLOR_WHITE, i); + + mvprintw(LINES-2, 0, "Number: %d", value); + + do { + short red, green, blue; + + attron(A_BOLD); + mvaddstr(0, 20, "Color RGB Value Editing"); + attroff(A_BOLD); + + for (i = 0; i < COLORS; i++) + { + mvprintw(2 + i, 0, "%c %-8s:", + (i == current ? '>' : ' '), + (i < (int) SIZEOF(colors) + ? colors[i] : "")); + attrset(COLOR_PAIR(i)); + addstr(" "); + attrset(A_NORMAL); + + /* + * Note: this refresh should *not* be necessary! It works around + * a bug in attribute handling that apparently causes the A_NORMAL + * attribute sets to interfere with the actual emission of the + * color setting somehow. This needs to be fixed. + */ + refresh(); + + color_content(i, &red, &green, &blue); + addstr(" R = "); + if (current == i && field == 0) attron(A_STANDOUT); + printw("%04d", red); + if (current == i && field == 0) attrset(A_NORMAL); + addstr(", G = "); + if (current == i && field == 1) attron(A_STANDOUT); + printw("%04d", green); + if (current == i && field == 1) attrset(A_NORMAL); + addstr(", B = "); + if (current == i && field == 2) attron(A_STANDOUT); + printw("%04d", blue); + if (current == i && field == 2) attrset(A_NORMAL); + attrset(A_NORMAL); + addstr(")"); + } + + mvaddstr(COLORS + 3, 0, + "Use up/down to select a color, left/right to change fields."); + mvaddstr(COLORS + 4, 0, + "Modify field by typing nnn=, nnn-, or nnn+. ? for help."); + + move(2 + current, 0); + + last_c = this_c; + this_c = Getchar(); + if (isdigit(this_c) && !isdigit(last_c)) + value = 0; + + switch (this_c) + { + case KEY_UP: + current = (current == 0 ? (COLORS - 1) : current - 1); + break; + + case KEY_DOWN: + current = (current == (COLORS - 1) ? 0 : current + 1); + break; + + case KEY_RIGHT: + field = (field == 2 ? 0 : field + 1); + break; + + case KEY_LEFT: + field = (field == 0 ? 2 : field - 1); + break; + + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + value = value * 10 + (this_c - '0'); + break; + + case '+': + change_color(current, field, value, 1); + break; + + case '-': + change_color(current, field, -value, 1); + break; + + case '=': + change_color(current, field, value, 0); + break; + + case '?': + erase(); + P(" RGB Value Editing Help"); + P(""); + P("You are in the RGB value editor. Use the arrow keys to select one of"); + P("the fields in one of the RGB triples of the current colors; the one"); + P("currently selected will be reverse-video highlighted."); + P(""); + P("To change a field, enter the digits of the new value; they are echoed"); + P("echoed. Finish by typing `='; the change will take effect instantly."); + P("To increment or decrement a value, use the same procedure, but finish"); + P("with a `+' or `-'."); + P(""); + P("To quit, do `x' or 'q'"); + + Pause(); + erase(); + break; + + case 'x': + case 'q': + break; + + default: + beep(); + break; + } + mvprintw(LINES-2, 0, "Number: %d", value); + clrtoeol(); + } while + (this_c != 'x' && this_c != 'q'); + + erase(); + endwin(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Soft-key label test + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +static void slk_test(void) +/* exercise the soft keys */ +{ + int c, fmt = 1; + char buf[9]; + + c = CTRL('l'); + do { + move(0, 0); + switch(c) + { + case CTRL('l'): + erase(); + attron(A_BOLD); + mvaddstr(0, 20, "Soft Key Exerciser"); + attroff(A_BOLD); + + move(2, 0); + P("Available commands are:"); + P(""); + P("^L -- refresh screen"); + P("a -- activate or restore soft keys"); + P("d -- disable soft keys"); + P("c -- set centered format for labels"); + P("l -- set left-justified format for labels"); + P("r -- set right-justified format for labels"); + P("[12345678] -- set label; labels are numbered 1 through 8"); + P("e -- erase stdscr (should not erase labels)"); + P("s -- test scrolling of shortened screen"); + P("x, q -- return to main menu"); + P(""); + P("Note: if activating the soft keys causes your terminal to"); + P("scroll up one line, your terminal auto-scrolls when anything"); + P("is written to the last screen position. The ncurses code"); + P("does not yet handle this gracefully."); + refresh(); + /* fall through */ + + case 'a': + slk_restore(); + break; + + case 'e': + wclear(stdscr); + break; + + case 's': + mvprintw(20, 0, "Press Q to stop the scrolling-test: "); + while ((c = Getchar()) != 'Q' && (c != ERR)) + addch((chtype)c); + break; + + case 'd': + slk_clear(); + break; + + case 'l': + fmt = 0; + break; + + case 'c': + fmt = 1; + break; + + case 'r': + fmt = 2; + break; + + case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': + (void) mvaddstr(20, 0, "Please enter the label value: "); + echo(); + wgetnstr(stdscr, buf, 8); + noecho(); + slk_set((c - '0'), buf, fmt); + slk_refresh(); + move(20, 0); clrtoeol(); + break; + + case 'x': + case 'q': + goto done; + + default: + beep(); + } + } while + ((c = Getchar()) != EOF); + + done: + erase(); + endwin(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Alternate character-set stuff + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +/* ISO 6429: codes 0x80 to 0x9f may be control characters that cause the + * terminal to perform functions. The remaining codes can be graphic. + */ +static void show_upper_chars(int first) +{ + bool C1 = (first == 128); + int code; + int last = first + 31; + int reply; + + erase(); + attron(A_BOLD); + mvprintw(0, 20, "Display of %s Character Codes %d to %d", + C1 ? "C1" : "GR", first, last); + attroff(A_BOLD); + refresh(); + + for (code = first; code <= last; code++) { + int row = 4 + ((code - first) % 16); + int col = ((code - first) / 16) * COLS / 2; + char tmp[80]; + sprintf(tmp, "%3d (0x%x)", code, code); + mvprintw(row, col, "%*s: ", COLS/4, tmp); + if (C1) + nodelay(stdscr, TRUE); + echochar(code); + if (C1) { + /* (yes, this _is_ crude) */ + while ((reply = Getchar()) != ERR) { + addch(reply); + napms(10); + } + nodelay(stdscr, FALSE); + } + } +} + +static int show_1_acs(int n, const char *name, chtype code) +{ + const int height = 16; + int row = 4 + (n % height); + int col = (n / height) * COLS / 2; + mvprintw(row, col, "%*s : ", COLS/4, name); + addch(code); + return n + 1; +} + +static void show_acs_chars(void) +/* display the ACS character set */ +{ + int n; + +#define BOTH(name) #name, name + + erase(); + attron(A_BOLD); + mvaddstr(0, 20, "Display of the ACS Character Set"); + attroff(A_BOLD); + refresh(); + + n = show_1_acs(0, BOTH(ACS_ULCORNER)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_LLCORNER)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_URCORNER)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_LRCORNER)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_RTEE)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_LTEE)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_BTEE)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_TTEE)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_HLINE)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_VLINE)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_PLUS)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_S1)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_S9)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_DIAMOND)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_CKBOARD)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_DEGREE)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_PLMINUS)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_BULLET)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_LARROW)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_RARROW)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_DARROW)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_UARROW)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_BOARD)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_LANTERN)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_BLOCK)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_S3)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_S7)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_LEQUAL)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_GEQUAL)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_PI)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_NEQUAL)); + n = show_1_acs(n, BOTH(ACS_STERLING)); +} + +static void acs_display(void) +{ + int c = 'a'; + + do { + switch (c) { + case 'a': + show_acs_chars(); + break; + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + show_upper_chars((c - '0') * 32 + 128); + break; + } + mvprintw(LINES-3,0, "Note: ANSI terminals may not display C1 characters."); + mvprintw(LINES-2,0, "Select: a=ACS, 0=C1, 1,2,3=GR characters, q=quit"); + refresh(); + } while ((c = Getchar()) != 'x' && c != 'q'); + + Pause(); + erase(); + endwin(); +} + +/* + * Graphic-rendition test (adapted from vttest) + */ +static void +test_sgr_attributes(void) +{ + int pass; + + for (pass = 0; pass < 2; pass++) { + int normal = ((pass == 0 ? A_NORMAL : A_REVERSE)) | BLANK; + + /* Use non-default colors if possible to exercise bce a little */ + if (has_colors()) { + init_pair(1, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLUE); + normal |= COLOR_PAIR(1); + } + bkgdset(normal); + erase(); + mvprintw( 1,20, "Graphic rendition test pattern:"); + + mvprintw( 4, 1, "vanilla"); + +#define set_sgr(mask) bkgdset((normal^(mask))); + set_sgr(A_BOLD); + mvprintw( 4,40, "bold"); + + set_sgr(A_UNDERLINE); + mvprintw( 6, 6, "underline"); + + set_sgr(A_BOLD|A_UNDERLINE); + mvprintw( 6,45, "bold underline"); + + set_sgr(A_BLINK); + mvprintw( 8, 1, "blink"); + + set_sgr(A_BLINK|A_BOLD); + mvprintw( 8,40, "bold blink"); + + set_sgr(A_UNDERLINE|A_BLINK); + mvprintw(10, 6, "underline blink"); + + set_sgr(A_BOLD|A_UNDERLINE|A_BLINK); + mvprintw(10,45, "bold underline blink"); + + set_sgr(A_REVERSE); + mvprintw(12, 1, "negative"); + + set_sgr(A_BOLD|A_REVERSE); + mvprintw(12,40, "bold negative"); + + set_sgr(A_UNDERLINE|A_REVERSE); + mvprintw(14, 6, "underline negative"); + + set_sgr(A_BOLD|A_UNDERLINE|A_REVERSE); + mvprintw(14,45, "bold underline negative"); + + set_sgr(A_BLINK|A_REVERSE); + mvprintw(16, 1, "blink negative"); + + set_sgr(A_BOLD|A_BLINK|A_REVERSE); + mvprintw(16,40, "bold blink negative"); + + set_sgr(A_UNDERLINE|A_BLINK|A_REVERSE); + mvprintw(18, 6, "underline blink negative"); + + set_sgr(A_BOLD|A_UNDERLINE|A_BLINK|A_REVERSE); + mvprintw(18,45, "bold underline blink negative"); + + bkgdset(normal); + mvprintw(LINES-2,1, "%s background. ", pass == 0 ? "Dark" : "Light"); + clrtoeol(); + Pause(); + } + + bkgdset(A_NORMAL | BLANK); + erase(); + endwin(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Windows and scrolling tester. + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#define BOTLINES 4 /* number of line stolen from screen bottom */ + +typedef struct +{ + int y, x; +} +pair; + +#define FRAME struct frame +FRAME +{ + FRAME *next, *last; + bool do_scroll; + bool do_keypad; + WINDOW *wind; +}; + +/* We need to know if these flags are actually set, so don't look in FRAME. + * These names are known to work with SVr4 curses as well as ncurses. + */ +static bool HaveKeypad(FRAME *curp) +{ + WINDOW *win = (curp ? curp->wind : stdscr); + return win->_use_keypad; +} + +static bool HaveScroll(FRAME *curp) +{ + WINDOW *win = (curp ? curp->wind : stdscr); + return win->_scroll; +} + +static void newwin_legend(FRAME *curp) +{ + static const struct { + const char *msg; + int code; + } legend[] = { + { "^C = create window", 0 }, + { "^N = next window", 0 }, + { "^P = previous window", 0 }, + { "^F = scroll forward", 0 }, + { "^B = scroll backward", 0 }, + { "^K = keypad(%s)", 1 }, + { "^S = scrollok(%s)", 2 }, + { "^W = save window to file", 0 }, + { "^R = restore window", 0 }, +#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION + { "^X = resize", 0 }, +#endif + { "^Q%s = exit", 3 } + }; + size_t n; + int y, x; + bool do_keypad = HaveKeypad(curp); + bool do_scroll = HaveScroll(curp); + char buf[BUFSIZ]; + + move(LINES-4, 0); + for (n = 0; n < SIZEOF(legend); n++) { + switch (legend[n].code) { + default: + strcpy(buf, legend[n].msg); + break; + case 1: + sprintf(buf, legend[n].msg, do_keypad ? "yes" : "no"); + break; + case 2: + sprintf(buf, legend[n].msg, do_scroll ? "yes" : "no"); + break; + case 3: + sprintf(buf, legend[n].msg, do_keypad ? "/ESC" : ""); + break; + } + getyx(stdscr, y, x); + addstr((COLS < (x + 3 + (int)strlen(buf))) ? "\n" : (n ? ", " : "")); + addstr(buf); + } + clrtoeol(); +} + +static void transient(FRAME *curp, NCURSES_CONST char *msg) +{ + newwin_legend(curp); + if (msg) + { + mvaddstr(LINES - 1, 0, msg); + refresh(); + napms(1000); + } + + move(LINES-1, 0); + printw("%s characters are echoed, window should %sscroll.", + HaveKeypad(curp) ? "Non-arrow" : "All other", + HaveScroll(curp) ? "" : "not " ); + clrtoeol(); +} + +static void newwin_report(FRAME *curp) +/* report on the cursor's current position, then restore it */ +{ + WINDOW *win = (curp != 0) ? curp->wind : stdscr; + int y, x; + + if (win != stdscr) + transient(curp, (char *)0); + getyx(win, y, x); + move(LINES - 1, COLS - 17); + printw("Y = %2d X = %2d", y, x); + if (win != stdscr) + refresh(); + else + wmove(win, y, x); +} + +static pair *selectcell(int uli, int ulj, int lri, int lrj) +/* arrows keys move cursor, return location at current on non-arrow key */ +{ + static pair res; /* result cell */ + int si = lri - uli + 1; /* depth of the select area */ + int sj = lrj - ulj + 1; /* width of the select area */ + int i = 0, j = 0; /* offsets into the select area */ + + res.y = uli; + res.x = ulj; + for (;;) + { + move(uli + i, ulj + j); + newwin_report((FRAME *)0); + + switch(Getchar()) + { + case KEY_UP: i += si - 1; break; + case KEY_DOWN: i++; break; + case KEY_LEFT: j += sj - 1; break; + case KEY_RIGHT: j++; break; + case QUIT: + case ESCAPE: return((pair *)0); +#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION + case KEY_MOUSE: + { + MEVENT event; + + getmouse(&event); + if (event.y > uli && event.x > ulj) { + i = event.y - uli; + j = event.x - ulj; + } else { + beep(); + break; + } + } + /* FALLTHRU */ +#endif + default: res.y = uli + i; res.x = ulj + j; return(&res); + } + i %= si; + j %= sj; + } +} + +static void outerbox(pair ul, pair lr, bool onoff) +/* draw or erase a box *outside* the given pair of corners */ +{ + mvaddch(ul.y-1, lr.x-1, onoff ? ACS_ULCORNER : ' '); + mvaddch(ul.y-1, lr.x+1, onoff ? ACS_URCORNER : ' '); + mvaddch(lr.y+1, lr.x+1, onoff ? ACS_LRCORNER : ' '); + mvaddch(lr.y+1, ul.x-1, onoff ? ACS_LLCORNER : ' '); + move(ul.y-1, ul.x); hline(onoff ? ACS_HLINE : ' ', lr.x - ul.x + 1); + move(ul.y, ul.x-1); vline(onoff ? ACS_VLINE : ' ', lr.y - ul.y + 1); + move(lr.y+1, ul.x); hline(onoff ? ACS_HLINE : ' ', lr.x - ul.x + 1); + move(ul.y, lr.x+1); vline(onoff ? ACS_VLINE : ' ', lr.y - ul.y + 1); +} + +static WINDOW *getwindow(void) +/* Ask user for a window definition */ +{ + WINDOW *rwindow; + pair ul, lr, *tmp; + + move(0, 0); clrtoeol(); + addstr("Use arrows to move cursor, anything else to mark corner 1"); + refresh(); + if ((tmp = selectcell(2, 1, LINES-BOTLINES-2, COLS-2)) == (pair *)0) + return((WINDOW *)0); + memcpy(&ul, tmp, sizeof(pair)); + mvaddch(ul.y-1, ul.x-1, ACS_ULCORNER); + move(0, 0); clrtoeol(); + addstr("Use arrows to move cursor, anything else to mark corner 2"); + refresh(); + if ((tmp = selectcell(ul.y, ul.x, LINES-BOTLINES-2, COLS-2)) == (pair *)0) + return((WINDOW *)0); + memcpy(&lr, tmp, sizeof(pair)); + + rwindow = subwin(stdscr, lr.y - ul.y + 1, lr.x - ul.x + 1, ul.y, ul.x); + + outerbox(ul, lr, TRUE); + refresh(); + + wrefresh(rwindow); + + move(0, 0); clrtoeol(); + return(rwindow); +} + +static void newwin_move(FRAME *curp, int dy, int dx) +{ + WINDOW *win = (curp != 0) ? curp->wind : stdscr; + int cur_y, cur_x; + int max_y, max_x; + + getyx(win, cur_y, cur_x); + getmaxyx(win, max_y, max_x); + if ((cur_x += dx) < 0) + cur_x = 0; + else if (cur_x >= max_x) + cur_x = max_x - 1; + if ((cur_y += dy) < 0) + cur_y = 0; + else if (cur_y >= max_y) + cur_y = max_y - 1; + wmove(win, cur_y, cur_x); +} + +static FRAME *delete_framed(FRAME *fp, bool showit) +{ + FRAME *np; + + fp->last->next = fp->next; + fp->next->last = fp->last; + + if (showit) { + werase(fp->wind); + wrefresh(fp->wind); + } + delwin(fp->wind); + + np = (fp == fp->next) ? 0 : fp->next; + free(fp); + return np; +} + +static void acs_and_scroll(void) +/* Demonstrate windows */ +{ + int c, i; + FILE *fp; + FRAME *current = (FRAME *)0, *neww; + WINDOW *usescr = stdscr; + +#define DUMPFILE "screendump" + +#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION + mousemask(BUTTON1_CLICKED, (mmask_t *)0); +#endif + c = CTRL('C'); + raw(); + do { + transient((FRAME *)0, (char *)0); + switch(c) + { + case CTRL('C'): + neww = (FRAME *) calloc(1, sizeof(FRAME)); + if ((neww->wind = getwindow()) == (WINDOW *)0) + goto breakout; + + if (current == 0) /* First element, */ + { + neww->next = neww; /* so point it at itself */ + neww->last = neww; + } + else + { + neww->next = current->next; + neww->last = current; + neww->last->next = neww; + neww->next->last = neww; + } + current = neww; + current->do_keypad = HaveKeypad(current); + current->do_scroll = HaveScroll(current); + break; + + case CTRL('N'): /* go to next window */ + if (current) + current = current->next; + break; + + case CTRL('P'): /* go to previous window */ + if (current) + current = current->last; + break; + + case CTRL('F'): /* scroll current window forward */ + if (current) + wscrl(current->wind, 1); + break; + + case CTRL('B'): /* scroll current window backwards */ + if (current) + wscrl(current->wind, -1); + break; + + case CTRL('K'): /* toggle keypad mode for current */ + if (current) { + current->do_keypad = !current->do_keypad; + keypad(current->wind, current->do_keypad); + } + break; + + case CTRL('S'): + if (current) { + current->do_scroll = !current->do_scroll; + scrollok(current->wind, current->do_scroll); + } + break; + + case CTRL('W'): /* save and delete window */ + if (current == current->next) + break; + if ((fp = fopen(DUMPFILE, "w")) == (FILE *)0) + transient(current, "Can't open screen dump file"); + else + { + (void) putwin(current->wind, fp); + (void) fclose(fp); + + current = delete_framed(current, TRUE); + } + break; + + case CTRL('R'): /* restore window */ + if ((fp = fopen(DUMPFILE, "r")) == (FILE *)0) + transient(current, "Can't open screen dump file"); + else + { + neww = (FRAME *) calloc(1, sizeof(FRAME)); + + neww->next = current->next; + neww->last = current; + neww->last->next = neww; + neww->next->last = neww; + + neww->wind = getwin(fp); + (void) fclose(fp); + + wrefresh(neww->wind); + } + break; + +#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION + case CTRL('X'): /* resize window */ + if (current) + { + pair *tmp, ul, lr; + + move(0, 0); clrtoeol(); + addstr("Use arrows to move cursor, anything else to mark new corner"); + refresh(); + + getbegyx(current->wind, ul.y, ul.x); + + tmp = selectcell(ul.y, ul.x, LINES-BOTLINES-2, COLS-2); + if (tmp == (pair *)0) + { + beep(); + break; + } + + getmaxyx(current->wind, lr.y, lr.x); + lr.y += (ul.y - 1); + lr.x += (ul.x - 1); + outerbox(ul, lr, FALSE); + wnoutrefresh(stdscr); + + /* strictly cosmetic hack for the test */ + if (current->wind->_maxy > tmp->y - ul.y) + { + getyx(current->wind, lr.y, lr.x); + wmove(current->wind, tmp->y - ul.y + 1, 0); + wclrtobot(current->wind); + wmove(current->wind, lr.y, lr.x); + } + if (current->wind->_maxx > tmp->x - ul.x) + for (i = 0; i < current->wind->_maxy; i++) + { + wmove(current->wind, i, tmp->x - ul.x + 1); + wclrtoeol(current->wind); + } + wnoutrefresh(current->wind); + + memcpy(&lr, tmp, sizeof(pair)); + (void) wresize(current->wind, lr.y-ul.y+0, lr.x-ul.x+0); + + getbegyx(current->wind, ul.y, ul.x); + getmaxyx(current->wind, lr.y, lr.x); + lr.y += (ul.y - 1); + lr.x += (ul.x - 1); + outerbox(ul, lr, TRUE); + wnoutrefresh(stdscr); + + wnoutrefresh(current->wind); + move(0, 0); clrtoeol(); + doupdate(); + } + break; +#endif /* NCURSES_VERSION */ + + case KEY_F(10): /* undocumented --- use this to test area clears */ + selectcell(0, 0, LINES - 1, COLS - 1); + clrtobot(); + refresh(); + break; + + case KEY_UP: + newwin_move(current, -1, 0); + break; + case KEY_DOWN: + newwin_move(current, 1, 0); + break; + case KEY_LEFT: + newwin_move(current, 0, -1); + break; + case KEY_RIGHT: + newwin_move(current, 0, 1); + break; + + case KEY_BACKSPACE: + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case KEY_DC: + { + int y, x; + getyx(current->wind, y, x); + if (--x < 0) { + if (--y < 0) + break; + x = getmaxx(current->wind) - 1; + } + mvwdelch(current->wind, y, x); + } + break; + + case '\r': + c = '\n'; + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + + default: + if (current) + waddch(current->wind, (chtype)c); + else + beep(); + break; + } + newwin_report(current); + usescr = (current ? current->wind : stdscr); + wrefresh(usescr); + } while + ((c = wGetchar(usescr)) + && !((c == ESCAPE) && (usescr->_use_keypad)) + && (c != ERR)); + + breakout: + while (current != 0) + current = delete_framed(current, FALSE); + + scrollok(stdscr, TRUE); /* reset to driver's default */ +#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION + mousemask(0, (mmask_t *)0); +#endif + noraw(); + erase(); + endwin(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Panels tester + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#if USE_LIBPANEL +static PANEL *p1; +static PANEL *p2; +static PANEL *p3; +static PANEL *p4; +static PANEL *p5; +static WINDOW *w1; +static WINDOW *w2; +static WINDOW *w3; +static WINDOW *w4; +static WINDOW *w5; + +static unsigned long nap_msec = 1; + +static NCURSES_CONST char *mod[] = +{ + "test ", + "TEST ", + "(**) ", + "*()* ", + "<--> ", + "LAST " +}; + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + wait_a_while(msec) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void +wait_a_while(unsigned long msec GCC_UNUSED) +{ +#if HAVE_NAPMS + if(nap_msec == 1) + wGetchar(stdscr); + else + napms(nap_msec); +#else + if(nap_msec == 1) + wGetchar(stdscr); + else if(msec > 1000L) + sleep((int)msec/1000L); + else + sleep(1); +#endif +} /* end of wait_a_while */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + saywhat(text) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void +saywhat(NCURSES_CONST char *text) +{ + wmove(stdscr,LINES - 1,0); + wclrtoeol(stdscr); + waddstr(stdscr, text); +} /* end of saywhat */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + mkpanel(rows,cols,tly,tlx) - alloc a win and panel and associate them +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static PANEL * +mkpanel(int rows, int cols, int tly, int tlx) +{ +WINDOW *win = newwin(rows,cols,tly,tlx); +PANEL *pan; + + if(!win) + return((PANEL *)0); + if((pan = new_panel(win))) + return(pan); + delwin(win); + return((PANEL *)0); +} /* end of mkpanel */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + rmpanel(pan) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void +rmpanel(PANEL *pan) +{ +WINDOW *win = panel_window(pan); + del_panel(pan); + delwin(win); +} /* end of rmpanel */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + pflush() +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void +pflush(void) +{ + update_panels(); + doupdate(); +} /* end of pflush */ + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + fill_panel(win) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +static void +fill_panel(PANEL *pan) +{ +WINDOW *win = panel_window(pan); +int num = ((const char *)panel_userptr(pan))[1]; +int y,x; + + box(win, 0, 0); + wmove(win,1,1); + wprintw(win,"-pan%c-", num); + for(y = 2; y < getmaxy(win) - 1; y++) + { + for(x = 1; x < getmaxx(win) - 1; x++) + { + wmove(win,y,x); + waddch(win,num); + } + } +} /* end of fill_panel */ + +static void demo_panels(void) +{ +int itmp; +register y,x; + + refresh(); + + for(y = 0; y < LINES - 1; y++) + { + for(x = 0; x < COLS; x++) + wprintw(stdscr,"%d",(y + x) % 10); + } + for(y = 0; y < 5; y++) + { + p1 = mkpanel(LINES/2 - 2, COLS/8 + 1, 0, 0); + w1 = panel_window(p1); + set_panel_userptr(p1,"p1"); + + p2 = mkpanel(LINES/2 + 1, COLS/7, LINES/4, COLS/10); + w2 = panel_window(p2); + set_panel_userptr(p2,"p2"); + + p3 = mkpanel(LINES/4, COLS/10, LINES/2, COLS/9); + w3 = panel_window(p3); + set_panel_userptr(p3,"p3"); + + p4 = mkpanel(LINES/2 - 2, COLS/8, LINES/2 - 2, COLS/3); + w4 = panel_window(p4); + set_panel_userptr(p4,"p4"); + + p5 = mkpanel(LINES/2 - 2, COLS/8, LINES/2, COLS/2 - 2); + w5 = panel_window(p5); + set_panel_userptr(p5,"p5"); + + fill_panel(p1); + fill_panel(p2); + fill_panel(p3); + fill_panel(p4); + fill_panel(p5); + hide_panel(p4); + hide_panel(p5); + pflush(); + saywhat("press any key to continue"); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("h3 s1 s2 s4 s5; press any key to continue"); + move_panel(p1,0,0); + hide_panel(p3); + show_panel(p1); + show_panel(p2); + show_panel(p4); + show_panel(p5); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("s1; press any key to continue"); + show_panel(p1); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("s2; press any key to continue"); + show_panel(p2); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("m2; press any key to continue"); + move_panel(p2, LINES/3 + 1, COLS / 8); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("s3;"); + show_panel(p3); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("m3; press any key to continue"); + move_panel(p3, LINES/4 + 1, COLS / 15); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("b3; press any key to continue"); + bottom_panel(p3); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("s4; press any key to continue"); + show_panel(p4); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("s5; press any key to continue"); + show_panel(p5); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("t3; press any key to continue"); + top_panel(p3); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("t1; press any key to continue"); + top_panel(p1); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("t2; press any key to continue"); + top_panel(p2); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("t3; press any key to continue"); + top_panel(p3); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("t4; press any key to continue"); + top_panel(p4); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + for(itmp = 0; itmp < 6; itmp++) + { + saywhat("m4; press any key to continue"); + wmove(w4, LINES/8, 1); + waddstr(w4,mod[itmp]); + move_panel(p4, LINES/6, itmp*(COLS/8)); + wmove(w5, LINES/6, 1); + waddstr(w5,mod[itmp]); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + saywhat("m5; press any key to continue"); + wmove(w4, LINES/6, 1); + waddstr(w4,mod[itmp]); + move_panel(p5, LINES/3 - 1,(itmp*10) + 6); + wmove(w5, LINES/8, 1); + waddstr(w5,mod[itmp]); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + } + + saywhat("m4; press any key to continue"); + move_panel(p4, LINES/6, itmp*(COLS/8)); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("t5; press any key to continue"); + top_panel(p5); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("t2; press any key to continue"); + top_panel(p2); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("t1; press any key to continue"); + top_panel(p1); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("d2; press any key to continue"); + rmpanel(p2); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("h3; press any key to continue"); + hide_panel(p3); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("d1; press any key to continue"); + rmpanel(p1); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("d4; press any key to continue"); + rmpanel(p4); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + + saywhat("d5; press any key to continue"); + rmpanel(p5); + pflush(); + wait_a_while(nap_msec); + if(nap_msec == 1) + break; + nap_msec = 100L; + } + + erase(); + endwin(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Pad tester + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#define GRIDSIZE 3 + +static bool show_panner_legend = TRUE; + +static int panner_legend(int line) +{ + static const char *const legend[] = { + "Use arrow keys (or U,D,L,R) to pan, q to quit (?,t,s flags)", + "Use ! to shell-out. Toggle legend:?, timer:t, scroll mark:s.", + "Use +,- (or j,k) to grow/shrink the panner vertically.", + "Use <,> (or h,l) to grow/shrink the panner horizontally." + }; + int n = (SIZEOF(legend) - (LINES - line)); + if (line < LINES && (n >= 0)) { + move(line, 0); + if (show_panner_legend) + printw("%s", legend[n]); + clrtoeol(); + return show_panner_legend; + } + return FALSE; +} + +static void panner_h_cleanup(int from_y, int from_x, int to_x) +{ + if (!panner_legend(from_y)) + do_h_line(from_y, from_x, ' ', to_x); +} + +static void panner_v_cleanup(int from_y, int from_x, int to_y) +{ + if (!panner_legend(from_y)) + do_v_line(from_y, from_x, ' ', to_y); +} + +static void panner(WINDOW *pad, + int top_x, int top_y, int porty, int portx, + int (*pgetc)(WINDOW *)) +{ +#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY + struct timeval before, after; + bool timing = TRUE; +#endif + bool scrollers = TRUE; + int basex = 0; + int basey = 0; + int pxmax, pymax, lowend, highend, c; + + getmaxyx(pad, pymax, pxmax); + scrollok(stdscr, FALSE); /* we don't want stdscr to scroll! */ + + c = KEY_REFRESH; + do { +#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION + /* + * During shell-out, the user may have resized the window. Adjust + * the port size of the pad to accommodate this. Ncurses automatically + * resizes all of the normal windows to fit on the new screen. + */ + if (top_x > COLS) top_x = COLS; + if (portx > COLS) portx = COLS; + if (top_y > LINES) top_y = LINES; + if (porty > LINES) porty = LINES; +#endif + switch(c) + { + case KEY_REFRESH: + erase(); + + /* FALLTHRU */ + case '?': + if (c == '?') + show_panner_legend = !show_panner_legend; + panner_legend(LINES - 4); + panner_legend(LINES - 3); + panner_legend(LINES - 2); + panner_legend(LINES - 1); + break; +#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY + case 't': + timing = !timing; + if (!timing) + panner_legend(LINES-1); + break; +#endif + case 's': + scrollers = !scrollers; + break; + + /* Move the top-left corner of the pad, keeping the bottom-right + * corner fixed. + */ + case 'h': /* increase-columns: move left edge to left */ + if (top_x <= 0) + beep(); + else + { + panner_v_cleanup(top_y, top_x, porty); + top_x--; + } + break; + + case 'j': /* decrease-lines: move top-edge down */ + if (top_y >= porty) + beep(); + else + { + panner_h_cleanup(top_y - 1, top_x - (top_x > 0), portx); + top_y++; + } + break; + + case 'k': /* increase-lines: move top-edge up */ + if (top_y <= 0) + beep(); + else + { + top_y--; + panner_h_cleanup(top_y, top_x, portx); + } + break; + + case 'l': /* decrease-columns: move left-edge to right */ + if (top_x >= portx) + beep(); + else + { + panner_v_cleanup(top_y - (top_y > 0), top_x - 1, porty); + top_x++; + } + break; + + /* Move the bottom-right corner of the pad, keeping the top-left + * corner fixed. + */ + case KEY_IC: /* increase-columns: move right-edge to right */ + if (portx >= pxmax || portx >= COLS) + beep(); + else + { + panner_v_cleanup(top_y - (top_y > 0), portx - 1, porty); + ++portx; + } + break; + + case KEY_IL: /* increase-lines: move bottom-edge down */ + if (porty >= pymax || porty >= LINES) + beep(); + else + { + panner_h_cleanup(porty - 1, top_x - (top_x > 0), portx); + ++porty; + } + break; + + case KEY_DC: /* decrease-columns: move bottom edge up */ + if (portx <= top_x) + beep(); + else + { + portx--; + panner_v_cleanup(top_y - (top_y > 0), portx, porty); + } + break; + + case KEY_DL: /* decrease-lines */ + if (porty <= top_y) + beep(); + else + { + porty--; + panner_h_cleanup(porty, top_x - (top_x > 0), portx); + } + break; + + case KEY_LEFT: /* pan leftwards */ + if (basex > 0) + basex--; + else + beep(); + break; + + case KEY_RIGHT: /* pan rightwards */ + if (basex + portx - (pymax > porty) < pxmax) + basex++; + else + beep(); + break; + + case KEY_UP: /* pan upwards */ + if (basey > 0) + basey--; + else + beep(); + break; + + case KEY_DOWN: /* pan downwards */ + if (basey + porty - (pxmax > portx) < pymax) + basey++; + else + beep(); + break; + + default: + beep(); + break; + } + + mvaddch(top_y - 1, top_x - 1, ACS_ULCORNER); + do_v_line(top_y, top_x - 1, ACS_VLINE, porty); + do_h_line(top_y - 1, top_x, ACS_HLINE, portx); + + if (scrollers && (pxmax > portx - 1)) { + int length = (portx - top_x - 1); + float ratio = ((float) length) / ((float) pxmax); + + lowend = top_x + (basex * ratio); + highend = top_x + ((basex + length) * ratio); + + do_h_line(porty - 1, top_x, ACS_HLINE, lowend); + if (highend < portx) { + attron(A_REVERSE); + do_h_line(porty - 1, lowend, ' ', highend + 1); + attroff(A_REVERSE); + do_h_line(porty - 1, highend + 1, ACS_HLINE, portx); + } + } else + do_h_line(porty - 1, top_x, ACS_HLINE, portx); + + if (scrollers && (pymax > porty - 1)) { + int length = (porty - top_y - 1); + float ratio = ((float) length) / ((float) pymax); + + lowend = top_y + (basey * ratio); + highend = top_y + ((basey + length) * ratio); + + do_v_line(top_y, portx - 1, ACS_VLINE, lowend); + if (highend < porty) { + attron(A_REVERSE); + do_v_line(lowend, portx - 1, ' ', highend + 1); + attroff(A_REVERSE); + do_v_line(highend + 1, portx - 1, ACS_VLINE, porty); + } + } else + do_v_line(top_y, portx - 1, ACS_VLINE, porty); + + mvaddch(top_y - 1, portx - 1, ACS_URCORNER); + mvaddch(porty - 1, top_x - 1, ACS_LLCORNER); + mvaddch(porty - 1, portx - 1, ACS_LRCORNER); + +#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY + gettimeofday(&before, 0); +#endif + wnoutrefresh(stdscr); + + pnoutrefresh(pad, + basey, basex, + top_y, top_x, + porty - (pxmax > portx) - 1, + portx - (pymax > porty) - 1); + + doupdate(); +#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY + if (timing) { + double elapsed; + gettimeofday(&after, 0); + elapsed = (after.tv_sec + after.tv_usec / 1.0e6) + - (before.tv_sec + before.tv_usec / 1.0e6); + move(LINES-1, COLS-20); + printw("Secs: %2.03f", elapsed); + refresh(); + } +#endif + + } while + ((c = pgetc(pad)) != KEY_EXIT); + + scrollok(stdscr, TRUE); /* reset to driver's default */ +} + +static +int padgetch(WINDOW *win) +{ + int c; + + while(1) + switch(c = wGetchar(win)) + { + case '!': ShellOut(FALSE); return KEY_REFRESH; + case CTRL('r'): endwin(); refresh(); return KEY_REFRESH; + case CTRL('l'): return KEY_REFRESH; + case 'U': return(KEY_UP); + case 'D': return(KEY_DOWN); + case 'R': return(KEY_RIGHT); + case 'L': return(KEY_LEFT); + case '+': return(KEY_IL); + case '-': return(KEY_DL); + case '>': return(KEY_IC); + case '<': return(KEY_DC); + case ERR: /* FALLTHRU */ + case 'q': return(KEY_EXIT); + default: return(c); + } +} + +static void demo_pad(void) +/* Demonstrate pads. */ +{ + int i, j; + unsigned gridcount = 0; + WINDOW *panpad = newpad(200, 200); + + for (i = 0; i < 200; i++) + { + for (j = 0; j < 200; j++) + if (i % GRIDSIZE == 0 && j % GRIDSIZE == 0) + { + if (i == 0 || j == 0) + waddch(panpad, '+'); + else + waddch(panpad, (chtype)('A' + (gridcount++ % 26))); + } + else if (i % GRIDSIZE == 0) + waddch(panpad, '-'); + else if (j % GRIDSIZE == 0) + waddch(panpad, '|'); + else + waddch(panpad, ' '); + } + panner_legend(LINES - 4); + panner_legend(LINES - 3); + panner_legend(LINES - 2); + panner_legend(LINES - 1); + + keypad(panpad, TRUE); + + /* Make the pad (initially) narrow enough that a trace file won't wrap. + * We'll still be able to widen it during a test, since that's required + * for testing boundaries. + */ + panner(panpad, 2, 2, LINES - 5, COLS-15, padgetch); + + delwin(panpad); + endwin(); + erase(); +} +#endif /* USE_LIBPANEL */ + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Tests from John Burnell's PDCurses tester + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +static void Continue (WINDOW *win) +{ + noecho(); + wmove(win, 10, 1); + mvwaddstr(win, 10, 1, " Press any key to continue"); + wrefresh(win); + wGetchar(win); +} + +static void flushinp_test(WINDOW *win) +/* Input test, adapted from John Burnell's PDCurses tester */ +{ + int w, h, bx, by, sw, sh, i; + + WINDOW *subWin; + wclear (win); + + w = win->_maxx; + h = win->_maxy; + bx = win->_begx; + by = win->_begy; + sw = w / 3; + sh = h / 3; + if((subWin = subwin(win, sh, sw, by + h - sh - 2, bx + w - sw - 2)) == 0) + return; + +#ifdef A_COLOR + if (has_colors()) + { + init_pair(2,COLOR_CYAN,COLOR_BLUE); + wattrset(subWin, COLOR_PAIR(2) | A_BOLD); + } + else + wattrset(subWin, A_BOLD); +#else + wattrset(subWin, A_BOLD); +#endif + box(subWin, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE); + mvwaddstr(subWin, 2, 1, "This is a subwindow"); + wrefresh(win); + + nocbreak(); + mvwaddstr(win, 0, 1, "This is a test of the flushinp() call."); + + mvwaddstr(win, 2, 1, "Type random keys for 5 seconds."); + mvwaddstr(win, 3, 1, + "These should be discarded (not echoed) after the subwindow goes away."); + wrefresh(win); + + for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) + { + mvwprintw (subWin, 1, 1, "Time = %d", i); + wrefresh(subWin); + napms(1000); + flushinp(); + } + + delwin (subWin); + werase(win); + flash(); + wrefresh(win); + napms(1000); + + mvwaddstr(win, 2, 1, + "If you were still typing when the window timer expired,"); + mvwaddstr(win, 3, 1, + "or else you typed nothing at all while it was running,"); + mvwaddstr(win, 4, 1, + "test was invalid. You'll see garbage or nothing at all. "); + mvwaddstr(win, 6, 1, "Press a key"); + wmove(win, 9, 10); + wrefresh(win); + echo(); + wGetchar(win); + flushinp(); + mvwaddstr(win, 12, 0, + "If you see any key other than what you typed, flushinp() is broken."); + Continue(win); + + wmove(win, 9, 10); + wdelch(win); + wrefresh(win); + wmove(win, 12, 0); + clrtoeol(); + waddstr(win, + "What you typed should now have been deleted; if not, wdelch() failed."); + Continue(win); + + cbreak(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Menu test + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#if USE_LIBMENU + +#define MENU_Y 8 +#define MENU_X 8 + +static int menu_virtualize(int c) +{ + if (c == '\n' || c == KEY_EXIT) + return(MAX_COMMAND + 1); + else if (c == 'n' || c == KEY_DOWN) + return(REQ_NEXT_ITEM); + else if (c == 'p' || c == KEY_UP) + return(REQ_PREV_ITEM); + else if (c == ' ') + return(REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM); + else + return(c); +} + +static const char *animals[] = +{ + "Lions", "Tigers", "Bears", "(Oh my!)", "Newts", "Platypi", "Lemurs", + (char *)0 +}; + +static void menu_test(void) +{ + MENU *m; + ITEM *items[SIZEOF(animals)]; + ITEM **ip = items; + const char **ap; + int mrows, mcols; + WINDOW *menuwin; + + mvaddstr(0, 0, "This is the menu test:"); + mvaddstr(2, 0, " Use up and down arrow to move the select bar."); + mvaddstr(3, 0, " 'n' and 'p' act like arrows."); + mvaddstr(4, 0, " Press return to exit."); + refresh(); + + for (ap = animals; *ap; ap++) + *ip++ = new_item(*ap, ""); + *ip = (ITEM *)0; + + m = new_menu(items); + + scale_menu(m, &mrows, &mcols); + + menuwin = newwin(mrows + 2, mcols + 2, MENU_Y, MENU_X); + set_menu_win(m, menuwin); + keypad(menuwin, TRUE); + box(menuwin, 0, 0); + + set_menu_sub(m, derwin(menuwin, mrows, mcols, 1, 1)); + + post_menu(m); + + while (menu_driver(m, menu_virtualize(wGetchar(menuwin))) != E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND) + continue; + + (void) mvprintw(LINES - 2, 0, + "You chose: %s\n", item_name(current_item(m))); + (void) addstr("Press any key to continue..."); + wGetchar(stdscr); + + unpost_menu(m); + delwin(menuwin); + + free_menu(m); + for (ip = items; *ip; ip++) + free_item(*ip); +} + +#ifdef TRACE +#define T_TBL(name) { #name, name } +static struct { + const char *name; + int mask; +} t_tbl[] = { + T_TBL(TRACE_DISABLE), + T_TBL(TRACE_TIMES), + T_TBL(TRACE_TPUTS), + T_TBL(TRACE_UPDATE), + T_TBL(TRACE_MOVE), + T_TBL(TRACE_CHARPUT), + T_TBL(TRACE_ORDINARY), + T_TBL(TRACE_CALLS), + T_TBL(TRACE_VIRTPUT), + T_TBL(TRACE_IEVENT), + T_TBL(TRACE_BITS), + T_TBL(TRACE_ICALLS), + T_TBL(TRACE_CCALLS), + T_TBL(TRACE_MAXIMUM), + { (char *)0, 0 } +}; + +static char *tracetrace(int tlevel) +{ + static char *buf; + int n; + + if (buf == 0) { + size_t need = 12; + for (n = 0; t_tbl[n].name != 0; n++) + need += strlen(t_tbl[n].name) + 2; + buf = malloc(need); + } + sprintf(buf, "0x%02x = {", tlevel); + if (tlevel == 0) { + sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "%s, ", t_tbl[0].name); + } else { + for (n = 1; t_tbl[n].name != 0; n++) + if ((tlevel & t_tbl[n].mask) == t_tbl[n].mask) + { + strcat(buf, t_tbl[n].name); + strcat(buf, ", "); + } + } + if (buf[strlen(buf) - 2] == ',') + buf[strlen(buf) - 2] = '\0'; + return(strcat(buf,"}")); +} + +/* fake a dynamically reconfigurable menu using the 0th entry to deselect + * the others + */ +static int run_trace_menu(MENU *m) +{ + ITEM **items; + ITEM *i, **p; + + for (;;) { + bool changed = FALSE; + switch (menu_driver(m, menu_virtualize(wGetchar(menu_win(m))))) { + case E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND: + return FALSE; + default: + items = menu_items(m); + i = current_item(m); + if (i == items[0]) { + if (item_value(i)) { + for (p = items+1; *p != 0; p++) + if (item_value(*p)) { + set_item_value(*p, FALSE); + changed = TRUE; + } + } + } else { + for (p = items+1; *p != 0; p++) + if (item_value(*p)) { + set_item_value(items[0], FALSE); + changed = TRUE; + break; + } + } + if (!changed) + return TRUE; + } + } +} + +static void trace_set(void) +/* interactively set the trace level */ +{ + MENU *m; + ITEM *items[SIZEOF(t_tbl)]; + ITEM **ip = items; + int mrows, mcols, newtrace; + int n; + WINDOW *menuwin; + + mvaddstr(0, 0, "Interactively set trace level:"); + mvaddstr(2, 0, " Press space bar to toggle a selection."); + mvaddstr(3, 0, " Use up and down arrow to move the select bar."); + mvaddstr(4, 0, " Press return to set the trace level."); + mvprintw(6, 0, "(Current trace level is %s)", tracetrace(_nc_tracing)); + + refresh(); + + for (n = 0; t_tbl[n].name != 0; n++) + *ip++ = new_item(t_tbl[n].name, ""); + *ip = (ITEM *)0; + + m = new_menu(items); + + set_menu_format(m, 0, 2); + scale_menu(m, &mrows, &mcols); + + menu_opts_off(m, O_ONEVALUE); + menuwin = newwin(mrows + 2, mcols + 2, MENU_Y, MENU_X); + set_menu_win(m, menuwin); + keypad(menuwin, TRUE); + box(menuwin, 0, 0); + + set_menu_sub(m, derwin(menuwin, mrows, mcols, 1, 1)); + + post_menu(m); + + for (ip = menu_items(m); *ip; ip++) { + int mask = t_tbl[item_index(*ip)].mask; + if (mask == 0) + set_item_value(*ip, _nc_tracing == 0); + else if ((mask & _nc_tracing) == mask) + set_item_value(*ip, TRUE); + } + + while (run_trace_menu(m)) + continue; + + newtrace = 0; + for (ip = menu_items(m); *ip; ip++) + if (item_value(*ip)) + newtrace |= t_tbl[item_index(*ip)].mask; + trace(newtrace); + _tracef("trace level interactively set to %s", tracetrace(_nc_tracing)); + + (void) mvprintw(LINES - 2, 0, + "Trace level is %s\n", tracetrace(_nc_tracing)); + (void) addstr("Press any key to continue..."); + wGetchar(stdscr); + + unpost_menu(m); + delwin(menuwin); + + free_menu(m); + for (ip = items; *ip; ip++) + free_item(*ip); +} +#endif /* TRACE */ +#endif /* USE_LIBMENU */ + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Forms test + * + ****************************************************************************/ +#if USE_LIBFORM +static FIELD *make_label(int frow, int fcol, NCURSES_CONST char *label) +{ + FIELD *f = new_field(1, strlen(label), frow, fcol, 0, 0); + + if (f) + { + set_field_buffer(f, 0, label); + set_field_opts(f, field_opts(f) & ~O_ACTIVE); + } + return(f); +} + +static FIELD *make_field(int frow, int fcol, int rows, int cols) +{ + FIELD *f = new_field(rows, cols, frow, fcol, 0, 0); + + if (f) + set_field_back(f, A_UNDERLINE); + return(f); +} + +static void display_form(FORM *f) +{ + WINDOW *w; + int rows, cols; + + scale_form(f, &rows, &cols); + + if ((w =newwin(rows+2, cols+4, 0, 0)) != (WINDOW *)0) + { + set_form_win(f, w); + set_form_sub(f, derwin(w, rows, cols, 1, 2)); + box(w, 0, 0); + keypad(w, TRUE); + } + + if (post_form(f) != E_OK) + wrefresh(w); +} + +static void erase_form(FORM *f) +{ + WINDOW *w = form_win(f); + WINDOW *s = form_sub(f); + + unpost_form(f); + werase(w); + wrefresh(w); + delwin(s); + delwin(w); +} + +static int form_virtualize(WINDOW *w) +{ + static int mode = REQ_INS_MODE; + int c = wGetchar(w); + + switch(c) + { + case QUIT: + case ESCAPE: + return(MAX_FORM_COMMAND + 1); + + /* demo doesn't use these three, leave them in anyway as sample code */ + case KEY_NPAGE: + case CTRL('F'): + return(REQ_NEXT_PAGE); + case KEY_PPAGE: + return(REQ_PREV_PAGE); + + case KEY_NEXT: + case CTRL('N'): + return(REQ_NEXT_FIELD); + case KEY_PREVIOUS: + case CTRL('P'): + return(REQ_PREV_FIELD); + + case KEY_HOME: + return(REQ_FIRST_FIELD); + case KEY_END: + case KEY_LL: + return(REQ_LAST_FIELD); + + case CTRL('L'): + return(REQ_LEFT_FIELD); + case CTRL('R'): + return(REQ_RIGHT_FIELD); + case CTRL('U'): + return(REQ_UP_FIELD); + case CTRL('D'): + return(REQ_DOWN_FIELD); + + case CTRL('W'): + return(REQ_NEXT_WORD); + case CTRL('B'): + return(REQ_PREV_WORD); + case CTRL('S'): + return(REQ_BEG_FIELD); + case CTRL('E'): + return(REQ_END_FIELD); + + case KEY_LEFT: + return(REQ_LEFT_CHAR); + case KEY_RIGHT: + return(REQ_RIGHT_CHAR); + case KEY_UP: + return(REQ_UP_CHAR); + case KEY_DOWN: + return(REQ_DOWN_CHAR); + + case CTRL('M'): + return(REQ_NEW_LINE); + case CTRL('I'): + return(REQ_INS_CHAR); + case CTRL('O'): + return(REQ_INS_LINE); + case CTRL('V'): + return(REQ_DEL_CHAR); + + case CTRL('H'): + case KEY_BACKSPACE: + return(REQ_DEL_PREV); + case CTRL('Y'): + return(REQ_DEL_LINE); + case CTRL('G'): + return(REQ_DEL_WORD); + + case CTRL('C'): + return(REQ_CLR_EOL); + case CTRL('K'): + return(REQ_CLR_EOF); + case CTRL('X'): + return(REQ_CLR_FIELD); + case CTRL('A'): + return(REQ_NEXT_CHOICE); + case CTRL('Z'): + return(REQ_PREV_CHOICE); + + case CTRL(']'): + if (mode == REQ_INS_MODE) + return(mode = REQ_OVL_MODE); + else + return(mode = REQ_INS_MODE); + + default: + return(c); + } +} + +static int my_form_driver(FORM *form, int c) +{ + if (c == (MAX_FORM_COMMAND + 1) + && form_driver(form, REQ_VALIDATION) == E_OK) + return(TRUE); + else + { + beep(); + return(FALSE); + } +} + +static void demo_forms(void) +{ + WINDOW *w; + FORM *form; + FIELD *f[10]; + int finished = 0, c; + + mvaddstr(10, 57, "Forms Entry Test"); + + move(18, 0); + addstr("Defined form-traversal keys: ^Q/ESC- exit form\n"); + addstr("^N -- go to next field ^P -- go to previous field\n"); + addstr("Home -- go to first field End -- go to last field\n"); + addstr("^L -- go to field to left ^R -- go to field to right\n"); + addstr("^U -- move upward to field ^D -- move downward to field\n"); + addstr("^W -- go to next word ^B -- go to previous word\n"); + addstr("^S -- go to start of field ^E -- go to end of field\n"); + addstr("^H -- delete previous char ^Y -- delete line\n"); + addstr("^G -- delete current word ^C -- clear to end of line\n"); + addstr("^K -- clear to end of field ^X -- clear field\n"); + addstr("Arrow keys move within a field as you would expect."); + refresh(); + + /* describe the form */ + f[0] = make_label(0, 15, "Sample Form"); + f[1] = make_label(2, 0, "Last Name"); + f[2] = make_field(3, 0, 1, 18); + f[3] = make_label(2, 20, "First Name"); + f[4] = make_field(3, 20, 1, 12); + f[5] = make_label(2, 34, "Middle Name"); + f[6] = make_field(3, 34, 1, 12); + f[7] = make_label(5, 0, "Comments"); + f[8] = make_field(6, 0, 4, 46); + f[9] = (FIELD *)0; + + form = new_form(f); + + display_form(form); + + w = form_win(form); + raw(); + while (!finished) + { + switch(form_driver(form, c = form_virtualize(w))) + { + case E_OK: + break; + case E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND: + finished = my_form_driver(form, c); + break; + default: + beep(); + break; + } + } + + erase_form(form); + + free_form(form); + for (c = 0; f[c] != 0; c++) + free_field(f[c]); + noraw(); +} +#endif /* USE_LIBFORM */ + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Overlap test + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +static void fillwin(WINDOW *win, char ch) +{ + int y, x; + + for (y = 0; y <= win->_maxy; y++) + { + wmove(win, y, 0); + for (x = 0; x <= win->_maxx; x++) + waddch(win, ch); + } +} + +static void crosswin(WINDOW *win, char ch) +{ + int y, x; + + for (y = 0; y <= win->_maxy; y++) + { + for (x = 0; x <= win->_maxx; x++) + if (((x > win->_maxx / 3) && (x <= 2 * win->_maxx / 3)) + || (((y > win->_maxy / 3) && (y <= 2 * win->_maxy / 3)))) + { + wmove(win, y, x); + waddch(win, ch); + } + } +} + +static void overlap_test(void) +/* test effects of overlapping windows */ +{ + int ch; + + WINDOW *win1 = newwin(9, 20, 3, 3); + WINDOW *win2 = newwin(9, 20, 9, 16); + + refresh(); + move(0, 0); + printw("This test shows the behavior of wnoutrefresh() with respect to\n"); + printw("the shared region of two overlapping windows A and B. The cross\n"); + printw("pattern in each window does not overlap the other.\n"); + + + move(18, 0); + printw("a = refresh A, then B, then doupdate. b = refresh B, then A, then doupdaute\n"); + printw("c = fill window A with letter A. d = fill window B with letter B.\n"); + printw("e = cross pattern in window A. f = cross pattern in window B.\n"); + printw("g = clear window A. h = clear window B.\n"); + printw("i = overwrite A onto B. j = overwrite B onto A.\n"); + printw("^Q/ESC = terminate test."); + + while ((ch = Getchar()) != QUIT && ch != ESCAPE) + switch (ch) + { + case 'a': /* refresh window A first, then B */ + wnoutrefresh(win1); + wnoutrefresh(win2); + doupdate(); + break; + + case 'b': /* refresh window B first, then A */ + wnoutrefresh(win2); + wnoutrefresh(win1); + doupdate(); + break; + + case 'c': /* fill window A so it's visible */ + fillwin(win1, 'A'); + break; + + case 'd': /* fill window B so it's visible */ + fillwin(win2, 'B'); + break; + + case 'e': /* cross test pattern in window A */ + crosswin(win1, 'A'); + break; + + case 'f': /* cross test pattern in window A */ + crosswin(win2, 'B'); + break; + + case 'g': /* clear window A */ + wclear(win1); + wmove(win1, 0, 0); + break; + + case 'h': /* clear window B */ + wclear(win2); + wmove(win2, 0, 0); + break; + + case 'i': /* overwrite A onto B */ + overwrite(win1, win2); + break; + + case 'j': /* overwrite B onto A */ + overwrite(win2, win1); + break; + } + + delwin(win2); + delwin(win1); + erase(); + endwin(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * + * Main sequence + * + ****************************************************************************/ + +static bool +do_single_test(const char c) +/* perform a single specified test */ +{ + switch (c) + { + case 'a': + getch_test(); + break; + + case 'b': + attr_test(); + break; + + case 'c': + if (!has_colors()) + Cannot("does not support color."); + else + color_test(); + break; + + case 'd': + if (!has_colors()) + Cannot("does not support color."); + else if (!can_change_color()) + Cannot("has hardwired color values."); + else + color_edit(); + break; + + case 'e': + slk_test(); + break; + + case 'f': + acs_display(); + break; + +#if USE_LIBPANEL + case 'o': + demo_panels(); + break; +#endif + + case 'g': + acs_and_scroll(); + break; + + case 'i': + flushinp_test(stdscr); + break; + + case 'k': + test_sgr_attributes(); + break; + +#if USE_LIBMENU + case 'm': + menu_test(); + break; +#endif + +#if USE_LIBPANEL + case 'p': + demo_pad(); + break; +#endif + +#if USE_LIBFORM + case 'r': + demo_forms(); + break; +#endif + + case 's': + overlap_test(); + break; + +#if USE_LIBMENU && defined(TRACE) + case 't': + trace_set(); + break; +#endif + + case '?': + (void) puts("This is the ncurses capability tester."); + (void) puts("You may select a test from the main menu by typing the"); + (void) puts("key letter of the choice (the letter to left of the =)"); + (void) puts("at the > prompt. The commands `x' or `q' will exit."); + break; + + default: + return FALSE; + } + + return TRUE; +} + +static void +usage(void) +{ + static const char *const tbl[] = { + "Usage: ncurses [options]" + ,"" + ,"Options:" + ," -e fmt specify format for soft-keys test (e)" + ," -f rip-off footer line (can repeat)" + ," -h rip-off header line (can repeat)" + ," -s msec specify nominal time for panel-demo (default: 1, to hold)" +#ifdef TRACE + ," -t mask specify default trace-level (may toggle with ^T)" +#endif + }; + size_t n; + for (n = 0; n < sizeof(tbl)/sizeof(tbl[0]); n++) + fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", tbl[n]); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +static void +set_terminal_modes(void) +{ + noraw(); + cbreak(); + noecho(); + scrollok(stdscr, TRUE); + idlok(stdscr, TRUE); + keypad(stdscr, TRUE); +} + +#ifdef SIGUSR1 +static RETSIGTYPE announce_sig(int sig) +{ + (void) fprintf(stderr, "Handled signal %d\r\n", sig); +} +#endif + +static int rip_footer(WINDOW *win, int columns) +{ + wbkgd(win, A_REVERSE); + werase(win); + wmove(win, 0, 0); + wprintw(win, "footer: %d columns", columns); + wnoutrefresh(win); + return OK; +} + +static int rip_header(WINDOW *win, int columns) +{ + wbkgd(win, A_REVERSE); + werase(win); + wmove(win, 0, 0); + wprintw(win, "header: %d columns", columns); + wnoutrefresh(win); + return OK; +} + +/*+------------------------------------------------------------------------- + main(argc,argv) +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +int +main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + int command, c; + int my_e_param = 1; + + while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "e:fhs:t:")) != EOF) { + switch (c) { + case 'e': + my_e_param = atoi(optarg); +#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION + if (my_e_param > 3) /* allow extended layouts */ + usage(); +#else + if (my_e_param > 1) + usage(); +#endif + break; + case 'f': + ripoffline(-1, rip_footer); + break; + case 'h': + ripoffline(1, rip_header); + break; + case 's': + nap_msec = atol(optarg); + break; +#ifdef TRACE + case 't': + save_trace = atoi(optarg); + break; +#endif + default: + usage(); + } + } + + /* + * If there's no menus (unlikely for ncurses!), then we'll have to set + * tracing on initially, just in case the user wants to test something that + * doesn't involve wGetchar. + */ +#ifdef TRACE + /* enable debugging */ +#if !USE_LIBMENU + trace(save_trace); +#else + if (!isatty(fileno(stdin))) + trace(save_trace); +#endif /* USE_LIBMENU */ +#endif /* TRACE */ + + /* tell it we're going to play with soft keys */ + slk_init(my_e_param); + +#ifdef SIGUSR1 + /* set up null signal catcher so we can see what interrupts to getch do */ + signal(SIGUSR1, announce_sig); +#endif + + /* we must initialize the curses data structure only once */ + initscr(); + bkgdset(BLANK); + + /* tests, in general, will want these modes */ + start_color(); + set_terminal_modes(); + def_prog_mode(); + + /* + * Return to terminal mode, so we're guaranteed of being able to + * select terminal commands even if the capabilities are wrong. + */ + endwin(); + + (void) puts("Welcome to ncurses. Press ? for help."); + + do { + (void) puts("This is the ncurses main menu"); + (void) puts("a = keyboard and mouse input test"); + (void) puts("b = character attribute test"); + (void) puts("c = color test pattern"); + (void) puts("d = edit RGB color values"); + (void) puts("e = exercise soft keys"); + (void) puts("f = display ACS characters"); + (void) puts("g = display windows and scrolling"); + (void) puts("i = test of flushinp()"); + (void) puts("k = display character attributes"); +#if USE_LIBMENU + (void) puts("m = menu code test"); +#endif +#if USE_LIBPANEL + (void) puts("o = exercise panels library"); + (void) puts("p = exercise pad features"); + (void) puts("q = quit"); +#endif +#if USE_LIBFORM + (void) puts("r = exercise forms code"); +#endif + (void) puts("s = overlapping-refresh test"); +#if USE_LIBMENU && defined(TRACE) + (void) puts("t = set trace level"); +#endif + (void) puts("? = repeat this command summary"); + + (void) fputs("> ", stdout); + (void) fflush(stdout); /* necessary under SVr4 curses */ + + /* + * This used to be an 'fgets()' call. However (on Linux, at least) + * mixing stream I/O and 'read()' (used in the library) causes the + * input stream to be flushed when switching between the two. + */ + command = 0; + for(;;) { + char ch; + if (read(fileno(stdin), &ch, 1) <= 0) { + if (command == 0) + command = 'q'; + break; + } else if (command == 0 && !isspace(ch)) { + command = ch; + } else if (ch == '\n' || ch == '\r') { + if (command != 0) + break; + (void) fputs("> ", stdout); + (void) fflush(stdout); + } + } + + if (do_single_test(command)) { + /* + * This may be overkill; it's intended to reset everything back + * to the initial terminal modes so that tests don't get in + * each other's way. + */ + flushinp(); + set_terminal_modes(); + reset_prog_mode(); + clear(); + refresh(); + endwin(); + continue; + } + } while + (command != 'q'); + + ExitProgram(EXIT_SUCCESS); +} + +/* ncurses.c ends here */ diff --git a/test/newdemo.c b/test/newdemo.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..534d3791 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/newdemo.c @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ +/* + * newdemo.c - A demo program using PDCurses. The program illustrate + * the use of colours for text output. + * + * $Id: newdemo.c,v 1.14 1997/04/06 01:43:32 tom Exp $ + */ + +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +static int SubWinTest(WINDOW *win); +static int WaitForUser(WINDOW *win); +static int BouncingBalls(WINDOW *win); +static RETSIGTYPE trap(int); + +#define delay_output(x) napms(x) + +/* + * The Australian map + */ +const char *AusMap[16] = +{ + " A A ", + " N.T. AAAAA AAAA ", + " AAAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAA ", + " AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA Qld.", + "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA ", + "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA ", + " AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA ", + " AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA N.S.W.", + "W.A. AAAAAAAAA AAAAAA Vic.", + " AAA S.A. AA", + " A Tas.", + "" +}; + +/* + * Funny messages + */ +#define NMESSAGES 6 + +NCURSES_CONST char *messages[] = +{ + "Hello from the Land Down Under", + "The Land of crocs. and a big Red Rock", + "Where the sunflower runs along the highways", + "the dusty red roads lead one to loneliness", + "Blue sky in the morning and", + "freezing nights and twinkling stars", + "" +}; + +/* + * Main driver + */ +int +main( + int argc GCC_UNUSED, + char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED) +{ +WINDOW *win; +int w, x, y, i, j, k, len; +char buffer[80]; +const char *message; +int width, height; +chtype save[80]; +chtype c; + + initscr(); + start_color(); + cbreak(); + signal(SIGINT, trap); + width = 48; + height = 14; /* Create a drawing window */ + win = newwin(height, width, (LINES-height)/2, (COLS-width)/2); + if(win == NULL) + { endwin(); + return 1; + } + + while(1) + { init_pair(1,COLOR_WHITE,COLOR_BLUE); + wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(1)); + werase(win); + + init_pair(2,COLOR_RED,COLOR_RED); + wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(2)); + box(win, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE); + wrefresh(win); + /* Do ramdom output of a character */ + wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(1)); + c = 'a'; + for(i=0; i < 5000; ++i) + { x = rand() % (width-2) + 1; + y = rand() % (height-2) + 1; + mvwaddch(win, y, x, c); + wrefresh(win); + nodelay(win,TRUE); + if (wgetch(win) != ERR) + break; + if(i == 2000) + { c = 'b'; + init_pair(3,COLOR_CYAN,COLOR_YELLOW); + wattron(win, COLOR_PAIR(3)); + } + } + + SubWinTest(win); + /* Erase and draw green window */ + init_pair(4,COLOR_YELLOW,COLOR_GREEN); + wbkgd(win, COLOR_PAIR(4) | A_BOLD); + wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(4) | A_BOLD); + werase(win); + wrefresh(win); + /* Draw RED bounding box */ + wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(2)); + box(win, ' ', ' '); + wrefresh(win); + /* Display Australia map */ + wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(4) | A_BOLD); + i = 0; + while(*AusMap[i]) + { mvwaddstr(win, i+1, 8, AusMap[i]); + wrefresh(win); + delay_output(50); + ++i; + } + + init_pair(5,COLOR_BLUE,COLOR_WHITE); + wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(5) | A_BLINK); + mvwaddstr(win, height-2, 6, " PDCurses 2.1 for DOS, OS/2 and Unix"); + wrefresh(win); + + /* Draw running messages */ + init_pair(6,COLOR_YELLOW,COLOR_WHITE); + wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(6)); + message = messages[0]; + len = strlen(message); + j = 0; + i = 2; + w = width-2; + while(j < NMESSAGES) + { strncpy(buffer, message, (size_t)(w - i)); + buffer[w-i] = 0; + mvwaddstr(win, height/2, i, buffer); + if(w - i < len) + { memset(buffer, ' ', (size_t)i); + strcpy(buffer, message + (w - i)); + buffer[strlen(buffer)] = ' '; + buffer[i-2] = '\0'; + mvwaddstr(win, height/2, 2, buffer); + } + wrefresh(win); + nodelay(win,TRUE); + if (wgetch(win) != ERR) + { flushinp(); + break; + } + mvwaddch(win, height/2, i, ' '); + i = ++i % w; + if(i < 2) + { message = messages[++j%NMESSAGES]; + memset(buffer, ' ', (size_t)(w-2)); + buffer[w-2] = 0; + mvwaddstr(win, height/2, 2, buffer); + i = 2; + } + delay_output(100); + } + + j = 0; + /* Draw running As across in RED */ + init_pair(7,COLOR_RED,COLOR_GREEN); + wattron(win, COLOR_PAIR(7)); + for(i=2; i < width - 4; ++i) + { + k = mvwinch(win, 4, i); + if (k == ERR) + break; + save[j++] = c = k; + c &= A_CHARTEXT; + mvwaddch(win, 4, i, c); + } + wrefresh(win); + + /* Put a message up wait for a key */ + i = height-2; + wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(5)); + mvwaddstr(win, i, 5, " Type a key to continue or 'Q' to quit "); + wrefresh(win); + + if(WaitForUser(win) == 1) + break; + + j = 0; /* Restore the old line */ + for(i=2; i < width - 4; ++i) + mvwaddch(win, 4, i, save[j++]); + wrefresh(win); + + BouncingBalls(win); + /* Put a message up wait for a key */ + i = height-2; + wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(5)); + mvwaddstr(win, i, 5, " Type a key to continue or 'Q' to quit "); + wrefresh(win); + if(WaitForUser(win) == 1) + break; + } + endwin(); + return 0; +} + +/* + * Test sub windows + */ +static int +SubWinTest(WINDOW *win) +{ +int w, h, sw, sh, bx, by; +WINDOW *swin1, *swin2, *swin3; + + w = win->_maxx; + h = win->_maxy; + bx = win->_begx; + by = win->_begy; + sw = w / 3; + sh = h / 3; + if((swin1 = subwin(win, sh, sw, by+3, bx+5)) == NULL) + return 1; + if((swin2 = subwin(win, sh, sw, by+4, bx+8)) == NULL) + return 1; + if((swin3 = subwin(win, sh, sw, by+5, bx+11)) == NULL) + return 1; + + init_pair(8,COLOR_RED,COLOR_BLUE); + wattrset(swin1, COLOR_PAIR(8)); + werase(swin1); + mvwaddstr(swin1, 0, 3, "Sub-window 1"); + wrefresh(swin1); + + init_pair(8,COLOR_CYAN,COLOR_MAGENTA); + wattrset(swin2, COLOR_PAIR(8)); + werase(swin2); + mvwaddstr(swin2, 0, 3, "Sub-window 2"); + wrefresh(swin2); + + init_pair(8,COLOR_YELLOW,COLOR_GREEN); + wattrset(swin3, COLOR_PAIR(8)); + werase(swin3); + mvwaddstr(swin3, 0, 3, "Sub-window 3"); + wrefresh(swin3); + + delwin(swin1); + delwin(swin2); + delwin(swin3); + WaitForUser(win); + return 0; +} + +/* + * Bouncing balls + */ +static int +BouncingBalls(WINDOW *win) +{ +int w, h; +int x1, y1, xd1, yd1; +int x2, y2, xd2, yd2; +int x3, y3, xd3, yd3; + + w = win->_maxx; + h = win->_maxy; + x1 = 2 + rand() % (w - 4); + y1 = 2 + rand() % (h - 4); + x2 = 2 + rand() % (w - 4); + y2 = 2 + rand() % (h - 4); + x3 = 2 + rand() % (w - 4); + y3 = 2 + rand() % (h - 4); + xd1 = 1; yd1 = 1; + xd2 = 1; yd2 = 0; + xd3 = 0; yd3 = 1; + nodelay(win,TRUE); + while(wgetch(win) == ERR) + { x1 = xd1 > 0 ? ++x1 : --x1; + if(x1 <= 1 || x1 >= w - 2) + xd1 = xd1 ? 0 : 1; + y1 = yd1 > 0 ? ++y1 : --y1; + if(y1 <= 1 || y1 >= h - 2) + yd1 = yd1 ? 0 : 1; + + x2 = xd2 > 0 ? ++x2 : --x2; + if(x2 <= 1 || x2 >= w - 2) + xd2 = xd2 ? 0 : 1; + y2 = yd2 > 0 ? ++y2 : --y2; + if(y2 <= 1 || y2 >= h - 2) + yd2 = yd2 ? 0 : 1; + + x3 = xd3 > 0 ? ++x3 : --x3; + if(x3 <= 1 || x3 >= w - 2) + xd3 = xd3 ? 0 : 1; + y3 = yd3 > 0 ? ++y3 : --y3; + if(y3 <= 1 || y3 >= h - 2) + yd3 = yd3 ? 0 : 1; + + init_pair(8,COLOR_RED,COLOR_BLUE); + wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(8)); + mvwaddch(win, y1, x1, 'O'); + init_pair(8,COLOR_BLUE,COLOR_RED); + wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(8)); + mvwaddch(win, y2, x2, '*'); + init_pair(8,COLOR_YELLOW,COLOR_WHITE); + wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(8)); + mvwaddch(win, y3, x3, '@'); + wmove(win, 0, 0); + wrefresh(win); + delay_output(100); + } + return 0; +} + +/* + * Wait for user + */ +static int WaitForUser(WINDOW *win) +{ + time_t t; + chtype key; + + nodelay(win,TRUE); + t = time((time_t *)0); + while(1) + { + if ((int)(key = wgetch(win)) != ERR) + { + if (key == 'q' || key == 'Q') + return 1; + else + return 0; + } + if (time((time_t *)0) - t > 5) + return 0; + } +} + +/* + * Trap interrupt + */ +static RETSIGTYPE trap(int sig GCC_UNUSED) +{ + endwin(); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +/* End of DEMO.C */ diff --git a/test/rain.c b/test/rain.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c0b39041 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/rain.c @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +/* + * $Id: rain.c,v 1.8 1997/05/03 18:38:27 tom Exp $ + */ +#include + +#include /* for tparm() */ + +#include + +/* rain 11/3/1980 EPS/CITHEP */ + +#define cursor(col,row) move(row,col) + +static float ranf(void); +static void onsig(int sig); + +int +main( + int argc GCC_UNUSED, + char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED) +{ +int x, y, j; +static int xpos[5], ypos[5]; +float r; +float c; + + for (j=SIGHUP;j<=SIGTERM;j++) + if (signal(j,SIG_IGN)!=SIG_IGN) signal(j,onsig); + + initscr(); + nl(); + noecho(); + curs_set(0); + + r = (float)(LINES - 4); + c = (float)(COLS - 4); + for (j=5;--j>=0;) { + xpos[j]=(int)(c* ranf())+2; + ypos[j]=(int)(r* ranf())+2; + } + for (j=0;;) { + x=(int)(c*ranf())+2; + y=(int)(r*ranf())+2; + + cursor(x,y); addch('.'); + + cursor(xpos[j],ypos[j]); addch('o'); + + if (j==0) j=4; else --j; + cursor(xpos[j],ypos[j]); addch('O'); + + if (j==0) j=4; else --j; + cursor(xpos[j],ypos[j]-1); + addch('-'); + cursor(xpos[j]-1,ypos[j]); + addstr("|.|"); + cursor(xpos[j],ypos[j]+1); + addch('-'); + + if (j==0) j=4; else --j; + cursor(xpos[j],ypos[j]-2); + addch('-'); + cursor(xpos[j]-1,ypos[j]-1); + addstr("/ \\"); + cursor(xpos[j]-2,ypos[j]); + addstr("| O |"); + cursor(xpos[j]-1,ypos[j]+1); + addstr("\\ /"); + cursor(xpos[j],ypos[j]+2); + addch('-'); + + if (j==0) j=4; else --j; + cursor(xpos[j],ypos[j]-2); + addch(' '); + cursor(xpos[j]-1,ypos[j]-1); + addstr(" "); + cursor(xpos[j]-2,ypos[j]); + addstr(" "); + cursor(xpos[j]-1,ypos[j]+1); + addstr(" "); + cursor(xpos[j],ypos[j]+2); + addch(' '); + xpos[j]=x; ypos[j]=y; + refresh(); + napms(50); + } +} + +static void +onsig(int n GCC_UNUSED) +{ + curs_set(1); + endwin(); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +static float +ranf(void) +{ + float rv; + long r = rand(); + + r &= 077777; + rv =((float)r/32767.); + return rv; +} diff --git a/test/tclock.c b/test/tclock.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b46c5998 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/tclock.c @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +#include "test.priv.h" + +#include +#include +#include + +/* + tclock - analog/digital clock for curses. + If it gives you joy, then + (a) I'm glad + (b) you need to get out more :-) + + This program is copyright Howard Jones, September 1994 + (ha.jones@ic.ac.uk). It may be freely distributed as + long as this copyright message remains intact, and any + modifications are clearly marked as such. [In fact, if + you modify it, I wouldn't mind the modifications back, + especially if they add any nice features. A good one + would be a precalc table for the 60 hand positions, so + that the floating point stuff can be ditched. As I said, + it was a 20 hackup minute job.] + + COMING SOON: tfishtank. Be the envy of your mac-owning + colleagues. +*/ + +/* To compile: cc -o tclock tclock.c -lcurses -lm */ + +#ifndef PI +#define PI 3.141592654 +#endif + +#define sign(_x) (_x<0?-1:1) + +/* Plot a point */ +static void +plot(int x,int y,char col) +{ + mvaddch(y,x,(chtype)col); +} + + +/* Draw a diagonal(arbitrary) line using Bresenham's alogrithm. */ +static void +dline(int from_x, int from_y, int x2, int y2, char ch) +{ + int dx,dy; + int ax,ay; + int sx,sy; + int x,y; + int d; + + dx=x2-from_x; + dy=y2-from_y; + + ax=abs(dx*2); + ay=abs(dy*2); + + sx=sign(dx); + sy=sign(dy); + + x=from_x; + y=from_y; + + if(ax>ay) + { + d=ay-(ax/2); + + while(1) + { + plot(x,y,ch); + if(x==x2) return; + + if(d>=0) + { + y+=sy; + d-=ax; + } + x+=sx; + d+=ay; + } + } + else + { + d=ax-(ay/2); + + while(1) + { + plot(x,y,ch); + if(y==y2) return; + + if(d>=0) + { + x+=sx; + d-=ay; + } + y+=sy; + d+=ax; + } + } +} + +int +main( + int argc GCC_UNUSED, + char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED) +{ + int i,cx,cy; + double mradius, hradius, mangle, hangle; + double sangle, sradius, hours; + int hdx, hdy; + int mdx, mdy; + int sdx, sdy; + time_t tim; + struct tm *t; + char szChar[10]; + + initscr(); + noecho(); + + cx=39; + cy=12; + mradius=9; + hradius=6; + sradius=8; + + for(i=0;i<12;i++) + { + sangle=(i+1)*(2.0*PI)/12.0; + sradius=10; + sdx=2.0*sradius*sin(sangle); + sdy=sradius*cos(sangle); + sprintf(szChar,"%d",i+1); + + mvaddstr((int)(cy-sdy),(int)(cx+sdx),szChar); + } + + mvaddstr(0,0,"ASCII Clock by Howard Jones (ha.jones@ic.ac.uk),1994"); + + sradius=8; + while(1) + { + sleep(1); + + tim=time(0); + t=localtime(&tim); + + hours=(t->tm_hour + (t->tm_min/60.0)); + if(hours>12.0) hours-=12.0; + + mangle=(t->tm_min)*(2*PI)/60.0; + mdx=2.0*mradius*sin(mangle); + mdy=mradius*cos(mangle); + + hangle=(hours)*(2.0*PI)/12.0; + hdx=2.0*hradius*sin(hangle); + hdy=hradius*cos(hangle); + + sangle=(t->tm_sec%60)*(2.0*PI)/60.0; + sdx=2.0*sradius*sin(sangle); + sdy=sradius*cos(sangle); + + plot(cx+sdx,cy-sdy,'O'); + dline(cx,cy,cx+hdx,cy-hdy,'.'); + dline(cx,cy,cx+mdx,cy-mdy,'#'); + + mvaddstr(23,0,ctime(&tim)); + + refresh(); + plot(cx+sdx,cy-sdy,' '); + dline(cx,cy,cx+hdx,cy-hdy,' '); + dline(cx,cy,cx+mdx,cy-mdy,' '); + + } + + return 0; +} diff --git a/test/test.priv.h b/test/test.priv.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4228ff6f --- /dev/null +++ b/test/test.priv.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * Copyright 1996 by Thomas E. Dickey * + * All Rights Reserved. * + * * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * + * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * + * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * + * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * + * documentation, and that the name of the above listed copyright holder(s) * + * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the * + * software without specific, written prior permission. THE ABOVE LISTED * + * COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, * + * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO * + * EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY * + * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER * + * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF * + * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN * + * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * + ******************************************************************************/ +/* $Id: test.priv.h,v 1.13 1997/04/06 01:44:04 tom Exp $ */ +#if HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include +#endif + +#include +#include + +#if HAVE_UNISTD_H +#include +#endif + +#include + +#ifdef NCURSES_NOMACROS +#include +#endif + +#if HAVE_GETOPT_H +#include +#else +/* 'getopt()' may be prototyped in , but declaring its variables + * doesn't hurt. + */ +extern char *optarg; +extern int optind; +#endif /* HAVE_GETOPT_H */ + +#ifndef GCC_NORETURN +#define GCC_NORETURN /* nothing */ +#endif +#ifndef GCC_UNUSED +#define GCC_UNUSED /* nothing */ +#endif + +#if defined(NCURSES_VERSION) && HAVE_NC_ALLOC_H +#include +#endif + +#ifndef ExitProgram +#define ExitProgram(code) return code +#endif + +#ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS +#define EXIT_SUCCESS 0 +#endif +#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE +#define EXIT_FAILURE 1 +#endif + +/* Use this to quiet gcc's -Wwrite-strings warnings, but accommodate SVr4 + * curses which doesn't have const parameters declared (so far) in the places + * that XSI shows. + */ +#ifndef NCURSES_CONST +#define NCURSES_CONST /* nothing */ +#endif diff --git a/test/testcurs.c b/test/testcurs.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e6b49f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/testcurs.c @@ -0,0 +1,495 @@ +/* + * + * This is a test program for the PDCurses screen package for IBM PC type + * machines. + * This program was written by John Burnell (johnb@kea.am.dsir.govt.nz) + * esr changed the usleep calls to napms calls, 7 Nov 1995 + * + * $Id: testcurs.c,v 1.14 1997/04/06 01:44:16 tom Exp $ + */ + +#include + +static void display_menu (int,int); +static int initTest (WINDOW **); +static void inputTest (WINDOW *); +static void introTest (WINDOW *); +static void outputTest (WINDOW *); +static void padTest (WINDOW *); +#ifdef __PDCURSES__ +static void resizeTest (WINDOW *); +#endif +static void scrollTest (WINDOW *); + +struct commands +{ + NCURSES_CONST char *text; + void (*function)(WINDOW *); +}; +typedef struct commands COMMAND; + +const COMMAND command[] = +{ + {"Intro Test", introTest}, + {"Pad Test", padTest}, +#ifdef __PDCURSES__ + {"Resize Test", resizeTest}, +#endif + {"Scroll Test", scrollTest}, + {"Input Test", inputTest}, + {"Output Test", outputTest} +}; +#define MAX_OPTIONS ((sizeof(command)/sizeof(command[0]))) + +int width, height; + +int +main( + int argc GCC_UNUSED, + char *argv[] GCC_UNUSED) +{ +WINDOW *win; +int key,old_option=(-1),new_option=0; +bool quit=FALSE; + +#ifdef PDCDEBUG + PDC_debug("testcurs started\n"); +#endif + if (!initTest (&win)) return EXIT_FAILURE; + +#ifdef A_COLOR + if (has_colors()) + { + init_pair(1,COLOR_WHITE,COLOR_BLUE); + wattrset(win, COLOR_PAIR(1)); + } + else + wattrset(win, A_REVERSE); +#else + wattrset(win, A_REVERSE); +#endif + + erase(); + display_menu(old_option,new_option); + while(1) + { + noecho(); + keypad(stdscr,TRUE); + raw(); + key = getch(); + switch(key) + { + case 10: + case 13: + case KEY_ENTER: + erase(); + refresh(); + (*command[new_option].function)(win); + erase(); + display_menu(old_option,new_option); + break; + case KEY_UP: + new_option = (new_option == 0) ? new_option : new_option-1; + display_menu(old_option,new_option); + break; + case KEY_DOWN: + new_option = (new_option == MAX_OPTIONS-1) ? new_option : new_option+1; + display_menu(old_option,new_option); + break; + case 'Q': + case 'q': + quit = TRUE; + break; + default: break; + } + if (quit == TRUE) + break; + } + + delwin (win); + + endwin(); + return EXIT_SUCCESS; +} + +static +void Continue (WINDOW *win) +{ + wmove(win, 10, 1); +/* wclrtoeol(win); +*/ mvwaddstr(win, 10, 1, " Press any key to continue"); + wrefresh(win); + raw(); + wgetch(win); +} + +static +int initTest (WINDOW **win) +{ +#ifdef PDCDEBUG + PDC_debug("initTest called\n"); +#endif +#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION + trace(TRACE_MAXIMUM); +#endif + initscr(); +#ifdef PDCDEBUG + PDC_debug("after initscr()\n"); +#endif +#ifdef A_COLOR + if (has_colors()) + start_color(); +#endif + width = 60; + height = 13; /* Create a drawing window */ + *win = newwin(height, width, (LINES-height)/2, (COLS-width)/2); + if(*win == NULL) + { endwin(); + return 0; + } + return 1; +} + +static void +introTest (WINDOW *win) +{ + beep (); + werase(win); + + box(win, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE); + wrefresh(win); + cbreak (); + mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "You should have rectangle in the middle of the screen"); + mvwaddstr(win, 2, 1, "You should have heard a beep"); + Continue(win); + return; +} + +static void +scrollTest (WINDOW *win) +{ + int i; + int OldX, OldY; + const char *Message = "The window will now scroll slowly"; + + wclear(win); + mvwprintw (win, height - 2, 1, Message); + wrefresh (win); + scrollok(win, TRUE); + for (i = 1; i <= height; i++) { + napms(250); + scroll(win); + wrefresh (win); + }; + + getmaxyx (win, OldY, OldX); + mvwprintw (win, 6, 1, "The top of the window will scroll"); + wmove (win, 1, 1); + wsetscrreg (win, 0, 4); + box(win, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE); + wrefresh (win); + for (i = 1; i <= 5; i++) { + napms(500); + scroll(win); + wrefresh (win); + }; + wsetscrreg (win, 0, --OldY); + +} + +static void +inputTest (WINDOW *win) +{ + int w, h, bx, by, sw, sh, i, c,num; + char buffer [80]; + WINDOW *subWin; + wclear (win); + + w = win->_maxx; + h = win->_maxy; + bx = win->_begx; + by = win->_begy; + sw = w / 3; + sh = h / 3; + if((subWin = subwin(win, sh, sw, by + h - sh - 2, bx + w - sw - 2)) == NULL) + return; + +#ifdef A_COLOR + if (has_colors()) + { + init_pair(2,COLOR_CYAN,COLOR_BLUE); + wattrset(subWin, COLOR_PAIR(2) | A_BOLD); + } + else + wattrset(subWin, A_BOLD); +#else + wattrset(subWin, A_BOLD); +#endif + box(subWin, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE); + wrefresh(win); + + nocbreak(); + mvwaddstr(win, 2, 1, "Press some keys for 5 seconds"); + mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "Pressing ^C should do nothing"); + wrefresh(win); + + for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) { + werase (subWin); + box(subWin, ACS_VLINE, ACS_HLINE); + mvwprintw (subWin, 1, 1, "Time = %d", i); + wrefresh(subWin); + napms(1000); + flushinp(); + } + + delwin (subWin); + werase(win); + flash(); + wrefresh(win); + napms(500); + + mvwaddstr(win, 2, 1, "Press a key, followed by ENTER"); + wmove(win, 9, 10); + wrefresh(win); + echo(); + noraw(); + wgetch(win); + flushinp(); + + wmove(win, 9, 10); + wdelch(win); + mvwaddstr(win, 4, 1, "The character should now have been deleted"); + Continue(win); + + wclear (win); + mvwaddstr(win, 2, 1, "Press a function key or an arrow key"); + wrefresh(win); + keypad(win, TRUE); + raw(); + c = wgetch(win); + + nodelay(win, TRUE); + wgetch(win); + nodelay(win, FALSE); + + refresh(); + wclear (win); + mvwaddstr(win, 3, 2, "The window should have moved"); + mvwaddstr(win, 4, 2, "This text should have appeared without you pressing a key"); + mvwprintw(win, 2, 2, "Keycode = %d", c); + mvwaddstr(win, 6, 2, "Enter a number then a string seperated by space"); + echo(); + noraw(); + mvwscanw(win, 7, 6, "%d %s", &num,buffer); + mvwprintw(win, 8, 6, "String: %s Number: %d", buffer,num); + Continue(win); +} + +static void +outputTest (WINDOW *win) +{ + WINDOW *win1; + char Buffer [80]; + chtype ch; + + nl (); + wclear (win); + mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "You should now have a screen in the upper left corner, and this text should have wrapped"); + mvwin(win, 2, 1); + Continue(win); + + wclear(win); + mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "A new window will appear with this text in it"); + mvwaddstr(win, 8, 1, "Press any key to continue"); + wrefresh(win); + wgetch(win); + + win1 = newwin(10, 50, 15, 25); + if(win1 == NULL) + { endwin(); + return; + } +#ifdef A_COLOR + if (has_colors()) + { + init_pair(3,COLOR_BLUE,COLOR_WHITE); + wattrset(win1, COLOR_PAIR(3)); + } + else + wattrset(win1, A_NORMAL); +#else + wattrset(win1, A_NORMAL); +#endif + wclear (win1); + mvwaddstr(win1, 5, 1, "This text should appear; using overlay option"); + copywin(win, win1,0,0,0,0,10,50,TRUE); + + box(win1,ACS_VLINE,ACS_HLINE); + + wmove(win1, 8, 26); + wrefresh(win1); + wgetch(win1); + + wclear(win1); + wattron(win1, A_BLINK); + mvwaddstr(win1, 4, 1, "This blinking text should appear in only the second window"); + wattroff(win1, A_BLINK); + wrefresh(win1); + wgetch(win1); + delwin(win1); + + wclear(win); + wrefresh(win); + mvwaddstr(win, 6, 2, "This line shouldn't appear"); + mvwaddstr(win, 4, 2, "Only half of the next line is visible"); + mvwaddstr(win, 5, 2, "Only half of the next line is visible"); + wmove(win, 6, 1); + wclrtobot (win); + wmove(win, 5, 20); + wclrtoeol (win); + mvwaddstr(win, 8, 2, "This line also shouldn't appear"); + wmove(win, 8, 1); + wdeleteln(win); + Continue(win); + + wmove (win, 5, 9); + ch = winch (win); + + wclear(win); + wmove (win, 6, 2); + waddstr (win, "The next char should be l: "); + winsch (win, ch); + Continue(win); + + wmove(win, 5, 1); + winsertln (win); + mvwaddstr(win, 5, 2, "The lines below should have moved down"); + Continue(win); + + wclear(win); + wmove(win, 2, 2); + wprintw(win, "This is a formatted string in a window: %d %s\n", 42, "is it"); + mvwaddstr(win, 10, 1, "Enter a string: "); + wrefresh(win); + noraw(); + echo(); + wscanw (win, "%s", Buffer); + + wclear(win); + mvwaddstr(win, 10, 1, "Enter a string"); + wrefresh(win); + clear(); + move(0,0); + printw("This is a formatted string in stdscr: %d %s\n", 42, "is it"); + mvaddstr(10, 1, "Enter a string: "); + refresh(); + noraw(); + echo(); + scanw ("%s", Buffer); + + wclear(win); + curs_set(2); + mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "The cursor should appear as a block (visible)"); + Continue(win); + + wclear(win); + curs_set(0); + mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "The cursor should have disappeared (invisible)"); + Continue(win); + + wclear(win); + curs_set(1); + mvwaddstr(win, 1, 1, "The cursor should be an underline (normal)"); + Continue(win); +} + +#ifdef __PDCURSES__ +static void +resizeTest(WINDOW *dummy GCC_UNUSED) +{ + WINDOW *win1; + + savetty (); + + clear(); + refresh(); + resize(50); + + + win1 = newwin(11, 50, 14, 25); + if(win1 == NULL) + { endwin(); + return; + } +#ifdef A_COLOR + if (has_colors()) + { + init_pair(3,COLOR_BLUE,COLOR_WHITE); + wattrset(win1, COLOR_PAIR(3)); + } +#endif + wclear (win1); + + mvwaddstr(win1, 1, 1, "The screen may now have 50 lines"); + Continue(win1); + + resetty (); + + wclear (win1); + mvwaddstr(win1, 1, 1, "The screen should now be reset"); + Continue(win1); + + delwin(win1); + + clear(); + refresh(); + +} +#endif + +static void +padTest(WINDOW *dummy GCC_UNUSED) +{ +WINDOW *pad; + + pad = newpad(50,100); + mvwaddstr(pad, 5, 2, "This is a new pad"); + mvwaddstr(pad, 8, 0, "The end of this line should be truncated here:abcd"); + mvwaddstr(pad,11, 1, "This line should not appear."); + wmove(pad, 10, 1); + wclrtoeol(pad); + mvwaddstr(pad, 10, 1, " Press any key to continue"); + prefresh(pad,0,0,0,0,10,45); + keypad(pad, TRUE); + raw(); + wgetch(pad); + + mvwaddstr(pad, 35, 2, "This is displayed at line 35 in the pad"); + mvwaddstr(pad, 40, 1, " Press any key to continue"); + prefresh(pad,30,0,0,0,10,45); + keypad(pad, TRUE); + raw(); + wgetch(pad); + + delwin(pad); +} + +static void +display_menu(int old_option,int new_option) +{ + register size_t i; + + attrset(A_NORMAL); + mvaddstr(3,20,"PDCurses Test Program"); + + for (i=0;i) +{ +CLASSIFY: { + # Transform window pointer addresses so it's easier to compare logs + $awaiting = "curscr" if ($_ =~ /creating curscr/); + $awaiting = "newscr" if ($_ =~ /creating newscr/); + $awaiting = "stdscr" if ($_ =~ /creating stdscr/); + if ($awaiting && $_ =~ /newwin: returned window is 0x([0-9a-f]+)/) + { + $curscr = "0x$1" if ($awaiting eq "curscr"); + $newscr = "0x$1" if ($awaiting eq "newscr"); + $stdscr = "0x$1" if ($awaiting eq "stdscr"); + $awaiting = ""; + } + + # Compactify runs of PutAttrChar calls (TR_CHARPUT) + if ($_ =~ /$putattr/) + { + $putattr_chars = $1; + $starty = $2; + $startx = $3; + while () + { + if ($_ =~ /$putattr/) { + $putattr_chars .= $1; + } else { + last; + } + } + print "RUN of PutAttrChar()s: \"$putattr_chars\" from ${starty}, ${startx}\n"; + redo CLASSIFY; + } + + # Compactify runs of waddnstr calls (TR_CALLS) + if ($_ =~ /$waddnstr/) + { + $waddnstr_chars = $2; + $winaddr = $1; + while () + { + if ($_ =~ /$waddnstr/ && $1 eq $winaddr) { + $waddnstr_chars .= $2; + } else { + last; + } + } + $winaddstr = &transaddr($winaddr); + print "RUN of waddnstr()s: $winaddr, \"$waddnstr_chars\"\n"; + redo CLASSIFY; + } + + # More transformations can go here + + # Repeated runs of anything + $anyline = &transaddr($_); + $repeatcount = 1; + while () { + if (&transaddr($_) eq $anyline) { + $repeatcount++; + } else { + last; + } + } + if ($repeatcount > 1) { + print "${repeatcount} REPEATS OF $anyline"; + } else { + print $anyline + } + redo CLASSIFY if $_; + + } # :CLASSIFY +} + +# tracemunch ends here diff --git a/test/view.c b/test/view.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bbcecf6b --- /dev/null +++ b/test/view.c @@ -0,0 +1,297 @@ +/* + * view.c -- a silly little viewer program + * + * written by Eric S. Raymond December 1994 + * to test the scrolling code in ncurses. + * + * modified by Thomas Dickey July 1995 to demonstrate + * the use of 'resizeterm()'. + * + * Takes a filename argument. It's a simple file-viewer with various + * scroll-up and scroll-down commands. + * + * n -- scroll one line forward + * p -- scroll one line back + * + * Either command accepts a numeric prefix interpreted as a repeat count. + * Thus, typing `5n' should scroll forward 5 lines in the file. + * + * The way you can tell this is working OK is that, in the trace file, + * there should be one scroll operation plus a small number of line + * updates, as opposed to a whole-page update. This means the physical + * scroll operation worked, and the refresh() code only had to do a + * partial repaint. + * + * $Id: view.c,v 1.20 1997/04/26 18:16:38 tom Exp $ + */ + +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#if HAVE_TERMIOS_H +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#if !defined(sun) || !HAVE_TERMIOS_H +# if HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H +# include +# endif +#endif + +/* This is needed to compile 'struct winsize' */ +#if SYSTEM_LOOKS_LIKE_SCO +#include +#include +#endif + +#define MAXLINES 256 /* most lines we can handle */ + +static void finish(int sig) GCC_NORETURN; +static void show_all(void); + +#if defined(SIGWINCH) && defined(TIOCGWINSZ) && defined(NCURSES_VERSION) +#define CAN_RESIZE 1 +#else +#define CAN_RESIZE 0 +#endif + +#if CAN_RESIZE +static RETSIGTYPE adjust(int sig); +static int interrupted; +#endif + +static int waiting; +static int shift; + +static char *fname; +static char *lines[MAXLINES]; +static char **lptr; + +#if !HAVE_STRDUP +static char *strdup (char *s) +{ + char *p; + + p = malloc(strlen(s)+1); + if (p) + strcpy(p,s); + return(p); +} +#endif /* not HAVE_STRDUP */ + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ +FILE *fp; +char buf[BUFSIZ]; +int i; +char **olptr; +int done = FALSE; + +#ifdef TRACE + trace(TRACE_UPDATE); +#endif + + if (argc != 2) { + fprintf(stderr, "usage: view file\n"); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } else { + fname = argv[1]; + if ((fp = fopen(fname, "r")) == (FILE *)NULL) { + perror(fname); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + } + + (void) signal(SIGINT, finish); /* arrange interrupts to terminate */ +#if CAN_RESIZE + (void) signal(SIGWINCH, adjust); /* arrange interrupts to resize */ +#endif + + (void) initscr(); /* initialize the curses library */ + keypad(stdscr, TRUE); /* enable keyboard mapping */ + (void) nonl(); /* tell curses not to do NL->CR/NL on output */ + (void) cbreak(); /* take input chars one at a time, no wait for \n */ + (void) noecho(); /* don't echo input */ + idlok(stdscr, TRUE); /* allow use of insert/delete line */ + + /* slurp the file */ + for (lptr = &lines[0]; fgets(buf, BUFSIZ, fp) != (char *)NULL; lptr++) { + char temp[BUFSIZ], *s, *d; + int col; + + if (lptr - lines >= MAXLINES) { + endwin(); + (void) fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s is too large\n", argv[0], argv[1]); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + + /* convert tabs so that shift will work properly */ + for (s = buf, d = temp, col = 0; (*d = *s) != '\0'; s++) { + if (*d == '\n') { + *d = '\0'; + break; + } else if (*d == '\t') { + col = (col | 7) + 1; + while ((d-temp) != col) + *d++ = ' '; + } else if (isprint(*d)) { + col++; + d++; + } else { + sprintf(d, "\\%03o", *s); + d += strlen(d); + col = (d - temp); + } + } + *lptr = strdup(temp); + } + (void) fclose(fp); + + lptr = lines; + while (!done) { + int n, c; + bool explicit; + + show_all(); + + explicit = FALSE; + n = 0; + for (;;) { +#if CAN_RESIZE + if (interrupted) + adjust(0); +#endif + waiting = TRUE; + c = getch(); + waiting = FALSE; + if (c < 127 && isdigit(c)) { + n = 10 * n + (c - '0'); + explicit = TRUE; + } else + break; + } + if (!explicit && n == 0) + n = 1; + + switch(c) { + case KEY_DOWN: + case 'n': + olptr = lptr; + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + if (lptr + LINES < lines + MAXLINES && lptr[LINES + 1]) + lptr++; + else + break; + wscrl(stdscr, lptr - olptr); + break; + + case KEY_UP: + case 'p': + olptr = lptr; + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + if (lptr > lines) + lptr--; + else + break; + wscrl(stdscr, lptr - olptr); + break; + + case 'h': + case KEY_HOME: + lptr = lines; + break; + + case 'r': + case KEY_RIGHT: + shift++; + break; + + case 'l': + case KEY_LEFT: + if (shift) + shift--; + else + beep(); + break; + + case 'q': + done = TRUE; + break; + + default: + beep(); + } + } + + finish(0); /* we're done */ +} + +static RETSIGTYPE finish(int sig) +{ + endwin(); + exit(sig != 0 ? EXIT_FAILURE : EXIT_SUCCESS); +} + +#if CAN_RESIZE +/* + * This uses functions that are "unsafe", but it seems to work on SunOS and + * Linux. The 'wrefresh(curscr)' is needed to force the refresh to start from + * the top of the screen -- some xterms mangle the bitmap while resizing. + */ +static RETSIGTYPE adjust(int sig) +{ + if (waiting || sig == 0) { + struct winsize size; + + if (ioctl(fileno(stdout), TIOCGWINSZ, &size) == 0) { + resizeterm(size.ws_row, size.ws_col); + beep(); + wrefresh(curscr); /* Linux needs this */ + show_all(); + } + interrupted = FALSE; + } else { + interrupted = TRUE; + } + (void) signal(SIGWINCH, adjust); /* some systems need this */ +} +#endif /* CAN_RESIZE */ + +static void show_all(void) +{ + int i; + char temp[BUFSIZ]; + char *s; + +#if CAN_RESIZE + sprintf(temp, "(%3dx%3d) col %d ", LINES, COLS, shift); + i = strlen(temp); + sprintf(temp+i, "view %.*s", (int)(sizeof(temp)-7-i), fname); +#else + sprintf(temp, "view %.*s", (int)sizeof(temp)-7, fname); +#endif + move(0,0); + printw("%.*s", COLS, temp); + clrtoeol(); + + scrollok(stdscr, FALSE); /* prevent screen from moving */ + for (i = 1; i < LINES; i++) { + move(i, 0); + if ((s = lptr[i-1]) != 0 && (int)strlen(s) > shift) + printw("%3d:%.*s", lptr+i-lines, COLS-4, s + shift); + else + printw("%3d:", lptr+i-lines); + clrtoeol(); + } + setscrreg(1, LINES-1); + scrollok(stdscr, TRUE); + refresh(); +} + +/* view.c ends here */ + diff --git a/test/worm.c b/test/worm.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba54ba82 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/worm.c @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +/* + + @@@ @@@ @@@@@@@@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@ + @@@ @@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@@ + @@@ @@@ @@@@ @@@@ @@@@ @@@@ @@@ @@@@ + @@@ @@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ + @@@ @@@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ + @@@@ @@@@ @@@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ + @@@@@@@@@@@@ @@@@ @@@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ + @@@@ @@@@ @@@@@@@@@@@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ + @@ @@ @@@@@@@@@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ @@@ + + Eric P. Scott + Caltech High Energy Physics + October, 1980 + + Hacks to turn this into a test frame for cursor movement: + Eric S. Raymond + January, 1995 + + July 1995 (esr): worms is now in living color! :-) + +Options: + -f fill screen with copies of 'WORM' at start. + -l set worm length + -n set number of worms + -t make worms leave droppings + -T set trace interval + -S set single-stepping during trace interval + -N suppress cursor-movement optimization + + This program makes a good torture-test for the ncurses cursor-optimization + code. You can use -T to set the worm move interval over which movement + traces will be dumped. The program stops and waits for one character of + input at the beginning and end of the interval. + + $Id: worm.c,v 1.20 1997/05/03 18:38:57 tom Exp $ +*/ + +#include + +#include /* for tparm() */ + +#include + +#define cursor(col,row) move(row,col) + +short *ref[128]; +static chtype flavor[]={ + 'O' , '*', '#', '$', '%', '0', '@', +}; +#define MAXWORMS (sizeof(flavor)/sizeof(chtype)) +static const short xinc[]={ + 1, 1, 1, 0, -1, -1, -1, 0 +}, yinc[]={ + -1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, -1, -1 +}; +static struct worm { + int orientation, head; + short *xpos, *ypos; +} worm[40]; + +static const char *field; +static int length=16, number=3; +static chtype trail=' '; + +#ifdef TRACE +int generation, trace_start, trace_end, singlestep; +#endif /* TRACE */ +static const struct options { + int nopts; + int opts[3]; +} normal[8]={ + { 3, { 7, 0, 1 } }, + { 3, { 0, 1, 2 } }, + { 3, { 1, 2, 3 } }, + { 3, { 2, 3, 4 } }, + { 3, { 3, 4, 5 } }, + { 3, { 4, 5, 6 } }, + { 3, { 5, 6, 7 } }, + { 3, { 6, 7, 0 } } +}, upper[8]={ + { 1, { 1, 0, 0 } }, + { 2, { 1, 2, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 2, { 4, 5, 0 } }, + { 1, { 5, 0, 0 } }, + { 2, { 1, 5, 0 } } +}, left[8]={ + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 2, { 2, 3, 0 } }, + { 1, { 3, 0, 0 } }, + { 2, { 3, 7, 0 } }, + { 1, { 7, 0, 0 } }, + { 2, { 7, 0, 0 } } +}, right[8]={ + { 1, { 7, 0, 0 } }, + { 2, { 3, 7, 0 } }, + { 1, { 3, 0, 0 } }, + { 2, { 3, 4, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 2, { 6, 7, 0 } } +}, lower[8]={ + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 2, { 0, 1, 0 } }, + { 1, { 1, 0, 0 } }, + { 2, { 1, 5, 0 } }, + { 1, { 5, 0, 0 } }, + { 2, { 5, 6, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } } +}, upleft[8]={ + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 1, { 3, 0, 0 } }, + { 2, { 1, 3, 0 } }, + { 1, { 1, 0, 0 } } +}, upright[8]={ + { 2, { 3, 5, 0 } }, + { 1, { 3, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 1, { 5, 0, 0 } } +}, lowleft[8]={ + { 3, { 7, 0, 1 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 1, { 1, 0, 0 } }, + { 2, { 1, 7, 0 } }, + { 1, { 7, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } } +}, lowright[8]={ + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 1, { 7, 0, 0 } }, + { 2, { 5, 7, 0 } }, + { 1, { 5, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } }, + { 0, { 0, 0, 0 } } +}; + +static RETSIGTYPE onsig(int sig); +static float ranf(void); + +int +main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ +int x, y; +int n; +struct worm *w; +const struct options *op; +int h; +short *ip; +int last, bottom; + + for (x=1;x1024) { + fprintf(stderr,"%s: Invalid length\n",*argv); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + break; + case 'n': + if (++x==argc) goto usage; + if ((number=atoi(argv[x]))<1||number>40) { + fprintf(stderr,"%s: Invalid number of worms\n",*argv); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + break; + case 't': + trail='.'; + break; +#ifdef TRACE + case 'S': + singlestep = TRUE; + break; + case 'T': + trace_start = atoi(argv[++x]); + trace_end = atoi(argv[++x]); + break; + case 'N': + _nc_optimize_enable ^= OPTIMIZE_ALL; /* declared by ncurses */ + break; +#endif /* TRACE */ + default: + usage: + fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-field] [-length #] [-number #] [-trail]\n",*argv); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + break; + } + } + + signal(SIGINT, onsig); + initscr(); + noecho(); + cbreak(); + nonl(); + + curs_set(0); + + bottom = LINES-1; + last = COLS-1; + +#ifdef A_COLOR + if (has_colors()) + { + int bg = COLOR_BLACK; + start_color(); +#ifdef NCURSES_VERSION + if (use_default_colors() == OK) + bg = -1; +#endif + + init_pair(COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_GREEN, -1); + init_pair(COLOR_RED, COLOR_RED, -1); + init_pair(COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_CYAN, -1); + init_pair(COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_WHITE, -1); + init_pair(COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_MAGENTA, -1); + init_pair(COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_BLUE, -1); + init_pair(COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_YELLOW, -1); + + flavor[0] |= COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_GREEN) | A_BOLD; + flavor[1] |= COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_RED) | A_BOLD; + flavor[2] |= COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_CYAN) | A_BOLD; + flavor[3] |= COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_WHITE) | A_BOLD; + flavor[4] |= COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_MAGENTA) | A_BOLD; + flavor[5] |= COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_BLUE) | A_BOLD; + flavor[6] |= COLOR_PAIR(COLOR_YELLOW) | A_BOLD; + } +#endif /* A_COLOR */ + + ip=(short *)malloc(LINES*COLS*sizeof (short)); + + for (n=0;n=0;) *ip++=0; + +#ifdef BADCORNER + /* if addressing the lower right corner doesn't work in your curses */ + ref[bottom][last]=1; +#endif /* BADCORNER */ + + for (n=number, w= &worm[0];--n>=0;w++) { + w->orientation=w->head=0; + if (!(ip=(short *)malloc((length+1)*sizeof (short)))) { + fprintf(stderr,"%s: out of memory\n",*argv); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + w->xpos=ip; + for (x=length;--x>=0;) *ip++ = -1; + if (!(ip=(short *)malloc((length+1)*sizeof (short)))) { + fprintf(stderr,"%s: out of memory\n",*argv); + return EXIT_FAILURE; + } + w->ypos=ip; + for (y=length;--y>=0;) *ip++ = -1; + } + if (field) { + register const char *p; + p=field; + for (y=bottom;--y>=0;) { + for (x=COLS;--x>=0;) { + addch((chtype)(*p++)); + if (!*p) p=field; + } + addch('\n'); + } + } + refresh(); + + for (;;) { +#ifdef TRACE + if (trace_start || trace_end) { + if (generation == trace_start) { + trace(TRACE_CALLS); + getch(); + } else if (generation == trace_end) { + trace(0); + getch(); + } + + if (singlestep && generation > trace_start && generation < trace_end) + getch(); + + generation++; + } +#endif /* TRACE */ + + for (n=0,w= &worm[0];nxpos[h=w->head])<0) { + cursor(x=w->xpos[h]=0,y=w->ypos[h]=bottom); + addch(flavor[n % MAXWORMS]); + ref[y][x]++; + } + else y=w->ypos[h]; + if (++h==length) h=0; + if (w->xpos[w->head=h]>=0) { + register int x1, y1; + x1=w->xpos[h]; y1=w->ypos[h]; + if (--ref[y1][x1]==0) { + cursor(x1,y1); addch(trail); + } + } + op= &(x==0 ? (y==0 ? upleft : (y==bottom ? lowleft : left)) : + (x==last ? (y==0 ? upright : (y==bottom ? lowright : right)) : + (y==0 ? upper : (y==bottom ? lower : normal))))[w->orientation]; + switch (op->nopts) { + case 0: + refresh(); + curs_set(1); + endwin(); + return EXIT_SUCCESS; + case 1: + w->orientation=op->opts[0]; + break; + default: + w->orientation=op->opts[(int)(ranf()*(float)op->nopts)]; + } + cursor(x+=xinc[w->orientation], y+=yinc[w->orientation]); + + if (y < 0 ) y = 0; + addch(flavor[n % MAXWORMS]); + ref[w->ypos[h]=y][w->xpos[h]=x]++; + } + refresh(); + } +} + +static RETSIGTYPE +onsig(int sig GCC_UNUSED) +{ + standend(); + refresh(); + curs_set(1); + endwin(); + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +static float +ranf(void) +{ +float rv; +long r = rand(); + + r &= 077777; + rv =((float)r/32767.); + return rv; +} diff --git a/test/xmas.c b/test/xmas.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4204fe70 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/xmas.c @@ -0,0 +1,1069 @@ +/******************************************************************************/ +/* asciixmas */ +/* December 1989 Larry Bartz Indianapolis, IN */ +/* */ +/* */ +/* I'm dreaming of an ascii character-based monochrome Christmas, */ +/* Just like the one's I used to know! */ +/* Via a full duplex communications channel, */ +/* At 9600 bits per second, */ +/* Even though it's kinda slow. */ +/* */ +/* I'm dreaming of an ascii character-based monochrome Christmas, */ +/* With ev'ry C program I write! */ +/* May your screen be merry and bright! */ +/* And may all your Christmases be amber or green, */ +/* (for reduced eyestrain and improved visibility)! */ +/* */ +/* */ +/* */ +/* */ +/* */ +/* IMPLEMENTATION */ +/* */ +/* Feel free to modify the defined string FROMWHO to reflect you, your */ +/* organization, your site, whatever. */ +/* */ +/* This really looks a lot better if you can turn off your cursor before */ +/* execution. I wanted to do that here but very few termcap entries or */ +/* terminfo definitions have the appropriate string defined. If you know */ +/* the string(s) for the terminal(s) you use or which your site supports, */ +/* you could call asciixmas from within a shell in which you issue the */ +/* string to the terminal. The cursor is distracting but it doesn't really */ +/* ruin the show. */ +/* */ +/* At our site, we invoke this for our users just after login and the */ +/* determination of terminal type. */ +/* */ +/* */ +/* PORTABILITY */ +/* */ +/* I wrote this using only the very simplest curses functions so that it */ +/* might be the most portable. I was personally able to test on five */ +/* different cpu/UNIX combinations. */ +/* */ +/* */ +/* COMPILE */ +/* */ +/* usually this: */ +/* */ +/* cc -O asciixmas.c -lcurses -o asciixmas -s */ +/* */ +/* */ +/* Zilog S8000 models 11, 21, 31, etc with ZEUS variant of SYSTEM III */ +/* maybe other SYSTEM III also: */ +/* */ +/* cc asciixmas.c -lcurses -ltermlib -o asciixmas -s */ +/* */ +/* as above with optional "peephole optimizer" installed: */ +/* */ +/* cc -O asciixmas.c -lcurses -ltermlib -o asciixmas -s */ +/* */ +/* */ +/* Zilog S8000 models 32, 130 with WE32100 chip and SYS V, REL2 */ +/* maybe 3B2 also? */ +/* */ +/* cc -f -O -K sd asciixmas.c -lcurses -o asciixmas -s */ +/* */ +/* */ +/* Pyramid, Sequent, any other "dual universe" types compile and execute */ +/* under either universe. The compile line for the ucb universe (as you */ +/* might expect) is the same as for SYS III UNIX: */ +/* */ +/* cc -O asciixmas.c -lcurses -ltermlib -o asciixmas -s */ +/* */ +/* The above compile will also hold true for other BSD systems. (I hope) */ +/* */ +/* */ +/* */ +/* */ +/* For the Scrooges out there among you who don't want this thing to loop */ +/* forever (or until the user hits a key), insert this into your compile */ +/* line just after "cc" : */ +/* */ +/* -DNOLOOP */ +/* */ +/* like so: */ +/* */ +/* cc -DNOLOOP -O asciixmas.c -lcurses -o asciixmas -s */ +/* */ +/* */ +/* */ +/******************************************************************************/ + +#include + +#include + +#define FROMWHO "Mark Hessling - (M.Hessling@gu.edu.au)" + +static int y_pos, x_pos; + +static WINDOW + *treescrn, *treescrn2,*treescrn3, *treescrn4,*treescrn5, *treescrn6, + *treescrn7, *treescrn8, + *dotdeer0, + *stardeer0, + *lildeer0, *lildeer1, *lildeer2, *lildeer3, + *middeer0, *middeer1, *middeer2, *middeer3, + *bigdeer0, *bigdeer1, *bigdeer2, *bigdeer3, *bigdeer4, + *lookdeer0, *lookdeer1, *lookdeer2, *lookdeer3, *lookdeer4, + *w_holiday, + *w_del_msg; + +static int boxit(void); +static int seas(void); +static int greet(void); +static int fromwho(void); +static int tree(void); +static int balls(void); +static int star(void); +static int strng1(void); +static int strng2(void); +static int strng3(void); +static int strng4(void); +static int strng5(void); +static int reindeer(void); +static int blinkit(void); +static RETSIGTYPE done(int sig) GCC_NORETURN ; + +int main( + int argc GCC_UNUSED, + char **argv GCC_UNUSED) +{ +int loopy; + + initscr(); + noecho(); + nonl(); + refresh(); + signal(SIGINT,done); + signal(SIGTERM,done); +#if !defined DOS && !defined OS2 + signal(SIGHUP,done); + signal(SIGQUIT,done); +#endif + + treescrn = newwin(16,27,3,53); + treescrn2 = newwin(16,27,3,53); + treescrn3 = newwin(16,27,3,53); + treescrn4 = newwin(16,27,3,53); + treescrn5 = newwin(16,27,3,53); + treescrn6 = newwin(16,27,3,53); + treescrn7 = newwin(16,27,3,53); + treescrn8 = newwin(16,27,3,53); + + dotdeer0 = newwin(3,71,0,8); + + stardeer0 = newwin(4,56,0,8); + + lildeer0 = newwin(7,53,0,8); + lildeer1 = newwin(2,4,0,0); + lildeer2 = newwin(2,4,0,0); + lildeer3 = newwin(2,4,0,0); + + middeer0 = newwin(15,42,0,8); + middeer1 = newwin(3,7,0,0); + middeer2 = newwin(3,7,0,0); + middeer3 = newwin(3,7,0,0); + + bigdeer0 = newwin(10,23,0,0); + bigdeer1 = newwin(10,23,0,0); + bigdeer2 = newwin(10,23,0,0); + bigdeer3 = newwin(10,23,0,0); + bigdeer4 = newwin(10,23,0,0); + + lookdeer0 = newwin(10,25,0,0); + lookdeer1 = newwin(10,25,0,0); + lookdeer2 = newwin(10,25,0,0); + lookdeer3 = newwin(10,25,0,0); + lookdeer4 = newwin(10,25,0,0); + + w_holiday = newwin(1,26,3,27); + + w_del_msg = newwin(1,19,23,60); + + mvwaddstr(w_del_msg,0,0,"Hit any key to quit"); + + mvwaddstr(w_holiday,0,0,"H A P P Y H O L I D A Y S"); + + /* set up the windows for our various reindeer */ + + /* lildeer1 */ + mvwaddch(lildeer1,0,0,(chtype)'V'); + mvwaddch(lildeer1,1,0,(chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(lildeer1,1,1,(chtype)'<'); + mvwaddch(lildeer1,1,2,(chtype)'>'); + mvwaddch(lildeer1,1,3,(chtype)'~'); + + /* lildeer2 */ + mvwaddch(lildeer2,0,0,(chtype)'V'); + mvwaddch(lildeer2,1,0,(chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(lildeer2,1,1,(chtype)'|'); + mvwaddch(lildeer2,1,2,(chtype)'|'); + mvwaddch(lildeer2,1,3,(chtype)'~'); + + /* lildeer3 */ + mvwaddch(lildeer3,0,0,(chtype)'V'); + mvwaddch(lildeer3,1,0,(chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(lildeer3,1,1,(chtype)'>'); + mvwaddch(lildeer3,1,2,(chtype)'<'); + mvwaddch(lildeer2,1,3,(chtype)'~'); + + + /* middeer1 */ + mvwaddch(middeer1,0,2,(chtype)'y'); + mvwaddch(middeer1,0,3,(chtype)'y'); + mvwaddch(middeer1,1,2,(chtype)'0'); + mvwaddch(middeer1,1,3,(chtype)'('); + mvwaddch(middeer1,1,4,(chtype)'='); + mvwaddch(middeer1,1,5,(chtype)')'); + mvwaddch(middeer1,1,6,(chtype)'~'); + mvwaddch(middeer1,2,3,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(middeer1,2,4,(chtype)'/'); + + /* middeer2 */ + mvwaddch(middeer2,0,2,(chtype)'y'); + mvwaddch(middeer2,0,3,(chtype)'y'); + mvwaddch(middeer2,1,2,(chtype)'0'); + mvwaddch(middeer2,1,3,(chtype)'('); + mvwaddch(middeer2,1,4,(chtype)'='); + mvwaddch(middeer2,1,5,(chtype)')'); + mvwaddch(middeer2,1,6,(chtype)'~'); + mvwaddch(middeer2,2,3,(chtype)'|'); + mvwaddch(middeer2,2,5,(chtype)'|'); + + /* middeer3 */ + mvwaddch(middeer3,0,2,(chtype)'y'); + mvwaddch(middeer3,0,3,(chtype)'y'); + mvwaddch(middeer3,1,2,(chtype)'0'); + mvwaddch(middeer3,1,3,(chtype)'('); + mvwaddch(middeer3,1,4,(chtype)'='); + mvwaddch(middeer3,1,5,(chtype)')'); + mvwaddch(middeer3,1,6,(chtype)'~'); + mvwaddch(middeer3,2,2,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(middeer3,2,6,(chtype)'\\'); + + + /* bigdeer1 */ + mvwaddch(bigdeer1,0,17,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer1,0,18,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer1,0,20,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer1,0,21,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer1,1,18,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer1,1,20,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer1,2,19,(chtype)'|'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer1,2,20,(chtype)'_'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer1,3,18,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer1,3,19,(chtype)'^'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer1,3,20,(chtype)'0'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer1,3,21,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer1,4,17,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer1,4,18,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer1,4,19,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer1,4,22,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer1,5,7,"^~~~~~~~~// ~~U"); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer1,6,7,"( \\_____( /"); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer1,7,8,"( ) /"); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer1,8,9,"\\\\ /"); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer1,9,11,"\\>/>"); + + /* bigdeer2 */ + mvwaddch(bigdeer2,0,17,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer2,0,18,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer2,0,20,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer2,0,21,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer2,1,18,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer2,1,20,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer2,2,19,(chtype)'|'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer2,2,20,(chtype)'_'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer2,3,18,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer2,3,19,(chtype)'^'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer2,3,20,(chtype)'0'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer2,3,21,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer2,4,17,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer2,4,18,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer2,4,19,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer2,4,22,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer2,5,7,"^~~~~~~~~// ~~U"); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer2,6,7,"(( )____( /"); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer2,7,7,"( / |"); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer2,8,8,"\\/ |"); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer2,9,9,"|> |>"); + + /* bigdeer3 */ + mvwaddch(bigdeer3,0,17,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer3,0,18,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer3,0,20,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer3,0,21,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer3,1,18,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer3,1,20,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer3,2,19,(chtype)'|'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer3,2,20,(chtype)'_'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer3,3,18,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer3,3,19,(chtype)'^'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer3,3,20,(chtype)'0'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer3,3,21,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer3,4,17,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer3,4,18,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer3,4,19,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer3,4,22,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer3,5,7,"^~~~~~~~~// ~~U"); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer3,6,6,"( ()_____( /"); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer3,7,6,"/ / /"); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer3,8,5,"|/ \\"); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer3,9,5,"/> \\>"); + + /* bigdeer4 */ + mvwaddch(bigdeer4,0,17,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer4,0,18,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer4,0,20,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer4,0,21,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer4,1,18,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer4,1,20,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer4,2,19,(chtype)'|'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer4,2,20,(chtype)'_'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer4,3,18,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer4,3,19,(chtype)'^'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer4,3,20,(chtype)'0'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer4,3,21,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer4,4,17,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer4,4,18,(chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer4,4,19,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(bigdeer4,4,22,(chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer4,5,7,"^~~~~~~~~// ~~U"); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer4,6,6,"( )______( /"); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer4,7,5,"(/ \\"); + mvwaddstr(bigdeer4,8,0,"v___= ----^"); + + + /* lookdeer1 */ + mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,0,16,"\\/ \\/"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,1,17,"\\Y/ \\Y/"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,2,19,"\\=/"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,3,17,"^\\o o/^"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,4,17,"//( )"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,5,7,"^~~~~~~~~// \\O/"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,6,7,"( \\_____( /"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,7,8,"( ) /"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,8,9,"\\\\ /"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer1,9,11,"\\>/>"); + + /* lookdeer2 */ + mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,0,16,"\\/ \\/"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,1,17,"\\Y/ \\Y/"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,2,19,"\\=/"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,3,17,"^\\o o/^"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,4,17,"//( )"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,5,7,"^~~~~~~~~// \\O/"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,6,7,"(( )____( /"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,7,7,"( / |"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,8,8,"\\/ |"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer2,9,9,"|> |>"); + + /* lookdeer3 */ + mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,0,16,"\\/ \\/"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,1,17,"\\Y/ \\Y/"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,2,19,"\\=/"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,3,17,"^\\o o/^"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,4,17,"//( )"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,5,7,"^~~~~~~~~// \\O/"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,6,6,"( ()_____( /"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,7,6,"/ / /"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,8,5,"|/ \\"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer3,9,5,"/> \\>"); + + /* lookdeer4 */ + mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,0,16,"\\/ \\/"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,1,17,"\\Y/ \\Y/"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,2,19,"\\=/"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,3,17,"^\\o o/^"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,4,17,"//( )"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,5,7,"^~~~~~~~~// \\O/"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,6,6,"( )______( /"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,7,5,"(/ \\"); + mvwaddstr(lookdeer4,8,0,"v___= ----^"); + + + + /***********************************************/ + cbreak(); + nodelay(stdscr,TRUE); + do { + clear(); + werase(treescrn); + touchwin(w_del_msg); + touchwin(treescrn); + werase(treescrn2); + touchwin(treescrn2); + werase(treescrn8); + touchwin(treescrn8); + refresh(); + napms(150); + boxit(); + refresh(); + napms(150); + seas(); + refresh(); + napms(150); + greet(); + refresh(); + napms(150); + fromwho(); + refresh(); + napms(150); + tree(); + napms(150); + balls(); + napms(150); + star(); + napms(150); + strng1(); + strng2(); + strng3(); + strng4(); + strng5(); + + + /* set up the windows for our blinking trees */ + /* **************************************** */ + /* treescrn3 */ + + overlay(treescrn, treescrn3); + + /*balls*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn3, 4, 18, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn3, 7, 6, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn3, 8, 19, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn3, 11, 22, ' '); + + /*star*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn3, 0, 12, '*'); + + /*strng1*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn3, 3, 11, ' '); + + /*strng2*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn3, 5, 13, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn3, 6, 10, ' '); + + /*strng3*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn3, 7, 16, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn3, 7, 14, ' '); + + /*strng4*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn3, 10, 13, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn3, 10, 10, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn3, 11, 8, ' '); + + /*strng5*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn3, 11, 18, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn3, 12, 13, ' '); + + + /* treescrn4 */ + + overlay(treescrn, treescrn4); + + /*balls*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn4, 3, 9, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn4, 4, 16, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn4, 7, 6, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn4, 8, 19, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn4, 11, 2, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn4, 12, 23, ' '); + + /*star*/ + wstandout(treescrn4); + mvwaddch(treescrn4, 0, 12, '*'); + wstandend(treescrn4); + + /*strng1*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn4, 3, 13, ' '); + + /*strng2*/ + + /*strng3*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn4, 7, 15, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn4, 8, 11, ' '); + + /*strng4*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn4, 9, 16, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn4, 10, 12, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn4, 11, 8, ' '); + + /*strng5*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn4, 11, 18, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn4, 12, 14, ' '); + + + /* treescrn5 */ + + overlay(treescrn, treescrn5); + + /*balls*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn5, 3, 15, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn5, 10, 20, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn5, 12, 1, ' '); + + /*star*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn5, 0, 12, '*'); + + /*strng1*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn5, 3, 11, ' '); + + /*strng2*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn5, 5, 12, ' '); + + /*strng3*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn5, 7, 14, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn5, 8, 10, ' '); + + /*strng4*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn5, 9, 15, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn5, 10, 11, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn5, 11, 7, ' '); + + /*strng5*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn5, 11, 17, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn5, 12, 13, ' '); + + /* treescrn6 */ + + overlay(treescrn, treescrn6); + + /*balls*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn6, 6, 7, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn6, 7, 18, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn6, 10, 4, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn6, 11, 23, ' '); + + /*star*/ + wstandout(treescrn6); + mvwaddch(treescrn6, 0, 12, '*'); + wstandend(treescrn6); + + /*strng1*/ + + /*strng2*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn6, 5, 11, ' '); + + /*strng3*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn6, 7, 13, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn6, 8, 9, ' '); + + /*strng4*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn6, 9, 14, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn6, 10, 10, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn6, 11, 6, ' '); + + /*strng5*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn6, 11, 16, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn6, 12, 12, ' '); + + /* treescrn7 */ + + overlay(treescrn, treescrn7); + + /*balls*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn7, 3, 15, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn7, 6, 7, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn7, 7, 18, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn7, 10, 4, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn7, 11, 22, ' '); + + /*star*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn7, 0, 12, '*'); + + /*strng1*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn7, 3, 12, ' '); + + /*strng2*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn7, 5, 13, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn7, 6, 9, ' '); + + /*strng3*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn7, 7, 15, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn7, 8, 11, ' '); + + /*strng4*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn7, 9, 16, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn7, 10, 12, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn7, 11, 8, ' '); + + /*strng5*/ + mvwaddch(treescrn7, 11, 18, ' '); + mvwaddch(treescrn7, 12, 14, ' '); + + + napms(150); + reindeer(); + + touchwin(w_holiday); + wrefresh(w_holiday); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + + napms(500); + for(loopy = 0;loopy < 100;loopy++) { + blinkit(); + } + +#ifdef NOLOOP + done(0); +#endif + + } + while(getch() == (ERR)); +/* while(!typeahead(stdin));*/ + done(0); + /*NOTREACHED*/ +} + +static int boxit(void) +{ + int x = 0; + + while(x < 20) { + mvaddch(x, 7, '|'); + ++x; + } + + x = 8; + + while(x < 80) { + mvaddch(19, x, '_'); + ++x; + } + + x = 0; + + while(x < 80) { + mvaddch(22, x, '_'); + ++x; + } + + return( 0 ); +} + +static int seas(void) +{ + mvaddch(4, 1, 'S'); + mvaddch(6, 1, 'E'); + mvaddch(8, 1, 'A'); + mvaddch(10, 1, 'S'); + mvaddch(12, 1, 'O'); + mvaddch(14, 1, 'N'); + mvaddch(16, 1, '`'); + mvaddch(18, 1, 'S'); + + return( 0 ); +} + + +static int greet(void) +{ + mvaddch(3, 5, 'G'); + mvaddch(5, 5, 'R'); + mvaddch(7, 5, 'E'); + mvaddch(9, 5, 'E'); + mvaddch(11, 5, 'T'); + mvaddch(13, 5, 'I'); + mvaddch(15, 5, 'N'); + mvaddch(17, 5, 'G'); + mvaddch(19, 5, 'S'); + + return( 0 ); +} + + +static int fromwho(void) +{ + mvaddstr(21, 13, FROMWHO); + return( 0 ); +} + +static int tree(void) +{ + mvwaddch(treescrn, 1, 11, (chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 2, 11, (chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 3, 10, (chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 4, 9, (chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 5, 9, (chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 6, 8, (chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 7, 7, (chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 8, 6, (chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 9, 6, (chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 10, 5, (chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 11, 3, (chtype)'/'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 12, 2, (chtype)'/'); + + mvwaddch(treescrn, 1, 13, (chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 2, 13, (chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 3, 14, (chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 4, 15, (chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 5, 15, (chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 6, 16, (chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 7, 17, (chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 8, 18, (chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 9, 18, (chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 10, 19, (chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 11, 21, (chtype)'\\'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 12, 22, (chtype)'\\'); + + mvwaddch(treescrn, 4, 10, (chtype)'_'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 4, 14, (chtype)'_'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 8, 7, (chtype)'_'); + mvwaddch(treescrn, 8, 17, (chtype)'_'); + + mvwaddstr(treescrn, 13, 0, "//////////// \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\"); + + mvwaddstr(treescrn, 14, 11, "| |"); + mvwaddstr(treescrn, 15, 11, "|_|"); + + wrefresh(treescrn); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + + return( 0 ); +} + + +static int balls(void) +{ + + overlay(treescrn, treescrn2); + + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 3, 9, (chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 3, 15, (chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 4, 8, (chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 4, 16, (chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 5, 7, (chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 5, 17, (chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 7, 6, (chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 7, 18, (chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 8, 5, (chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 8, 19, (chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 10, 4, (chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 10, 20, (chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 2, (chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 22, (chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 12, 1, (chtype)'@'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 12, 23, (chtype)'@'); + + wrefresh(treescrn2); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + return( 0 ); +} + + +static int star(void) +{ + wstandout(treescrn2); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 0, 12, (chtype)'*'); + wstandend(treescrn2); + + wrefresh(treescrn2); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + return( 0 ); +} + + +static int strng1(void) +{ + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 3, 13, (chtype)'\''); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 3, 12, (chtype)':'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 3, 11, (chtype)'.'); + + wrefresh(treescrn2); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + return( 0 ); +} + + +static int strng2(void) +{ + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 5, 14, (chtype)'\''); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 5, 13, (chtype)':'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 5, 12, (chtype)'.'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 5, 11, (chtype)','); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 6, 10, (chtype)'\''); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 6, 9, (chtype)':'); + + wrefresh(treescrn2); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + return( 0 ); +} + + +static int strng3(void) +{ + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 7, 16, (chtype)'\''); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 7, 15, (chtype)':'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 7, 14, (chtype)'.'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 7, 13, (chtype)','); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 8, 12, (chtype)'\''); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 8, 11, (chtype)':'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 8, 10, (chtype)'.'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 8, 9, (chtype)','); + + wrefresh(treescrn2); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + return( 0 ); +} + + +static int strng4(void) +{ + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 9, 17, (chtype)'\''); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 9, 16, (chtype)':'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 9, 15, (chtype)'.'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 9, 14, (chtype)','); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 10, 13, (chtype)'\''); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 10, 12, (chtype)':'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 10, 11, (chtype)'.'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 10, 10, (chtype)','); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 9, (chtype)'\''); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 8, (chtype)':'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 7, (chtype)'.'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 6, (chtype)','); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 12, 5, (chtype)'\''); + + wrefresh(treescrn2); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + return( 0 ); +} + + +static int strng5(void) +{ + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 19, (chtype)'\''); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 18, (chtype)':'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 17, (chtype)'.'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 11, 16, (chtype)','); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 12, 15, (chtype)'\''); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 12, 14, (chtype)':'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 12, 13, (chtype)'.'); + mvwaddch(treescrn2, 12, 12, (chtype)','); + + /* save a fully lit tree */ + overlay(treescrn2, treescrn); + + wrefresh(treescrn2); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + return( 0 ); +} + + + +static int blinkit(void) +{ +static int cycle; + + if(cycle > 4) { + cycle = 0; + } + + + touchwin(treescrn8); + + switch(cycle) { + case 0: + overlay(treescrn3, treescrn8); + wrefresh(treescrn8); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + break; + case 1: + overlay(treescrn4, treescrn8); + wrefresh(treescrn8); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + break; + case 2: + overlay(treescrn5, treescrn8); + wrefresh(treescrn8); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + break; + case 3: + overlay(treescrn6, treescrn8); + wrefresh(treescrn8); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + break; + case 4: + overlay(treescrn7, treescrn8); + wrefresh(treescrn8); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + break; + } + touchwin(treescrn8); + + /*ALL ON***************************************************/ + + overlay(treescrn, treescrn8); + wrefresh(treescrn8); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + + ++cycle; + return( 0 ); +} + +static void +deer_step(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) +{ + mvwin(win, y, x); + wrefresh(win); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + napms(5); +} + +static int reindeer(void) +{ + int looper; + y_pos = 0; + + + for(x_pos = 70; x_pos > 62; x_pos--) { + if(x_pos < 62) { + y_pos = 1; + } + for(looper = 0; looper < 4; looper++) { + mvwaddch(dotdeer0, y_pos, x_pos, (chtype)'.'); + wrefresh(dotdeer0); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + werase(dotdeer0); + wrefresh(dotdeer0); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + napms(50); + } + } + + y_pos = 2; + + for(; x_pos > 50; x_pos--) { + for(looper = 0; looper < 4; looper++) { + + if(x_pos < 56) { + y_pos = 3; + + mvwaddch(stardeer0, y_pos, x_pos, (chtype)'*'); + wrefresh(stardeer0); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + werase(stardeer0); + wrefresh(stardeer0); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + } else { + mvwaddch(dotdeer0, y_pos, x_pos, (chtype)'*'); + wrefresh(dotdeer0); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + werase(dotdeer0); + wrefresh(dotdeer0); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + } + } + } + + x_pos = 58; + + for(y_pos = 2; y_pos < 5; y_pos++) { + + touchwin(lildeer0); + wrefresh(lildeer0); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + + for(looper = 0; looper < 4; looper++) { + deer_step(lildeer3, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(lildeer2, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(lildeer1, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(lildeer2, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(lildeer3, y_pos, x_pos); + + touchwin(lildeer0); + wrefresh(lildeer0); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + + x_pos -= 2; + } + } + + + x_pos = 35; + + for(y_pos = 5; y_pos < 10; y_pos++) { + + touchwin(middeer0); + wrefresh(middeer0); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + + for(looper = 0; looper < 2; looper++) { + deer_step(middeer3, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(middeer2, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(middeer1, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(middeer2, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(middeer3, y_pos, x_pos); + + touchwin(middeer0); + wrefresh(middeer0); + wrefresh(w_del_msg); + + x_pos -= 3; + } + } + + napms(300); + + y_pos = 1; + + for(x_pos = 8; x_pos < 16; x_pos++) { + deer_step(bigdeer4, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(bigdeer3, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(bigdeer2, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(bigdeer1, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(bigdeer2, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(bigdeer3, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(bigdeer4, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(bigdeer0, y_pos, x_pos); + } + + --x_pos; + + for(looper = 0; looper < 6; looper++) { + deer_step(lookdeer4, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(lookdeer3, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(lookdeer2, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(lookdeer1, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(lookdeer2, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(lookdeer3, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(lookdeer4, y_pos, x_pos); + } + + deer_step(lookdeer0, y_pos, x_pos); + + for(; y_pos < 10; y_pos++) { + for(looper = 0; looper < 2; looper++) { + deer_step(bigdeer4, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(bigdeer3, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(bigdeer2, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(bigdeer1, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(bigdeer2, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(bigdeer3, y_pos, x_pos); + deer_step(bigdeer4, y_pos, x_pos); + } + deer_step(bigdeer0, y_pos, x_pos); + } + + --y_pos; + + deer_step(lookdeer3, y_pos, x_pos); + return( 0 ); +} + +static RETSIGTYPE done(int sig GCC_UNUSED) +{ + signal(SIGINT,done); + signal(SIGTERM,done); +#if !defined DOS && !defined OS2 + signal(SIGHUP,done); + signal(SIGQUIT,done); +#endif + clear(); + refresh(); + endwin(); + exit(EXIT_SUCCESS); +} -- 2.44.0